.

/G V

\ 7 7
Y\v .

U’.IVEmSITCIT VA iiTKETOBI*.

iKI asn o m
Registernonimur.. ^lli!

A DICTIONARY

OF THE

SUAHILI LANGUAGE
 'Battantjme £>r£33
BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO., EDINBURGH
CHANDOS STREET, LONDON
 ]

DICTIONARY
OF THE

SUAHILI LANGUAGE

COMPILED BY THE

REV. DR. L. KRAPF

MISSIONARY OF THE CHURCH MISSIONARY SOCIETY IN EAST AFRICA

WITH INTRODUCTION
Containing an Outline of a Suabllt Crammar

LONDON
TRUBNER AND CO., LUDGATE HILL
1882

[All rights reserved

.
 Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2016

https://archive.org/details/dictionaryofsuahOOkrap
 INTRODUCTION.

In 1879, the Committee of the Church Missionary Society put forth a circular

inviting subscriptions to a Dictionary of the Suahili Language, which their

honoured and aged missionary, Dr. Ludwig Krapf, proposed to publish under
their auspices. The work was entrusted to Messrs. Triibner & Co., Publishers,

Ludgate Hill, with whom a contract was entered into by the Committee to

take a certain number of copies.

While a few sheets remained in the press, the venerable compiler fell on his

last sleep, leaving the great work of his holy and useful life incompleted ; on

his table lay a corrected proof sheet, as some of his latest thoughts before his

sudden call had been devoted to what he deemed an important factor in the

great enterprise of converting the Pagan tribes of East Equatorial Africa, all

of whom spoke this language, or kindred dialects.

The Committee accepted as a solemn duty the task of completing the work

in the manner, and on the lines, laid down by their revered friend, and resisted

all suggestions to make changes. Such as the work was designed, and carried
on by Dr. Krapf, such it is issued to the public. The Committee were per-

fectly aware of a difference of opinion existing between two schools of Suahili

scholars —that of Zanzibar, and that of Mombasa. They were also perfectly

aware that Dr. Krapf was the first in this linguistic field, was a scholar of

high European repute ; they laid stress upon the fact, that the Dictionary was

his, and that of his lamented friend Dr. John Rebmann, one of their honoured

Missionaries, and they determined to accept the mer’ts and demerits of the

work, whatever they might be.

VI INTRODUCTION.

There may be a difference of opinion on the mode of rendering the language

into a modified form of the Roman Alphabet, and the mode of spelling. Such
differences have occurred repeatedly in dealing with other languages of Asia,

Africa, America, and Australia. It is natural that each author should desire

to have his own views carried out. Experience will decide upon a question,

which is not one of principle but of practice. Those who have to make use
of English, German, and French dictionaries of the same language, know
that the inconvenience of a different transliteration of the same vocable only

lies on the surface.

At any rate here is now something, where nothing existed at all. Had the

life of Dr. Krapf not have been prolonged to the close of last year, the public

would not have had the invaluable aid of his long experience in acquiring a

knowledge of the word-stores of the language.

Robert Cust,
Honorary Secretary of Royal Asiatic Society, and Member
of tbe Committees of Church Missionary Society and
British and Foreign Bible Societies.
London, March 24, 1882.
 PREFACE.

It may be interesting to the student of Kisuahili to learn by what steps and under
what circumstances this language, which is now taking its place among those which
are written and printed, first emerged from the class of unknown and illiterate tongues.
In November of the year 1843, when the Mission in Abyssinia, with which I was
connected, had been reluctantly abandoned, a vague report, concerning the Galla tribes
inhabiting the equatorial region of Africa, which I heard while in Aden, determined
me to sail directly in an Arab vessel along the coast in order to find them.
We passed Cape Guardafui, Ras Hafoon,Worsheikh, Mukdispa, Marka, and Barawa,
and on Christmas Eve anchored in the estuary of the river Jub. The next day we
reached the island of Kiama, where I had the very great pleasure of meeting with the
Gallas of the tribe Dado.
Had it not been necessary for me to pay my respects to the Sultan of Zanzibar and
Major Hamerton, H.B.M. Consul at that place, I should have decided to stay at
Kiama and attempt a Mission among the Gallas on the main land.
From Kiama our vessel proceeded to Lamu, Malindi, and Takaungu, at which
latter place I obtained important information.
At Takaungu I first time of the much-famed silver mountain Kili-
heard for the
mandjaro, which subsequently was discovered to be a snow mountain. I was also
told that there was a great sea beyond the country of Uniamuezi. Being then unable
to conceive the idea of a great inland sea, I thought my informants spoke of a large
river.
In Takaungu, too, I met for the first time the heathen Wanika, a people who at

once appeared to me and more accessible than the Galla tribes.

to be less savage
When I arrived at the island of Mombas, where I was received very courteously by
the authorities, the opinion I had formed was confirmed by what was told me of the
Wanika who inhabit the surrounding hills on the main land. Indeed, I became con-
vinced by what I saw and heard that Mombas was the place whence a Mission to the
interior could be best commenced.
After having visited the islands of Wassin and Tanga, and the so-called Pangani-
town, which is my wife and I arrived at Zanzibar about New
on the river Pangani,
Year’s day, 1844. Major Hamerton kindly introduced me to the Sultan Said-
Plere
Said, to whom I mentioned the object of my coming to East Africa, and my desire
to settle at Mombas. His Highness at once gave me full permission to do so, and
furnished me with a letter, addressed to all his Governors of the coast, charging them
“ to be kind to Dr. Krapf, who wishes to convert the world to God.”
viii PREFACE.

In May, 1844, we Mombas, and immediately on my arrival, I set myself

sailed for
to the study of the Kisuahili and Kinika languages, by means of the colloquial Arabic
which I had learned in Egypt, Arabia, and Abyssinia. I also visited the Wanika tribes
in the neighbourhood, and sought to establish friendly relations with their chiefs.
At Mombas I became acquainted with people from all parts of the coast and the
interior. By intercourse with these, I became aware of the existence of a large family
of languages (having a common base), which extends from the equator to the Cape of
Good Hope.
This discovery deeply interested me, and induced me to investigate with great care
the characteristics of Kisuahili, which I very soon found to be the key to all the dialects
inland. The peculiarities of the language puzzled me for a long time, till at last it

became clear that the whole of the nouns could be divided into eight classes, each
having its own euphonical concord. Besides, I found that the South-East African
mind distinguishes between the animate and inanimate creation,
between the principle
of and death. These chief difficulties having been surmounted, Kisuahili showed
life

itself as an easy and regularly formed language.

In 1845 I was able to send to Mr. Coates, the lay secretary of the Church Missionary
Society —
with which Society I had been connected since 1837 an extensive —
vocabulary, and an outline of the grammar, with a translation of the Gospels of St.
Luke and St. John. These little works were sent simply for the use of the Mission-
aries who were shortly to be sent out to join the East African Mission. The first of
these who arrived was the Rev. J. Rebmann, who reached Mombas in June, 1846. While
yet in England he made a copy of my manuscripts, and, during the long voyage of
140 days from London to Zanzibar, committed the whole of their contents to memory.
This gave him a great advantage in mastering the language after his arrival in Mombas.
When I had despatched the above-mentioned works to London, I commenced the
compilation of a large Dictionary in four columns, viz : English, Kisuahili, Kinika,
and Kikamba ;
but as it proceeded, I found, as did Dr. Carey in India under similar
circumstances, that my plan was too comprehensive, and so I suppressed the Kikamba
column. which Mr. Rebmann referred when he wrote,
This was the Dictionary to
“ To-day I continued to write out the Kisuahili and Kinika-English Dictionary, which

was commenced before we left Mombas and settled in Rabbai Mpia. It is no work of
my own, but only a different arrangement of the larger Dictionary of Dr. Krapf, carried
out in English, Kisuahili and Kinika.” {Church Miss. Record February 1819, p. 29.) ,

Unfortunately this Dictionary, which I, on my departure from East Africa, had left in
the hands of Mr. Rebmann, was destroyed by the white ants. When Mr. Rebmann had
mastered the language a little, he added to the Dictionary, which I had begun before
Ibis arrival in Mombas, by communicating to me new words he heard among the people.
His own attention was, however, chiefly given to the Kinika, of which he compiled a
•large Dictionary on the basis of my own Kinika work. This work
of Mr. Rebmann is
in the possession of theChurch Missionary Society, and is well worth publication.
I regret that I
had not seen and read the scattered manuscripts of this great work,
as I should not, in the year 1876, when I edited Mr. Rebmann’s Kiniassa Dictionary,
have made in the preface the desultory remark, “ except the excellent translation of St.
Luke in Kisuahili (which was printed in July and August, 1876) and Kiniassa
Dictionary, Mr. Rebmann has brought to Europe nothing of any great value
in regard
to Philology.”
 ;

PREFACE. IX

In the year 1860 I gave my Kisuahili Dictionary in four manuscript volumes to

the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United Methodist Free Churches’ Mission at Ribe
but whether he has enriched the work by the addition of new words I do not know.
The above sketch will show how the foundations of Kisuahili lexicography and
Grammar were laid. What I had written on the latter subject was printed in Tubingen
by Ludwig Friederich Fucs in 1850, under the title of “ An Outline of the Elements
of the Kisuahili Language.” The Kisuahili vocabulary, which was the precursor of my
Dictionary, was likewise printed the same year by the same press, together with
vocabularies of five other dialects — viz: Kinika, Kikamba, Kipokomo, Kihiau, and
Kigalla.
When Mr. Rebmann and I were at work in Africa, there was no such demand for

Kisuahili books as would justify a large expenditure in printing works of the magni-
tude of this Dictionary. Since then, however, a great change has taken place. The
Church Missionary Society has greatly enlarged the area of its work in East and
Central Africa, and other Missionary Societies have joined it in the field.
The scientific and commercial enterprise of Europe has also found a large opening
for activity in the land. So, now, the linguistic work which was prepared with so much
labour and care in other days, can no longer be withheld from the public. Even
after careful revision, with the advantage of later information and experience, what is
now put forth is not as complete as I could wish. But our successors will, doubtless,
from time to supplement our work with such additions and modifications of
time,
words as have not up to the present time come to my knowledge.
Before I conclude this preface, I must add a few words in reference to the Hand-
book of the Suahili language, which Dr. Edward Steere, Missionary Bishop for Central
Africa, has edited, 1870 (and the second edition, 1875). He states in the preface,
p. 4, “ When
Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at" the end of August, 1864, the
only guides we had to the language were the Grammar and Vocabulary of Dr. Krapf,
and his translation of part of the book of Common Prayer. During Bishop Tozer’s
visit to Mombas November, he made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging to
in

the Rev. J. Rebmann. However, although one cannot estimate too highly the diligence
and linguistic ability displayed by Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Rebmann,
we soon found that, owing partly to the fact of their collections having been made in
the dialect of Mombas, and still more to the confused and inexact style of spelling
adopted unfortunately by both, their works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner.
“ I soon after procured copies of the manuscript vocabularies collected by Mr. Witt
and Mr. Schultz, then representing the firm of Oswald and Co., in Zanzibar.”
“ P. 5 During Mahommed’s sickness I completed the
:
collection from Dr. 1 ’

Krapf, with the help of the vocabulary collected by the late Baron von der Decken
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United
Methodist Free Churches’ Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed to copy.
“ P. 9 Only three weeks before leaving I had the advantage of consulting two
:

large manuscript dictionaries compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by the
Rev. R. L. Pennell. I was able to examine about half the Suahili-English volume, with
the assistance of Hamis wa Kayi, enough to enrich materially my previous collections,
and to show how far even now I fall short of my first predecessor in the work of
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern Africa. There remains for some
future time or other hand the examination of the rest of Dr. Krapf s dictionary, &c.”
a> PREFACE.

When I read these remarks for the first time, I was highly surprised that the learned
and zealous Missionary Bishop on one hand should praise the diligence and linguistic
ability of Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Rebmann, and on the other hand
should state that the works of both Missionaries were scarcely of auy use to him or
to Bishop Tozer. It is manifest to every reader that this statement of Dr. Steere is,

to say the least, self-contradictory. I have, however, no wish to pick a quarrel with

the Bishop, though the attitude he takes toward the Missionaries will for ever remain
a great mystery to me. The Bishop used Kisuahili collections compiled by other
Germans, e.g., Mr. Schultz and Baron von der Decken, and yet their German ortho-
—
graphy did not discourage him from using their works besides, Baron von der Decken
was in the possession of my
works before he went to Africa. I met him at Mombas,
in 1862, when he conversed with me about some points of my “ Grammatical Outline
and Vocabulary of Six East African Dialects,” and also on my “Travels and Missionary
Researches during Eighteen Years, in East Africa,” printed by Mr. Trlibner, in London.
Indeed, if I were compelled to strike the balance between my Dictionary and Dr.
Steere’s Handbook, I should have to state that the form of the book is the Bishops,
while the essence of the Grammar and of the Dictionary are in the main my work,
nor does Dr. Steere’s statement quoted above contradict this. I readily give him the

credit of the arrangement, especially as he has so ably and with so much pains utilized
my materials. I was much annoyed, it is true, on reading the book, and consi-
first

dered it plagiarism but the candid way in

;
which the Bishop spoke in the preface of
Mr. Rebmann and myself, showed me that it was not so. I esteem him also for his
missionary zeal, and especially for the extent to which he has furthered the science of
philology in East Africa.
As to the orthography of the language of South-Eastern Africa, the best plan
would have been, if the standard alphabet of Dr. Lepsius had been adopted from the

beginning, especially after all the great societies of Europe and

America had subscribed
to that alphabet and pledged themselves to co-operate in
its promulgation and

adoption. And no doubt this step would have taken the bull by the horns (as one
of the Secretaries of the Church Missionary Society wrote to me), and put a stop to
all future orthographic quarrels. I am sure the orthography of Dr. Steere, Krapf,
and Rebmann, and of all other Suahili writers, will and must be absorbed in course of
time by that universal alphabet. What confusion must arise, if the University
Mission at Zanzibar, the Church Missionary Society’s agents at Frere Town and in
Uganda, the Free Methodists at Ribe, the Scotch Mission near Lake Nyassa, and the
London Society near the Lake Tanganika, would have their separate orthography Or !

will any of the local leaders of these Societies and their stations be so presumptuous
as to declare in a high-handed tone :
“ My orthography is the correct one, and ought
to be adopted by all who have now or shall have in future to reduce East African
languages ?”
In like manner I protest against all Suahili translations of Scripture which claim a
title to superiority, because they have been made by individuals exalted in their
secular position. Why
not rather allow every one to contribute his individual mite
oflexiccgraphical, grammatical, and translational work, which will in course of time
bring about in East Africa the same linguistic perfection which has been attained in
other continents by continuous and persevering activity.
With these remarks I may conclude this preface, only adding that the Outline of
 PREFACE. xi

Suahili Grammar has been abridged from its original form in order to be appended to
this Dictionary for the convenience of the learner.
Regarding the form of the Dictionary critics will especially find fault with the
frequent repetition of words which occurs at various places, and with an orthography
which is not uniform everywhere. A word may be written with the letter _/j at
another place you may find it written with v or it may be written promiscuously with
,

z or or j or ch.
s, The author was of opinion, that the book was not only destined for
English students, but also for those of other nations who are less accustomed to English
pronunciation. mind that my successors in East Africa will issue
Besides, I bore in
other editions, which will be improved extensively after many points have been in the
mean time elucidated and cleared up. A standard Suahili Lexicon must not be
expected in the present century.
Lastly, let me express this one hearty wish, that, under the Divine blessing, this
volume may be of material aid in the spread of Christianity and Christian civilization in
Central and Southern Africa. May it also help in forming a great chain of mission
stations which shall unite the East and West of Africa. This has been an object of
the author’s most earnest desire since 1844, and 1 would fain entail this object on all
missionaries who are sent to Africa now or hereafter.
Nearly the half of this chain has been happily inaugurated by the stations
established in Mpuapua (Mpwapwa), Kagei and kingdom of Uganda, from which
the
no great distance intervenes to the Livingstone or Congo river, which, being a vast
water-way, seems destined to facilitate the accomplishment of this undertaking.
I would here offer a practical suggestion —
namely, that as the Kisuahili is the most
cultivated of the dialects in this part of Africa, and is, moreover, spoken from the
equator southwards to the Portuguese settlements of Mozambique, it should be made
to supersede, as much as possible, the minor dialects inland which are spoken by only
a small population.
Mount Kadiaro, for example, has a population of about 15,000 souls. Shall the
Missionary compile a dictionary and grammar, and make a translation of the Bible in
this limited dialect? He may translate one or two of the Gospels as a beginning ;
but
I should advise him to introduce Kisuahili books, and by means of schools, in which
their own dialect is taught for a time, to make the people familiar with Kisuahili as
their literary language. There would be no difficulty in this, as the people will be
glad to learn Kisuahili for the purpose of intercourse with the coast. It is true that
the variety of these multitudinous dialects presents peculiar attractions to the philo-
logist, but for practical purposes it is very desirable that their number should be
diminished.
For the best and most original dialect of Kisuahili itself, the people of Patta, Lamu,
Malindi, Mombas, and Tanga claim pre-eminence over the inhabitants of Zanzibar and
Pemba. And it must be admitted that the Kisuahili spoken at Zanzibar has a very large
infusion of Arabic and other foreign words. The Mombassians, therefore, consider the
dialect of Zanzibar as the “ maneno ya Kijingajinga,” i.e., the language of ignorant
“ mjinga
people, or of newly arrived slaves and other foreigners (vide : ”).

In translations and grammatical works it is a rule of modern philology that all such

foreign words should be rejected, and, wherever possible, only indigenous words
should be used. It was on this ground that Mr. Rebmann, to the end of his life, objected
to translations of the Scriptures in the Zanzibar dialect. He considered that dialect
xii PREFACE.

to be low and vulgar, and often expressed a wish that the purer expressions used in
Mombas, Lamu, and Patta, might be substituted for it.

I, too, once held the same objection; but latterly it occuredtome that the Zanzibar
dialect was not without usefulness, as it is spoken by a very large number of people
along the coast, and also affords to the translator the resource of being able to adopt
at will an Arabic word when in difficulty for a proper expression in Kisuahili.
Finally, I cannot forbear paying a tribute of respect and gratitude to his Highness
Said-Said, the first Sultan of Zanzibar, and to all his successors to Major Hamerton,
;

Col. Pelly, Col. Playfair and Dr. Kirk, H.B.M. Consuls at Zanzibar; to the American
Consul, Mr. Waters, and those who succeeded him. All have shown great kindness to
the Church Missionary Society’s Mission in Bast Africa from the beginning to the
present day. May God reward them abundantly !* I have, also, to acknowledge my
being under a special obligation to the Rev. R. H. Weakly, for having taken the
trouble to look through the English portion of this Dictionary, in which he has
corrected the Arabic and such phrases as were not strictly English.
To the Church Missionary Society I wish to repeat my warmest thanks, which I
have on several occasions publicly expressed to them, for the kindness I have received
—
during my eighteen years’ connexion with them first in Abyssinia, and subsequently
in the Equatorial region —
which kindness they have now evinced again by the libe-
rality with which they have agreed to pay the expenses of printing this Dictionary.

* Among the above-mentioned benefactors I ought not to forget Lord Aberdeen, then Pier
Majesty’s Foreign Secretary, who most kindly sent me, through Major Hamerton, a letter of recom-
mendation to His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar.

THE COMPILER.
Kornthal, near Stuttgart, Wurtemberg.
July 28, 1881.
 ; — ; ; — ,

AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR
OF THE

SUAHILI LANGUAGE.
A Grammar
of any Language has to treat : First Of the Form and Sound of the —
Letters Phonological Part).
( Secondly —
Of the Different Parts of Speech or of the ,

Different Sorts of Words (Etymological Part). Thirdly Of the Eight Disposition of —

the Words in Sentences (Syntactical Part).

PART I.

Phonology. — Form and Sound of the Kisuahili Language.

CHAPTER I.

THE ALPHABET.
(a) Capital Letters. is pronounced more dy in Galla, softerlike
than dsh in German
e.g. dyaba (to be —
A, B, Ch, D, Dz, E, F, G, Gh, Gn, H, I, J, K, strong in Galla), is pronounced like the
Kh, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, R, S, Sb, T, Th, U, V, W, German djaba dshaba would be too harsh.
;

Y, Z. k as k in kind kitchen, kalendar.

,

kh represents the Arabic kha ( E )

or German ch
(6) Small Letters, and mode of pronouncing the e.g., ich, I myself; kochen, to cook loch (a
Capital and Small Letters. hole ) ;
in Suahili, kh may be written by
h, not by k e.g., rokho, may be written
a is to be pronounced as a in father, far papa. ,
roho, not roko.
b as b in black, bare. as 1 in long, lip, London.
1

oh „ ch in church, chin, child, cherry. m „ m in mamma, man.

d ,, d in bed, do, die. n „ n in no, night never. ,

dz „ dz in mudzo (mudso or mudzo), in the Kinika o „ o in globe, notice, boy, and short, like in not
word mudzo, good. hot, pot.

e „ e in let, met, get, every, hen e as in fete, or

p „ p in pen, pepper, paint p has sometimes an
chair. aspirated or explosive sound e.g., pepo, —
„ f in fine, fire, and like the German v. much wind (p'epo).

g in gave, gate, glory, q in rvords having the Arabic letter o for

give.
g ,, q „
gh represents the Arabic £ (ghain). —
that letter e.g., aqili instead of akili, under-
gu and ng represents the Amharic letter gnahas, standing ; qaf instead of kaf in Arabic.
or the French gn in regner (to rule). r „ r in robber, river, ring, to raise.

h as h in hand, hat. s „ s in sun, Sunday, save. It must not be

i i in caprice, and = ee in feet; short, like i in identified with the English z, which is — dz or
,,

pin, pity, little. tz in German, whereas the English s is = the

j „ j in just, John, joy , joke, join ; sometimes it German ss.
 — , ; ; ;

XIV AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

sh as sh in shilling, shield sch in German ,
or like but, on the other hand, we must not misconceive the
the Arabic schin ( ). disadvantages which this universal Alphabet
T
and s are very often would involve. (1) The great number of letters with
t „ t in ten, mat, hat.
diacritical marks will alarm those who are
used in the dialect of Mombas, where j and
ch occur in the dialect of Zanzibar. beginning to learn a language. (2) The casting

th „ th in think. This sound represents the of new types requires a great outlay, and (3)
the great advantage which natives who study
Arabic L and may be written th or t
,

English or any other European language derive

whereas the Arabic k muy be written th
by using the usual Alphabet in the old way, would
or z. The letter fad ,
may be written
be lost, as many letters would be omitted or
s or whereas dhad ought to be
9, ,
modified by the “ Standard Alphabet
written dh or d. Dr. Steere in his Hand-
As to myself, I much regret not having chosen
book, p. 9, thinks that all sounds the Amharic Alphabet for the great family of
these
may be replaced by a z, which exact gram- languages to the south of the Equator. As I was
marians will scarcely admit. the first European who reduced Suahili to writing,
u „ u in rude, full, bull, or oo in tool. = and as there was then no universal alphabet
v „ v in very, view, love, every. compiled, I might easily have chosen Amharic, as
w W is pronounced like Arabic y or I have done in the case of the great Galla nation
to be ,

like German w. The English w is, according which surrounds Abyssinia, and which already
to Professor RothwelVs Grammar, p. 18, to possesses the greater portion of the Bible in the
be considered as a vowel, and not
a Amharic character, which would evidently suit the
as
vowel and consonant; therefore the English Suahili better than the Roman. The only dis-
w cannot properly be introduced into the advantage would be, that you cannot write the
Sualiili —
c.g., the English w in the word we Amharic, or Ethiopic letters so quickly as you can

is properly = uih, or in went = uent, con- write the Roman. A second disadvantage for a
sequently it is no pure w like in German or European would be that he would have to learn
Arabic. W is in English a double u and an alphabet entirely new to him.
was formerly written uu and not w, as However, ivhilst deploring my not having intro-
Bothwell states. duced the Amharic Alphabet into Suahili I have ,

y „ y in yonder, year, young. The people of never regretted having rejected the Arabic mode
of
Lamu pronounce y in words, which the writing, which is too imperfect and too ambiguous
Zanzibar dialect pronounces with a dash, for writing Suahili in a correct manner. True, if
like j or ch c.g., najua in Kiamu nayua, John, the present Emperor
of Abyssinia, should
I knoio, from ku yua or ku jua, to know. accomplish his gigantic plan of conquering
z „ z in zeal, lazy, razor z is the Arabic j and annexing all the Galla tribes from the ,

wherefore all the words which are written frontiers of the present Abyssinia down to the
in Arabic with j must be written with z river Gojob {or Jub), and to Kaffa, situated under
,

in English and Suahili. the 4 th degree of north latitude, the influence of

The compound letters tch or tsh, may be Amharic would become immense. But this plan
expressed by the English ch; words which you will probably remain a dream which the Coptic
will not find under ch, you will find under j in the priests have put into the Emperor's priest-ridden
Dictionary. heart.
A perfect alphabet of any language is to contain Finally, I may observe, that Mr. Rebmann, like
only such a number of letters which is precisely most of Southern Germans, has confounded fre-
equal to the number of simple articulate sounds quently the letters b and p, d and t,—e.g., daba daba
belonging to that language. For this reason we for tapa tapa, to shiver, to tremble (kua beredi).
have omitted x, which may be rendered by ks or gs. The student must bear in mind this incorrect
Ph may be given by f, as the Italians write c.g., —
and must look for the meaning of a orthography,
Filosofia for philosophy. ivord under the letter t if he does not find it
It is a great pity that the “ Standard Alphabet ,” under n, and vice-versd. There are many
which the Church Missionary, the London Society, words in Mr. Rebmann’s manuscripts which
the Bible Society, and most of the Missionary require a closer examination ; but I did not think
Societies in Europe and America have recom- it right to leave out such words, though they are
mended in 1854 to their agents for adoption in inexplicable at the present stage of our knowledge
foreign lands, has not been universally introduced of Sualiili. These ivords will no doubt give occa-
in East Africa, as by this means the confusion of sion for future examination, to ascertain their
Orthography would have been radically obviated ; correct meaning.
 , ; ; ; -

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. XV

CHAPTER II.

DIPHTHONGS AND ACCENTUATION.

Properly speaking, there are no diphthongs in general, the accent rests on the penult, or penulti-
Kisuahili, as two vowels, which stand at the end mate, with dissyllables and trisyllables, or with

of a word have the sound of a diphthong, and polysyllables on the antepenultimate. Monosyllables,
appear to form one syllable, yet are really pro- of course, present no difficulty e.g., ku pa, ku va, —
nounced as two syllables, of which the first vowel ju. Words with two syllables siku, day; mama, —
has the accent. On hearing such a word for the mother penda, to love. Words with three syllables
first time, one thinks his ear hears the sound of a —
urongo, a lie; niumba, a house ; mtanga, sand.
diphthong, but on closer examination one finds it Words with three or more syllables onia, to show ; —
—
otherwise e.g., in the words babai or mamai (his fania, to make gawania, to divide; but there are
father or his mother ), the vowels ai are heard many exceptions from this rule e.g., ku takata, to —
like one consequently there appears to be a be clean; mtoro, the robber ; ku tangulia, to pre-
syllable,
—
diphthong; but if one pronounces ai distinctly i.e., cede ; amedaka, he desired ku oniesha, to show
every letter separately and one will not one; babayangu, my father.
clearly,
hear one syllable and sound but two. The same is Words derived from Arabic and other foreign
,

the case if one hears the words “ ame-m-sikiai,” he languages, retain their original accent — e.g., ku ku-
heard him, or “ nimesehau,” I have forgotten or ,
bali , from the Arabic kabala, to receive; thahabu,
“ Teita, ” a country in the interior, or “ Kiwoifi gold.
1.
a celebrated chief of the Wakamba one supposes — It is very necessary for the student to notice
at first that one hears the diphthong sound of ai, carefully the position of the accent, as this has
or au, or ei, or oi, but if one pronounces the letters great influence on the proper meaning of a word
properly and distinctly, one will give up the idea of — e.g., kondo means strife or quarrel, whereas

there being diphthongs in Kisuahili. kondo signifies sheep. T5a or toaa means to take,
As to the accent, we must direct the learner first but3.ku toa, to bring or put out, to deliver ; and ku tua
of all, to the Dictionary, which in most cases will to put down, to rest, and ku tua or ku chua ( Kiun
show him the proper mode of accentuation. In guja
4. ) to set — e.g., jua la tua, the sun is setting.
2.

CHAPTER 5. III.

ON ELISION, CONTRACTION, ADDITION, REDUPLICATION, EXCHANGE OF LETTERS.

—Elision, or Ejection with the compensation us, for pamoja na suisui pamoja nanui and pa-
;

of another letter, takes place in the formation of moja nao, for na nuinui, with you, and nao for na
concrete and abstract substantives — e.g., mpenzi, the wao, with them. Ame-ni-piga-mi, he has beaten
beloved one, a. friend, from the verb ku penda, to me, for ame-ni-piga mimi.
love; mapenzi or upenzi, love. Furthermore, contraction is used in the suffixes
In other words,
elision is not attended by compensation of of many nouns e.g., babai for babayakwe, his
the —
another letter, but the mode of pronunciation shows father ; mkewe, his wife, for mkewakwe ; nduguye,
that an elision has taken place —
e.g., b’ana, master, his brother, for nduguyakwe.

is for buana m’otto, fire, for muotto m’ezi, month

; ;
—
Addition of a letter takes place before a
for muezi, pi. miezi, miotto. The elision ought to be vowel— e.g., ku-mu-ona for ku-m-ona, to see him;
indicated by putting an apostrophe over the place muoni, the observer, for moni.
where the letter has been elided. —
Reduplications of syllables for the purpose of
—
Contraction takes place in words in which giving intensity to the meaning of the word, are
—
two vowels of the same kind coincide e.g., manga- frequent e.g kijelejele or kigelegele, a shrill— ,

lio, look, sight, for maangalio, from ku angalia, to scream uttered as a sign of joy ; maji, maji, water,

see, to look; mandishi for mnandishi, from ku an- water = wetness, very humid.

dika, to write, writing. —

Exchange of letters occurs sometimes e.g., —
Contraction takes place most frequently when a ku pigoa and piboa, to be beaten ; ku tafuti and ku
preposition or verb or conjunction is connected with tafiti, to seek, to examine. This may, however, be
a pronoun —
e.g., pamoja nai, together with him, for ascribed to the various dialects.

pamoja na yee, with him, or pamoja na sui, with

XVI AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

PART II.

Etymology. — Treating of the different Parts of Speech — the Article ,

the Noun ,
the

Adjective the Pronoun, the Verb ,

the Preposition ,
the Conjunction and the
,

Interjection.

CHAPTER I.

ON THE ARTICLE.
There is no Article in the Suahili Language.

CHAPTER II.

ON THE NOUN.
In Kisualiili, as well as in the cognate dialects, recognized by the various initial forms, which put
the whole work of declension, conjugation, <&c., is the noun's grammatic monarchy or chieftaincy upon
carried on by prefixes, and by the changes which the verb, the adjective, and all the other parts of
takeplace in the initial letters of words, subject to speech. If it is true that external conditions do
grammatical rules. Now, contribute towards realizing the qualities of which
as euphony is evidently
one great object which these languages are sub- any nation is capable, or for which it is internally
to
servient, and as this is secured by the frequent re- prepared and disposed, we must say, that the
currence of similar letters and syllables producing physiognomy of South-East Africa, in social, geo-
an easy and agreeable transition from one word to graphical, and other respects, must have aided the
another, this upon which the whole development and cultivation of the language, in the
peculiarity,
grammar and which may be considered as manner which distinguishes it from Asiatic and
depends,
the crux grammaticorura in the South-East African European languages, which are chiefly inflected
languages, has, with some propriety, been termed languages. The nearer a noun approaches life,
“ The Euphonic err Alliteral Concord.” Euphony which pervades the whole creation in various gra-
has certainly its share in explaining this pecu- dations or modifications, the more nobly, I might
liarity, but a philosophic linguist will scarcely rest say, a noun is by the East African lan-
treated
satisfied with this explanation. The true cause of guages e.g., — m'tu mzuri ameanguka, a handsome
this peculiarity must lie in the deeper recesses of man is fallen, but mti mzuri umeanguka, a hand-
the South-East African mind, which distinguishes some tree is fallen, and niumba zuri or nzuri
between animate and inanimate, between rational imeanguka, a handsome house is fallen. Niumba
and irrational beings, between men and brutes, and has no life at all, whereas a tree (mti) has life, and
between life and death. shows it by growing and giving fruits, but man
As a chief inspires his tribe with life and order, (mtu), belongs to the rational and animate creation,
and as detached lofty mountains in East Africa hence this form is different from mti in the verb.
rise over the extensive plains and serve as land- Perhaps many philologists of Europe will complain
marks to the caravan leader in the dreary wilder- of what they may call the deficiencies of the Suahili
ness, so the South-East African languages have a family, but we think that this very contrast is the
tendency to forming separate families, or classes beauty of these. Africanic languages, which will aid
of nouns, which govern the whole grammatical the East Africans in bringing them to their ulti-
edifice; therefore the noun has the precedence, and mate destination, as our own languages have been
all the other parts of speech are, as it were, its de- subservient in leading us to the destiny which God's

pendents, or camp-followers. Every noun belongs providence has intended for us.
to a particular class, and this classification is
 ; ; — ; ;

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. xvn

CHAPTER III.

GENDER OF THE NOUNS.

There no gender in Kisualiili. If the mascu- mume (male) and mke ( female ) must be added
is

line gender must be distinguished from the feminine, e.g., mana mume (male child), a son; mana mke
different words distinctive of the sexes are to be (female child), daughter Mzungu mume, a Euro-
used, e.g., b’ana, master; m’ana, mistress; mvu pean man; Mzungu m'ke, a European woman;
lana, young man; msijana, young woman, girl; gnombe mume, a bull; gnombe m'ke, a cow.
jimbi or jogolo, cock kuku, hen; or the adjectives

CHAPTER IV.

CLASSIFICATION OF NOUNS, OR TABLE OF CONCORDS.

Instead of giving many rules on the various observed that common people or slaves somtimes use
nouns or substantives, we have represented them a prefix in the plural where none is used in correct
in Tables I. to V., which, if committed to memory, —
language e.g., slaves say wagnombe (cows) and
will carry the learner through most of the difficulties wabuzi (goats) instead of gnombe and mbuzi.
which may stand in his way. It must also be observed, that with those nouns
From the form of the nouns given in the table which have no distinct prefix in the singular or
we may be justified in dividing all nouns into pre- plurcd, the deficiencyof number is made up in the
fixed, in part prefixed, and non-prefixed nouns. noun governed (nomen rectum), or in the depen-
The words mtu, mto, mukono, kitu, ulimi are pre- dencies of the governing noun (nomen regens), e.g.,
fixed nouns in the singular and plural, whereas kondo wame kuffa, the. sheep died; nguvu za Mungn,
kasha and jiwe are only in part (in the plural) the powers of God; mbuzi ya babai, the goat of his
prefixed, and the nouns simba, nguo, uharibifu, father ; mbuzi za babaze, the goats of his fathers ;
utukuffu, nti, niumba are non-prefixed. It must be nguo za ndugu zangu, the clothes of my brethren.

I.

Table of Concords.

Suahili Nouns or Substantives may be arranged or represented in eight classes, which may be
divided into three divisions :

(a) Prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural.

(b) In Part-prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural.
(c) Non-prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural.

Class I. — The
nouns of which begin with m, and vieo chombo, a vessel, pi. viom'bo kiwanda,
; ;

signify animate or living beings, e.g., m'tu a ivorkshop, pi. vivanda janda, finger, pi. ;

(man), plural watu (men). vianda.

—
Class II. The nouns of which begin with m, but are Class VI. Nouns beginning with u in the —
not the names of living beings. They are singular reject u, in the plural, if a consonant
prefixed in the singular or plural, e.g., m'ti, a follows the u, e g., utepe, a band, a fillet, pi.
tree, pi. miti ;
m'to, a river, pi. m'ito ;
mkono> tepe ;
unu elle, upanga
hair, pi. nuelle, hears ;

hand, pi. mikono. (sword), pi.panga (swords) ukuta (stone wall),;

Class III. — Nouns

which have no prefix hi the pi. kuta but if a vowel follows the u, the
;

singular or plural and which do not belong

, plural is formed into ni, e.g. uimbo (song), ,

to living beings e.g., niumba, a house, pi.

,
pi. nimbo (songs). But it must be observed
niumba, houses. that there are also nouns which put ni before
Class IV. — Substantives which have no prefix in the plural, e.g., ufa (a crack), pi. niufa, cracks ;

the singular, but prefix ma in the plurcd, e.g., usso (face, countenance), pi. niusso faces uta
neno (word) pi. maneno (words) kasha (chest), (a bow), pi. niuta or mata ;
uzio, a hedge made
pi. makasha (chests). in the sea to catch fish, pi. niuzio ;
utu, a
Class V. — Substantives having the prefix ch or cause, has niutu in the pi. (causes). It must
ki in the singular, and vi in the plural, e.g., also be observed that the noun ua (flower)
cheti, a passport, pi. vieti ;
cheo, measure, p>l changes the plural to maua ( flowers ) ;
uo, a
 ;; ; ;

xviii AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

sheath forms likewise maiio umbu [sister), Class YII. Mahali, place, pi. muabali ( occurs
, ;
—
forms maumbu ( sisters ) ungo ( a round flat seldom). ;

basket used in sifting ) has maiingo in the Class VIII. The infinitive of verbs, in connexion —
plural, whilst ushanga (a bead) has slianga, with the preposition “kua,” is frequently used
beads uwingu ( heaven has mbingu in the to form substantives, e.g., kufa, to die, hence
)

plural jwingu is a cloud, mawingu, clouds

; kufa or kuffa kuanga, my dying, my death,
ubau, a plank, forms in the pi. mbau and let to die, in, or with, or from me kufa kua
; ;

ubavu ( a rib ) has mbavu ubawa, a wing baba, the dying of the father kudako kuako,
;

feather, has mbawa ulimi, tongue, forms to desire from thee = thy desire', kujakuakwe,
;

ndimi in the plural; waraka ( a letter ) has his coming kuja kuetu, overcoming. ;
1. 5.
niaraka.

II.

6.
2. Second Table.

Showing the Agreement or Concord of Adjectives, Pronouns, Suffixes of Nouns, die.,

7. of the Substantives.
with the Various Classes

—A good man of the land, mtu [man), muema 8. —Kitu cliangu liiki ni cliema, laken vitu viako
3. [good) wa [of) n'ti [land) ya (of) Waarabu hivi ( liivio) si viema, this my thing is good,
[the Arabs), pi. watu wema wa n'ti za Wa- but these your things are not good; vissu viote
zungu, good men of the lands of the Europeans 9. liivi si vikali, tua-daka ku-vi-noa, all these

4. mtumke muovu or mbdya (a bad woman) liana knives are not sharp, we must sharpen them.
(has no) ada ( custom ) ngema or njema (good). — Kasha langu hili wala jema, wala hovu, kua
— Siraba or gnorabe waziiri wote wame uawa ni sababu hi siwezi ku-li-iiza, this my chest is
(or na) Wagallas, lions or cows beautiful all neither good nor bad, therefore I cannot sell
( all fine lions and cows) have been killed by 10. it; makasha haya iote ni mangapi ? how many

1. the Callus; simba wa nti hi (the lions of this are all these chests ?

land) wakali sana ( are fierce very ,

are very — Ubhtu or utassa huu ni wema, si ubovu, laken
fierce) gnombe wa Wakuavi ha-wa-hesabiki, batu liuo ni bovu ;
this vial is good, not bad,
4.
2.
the cattle of the Wakuavi are not counted, are but those vials are bad.
innumerable. — Ukuni, a piece offirewood; kuni, pieces offire-
— Mtende wa muarabu (the date tree of the Arab) 5.
wood; kirni liizi za Mvita hazi-teketei, these
3. ni (is) mti muema a good tree) si mbovu
( pieces of wood of Mombas do not burn, ni
6.
( not bad) ;
mitende ya Waarabu) all
hii iote mbovu, they are bad.
these date trees of the Arabs) si mibovu ( are — Ndipo mahali pangu, pema pab-ovu, ni si this
not bad) laken ni mema (but good). indeed my place
is good, not bad. ; it is

—Niumba ya Mzungu huyu ni njema sana, laken — Ku kua watu wema wote kwema,
fa ni si ku

niumba za Wagalla ni mbovu (the house of this bovu,kama kua watu wabaya, the dying of all
European is very good, but the houses of the good men is good, not bad, as is the case with
Galla are bad). bad men.

III.

--Mtu apenda maji, na maji yatoka mbali, na King ivas burnt, and the houses of many
watu wa-ya-tukua (maji) kua mitungi nium- people have been consumed, and the King had
bani ktiao, man likes water, and the water lilced (it) his house very much, but his people
comes from far, and the people carry it in jars did not like (theirs) their houses.
to their houses. — Kitu liiki kimetendeka ni nduguzangu, laken
— Ukiini wateketea wema, wa-m-faa mtu, kua mimi siku-ki-penda, this thing was done by my
sebabu hi mtu a-u-penda sana, the wood burns brothers, but I did not like it.

weU, it is of use to man, therefore man likes —Witu viangui viote wimeiboa laken muivi
it. ame-vi-rudisha, all my things were stolen, but
— Niumba ya mfalme inateketea, na niumba za the thief gave them back.
watu wangi zimeteketezoa, na mfalme ali-i —Kasha limeanguka, laken babayangu
hilo
penda nitimbayakwe mno, laken watuwakwe amedi-inua, that box fell down, but my father
hawaku-zi-penda niumba zao, the house of the I lifted, it up; la anguka, it falls.
%
THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. xix

7. —Makasha yangu yote yamewasili, nanii nime- mtu apenda-lo, the man loves [ the kasha, box).
ya-pata katika ameri na salama, all my boxes mtu apenda-cho, the man loves (kitu, the thing).
arrived and ,
I got them securely and safely. mtu apenda-yo, the man loves (nguo, the cloth).
mtu apenda-zo, the man loves (niumba, the
1.
mtu apentla-ye, the man who loves him (mhi). 1. houses).

2.
mtu apenda-o, the man who loves ( the wood, 2. mtu apenda-vio, the man loves (witu, the
ukuni). things).
3. 3.

IV.4.
— The man whom I love, mtu ni-(m)-pendai [or 5.
.
— The man whom thou hast loved, mtu ulio-(ni)
mtu ambai kuambo na(m)penda). penda ambai kuamba ali-m-penda).
[or
6. — The word which I love, neno nipenda-lo [or
6.
7. — The word we have loved, neno tulilopenda [or
7. neno ambalo kuamba napenda). ambalo kuamba tuali-lo-penda).
— The thing which I love, kitu ni (ki) penda-cho
8.
— The tiring which they have loved, kitu walicho
8.
[or kitu ambacho kuamba napenda). penda (kitu ambacho kuamba walipenda).
9.
A.— The things which I love, vitu ni (wi) penda-vio
— The things witu (tu)-(vi)-penda-vio or
ice love,

wilivio tuapenda [or ambavio-kuamba tuapenda)

ambavio kuamba napenda).
[or vitu
— The 10. — The he shall or
tiring kitu ataka-cho-
will love,
5. house which I love, niumba nipenda-zo
penda [or ata-kuja (ki) penda).
(niumba ambaj'O kuamba na(i)penda).
— The house he shall love, niumba ata-penda-yo.
1. — The houses which I love,niumba nipenda-zo or — The houses he will love, niumba ata-
or shall
ni (zi) penda-zo [or ambazo kuamba napenda). 6.
penda-zo.
2. — 'ihe stones which Hove, mawe nipenda-yo [or — The words he has loved, maneno alio-ya-penda
7.
ambayo kuamba na(ya)penda). [or maneno ambayo kuamba alipenda).
3.
— The fire which Ilove, motto nipenda [or ambao 9 — The fire he loved, motto alie-u-penda.
kuamba na(u)penda).
8.
— The thing he does not kitu ambacho
love,

— The place which I love, mahali nipenda-po [or kuamba hapendi [or hakupenda, which he has
mahali ambapo kuamba napenda). not loved).

V.
Table representing the Various Classes of Nouns, their Government in the Genitive Case,
and their Euphonical Preformatives of Verbs.
— Mtu wangu wa niumba waja, amekuja, atakuja t
itaf'aa, ifaayo, his stone-house is useful, was
ajaye, my man of the house comes, came, shall useful, will be useful, being useful.

come, is coming. —Niumbazitu za mawe zafaa, zimefaa, zitafaa,

our stone-houses are useful, were use-
— Muili wa mtotowangu waflii, umekuffa, utakuffa,
zifaazo,

ful, ivill be useful, being useful.

ufao, the body of my child dies, died, shall die,

is dying.
— Mahalipenu pa maji papendoa, pamepdndoa,
patapdndoa, papendoapo, your water-place is
—Kiti cha niumbayangu cliaanguka, kimeanguka,
liked, teas liked, will be liked, is being liked.
kitaanguka, kiangukacho, the chair of my house
falls, fell, shall fall, is falling.
—Wituviao viapatikana, vimepatikana, vitapati-
kana, vipatikanavio, their things are got, were
A . — Kasha la ungawako lajaa [or linajaa, limejaa, got, will be got, being got.
litajaa, lijaalo), the box of or with thy flour is
9— Makasha yangu yaja [or yanaja, yamekuja, ya
full, was full, shall be full, being full.
takuja, yajayo), my boxes come, came, will come
5. —Niumbayakwe ya mawe yafaa, (ifaa,) imefaa, are coming.

YI.
Table showing the use of the Infixes of a Verb, of the Demonstrative Pronouns, and the

Mode of Salutation.
NEGATIVE.
He loves me, a-ni-penda [or a-ni-penda-mi).
He loves thee, a-ku-penda [or a ku-penda-we). He does not love me, ha-ni-pendi [or ha-ni-pendi-mi).
He loves him, a-m-penda [or a-m-penda-e). He does not love thee, ha-ku-pendi [or ha-ku-pendi
He loves us, a-tu-penda [or a-tu-penda-sui). we).
He loves you, a-wa-penda [or a-wa penda-nui). He does not love him, ha-m-pendi [or ha-m-pendi-e).
He loves them, a-wa-penda [or a-wa-penda-o). He does not love us, ha-tu-pendi [or ha-tu-pendi-sui).
b 2
 ——
? :

AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF
8.
XX

He does not love you lia-wa-pendi (or lia-wa-pendi

, 9.
— This song, uimbo hu (huu); pi. these songs,

nui).
nimbo hizi.
(or lia-wa. That song, uimbo ule pi. those songs, nimbo
He does not love them, lia-wa-pendi ;

zilg.
pendi-o).
10.
— This goat, mbuzi huyu; pi. these goats, mbuzi
Thou lovest me, wewe wa-ni-penda (or wewe wa- hawa.
ni-penda-mi). That goat, mbuzi huyu ;
pi. those goats, mbuzi
Thou lovest thyself, wewe wa-ji-penda. 11.
hao.
Thou lovest him, wewe wa-m-penda. — This chest, kasha hili ;
pi. these chests, maka-
Thou lovest us, wewe wa-tu-penda. sha haya.
Thou lovest them, wewe wa-wa-penda. That chest, kasha liile ;
pi. those chests, ma-
kaslia yale.
He shall or will love me, ata-ni-penda negative
hata-ni-penda.
;
— This dying, kufa huku.
That dying, kufa huko, or kule.
He shall or will love thee, ata-ku-penda ;
negative
hata-ku-penda. Modes op Salutation.
He shall or will love him, ata-m-penda ;
negative
1 . —
In the morning, before or at day-break
hata-m-penda. kuna kuja, or kume kaja, or kuna kwisha knja
He shall or will love us, ata-tu-penda negative
1.
hata-tu-penda.
;

2 — On meeting after day-break

. morning in, the :

Ujelewe, how hast thou rested or slept ?

He shall or will love you, ata-wa-penda negative,
Rest. —Nawe ujelewe
;

and hast thou ? slept (well) ?

hata-wa-penda (or hata-wa-penda-nui).
2. mjeldwa have you ? slept (ivelt) ?
He shall or will love them, ata-wa-penda negative,
Resp. — Tumejelewa (address
;

many persons) we to
hata-wa-penda (or hata-wa-penda-o).
have slept (ivell).
3. From this table we see, that the Infixes are as
follows : sing, ni (me), ku (thee), m 3. and mu
At or about noon :
(him),
before a vowel ; pi. tu (us), wa wa them.
Za mtana? what state of the day ?
(you),
4.
'The Suffixes are sing, mi or mimi (me),
: we or Resp. Ni lieri, uamba zako, it is well, what is thy —
wewe (thou), e or yee (him) pi. sui or suisui (us),; state ? lit., what is thy saying ? from ku
nui
5.
or nuinui (you), o or wao (them). amba, to say. Hence, jambo, pi. mambo,
Demonstrative Pronouns. state, what hast thou to say ?

6. — This man, mtu huyu pi. these men, watu Or resp. Tuambazangu ni ngema, our state is
;

hawa. good.
That man, mtu yule (huyo) pi. those men, watu ; TO MANY PERSONS.
7.
wale or hawald (hao). Muamba-je ? How do you do ? What do you say ?
— This word, neno bili pi. these words, maneno
; Muhali gani ? What is your state ?
hay a. Resp. Tuambazetu ni ngema, or tu wazima, our —
That word, neno liilo, or lile, or bilile pi. those state is good or we are alive.
;
,

words, maneno hayale (or yale hayo). What is thy state ? ivliat doest thou say ? wa
— This house, niumbahi, or hii ;
pi. these houses,
amba-je ?
ni-umba Jiizi.
That house, niumba hiile, or hiyo pi. those
Resp. — Ngema, nawe wa amba-je, well what dost
;
thou say, or how dost thou do ?
houses, niumba liizo, hizile, or zile.

— This thing, kitu hiki ;

pi. these things, witu 4. General Terms:
hi vi (hivio). Uhali gani ? what
thy state ? njema, it is good;
is

That thing, kitu hikile (or kile, or hiclio); pi. jewdwe, and thou ? or na wewe, or una wewe ?
those things, witu hi vile, or vile. or je yako, or je zako?
— This fire, motto hu (huu) ;
pi. these fires, Is the state well yambo (jambo) sana? nawe hu-
miotto hii. jambo sana? are you quite well? or lit., is
That fire, motto hale; pi. those /ires, miotto hiyo. nothing the matter with you ?
— This tree, mti bu, or huu ;
pi. these trees, Resp. —
Haliyangu ngema, kama lulu (like pearls)
mito hii. kama marjani (like coral), kama fethaluka
That tree, mti huo, or ulo ;
pi. those trees, miti red coral ).
(like
hiyo, or miti ile. Or, liujambo? are you well? Resp. Si jambo, —
— This place, mahali liapa. I am well (hajambo means, he is well, or ha-
That place, or those places, mahali pale, or jambo kidogo, he is not very ill, or he is a
mahali lmpo. little better).
 THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. XXI

Naim yangu ngema (or nami-zangu) or si jambo ungudna, lit., I seize or embrace your feet.
si jui yako or zako, I do not know your state ? Oh Lord Oh ,
Possessor, Oh Lady, Oh Noble
5. — On Parting in the Evening. ( mukono, or magu = / reverence you
= nashika
Kuna kutna, the sun has set. very humbly). The Resp. of the superior is =
Kesp. — Ku lituelle, ninende nikalale, kua heri ya ai, or marhaba, well. Then the slave says =
Muigni zimgu. nimekwisho shikamou, I have made my reve-

6 .
— On Departing. rential bow.
Hujambo niumbani ? or uhali gani niumbani?
Adieu! kua heri (in happiness ).
Eesp. — Kua heri ya ku onana
happiness of (in
How are you in your house ? How is your

meeting again), kisha tuonane, or tuta kuja ku

household, meaning your wife, children, and
onana, Mungu akipenda, may we meet again
servants ? —
REsr. Njema. It is not proper

in happiness, please God. to inquire about the health of the wife or

woman.
7 . — Salutation of Slaves or Inferiors.
Nashika mou Bana, or Muigni, or Muana, or Mu-

CHAPTER V.

ON THE POST-PREFIXES OF THE NOUN.

Kisuahili is destitute of what we call declension Kazi ya baba, the work of the father; pi. kazi za
of the substantives in other languages. It expresses baba.
the various relations of the cases by a separate Niumba ya mawe, the house of stone; pi. niumba
monosyllabic particle, which we may call a post- za mawe.
prefix, to render it distinct from the prefix of the Mahali pa raha, the place of rest; pi. muahali mua
noun mentioned in the preceding chapter. The raha.
foundation of the post-prefix is the letter a, which Unuelle wa kitoa, one hair of the head ; pi. nuelle

undergoes a modification according to the class of za kitoa, the hairs of the head.
nouns to which it has reference in the table of Simba wa Mungu, the lion of God; pi. simba za
concords. It is probable that the infinitive Ki- Mungu.
suahili verb kua has been resolved into ku (to) and Ulimi wa rntu, man's tongue ; pi. ndimi ya watu.
a (be), woidd appear to be a Chanda cha mukono, the finger of the hand; pi.
so that the post-prefix
land of relative, e.g., wa = he who is. But as vianda via mukono.
regard must be had to the laws of euphony and Chombo cha Waarabu, the vessel of the Arabs ; pi.
relation or harmony with the governing noun, viombo via Waarabu.
these post-prefixes must be of various euphonical Utu wa vita, the cause of the war ; pi. niutu ya
forms, which see in the table of concord. vita.
Uharibivu wa niumbayakwe, the destruction of his
Exemplification. house; pi. uharibivu wa niumbaze, the destruc-
M'tu wa Uzunguni, a man of Europe ; pi. wdlu wa tion of his houses.
Uzunguni. Ku fa or kuffa, to die ; kuffa kuangu, my dying or
Muarabu wa Meseri, an Arab of Egypt; pi. Wa- my death.
arabu wa Meseri. The post-prefixes might also be called the charac-
Mukono wa muili, the hand of the body ; pi. mikono teristic signs or particles of the genitive or posses-
ya muili. sive case.
Usso wa Muhindi, the face of a Hindu; pi. niusso
It must also be observed that there is no necessity
za Wahindi. for introducing cases or declensions of nouns into
Mto wa nti, the river of a country; pi. mito ya Kisuahili. The nominative, being the case which
nti. expresses simply the name of a thing, or the subject
Waraka wa wali, the letter of the governor; pi. of a verb, has no characteristic mark. The genitive
niaraka za wali. case is clear by the particles which we have termed
Kitu ja mho, a thing or matter of the spirit ; pi. post-prefixes. The dative or appropriating case,
vitu via roho. when it can be expressed, is rendered by a preposi-
Jina la mfalrne, the name of the Icing pi. majina tion; e.g., nime kuenda kua wali, I went to the
;

ya mfalme. governor. In general, the dative is not required,

Neno la kuelli, the word of truth; pi. maneno ya but rather the accusative or objective case, toward
kuelli. which all transitive verbs have a tendency, e.g.,
 — ; — ; —— ; : — — — ; ; ; ; ;

XXII AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

nime-mu-ambia wall, I spoke to the governor ,

lit., konimuake, 1 received it at or from his hand, lit.

I said or told the governor. Nime-m-pa wali kitu, in hand from or of him —mukono-ni-muakwe
I gave the governor a thing. the king, lit., miongo miongonimua mfalme, from
The accusative and nominative may easily he (side, part), miongoni, in the side or part, mua,
recognized by the connection of the words which the from in the side or part from the king. Muongo —
writer or speaker wishes to express. means properly “a decade of ten days," or, as in
The vocative case is only used in a solemn Kinika, "time," "part;'' e.g., mirongo miiri, two
address made to God or men; e.g., ewe Mungu parts or times of ten, two decades = twenty mi, !

ewe sultani! 0 God! Ohing! Ewe is abbreviated rongo mihatu, thirty, &c. Ni is used with verbs;
from wewe (thou ) ee wewe, 0 thou; pi. egnui e.g., he was beaten by his brother, amepigoa ni
;

watu, 0 ye men ! ye men there ! nduguye. Ni signifies also the locative case ; e.g.,
The ablative case is formed by means of preposi- niumba-ni, in the house; niumbanimuangu, in my
tions, if we may call them by this term. Mua or house; niumbani-pangu, near my house; niumbani,
miongonimua means 11 from;' e.g., nimekiibali mu- kuangu, to my house.
2.

CHAPTER VI.
3.

3. ON THE DERIVATION OF NOUNS.

(a.) Derivation op Concrete Nouns or funaji ;
masemaji, talking mapaji, givings
Substantives. gifts; uharibivu (ku haribu), destruction;
1 . —By means of the participle, as — 4. upunguvu (ku punguka), leant; utuma, slavery
4. Apendai, he who loves = the lover, e.g., mtu (mtuma, a slave) ufunguo (ku fungua, to
apendai mali, the man who loves property =the open), lcey.

lover of property = a covetous man. — Abstract substantives derived from concrete

'2. — By a kind of second participle,* e.g .
:
nouns, e.g .
:

Mtenda a man making ivork = a

kazi, Ubana, lordship, from bana, lord, master.
5.
working man or workman. Uf’alme, kingdom, from mfalme, king.
Muharibu niumba, one who destroys a home — Abstract substantives derived from adjec-
= a destroyer of a house or houses. tives :
— By a farm which subjects the last radical to Ukuba, greatness, from kuba, great.
a change or to an augment of letters, e.g : .
Ujaje, littleness, from jaje, little.
Mpenzi wa Mungu, lover of God (ku penda). Thus the Kisuahili forms easily substantives
Msemi wa maneno, speaker of words (ku which signify character, quality, employ-
office,
sema).
ment, state, condition, action, habit, dominion.
Mfuni wa mpiinga, the reaper of
funa).
rice (ku
—Substantives signifying instrumentality,

— By the augmented form :

agency, locality :

Muiko wa ku pikia, a spoon for cooking =

Msemaji, speaker msomaji, reader muom-
kitchen-spoon jombo or kidude ja ku pigia,
baji (or muomvi), the beggar (ku omba, to beg). ;

This form implies in many cases the idea of

instrument to beat with = beating instrument,

contempt. e.g., hammer ; mahali pa ku andikia, place for

writing = writing office; jembe ja ku limia,
(b.) Derivation of Abstract Substantives. spade.
1 .
—
Abstract substantives are derived from verbs The infinitive of verbs in connection with —
by means of a change of the last radical, and by the preposition kua serves also to form substantives,
the application of the plural prefix ma or the e.g.
singular prefix u :
Kuja kuangu, my coming; kuffa kuakwe,
Rato la mali, obtaining or acquisition of his death, lit., to die in, with, or from him;
property (from ku pata, to obtain, to acquire ) ku daka kuako, tliy desire kuffa kuetu, our
;
pendo la fetha, love of money (ku penda) somo ; dying kuffa kuao, their death.
la juo, the reading of a book; maamzi, judg- In concluding this chapter ive would notice the
ment (ku amua, to judge ) maneno, talk (ku word muegni or muigni which deserves the special
;

nena) ;
mafuno, reaping (lit., reapings), ma- attention of the learner, as this word is most useful

#
the constructive
for translating abstract ideas and combinations of
ttfr. mood in Isenbcrg's Amharic
Grammar, The form m before a verb possesses both
p. 70.
European languages into Kisuahili. Muegni
the character 8 uf substantive and verb . signifies :
possessing, having, possessor, proprietor,
 ; ; ; —

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. xxiii

e.g., muegni of property ; mu- this ? you see, there may be by this jaclc-word
mail, the possessor
egni ku penda mali, the lov er ofproperty muigni formed adjectives and concrete substantives. Note
rehema, the possessor of mer cy = merciful; mu- “I” and ego means in Kikamba gnie or ignie,
egni thambi, possessor of sin = sinner muegni consequently muigni means the “ i” or ego of any-
ku jua hay a nani ? lit., the possessor to know this thing = possessor.
who is he = who knows this ? who is the Tcnower of

CHAPT ER VII.

1. ON THE VERB.
r 2.
The verb, next to the noun, being the most essential improper to write kupenda, as if it wer i
part of speech, we must dwell on it at this place, one word, but ku penda, as in English “ to
reserving the adjectives, numerals, pronouns, die., love German zu lieben. At all
and in
to subsequent chapters. events the and grammarian
lexicographer
must separate the particle from the verb, when
General Remarks on the Verb. writing for foreigners who wish to learn

— A verb is defined to be a word which signi- Kisuahili, whereas the natives know hoiv to
pronounce their mother -tongue, and may write
fies to be, to act, or to suffer.
— Verbs are considered to be of three kinds, and read kupenda as one word if they
3.
active passive, and neuter. choose. We must never forget the difference
,

(a.) The active verb, which .is also called between a grammar and a translation : the

transitive or objective (as the action passes

former is for foreigners, the latter for natives ;
4.
just as thereis a great difference between the
over to the object), expresses, an action, which
an agent, and an object acted upon. mere translation of any text and the explana-
5. implies
(b.) The passive verb expresses a suffering tion of it.

or receiving of an action, and implies an object (/?.) The imperative mood, which is the
acted upon, and an agent by ivhich it is acted simplest form of the verb, expresses order, re-
upon. quest, exhortation, command, dec.

The neuter verb expresses neither ac-

(c.)
The optative or potential is expres-
(y.)
tion nor passion, but being, or a state of being. permission, obligation,
sive of wish, liberty,
As its effect does not pass over to any object, it possibility, condition, dec.
is also called intransitive.
The subjunctive mood expresses un-
—Auxiliary or helping verbs are those by the
(5.)
certainty, or conditionality of a thing.
help of which verbs are principally conjugated.
(e.) The which is a certain form
participle,
The paradigm will shoiv how far there is occasion
of the and participates not only in the
verb,
for tlie application of auxiliary verbs in Kisuahili.
— In point of quality verbs are divided into
properties of a verb, but also in those of an
adjective and of the concrete substantive.
perfect and imperfect. We shall see how far this

division may be applied in Kisuahili.

6. If we consider the conjugation of a verb to

— To the verbs belong number, person, mood, be the regular combination or arrangement of its

and tense. several numbers, persons, moods, and tenses, we

(a.) Kisuahili has but two numbers, can speak only of the existence of one conjugation
sin-

gular and plural. There is no dual as in in Kisuahili ; but if we regard the various modifi-
Arabic. cations or derivations arising from the various

(b.) Each number has three persons as in significationsof the simple or original verb, we
English. must assign to the Kisuahili verb a number of con-
(c.) The mood consists in the change which jugations or derivations.
(a.) The simple, original form e.g., ku
theverbundergoes to signify various intentions ;

penda, to love.
of the mind.
The moods in Kisuahili are as follows : — (b.) The causative form, which generally
changes the last radical and augments it by the
(a.) The infinitive mood, which expresses

a thing in an unlimited manner, without added form sa or za or sba ;

e.g., pendeza, to

any distinction of number or person; e.g., please; ku pungvia, to diminish —ku punguza,
ku ndna, to speak; ku fania, to make. The to make to grow less ; ku fania to make, but ku
sign or particle of the infinitive is ku fauiza, to cause to make; ku takata, to be

e.g., ku penda, to love. It appears to us very clean —ku takassa, to make clean.
 — ; —

ixiv AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

(c.) objective or dative form, which noticed in a particular section or chapter.
The Dr.
inserts 8.
or e before the last radical letter of tfteere
i writes the passive, pendwa, but o seems
the verb, and intimates that the action of the to me preferable, at least in the dialect of Mom.
verb is performed for or against a person. bas (pendoa), and in Kinika, ku hensoa, to be
The preposition, which other languages loved.
9.
would require, is form of — Properly speaking, we do not meet with irre-
thus included in the
the verb itself ; from ku pata, gular verbs, but there are some monosyllabic verbs,
e.g., ku-m-patia (

to obtain ), to make him obtain, to procure for also a few defectives, and some apparently imper-
—
him ; ku toka, to go forth ku-m-tokea, to go sonal verbs, of which we shall treat in the sequel
or come out to him = to appear to him. ku under this head.
letta, to bring, to send —
ku lettea, to bring or —
Lastly, we must say a few words on the
send to err for a person — ku lett^wa, to have tenses of the Kisualdli. Tense is the distinction

brought or sent to one. of time, which, strictly speaking, is limited to the

{d.) Reflexive form, which prefixes the present, past, and future.
syllable ji ;
e.g., ku ji-penda, to love oneself.
Indicative Tenses. — Present.
(
Reciprocal form, which affixes na to the
e .)
root-verb; e.g., ku pendana, to love one another. Present indefinite (ruimi) napenda, I love.
Present imperfect (mimi) nipendai or
f'.) The iterative or reduplicative form,
(
(ruimi) ninapenda, I love, or
made by inserting le or li between the two
I am loving, I am about to
last radical letters ; e.g., ku ternbea, to walk
love.
about; ku tembelda, to go to and fro, to
Imperfect . . (mimi) nimekua nipendai, 1 was
ramble ; to love or favour one by predilection ;
loving.
ku lia, to weep —
ku lilia, to condole with one
Perfect . . (mimi) nimependa, I have
.
by lamentation.
loved.
It will suffice to have noticed the principal forms Past perfect . . (mimi) nalipenda, I loved, or
or modifications of the verb. The student must had loved.
always consult the dictionary, if he is doubtful The narrativepast (mimi) nikapenda, and I
about the real meaning and form of a verb. loved.
7. — There are two
active and the The future
voices, the tense tapenda {or at Zanzibar, nita-
passive. and reciprocal derivations
The reflexive penda), I shall love.
can have no passive, from the nature of their sig- Imperfect , . , takua nipendai, I shall be
nification. The passive voice is formed by putting loving.
o between the last radical letters; e.g., ku pendoa, to Perfect .... takua nliopenda, I shall have
be loved. Other insertions of more letters will be loved.

CHAPTER VIII.

PARADIGM OF THE REGULAR VERB, CONJUGATED IN ALL ITS MOODS AND

TENSES, AFFIRMATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY.

Root. —Penda, love, or do love {Imperative sing.).

(a.) Infinitive Mood. Ku penda, to love. Negative. Kutoa ku penda, not to love
{or kuto penda in Kiunguja).
{b.) Indicative Mood. — Present (Indefinite) Tense.
_ Affirmative. Negative.
English. Risuahili.
SINGULAR.
1. Hove (mimi) napenda. Ilove not (mimi) sipendi.
2. thou lovest (wewe) wapenda. {thou) lovest not, wewe hupendi.
3. he loves (yee) apenda or yuwa penda. {he) loves not, yee hapendi.

PLURAL.
1. we love (suisui) tuapenda. (suisui) hatupendi.
2. you love (nuinui) muapenda. nuinui) hampcndi.
3. they love (wao) wapenda. wao) hawapendi.
 THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. XXV

Present Imperfect Tense.

Affirmative.

SINGULAR.
1. I am loving, or 1 who miminipendai. 1 am about to love, I am loving : mim
love or ,
I loving ninapenda.
2. thou art loving wewe upendai. wewe unapenda.
3. he is loving yee apendai. yee anapenda.
PLURAL.
1. ive ujlio love suisui tupendao. tunapenda.
2. you loving nuinui mpendao. ninapenda.
3. they who love or are wao wapendao. wanapenda.
loving There is no negative in this tense.

Present Perfect Tense.

I have loved, dec.

Affirmative. Negative.

SINGULAR.
1. I have loved nimependa. sikupenda.
2. thou hast loved umependa. liukupenda
3. he or she has loved amependa. hakupenda,
PLURAL.
1. we have loved tumependa. hatukupenda.
2. you have loved mmependa. hamkupenda.
3. they have loved wamependa. hawakupenda.

Past Perfect Tense,

singular.
1. I had loved nalipenda, or naliki, or nliki sikupenda, or sili or salipenda.
penda.
2. thou hadst loved walipenda (uli or uliukipenda). hukuli or kulipenda.
3. he, she, it had loved alipenda (or aliakipenda). halipenda.
PLURAL.
1. we had loved tualipenda (tuali tuki). hatuali or katualipenda.
2. you had loved. mualipenda (mualimki tuki). hamuali (or hamli) penda.
3. they had loved. walipenda (wall waki tuki). hawalipenda.

Past Imperfect Tense.

I was loving.

SINGULAR.
1. I was loving nalikua (nlikua) nikipenda. sikua nikipenda.
2. thou wast loving ulikua ukipenda liukua ukipenda.
3. he Was loving alikua akipenda. liakua akipenda, &c.

PLURAL.
1. we were loving tualikua tukipenda.
2. you were loving mualikua mkipenda.
3. they were loving walikua wakipenda.
 XVI AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

Future Present Indefinite Tense.

I shall or will love.
Affirmative. Negative.
SINGULAR.
1. I shall love tapenda (or in Kiung. nitapenda). si tapenda.

2. thou wilt love utapenda. k utapenda.

3. he, she, or it will love atapenda. hatapenda. .

1. we shall lore tutapenda. liatutapenda.

2. you will love nitapenda. liamtapenda.
3. they will love watapenda. hawatapenda.

Future Present Imperfect Tense.

I shall or will be loving.
SINGULAR.
1. I shall be loving takua nikipenda or nipendai (or sitakua nikipenda.
takua muegni ku penda).
2. thou wilt be loving utakua ukipenda or upendai. hutakua ukipenda.
3. he shall be loving atakua akipenda or apendai. hatakua akipenda.
dc. dec. dc.

Future Present Perfect Tense.

I shall have loved.
Affirmative.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
1. I shall have loved, takua nliopenda. 1. we shall have loved, tutakua tulio penda.
2. thou wilt have loved, utakua uliopenda. 2. you will have loved, mtakua mlio penda.
3. he will have loved, atakua aliependa. 3. they will have loved, watakua walio penda.

Future Past Perfect Tense.

I should have loved yangali-ni-pasha ku penda or ningalipasoa ni ku penda.
I should or must love ya-nipasha ku penda.
I would or desire to love nadaka ku penda.
I should be loving yanipasha kua muegni ku penda.
I would be loving nadaka kua muegni ku penda.

(c.) Imperative Mood.

Affirmative. Negative.
singular.
love thou, or do love, penda. do not love, or love not, sipenda.
In Kiung. the people frequently say pende, love
thou.
PLURAL.
love ye, pendani (or pendeni). love ye not, sipendani or sipendeni.

We must observe, that the natives are not very fond of using
the imperative form. They prefer
speaking in the potential mood, unless the categorical imperative be required by the speaker.

(d.) Potential Mood. — Present Tense.

1 may love, or Id me love. I may not love, let me not love.
Affirmative. Negative.
SINGULAR.
1
.
(mimi) nipende mimi nisipende (nsipende).
2. (wewe) upende usipende.
3. (yce) apende asipendc.
PLURAL.
1. suisui tupencle tusipende.
2. nuinui nipende nisipende.
3 wao wapende. wasipende.
 THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. XXVll

Perfect Tense.
SINGULAR.
I should, 1 would love. I should or would not love.
Affirmative. Negative.
1. ningependa singe penda.
2. ungependa hunge penda.
3. angependa hange penda.
PLURAL.
1. tungependa hatunge penda.
2. mgependa. liamge penda.
3. wangependa hawange penda.

Past Perfect Tense.

1 would 1 should have loved had I loved
, ,
(ngali).

Affirmative. Negative.
singular.
1. ningalipenda, I would or should have loved. singali penda, I should not have loved.
2. ungalipenda, thou wouldest have loved. hungali penda.
3. angalipenda, he would have loved. hangali penda.
plural.
1. tungalipenda, we should have loved. hatungali penda.
2. mungalipenda (ningalipenda), you would have hamgali penda.
loved.
3. wangalipenda, they would have loved. hawangali penda.

(e.) Subjunctive Mood. — Present Tense.

If I love , I loving ,
or, when, since, though I love, <&c.

singular.
1. nikipenda, if I love, I loving. mimi nikitoa ku penda, if I love not.
2. ukipenda, if thou lovest, thou loving. wewe ukitoa ku penda.
3. akipenda, he loving. yee akitoa ku penda.
PLURAL.
1 . tukipenda, if we love. tukitoa ku penda.
2. nikipenda, you loving. nikitoa ku penda.
3. wakipenda, they loving, if they love. wakitoa ku penda.

Present Perfect Tense.

Affirmative. Negative.

If or when I have loved, or after, as soon as I had If, when or after I have or had not loved ( not
loved. having loved ) [except, unless I loved).
singular. plural. SINGULAR. PLURAL.
1. (mimi) nlipo or nilipopenda. tulipopenda. 1. nsipopenda. tusipopenda.
2. ulipopenda. mlipopenda. 2. usipopenda. msipopenda.
3. alipopenda. walipopenda. 3. asipopenda. wasipopenda.

Future Tense.
When, or if I shall love, or shall be loving.

SINGULAR.
1. ntakapopenda, if I shall love, or shall be loving.
2. ntakapopenda, if thou shalt love, or slialt be loving.
3. atakapopenda, if he shall love, or shall be loving.

PLURAL.
1. tutakapopenda, if we shall love, or be loving.
2. mtakapopenda, if you, or when you be loving.
3. watakapopenda, if they shall love, or be loving.
 ; : : "; ;

xxviii AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

Participles op the Active Voice.

(a.) Present Participle.
I loving ,
or 1 who love.
SINGULAR. plural.
1. (mimi) nipendai (or nipendaye), I loving, I who 1. tupendao, we who love.
love.

2. (wewe) upendai, thou loving, or who lovest. 2. nipendao, you who love.

3. (yee) apendai, he loving, or who loves 3. wapendao, they who love.

This participle has no negative form; if the negative he required, it must he rendered with the
relative pronoun, and the negative form of the present tense of the indicative mood ; e.g., I not loving,
mimi ambai kuamba kapendi.
The Suahili people like to say mimi ndimi nipendai, 1, yea I, or the very same, or the very man
ivho loves wewe ndiwe upendai ;
yee ndie apendai ;
suisui ndisui tupendao ;
nuinui ndinui nipendao
wao ndio wapendao.
(h.) Past Participle.
1 having loved, or nliekua nikipenda, or nliekua muegni ku penda.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Affirmative. Negative. Affirmative. Negative.
I having loved. I having not loved.
1. mimi nlio penda. mimi nsie penda. 1. suisui tulio penda tusio penda.
2. 1.wewe ulio penda. usie penda. 2. nuinui mlio penda. msio penda.
3. yee alie penda. asie penda.
4.
3. wao walio penda. wasio penda.

(c.) Future Tense of the Participle.

I who will love, or who shall he loving.
2.
SINGULAR. plural.
1. (mimi) ntakai (or ntakaye) penda. 1. (suisui) tutakao penda.

2. (wewe) utakai penda. 2. nuinui mtakao penda.

3. (yee) atakai penda. 3. wao watakao penda.

There is no negative, hut it can he expressed by saying

5.
: I who shall he he who shall not love, ntaka
3. ambai kuamba
mimi sipendi or sitapenda.

VARIOUS ADDITIONS TO CHAPTER VIII.

— The form hu-penda means, they like, one wears;

11
inapassuka, it is being torn — imepas-
likes, one would like;" bu-enda, “ one goes, they go, suka, it is torn.
everybody goes." In this form there is no dis- — Mtu apendaye, the man who loves (at any
tinctionof number, person or time. Therefore ,
time).
Dr. Steere has put up the rule “ customary Mtu anaye penda, the man who is loving
actions arc expressed by prefixing hu- to the verb (now).
(on dit). Mtu atakaye penda, the man who loves (at
—I see him going, or I saw him going some future time).
na-mu-ona anakuenda, or nali-mu-ona Nitakapo penda, when I shall be loving.
anakuenda. Ninapolala, when I sleep, i.e., at any time
I saw him coming, nali-mu-ona anakuja, or when 1 am sleeping,
I see him coming, nime-mu-ona anakuja, and Nilalapo, when I sleep, i.e., in the case of
I saw that he opened the door, nika-mu-ona my sleeping.
ame-u-fungua mlango. Nitafurahi nikikuona, seeing you, I shall
The clothes were lost, ngiio zalikua zimpo- rejoice = I shall be glad to see you.
tea. —Nijapopenda, even if I love.
— The difference between the ina and ime tense, Ujapopenda, even if thou love.
must be well observed; e.g., inajaa, means, it is get- Tujapokupiga, when we come to beat you,
ting full, but imejaa, it is full; ina potea, it is even if we beat you.
becoming lost, but iruepotea, it is lost; anavaa, he Wajapokupiga, when they come to beat
is putting on, hut arnevaa lie has put on = he you, even, if they beat you.
 : ; ; ; ;; ; ; ;

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. XXIX

6.
Kiija, to come, and pn, when or where; 1. Tu-si je-penda, that we may not have
hence ajapo, when he comes. already loved.
Ujapo hukioni, even if you do not see it. 2. M-sije-penda, that you may not have
7. — Kuamba or kama ungekua naakili, raali already loved.
yako unge dumu nayo, if you were a man of under- 3. Wa-sije-penda, that they may not have
8.
standing, your property would have continued with already loved.
you, i.e., your property would be, or would have been Uta-m-pata asijelala, you will seize him
9.
yours stiU. before he goes to sleep.
— Muambie a-ku-tukulie mzigowako, tell him Nisije nikaffa, that I may not die before, or
to carry thy load for thee. that 1 may not be already dead.
— The infinitive may be used to express the
The Passive Voice.
action indicated by the verb ; e.g., kufa, dying ; ku
The passive is formed by inserting u or o before
enda, going ku pendana, mutual loving.
; —passive,
the final vowel; ku penda, to love ku
— Dr. Steere mentions a tense which he calls
pendua or pendoa, to be loved; both modes of
“ very properly" the not yet tense. He says there pronunciation are heard, perhaps the one (u) more
is a negative tense made by the use of the negative
at Zanzibar, the other (o) at Mombas and other
prefixes followed by ja, which is a sort of negative places in the north apenda, he loves pass., —
present perfect, denying the action up to the time
apendua, he is loved; liapendi, he does not love —
of speaking. pass., ha-pendui, he is not loved tumependa, we
1. Si-ja-penda, I have not yet loved.
have loved tumependua, roe have been loved; —
10. 2. Hu-ja-penda, thou hast not yet loved.
utapenda, thou wilt love pass., utapendua, thou —
3. Ha-ja-penda, he has not yet loved.
wilt be loved siku pendua, I was not loved sita — —
1. Hatu-ja-penda, we have not yet lovecl.
pendua, I shall not be loved.
11. 2. Ham-ja-penda, you have not yet loved.
3. Hawa-ja-penda, they have not yet loved. Imperative Mood.
pendua, be thou loved penduani, be ye loved;
Hajaja, he is not yet come, he is not come
12.
even now. si pendua, be thou not loved.
Hajaja bado, he is not come, at least not yet. Infinitive.
Hajesha = haja isha, he has not yet finished. ku pendoa, to be loved;
— Instead ofasiende, that he may not go, you kutoa pendoa, not to be loved.
may also say asende, as the i of si often dis-
Potential.
appears before a vowel; nisende, let me not go
nipendue (nipendoe or nipendue), may I be loved.
usende, do not go.
— Ame-m-tafuta asi-mu-one, he searched or Reflective Verb.
looked for him, but did not see or find him, or with- na-ji-penda, I love myself; negative, si ji-pendi

out finding him. nime-ji-penda, 1 loved myself;

— 1. Ni-sije-penda, that 1 may not have ni-ji-pende, may 1 love myself.

already loved, or before I have loved. Imperative.

2. U-sije-penda, that thou mayest not have ji-penda (or ji-penda nafsiyako), love thyself;
already loved. ji-pendani (or jipendani nafsizenu), love yourself,'

3. A-sije-penda, thathemay not havealready negative, siji-pende (pi. si-ji-peudeni), love not

loved. thyself.

CHAPTER IX.

IRREGULAR VERBS.
Monosyllabic and dissyllabic verbs ivhich begin and taja, I came, I shall come; but the particle
with a vowel retain the ku of the infinitive in those ku cannot be omitted in these tenses, ku ja, to come ,
tenses in which the tense prefix ends in a syllabic Naja, I come; ninakiija, I am coming ni
which cannot bear the accent. These tense prefixes kaja, and I came nimekuja, I have come;
are na, ame, ali, ta, japo, nge, ngali, sije. 27ie nikija, I coming; nalikuja, I came, had
other prefixes —
a, ka, ki, nga, ku, ja, si
-
can bear — come; nitakuja or takuja, I shall come; nija-
the accent,and therefore the ku is not retained. pokiija, even if I come; ningekuja, I should
The irregularity affects chiefly the perfect and come; ningalikuja, I should have come; siji, I
future tenses. We should expect the form nimeja come not sikuja, I did not come; sijaja, I am
 ; .; ; : — ; , ; ; ; , ; ;

XXX AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

me negative sitoeni. Passive, ku tolewa; ku tosa,

not come; nisije-
e.g.,
not yet come; nisije, let

kuja, before 1 come when I come ushuru, to make one pay duty.
nisipokuja,
not; aliekuja, he who came; nije, let me come; Ku fa or kuffa, to die. (1) naffa, I die; (2)
waffa; (3) affa; pi. tuaffa, d'C. Negative, siffi,
ajaye, he who comes.
liuffi, haffi, dc. Nimekuffa, I died; si kuffa, 1
The verb kuja, to come is the only verb which
died not; nali-kuffa, I was dead; takuffa, I shall
,

has an irregular imperative, sing, ndo, pi. ndoni

sije, come
die; silakuffa, I shall not die. Imperative, fa,
( Kiung njoo, come; pi. njooni, come ye)',
die thou, fani, die ye; neg. sife, die not, sifeni, die
not ; sijeni, come ye not.
ye not. Mafaji, death; mfu, dead, pi. wafu kiffia ;

The dissyllabic verbs amekwisha, he has finished

{objective), to die to one; ku filiwa, to be deprived
and araekwanza, he has begun, retain the ku or
of somebody by death; ku-m-fisa, to make one die
omit it ; you may say : = to kill one mtu aliefiwa na (ni) mamai, one
Ameisha, ameanza, or amekuiska and ame-
1.
whose mother is dead.
kuanza.
Ku la, to eat; nala, I eat: wala, thou eatest;
Kula, to eat, as amekula, he has eaten. ala, he eats. Negative, sili, I eat not; hub, thou
Ame-m-la, he has eaten him. eatest not; hali, he eats not. Amekula, he has
Ku aza or kuwaza, to think, to consider.
eaten; hakula, he has not eaten ; atakula, he shall
2.
Ku iva or kuwiva, to ripen.
eat. Imperative, la, eat; lani, eat ye; sile, eat
As the Dictionary gives information about every not; sileni, eat ye not. Passive, ku liwa, to be
verb, we refrain from mentioning other apparently eaten; ku lika, to be eatable; ku lisha, to make one
irregular verbs. However, a few verbs must still be eat, to feed him; ku lia, to eat with; ku lana, to eat
noticed. together.
—Ku toa or toaa, to take ( Kinika ku hala). Ku za, to sell {or ku uza) nauza or noza, I sell;
;

(1) natoa, 1 take; (2) watoa ; (3) atoa, &c. wauza or woza, thou sellest; yuwa uza, or yuoza,
(1) si toai, I take not; (2) liutoai ; (3) ha- he sells; tua uza or tuoza, we sell; muauza, or
toai, Sc. moza, you sell; wauza or woza, they sell.
Imperative toa, take; sitoai, take not; toani
j
Negative, suzi, I do not sell; huzi, thou dost not

take ye sitoeni, take ye not. Passive, toaliwa. sell;hauzi or hozi, he does not sell; hatuzi, we do
—Ku toa, to cast or bring out (ku lafia in not sell; hamuzi, you do not sell hauzi or baozi,

Kinika)', natoa, I cast out; sitoi, I do not cast they do not sell. Passive, kuzoa, to be sold; ku

out. Imperative, toa ;

negative, sitoe ;
pi. toani ;
uziana, to exchange in trading.

ER X.

AUXILI A , Y VERBS.
There are various auxiliary verbs, e.g., kua, to am just leaving off, I have nearly finished or
be; ku islia or kwisha, to finish, to come to an end; done.
kuja, to come; ku toa, to put out, to deliver, to take The verb kua, to be, is an important auxiliary.
away ku weza, to be able, can; kua ua buddi, to Nili nikipenda, I am loving, I being to be
be unable to escape from, to be obliged, must shard loving.

{of necessity), should or ought; ku pasa or pasha, to Nikali nikipenda,I am or I was loving.
concern sina buddi ku enenda, I have no escape, I Nikiwa nikipenda, I being loving, while I love.
must go, I ought to go {lit., it concerns me to go ) Nikiwa nimependa, I having loved.
ime-ni-pisha nisende, I ought not to go irao-ni- Nikiwa nimekwislia ku penda, having already
pasha ku ende, I ought to go; haiku-ni-pasha mimi, loved.
it was no business of mine; ame-ni-pasha mimi, he Nalikua nimependa, I was loving.
is a connection of mine ; ime-ku-pasa-ni, what have Nalikua nimekwisha ku penda, 1 had already
you to do with it ? kutoa kuja, not to come (or kuto- loved.
kuja in Kiung .) ku tosa ku-mu-uliza, to exclude
;
Takua nikipenda, 7 shall be loving.
asking him; ametoa kuja, he was remiss in coming, Takua nimependa, I shall have loved.
he has not come, he neglected it; nikitoa kuja, if I Takua nimekwisha penda, I have already
forbear from coming, as long as I do not come. loved.
Kwisha, to finish, refers to the notion that some- Takua niliopenda, I shall be who has loved, I
thing has been fully done, and katika kwisha, I shall have loved.
have nearly done; e.g., ni katika kwisha ku vuta Kua, to be; kutoa kua, not to be; anakiia and
tombako {tdt. tumbako), I am finishing smoking, I amekua, he was; hakua, he was not; alikua, he
 : ; ; ;;
; ; ;

THE SUAHILT LANGUAGE. XXXI

had been; atakua, he shall be; hatakua, he shall Affirmative. Negative.

not be. mko, you are there. hamuko, you are not
Imperative iwa, be thou siwe, be thou not there.

iwani, be ye ; siweni, be ye not. Potential: newe, wako, they are there. hawako, they are not
may I be ; siwi, may I not be ; uwe, mayest thou there.

be; huwi, mayest thou not he be; yupo hapa, he is here.

be; awe, may
haawi, may he not be; tuwe, may we be; neg., yumo
niumbani, he is in the house.

hatuwi muwe, may ye be ; neg., hamuwi wawe, alipokuapo hapa, when he was here.
; ;

may hawawi; angekua, he would be; kuna mtuma, there is a slave.

they be; neg.,
kulikua na mtuma, there was a slave alikua nai
angalikua, he would have been; akawa, and he
became, and he was ; ukawa, nikawa, tukawa,
mtuma, he had a slave.
mkawa, wakawa yuwawa or wawa, he becomes ; nina niumba, I have a house; atakua nayo niumba,
;

he shall have a house.

yuwawa, wawa, nawa, tuawa, muawa, wawa
nalikua na niumba, 1 had a house niwe na ni-
negative, hawi, huwi, siwi, hatui, hamui, hawawi.
umba, let me have, or that I may have a house.
Subjunctive: nikiwa, ukiwa, akiwa {when he is).
ninazo, I have them (i.e., the houses ) mtu alie
Participle awai, he who is ; aliekua, he who was ; ;

kua nazo, the man who had the houses ; niumba

atakai, he amekua, he grew;
who shall be; (1)
alizokua nazo, the houses which • he (the man)
nakua, I grow; (2) wakua ; (3) akua, he grows,
had.
&c.; sikui, I grow not; hukui, thou growest not
hakiina or hapana there is not. This form never
hakui, he grows not.
undergoes any change.
Yu or ni, he is ; si, lie is not.
Impersonal Verbs,
Affirmative. Negative.
Singular. singular.

3. yu (or ni), he is. si, he is not.

ya-ni-pasha ku fania, I must do it.

2. u (or ni), thou art. nu, thou art not. ya-ku-pasha fania, thou must do it.

1. ni, I am. si, I am not.

ya-m-pasha ku must do it.
fania, he
PLURAL.
PLURAL.
ya-tu-pasha ku fania, we must do it.
1. tu we are.
(ni), hatu,we are not.
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, you must do it.
2. mu (ni), you are. hamu, you are not.
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, they must do it.
3. wa (ni), they are. si, they are not.
Negative.
Yuna, he is with, or he has.
SINGULAR.
SINGULAR.
hai-m-pashi ku fania, he must not do it.
3. yuna. hana, he has not.
hai-ku-pashi ku must not do it.
fania, thou
2. una. huna, thou hast not.
hai-ni-pashi ku fania, I must not do it.
1 . nina. sin a, / have not.
PLURAL.
PLURAL. hai-tu-pashi ku fania, we must not do it.
1 . tuna. hatuna, we have not. hai-m-pasbi ku fania, you must not do it.
2. mna. hamna, you have not. hai-wa-pashi ku fania, they must not do it.
3. wana. hawana, they have not. yame-m-pasha (perfect).
yuko, he is there, with hako, he is not there, yali-m-pasha (past perfect).
me, i.e., at my house; yata-m-pasha (future).
yuko kuangu. ya-m-pasha (potential).
viko, thou art there. hnko, thou art not there. yaki-m-pasha (subjunctive).
niko, I am there. siko, I am not there. ame-pashoa ni ku enenda, he was obliged to go —
tuko, we are there. hatuko, ive are not there. yame-m-pasha ku enenda.
xxxn AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

CHAPTER XI.
ON THE NUMERALS.
The student of Sualiili must be first told that two forms
,
of numerals are made use of by the natives;
one is purely Sualiili, the other is taken from the Arabic.

(a.) Cardinal Numbers. Suahili. Arabic.

one moja (mosi in Kiung.) walied
two mbili (or pili) ethnen
three tatu tbalatha.
four ’nne arba.
five tano khamsa or hamsa.
six sita setta or sita.
seven saba saha or sabaa.
eight nane thamanie.
nine kenda tissa or tissia.

ten kumi asliara or asher.

'
eleven kumi na moja ahadashar (aliad asliara).
twelve kumi na mbili ethnashara.
thirteen kumi na tatu thalatashara.
fourteen kumi na ’nne arbatashara.
fifteen kumi na tano bamastashara.
sixteen kumi na sita setasliara.
seventeen kumi na saba sabatashara.
eighteen kumi na nane thamantashara.
nineteen kumi na kenda tissatashara.
twenty makumi mawili asharin, or asharini.
twenty-one makumi mawili na moja asharini na moja.
twenty-two (makumi mawili na mbili ;
does asharini na mbili.
not occur, or but very rarely )
tiventy-three (makumi mawili na tatu, does not asharini na tatu.
occur )
twenty-four asharini na ’nne.
twenty-five asharini na tano.
twenty-six asharini na sita.
twenty-seven asharini na saha.
twenty-eight asharini na nane.
twenty-nine asharini na kenda.
thirty makumi matatu thalathini.
thirty-one (makumi matatu na moja) tlialathini na moja.
thirty -two (makumi matatu na mbili) thalathini na mbili.
forty makumi manne arbaini.
fifty makumi matano hamsini.
sixty makumi sita settini.
seventy makumi saba sabaini, sabuini.
seventy-one makumi saba na moja walied wa sabain.
eighty makumi manane thamanini.
eiglity-five makumi manane na tano thamanini na tano.
ninety makumi kenda tissaiiii.

ninety-six makumi kenda na sita tissaini na sita.

hundred (makumi kumi) mia
hundred-and-nine mia na kenda
two hundred mia mbili or better miateni (the Arabic dual).
three hundred tbalatha mia (mia tatu).
four hundred arba mia (mia nne).

flV a hundred hamsa mia (mia tano).

 ; ; ; .

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. xxxiii

Cardinal Numbers. SuAIIIH.

six hundred setta mia (mia sctta).
seven lmndred sabaa mia (mia sabaa).
eight hundred tamanu mia (mia wane),
nine hundred tissu mia (mia kenda).

thousand elf or elfu watu elf wegni ku penda

;
ferasi, one thousand
horsemen.
eighteen-hundred-andfifty elf na tamanu mia na hamsin.
two thousand elfeen (elfu mbili).
three thousand elfu tatu.

four thousand elfu rme.

five thousand elfu tano.

ten thousand* elfu kumi ;

kumi elf wegni ku enenda kua magu, ten
thousand footmen.
one hundred thousand mia elfu or lakki.

one million lakkikumi (kumi mia za elf),

a billion or kar mia lakki.

a trillion or kurur mia kar.
a quadrillion or baj mia kurur.
(b.) Ordinals. (e.) Numbers of Multiplication.

The first (e.g., man )

(mtu) wa kwanza (or wa Simple or .onefold, ya jino mmoja twofold, ya ;

mosi) the second, wa pili the third, wa tatu the meno mawili threefold, ya meno matatu (e.g., a
;
1. ;
;
3. ;

fourth, wa ’nne ;
the fifth, wa tano the sixth, wa threefold rope, ugne wa meno matatu).
;

sita the seventh, wa saba, cDc.

2. ; (/.) Distributive Numbers.
(e.)Adverbial Numerals. One by one, mmoja mmoja; two by two, mbili mbili.
Firstly, muanzoormahali pa kwanza. Secondly,
mahali pa pili. Thirdly, maliali pa tatu. (g.) Fractions.
(d.) Numerals of Iteration. — How many times. Fungu, a part, expresses fractions, e.g., fungu
moja niarra mbili the arbaini, the fortieth part.
la 4.
Once, marra ;
twice, ;

second time, marra ya pili ;

often, marra ningi The parts of a dollar, which are the chieffrac-
how often, or how many times ? marra ngapi ? 5. in Sucihili, see in the Suahili Dictionary
tions

CHAPTER 6.
XII.

ON THE ADJECTIVES.
— An adjective connected with a substantive — Adjectives with suffixes must agree with the
gives the precedence to the latter mtu muovu, number and person of the subject ; e.g., thou alone,
; e.g.,

a bad man; makasha marefu, long boxes. wewe peke yako I alone, mimi pekeyangu. The ;

—
The adjective must agree with the number same is the case with adjective participles ; e.g., he
and euphonical form of the substantive ; e g watu is a faithful man, yee ni mtu alieaminiwa 1 am a
., ;

wadogo, little man; miti mirevu, high trees; faithful man, mimi ni mtu nlioaminiwa we are ;

ukuni uku, a large piece of wood ; kijana kibuka, a sleeping men, suisui watu tu-lalao coming evils, ;

tall lad; mawe mazuri fine stones; niumba nzima, marnbo mabaya yatakayo kuja
,
a sleeping man, ;

a good house, good houses ; jiwe ku or.jiwe zuri, a mtu alalai a well constructed house, niumba ilio- ;

great stone or a fine stone; kazi kuba, a great jengoa mema.

business; mzungu mku, a great European; Adjectives are supplied by using the genitive —
gnombe wakuba watano, five large cows ; gnombe of a substantive ; e.g., robo ya utakativu, the spirit
mkuba mmoja, one largecow; simba wadogo wawili, of holiness = the holy spirit.
two little lions mbuzi mkuba, a large goat mbuzi Adjectives are derived from verbs; e.g., —
wakuba watatu, three large goats ; niuni wazuri na takativu, clean, from ku takata, to be clean; mjuvi,
wadogo, pretty and little birds; mayaliudi wafupi a learned man, from ku jua, to know.
wawili, two short Jews. By the application of muegni e.g., mtu — ;

* It must however be remarked, that the common people know nothing of these numerals, which the trading Banian*
have introduced from India. Furthermore we need scarcely remind the student that the cardinal and ordinal numbers are
subject to the euphonical rules.
The Wasuahili who understand Arabic prefer the Arabic numbers and no doubt ,
these ought to be introduced into their
own inconvenient method of calculation.
schools, instead of their
 ; — ; ; ;
; — , ; ;

XXX1V AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

muegni
7. mali, lit., a possessor ofproperty mti wegni connecting the negative particle si with a substan-
matunda, a fruitful tree maneno yegni urongo, tive; e.g., si kuelli, not truth = not true = lie,
lying words ; neno legni kuelli, a true word; kitu falsehood, or false; si mpagi, not a giver, not
8. uovu, a bad thing.
jegni liberal, stingy, tenacious si mtu, not a man, but
— By the application of participles; e.g., rather a beast; si kitu, not a thing = nought.
mtu a sleeping man; ndia ilioriioka, a
alalai, Maneno yasio yegni kuelli or yasio na kuelli, or
straight way mti usio na matunda, a fruitless maneno yalio si kuelli, words which are not true.
9.
tree; mtu alie na kuelli, a truthful man. 10. Addition to remark 2. The Suahili say :
—
By the conjunction kama {like as), mfano mtu muekundu, mueupe, mueusi, muema, pi. watu
wa, by the verb ku fanana na, adjectives may be waekundu, waeupe, wema, or watu, weupe, we-
expressed; e.g., yuna usso kama muivi, or yuna kundu, weusi, red, white, black, good men;
usso wa muivi, he has a thievish face ; mtu liuyu kasha jororo, jekundu, jipia, a soft, red, new box ;
1.
yviwa fanana na kijana, this is a childish man. makasha
4.
maeupe, maororo, or meupe and mororo,
—
Negative adjectives are frequently formed by watu wangi (wa ngi), Kiung. wengi, many people.

:r xiii.
2. 5.

ON THE DEGREES OF COMPARISON.

The comparative degree is rendered in Suahili utagiri, this man surpasses or excels his friendi n
;n various ways : point of riches, i.e., he is richer than his friend =
—By the me of zaidi (zayidi) more than Aj .
yuna mali zaidi ya muenziwe.
3.
in Arabic means, auctus fuit, inde excessit mime —
The verb ku zidi, to increase {and ku pun
giia, to diminish ) may also be used; e.g., mtu liuyu
rum, increvit julj redundans e.g., kitu liiki ni
; ;
amezidi ku ni fania wema kuliko mtu yuld, this
kiknba zaidi ya kile, this thing is greater than man has done more good to me than that man
that; vitu hi vi vikuba zaidi ya vild, these things are kimepunguka kitu kidogo punde, there was wanting
greater than those. a little more.
—By the use of kuliko, where there is. Vide — The superlative is rendered by placing the
Suahili Dictionary, page 177 niumba hi adjective kulla or wote behind the particle zaidi ya
;
e.g.,

ngema {or njema) kuliko ile, this house is good or kuliko e.g., sultani huyu ni mkviba kuliko ya ;

where that is, i.e., thus house is better than that. masultani wote, or ni mkuba zaidi ya masultani
Kitu liiki ni kikuba kuliko kile, or zaidi kuliko wote, this is the greatest king ; malaika wa-m-pita,
kile. Mtu liuyu ame-ni-pendn sana zaidi ya yule, mtu kua nguvu (wana nguvu ya mtu), laken
zaidi
or kua ungi zaidi ya yule, this man loved me more Mungu yuwapita kua nguvu (ni muegni
vitu viote
than that. nguvu zaidi ya viumbe viakwe viote, the angels are
—By the use of kiipita, to pass or surpass mightier than man, but God is the mightiest oj all,
e.g., mtu liuyu yuwa-m-pita muenziwe kua mali or mightier than cdl his creatures.

CHAPTER XIV.
ON THE PRONOUNS.
1,— Personal Pronouns. Yours, wenu, yenu, jenu, lenu, peuu ;
pi. vienu
zenu, rnuenu.
(1) 1, mimi (mi); (2) thou, wewe {or we) ; (3)
Theirs, wao, yao, jao, lao, pao pi. viao, zao, muao.
(5) you, nuinui
;
he, yee (4) we, sisui or suisui
(G) they,
;

wao (wo).
;

3. — Reflective Pronouns.
I myself, mimi nafsiyangu or moyowangu or mimi
2. — Possessive Pronouns. muegniewe or muniewe.
Mine, wangu, yangu, jangu, langu, pangu ;
pi. vi- Thou thyself, wewe nafsiyako or wewe moyowako
angu, zangu, muangu. or wewe muegniewe.
Thine, wako, yako, jako, lako, pako \pl. viako, zako lie himself, yee nafsiyakwe or moyowakwe or yee

muako. muegniewe.
wakwe, yakwe, jakwo, lakwc, pakwe; We ourselves suisui nafsizetu or mioyoyetu or
IBs or her,
pi. viakwe, zakwe, muakwe. nioyozetu or suisui wegniewe.
Ours, wetu, yctu, jetu, letu, putu ;
pi. victu, zotu, You yourselves, nuinui or nuignui nafsizenu or
muetu. nioyo zenu or nuinui wegniewe.
 : , ? :

THE SUAH1LI LANGUAGE. XXXV

They themselves, wao nafsizao or mioyo yao or wao What shall he get ? atapata-je ? or atapata-ni ? or
wegniewe. atapata nini ?
To love oneself, the Sunhili can say : ku-ji-penda, or Universal Interrogative.
(c.)
ku-ji-penda nafsiyakwe, or ku penda nafsi
What man has done this ? ni mtu gani aliefania
yakwe.
haya?
4. — Demonstrative Pronouns. What sort of men have done this ? ni watu gani
{a.) for near persons and objects: huyu, this or waliofania liaya ?
that, e.g., this man, mtu huyu pi. hawa ;
Which thing ? kit u gani ?
c.g., watu hawa, these men.
Which things ? vitu gani?
(b.) for remote persons and objects : that man, What state ? mambo gani ?
mtu huyo or mtu yule ;
pi., those men, watu TVhat is there ? kunani ?
hao, watu wale or watu hawale. What is the matter ? kina nini ?
(c.) at a greater distance mtu yule, that man What have they ? wanani ?
yonder, or mtu huyule pi. watu wale or ; Who is at the door ? nani aliopo mlangoni ? or
hawale. nani yupo mlangoni ?
5. — Relative o'clock is it ( how many hours ) ? saa ngapi?
Pronouns. What
These will be best Where are you going ? wenda wapi ?
understood by a table con-
taining examples of the euphonical concords. Ilow shall I get ? takapata-je? ( how or what ?)
Theoretical rules are of little avail. How old is he ? (lit., his age, how gets he it ?) umri-
wakwe atapata-je ?
6. —
Interrogative Pronouns.
How long is it ? urefuwakwe yatapata-je ?
(a.) Personal Interrogative Pronouns. How deep is it ? ku endatini kuakwe cbapata-je ?
Who? nnani ? whose ? wa, ya, ja, la, ya, za, pa,
(kisema, a well).
nnani ?
How many people? watu wangapi?
Who am 1 ? mimi nnani ? How many goats ? mbuzi wangapi, or ngapi ?
Who art thou ? wewe unani ? How many places ? mahali pangapi ?
Who is he ? yee nnani ? How many chairs ? viti vingapi ?
Who are we ? suisui tu nani ? Ilow many boxes or chests ? makasba mangapi ?
Who are you ? nuinui m nani ? How many houses ? niumba ngapi ?
Who are they ? wao nnani ? Ilow many planks ? mbau ngapi ?
Which of both of these has done this ? nnani wa- Ilow many trees ? miti mingapi ?
wili hawa walio fania haya?
How long ago tangu lini? (lit., since ivhen?)
To whom has he given the money ? nnani ame-m- How often? marra ngapi? (how many times ?)
pai fetha? Ilow much? kadri gani? kiasi gani? what quan-
Both of us cannot know, suisui wawili hatuwezi ku
tity ?
jda. 7. — Distributive Pronouns.
Whom has Abdalla beaten ? Abdalla ali-m piga
Each of his friends, kulla mmoja wa rafikizakwe.
nnani ?
Every man, kulla mtu moja.
Whose are these things ? vitu bivi ni via nnani ?
Neither of them, liapana moja muao,
Whose is this box ? kasha hili la nnani ?
Whose are these boxes ? makasha haya enda nnani ? , 8. —Indefinite Pronouns.
Whose is this tree ? mti hu ni wa nndni ? There is not any or one that does good, no, not
one bapana muegni ku fania wema, hatta mtu
Whose are these trees ? miti hii ni ya nnani ?
Whose is this business ? kazi hi enda nnani ? mmoja. All men, watu wote all matters, kazi ;

zote oil places, mabali pote (muote) everything,

Whose works are these ? kazi hizi za nnani ? ; ;

kitu jote whoever will do it, shall be paid, kulla

Whose is this goat? mbuzi huyu omboa nnani ? or ;

mbuzi huyu wa nnani? or nnani muegni mtu afanini, or kulla muegni ku fania, or kulla mtu
mbuzi huyu ? ambai kuamba afania, atapawa fetha you, are all ;

Whose are these goats ? mbuzi liizi za nnani ? or gone astray, nuinui niote mualipotea we all saw ;

it, suisui zote tumeona they all went away, wote

mbuzi bawa 6mboa nnani? ;

wao wametoka such people, watu kamo hawa or

;

(b.) Impersonal Interrogative. mfano wa hawa.

What ? winch ? nine ? ni ? je ? At Zanzibar the people say kiti chake Sultani,
What does he say ? anena nini ? or anena-je ? the Sultan's own chair, or this is the Sultan's chair,

What did he do? amefania nini? or amefania-ni to mark the person whose the thing is, the chair in
or amefania-je ? which no one but the Sultan sits. At Mombas I
What has he lost? nini kilicho-m-potea ? have never heard this expression.
c 2
 ; ! ; ; ? ;

XX XVI AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

Niumbani mle, in that house; niumbani pale, by Whosoever may come, yee oto atnkave kuja ;
th
that house; niumbani kule, to that house. man I ivent to,mtu nalin-mu-endea the man ;

Mimi ndimi, it is I; wewe ndiwe, it is thou; ivliom I ivent ivith, mtu nalio-kuenda naye ivhere ;

ndie, it is he; suisui ndisui, it is we; nuinui ndinui, I came from, nilipotoka ;
ivhere I am going to,

it is you; ndio, it is they. You may also translate nina-po-kuenda.

mimi ndimi, it is I, the very same. Ndie (or ndiye),
it is he; siye, it is not he.

CHAPTER XV.
ON THE ADVERBS.
I. Adverbs of Time. — (a.) Present time: now, the verb used by the person ashing ; e.g., wewe ume-
sasa or wakati lm ;
to-day, leo; now-a-days, katika fania liaya? resp., (mimi) nimefania or sikufania,
zamani hizi. (b.) Of time past: some time ago, yes, I have done it, or I have not done it ; un-
wakati uchacbe ulipopita long since, wakati ungi doubtedly, liakuna tesliwisbi.
ulipnpita lately, kua karibu. (c.) Of time to come
;
;

VII. Of Interrogation. Wherefore kua —

ere long, karibu, punde ;
henceforth, tangu sasa ;
to- sebabu gani ? when ? lini ? how ? genzi gani, or
morrow, keslio ; after to-morrow, kesbo kutoa. gissi gani, or kuani? The verb connected with
(d.) Of time indefinite : often, marra nengi ;
some- kuani stands usually in the infinitive; e.g., kuani
times, marra mmoja mmoja ;
seldom, si mno ku fania haya? why to do this ? = why hast thou
kabisa ;
again, marra ya pili ;
instantly, sasa liivi done, or dost thou do this ?
or upezi, or kua muongo hu. VIII. Of Manner are frequently formed by
II. Of Place. — Above, ju; abroad, n'de ;
before, placing the preposition kua before a substantive
mbelle behind, niuma
far, mballi or kule. e.g., kua faraha, with joy = cheerfully ; kua uovu,
Of Quantity. —
; ;

III. cbache, haba; abun- Little, with badness = badly. In like manner adverbs are
dantly, kua ungi kadri gani ? how much ?
; formed by placing kua before the infinitive mood;
IV. Of Doubt. — Possibly, yemkini; perhaps, e.g., kua ku sbinda, by conquering = victoriously ;
laboda or kua nasibu. kua ku jua, by knowing = knowingly kua ku
V. Of Negation. —No, sivio; by no means, arnini, faithfully.
kabisa. IX. Many English adverbs may be expressed
VI. Of Affirmation. — Kua
kua by the adverb Sana e.g., shika sana hold very or
kuelli, truly; ;
!

yakini, verily; yes, ewa or ai, or marimba. “ Yes" much != hold tight vutasana! pull hard! enda
and “no” arc usually rendered by therepetition of sana go fast senia sana, speak out or loud. !

CHAPTER XVI.

ON THE PREPOSITIONS.
Above —ju ya e.g., ju ya mbingu, above the
;
ku zunguka, upande wa Mvita, or nti izimga-
heavens.
k&yo Mvita or Mombasa.
About — katika e.g., katika muanzo
; wa muaka, At —katika: e.g., katika Mvija, at Mombasa; by
about the beginning of the year.
sea, katika bahari mua or miongonimua, at
After — niuma ya, or kiniuma ja, or bada ya, or at his hands; miongonimuakwo kua;
him,
;

muixlio wa, mfano wa, kama; e.g., mfauo ya kua kima kidogo, at a small price; kua ku
e.g.,
ada, after the fashion.
daka kuao, at their request (Wao walipodaka).
Against ,

—
ju ya, or kua ku teta na (by opposing
), —
Before mbelle ya or za e.g., mbelle za mfalme, ;

or kiniuma cha; e.g., amekuenda kiniuma elm before the king.

amriyangu or kua ku teta na amri yangu, he Below — tini ya ;
e.g., tini ya maji, below or under
went against my order. the water.
Along — kandokando ;
e.g., kandokando ya poani, Beside —kua upande beside the house, lain tipande
;

along the coast. wa niumba; ju ya e.g., ju ya haya, beside

—katikati;
;

Amidst or amid, or among e.g., katikati this.

ya niumba. —
Between, betwixt beina ya or katikati ya; kati-
Around— kua upande wa (on the side of) or kua muetu, between ourselves.
 ; ; ;; ,

THE RUAH1LI LANGUAGE. xxxvn

—
Beyond kua huko; Unguja kna huko, beyond house, or ametoka katika niumba out of love ;

Unguja; saidi ya or ju ya kipimo, beyond to me, kua ku penda mimi it is out offashion, ;

measure; ameketi upandewako, lie sat by you kitu biki kimetoka katika ada, bakina ada
amepigoa ni msomeshi, he was beaten by the tena sasa.
teacher. Save (vide except) asipo isipokua, isipo. —
Concerning on account of kua sebabu ya.
,
— —
Since tangu since my return, tangu nlipo nidi. ;

—
Down katika tini, kuendea tini, tini ya. Through kua, e.g., through much toil, kua masbaka—
—
During pindi during his residence in London
;
mangi the ball went through his belly, popo ;

pindi alipoketi Lnndini. miengia imepita matumboyakwe.

—
Ere mbelle ya, kabla ya ; mbelle ya muaka mun- Throughout the land kua nti iote. —
gine, or kabla ya muaka mungine, or muaka Till —
hatta, e.g., tanga subukhi hatta usiku, from

mungine usisassa ku pita asisassa or asija ;

morning till night.
kcti Mvita, before he dwelt at Mombas. —
To From here to Barawa, hapa na Barawa ame- ;

—
Except pasipo ameleta vitu viote, makasha
;
toka Mvita amekuenda Unguja, he went from
niawili bassi yame salia or liakuletta, ameata Mombas to Zanzibar ; he is born to this, ame
or amesasa, he brought everything except two vialiwa ku fania mambo haya I read the ;

boxes. book to this man, nime-m-somea mtu huyu juo

—
Eor kua sebabu ya; nime-m-penda kua sebabu biki (or nime soma juo mbelle or kua mtu
ya akilizakwe, I loved him for his under- huya) the debt amounts to 100 dollars, deni;

standing ; nime-ku pelekea waraka, I have ni reali mia or deni yapat.a reali mia to my ;

sent a letter for you; I have done it for you, knowledge he is very busy, najua yee yuna
nime-ku-faniza haya or kuako wewe, in your kazi nengi this is nothing to what he did ;

behalf; kitu liiki chako wewe, this thing is for yesterday, kitu biki bakina amefania jana
you, or belongs to you; amefania vema, nai zaidi ya liiki as to me, I go to Malindi, laken ;

ndie Muarabu huyu, he did ivell for an Arab mimi nanenda Malindi.
amekuenda Patta kua kazi hi, he went to Patta Towards Towards sunrise or east, upande or —
for this affair siku nengi, tangu miaka mingi, ueekeo wa mao ya juo uelekeo wa Bukini, ;

for a long time, or many years ni maovu towards Madagascar.

kuako, huwezi ku nena, it is too bad for you to Within— Within six hours' ivallc, kua ndia ya
say it ; he clothed lam ivell to prevent his catch- sett a saa; lie remains within call, yuwaketi

ing cold, ame-m-vika wema kutoa ku sliikoa ni mahali awezapo ku itoa kua kolla kipindi.
beredi or asisliikui ni beredi oh, for a sword ! Without
;
—
He did it without self-love, amefania
kuamba nli nao mimi upanga; nimesikia kuako, haya asipoji penda nafsiyakwe; lie spoke witli-
I heard it from you; in his infancy, wakati out any regard to the greatness of the king,
alipokua mtoto ( when he was a child) the cup amesema maneno liaya asipo hesabu uku wa
;

is over against me, kikombe kina ni-lekea or Sultani a house without men, niumba isio na ;

kina-ni kabili (is opposite to me). watu, or isioktia na watu.

—
Out of ametoka uiumbaui, he went out of the

R XVII.

ON THE CO: ^JUNCTIONS.

(a.) Copulative Conjunctions. No sooner than — lie no sooner heard the voice than
he left the house, aliposikia kelele, alitoka
And, na ;
also, tena ;
as well as, na-na ;
not only but ,

also, si bassi, laken tena. niumbani.

While or whilst — wakati nioaza kua maneno haya, Till — hatta ;
wait till he comes, ngoja hatta yuwaja

wali ali-ni-ngilia or ali-ni-fikilia, whilst I iv'as or hatta atakapo kuja ;

akija nambiami, tell

thinking about these things, the governor came me when he

*
comes.

in to me. When Aliugua — nlipo-mu-ona, he was sick ivhen T

After — pindi tulipo-m-piga or misho wa ku-m-pigai, saw him.
tualifungua, after ive had beaten him, we Ere, before — Be fore he had time to escape, he was
were imprisoned. seized, asija pata wakati wa ku kimbia, ali-
As soon as he arrived, he died, wakati aliofikai kamatoa or asitassa kua na wakati wa ku
alikuffa or alipofika alikuffa. kimbilia, aliguitva ;
before he wentasija ku
 , ! ! : !

xxxviii AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF

enda, or asitassa ku enda, or kabla hatassa ku serini, Ac. ; or mimi najua watu wangi mise-
enda. rini kuani, nimeketi hapo.
Not till —It was not till he went on shore that he Then — Then you will not do it any more, na bivi

got better haku poa uellewakwe hatta alipo- hutafania rnara ya pili.

sbushoa poani. I was not born nor bred a blacksmith, mimi siku-
viuliwa wala siku lewakua mubunzi (mhunzi).
(b.) Conditional Conjunctions. 1 shall go to the place, hoiv remote soever it may be,
Kuamba we.we hukuenda Kiloa, bungali ngua, if takuenda mahali hapo, ijapokua mballi sana,
thou liadst not gone to Kiloa, thou wouldst not kuamba ni mballi sana.
No other but yourself can do it, hapana mtu mun-
have fallen sick.
—
Provided that Kuamba yu yuwarudi tu (bassi), gine isipokua nafsiyako wewe awezai ku fania
na-m-samehea maovuyakwe, provided that he haya.
returns, I will What he says is nothing but lies, urongo tu (utupu)
pardon him for las wicked-
ness. manenoyakwe iote.
Else — This man is alive, else he coidd not walk, He gave him more money than was due to 1dm,
kuamba mtu huyU hakua mzima hangeweza ame m-pa fetha zaidi ilio-m-pasha ku-m-pa.
ku tembea. As he likes rice, so I like bread, ni kama yu apenda
— —
The more the more kua zaidi mtu akizidi kua mes- mtelle, ni kama bivi mimi napenda mukate.
kini rohonimuakwe, yuwazidi kua ku-m-jongea This man may lose all his money, yet he will not
Mungu, ata-m-jongea Mungu kua zaidi, the become a poor man, mtu huyu aweza ku po-
poorer a man is in spirit the more he is like tewa ni kulla fethayakwe, asipokua mtu mes-
God, and the more God will draw nigh to him. or laken batakua mtu meskini.
kini,
—
How much more Kua kadiri gani zaidi, or marnbo Man cannot be happy, unless he fear God, mtu
gani kua ungi. hapati bakhti ngema kua yakini, kuamba ha,
Mungu
m-chi (isipokua kua nguvu za Mungu).
(c.) Causative Conjunctions.
This news may be considered as an indication of
He is a powerful king, for he is loved by his people, approaching war ; habari hizi zikatiriwe kama
Sultani huyu muegui nguvu kua sebabu ya ku alama (kua alama) ya vita vitakavio kuja (or
pendoa ni watu wakwe or kuani ya amependoa vilivio karibu).
ni rayazakwe. The conjunction “ in-order -that" is generally ex-
As I lived in Egypt, I know many people there, pressed by putting the verb into the subjunc-
kua sebabu mimi nimeketi katika Misiri, najua tive mood ; let him go in order to see, a dnde
watu vangi hapo, or kua sebabu nlioketi mi- akaone.

CHAPTER XVIII.

ON THE INTERJECTIONS.
Of grief— ah! oh! woi ole! ole wangu woe is Of completion bassi that will do ! no more I
! ! — !

me ! ole wenu, woe unto you. stop ! enough !

—
Of silence niamda, pi. niamazani be quiet 1 Heya or haya an exhortation, hastening people
! !

Of impatience — chut about their work; heya! heya! come along I

Of contempt kefule. — go on ! set about your work !
—
Of regret laiti, oh that, would that ( things had Ho hodi liodi hodi hodini crying before a ! ! ! !

been otherwise). house, waiting and begging for entrance.

Of compliment or of thanksgiving, ah sant (you The inmates answer karib, come in karib
have done well in Arab.), I thank you ; mar- means in Arab, come near ! It is an invita-
baba thank you, it is well (acknowledging a
! tion for sitting down and joining the conver-
gift received). sation of the party. The invited person
Of haste — hima, or liinia, hima! barraka ! upezi answers : wimekaa kitiiko, I am set down, I
quickly l be quick ! make haste ! am in a sitting position.
Calling attention to what has been said or is to be Of compliance — yes, well! vema very well; ni !

said — ati ! look you ! I say ! angalia I look 1 mema, ndio, ndivio! the contrary is sivio!
sikia 1 hear! tazaraa! behold I sidaki, I will not, I refuse.
 ! ! !! : !

THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. xxxi x

Of address — oh! ewe, pi. egnni ewe bana, a Miye me ! I am

;
! the one! weye, are you the one !

master! ewe Mungu ! 0 God ! At

Zanzibar it's you

tins address to a superior seems to be objec- Saa you ! I say ! ! ndo saa come on, do !
!

tionable. Salaam peace ! !

hail —
salaam Bibi, with the

Of astonishment — ni ajabu oh wonder ! !

mistress's compliments.
0 ye fools ! nuinui wajinga mna wazimu !

Of abhorrence —far be it from me, kitu hiki

!
kiepu-
kane nami, or jepuene or jondoene (ku ondoa,
What a great man ! ni mtu mzima gani
Starebe ! When one enters a company of men,
to remove).
and they rise to honour him he endeavours to
Of assent — to be sure kuelli, ni kuelli !
yakini
prevent them by saying
,

starebe, do not dis-

liapana maneno.
turb yourself ! don't get up !

Of expulsion — begone ! toka, mu-ondoeni ! mu- Similla! out of the way simille ! similleni ! make
epudni ! ondoka ! a epukane nami ! ndazako !
way ! probably for Bismillah in the name of ,

Of taking leave — kua beri !

farewell ! good-by ! God ! It is = ji-tenge get out of the way ! !

pi. kua kua

herini, or beri ya yu onona ! may Tutu ! do not touch ! leave it alone ! said to chil-

we soon meet again ! dren.

Of surprise — kumbe ! what then ! another excla- Tendeni go on ! work on ! ! go on with your work
mation of surprise is looo !
or employment.
 ' )

EXPLANATION OF THE ABBREVIATIONS.

Kid. = Kiduruma ,
the dialect of the Duruma tribe and at Kisulutini at a later period, from

( Wanika). 1846-1875, in East Africa. The student will

Kiniv. or Kim. = Kimvita ,
the dialect of the observe that Mr. Rebmann seldom explains the
island of Monibas or Mvita. words he has given. Hence so many signs
Kig. =
Kigunia, the dialect of the island of Patta. of interrogation. He evidently intended to
Kinir. = Kimfvmathe dialect of the people of the
,
explain matters more fully at a later time, but
highland and of the mainland (of Africa ), this was prevented by other engagements. I
especially of the people who live on the coast did not think it right, however, to omit words
south of Unguja or Zanzibar. which I had found in his manuscript.
Kir. = Kirabbai or Kiravai, the dialect of the E. or Erh. = Mr. Erhardt, missionary of the
Rabbai tribe. Church Missionary Society, in East Africa.
Kin. or Kinik. = Kinika, the dialect of the Wa- He arrived on the Toth of June, 1849, at
nika tribes, which consist of two divisions, the Rabbai Mission.
Wadigo in the south, and the Lupango in the St. = Dr. Steere, Bishop at Zanzibar, the
north and west (of Mombas). editor of a valuable handbook of the Suahili
Kinias. = Kiniassa, the dialect of tribes near the language, as spoken at Zanzibar.
lake Niassa .
Sp. = Mr. Sparshott, missionary of the Church
Kikuav. = Kikuaoi, belonging to the Wakuavi Missionary Society, East Africa.
tribes. Gram. = Grammar (Suahili).
Kik. = Kikaviba, referring to the Wakamba Deriv. = Derivative, or derivation.
tribes. Suff. = Suffix.
Kiung. = Kiiinguja, the dialect of Zanzibar, and V. a. — Active verb.
all that belongs or refers to Zanzibar. V. pass. = Passive verb.
Kidm. = Kidmu, the dialect of the island of Redupl. v. = Reduplicative verb.
Lamu. Intens. verb. = Intensive verb.
Kijan. = Kijangdmoe, a place near Mombas. Reit. verb. = Reiterative verb.
Kilind. = Kilindini, a quarter of Mombas. Red. v. = Reciprocal verb.
Kijom. = Kijomvu, a Mohammedan tillage to = Magnifying noun (e.g., into, river
the Magn. n.
west of Mombas. a large river). juto,
Arab. — Arabic (“ Lexicon Arabico-Latinum,” Diminut. n. = Diminutive noun (e.g., kijuto,
auctore G. TV. Freytag is the one which was small river, a brook).
,

consulted for the Dictionary Fig. = Figurative.

N. Gent. = Nomen gentilicium ,
the name of a V. obj. — Objective verb.
nation. V. dat. — Dative verb.
N. Prop. = Nomen proprium, proper noun. V. c. = Causative verb.
R. or Reb. = Mr. Rebmann, missionary at Rabbai Q. v. — quod vide, ivhich see.

Observe, that the author has generally, with the Initials, indicated the source whence he drew any
word, for he detests anything like plagiarism.
 — — ; ;

SUAH LI-ENGLISH I

DICTIONARY

A, the terminal vowel of all purely A frican verbs ; is meant to strengthen ; e.g., yuwala, he eats;
in the negative form, it is changed into “ i,” and yuwaja, he comes.
in the optative into “e” e.g., apenda, he loves; Aali, adj., choice, good ; from the Arabic 5Vc\
_s
(
hapendi, he does not love; apende, may he love.

Ku-a, v. n., to be or to become. The word does (aali), cfr. (ala), altus, excelsus fuit, hence

not signify existence in an absolute but “ aali,” superior, supremus.

merely in a relative sense, and can therefore Aasi,
cidj., rebellious, refractory, disobedient ; vid.
not be used when the ideas of “ I am," or
“ God is,” or “exists" are to be expressed asiorassi; Arab. rebellis, inobediens fuit.

in this case mere pronouns, combined with A'badan (or abadi), always, constantly Arab. JoB
—
adverbs, are employed e.g., “ Nipo,” I (am)
semper; kaziyakwe
there; “ Miingu yuko,” God he (is) there.
perennavit, (A (abadan),
ni ku iba abadi, his business is to steal constantly ;
In fact, kua (pass. “ku-wa ”) indicates
abadani is an expression of assurance.
existence only in the piast and future tenses, in
which, lihe all monosyllabic verbs, it retains
Abe watoto, vid. babe watoto or babe wana.

the infinitive particle, “ ku, ” as an auxiliary A'biei, v. n., to pass over, to go across (a river, lake,

to strengthen the sound ; e.g., maneno yaliokua or sea), to be ferried over = ku vuka, to go
thabidi, the ivords which have become firm or together as a passenger by sea in a vessel, or
established (with us). Mvua inakua yaja, lit., with a caravan (jaro) in travelling by land.
the rain has been it comes = the rain is coming ; Nimeabiri chombo cha Muarabu liatta U'nguja,
wavuvi wanakua waja, the fishermen are about I went together, or I ivent as a passenger on an
to come = they are coming; knngawa mballi, Arab-vessel as far as to Zanzibar. I did. not
takuenda, though it be far off, yet I shall go. hire the ivhole dhow, but I paid the usual fare,
which with the natives amounts to a \ or J dollar
The optative mood is formed from the passive
voice, with the “ a” changed into “ e” e.g.,
from Mombas to Zanzibar. Tumeabiri jaro clia
“ wasiwe na makossa,” they not may be with
Mzungu batta Ukambani, we joined the caravan
faults, i.e., without fault, the optative being of the European as far as to Ukambdni.
The verb abiri is to be derived from the
often used adverbially, or lihe a preposition.
The positive form of the optative is “awe,” Arabic (abara), transivit, trajecit flumen.
may he be, vide Krapf’s “ Outline of Grammar," Abiri a, v. obj., to pass or cross over to a certain
page 72. place; e.g., nimechombo cha Baniani ku
nauili
In reference to the letter “a” see page abiria or ku vukia Unguja, I have hired the
242 in Dr. Bteere's “Handbook of the Suahili vessel of a Banian to puss or cross over to
Language ," second edition. Zanzibar = nimevuka katika chombo cha
Of the passive form (wa) some use exists Baniani, I crossed over on the vessel of a
in the present tense, indicative mood, but it is Banian. Nime iuu-ahiria kua or katika chombo
confined to the third pers. sing, and to cha fulani, I made him. go over in the vessel
monosyllabic verbs, the sound oj which it of N. N.
B
 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ;

AB (
2 ) AD
Abiria signifies “passengers ” according to Dr. Lexicon) adabu ngema or mbaya, good or bad
;

>Steere's Handbook, page 243, but in this case behaviour; ku-m-tia kijana adabu (or adabu
it should be “waabiria,” they who pass over ngema), to teach the boy manners, lit., to put good

in the sing. “ muabiria,” one ivho passes over. manners into the boy. Mtu huyu hana adabu or
However ,
the inexact dialect of Zanzibar ni mtofu wa adabu, this man has no politeness,
allows many forms which are not admitted in or no polite manners; aingiwe ni adabu, he
other dialects. should learn to behave well or politely; mtu
Abirisha, v. c., cause to cross, to put across ;
to huyu ni mjauiri, ni muegni maku mangi, ni
Baniani muegni cliombo ame-mu-abirisha mtakabari or yuna keburi, he is proud, arrogant,
Mzungu= ame-m-vusba Mzungu, the Banian, insolent, &c. ku-m-tia adabu may also signify,
the owner of the vessel, put the European to chastenone by confining him, &c. adabu =
“ muendo (vid.), hence the proverb, “ Muendo
across. Ku-m-rusba” is more correct.
Abua, v. a., to scrape off (e.g., mua, sugar-cane ) bauna adabu.”
see ambua ;
abua occurs very seldom. Adabika, v. n. (R.) ? = ku ngiwa ni adabu, or
A'budi (or abodi), s., see budi. ku tiwa adabu. The student must not
AbUDIA, V. obj.; ABUDISHA, V. C.., Vul. confound adibisha and adibu with atbibu' and,
A'budu, v. a. from the Arabic abada,
athibisba and atbibia, which latter verbs
( jcj.fi,
signify, “to castigate, to torment whilst adibu
adoravit, fecit aliquem servum), to serve, to
and adibisha seem never or but rarely to be
ku-mu-abudu Mungu, to serve
adore, to worship
used. See athabu, athibu, athibisba, to cause
or worship God; ku iibudu sannam, to adore or
to be in pain, to punish, but adibisha, to cause
worship idols mtu huyu anaabudu salla, this
to behave well.
man prays always, lit., serves prayer, i.e., serves
A'damu, s., adam (muana or bin adamu, son of
God in prayer, especially after the prescribed
man), a human being, a man (ewe muana wa or
Muliammedan form.
bin adamu, 0 thou son of man).
Abudia, v. obj., to give worship to, e.g., ndia or
Adana, s., mpiga adana = muadini aitai watu wa-
maneno, the ivay or the words, to give ivorship
to God, the manner of worshipping God (ndia
salli, the man who calls people to prayer, the,
ya ku-mu-abudia Mungu). muezzin; Arab. ^^\,aurespraebuit,(2)significayit.
|

Abudisha, v. c., to cause to serve or to ivorship, indixit Muhamedanis publicae precis horam
to make one adopt one's religion (ku-mu-
praeco, promulgatio preoum.
abudislia Mungu).
Acha, v. a., to leave, to quit, to abandon; see ata, Adawa, s., enmity (see adui, an enemy ) ;
the word,

atana, atia, atilia in the Mombas dialect, but aclia, is seldom heard.
achana, achia, acliilia, acbilika in the dialect A'di, v. to accompany or to wait on a person
a.,

of Zanzibar. to thedoor; in general, to accompany one for a

A'cham, vicl. A'jam or A'gam, Persia. short distance by sea or by land. The verbs
Achari (or ajari), s., a thick acid juice or chyle, and “ iiga ” must be distinguished ivell.
“ adi ”

prepared by the natives of slices of lemon mixed “Muegni ku adi” is the person who accom-
up with sedt and red pepper (pilpili hobo). It panies another to the door, or for a short distance
serves the natives for pickles, hence preserves beyond it, and remains afterwards at home;
(e.g., achari ya maembe, i.e., juice of mangos). whereas the “muegni ku aga” is he who bids
A'da, v. a., to slit the bast or bark of trees and farewell to and parts from the muegni ku adi for

make strings of it (R.)? ever, or for some time; cfr. Arab. ,

praeteriit
A'da, s., pi. maada (ya, pi. zM; custom, manner, missum fecit, reliquit, effecit ut transiret, per-
a gift or present according to (ancient) custom; vaderet.
ni-pa maadayangu or adazangu, give me my
Adia, s. (ya), or rather athia (see), a gift, donation,
customary gifts or presents nikipoa, ta-ku-pa
present; Arab. (LLc, donum, from largitus
adayako, when I get well (says the patient to his \j-f,

physician), I will give you your gift (fee ) ; cfr. fuit, dedit, donavit. Many Suahili pronounce
Arab, consuetudo, mos, donum. “hadia,” but this In general,
is erroneous.
,

those Suahili who do

know Arabic, pronounce
not
A'dabo, s. (ya), civility, good behaviour, good
Arabic words very badly, and should not be
manners (adabu is to be distinguished from
imitated by Europeans, who should always
athabu, vid .) ;
Arab. huraanitas, elegantia
endeavour to acquire pure Suahili words, and
morom et doctrinae ;
omnium rerum scicntia, qua never use Arabic expressions, when there is an
a vitiis omnis generis cavcrepossumus (Frcytag's adequate and indigenous word found in
 ; ;;;

AD ( 3 ) AP
Kisuahili. Modern philology makes great efforts
toward ejecting as much as possible foreign
inimici
;
^ac ,
hostilitas ;
hence adawa (ya),

enmity in Kisuahili.
words from a language, in order to make room
for those expressions which belonged originally Afie (or eee) (St.), yes; Arab. (ai), nimirum, id

to Ku-m-pa mtu adia or athia = ku-ru-pamtu

it. est, ita, bene.

kitu clia burre, to give a man a present, or a A£mboe (or £mboe), s. (la), glue; see sumugb, gum-
gratuity ana-ni-pa adia, lie gave me a present. arabic; cfr. also ulimbo and mlimbolimbo ; all
A'dibu, v. a., to teach {good) manners, to educate these matters are used as glue or birdlime, also
{vid. adabu). for sealing letters.

A'dili, s. andadj. (ya), right conduct, right; Arab. Aijnzi, s., see enzi or ezi,
s., power, authority

kiti cha aenzi, a chair of power, an excellent

Jac (adlon), justitia, aequitas; bapana hokuma
adili, there is no right judgment. chair, a chair of fashion ; Arab, ff,
potentia,

A'dili, v. n., to behave or act rightly; Arab. Ac dignitas, honor.

J
(adala), quod justum et aequum esset, statuit A'fa, s. (la), pi. maafa (ya), something fearful,
praestititque. hostile, dangerous, injurious, enemy {cfr. muafa
Adilisha, v. c., to make or teach one to act and mkhafa); Arab, metuit, jj^jQ^jtimor,
rightly.
metus; Mgalla ni afa la Mnika, the Galla is an
Adilifu, s. (?)
enemy {cm object of fear) to the Mnika
Adimika, v. n., not to be obtainable ; e.g., scnnalla
Wagalla ni maafa ya Wanika nti inangia
wakiadimika = wakitoa patikana, or waldwa
;

maafa ya Wagalla, fear or clanger from the

sbidda, if the carpenters be not found, if they
Gcdla has entered, i.e., seized the country ; ndia
hardly exist; Arab, (adima), destitutus, pri- ilio maafa or miafa, a road on
na ivhich

vatus fuit. there are dangers or enemies; Mkuafi ni afa

Adimisa, v. c. (?)=ku tukuza, to praise, to Mkuafi is my enemy, my object of fear

langu, the

glorify. This verb requires further and closer afa ni jambo la hasara, la ku (duru) thuru

examination; perhaps it may be derived from Mungu a-mu-afue katika afa ote pia ya duniani,
the Arab. (atliama), niagnus fuit, magui
may God save him from cdl dangers of the
world !
fecit, honoravit. Hence the writing “atkimisa”
Afathali, vid. afthali.
would be more correct.
A'fia (or afua), s. (ya), health; \j^, sanitati
Adinassi, s., pi. wadinassi, a free man of un-
mingled blood, whose parents have not been restituit; hence tLilc, incolumilas, salus, good
slaves mtu huyu ni adinassi, this is a free man
;
health.
= muunguana asie kitanganio, this is a free
A'fia, v. a., to bring out, to issue, to spend or
man ivithout mixture of blood. The word is no
doubt a corruption of the Arabic expression, expend, to give away = ku toa {Kin. ku lafia) ;

ku-mu-afia rukhsa or amri, to give one per-

wald-el-nas, a free-born person, aJj •

mission or order ( = ku-mu-amuvia) ku-mu- ;

Adua, v. a.; ku adua hasada or sungua ,jito (R.). afia, or ku-m-toa ushuru, to exact duty from one ;
This expression refers to the ceremonies which a mtumke huyu ameafia mimba, this woman mis-
native doctor performs before he begins to treat carried, had ail abortion; ku afia mali, ku wa-
a sick person. First six yards of American pata watu, to spend property for getting men.
cotton-clothmust be brought, a number of pieces Afia, v. a., to make to swear; see under apa, v. n.

of bread are to be baked, the water of three Afikana, v. rec. ( =ku agana), to agree one with
cocoa-nuts must be put into a kettle, & c., where-
upon the doctor will read some sections from the another, to make an agreement; cfr. Arab,
Coran ,
&c.; mu-adiie hasada, ndipo afanike (wafika), consensit, assensus fuit.
daua or dawa, perform the hasada, then let the {or wafikanisha), to
Afikanisha, v. caus.
medicine be administered to him.
conciliate, to make to agree, pacify.
A'dui, s., an enemy (ya), pi. maadui, this plural
A'fiki, v. n. ; e.g., bali ku afiki sheria?(R.), he
form, however, occurs but rarely, as is the case
with many Arabic words. The Suahili say, has not interdicted thee from the law; udil ’

mtu huvu ni adui, pi. watu hawa ni adni, instead mterdixit, alicni, aliquid.
of maadui. Adui, an enemy, also = mtu mbaya,
5 jM
A fiux i, s. (ya), opium; Arab.
a bad man; Arab. ,
homines peregrini, A'fthali, afathali, afuthali, ado., better, rather,
b 2
 ; ; , ; ; ; ;

AF ( 4 ) AH
especially preferable {of ilie two), in preference of A'giza, v. a., to order, to charge. ,
to commission
best; Arab.^oi (fatkala), exuberavit, praecelluit
or enjoin any one, to direct, to appoint to.

-» " CC Agizia, v. obj., to give in charge; niiue-mu-agizia

(aftbalu), praestantior, optimus; thahaku kaskakiko, I gave thy box in charge to him.

ni afthali kana fetlia, gold is better than silver ; Agama, v. n., to be entangled {said of trees ) ;
see
kuetu suisui afthali, especially ivith us or in our angama, which is more usual.
house. A'giri (or ajiri ) v. a., to hire, e.g., a servant, a
Afd, s., wild jasmine (St.).
house, &c. mercedem dedit.conduxit, mercede
A'fu {or afua), v. a., to deliver from, to save, locavit; agiriwa, v.p., to be hired or employed,
preserve, pardon, to render safe, cure ( = okoza, for wages ; alie agiriwa, one ivho is employed for
ponia) ;
Muegnizimgu ana-mu-afu, the Lord has wages.
saved or preserved him ; Arab. incolumem, Agirisha, v. c., to let for lure, to cause to hire,
,

to let on hire. Deriv. ijara, wages.

innoxium servavit Deus. Mraigu a-mu-afue,
may God preserve him; mtu huyu ametesua Agua, v. a., (1) to treat one medically, to male
(amepawa ugonjoa) ni Mungu, laken sasa medicine for one, to attend to a side person, to
Mungu ame-mu-afu = ame-m-jalia afia, am.emjalia treat one after the African fashion {cfr. adiia).
sirkizakwe or riskizakwe. In general, ku afu Kin. ku lagula (ku-m-fania dawa) (2) to predict, ;

means to deliver one from siclcness, famine, or e.g., ku agua nddto = ku baskiri ndoto, to predict,

other hind of distress. to foretell by a dream; ku-ji-agua nafsi yakwe,

Afua, s., see afia, health. {This expression is to cure or heal help one's ,
self.

more usual.) AguiJa, v .obj. ku-mu-agulia mtu ndoto, to foretell

Afua, afura, v. a., to tear {said of thorns) (R.)? or explain a dream to anybody. Muaguzi, s.,
may be rendered, a medical man, or a fore-
Aga, v. n. and v. a. {Kimr.), to perish, to be lost
teller, a prophet; uaguzi, s., prophecy. Both,
and to lose, destroy ( = potea, potesa) unaaga ;
terms, muagiizi and uaguzi, require further
nshangawakwe, thou hast lost his beads {Kin.
examination. Pass, aguliwa.
ku angamika) watu wangi wame-ku-aga, many
;

Aha! (or ahaa ]), in reply to the question, je? what?

people perished, have been destroyed; kulla mtu
aendai Chagga, harudi tena, kuaga, Chagga
r/id. j e ;
aha somo ! yes, oh man! yes, my friend ;
ndivio kalisi, yes, exactly !
ndicho kiagacko watu, he ivho goes to Chagga,
shall no more return, he will perish, for Chagga A'iiadi, s. (ya) ;
Arab. ,
unum esse dixit ;

is the country which destroys people. %

unitas; covenant, agreement, promise; ana-ni-
Aga, v. n., to talce leave of a person ; nime kuenda pa ahadi ya ku ja kuangu, he gave me the
ku-wa-aga watu, I went to talce leave of the promise, i.e., he promised, to come to ???e = ana

people; jua likiaga miti, lit., when the sun talces agana nami kuamba aje kuangu. Wakadi is loiv
leave of the trees, i.e., near sunset {a very language.
poetical expression). Aiiadiana, v. rec., to agree ivith each other, to

Agaka, promise mutually, to come to an agreement

of each other (2)
v. rec., (1) to talceleave
to agree one ivith another, (3) to promise each (R.). In reference to the Jews, said Kadi
other (kua maneno) mnaagana nini ? ivhat Ali, the judge of Mombas, “ The Jews are wana
;

have you agreed to ? ana-ku-aga nini ? what has ahadi sana, because they do not mix up with
he promised thee ? aganiza ahadi, to malcc a other nations," lit., they are very much sons of
covenant. the covenant.

Aoi.v, v. obj., (1 ) to convey the valedictory ivord to A'mui, v., topromiW (St.)?
O C£
another in the name of him who bids farewell A'hali, s. (ya ,pl. za) Arab. Jj&\ (aklon), popnlus,.
;

wewe rafiki u-mu-agie kabayangu, tliou friend,

homines, qui ad aliquem pertinent, familia;
convey my farewell to my father (2) to give
family, connections, relations; ahali za wali, the
one u promise siku ile kuku-ni-aga ku-ni-pa.
of relatives the governor; ahalizakwe wote, all
kofia, mbona huku-nipa, knpendi ku-ni-pa,
his family; na jiraniwote, and all his neighbours.
uka-ni-agia kassi, why then didst thou promise
me ? A'hera, s., (1) the future world; viema via akera,

Agilia, obj .
(?)
the happiness of the world to come ; Arab. ,

Agilisha, charge one, e.g., to demand a

v. c., ? to altera sempiterna vita bosom of the ; (2) the cold
debt from somebody. Dcriv. agizo, pi. maagizo, earthor grave; ku enda aheraor aherani = kusikua
charge, commission. katika n'ti ku zimu, to be buried in the cold earth ;
 ; ; : ;, ; ; =

AH ( 5 ) AJ
katta sultani atakuenda ahera, ku-m-slieta pahali A'isiii (or ishi), v. n., to live , to last, endure;
pa shubiri, even a king shall go to the cold grave
vitam duxit, pass. in vita conservatus fuit,
where a place of a span's breadth will shut him
up. vixit.

A'heri (or rather akheri) = muislio, the end Aitiwalo, what one is wanted or called for (from
the last saidina ya awali ndiye ya alieri, the ku ita, to call; p. itiwa or rather itoa, to be
first Lord is he who is the last. called). Low people pronounce it “ etiwalo
aitoalo or aitualo would be more correct.
Aiisant (or aiisanta), v. a., lit., thou hast done ivell
A'jabu, s. (ya) ;
Arab, ,
status admirationis,
from the Arabic ,
bonum fecisti, probe
admiratio,/ro«« S-*-& E ,
miratus fuit ;
admiration ,

egisti,pulcbrum reddidisti, bonus, pulclier

q ,

wonder ajib ! or ajab wonderful ! wonderfully.

1
fuit. This term is used to to him
render thanhs
A'jabu, v. n., to admire (seldom used).
ivho has done you well. Thanhs ! or Thanh you!
Ajabisiia, v. c., to mahe to astonish.
A'ia, v. a. We are not sure whether this verb is
Taajabu, v. n., to wonder at, to admire.
to be derived from the Arabic verb ,
arsit, Taajabisha (or ajabisiia), v. c., to mahe to

flagravit ? admire, to astonish ; neno liili lina-n-taajabislia,

A'ika (or yaika), v. n., to dissolve, to melt. this word or matter astonishes me.
£
A'isha (or yaisha), v. c., tocauseto melt; e.g., ku A'jai.i, s. (ya), death, fate (cfr. Arab. terminum
,

yaisba rusasi, to smelt lead. The dialect of

Zanzibar seems to form yeyuka and yeyuslia, posuit ; ,
spatium temporis), the appointed

to melt and to cause to melt (St.). Ku ayika time, life-time, destiny (cfr. muhula) ;
ajaliyakwe
(St.), to dissolve, to melt. ili-m-jalia(ku fa) poani, his fate destined him to

Aibika, v. n., to be put to shame, to be disgraced; die on shore, and consequently he was buried in
the sand of the sea-sliore close to the water's edge,
Arab, Yitiosum fuit, hence v_>be or
,
as people who die or who are found at sea are,
vitium ;
nemsiyakwe imeaibika, his good name according to custom, not consigned to the common
has been disgraced. burial-ground, but as close as possible to the sea-
Aibisha, v. c., to disgrace, to put to shame, to water ku salimika ajali means lit. to be given
blemish. up to its fate, hence “to be finished entirely;''
Aibu, s., a disgrace, a reproach ; also pudenda. e.g., samli inasalimika ajali leo, or samli inakatika
hiyati leo, the gbee is quite finished to-day (
A'ili, v. a. (cfr. Arabic ,
inclinavit se super
inamalisikn, inakwiska).
aliquem ; ,
sustentavit, aluit familiam) ; (1) Ajam (or Ag-am) (wa) (n. gent.), Persia; mtu wa
to take upon one's self, e.g., ku aili deni, to tahe
a debt upon one's self, i.e., to pay it for another
man = deniy ak we daraka yangu raimi, his debt is
Agam or Ajam, a Persian Arab. (ajamon),
barbari, quicunquenon sunt Arabes, etsi distincte
^
loquuntur, turn Persao.
upon me, I shall pay it (2) to be the cause, to
Ajara, s., merit (St.) if this word is really in use
be guilty ; buyu si aili, aili ni ve, this man is not ;

ivith the Suahili people, it is no doubt to be derived

guilty, guilty is he (Ik).

Aibisia, v. obj., to mahe one tahe a thing upon from the Arabic ,
or ,
merces, praemimn.

him. Ajari, s., vicl. ayari, kamba mlingotini.

Aina, Ajari, s. (ya), see achari, s.

s. (ya) ( = gisi), hind, class, species, caste;
Ajari, s. (K.), simulation, hypocrisy; e.g., akiugua
kulla aina, all hinds; Arab, (l)fons,rei
ni ajari tu (?), if he is sich, it is only simulation.
substantia, essentia ; (2) eye. Ajeiii, s., vid. Ajami or Agami, a Persian.
Ainisha, v. c., to point out, to show by a sign Ajib! (or ajab !) wonderful! See ajabu.

(cfr. Arab, ,
manavit, ,
rem conspi- A'jili and agili, s. (ya) (from , causa, gratia),

cause, reason, sale; kua ajili or agili = yangu

cuam fecit) ;
e.g., ku ainisha kuo ya mpaka.
(mimi), for my sake, on
of my account, because
A'ini, v. a., to specify, to appoint.
me; kua ya walu, because of men ; kua ajili
agili
Ami a, v. obj., to specify to or for one.
or agili aki-m-penda rnkewe mapenzi bora, because
Ainiwa, v. p., to be specified.
he loved his wife ivith great love. The reason
Ainzi (or aexzi, or xttn), vicl. enzi and ezi ;
Arab. why the natives spell and agili (aghili) is, as
ajili

potentia, dignitas, potens, bonoratus every student of the Egyptian and Syrian dialects
,
;

hnows, because the Syrian Arabs spell achili,

factus est. ivhereas the Egijptians pronounce aghili; the letter
 ( ; . ; ; . ; ;;

AJ (
6 ) AK
= is pronounced by the Syrians Mice cli or j, praestantior, optimus, from the verb ,
factus
whereas the -Egyptians pronounce it like gh. The fuit possessor boni, selegit, praetulit), choice,
words ajili or agili, huja, sebabu convey nearly the good better, more preferable ; e.g., Sengibari,
,

same meaning, “ cause, account, reason," &c. bendari akliiyari, kulla sliei teyari or tayari,
A'jiri (or agiri), v. a., to hire; ,
mercedem dedit, Zanzibar is a better port, everything is ready
merccde conduxi t, hence the Suahili ward ugira, there, i.e., is found thereon the market; mubabbi
or muhebbi akbiyara, a good or excellent friend.
wages {Arab. ).

Ajirisha,
Aki, conj., if, in case, when; see Grammar. It is--
v. c., to cause to hire, to let on hire;
subject to conjugation, and is used also in
noun, ijara, wages.
forming the participle. The letter “i” is fre-
A'jiza, s ., and ajizi c/r. debilitas, impotentia,
,
quently omitted, e.g., akenda and waken da for
postica pars rei), si fanie ajiza, fania harraka, aki and waki enda, if he goes, or if they go ;
usikawe, do not tarry, but make haste. akipenda, if he likes or loves. The conditional
Aka, the form of the narrative past tense (3rd prefix is changed according to the subject re-
person sing.), see Steere's Handbook, page 134 ; ferred to.
aka penda, and he or she loved. Aki, s. (R.), step-mother aki na mama bawako, the
Aka exclamation of astonishment.
!
step-mother and the real mother are not here,
Aka, v. a.; (l)ku aka or akka, to build in stone; says a child when speaking of his mother aki
ku aka niumba, a house, viz., a stone-
to build
na buana, or aki na muegni anafika, the step-
house, in distinction o/ku jenga niumba, to build mother and the master arrived.
a house of wood {of poles ) {see ku waka or Akia (aakia ?), v. a.,
(1) to snap up, to gorge, to-
wakka) (2) to burn (akaka), to burn {said of devour, to swallow up; v. obj., to intercept,
;
(2)
pain). to get up, e.g., ku-mu-akia mpira, to pick up a
Akia, v. obj., to build for or with. ball for one.
Akali, (1) s. and adj., some few, some; Arab, Akira, s (ya, . za), something put by for saving,
(kalla), paucus fuit; akali ya watu, some few store, reserve; Ethiopice, akaba custodivit,
men; ya kitu, something = kita kidogo;
akali
akali ya vitu, some things; (2) he is, def. v. li,
conservavit ;
Arabic, W& 1
,
secutus fuit, ,

pone alium veniens; ku weka aldba, to put by, to

akali mzima or kai, akaliko, he was alive.
Akania, v. a., to curb ? provide for

Akari (or abakari intoxicating liquor (R.)

Akida, s . (ya or wa), pi. maaklda, captain, chief
?), ;

commander
leader, akida ya askari, the leader >

vinum, and jliic planta aromatica, pi ant a

, ,
or commander of soldiers, the second in com-

medica ;
or ,
turbidus, faeculentus fuit liquor.
mand; Arab. gubernator, praefectus,
cfr. ,

A'ke, see akwe, his, her, its (ake in the Zanzibar duxit, rexit, gubernavit.
j\jj ,

and Kikamba dialects).

A'ktdi, v. n. (no doubt to be derived from the Arab
Ak^nda, v. n., for akaenda, and he went (see ku aSIc possibilis fuit res, copiam sui praebuit ali
,

enda, to go). ;
cui), to suffice ( = gbushi, vid.), to be sufficient
AkhIsra, s., see abera. No doubt the Oallaword e.g., cbakula biki ebaakidi watu waliopo batta ku
ekera, s., is to be derived from this adopted rudi, this food is sufficient for the people who are
Arab word abera ekera signifies in Galla the
;
here till they return.
place to which wicked men are banished after
A'kifu, v. a. (cfr. ,
se dedit rei, substb
death, in the opinion of the Galla. Other Galla
til), (1) to yield, to profit; sbambalangu lina-
take ekera for ghost or spectre.
n-akifu reali mia, my plantation yielded me a
A'khiri (or akiri), v. a.; distulit, poslposuit, 100 dollars ; put = ku weka), to pvt by
,
(2) to (
tardavit, cunctatus fuit ;
to delay, to be dilatory, nna-mu-akifu viema, I have got him a good
toremain behind. place.
Akhirisha, v. c., to cause to delay, to put off, Akifia, v. obj., to entrus with; nime-mu akifia
postpone, to adjourn, to make to stay behind; maliyangu m belle za watu, I entrusted my
muzimu, another monsoon or after the
akhiri property to him publicly
monsoon (in April, when the vessels return Aicifisua, v. c.

from India ) ,
alter, alius, another ku
Akifiwa, v. p., to be put by, e.g., Muhammed
;

akifiwa instead q/’anakufa.

aklnrisha cbombo, to postpone the departure of
Akiisiia (or contr. akisba), e.g., kazi bi, he having
a vessel.
finished this business; then, thereupon; from ku.
AkiiiyAbt, adj. and adv. (Arab. ,
melior, islia, to finish.
 ;; ; ;; ; ;
:

AK ( 7 ) AL
Akika, s. (St.), a funeral feast for a child; cfr. signum ;
in Kisuahili it signifies “ mark ” (ya,

pi. za), sign, token; lui-tia alama, to give or

the Arabic word <3>a*ac ovis, quae mactari solet
make a sign; ku-m-wekea alama, to signalize.
,

quum primum infans raditur. Alamu, s. (ya, pi. za), ensign, banner alamu ya
Akiki, s. (E.) ku fania akiki, the meat of an
;
wita, military ensign. The Wasuahili do not
animal which was hilled for a sadaka ( sacrifice ) use much this Arabic expression, they generally
after a child's death after ivliich there is no
,
say “berarau,” which is very likely to be derived
matanga (mourning). from the Arabic contorsit, firmum reddidit ,

Akiki, s. (ya, pi. za), a hind oj red gem; cfr.

fuuem, lienee pars materiae quae torquetur
Arabic <3>Ui£ species gemmae quae vulgo car- rV ,

,
in funem ? ? They use beramu often for flag.
neola dicitur ; cfr. kito clia pete, or kitocba akiki The Wanika ccdl it merely “pingu.”
cha pete.
o c- Alasiri, s.(cfr. Arab. yac. ,
tempus matutinum et
A'kili, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. J.sc ,
mgenium, vespertinum), one of the Muhammedan hours of
prudentia), intellect , understanding ,
reason, prayer after 3 o' clock p.m. ( afternoon ).

prudence wits; ,
has generally the plural sign
it Alaye (R.) = hala liala ? ni atari katlie wa
za after it, though now and then cdso the plural katlie ?
form maakili may be heard; muegni akili, a Albunseyidi (St.), more correctly banu or elbanu
possessor ofprudence a prudent man; muegni = sayidi, the children of the lord (sayidina, our
akili nzima or nrefu, a very discreet man; prince), the prince' s children.
akili chaclie, little intellect. Alfafa, s., a piece of cotton with which the wound
Akin a, you; addressed to young or inferior per- is dressed after circumcision to ]}revent pain
sons; akina buana, young sirs akina bibi, my from micturition.
**
It is probable that the word
_
G
young ladies (St.). bears a relation to the Arabic albicantia
Akiki, v. n., to remain behind; vid. akhiri.
puncta in extremis unguibus inprimis pue-
Akirisiia, v. c., vid. akhirisha, to put off, to
rorum ; < i Vi signum fecit. The circumcisoi-
adjourn.
operates with the nails of his fingers.
Ako, suff., thy, your ako we we, your own.
A'kraba, s. (ya, pi. za), from the Arabic verb Alfagiri, s., from ^.j ,
fluere sivit, primum

propinquus fuit, hence (elakriba), apparuit aurora, hence ,

prima lux aurorae,
,

diluculum, the break of clay, the dawn; the

proximi cognatione et affinitate, sing. Ejys pro-
,
earliest Muhammedan hour of prayer, after
pinquus, relations, relatives, consanguinity 4 o'clock a.m.; jimbi la pili (the second crowing
sing, karibu, kariba and karabo (ya) ? of the cock) ni alfagiri dawn, daybreak. ;

A'kraba (ya, pi. za) kuumeni, male or paternal Aliiamisi (or Elhamisi), s., Thursday; Arab.
relative. dies ferine
pars quinta;
A'kraba (ya, pi. za), kukeni, female or maternal
quintae, sc. dies Jovis.
relation.
Ali, v. a. (R.) ku-mu-ali, to appoint him governor
Akua, v. a. (cfr. kuakua and niakua), to tear (R.) ;

hence tawala, he became governor, and he is now

a doubtful verb requiring closer examination.
the wali (governor ) cfr. valde propinquus
Aicwe (Kiung. ake), his, her, its, of him; niumba ; ,

yakwe, his house (Kiung. niumba yake). fuit alcui, praefuit rei, rexit rem praefec-
;
jy ,

An (or el), the Arabic article the; e.g., alfagiri,

tus fuit; ,
praefectus.
dawn, daybreah; y-ff, ,
diluculum, prima lux
Ali, the sign of that past tense which denotes an
aurorae. See the remarhs of Dr. Steere, page
action completed in past time, vid. Grammar
244.
e.g., alipenda, he had loved; ali katika ku soma,
A'la, s. (ya, pi. za) (also in pi. maala or niala), a
he was in reading, or he ivas reading.
scabbard, sheath, case, in the Kipemba dialect;
Alia, v. a., (1) to lay on, to apply the stick; (2) to
ala ya upanga, the sheath of a sword; ala za
leave marks after beating, to weal; ufito una-
vissu, the sheath of knives. Ala is called iio in
mu-alia muana, the stick makes marks on the
the Mombas dialect.
child.
A'lafu, thousands alf or alfu or elfu, s., a
Alie, he who is, or has. It is subject to conjuga-
thousand; cJ&\ (alfon),jol. alafu ;
(altifon), tion, sec the Grammar.
A'lifu, s. (ya), the alphabet the first Arabic letter;
thousands. ,

^
<_aJ! littera Elif.
Alama, s., Arabic c > signavit; jjlc ,
pi- ,
,
 . ; ; ;

AL (
3 )
AM
Alika, v. n., to split, to crack, to snap, to elide, to Allah-allah, quickly! without delay, I adjure

’give a evade ( cfv walika); bunduki inalikasana, you.

tlie musket gave a strong evade ov report; ku Allah bilkheir (Arab. ,

bonum, res
alika vianda or vidole, cfr. popotoa, and fiusa, to
exquisita in quovis genere), may God grant
erode the fingers. happiness. A common answer to the salutations
Alisha, v. c., to cause to give a evade ; also ku presented in the morning or in the afternoon.
alisha mtambo wa bunduki, to dicle tlie lode of Almakia, s., embroidery (St.) (?).
a musket, to code a gun ku alisha vianda.
Almazi, s. (ya), Arab. adamas, a
Alika, v. a. = zaidia, to assist; v. rec., alikana,
diamond.
alisha, to nurse (E.).

Alika, (
for aid) ( — ku taja Ama-ama, conj., either, or ; Arab. b»i quidem;
v. a., to call, to invite
,

watu) watu wamealikua ngomani, the people

;
autem, quod attinet ama mtu huyu ama yule, ;

were invited, ku teza ngoma, ku la wali, to eat either this man or that. Ama is used sometimes

rice; -wamealikua kazini, harrnslni, matangani, like “ however waama ni dogo, however it is
ujima, &c. alika is also said of roasting or fry-
;
small.

ing mahindi ( Indian corn). Ama, v. n. (E.), to lie on the breast (or belly) (cfr.

Alikana =lemeana, hence maalikano, ledge, layer, fuama, fuamia).

stratum. Amia, v. obj.; e.g., ku amia kitanda, to lay the
Aliki, v.; ku aliki, to hang (St.) ? alikiwa ni breast or belly on a bedstead (in great pain).
Mungu ? A'mali, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) conduct, lit., an act,

Aliko, where he is or ivas.

action, a thing done; Arab. opus, actio,
Alikua, v. n., he had been; alikua auakufa, he had
agendi ratio amaliyakwe ni ngema, his con-
died or had been dead; wewe ulikua ukijua, ;

duct is amaliyangu ni mana maji, my

good;
thou hadst known or liadst been knowing bassi
business is that of a sailor; hapana muhunsi
wakiwa wakali wakisemaj Luke xxiv. 36; bassi
wa amali, ku tenda amali ngema, to behave
wakiwa liawatassa ku amini, Luke xxiv. 41;
ivell; (2) kind of amulet made up of nails,
alikua anaskikoa ni homa, Luke iv. 38; alikuako
needles, &c. (vid. kilinge), to kill by this secret
mtu, there was a man, Luke vi. 6.
medicine a person who is disliked. The adver-
Alikwa, go through a certain course
v. n. (St.), to put
sary endeavours to the medicine into the leg
of medicine, consisting chiefly of various fumi- of his enemy, but the sorcerer draws it out, and
gations and a very strict regimem (cfr. adua saves the man, as he pretends. Amali is a liirizi
hasada). ku pata kitu kilicko potea.
Alili (old) = sana, very; e.g., ali muelle'alili, he
Amana, s. (ya) (Arab. ,
tides, sinceritas),
teas very sick.
trust, security, a thing entrusted to any one,
Alimisiia (or elimisha), v. c., to cause to learn, to
deposit;ameweka amana kuangu, or ame-ni-pa
teach, instruct = ku erefusha ; j
scivit, amana, or ame-ni-wekea amana, he put me in
trust with, he deposited it with me, he committed,
instruxit, docuit; hence scientia (elma or
,
it to my keeping.

elima). Amani, s. (ya), peace, security, safety halcuna

Alio.mo, ivherein he is or was (vid. Grammar). amani katika nti hi, there is no peace, or safety,
in this country.
Alisa, s. (St.), a dancing place, a house of amuse-
ment. Amania, v. obj., to confide in ( = ku-m-tumania) ;

Alisha, v. c., vid. alika. muamania Mungu si mtofu, lie who confides
v. c., to cause one to pay or hand, over
A Lis ni a, in God is not blind.

(= ku takabadisha) ; e.g., nina-mu-alishia maliya- Amanisha, v. c., vid. aminisha, to cause to

kwe inbelle za wali, I caused him to recei ve his believe.

O jj£
property before the governor. Amaiia, s., urgent business ? (cfr. Arab. ,

Allah, s., God; > adoravit, coluit, All and uegotium, res quam aliquis tractat).
t
t.
Amari, s. (ya) ;
— ya nanga, the cable of an anchor.
sHl numen, Deus; Deus verus, unieus,
, ,
Amba, v. a., to speak (in a bad sense) = sengenia
allab taala, Deus qui exaltetur (from mabaya, nafsiyakwe hasikii, to speak against, to
JUj' ,

slander a person in his absence (when he cannot

Ac )
(post nomen Dei), God the most high (alie hear it ) in Kinilca this verb is used both in a
;

jii, He who is above). good and a bad sense.

 ; . ; ; ;; ; .

AM ( 9 )
AM
Ambia, v. obj., to speak, to tell to inform one ,
to join; jua limeambata nti, ngojani, jua lipunge,
ku-mu-ambia maneno mema or mabaya, to tell tupateku encnda.
one good or bad words matters. ,
Ambai {or ambaye) kuamba, lit., saying to say ;

Ambilia, v. obj. int., to speak much to him it signifies the relative who, he who; mtu
or against him; ambilika easy be
ambai kuamba yuwapenda = mtu apendai, the
( p .), to
spoken to.
man ivho loves ; pi., ambao kuamba, they who ;
kuamba, lit., to say; conj., if, when {vicl.
Ambiliza, v. c.; c.g., mashikio ya-ni-ambiliza, my
Grammar).
cars tingle, lit., they cause to speak, i.e., they
AmbatAna, v. rec., to cohere, to be close to, to
give sound, they ring, they tingle.
cleave to one another, to be mutually attached
Ambibiliwa (
p .),
to be much spoken to.
{Epli. v. 31, ata-ambatana na mkewe).
Ambiwa (p.) ku ambiwa, to be told.
;
Ambatanisila, v. c., to cause to join, to make to
Ji-ambilia, v. refl., to invent, devise.
fit, to join, to be close to, to adhere to.
Amba for na kuamba
,
or najamba, if; e.g., unge Ambatiza, v. c., to cause or make to stick (=ku
— ktifa, amba
Mungu, or najamba si Mungu,
si
guya sana).
thou wouldst have died, if God had not (soil. Ambika, v. a. ku ambika kamba (R.) ?
saved thee).
Ambisa, v. c. = gandamisa), to cause to turn or
(

Amba, v. a. { cfr wamba), to cord a native bed- join; omo la dau liyambise poani, let the
stead with iikamba and maslmpatu. The thin {head.) fore-part of the boat be turned {let it
ropes made of the fibres of the cocoa-shell join) dose to shore; ku ambisa ufiagio na nti,

form warp whereas the mashupatu {vid.

the ,
to sweep the ground thoroughly {vul. tambaza),
shupatu) constitute the woof of the net-work in a lit., to let the broom join the earth, to sweep

native bedstead {vid. kitanda). clean.

Amba {or ambaa), v. a., to pass one without greet- Ambisana, v. rec., to stick together, to be ce-

ing or saluting him, to go near ivithout touching mented together, to meet or join for battle.

or hurting him; maofu or mawi na-ya-ku-ambae, Ambisha (St.), v. c., to make to hold together

may the evil kua

not touch thee;(
= ku ambatislia ?). ya-ku-pite
kando, or kandokando, yasi-ku-pate, may it pass A'mbo, s. (la), gum ( = samalia) ambo la mkuyu ;

by thee, may it not reach thee ; nna-ku-amba, I wa ku fungia waraka, letter-sealing gum obtained
am far from thee. from the mkuyu tree.

Ambaza, v. c., (1) to cause one topassby ivithout Ambua, v. a., (1) to pare, to peel, to husk; ku
hurting = ku-mu-ausba, to avert, lit., go aside, ambua maganda ya mubogo, or maganda ya
to save one ku-mu-ambaza mtu na maofu, to nazi, to take the husk off cassava or off the cocoa-
save one from evil = ku-mn-okoza na maofu ;
nut; fig., to kill, to destroy; niama aambuai, a
(2) ku ambaza poani poani dau = ku pita = a wild beast mtu aambuai,
beast which hills
poani na dau, to steer the boat close to shore. a man who destroys = a wild or ferocious man,
S-O-
A mbari, s.
(
ya ) ;
Arab, ,
ambarum, species a barbarian (2) to take a morsel in eating
(St.)?
odoramenti ;
nomen am-
piscis marini magni ;

Ambuka, v.n., to be peeled, to cast off the skin or

bergris, an odoriferous substance which is said
slough ngovl inaambuka, moto wa-ni-teketeza,
to be eaten as a clammy matter by the whale at
the skin falls off, as fire has burnt me; muili-
the bottom of the sea and then cast off in the ex-
wangu unaambuka Bgovi ku ambuka magovi
crements. Ambergris found at Mombas must be ;

ya mapera toka ina ambuka, lime breaks off,

given to the Government under penalty to the ;

or bursts, cracks.
offender. This is owing to the great value
attaching to the ambari. The natives tell a Ambukiza, v. a. (St.), to give a disease to, to
story about an island in the Indian ocean, infect (?).

whither the whales resort, and where the matter Amdelhan, s. (ya), a kind of fine silky dress,
is found at the bottom of the sea. Fishermen are sillcy stuff; godoro ya amdellnin, a mattress of

sometimes attracted and guided by the multitude silky stuff {also bridal-bed or bridal-dress)
of birds pouncing upon the ambari as it floats on Amekikano, s., American sheeting; the cotton
the surface of the sea. doth which ivas manufactured and first imported
Ambata, v. n., to stick to, to fit closely, or to attach, from America, and is used in trading all over
to cleave to ; e.g., mihogoyaambatacliungiini, the Central Africa. At Mombas the natives sold
cassaclor-roots {when being boiled ) cleave to the {in 1852) generally 12 yards, or 24 mikono or
pan; ambata means properly, to sit close, to fit cubits {vid. mukono), for one dollar, being equal
well or tight, to be close to (=patika, patikika), to a German crown. At many places in
 ; ; ; ;,

AM ( io ) AM
Ukambani two yards are equal to the value of princeps, dux; an emir, an officer, commander
an ordinary sheep and 24 sheep are equal to ,
(especially of ships). The first commander of
one Farasala (35 lbs.) of ivory, consequently equal vessels is commonly called surukhungi wa mar-
to 6 German crowns at Mombas. One Farasala kabu (admiral).
of ivory ivas then sold at Zanzibar for 37-40 Amka, v. n. ku to awake (from sleep).
,
German crowns. At Mombas the Farasala of
Amkia, v. a., to pay one's respects, to greet or
ivory sells for 35-36 dollars .*
salute in the morning. Any onewho omits to
A'sipia, v. a. (E.), to be liberal, to (jive one a thing
run and salute his relations and friends in
gratis; ameamfia watu witu, haku = wa-pa kua
the morning, is considered to be a disrespectful
iigira, laken kua burre, he gave the people
and unmannerly person, and children are
things gratuitously, he did not give them for
frequently beaten for neglecting a duty which
wages, but gratis. Very likely amfia stands for
in reality only creates idleness. Mr. Erhardt
afia, v. a., which see. Muamii.
has ( besides amkia) the word amkua, which he
A'.mili, v. a.; ku iimili (Arab. alacer, agilis takes in the sense (1) to visit, to greet; (2) to
call, e.g. enda iika-mu-amkue fulani amkuana,
fuit, operatus fuit), to manage, to work. ;

v. rec., to accost one another in passing (cfr.

A'mixa, adv., amen; Arab. .
ankurana in Kiniassa).
Amsha, v. to cause to awake, to awaken, to
A mini, v. n. ,
fidit, nixus fuit, credidit (in
c.,

arouse.
Deum) hence imani, faith, religion (Arab.
;

A'msiia (or amsa kanoa, or ku fungua kanoa),

,
fides, religion). Mr. Erhardt takes the to awake, or open the mouth; hence chamsa
verb amini also for a noun, so that amini would kanoa, breakfast = chakula eba subukhi, the

mean, faith, religion, trust; but in this sense the

food of the morning.
Got
word imani will be better, and amini ought to be A'mri (or amuri), s. (ya, pi. za) y\ mandatum,
,

retained as a verb which signifies, to believe, e.g.,

edictum pi. negotiant, res quarn aliquis
to believe in God, ku amini kua Mungu; nsi-mu- ; ,

amini, do not believe or trust him. traotat ;

command, also affairs, matters,
order,
business; kua amri ya Muungu, by the order of
A'.uinj, adj .,
faithful, trustworthy mtu liuyu ni
God; nina amri, I have orders, I am com-
amini, this man is faithful, trustworthy; watu
hawa manded; liana amri nami, he has no authority-
ni waamini, these men are trustworthy.
over me, or liana amriyangu muegni amri, a
The adjective might also be expressed by using ;

commander, pi. wegni'amri.

muamini or muaminifu (p>l. wa ); how-
ever, this is more modern language, introduced A Mtjit [A (or amria), v. obj., to give one an order
by the Author in his translations. “Anapigua or permission, to put a thing at one's disposal;
amini” means (according to Mr. Bebman ) ame-ni-amuria kitu liiki = ame-ni-pa ruklisa
'‘an oath by which a debtor engages himself ku toa kitu liiki, he permitted me to take this

not to withdraw from his place until he has thing.

paid his debt. Great distress will be conse- .
Amurisiia, v. c., to cause to order, to be ordered.
quent on oath-breaking The amini ina-m- .

Amur! w a (p.), to be ordered.

sumbua. —
A'muru (or amru), v. a. (y\, mandavit, jussit),
Aminisha, cause one to believe, (2) to
v. c., (1) to

trust one with, to hand over, consign; nime-

to command, to order one.
mu-aminislia mtu muanawarigu, ku enda nai A'mu, n. p., the island of Lamoo on the coast of
Mvita, I entrusted the man with my son, to qo East Africa, situated about 2^ degrees south
with him to Mombas from the Equator. Bee Baron von der Decken’s
ku amini mtu na kitu
“ Travels in East Africa,” vol. ii. page 370.
means, according Dr. Steere (“Handbook,” to
gage 245), “to trust a man with something, to on the Witu islands (Lamu, Pata, dec.).
entrust something to some one.'” We hesitate Amu, s., father's brother (St ).
to support this meaning.
A'mu a, v.p. (from ku ama, to put to, to put a, child
Aminiwa, v. p., to be believed, to be entrusted
to the breast), pass, to be put to the breast, to
with. suck (cfr. ku ama).
Amiri, s. (wa), pi. maamiri imperator, Amuisiia, v. c., to give suck, to suckle.
; ,

Amua, v. a., properly ku aamua (Kin. ku alamula),

* The Author is not acquainted with the prices of the to judge, to give judgment; ni-amua na mtu
present time (
1880 ) :he only refers to the years of 1815 - 53 .
liuyo, or na mdauawangu, avenge me of that man r
 ;; ; ; ; ;

AM (
n ) AN
or of my adversary; mu-amueni gnombe (Kir. in his employ, they have familiar relation with
amula ?). him muezi unaandama = onekana, umekuja
Amulia, v. obj. m'pia; properly muezi umeandama muenziwe
Amuliwa, v.p., to be judged. Deriv. muamzi, (uliopita),ume shiriki, ume = u-fuata niumayakwe,
judge; maamzi, judgment (Uamuzi ?). hence muezi muandamo, the new moon (the moon
Amud, s. (ya), pi. maamud, from proposuit which follows the old or past one).
,

Andamana, v. rec., to accompany each other, to

sibi, columna stabilivit ; ,
columna, fulci-
go together; tuandamane zote ndia mrnoja,
mentum column; (2) the upright stick or
; (1)
let us go all together one and the same way ;
piece of ivood, to which the scales of a balance
ku andamana chanda na pete (kama pete na
are tied = mti wa mizani, or mti vva ku pinna
clianda) ( = ku sbikamana or kazana, or shiri
taraju.
kana), to keep together like finger and ring.
Amuka, v. n., vid. amka, v. a.
Andamia, v. obj., togo or run after one, to over-
Axa (or tuna), he or she has ; e.g., ana ila, he has
take, to accompany him = ku fuata niuma
shame = is ashamed (kua na ila).
yakwe, to follow one at a distance.
Anakotoka (St. ), whence he is coming, where he
Andamiza (siia), v. c., to cause to go or to follow
comes from (Kiung.).
after mvua lii itaandamiza muezi, it will
Anapokuenda, whither he is going (St.).
rain till neiv moon, lit., this rain will cause to
Anapolala, while he is sleeping (St.).
follow the new moon; muezi uliandamiza-
Ax ana, adj., soft, thin, not thick, dear (said of
kamili.
wind, water, doth, die .) ;
upepo muanana, a soft
Andamiz(sii)axa, v. rec.
or fine breeze (vid. upepo) nguo nianana, a
;

= niororo); Andika, v. a., to put or lay

on, to apply anything
soft thin doth (
kitu hiki chianana ;
to, e.g., a wall, hence to besmear, to
clay to
vitu hivi vianana; maji maanana, clear and
plaster, ku andika udongo; to put the pen to
quiet water hayana fumbi, yanenda polepole,
paper = to write, ku andika wavaka, to write a
ndio clia mbande, the water is still and clear,
letter ; to put a vessel to the water = to steer, ku
and can be fished, but it is full and muddy at
andika cboinbo to put up food, i.e., to serve up
flood-time. ;

Anasa, s. (St.), pleasure food, to make table ready, ku andika chakula ;

(?).
ku andika or bandika dawa kiondani, to apply
An da wanda, or andaa), v. a., to prepare a
(or
medicine to a wound.
dish of various ingredients and in various forms.
Andikania, v. cl, to overlay, to pile, to put things
Hence to be expert in cooking, to make pastry.
one upon another ; ku andikania viombo ju ya
The word “ku anda or wanda” mustbe carefully
viombo vingine, to put vessels upon other
distinguished from the verb “ku pika,” which
vessels.
means simply, “to boil, to cook," e.g., ku pika
mihogo, wali, dec., whereas in reference to the
Andikia, v. obj., to write or apply to or for, in

words, raukate, witupa, tarabi, kaki, matoposlia, behalf of die.; wavaka

,
wa ku andikia watu wa
mukate wa ebuma, mukate wa ku minima, Ungnja, a letter for or in behalf of the people
tendeti, mai ya gnamba, and other kinds of of Zanzibar mu-andikieni liatti, write a note
pastry, the word “ anda ” must be used. to him; neno Mungu alilo = ku andikia, hu-

And alia, v. obj., to prepare pastry for somebody wezi ku-li-ondoa or huwezi ku-li epuku, that

(ku-m-tengesea viema) ;
ku-wa-andalia viakula. which God has written (destined) for you, you
Andaliwa, v.p., to be prepared. cannot escape or avoid.
Andana, v. rec., ku :
— cbakula. Andikiana, v. rec., to write to each other, to
Andazi, s., mke wa fulani kana andazi asilojua; correspond one 'with another ; vid. above, an-
kadiri udakalo, ata-ku-andalia, ajua ku anda. disha; deriv. andiko, s. (la), a writ; andiko
Andia, v., to attend at table (E.) ? Deriv. hili, Lidcc ii. 2 ;
muandika or muandishi, the
maandazi, to prepare maandazi. writer; maandiko or kibandiko, the applying
Andisha, v. c., to make to attend at table; of a plaster.
muandishi wa cbakula, preparer of food (mu- Andikiwa, v. p., to be written, applied to, laid,
andiki, waiter). out for.
Ji-andalia vita, to prepare jor battle. Andikva, to be written.
Andama, go along with one, to accompany
v. n., to Anga, s. (la), shy, atmosphere, air, light, firmament,
one, to stay with one (ku keti na ) watu climate; anga kuba or mgnao, a great light,
;

waandama kua Mzungu, the people stay with the hence muanga, a light (sorcerer in the Interior )
European wafania mashauiri mamoja nai, they muezi waanza letta anga ukipassua uwingu, the
have one counsel with him, they follow him, they are moon begins to shine, when she splits or breaks
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

AN (
i2 ) AN
through the shy ; ndege za anga, birds of the air ; ina-ni-angamika, my cloth ivas lost to me;
anga muezi or la jua, the bright light of the
la ku angauiikua, to become poor, to be lost.
moon or sun muezi waletta anga, the moon puts Angamisa (or angamisiia), v. c., to cause to
forth her light; deriv. muanga, light; ku tia perish, to destroy, to ruin; ameangamisa
muanga, to give light, to enlighten one; aangaye nguoyangu, he destroyed my cloth, my dress.
usiku, one who sees at night. Angaza, v. a. (vid. anga, v. n.), to keep the eyes
A'.nga, v. n. ku anga ndugu = ku anza matitti, to open, to turn or fix the eyes upon one object, to
get teats or paps, lit., the bursting forth of teats, watch a matter, to sit without sleep = ku keti
whereupon the maiden becomes marriageable; mato, to sit watching nimeangaza usiku kucka,
manamke amekua mtu mzima. I was awake all night, I did not sleep
sikulala,

Anga, v. a., or ku wanga (= hesabu), to count, at all;unaangaza rnno, sijajibu, you ivish to
to rechon. know too much at once, I shall not answer;
Anga, v. n. ( Kimr .) ( = sanga in Kimv.), to be per-
angaza maliyako Mkamba asiibe, watch your
plexed, to be puzzled, to fix one’s eyes upon one property that the Mkamba does not steal it; ku
object.
angaza mato, to open the eyes wide in order to
see well or accurately; muanga waangaza
Angaza (or sangaza), v. c., (1) to looh intently
niumba iote, light illuminates the whole house;
upon one; (2) to puzzle one neno bill lina-ni-
ku angaza kitu nmo; mato ya ku angaza = mato
angaza or sangaza, this matter puzzles me.
mapefu = nmerefu = muangafu wa mato, one
Angalia, v. a. (vid. anga), to behold, to looh in-
who is much enlightened.
tently, to consider, to observe, to take notice, to Angazia, v. obj.; ku-mu-angazia mato, to fix the
direct one's eyes to visit, to search for,
to, to
eyes upon = ku-m-tunsa sana. Deriv. muan-
beware of; angalia, behold! nimeangalia kitu,
laken siku-ki-ona, I have searched for the thing,
gaza, light; ku-m-tia — ,
to give light to; kuani
ku-ni-angazia mato vifio, lm-ni-jui ?
but have not found it (= nimetafuta, I have
Angioma, v. n. rokho ya ku angema, to be pusil-
searched) ;
ku angalia muelle, to visit a sick
lanimous, mean-spirited, ivanting in courage,
person.
timid.
Angalilia, v. int., to search much = ku tezama
Angika, hang up, to hang against a wall;
v. a., to
sana.
from pachika and tungika,
to be distinguished
Angalilika (E.), to be loohable (if this ivere a
which means “to hang up openly, not against a
genuine English word), be capable of being
wall,” dec.
looked at.
Angiicia, v. obj.; c.g., ebango eba ku angikia
Angaliliwa, v. p., to be looked at (to be in-
vitu, a hook for hanging up things (e.g.,
spected) intently.
nguo).
Akgaliwa, v. p., to be seen or searched, ob-
Ango, s. (la) ;
ango la dau (ku ongoa dau kama
served, regarded.
muana ?) (E.).
A'ngali (or ange), vid. Grammar, he would, dc. Angu, suff., of me, my; angu mimi, my own;
mtu huyu angeuawa or angaliuawa, laken Mu- vid. Grammar.
ungu ame-m-linda, this man would, have been
Angua, v. a., (1) to take or bring down; ku
hilled but God preserved or protected him.
,
angua madafu or maembe, to cut and throw
Angama (or agama), v. n., to be caught in falling down cocoa-nuts or mangos (from the trees) (e.g.,
(as by the boughs of a tree ) ameangama sipati ku angua); (2) to hatch eggs; kuku ame
;

mnazini, he fell from a cocoa-nut tree, but he angua mai pia, i.e., mai pia ulio-m-wekea yame-
did not fall to the ground, having been caught kua watoto (ameangua wana), the hen has
or entangled bg the branches in his fall (kitansu
hatched all her eggs, i.e., all the eggs which you
kime-mu-angama). put under her have become chickens (3) to cut,
AngamIa, v. n., to fall, to perish, to be ruined c.g., ku angua = ku kata kueba (vid. ukueba)

( = pot£a), tobelost; watu wameangamia wangi eba mukono, to cut the nails of the hand.
vitani, people perished in great numbers in Anguica, v. n., to fall, to drop.
war; mimi nimeangamia m’ituni (or muituni), Angukia, v. obj., to fall down to or for one.
T. was lost in the jungle; unaangamia mfiwangu, Angulia, v. obj.; angulxwa, v. p. (to be
thou hast made my arrow to hang, by shooting hatched).
it into a tree, whereby it is lost. Angusiia, v. c., to make fall, to overturn.
Anciamika, r. n., to be lost or destroyed mali- Angusiiia, v. obj.; Muegnizimgu or Muegni-ezi
yangu yoto (iote) imeangamika, all my pro- Mungu ana-ni-angusbla-rokbo mbaya.
perty perished, or is lost, destroyed; nguoyangu Angu a (or angua), v. a., to scrape, to
it grate, to
 ; ; ; ;;; ; ; ;

AN ( 13 ) AR
hatch; ku angura ukoko wa chungu, to scrape a water, or to eat a piece of bread or a
pan or kettle or pot (?). little rice impregnated ivith some poisonous
Ania (or wania), v. a., to purpose, think of doing, matter ; to eat an oath, kula kiapo. If the
to desire; aania kule mjini (E.). accused person be not guilty he will remain
unhurt by the ordeal, which, in the opinion
Akiwa, v. p. ( cfr . Arab, ,
voluit, intendit)
of the natives, will infallibly reveal innocence
ku ania ni kulla mtu ku dalca.
or guilt. The person thus proved innocent
Anika, v. a., to expose to the sun or air to dry. is entitled to claim a sum of money from
Anikxa, to spread out to dry for another person,
his accuser. Of course the result depends a
in his behalf, &c. ku-mu-anikia uguo cbuani,
great deal on the doctor wjio prepares the
to sun the cloth for him.
poisonous mixture, whether he is kindly dis-
Akisha (E.), v. c. ? Rebman brings the word posed toward the accuser err toward the accused
anika, v. a., in connection with “ ana,” which
person, ivith whom he may have a secret
signifies in Rinika “to roof, to form a understanding ; in which case the poison will
roof ” ?
Hindostani a
be vomited and prove harmless. A person
Ankra, s. (St.), a bill of sale ( ,
ivho has taken an oath upon the Coran is
cipher).
generally not allowed to go to sea for fear of
Anoani, s. (ya), an address, direction of a letter his occasioning shipwreck in case of perjury.
ku andika anoani ya waraka, to write the direc- The Coranic oath is now usually applied by
tion of a letter ; Arab. titulus libri, turn of Mombas in consequence of an
the natives

omnis qua altera indicatur.

res,
order of the Government, which perceived the

Anua, v. remove or to take out of the sun

a., to
sad consequences of the application of ordeals
nimeanua mtelle, usipate as described above.
or rain (cfr. anika) ;

mvua, I removed the rice lest it should get icet. Apia, v. obj., to swear to or for one or about.
Anuka ;
ku — ,
to leave off raining.
Apiana, v. rec., to swear mutually.
A'pisha, v. c., to cause to take an oath, to adjure
A'nza, v. a., to begin; e.g., ku anza kondo, to begin
a quarrel alikwanza for alianza, he had begun. = ku-m-peleka kiaponi, or ku-m-pigisba or k u
m-tilia kiapo.
Anzia, v. obj.
A'piza, v. a. to imprecate one, (E.) to imprecate
Anziliza, v. int., to make a beginning in -good ,

against.
earnest.
Anzima, s., vid. azima. Apizana, v. rec., to imprecate one another.

Anzini (or Azini), s. (ya), rarity ? perhaps to be an imprecation.

A'pizo, s., pi. maapizo,
Api ? (or wapi ?), where ? vid. Grammar.
derived from the Arab. ,
rarus, carus,
Arabuni, n. prop, in Arabia, better Uarabuni
eximius; vid. azizi. Muarabu (pi. Waarabu), an Arab; TJarabu,
Anzuani, s., the Johanna island (vid. Baron von Arabia; Kiarabu, Arabic.
'

der Deckon's “ Travels in East Africa

1 1
). Arabuni, s. (ya), earnest-money ; ,
arrba.
Ao, their, theirs ; vid. Grammar.
Arak zelan, s., arrack, a spirituous liquor distilled
Ao-ao, either, or ; better au-au (vid.).
in the East Indies (Ceylon). The word arak
Aoni (or awoni), v. a.; vid. awuni or awini reminds us of the Arabic sudor, spirituous
,

Arab. y\.c
} > °P em tulit, auxiliatus fuit liquor being obtained by distillation or by the
process of sudation.
,
adjutor, auxilium.
Arathi, s., pardon (St.); doubtless to be derived
A'pa, v. n., to swear, to take an oath; kula or
fania kiapo, or ku shika kiapo; atakuenda apa from the Arabic (joys ,
accidit, obviam venit,

kesho, he ivill swear to-morrow. largus fuit, dedit.

A'rba (or arba’a), four arbaini, forty arbata-
A'fia, v. a. ku mu-afia kiapn, to make one swear
sbara (instead of kumi na nne), fourteen. The
by undergoing the ceremony of the ordeal ; or
Arabic numerals are frequently preferred to the
ku mu-afia yaniini, to make one swear (in the
native Suahili expression.
mosque before witnesses) with the right hand
A'rda, v. a., to lay eggs kuku yuwaarda mai (Sp.);
(yamini) on the Coran, which is the case with ;

sijui aardapo kuku (Kimr.).

the Muhammedans, whereas the Pagans swear
by undergoing dangerous ordeals, e.g., the Ari, s., a thing to make one blush, a disgraceful
person swearing is compelled to touch a hatchet thing (St.); cfr. (l)<^yC, nudus fuit; (2)jVc,
heated in a strong fire, or take up a stone
from the bottom of a kettle filled with boiling nudus ; ,
nuditas.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;: .

AK, (
i4 ) AS
Aria, s., party, faction; Wadahalo ni aria za orpl: jy&sz ,
pars decima rei ;
una pars ex decern
Wagalla. partibus.
A'ripu, v. a. , to inform ; Arab. novit, notum
,
A'si (or assi), v. a. (Arab. rebellis, iuobediens
fecit, docuit ;
hence aarifa, pi. maarifa, knowledge. fuit), to rebel, to be disobedient, to omit or neglect
Arithi, v. a. ( ,
elegit, gratum liabuit, to one’s duty to somebody ana-mu-asi Muungu na

iki-ku-ritki, if you please.

mtu, anakimbia amri ya Muungu or ya mtu ku ;
like ;
mu-asi mume muine ame-mu-asi mkewe, the
Arithi,». a., (l)=ku endelelesa (Er.) ; (2) arithi, ;

adversatus
husband neglected his duty to liis wife, e.g., hi/
to trouble (R.) ;
cfr. ,
fuit.
not supplying her with food and raiment. This is,
A'sa {or wasa), ». a., see aza, to think, to reflect,
however, not yet a formal divorcement, though it
meditate ; hence rnaazo, meditation ; cfr. g. .
may often lead to it mikaha) ku-mu-asi
(cfr. ;

As a, ». a. (St.), to forbid (?), probably ku asha, sultani, to throw off allegiance to the king, to
ashia (
from ku ata), to cause to leave or rebel against him weweunakua assi ira Muungu.
abandon, vid. ata, v. a. asliisa, v. a., to sepa- husalli tena, thou hast become an apostate, a .

rate a wife from her husband, or a child from rebel against God, because thou hast ceased to
the breast; pass, ashisua, to be separated. offer prayers mtu huyu ni assi or muassi wa
A'sari, s. (ya), honey (Arab. mel). The nti, yuwafania uassi, this man is a rebel of the
;
land.
various lands of asali are : (1) asali ya niuki,
Asi, v. = ku nenda kuao, to mm off and go home,
bee-honey (2) asali ya mua (pi. ruiwa), treacle,
like a woman who escapes (E.) asia, vid ;
the boiled juice of the sugar-cane (3) asali ya
wasia.
tembo, fresh palm-wine boiled into a syrup,
Asi, pi. maasi (cfr. aasi), s., rebel.
which is properly called asali ya ngizi (</.».).
Asisha, ». c., better to derive from ata, instead
The calabash into which the liquor is received
of asi, to cause to leave or cease.
from the tree is always carefully cleaned, in
Asiwa, v. p., to be abandoned or forsaken :
crrder to remove all acidity (cfr. tembo). Fresh
mtumke anaasiwa ni mumewe, the wife was
sweet tembo which lias just been brought clown
forsaken by her husband.
from the tree is best for making asali ya ngizi.
Asikari, s., a soldier ; vid. askari.
Aser, s., the time between 3 and 5 o'clock p.m., the
Asila, adv., by no means (Sp.) ?
prayer-time of the Muhammedans; cfr. Arabic
A'sili, s. (ya, pi. za) ( ,
imum cujusque rei.

,
dies et nox, et tempus matutinum et
radix, origo), root, origin, source; asiliyangu ni
vespertinum. Mmalindi, I am a
native of Malindi as regards
Asha, v . c .
my origin; watu wa asili, aborigines bar el-
A'shara (or ashera), num. ten (kumi in genuine asili, the main-land asili ya mail, the property
Suahili) (Arabic yLc ,
decern). given in the beginning, the original stock or

(makumi mawlli) capital.

Asharini (or asiiirixi), twenty
Asima, s.; vid. azima, s.
(Arab. y^yij: viginti).
,
Asima, v. a., to borrow ; vid. azima.
Asiierati, s., dissipation, a dissipated person; Asisha, v. c. ; vid. ata and asba.
Asitasa, covj., not yet (vid. Gram.), ere, before.
,
valde lactus fuit ;
cfr. kasharati or kasharaki.
Askari (or asikari), s. (ya, pi. za or wa), soldier
Ashiria, ku, v. obj., to make a sign to (St.) ;
•
askarizakwe, or waaskariwakwe, his soldiers

Asiiisha, v. c., vid. ata. < r. ,

castra posuit ;
’< A ,
copia magna,
A'shkali, adj. (asiiikali) (Arab. ,
congruit, exercitus ku tia askari, to enlist.
;

convenit, similis fuit, formatus fuit, ),

im- Assubukhi (or essubukiii), s. (ya), the morning,
proving in health, better in health (during siclc- early in the morning; > fuit mane;
7iess); mimi ashkali leo, / am better to-clay; ku
initium diei tempus matutinum.
fania ashkali, to make better kua ashkali, to be , ; >

better, to improve. Astafu nuka (R.)?

A'siiki (or asiiiki), adj., love-making (Arab. 3^2
, ,
AstAhili, adj. (vid. stahili), worthy, deserving;
astabili ku pigoa, he is worthy, or he deserves to
amore flagravit, adhaesit alicuii ,
amaus), be, or must be beaten.
loving very much. Asuaiii (or asuakhi, or sakhikiii), clean, pure,
Asuur, s. (or USHURU, «.), customs, duties; , sincere; sanus, integer, perfcctus.
 ; ; ; ; ; ,

AT ( *5 ) AT
A'ta, v. a. (
Unguj. aolia), to leave, to leave alone, k~= firmiter tenuit, firmatus fuit, hence to cause
,

tg let alone, to permit, to divorce, acquit; ata

one to hold firmly, to stick close to, to control.
kitu hiki, leave this matter ku ata liurru, to
Atiiabu, s., punishment {<fr. athibu, v. a.), vid.
liberate, release ( especially a slave) ldtoa kina-
;
also adabu.
mu-ata, his head left him, he was confused.

Asha, v. c. {from ku ata), to cause to leave or Athama (or atiiima), s., highness; <LoUie, mag-
abandon anything, to forbid one a thing ; ame- nus fuit, magnitudo muegni athama, the Most ;

mu-asha tembo (scil. ku noa tembo), he caused High.

him to abandon the habit of drinking, he Athimika, v.p., to be exalted.
forbade him tembo-drinki.ng mama ame-mu- Atharx, s. (E.),
(1) damage (?) (2) athar (E.), sole ;

asha muana matiti, the mother caused the child =

of the foot (?) ; (3) hathari.
to leave the breasts = iveaned him.
Athia, s. (ya) {sec adia), a gift, present, donation.
A'shisha, v. c., to make one to cause or bring
A'tiiibu, v. a,., (1) to punish, to chastise; (2) to
about a separation or divorce; muegni mtuma
ame-mu-ashisha mke mume we, the possessor trouble one {cfr. Arab. impedivit, punivit,
of the slave caused the ivife to leave her hus- • ® T £
Jii
•

castigavit; poena, supplicium, hence

band ku asbisha mke, asikue mke tena, to ,

cause a wife to leave a man so that she be no punishment in Kisuahili. But a distinction
more his ivife = to divorce her, kua ku asbisha must be made between adabu, s. {vid.), and
mikiiha, by annulling the matrimonial contract
athabu, s., and likewise between the verbs adibu,

which ivas concluded before the katbi {kadi) in

adibisba, and atbibu, athibisha. The former is

the mosque. derived from the Arabic uj), humanitas, and

Atana (achana), v. rec., to leave one another athabu from poena.
to separate (mume na mkewe wame at;ina).
Athibia, v. obj.; (1) wa-mu-athibia-ni buyu
Atanisha, v. c., to cause to leave, to cause to
muana? dost thou trouble this child? (2)
tolly
become disunited, to cause a separation nani
usi-ni-athibu, do not trouble me {said to a
alieatanisba mume na mkewe, who has
petulant beggar).
caused the separation of the husband from his
Athibisha, v. c., to cause to punish, to castigate,
wife ?
to torment;majiboa haya ya-ni-athibisha
e.g.,
AtLv, v. obj., to leave to or for; uzinzi umekua sana, these dogs torment or trouble me very
sebabu ya ku-mu-atia, fornication was the
much.
cause of his divorcing her.
Athimika, v. n. {vid. athama), to be exalted.
Atika, v. n., remissible kaatiki, irremissible.
Atilia {pass, atiliwa), v. int., to indulge, to pass Athiki, v. a. {cfr. adana), to call the Muhamme-
over, to forgive, to neglect; nime-mu-atilia
dans to public prayer.

maofuyakwe, kuani, sikudaka ku teta nai, I Athiki, v. a. = ku umiza (E.).

forgave him his ivickedness, for I had no Ati, a particle expletive, or accessory
word in a
desire to quarrel with him. speech jOr sentence, to express, I suppose, I think,
Atiwa, v.p. I say or look on! Felani yuwapi? where is a
Atamia, v. a., to brood, to sit on eggs, to hatch certain A". N. ? resp. ati, amekuenda Mvita {I
eggs; kuku aatamia mai, baondoki tena hatta do not know), I
suppose he went to Mombas.
ataangiia wana, the lien is sitting on the eggs Ati refers to a matter which one does not know
and will not get off again until she has hatched or which one has not witnessed, but only sup-
the chiclcens. poses (neno asilo-li-ona kua mato). The Am-
Atamisa, v. c., (1) to cause to brood, to put eggs liaric language has a similar expression, cfr.
under a hen {= ku-m-wekea mai);
sitting Isenberg’s “Amharic Dictionary," page 126, and
u-mu-atamiske or atamise kuku mai kurni, his Grammar, page 173 an ten, or enten, lit., ;

make the hen sit or brood over ten eggs this — the what's his name; cfr. also the verb belo,
is the usual number of eggs during the hot bela, bie, &c. ; Amh. Diet., page 110, “saying,

season; (2) atamisha mlumke, to forsake, to supposing, thinking."

divorce one's wife, but this meaning is doubt- Atikali, v. a., estimate; cfr. kiassi and katiri
ful and has very likely been confounded icitli (E.).
the verb “tamisha,” to cause to emigrate, to Atua, v. a. (=pasua), to cleave or to split; ku
banish. atua ukuni, to cleave firewood (passua is more
Atfal, s., pi. of matefal, a brick. usual).

Athabatisha, v. c., to control {St.) ? probably from Atuka, v. n., to crack ; e.g., nti inaatuka kua
 . ;. ; ; ; ; ; ; ?
; ; ;

AU ( 16 ) AZ
jua, the earth cracks from the heat of the sun Awia {or avya or afia), v. obj., to go out to or
{the earth dries up, or is parched). for { = ku-m-tokea), to show one's-self to, to
Au-au, conj., either, or au mimi or yee, either I appear to one ivith something, to give news.
Awilia, ku-mu-avya or awilia, to reveal
v. int.
or he; Arab. ^\ ant, vel, sive, non, nisi, quin,
,
to {pass, ame-ni-awia na khabari,
awiliwa) ;
imo.
he appeared to me with the news = he brought
Aua, v. a., (1) to trace, to see whether seeds are me news, he gave me intelligence = ame-ni-tokea
springing up; (2) to survey, to go over and look na khabari, or ame-ni-tolea or lettea khabari,
at; ku aua skamba, to vieiv the plantation, to he acquainted me ivith; ku mu-avya kha-
see whether it is in a good or had condition; bari.
ku-mu-aua mali ;
ku mu-aua-mana kua viornbo,
Awa, vid. Gram., he was; kulla mtu ambai
to endow (R.) ? ku-ji-aua, to exhibit one’s-sef kuamba yuawa, or mtu awai ote, whoever it may
in fine clothes, Ac. ku aua niayo za, to trace the
neno liwalo lote, whatever ivord it may be.
be
footsteps of. Deriv. ndaulia. Awala, s., a promissory note, or, as Mr. Weakly
Aiik a, v. n., to make progress in growth, to be says, a draft or order in Turkey upon a pro-
grown ( vid kua), togrow large enough to
vincial treasury given in payment by the central
bear fruit mnazi umeauka, the cocoa-tree
Government {Arab. &. a draft on a bank
has grown large and now bears fruit maji ,

yanaauka, the i cater grows large { at the flood- or local treasury).

time) maji yanakua yaauka tena. Awali, adj. and s., first, beginning awal yaelasiri,
;

Aukana, v. rec. ? before (aser) three o' clock p.m.; Arab. j*\, prior,
Aukia, v. obj. anterior, primus, principium.
Ausha, v. c., to show one, Ac.; ku-m-tembeza,
Awaza, v. a. {Arab, ,
solatium percepit,
ku-mu-ausha or onia nti, to lead one about, to
shoiv him the land; ausa, v. e., to make to consolatus fuit), to pity one, to have thoughts and
trace, to make one to look after the plantation. feelings of compassion for one; Muungu ata-mu-

Aukia, (1) to trace out for somebody ; v. int.

awaza, God will pity him { = ata-mu-wafu) ;

Muungu muawazi, God is compassionate

ni
{
pass auliwa), (2) to purify a woman forty days
yuwaaza watu awaza means {according to
after child-bed m'ke ameauliwa ujusi {cfr. aua, ;

Steere's Handbook), to dispose, to allot to each his

v. a.), the woman
has been purified from the
defilement of her child-bed. This is done by a share ? probably from the Arabic ,
to dis-

manajuoni {priest), who sptrinkles reciter upon tribute.

her, prays for her, and reads prayers after her

Awesia, s. (St.), a kind of dliow like a Becleni,
forty days' stay in the house. without any prow or head, with merely a per-
Auliwa, v. p., to be washed {from the maji ya pendicular cut-water.

tohara) after birth {cfr. ).

A wiki, v. a., vid. awuni, v. a., to help.

Auni, vid. awuni, to help, assist. Awitiii, v. a. (St.), to barter ( ,

fecit

Aupe, adj., white ; mtu muaupe or mueupe, a white deditque, quod pro re alia esset ;
substituit

man. aliquid pro aliquo).

Ausa, v.,from ku uka, to make room, to go out of Awuni {or awini), v. ci., to help, to supply, to

the way. assist {Arab, ,

opem tulit, juvit, auxiliatus
Ausi, adj., black; mtu nnuausi or inueusi, a black
fuit; hence ,
adjutor, auxilium).
man.
A'wuni {or auni), s., help, assistance = msaada.
A'ushi, s. and adj. {cfr. Arab, from
,
Aya, v. a., to cleave, split (
= ku pasua ukiini, to

,
vitarn duxit, vita), lasting, imperish- split wood), but ku aya ukuni is obsolete language.
5 cC—
able ; e.g., cliombo which lasts Atari,
clia ausbi, a vessel s. (St.), a cheat (cfr. Arab. ,
obiens
long, ivhich does not break, and which is handed
hue illuc vaferque vir latro, pcrcussor
down from father to son; kitu cba ausbi yuna ;
;

= venit abiitque per terrain).

jlushi amekaa yuna maisha.
sana, Tangu
aushiwangu = maisbayangu ausbi, adv., never. Ayaki, s. (ya) ayari ya nanga, ;
the cable of an
;

Avya, anchor.
v. a., ku avya, see afia, to spend, to produce
awia).
Ayika, v. n., to melt; vid. aia, aika.
{cfr.
A'wa, v. n. {Kimr.), to go out or away {in Kimv. Ayithi, v. n. (St.), to preach kc,, monui*-
ku toka) amcawa niumbani (Kin-utzila nium-
; exhortatus fuit.
baoi), he went out of the house ; ku awa nde. A'za {or waza), v. «., (1) to think, meditate,
 ; ; ;
. ; ; ; ; ;;

AZ ( 17 ) BA
ponder} in animum immisit, suggessit ; (2) to think upon anything, to have at heart, to
propose ; ku aza moyoni, ku kusudia or ukilia.
to be sorry ( cfr tristis, sollicitous fuit).
intend to do anything for or
. ,
Azimia, v. obj., to

Azama, s (St.),
. a nose-ring ; cfr. loro >' against any one ni ku tia nia ya ku fania neno
,

ya kethe wa kethe hakuazimia kuja hapo, he ;

clicto instruxit utrem ;

^boc\ ,
collare, nuraella,
did not intend to come here ; n’liketi, sikiia na
qua canis collum includitur. azima ya safari ( = sikuazimia safari), lakeni
Azima, nlipo ona watu wangi wasafiri kuenda Ukam-
s. (Arab. 2Ujys ,
quidquid adstrinxit, hinc
bani, mimi nami nli (or nika) ona heri nika-
amuletum, et incantamentum contra serpentes,
wa-andamia.
morbos aliave mala), a charm used against
serpents to bring back ,
runaway slaves, and to A'ziei, v. a. (Arab, yc ,
reprebendit, impedivit),
banish evil spirits ( Kis tua, suspended above to despise (
= ku tukana, ku nazii), calumniate.
doors). AziBiKA=ku-m-tia mtu aibu.
Azimia, v. obj. (Arab, obstrinxit aliquem jure- AzmnvA = ku guiwa kua sebabu ya deni (E.).
jurando, adjuravit aliquem), to make a charm Azizi, s. (Arab, ys ,
rara, cara, eximia fuit res ;
against somebody.
Azima, v. a., (1) to lend on condition of returning ,
rarus, carus, potens eximius), a rare, costly

the loan ivithout interest u-ni-azime kisuchako, thing, a curiosity, rarity; kitu biki ni azizi
lend me thy knife; (2) v. n., to borrow ; e.g., mjini, bamna, this thing is a rarity in town ,
nimeazima kisuchakwe, I borrowed his knife. there is none (like it) azizi ni kitu kisicbo enea
;

Dr. Steere has “ ku azimwa” /or “ to borrow." watu, i.e., azizi is a thing which does not come
Azimia, v., to borrow for one. abroad among the people.
Azimana, v. rec., to lend to err borrow from each
Azma, s. (St.), scent ?
other.
Azujr, s. (St.), perjury ; cfr. xisitavit (2)
A'zima (or azimu), v. n. (Arab, certo animi /j , ;

5j
proposito voluit facere, intendit aliquid), to resolve, fucavit mendacium ; i falsum, mendacium.

B
s
B has the same sound as in English. N changes into Baathi, (from yao pars, quidani), a
s. (ya) ,

m before b; e.g., mbaya for n-baya, bad; m'bwa portion, a certain number selected, some baatbi
(mbua) for n-bwa, a dog or dogs. Nw also ya watu, some persons; baatbi ya siku, some
becomesmb mbingu for n-wingu, the heavens.
; days baathi ya fetba, vul. Act. v. 2.
This grammatical remark of Dr. St. is very Baazi, s ., a sort of pea growing on a small tree
appropriate. someivhat resembling laburnum (St.).
Ba, v., to be high; mnazi bu anaba sana, this cocoa-
Baba, s ya (wa), (pi. za); babayangu, my father ;
.,

tree is very high (?).

baba wa mtu (sc. felani or fulani), the father of
Ba, a natural sound ; tuna-m-fuma sauasaua, huyu a certain man; baba m'tu, a human father or
ba, nami ba (Kiniassa, cba). parent babe mtu = baba alie-m-via mtu or
Baa, s . (ya) (cfr. \ju ,
crimen commisit, perfidia = baba wa kambu, step-father baba mdogo,
= mother's brother ; babaetu, our father ; pi. baba
usus est), evil, trouble, disaster; baa kitu
ldlicho adui, something that is hostile, hurtful, or zetu, our fathers; babazetu ni wamoja, our
dangerous tumengiliwa ni baa. fathers are brothers or near relations baba-
zao ni wawili ;
killa mtu na babae (not ana
Baa, s ., pi. mabaa (cfr. Arab, ,
bomo vilis et
babae).
abjectus), a worthless person, an utter reprobate. Babae or babaye watoto (or babe wana, babe
Baada (or bada), adv. (from ajo ,
longius abfuit, watoto), pi. babaze watoto (Kin. dsugni Kile. ;

a C— 5s C— ndenge wa weu), a bird, very likely an eagle or

Aau ,
post, postea, or ,
postea); baada ya, an owl, which frightens children. The super-
after (of time) bada ya mambo baya, after these stitious idea of the natives is, that this bird
things; bada ya haya na mangine yatakuja, approaches new-born children, that it imitates
after these there will come other things ; baadaye their cry, and causes sickness to them. The cry
or baadayakwe, after it, afterwards, then; baada of this bird frightens children so that they will
ya salla or sallati, after prayer. immediately go to bed, or to their mother's
Baaden, adv., afterwards. breast, and be quiet. Hence the bird is also
c
 ;; = . ;
. ; ;

BA ( 18 ) BA
called mvuma titi {pi. mavuma titi). We see Babulia, v. obj., to tear off (a piece) for some-
here a specimen of native artifice in nursing body.
their children regarding which they say, “li
,
Babuliwa, v. p. nguo imebabuliwa, also to get
daua ya ku kenga watoto wakilia,” lit., this is scratched and wounded (e.g., by a tree) ;

the medicine (or means ) by which children are mkamba ababuliwe maganda, the lobster's shell
deceived ivlien crying. Muanangu anasliikua shall be taken off (R.), the lobster has cast his
ni babuye ( for babaye watoto), my child has shell (?).
been seized by the owl (?) which causes siclcness Babura (papura), v. a., to claw (R.) fulani
;

to him. anakuja ni babura leo, he came with a maneno

Babaika, v. a., to stutter, to hesitate in spealdng. ya ku fioleana or ya ku-m-fiolea or ya ku fioa
Bebman takes this word in the sense : to continue (vid.).
dreaming, to sleep dreamingly. Baburana, v. rec.
Babale, adv., just then; babale ulipo ondoka = Baburika, to be torn or lacerated.
majira yale ulipo ondoka basi nami n’lipatua ni
Bada, vid. baada, prep., after bada or kislia ya
lithuruwa ku-ku-daka (R.) (cfr. papale, pale) ku ;
atboliori, after noon-time.
patua ni utkuru, to be seized by an emergency.
Babasa, Badala (or badali), s. (ya) Arab. Jaj mutavit,
v. n., (1) to grope in the darlc ( vid ; ,

papasa) (R.) ; (2) babaza, v. a., to rub softly. permutavit, substituit Ja> ,
permutation, quod
;

Babata, v. a., to beat insufficiently : e.g., ku piga pro re alia datur vel sumitur hence a thing
;

chuma vibaya kisishikimane, to beat the iron given in exchange for something else, an equiva-
insufficiently, so that it soon breaks off (in lent.
making a jembe, native hoe ) ;
to beat thin, so Badili, s. (ya), exchange (Er. takes it in a bad
that it gets thin. sense = deceit).
Babatika, v. n. ku babatika mbawa, to flap the Badili, v. a., to change, to exchange; e.g., ku
wings (cfr. papatika), to flicker, flutter badili fetba, reali.
Babatua, v. a. (cfr. papatua, v. a.) ;
e.g., kunde, Badilika, v. n., to be exchanged, to be changed,
mbazi, e.g., to make dry beans, as it were, to to be changeable.
come forth. Badiliana, v. rec., to exchange mutually.
Babatuka, v. n. fulani anababatuka leo, said of Badilisa, v. a.; ame-m-badilisa nguoyakwe, he
one who appears at once nicely dressed, whereas exchanged his cloth for him (= gauza or
he wore bad clothes for a time (R.). geuza).

Babe, s. (Kin. abe) babe sultani, babe ngome, babe Badilisana, v. rec., to interchange, to exchange
;

ndofu or babe wa ndofu (vid. ndofu) words, to dispute. Deriv. mbadilifu.

(vicl. kusa,
where babe is explained). From the verbs given above, the student must
Babakika? (R.); paparika? carefully distinguish the verbs batili, to per-

Babia and babisa, v. a. ; e.g., ku-m-babisa mtoto, vert, and patiliza, to reprove, condemn (ku
to cram a child with (food)-, vid. papia; ku luifurisha); vid. each in its place.

babia, v. n. = kula barraka mno (E.),

Badali, s. (ya), likeness, kind = mfano wa; ba-
to eat
voraciously. dali ya mtu huyu, like this man (Sp.). The
Babika, v. n., to fletch an arrow; ku babika meaning “ likeness kind," is very doubtful
, (?).
mifi
mbawa (= ku fumbira masoa in Kiniassa) (R.), to Badan (or badani), s., body, carcase; Arab,
feather an arrow.
corpus (cfr. batani) ; ,
intimus fuit.
Babayuka, v. n., vid. papayuka, to talk inco-
herently, to be delirious in the heat offerer.
Badata, s. (ya, pi. za), Kimr. = kiazi, a siveet
potato ; a
kiazi cha badata, sweet potatoes (of
Babu, s., (1) grandfather
and grandmother,
red colour)manni ya badata, leaves of sweet
;
ancestors (Kinika, dsawe and bibi)
(2) convul- ;
potatoes used as a vegetable.
sions (Sp.) ? Babu is also the name given to a
Badi (or rather batiii), s., part, portion (Arab.
kind of sickness which seizes children; i.q. niuni
muana augua niiini, ana babu, in Kiniassa ) ;
there is also a kind of cloth which is
i.q.
mauka. called badi or batbi.
Babua, v. a., to strip off, to rend off ( ku tana Badiri (or badiiiri), v. a. (from dispersit,
,

rariia, tabua, ku kuaniua) e.g., ku babua Ameri-

; sinemodo et mensura erogavit opes), to spend
kano, to tear off a piece of American cotton-cloth money in order to get a wife oi a kingdom, -

from the whole piece (in a shop, dec.). power (R.), to squander one’s money.
Babuka, v. n., to get torn out, for instance by Bado, adv. (vid. bada), as yet, not yet; bado
going through bushes.
kidogo, soon ; used generally to express that the
 ; ; ; ; ; ; , : ;

BA (
i9 ) BA
matter in question is as yet incomplete. Nadaka at variance, to differ, to disagree, quarrel for
bado reali tano, I want still five dollars bado or about a matter, to strive.
=
bakuenenda
gone.
hatassa ku enenda, he is

OCi"
not yet Bahami, s. and adj.;
^ (babamma), ablactavit,

peregrinus fuit, barbams visus fuit pro-

Baddivi, s. (wa, pi. mabaduivi) ;
Arab. jq deserti >
; ,

^
incolae uncivilized people; Wanika ni baduivi
loqui nesciens, barbarus, cujus sermo non in-
;

yetu. telligitur ;
hence bahami, silly.

Bafe, s. (wa, pi. ma ), a large and venomous — Bahari, s. (ya) ( ) ;

aqua multa, mare,
land of serpent ringed with white black, and
, , flumen magnum ;
babar elthulumat, Oceanus
grey, from 2J to 4 feet in length. In the Kim- atlanticus; bahari ku, great sea; bahari el-ali,
rima dialect it is called moma. The natives say the Persian Gulf; bahari ya sham, the Red
that it has a pointed tail with which it stings. Sea.
This is, however, doubtful. The stroke causes Baharia, s., a sailor, the crew, sailors (vid.
quick swelling and death if the antidote be not mana maji).
promptly applied. This serpent is said to exist G c
Bahasa, adj. (Arab. ^^*0 ,justo minor) = rakbisi,
on the island of Mombas. The various kinds of
snakes are: kibiiwa cba kanga,
cheap kitu biki nina-ki-pata bahasa, I got this
(1) bafe, (2)
cheaply.
(3) kundamansi, (4) satu, (5) mtanga wa poani,
wamannimawiti, mkuko, Bahasiia, s., a square bag or pocket with a three-
(6) pili, (7) (8) (9) fira,
wa nduma kuili. cornered flap to tie over the opening, frequently
(10)
used to keep books in (St.).
Bafta, s., vul. biifuta, s.
Bahatj, s., vid. bakhti, s.
Bafu ( rather pafu) (la, pi. ma— ),
lungs, lobe of
Bahatjsha, v. a., to guess (St.), perhaps from the
lungs.
Arabic inquisivit, disquisivit.
Bafumia (R.) ? ,

Bafuta Bahia, v. a., to search till a thing is found (Sp.)

(or bafta), s. (ya), shirting, a sort of fine

calico; bafta dkondo idifukayo unga (difuka, cfr. ,

intellexit, perforavit, or s\j., cognovit,
v. n.) ? consideravit, dignovit.
Baga, v. a., vid. paga, v. a., to seize said of an
(
Bahili (ofbakhili), s. and adj. (Arab. Jco parcus,
evil spirit ), to carry for wages pagaza, to make
,

to carry pakawa, v. p., to be possessed of an

tenax et avarus fuit ; ,JrSb4
evil spirit.
Bagaba, v. n. = ku potea (Sp.) ?
avaritia); bahili or mbahili, s. concr., a miser,
Bagada, v. a., vid. pakata, to take upon one’s covetous person bahili, s. abstr., avarice = choyo.
knees ; e.g., — mtoto. Prov. mali bahili kiila duda, i.e., worms will eat

Bagala, s. (ya), a buggcdo, a large kind of dhow

the property of a miser. Bahili or mbahili is a
square in the stern, with a high poop and a very man who is only bent upon gathering property
long prow. Host of the Indian trading vessels without using it = mtu asiejilisha maliyakwe,

or dlioics are of this build ; they have generally or mtu aliekusania mali asipokula. There was
a small mizzen-mast (St.). Vicl. jahazi. once a rich man at Mombas, named Fam&u, ivho
Bagawa, v. n. (= lanika), to rut in the mouth, from avarice sold the meat which he had boiled,
to be obscene ivith respect to language. himself only using the broth. lie. feasted at the
Bagaza (buagaza), v. n. ku ji-bagaza, to keep
table of other people, while the eatables of his own
one’s legs far asunder or apart in sitting (R.). ivere left to rot, and then thrown into the sea.
He was a great bahili, hence the saying mtu
Baghala, s. (wa) (Arab. Jjb mulus), a mule.
,
huyu ni bahili kama Famau.
Baghami, s. = liana akili, mpumbafu ; ,
Bai, v. a., to receive as an authority, ku kubali

ambigue et obscure locutus fuit, a fool.

kama mfalme au mkubawao. Waka-m-bai
Suleiman Ben Ali (Sp.). If this ivord does
Bagua, v. a. (cfr. pakua), to put asunder, to
really occur, it is probably to be derived from the
separate each kind from the other ; e.g., ku bagua

mtama na mabindi, ku weka mbalimballi; Arabic inauguratus fuit in imperio, or ,

tubague gnombezetu, kulla mtu abague zakwe, imperator salutatus fuit.

to arrange, to bring in order ; let us arrange Baina, prep, (or beina), Arab. inter, in medio, ,

our cattle, every one his own. between, amidst; baina ya Mvita na Rabai,
Baguka, v. n., to be separated, to fall out ivitli between Mombas and Rabai.
one another, to be in disorder. Baini, adj. = mballi ;
e.g., ku nenda nti baini =
Bagukaxa, v. rec. — tetana or balifiana, to be mballi (E.).
c 2
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;,

BA (
20 ) BA
Baini (or beini or bayini), v. a., to know, to recog- Bak6ra, s. (ya, pi. za), a walking-stick with a
nize, to distinguish, to malce dear, to prove crooked handle, or, as Dr. Steere explains it, a
walking-stick with the top bent at right angles to
(Arab. ,
manifestum reddidit, declaravit
the stem. The best are made of a ivhite straight-
explicavit), to acknoivledge as belonging to some-
grained wood which will bend nearly double like
body; e.g., nna-ki-baini kisuchangu, I have recog-
a piece of lead without breaking or returning.
nized my knife (
= ku ona). Tuna-m-baini mtu
The fimbo (another kind of stick) is straight and
yiile kuamba ni muivi kitu hiki nime-ki-baini
;
icithouta handle; the ufito is thin and long.
kua felani ;
ni saidi ku baini, it is still more
Bakshishi, s. (ya), a gift, a gratuity (bakhshishi
evident, or it is clearer.
or bashishi).
Bainia, v. obj. ; ku bainia kua hurra. Bakuba (oi' better pakuba), lit., where great, a
Bainika, v. n., to become known, manifest, clear great piece; mtu huyu analima bakuba or badogo,
(— kua wazi); e.g., muivi amebainika, the thief this man has hoed a great or a small piece
has become known; kwanza maneno liaya ya- (pa dogo where little or small).
likua sirri sirri, laken sasa yamebainika, at first Bakui.i, s. (ya, pi. mabakuli), a basin, a deep and’
these words were a great mystery, but now they large dish of clay kombe is a large plate .
are clear. sahani an ordinary plate.
Bainikana, v. rec., to be evident mutually (
=ku Babamui^zi, s., moonlight, moonshine (St.).

onekana) ;
ushuha ubainikanao. Babanga, s. (ya, pi. za) (or mbabanga, s.), cr

Bainisha, v. c., to cause to become clear, to prove,

cutaneous disease generally confined to the hands
to show, to define ; e.g., ku bainisha mpiika, to
and feet of the person, by which the black skin
define the frontier or boundary.
peels off and leaves a white skin, which no more
Bainiwa, v.p.; e.g., alie bainiwakua muema, one
turns black. Tetter or Leprosy ? The Wanika
call this disease “ mabawassi.” Balanga ya or
who is proved to be good, one who is justified
za mikono. The person who has this disease is
e.g., umati Muhammadi yabainiwa pahali
who would
not allowed to eat with other people,
pawili, (1) believers and unbelievers, (2) only
Mbalanga sitayaika ukila wali wa muoto
say,
jami Muselmina. ;

mtu huyu ana mbalanga, or balanga za mukono

Baja, s. (la, pi. ma— ), better paja (vid.) (also paji),
au za mhgu.
the inner side of the thigh, lap.

Bajua, v. a. (— babua or kuaniiia), to strip off;

Babas (or balasi and balasiii) (ya, pi. ma ), a —
large kind of water-jar. It is larger than the
e.g., ku bajua makuti. kasiki.
Bajuka, v. n.; utanzu umebajuka, a branch Babe, s. (la) (vid. mb;ile) (za mukogo).
broke off from the tree (better papua, vid.).
Balegi, s. (ya) (Arab- puber, aetate maturus ;
Bajuni (or Pajdni) =Mgunia, a native of the
country situated between the island of Patt a and gb pervenit ad finem), a person arrived at the
,

the river Jub.

state ofpuberty mtu huyu anakua biilegi.
Bakai, s., a word of the Kigunia dialect, vid. Baleiie, v. 7i., he is pubescent, marriageable;
shudu and balci, remainder. anabalehe sasa, apewe mke, asiliaribu mali, he
Bakasa (R.), there remains; frequently it is = is marriageable, let a wife be given to him, lest

labuda bakasa ku amba ni ye, ndiye angaye

;
he destroy his property (by illicit intercourse
= wesa bakasa songoro ajapo ndiye adakaye
;
with ivomen).
wesa (?). Bali, but hakuenda bali, perhapis he did not go;
Bakata, v. a. (rather pakata, vid.), to carry some- Kin. kendere balu.
thing before you, to take upon one's arm. Balos (or babosi), s. (wa), and babios, consul,
Baxhti, s. (bahati) (ya), ,
vox Pers., political Turkish ? ).
agent Thus the
( in
English Consul, Major Ilammerton, zvas called
fortuna, felicitas, luck, fortune, chance ku pata
at Zanzibar.
bakhti ngema
or mbaya, to have good luck or
misfortune (bakhti mbofu) ; ku tumia bakhti, to Babungi, pi. mabalungi, a citron.

go; at random. Bamba mabamba, a flat thin piece, a plate,

(la), pi.

Baki, s., what is left, the remainder of money, Ac. disk; bamba la rusasi, la sifuri, la clnima, la
fetha, a thin plate of lead, brass, iron, silver
Arab. reliquus et suporstes fuit res
, ; ,
bamba la fetha=koa la fetha, vid. koa and kikoa.
residua, reliquiae, subtraction (in arithmetic). Bamba is to be distinguished from pamba, s.,

Baki, v. to remain, to be left. cotton (vid.). Bamba la chuma, cramp-iron

Bakia, v. a., vid. pakia, v. a. brace ; bamba ni gumu.
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

BA (
21 ) BA
Bambu, s., a curved instrument which is thrust into put on, to put local upon load — ku weka kitu
a bag to find out what it contains rice or corn, Ju ,
-

&c. Ametia bambu katika gunia. Bambu ni Bandua, v. a., to break off in fragments (?) (cfr.
kidude cba ku tomea na ku tazamia gunia, ku gandua), to cleave wood in small pieces.
tambiia kiliomo. Dr. St. calls it bambo, an Bandulia (e.g., kuni),/or one.
instrument lilce a cheese-taster thrust into a bag Bandu bandu, to cut into little pieces, to crumble
to draw out some of its contents for examina- (into) in cleaving.
tion. Banduka, v. n. (cfr. ganduka) bali-tu-banduki
;

Bambua, v. a. ; ku-m-bambua mtu nguo? neno hili ha-tu-ati ku li daya mtu huyu ka- ;

Bambuka, v. n., to fall off like a label from a tu-banduki, this man does not leave us, he is

bottle or like a plaster ku bambiika mbawa, edways with us; kawa-m-kanduki Mzungu,
said of mtoa). they do not leave the European.

Bamfua, v. from chipping come Banduru, s. (ya) ( = ngama, vid.), the place in
a.,
(
to chip
chips ) Kiniassa banduka from
bamfuka, native vessels from which water is baled out ;
cfr.
;

bandua. pakali patolewacko maji kua sila katika jahazi,

Bamvua, s., spring-tides (St.). it is near the main-mast.

Ba nader, s., pi. of bandari or bendari, a landing- Banga (mukogo kauja kanga), v. a., bangia,
bangilia uskanga wa ku bangia (bangilia = ;

place harbour
,
orig. Pers., pi. j-jUj bagilia), vid. panga (cfr. tunga uskanga) ku
,
>
;

portus, navium statio ;

urbs aut locus, ubi bangia maneno (to hire) (2) to lay in heaps.
mercatores sarcinas solvere solent et cum mer- Bangi, s., the narcotic leaves of the ivild (Indian)
cibus subsistentes vectigalia pendunt. Bg hemp (from the mbangi), chewed in the East.
Bandder the Suahili and Arabs mean espe- Many Suahili are accustomed to chew and smoke
cially the sea-towns of Barava, Market, and G C" O'
this leaf; cfr. ,
ex Pers., kyoscyamus
Mukdislia, being the principal harbours of the
(bilsenkraul).
Somali coast.
Banagiri (or banajiri), s., a kind of bracelet Baniya, s. (ya), a building, temple, especially that
ornamented with points or blunt spikes, much of Mecca. Arab. Lu struxit, aedificavit, hence ,

ivorn in Zanzibar (St.). J» -

structura, aedificium.
Banda, s. (la, pi. mabanda), a large shed con- ,

structed for people to assemble in; banda la ku Bania, v.; ku-ji-bama nguo, in travelling and in
barizi watu kibanda is a little shed ; cfr. baraza
; fighting ; vid. pania, v. a.
and barizi banda la farasi, a stable.
; Banuka, v. n., to taper (?).
Banda, s. (la, pi. ma— ), (1) the blossom-stalk of the Baniani, n. p., pi. mabaniani, used at Zanzibar
cocoa-nut tree (Er.) ; (2) a shed. and on the coast as a general name for the
Banda, v. a. (Kijumfu) =
ku vunda, to break open heathen Indians who come as traders from
with a stone ; e.g., ku banda madafu. Cutch. On the coast they are generally the
Bandia, v. obj., to break open for one. custom-masters, being in the service of the chief
Banda banda, v. a., to split or break into custom-master at Zanzibar, who is generally
splinters or shivers. a Baniani, farming the customs from the Sultan
Bandari, s. (ya) (or bendari, bexderi), landing- of Zanzibar at a certain sum of money.
place, harbour makali pa poani watu waskukapo
;
Banja, v. a., to crack nuts, to beat pulse or beans
or wana maji waegeskapo dau (cfr. banader, s.). between two stones, to clear the fruit of the
Bandera, s. (ya), a] flag; the Arab flag is made husks, to break off the shell or husk by beating ;
e.g., ku bauja korosko kua jiwo ku-i-pata suafi,
of red stuff.

Bandi, s. (la, pi. ma— stitching, pinning ku ku weka kaudo maganda, to beat to pieces, to
),
clash.
sbona bandi or ku piga bandi, to baste, run,
Banza, v. a. (ku fita kizani ?).
tuck (in sewing ) ;
ku sliona bandi, baaden ku
fania jongo none, first to tuck, then to make the Ku-ji-banza, v.ref, to squeeze one's-self against a
proper or real suture (seam). ivall or into a hedge to allow some one else to

pass (cfr. panza).

IBandia,s., puppet; mtoto wa bandia, a doll;
watu anasuka kua ukindu, anatia mtelle ndani, Banzi, s. (la), pi. mabanzi, a splint, a splinter, a
ana-m-tia kanzu. small thin piece of wood banzi la ukiini kibanzi,

Bandika, v. a. ( = patika, andika), to put on, to a very small splint.

apply; e.g., ku bandika daua ya kionda. Bio, s. (la) (vid. ubao and mbao, board) bao la
Banmkisa, v. c. (or bandikisha), to cause to komoe (komoe, the fruit of the mkomoe tree) is
|

I
 . ; ;; ; ;; , >

BA (
22 ) BA
a hoard with 32 small holes, each about the size Baraka (or mbaraka), s. (ya) (Arab, ,
genua
of a teacup, for playing a favourite game, also
The flectens in terram procubuit, benedixit; ii^ in-
called bao, with kornoe, or ivith pebbles, dec. ,

holes are sometimes merely scooped out in the crementum, abundantia, felicitas), blessing ; great
ground, and any small things may be used to yield of a plantation Muungu ametia baraka
play ivith [cfr bao la estarange)
(
ku teza bao la ;
katika nti.

komoe or la estarange (St.). Baribj, v. a., to bless ; barikia, to give a blessing

—
Bapa, s. (la, pi. ma ) bapa is that which projects
;
to; barikiwa, to be blessed, to become much.
and recedes again, that which is not round Dr. St. makes the remark : Young people are
(mdaura) nor quadrangular (mrabba), but which said in Zanzibar to bariki ivhen they first have
is uneven. (1) Bapa la usso pa ku lalia, the connection ivith the opposite sex; girls are
temple of the head, also a broad face bapa la thought old enough between nine and ten.
usso, large forehead. (2) Ku piga bapa la upanga,
to strike with, the flat of a sword, &c. ame-m-
Barakoa, s. (or barikoa) (la, pi. ma — ),
the covering
or mask of a Muhammedan woman, so that nothing
piga bapa la upanga kusiko makali, i.e., ku-m- but the eyes are seen (cfr. utaji) ; cfr. Arab.
piga kua maongo ya upanga, to beat one ivith C- J --

the back of the sword, which will not hurl e¥. rica operuit faciem alicujus; ,
rica,

him, but ku tenia upanga kua makali will hurt operimentum faciei muliebre.
him (ku-m-baziri), keke i bapa, yafuliwa bapa Baramu, s. =bendera, a flag.
bapa. The form of the mango-stone has bapa bapa,
Barara, s. (?) (R.).
but mfiringo ( roundness ) has no bapa bapa.
Barare, s., a kind of locust, of grasshopper (Kir..
Bara, s., a species of antelope (Heigobagus arun-
nioi ?).
dinaceus) (St.).
Bara (or barra, or berria), s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. Baras (err barasi, s., a disease like leprosy; mtu

terra,
...
imprimis pars superior et pulvis
.
5 "
’
liuyu yuna baras; cfr. Arab. \J*f. lepra correp-
, ; ^j,f.
6a -
tus fuit et laboravit.
agrestis, regio inculta ; ,
campus, desertum),
Barawai, s., a swallow (?).
(1) land in general; (2) wild country, uncul-
Barawe (or mabarawe?) (R.).
tivated and uninhabited country, especially of a
sandy kind (cfr. nika), a desert, where there is
Baraza, s. (cfr. Arab. > exivit in campum
jj ;

but little or no viood and vegetation ; barra jeupe, amplum, prodiit in conspectum; j\ji campus
,

a free oq>en tract of country ; (3) coast; bar-es

amplus et patens ;
a stone seat or bench table,
Suabil, the Sualiili coast bar-el-Fars, the tract
either outside of the house or in the hall, where
of the Persian coast belonging to Oman; bar el
the master sits in public receives his friends ; and
agam, the Somali coast; bar cl asili, mainland;
hence the public audience held by the Sultan, and
barra ya kwanza, si kisiwa (vid. asili). The
the council then held; meeting of a council.
Arabic name Zanjibar or Zenzibar, Zingibar, is
Barizi, v., to sit hold a public
in baraza, to
derived from Zanj or Zenj, which ivas the name
reception; ku ketisha or ku kusania watu
(1)
of a special tribe residing south of Zanzibar on
barazani; (2) watu wamebarizi kua mtu ku,
the mainland, but which became at the same
sikiza maneno. Tuabarizi kua Mzungu ku
time the general term for a negro ; consequently
sikiza juo, kulla muegni nenolakwe.
Zanzibar would signify, the land of the negro,
Bariziana, v. rec.
the negro coast ; cfr. Dr. Krapf’s “ Travels in

East Africa," p. 519. Bari, v. a.; ku bari mashua na poani, to put

Baraba, adv., proper, just, exactly (?); perhaps for aside the canoe (
— epua) (R.).

barabara or barabra = saua saua, equal. Baria, v., to lose at the dado-play ku bariwa, r. p.
Barabara, s., (1) = saua saua; (2) a whorish Baridi (or beredi), s. (ya) (Arab.
woman, a prostitute ; mke huyu ni barabara, this
frigidus fuit,
^ ,

woman is a prostitute (= mtalalcshi). jjj frigus), coldness, dampness nti ina baridi ,

Barabara, v. a., to scrape off the malaika the kua mviia, the ground is damp or moist from
(
short hair, lit., hairs, if this were an English rain, and therefore cold; usiondokc ondoke,
plural ) of an animal, which have been previously hapo ulahapo patangia (pataingia) baridi, do not
singed (11.). keep leaving your place, else there where you
Bakagumo (or rather barghumu), s., a spiral horn sleep) you will get cold.
used as a musical instrument; it is blown Bakidisiia (or burudisiia), v.c., to cool; maji
through a hole at the small end; war-liorn, ya mtoni yabaridisha or yaburudisha rokho^
gunda in Kin. the river-water cools one's spirit.
 ; , ; ;

BA ( 23 ) BA
Baridi yabisi, s., rheumatism (lit., dry cold; vid.
Batani, s. (or batini) (ya), (1) belly; Arab, yla >

yabisi).
interiorem partem et medium ingressus fuit
Bariki, v. a., vid. baraka.
locum ; ,
venter (the batani is to be dis-
Barishai, adj., damp, cool, moist (E.) (warishai,
R.). tinguished from ,
corpus, body, in Kis.
Bariyo, what is left from the evening meed to he a cloth with lining
carcase)', (2) batan, s. (ya),
eaten in the morning (St.).
(marduf) ;
kisibao cha batan ;
<SuL> ,
interior
Barizi, v., vid. baraza.
Barkinia, s., a barque (R.) ? paunus (vestis).

Barobaro, s., vigorous, expeditious ; mtu kuyu ni Bat£la s. (ya, pi. ma

(or bet^la), ), a
large —
barobaro, ni hodari ku tuma, si mvivu, yuna boat or dhow. Those smaller than the batela
bidii. are the mashua, dau, mtumbui, liuri (ivhich see).
Barra, s., vid. bara. The batela has a square stern and an ordinary
Barua (or barSa), s. (ya, pi. mabarua), a note, boat-lilce head ; it has sometimes no deck; it is

bill, letter, especially a summons from the judge smaller than a bagala.
a debtor to demand payment Bati, s.
ivhich he ivrites to (la, pi. ma — ), tin, solder ku tia bati, to
(generally ona small bit ofpaper). tin.
Barubaru, s. mtu buyu ni barubaru, aanza ku
Batili, v. a. vanus, nihil fuit or evasit
andika ndefu, a man whose beard is beginning ( ,

irritum fecit, abolevit), to abolish, to annul, re-

to grow.
verse, repeal, frustrate, transgress ; e.g., ku batili
Barudi, s. (ya), gunpowder. In Turkish .
hakki.
Barzuli, s., a fool (St.) ;
cfr. ,
crassus vir. Batilika, v. med., to have the quality of being
Basasi, s., a prudent man (ruuegni fikira nengi) abolished, changed.

but a cozener or a cheat. Hence = mtu mkopi, Batilisa, v. c.

muegni madeni mangi see mkopi. ;

Batili, s. (Arab. ,
vanus, irritus), icorthless,
Basbas (or basbasi), s. (ya), mace, the inner hush
of the nutmeg. of no use; mtu huyu ni batili, this man is

ivortldess, perverse, transgressor ubatili ni

Basha, v. (from ku pa or pata), vid. pa, pata
(baskisha, baskua), vid. pasha. marnbo ya batili.

Batli, s., the log (nautical) (St.).

Bashiri, v. a. ( laeto nuntio exbilaravit), to

announce = ku eleza ta-ku-bashiri ndotoyangu,

Batobato, s. (la, pi. ma ),
spots of colour ( = —
;
marakaraka), the various colours of an animal,
I will relate to thee my (good) dream; ku bashiri
Berhaps
e.g., of a leopard, bullock, <tc. to be
heri or kheri, to announce good tidings; ku
= ku-wa-pa watu kkabari = ku-wa-eleza derived from tenui cute praeditus et pin-
bashiri ,

or ku-wa-kkubiri. guis, mollis (?).

Bashiria, v. obj.; a-m-bashirie kheri, may

v. a., to break off a piece, e.g., of mukogo
he Batua,
announce' to him good luch! and other food (which is boiled in a pot), to take
Bashishi, s., vid. bakshishi. a slight taste of the dish; cfr. patiia, v. a.
Basia, s. (or better pasia) (ya, pi. za), (1) a curtain Batuka, v. n.
(vid. pasia or pazia) (2) the midriff or dia- Baura, s., a European anchor ; see paura, s.
;

phragm which separates the lungs and heart Bausi, s. (la, pi. ma), splint, splinter.
from the intestines (Erk.).
Bavuni, at the side, alongside (St.) (cfr. pafiini).
Basiri, v. a., to foresee; fuit videns, iu-
mabawa) a large m'bua
,
Bawa, s. (la, pi. (in Kin.),

telligens, eminus et ex alto prospexit. mitu or kijibua mitu in Kis. (niama hi ni mkali).

Bassi (or bass), conj. exclusive, but, only, enough, Bawa, s. (la, pi. mabawa), thewing of a bird;
it ivill do. In the beginning of a sentence it ubawa, a feather of the wing ; pi. mbawa, the
means, and then, and so. But when it
ivell, feathers of the wing ; see ubiiwa.
follows a word or phrase it means, just this and Bawa, s., see pawa za wifufu.
no more. Bawaba, s. (la, pi. mabawiiba), a hinge; e.g.,
Bastola, s., vid. pistola, a pistol.
bawaba la mlango.
Basdu, s. (ya, za), hemorrhoids (Sp.).
Bawabu, s. (ya) bawabu ya kifungo or chumba,
;

Bata (or batta), s. (la), pi. mabata, a duck;

the officer of a prison (cfr. ,
porta, janua ;
bata la mzinga, a turkey; bata la bukiui, a

goose; Arab. anas (duck). ,

janitor), door-keeper.
,
 ; . ; ; ; ;

BA ( 24 ) BE
Bawasiri, s. ( vid basuu), hemorrhoids ( cfr Arab, . inner court (St.). Perhaps derived from ,

•£. --
also domum.
)• vacua fuit domus, or ,
perforavit

Bata, adj., bad, evil; mtu huyu ni mbaya, this is Bei, s., Arab. vendidit, emit, trade; vid.
,

a bad man ; niumba mbaya, a bad house kasha

hili ni baya, this box is bad; kidude liiki ni biashera, teAgi ,
merx, res venalis.
kibaya, this instrument is bad, unfit. =
Beja, v. a. ( kisafilii), to look aslant or askew
Baya baya (cfr. paya), v. n., to tattle, to prate
v. obj., bejea, v. rec. ku bejana, v. n., bejeka,
(Kin. vaya vaya), to tall ; especially in fever (cfr.
bejewa.
bayuka).
Bf.ina, see baina.
Bayini, v. a., to hnoiv, to recognize; see baini B^kebSke, s. (kizo) ?
bayinika, to be known or notorious. Bekira, see bikira.
Bayani, adj., see mbeiyani or mbeiana kitu hiki Bek a, v. a., babeki kitu = liana shukuru ? ;

kimekua mbeiana or wazi, this matter has Beko, s.; muegni beko, one who is cautious,
become clear or evident. circumspect (R.) (perhaps from the Galla word
Bazazi, s. (wa), a trader and one who cheats in “ ku beka, to know ”).
t?"
trade, a huckster (cfr. y, ,
rapauit, spoliavit ? ). Bekua, v. a., to ward off a bloiv, to parry 2 ) to
(

Bisa, beabea, bebi5a, bebesa, v. (see pea, pepeta, take aioay from, e.g.ff'rom a pishi (a measure).
pepesa, sweep, clean ) ;
ku bea, to become very Belaghamu (or belghamu), s. (ya) (Arab. pjtL
old — pevuka.
,

pituita, humor qnidam in corpore bumano,

Beba, v. a. ku beba muana, to carry a child on
quorum e quatuor sanguis constat vid.
the back in a cloth. ; ,

Beb£a, see pepea, to fan.

pervenit, magnopere afflixit morbus aliquem),
phlegm, spitting ofphlegm in coughing; belgliamu
Bisberu, s. (wa, pi. za), (
1) « he-yoat, a buck,
ni kipande cha kohozi belakhe.
manly ,
strong. Dr. Steere has the form “bebera.”
;

Belesesa, v. n. (cfr. pelelesa), to attend well to a

Mbuzi mume alio na ndefu, kibeberu. (
2) Beberu
thing, to mind well.
or beru (pi. ma), an extemporized handscdl of
clothes ivorn around the shoidders or as a
Bemba, v. a., see ku pemba (kua upembo) ; (
2 ) to

turban. adapt one's-self to, e.g., ku-m-bemba wali

;
ku-m-
bemba akilizakwe (R.), to eat one’s ivits, to outwit
Beberuka, v. n., see peperuka, to flutter, to
one.
fly °6\ t° s oar, to swim, as it were, in the air.
Ifeel ready to fly up from iveakness of body, BemiUoa, v.,
(
1) to swing ; (
2 ) to rock backwards
nabebcruka. and forwards. It is also said of the sails
Beberdsi-ia, v. c., to cause to be carried off by the flapping when there is no wind, or when the man
at the helm does not steer properly. Kiti cha
wind, to blow away.
bembea, a rocking chair.
Bed den 1 (or b^deni), s. (ya, y;Z. ma —
an Arab ),
Bembes£a, v. obj.; kidude eba ku benibesea
vessel with sharp stern, high rudder-head, and
watu.
with an upright cut-water. It has one (or two )
Bembesha, v. c., to cause to rock or swing.
perpendicular masts. Sometimes it has a small
Bembe, s., food and confectionery cooked by a
projecting head. The bedeni comes from Arabia.
woman for her lover, and sent to him during
It is a second-rate native boat.
the Ramadan.
Beek, see labC'k or lebeka, labeka. The mode of Bembej^a, v. a., to court, favour ; mnionge a-111-

replying when a servant, die., is called; ,

bembejea tagiri.

Bejibel£za (or bejiberisza), v. a. (= ku omba

solcrs fuit in re agenda, aptus fuit alicui,
auni), to solicit aid when in a state of poverty ;
Befua, befuka, see pefua.
ame ni-bembereza ku fanizia kazi, he begged me
B£ga, s. (la, pi. mabega), the shoulder ; anatukiia
urgently for work; 2) ku bembereza mato = ku
msigo kua bega ( = fuzi, pi. mafuzi, Kimv.). (

geusa mato, to contort the face, for instance

Biiai, s., a broad kaniki.
when a man is begging or dying.
Begua, v. a., to look for anything in the sand or BendekIcsa, v. a., to indulge, connive = in Kini-
in the sod (
= iniia, funua) ;
vid. pekiia, v. a.
assa, dekeresa.
Beua, s. ; saBa 1111a beba mjini muetu? (
— ku Bandera, vid. bandera, alamu, beramu. Bendera
takabari?
or bandera isa yn'ece of red cloth used as a -flag
Beiiewa, «., the inner court in a stone house. All on ships. The Mombassians have an old flag,
large houses in Zanzibar arc built round an which they display in tear. This flag is covered
 ; ; ; . ; ; —

BE ( 25 ) BI
with passages selected from the Coran. They Bibo, s. (la, pi. ma — a ),
cashew apple (St.).
have also an old war-drum (ngoma) covered Biciii, adj. (
= bili in Kimv.), fresh, unripe, green,
with a lion's skin. It is used only in war or raw.
on the death of a great chief. In war the display Bioaa (or bithaa), za) merca-
s. (ya, pi. (g, ,

of a white flag indicates the continuation of

fighting whereas if an armistice is desired by
turam fecit SoLjj pars opum quae impenditur in ; ,

the enemy he exhibits the red flag.

mercaturam tfU}, mercimoniae), goods for ;

Bena, v. a. ku bena (R. ? ).

trading, merchandise.
Benua, v. a. (1) to put forward to stick out; (2)
:
Binn, s. (ya), diligence, effort, ardour = juliudi; ku
,

to leave or show in a state of nudity (= ku

fania bidii, to give one's-self trouble; cfr. gjq
weka wazi) e.g., ku benua matako, to show the
;

buttocks, not to cover them ( vid shuri), as the and \ jo •

Wakamba do in the Interior ku benua kidari, Ku ji-bidisha (or bidiisha), to take gains (ku
to walk ivith the chest thrown forward = funua. bidisha nafsiyakwe, or ku tia rokhoni hatta ).

Benuka, v. n. kiko kua kiko, to warp and twist Bifu (or bivu), adj., ripe (mbifu, mabifu, Ac .) embe ;

this way and that (St.). liili ni bifu hatta linabogoeka or sheteka, this
Benuka, v. n.; mtu alie benuka matako, one mango is so ripe that it will burst open; the
tvho leaves the buttocks in a nude state = funiika. opposite is, “biti (bichi), unripe, green, raw,

Beramu, fresh."
s. (ya) [Arab. cfr. alamu, ban-
rV ),
Bigania (pigania), to mix old tembo with fresh
dera, flag, banner.
(Kir. bisania).
Beresati, s. (or bersati), a kind of cloth (kitambi
cha from India. Bikira, s., an unblemished virgin; Arab.
) jr*
Berisu, s. (ya) (see larnmi), tar, black stuff (ya primum in qualibet re, virgo intacta diluculo
;
^5; ,

ku andika alama). fuit or fecit, priraitias accepit et edit.

Bergiiamu, s., bringing up phlegm (E.). Bikiri, a.; ku-m-bikiri bikira (kua ku-m-
v.
Beru, s.; ku fania beru katika kidau, ku tueka nguo tomoa or tomolea kisinda), to deflower a virgin.
(Sp.).
Voluptuous Muhammedans are accustomed
Berusha, v. a.
to marry very young girls, regardless of the
BfisHiRi, v. a., vid. bashiri, basbiriwa.
suffering they cause.
Bet£la, s. (ya, pi. ma), vid. batela, a barge. Bila, except by (Arab.).
B£ti, s. (ya) (Arab, domus), (1) house; (2)
,
Bilashi (or bilashei), adv. (Arabic ,
sine
beti ya rusasi, or beti ya ku tilia rusasi or
or absque re, nihil) = burre, for nothing, gra-
risasi, a small leather-bag or pouch for carrying
tuitously.
balls or small-shot. Gunpowder the natives carry
in horns.
Bilau, s., a dish of rice and meat cooked
together.
Betili (or batil), s., a dhow ivith a very long
Biuaum, s. (ya, pi. za), glass, a glass kikombe
prow, and a sharp stern ivith a high rudder-
cha bilauli, a drinking-glass, a tumbler; bilauli
head. They generally belong to the Shemcdi, or
or bilauri itokesayo maoni, transparent or pel-
Persian Gulf Arabs (St.).
lucid glass, Rev. xxi. 12 beryllus.
B£zimu (or bizimu), s., buckle. ; >

Bildi, a plummet; ku tia bildi =

(ya, pi. za),
Bia, s. (la, pi. ma— ), a large dish (bakuli kuba)-
s.

In Kiniassa mbia = rusasi ya ku pimia maji ku tafiti kua bildi, to ;

cooking-pot.
plumb.
Biabia, v. n. (= hanga hika), to seek for, to look
Bimsi, s. (ya)(=iblis, devil), an evil spirit con-
for, to show one's-self diligent or active, busy.
sidered to be of a more hostile nature than the
Biai ham (or biei ham), lit., in Arabic, in what-
Shetani. The natives believe that the Shetani
ever state or condition; by all means, in every
can be expelled by beating a drum (ngoma), as
case; kua kulla bali iwayo yotwe kua jambo ;
he (the Shetani) shuns the uganga connected
lililo kana abudi, upon all accounts.
lote or
with a ngoma and other ceremonies. When a
Biashera, s. (cfr. bei). It is a compound word,
man has been seized (bagawa) by the Bilisi he
meaning in Arabic “ he sold and bought ," hence
lies prostrate on the ground like a dead man;
trade, commerce; gB ,
vendidit, he sold; he does not extend his arms, nor open his mouth,
emit, he bought; ku fania biashera, to trade; nor keep his teeth asunder. In this state of
mfania biashera, a trader, merchant. torpor and spasm, which the natives ascribe to
Bibi, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), (1) grandmother (2) a name the Bilisi, they first scarify the neck, to see

of honour = my lady, my mistress (said by whether the man is still alive (ku angalia yu hei).

slaves ) (Kin. wawe) ;

muana, a young lady. Then they mix the dung of an ass with the
 ; — . ; ;

BI (
26 ) BI

chaff of rice, and set this mixture on afire at the Bini, v. a., to contrive {Arab. distincta fuit res,
,

entrance of the room, which is filled ivith smoke.

intellexit, manifestum fecit).
At last they attach an amulet (hirizi) to the
Binia, v. obj. = ku zua or zulia, to invent, to
neck and arms, which will in their opinion expel
the Bilisi at last.
tell something untrue about another {cfr. Ia>

struxit, construxit).
Biliwili, s. (ya, pi. za), thistle.
Binti, s. (wa), daughter, pi. banati; binti Abdalla,
Bilkanuni, s. (ya), equality, equalness (Er.) ;
Abdcdla’s daughter ; women are generally men-
Arab. y.jj, perqiiisivit; canon, regula. tioned by their father's name {Arab.
Bilula, s., a tap (St.).
filia ;
pi. ejln); binti amuyakwe, daughter of his
Bima, s ., insurance {in Kihindi ) ku lipa biina, ku
;
father's brother.
toa bima (Sp.).
Binzimu, s., vkl. bezimu or bizimu (la, pi. ma — ),
Bimbirisa, v. n., to be hot {said of fire ) ;
muabim- buckle = msliipi wa ku walia nguo.
birisa muoto, muoka-ni ? (ni nioto mingi) you Birika,
s. (ya, pi. ma— or za) {or birk) {Arab..
are hot from the fire, why will you be roasted'?
crater fontis, piscina aut simile aquae con-
Bimbirishana, v. rec., to quarrel. ,

Binadamu, a son of Adam, generally a human

s., ceptaculum), (1) a largevessel or pitcher of copper
being {Arab.)-, vid. adamu. with a nose or snout (birika ya ku nawia watu
Binda, v. a., to hem, to border ; e.g., ku binda
maji) ; (2) a water-trough of masonry {stone)

jamfi ? (E.) made for bathing in the house. Every respect-

able family has such a birika built into some
Bindi, s. (la, pi. ma — )
{vkl. pindi) ;
ku bindia
part of the house.
(jamfi, Ac.), to sew an ubindo (R.).
Birinzi, s. (ya, pi. za), a cooked mess {dish) of
Bindo, s. ma—
knot in the cloth; the
(la, pi. ), meat, rice, pepper, Ac.
loin-cloth held up to receive or carry things,
Bisha, v. a., to knock or strike the door and cry
anything tied in a bundle. When the natives “Hodi,” to attract the attention of the people
receive a quantity of mtelle, mahindi, mtama,
within the house. It is considered disgraceful
Ac., they hold up their cloth, and carry it with
to enter a house or to go beyond the entrance-hall
them on their back or shoulders like a bag or
without having bisha hodi, i.e., ivithout having
bundle. This is called bindo; ku kinga bindo,
announced one's-self or called out at the door by
to hold up or open the cloth, in order to receive
knocking (kua ku gogota) and crying “ Hodi,
some dry thing. When tied up in a cloth it hodi.”
would form a bundle or packet called furushi.
Bishana, v. rec., (1) to joke with each other =
Bindu bindu, s. maradi ya signifies great ku fania msaha or kua na msaha to
; (2)
mortality like at the time of the cholera (R.). squabble, to quarrel, as joking leads easily to
Binga, v. a., vid. pinga, v. a. (ku binga maji, ku strife (ku tetana, shindana).
binga dau), to stop, detain, e.g., icater, or a boat Bishania, v. a., to knock together, to mix to-
in its course ,
or in business (R.) ;
ku-m-binga gether ; ku bishania tembo la subuklii na
e.g.,

mtu ndiani ku bingana na gnombe, ku nenda

; la jioni la jana, to mix the tembo collected in
naye kua tartibu; neno liki-wa-binga wa-mu- the morning with that of yesterday evening
andikia kathi ku kata hukumu, if they have any {cfr. bigiinia or pigania).
difficulty, they ivriteto the judge, to decide; sina Bishia, v. obj.; (1) ku-m-bishia mlango, to knock
neno tena li-ni-binga lo, I have nothing moi-e to at the door for one or in reference to one; (2)
detain me. metaphysically, to resist, refuse, oppose one =
Binga binga, s .; sikujasa laken nnatia binga ku fania ubishi or kua mbishi ;
mtu huyu
binga, though I have not filled it, yet I have ame-ni-bishia hatta tunateta, this man knocked
put much into it. at me, opposed or satirized me till we quar-
Bingamansi, s. — udia, trouble usi-m-wekee binga- relled.

mansi (R.). Bisiiiana, v. rec.; ku bishiana kua msaha.

Binoiri bingiri,
Bishara ya sita, sign
of rear {old).
.9., a word imitative of sound.
Bisi {or bissi), parched {Indian) corn ; bissi za
s.,
iilNGiRi a, v. obj ., to roll e.g., ku bingiria
; {or mbissi wa) mtama, parched millet; mahindi
mlimani, to roll down the mountain kitu ki- haya yanakangua bissi ;
ni-pa mtama ni-kangc.
bingiriacho humo or humiile.
Bitana, used of clothes;
lined, double,
s. (ya),
I’ingirisha, v. cans. { cfr fingirisha, fingirika, to bitana ya nguo, a lined cloth (kisibao cha nguo).
make to roll, to roll along). Bithaa, s., vid. bidaa, goods, merchandise.
 ; : ;

BI ( 27 ) BO
Biti, adj., unripe fresh, ,
raw; biti oiti ;
hindi ni they pound it in a mortar. Having strained the
biti ;
tembo biti ;
mbiti, kibiti, dec.; janni biti biti liquor, they put it into a jar and let it remain
kulla kipindi, evergreen; cfr. bichi. for about ten days, when it becomes strong like
Bivu, adj., ripe, well done; mbivu; e.g., niumba tembo. The Wcisegua tribes, who are very fond
mbivu ;
vid. bifu. of this liquor, call it pombe. The Wasambara
Biwi, pi. ma
s. ), heaps
(la, of rubbish, weed, — people call it by the same name, but they prepare
The
wood, grass, leaves, and other hinds of refuse in it usually from pounded sugar-canes.
a plantation {cfr. muaka), which are burnt when Wakamba call it uki, and prepare it likewise

the muaka is approaching. from sugar-canes. The people of Teita call it

jofi, ivliereas the Wasuahili and the Wanika like
condimentum
Bizabi, s. {Arab. or
^ ,
ollae,
the tembo or uji obtained from the cocoa-nut tree.
aromata, etc.), a small seed {cummin seed ?) In regard preparation of pombe the
to the
used in making curry. Bizari, pilpili, and natives would talk in this way Watu ana-u-weka
mandano constitute the chief parts of the curry mtama majini hatta ku mea, batta ukisha mea,
powder. waka-u-ponda, wakisha-u-ponda vvakatuja, wa-
Bize, s., a ivild hunting dog ? (St.). In Arabic kislia tuja wakatia mitungini ikaketi katiri ya

(bazi or bazin) (accipitris species falco), a siku kumi batta kvia kali.
Bogoa, v. a., to strip a tree of its branches, to lop;
hind of vulture {or falcon for hunting). ku kata inatanzu ya mti.
Bo, vid. po. Bogolea, v. obj.
Boa, s., alarge serpent; cfr. ndndo {Boa Anaconda). Bogol£yva, v. p.; mti umebogolowa ni vatu, the
Boba, v. a. = ku funga hodari (Er.), to bind tree teas lopped by the people.
tightly ? Bogoeka, v. 71., to be liable to burst; ku iva batta
Bobari, s., iveasel ? Rcb. takes bobari (ya, pi. ku bogoeka or passuka passuka, to burst open
za) in the sense of “ gouge" mangabu, q.v. = from being over-ripe; mubogo umebogoeka,
Bobo, s. { better popoo, s.), the areca nut, chewed
the cassada burst from having beeii boiled too
with betel-leaf, tobacco, and lime. much {vicl. sheteka).
Boesa, boesIsa, v. a., Beb. ? buesa ? BogOdu {and boghudu or bokhudu and bokhodu),
Bofia, v. a., to touch, to take between the fingers
and make an impression, to press softly in order Arab, iffda , odit, odio babuit (= kubosumu or
to see ivhether the fruit is ripe; ku gussa means
biisumu), to slander secretly {
altercatus
“ to touch by applying the fingers gently to a
fait, litigavit), to contend or litigate with one, ku-
thing” (ku sbika) ;
ku papassa signifies “ to pass
teta na-ku-m-zira.
the hand over something in order to strip or
shake it off,” e.g., ngoja, nipapasse tungu maguni- Boghodiwa {or bokiiothiyva), Luke sxi. 12.

muangu, wait till I shake off the ants from my Bogiiudiana, v. rec. = ku zirana, kawakupa-
tana.
feet.
Bohari s. (ya), niumba ya mali, a
{or bokhari),
Bofieka, v. n., to admit of making an im-
pression; kitu kigumu hakibofieki, a hard a shop and warehouse niumba ya ku
store with
tia nafaka, a granary.
thing admits of no impression.
Boje-boji ?
BoFikwA, v. p.
Boka, v., bokea? cfr. pokea, v. a.
Bofu {or better ovu), adj., bad, rotten, worn out
Boko, s., a hippopotamus, river-horse {vid. ki-
to be distinguished from pofu, pofua, pofuka;
boko).
mti mbofu, a corrupt tree, pi. miti mibofu ;
kasha
Bokoa, v. 71., (1) to obtain a plentiful harvest in
ni bofu, laken neno hili ni ovu; bofu or oyu
Kinika = ku fania neema muaka hu kuna or
signifies the absolute state of the word, but when ;

kuzi bokoa or kuna neema Mungu or Muungu

it refers to a noun the usual prefixes required by ;

ame-tu-pa viakula vingi {2) to sink into; bo-

the severed classes of nouns must precede it. ;

koka, to admit of sinking into

Bog a, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a pumpkin in the dialect of (?).

Boko boko, s., a kind of food made of wheat,,

Zanzibar ; at Mombas it is called tango, pi.
meat, &c.
matango ;
mboga signifies “ every herb, or leaf,
or vegetable which is edible;” manni yaliwayo Boksumat, s., harcl-baked bread, ship's biscuit.
yote ni mboga, pi. miboga ;
kiunga cka mboga, The common Suahili do not know this Arab
vid.kiungo and mbuyu. expression.

Bogi, {or boji, s.), a kind of liquor which has

s. Bokwa, s., Jack-fruit (Tumbatu) (St.).
various names and is prepared from various Boiia, s. (lajjk ma — ),
apalisacle or stockade serving

substances. The natives put a quantity of as a kind of fortification to towns and villages.
mtama {millet) into water, until it sprouts, ivhen The boma may consist of stones or ofpoles, or of
 ; ; ; ;

BO ( 28 ) BO
an impenetrable thicket of thorns. The boma is gdpue), a place where there is standing water
to be distinguished from ukiita (
wall ), which is pakaapo maji, a place where the water
niakali
made of stones in building houses &c.; ,
and from stands;mna mabopo hapa, usije ukaanguke,
ugo (hedge), which consists of matanzu branches. there are pits here, do not come lest you fall in.
Ku sungusha boma rnjini. The boma is also to Bora, adj., great, noble, best, strong, important,
be distinguished from handaki ( ), a trench, serious mambo bora (not mambo mabora), im-
ditch. portant or serious matters jawabu hili ni bora,
Bomba, s., a pump (St.) ku futa maji kua bomba, this matter is great. In the Kichagga and Kipare
;

to pump. dialects “mbora” means “ a virgin, a young

Bombo, s., a certain mboga rarely used. woman;” cfr. Arab, yj ,
superior illo fuit;
)

Bomoa, bomoka, bomosha, vid. pomoa, pomoka. bonus a cockerel like the mso (R.).
; (2)
Bomu, s. (la ,pl. ma — ) bomu ;
sound of Bori, s. (ya), the bowl of a native pipe, a small
la gogo, the
the long trunk-like drum formerly
msondo tube of clay into which the natives put the
called
( which see). tobacco when smoking their pipes. The bori is
Bona, v. n., vid. pdna. fixed upon the mdakali, a ivooden tube ivhich
Bonde, s., a low plain, a pan-like land, valley. leads the smoke into the kiko, which is filled with

—
Bongo, s. (la, pi. ma ), the skull; wongo means water. The kiko consists of a cocoa-shell. It is
the brain.In the Kijumfu language it is called the centre from ivhich all parts of this native
ongo or wongo (la). Bongo la kitoa signifies pipe rise, and in ivhich they terminate; therefore
the white fat which is in the brains of the head it is called the mama or mother of the whole
of animals, and which the Wanikci eat, but the machinery. Into this shell the natives fix the
Muliammedans throw away. msallem, which is a reed of about one yard in
Boni, s.; boni ya jito or ya mato. length, through ivhich the smoke is drawn after
Bonia, v. a.; Luke xxi. 19, kua ku stakamili it has passed through the water. The msallem
kuenu boniani rokhozenu (vid. pona, ponia). is called muanzi wa ku futia tombako. In the
BoniISa (bonyica), v. n., to sink in, to give way, to bori is fixed a small pebble ivhich prevents the
stick, to put into, to entangle ; kuboniea midomo ashes from falling into the water. This pebble
kana mono, midomo inangia ndani, to draw in is celled jakasi; hence they say, tia jakasi ku
the lips so that they fall into the mouth through sulia tombako, isianguke kikdni. Before the
ivant of teeth ; nti inakunia mvua n’nafibga liatta smoker presents his liuka to a bystander who
n’naboniea, hatta magu inangia ndani, to stick desires to take a ivhiff, he takes off the bori to let
(the feet) in the ground which is sodden with the the remaining smoke escape. This is called ku
rain (vid. topea). Beb. takes boniea = to grow kupiia moshi. The noise produced by the smoke
lean. passing through the kiko is called malio ya kiko ;

Boniesha, v. c., to cause to give way, to press so maji ya kiko yalia, i.e., the water of the bowl
make an impression
as to cause to sink in, to cries.
with the fingers. make lean. Beb., toBoriti (ya, pi. za), thick poles lend across from
Bonth (St.), a bridge ( Kiung .), evidently de- one ivcdl to the other to support the stone roofs
rived from the Latin pons or French pont, Ital. of a native stone-house. These poles are cut
ponte. At Zanzibar there is such a conflux of in the mangrove swamps and are of a kind
nations and languages that ive cannot get the of hard wood ivhich the termites will not easily
true tSuahili from that place (vul. divai). Ali- attack. Boriti ni mti uliotdngoa ku ikisia
jenga bonth katikati ya into, he built a bridge niumba. The poles or rafters must be laid close
across the river. to one another in order to give solidity to the
Boosa, v. n., to be lame (R. ) ;
said of any member thick stratum of stones, pebbles, sand, and lime,
of the body. which make the roof impervious.
Bopa, v. n., to feel soft or hard to the touch, to Borohoa, s. (ya), a favourite native dish of pidse.
admit of soft or hard impressions; e.g., .embe They boil kunde (a kind of bean) and poclio (a
liili labopa kua ugumu ugumu, this mango feels kind of vetch) and mbiizi (a kind of pea) to-
very hard (cfr. tosa) embe labopa kua uorbro,
;
gether, and then crush or mash them into a
kiddle kikingia ndani, the mango feels soft paste, to which they add water and lemon-juice.
when the finger touches it; embe labopa kiile, Borohoa ni mtiizi wa kunde au poclio au mbazi.
kiile. Boromoa ( rather poromoa), v. a., to get dislodged
BopiSa, v. obj. ku-kua magu ;
ku bopCa kidogo. (cfr. tangana, tangua) of itself .

Bop15ka, v. n., lit., to be pressible. Boromoka, v. n. (cfr. poromoka), to precipitate,

Bonks A, v. c. ; nti inabopesa magu. to fall or slip down a precipitous place ; mage-
B6po, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a deep pit, a pond (Kin. bali yanaboromdka mtu unaboromdka.
;
 ; ; ; ; ;

BO ( 29 ) BU
Boromokea. v. obj., to fall to him. Buana (or bana), s. (wa ,pl. mabuana, s.), the master
Boromoko, s. (la, pi. ma ), precipice, declivity, —
of slaves, of the house, sir, lord, or used of one’s
steepness of a mountain; maboromoko ya mto. own father when speaking politely of him.
Boromol£a = boromokea ( vicl .). Buathi, v. a. (R.), to raise (from the dead =
Boromosha, v. c., to actually dislodge, to cause Arab, mi sit, resuscitavit mor-
fufiia) ; ,

to precipitate maji ya mviia yanaboromosha

mtanga, mtu bawesi ku kuea. tuum ;
hence ,
resurrectio ;
siku ya ku
Boronga boroxga, v. a., to bungle one’s work. buatbiwa ya ku fufuliwa, the day of resur-
Borongo borongo, s bungling, huddling, a mess ., rection.
of one’s work; mtu huyu amefania kazi ya Buathia, v. obj.
borongo borongo, this man has bungled his Buayabuaya, adj. ku vaa nguo buayabuaya, to
work; liakufania kazi ngema, kaziyakwe ni put on a loose cloth (R.).
tbaifu. Buba, s., (Kinika, franji, French pox),
(1) measles ?
Boroshoa, s., a long-shaped black insect found in vicl. mbuba undue haste, morbid anxiety to
; (2)
dunghills. finish a business ; ku funga mzigo kua buba (3) ;

Boruga, v. a., to stir, to cut up weeds. buba, gluttony (Er.) cfr. barara and ulafi (cfr.
;

Bosa, v. a., (1) to affiance one; bosoa, to be

kigarafua in Kiniassa) ku fania buba, to be
espoused to (Er.) (bosho ?) ; (2) = boosa, to relax,
hasty or greedy.
to groiv lame. Buba, s. (rupia), applied to various skin diseases
Bovu (or ovu), adj., bad, rotten. (St.).
Boza, s. a strong narcotic which is made of Bubo,
(ya), s. (msegeneko ?).
bangi, which they roast on the fire and mix with Bubu, s. (A.), a teat (St.).
the flour of bissi za mtama and honey, then the Bubui, s. (Dr. St. has bubu, pi. mabubu, dumb)
The man who
ichole
uses
mixture
it ivill
is put into a jar.
constantly laugh or sleep for several
(wa, pi. —
ma ), a deaf or dumb man, who can
neither hear nor speak (cfr. kisiwi).
days ; cfr. majuni.
Bubujika, v. n., to burst forth, bubble out ; e.g.,
Brahim, s.; mkunga brabim and sbokola (q.v.),
wasaba ku bubujika matozi, to burst into tears.
;

kinds of eel. Bubuta, v. a.; ana-m-bubuta liatta ana-mu-umiza,

Bu, s., pi. mabii, maggot, mite, worm found in
ku-m-piga makonde sana hatta uka-mu-umiza
putrid meat niama inangia mabu. ndani (R.) (Kiniassa, ku-m-b).
Bu, a natural sound; ku angusba bu (or fu) Buda, v. n., to have influence or authority with
(R.) bu na bu, upside-down (telekeza).
;

somebody ; probably from Iaj incepit, prin-

Bua, s., steel used in smithery ; a steel for striking , ,

fire is called mdaruba wa muoto. cipium, dominus (R.) ;

babudi kua sultani, he
Bua, v. n., and biilika (opp. to banuka), buaya, has no influence with the king.
buaika muana buyu tumbolakwe litabuaya or Arab,
;
Budi (or buddi), s.; jo ,
separatio, fuga,
litabuaika, the big belly of this child ivill be
dissolved ? (R.), reduced ? A> 3 ,
necessarium est, baud est evitandum ;
kua
Bua, s. (la, pi. ma — ), the stalk or stem of millet na budi, to have an escape from; sina budi or
and Indian corn (bua la mtama, na la mabindi), buddi, I must, lit., I have no escape; haina
and of mawelle they call ubiia
but that of rice budi ku nambia sebabu ya kbofuyako, you must
(ubiia wa mpunga na mawelle), their stalk being tell me the cause of your fear, ucbapokufa or

of a smaller size. uyapokufa, though you die.

Buabua, v. a. = ku tonga kidogo, to hew a little. BuIca, v. n., to be protuberant, to protuber ate ; e.g.,

Buaga, v. a. (also in Kin.), (1) to cause to fall, to tumbo lisilo buea.

throw down; e.g., ku buaga madafu or mzigo, to Buesa, v. a.; e.g., usi-ni buese uturnbo; ku buewa,
throw down cococo-nuts from the tree or to throw v. p. (cfr. bvia) (R.).

down a load; (2) ku-m-buaga mansa or ku-rn- Bueta, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a small box, canister;
kora mansa (q.v.), to commit a horrible crime bueta la ku andikia, writing-desk. In general
against somebody, especially against a great bueta signifies a box having its lock inside, not
man, by violating his daughter, dec., which
e.g., outside; a small box neatly worked, desk.
crime can only be atoned for by the death of the Buga, s., a hare (?) (St.).

offender. Buge, s.; biige kuba = uganga bora (cfr. kiini-

Buagia, v. obj. ku-m-buagia makini ;

ku-ji- mato).
buagia moyo. Bugu, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a kind of thick willow ;
(1)
Ku-ji-buagasa, v. refl., to throw one’s-self on the ubugu a(pi. thin withe used for
mbiigu),
ground outstretched, to lie with the legs binding and for making baskets, &c.; (2) bugu

stretched out. signifies cdso the stalk to which many plants

 . ;
, ; . ;, ; ; — ; ;

BTJ (
3o ) BTJ

have their fruits attached; e.g., bngu la mtoma, Bunduki, s. (ya, pi. za), a musket, gun; ku piga
la mtango. Its shoots are called kono. bunduki, to fire off a musket; Arab, ,
vox
Bugusa, v. a., vid. konoa, v. a. ( efr pukusa).
peregr. glans missilis.
Bugudika, v. n., said of tears matosi ja bugu-
Bunga, v. a., vid. punga.
dika vid. pukutika.
;
Bungala, s., a kind of rice (St.).
Bugudu, v. a., vid. bogudu.
Buiiuri, s., incense jya?; perhaps to he derived
Bungo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), the eatable fruit of a tree
;

a called mbuugo, a kind of medlar ?

from the Arabic ,
herba odorata, bupbtbal- Bungo, s. (la, pi. ma^ ), a dish smaller than the
mum. bia (bakuli dogo) ;
kibungu is still smaller ;
Buia, and buakia, v. a. (B.), i.q. in Kiniassa
v. a., bungu la ku pozea uji, a saucer to cool gruel in.
buira and buirira, to shut the lips in shaving. Bungu, s.; la udongo (pi. mabungu), earthen —
Buibui, s., a spider niama mdogo wa magu sitta vessel.
yuwauma kua meno ( Kiniassa dandaule). Bungua, vid. punguu, to call a person's pepo.
,

Bujua, v. a. (ku-m-bujtia niani), to pass by, to Buxi, v. a., to begin, to be the first who does a

push by ( said of an animal which loses its hair thing, to invent, contrive, find out ku buni cbiio,
by so doing). to compose a book; ku buni jarnbo lisilotam-
Bujuka, v. n. (kua mitu) (K.). burikana, to invent a thing which was before
Buka, s., sorroiv; e.g., moyo ukangia buka kuba. unknown. Basbidi amebuni Takaungu = ame-
Buki (or Bukini), n.p., Madagascar. This word anza ku jenga niumba at Takaungu. In a bad
requires closer examination. What does it sense it means = ku zua, to contrive, pretend,
originally mean ? to imagine ku nena neno asilo tumua, he spoke
Buku, s. (vid. puku) (la, pi. ma — ), a large mouse words which he was not sent to speak, he spoke
rat ; in Kitinguja puruku. from his oivn mind; maneno liaya ni ya ku
Bukua, v. a., to betray, make known; vid. ubuku buniwa, these are imaginary icords (efr. Arab.
(Spo;
U> or yG ).
Bukuka, v. n., to become known, cried down
( = ku toka n'de).
Buniwa, v. p., to be devised or excogitated in

Buli, s., pi. mabuli, teapot.

one's own mind.
Bulisa (bulisia), vid. pulisa.
Buni, s., an ostrich.
Buma, puma and bumua, Buxi, s., sons, the sons of; pro bene, e.g., Bene
vid. vid. pumua, puniiizi,
breathing. Basbidi.
Bumba, s. (la, pi. ma — ), efr. pumba, clod, lump; Bunni, s. (ya),
beans ; bunni ya
coffee-berries, raio
or ya kabawa.
coffee, coffee-

la tombako, vid. kibumba ;

bumba la udongo, la kiilioa

niuki (swarm ) a packet. ;

Buxzi ( buhunzi ), s. (la, pi. mab ), a large stinging —
Bumbasika, v. n., vid. pumbasika. fly which builds a clay-nest. Its sting is, hoic-
Bumbuazi, s perplexity, idiocy (St.)
., ku pigua na ever, less acute than the mifu gnombe, which puts
;

bumbuazi, to become confused so as to be unable bullocks to flight. This and other stinging
to go on with one's business. insects do harm with their tails, hence the natives

Bumbui, s. (la, pi. ma ), la mpunga (efr. —

use the expression “ ku sbutia,” q.v.
kibondue), rice flour pounded up with scraped Buothu, v. a., to hate; perhaps from the Arabic
cocoa-nut. Kibonde bonde in Kiniassa. (jo# molesta fuit res, gravius afl’ecit, or from
,

Bumbuna, adj., lumpy, in a mass (said of iron )

(vid. bogudu, v. a.), odit, odio babuit.
cliuma biki kikali bumbuna.
BumbUruka, v. n., to be frightened away (ku ondoka Bupu, s., vid.
punje (bupa, la, pi. ma ). —
kua nguvu). Bupuru (la, pi. mabu ), an empty shell (St.) —
Bumburusha (bumburusa), v. c., to scare or bupuru la kitoa, a skull.
drive away, to arouse. Burai, v. n. (probably from pacem fecit, se ,

Bumda, pi. ma — obtulit, prodiit ad aliquam rem peragendam), to

Bum UN i) a (la, pi. mab — ), a kind of soft cake or give up or renounce a claim ; manamke amebun'ii
dumpling (St.). mahari =
ameata mabari, the daughter gave up
Bunda (la, pi. ma — ); (1) mikate ya mabunda; her claim to the dowry paid by the bridegroom.

(2) pack, vid. ruboda ; a bale of goods. Bcb. burai = ku samebe.

Bunde, s. (Ia), a cocoa-nut 'which is empty and Buraia, v. a. mama ame-ni-buraia mabariyangu,
dried up. mother made me renounce my dowry.
Bundi, *., a native
an owl (?) (St.).
bird, Buraiwa, v.p.; mtumke ameburaiwa mabari ni
Bundo, pi. ma
s. (la,
) —
ni makopa ya ku pika ; mamai.
sima ya bundo (ku bunda in Kin.; ku ponda in Buri, s., large-sized tusks of ivory.
Kis.) ; efr. k6pa. Buriani, s., a final farewell, asking general forgive-
 ; ; ;

BU ( 3i ) BW
ness; ku dakana buriaui, to ask mutual pardon Busati {or bushati), s., a kind of matting made
and to take a last farewell (St.). at Mascat.
Burikao, n. p., Port Durnford (St.). Bushashi, s., a thin sort of stuff { St.).
Burre, adj and adv., in vain, far nothing, gratis,
.
Bushuti {or bushiti), pi. ma — a chak
s. { la, ), of
gratuitously, for no good, without cause; maji black colour imported from Arabia ; it is ngvio
m-pe burre, pasipo besabu, give him water ya beredi or ya nrnia. It corresponds to the
without payment maneno ya burre, vain words Egyptian burnous. It is made of black sheep's
(yasio faa) ku tokosa or tukana watu burre, to
; wool, hence woollen stuff, blanket. It cost for-
despise men without cause (pasipo sebabu). merly 2 to 3 dollars at Momhas.
Buru, adv., said toith the voice elevated (B.) ;
ku
Bustani, s. (ya), a garden; Arab. > vox
pita buru. ,

Buruda, s.; juo cba buruda, a hook read over a Persica, hortus.

diseased or dying person ( after all medicine Busu {or bussu), v. a., to kiss, to kiss the hand ku

has proved useless ) uo cba ku-m-somea mkongo, guya mkono wa mtu mku, ku sengeza mdomoni,
; j
akaffa imma akapona. to seize the hand of a great man and put it to
one's lips —
in respect for him. In this manner
Burddi, s., coldness; cfr. Arab.
^ ,
frigidus fuit,
the servants, friends, or adherents of a chief or

refrigeravit ; ,
frigus, quies. great man pay their respects to their leader every

Burudi, v. n. ; cfr. baradi or baridi, to he cold, morning or whenever they meet him.
or beredi. Busu, s., the kissing, a kiss.
Burudika, v. n., to become cool, to he refreshed,
Bussiana, v. rec., to pay each other respect by

makali upeponi. kissing the hand, or by taking each other's

to respire
Burudikua, v.
hand and putting it to the mouth to kiss ; ku
p.
Burudisha, v. c. {cfr. beredisha), to cool, to make bussiana mikono.

to cool, refresh; ni-pa-mi maji ya ku zizima ku Busuri, v. a. = ku angalia, to see cfr. pas
;
burudisha rokhoyangu, give me cold water to
Buu, s., vid. bu, maggots in meat.
refresh my spirit.
Buulisa, v. c., to let slip or glide along ; ku
Buruga, v. a., (1) to root out = ku lima kuekue kua
e.g.,

ndo kisimani {cfr. burulisa in Kiniassa).

jembe, to scratch or dig up the soil with the
native hoe. The ground has previously received Buyu, s. (la, pi. mabuyu), the fruit of the mbviyu
the seed, hut its growth ivould he prevented if or baobab tree, which is very large. The shell
the iveeds were not removed. The expression is used for cups or for drawing water (ndo ya
corresponds with that in our European tillage, ku futia maji). The seeds and pulp being acid,
“ to turn the ground a second time to clear it of they are used as a substitute for lemons or
weeds." (2) Dr. St. takes the word to inean “ to citrons, and make an agreeable fsh-sauce. The
mix up, to knock together ” {cfr. boruga). Ku trunk of the mbuyu is too soft to be used for
burugia puekue, to slightly hoe the ground {to constructing canoes. The trees mtanne, muembe,
prepare it for the coming rain ) ptass. burugua. ;
mgnambo, muafi, mfule, msuffi, mrithi, msanderusi
Burugania, v. a., to spoil by interrupting (Sp.). are used for making canoes. Miti hi inafii {or
Burugia, v. obj. yafa) ku tonga madau, au mitumbui, au mahori,
Burugusha, v. c. ku ji to he cumbered about, ,
au vilefi au vihori (kidau, kilefi kibfiri cba ku
Luke x. 40 to show one's-self inattentive and
;
tezea ivatoto). Many parents buy these little

lazy (Er.) to promise everything and do nothing.

;
canoes to gratify their children, and to accustom

Arab.
them to the sea from their childhood. A kihori
Buruhaxi {or bcrhani), s. {from the
costs about one dollar, whilst a dan {dhow) or
convaluit. >
probatio evidens, argumentum mtumbui is worth from 6 to 15 dollars. The
people of the islet of TYassini live in a great
demonstratio), evidence, proof, token.
measure by making canoes, as the country around,
Buruji, s., castle or fort; robur, arcis
,
supplies them with trees suitable for them.
turris. Buyuka, v. n., to break open {a blister ) ; cfr. gabuka
Burura, v. a., to drag, to haul along {Luke vi. 1). in Kiniassa.
Busa, s., Arab beer made of barley and millet. Buzx, s., pi. mabuzi, a very large goat.
-* "C -
Busani hasten festinavit. Bwaga, buaga, v. a., to cast down what
v. a., vid.
? to ? ,

one has carried; ku buaga nazi, to throw down

Busara, s. (ya, pi. za) {Arab. pa> ,
scientia, pers-
fresh cocoa-nuts from the tree.

picacia), prudence, aptitude, mechanical skill, Bwana, s., wa, pi. mabuana ;
vid. buana.
astuteness = akili or nadari ;
mtu buyu yuna Bwana mdogo, the master's son {the little or
busara. young master or lord).
 ; ; ; . ; ; ; );;

CH ( 32 ) CH

C (CH)

Ch : remarks which Dr. Steere has made in

see the In beating gently the washerman says, cha,
“ ,r
his Handbook on this sound (pp. 253, 254). cha, cha, hence the expression chachaga
Words not found under Ch will be found under uchackage nguoyangu, usipure (vid. pura or
J, and vice versd. puaya), ivash my cloth gently, do not beat it.
Cha, genitive particle, of, pi. via ldtu cha mtu, Chachauisa, v. a., to out-roar, to interrupt one by
;

a mans affair; vitu via watu, the affairs of speaking loudly ame-ni-chachauisa kua maneno
men. mangi chachauiso (la), s., embarrassment = ;

Cha ( or chai), s., (1 )tea; (2) a stable for cattle tata.

(R.). Chachawa, v. n., not to keep still (like children

Cha, v. n. ku cha, to fear, to be afraid; yu- (R.), not to keep quiet (?).

wacha ku enenda pekee, he is afraid to go Chachawi, s., a confused noise of talk, which nobody
alone. understands.
Ch£a. Chache, adv., a little, a few, not many watu
Chel£a. wachache, some men siku chache, some days
Chelissa. akili chache, little understanding
Chelesea.
Ciiachia, v. obj., vid. jajia, to puzzle; kazi zina-
Cheliowa.
ni-chachia (dahahu ina-ni-chachia), to perplex,
Ku chesha (or better ku tisiia), v. c., to cause
not to know what to do.
to be afraid, to make afraid = ku-m-tia kiclio,
Chacho(a), s. (la), pi. machacho(a) = mafuzi.
lit., to put fear into him, to frighten him.
Ku ciHUA (or ltu chiswa), pass., to be feared; Chachu, s., see tatu and utatu (uchachu), bran,
aliechewa. leaven, ferment.

Cha; ku cha, to come, vid. ja, v. n., and ku chua, Chachuka, v. n., to sour, to make sour, e.g., mtuzi
to set (of the sun), vid. tua, v. n.
cliachuka, to become or turn sour ku pata
Ciia, v. n.; ku cha, to dawn to rise
ukali or kiungo.
, (of the sun)-,
kumekiicha, has dawned, the dawn; kuna
it
Chachuka (and ciiaeuka), v. n., to surge (bahari).

ku cha, it dawns, the dawning; hakulala usiku Chada, s., name of a person; chadda katika

ku cha or tangu usiku hatta ku kacha muanga, chadda (R.) ?

he did not sleep from nightfall until daybreak, Chadi, s., hunger, starvation (Kiung.)— nda; ame-
till the light icame amekeleti ku cha, he sat up shikua ni chadi or shungi tati.
;

all night till ku cha; Chadi, v. a., to demand or request anything vehe-
daylight; karibu na
subukhi haku-tassa ku cha ku li kucha ku lia mently from somebody; ame-ni-ebadi hatta
;

= ku lia siku zote hakujacha, ku cha ku cha. nime-m-pa; cfr. \a=., profuit, donavit, postulavit
;

Ciiabu ciiabu, s., said of makuti chabu chahu petiitve ut daretur aliquid s., terminus, extre-
;
;

tupu.
mitas, vehementia.
Chabudu chabudu, s. (
= wazi wazi), s. and
Chaddi, s. (ya), Capricorn; Arab. haedus,
adj., to become full of holes, perforated (e.g.,
,

a cloth ) ku weka viombo chabudu chabudu, to capricornus.

;

place utensils disorderly.

Chacha, ku cbacha,
Chaddi, s. (ya, pi. sa — ) (cfr. a=- ,
magnus fuit
v. n., to ferment, leaven;
dignitate; avus; majores), the great
zima ina chacha or tatu. , ,

Chacha, v. n., to begin to rot, to be spoiled; wali grandfather, ancestor; mtuliuyu ni sheha tangu
hu una chacha, this (boiled) rice begins to spoil. jaddiyakwe (= babu).
Chacha, s. ; bahari ina chacha ina chachukua Chafi, s., a kind offish.
;

Sana (R.), to wave, be rough (of the sea). Chafi, s., an insect which creeps over a person and
Chacha, s. (ya pi. za), (1) a kind of grass growing
,
causes marugu nigu (swelling), q.v.
in wet places; (2) chacha, pi. machaclia = ma- Ciiafia, v. a., vid. chafya, to sneeze.
fiizi (cfr. mashada, makoja, and marere). Ciiafu, s. (la, pi. ml), a kind of basket made of
Ciiachaga, v. a., to wash clothes by rubbing them mia (cfr. mua) for catching shrimps (vicl..
between the hands and by dabbing them gently mfumbi). It has holes so that the water may
on a board or stone, not by beating them so hard run through.
as is generally done when the word ku fua is used. Chafu, s. (Kiung.) (la, pi. ma ),
the cheek, —
 ; ;; ; ; — ; ; . ;;
; ; ; ;;
; ;;

CH ( 33 ) CH
especially that part which is over the teeth Chaiiilika, v.p., to he dared.
Kimv. tafu, vid. Chacho(a), s. (la), pi. machacho(a), ( = mafiizi

Chafua, v. a. (Kimv.), to make muddy ( Kilind ku vid. makoja and marei'e).

teiiia) = ku tia taka. Ciiai (or cha), s., tea.
Chafuka, v. n. to he dirty ; niumba inachafuka, Chaka (or chakaa), v.
, n., to get old or worn out
yadaka fagiwa, the house is dirty and must he (through age or use) ku legea or ku ranika =
swept. e.g., nguo imechaka, irnekua kuku (imerariika).

Chafulia, v. ohj., to dirty, to soil, to hedauh Chaka, s., (1) summer (?) ku pisha wakati wa ;

ame-ni-chafulia nguoyangu. cliaka, to estivate, to pass the summer-time

Chafua, v. a., to put in disorder, disarrange chaka ni zamani za ku toka cliua, liakuna
(Kiung.). upepo ; (2) a thick forest (?).
Chafuka, v. n., to he in disorder moyo ume- Chakacha, v. a., (1) to pound oil (very likely from
chafuka, Ifeel sick. sound which is caused in pounding
the cracking
Chafuka chafuka, to he cdl in a mess, to he all oil) chakacha = ku ponda mafuta kua kinu, hut ;

tumbled about and in confusion. ku shindika mafuta is done kua ngamia (by
Chafya, v. n. ; ku cliafya or ku piga chafya, or camels); (2) ku chakacha niumba = ku takassa
kwenda chafya, to sneeze (St.). niumba, ku fania tupu tupu sebabu ya ku tama,
Chaga, v. n. (R.); ohaga, s.,from ucbaga? (R.). to clear or empty one's house on emigration ; (3)

Chagina, adj. and sabst. (pi. machagina), hold, tdmbako ni chakacha, haifai, ni tombako dufu
brave, gallant mtu huvu ni chagina, mtu mkali, lisilo asha menoni, weak tobacco, being not
hachi, this man is brave and warlike, he is not pungent to man's teeth.
afraid; cfr.the Amharic word tshakana, v. n., Chakachika, v. n. to be pounded thoroughly ,

to he brave; tshakang, i.e., brave, hold, valiant, mafuta yamechachika sasa = yamepondeka Sana,
manly, Isenberg’s Amli. Diet, page 187. or yamechakiichua.
Chagua, v. a. ku chagua (Kiung.), to pick out, to Chakapu, s. (
Kijumvu), an animal which eats
select, to choose ; Kimv. tagua or taiia, q.v. poultry.
Chaha, s. (ya, pi. za), power, authority (= enzi Chakasi, s., vid. bori.
or ezi), dominion sultani ame-m-pa wall chaha Chaki, s., chalk, whiting, putty (St.).

ya watu, the sultan has given the governor power Chaki ciiaki, scattered about in plenty ; mabulushi
wakali chakichaki mule mwita (cfr. Kiniassa,
over the people; cfr. Arab. iiU. (Pers.), dignitas,
saka saka).
potentia kilango cha chaha or peponi, the gate
;
Chako, thy ; e.g., kitu ckako, thy thing or matter.
of Paradise, which the Swahili imagine they see
Ciiakogea, lit., kitu cha ku ogea, a thing to bathe
opened now and then at night, when they see a
in, a bath.
very bright spot of sky. No doubt they confound
Chakua, v. a.; ku-ji-chakua, to distort the mouth
the gate of Paradise ivith the niota ya chaha or
slightly in contempt (R.).
ya kibula, which seems to he the polar star (?).
Chakula, s. (lit., kitu cha ku la, a thing of to eat)
Ivu-m-pa chaha or chazi, to make one rich (R.)
chaha (written by Dr. St. jaha), good luck, un-
(cha, pi. via ),
meal, food, eatables chakula —
cha subukhi, the breakfast chamtana, dinner ;
expected fortune.
Chahj, v. CHAHiwA, v. (R.), to he made chajioni, supper ; Arab. edit, quid-
p. , ,

wealthy. quid editur.

Chahabu, v. a. ku chahabu chombo po;ini, to lift ChakunSa, s. (cha pi. via ), drinking (kitu cha , —
up a vessel upon shore ( — gadimu). ku noa).
Chahabiwa, v. p. (=ku gadimiwa), to he shored Chakuka, v. a., to scrape; e.g. kuku achakura, or
up (or erected) on supports. achakua (R. ); ku ji chakua, to scrape the teeth
Chahabu, s. (la, pi. ma ), a support ku weka ivith the tongue.
chombo ju ya to put a vessel on supports. Chakwe (chake in Kiung.), his, her, its, vid. Gram.
,

(akwe).
Chahazi, s. (vessel), vid. jahazi; vid. ,
instru-
Chale, a kind offish.
raentum ;
cfr. cliombo.
Ciiale cha ju and chale «iia fuani (R.) ?
Chahili, v. a. ; Arab. nescius fuit, insipiens
,
Chau, backward, on his back (St.).
fuit, ignoravit. Chamanda, s. (la, pi. machamanda), a round
Chahili, s., (1) an ignorant man; (2) oneicho strong basket with a cover, both made of mia
knows no fear, one who regards no danger, kichamanda, a small basket.
hence brave, courageous, daring (ni mtu Ch a mba cha jito (Kiung. eba jicho), a white film
mkali, asie kbofu ya watu, si muoga) ku-m- over the ey^; muegni ckamba, a qierson ivith a
;

chahili mtu, laken Muungu hachahiliki. white film in the eye; chamba cha jito (cfr.
D
 . ; ; ; ; .

CH ( 34 ) CH
upogo) nitu huyu ana cliamba cha jilo, or ana
;
Chancha, s., a prostitute (female or male) (pi.
kiini cheupe cha mato jito lina cliamba, lina mtu ;
ma — )
?
ndani. Chanda, s. (la, pi. vianda) ;
clianda clia mukono,
Chamba = ku amba, used as cony. to say if; na ,
the finger of the hand
clianda cha magu, a toe ;
kuamba, though, if when. (1) clianda cha gumba, the thumb; (2) clianda
Chamba, v. n., to breah ivind ivith a noise ; punda cha shahada, the forefinger (3) clianda cha
yuwachamba kua kelele chamba is to be dis- ;
toka, middle-finger; (4) clianda cha kati ya kando
tinguished from “kusliuta,” w hich .means “to or clianda cha muandamizi wa mislio, the
break ivind without any noise, but not without ring-finger; (5) clianda cha mislio (or cha
stench ( cfr mashuzi, ushiizi). kando ku andamana clianda na pete), the little-

Chamba, s. (la), breaking of wind dowmvards. finger. The middle-finger is called clianda cha
Chamba, s. (=kiamba), pi. viamba, (1) a small toka (lit., the finger of lime ) because the Suahili
rock; muamba, a large rock; (2) jengo (pi. take the lime used in Uraibu (vide) with that
viengo) viliviokatoa kasidi ku-m-pigia chamba
;
finger; if they do not, it will judge them on the
or viamba ( = otea), to make huts for waylaying day ofjudgment.
people; the robbers cut part of the ivood near Chanda, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
clianda la mnazl, a
thewayside to waylay travellers. leaf of the cocoa-nut tree.
Ciiambamba, s. (contr. from kiambainba), thin, Chandala, s. (cha,^i?. viandiila), a separate portion
lean, meagre; Muegnizimgu hakuumba ciiam- or a remnant of food which a wife preserves for
bamba, the natives say this of a man who teas her husband after the banqueting guests are
formerly lean, but who became afterwards strong gone; she does it from the tender consideration
(amewanda). that her husband might not have eaten enough
Ghambo, s. (cha, pi. viambo), a bait; kitu cha ku (ku-m-wekea mnme chandala).
fulia samaki, or kitu cha ku tegea niuni ku Chandarua (or chenderua), s. (cha, pi. vian-
;

weka or ku tia chambo katika mtambo, to put a davua), an awning or anything (e.g., nguo, jamvi,
bait into a trap. cC’c.) that protects against the sun; ku tungika

Chambua, v. a. ( see “ shambua,” to clean cotton ), or fungua ngiio. Kiung. chandahia, an awning, a
to dress, clean, to pick the sticks and dirt out of mosquito-net.
cotton, to pick cloves off their stalks. Changa, v. a. (=ku slianga) (Kiung.), to split
Ciiambura, s. (cha ku futia), pincers (Er.) perhaps (wood). ;

the same word as chamburo, which is a plate for Changa, s. (vid. kianga), clear weather after the
wire-drawing (St.). rain has passed ; linatoka clnia, mviia inakwislia
Chamchela, s.; pepo za ckamchela, a whirlwind ku gnia.
(St.) ? Changa, s. .(cha, pi. vianga) clianga cha mato ;

Chamei, s., sodomy = kbanisi. dimness = liaoni sana, yuna kiza cha mato mtu ;

Cham! a, v. a. (or chamii), to gather, to assemble, huyu liana changa cha mukono = hana khofu ya
e.g., watu (wimbi la ku chamia, vid. mudia, R.); ku suia mukono, i.e., he steeds suddenly; liaclii mtu
collegit. Changa, adj., unripe, young, fresh; kitu kiclianga,
,

anything unripe (linkitassa ku iwa) mtoto

Chamii, v. n., to milt.
;

mchanga, a young child; embe liili ni changa, this

Ciiamsakanoa (or chamsiiakanoa), s. (lit., kitu cha
mango is unripe; makindi machanga, unripe
ku amsha or amsa kanoa, something to wake the
Indian corn; ndizi ni changa, these bananas are
mouth), something eaten first in the morning
unripe; subukhi changa changa, in the morning
hence breed,fast chakula cha subukhi. = when the sun is not yet hot when the sun is, —
Chamvi, s., ma ), a large
vid. jamvi, s. (la, pi.
as it ivere, yet unripe.
—
mat of the coarse or common kind.
Changa, v. a.; lui la kua ku clianga (Unguj.), a
Ghana, v. a., to comb; vid. tana.
feast where each contributes something to the
Ghana, (la pi. ma
s-.
.
), a
lad; cfr. mtukutu.
,
—
entertainment; cfr. tango (Kin. tzansi).
Ghana, s. (la, pi. ma ), the larva of a bee (vid. —
Ciiangam’ka, v. n. ku to be genial or hearty
machana) chana la niuki is the empty cell; kamba
;
,

and pleasant (cfr. tangam’ka, tangannika, v. n.).

la niuki is the cell full of honey.
< iianaba, s. (la, pi. ma — ), the uncleanness after
Changania, v. a. (vid. tangania) (Kiung.), to mix;
clianganika, to be mixed; changaniska, to perplex
cohabitation. Hence the Muhammedans are en-
joined to wash themselves after the act. Mtu (vid. tanganika and tanganisha).

Jiuyu ana ebanaba (chanapa), i.e., ana taka Ciiangaraivi, s., grit, little white stones like those
in coarse sand (St.).
asipooga, akilala na mko pollutus
1’uit nempe efflux u seminis.
cfr. Changawe, s. (ya, pi. kawe za ), a pebble ; rid.
; ,
—
kfuvc, gravel (jangawe yajiwe).
 . ; ;; ; ; ;;

CH ( 35 ) CH
Change (changhe), s. ; ku piga change ;
vid. sammaka, a stamp for closing a letter with a
topoa. small loafer or with gum-arabic (3) ku piga
Chango, s. (cha, pi. viango), (1) a peg or hook to chappa cha chiima katika kertasi, to print on
hang things upon = kidude cha ku angikia or paper, lit., to beat an iron mark on paper (of
tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to suspend, in Kimr .) course this expression is not well understood by
(2) uchango wa uturabo, the great stomach; natives who have had no intercourse with Euro-
diminut. chango, small intestines, round worms peans)-, (A) the fin of a fish.
( cfr ujango and ucbengelole) ; (3) chango la Chapua, v. a., to increase the noise of a drum;
uviazi (uvyazi), cfr. muamimba and ufiazi. ku ongesa mlio wa ngoma ku chapua magu = ;

Changu, (1 ) pron. poss., \st pers. sing., my; kitu ku fuliza.

changu, my thing or matter ; (2) a kind offish. Chapuka, v. ii. = amekuenda harraka (Sp.).
Changua, v. a. ( Kipemb .) = ku fumua (Sp.) ? chan- Chapulisa, v. c., cfr. ngoma.
Chapuo, s. (cha, pi. viapiio), a small native drum
gulia, v. obj. (e.g., tangulezangu) ?
Changua, pi. machangua, a large or extensive (ngoma ndogo); cfr. ngoma.
Charakasa, v. n. ( = ku piga mshindo, to make a
desert.
noise), to make a brushing noise as by ivalking
Chania, v. obj. ; vul. tania, to comb for, Ac.
through grass (in Kiniassa “ wayiira”).
Chaniata, v. a., to cut into small slices, to boil
Charibu, v. a., vicl. cheribu or jaribu, to try.
together ku k;ita vidogo vidogo, e.g., cassava,
Charo, s. (cha, pi. viaro), a band or company of
banana, Ac., and boil them together (cfr. mcha-
travellers, a caravan, journey, expedition
niato).
Mzungu amefania viaro vitatu via Chagga, the
Channi, s. (la, pi. manni), a leaf; channi la mti,
European has made three journeys to Chagga ;
the leaf of a tree; pi. manni or machanni means
mjaro is one man of the company, a journeyer ;
cdso “grass, herbs,” like niassi.
ku fania charo = ku safari (Kin. ku hamba), to
Channikiwiti, adj., green (the colour of a green
travel on mercantile or other business. Charo is
leaf ) nguo
;
ya channikiwiti, a green cloth.
originally a Kinika word for which the Suahili
Chanja ,s. =muongo, impostor; uchanja = urongo.
use “safari,” but the Kinika expression “charo”
Chano, s. (cha pi. viiino), a large wooden platter ;
,
has been fully adopted by the Suahili. Viaro
cdso a sort of table or low stool upon ivhich the
viwili via Ukambani, two journeys to Ukambani..
Arabs place their food (cha ku andikia wali).
Charo, s. = fucho or fujo, thoroughfare amefania
Chanua, v. a.; ku chanua, to put forth leaves (St.). niumbayakwe fucho, he made his house a
Chanzi, s. (la, pi. m—
), the sleeping of a member thoroughfare, or a dove-cot, good and bad people
of the body, hence cramp ; mtu akiketi mno yuwa- going in and out.
fania chanzi la magu yuna chanzi la mukono Chasa, s., the oyster, E.
;
(?)
orkigii; gu limekufa chanzi. Ci-iasasa, s., a kind of beads.
Chanzo, s. (cha, pi. vianzo), the beginning of plait- Cha,si, s., a kind of pumice-stone, used in making
work of a mat; chanzo la mkeka (cfr. olelesa), mikeka (Sp.).
jamvi, shupatu. Chasi, v. a.; ku-m-cliasi ( = ku-m-fatkili), to reward..
Chao, pron., their ; kitu chao, their matter.
Chasi, s. (cha, pi. vickasi), abundance, plenty ; vid.
Chao, s. (cha, pi. viao), a roller, trestle; jao ni
jasi.
kidude cha ku shulia (ku shiia or shusha) dau,
the rollers or pieces of ivood on ivhich boats or
Chasiri, v. a., Arab. ,
ausus fuit, ivit, to dare,

trees, Ac., are launched. brave; amechasiri or amechesiri ndia poke =

Chao, s. (cha, pi. viao) ( =
a small group ofkikao), yakwe, he braved the way alone.
people; wamekuja viao or vikao vingi hatta ku Chassi, s. (la, pi. ma ), an ornament for the ears —
timia geshi ya watu. worn by the native females ; chassi la fetha (cfr.
Chapa (or chapara), s., excessively or perfectly furungu). It costs about 3 dollars, i.e., li doll,
drunk; mtu felani yu chapa or chapara leo, in each ear ( la shildo). —
N. N. is quite intoxicated to-day. Chatu, s., a python, a crocodile (?) (St.).
Chaf£o, s., a hat; cfr. the French chapeau and Chauri, s. (jU. injustus fuit, hence
the Italian capello ;
vid chepeu.
titia, oppressio),
,

injustice, violence,
^ ,

tyranny,
injus-

Chapo ?
oppression.
Chappa, s. (la, pi. viappa), (1) a stamp, mark =
Chauzi (or cheuzi), s. (or cnozi), a brace, a pair
alama e.g., pipa linaandikua chappa, the barrel
;
vitu viwili viwili; vid. cheuzi; Arab, jfr •
has had a stamp or mark written upon it;
Ciiavu, s. (cha, pi. viavu), a net.
Ngome ya Mvita imeandikua chappa, this refers
to the inscription on the castle-gate of Mombas Ciiavu, adj., filthy, unwashed.

(2) chappa cha ku fungia waraka kua jeti or Chawa, s. (Kiung.), louse; Kimv. tawa (cfr.).

r> 2
 ; — ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;.

CH ( 36 ) CH
Chaw abu, s. (la pi.
,
majawabu), answer, condition, chekiia or ame-ni-pigia or inua, a ferocious
state; vid. jawabu. bullock tossed me ( with its lioi'ns).

Chaw a chawa, v. n., to sit restlessly (R.). Chekulia, v. obj.; gnombe ame-m-chekulia.
Chayi, s., tea; vid. cliai. Chekuka, v. n., to be dug or thrown up (by an
Che, interrog. particle, vid. je.
animal).
Cn£A, v. n. = hakulea, undisciplined (R.) ? Chei.e wazungu wa-i-chele milango yetu, ndipo ;

Ch£bali (la, pi. ma ), vid. jebali ni muamba (ndiposa) wasingie (R.)? ;

mkafu ku zuia bahari, balifai toka. CheuSa, v. obj., from ku cha, (1) to be afraid, to
Chebi, 8.; ku paka range chebi kiraoja ( on a fear (vid.) ku-m-chea or chelea, to be afraid of
mashua) ? him; na-m-chelea saidi ya sultani, I fear him
Checha, v. a. = pasua, e.g., muhogo or viazi (R.). more than the king (2) to go down = ku shuka
Cheche, s., a brown mango uste (St.). tini ku chelea kula haramu, to be afraid of ;

Chechia (ku), v. n., to walk lame ( Kiung .). eating ivhat is forbidden macheleo, danger.
Checiiele, s., one who goes far beyond ichcre he ChelIswa, v. p. umechelewa na muoto.
intended to stop through inattention (St.). Chislebi, a kind ofpastry.
Chechem£a (ku), v. n. to be lame {Kiung.). , CjieleljSso (or chendel£so), s ( for kieleleso and .

Checiiemuka, v. n., to seethe like ferment. kiendeleso), or cheneso, pattern, sample, model,
Chechemusha, v. c., to set in fermentation. scale, rule (enesa, enesea).
Chech£vu, s hiccough (Sp.).
., Ciielema, s. (vid. chege, Kimv.), mchelema, pi.
Chechi, s. (la, pi. macbechi), a spark. michelema, small cassada ivithout meal, rather
Cmepua, v. a., to make nauseous kituhild kina-m- watery ( Kipemb .).
cbefua moyo, this thing makes him nauseate, so CheliSsa, v. a. = ku lasa), to cause to pass the
(
that he vomits {vid. elea). night, to keep over night; amechelesa wali hatta
Chefuka, v. n., to be nauseated ,
to feel an inclina- kunakucha, he preserved (boiled) rice over night
tion to vomit; moyo adaka ku tapika = ku ji- till daybreak (ku ketisha usiku kucha).
tiikisa moyo. Cheles^a, v. obj., nime-ku-clielesea wali hatta
Chefusha, v. c., to cause to nauseate or to be elfegiri, I have taken care of the rice through
nauseated kitu liiki kina-m-chefusbamoyo or the night till the morning for you; cfr.
kina-m-tukisa moyo. muiku (wali wa mviiku).
OiiiiGE, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
bad, useless, in consequence Chel£wa, v.p.; wali umechelewa hatta siibukhi
of water or juice; muhogo hu ni chege, this ukuni hu wachelewa muoto sana, umelala na
cassada is watery, it has no meal, it is therefore muoto hatta subukhi; maji yaohelewa niangu-
bad or useless; mcliege is a small ivatery ani (vid. ku cha).
muhogo a large one is called chege.
; The CiiEi.fisA, s. (cha, pi. vielesa) chelesa cha nanga, ;

people of Pemba call it ckelema {vid.). the buoy of an anchor (cfr. elea) kigogo ;

Chegxi, adj possessive, referring

.
to a word of the kioleacho ku or.iesha nanga alama ya nanga ku ;

Ki-class, vid. muegni {or muigni) ( — egni) ;

contr. tamhurikana ilipo, the piece of wood ivliich
from kicgni, kieguiewe, hence chegnievve, itself. floats on the water to show where the anchor is.
Chegni, vid. muegni or egni, ivith, having, pos- CiiELiiiwA (ku cheiJswa), v. p., to be overtaken by
sessing. something through thoughtlessness, to ivake up
—
Ch£go, s. (la, pi. ma ), cheek-tooth chego la ju and find it broad daylight, to be struck foolish,
na la tini, the upper and under cheek-teeth to be dumbfounded (St.) cfr. chelesa, to cause to ;

(machino ya tafu), grinders. pass or sleep the night.

Chegua, v. a. {Kiung.) {cfr. taguaoHaua), to choose. Cheleza, v. a., to keep, to put on one side (St.)

(cfr. teleza, to slip ?).

Cheka, v. n., to laugh {Kiung .) ku teka in ;
Chelezisa, v. obj., to keep or put aside for.
Kimv.; cfr. Hebrew tzakhak, v. n.
CihSma, ciclj., good, fine, nice ; mtu muema, a good
Ciiekei.ea, v. obj., to laugh at.
man kitu cliema, pi. vitu viema, a good thing,
ChekerSa {or chekewSa) {cfr. teremea), v. a., to
good things.
delight or refresh one {who lately arrived ) by
Chembamba, s., vid. kitewatewa, a small thin worm.
showing him kindness {vid. mteremesi).
CidSmbe, ,s. (Kiung.), vid. tembe in Kimv., a grain,
Ciieko, ,s. (la, pi.a laugh, a loud
macheko), (1) grains.
laugh {Kiung.) (mateko in Kimv.) (2) cheko pi. majembe or viemhe, and contr.
;
CrifiMBE, s., la,
signifies one of the three stones which form the
a native hoe (chembe cha ku limia membe, (1)
native tripod; cfr. meko and chilco.
nti); (2) chembe (for kiembe, pi. viembe, in
Chekua, v. a., (1) dig up; e.g., fisi liraecbekua (or Knur.) cha mfi, the arrow-head of iron; vid.
fukvia) kaburi, the hyaena dug up the grave kigumba; chembe cha ku fumia = kigumba.
(2)
to throw on or out; e.g., gnombe mkali ame-ni-
Chembe cha moyo, $., the pit of the stomach (St.).
 ) ; ; =;

CH ( 37 )
CH
Cuembeu, s. (cha, pi. viembeu), a chisel. udongo or ya miti, to build or construct a. house

Ch^mchem, s., a spring of water (St.). or of clay or wood.

edifice To build of stone
Chemua, v. n., to sneeze; vid. kiafia. they say “ ku akka ;” cfr. akka.

Chemuka (or ch£mka), v. n., to bubble, to boil up; Chengica, v. obj., to build for one.
maziwa yacheraka kua ku pata muoto sana; tembo Chengo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), (1) a building, pi.
lachemuka likipata chua. machengo, building materials (2) encampment
Cheka, s., a kind of sliell-fisli. in travelling chengo ni mahali pa ku lala
Ciienab, dimidium hominis vel rei, safarlni kana zizi la gnombe. The natives in
s. ; cfr. 4-^5- >

travelling through a hostile country or through

latus ejus, side; pi. area, interior, atrium;
a wilderness construct a chengo every night;
latus et majestas regia (titul. honor.); ila chenab they cut off large branches from trees and make
el muheb rafikiyangu, lit., to the side of my a hedge (if possible of thorns) around the
beloved friend = to my beloved friend (in letters). camp to it against wild beasts and
secure
Chenche (chinche), vid. chenge. robbers. The travellers sleep inside the hedge,
Chekdea, v. n. (for ku ji-endea), to walk about. setting a guard and keeping afire burning all
Chendeisua, s., vid. chanderua, an awning. night long.
ChekHSke, s. (= ken£ne) (wa, pi. vienene), a Chisnge, s. (cha), a wisp of grass or makuti (vid.)
cricket (?) clienene cliapiga kelele ( = fuando tied together and set on fire (cfr. dsagali in
;

in Kir.) ;
clienene niama mdogo aketie nti, Kiniassa) ;
chenche or chinche cha muoto, a
atimbai mtangani, a kind oj whim ? firebrand.
Chenenza (or chen£za) (jenaiza) (ya, pi. ma — Chengel^le, s. (pi. of sing, uchengelele). The
(Arab. ),
a bier used at funerals (
= Suahili say, cliengelele za matumbo or ma-
kitanda cha ku tukulia mtu aliekufa). The legs chengelele ya matumbo, ndio tumbo ndogo

of this native bedstead are handsomely turned utumbo ndogo ndio uchengelele the small in- ;

on the lathe, and the plaiting is neatly done. testines are called chengelele, ivhereas the colon

There is a kind of gate or entrance at the and ileus are called tumbo ku or matumbo
head and the foot of this bier in order to usher maku (e.g., tumbo la gnombe).
in the corpse. Through one gate the head is Chengdu, s. (cha, pi. viengeu), the shade of a lamp;
ushered, and through the other gate the legs are chengeu cha ta or cha ku finika ta, the cover
lowered into the grave. The chenenza is pre- of a lamp. It is made of clay, to protect the
light from the ivind.
served in the mosque, as the bier in our churches.
Now and then a religious carpenter presents to Chengua, v. a., to pull down, to demolish a build-

mosque a chenenza as an offering. The ing.

the
corpse is first Chenxa, s. (ya), Arab.
washed, then covered with a cloth (1) Paradise (peponi) ,

called sanda (vid.), after this it is put into a after the Muhammadan notion; (2) a kind of
fine mat (mkeka), and at last covered with a shellfish.
cloth called subaya, which is a cloth of honour Chexi, v. (cfr. ku keni), to caulk.
(nguo ya heshima). The subaya is taken back Chenja = chenza, vid.
by the relations, but the mkeka is sent to the Chenu, your, pron. poss. relating to a word of the
mosque, to be spread out there for the use of the Ki-class.
praying people, after it has been well ivashed. Chenza, s. (la, pi. ma ), the fruit of the mchenza —
ChexIso, s.(cba) (vid. enea,u.?i.), Being, existence (?); tree, a large kind of mandarin orange ; chenza

e.g., cheneo cha Mungu, cha muezi, cha chua, za kiachami or kiachemi, the Persian oranges
cha niota = kao or mao. (vid. acham) there are very good chenzas at ;

Chen£zo, s. = kenczo, cheo (cha, pi. vienezo), any- Zanzibar.

thing which serves for a measure, a measuring Chiso, s. (cha, pi. vieo), (1) measure, measurement;
line or rod; e.g., mua wa ku enezea keke, the ku toa cheo, to take the measure of a thing (cfr.
blade of mua, with which a workman measures chenezo) cheo cha ku anzia kitako cha kikapu ( ;

the thickness of a woman's hand in order to msalaba in Kir .) (2) position, station in the
;

make a keke or ornament for the wrist. In world, sense of honour (heshima) muana huyu ;

general, chenezo is the kipimo or kidude cha ku hana cheo, haondoki mtu mzima akija, this boy
enezea or sawanisia, anything taken by the has no sense of honour (or has no manners),
workman to obtain the measure of the thing to be because he does not rise ivhen an older person
made. To take one's measure for. conies. It is considered very disrespectful in
Chenga, v. a., (1) to cut off, to cut wood, to prune ; young people not to rise from their seats on the

ku chenga mtama ulioiwa (= ku kata), to cut approach of adults.

ripe millet, i.e., to cut the stalks of millet, to bring Ch£pa, v. a., to rob, steal, e.g., slaves or the property

the ripe panicles home; (2) ku chenga niumba ya of people; ku chepa watuma au mali za watu.
 . ; . . ; , ; ;

CH ( 38 )
CH
to seethe, to boil milk so that it is neither over-
Chbpb chepe, wet, soaked with rcdn, wetted.
not heavy quick (vicl. done nor under-done.
ChepJssi, adj., light, easy , ,

Ch£usha, v. c., to cause to boil up.

epesi).
blossom and
ChepiSu, s. chapeo) (cha, pi. vi ), cap, hat
( cfr — Cheukia, s. (cba, pi. vieukia), the
which a beautiful
( = kofia ya Mzungu) a native cap is called
;
fruit of the mcheukia tree, is

kofia.
parasitic plant ; also a sucker; muniande una-

Chepi, (wa), a thief — muifi. fauia cheukia ju ya mti.

s.
Cheui.i (or checri), violence; ana cbeuli, he
ChiSra, s. (cha, pi. viera) (
Kimr .), mark, aim s.,

people wantonly; vid. jauri or jeuri,

(
= shebaha), e.g., a hone, hoard ,
cocoa-nut attacks

placed as a target ku linga cbera or shebaha, to injustice; cfr. Arab. ,

injustitia.

shoot at the mark or target.

Cheupe, adj., vid. eupe, white.
ChIsraha, s. (cba), a ivound (jeralia) ;
Arab.
Cheusi, adj., vid. eusi, black.
.
Ciieuzi, s., a pair; cheuzi cba viatu, a pair of
Cherari,'s. (cba); ja kutuekeatanga chomboni, shoes; ku funga cbeusi or wawili wawili
the rope with which the settlors hoist up the sail. (ebauzi).
Ciierawi, a ivell-known mangrove swamp in the Cheuzia, s., a
s.,
little missile ? rain of dust ?
island of Zanzibar (St.).
Cii£wa, v. p., to be feared ; vid. cba ;
ku cba, to
Cher£vu, s. (cfr. uerevu) (cba), cunning, subtlety
fear cliea, v. obj. ( = stakiwa, jinalako li chewe
trickishness ; maneno ya cherevu mamboyakwe ;
or li stahiwe).
niya uerefu uerefu tu.
Cheli5a, v.; ku clielea ku fa, to fear to die.
Cher^he, s. (cba), a grindstone that is to be turned,
Chewa, s., a kind offish.
a winding -engine ? loom ? a ivlieel; ? Pers. Cheza, v. n. = ku teza, to play, to dance.
Ch£ribu (or charibu or jaribu), v. a., to try,
CiiEzfU, v. obj., to play with.
tempt; Arab. V'/s- Ku ctiEZEA uniago (St.), to deflower a virgin (?).

CiiIsrife, s. (cha), a kind of rope for catching fish, Chi = ici (vid. Grammar ).

made of bark of the mbuyu tree, or of Chiazi, s., vid. kiazi cba barudi, a cartridge.
the
katoani or katani, i.e., hemp-ropes from Europe. Chibaki, v. a., to endeavour to outdo, to excel or
The rope is smeared with lime, Hs soon as the outwit everybody (mebibaki, vid.).
fish touch it they are seized. Chibakika, v. n., to be outdone, outwitted.
Chibelenga, v. reft., to dress elegantly (Sp.)?
ChJcruhi, v. n., to be wounded; gjc.
Ciiibene, s. (ya), Arabic cheese of Muscat.
Chesa, v. n. = kesba, to watch; tunackesa-cko, Chiboa, s.,vid. jiboa, s.,pl. majiboa ( = mbda, dog),
hatukulala, we watched the whole night, we did
a young dog ; muana wa m'boa, a pup.
not sleip.
Ciiibrani (or jibrani), s. (ya), profit, advantage
Ch£shi, s. (ya,^Z. macbesbiormagbesbi),«7io«i f
an
,
(= faida).
army, a great company ; Arab. ,
exercitus. Chibrika (or jibrika), v. n., to derive advantage

Ciiete, s. (cha, pi. viete) (Kimr.), market-day, held

— ku pata faida.
in many places every fourth day cheteni, Ciiibrika (or kibirika), s., a water-trough con-
market-place; vieteni vingi viko (Sp.). structed of stone.

Chet£a, v. n., to rely upon, to be very proud, to be Chicha, s.

(
Kiung .) (ya, pi. za) (vid. tapu, la, pi.
puffed up, to boast of ( = ku gnietea, ku ji- ma— ;
and taki, ya, pi. za), the squeezed sub-
gandamisa, ku shiriki na) (cfr. mtahamari). stance of a cocoa-nut, the scraped cocoa-nut
Chettszo, s. (cba, pi. vietezo) = kiotezo, ku ota after the oil has been squeezed out ; it is some-

muoto, a censer, a pot to burn incense in ( = times rubbed on the hands to clean them of smut

kidude cba ku fukizia), manukato, e.g., ambari, or dirt, but more generally it is cast away as

udi, cCc. refuse; chicba nazi iliotujoa or iliokamuliwa.

Chethamu, s., a kind of leprosy in which the ChiciiirI; (ya, pi. za), a bribe (kikiri, kijiri).
fingers and toes drop off, eleqihantiasis ? (St.)
Chi-gamba, v. refl., to praise one's-self, to boast
= ku ji-sifu ; cfr. gamba.
Arab, vir corpore pusillus et macer.
cfr.

ChiSti, s. (cba, pi.

,

vieti), (1) a small seal used by

Chiguzo, s. (cba, pi. vi—), a
small pillar, or support
of a house.
the Banians; (2) a pass or passport; (3) a Chihidat (or chidihat), s. (ya), from the Arabic
mark in general.
Ag=>, diligentia ac studio usus fuit, hence ’

Ch£tu, pron. poss. (vid. etu), our; kitu chetu, our

thing. studium, diligentia, diligence, energy = bidii.

Ciikuka, v. «., to boil up, to bubble; ku piga mtcu Ciiika, v. a., to press hard, to be in travail ; e.g.,

maziwa, yasiiwe sana, wala yasiwe mawiti sana, kuku aebika i = kuku adaka ku via i, the hen
 . ; ; ; ;; — -

CH ( 39 ) CH
will lay an egg. It is equal to “yuna utungu niaraa isiekiia na mfiipa. These portions arc
wa ku via,” said of women and animals ;
which is fat and fleshy, and without bones.
e.g., gnombe ana utungu wa ku via ku toa mavi ; Chiociio (or ciiocho or jojo) (cha), pi. viocho =
(
kua nguvu kua ku chika, to empty the bowels by ku ocha or oja), a frying-pan, a lain (vid.
•kioto,
hard press ing okda) ku okda viungu chochoni chocho ndio
; ;

Chikapo, s. ( Kiung .) (cha, pi. vi — ),

vid. kikiipu, a pahali pa kvisudi pa ku okea or ochca viungu, a
baslcet. potter's lain in which he males a quick fire of
Chikaradi, v. refl., to borrow ku toa kua karada sticks and grass ; ku wakka upezi, viungu visi
pasuke.
(ji-karadi) ; cfr.
.jbfi, ,
mutuo creditoque ac-
Ciiipuka, v. n. (Kiung.) (or ciiupuka), vid. tepiia,
cepit.
tepukua, to shoot, to sprout.
Chikichi (pi. machikichi), the fruit of the palm-oil Ciiipukizi, (Kiung.), a shoot, a young plant ;
s.
tree; kicki kicbi, pi. viciiikichi, the small nuts
chipukizi ndio mti (prov.), children will be men
contained in the fruit of the palm-oil tree (St.).
in time.
Chiko, s. (cfr. jeko and meko), the place of ashes
CiimiwA, s. (la, pi.ma ), a (screw-) vice; ku tia
between the three stones which form the native
katika chiriwa wa ku okolea, to rach; chiriwa la
tripod in cooking toa hindilangu, uka-ni-tilie mti or chum a, a rach (?).
chikoni.
Chiuoko (or ciiooko), s., a kind of pulse (vid.
ChilEzo, s.,pl. vilezo, a buoy (St.). joko).
Chilia, v. obj., to fear for one; vid. chelea, cliowa, Chiro, vid. clioo, chooni.
chelea, chelesa, chelesea, cliesa = tisha, to malce Ciiitto (or kitto) cha pJiTE, a ring of a green,
afraid (from cha). colour (?).

Chimba, v. a. (Kiung.), vid. timba, to dig tirabia, ChO, rel. part., it, which; cho chote, whatsoever
v. obj., to dig for. (sc. kitu kilicho chote).
Chimbi, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a coch ( = chogoi or jogoi) Ciio, s.; cho cha mofa, a hole for the ashes of the
cbimbi lawika, the coch crows. sailors’ oven (mofa, vid.).

Chimbia, v. n., vid. kimbia; ku kimbia, to run Cno (or chOo), s. (cha, pi. vio), a necessary place;
away. ku nenda chooni, to go to the necessary place, to
Ohimbua, v. a. (Kiung.), to dig out or away ; vid. do one's needs.
timbua. Choa, s., ringworm (St.).
Ciiimbuko, s., first beginning, origin, source. Ciioa, s., an excrescence of the body, mba (vid.) of
< 'himbule, s., a hind of bird. various colours (Er.) ?

KJhinamisi, s. (kinamisi ?), bending, bow; mabali Choa, s. (cha, pi. vioa), a large red spot on the

pana cbinamisi or pa ku chinamia (or jinamia), body, to which the natives apply the leaves of the

a place where you must stoop down. cotton-shrub (cfr. maradi ya mti).
Chociia, v. a., to push, to prick (cfr. shoma, toma)
Chingirisha, v. a., to pour off gently so as to leave
the sediment behind. (BO-
Chochea, v. a. (vid. totea), to make vp a fire, to
Chini, s. (or SJni or Jinx, s.), China; kulla ckombo
turn ip a lamp.
cbeaupe ni cha Chini, every white vessel (of clay)
Chociielezea, v. obj., to stir up and increase
is called Chini or Sini, “ belonging to China,"
discord, to add fuel to the fire.
hence China-ware.
Ciiofia (or chovya), v. a.
Chini, prep. (Kiung.), vid. tini, below, down,
under; yuko tini or chini, he is downstairs; Ciiogoa ? (R.) ku ka in a pango cfr. tokda, ;
— ;

v. a.
tini ya or chini ya, under, below ; e.g., tini ya
niumba, under the house. Ciiogowe, s. (cha, pi. vio ), a, long wooden pole —
until a crooked end to hook down fruits from a
Cfii.nja, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. ku tinda), to slaughter
tree; kichiti cha panda cha ku angulia maembe,
by cutting the throat in the name of God, which,
a hook for bringing down mango-fruit from the
is the manner in which the Muhammedans
mango tree.
slaughter an animal for food.
Chinni, s., vid. jinni, demon. Ciiohari, s., (1) cliohari, a jewel; Arab. ySt^. ,

Chinusi, a hind of water-sprite which is said

s., gemmae, uniones (2) a bird whose eggs are ;

to seize men when swimming, and hold them carried with great care lest they should be
under water till they are dead; cramp ? broken.
Chinyango (or jiniango or tindango), a lump of Choka, s. (Kiung.) (la, pi. ma or michoka), a —
meat which the butcher gets for slaughtering large serpent.
chinyango ya niama ni vipande via mnofu, i.e., Ciioka, v. n., to be tired (vid. joka); chokcza or
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; 1

CH ( 40 ) CH
chosha, v. c., to make tired, to weary, to annoy, a can therefore neither ivalk nor
bullock, he

to fatigue, to trouble one, to reduce; onda, pepa, stand upright; yuwapiga or inika chongo or
nata, niumbuka, to weaken, exhaust. kichongo.
Chokaa, s. ( Kiung .), lime; vid. toka (ya, pi. za). Chongo nEne cha kaxzu, the large seam of a
ChokEa, s., a sty in the eye, hordeolum (St.). native shirt-like garment.
Chokochoko, s., a kind offruit with a red prickly Chongo (Kiung.) (vid. tongo); utongo wa jito, a
rind, white pulp, and a large kernel (St.). white matter running from the closed eye; pi.
Chokora, v. a., to pick with a knife ; cfr. tokora, tongo zajito; muegni chongo or tongo, one who
v. a. has lost one eye, a one-eyed person; kua na
Chokora, s,, pi. macliokora, a hanger-on, a de- chongo or tongo, to have lost an eye.
pendant, a follower. Chong6e (or chongoi), s. (cha, pi. viongoe), a very •

Chokoza, v. a. (vid. tokoza, v. a.), to irritate, to large fish (like the mgumi) ;
nimeona chongoe cha
tease. bahari.
Choma, s., bludgeon ? Chongoka,v. n.; ku chongoka, to be precipitous.
Choma, v. a. ( Kipernb .) = ku oja or ocha, to roast
Chongoo (chongo) (la, pi. machongoo), a kind of
(Kin. tzoma). black worm icith a great many legs julus?
Choma, v. a. (cfr. toma, v. a.) (Kiung.), (1) to stab, Chonni, s. (cha, pi. vionni), anything which has
stick, to prick; (2) to use fire in anyway, to not been seen before and causes astonishment, a
burn, to roast, to parch, to apply cautery, to novelty chonni chambo lisiloonekana, or
ni
bake pottery. lisilo kuamo, or chambo la ku taajabu.
ChomEa, v. obj. Ciionsa (or jonsa), v. n., to be afflicted or
ChomEka. aggrieved, scrrrowful (perhaps from ku ji.
ChomeeEa, v. obj. onsa ? ) = ghumisha vid. onsa. ;

Chombo, s. (cha, pi. viombo), (1) an instrument, ChonsSe, s. (wa pi. vionsoe), a cripple; chonsoe ni ,

chombo cha ku fania kazi, tool (household mtu mnionge, meskini ya Muungu.
utensils, viombo) (2) a vessel, dhow, boat or Choo, s., vid. cho (cha, pi. vioo) (mahali pa
;

ship of native construction. kiignia), a privy, which is generally connected

ChomEka, v. n., to stick something into the cloth icith a bath-room.
(
— psandika in Kiniassa). Chooko (or choko), a small kind of pea (cfr.
ChomEkua, v. n., to be bewitched. joko).
ChomeeEa, v. obj. (cfr. tomelea), to take out a bad Cjiopa (or dopa and topa) (the icord varies in
piece of thatch, or cloth, <0 c., and put in a new various dialects), s. (la, pi. machopa), a handful,
one. such a quantity (e.g., of ropes, sticks, switches,
Chomoa, v. a. (in Kiung.), to sneeze (R.) ? ku (L-c.) as can be carried in one hand or in the

chomoa kilicho fitha. two hands (cfr. oya, mgnanda, koffi, konsi,,
Chomoza, p. n., to be hot (St.)? ngumi, dopa or jopa).
Chonda mtuzi, s. (or kionda (kioxa) mtuzi), the Chopi, s.; kuenda cliopi, to ivalk lame in such cu
under-lip, especially that part which is most manner as that the lame side is raised at every
required in tasting food ame-m-piga fimbo, aka- step (St.).
mu-uma chonda or kionda mtiizi, he beat him Chopoa, v. a. ku chopoa (cfr. topoa), to drag out
with a stick and hurt his under-lip (or rather of one's hand.
the middle of his under-lip). Chopoka,
v. n.; ku chopdka, to slip out of the
Chong a, v. a. (Kiung.), vid. tonga, v. a., to hew, to hand.
cut, to adze, to hollow out. Chora, v. a., (1) to carve, to adorn icith carving,
CiioxgEa, v. obj., to cut for or icith ( = engrave; (2) to write blunderingly ku chora
tongea). waraka kua vibaya pasipo uzuri.
ChongelEza, v. a. (ku-m-tongeleza mtu kua Ciioro, s. (cha, pi. machoro choro) (vid. nsora),
maneno ya ufitina), to backbite one, lit., to heiv that which is carved or written, carving.
a man with words of slander or discord. Chororo (kiororo), adj., mild, soft, lenient (vid.
( 'hokge, s. (ya) chonge ya m'boa, the canine
; muovoro-ororo) embe chororo, si gtinni, ; the-
tooth; chonge za m'boa, canine teeth, cuspids.
mango is soft, it is not hard mahindi maororo,
( 'hongEra, v. a. (chongea, tongea), to cut a little of mtu muororo.
the nazi flower-stalk in order that the tembo may Chosha, v. c., to make tired; vid. choka, v. a., to-

flow quicker. be tired (cfr. josha).

Chongo, s. (cha, pi. viongo), boss, hump; mtu lmyu Ciiosuo, s. (kiosho ,from ku dsha, to wash), washing,
ana chongo (afania chongo) kama niundu ya a. bathing-place mahali pa choshoni = mahali pa
gnombe, this man has a hump, like the hump of ku oshea mtu aliekufa, a pilace for washing the-
 ; ;

CH ( 4i ) CH
Chubulia, v. obj., to take off the skin of any one.
dead; mahali pa fuoni (or vuoni) ku ncnda fuoni,
a place for washing clothes. Chubui (or chubwi), s. (ya, pi. za) (cfr. tiibui), a
Chosi, s., a hlach bird with a long beak which plummet.
drinks the tembo on the cocoa-nut tree. Chuchu ya ziwa, a teat (Kiung .) cfr. tutu and ;

Chota, v. a., to take up a little at a time with one's titi (St.).

fingers. Ciiuchu, s. (wa, pi. machuchu), Pigmy. The

Choto, from ku chota), taking a
s. little at a Pigmies reside (according to the imaginary
(

time; different from ku teka kidogo (vid. teka, geography of the Suahili) beyond the country of
to draw, to catch). the Wabilikimo at the world's end; they eat

C'hote, adj., all; vid. ote. sand and stones, and ivill come to the coast to eat
(Jhovia (or chovya), v. a. (vid. tovia or tovya), to stones when the destruction of the world is
put into, to dip, to steep (in). approaching In their country the sun sets with
.

Choveka (or choviSka), v. n., to be put into a splash every day ; vid. chua.
ivater, to be steeped. Chuchuma, v. n. (cfr. otama and tutuma), to sit
Choya, s. (la, pi. machoya) ;
choya la nazi = m'te upon one's legs as the natives do on going to
iva nazi ukikua, choya la nazi li telle ndaniyakwe, stool.

shina la m'te, watu anala, ni tamu. Chuchumia, v. n. (cfr. dutumia in Kis. and siatama
Choyo, s. (cha, pi. vioyo) (= ubahili), avarice,
in Kiniassa), to stretch up or to stand on tiptoes
greediness, parsimoniousness muegui choyo, a in order to catch or reach something (2) to halt
;
(detea) because one leg is shorter than the other.
miser (mbahili) ;
ku lia choyo, to grumble; vid.
ku lia ngoa, to be discontented. Chuhudi, s. (ya), diligence, ardour ana chubudi
ya kazi, he works diligently (jiihudi) (cfr-
Chozi, s. (la , pi. machozi) (Kiung.), vid. tozi, a teen',
chihidat).
a teardrop.
Chui, s. (wa, pi. za) (Kiung.), a leopard (vid.
Chua, s., the seen; vid. jua.
tui in Kimv.).
Chua. (or chwa), v. n. (cfr. tua, kfi tua), to set (of
Chui a (or chuya), s., rope made of the bark of the
the sun ) mchana kuchwa, or kii tua, all dag till
;

mbuyu tree and used in fishing.

sunset, cdl day long.
Chuja, v. a. (vid. tuja, v. a.), to strain out, to
Chua, s. (wa, pi. viiia), a frog ; chua wa ziwani
filter.
yuwalia, the frog of the lake or water-pool
chuka, to show one’s-self
cries. The Suahili believe that the sun sinks Ciiuka yu machuka ;

uneasy by not laying down one's weapons; cfr.

into a pool of frogs, others that he is drawn
down by people in the western hemisphere; gniognomoa in Kiniassa.

first boys pull, then old men, and last of cdl

Chuki, s. (ya, pi. za ), sudden disgust and —
inclination to sudden anger; yuna chuki (za
the strong youths ; the splash and rush of the
moyo), he is easily put out = yuna bazira kuna ;
water is prevented by the multitude of people
drawing water to wash before prayers; jua
mtu wa chuki chuki.
Ciiukia, v. obj. (vid. tukia), to put out of humour,
likitua lafania mshindo, laken watu hawasikii
kua ungi wa kata la ku oshea na wa watu wangi to offend one, to abhor, to hate, not to bear;
kitu hiki kina-n-chukia sana.
ku salli.
Chuahari, s. (cfr. chohari) (pi. mackuabari), a Chukiwa ( = tukiwa), v. n., to be offended, pro-

precious stone (johari). voked, vexed.

Chub a river which empties itself

(or Djub), n. p., Ciiukiza (or tukiza), v. c., to make one angry, to
into theIndian Ocean on the East African coast disgust, to irritate, to provoke to anger ; buana

near the Equator. The Arabs call it “Chub,” ame-m-chukiza mtuma, na buana amecbukiwa
the Suahili “Wumbu,” the Galla “Danisa,” ni mtuma.
and the Somali “Govinda.” It is no doubt the Chukizisha, v. c., to make to offend.
same river which is called “Gochop” in the Chuku, s., a cupping-horn.
Interior; cfr. Dr. Krapf’s “ Travels, Researches, Chukua, v. a., to carry, to bear, to support, sustain
and Missionary Labours," pp. 48, 58-62 see (vid, tukua) ku chukua mimba, to be pregnant ;
; ;

cdso Baron von der Decken's “ Travels in East ku chukulia, chukuliwa, chukuliana, ku clnikuza,
Africa," vol. ii .pp. 294r-345. to make to carry, to load (vid. tukulia, tukuliwa,
Chubba, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a large and strong die.).
chisel; chubba la kazi. Chula (or ciiuka) (pi. viula or vyula), a frog ; rid.
Chubua,?;. a. (Kiung.) (vid. tubiia, v. a.), to take chua, s.

the skin off, to bruise. Chum a, s. (cha, y;?. viuma), iron, a piece of iron ;
Chubua chubua, to bruise about, to batter. mkate wa chuma, a kind of pastry ; vid. ma-
Chubuka, to be bruised, to be raw. andazi.
 ; ;

CH ( 42 ) CH
Chuma, v. a. ( Kiung .) ( vicl ku tuma), to gather, Ciiuo (or juo), s. (cha, pi. viuo), a book (from ku
.

to make profit. cliua or jua, to know) muana wa chuoni or ;

Chumba, s. (la, pi. mu ), room, large house; —

muana chuoni, a scholar, a learned man, pi.
niumba kuba, chumba hodari kichumba, a wana wa viuoni mtu asomai, pi. watu wasomao
; ;

little room ( pi viumba) niumba hi ina viumba

. ciiuo ;
chuoni, at school. ;

viugi or paliali paddgo. Ciiuo (tjuo), s. (cha, pi. viuo) chuo cha ku fulia
;

Chumbe, s., vicl. kiumbe (kilicho umbua), a creature; nazi or madafu (cdso kifuo cha fulia nazi), a
(1) kiumbe ni mtu or ni muana wa Adamu (2) ; pointed stick fixed into the ground to take off the
mze mkuba, slieha, a great chief. cocoa-nut fibre or husk with. The natives are
Ciiumu, s.fortune (= bakhti); cliumu ngema
(ya), very expert in dashing the nut against the point
au mhaya, happiness or misfortune; sina cliumu of the stick until the husk falls off from the shell.
(jumu) mimi nai = hatupatani mimi nai.
Ciiuoho (or ciiuoKiio), s. (ya), cloth of whatever
Chum vi, s., salt (in Kipemb.) ;
maji ya chumvi,
colour it may be; ikiwa neausi, ikiwa manni
salt ivater ( roch-salt Er. ya pepo ?), opp. to maji
,
mawiti, ikiwa neaupe chuoho ya sufa (? Turk.
(or majiya mto), sweet water maji ya into, ojip.
woollen-cloth).
to maji ya bakarini chumvi ya lialuli, sulphate
;
,

of magnesia (St.). Chupa, s. (ya, pi. za or machupa), a bottle; vid.

Ciiuna, v. a. (vicl. tuna), to flay. tupa.

Ci-iunika, v. n., to be flayed, to lose the skin. Chupa, v. a. (vicl. tupa, v. a.), to throw, clash.
Ciiunda, n. p., a place in the island of Mombcis Ciiupia, v. obj., to clash for one.
abounding with cocoa-nut trees; vicl. mtahamari; Chupi, s., an ousel, bird (?).
tembo la chunda.
Ciiupuka (or ciiipuka), v. n. (vid. tepua, tepukua,
Chunga and tunga), to pasture, to
(or siiunga
tepviza), to sprout ,
become sprouted, to spring,
tend animals; ku peleka gnombe katika niassi
shoot, bud.
or malishoni.
Ciiupuza (or ciiipuza), to sprout, to throw out
Chunga, s. (Kipemb.) (pi. za), husks; chunga za
sprouts.
mtama, husks of millet ( = matoa ya mtama in
Kimvita).
CnunuKA, v. n., to go away or of unexpectedly
(R.).
Chunga, v.ku chunga, to sift; vicl. tunga ku
a.; ;

tur.ga unga kua utco, to winnow or sift flour. Ciiurubika, v. n. (or churuzika), to run down,
Ciiungu, drop off, to gush (cfr. churura in Kiniassa),
s. an earthen cooking-
(cha, pi. viungu),
pot ; cliungu cha ku pilda (from kiungu).
ivlien the rain-water runs clown from the
gutter of a roof or from a piece of cloth taken
Ciiungu, s. (wa), (1) ants (vicl. tungu) (2) tungu
;
out of water.
(ya, pi. za), a heap; ciiungu ciiungu, in heaps.
Ciiurukiza ;
ku -, to drain old.
Ciiungu, aclj. (uchungu, s., vicl. utiingti), bitter;
CnuitupUKA, v. n., vid. turupuka or purutuka, to
dawa ciiungu, a bitter medicine.
slip out, to escape from one's hold (cfr. purumiika
Chungua, s. an orange; chungua la
(la ,pl. 111 a — ),
in Kiniassa).
kinanazi, this kind of orange is of a large size
Churusi, s., a kind of large ancl small chisel (ku
and agreeable taste, and is brought from
wina).
Zanzibar to Mombcis chungua la Unguja lina
beredi, lina taamu, laken la Mwita ni kali Ciiuruwa, s., measles (St.).

(sour)\ chungua la Kizungu, a sweet orange; Churuza, v. n., to keep a stall, to trade in a small
chungua za clienza (or jensa) ni nddgo kama way.
mai ya batta, niektindu, this is the Persian Churuzika, v. a. (vid. chururika) ;
ku churuzika
orange; mchenza, the orange tree of this kind damu, to bleed well, freely.
(vicl. chenza). Chussa, s. (cha, pi. viussa), a harpoon; chussa ni
Chungulia, v., to peep; vicl. tungulia (Kimv.). mti uliotiwa chuma cha nta cha ku pigia siimaki
Chuni, s. (la, pi. ma— a ), water-bird, white and mkuba, kana papa, ngu, tewa, d-c.

long legged; its cry is considered ominous. Ciiuhsu, s. (cha, pi. viussu), or mchussu (pi. mi — ),

Ciiunika, v., vicl. chuna. a kind of lizard.

< s., a crust of scdt (vicl. muniu)
'iiuNiu, nimeoga ;
Ciiuzu, v. n.; ku chuzu, to be obliged, must, to be
maji ya poani nafania chiiniu, J washed in sea-
under an obligation to do something (cfr. ,

water and got my body covered with salt.

sumsit partem satis habuit,
rei, distribuit in
Ciiunjua, s., a wart (St.).
partes) ;
ncno hili lachuzu nami ku-li-fania, 1 must
Ciiun'o, s. (cba ,pl. viuno) = kiuno, the loin. do this thing ; mke liuyu aclnizu nawe ku-mu-da,
Chunuzi, s., vicl. chinuzi. thou must marry this woman.
 ; . ; ; ; ; ;

CH ( 43 ) DA
Chuzia, v. obj., to compel; neno hili la-n-chuzia contains 30 sections, called Khitima nzima
ku-li-fania ;
mke liuyu a-ku-chuzia ku-mu-oa. fungu la cliuo, part or section or chapter of
a bool.; a small book or pamphlet in
Chuzuu, s. (ya, pi. ma — )
( cfr
^ ,
pars), (1)
general.
(2)

section of a bool; especially of me Coran, which

Da, v. a.; ku da, to lay ; e.y., kukuwangu yuwada, dadisi sana liatta a-ni-ambie, I questioned or
my hen lays eggs (R.). pumped and sounded him until he told me.

Daba daba, vid. tapa tapa (or dapa dapa), v. n., Dado, s. (ya, pi. za) (also pi. madado), die (pi. dice )
to sprawl, tremble, jump, to shiver, to totter, to ku teza dado, to play dice matezo ya dado, a
move to and fro (muilivvangu wa dapa dapa). game of dice; dado ya ku tezea korosho, a play
Dabanga, v. n. ku dabanga dabanga (R.), to
with korosho (vid.)-, cfr. Arab, oo, lusus.
touch one with stinking hands or dirty fingers.
Dadu, s., play with money at Zanzibar; ikianguka
Dabaulo (or tabaulo), s., passing water ; cfr.
mangaringari, bassi ana-ku-teka (R.).
Arab. urinam reddidit, minxit. Daduka, v. n. mtuzi unadaduka.
ft (
J? ),

Dabia, v. trop., to be beyond the time mentioned or Daftari (or deftari), s., an account-book del'tari
agreed upon (R.); siku bizi sizo cbombo kina- ya besabu ya mali cfr. j vox Pers., liber ; ,

dabia. Huyu Mzungu tunalagana siku keda- expensi et accepti catalogus.

;

wakeda anadabia. Dafu, s. (la, pi. madafu), a cocoa-nut become so

Dabiha (or dsabiha), v . a., to sacrifice; cfr.
and its substance can be Arab. ripe that both its icater

j fidit, mactavit, sacrificayit. The various stages of growth are: (1) used.
)

Dabihu, s., a sacrifice; sadaka ya sunna, not kidaka, (2) kitale, (3) dafu, (4) koroma (ivhcn
the nutty part thickens), (5) nazi.
imperative but meritorious, dabihu udabijatini,
to offer up a sacrifice in remembrance of Abra-
Dafu la m'vi (pi. madafu ya mivi), barb (R.).
ham's offering up his son (Sp.) vid. dahi, v. a. Dagaa, s., a very small fish like whitebait.
;

Dabo madabo, s., a troop, large

(or dabbo), pi. Dagna, s. (vid. kiamo), beastings, the first milk of
number, a host or army, a division; Wamasai a cow after calving.
wamekuja madabo matatu, dabo moja linapita Daha, s. (pi. ma — ) (perhaps from ,
astutia,
bapa, the Masai people came in three divisions,
subtilitas mentis) ;
ku fania mapenzi ya roklio, to
one division passed here.
do one's oicn will.
Dabudu, vid. thabiti, thabutu, thubutu; Arab. ,
Dahabi, s. (tiiahabi), pi. madahabi (cfr. >_jSi 3 >

firmiter tenuit. G -C-

putavit, agendi modus, doctrma,systema,
Dachali (or dajali), s.;
,
falsus, impostor,
,

secta ;
Mayahudi wafuata madahabi mangine,
mendax hence el masikb el dachali, Antichrist
;
Wazungu wafuata, die.

(
mentitus est).
Daiiabu (or thahabu), s. (ya), gold ( j ,

Dada, v. n., to be quick in returning (cfr. , aurum).

celeritas ivit, cucurrit) (R. ) ;
vicl. tata. Dahajia, v. a., to want a-ku-dahajia neno liwalo
Dada, v. a. ( Kinika ), to taste; ku unda or onja in lote ;
adabajia kitu knako ; cfr. ikhtajia (vid.

Kis.; (2) to stamp with the feet in anger. Arab. determinavit).

,

Dada, s., sister, a term of endearment among

Dahajiwa, v. n., to be in want (Sp.).
women (St.).

Dada, v. a., to dangle ?

Dahara, s.; dabara moja =marra moja ; cfr. yso ,

Dada, s. = baba (in the language of little children

incidit; ytij tempus.
,

= dad, daddy).
Dadisa, v. a., to gird round, to wreathe = linga Dahi (daiie), v. a. (
— ku fania madaha), to
mkumbu, die.) (R.)? sacrifice, immolate ; ku dahi ya ku ondda madfu,
(e.g.,

Dadisi, v. a. (cfr. gnienia) ku-mu-uliza mno pasipo to offer a sin-offering (cfr. dabiha).
;

sebabu, to pry into things, especially into domestic Daiiiwa, v.p., to be offered as a sacrifice; niama
affairs, to ask unnecessary questions; nime-m- aliedahiwa = victim; dahi, v. a.; ku tinda
 ; ; ;; ; ;

DA ( 44 ) DA
niama ya sadaka siku ya muczi kumi wa intercede j or, or to prevail upon one for some-
mfunguo tatu, ku-m-kumbusha kitindo clia body (cfr. ombea) in his favour.
Ibrahim alipoamuriwa ku-m-tinda manawe, PakAa, v. n., to get old ? (Sp.).
akisha akitinda kondb badili ya manawe.
Dakaka, adj., old, useless, decayed.
Dahibu, adj. = hadiri or tayari, ready (Sj>.).

Pahidi, v. n.j to take pains to do a thing well; ku

Pakaiika, v. a. =ku joka, to be tired.

ji-dahidi, v. refl., to exert one's-self; kitu liiki

Pakalisha, v. c. = ku sumbiia watu kua kazi.

nime-ji-dahidi laken siku-ki-pata, I exerted my- Pakatu, s. (la) = dufu la tombako, haiwasbi ( vid ..

self about this matter, but I did not get it. dufu) ;
tombako hi dakata, si kali, inakufa pepo,
Pahili, s., idiot (Sp.) ? imefania beredi, the tobacco has become bad, it is

Pahiri (or deheri or thahiri), plain, evident, not pungent, not strong.
s., a long rope (ugue nrefu ku futa kitu Pakawa,
dear (cfr. ,
apparuit, manifesta fuit res
kua mballi).
apparens, conspicuus)
,
ku ona dakiri = Pakia, v. n., to pass on something elevated (Kini-
;

ctssa, ku danta).
ku ona na mato, to see clearly.
Pakilia, dakilika liaudakiliki utagfbbu (uwa- ;

Pai, v.a.(efr Iea advocavit, invocavit, vindicavit

,
yumbayumba), this large branch of the tree is
sibi), to claim, to sue for at law, to demand pro- impassable.
perty ; na-ku-dai, or nadai kuako fethayangu, I Pakika, s., a minute; dakika (ya), pi. za saa,
demand my money ; ku-ji-daia, to consider one’s-
the minutes of an hour ; cfr. tenuis fuit’
self a pious man (R.). ,

Daifu (thaifu), adj. ,_juu> debilis, infirmus (J-iJ ,

tenuis.
( ,

fuit), infirm, weak, bad, faint; muiliwakwe ni Pako, s. (tako) (la, pi. ma — ), back, buttock, pos-
daifu, his body is weak (muembamba. thin ) la bunduki, gun- teriors, the hind-part; dako
tabiayakwe ni daifu, sinchema, his disposition is stock podex (R.) (?), the lower part, bottom,
not good; kuani? why? resp. hapatani na mtu. foundation of anything.
Paifika, v. n. (dufika). Paku, s., the Muhammedan midnight feast
Paifisha, v. c., to weaken, debilitate. during the Ramadan; ku la daku takes place
Paili, v. a., to inquire into. katika usiku uku, or usiku ulipogawanikana,
Daima (or dayima), adv., always = siku zote because the feast begins at the first crowing of the
yuwateta daima na watu, he always quarrels cock. At Zanzibar and other garrison-toivns a
with people; Arab • perennavit, >
gun is fired about 2 a.m. to give notice that the
,

time for eating is drawing to a close. The name

permanens, u?.u ,
semper ;
mtu buyu daima na- is said to be derived from the saying, “ Leni
mu-ona akipita bapa; yuwafania daima. (lani) upesi, kesho kuna ndaa kuu,” “ Eat
Daimu, v. n., to abide by. quickly, to-morrow there ivill be great hunger"
Paimisha, v. caus., to continue, perpetuate (it is (St.).

rarely used). Pakuliza, v. a., to contradict, to deny, to oppose

Pairika dairika, to be dispersed. one before a judge; vid. udaku.
Paka, s. (la, pi. madaka), a large cocoa-nut ivhich Pakura, v. a. = papura.
falls off. eum, qui
Palali, s. ( ,
internuntius inter
Paka (ku taka in Kiung.), v. a, to want, to desire,
rem vendit eumque qui emit), a broker, a
to ivish for, to seek, to ask for nadaka ku
salesman, a hawker, an auctioneer.
enenda, I ivish to go; cfr. ,
desideravit, pro-
Palia, s., the name of a powder used as a perfume

pensus fuit, valde intendit, versavit rent apud for burying-clothes (R.) a yellow composition ;

animum. Dr. “
flteere takes daka” in the sense much used as a cosmetic (St.), it gives softness
“to catch, to get hold of." This may be at and a sweet smell to the skin.
Zanzibar, but I never heard it- at Mombas.
Palili, s. ; Arab. quo quis dirigitur, argu-
Instead of ku daka, he uses ku taka, with which ,

the Arabic would correspond. mentum, quo aliquid indicatin', monstratur,

id
Pakia (or takia), v. obj., to desire anything hence guide, one who shows the road ; sign, token,
for somebody or in his behalf, or against him; hence batta dalili, anything at all, even a trace
nime-m-dakia viema au viofu kua wali, I batta dalili (batta kidogo) sikuona kitu sbam-
desired for him good or evil from the governor
;
banimuangu, I have found nothing in my plan-
ame-m-dakia ruklisa, asipigue, he desired for tation, not even a trace.
lam favour, that he should not be beaten . To Palimu (d£limu,
< rectius tiialimu), v. a., to defraud.
 ; ;; ; ; ; ,

DA ( 45 ) DA
overreach in business injustus fuit, injuria Daminiwa, v. p.

affecit. Damiri (or thamiri), s. (Arab. ^6 ,

concepit,
Dalimu (or mdAlimu), a defrauder.
cogitavit; conceptus animi, mens), thought,
Dalisa, v. n., to smooth, to plate.
,

Dalisha, v. a., to put to shame (Bom. v. 5) ;

either ; mtu huyu kana damiri ngema = k;ina
conscience
maazo mema, this man has no good thoughts ;
from %> oblevit, contumelia affecit, or j
,
J >

mimi nalikua na damiri ku enenda Kiloa, lalcen —

vilis fuit, vilem reddidit. I thought of going to Kiloa, but —
Dai.lasini, s., cinnamon.
Damisa, v., vid. timiza, to accomplish, e.g., neno-
Dama, s., validity, legality (R.) ;
neno limekua dama
lakwe. The student must distinguish well be-
kua sultani, the word teas valid with the Icing

cfr. damisa. tween (1) tama or tamaa, Arab. ,

totus, per-
Dama, s., agame played on a board lilce chess(St.). fectus fuit, hence tamisba or better timiza, to

Damaa (or tiiamaa), v. a. (Arab. ,

or , fulfil, accomplish (2) damaa or tiiamaa, ,

vekementer sitivit, desiderio flagravit), to desire

sitivit vehementer (or ,
concupivit), to desire
or expect eagerly ; J+L ,
concupivit.
eagerly ; and (3) ,
tkamma, multa fuit res.
Damana (thamana), s. (ya), surety, bail (also
dumana and udamini). Damu, s. (ya) ( sanguis), blood. ,

Damani (or demani), s., the last months of the Danabahi, v. n. ? (R.), rectius tanabahi, to be
south-monsoon, when the south-wind abates in clear or manifest.
strength and blows more gently, which is the case Danabahisha, v. c. ?
from the end ofAugust till the middle of November. Danadari (better tanathari), v. n. Arab jii
;
The word is, however, cdso applied to the whole
scivit et cavit ku ji-danadari nao, to beware of
season of southerly winds from April to the end ;

them.
of October, more months of April,
especially to the
Danda, v. n. kitu kizito cha danda nti (R.) vid.
May, September, October, and part of November. ;

tanda and tando.

At Damani, either in the beginning of the kussi,
and May, or Danza, v. a.; ya-ni-danza maneno kaya (=ya-ni-
i.e. ,
soutlv-wind, in April at the end,
and sangaza).
in September October, the native vessels
start from Suahel (the Suahili coast)
Danoa, v. a., to take up carefully, as they take up
and proceed
to Arabia and India, whence they return with a little water left at the bottom of a dipping-place
to avoid making it muddy (St.) (2) to stroll
the keskasi (north-wind) in December or in March. ;

about (vid. tanga).

Damasha, s., desire, wish, longing for something
cfr. tamasha. Dangania, v. a, to cheat, to deceive, to humbug, to
impose upon; ku dangania kua maneno ya
Damba, v. n. (tamba), to travel. This verb has
uwongo or urongo, to deceive by lying words,
become obsolete, but it is preserved in Proverbs :
but ku-m-kopa or kenga kua mali means “ to
e.g., muana mdamba yule ni kberi kama mze wa
cheat him of his property." For instance, a
kale. In Kin. ku bamba = ku safiri.
person borrowed five dollars with a promise of
Dambi (vid. tbambi), sin, crime (Arab. , returning five dollars, but, having received
crimen culpamque commisit, the money, he escag>es and never cares a bit for
secutus fuit,
,

the lender, ame-m-kopa kua mali.

crimeD, culpa).
DambCt, (ya, pi. za), leaves of the betel shrub
Danganika, v. n., (1) to turn out a liar, or to be
s.
a lie, or an idler, to be cheated; (2) to be stupid
(mdambu, pi. mi — ,
or mtambu) ;
vid. tambu.
= bulukira in Kiniassa; mtu kuyu amedanga-
Dambuarajika, v. n. (cfr. damburujika) = ni ku
toka mno (R.).
nika = amekiia muovu na mvivu
kaziyakwe ;

DaMBUKA, V. n., DAMBUKIA (R.).

ku danganika na mji = ku tembea bulle, or
ku tanga tanga mjini, to rove or wander about
Damini ( better thamini), to bail ( ,
cavit, in town doing nothing manenoyakwe yame-
spospondit sponsorem esse voluit) mimi nime-m- danganika = kayakua kuelli, his ivords turned
;

damini Abdalla, mali ta-m-lipia (taondoa deni- out false; liayakulekea, they have not been
yakwe) mda ukifika, nimekua damana. Mu- verified.

hammed said to his followers, Enenda ukapigane Danganikia, v. obj to exhibit or prove one to be .,

nime-ku-damini pepo, but nobody else could say a liar; kokumu ime-m-danganikia = irue-m-
this except Muhammed. pata muongo, or manenoyakwe kayakua na
 ; , ; ; ; ;
;;

DA ( 46 ) DA
sberia or sheriia, the judgment proved him Darajali, v. n. (more correctly tarajali) (cfr.
a liar , did not find his words true before the
pedem alioujus afflixit, pedibus incessit
,

law.
Daxganisiia, v. a., to confuse, frustrate, to ,
vir), a man; hence tarajali, to become
render impossible watoto liawa wanadanga- manly.
nislia manenoyetu kua kelele, hatnwezi ku Darajalisha, v. c.

zungumzana, the children frustrated rendered (

Daraka, s. ( jjjL > ordo, scries), pledge; vid.
inaudible and therefore impossible ) our con-
taraka.
versation, so ice cannot talk together.
Dangisha, v. c., rectius tangisha = tembeza, to Darasa, s. (ya, pi. ma — ) (cfr. ,
obliteravit
cause or make go; vid. tanga. trivit, perlegit), a class for reading, meeting for
Danibu, v. n. =ku ji-tenga; mabali mballi pana ji- learning (2) section of a book (madrasa, a
danibu (R.) (
Kiniassa danimpidsa). school, Arab, madrason, gymnasium, academia)
Danni ( better ku thanni), to think, to suppose, to
(3) the border of a cloth ivith various colours ;
CS- >

guess; Arab. yJb putavit, opinatus fuit, sus- cfr. darizi.

,

pectum habuit.
Darathia (tarathia), v. a., (1) to apply to one for
help, in a demand, cCr., to stand by in claiming
Dannia (or thannia), v. obj., to think of; e.g., ku-
m-thannia mtu maovu, to suspect a man of evil
or defending one and in asking for payment
things, to thinkbad things with reference to a cfr. Arab. ,
gratum liabuit, contentum
man; ku-m-danrna kua muifi, to suspect him to reddere studuit; (2) to remonstrate ivith; (3) to
be a thief. ask after one; mtu auawaye muaka bad'arathiwi,
Dansa, v. a., (1) to catch one in his speech ? (K.), the man who will be killed in the new year is not
vid. danda (2) ku dansa = fura (Er.).
; inquired after.
Dansia, s.; vid. tansia (tunaletlewa tansia). Darau (or better tharau),«. a., to scorn, todespise r
Danzi, s. (la , pi. madanzi), a bitter, scarcely eatable to slight one, to show one want of respect ame-
sort of orange. The danzi is reputed to be the ori- ni-d;irau = liaku-ni-fania kua mtu. Perhaps from
ginal orange of Zanzibar. The name is sometimes
the Arabic liumilis fuit neno la ku-rn-
applied to all kinds of oranges, and siveet oranges
, ;

are called madanzi ya Kizungu, European ( Por- darau, a nickname.

tuguese ) oranges (St.) chungua kuba la taamu
Daraiwa, to be humbled, despised.
; ;

danzi, madanzi, the fruit of the mdanzi

pi.
Da RA ur.nvA, v. p., to be despised.
tree,
the Indian bambaloon (Reb.).
Ku-ji-darau, to neglect or slight one's-self.

Dao, s. (= kombo), a amity, curve; pana ingia

Darayai.i, v. n. = erefuka ;
ku ji darayalisha, to
affect prudence without being prudent (muerefu)
dao-ni pahali pana kuenda kombo (R.).
(cfr. darajali).
Dai-a, v. n. (vid. tapa), to tremble; ku dapa kua
Dari, s. (ya, pi. za), story, an upper floor, second
beredi au homraa, to shiver from cold or fever.
Hence kitapo story of a house (of a niurnba ya mawe), it is
clia beredi muili ume-m-dapa kua
beredi. not the roof; darini, upstairs; cfr. ,
cir-

Dapa data (tapa tapa), to shiver, sprawl = ku

cumivit; ,
domus, nempe aedificium et
raka ruka, like a fish being out of water or like ,

a bird, or a man asiejua ku ogelea (who can- atrium.

5 -
not sivim), splash, dabble. Daiuri, s. (rectius thaiuri) (Arab. sig-
,

Dapa, s. (la, pi. ma — ); dapa la mfiiino, a branch

palm used
num quo via monstratur a sign (= dalili, vid.),
of the as a mafuli, i.e., umbrella, by the
or indication of ivhat is about to come ; bakuna
Wanika; dapa latiwa maji ya muoto ku legea,
dariri ya mvua or wingu bakuna alama ya -
lisiraruke kua ebua. Dr. Steere icrites dapo (la,
kuja mvua sasa niumba ya Mzungu bapana
pi. madapo), a native umbrella. ;

dariri ya gu la mtu.
Daraba, v. n.; mtango unadaraba miti ya ku ;

tambii yadaraba (Kiniassa, ku dasa) (R.). Darizi, v. a. ( \.r> ,

Pers., sutura vestis ;
more
Darabi, s., pi. madarabi, a rose-apple (St.).
correctly ,
pulclier forma lactus est, figuris
Dabaja, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), (1) stairs, a staircase
of stone, a bridge (ngazi, ladder, is of wood), a acu pictis ornavit vestem ; ,
Pers., ornamen-
step; (2) dignity, degree, preferment
(
= usheha), tum vestis acu pictum), to weave or sew a
rank; cfr. ,
gressus est, gradatim ascendit coloured border to a cloth, to apply the work of

embroidery or quilling; ku darizi ngiio ku piga ;

tie). gradus, scala.
,
darizi or derizi = ku sbona kuauzuri, kua bariri,
 ; = ; ;

DA ( 47 ) DE
si ku piga punta kua uzi, which latter means in
Daw ada, v. (rectius tawatiia, v. n .) {cfr. Arab_ ,
general “ to sew,” but darizi means “ to saw orna-
superavit alium nitore et munditie, pec. sacrae
mentally.”
lotionis ;
se mundavit aqua, se abluit ad pera-
Darizi, s.; darizi ya kansu, embroidery of a
gendam precationem), wash one's-self with
to
shirt {vid. kanzu).
water before saying {Muhammedan) prayers.
Darizia, v. obj.
Dariziwa.
Dawadia, v. obj. {cfr. khodubu).

Daruma, s. {vid. taruina) (la, pi. ma), a cross-piece Dawakuli, v. n. {and dawakali) (rectius tawa-
of wood. kuli, v.n .) {Arab. Jij ,commisit rem suam alter!,
Dakum£ti, s., part of a dhow, joists of the deck (?) fretus fuit Deo conflsus fuit alteri), to be con-
;

(St.) ;
the inside boards of a dhow.
fident.
Darura (rectius tiiarura), s. = shuhuli, i.e., Dawara, s.; roklio ina-m-dawara, he is composed
business; Arab, ,
res necessaria, necessitas, or quiet ? (R.).
indigentia; sina darura naye, I have nothing
Daw asa, v. a. (rectius tawasa) ;
Arab.
to do with him, I have no business with him.
Dasa = ku gusa, to touch. in potestate fuit, potestatem dedit ;
ku-m-dawasa
mtu, appoint one as the ruler; said also of
to
Dasbihi, s., vid. tesbihi, rosary, chaplet; Arab.
the festivities connected with that appointment.
natavit, precatus fuit, laudavit
, ; >
Dawisana {Kipemba).
globuli rosarii ad quos repetuutur preces. Debadeba, v. to go about with (bidaa) mer-
n.,
DasIni, s., poniard, dagger (jambia) ? chandise till it has been disposed of.
Dasua, v. n., to speak clearly and determinedly Debuani, s., a kind of coloured cloth from India.
(E.) ;
ku dasua maneno ;
nena maneno u-ya- Deffe, s., time; amepiga bunduki deffe mbili, he
juayo; liaku-ya-fumba fumba, ana-ya-dasiia ;
jina fired the gun tivice; vid. kono, s. ; cfr. Arab.
la mke ha-li-dasui ? ku-mu-ita rutu, laken usi-m- c-o-
;
Axia ,
unus impulsus ;
vicis una.
dasue jina.
Data, s.; ku-mu-endesha kijana data (dade)? Deftari, s. ; vid. daftari ; cfr. > vox Persic^
Dataga, v. n. ; vid. tataga {in Kiniassa, danta) n. liber expensi et accept!, catalogus.

Datama, v. n. { lengama in Kiniassa ), vid. Dega, v. a. {vid. teka, to catch ) ;

ku-m-dega mtu
otama, to duck, to stoop, to cower. akili, to search out, to find out what one knows;
Dau, s. (la, pi. madau), a native boat sharp at both tuende tuka-m-dege akili.

ends with a square mat sail. TJiey are the Degeana, v. rec. (
better tekeana).
vesselsof the original inhabitants of Zanzibar, Deg£a, v. 7i. ku-sambo maji {cfr. dapadapa)
and chiefly bring fire-wood to the town from the degewa, v.p.
south end of the island (St.). Dege (
better tijge), s. {vicl. tege) ;
mizani ya dege,
Dauama, adv. {vid. daima), always ( ,
perse- an unjust measure or unjust balance.

verantia). Degel^a, v. n. (tekel£ a), to rejoice at the birth of

Dauati {or dawati), s., writing-desk {Arab. a child, or at the safe arrival from a journey.
,

atramentarium) dauati ya DiShaki, v. n., to sneer, to deride, to laugh at (ku

;
wino, inkstand;
dauati ya kasha, a little box. tesea, fiulia) ;
Arab. (3c,«=

Daudika, v. n. (R.)? cfr. sara and sarika. DjSheni, v. ci., to daub a native craft with lime and

Daulati, s., the government ; cfr. Arab. oil {or camel's fat ) ; cfr. A rob. yjfco ,
unxit =
,

ku paka chombo kua sheham sbeham ni mafuta ;

conversum fuit; aIjO J conversio temporis,
Jj >

ya ngamia yaliotanganioa na toka ndio ku ;

prosperitas, dynastia.
deheni chombo.
Dausi, s., peacock (R.). D£henI, s., lime and fat for daubing the bottom of
Dawa, s. {ya, pi. madawa) ( (_sjJ ,
aegrotavit; a native vessel; yjbj ,
oleum quo ungitur.
Deheri, aclj. { better tiiahiri) {vul. dahiri), or
s\jO ,
medieamentum, remedium), a medicine,
dihiri, v. n., to be manifest; Arab. appa-
remedy dawa ya ku liara, a purgative; dawa ,

ya ku tapika, an emetic. ruit res.

Dawa, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;

vid. mgomba wa tum- Deheria, s. obj., to make clear and so consqncuous

baku. that one cannot deny it; nime-m-deheria maneno

Dawabu, s., to give something to a Muliitaji for mbelle za kadi (kathi).
what no reward is expected (R.). Deherisha {or dihirisha), v. c., to medee clear or
 ; ; — ; ;;;;

DE ( 48 ) DE
;”
manifest, to disclose; ku weka wazi ku jua said of “ intellect akilisakwe lia-zi-ku dengelea
suafi. mshamara kitonni). (zi

Dbirika (or teirika), v. n., to diminish or perish Dengen^a, v., vid. tengenea (Kiung. tengeneza ;

nnperceivedly fethayakwe imedeirika ku-pa-watu tengelesa in Kimvita), to finish off.

asipojua; mbuzizangu zinadeirika siku liizi kua Denge wa mbuzi, a he-goat.
Dengezi, s., a fish with reddish flesh (R.).
kideri; perhaps from the Arabic y& nocuit, ,

Dengo, s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of bean introduced

noxa affecit, laesit, laesus fuit.
by the Banians from India; hence it is called
Deka, v. n., to refuse to be pleased, to be perverse,
mbdga wa Baniani, but the natives have become
to be teasing (St.).
accustomed to the use of it. Mdengo is the plant
Derosa, v. ; cliombo kinadekesa muambani, the
ivhicli bears it.
vessel ran aground on rocks; viombo viuadekesa
Dengu, s., peas, split peas, brought dry from
furdani vid. tekeza, to run ashore.
;
India (St.). No doubt id. quod dengo.
Rek£sha, v. c. (tekesiia); kua maneno, to make —
Dengua, vid. Kinika “ ku kemba.”
one laugh with words till anger has passed
away ; vid. teka. Denguka, v. n. ; vid. tenguka, teguka, pla magu- ;

Delali, s. (vid. dalali), a pedlar mtu asungukaye, yangu yanadenguka, vinngo vinabisbana, ndipo
kuuzavitu, or mtu anadiye ngiio, Ac. ; vid. uadi. gu linadenguka jua likidenguka na vitoa, when ;

Del£a, v. n., vid. telea and teseza, to slip, to be the sun reaches the meridian, is culminating ;

slippery. denguska.
Dkleica, v. n., vid. teleka (= simika), a pot on Denguri, Kigu. (Kidur. dengura), (1) to
v. a.,

lower, to abase, to degrade one;

e.g., to speak of a
fire.
Delek£za, vul. ku telekeza ehungu, to cover the man ccs one speaks of an animal (= ku tharau )
pot in such a manner that the concave part (2) something provoking (R.).

of the cover on the inside goes downward, in Deni, s. (ya), pi. madeni, a debt, debts; ku lipa
opposition to ku finika bunabu u-ki-telekeze,
pay a
;
deni, to debt; cfr. Arab. a ,
debitor
mifmike bunabu; “ku finikiza” and “ku
evasit, creditum mutuumve petiit velcepit yjj
telekeza niungu” must be well distinguished. ;
,

debitum creditumve, aes alienum.

Delekatui, s., a kind of bird (pienonotus, in India
the bulbul ?).
Deraja, vid. daraja.
Derajalisiia, v. a., to exalt one, to confer upon
Dei.icle, adj., level?
one a higher rank ?
Deli, s., the top of a tusk; deli ya pembe ( Jja , Derba (ya, pi. za) (or diSruba, or daruba, or
postremum cujusque rei). mdekuba), x., ( 1) a stroke ; (2) a strong wind ba-
Delii.i, s., vid. dalili. hari imepigua ni deruba, a strong wind blew at
Dei.imu, v. n., vid. dalimu or tbillimu. sea; a higher degree of wind is tufani = a gale of
Delhi (better telki), s., a donkey’s walk; kuenda wind; tufani ya pepo, hurricane, violent storm ;
delki, to walk (of a donkey) cursus equi. leo kuna mderuba baharini (3) apoplexg
;
; ,

deruba lninoja, one stroke, on a sudden; cfr.

Dema, s., a kind offish-trap.
Deman, (ah'., steering toward the open sea not Arab, ,
verberavit, percussit.

toward the rocks (Sp.). Derbini, s., vid. muanzi (wa ku angalia), a spy-
Demani, the sheet of a sail (St.). glass (Arab, derbini), telescope ;
Pers.
Demani, s., vid. damani. which sees far.
Dembo, s., vid. tembo (dembo la tembo, R.) ? DicremSre, s. (Kir. cbokaifu), name of a small
Denda, v. a. (better ku tenda), to make, to bear ash-coloured bird.
(fruit)-, vid. tenda, tendekeza; ku ji-tendekeza, DerewUnga (or deiierenga), v. a., riddle, to
to appropriate, or to accustom to bg imitation, win, now (through the sieve), R. cfr. sungua, ku
;

especially to habituate to something improper (R.). takassa, ku pea.

Rendu c;u (la), pi. madendu gu? ; cfr. tendegu, Disria, s., an ornament of lace sewed on a.

of bedstead.
leg kisibao (R.) ; cfr. Arabic ,
tunica gossi-
Di5nue, s.; ku kata denge, to shave the hair except
pina usque ad locum cordis fissa globulisque
on the crown of the head (St.).
ornata.
Deno£a, v. {vid. zengea) ;
ku-m-dcngezea ;
m-
Deruuu, s., vid. siilubu.
dengczee buyu, aketi. 5j C- —
Dkngedengkb, ado., to shake like a dungu (vid.). Desturi, s. ; Pers. (cfr. scripstt

)engklea (vid. tengelca), v. n., to look nice, G C-

1

orderly, lo be in a proper condition (R.) also

jJc — j'
, composuit, hence linea, scriptura, fabulae)
;
 . ;; ; ; ; ; ; = ; ;

DE ( 49 ) DI

(1) custom ,
customary; e.g., desturiyetu neno sema, watililia, maneno bayo usi-ya-tililie ;
jua
bili, this matter is our custom; (2) a spar, or sun has set to him, he could lina-m-dia = tia, the

loom of a dhow, to which the lower corner of the not go farther ; the sun stopped him.
sail is fixed and turned toward the wind m'li Dia, s., (1) composition for man’s life, fine paid by
wa desturi, vul. m'li. a murderer (St.) (2) weakness ? Arab, doj
r.*
.
;

D’esa ( vid Muignizimgu ana-m-

t’esa), to afflict
—
Diaka, s. (la, pi. ma -), a quiver for arrows. A
.

t’esa hatta Iiivi, sasa ana-mu-inua, God has

piece of skin, which has just been flayed of an
afflicted him, but now he has raised him up.
animal, is stretched over a round piece of wood,
D£te ( pi madete), vid. tete.
which is afterwards taken out. The skin is
Detjsa, v. n., to limp, to halt ku detea unionga or
then sewed together. The quiver will hold from
nionga = ku fundoa ni tambazi, to be lame in the
10 to 20 arrows.
leg or thigh in consequence of a disease called
Diara, s = barak-a, blessing muaka wa diara, a .

tambazi, which causes a man to halt, to hobble in

his gait, i.e., in going he moves his leg forwards, plenteous year ; cfr. j copiose demisit pluviam ,
^
i.e., yuwadetea unionga (or pi. nionga), but coelum, abundarunt opes (la, pi. ma
)
(vid. ; —
yuwadetea kua gu moja, he limps ; one of his kaburi).
feet being too short so that he must walk or stand Diba, s. (vid. tiba), auxiliary troops.
on tiptoes on that side. The student must dis- Dibaji, s. elegance of composition, a good style; ,

tinguish between (1) ku detea, to limp = ku (1) anoani is the titles and address of a letter
detea kua ku kokota (2) ku teta na mtu, or ku- ; (2) dibaji, the prefatory greeting, and names of
m-tetea, to quarrel with one, to oppose him; (3)
honour ; Arab, j figuris ornavit pinxitve aut ,

ku t’et’ea, to cackle like a hen ; kuku adaka ku via G -1

sasa; vid. teta, die.; (4) ku detea udani, to put finxit rem (1) vestis serica (2) camela ; , ;

inside; ku detea muoto ndani ya meko, muoto

juvenca (3) praefatio libri (
= muanzo la ;
upate wakka, to put the wood which is burnt
ebuo).
clown into the midst of the fire-place, to keep the
Dinu, s. (vid. tibu), sweet scent, perfumes (ma-
fire burning. Kulla neno na ntayakwe, every
vumba), vitu viema viungo mbalimbali vikasalia,
word has its meaning or its point.
tiwa pabali pamoja, viaitua viungo vikele ;
DetIosa, v. c., (1) to cause limping (2) to lead vizima, viklsagua ni dibu au mavumba (R.).
one who is blind or sick (R.).
Deteleka, v. n., to omit, to interrupt vageni
Dida, s. (la , pi. —
ma ), a bundle of wood ; dida la
kuni (zilizo funganiua kua ungi), a load of wood,
kuetu-viakula-viao ha-vi-deteleki ;
wageni nao
or offagots.
bawadeteleki, waja siku zote.
Didimia, v. n., to sink, to submerge (= ku tota or
Deteleka, v. n.; ku deteleka na kungia sbimdni
sama).
(cfr. seseteka).
Didimikia, v. obj., to bore ivith an awl, die.
Detelesh-a, v. caiis.
Didimisha, v. c., to cause to sink ( ku tossa or
DetemjLi, v. n., to reach after anything, standing
samislia).
on tiptoe (cfr. dantamira in Kiniassa)( R.); mbuzi
Dieuka, v. n., vid. batta.
adetemea ku tapia manni.
Digaxi, s.,part of a native pipe, being the stem
Deua, v. a. = epua, to take off, e.g., meat or a
ivhich leads from the bowl into a vessel of water
pot from the fire (R.) deulia. ;
through ivhich the smoke is drawn (St.).
Deuli, s., a silk scarf worn round the waist; cfr.
Digidisa, v. n. (obsc.), said of the motion of a
Arab babuit syrma vel cauda vestis
J) j ,
; J.>
j , woman during coition (It.).

cauda vestis, syrma, laeinia. Digo ku ji-fania digo (R.) ? ;

Dfithu, v. a. =
darau or tbarau, to scorn. Dihaka, s., mockery dihaki, v. n., to mock at fid.
Devai, s., claret, light icine. This icord is evidently dehaki and tbidaka).
a corruption of the French “ du vin.” The Dii, v. n. (or di or rather tiiii, v. n.), to pine
crafty Sualiili told me frequently, “Devai or away, to ivaste ( = ku dofu, ku konda) (cfr. Arab.
nebid is lawful and not against the Coran, but gU., periit, invenit rem suam pereuntem), ku di
el kbamer is forbidden to a Muhammedan.” It
or ku tbi, to perish ( = baribika).
is evident that they wish to evade the Coran by
to consume. Diika, v. n.,
this soqchistry.
Diisha, v. c., to consume, toweaken one Mungu
Dezi5a, vid. tezea; ku desa (teza) ngoma; ku-m- ame-m-diisba or dislia mtoa unadisba niumba
;

dezea ngoma. (vid. di).

Dia, v. a., vid. tia, tilia, tililia ;
ku-ji-tia, to D!ka, v. n., to be spoiled = ku baribika ;
ngiio or
interfere, to mix up with; maneno baya sio nlio mbeu imedika kua m'toa = imengiliwa ni m'toa
e
 ; ; ; ; ;;; = ; ;

DI ( S° ) DI
ikaharibika, the cloth or seed has been spoiled by Dilla dilla, adj., various; watu dilia dilia,

the white ants (or mites ) ;

nguo zinadika kua various people mtumke kuyu apika dilla dilla,.

nondo, the clothes have been spoiled by the nondo,(kulla ginsi), this ivoman cooks various things.
a hind of mite or moth which destroys clothes Dima (or thima), v. a., to defeat (R.).
shut up in trunks. Hence the natives expose Dimamu viote pia kuamba muavio dimamu si ta ;

their garments to the sun from time to time ; haji kitu kiwacko ckote. Dimamu = timamu
zitoke keredi, to remove dampness from them; cfr. = timia, to be over the whole; Kkamisi Kombo
,
tenuis fuit, comminuit, attenuavit. is over the whole of the northern Wanika
tribes.
Diki (or tiiiki), v. a. (cfr. Arab. ,
angustus Dimazi, an extemperre plummet.
s.,

et arctatus fuit, in angustiam redegit, hence Dimba, usi-m-dimba tangamuka

v. a. (R. (said
)
SC/-
angustia, afflictio, inopia, afflictus status), of mourning ) maneno ya ku dimbia ku dimba
^3^0 ,
; ;

rokho (vid. timfi).

to render narrow, to drive one into straits;
Dimbuka, vid. fukuka, v. n.
fig., to vex to distress ; mtu liuyu ame-ni-diki,
,
Dimbuza, v. c.; jua ladimbuza; muezi wadim-
mahali pa ku lala ni padogo, this man has
kaza. This verb signifies the beginning of the
straitened me because the sleeping-place is too
sun's or moon's coming forth.
small ; I had not room enough (ku kaza, songa).
Dimu, s., a lime ; dimu tamu, a sweet lime.
Dikika, v. n. Fulani anadikika, akawa muegni
Dimu, v. n. (R.) (rectius timu) Arab.
ku dikika, he was in distress. ;
^ ,
totus,

Dikisha, v. c., to afflict, to push one hard (ana- perfectus fuit, ad completum finem pervenit
m-shindisa). e.g., sikuzakwe zinatimu, his time is come.
Dikiwa, Dimia, v. obj. (better timia).
v. pi., to be pressed, vexed.
Dimiliza, v. a. pro timiza, to make up a defi-
Diici, s. (thiki) (ya), narroivness, straitness,
ciency, to fill up.
tightness; niumka hi ina diki, heina nefas, this
Dini, s. (ya), religion, worship, creed; ku shika
house is narrow, it has not much room ; fig.,
distress, affliction, pressure; ku toa katika diki,
juo na ku salli ndio dini (after the Muhammadan
to save from distress, grievance, danger. notion ) ; cfr. ,
ritus, cultus Dei et timor.

Diki diki, adv., to pieces, very fine, very much;

Ku dini, v. n. ku thikiri yki ,
recordatus est)
e.g., unga una sagua dikidiki, the flour has been (

ground very fine; ku vundika dikidiki, to be pieces ni ku dini on the siku ya J umaa, and on

broken in pieces ku ivoa dikidiki, to be done Thursday evening.

Dira, s., a bird which flies into a hole (pango),
entirely, to be overdone (said offood).
which people shut up to kill the bird. It dies
Diko, s. (pi. madiko), a landing-place (St.) (cfr.
mourning for its young ones : hence the native
liko, s.).
song (vid. kule).
Dili, s., a serpent.
Dira, s. (ya, pi. za), the mariner's compass (cfr.
Dili, v. a., to set at nought (Luke xxiii. 11) (vid.
dalisha), gissi gani ku-m-dili muenzio kama Arab. jlj ,
circumivit; circulus, circuitus);

ambaye kuamba si muenzio? kama alivio-ni-dili dira ya ku saffiria ckombo baharini, an instru-
(tliili) nguvuzangu, Muegnizimgu ata-m-jazi. ment for directing the voyage of a ship.
Dilika, v. n.; naona ku dilika nafsinimuangu, Dira, v. a., to cut short; ku dira nuelle kitoani.
Ifeel to be set at nought. Dirika, v. n., to be cut; nuelle zinadirika.
Ku diliana, v. rec. Dirabu, s.; ku futa uzi or dirabu, to spin.
Dilia (dililia), vid. dia, tia, tililia, v. a., tofputinto. Dira dira manenoyao yali dira dira, their words ;

Dilifika, v. n., to diminish or to decrease by were distant (R.).

distributing or spending too much = ku Diridiri wanakuja diridiri, muoto wakka (R.). ;

pungukakuaku (oa Sana; mtellewangu umedili- Dirikana, v. rec. ku sanikana.

fika leo, my rice has decreased to-day, because Diriki, v. n., to be able ( ku weza), to venture, to
I have given one measure to this man, and have a will or power, to succeed in one's purpose
another to that man, who called on me. by being quick, to be in time, to be becoming ; cfr.
Dilifisha, v. c., to cause to diminish; e.g., watu
isljO ,
comprehendit, assecutus fuit consecutus
wamedilifisha lco mtellewangu, wame-ni-tia
unionge. potitusve fuit ;
si diriki, I cannot take it upon
Dilifu, v. n., to die (R.) ;
ku dilifu ku fa. myself, I am not responsible ta-ku-diriki marra
Dilika, v. n., to be discouraged (Col. iii. 21). moja, to comply quickly.
Dimmu, vid. dalimu kuji-dilimu nafsiyakwe,
;
to Diririka, v. n. (vid. tiririka), to run as ink on
commit suicide. paper nioka yuwa tiririka.
 ; ;. ; ;; ; : ;

DI ( Si ) DO
Diririsha, v. c., to cause to run; ku cliririslia to drip; ku doda nti; nguoyangu inadoda kua
mate, to spirt spittle through one's teeth. mvua, my cloth drips with the rain.
Dirisha, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a window ( = shubaka) Dodo (vid. embe) maembe ya dodo.
;

dirisha la ku angililia poani. Dodoa, v. a.; ku dodoa, to take up a little at a

Dirishi, v. ( and dirishia), to manifest, to tell, to time.
lay open. Dodofu, s. (pi. ma
), —
a kind of fish (tetrodon)
Diuizi, s., iron armour (Sp.) Pers. sutura
which the natives do not eat as it is poisonous ;
( ,

yafu yafulakwe (pafu) lina sumu. The natives

vestis).
say that the poison is removed by eating human
Disha, v. a. ( vid tislia, v. a.), to frighten dishika ?
excrement, which causes vomiting.
(2) to destroy ku-ji disha.
Dodoki (pi. madodoki), a long slender fruit eaten
Dismali, s. = utaji.
as a vegetable (St.).
Dita (or duta), v. a.; ku dita nguo = ku funga
Dodora, v. a., to grub, dig out, e.g., ku dodora
pamoja nguo nengi, ku-zi-tukua, to tie in bundles
mtama, from a matting bag.
(or packages
) many clothes and thus carry
them.
DoJssa, v. a. = pendeza ;
kitu biki kitadoesa; kitu
b ki haku-ni-doesa (hakidoesi na mtu maye)
Ditika, v. n. mtuma ameditika mzigo wa Buana- i

wakwe, (vid. toesa), rokkoyako ya-ku-doesa kaya au

the slave was loaded with his master's
Kisulutini ?
bundle.
Djtisha, Buana ame-m-ditisha mtuma.
v. c. ;
Dofika, v. n. (or dofu), to become thin, lean = ku
Ditimia, v. 7i., to be far at sea, far off from land onda or konda ; cfr. Arab. ,
debilis, in-
(= kua mballi katika uziwa); tume = ditimia, firmus f'uit, impar fuit.
na uziwa, Mvita hauoneki tena, we are far of Dofisha, cause to become lean or
v. c., to weak
on the great sea or deep, Mombas is no longer (ku ondesha or kondesha)
fig., to weary one, ;

visible. e.g.,kua maneno mangi, by many words ndia

Ditimua = tutumua ? ime-m-dofisha, the road wearied him.
Divai, s., ivine (.Kiung
), evidently from
French Dofra (pi. madofra), a sailmaker' palm (St.).
the
s
du vin (cfr. viniu). Dogo, adj., little, small, young, younger.
Diwani, the senate, council; cfr. Arab. Dogoda, v. n.
; e.g., mvua yadogoda ?
(1)

(vox prop. Persica ), senatus concilium; Dogora, v. = chogola in Kid. (to grub obsc.).
Dogossa (rectius tokossa), v. a., to boil, e.g.,
(2) jumbe or mfalme, a councillor, a title of mabindi, kunde, mukogo, but to cook wali.
honour among the coast-people of the island of
D6han (or d6khan or more properly dukhan,
Ta7iga (pi. madiwani).
Doa, (vid. toa), to take
dukhani), a chimney, from the Arab.
v. a. or give out; toalia;
kua yaleyetu.
suisui tuatoalia fumnm emisit ignis yU*A fumus heiice
, ;
;
Doama (or dotama), v. n.; jamvi latoiima (or
markebu ya dukbani, or markebu ya mosbi (in
ladotama).
Suahili), a steam vessel.
Doana, s., a hook (St.).
Dohani (or dokhani), a sort of tall basket in
Dob£a, v. n., to become wealthy; mji umedobea
which fruit is brought on men's heads to market.
(Sp.) (vid. topea).
See a more detailed description of this dobani
Dobeza, v. c., to make rich; Mungu amedobeza in Dr. Steere's “ Handbook," page 261.
nti.
Dohara (rectius tohara), (1) uke akiauliwa anakua
Dobea, v. n., to become yellow (leaves of trees )
= dohara (vid. aulia) (cfr. Arab. mundus,
dobesa (R.) pondo ya dobea topea. ,

Dobi, s., a washerman (mvua nguo) (2) a red

(1) purus fuit; ; mundities). Tohara must be ,

cap ( = kofia) worn by chiefs (in Kiniassa kisodi)

well distinguished from ku tabiri, ^*,1= praepu-
(3) having a load; chombo ki dobi, the vessel is ,

heavily laden = chombo kisbebena. tium exstirpavit, to circumcise. Ku pasua dohara

Doboa ? kiapo cba shamba ? ku doboa mabindi = ku dohiriwa, legal purity.
wa ansapo ku ya doboa, to eat food which is Dohori, s. (ya) (or edohSri or edohuri), noon
forbidden by the mganga (B.). (one of the Muhammedan hours of prayer) =
Doboka, said of a perforated skin (full of holes), jua likisimama na vitoa.
said also of sickness coming out, breaking forth. Dokeza (or tokeza), v. a. (= ku gnognognesa, to
Dobua (or topua) ? ivhisper into one's ear), to give one a hint
Doda, v. a., to push or prick or knock for some- secretly, e.g., if some people intend killing or

thing, to make it fall down. robbing me, and one of them informs me of this
Doda, v. n. (Kimrima) = ku tona (Kimv.), to drop, plan, I would say Rafiki yangu ame-ni-dokeza
e 2
 ; ; ; ; ; ; )

DO ( 52 ) DU
maneno baya or nime-dokezoa ni rafikiyangu Dopoa, v. a. ; ku dopoa kua pili, to bore through
mimi singejua, laken mtu ame-ni-dokeza usso (Sp.) ,

;
ulio dokeza (cfr. komo la usso). Dopoka, to be perforated.
Dokokhani (vid. turukhani) ku toa turukbani, to Dossa, v. a. (vid. tossa, v. a.), to wet through ; tosa
;

counterbalance to equipoise. la embe.

,

Dokua, a hind of food or beverage ? a hind of Dotai ? (R.).

s.,

beer = dumbu in Kiniha ; cfr. pombe. Dotea, v. a., to lengthen or pull out the wick of a
Domo, s. (la, pi. ma), (1) domo la kuembe, tliebeah lamp, kupata ku wakka wema, that it may burn
of the kuembe, a certain water-fowl with a long nicely; ku dotea kua kijiti utamba wa ta ku
beah (2) projection (madomo madomo), kitu pata ku wakka wema ku dotea muoto = ku tia ;

cbegni domo, something prominent, jutting out. or songesa winga ndani ya meko ku dotea, ;

Dona, v. a., to pech used of birds picking up grain,

,
dotelea, jejelea cbungu kipate barri ku dote-

dr. lesea.

Donana, v. rec.; e.g. kuku wawili anadonitna kua Dotea (or dotel£a or detelea or jejel£a
rnidomo, two fowls pech each other with their CHXJNGU MUOTO, KIPATE HARRl).
beahs. DoteliSza, v. c.; fig., ku-m-doteleza fitina = ku- 111 -
Don£sa, v. c. tesania.

Donda (pi. madonda), large sores ; donda ndugu, Dotelez^a, v. obj.; ku-m-dotelezea maneno ya
malignant ulcers. ufitina, there was previously an ill feeling, bid

Dondo, s., (1) starch; bafuta bi ina dondo nengi he increased it as one increases a fire by
siugema, this bafta has much starch in it, it is thrusting the firebrand farther into it.

not good, because in washing the starch comes a piece of cotton-cloth eight mikono ( cubits Doti, s.,

out and the cloth is then of little use; (2) dondo, than four yards in length. or a little less

(pi. madondo), coral? (Sp.). Dotoma, v. n. = ku enda mbio, to go or sail

Dondoa, v. a., to pick out, to cull; ku dondoa quickly chambo kile chadotoma, ni kipezi cba
ndume za mtelle, to pick out the grains of rice ku enenda; dotomea or totomea sasa kina- ;

which have not yet been hushed. In general, to kwisba dotomea, now it (the ship) lias gone out
clean grain, to pick up bit by bit. of sight.
Dondoka, v. n., to fall, or drop one by one; Dotora, v. a. (cfr. dokora), to scratch up, e.g.,
nibeyu zime-ni-dondoka, the seeds dropped nti.

from my hand one by one. Doya, v. a., to spy or reconnoitre, to go as a spy =

Dondoro, Dyher's antelope (St.). ku tembea nti, ku angalia tabia ya nti.
Donga (pi. ma — )
(Kin. mazaje). Dra (or dera), s., the Arabic name of the Suahili
Dongania (tengania) (R.) = ku-m-fania fitina expression “mukono,” cubit, a measure from
(cfr. songa in Kiniassa). the elbow to the end of the third finger ; cfr.

—
Donge, s. (la, pi. ma ), a clot donge la damu, Arab, gji ,
mensuravit cubito ; ,
pars
a clot of blood; damu imefania madonge, the
braobii ab extremo cubito usque ad extremitatem
blood has become clotted or coagulated, madonge
digiti medii (cfr. doti).
ya zima.
Dongj5 a, v. a. (vid. ebongera) dongelesa alic-m- Dua, v. a. (tua), e.g., pilpili, die., to grind, triturate
; ;

dongelesa ni fulani. pepper, mandano, &c.

Dongoa, pi. ma
s. (la, ) (cfr.
—
kawe and ndongo), Dua, s., worship, theology; cfr. Arab, bej, vocavit,
clod — ya ndongo, clay soil; udongo una
nti
appellavit, invocavit, rogavit Deum bej
madongoa, na katika mvua una telezi na tope, ; j

kuani ? ni nti ya ndongo. invocatio, precatio dua za ku-mu-ombea mtu ;

Dongonia, v. a. ku dongonia maji, to take up Muegnizimgu; (2) dua, vid. tua, a spell.
gently and little by little the water which is still Duala, v. a. (cfr. Kin. luala), to be amazed or
remaining in an empty pit or dry fountain. perplexed.
Dononoka, v. n. (R.), (1) to have food and raiment Duama, v. n.; maji liaya yanaduama = yanatulia.
regularly, or sufficiently (maridawa) (2) to get Duara, s., a crane, windlass; cfr. Arab.
; gyrum
up, to rise from poverty ; ni mtuambaye kuamba •
C" -o-
yuwapata nguo za maridawa ku fania bujambo egit, circumduxit; gyrus; circum, , ,
;

(Kir. ku henda muiri). madawaron, rotundus.

Dora, s. (or jopa or topa) (la, pi. ma ) (vid. Duasi, s., la, pi. maduasi ? —
oya) dopa la kuni, as much wood as can be Duazana ?
;

taken in both hands, a small bundle of gnongo, Duba, v. n. maji yasbinda, yaduba mtungini, if
fimbo or fite. the jar is not quite full.
 ?;)
; ; .

DU ( S3 ) DU
Duisu, v. n. (vid. tubu), to amend, better one's-self Duduvuee, s., a kind of hornet which bores in
Arab. viood (St.).
bonus fuit'; tibu, Arab. i_ld=>, medi-
Duel£wa, v. 7i.; uduelewapo ni jua lala, pti'ov., to
catus est, curavit; hence tibu, to heal ( vid .).
comply with the times (R .) cfr. tua, tuelea.
Dud a, pi. maduda; ku lima maduda, ridges (cfr.
;

Duesa, v. a., to bring low; vid. tuesa. Kristiani

tudu in Kiniassa).
wakikua, mayahudi wakiduesua.
—
Dude, s. (la, pi. ma ), anything, a what-is-it
Du£za, v. 7i.; ku-ji-duesa = kujidusba, vid. tueza
a thing or instrument of which one does not
tusba.
know the name or has forgotten the name of it =
Dufi, s., a species of tortoise which is somethnes
kitu asiobo-ki-jua jinalakwe, ndilo dude (diminu-
poisonous; vid. kassa.
tive, kidude) dude gani bili ? ivhat is this thing
;
Dufu, s. (la, pi. ma — ), (1) weakness badness; ,

here ?
dufu la tombako, bad tobacco, because it is 7iot
Dudia, v. a., to fill up the ground of a house
(e.g.,
strong (heiwashi) ;
vid. dakatu ;
dufu la mtu =
(K.).
mtu mbaya (asiependana na watu), a bad man
Dudu, s. madudu), a small swelling pro-
(la, pi.
(2) adj., tasteless, insipid.
duced by much scratching of parts of the body
Dufuda (or dafda), s., thick cloud (vid. gubari)
N’na-ji-kuna batta n’nafania madudu muilini.
imefania gub;iri, to be rainy and foggy — uli-
Dudu, s., pi. wadiidu, an insect or insects and mengu u mafuru furu, to be misty.
vermin destructive to wood and grain; cfr.
Dugu, s., a round mat with a border round about
Arab. 0 0 vermis; mdudu, pi. wadudu, general
,
used in grhiding flour.
,
term far insect and insects. Various lands of Duguda, v. ci., to shake, to quake muili wa-ni-diiguda
,

wadudu are: tiingu, jongo, kiroa, tinne, m'toa (vid. tukuta).

(termites), siafu, minio. All these are wadudu Dugudika, v. n., to be shaken.
watambao. Mdiidu wa janda, a whitlow. Dugudisha, v. c.
Duili (or duiki), v. (vid. tuili), to be late; cfr-
Dudua, v. n., to become poor = amekua kama
7i.

dudu (Sp.). Arab. J)L ,

pro ,
longus fuit ,
mora
Duduka, v. n., to become itchy = ku fania pele; distulit, diu duravit ;
to be tardy, dilatory.

ku-ji-kuna m'no hatta muili ku-mu-asba, batta Duka, s. (ya, pi. ma— ), a shop — makali pa
muili unafania marugu rtigu wa pele. biiishera; cfr. Arab. (fAo Pers., locus altior
Duduka, v. 7i., to get out of a thing (Er.) ;
ku — et planus in quo sedet mercator, et merces suas
,

kua kimo ?
exponit.
Dudukua, v. 7i.; nadudukua ni pele pele zina-ni-
;
Dukisa, v. 7i., to listen secretly; cfr- >

duduka (or cbucbuka) muili ote.

pervasit, penetravit, impetum fecit.
Duduma, v. 7i.; mtu buyu ha-tu-pi kitu, ni ku
Ku-ji-dukisa, v. refl., to intrude into another's
duduma tu, to rumble, said of the intestines ( =
business or conversation, without being called
Kin. ruruma).
for; mtu buyu ni mdukisi, juwa-ji-dukisa
Duduju, s., a large horn; vid. kidudumi. Hence
maneno ya watu, baku itua. the Prov.,
Dudumia, v. a., to make a hole, to perforate. yuwa-ji-fania mawelle ku-ji-tia mtini, i.e., uki-
Dudumika, v. a. = ku tumbua kitu kua mismari tuanga mawelle yanangia mtini, mtu baku
or uma wa nta, to press in boring or to press tia.
with the hand on a drum. Dukisi (pi. madukisi), an eaves-dropper a ,
tale-
Dudujiikana, to get into a confusion or agitation, bearer.
to get excited. Dukuka, v. n., to be known, to have a 7iame (E.)
Dudumikisa (ndani), to press into tightly. (?)
= tukuka.
Dudumisa, v. c., to cause to enter, to press or put Duli.i, v. a., to bring down; duliwa, e.g. bendera
into icith force ; e.g., ku dudumisa nguo mkobani iua duliwa, the flag ivas lowered; cfr. So ;

hatta kungia, to press a cloth into a bag (which demisit in puteum urnam, deorsum misit.
is already full) until it goes hi.
Dulei, s. (ya), distress, misery dulli ime-m-pata
O O'
Dudumua, v., vid. tutumua. = masbaka
or amepatikana ni dulli cfr
Dudusha, v. a., (1) to mock, to ridicule = ku
; ,

fortunae mutatio.
amba (2) to make fat = nonsa, v. a. (Er.).
;
Dullisha, V. c.
Dudussa, (duduka, v. ?i.)> the fire does not
v. a.
happen, to be ful-
Dullia, v. to come to pass,
begin to burn; muoto una dudussa hapo =
7i.,

filled ; maneno yanadullia kuakuelli, the words

hauwakki, sebabu ya niassi kiia mbiti, the fire
ic ere fulfilled in truth ; cfr. 3^ conversum
will 7iot light (not catch) on account of there
being fresh grass. fuit, notum evasit.
 ; ; ; ; ;

DU ( 54 ) DU
Dullu, v. n., to come to light, to become manifest Dunduisa, v. n. (tunduisa) ;
mahiudi yaanza
vitu vingi vimedullu baba alipo kufa, many things dunduisa (E.).
were brought to light after the father's death. Dunga, v. a. (ku tambua), to perforate, to bore, to
Dulubika, v. a. = dakaika (?)
stick, pierce; ku (
= ku toma) dunga mashikio;
Dum (or tiium), s., garlic. ku dunga (vid. tunga) uskanga, to string beads ;

Dumana, s. (ya), surety ,

bail ku toa mite
{vid. damana or mahindi yadunga =v. n. = ;

damini). yaanza ku tokea, to prick, to pierce; mtama

Dumba, v. n.‘ mizigo idmnba katika niumba (E.), unadunga.
the loads lie round about in great numbers, in Dunga, s. (la, pi. ma ), a kind of
basket ivitli a —
abundance (vid. tumba), dumba = dumbe viombo cover (E.), brought from the Niassa region.
;

vidumbe = viombo vijasi, or viombo vina dumba Dunge, s. (la, pi. ma ), the green rind of fruits, —
vinaja telle. e.g., dunge la korosko, the green husk of the

Dumbukujika = furujika. cashew-nut, an immature casheiv-nut; dunge

Dumbua, dumbukiza, dumbuiza, vid. tumbua, ni tundoyakwe mbelle, kiska likakua dunge,
tumbuiza dumbuka, dumbukia kiti hiki cha-
;
likisha kiia kanju likaiwa, likiska iwa kanju,
;

ni-dumbukia niongo, this thing malc.es my gall or lile si dunge tena linakua korosho.

bile to brealc or come up. Dungika, v. a., to hoist a flag (tungika).

Dumbukua felani siku liizi anadumbukua ni Dungiza, v.
;
maji yakidungizua ni uwangua (cfr.
uelle. tnngisa).
Dume,
diime).
adj. kata diimo, a dralce (pi. mabata ma- Dungu, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a shed or roof resting on
posts (vid. ulingo) from 15 to 18 feet high to
Dumi, s., vid. muao. secure the ivatchmen of the plantation against
Dummi, s. (ya), dummi ya moshi, a pillar of smoke wildfieasts, especially the leopards ; a hut erected
rising perpendicularly, when there is no wind ; in a tree.
moshi inasimama heitawaniki kana nguzo. Dungua, v. a. (tungua), to degrade, reduce, dis-
Dumu, v. n., to continue = ku kawa, ku fania siku parage ; fulani ame-m-dungua muenziwe, to dis-
zote, muegni ku dumu kua kitu, constant
; Arab. miss or remove from office (?).
perennavit. Dungijka, v. n.
f*V>
Dumia, v. obj., to persevere (cfr. daima). Dungumaro, s., (1) aland of drum ; (2) a kind of
Dumisha, v. a. (or daimisha), to cause to con- evil spirit called mdungumaro, the drum (dungu-
tinue. maro), used for expelling the spirit; mganga
is

Dunda dunda, v. a., (1) to pound or grind though apiga mshindo wa dungumaro, ku-m-tuliza mdun-
there may be very little in the mortar
(2) to
gumaro pepo asitange tange.
pluck, gather. Duni, adj., little, mean, low, bcloiv, less, trifling,
Dundama, v. n., to settle, to get quiet; maji yadun- minority; the smallest part ivhich is sold, duni
dame, let the water be quiet.
ni thumuni ; cfr. ,
inferior, vilis fuit
Dundauya, v.
; ;

Dundisa, vid. pata. infra, sub; ,

quod inferius est; nimeuza
Dundu, s. (pi. madundu), (1) a large calabash (in duni tamuni, I sold it at alow pr ice, for a trifle
Kiamu ) ivhich the Mombassians call kitorna ; mtu duni (pi. watu duni), an inferior, or common
kidundu, a small calabash, which signifies cdso at
man of low or igin.
Mombas a little animal which eats the excrements Dunia, Arab.
s. (ya), earth, the ivorld, universe;
of men and beasts; hence the Lamuans and "CJ
Mombassians each Lsa mundus, bona mundana, men; ku fariki
which leads
jolce other, ,

frequently to a fierce quarrel; kidundu being at dunia, to quit the world, i.e., to die.

Lamu something honourable, while it is con- Dunsa, v. n., to smell; makali kapa pamedunsa.
temptible as the Mombassians understand it. Dunsi, s., divulging, gossip) = upelelezi nulunsi
;

Often great animosities arise from these dif- dunsi asks many questions about family matters
ferences of e.g., mafuzi means in
dialects; and spreads about immediately what he has
Kisuahili: “ the hair around man's privities ,” heard privately.
whereas it signifies “ beard ” in Kinilca; (2)
dundu, s., chafer (K.)
(3) a kind of basket;
DurA, s. (ya, pi. za ), a file, rasp; dupa ya p’iia —
;
ya ku katia ckuma, or ya ku nolea msemeno. The
other kinds of basket are: tumbi, shubi, pa-
student must distinguish dupa (file), from tupa,
kaja.
a bottle ; tupa pa mfiazi (vid.) from ku tupa, to
Dundua, v. a.; muana huyu anadundua liatta
throw aivay.
anadundua (vid. tundua) (E.).
Dundua, to be crippled, stunted, not to attain to Dura, v. a., to step over = ku kiuka or ku kia,
maturity. e.g., ku dupa gogo.
 ; ; ;; ; ;

DU ( ss ) EA
Durabini (or derabini), s., an eyeglass, a tele-
watu; cfr. a ,
calcavit pedibus terrain,
scope.
Duru trivit in area; dau ladussa (ju
(2) to get off,
(or TiiuRU, reotins thuru) (vicl. haithuru),
ya muamba) alikua hawesi, laken anadussa
v. n., to harm, to he of consequence and ;

necessity, to matter much, to

= anapoa; (3) let ivater pass through = fuja ;
affect; cfr.
— (4) = korofisna. Fulani alikua hawesi anakwisba
,
or jli ,
nocuit, noxa affecit, laesit, necesse dussa or aislia dussa (vid. tussa) ; ku dussa roldio
et opus habuit, coegit; sili kuku yuwa-ni-duru, (vid. dua), to he quiet after having heen angry.
I do not eat harms me or affects my Dusua, v. a. = takayarisha, to shame, to make
foivl, it
health; kitu tiki clia-m-duru sana, this thing is
ashamed (?).
of great consequence to him, affects him much Dusuka, v. n.
heiduru, it matters not, there is no harm, never
Duta, v. a. (vid. dita, v. a.) (vid. goma in Kini-
mind, it is of no consequence; msi-wa-duru (viz.
assa) ;
ku duta ku rudi, to reverberate ku duta
wazungu) ku duriana, v. rec.; watu kawa hawa-
;
to make one stumble (R.) (?).
duriani.
Dutama, v. n. (or ku jujuma) (vid. otama, v. n.),
Durika, v. n., to he harmed, to become affected
to sit or squat, to half sit (Kiniassa, tengama).
hy (vid. duru) ;
mtu liuyu atadurika kua
kula cbakula liiki, this man will he harmed Dutu, s., exuberance, jutting out (kama mimba) ;

or affected hy eating this food, he will feel the pana dutu liapa, there is a little jutting out (in

effects of it; if we had waited, tungedurika

the mzingi).

sana kua mvua, if ice should have heen much Dutu, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
dutu la juo, the size of a
harmed hy the rain, we should have heen hook.
caught in the rain. Dutuma (or tutuma), v. n., to disappear; watu
Durisha, v. a., to cause harm or had conse- wale wadutiima, si-wa-oni tena wanakwisba
quences, to cause to feel the effects of a thing. tutumia or dutumia ;
cbombo kile ebadutuma,
Duriwa, v. p. hamtaduriwa ni kitu. cbendazakwe = ckadotoma.
Durum an a, v. n., to increase, to become many or Dutuma, v. n., to seethe, to rise in boiling =
plenty. From this ivord the natives derive the tokota ebungu ebadutuma
;
= chatokota, the
name of the Kinika tribe “Dururaa,” stating contents making a noise from the heat.
that there were some slaves whose duty it was to Dutumia (or tutumia), v. ohj., to stand on tiptoes
supply their Portuguese masters at Mombas to catch anything which is high (ku shika
with eggs.But the slaves made their escape to kitu ju, or in order to look far = ku ji-ongeza
and lived there hy themselves. By
the forest kimo ku angalia mballi; ku dutumia kua magu,
degrees the number of runaway slaves was to put one's-self on one’s legs.
multiplied, hence the name “ Duruma ” (accuratius Dutumua, v. a., to stretch one's-self to take pains
,

quam verius !). (?) ku-ji-dutumua (mbafu), v. refl., e.g., ku-ji- ;

Dururika, v. n., to drop, drip, trickle down. dutumua ku inua kasha zito, to exert one's-self to
Durusi, v. n. ku durusi, to meet in a regular strain every nerve to lift up a heavy box.
class for study (St.) cfr. j legit librum
legerunt ao studuerunt inter sese.
;
^
Dutumuka, v. n.
Dutumusha, V. c.
,

Dusamali, s., a striped silk handkerchief or scarf Dutuzika, v. n. — pumua (also tutuzika), to re-
worn upon the head hy women (St.). cover breath.
Dusha, v. a. (ku tukiika, v. n., rutukufu, vid .) Duumi, s., a dhow sail (St.) (?).
nguo za ku jiduslia (tusha) dushana, to make a Duzi (pi. maduzi), one udio is fond of finding out
show or parade with dress (?). and indulging secrets and private concerns ; cfr.
Dussa, v. a., (1) to act as a parasite, ku dussa dunsi.

E, abbrev. from ye and yakwe, e.g., na-e for na yee become clean or pure; nguo imeea ;
moyo umeiia
and be baba-e for babayakwe
;
niumba-e or ;
or umekuea; mtelle umekuea = umetakata. It
niumbaye = niumbayakwe, his or her house. must, however, be observed that tlw verb ea
E, 0! oh! e (ee) buanawangutatubu, 0! my master, (which, as Mr. Erh. rightly says, is an ampli-
I will repent or mend (my conduct). fication of kua, to be, to become) is now-a-days
E'a, v. n., (1) to he clean; kitu tiki kimeea = an obsolete ivord and only -used now and then
kimetakata or kimekua suafi, this thing has by people residing in the vicinity of Mombas.
 ; ; i ; , ; ;

EB ( 56 ) EK
(2) To itch magu ya-ni-ea, my feet itcli = meet together mtu kuyu aki-ni-penda, Muungu-
magu ya-ni-waslia kaua pole, my feet itch or ata-ni-egesha nai. M61a kaku-mu-egiska, God
burn lihe the itch; atakiia na kero, ata-ni-kera has not afflicted Mm.
mirai katta ya-mu-ee {soil, yale mambo afaniayo) ;
Egeshana, v. rec., to push or run against each
(3) to go out, to succeed; cfr. wea, weza; kime-mu- other, to run alongside, e.g., at sea, so that the
ea jema, he had good success. captains can talk to each other and communi-
E'sha, v. c., to clean = ku takas,sa. cate news from one ship to the other.
Ebbe, vid. labeka or lebeka. Egni (or igxi), having, with; muegni (pi. wegni),.

Eda, Arab. A£ yegni, zegni.

s., from the ,
numeravit ;
mulier
sa E'gnui (or egxi), pron. vocat., you! sing, ewe, 0
lugens enuraeravit merita mortui ; ,
numerus, thou, pi. egnui, oh you or ye; egnui watu, 0 ye
status mulieris, quo cum ea rem habere ex lege men! ewe mtu, 0 thou man!
nefas, sc. ob mariti defuncti luctum, vel ob repu- Ehe (or ehi5e)! yes! = ewa. ,from the Arab, eivva;

dium, vel ob menstrua (vid. kalia) ;

ku kalia eda, e wallah ! yes, certainly !

to remain in great quiet and privacy for five Eldili, v. a. (vid. idili, idilisha), from the Arab.
months, as mourning for a deceased husband quod justurn et acquum esset, statuit erga
,

requires ; cfr. also kiziika.

alium praestititque in aliqua re justitiam recte
Edaha, s., victim (vid. dalii or thahi, v. a.) — ;

administravit inter eos rectam effecit rem ;

sadaka ; cfr. Arab. apparuit, sacri-

,
aequavit; hence idili, to learn that which «V
ficavit. right.
Edisa, v.; ku ji edea or jedea, edcka, to trust one’s- Eidilisha, v. c., to teach one rectitude, right
self (E.) (vid. jetea and tea). conduct.
Edi (or wedi), v. n., to serve out one's engagement
wanakwiska wedi muakawao, they have served
Eiihli (or adili), s., from justitia, ae-

quitas; cfr. (1) Jxic pressit aliquem res, in

out their year (E.) ; cfr. ae .
,

Eema, s. (vid. dema), fish-trap. angustiam redegit aliquem (atkala) ; (2);

Eftari (or aftari), s., from the Arab, jai fidit

culpavit, reprekendit ;
from (1) may be
,

rem,
derived eitkiliwa = sumbuliwa, eitbiliska =
incipit solvit jejunium, eo misso facto (

ku sumbua) kua ngiivu na koro na bakora, to

comedit bibitque quid ;
Ja ,
jejunii solutio. compel one to do something.
Eftari is the dish of rice which is served up in Eidiki, s. (ya) (or rather eithini, ithini, s.), cfr.
^ s
the houses of great people in the evening to those
Arab. aures praebuit, obsecutus fuit
,

who are invited during the Ramadan. The

; ,

guests are first presented with uji (vid.), then permisit, licitum fecit ; ,
promulgatio pre-
comes the eftari. Imetoka eftari makombe inatano
cum ;
hence permission, sanction; ku-m-pa or
or manane
or kenda, five or eight or nine plates
ku toa eidini or ithini, to give one permission.
of eftari are served up in one evening. It is
Eiwa (or ewa) ;
ewalla, yes, yea, certainly, by
customary for cdl the adherents of a chief to
god (cfr. Arab.), a strong assent and answer-
attend his banquet during the Ramadan at least
given by inferiors when summoned to perform
for ten or twelve days. The uji forms the fiituru
some ivork.
which is first served up. In general, the followers
E'ka (ek£a), v. a., vid. wekea.
of a chief have always access to his table, es-
Ekeraiii, s., any provoking icord or thing, hence
pecially those ivho have no ivivcs or houses of
provocation ; cfr. Arab. ,
aversatus fuit,
their oten. See Earrathi ;
from
abhorruit a re sibi non grata et non conveniente
By this means the followers are hept attached to GO-
;

who ijf aversatio, molestia.

the interests of the chief, gives them no fixed
wages, and icho rechons on their support in Ekua, v. a. (cfr. wekiia), to break open, to break
every case of emergency. by bending = ku fania afa, to give way by
Eg£iia, v. n. = ku-m-karibia, to go near one. breaking; serdado wamekula boriti, wame ekua,
Euemioa, v. n. (vid. tegemfa), to lean upon. the wood-worms have eaten the rafters (vid.
EchSsiia, v. a., push or run
to drive close to, to boriti) and made them give way by breaking or
against manamaji wame-ki-egesha ckombo poani, bending.
the sailors ran the vessel to the shore in order to Ekuica, v. ii.; boriti ya dari ime ekuka (ime-
disembark = ku shuslia vitu ckomboni chombo ;
pindamana ikapassuka), the rafter of the roof
kime egesluia baharini, the vessel teas brought to bent and broke.
the sea, entered the sea. In general, to cause to Ekundu, adj., red; kitu jekundu, a red thing;
 ; ; ; ; ;. ; ; ; ;
. ; ;

EL ( 57 ) EM
niumba niekunda, a red house ; mtu muekundu, elekeza dau benderini ;
deriv. muelekezi wa
a red man ; makasha maekundu, red boxes ; vitu jahazi, the steersman.
viekundu, red things. Ei.ekezea, v. obj.; ku-mu-elekezea mato, to
respect (?)
Ela, except, but = laken ;
Arab. ,
pro >

S’ ElJ5ka, v. n., to carry a child astride on the hip os'

si non, sin minus, nisi, praeterquam, ne quidem ; back, as the African women do when carrying
ela, ela, ela kitu hijo tu-ki-angalilie, but stop, let their little children on their backs ; cfr. Arab.
us look at that matter !
51 C C G jt G ,
adhaesit, appendit affixitque funem.
_
Elafu, s.; <_al\ one thousand, pi. t_»y\ >
, ,
Elekana, v. rec., to carry one another {on the
thousands. back), to agree, correspond.
Elea ( cfr . olea, to swim), v. n. and obj., (1) to Elekaxia, v. a., (
l)Kin = ku-m-fania msaba ; (2)
float, to be afloat, to be on the surface; dau to stow or heap (?) ; (3) andikania, to heap.
laelea, tungie sasa, the boat is afloat {swims), let Elel£za, v. a., to imitate, to copy ; ku-juo, to copy
us now enter it, let us embarh; laelea stands pro a book = ku tia juo kingine, to put into another
laolea; mkwiska toka mule wimbini bassi ni ku book {vid. kielezo, pattern) ;
ku eleleza kazi, ku
elea tena buko (2) to nauseate, to feel sick;
; tazama na ku fuasa (R.).
moyo wa-mu-elea, lit., the heart is floating in Elejiea, v. a., to press, urge one vehemently, Luke
him — he ivants to vomit, he nauseates, he feels xi. 53 wafarisi wakaanza ku-mu-elemea Sana ;

sick; moyo waenenda ju, the heart rises up na ku-m-toza maneno mangi kanoanimuakwe ;
like a wave or open boat moyo wanelea pro wa- motto waelemea kuja, the fire presses on.
ni-elea = kina-n-jefua ( vid jefua or jevua) moyo ElemEza {or lemeza) {vid. lemea), to press upon
;

ku tapika, kina-n-jefusba, or nimejefuka moyo another. ;

(3) to be or become clear, plain; maneno yangu Elemezana = ku bofiana {or elemeana), to-
yame-ku-elea mg words been
? have clear to you, throng.
have you understood my words ? Elemisha ( better elimisha), v. a., to instruct or
Elewa, ku elewa ni moyo, to nauseate
v. p. teach one; cfr. Arab. ,
signavit,
(2) to be made to understand ; mtu huyu ana
elewa ni mambo sana, wao hawa ku elewa ni scivit, instruxit, docuit.

neno batta moja, Luke xviii. 34.

E'limu, s. (Arab. scientia) (ya), know-
Eleza, v. c., (1) to cause or make to float, to
swim a boat spread abroad, ledge, science, learning doctrine.
(2) trop., to to ,

Elf. elfu, s. {vicl. elafu), a thousand elfeen or

announce, proclaim, preach, divulge; ku eleza
khabari, to divulge news; enende uka-wa-eleze two thousand.
elfain,

watu (jamaa) maneno yangu; make Elimeza, v. a., to gather in heaps (Er.).
(3) to
clear, toexplain; {ad. 1) moyo umeneleza, pro Elkhamis, s.; Arab. (_— «jJ 1
dies feriae
ume-ni-eleza, kitu liiki kinaneleza moyo, kina-
quintae, sc. dies Joxds ;
Thursday.
n-tiikiza or jefusha, this matter disgusted me.
Elki, s. {vid. ilki), a kind of spice ,
cibari
Elezaxa, v. rec. maneno gani liaya mueleza-
nayo, Luke xxiv. 17. delicatioris genus. It is an ingredient of the

Elbk£a, v. n., to turn out right or true, tobecome favourite curry-powder.

proper, to be clear and easy to be understood, E'ma, ad]., good, kind, nice; niumba ngema or-

to maneno kaya yameelekea leo =

agree njema, a good house; kitu jema, a good thing;
yanakua hakikua watu wote waliopo, the kasba jema, a good box vitu viema, good things ;
matters turned out or were right or true mtu mema or muema, a good man ; watu wema,
vnth cdl the people who were there, to agree, to good men ; makasha mema, good boxes.
be right. E'ma, s. (la ,pl. ma — ); ema la ku vulia samaki —
Elekeana, v. rec., to face one another, to be mtambo xva samaki, a trap or net for fishing, it

directed in a line = ku tazamana usso kua is like a basket, a fishing basket (to catch fish).

usso, or kua na mukabala mamoja = ku Embajiba, cidj., thin, narrow; niumba niembamba ;

kabiliana, to be opposite to one another. kitu jembamba ;

kasha jembamba.
ElekjSza, v. a. {cfr. lekea and lekeza), to direct E'mbe, s. ma ) a mango muembe, a
(la, pi. —
or point to ; e.g. ku elekeza sbikio la cbombo mango-tree embe za dodo or embe dodo, a large
mlango wa Mvita, to steer the ship to or kind of mango which came first from the island
towards the entrance of JJombas uelekeze of Pemba.
bunduki kando, usipige watu, direct or level E'mb6e (or m'bwe) (cfr. baba), gum, glue ; emboe
the musket aside, lest you shoot people; ku la ubuyu, a kind of paste made from the fruit
 ; ;; ; ; ; ;; ;; ; ; ; ; ; .

EM ( 58 ) EOT

of the calabash-tree (vid. mbuyu = baba = ame-mu-

people to go quickly icith long steps ;

matozi ya mti). endesba Mvita = amesema wewe

enenda
Ejidauaba, adj., round (vid. mdauara) do ,
Mvita = ame-m peleka or tuma Mvita daua ;
(

circumivit). beiku-mu-endesba mbio, the medicine had no

Emrabba Arab, immediate effect.

(vid. mrabba), square; gjj ,

J i-eki)ea (or jend£a) aji enendea (ajenendee, or

quartus fuit; mrabba na mdauara, quadrangular ;

ajienendee) rafikiyakwe, may his friend go!

and round.
may I go, nenende and nende ! ku-ji-endea, to
E'nda (or enenda or nenda), v. n. ku-go, to
take a walk, to walk about.
depart ,
to set off, to go on, to proceed, to go for-
ward; amekuenda, he ivent tuende or tuenende, Endani, go ye! endo (come hither), endbb, s.,
us go; sasa nenenda or naenenda Mvita, I go
let
(buyu la ku tekea maji), (vid. ndani, within,
now to 1mrffbas ku enda zangu, I go my ivay, I nde, without; ndiye, yea he, he, the very same).

depart; kuenda zako, zakwe, zetu, zenu, zao, Endel£a to walk; Luke i. 6.
thou goest away, he goes his way, &c. nenda EniSa, v. n., to flow or spread over ; permeare in
nunua tumbaku sokoni, I go to buy tobacco in the omnes partes = ku fika mahali pote to pene- ;

market; after nenda, ku is not required; ku trate; Muungu yuwa enea dunia iote, God pene-
enda kua magu, to go on foot, to walk; ku enda trates the whole universe, i.e., he is present in every
tembea, to take a walk, to take a turn endani part of the world; Muungu yuwa tabaka (yuwa
zenu, i.e., na kazizenu or shuhulizenu; sasa enea pia) na ulimengu mzima (cfr. nata and
tuende zetu kuetu, now let us go home. tabaka) maji yameenea nti iote, the ivater has ;

End£a, v. obj., to go for, or after, or to; ku flowed or spread over the whole country tume-
endea Zanzibar, to go to Zanzibar. A-ji-endea pewa vitu batta tunaenea pia zote = tuna pata
zakwe fulani anakuendea-pi, ana safiri ku
; zote (enea = ku pata), laken mfulani bakuenea,
endea upande gani? Ana ku endea Mvita.
ice all have received but a certain man has not
End£ka, v. 7i., to be passable or capable of being obtained rlguo beikuenea = hakutosba; ame-
gone over ; e.g., ndia bi beiendeki, this road is gawania watu nguo hatta ku enea wote, he dis-
bapa
not passable beiendeki usiku, there is
tributed gai'ments among the people until it

no going or passage this way at night. sufficed cdl of them.

Endel£a, v. n., to advance, to make progress measure one's stature
EniSnza (vid. enea), v. a., to
rapidly; motto ume-endelea, the fire ad-
e.g.,
mimi nime-mu-
(kimo) to see which is taller
vanced, spread about; nguo yaendelea, the
enenza nduguy’angu, I measured myself with
cloth rends more and more, the rent of the cloth
my brother by facing him; yee ni mrefu,
is made icorse ; mtu buvu ameendelea kua
yuwa-ni-pita, he is taller than myselff ku-
elimu, this man advanced in knowledge ku
mambo, to measure or judge matters, to follow
endelea mbelle or niuma, to advance or to
or pursue a matter until one, has found it out.
retire; ku endelea, to draw out in length, to
Enenz£sha, v. c., to cause to measure.
protract; sbimo la ku endelea, an abyss
e.g.,
Enenzana,u. rec.,to measure one' s-sefl by another
becoming constantly larger ; to go farther, e.g.,
Exlio, s., lit., the spreading; eneo la Muungu
kionda kitaendelea maneno yataendelea. ;

Maendel£o, s., proficiency muendelezi, pro-

= kao la Muungu or rnakao ya Muungu, the
omnipresence of God, the being (of God), God
ficient.
is everywhere; eneo la maratbi, the spreading
EndeljSza, v., to move one after the other, toqiro-
7oni7 (ku peleka mbelle) e.g., nime-mu-endeleza of the sickness (baya ni ya Muegnizimgu).
;

I En£za, v. a., to make to spread, to make to go

muivi kua akili batta leo nna-m-pata, ivent
into particulars, hence to distribute; Muungu
on prudently (to find out the thief ) till I got
ame-mu-eneza kulla mtu rizikizakvve or zirki-
him to-day ku endeleza maneno, to make a
zakwe, God has given every man all that he
long talk but never to come to the point ku
has need of = all his necessaries, his proper
endeleza waraka = ku andika waraka, to put
subsistence.
one letter and one word after another hastily;
EneziSwa, v.p. to sound out, 1 Thess. i. 8.
ku endeleza jamvi, to go on or continue making ,

the long striqis which are sewn together to Enenda, v. n., vid. enda, v. a.
make a mat. E'nga, v. a. = ku passua muliogo na ku pika kua
End£siia, v. c to make or cause one to go (ku nazi, to split (mubogo) casscida-root for cooking.
.,

nenda mbio), ame-mu-endesba, kuani, muana Enga enga,u. n., to coddle, to tend carefully ; niana
mzima batukuliwi tena, he made him walk, buyu yuwaengua engua, bapigui, apendua sana,
for a grown-up child is not carried; ame- this child is coddled, never beaten and much

endesba watu kua ku fuliza nino, lie caused the loved; ku enga enga mana kana i la jobari = ku-
 ; ; ; ; ;

EN ( 59 ) EE,

m-horumia sana = ku ronga ronga kua tartibu, to dignity, on which only great and rich people may
carry carefully a thing which is breakable. be seated.
Eonga, v. n., to shake, to sway to and fro {said oj
Engia {vid. ngia), v. n. wao wamengiwa ni

beredi, theycaught cold.

treesshaken by the wind); mti hu waeonga kua
pepo, haukueleki, this tree sways with the wind,
Engine, root ivord o/mu’ngine, ni’ngine, or nien-
gine, wangine and wengine {vicl. ngine).
it cannot be ascended.
Engni, adj. and s., possessing, having, with; Epa, v. n., to give way, to yield, to duck or cower,

muigni or muegni niumba, possessing or the to endeavour to evade a stroke, cC’c . ku epa jiwe,

possessor of a house {pi., wegni niumba) kitu to evade a stone; nikioua jembe kikija, ta
;

chegni a thing possessing beauty = a

uziiri, epa.

beautiful thing {pi., vitu viegni) kasha legni Ep£a, v. obj., to avoid one, not to go direct to, to
;

{pi., makasha yegni) niumba zegni watu, houses miss a mark; ku kossa skabalia bunduki hi ,
;

with people; mahali pegni mawe, a place possess- yaepea, this musket does not shoot straight,

ing stones. does not hit right heipati shabaha.

Episka, v. n., to be avoidable, to be able to escape;
Engua, v. a., to shim.
rusasiya bunduki heiepeki, the bullet of the
E'no pron., your, of you ; e.g., niumba enu, your
,
gun cannot be evaded {like a stone or arrow
house.
which man can see and evade by a dexterous
Enua, enulia, v. a.; (mzigo), vid. inua.
movement).
Enza, v. a., to look at or visit one, to inquire how
mtu mue-EpIssi, adj., easy, light, not heavy, quick;
one fares ; hence muenzi, a friend or companion niumba niepesi makasha ma- pesi, kitu jepesi ;
;

who looks after one in times of affliction or of epesi vitu viepesi watu waepesi. ; ;

joy, giving him advice and assistance ; mtu huyu Epua, v. a. ( = ku ondoa), to put away, remove,
ava-ni-enza ku juilia jambolangu, to go after one brush off, to drive away jombo biki kiepue,
to find him out, e.g., Luke ii. 45 enda aka-mu- remove this vessel {pi. viombo bivi vi-epue) vi-
;

enze, anakawa mbona, ana ondoe); ku epua jungu mottoni = ku tegua or

nirii.

Enzana, v. rec., to visit each other, to call one ondoa, to take away the pan from the fire.
upon another. Epuka, v. n., togo away, to withdraw, to be
E'nzi {or rather £zi), s. ; cfr. Arab. potentia, kept from, to abstain, to avoid ku epuka kua
,

kiniume, to withdraw, to go of; tulani ana-ni-

dignitas {from ,
rara, eximia fuit, potens), epuka siku bizi, a certain man kept aloof
hence dominion majesty ; muegni
,
ezi, the posses- from me these days.

sor of power or sovereignty ; hence Muegniezi Epukana, v. rec., to be estranged or disunited

Muungu or contr. Muegnizimgu, God the most one from the other.
high; allali taala or God, he who is Supreme. Epukika, v.n., to he avoidable; kitu hiki haki

The Suahili people use this expression as an epukiki, this thing is not avoidable, inevitable.
attribute of God in distinction from Muungu Epulia, v. obj. (= tegua, ondoa); bamba la ku
ivliich is used by the pagans and those who do epuliachungu mottoni, a thin plate with which
not know God after the manner of the Muham- the pan is removed from the fire {or
koleo cha

medans. The word “Muungu” in the heathenish ku epulia chungu ). —

sense means properly “Heaven” {in Kinika and Epulika, v. n.

Kikamba “ Mulungu ”), therefore do the Muham- Epuliza, v. c., to let down, to loiverf).

medans use “Muegniezi Mungu,” to avoid the Epuliwa, v. p. {

= tengua), delivered ; Horn.
heathen notion of God. xv. 31.
Hi nti pia ni ezi ya Sayidi Ben-Sultani, all Epusha, v. c., to cause to go away, to put out, to

this country is the dominion of Sayid Ben- remove, to cause to avoid, to keep from; ame-
Sultani; kiti cha ezi (aenzi), the chair of state of mu-epusba slielani.
a chief or king = a royal chair or throne. For- Epushua, v.p., to be forbidden something, to be
merly all the independent chiefs of the Suahili
kept from.
coast had a “ kiti cha ezi ” until the power of the
Epusiiana, v. rec., to pass by each other.
Imam of Muscat swept them away by conquering
Epusania, v. a., to separate oneselffrom.
their petty principalities.
At present every chair of superior manufac- Eri5vu, adj., clever, cunning, shreivd, subtle, pru-
ture is called kiti cha ezi. These chairs are dent; mtu muerevu, a clever or shrewd man.
imported from India, America and Europe. Ms Ekevuka, v. n., to become clever, shreivd, dis-
they are superior to those made by the natives, creet, subtle; to get to know the ways of the
they are ccdled “ viti via ezi ” chairs ofpower or world, to grow sharp.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; , ; ;

ER (
fi o ) FA
Erevusha, v. c., to malic clever, sharp and Arab. -Aj ivit ad aliquem vespera, gaudium et
knowing, to teach one prudence.
laetitiam percepit quiescere sivit to be free
Erf a (rfa), s., freight jahazi yatafiita rfa, the ; ;

from troubles or cares and to be comfortable.

vessel wants a cargo; cfr ,
proventu Esterehewa, v.p.
Estereh£siia, v. c., to make one comfortable and
abundavit, or regionis reditus.
,
quiet so that he may repose at ease; kitanda
8
postrema pars cha ku sterelie, a couch.
E'siia, cfr. Arab, diei
s. ; ,

E'tu, our, of us\ — suisui, our oivn.

tempus a precibus yesperae usque ad tempus Eua, to sprinkle ivith water after praying by
v. ci.,

,
tempus, quo posterior vespere peragitur wag of charm against disease (St.).
precatio. The time from half past 6 to 8 p.m. Eure, adj., white, clean, clear.

The latest Muhammedan hour ofprayer. Eusi, adj., black.

Esha ni elIsa, I have understood it. Ewa (or ewallaii), (vid. eiwaa), be it so! yes!
Esse, s., a screw (St.) ? Ewe! thou there! (pi. egnui! you there!) oh
Essu (or ezu) ? ku piga, to hiss ? ? thou ! oh you !

Estadi, s. (or sitadi) = mtu ajuai kazi nzuri, one Ewediska, v. n. ,

to have the night-mare, incubus,
icho knows how to do fine icork estiidi wa ku to speak or make a noise (to rattle in the throat)
5 ^Cii O 1 1 Ci while sleeping; slietani ame-mu-wedesha, the
pika, a good cook; cfr. et ,
,
spirit which causes the incubus is called Jina-
magister, magister principis pueri, herus, domi- misi.
nus. Ewedesha, v. c.
Estaha, s. ; —ya mbelle, the fore-deck. Eza, v. a., to measure. In Kin. = Kis. ku enenza r
Estaiiange, a board ivith lines for playing
s., (1) sawaniza, ku pinna, to measure; tueze urefu wa
with pebbles, Ac. on; bao la a gaming board — , niumba kua us measure the length of
ligue, let
with deep lines (bao la mifiio); different from the house with a rope (ku eza kimojakwe).
this is the bao la mraba or miraba, a gaining Ezana, v. rec. ; ku-kimo, to measure one's height
board with many depressions. The natives by another.
play ivith korosko (vid.) or with komoe (vid.). Eza, v. n. (cfr. ku ea and weza), to be able, to have
In former times gambling teas very frequent, power over, to be equal, yuwaeza or yuwawcza ;

and many people lost thereby their money,

cfr. yi potens factus est, potens et magnus
their slaves, their plantations, bullocks, Ac. ,

evasit.
Therefore the government put a stop to that
play which was ccdled dado (ku tesa dado). At Ez£sha (or wezesha), v. c., to enable 'one;

present they play only with komoe, or koroslio, or Muungu ame-ni ezesha or wezeslia ku kimbia
ivith pebbles (ku tesa bao na komoe, Ac.) ; (2)
Wagalla, God enabled me to escape the Galla.
Ezicka, v. n., to thatch, to cover ivith thatch (St.)
mtumke buyu ni bao la estarange, haketi na
fig.
ku ezeka mduiko, to cover the top of a roof (B.)
mume, this woman is a strumpet, she does not j

stay ivith one man, but devotes herself to every- ku kuea na ku wimba (Er.).
one = mkahaba. Ezi, s.; cfr. enzi.

Esterehe (or estakefie), v. n.; cfr.

Ezua, v. a. ; ku — ,
to uncover ku ezua paa, to
strip a roof.

Ea, v. n. ku fa, to die, to perish, to fade array ; ni mtu,to be dead by one = to have
lit.

ku must be well distinguished from the verb

fa. one dead.Anafelewa babayakwe, his father
ku vaa, e.g., ku vaa nguo, to put on a doth ku was dead to him = he lost his father by
fa kua maradi, to die of sickness. Mafu wana death; fulani anafia akili, died to his NN
ku fa beredi. understanding, i.e., lost his wits. Hindi lina-
F£a (or fia or filia or ff.i.ka), v. obj., to die, ni-fia kua jua, the Indian corn (maize) died to
or to be dead to one, to leave one by death ; me by the sun = limebaribika, was spoiled or
muanawe ame-m-fea or ame-m-fia or filia destroyed by the heat of the sun ; kina felea,
babai, the son died or became dead to his liakiku toka nde.
father, or baba amefiwa or amefiliwa ni Filia, v. obj. ifilie hapa, may it die off or auay
muanawe. Tnlifiwa, we had a death gradually.
among our friends, one of us died ku fnva Ji-fia, v. refl., to destroy or kill one's-self; ame-
 ; ; ; . ; ; ; ; ;

FA ( 61 ) FA
ji-fia kua urongo = he died to himself = de- Fahali (pi. mafakali) ;
Arab. ,
mas animalis
stroyed himself with lies. The verbs : ku fia, cujusque, pec. admissarius. In the language
of
ku wia, and ku via must he well distinguished. Mombas this word, refers to “kitu kiume,” and
Fesha ( or fisha), v. c., to cause to die, to put to means, manly, brave, stout mtu huyu ni fahali,
death. especially fahali wa wita = shuga, si muoga,
Fishia, v. ohj., to spoil ku-m-fiskia kaziyakwe, ni mtu ushujai,
is brave, a brave this man
to spoil one's work. warrior, he a hero, he does not fear (pi. watu
is
Faa, v. n., to he of use or service, to avail, to hawa mafahali ya wita, brave warriors ). In
profit;maneno liaya yanafaa, these words ivere of reference to animals the word fahali points to
use; niumba hi haifai tena, this house is no the male sex gnombe fahali, a bullock, especially
longer of any use ; kiti hiki hakifai, this matter in point of generative power, a bull; mhuzi
is of no avail, is worth nothing. fahali, a buck. In the Kigunia dialect the people
Faua, v. ohj.; liatta mti lrn ku-ji-falia, also this say, Fahali wa gnombe = gnombe mume, an ox.
piece of wood may he used.
Fahamia kua ku fahamia, on
; the face, forward
Faana, v. rec., to he of use to one another, to
(St.) (?).
help one another.
Fahamu, v. a., to understand, to conceive, to re-
Fayidi, v. a., to he useful to one; wa-m-fayidi, I
am useful, profitable to him; ame-fayidi jambo member ; Arab. ,
intellexit, percepit animo.
hili = amepata fayida kua jambo liili, he Fahamia, v. obj.; fahamia, ni lazima ju yako,
profited by this matter; leo n’na-wa-fayidi, mind, you are amenable or responsible for it:
to-day Iprofited from them, viz. manenoyao, to
if lost, it will be required from you.
get profit from; niama ya juzi, nlio kula n’na
Fahamika, v.p., capable of being understood.
or nime fayidi, I derived benefit from the meat
Fahamtwa, v.p., to be understood.
which I ate the day before yesterday; siku-i-
fayidi ku vaa ngiio hi, imeibua nimefayidi Fahamisha, v. c., to make to understand or to
;

nguo hi, nime-i-nunua muaka hu m'bua pili, be understood, to remind = kumbuslia, subst.
nikeli nayo, haitassa taruka. ufahamivu, understanding.
Fayida, s. gain, profit, advantage, use; cfr. Fahari, v. n., to glory in, to boast of, to pride
Arab, alj ; (1) humectavit ; (2) donavit rem, one's self on, to be wanton; Arab. jactavit >

utilitatem petiit SjJU utilitas ku-m-tilia or se, gloriatus fuit ;

ku fania fahari, to live above
, ;

one's position; ku ji-fania fahari or ku-ji-fania

patia or fania fayida, to procure advantage or and rich people though
utagiri, to live like great
qirofit to one. one has not their rank nor their means.
Fayidisha, v. c., to make one to gain.
Fahari, s.; gloria, glory = fakkari.
Fadash (or fatash), s. (K.), a penknife with ,

which a thorn is taken out (?).

Faharisha, v. c. ku ji-faharisha = ku ji-fania

Fadusi (or fatusi) ? = ku vinchari ? fahari.

Fafanisha, v. a., to liken. Faida (and faidi), vid. fayida, s.

Fafanua (or fafuxua), v. a., to find out, to know, Faja, s.; la farasi, a stable (St.).
recognize ,
to make clear, understand mimi Fakiri, adj. and s. ; Arab, ,
fodit, perforavit
sifafanui niumba hi (si tambui) ni-pa mtu, aka-
cannot find this house, give me a
I pauper fuit jtfi* pauper, cui tantum est,
ni-onie, y& , ;
,

man to show
it to me. Mr. Erh. takes this word quantum vitae sustenendae sufficit, poor, a poor
in the sense, (1) ku sema waziwazi, to speak
person; pi. Arab. pauperes.
(2) to blab out or report secrets in
>
clearly trust
Fakua, v. a., to cut off a whole piece ; Mgalla ana-
(?)•
Fafanuka, v. n., to become clear, known (kua m-fukiia mbo, the Gctlla emasculated him. Erh
waziwazi) ndia inafafanuka = ime-ni-elea, takes this word in the sense, to rob a person
;

na-i-tambia, the way is known, manifest. with force.

Fafanukia, v. obj., to be clear to Fakuliwa, v.p. —
Fa fan cm a, v. obj., to make clear ; m-fafanulie Faj.a, v. ii.; ku —
vid. faa (St.). — ,

maneno hayu, to explain or make clear to Faladi, s., an old name of Mombas (vid. kongowea).
him. Falaki (or FfLAKi) ; cfr. Arab, cdli ,
rotundus
Fafaxusha, v. c., to make clear, to explain; ku
— juo or maneno. fuit ; ,
orbis coelestis, hence the science of
Fagaxzi, ku —
v. n. ,
to become callous (St.). heavenly matters = astronomy, astrology; ku
Facia, v. a., to sweep (vid. fiagia, v. a.). piga falaki, to foretell or prognosticate by the
 ; . ; ; ; ; ; ;

PA ( 62 ) FA
stars, in general, to think, consider or deliberate his favour. Muungu ame-m-fania wema or
on anything =
uganga va ku tazamia niuni. It kliei’i, God granted him kindness or happi-
is incredible to what nonsense the superstition of ness; ni-ku-fanie-cbe? ivliat shall I do to you,
the natives leads them in reference to good or or with you ?
bad omens, though the Muhammedans endeavour Faniana, v. rec. {obscene).
to conceal their fooleries from a European. Fanika, v. p., makedble, doable, feasible, prac-
Thus the Suahili (ivho are Muhammedans ) will ticable, successful, settled,done kiia to be
return projected journey if they
from their ngema, ku tendeka maneno yao yamefanika ;

should meet a one-eyed man or if they should = yamelekea = kakuna kondo tena, their
stumble in the outset of the journey. In like matters {which were previously in a bad condi-
manner the pagan Wanika ivill abandon a tion) have been settled, there is no more strife

journey ivhen they see a bird which is considered among them.

not to be an auspicious one. Leo nimepiga falaki, Fanikia, v. obj., to become prosperous or suc-
iiika rudi, niuni amelia vibaya, nikakua gu baya cessful to one biasliera ime-ni-fanikia, the trade
(nime = onana na mdana mbaya) vid mdana), (
was prosperous to me = nimepata biasliera
to-dayI have tried an augury, but returned as ngeina, I succeeded in trading ; mamboyakwe
a bird cried unpropitiously and as I stumbled yame-m-fanikia kua Mungu.
with an unlucky foot I met with a bad omen). { Fanikiwa, v.p., he teas rendered prosperous or
Falani, adj. {or felani or fulani, mfulani), iV. has done ivell aliharibikiwa, kislia akafani-
N., a certain such and such a man or thing kiwa, he had lost, then he gained.
Faniliza, v. a., to prosper one.
mzungu falani, « certain European; Arab.
Faniza, make ivell, to repair, to mend ;
v. a., to
quidam, qusedam. nimefaniza niumba iliokua mbaya, I repaired
Falaula, s., syn. with laiti, intercession (?).
the house which was damaged.
Fali, s., an omen, omens; Arab. JU, omen; Fanizua, v. p. ku-katika kazi, to be successful
in one's business, to prosper in it.
bene ominatus fuit ;
cfr. feli, s.

Falia {better valia), vid. va. Fanizia, v. a., to prosper or favour, to do him
Faliyva, v. n., to be helped or delivered; nime good = ku-m-fathili; ku-m-fanizia daua, to

faliwa ni fetha yangu, I was helped by my money prescribe medicine for one; ku-m-fanizia

(Sp.) cfr. faa, falia.

uerevu, hila, msaha, ubislii.
;

Fanizika, v. p., to have the quality of being

Fama, v. n. ? (Sp.).
prospered or of being in a prosperous condi-
Fana, v. n. {cfr. Arab. venit), to prove good
, ,
tion ; jawabu or jambo liili limefanizika wema,
to succeed, to turn out well, to deserve to thrive this matter has been done successfully neno
{especially of trees, of the produce of the land, liili kali ku fanizika, this matter was not such

tCc.) mpunga unafana muaka hu = mpunga

; as could be rendered prosperous.
umekua mema muaka hu, the rice has turned Faniziwa, v. p., to be rendered or made to do
out well this year, it became good; mtu huyu The substantive derived from fano is ivell.

afana {or astaue or astahili) ku pigua, this man “mfano” {vid.).

deserves {ought) to be beaten; maneno baya Fanguru, s. (ya, pi. za), ferrule.
yamefana or yamestaue, these words or things Fanus {or fanusi), s. (la, pi. ma
turned out well; cliombo liiki kinafana sana, this
), a lantern, —
Arab.
vessel turned out very well; kitu liiki chafa or
Fara, s. (ya), brim, brimful ; cfr . ,
summum
ebafana, jestaue, that will do.
et vertex rei, pars summa ku pima pishi na
Fanana, v. n., to be alike, to bear resemblance = ;

fara, or ku pima pishi ya fara, to measure a

kua sura moja.
pishi {vul.) to its brink. A fara contains 10
Fananisha, v. c., to make or cause to be alike or
pishi {especially in measuring lime ) ; cfr.
to resemble, to assimilate, to liken, to compare
mskumbi and sanna.
= ku fania sura moja.
Faragha, (ya) fidit separatus fuit
s. ;
cfr.
to do, to act, to work; ku
,

Fania, v. a., to make,

secrecy, privacy, leisure. {Kin. njaina), to take
fania kazi, to do or perform business ; mukogo
unafania ku oza, the cassada-root does or
any one privately ku m toa faragha or ku-m-
vuta kando or ku-m-tia faragbani.
begins to rot ku fania shauiri, to take counsel
ku fania kura, to cast lots. Faragua, v. a. ; cfr. :
fidit, removit, separatus
>

Ji-FANiA ;
ku — ,
to make one's self, to pretend to dissitusfuit ;
ku-ji-faragua, to separate or seclude
be something. one's-self, to live by one's-self, to be private, to
Fania, v. obj., to make or act for or to one, in keep alone, to retire.
 ; ; , ; : ;;

PA ( 63 ) PA
-
GO— mia, I am under the necessity of eating = I must
Faraja, s. (or FARA.Ti, s.) (cfr. fyb ,
levamcn,
eat, else I shall perish ; mtu liuyu yuna farratbi
solamen), ease, comfort after trouble, blessing,
ya ku enenda Mvita, kupata jakula. Especially
rest ku pata faraji after ku ondokewa ni ma-
;
does the word “ farrathi” signify the going in and
t’eso.
out and finding food with somebody ; e.g., kua
Faraji (or fariji), v. a.; firaji ;
cfr. gys
,
Gabiri farrathi yangu, nimesoea ndiko iliko =
kula kuakwe Gabiri wasema kulla asie mke na
; ;
liberatus fuit curis tristitia removit, detersit
asie niumba farrathiyakwe ihapa kuangu = ale
;

moerorem Deus, = ku jalia), to con-

to bless (
liapa kuangu. Chakulapale ulapo ndiofarrathi-
sole. Muungu ame-m-faraji, God blessed him
(nai amefarajika).
yako. Farrathiyangu kua Wali Muhammed Ben
Sef farrathiyangu i kua Balos katika Unguja.
Farajika, v. p., to be blessed, to thrive, to be
;

The place I am usually going to is with the.

comforted.
Farajiwa,
Bcdos (the English Resident ) at Zanzibar. I
v. p., to be put at ease, to be relieved.
go usually to him, eat and stay with him, till I
Faraka (or more usually fariki, fisreki), to
quit Zanzibar.
become separated Arab. separavit; ku Farusi (or farumi or farumu), s., ballast of stones
;
^y ,

fariki dunia, lit., to leave the world = to die, to or other things to render a ship more steady at
decease; bibi anafariki. sea; chombo hakina kitu, utie farumu, kipate kua
Faraicana, v. rec., to be separated, divided, kizito.

alienated by strife. Faseha, s., cleanliness (cfr. Arab. ,

pers-
Farakiana, v. rec., to be divided, to be alienated
picuitas), purity, genuineness. Of the Coran they
from one another, to differ among themselves.
use the %vorcl ufasaha.
Farikiwa = ku felewa.
Fashini, s. (— ya jombo), the prow of the vessel ?
Farikanisha, v. c., to cause to divide or differ.
the cutwater.
Farakisha, v. c., to alienate.
Fasihi, ad}., clean, pure, correct, perspicuous ; cfr.
Farikisha, = ku weka mballimballi, to put
gaas ,
lumine kuo apparuit alicui aurora ;
clara,
asunder.
manifesta fuit res.
Faranga, pullus gallinse
s. ; cfr.
^y , ;
(la, pi.
Fasiki, s., fornicator ; Arab. i exivit, a Deo
mafaranga) the chicken of a hen; the names of ,

defecit, vel scortatus fuit ufasiki, fornication,

fowls according to their age are: (1) kislwi (the ;

smallest kind)-, (2) kizingnie violence.

(3) faranga or ;

kinda (4) mso ; (5) mtetea, (pi. mi ;), ivhich — Fasilt, s. (ya) (cfr. ,
vilis, pravus fuit
lays eggs (6) ko (or kuku aviaye mai), a full separavit palmae surculum cumque piantavit
grown fowl (cfr. kuku).
homo vilis; — ® surculus palmae,
Farasi, s. (ya, ’pi. ma— ), a horse; cfr.
^y
, J-* ,

novella palma), a shoot, sprig, spreading

equus, equa.
Dr: Steere alludes to the native proverb huna
Fariji, v. a., vid. faraja.
asili, wala fasili, you have neither root, nor
Fariki, v. a., vid. faraka.
branches, i.e., neither good birth nor great con-
Farishi, v. a., to spread ; Arab, expandit, Mr.
^yy , nections. Reb. takes fasili in the sense
dispersit. of = kitambo, interval between the appearance
Faritha, v. a. (St.), to pay ; probably from and explosion of a meteor (niota). In this case
ffy ,

insecuit, donavit, accepit stipendia sua, de the ivord would have to be derived from ,

exercitu. incisura, differentia, distinctio.

Faroma, s. (St.), a block to put caps on after
Fasiri, v. a. (
detexit rem absconditam,
washing them, to prevent their shrinking ; cfr.
explicuit), to explain, to interpret fasiria, v. obj.,

rf •
to explain to one ; s., explanation, translation ;

Farrathi, s. ; cfr. statutum quod impositum fasiriwa, v.p., to be explained.

y>y ,

Fataki, s., a percussion cap, a gun-ccip (St.) cfr.

et imperatum cst a deo, quod ex lege vel debito
;

penditur, stipendium; necessity, obligation, a ,

ruptus fuit, rupit omnino ; 1 P er_
thing which men must do or abandon. Man ruptus, inde oriens et fulgens aurora. The Arabic,
must have a certain portion of food sufficient to
no doubt, alludes to the sound and spark of the
satisfy his hunger, or with the Muhammedans
cap.
a man is bound to pray five times a day nina
Fatiiaa (fazaa), s. (cfr. inquietum red-
farratlii ya kula, niki kossa farrathi mimi taanga- y ,
 —

PA ( 64 ) PE
Fatiishi, v. a., to pry, to be over-curious.
didit, hence ft ,
vir levis, in quietus), briskness,

confusion, restlessness, disquietness; mtu wa Faukombe (or fukombe and furukombe), s., a
= kind of vulture flying very high (?).
fathaa asieaza muana liuyu j'una err ana
fathaa, this boy is restless, forgetful, light, Faulu, v. a., a nautical term.
flighty = liana makini ya ku sikia juo; neno Faaviti, v. a. (cfr. Arab. ui>\j ,
praeterivit, fugit
atumalo liasikii, yuyasahau havraka, hath
aliquem res, vicit), to detain, to occupy, hinder
rnoyoni usifanie fatliaa = harraka, liarraka = =
;
one; ame-ni-fayiti ame-ni-weka mno.
rolio hafifu ;
Muungu liana fatliaa, yuna saburi;
=
Fawiti, s., trouble, embarrassment uthia ;
kitu
liaamui kua fathaa.
hiki kina-ni-tia uthia, kina-u-sirimisha (Kin.),
Fathaika, to be troubled, disquieted, to become
e.g., sina kizu, nina uthia bora.
confused, to be in haste.
and Fayida and fayidi (vid. faa), v. n.
Fathaisha, v. c., to cause haste therefore
make forgetful, to confuse one. Fazaa, s., confusion, trouble ; vid. fathaa.

Fathaisha (or fazaisha), v. a., to press (Sp.); Fedeiia, s., a blame, blemish; pasipo ,
blameless;
cfr. fetheha.
probably from territavit, perculit metu
£y ,

Feka (or fieka), v. a. (cfr. fregit, dissolvit

aliquem tlU ,
(?).
Fathali (vid. afathali), preferably, adv. compagem, disjunxit), to clear forest lands (St.).
Felani, adj., vid. falani.
Fathali (or fathili), v. a. (Arab. ,
exube-
Felefele (or ferefere), s. ( Jli ,
dehilis,
ravit, praeceiluit, benefecit), to benefit one, to clo
a kindness to one; to be kind to one, deserve infirmus fuit), an inferior kind of millet; fere-

well; to oblige one by kindness or presents. fere, red millet growing in Arabia, from the
flour of which the Arab sailors prepare the mu-
Fathili, s. (ya, pi. za), favour, kindness, benefit,
kate ya nrofa (vid. mofa) the millet is first put
present, acknowledgment, obligation; ku-m- ;

fania fathili = ku-m-fania yema, to show one into water and then ground together with the

= husks.
kindness especially in distress ku mu-aza
Fei/egi (or FEi.EJi), s., an excellent kind of iron, or
sana. Prov. fathili za punda ni mashiizi, lit.
steel; upanga iva felegi (vid. kitara), a long
the kindness of an ass is his breaking wind =
straight two-edged sword, used by the Arabs, a
lie who has received benefits, returns them with
cimeter, sabre.
bad; prov. ivushayo ni liibovu, the boat which
has carried a man to the other side of the river Feleti, v. a. (Arab. ,
effecit, ut evaderet,
is bad, i.e., when he has crossed the river he liberavit), to advance money, to pay a debt in
abuses the boat, as the man does who abuses his order that the debtor may be liberated ; ame-ni-
benefactor. feleti ame-ni-fungua (kua ku-ni-zaidia awuni), he
Fathilika, v. a., to be shown kindness ,
to be
has liberated, released me by paying my debt; to
raider obligation for kindness shown. release from an obligation.
Fathilisha, v. c., to make a person dependent Feletika, v. p.
upon one's-self. Feletisha, v. c.
Fathiliwa, v.p. Fel£wa, v.p., vid. fa.
Fathilizana, v. rec., to be kind one to another ; ngema or
Feli, s. (cfr. fali) ;
omen, auspicium (feli
Muungu hafathiliwi, liadaki ku fathiliwa, God to ominate. Dr. Steere
mbiiya) ku piga;
feli,
is not put under obligations. “ feli, pi. mafeli, a
takes this word inthe sense,
Fathehi, v. a. ( ~yi ,
detectis malefactis igno- beginning of speaking or doing." In this case
minia affecit), to put to confusion, to find out a it must be derived from ,
movit se, egit,
person in a trick (St.) “ meaning omen ” must
opus fecit, whereas feli

Fatiha, (Arab, -yi initiuru Bad

j5
aperuit;
3U
s. , ,
be derived from - omens are
,

rei, cum prima Corani sura), a prayer made

artic. with the “(1) when the cock crows
Suahili:
by the Muhammedans on certain solemn occa- before midnight; (2) when a hyena cries at day-
sions, especially at funerals, by reading passages time; (3) when an ass couples a cow; ( 4 ) when a
from the Coran, particularly using the first sura; sheep ascends the low roof of a cottage ivana
ku-m-fikiliza meiti (mtu alie kufa) fatiha = ku- feliya ya masai, they have an omen of the
mu-aga kua maneno ya juo ku toa fatiha the ; ; masai, that they will come; ku-m-feli mtu, i.e.,
natives say also: ku soma fatia, on the graves kua muivi ;
ku-m-feli mtumke, to know a woman
(siara), ku toa fatiha (fataha) (matanga yakion- carnally.
dolewa). Fen f. ssi, s. (or finessi) (la, pi. ma— ), a jack-fruit.
 .;; ; ; ;

FE ( 65 ) FI

( bread-fruit ?) ;
mfenessi, the j aclc-fruit-tree (arto- assistance at a birth; fialiwa, v. p., to be born;
carpus integri folia). fiawa, v. p. fiausa, s; mfiazi, parent; kifiazi,

Ficraga, s., vid. faragha (ya,p l. za), secret ku-mu- generation (mviazi, kiviazi).
eleza maneno ya feraga. Fia, v.; ku filia (vid. fa) ;
ku fa, to die ; (1) to die
Feraka (or mfaraka), vid. fariki, v. to one; pass, ku fiwa na — ,
to lose by death; ni
Fj2rasi, s. (wa, pi. za), vid. farasi, horse ( cdso pi. kheri ku ji-fia, I will rather die; (2) to be ar-
maferasi). rested in growth, to grow stunted, to be spoiled,
corrupted, e.g., mnazi kwanza unaondoka na sihi
Ferdausi, s., paradise; ,
stravit humi,
5 C-* C
(nghvu), kislia unasunda w:ifua mtu huyu anafia ;

>
paradisus, sedes beatorurn. muili na akili, this man died to or is spoiled,

Ferefere,
corrupted in body and mind ,
i.e., hakukiia,
s. (vid. felefele), red millet.
amerunda, hakupata kimo, his body did not grow
Ficreji, s., a drain, a channel ; cfr. Arab. ,
large he became crippled, short
,
amef ia akili =
fissura, rima hiatus. amepumba, he was spoiled in point of under-
S 'C standing, he became stupid amekua susu
r ERSADi, s. (vid. forsadi); cfr. Arab. ,
;

mahindi yanafia kua jua, hayakupata kimo,

morus arbor aliis fructus mori, aliis ruber fructus hayakua makuba, yanafia visegere or vimbiigue,
mori, tiuctura rubra. i.e., gugutalakwe ni ndogo, ni fupi.

Ferunzi, s. (ya ,pl. za). Fisa, v. c., to cause to be stunted, spoiled ; ku-m-
fisa kazi, na kazi if fe = iharibike mahindi
FjEtiia, s. (ya, pi. za), silver money ; Arab. ;

-
, ,

yanafia = hayakuiwa sana junguni.

0J
argentum, from ,
fregit rem, rupit, sepa- Fisia, v. obj.; ame-ni-fisia kaziyangu, he spoiled

ravit; mikufu ya fetha, chains of silver my work, he prevented me from finishing it.

Fethaluka, s., carnelian or earned! said to be Fiagia, v. a. (= ku pea), to sweep, hence s. ufiagio
found in Chagga (cfr. margani), also a hind of (pi. fiagio), broom (= upeo, pi. peo) fiagia (or ;

beads; ushanga wa fethaluka (or marijani), a fagia) vema katika chumba hiki, sweep this

hind of water like beads of great value (R.) (cfr. room well.
kido). Dr. St. takes “marijani y a fethaluka ” Fiagilia, v. obj.
for “the true red coral.” Fiagua, v. a. ?
Fisthehe, v. a., to disgrace one = ku-m-tia aibu. Fialika, v. p. (or vialika), to be born in a fine
and strong manner, and to have many brothers
Fiotheha, s., disgrace, a shame; igno-
,
and sisters (Er.).
minia, opproprium from ignominia Fianda, v. a., to crush, to bruise, to contuse; jiwe
,

a stone bruised my finger ; lime-ni-fianda chanda,

affectus fuit ;
pasipo fetheha, blameless.
to pinch, to jam.
Fetheh^ka, ashamed before the people (ku
to be
Fiakdika, v.p., to be bruised.
ona aibu) to be put to shame (= ku aibika).
;

FethehiSsha, v. c., to make ashamed to put to Fiandi, s. (ya, pi. za) bunduki ya fiandi, a ;
,

the blush ( — ku tahayarisha). musket which has a small barrel and makes a
weak report (cfr. shugalo).
FlorC'A, v. a.; Arab, aperuit portam, jus
Fiata, v. a., to hold one's hands or one's clothes
,

dixit, dijudicando diremit litigantes ;

to give between one's legs or thighs, to take between the
judgment on questions of the Muhammedan law. thighs, to keep one’s thighs closed ( when your
Fetiwa, v.p to be condemned, to be adjudged, hands are full (fiata is not to be confounded with
to be punished. fumbata) ku : fiata nguo, to turn up the cloth
Fetuliiua, v. a., vid. peketekea. the knee and The
from tie it to one's buttocks.
Ffiui.i (or feauu),
of the native ships s., the hold natives used to travel in this manner in the
at the stern, the place in a native vessel where wilderness,ku horumia nguozao, they do not
they put up things as in a baggage-room (jumba
feel ashamed as they are not observed by their
cha tini katika chombo cha ku welca mali katika countrymen; ku fiata nguo ndogo kama Mkamba;
tesi) jumba cha mali katika jahazi (cfr. akiki,
; ku piga ubinda kama Baniani (vhl. ubinda).
another hind o/feuli). Erhardt takes the word fiata, “ to put one's
Fi ,prep. (Arab.
tano, five times five; saba
^ ,
in, de, propter), by tano fi hands in sleeping to one's genitals ” ? Ku fiata
mkia, to take the tail between the legs.
fi saba, seven times
seven. Fiatisa, v. a., to beat with a switch or whip which
Fi, fio, ndivio, alivio, &c., vid. vi or vy, vi, die. bends around the whole body and gives pain; ku
Fia, s. (vid. fira), a hind of serpent. piga kua ufito uembamba or kua kikoto (vicl.), a
Fia (or viaa), v. a., to give birth; fialia, fialisha, to give kind of whip made of gnongo za mia.
F
 ; , ; ; ;;

PI ( 66 ) PI
Fiatua, v. a., to let off ,
to allow a spring to escape. Fidiei, s., vid. fitiri ;
Arab. ,
solvit jejunium
SC
Fiatuka, v. n., to escape (as aspring does). yAt jejunii solutio.
Fiazi, s. (vid. viazi), sing, kiazi, sweet potatoes.
Fido (vid. a switch.
fito),
Ficha, v. a. (Kiung.) = fita, to hide conceal;
,
ame- Fido fido watu wa fido fido ?
;

ni-fita kitu, he did hide the matter from me.

Fiduli, vid. fitliuli, fithulikia.
Fichia(= pixia), v. obj.; ame-ni-fitianguoyangu, Fi£ka, ku fieka, vid. feka ku fieka muitu,
v. a. ; ;

he did hide my cloth. ground in a forest.

to clear
Fida (fidua), v. a .,
to uncover, to betray, to tell to Fieta, v. a., (1) to crush; e.g., ku beta maembe, to
(2) = ku-m-
(ku-m-sema, this expression is more usual). crush mangoes (which are ripe) ;

Fiduana, v. rec., to betray one another. kaniaga tumbu kua magu, to tread upon one’s
Ku-ji-fidua, to betray one's-self. belly (Sp.)?
Fida fida = gunkunisa (E.) ? Fifia, v. n., to disappear, not to be seen any longer,
Fidi, v. a. (Arab. dato lytro redemit, liberavit to pine away kofuyangu imefifia = baionekani
tena, myno longer seen = imekiia muili
scar is
aliquem; or ,
s., res qua aliquis redimi- mmoja; tayafifia, yadaka ku zima wino wafifia ;

tur et liberatur), to redeem, to free, to deliver out katika waraka, the inh cannot be seen on the
= ku toa nde, ku komboa; maliyakwe ime-m-fidi paper, which therefore cannot be read; si mema
katika kifungo, his property redeemed him from wino bu, umengia maji; jua linafifia or lina-
prison, acquitted him from punishment by paying fifilisa nuru or muanga wa muili, the sun has

the fine. burnt or spoiled the colour or complexion of the

;”
body. Erh. takes this verb, “ to become blach
Fidia, v. obj., to deliver or ransom one by paying
jua linafifia, the sun blachened ?
the ransom; ame-m-fidia babai kua reali mia,
Fifilisa, v. a., to cheat one in counting, to over-
he redeemed his father for a hundred dollars ;
reach one in reckoning (ku fifilisa katika hesabu)
Kristosi ame-tu-fidia kua damu yakwe or damu
ame-ni-fifilisa reali tano, he counted 20 dollars, but
ya Kristosi ime-tu-fidi, kuani, yee ame-tu-ona
gcweme actually only Vi, thus abstracting 5 dollars.
suisui katika thiki. A free
Fifinuka? v. n. (R.).
Suahili ivho
wounds and hills another free man has to
pay the sum of 600 to 1200 dollars; if he hills
Figa (la, pi. ma ), the three stones used to seta —
pot upon over the fire.
a slave of somebody he must pay sixty dollars.
A slave ivho wounds and hills las fellow-man Figili, s. (ya, pi. za), a kindPemba. of large radish,
growing best on the island of
must pay fifty dollars, laid to the charge of
Fiunia, v. a. (finia), (1) to pinch, nip with the
Formerly it ivas customary to
his master.
finger-nails (=ku niukua kua ukucba, pbkucha);
punish wound with wound life with life, <£c. ,

(2) ku kunda usso = ku kasirika, to make a

(lihe in Exod. xxi. 23, 24), but /Sultan Said-
sour look, to frown (cfr. ku kuniata) ;
ku fignia
Said, the rider of Zanzibar, abolished this
ngue ?
custom.
Figniana, v. rec., (1) to be pinched together, tobe
Fidia, s. (ya, pi. za) (in an abstract sense),
gathered up in a small or narrow place ; (2)
blood-money, ransom; fetlia or mali ya ma-
ku kundamana usso.
kombdzi batu-i-daki fidia, tuadaka kisasi figniu = lina-
Figniu, s., the mouth of a bag; kanoa
;

(retaliation), zamani watoapo fetha waona figniana, or mdomo unafigniana., the mouth is
kama ku onewa, they consider it a disgrace to narrow ombo); nguo bi figniu, this cloth is
(cfr.
take money because they desire retaliation for
narrow.
the crime committed yakwe, na Figo, s. (ya, pi. ma ? za), kidney figo ya-ni-uma,
ameletta fidia
kuamba bangetoa mali, angeuiiwa, he brought the kidney pains me. The natives put the
his ransom, if he had not given money he
kidneys of a slaughtered goat upon the aching
would have been hilled.
part of a man's body, to cure him. In like
Fidia, s. (in a concrete sense huyu ni fidia- manner they put the wengu (spleen) of a cow
) ;

yangu, i.e., atoaliaye kisasi, this man is my upon the aching wengu of a man. The sickness
redeemer, he p aid the kisasi for me. of the wengu causes a swelling of the belly (ma-
Fidia (or fidilia), to atone or pay for another. tumbo).
Fidili, s., alms (Er.) ? FiicA, arrive, to reach; alipofika kule
v. n., to
Fidi, s., vid. fithi (Sp.). mbelle, when he arrived there.
Fidiana (fii.idiana ?) ? Fikana, v. rec., to arrive together.
Fidikana, v. (R.), vid. sini. Fikanisha, v. c., to cause to arrive at the same
Fidina, s., mint (?). time.
Fidio, 8 .; uganga wa fidio ? (R.). Fikia, to arrive at one’s place or for
v. obj.,
 ; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; s,

FI ( 67 ) FI
one ,
to reach one; warakawangu ume-m- inops fuit, inopem pronunciavit aliquem judex),
fikia, my letter reached him, arrived at his to take away or to sell by auction somebody'
place. property, to pay his debts wali ame-m-filisi
Fikilia, v. obj., to come up to, to arrive at one's fulani, ametoa watuma, shamba, viombo via
place, to concern one mgeni ame-ni-fikilia niumba, etc. ; na Abdalla amefilisiwa ni wali, na
kuangu. sasa Abd. amefilisika, liana kitu tena.
Fikiliana, v. rec., to arrive together, to coincide ; Filisika, v. p., to be distrained, to have been
e.g., many words of the Kinika language coin- sold up.
cide with the Kisuahili and vice versd. Filjsiwa, v. p., to be seized for the payment of
Fikiliwa, v.p.; nimefikiliwa ni mgeni = ame- debts (one’s property).
ni-fikilia pango. Mfifilisi, s., a man ivho sells a debtor's pro-
Fikiliza, v. c., to cause to arrive for, or to reach; perty.
nime-m-fikiliza mgeniwako niumbani inuako, I Fililisa, v. a. ame-m-sekaulisa, apate sekau, to
caused thy guest to arrive at thy house; get by deceit.
Muungu wemi or vibaya ku
ame-m-fikiliza Fililisika, v. p., to have been sold up ; also = ;

a promise or treaty.
fikiliza ahadi, to fulfil ku dangauika or pumbasika, fo be overreached
Fikilishia, v. obj.; ku-m-fikilishia maueno.ketka defrauded.
wa ketba ku-m-fikilisbia matukano, to abuse or Fijiba, v. n. (vid. vimba)= ku fura, (1) to swell,
;

revile one. matumbo yana vimba = yunajaa telle ndani ;

Fikizia, v. obj. nimefikizia niumba, I reached (2) ku vimba niumba niassi or malaiti, to thatch
the house. or roof a house with grass and palm-leaves.
Fikisha, v. c ., to cause to arrive, to lead, to take. Fimbisa (vid. vimbisa), v. c., to cause to swell;
Fisha, v.c., to cause to arrive; chakula kiki kita- mtama uta-ku-vimbisa, to overfeed a person.
Ukambani, this food will bring me to
ni-fisha
Fimbiwa (vid. vimbiwa), v. p., to overeat one’s
Ukambani, will be sufficient till I reach self.
Ulcambani ku-m-fisha mbelle ndiani, to see Fimbika, v. n. (or fimbuka) maembe yafimbika
;

one to the road, to accompany him till he niumbani, the mangoes ripen in the house.
reaches the road.
Fimbisi, s., the state of being inflated (R.).
Fishia, v., to cause a thing to reach him ; ku-m-
Fimbo, s. (ya, pi. za), a long stick (cfr. bakora), a
fisliia mbelle mzigo, to carry the load for
rv cdking -stick.
some one to a certain distance.
Finanga, v. a. (finianga) (Kin. umba), to form or
FisiihvA, v. p.
mould potter' s clay, to tread and trample, to make
Fishua, v. p.
vessels of clay ku fania viombo kua udongo, to
Fikidia ? (Reb.).
do potter's ivork. Pottery is the business of
Fikija(R. figija), rub between the fingers, to
v.a.fio
ivomen in East Africa. The women mould, bake,
compress by rubbing, to rub to pieces, to crumble,
and sell the ware. They make water-jars, dishes,
to rub hard ku fikija unga ulio na mafombo,
Ac., of various sizes from a red and black kind
to crumble a lump of flour between the thumb
of clay which they dig in the island of Mombas
and fore and middle fingers, in order to reduce
and near Jumfu, a Muhammedan village, situated
it topoivder for bread-making.
on the mainland, about six miles to the ivest of
Fikira (or fikara), s. (ya ,pl. za), thought, thought-
Mombas.
fulness, consideration mtu kuyu yuna fikira Finaxgua, v.p.
nengi = yuna maazo mangi ; cfr. Arab-
(
Finessi, s. (vid. fenessi), pi. inafinessi, a jack-fruit;
Kizungu, a duryan (St.).
finessi la
cogitavit de aliqua re ; ,
cogitatio ;
fikira
Finginiuka (cfr. mugnunika), v. n., to wriggle,
liizi hatunazo suisui.
writhe (like a serpent after having been killed, or
Fikiri, to consider, think, ponder ku fikiri mali like worms crawling in putrid meat).
iliopotea, to think of the property lost ufikiri
Fixgirika = bingirika, v. n., to be rolled, to roll
sana, usianguke, think well, lest you fall.
along, to ivrithe like a wounded serpent.
Fin, s., a chess castle or rook (St.) ;
in Arabic an Fingirisha = bingirisba, v. c., to cause to roll, to

elephant turn over ; mtu afingiriska kitu asijoweza ku-

J**'
ki-tukiia, man uses to roll what he cannot
Fila, v. n. = fia, v. n., to die afile mballi, may
carry.
he die at a distance, far off.
Finia, v. a., vid. fignia; ku finianiumba or ku
Filia, v. obj. ; cfr. ku fa, v. n., to die.
fania finio, to make the house narrow ; ndia ya
Filimbi, s., a flute.
ku finiana or ndia ya finio, a narrow way (2)
Filisi, v. a. (fifilisi by redupl.) (cfr. yji , mafinio ya usso, grimace ,
wry face.
f 2
 . ; ; : ; ,

FI ( 63 ) FI
Finiana, v., to be narrow = haiua pana; rnlango venom of this snake, which is of a whitish colour.

unafiniana, the door is narrow. There are various kinds of snakes (1) sayo, (2)
Finia finia,v. a. (or winia winia), to swing, to bafe (long and large), (3) nduma ku wili (short),
move backwards and forwards (a child ) ku-m- , ; (4) satu (about tivelve feet long), (5) ukukui, (6)
tesesba muana (vul. vinya vinya). nondo, (7) fira (is long).
Finiafa, s., hay ? Fira, v. ft., to lie with a ivoman not being one's
Finianga, v. a., to tread under foot; kn finianga wife (tongoza).
makoyokoyo, to tread under foot a land of large Firua, v. p. fulani ame-m-fira mtumke wa
black ants ( cfr ku fiminga). na mtumke amefirua ni mtu mume
fulani,

Fix he a (or funika), v. a., to cover (opp. funua, to mungine.

uncover ) ku finika chombo, to cover a vessel ;
;
to Firana, v. rec., to commit (1) adultery, (2)
close, e.g., a book. sodomy or pederasty.
Fixikika, v. n. (ngiio lii hai-ji-finikiki, ni ki- Fiit.ui, v. «. (cfr. faraja and faraji, v. a.) Muungu
pande), to become covered. ame-m-firaji akapoa, God blessed, consoled him
Finikiza, v. c., to cause to cover, to put some- (after having been in mat’eso, in affliction).

thing on the top of a vessel so that nothing Firangi, s. (Kin.) (= Kis. rnbuba), measles.
can fall into it; ufinikize jungu, asingie paka Fira si, s.,part of a ship (?) (R.).
or pania; a-ni-fmikize finikize maneno yale Firidi, v. n., to smell well, to have a good odour
(cfr. hanikiza) ;
ku finikiza vianda (ku-ji-shika (
= ku nuka, ku toa rikbi).
mikono). Firigisi, s. (ya) (also firingisi), the stomach or the
Finikua, v.p., to be covered. gizzard of birds (the figo of quadrupeds).
Finiko, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
covering kifiniko, a Fiiuxga, v. ft. (virixga), to make round, to remove
small cover. roughness of surface; ku fivinga tonge la wali,
Finioxgoa, v. ft., to quash ? = to crush. to make a lump of boiled rice and put it into the

Fio (la, pi. ma — ), reins (fio inaka na ini). mouth, the natives using no sqioons in eating (ku
Fioa, v. a., (1) to cut, e.g., mashiike ya mtama, ku lania muili mmoja).
tia kikapuni (Sp.) ; (2) to scold. Firingana, d., to become spherical and sym-
FiouEa, v. ft., to rebuke; ku-m-nenea kua maneno metrical; umetongua batta unafiringana or
rati

ya koro ku-m-tolea ufiozi, to abuse, reproach.

;
batta kua mmoja na muiliwakwe, batta ku
Fioga, v. a., to trample under one's feet to press ,
ondolewa kulla kombo ya mti, liauna mlima
with one's hands or feet. tena, unafiringana, the tree is round, smooth,
Fiogana, v. rec., to press or rub against each without any roughness.
other strongly, to tread one upon another. Firkomba, s. (St.), an eagle ? vid. faukombe.

Fiokota, v. a. (fiogota ?) (cfr. sokota), to twist Firu, s. (la ,pl. ma— ), fruit of the mfiru tree (Sp.).
with the hands, to turn between the hands; kua Firuka, v. n., to whirl ? rolio ina-m-firiika = ina-m-
ku unga ugue or msliipi wa ku fulia sarnaki (cfr. gevika, inakua na ghatabu, imekasirika, to become
kassi, s.). angry.
Fionda, v. ft. (cfr. ku sonda), to suck out; ku fionda Firusha, v. c., to provoke one; watu wame m-
damu or pua ya watoto ;
wali ( boiled rice) uki-m- firusba rolio kua maneno mabaya (Sp.).
palia mtdto.mjanga puani, mamai yuwa-m-fionda
Fisadi, v. «. (Arab, j s ,
corrupit, perdidit ;
oLj
batta wali ku toka puani, ivhen the rice gets into
corruptio) (cfr. husudu), to corrupt; (2) fisadi
the nose of a little child, his mother will suck
(pi. mafisadi), s.; liana uda wa kitu, ni fisadi mku,
it until the rice comes out (this is a Suahili
custom) ku fionda watu kua ku gniagnania ft wicked man in general, one ivho enters the
; fig.,
= to suck out the people = houses of other people for a wrong purpose.
to impoverish, to ex-
haust them. Fisha, v. c. (from ku fa, v. n), (1) to cause to die ;

Fionia, v. ft., to make a chirping noise with the (2) to cause to arrive (from ku fika, vid).
mouth, to do so by way of showing contempt Fishia, ku
v. obj.; fisbia watu, to w a ylay people,
(St.). to lie in ambush = ku ka kikosini, in order to
Fir a (Kin), s. (= Kis. fia), a kind of snake, which rob and kill (ku fa) ?

spits at men and endeavours tothrow the spittle Fisi (or fissi), s. (la, pi. ma — ),
hyena. The
from ft distance into the eyes, which causes greed Wanika entertain a foolish attachment to this
pain. The spittle causes an itching on the skin voracious beast of the forest. When a hyena
of the body. The natives endeavour to induce has been found dead or killed by somebody, the
another person as quickly as possible to make elders of the tribe perform a funeral ceremony
water upon the eye which has been hurt, urine such as usual after a man's death.
is The
being considered a prompt remedy against the muanza (rid) is beaten, and a great lamentation
 ; ) ; ;; ;

PI ( 69 PI
and intolerable howling are heard. The beast Fithulikia, provoke one to anger by
v. obj., to
having been buried in a deep grave digged by nicknaming; one who despises
mf’fthuli,
s.,

the mad mourners, the latter slaughter a bullock others, nicknames them. Dr. Stcere takes the
or goat and eat and drink to excess for three
,
ivord in the sense officious, over-talkative;
days, raising from time to time tlicir voices and futhuli, officiousness. Ku-m-nenea asie = kua
weeping for their departed brother, as they call katiriyakwe; ku-m-fitlnilikia = ku-m-tolea man-
the hyena. The man who has killed the beast is eno ya keburi or ya niisaba, maneno maofii.
obliged to pay one piece of cloth to the elders. Fitina, s. (ya, pi. za) (efr. Arab, ,
probavit,
Is this notion connected with Indian ideas
and customs of the migration of man's soul ? I tenfavit, sedtixit; ijjj ,
tentamen, seductio,
do not think so, as the Waniha show no attach-
discordia, seditio, bellum), 1 ) n. abstr. = ufitina,
ment to any other animal or beast. Very (
enmity, hatred, slander, discord, malevolence;
likely they intend by their superstitious respect
(
2) 71. concr. (wa, pi. ma— ),
inciter, instigator,
for the hyena to keep this beast well-affected
abettor of discord or distwbanccs buy 11 ndie
towards those who in a state of intoxication may
fitina ya watu (= mfitini).
fall asleep in the grove or forest or on the road at
Fitini, v. a., to bring about enmity, discord,
night, as a Mnika told me once when I questioned
him on this subject. Theyfrequently make a sadaka
against any one, to do him harm mtu liuyu
ameni-fitini, ame-ni-tia fitina kua ndugu
(,sacrifice ) for the purpose that no wild animal
zangu.
may kill their countrymen during the period
Fitinia, v. obj., to cause enmity with one, to
of Keskazi ( vid .), when tlieir drinking bouts are
slander one with N. N., to sow discord Ab-
going on for days and nights in a shocking
dalla anie-ni-fitinia kua nduguyangu, Abdalla
manner. Some Waniha have stated that the
put me at enmity with my brother.
elders when talking in a state of intoxication in
the forest ( where they are often assembled day
Fitiniana, v. rec., to put themselves at enmity
and night ) endeavour to imitate the voice of the one with the other.

hyena, and that on this account they call the Fitiri, s. (ya) (efr. fidivi) (efr. Arab. Jch ,
solvit
beast their brother. In regard to the Suahili
jejunium jah ’
jejunii solutio
superstition relative to the hyena see the word ;
; ,

fell. See also Schweinfurth’s “ Heart of festum Mukammedicum succedens jojunio mensis
Africa." Eamadliani), alms and presents given at the end
Fisidi, v. a. {vid. fisadi), to commit an offence in of the Ramadhan
sadaka ya ku fungua muezi ;
another man's house. wa Eamadliani, ku tolowa muezi mozi na mfunguo
Fisidi, v., vid. fisadi. mozi siku ya idi. A pisbi of grain is give 7i to
Fisidia, v. obj.; ku enda ku fibidia. Mambo the poor.Alms are given ( 1 ) at the end of the
yote a-ya-fisidi. Ramadhan, ( 2 ) after safe return from war, dec.
Fita, v. a. (vid. ficlia), to hide, to conceal. The natives give money, cloth, rice, bullocks to the

Fitapita, v. a., to shuffle, to be evasive in one's poor or to mosques.

speech (It.). Fito (sing, ufito, pi. fito, za), long slender sticks
Fitamana, v. rec., to be hidden together jambo especially used for making a basket to catch fish;
lililo fitamana. ku suka usio wa samaki ;
fito (pi. mafito), a long
Fitana, v. rec. ( and pitikana). staff. The Wanilca use the fito (slender sticks or

Fitia, v. obj., to hide a matter from any one; switches) in the construction of their cottages by
ame-m-fitia wali kitu hiki, he kept this matter putting them transversely to the poles and
secret from the governor. fastening them with the bark of trees or with
ropes of mia (vid.) efr. bakora.
Fitika, v. 71., to be capable of being hidden or ;

concealed; mtana anafitika mituni. Fiua, v. a., (

1) to cut off; (
2 ) to let spring or

Ku ji-FiTA mfua, to take shelter from the rain. snap amefiua shuke la mtama alipokata bua
kua tini, he cut off the ear of millet after having
Fitiiuli (= f'dthuli), adj. ( efr . Arab. >
cut down the stalk.
praecelluit, se praestantiorem aliquo judicavit), Fiuka, v. 71. = tenguka (vicl. pia), to go off, to

to be proud, insolent; mtu buyu ni fitiiuli or snap; mtambo umefiiika (= umeinuka ju),
nisafihi, yuwatukana or akasliil'u watu anataka- ; the trap (noose) went off, snapped.
biri m'110, he is very proud. Fiuko, mtambo wa fiuko, a trap of a stick
s. ;

Fithulika, v. ( = tukana), to treat one contemptu- and rope; opp. to mtambo wa liwa and wa
ously, to nickname one (?) vid. ufithuli, in- banchaga.
;

solence. Fiulia, v., to convince one of a falsehood by

 . ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

PI ( 70 ) FU
exaggerating to refute by witticism; ame-
i,
the name serves for both the harbour and the
fiulia kinayakwe kua ku teka. custom-house in Arabic.
Fiusha (or fiusa), v. c., to let spring or snap to ,
Fras (frasi), s. (vid. farasi), a horse.
let go off, to let off (a trap). Frasi, s., a chess knight (St.).
Fiussa, v. n.; ku fiussa watu au niama kua tanzi Fu, adj.; niamafu = niama fu, niama alie kufa
or matanzi (kitanzi, ngue wa mua), to catch a dead animal, the flesh of a
(vid. nia mafu),
men or animals unawares by a rope, which is dead animal; neap tides, maji mafu, lit., dead
placed on the road in the form of a noose. ivater ; kitu kifu, m'tu m'fu.
Fiufia, cook something with a slow fire;
v. a., to Fit, natural sound ; cfr. bu ;
ku-mu-anguska fu.

to spoil in cooking. Fua, a wooden bold; ni jano kidogo cba ku

9.,

Fiunda, v. a., vid. ku ramba (2 Tim. ii. 17).

oshca magu, mikono, &c. (R.).

Fiwa, p. (vid. ku fa, to die), to be dead to one

v. —
Fua, 9. (la, pi. ma ), the chest; mafua, a chest
fulani anafiwa or anafewa, somebody died belong-
complaint causing a cough, a cold in the head

ing to N. N. (to a certain individual

and a stoppage in the nose; mtu liuyu ana
) ku fiwa- ;

po, there where people are dead or die; manamke mafua, this man watu wana
suffers in his chest

mumewe, widow mafua wakohoa msimu ukingia, when the north-

aliofiwa ni (lit., a woman to
ivhom her husband died). wind sets in many persons complain of the
mafua.
Fiwi, s. (pi. za), a kind of bean; mfiwi is the stalk
Fua, 9. (or rather fuo) (vid. fuo) la mikojo, the
of the bean. This land of bean is said to have a
scum of urine.
strong smell, for which reason the wild boar will
Fua, 9., a small trunk hollowed out like a canoe,
not eat it. Dr. Steere states (page 268) that this
into which the oily substance of the pounded
kind of bean grows on a climbing plant ivith a
tondo is squeezed, idee tondo, the fruit of a
white flower
shrub which yields oil. Fua ni mti uliotongua
Fiyuka, v. n. joyo (moyo) lina-m-fiyuka akitu-
kusudi wa ku kamulia tondo.
kiwa.
Fua, v. a. (cfr. vua, v. a.), the general notion of
Fokea, v. a., to cover a sown field ivith sand and
this verb is to beat, to drag, to draw, to forge.
mud by inundation (cfr. mena; ku timba menu
(1) Ku fua junta, or fetba, tbababu, to forge iron,
ya ku ya or fokea).
to be a blacksmith or silver and goldsmith; ku
Fok£si, s., one who rolls on the mud mtu huyu
fua vissu, to forge knives. (2) Ku fua nguo, to
unafokesi sana (Sp.).
wash a cloth by beating it on a stone makali pa
FokerCka, v. n. = fukia? (R.).
kufua nguo, a iv ashing -place. (3) Ku fua (or rather
—
Fombo, s. (la, pi. ma ), a lump; unga iilio na ma
ku vua) samaki, to catch fish ivith the angling-
fombo (cfr. fikija).
line or with a hook. (4) Ku fua majini, to fetch
Fomoa, v. a., to demolish; ku fomoa niumba
something out of the ivater. (5) Ku fua (vua)
(= jengiia), to demolish a house.
nguo, to put off one' s cloth, to undress. (6) Ku
Fondogoa, s., a bad smell in flour; vikiwa havi
fua (vua) = okoza, epusha, to save from danger,
nuki tadu or tatu, ni ku nuka fondogoa (R.).
sickness, &c. Muungu ame-m-fua (ame-m-vua),
Fongonia, s. (la, pi. ma — ), the fruit of the mfon-
God has rescued or saved him. (7) Ku fua ndia
gonia tree.
kua tini, to excavate for making a road ; pania
Fora, s. ? (R.).
anafua ndia. (8) Ku fua maji (ku teka na ku
Forari, v. a. (vid. furari, v. a.), to keep or tie together
rnuaya), ku fua dauni mtangani.
ivith ropes, e.g., the broken parts of the yard of a
Fulia, v., to forge or wash for one, to butt as a
ship.
cow.
Forariwa, v.p.
Fuliwa, p.; juma kilicho fuliwa kama nanga
Fori, s.; mtanga wa fori ? (R.).
(vid. opolca).
Foromali, s., a ship’s yard; mti wa ku fungia
Fuliza, v. a., to go with long and quick steps
tanga la jahazi. St. writes foramali.
without resting ; not to stop), to go on.
For6ta, v. n., to snore in sleeping (cfr. misono and
Fulizia, v. obj.; ame-m-fulizia farasi (waende
miono) ;
vid. korota.
asipumsike).
Forsadi, 9. (vid. fersadi, s.), a small fruit of a tree
Mfuo, wa ku fua mshipi.
which is eatable (kama kunazi, laken niekundu),
Mfuo, white sand on the seashore ?
mulberries f
Mifuo, lines.
Fortha, s., custom-house forthani, at the custom-
Mfusi wa nguo, 9., washerman or washer-
house (Arab. ,
locus maris, ubi naves ad woman.
anclioram consistunt, statio navium). The Mfusi wa juma = afuai juma.
custom-house is usually near the harbour, hence Fuama, v. n., to lie on the belly or face (as one does
 ; ; ; ; ;; ; ;

FU ( 7i ) FU
when having pains in the stomach, &c .) opp. to ;
Fudifudi, s., on the face (offalling or lying) (St.);
ku lala kingalingali, to lie on the back; ku lasa cfr. fulifuli.
ku fuama, to lie on the stomach. Fudikiza, v. a., to turn bottom upwards (St.).
Fuamia, v.obj., to lie on the belly; mtu huyu Fudu (Kin.) (in Kis. fufu), (1) an eatable fruit of
amefuamia lutanda Mnika amekufa fuamia
;
a tree; tundo za mti ziliwazo; (2) an empty
mzigo aliefuamia nti alala kitandani ma-
; ;
shell.

tumbo na kifua na usso ukawa ju ya kitanda. Fudua, v. a., to wash after circumcision.
Fuamisa, v.c., to upset, capsize a boat, to pros- F udussa, v. c.; ku fudussakibofu, to inflate a bladder.
trate. Fue, s. (vue) (la, pi. ma ), an old or deserted —
Fuasa, v. a. (vuaza), to make to cut, to wound with plantation = shamba la kale, opp. to shamba la
something sharp; kissu nime-ni-fuasa ;
niassa tange, a new plantation (cfr. taDge and koke)
zime-ni-fuasa ;
ukamba (shamba mpia).
ume-ni-fuasa ;
ame-ji-
fuasa = ameji hasiri kissu cha-f'uasa = cha pata Fufia, v. a. (vuvia), (1) ku fufia motto (--= ku
;

w tinda. pepea or toma motto), to blow the fire (2) ku

Fuasika, v. n., to be wounded by seizing some- fufia nsumari, to play the flute; vid. makungu.

thing sharp ; nimefuasika kua ku guya niassi. Fufu, s. (la pi. ma

, ), —
(1) an empty shell; fufu la
Fuata, v. a., tochew; ku fuata tombaku, to chew nazi, used for various purposes fufu bili nta-li-
tobacco; ku fuata tombaku, si ku tafuna na fania kata, hence fufu la kata, a small ivater-tube;
meno, laken kana ku kamua kua ulimi na meno ; (2) fufu la usso, cranium, fufu la kitoa or fupa la
ku tia tombaku kanoani asipo tafuna mno kua kitoa; (3) fufu la upaa, brain-pan, in ivliich

sebabu ya kua kali, ya ku asba tombaku; ku is the bongo or uwongo, the brain ; of empty
gandamisa, to press, squeeze with or on the teeth, shells the natives make clrinking-vessels which
to take the tobacco into the mouth and press it on serve as cups, glasses, &c.; (4) mfufu, a species
the teeth. of tree which bears a sort of plum (K.).
Fuata, v. a., to follow, to succeed one, to adhere to Fufua, v. a., (1) to vivify, to bring to life again =
one, to be a follower or party of — ; ame-m-fuata ku-m-huisha, to cause to revive; (2) to charge a
Muhammed, i.e., diniyakwe (his religion ) ;
ame- second time, e.g., amefufua deni kua uongo or
m-fuata Tangai, or afuata kua Tangai, he is a kua ku kopa; watu wale waua fufua maneno ya
follower of Tangai the chief commandant of or maneno liaya ni ya kale, watu wana-
kale,
Mbmbas mtama unafuata kinu, the millet is ya-fufua, the people revived the old quarrel; ku
sticking to the mill, because it is rvet. fufua neno la kale, to revive the former (question.
Fuasa, v. c. ( = ku ritkia), to be obliged to follow, Fufuka, v. n. ( = ku huika, ku bui), to come to
to beunder obligation, to be entirely devoted to life again mtu huyu anakufa, kisha anafufu-
somebody, to do whatever he likes (Er.) maji ; ka, roho imerudi, this man died, afterwards
yafuaza, cfr. ongoza and tungiza mfuase ; he came to life again, his spirit returned.
adakalo, follow him in whatever he likes ku This verb refers to feigned death, which,
fuasa mfano or maneno, to make a thing however, was thought to be real for some time.
exactly after the pattern or description. Ku fufuka = ku regea uzimani ku fufuka ;

Fuatana, v. rec., to follow each other to go with,,

niufuni.

to be contiguous, to accompany. Fufuliwa, p., to be brought to life again, to be

Fuatanisha, v. c., to make one join or follow or revived.

Fufuljza, v. c., to cause to come to life again for
to accompany; nime-m-fuatanisha muana
mdogo na mtu mzima ku nenda Mvita. some one.
Fufuma, v. n., to surprise one huyu ni-ambia
Fuatia, make one follow, to gain one
v. obj., to
tangu jana ku amba utakuja, leo wa-ni-fufuma =
Abdalla ame-ni-fuatia mtumishi
to one' s party ;
wa-ni-jia kua gbafula (K.)-
wangu kua mali au maneno mazuri, Abdalla
Fufumka (vid. vivumka), to grow up quickly ku
induced my servant to follow or join him by
kua harraka, e.g., mtu amefufumka; mbeu ime-
giving him property or flattering words.
kua harraka.
Fuawa, v. p. (pass, of fua ?), to be aground, to lie
Fufumsha, v. c., to cause to grow up quickly.
on the side and be beaten by the waves dau lina-
Fufumonie, in the kitchen (Pemba) (St.) ?
fuawa mtangani = limepuelewa, linafua mtanga, Fufukika, v.n., to flow over, to boil over; jungu
bali nendi tena.
kimepata motto mno, maji yamefufurika, the
—
Fuawe, s. (la, pi. ma ), an anvil; ni jombo ja ku kettle or pan was so much heated that the water
fulia kazi zote ziliopo za kiwanda. ran over.
Fucha, v. a., vid. futa. Fufusa, v. a. ? (R.).
Fuda, 8.; — la kinena, vid. kinena. Fuga, v. a., to breed, to rear, to bring up, domesti-
 ;; ; ; ; ; ; ;
; ; ;
;

FTJ ( 72 ) FU
cate, to tame cattle, to keep animals. The Suahili man knows that, if he has finished the present
say, ku fuga niama, to bring up animals, but ku- work, the master ivill give him other work to do.

lea muana wa mtu, to bring up or educate a Slaves especially do their work as slowly as
child; ku fuga nuelle. possible.
Fugika, v. n., to be tameable; gnornbe hu ana- Fuka, v. a., to fill vp or in a small hole (St.) {e.g.,

fugika Sana, si rnbishi, this cow is well tamed a grave) (R.).

or domesticated, she is not refractory. Fukia, v. obj., to fill up a small hole for — ;
ku
Fugua, pass.; e.g., gnorabezangu zimeKua kua fukia kua mtanga or mitanga {cfr. ya).
Abdalla {lie fed them on his pastures). Fdkilika, v. n.

Fugu, s. {or fugufugu ?) (R.), bickerings, strife ; Fuka, v. a.; ku fuka moshi, to throw out smoke,
fugufugu hi {pi. hizi) ;
wanasumbua mambo ya tofume.
fugufugu. Fukiza, v. c., to perfume, to cense, to put the
Fuguda (?), v. n. {Kmiassa, burubuda), move to incense-pot into a person's clothes or under his
about before one falls asleep ; muana liuyu hapa beard, to honour him in this manner; usi-tn-

katiki,yuwa furuguda {cfr. furukuta) (R.) ; (2) to fukuze, uwaslie motto, do not smoke us, make
pull, to spin (R). a good fire; ku fukiza watu, wapate ku liuka
Fuguta (vukuta), v. a. {vid. mfua and mifua) ku ; wema ku pigawatu moslii wa ambari, wa udi
;

fuguta mifua, to blow the bellows. The black- au wa ufumba ungine ; letta jetezo clia ku fu-
smith says to his apprentice, Ewe manafunzi kizia watu udi. The guests consider it the
fuguta mifua ni pate fua, or nipate fania kazi. greatest honour if they are perfumed with
The natives use goat or sheep skins as their ambari on account of the costliness of this
bellows and do all their work in a sitting posture. substance.
Fig., to lie (Er.) ;
vid. kewa ya ku fugutia ki- Fukizxa, v. obj.

wanda. fumes, vapour. Fukizo, s.,

Fuguka, mti wafuguka kua wadudu ? (R.)

v. n. Fuka, v.n. (vuka), to cross, to pass over, to pass a
fugulika, fuguka, or fukuka, to be concave (R.). river, to ford — ku'enda gnarnbo ya pili, to go to
Fugudi or fukudi ? vile adakavio sivio wa-m- the other side of a river (rolio ime-m-fuka)
faniavio, ikiwa fugudi siku zote (R.). muezi ku fuka or fumbua watatueka (R.).
Fuguto (vukuto), s (la, pi. ma .
— ),
sweat, heed Fukfukia, v. obj., to do away, carry away (Er.)
(= jaslio) fuguto la jaslio.
; Fukia, v. obj.
Fuguza, v. a., to drive away (R.) ;
vid. fukuza, to Fukika, v.n., to be capable of being ferried or
chase. carried over.
Fuja, v. a., (1) to run through, to leak; kitoma
Fusha, v. c., to make one cross over, to ferry
liiki cliafuja, this calabash leaks ; niumba yangu ku fusha watu dauni, to ferry over people in a
yafuja, the roof lets the water all through boat.
(2) to waste, squander, dissipate, e.g., ku fuja or
Fusi-iana, v.rec. {or fussana), to cross in quirt ics
fujafuja mali, to waste property (3) ku tukana
;
by turn; watu baba bapa wangia dauni marra
in Kipemba.
moja,wangine wakiketi poani hatta ku rudi
Fujia, v. obj. mvua ime-ni-fujia, the rain drove
dan, ku fusha watu wasaliao.
me out.
Fujika, v. n. to waste away, to moulder. Fukara, s. (jji.mafukara) (
jtii ,
fodit, perforavit,
,

Fujiwa, pass.; ulcuta unafujiwa, the wall is

pauper an extremely poor man; mtu
fuit),

leaked upon.
mnionge kabisa watu hawa ni mafukara or
;

Fujo, s. (la, pi. ma— )

( = y, no), frequent, continual fukara, these men are extremely poor.

passing and repassing fujo la watu = watu Fukaiusha, v. c., to cause one to become poor, to
wangi wangiao niumba isio na mume au mke, na reduce to poverty ; vid. komba, v. a.

watokao ku zunguraza, ku fania kelelc na ku teka Fuke, s. (la, pi. ma — ) {cfr. mfuke), a large drop
to (1) thoroughfare, rambling
;
niumba ya fujo, of sweat.
a house of thoroughfare niumba hi inafujo Fukia {vid. fuka); upumbafu hu una-ni-fukia sana
;

(2) disorder, bungling; kazi kua fujo; fujo is also unafukia nini, ukitoka Unguja? nafukia upanga
if you disturb others with singing {vid. shambiro); wazi or kikuba {name of a boat) (R.).
msi-ni-wekee fujo tokani, do not go in and out at Fukizo, s., vid. fuka, to fume.
my house, depart vijana vina fujo wakila, chil- Fukka, s. (ya), a native gruel or porridge pre-
dren are floppy in eating ku fania fujo haba. sented at the festivities which accompany mar-
Fujo fujo, s. (vid. ofio ofio), slowness, laziness, riages and mournings {vid. matasa). It. is pre-
slovenliness ku fania kazi kuo fujo fujo = kua pared of fresh tembo or honey, boiled and mixed
ufifu na unionge, to work lazily, because the work- vp with fine rice-flour, black peppir, cinnamon,
 ; — ; : ; . ; ' ; ; ;

FU ( 73 ) FU
and (e.g., Tangaisi, matumba ya
other spices mahindi ya muaka; (3) waya mahindi ya Fuli,
maulidi, pajori,mpakanga, kajiri, all which spices na (4) baadaya fuli ni kaskazi. Thus the natives
are ccdled viungo via madukani) leo tumekunoa ;
have three harvests: (1) ya mjou; (2) ya muaka ;

fukka kua felani kaliawa ya fukka, a mixture ; (3) ya fuli, katika fuli mfua iko, laken si

of honey, sugar flour, and pepper fukka (of

,
nengi. When the fuli has plenty of rain it is
asali and honey), for a woman in child-bed. ccdled mume (male), when it has but little rain
Fuko, s. (= shimo); kuku atimba fuko; vid. kioto. it istermed mke (female). Muaka hu fuli mke =
Fuko, s., vid. fuka, v. a. muaka hu hamna ml'ua nengi. Harri nengi,
Fuko, s. (la, pi. mafuko), (1) a large bag (larger vid. kussi and kaskazi (from. Dec. till March).
than the mfuko) ; (2) a mole ? (St.). Ku panda or ku lima kilimo ja fuli, vid. mjo and
Fuk6a, s. (wa ,
pi. ma ),
a turtle-dove; ndiwa is a kilimo.
small dove with a blade, nech; kipure has red Fulia (fuulia?), v. obj. (vid. fua), to forge, to
down on the neck and under the wings. work in metal for somebody ; also said of the
Fukombe (or faukomde, or fukckombe), s., a carpenter when he makes a line with the chisel
large vulture which catches sheep, due. as a mark.
Fukua, v. a., to dig a small hole for receiving the Fuliza, v. a., lit., to cause to beat; ku fuliza
posts of houses ; in general to dig up ; e.g., fissi magu, to make beat one's feet, i.e., to go with
ame-m-fukiia mtu, the hyena dug up the grave quick and long strides without resting, to go on,

of a man kuku amefukua mahindi, the fowl not to stop), to run, gedlop amekuenda hattua
scratched up the Indian corn. kuba, or amekuenda mno asipopmmia tangu

Fukilika, v. n. ? (E.). Eabbay hatta Monibas, sobabu, amekuenda

Fukua fukua, v. a., to burrow (St.) ku-jiwe, simlia na watu, hakudakaku pumzika cfr. ku ;
;

excavate stones. pigo mbio upesi.

Fukuka, v. n., to be dug up, capable of being dug Fuliza = fuuliza (E.) ku ;
fuliza maneno, to

up ( = timbuka). hurry over (one's) words ; cfr. fuuza.

Fukue, s., pi. q/ufukue, fine sand; vid. mtanga. Fulizia, v. obj., to make one go quickly; ame-ra-
Fukujika, v. n., to be spoiled mtama umefuku- fulizia i'arasi ku enda to (cfr. kifarasi and
jika = umeoza. kianga).

cogitavit?), or
Fululiza, v.c., not to stop) or delay, to go on fast
Fukuiiu, v. a. ( ,
s.
(
jyxh ,
(St.).
sollicitudo, raoeror?).
Fulia (fuulia ?), maji yana-ni-fulia or palia, when
Fukutuka, v. n. ?
it goes the wrong way in drinking ; then the
Fukuza, v. a. (R. writes fuguza), to chase, drive people say natajua, I am named, they speak of
away, banish; e.g., ku-m-fukuza mjini, to banish me; offood they say, chakula kina-ni-songa, the
one out of town. Mr. Er. seems to derive this food chokes me (without superstitious explana-
word from fukua (vid .) Mr. R. from fuka. tion) (E.).
;

Fukuzana, v.rec., to chase or persecute one an- Fulifuli, adj. (= kua ungi), in plenty (wangi),
other. much; maji yapita fulifuli wame-m-gia watu
Fukuzia, v. obj., to drive away from —
fulifuli ku-m-kubali. St. takes fulifuli for “on
;

Fulani, adj. (vid. felani or falani), somebody, a cer- the face forwards.'
tain man, such and such men or things, such a one. Fuma, v. a., (1) to shoot or to hit one; (2) to
This word remains unchanged kitu fulani, not weave; ame-m-fuma kua (uta) m'fi (pi. miffi), he
kifulani ;
pabali fulani, not pafulani; cfr. Arab. shothim with an arrow aruefuma nguo, he wove
quidam, quaedam. a cloth; ame-m-fuma kua fumo, lie hit him with
ylii ,

a spear ku fuma uta, to shoot an arrow, to

Fuli, mkono wa fiili or wa kufuli (in Kimrima )
s. ;
wound; fulani afuma.
for mkono wa ku lia, the right hand (with which
Fumana, v. rec., to shoot each other (ku pigana
men eat). In KigHnia mukono wa kuume, the
vitani).
male hand = right hand, opp. to mkono wa ku
skoto or wa kike, the female or left hand (vid.
Fumania, v.a. (ku-m — katika uzinzi), to take in
the very act of adultery to punish the and
shoto).
offender, tocome suddenly upon, to surprise.
Fuli, s. (ya), the beginning of the north-wind (pepo
The offended person may kill the offender
ya kaskazi) ;
also the time of planting and har-
aki-muona na usso.
vesting the third time in the year (Oct., Nov.,
Dec.). Fuli ni muanzo wa kaskazi, mjou ni Fumaniana, v. rec., to intrude into people's
houses without reasonable cause
muanzo wa kussi (south-wind, from May till Oct.)-, (St.).

kwanza watu wanalima mjou; (2) wakila mahindi Fumawa (and fumua),^. (vid. onsa); ku furaawa,
ya mjou, waya mahindi ya muaka, wakifuna to be wounded (Sp.).
 . ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

FIT ( 74 ) FU
Fumia, v. obj.; sindano ya ku fumia nguo, a big ;amefumbata fetba mukononi, he grasped
needle for sewing a cloth. money in or with his hand.
or kept the
Fumika, v.; inafumika nguo hi. Fumbatika, v. n., to be grasped, to be capable of
Fuma, v. n. ( vid vuma), to bloiv ,
rage roar
,
pepo being grasped.
lat'uma; babari yafuma, the sea roars; muamba Fumbaza, v. a. (vid. pumbaza), to clinch, grasp,
wafuma, the rocks cause a tumult (in the water ) compass pepo or shetani ame-m-fumbaza = ame-
simba afuma or anguruma, the lion roars. Ku poteza akili vakwe.
fuma means in Kipare and Kichagga “ to go out, Fumbazua, pass., to faint ?
to set out;'
1
but this belongs rather to fuma (vid. Fumbi, s. (la, pi. mafumbi) (vid. vumbi), (1) dust
above). fumbi la niumba, the dust of the house; (2) a
Fumia, v. obj., to blow on or against one; pepo ravine, a depression (through which runs a tor-
ime-tu-fumia wema au vibaya=tumepata pepo rent in the rainy season)mafumbi ya ku panda
ngema or mbaya, tumefumiwa ni pepo ku, ni mpunga, ground is always
because there the
pepo ngema. wet; fumbi la niassi (cfr. ufumbi, s. ), a moist
Mfumi, sibilant; mafumo, sibilation ? place for planting rice, but fumbi or vumbi is
Fumansi, s. (?). dust; maji ya fumbi fumbi, mabindi ya fum-
Fumatiti, s., vid. babewana. bini.

Fumba, shut or close; ku fumba mato,

v. a., to Fumbika, v. a., to put into hot sand or ashes ; ku
kanoa, mkono, to shut the eyes, the mouth, hand, fumbika muhogo, ndizi, Sc., to roast in hot
<£c., opp. to fumbua mato, to open the eyes ku- ashes; ku fumbika mbo iliotabiriwa mtangani,
m-fnmba maneno asisikie, to speak to one of a to put the member which has been circumcised

person in a language which he does not under- into hot sand in order to promote the process of
stand, to veil or obscure the ivords lest he hear healing. You may often see boys sitting in the
them; fumba fumba maneno, opp. to tasua ma- sand on the sandy roads of the interior of the
neno ana-ni-fumba baku-ni-ambia wasi
;
ku ; island of Mombas for this purpose.
fumba magu batta mana ana-mu-ua or ana-mu- Fumbikia, v. obj., to beclust, to bury in the dust,
ulia mballi, said of a woman in travail, who i.e., to soiv or plant before the rain (Kin. ku
puts the legs close together from fear or pain, and angira).
thus destroys the child jungu chafumba, said of Fumbisha, v. c. (fumbiza).
tui or milk ivhen it comes up (muanzo wa ku Fumbi wa?
wia). Fumbo, s. (vid. fumba, v.) (la, pi. ma ), (11 lump; —
Fumba, s. (fumbo) (la, pi. ma ), (1) lump; fumba —
fumbo la uuga, sima hi ina fumbo; (2) par able, dark
la unga uliogandamana, a lump of flour which saying, a hidden thing ; ku sema kua mafumbo, to
cleaves or sticks together (cfr. pumba) (2) ma- speak in parables ; (3) a trick hidden or covered
;

kuti ya fumba, cocoa-nut leaves plaited for mak- by talking in a language which the other man does
ing enclosures (3) maneno ya fumba, a dark not understand, asimilitude, an allegory puzzling ,

saying (fumbo) fumba za mtama. ;

language; wame-ni-fania fumbo kua kiarabu,
Fumba, s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of mat made like a nami sijui; maneno ya fumbo is a mysterious or
hidden speech.
bag, which people ivear at sea to protect them-
selves from The fumba ya mia (made Fumbua, v. a. (opp. to fumba), (1) to open, to un-
the cold.
close= ku ata wazi, e.g., mukono or mato (2) to
of palm-leaves) is open above and beloiv (cfr. ki- ;

tumba, kishunda). Ni beredi, tungie fumbani, it expose to the air, to lift up, to raise ; ku fumbua
When the niassi zilizo limua, zilizo atua batta ku oza,
is cold, let us get inside the bag.
hatta ku fumbua kua jembe na ku panda mbeu,
Masrue dynasty ruled at Mombas criminals
ndio samadi ya sbarnba, to lay open the decayed
were put into such a bag-like mat, which ivas
the male- grass in order to sow the seed; this grass is, as
sewn up and loaded ivith stones, thus

factor was thrown into the sea, to rise no more.

it were, the manure of the plantation.
Yastahili ku tiwa katika fumba akatosua baha- Fumbuka, v. n., to show one's-self, to appear, to

he ought to be put into a bag and thrown come to light— kua wazi, ku onekana, ku tokea
rini,

into the sea. Fumba ni jamvi lililo sukua kua mia kukuwangu aliepotea, sasa anafumbuka, my
(vid. mia).
fowl, which teas lost, has now come to light.

Fumbama, v. n., to crouch; but tui (milk) chafumba Fumbui.ia, v. obj., to lay open to, to explain to

(cfr. otamo) (R.). one the meaning of any matter ; ku-m-fumbulia

Fumeata, v. a., to grasp, to close the flst, to com- neno.
hand or arms
pass, to span with the siwezi ku Fumburika, v. n., to be startled, to start in sleep

fumbata kua mikonoyangu mti hu, ni mriene, I (or kuakazi); fumburusha, v. c.

cannot span this tree ivith my hands, it is too Fumfijana = fimbiwa (R.).
 ; ;; ; ; ; ; ;

FU < 75 ) FU
Fumfumka, v. n., to grow quickly (R.). niewe kapo, I harvested his plantation for
Fumi, s., a kind offish. Erh. takes it = mgumi, a him in his absence.
whale. The sesse, msia, and mgumi are large Funisa, v. c., to make to reap ; ku funisa kua mtu,
fish. to cause one to harvest with one, to assist
Fumi, s. hid. vumi) (la, pi. ma— ) ;
fumi la watu in reaping for wages; mafuno, s., reaping
ivangi, the noise or din of many people; fumi la mfuni, s., a reaper.
ngoma la magu manne, the great noise which a Ji-funa, refl.; ku — ,
tos well up, to be puffed up,
drum offour legs produces ; fumi la ngoma (ya to boast ku-ji-funa = ku-ji tia liangowe (vid.).
kumbuaya) mliowakwe ni fumi. F unama, v. (fuama), or ku
n. wama = ku lala kifuni-
Fumia, v. obj. (vid. fuma or vuma),
to frighten one lie on the belly and funi or kitumbotumbo, to
by roaring ame-m-fumia = ame-m-tisha
simba breast when sleeping (vid. wama).
kua ku fuma, the lion roared at or against him, Funda, s. (la, pi. ma ) (funda la tafu), a large —
frightened him by roaring; na mtu amefumiwa mouthful of liquid or solid extending the cheeks
ni simba, and the man was frightened by the so that they swell out kanoa telle, ku jasa funda
roaring of the lion. telle ku piga mafunda ya maji ku-ya muaya, to ;

Fumilia, v. a., to bear up, to endure, tobe patient = take the mouth full of water and pour it out, as
ku stabamili, ku fumilia shidda ;
mfumilizi, a playing children do to the vexation of their
sufferer ; fumilio, patience. mother, who, having brought the ivater from a
Fumiliza, v. c. (R. ?). distance, does not like to have it wasted.
Fumisha, v. a., to gladden, to make happy (?). Funda, v. a. (vid. vunda), (1) to break or demolish;
Fumtwa, v. n., to be bloivn. e.g., to break vessels; mke
ku funda viombo,
Fu’mka fumuka), v. n.; ku fu’mka, to become
(or anafunda tupa atavia sasa; (2) to beat up, to
unsewn, to open at the seams, to leak (of a boat). mix by beating, to pound; (3) to teach; (4) ship-

—
Fumo, s. (la, pi. ma ), (1) a jlat-bladed spear, wreck, amefunda jabazi.
lance; ku-m-piga or toma fumo, to lance one; Funda funda, v., to dash, crush.
(2) a chief (King bzi and Kiniassa) (St.). Fundia, v. obj., to break something belonging to

Fumua, v. a.; (1) ku fumua motto, to draw out the one, to frustrate, to stop; e.g., ame-m-fundia
pieces ofivood from afire, after the food has safari, he has stopped his journey ame-ni-weka
been cooked, in order not to waste the icood (kuni safari ;
ame-ni-fundia kitoma akatia kisibiko ;

siziteketee burre) ku fumua uzi, to pick out, to

;
ku fundia mazinga, to beat broad the tops of
unstitch the thread or seam (cfr. fuma, to weave) nails ivhere they jut out; usi-ni-fundie ma-
(vid. fumbua); ku fumua makuti mabofu, to cut nangu.
up bad makuti (vid.) on the roof of the native Fundika, v. 7i., to be broken, capable of being
cottage and throw them away (2) to waste or broken ; viombo vimefundika ;
mtu anafundika
squander, e.g., ku fumua mali; (3) to come into ear ; mukono, the man has a broken arm; maji ya-
mtama 'wafumua or unakua ku fumua = watoa fundika (after full moon), lkifundika barasa
tembe, sasa tulinde niuni (as the birds will then ndo nije ni-ku-andikie, when the assembly is
hurt the corn ichich has come into ear) maua gone I will come and write for thee.
yamefumua, the flowers are coming out. Fundika, v. n. (vundika), is everything which
Fumua fumua, v. a., to scatter. has been plucked in a green state and ripened
at home ; ku fundika maembe, dsc. (R.).
Fumuka ganda la fumuka uombo
; ? (R.).
Fundika, v. a., to put something into one's
F cmuka (err go off to fray out
fum’ka), v. n., to ,
doth (cfr. chomeka).
(vid. fum’ka) nguo inafumuka uskone, the seam
Fundikia, V/ obj. = temekea err katikia, to re-
;

is unripped, sew it.

main permanently in a place; amefundikia
Fumulia, v. obj.
Unguja = anakeli kabisa (Sp.) fulani una-m- ;

Fumukana, v. c. (to be despised?), to secede, fundikia fundo, akae nami nikae, ijapokua
separate, to set out, depart mfumua maneno muakani mimi naye tukionana, ni daua mimi
;

nde = mafumukano, separation ?

mpelelezi ; naye.
ivatu hawa wanafumukana, these men (who Fundikiiva, p., to be broken or ruined; ame-
were just assembled) departed, ivent off or fundikiwa maliyakwe = liana mali tena ;
ame-
away. fundikiwa kua mambo ya imani, 1 Tim. i. 19.
Funa, v. a. (vuna), to reap, to harvest; ukiya Fundana, v. rec., break each other, to vie by-
to

mtama, uta-u-funa, if thou sowest millet, thou ivilt breaking ; ku fundana mai ya kuku, or nazi
reap it. ya ku teza katika Ramadani. The natives
Funia, v. obj., to reap for one; ku-m-funia mtu play with eggs or cococv-nuts during the Rama-
kuaugiva; -nimem-funia skambalakwe mueg- dani. He who breaks the egg of the other by
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; -;

FU ( 76 ) FU
dashing his own against that of the other is within when the people sleep ; to be distinguished,
entitled to the taking it from him; ame-m-funda from “ ku sbindika mlango, ”
to shut the leaf of
iilakwe. a folding door without bolting them with the
Fundikana, v. komeo cha nde (vid. sbindika) ku funga mali = ;

Fundisila, v. a., to teach, instruct. ku kopa mali (R.); mvua inafunga leo = uli-
Ji-fundisiia, v.rcf; ku-ji-fundisba, to learn. mengu ni meaussi or mawingu ni maeussi ku ;

Fundajungu, s. (via, pi. ma — ), a small black and funga waraka kua sumak, to seed a Utter with
harmless insect living in the grass and forest. gum-arabic. Imefunga mito pia -- haipishi, the
Mr. Erhardt calls it the walking leaf (mantis rivers shut themselves up by becoming impassable
religiosa). The natives believe that a child will (11.) ;
opp., mito inafunguka, the rivers get open,
become careless and break the kitchen vessels if fordable, pi as sable. Mitu ( forest ) liu mkuba, una-
he has touched this insect. funga = unafania kiza, liaupitiki ku funga vita, ;

Fundanga, v. ku-ji-fundanga, to allow one' s self to wage war; ku funga kanoa, to shut the mouth,
to be broken, to be carried away, to be over- to fasten (ku funga thaumu, thumu, vid.) ;
ku —
powered or borne down by the other sex. choo, to become constipated.
Fundarega, v. a., to break through in running, as Funga funga, v., to swaddle ?

a wild beast. Ku-ji-funga, v. ref., to give or devote one’s-sclf

Fundarere, s. (la, pi. ma ), a kind of snake — to

eager
a matter, to make great
pursue; ku-ji-funga (kua) na ku
in, to
efforts, to be very
which throws spittle like the fira. Mr. E. takes
it for a green snake which is harmless. He soma, to be eager in reading ku-ji-funga kua
says that this serpent is of a green colour and or nakazi, to be intent in working; a-ji-funga

6 feet long. nami sana, he engages with me in a quarrel;

ku-ji-funga muniewe, to bring upon one’s-self
Fundefunde, s. (la, pi. ma — ), rain and darkness
trouble, dec. It means also to contradict one’s-
in the morning, when the sun cannot be seen (E.); :

cfr. gubari. self.

Fundi, (wa pi. mafundi ya kazi), a skilled work-

s. FungAsmana, v., to cling together, to connect, to
,

man be dense, compact, to cohere (Er.) mahali

of any kind; e.g., mulmnsi wa chuma ;

mfufi wa samaki sermalla, muaslii wa niumba,

;
hapa panafungamana kua miba, hapafunuki, si

mganga, Sc., every one of these workmen is a peaupe, hapana ndia ya ku pita.
fundi (wa kazi), a skilled workman, mechanic, a Fungana, v. rec., to bind each other, especially
teacher of any handicraft. said of a dense forest, also said of clouds
Fundisho, s. (la, pi. ma ), teaching, direction, — mitu unafungana or unaguyana ;
ku — miigu,
instruction. cross-legged ?
Fundo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a knot (of wood, thread, Fungana fungana (= ku ngia matata).
cloth, ropes, dec .) ;
fundo la mti, la uzi, la nguo Fungania, v.a., (1) to entangle, to enclose (2) to
(a cloth tied together), la dau, la mua, la ua, etc. ; pack up; ku —
viombo (vid. muumbi); ku fania
ku piga fundo, to make or tie a knot fundo la saffari, to pack up one’s baggage for a journey;
muongoti (upana wa cliombo) (R.). uguc wa ku fungania mzigo wakeli mumo ;

Fundua, v. a., to untie, to open, e.g., a knot or (mjini) wa-ji-fungania, they are still in town,
cork; fundua fundo la nguoyangu, untie the knot and prepare for a journey.
of my cloth; fundua kisibiko cha tupa (or simply Funganisiia, v. a.; ku — jaliazi na jiwe, to lie a
f undua tupa), take out the cork of the bottle.
vessel to a stone.
Fundusa, v. a., to break open, to bud (of a Fungasia, s. ; kamba ya ku fungasia jombo.
jloioer opening)-, mjungua wafundusa or wa- Fungassa, v. a., of a
to tow, to lie to the stern
fania maua. vessel; e.g., ku fungassa dan or maslma or mbao
Funga, s., a civet cat (St.) (larger than the en- za ku undia, to tie a boat or ship's timber.
gawa). Fungata, v. ? (R.).
Funga, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
funga la nuelle, long thick Fungia, v. obj., to shut to one.
hair worn by the Suri people (in Arabia) and by Fungika, v. n. ku —
sana (fuugika) (R.), to be
robbers mtu huyu yuwalimbika nuelle funga la tied well niumba inafungika.
nuelle, ha-zi-nioi, yuwa-zi-weka ;
nuelle zina fun- Fungisa, v. a. = zunguka, to surround or block
gana. up, e.g., in war); ku fungisha, to shut against
Funga, v. a., to tie, fasten, to bind, to confine, to Fungiwa, v. n., to be bound or be put in prison
imprison, to be dense, thick (ku funga,
close, for anything.
ganga, and jenga, to bind, fasten, and build by Fungiza, v. c., to cause to be shut or closed up
binding) ku funga mlango = ku tia kiaja mlan-
;
to one, to make one stop), to detain; Wagalla
go ja ndani watu wakilala, to shut the door from anafungiza (anafungisha) Wakamba ndia, the
 ; ; ;;; —

FIT ( 77 ) FIT

Galla have closed the road for or to the Wa- Funguo, s.; sing, ufunguo (wa), a key ; pi. funguo
le amba; mvua ina-ni-fungiza niumbani, the (za), keys.

rain shut me up in the house ku-m-fungiza Fungukuma, v. a. (cfr. totdma mitu) ;

unafungu-
or futiza moshi, to suffocate by smoke ta-m- ruma mitu na mitu hatta ku toka.
fungiza, I shall prevent him. Funguza, v. mtu nuelle, i.e.,
a.; (1) ku-m-fungiiza
Fungate, s. A period of seven
days during which ,
masongamano ya a person' s plait
nuelle, to untie
the bride's father sends a daily portion of food or tress of hair; (2) ku-m-funguza mtu majira
to the newly married couple after the completion ,
ya Eamadbani = to present a man with food =
of the wedding. During the second iveek the ku-m-pa kitu ja kula mtana, shert ule, but the
bridegroom's father provides the food; this is wife says to her husband usi-ni-funguze Eama-
called fungate kua mume, ivliereas the former is dbani; to force open? (E.).
styled fungate kua mke. Hence the natives say : Funika, v. a. (vid. finika), to cover (ivith a lid), to
“ leo tuatoka kula fungate harrusini.” Kua nani? close a book.

resp. Kua mume or mke. Thus the married Funika = ku finika mtu huyu afunika funika ;

couple and their friends are provided ivith food to, basemi wazi wazi (Eeb.).

by their parents and relatives for a fortnight. Funikika, v.p., to become covered.
Wamekula fungate mbili. Fungate mmoja, one Funikiza, v. c., to cover as with a flood.
iveek or period of seven days. Funo, s. (la ,pl. ma ), reaping, harvesting ; funola
Fungo, s. (wa, pi. ma
a civet cat.— The natives
),
mtama (vid. funa via).
catch this speckled animal in the forest and sell Fun5 (or funno ), s., a red animalabout the size
it for about two dollars ; when brought up, it is of a young goat; funno ni niama wa mituni
sold at a higher rate fungo ni niama wa mituni, kana mana wa mbuzi, rangeyakwe niekundu •
;

anaketi kana jiboa, ana sabadi (cfr. ku-m-sfibidi an antelope Erh. states.
(dorkas), as

or sabadi), niama mkali. The ngawa (vid.) is —

Funsu, s. (la, pi. ma ), muddiness; funsu la maji,
much smaller. muddy water ; watu wametia funsu or mafunsu
Fungu, ma — part fungu mtoni, the people have troubled (or made muddy)
s. (la ,pl. ), (1) portion,
laniama, portion of meat (2) fungu la mtanga, the river; kua ku furunga maji babari inafunsu ;

sandbank in the sea, a shoal, lit., portion of sand, or funju.

i.e ., there where the sand is alone or for itself Funua, V. CL, to uncover, to lay open, to open (a

and where it rises over the sea hapa pana ungi book)-, ku funua kitu kilijo finikua; e.g., ku funua
;
jungu, juo, die.; ku funua meno kua ku
wa fungu katika babari ;
fungu za babarini ;
ja- teka;
ku ku-m-tunua mtu akili, akili zime-m-pungua.
bazi imepanda funguni ;
tia mafungurii, to

cast or draw lots (on) ? (Eeb.) fungu lime-m- Funulia, v. obj., to uncover for or to one; ame-
;

tokea, the lot fell upon him. m-funulia muana jungu, he opened the kettle
for the child, who u-as too weak to do so; ku-
Fungua, v. a., to let loose, to unfasten, to open,
m-funulia = tefsiria juo.
unbind, untie; ku fungua mlango, open the to
Funuliwa, v.p., to be opened.
door; mtu aliefungua kifungoni amefunguliwa
Funuica, v. n., to be open (wazi) e.g., mabali pa
jana, a prisoner ivas untied yesterday ame- ;

ku funuka, pa peaupe, pasipo na miba or mitu

ni-fungua mali rizuri, he has presented me with
(opp. fungamana) inafiinuka Sana sasa, it
a fine gift ,
lit., amefungua mukono ku-ni-pa ;

has become very clear now; ndipo ufunukapo,

kitu kizuri, he opened the hand to give me a
then it will become clear.
fine thing. It is considered very uncivil to
Funza, s., a maggot.
dismiss a friend or guest without a present.
Funza, v. a., to show, to teach; kuji-funzn, to learn;
Ku enda mikono mitupu haifai mgeni aki-ku- ;
ku funza kazi or juo (ku elemisba juo), to teach
tembelea, baifai ku-m-fungua mikono mitupu.
one in workmanship or in learning (book).
Fuxguka, v., to be unfastenable, to become un-
Manafunzi wajuo afunzua ni mkufunzi, namana-
fastened.
fnnzi wa k;izi abinziia ni fundi wa kazi mana
Fungu lia, v. obj., to open to or for one; ku-m- huyu amelunzua sana
;

kazi na juo; si funzui

fungulia mtu mlango, to open the door to a
sana.
man. Funzika, v., to be taught or instructed, to know;
Fungulika, v. n., to be free from; vid. Rom. amefunzika kazi = ametaalamu kazi, or ame-
vii. 2. pata elimu, he proves well taught.
Funguliwa, pass., to be optened, to be unfastened Funzua, v. p.; mtu yule hadaki ku ambiwa
for one. neno, ajua killa neno ni muana (wa) kulcu ba-
;

Fungukua fungukua, said of a wife who stays for funzui ku chakura, liana asi-lo-jua.
a long time with a man (?) (It.). F unzana, v. rec.
 ? = ; . . ;; ; ) ;

FU ( 78 ) FU
Funziana, v. rec., to teach each other ,
to counsel Furugika, v. n .,
to decay, fall off (cfr. furujika);
each other. kitu hiki kinaoza batta kinafurujika, hakiliki
Fuo, s. (la), (1) scum or foam (= pofu) ;
e.g., fuo tena, this substance rotted until it fell off or
la mikojo, the foam of the urine ( cfr fua, and s., asunder, it is no longer eatable; moyo wangu

ufuo) ; (2) fuo la leu fulia nguo = mahali pa ku unafurugika bautakata (moyo ju ju) (said of
fulia nguo. anger).
Fupa (la,joZ. raa — ),
a large bone (cfr. mfupa). Furugisha, v. c.

Fupi, adj., short; mtu mfupi; ubao ufupi; kasha Furuguda, v. n. (=Kiniassa, ku burubuda, to move
fupi ;
mti mfupi ;
makasha mafupi ;
kitu kifupi about before one falls asleep ;
muana huyu hapa-
vitu vifupi. katiki, yuwa furuguda (cfr. pakata, cfr. furukuta)
Ku pupiza, to shorten. (R.); (2) to pull, spin (R.).
Fura, v. n., to swell; muili umefura; to be puffed Furujika, vid. furijika, v. n.

pulsavit
Furujua, v. a. (jika) (R.).
up; (?), efferbuit bulliendo ossa,
Furukombe (or faukombe, fukombe), a large
arteria.
vulture like the mana kombe (stork ?) ;
ni adui
Furaiia, s. (ya, pi. za), joy gladness delight;
, ,
ya samaki. It makes its nestupon the mfunne
and ,
gaudium, laetitia ;
furabani, tree;niumba ni dungu (la) mbawazakwe, anatu-
with gladness, gladly, with pleasure. mia kua vigumba.

Furaui, v. n.; Arab, tyi ,

bilaris, laetus et
Furukuta ku ;
— ,
to move, as of something under
a carpet (St.).
laetatus fuit, to rejoice, to be glad or joyful. Furuma, s., a block for stretching caps on.
Furahia, v. obj., to rejoice with — ,
in — ,
to be
Furumi, s., cfr. farum, fariimi, bcdlast.
pleased ivith — (cfr. zibi).
Furumiza, v. a., to fling or push away, to sling;
Furahisha, v. c., to malce glacl, to gladden, to
e.g., ku furumiza jiwe na mkono; ku-ji-furumiza
cheer. =• ku-ji-tupa, ku-ji-pumbaza, to undertake or do

Furahiwa, pass., to rejoice for, over, or at — a thing at random (cfr. sukumiza).

Furana, v. rec. (vid. fura and lira), to commit so- Furunga, v. a., to ivacle through; nimevuka mto
domy one ivith the other ku fura mkundu, to kua ku furunga maji, I crossed the river by
commit sodomy (vid. fura). wading through it or stemming the rush of the
Furari, v. c., to fasten ivith a rope that which is ivciter.

broken; ku funga kitu kilijo fundika; ku piga Furungika, v. n., to be overcast; ulimengu una
kidango cha mua, viombo via sini viafurariwa, furungika.

China wares are repaired, e.g., mkebe, bilauli, Furungu, s.,femde (R.) ?

tupa, &c. Furungu, s. (la, pi. ma

(1) a little bag (of mua) — ),

Furarika, v. a. used as a plaything by children; kikoba eba

Furarrva, v. p., to be fastened. watoto ku tezea —
limesukuakua makuti rnabiti
Furda, s. (or furuda, or poroda), staple, depbt, or musbupatu or mia; (2) a large citron; (3)
kikuku eba fetba, an ornamented ring on the legs
custom-house; Arab, <L=yi ,
locus maris ubi
of women, an anklet katika vilcuku anatia kawe
naves ad anchoram consistunt, statio navium. za fetba yapatelia mafurungua. Thewealthy and
Furia, v. n. ? (Reb.) mtafuria-ni ?
;
honourable ladies wear (1) silver-rings (vikuku
Furijxka (or furujika), v., to moulder away = ku via magu) on the feet, each at the rate of 10 dol-
6za kabisa ;
kule ku oza kuna (to decay, to de- lars ( = 20); (2) on each hand a kekee ya mkono
compose) kisiri, kuna sidi, to rot, putrefy (R.). to the value of 2 dollars each (4 dollars ) (3) on ;

Furika, v. n. ( ku muaika), to boil over, to bubble, the ear shamili (pi. )

ma—
la sbikio, each 2 dol-
to run over, to inundate. lars(= 4) (4) on the neck a mkufl'u from 1 to
;

Furisha, v. c., to make to bubble; ruabuyu ya- 2 dollars; total expenditure for female orna-
furisba matafu. ments 30 dollars ; cfr. koa la fetba, a silver-ring
Furikia, v. obj. adorning the upper-arms, each 15 dollars. No
Furufuru (pi. ma — cfr. gubari, s., out of wonder if the property of the husband is absorbed
) ;

order by a large establishment of women, ivhich is the

Furuga, v. a., to stir up, to mix (vid. vuruga), to

gangrene of heathen and Muhammedan nations.
work at, e.g., unga, flour; ku — udongo, clay
Furuni, s., a kind of oven on ships meko ya mofa
ku —
toka, lime. jombuni ; ,
furnus, in quo panis coquitur.

Furuuia, v. obj., to stir for one; ku — or ku Furura, v. a.; cfr. burura in Kiniassa, to deprive
tangania pamoja na udongo na toka. of, to strip of (R.) ?
 ; ;; ;; ; ; j ;; ; ; ; —

FU ( 79 ) FU
Furusiit, s. (la, pi. ma —
a paclcet, bundle a bundle Futiza, v. c., to spread over, to paint over,
), , to do
tied up in a mtama, containing
cloth; furushi la over (?).
from one to two pishi ( native measure for corn)] cfr. Futua, v. a., to shake out ; e.g., ku nguo — = ku
,jij expandit stratum. toa or kuta fumbi nguoni, to wipe the dust from
Fusa,
f ,

v. a. (fuliza) nime kuenda kua ku fusa, I ;

a cloth; ku — kibofuja gnombe, to inflate a cow’s

went without resting. bladder ; ji-futua m'no kua maneno, to boast, to

brag.
Fusai, v. a., to make poor Muungu ame-m-fusai
Futuka, v. n., to grow angry { ku fania ukali,
(Sp.).
Fusaika, v. n. = korofika = kana kitu, he be- ame kua mkali), to fly in a passion.

came poor. Futukia, v. a.,to upbraid with, to scold (= ku

Fusha, v. c., vul. fuka (vuka). fiolea) ;

bana ame-futukia watuma wakwe, the
Fusi {or fussi), s. (la, pi. ma ), afineblack sand;
&'teere takes
— master scolded his slaves (ku fania liasiri).

fusi la mtanga meaussi na mtefu. Futua (fudua), v. a., (1) to pull or pluck out ; e.g.,

the word for “ rubbish," and Erh. takes it for ku — magnioya ya kuku, to pluck off the down of
"black fat earth.” a fowl; (2) to bring to light, to draw forth, to
Fusi, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
the shoulder, blade-bone tell to, to let out or on (Erb.).
cfr. raba raba. The natives avoid the plural Futuka, v. n., (1) to be brought to light; (2) kuku
mafusi signifying the hair of the privities. amefutuka.
Fusia, v. a.; ku —
mzingi, to lay the foundation Futulia, v. obj., to pluck out for one ; e.g., na-
(»•)• ku-futulia kuku, na-ku-pokea kazi.
Fussus {or fusfus), s. (St.), precious stones ; cfr. Futulika, v. n. kuku amefutulika, the fold has
.
© - g ->

ijsi ,
separavit ^ai ,
pi. >
gemma been plucked.
;

annuli. Futuliwa, v. p., to become known (Erh.).

Futa, s. (la , pi. ma— ), the fat or greasy part of an Futussa, v. c. (1) ku — matambo, cfr. tutum-

animal which is melted by fire; e.g., “futa la sba; (2) to cause to thrive; e.g., mvua ina-

gnombe, la papa,’’ djc., pi. “mafuta,” fat, oil; futussa mabindi yadakayo kufa ;
mvua ina-

futa la kinena (Sp.). futussa mmea ulipo kua mkavu.

Futa (vuta), v. a., to draw, to pull, to wipe off, to Futuri, s., a span; cfr. Arab. jXi ,
mensuravit
cancel; ku futa maji, to draw water, to bale out so
rem, <Lc.; ffi intervallum inter extremitatem
ivater ku futa fumbi nguoni, to wipe off the dust
,

from a cloth; Muungu a-ni-fute thambizangu, pollicis et indicis digit! extremitatem.

may God wipe off my sins; m-fute kando uka-m- Futuru {and futari), s. {cfr. JcS the first meal
),
saili, take him aside and ask him; ku futa tom-
after sunset during the Ramadan. It consists
bako, to smoke tobacco ku futa vibaya via wa-
of a peppered tisane of rice. After the futuru
raka, to cancel errors of writing ; ku futa uzi =
comes the more substantial part of the banquet.
ku tatisa kijitini ku futa makasia, to row ; ku
Futuru, v. n. = ku noa uji katika Eamadani
;

futa kamasi, to blow the nose; ku futa jombo, to

;

leo tuende futuru kua Gabiri =. tuta ku noa uji

haul off a vessel.
kua Gabiri jioni, to-day ice shall drink rice-
Futia, v. obj. ku-m-futia mtu fumbi nguoni
tisane with Gabiri in the evening {cfr. eftari,
ku futia mke mzuri kua ku peleka mtu alie-
s.).
pata rubu reali, to seduce a fair woman
Futurisha, v. c. = ku-wa-pa vatu futuru watu ;
through somebody who receives a quarter
wake wa Gabiri wame-tu-futuriska wema, the
dollar for his service ku-m-futia mtu, to take
women of Gabiri have given us a good futuru.
aside to commit fornication.
Fuu, s. {pi. ma — ),
a small black fruit.
Futika, v. n., pliable, flexible rigue unafutika.
Fuuza, go straight forward {vid. rusobe
Futilia, v.; ku — utangule {pi. tangule) wa v. n.,

msobe) (R.).
to

mia.
Fuuliza kuni bazifuulizi kuja, wood does not
Futii.ika, v. n. tangule zimefutilika. ;

draw unitedly, to draw always come, does not come continually, to be

Futana, v. rec ., to to-

gether. off continually.

Futari, s., the first food taken after a fast {cfr. Fuvu, s. (la, pi. ma— ), an empty shell; fuvu la

kitoa, a skull.

'fi).
Futhuli, s., officiousness {vid. fathili).
Fuya, v. a. = ku muaya fetba ku haribu mali, to ;

Futi, s. (la, pi. ma —), the knee (St.). spoil or squander property (Er.).
Futika, v. n. {vid. futa, v. a.), drawable, to tuck Fuza, v. n. ku —
to go on, not to stop {cfr.
,

into the girdle or loin-cloth (St.). fuuza).

 ; ; ;

FU ( So ) CtA

Fuzi, s., vid. fusi and mafusi. Fyoxza, v. a., to suck.

Fyoma (vid. fioma), v. cc., to read (
— ku soma). Fyuka, v. n. (vid. fiua mid fiuka), to drop to go
,

F yon da (or fyonja), v. a. (vid. fionda), to suck off, to escape like a spring.
out.

G-

GiBi, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) a pulley, a block through gai is larger than the kigeregnensa, which means
which the ropes of a vessel run (Er.) (2) crane ? ;
a very small potsherd (cfr. way a).
Gabki(o) gaburi), s. (recte kabori), a grave (vid.).
-

—
Gaddi, s. (la, pi. ma j, (1) a piece of clay. This
Gala, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a species of ivild cat (like

ngawa) (R.).
is a white clayisli substance having a saltish
Galawa, s., a small canoe with outriggers (ma-
taste, exported from Ukambani and Tarawa.
tengo). Gala, was are hollowed out of the trunk
The natives grind it and mix it up with their
of a tree; vid. Dr. St., “Handbook,” 271 (cfr.
snuff. The gaddi brought from Tarawa is
mtumbui).
preferred to that of Ukambani; cfr. ,
Gale (or ugale),s. (la,yiZ.ma — ),
ivhite wood (Erh.)?
terra dura ac plana, superficies terrae, arena Galili, s. (la, pi. ma — ), tortoiseshell galili la ka

mollis. (2) Palanquin in India; (3) gaddi or ( = ngovi ya ka), the shell of the crab ; galili ni
gari, a waggon. bamba la kassa.

Gadi, s. (ya, pi. za), the stay or support lashed by , —

Galme, s. (la pi. ma ), the small mizzen-mast of a
the natives to the side of a vessel to prevent it dhow; (1) mlingoti or muongoti wagalme = mlin-
from falling over in shallow water when the tide goti mdogo wa galme, the little or second mast of

is out; gadi za jombo ni nguzo za ku tegemea native vessels ; (2 ) tanga la galme or tanga ndogo
jahazi katika maji ya ku poa, isipinduke jahazi la galme, the little sail-cloth, the little sail, the

isivundike (cfr. sliiku and taumu, and inulia). back-sail.

Gadimu, v. a.; ku gadimu jahazi, to support or Gamba, v. (cfr. ji-gamba, v,), to boast, praise one's-
stay up a vessel on shore. self = kuji-sifu.
Gadimia, v. obj. Gambia (or jambia), s. (la, pi. ma— ), a dagger,
Gadimiwa, V. p. which the natives (especially Arabs) always carry
Gaga, v. n., (1) to turn about, or to roll from one in their girdles.
side to the other (in bed at night or on board a Gamia, v. a., to regard one with malice and to seek
vessel) =ku pinduka hako na liuko; ku gaga to take revenge (cfr. binga and sansa in Kiniassa)-,
vumbani, an ass does; (2)
to roll in the dust, as
ku gamia kua maofu, opp. to gamia kwema a-m- ;

jig., ku lala mno,much; kua mvivu

to sleep too gamia nani? gamiana = bampana in Kiniassa.
(or mfifu), to be idle, lazy ku gaga mt’anga, Gamma, v. n., vid. ghamma.
to lie on the sand, to divide a haul of fish (vicl.
Gana, s. (ya, pi. za), the tiller, the wooden handle
nunibi).
of the ship's 7-udder.
Gagaza, v. c. (cfr. fingiriska or bingirisha), to
Ganamu ?
make to roll (a person).
Ganda, s. (la, pi. ma — (1) the bark of trees or
Gaga, v. n. (Kim.), to make a charm (uganga) /or ),

plants (ganda la mubogo or la ndizi), husk, rind,

keeping off wild beasts from the houses. Mua
shell; maganda ya mbazi (2) a bag made of
muiti usingie ndani ya niumba. The mua (cfr. ;

strong bladed grass called mia (vid. rather

mua) which the women tie up their bundles
icith
kanda, a great bag).
of dry ivood must be thrown aivay before enter-
ing the town. Furthermore, they do not burn
Ganda, v. n.; ku — ,
to congeal, to coagulate, to

the kifufu cba nazi. All these and other supci-- curdle, to freeze; samli imeganda ;
massiwa
stitious things are comprised in the term yameganda, the milk has become solid, to jiass

“gaga.” from a fluid to a solid state.

Gaga, s. ; — la maji, vid. kufu or koga. Gandama (or gandamana) (said of ghee), v. n., to

Gagamiza (or gugumiza), v. n., to penetrate by cleave or stick to something, to cleave together, to

force ;e.g., ku pita into kua ku gagamiza or kua curdle; tiingu wamengia jomboni, wamegandama
ku furumiza. samlini, na samli imegandama na jombo, the
Gagazi, 8. maembe mabiti yanagagazi ? little ants entered the vessel aiid stuck in the
Gai, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a large potsherd ; jombo ki- grease, the grease sticks to the vessel (cfr. figni-
fundikajo ;
gai lajiima la ku tia motto = chafer ;
ana, ganduma, sindiima, paraga).
 ; ; ; ; ;

GA ( Si )
GA
Gandamia, v. ohj., to lean or press against a Gano, s. (la, pi. ma — (kano?), sinew, tendon,
)

person or a thing ,
to stick to, to sit closely ame- nerve (Er.) ;
msliipa wa niuma ndio gano {cfr.
gandamia muenziwe ku jifita, lie pressed against msbipa).
or close to his friend in order to conceal ldmself; Ganza ganza, v. a.; muegni ku yuna mukono —
ku gandamia roti, to lean against a tree; masbisi rnzito,hawezi ku nena upesi maneno baya ;

iliogandamia jungu ( vid . sbisi). usaganze ganze, ukatafuna tafuna bilasbi (E.).
Gandajiiana, v. n., to bring together, to unite Ganzi, s. (la, pi. ma — ), (1) the unpleasant effect of

(Er.) ? acid; ku tia ganzi la meno ;

nimefania ganzi la
Gandamiza, v., to press upon and take firm hold of meno kua kula maembe or mananazi mabiti, /
some one = ku-m-guya tana; e.g., if one throws have set my
on edge by eating unripe man-
teeth
another upon the ground or against a tree, and goes or pine-apples ; meno yanafania utbia {vid.
keeps him in this position so that he cannot move utbia) ;
kitu kikali kiliwajo jafania ganzi la
(gandamiza, to confide; vid. nietea). meno ;
meno yana- or yame-fania ganzi ;
magii
Gandika, v. n., to plaster a vessel of beer ? yana-ni-fa ganzi; (2) cramp; nimeketi batta
Gando, s. (la, pi. ma ), (1) a deserted place; — nimefania ganzi la maguni mukono unakuffa
;

(2) the claiv of a crab (gando la ka), but the claw ganzi {vicl. posa). The natives will not say
of a pueza ( a cuttlefish) is called m'gniri, pi. publicly that they are seized by cramp, as they
mlguiri. are then in a defenceless condition of which any ,

Gandua {or bandua), v. a., to pull asunder, to of theirmany enemies might take advantage by
wrest one from another' s hand, to rescue him; attacking them in order to settle an old feud
watu wame-m-gandua. (ganzi, the leg going to sleep, doubtful?).
Ganduka (or banduka), v. n. ameganduka mui- Garamuka, v. n., vid. erevuka.
lini wa muenzlwe, he is pulled away from the Gari, s. (la, pi. ma ), a cart {to be distinguished —
body of his comrade { whom lie threw on the from gurtumu la mzinga, a gun-carriage) gari ;

ground to maltreat him ) (ameata ku gandamana

,
la ku tukulia mawe or watu, a cart brought from
nai). India, a carriage, a wheeled vehicle.
Ganga, v. a ,
to bind round with string { that which Garibu, v. a. {vid. geribu), to tempt.
is sprung), to fasten or sew together, to splice, Gariki (or ghaeiki), v. «., to sink, immerse; cfr.

to mend {cfr. ,
inclinavit, cito incessit) ;
Arabic submersus fuit.
— geraha
,

ku or nguo, <f;c. {Kimrima) ; (2) to

Garikisi-ia, v. c.
restore or mend by sewing that which is torn to
Garopuu (or karofdu), s., (1) clove; (2) a kind
pieces, hence to cure, heal (sc. kua daua), hence
uganga, s. {vicl .) ku ganga vitu and muili nime- of rice (?) (St.) {vid. grafu).
; ;

Gasama, v. gasama mangine na kumbuka man-

ganga matumboyangu kua daua, I have cured
gine kua-ya-gasama ? (Reb.).
my bowels with medicine; kuani ku ata ku ganga
Gasi, vid. kassi ku tia kassi uzi.
pishiyako? why didst thou not fasten thy pisbi? ;

Gasi, s. ; ku tia gasi (R.) ? {vid. kassi).

Gangika, to be mendable, curable.
Gangoa, v.p. Gaua, v. a. { = ambua), to peel.
Gangana, v. rec., to cure each other. Gaugau, s., the roller {a bird).
Gango, s. (la, pi. ma — ), brace, cramp-iron, patch, Gauka, v. n. {vicl. geuka), to turn nr shift about,
splint;ku tla gango la juma ku shikla mbao to turn one's-selffrom one side to the other when
kusudi ku ;
tia magango nguo pla, to put patches one is weary in bed, to change; ku lala kua ku
into the whole cloth {vid. kiraka). pinduka akijoka ku lala upande wa pili niuelle ; ;

Gani, pron. interrog., what which? what kind or amegauka amelala upande wa pili gauka {Kim-
? ;

sort of ? mtu gani, what sort of a man ? The rima) = geuka {vid.).
name of the thing queried always precedes Gauza, v. a. (= geusa), to alter, change, turn.
the word gani kitu gani ? sebabu gani ? nti bio Gauzi, s.; ndia ina gauzi (?) (R.).
:

gissi gani? or nti bio inaka-je? what kind of Gauzia, v. obj., to change to one; gauzoa, v.p., to
country is that ? maneno gani mnenayo ? what be changed.
are you talking about ? Gauziana, v. rec. bali (saua na yule aliekufa).
Ganika, v. a., to plaster over beer, i.e., the vessel in Gawa, v. a., to divide, to part out.
which it is contained (R.) ;
ganikisa, to smoothen. Gawa, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
la ku finikia maji {vicl.

Ganja, s. (la, pi. ma — ), the palm of the hand ku kawa).

kata ganja la mukono, to cut the palm of the Gawania, v. a., to divide, to share; tugawanie
hand. mtelle, kulla mtu aloe wakwe or atoe adakavio
Ganju, s. (la, pi. ma— ),
the fruit of the mganju pata gawania is not to be confounded ivitli
;
ta-
tree; cfr. kanju {pi. makanju), a cashew apple. wanii, which means “to disperse ” — nnuiya.
 :; ;; ; ; . ; — ;

GA ( 22 ) GE
Gawania, v. obj., to divide for one in his behalf about half a yard distant from the trunk, he ties a

to allot or assign to one in his absence; nime-m- rope to the stump and hangs a little calabash
gawania sehemuyakwe, I have assigned to him under it, into which the liquor runs slowly. But
his share; toani mkagawanie wegniewe, vul. it must be and
well covered, to keep off the bees
ku pigia mafungu. who are fond of the liquor. Every
other insects
Gawanika, v. n., to be divided mali haya yame- morning and evening he removes th£ calabash
gawanika sasa, this 'property is now divided. and pours the contents into another vessel, which
Gawaniicana, v. rec.; cfr. Luke xii. 52. is attached to his arm. Before he hangs the
Gawaniza, v. c. to cause to divide for others ; ali-
:
calabash again under the stump he cuts a piece
wa-gawaniza = ali-wa-pa kulla mtu chakwe, off the end of it, to promote the flow of the liquor.
sehemuyakwe, he gave every one of them his due. This is done about noon. It is, however, to be
Gawanizana, v. rec. sbikani kitu hiki mgawani- observed that the shoot yields the liquor only for
zane, to divide for another, among — a certain time. When it gets dry he must com-
GawanizLa, v., to distribute among — ,
to divide mence with another. When the nuts are in an
among —
; muegniewe bakudaka ku enda nika, advanced stage of growth the liquor will not flora
bidaazakwe amegawanizia watu, ku fania bia- at all from the shoot. Thus the possessor of a
shera nuinui kamkuapo, tume-wa-gawanizia
;
cocoa-tree receives from it at one and the same
nuinui sekemuzenu hizi. time an agreeable liquor and both fresh (madafu)
GkBALi (or jiSbali), s. (ya, pi. ma — ), a large rock and old (nazi) nuts (vid. mnazi).
Gembe, s. (pi. magembe), a hoe ; vid. jembe.
on the coast, called genge (vid .) Arab. ;
J”*-. GeieEa, v. obj.
mons altus. The stone is used to cover the flat Gi5mua, v.p.
roofs of the stone-houses, and to make lime (nia- Gjsnge, s. (Ia ,pl. ma — ),
coral stone ; jiwe la genge,
finiko ya dari). a soft white stone containing calcareous matter ;
Gefjagefja, v. a., vid. gofjagefja. jiwe la genge si gumu, ni jororo na jeauppe

Gegesha mlimgegeska hatta (R.) ndani ku fania toka. It is found in great abun-
; (?).
dance on the shore of the island of Mombas, and
Gejeli, v.; ku-mu-ambia mtu maneno mabaya (Er.).
is used for building and to make lime. Some-
GiSlada, s. (ya) flagellavit, excoriavit
( , times in the rainy season large pieces fall off into
so
the sea, wherefore people at that time take great
,
cutis, pellis, corium) ;
gelada ya juo, the
care not to approach the edge of the cliff over-
binding of a book in calf ku-m-piga gelada, to hanging the sea (cfr. Luke iv. 29). Steep descent,
whip, lash, or beat with a thong laken “ku piga precipice (Er.) makali fulani pana magenge
;

gelada” liamna inuetu, woidd the Suahili say, rnangi sana, genge laomoka (vid. siri).
it does not occur with us, it is not our custom.
Gengeuka, v. n.; ku — watu, to endeavour to
Gf.MA, adj., good ; vid. mema. avoid, shun, or escape people (R.) (= dende-
GiSma, v. a., to ku gema tembo, ku
get palm-wine uka?).
gema mnazi, ku gema minazi, to obtain palm- G£ni, adj., strange, foreign; vid. mgeni, a
wine from the cocoa-nut tree; this expression stranger.
refers to the manner in which the natives obtain Gkssi (or gisi), s. (y&,pl. za) (cfr. gisi), kind, sort;
the cocoa-liquor from the tree. I shall best nadaka n’giio kama gensi or gisi lii, I demand a
describe the whole process by giving the very cloth of this kind; mkuu gensi, a guide, one who
ivords of a native Ku gema ni ku kuea mnazi
is well acquainted with the road ; Arab. ;

mtu akisha kuea yuvvaketi kumbini la mnazi,

genus, species.
akiketi yuwagema panda la mnazi, kana ku-
amba yuwakata panda la mnazi, tembo lipate GkRAiiA, s. (vid. jeraha, s.) (ya, pi. ma ) ( — (

toka pandani, alipogema yuwafunga kitoma

vulnevavit; vulnus), tvound; ku-m-tia
pandani asingie niuki, kisha yuwashuka na ,

tembo. Mtu yuwagema essubukhi na edokburi geraha, to wound one; geraka kuba, large
na mangaribi, laken edokburi yuwnjongera bassi, icound.
hatoai tembo, yuwaata mumo ju ya mnazi hatta Geregista, v. n. (vid. kereketa); w ali inafania r

mangaribi akifungua kitoma, akisha fungua yu- roho the boiled rice is too hard for the palate. ,

wamimina tembo jombo kiugine, kama alivio- Ger^za (or gr£sa), s., (1) a fort, (2) a state-
fania essubukhi. 'The substance of this is ; the prison; kifungo eba serkali jumba cha ku fungia ;

man whose business it is to gema climbs the cocoa- watu; paliali pa geresani wafungoapo watu pasi-
tree, sits upon a branch and cuts the shoot on which keti mtu munginc cla waliku tisbawatu, wapate
the young nuts arc coming out. Having cut it jewa.
off
 . ; ; ;; ;

GE ( 83 ) GN
Gissi, v. n. (vid. kisi), to guess; (2) v. a., to turn
GiSkibu, v. a. ( vid garibu) ( v_->y=.
1
pvobavit), to
the sail hawa-ji-gissi, wakaletta kabula wasi a
try, to attempt, to tempt; ku tezama, ku angalia, ambiwa ni wale walao.
ku 6nda, nimegeribu safari laken sikupata. Gissia (or ushuru); ku andika gissia or ushuru,
Gerebiana, v. rec.
to tax ; Acts v. 37 (cfr. Arab. y*. pars) gizi
Gi5sa, v. a., to turn (in a lathe), to form on a lathe. , ;

gani or ginzi (genzi) gani, ivhy ? how is it ?

Gfom, s. (ya) (cfr. , exercitum collegit
ginzi ilivio kua njema, the sort which was good;
O C-
,
exercitus), an army = watu wangi, a sijui gizi or ginzi afungavio, I do not know his

multitude of people. manner or way of binding.

Gesi, s. (ya), yard-measure gesi ni inti wa ku Gna, v. n. (or ku gnara), to flash, to glitter,

pinna nguo. In Mombas and other places it is shine; e.g., mato ya paka yagna or yagnara
only used by merchants from India (Mabaniani katika kiza, the eyes of a cat glare in the dark.
na Wahindi). Gnaria, gnarizia, gnaza (vid. below), gnazia,
Gesila, s. (vid. m'so, s.), the measure of 60 pishi; v. obj. ku gnariza mato, to fix the eyes; rnu-
,
in duas partes secuit ,
magnus, ezi wagnara, but jua lawa.
;

Gnagnanika, v. n. (ku gna), to shine, to be polished,

copiosus, firmns.
glisten, especially after having been anointed ivith
GiSso, s. (la, pi. ma— ),
turning-lathe (vid. gesa).
oil or grease; muili wagnagnika kua samli; usso-
Geua, v. a., to change, to turn (vid. gaua) ;
ku-ji-
unagnagnika.
geua, to turn one’s-sef; e.g., ame-ji-geua nioka,
he turned himself into a snalce. Gnamba, s. (ya, pi. ma— ), a
kind of sea turtle;
Geuica, v. n. (vid. gauka), to become altered, it is gnamba ana
nearly as large as the kasa ;

changed, turned; maneno yanageuka. niama kana ya gnombe, laken avia mai kana ya
kuku. Muaka hu nda ya gnamba. Muaka wa
Geuliwa, pass., to be changed.
gnamba Wajomba wamengia ku pindua gnamba
Geuza, v. c., to cause to alter, change, turn (pin-
ya Mnika. Mtu liuyu anapindua gnamba, this
dusa).
man has stolen (lit., has overturned) a turtle.
Geuzi, s. (la, pi. ma — a ), change.
A turtle must be turned over before it can
Geuzia (or geulia), v. obj., to alter for one or
be taken away. In like manner the famine
against one; ame-m-geuzia maneno, he perverted
has overturned the Wanika, and thus enabled
(gave a wrong turn to) his words, he misrepre-
the Suahili to take and sell them. The shell
sented them; geulia muhogo wangu motoni, turn
of the turtle is exported. Ku piga or pindua
my muhogo for me in the fire.
gnamba (mrongura) = ku iba (cfr. kobe). The
Ghosubu, v. a., to bamboozle (vid. #
. .-P Arab., gnamba lays her eggs in the sand near to
violenter et contra jus eripuit). the sea. Hence the people watch her return-
Gidam, s., the strap of a sandal (St.). ing to the sea and put a large pole in
Giduya (or guduya), s. (la), cfr. guduia. her way. When she comes to the pole they
Gigiza, v.wazungu ulimiwao,
a., to perplex; turn her over quickly, and, having tied her flip-
hangigizi na neno, ulimiwao unatoa maneno pers, they put her in the boat and slaughter

upesi (R.). her. The head is said to move for one or tivo

days. Kitoa ja gnamba jatukutika siku mbili.

Gii.gilan, s. miscuit), coriancler-seed,
( , Mai ya gnamba ku liwa kuakwe, suti or sliurti
a land of Indian spice put into curry-powder yatindoe. Juma cha gnamba kina tamani Sana
= kusubara used in curry-powcler (Sp.). gnamba, a hawk's-head turtle (St.).
Gilia, v. n., vid. ngia ;
rnasika yamc-m-gilia (to Gnambo (or gnambu), s. (ya, pi. za), side, bank of
winter), the winter came upon him. a river; gnambo ya pili, the second side = the
Gilidi (gjSlidi), v. a., vid. gelada ;
ku — juo, to opposite side or bank of a river or bay ; cfr.
bind a booh in calf, to bind it ivith a leather - , declinavit, in latere posuit; ,
,

cover.
dimidium hominis, latus ejus.
Gixsa (and ginsana), vid. kinsa, v. a.
GnAnda, s. (ya), a handful taken with the fingers
Ginsi (or gissi), s. (ya, pi. za), hind, sort. lifted upward; ku piga gnanda ya mtama, ya
Gisikaeiri (or mgisikafiri), vid. mjiskafiri ; tu- fetha, ya pilpili, dx., to take a handful of millet
mu-ue gisikafiri, ndie anakuja na sababu ya money, pepper, die., ivith the fingers; oya (wa
watu wakafua wasirudi tena-ku-zimu wcnde ka- mukono) is a handful taken with the fingers
bisa watu wa ku zimu wapigs ngoma ku te-
;
stretched out in full length; konsi(ya) is a hand-
kella a kind of lizard.
;
ful taken by closing the hand (vid. oya).
a 2
 ; ; ; ; ;

GTT (
84 ) GN
Gn.uua, v . kua mukor.o or Gnianni, s. [) a, pi. ma ), a kind of monkey of
obj. ku-m-ringia (?) —
upanga, a reddish co'our. The natives know of four
to burnish, (Oc. (Sp.) [vid. gna).
Gxakiza [vid. gna or gnara, v. n.) e.g., mato, to kinds of monkeys: (1) tiimbiii (2) gnianni; (3)
; ;

fix the eyes. kima (4) mbega, which is of the largest size. ;

Gnahizia, v. a. — ku-m-tulizla or kodolea mato, to The Wanika eat the flesh of the monkey.
fix the eyes upon one, to stare at him with open Gniapa, v. n. ku nenda kua tartibu, to go softly.
eyes, as is done in anger or in quarrelling ku- Gniapia, v. n., to creepi? (Sp.). ;

m-tezama mno. Gniata [or kiata), v a. (Sp.) ? gnialuka, niatuka, .

Gnaza, v. c. ; e.g., upanga, to cause the sword to to stalk.

shine, to be bright. Gxiatcka, v. n., to stalk ? (Sp.).

Gnazia, v. obj., to malee intelligible (= ku-m-faha- Gniauka, v. n., to wither, to dry up, to fade away,
mislia) or distinct; ta-m-gnazia thahiri ajue, 1 to shrivel maua haya yanagniauka kua jua.
shall malte it plain to him so that he may under- Gni£ [Kin. nio), an exclamation, indicative of !

stand it. slight indignation (?) (I?.).

GsP.a, v. n., to itch; muili wa-ni-gnea — iva-ni- Gxiisa, v.a.; gu langu la-ni-gniea, my foot itches
washa. or hurts me; amegniewa ni pole, to be hurt by
Gnia, v. n. [or ku nia), generally “ to let fall," to dis- itch.
charge, cast said of rain and of the evacua-
off,
tion of the bowels; (1) mvua yagnia [or inakugnia)
Gniegnia v.; ku pepo uwongo. —
Gniegni£ka, v. a.; ame-m-gniegnia liatta anagnie-
leo, it rains to-day; mvua ilikugniajana, it rained gnieka = ame-m-gnigniekea = ameketi nai aka-
yesterday; mvua itakugnia kesho, it will rain to- m-i'uaza kulla neno.
morrow ; mtu vuwagnia jooni sasa, the man GniegniekEU, v. a., (1) to supplicate, to apply to, to
(2)
is now at stool; mtu amekugnia jooni sasa, the pay reverence = ku-m-keshimu or fania adabu
man has gone to stool (ku gnia or ku nia mail ngema kua mtu, to pay reverence to one, to act
idiani). properly and reverently toward one, in order
GniHsiia, v. c., to cause to rain; Mungu ame- to please him (ku ji-weka tini) kijana ame-m- ;

gniesha mvua ku-m-gnieslia mtoto, to attend ; gniegniekea babai, the boy was humble, reveren-
to a child's necessity (Er.). tial to liis father (2) to cry one into desire, i.e.,

Gni£a, v. obj.
; pass, gniewa. to urge, importune, solicit, to cry in order to per-
Gnielisa. suade.
Ji-gniea ;
mvua wa-ji-gniea. Gniegxikr£ka, v . a.; e.g., mtuma ame — ,
the slave
Gniagnia, v. a., to scramble for anything, as in a made his escape secretly (Sp.).
market (Sp.). Gxiegnieresha, v. c. ^ ku-m-kimbiza mtuma kua
G xi aka, v. a., to intercept or catch something which polepole.
is thrown near or over-against, e.g., a ball; tui GniegnietSa, vid. gnieta.
ame-m-gniaka kuku, punde amo-mu-akia [de- Gxiicgxiza, v. a., to strew.
voured it). Gniekua [or niekua), v a., . to tickle -= gnierSia
Gkiakua (gniakura), (Sp.) (?).
v. a., to snatch away by
flying or springing upon; kozi or tui amegniakua GnuSma, v. n. ?

kuku, punde ame-mu-akja, the vulture or leopard Gniexgemssita, v.a., to tickle one; gniengereshana,
has snatched away a hen, and afterwards de- v. rec.

voured it [vid. akia). GxiEnia, v. a., to ask one urgently till he reveals
the secret; ku-mu-uliza rnaneno liatta ku-ku-ambia,
Gniama (niama), gniamaza, v. c., vid. niamaza.
to talk to a person until he tells something ; vid.
Gniamambi (?) = niama mbi, fester (Sp.). mdadisi, s.
Gniamgnia, v. mkiindu wa-m-gniamgnia [or wa- GniererEza, v. a. = fitafita; e.g., to say, “I do not
muniamunia), the fundament trembles or quakes, eat
” (kitu sili), and afterwards to eat secretly.
makes a quaking motion after the excrements arc Gnier£za, v. a., to tickle.
gone, [vid. kiwiniowinio).
GnESsha, v. c. [vid,. gnia, v. n.), to cause to retin ;
< rNiAMZA, v. a., to help in eating ivithoul being de- ku gnieslia mvua.
sired by the owner (Sp.).
GniISta, v. n., to be teasing [ = yuna ddabu tdta),
(iXIANA GNIANA, V., Said of tungll (II.). to be ill-mannered, to be without good-breeding,
?
niangnaxia, v. a. ( = ku pokdnia), to take vio-
( i
to be irreverent, to do cdl of one's oivn head, to
lently against ilic will of the owner, to commit have all one coidd wish, to strut about, (Oc., but
violence, to rob one, to deprive
him of his property never to be satisfied; mana liuyu yuwagnieta
bq force and injustice; mgniangnanii, .s., rob- kua babai, he concerns himself little about his
ber.
father; e.g., hnamkui babai [the omission of the
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

GN ( 85 ) GO
morning salutation is a great offence and shows Gniukuana, v., to pull each other.
,

no respect or good-breeding in a child or friend). Gniukuka, v. n., to be tickled.

Ewe maria, wagnieta-we, babayo yubei, aldfa, Gxiukulia(liwa) gniukuka, matambo yamc-m- ;

utakuta masliaka, thou, bog, hast all thoudesirest, gninkua.

as long as iliy father livctli , Gniueana, to hate or vex each other.
but when he is dead,
thou wilt be in trouble. Gx6, a particle, expressing slight indignation (E.).
Gxietea, v. a., to be negligent, irreverent yuwa- Gnoa, v. a., to pull up, root out; ku gnoa sliina la
gnietea babai = hamji or hamjali babai, he does mubogo, cL’c.
not fear his father, is negligent and irreverent Gnoda (gxota) ku nuelle = ku suka nuelle {to ;
—
toward him, disregards him; mana liuyu ni nija- take curls and turn them).
niri, yuwajitakabari. GnogjSi5a, pass.; ngovi ya kondo isio tassa ku
Gxiegniet£a, v. obj. gnogniolewa malaika, v;oofel ; cfr. gniognioa.
Gnieteza, v. c. gnombe zima wa-gnieteza (R.). Gnognona, v. n., to speak indistinctly, not in an
Gxigxia, v.; gnigniza, v. (?). intelligible manner {loiv or softly) ku sema pole- ;

Gnima, v. a., to refuse to, to deny, to withhold pole, to speak in the ear.
from, not to give = ku-m-katasa yuna hakki ya Gnognon£za, v., to whisper to.
;

kn pawa, laken ame-m-gnima kasidi yuna fetha Gnognoxezana, v. rec. watu bawa wameguo-
;

iaken a-ni-gnima. gnonezana, to whisper together.

Gnimbo, s., vid. nimbo; Luke xv. 25. Gnoka, v. n., to fall out (kua nafsi yakwe) mti ;

Gnimia, v. obj.; gnimana. umegnoka kua pepo = umeanguka.

Gxixui (pro kuinui), you (R.); gninui musemao Gnol£a, v. obj. {or ixa-ni-kukutika ), I feel pal-
maneno baya. pitation, I have throbbing of the heart; rohoina-
Gxioa (nioa ?), to shave ; c.g., ndevn; gnioka, gnio- ni-gnoka = ina-ni-piga, they speak of me (na
kea, gniosbea, ku nioshea, to help in need. tajua) if one has palpitation without a known
Gxiognia (gniugnia), v. n., to suck gently mana cause {vid. taju).
agniognia titti kua mamai. Gnoli5\ya,^;«s9., to be rooted out (ni mtu).
Gxiogniesha, v. c., to suckle the child ku-m-pa Gnombe, s. (wa, pi. za) gnombe mume, a bull, bul-
;

titti. lock ; gnombe mke, cow; gnombe hili {pi. magnombe

Gxiogxioa, to pluck [vicl. below). baya) = gnombe mkiiba, a large cow gnombe
Gxiogniota, s. {\a,,pl. ma ) = —
wassa (pi. mawassa) wakuba, large cows gnombe la mji, a whore ;
lamvua; si mvua ya kuelli, inapita to, ni ma- gnombe bili, pd. magnombe baya {dim. ki- and
wingu bassi, nguo haikutota, a transient shower ka-gnombe) (Erb.), a cow takes out the tongue to
of rain (mate mate). put it into the nose Proverb: gnombe watoa —
Gxiogxioya, v. a. {vid. f'utua) = ku-mu-ondoa kuku ulimi ku tia puani (or utakua gnombe, utie ulimi
magnioya, to pluck a bird or fowl, the beard, die., puani), i.e., to give a promise, but not to keep it
to pull out feathers.
mtu liuyu liana tbabidi ya maneno, this man's
Gniognogxea, v. n., to slacken, to be weary {espe- word is not reliable.
cially in the knees from continually marching), to gnonda?
Gnonda, s.,fish divided; matoyako ni ya
7

have pains in the joints of the legs ; magu ya-ni- are your eyes those of gnonda? (E. ).
gniognognea kua goti kua laienenda mno muili-
;
Gnonda, v. a., to split {e.g., fish) ;
ku — - samaki =
wangu una-ni-gniognognea.
ku passua niuma, ku anika juani (kana ngu) {vid.
GxiognogxiiSa, v. a., to curve ; e.g., maradi ime-m-
munda) ndizi za paka kitoa jagnonda ulikula
;
gniognogniea mukono, disease has curved his
kuetu mera. Thus sings the Suahili shipbuilder,
hand.
who gets bananas for his food, bid which he dis-
Gxionga gnionga, v. n. {vid. nionga nionga), to
likes, having eaten ndizi za paka in Jus native
wriggle.
country {among tlieWamuer a people near Kiloa).
Gxioya, s. (la, pi. ma — )
{vid. ugnioya), the down Gnongo, s. = fito za mia {vid. nsimba).
or feathers of a fowl or wool of a sheep ; ugnioya Gnugnunika, v. n., to murmur, mutter, grumble,
wa kuku or kondo, or magnioya ya kuku, ya to show one's dissatisfaction by words in the
kondo. absence of one.
Gxiuafua, v. a.; e.g., simba ana-m-gniuafua gnombe Gnuiciniza {or cnugniza), v. a. {vid. gniugniza),
niama, the lion tore apiece offlesh off the cotv.
to sprinkle upon (said of dry things) to maji, ;
—
Gniueuka (niufuka) v. n. ? (E.). to besprinkle, dash water upon, to strew, to
Gniugsiza {or gniugkisha), v. a., to sprinkle; ku scatter gnugnika, v. n.
— maji. ;

Gnuluka (?); e.g., ndizi (R.).

Gxiukua, v. a., to pluck, to tweak, pinch with the Go {vid. kd), s., the state of being capable of giving
nails {as children do in play). birth; la kuku, gnombe {vid. below)] go, or better
 — ;; ; ; ;

GO ( 86 ) GO
ko (la), is said of all animals which have produced Gogo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a log of timber, trunk of a
a young one, hut goma man; goma can
refers to tree when felled, a block ofivood; gogo la mnazi.
he said of animals, hut go never of man; to Gogoa, v. a., to remove, to put away, e.g., taka,
apply to man is ku deugurf mtu (R.). dirt.

Goa, v. ku nenda goa = ku nenda ku oga poani Gogoriska, v. n.,

n.;
(1) to cry, to cackle like a hen ;
(vid. koa), to go and wash on shore. kuku yuwagogoreka = ynwalia akiviaa au aki-
Goa, v. a.; unagawania kitu na rauenzie, bassi shikua (2) ku-m-gogoreka mtu (na-m-gogorcka ;

una-m-goa cliombo hakigoa leo.

; siku-m-weza).
Goa, (1) mtundo goa, the fourth day (vid. kesho) Gogoroda, v. a., to compel one; bakudaka muniewe
(2) goa la gnombe (la lewalewa), dewlap, the piece (R.) cfr. kokorota. ;

offlesh hanging down from a cow's neck; (3) an

Gogorota = gogota, v. a.
ornament of silver on the sheath of daggers (ma-
jambia).
Gogota, v. a. ( = ku gota, piga), to beat, strike ; ku
Goba, s. (la, pi. ma cassada dried. gogota mlango kua fimbo hatta muegniewe aivke ;
),

Goba, v. a. = ku sbilisba (vid), to finish, conclude. ugogote viango, vingiendani; ku gogota kiun-

Goboa, v. a. = konioa (vid), to pluck fruits (the goni = ku peta, ku fariia rigosho (vid. kigosho),
ku gogota mti, to drag the trunk of a tree.
cobs of Indian corn ) in passing through a planta-
tion against the owner’s will.
Gogota, s., the woodpecker (a bird).
Godoa, v. a., vid. kodoa. Goigoi (la, pi. ma ), ibis religiosa. —
Godoka, v. n., to protrude (Kiniassa, resuka) = pepea
Gokoa, v. a. ku maliindi or taka — (R.),

to retch, to strain the throat in vomiting.

mato yana-m-godoka (R.) = goboka (?) fulani ;

anagonda na mato yana-m-godoka, he himself is Gokomoka (vid. kokomoka),

to vomit.
Golangola, v. a. (?) (Sp.).
goboka so that his eyes protrude.
—
Godoro, s. (la, pi. ma ), thick guilt or mattress.
Gole, s. (la, pi. ma ), (1) craw, gorge gole la —
kondo; (2) = kobozi; gole la (magole yagole)
Goe, s. (?); ku-m-tia mtu goe (R.).
mgumi or kobozi la mgumi, the expectoration or
—
Gopi (or govi), s. (la, pi. ma ), skin, rind, hark;
saliva of the whale. It is a white matter of the
gofi or ganda la mubogo, hut gome (got! none) la
size of a cannon-ball, which floats to the shore.
mti, and ngofi ya muili wa mtu or niama.
Gofia, s. (ya., pi. za), a pulley, block.
As no use can be made of it the natives do not
pick it up.
Gofira, -s. (pi. ma— ), forgiveness, pardon (vid.
mke huyu anakua goma
Goma, s. ; cfr. go and ko ;

gbofira).
(vid. ko) ;
this woman is no more a mana muali,
Gofiri, v. a. (ghofiri) (Arab. ,ac texit, ob-
she is now a mother.
,

condonavit peccatum, rogavit veniam de- Goma, s. (la, pi. ma

texit,

licti), to forgive, pardon; ku gofiri thambi.

),
a large kettle-drum; mja —
na goma, nija na maji (vid. mja) goma is larger ;

This expression refers to a custom of the Mu- than the ngoma.

hammedan Suahili; katika mfunguo tatu (mezi Gomba, s. (la ,pl. ma a leaf of the mgomba, the — ),
wa month ofpilgrimage) wanafioni wa-
hija, the bananas-tree (vid. mgomba).
enenda ku gofiri tbambi mesgidini. The day on Gomba, v. a. (in Kin., to speak), Kis., to oppiose, to
which this ceremony is performed is called siku be adverse to, to guarrel ivitli (Kiung. and Ki-
ya miraji, or siku ya ku lalama. The Imams pemba).
read, weep, and confess tlieir sins and pray to Gombana, v. rec., to quarrel ( = ku tetana or nene-
God for forgiveness. The other people stand by sana) with each other (Kiung. and Kipemba).
and listen. This is the general or annual fast-
day, siku ya ku juta maofu waliofania kulla mu-
Gombisza, v. a.; ku to forbid (St.) (vid. gomba, — ,

v. a).
aka siku ya ku lalama Moli (Mungu).
;

Gofiria (or gofuria), v., to forgive one; Mungu

Gombo, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a sheet or leaf of a book
(St).
a-ni-gofirie nlilotenda (neno), may God pardon
me; Mungu ame-m-gofiria tbambizakwe, God Gome, s. (la, pi. ma — ), (1) the betrh of trees (ku
ambua magome ya mti) (2) a clip ofivood, a
forgave him his sins. ;

piece of cleft wood, a splint sermalla nmetonga

Gofiriana, v. rec. (vid. Col. iii. 13).
mti, ku toa magome; (3) a shellfish (lililo na
Gofjagefja, v. a. (or gefjagefja), to impel,
urge on; e.g., ku simamia watu kazini, to impel, niama).

to urge on people in working ; cfr. rongaronga. Gom£a, v. a. (vid. komea), to fasten ivith a native
Gofu, adj., desolate (Iyuke xiii. 15) muaatilfwa ;
lock.

ninmbayenu gofu gofu la niumba, the ruins of

;
Gomeo, s., a native lock; cfr. komeo.
a. house; gofu la pembe (kipando eba sbina), the Gonda, v. n. (cfr. konda), to become lean, tlan.

hollow end of a tusk cut off (Sp.). Gond6a, v. a. (?).

 ; ; ; ; ; ;; , ;

GO ( 87 ) GR
Gonga, v. a., (1) to "knock, to "beat
= ku gogota, to goromoe halina msena. and in like manner an
beat ; e.g., ku gonga or ondoa magome mti, to obstinate man has no friends, but is left to him-
beat the tree in order to talce off the bark ku self
gonga (= tuanga), until the skin comes off] to Gorongondua, s., a kind of lizard (St.).
dash against, to strike, thrust against; daulako Goshi, s., the tack of a sail; upande wa goshini,
litagonga daulangu ( Kimrima ); Kitoa, cha-ni- the weather side; ku pindna kua goshini, to tack
gonga (2) to get very old (?).
;
(St.) gosh or goshi is opposed to “ daman ” in ;

Gonge, s. (Kin. gonch c), fibres of the ivilcl aloe used nautical language; fig., mtu lmyu ana-ku-kah'a

for making threads and strings (pi. magonge). (ketia) goshi (or kombo) leo, this man will give
you trouble to-day (R.).
—
Gongo, s. (Ia, pi. ma ), (1) thickness, compactness
gongo la muitu (muitu unakua gongo), a thick Gota, v. a., to knock, to beat, e.g., mlango apate
forest of large and high trees, like the one near sikia ku gota, to beat or strike slowly and ;

Gassi, south of Mombas ; (2) a large stick. audibly ku gogota, to beat quickly; ku gota-
Gongoa, v. a., to take off a knife or hoe from its gota, to strike neither too slowly nor too quick.

handle. Gotagota, v. a. ; (1) ku gotagota bao kua ku teza,

Gongoka, v. n. ( = gongoloka), to fall out of it- to strike boards with the fingers for amusement,

self.
to drum with the fingers upon boards, to knock

Gonookea, v. obj.; e.g., meno ya nioka ya-m- in play (2) to break or mangle a language; e.g.,

gongokea. hajui sana maneno ya Kienglese, laken yuwagota.

GongojUa, v.; ku-ji-gongojea, to drag one's-self gota, he does not know English well, he speaks

along by the help of a stick.

broken English.
Gongom^a, v. a. = ku tia chuma kiliclio na muoto Gotana, v. rec., to strike or run against each
katika put the heated iron (after hav- other ; e.g., viombo vinagotana vikaumizana.
nti, (1) to
ing been put in water ) in the ground to cool (vid. Ji-g6ta, v. refl., to strike one's-self against.

matiko); ku ku pata ukali Gotegote, adv. (or kotekote = liuko na huko),

sidi ; (2) to drive nails
hammer in (ku gongomea mifi).
into, to beforeand behind; e.g., nioka wa nduma kuili
Gongue, s.; ni ngoma wa ku teza watu wa mrlma yuwauma gotegote = kua kitoa ja mbelle, na
(cfr. kiumbizi) wakipiga fimbo za muaka. niuma yuwafufia.
Gonia, (ku goniakoma), to appease the spirits Got^za,
v. a. to mingle one language with an-
v. a.,

of the ancestors kua ubani, die. (ndsembe in other, jumble together different languages;
to

Kiniassa). mtu huyu yuwagoteza maneno ya Kimwita na

Gon joa, v. n. ( — ku ugua), to ache, to have pain ; Kiunguja, laboda m'bua Mwlta, yuwagoteza
cfr. ugonjoa. maneno ya kikuao or ya kuao, this man mingles

Gonjo£siia, v. c., to cause pain = ku-m-tia ma- the language of Mombas with that of Zanzibar
rathi ya muili, ku ji-gonsboesba or — eza, to he is perhaps a native of Mombas, he speaks his
behave like a sick man. own language (dong with the other (Kir. ku
Goi>£a (tonesha). gofia).

Gora, s. a piece or package of cloth of Goti, s. (la, pi. ma ), knee; ku piga goti or ma-
(ya, pd. za), —
goli, to kneel down; haku-m-pigia goti, he did
60 (mikono) native or 30 English yards (vid.
doti and kitambi). The gora of 30 English not marry her because the bridegroom did not

yards of American cotton-cloth costs at Mombas bend one knee during the ceremony performed by
German crowns (anno 1849). the kathi in marrying them.
zisually 24
Govi MiiO, s., uncircumcisecl (cfr. goli, skin)-, gdvi
Goudi, s. (korti), name of a kind of cotton-print
mbo, one who has still the prepuce ; lit., the skin of
(gordi and shedi) (Kihindi ?).
the penis.
Gorfa, s. = dari (?) ( liyz ,
coenaculum), upper
Goya, mtu huyu yuenda kua goya = ku-ji-
v. n. ;
story of a house (gorfa or ghurfa). belenga =
ku ponga muegni ku goya mukono=
Goria, s. muegni ku ponga or tupa mukono ? ku nenda
Gorodisza, v., to shove, push, to push aside or to kua goya, pi. magoya (vid. muendo).
qiress (R.). Goza, v. a., to ivarm up, to cook up (cold food )
Gorofika, vid. korofika. kitu jajana wakigoza.
Goroka, v. n. ku — mall, to fumble on excrements; Grafu, s. (ya, pi. za), clove; mgrafu, the clove-

mana agoroka nji. tree; hizi grafu za Pemba na Unguja, these are
Goromoe, s. (la pi. ma —), a kind of large lizard Pemba cloves (from the islands of Pemba and
,

haliurai mtuwala haliguyi kuku, pangonimuakwe Zanzibar, where they grow very well, having been
linalala pekee, halina muenziwe. The goromoe introduced by slavers from the Mauritius many
lizard is smaller tlum the mburukenge. Proverb : years ago).
 ; ;. ; ; ; ;
;; , ; ; ; ; ; ;

Gukza, s. (vicl gereza, s .) = niumba pa lot funga Gum, s., a dock for ships (St.).
watu, prison [vid. geresa). Gudi (kudi), s. ; muhogo, viazi, ndu, kunde, cCc.,

Gu, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a foot; magii (

Kiunguja are gudi (or kudi) in opp. to risiki (?) (E. ).

migu), feet gulangu la-ni-uma, my foot pains Guduiya St.), s. (la, pi. ma
(or gudulia, ), a —
me; gu la kuume, the right foot gu la shoto pitcher guduiya la ku noea maji. They are
or la ku shoto, the left foot (gu from the hnee to exported from South Arabia, especially from
the toes). Muscat ; a porous ivater-bottle, a loater-coo'er.
Gua, v. a. ku giia, cfr. pfumba (to rain ) in Ki- Gugnombe, s., the disease which attacks muhogo,
niassa. in which the leaves look poorly and the roots re-

Goaguna, v., to gnaw (vid. guguna). main very small.

Guama, v. n., to he squeezed or pressed in; e.g.,

Gugu (la, pi. ma— ), undergrowth, iceecls gugu
muitu, m weed resembling corn; gugu, ivild, un-
nimepeniesa mukonowangu liapa, sasaunaguama
cultivated (St.).
mtini,I put my hand here now it is squeezed ,

or jammed hy a tree — umegulwa ni mti.

Gugudu, adv., a natural sound; fulani atafuna

Guamisha, v. c.; mti umeguamisba mukono- muhogo gugudu (R).

wangn.
Gugumia (or gugumiza), v. a., (1) to swallow, to gulp
down; mtu mgonjoa amo-gugumiza maji kua
Guanje (?).
shida, the sick man swallowed the water with
Guaza, v. a. (kuaza ?) mtelle 1m waguaza watu ;

difficulty (2) to stutter, falter in speaking, to

meno, this rice breaks a man's teeth; ni in awe
gasp or pant for breath, to falter (Er.) mtu
to ;
ndani cfr. kuarusa.
agugumiza maneno kama bubui, hawezi ku
;
liuyu
Guaze, s. (or NGiRRi mbango), an animal like a
sema ; (3) to beat or go through ivater swallowing
wild hog ; its tusks are like those of the hog
water cis one goes; e.g., amepita maji kua ku
ni mkali, na rangeyakwe ivu ivu.
gugumiza, he could not swim, but the shore
Guba, s. (la, pi. ma —
kiguba (Er.), leaves of the
) ;
way through the water
being close by he beat his
mgadi tree rolled and sewed up and worn by
(kua ku sarna na ku suka na kua ku p'ga maji
native ladies for their perfume (Er.).
na mikono), sinking and rising, and beating the
Gubari, s. (la, pi. ma — )
(Arab, ,
consoli-
water with his hands. Now and then lie sival-

davit; conjunctio plurium pavtium separa-

lowecl a mouthful of to go throughivater, hence
,

the water swcdlowing (not by swimming), which

tarum, ut ex his unum fiat), a thick black cloud
sometimes has proved dangerous to people who
which will soon give rain (wingu laiba or ncne)
know not the locality. Gugumia, v. a. tembo
mawingu yamefania gubari leo, the clouds are
bill una li-gugumia pekeyo? dost thou, swallow
heavy or very big (like mountains ) to-day uli-
alone all the palm-wine ? For eating cfr. mizukua
mengu una gubari, the sky has big clouds; magubari
(R.), which seems only to refer to meat.
ya mawingu, big mountain-like clouds; magubari
Guguna, v. a., to gnaw, to bite at, to eat of = ku
ya wingu yasimama mlima, the big clouds stand
tafuna kua meno, e.g., pania anaguguna muhogo
like mountains ; opp., ulimengu unafania mafuru-
mini alieguguna nazi pasipo kissu, kua meno
furu or ulimengu uf'urul'uru or utussitussi, the sky
matupu (?).
has scattered clouds, but it does not yet rain;
Gugunia, v. obj.; e.g., ku-m-gugunia mfiipa.
ulimengu una mafundefunde, una mawingu ya Guguniwa, pass.; kisio or kizio cha nazi kime-
mvua, ;jua halitoki una magniogniota, the sky pania (vicl. kisio). guguniwa ni
has small clouds of light rain, the sun is not
Gugunsa, v. c.
seen. I)o not confound gubari and gabari
“
Gugunua ,
pass.; mtu amegugunua ni fissi.
gabari means magnus, omnipotens,’’ Arab. Gugurusha, v. a., to make a noise by scratching or
a mouse; kitu jani kigugurushajo digging like
ndani ln'imo? what makes this noise here within?
Gubba, s (la, pi. ma ) gubbala mto, bending in-
.
— ;

resp. pania; ku gugurusha kasbani or mikobani,

wards, bay ; cfr. Arab. •

to run with a shuffling noise like a rat (St.), to

Gub£ti, s (ya, pi. ma
.
) —
(kikono cha 6mo), ship's drag (dong with a scraping noise.
head, the prow of a dhow waona u'zuri wa jombo
Guguta, s., a head of Indian corn, husk of In-
mbelle ya omo kule ? seest thou the beauty of the
dian corn with the grain picked out (Sp.).
vessel there in the fore-part?
Guguta, v. a.; e.g., mafuta, but ku pura mtama
Gubigubi, ado.; ku-ji-finika nguo gubigubi, to
(R.) (?), to shake (?) cfr. kutakuta. ;

cover one's-self entirely from head to foot.

Gugutika ,v.n., to be absorbed umande unagugu-
Gdbiti, barley-sugar (?) (St.). tika, the mist has been absorbed, but it is not yet
(iude, s., (1) an awl (Sp.) ;
a (2) species of dove dry; nguo nayo inagugutika, i.e., liaija kaiika
(vid. ndiwa) ;
gude, pi. magude. Sana; mabindi yanagugutika maji.
 ; . ; ;
. . ; , ;. ; ; ;

GU GU
Guia, v. a. (
vid guya), to grasp, to apprehend, Gungumka, v. 7i., to dry (said of mist) ngoja, ;

seize. ugungumke umande uonddke, wait, let the mist

Guiana, v. rec. get dry, then depart.
Guilia, v. ohj., vid. gnya, v. a. ; ku guiwa ni Guxi (or gunni), s. (la, ma — ) ;
guni la tende, a
joo. bag of da'es.
Gumba, s., the short thick finger kiddle or janda Gunia, s. (la pi. , —
ma ), a kind of bag ) gunia la
clia gumba, the thumb cha gumbaliatta sliahada, mtelle wa mora, a bag of rice called mora (gunia
from the thumb to the forefinger la mora) ;
gunia ni ngiio ya ku finikia mtelle
Gumba, v. n., to be dim-sighted like a. fiddler, ku tangu Hindi hatta Mvita = kitumba cha Hindi
f'ania kiza mato kama mlefi ku gumba kua ulefi, ;
cha ku tilia mtelle. Gunia is a kind of bag
not to be able to see from intoxication, hence to 7iiaclein India of hemp to hold rice. This kind
do everything perversely ( efr piimba), not to of rice the Arabs call mora. In the opinion of
have one's ivits in any sudden emergency ( efr the Suahili it is mtelle mbaya ( bad rice) hau- ;

sanga). tamu wanuka vibaya, laken ni rakhisi, it has 7iot

Gumbana (= gussana), to graze, to strike against, a good taste, it smells badly, but is cheap. A bag
to collide. of mora sells at Morribas usually for 1 J dollar.
Gumbaza, v. c., to cause one to be stupid ulefi Msuahili yuwapenda mtelle wa mpunga (vid.)
;

ume-m-gumbaza, una-m-lefia lefia, intoxication liapendi mtelle wa mora.

causes him to be stupid and to act perversely Gunkui, s. (la, pi. ma ), vid. kungui. —
ulefi ume-m-nuka muili = ume-m-kaza Sana. Gunsa, v.a., gunsana, v. rec. (husband and wife)!
Gumbo, s., largeness ; giimbo la nda = nda bora, a Gunzi, s. (la, pi. ma ), a cob of Indian corn (St.). —
very great famine, starvation. Gupa, s. (la, pi. ma ) gupa la mia la ku jengea — ;

Gumegume, s. ; bunduki ya gumegume (=bunduki niumba (Makua).

ya viombo), a flint-gun, not a match-lock. Gupua, v. a., vid. kupua.
Gumu, adj., hard, difficult. Gupuka, v. 7i. punda ana-ni-geukia naniama ana.-
gupiika mbio (R.).
Guna, v. n., (1) to scratch, scrape (vid. kuna, v.a .);
to grunt,
Gura, v. 7i. ( — ku tama), to quit a place to dwell in
(2) grumble at (as a sign of indigna-
to
tion), to show grumble (in one's
dissatisfaction, to
another ; efr. traxit, evulsit, verrit.

absence ) (vid. gnugnunika, v.), to utter one's dis- Gurguru, s., the rattle of something in an empty
^ ,

pleasure behind anybody. box. The rattle may have been caused by the
Gunda, v. 7i., mice.
to be of low stature (efr. ku runda);
yuna kimo kifupi, laken amepefuka, hanendi Guria, v. ( = tamia), to remove to another place;
mbelle tena, he leo nimeguria niumbani muangu mpia, to-day I
is of low stature, but he is grown
up, he ivill not grow any further growth is im- removed to iny new house. Wazungu wameguria
(

possible). Rabbay Mpia, paliali walipoketi, wameguria

Gundamana, vid. kundamana. Kisulutini.

Gunda, trumpet in Kin.; in Kis.

Gurisha, v. c. = tamislia.
s., it is called
Gurisha, v. c., to cause to re7nove, to banish ; ku
bargiimu, war-horn.
gurisha viombo kua wita, to cause the utensils
Gundua, v. a., to find accidentally, to catch, to sur-
to be reinoved on account of war ; mume ame-
prise one (so that he cannot escape), to come upon
m-gurisba mkewe.
one, to discoverunawares ; kafule, nime-ku-gun-
Gurtumu, s. (la, pi. ma—), a wheel; gurtumu la
dua, odds-bobs ! I have apprehended or got thee
mzinga, a gun-carriage (Dr. Steere writes guru-
{accidentally) (kafule = odds-bobs ! thou dog!
dumo) ; efr. gari, s.
vid .) ku gundua mtu au niama mituni mabali
;
Guru, s. kuna sokari yaitua guru (R.), there is a
asipo aza ku-m-pata papo.
kind of sugar which is called “ guru.”
Guxga (vid. kunga) (Kid. gungula), v. a., to hem, Gurufu, s. (la, pi. ma ), a highway (ndia ku)
to skirt, to ku gunga mkega nguo
border;
—
gurufu ya gnombe, a cattle-road ( locus
(ugungo, ku gunga niukue, to interlace
s.) ,

to entwine instead of knitting or tying; ku gunga quem fluxus non attingit).

tungu, to lace or edge a calabash; gungia, gun- Guruguru, a large kind of burrowing lizard (St.).
gana (assemble ) = gut ana, gungika; c/r.kungaua. Gurugusi-ia, v. a. (= ku haribu kazi), to bungle,
Gungu, s., (1) in Kinika = widow ; mke mjanne, work ; hakulekeza kazi, amebaribu mbao, he
spoil
pi. wake wajaune (2) a kind of dance ;
gungu spoiled ormarred the boards of which he was to
la kufunda, danced by a single couple make a box. In short, to spoil the work.
; gungu la
kukuaa, danced by two couples (St.). Gussa, v.a., to touch by handling anything gently,
Gunguda (?) (R.), to instigate (?). or bg putting only the fingers upon a thing; ku
 ; ; ; ; ; ;;; ;

GU ( 9° ) GH
bofia, to touch by taking a thing between the Gutuka, v. n., to be startled; gutukia, gutusba,
fingers and by making impressions upon it; lux vid. kutuka, v. n.
bofia kua ku topeza vianda ku papassa, to touch Guu (vid. gu), foot, leg. ;

by moving or sweeping the hand over a thing Guue, s. (la, pi. ma— ), a large swine, but nguue is
gussa, to touch but kusa, to bring together ; ku
, of an ordinary size.
kusa mashaka ku kuta or kuta kuta, to give the Guya, v. a. (cfr. guia), to grasp, span to fasten,
; ,

cloth a shake; ku gutiwa. to lay hold of one or a thing by grasping, span-

Guta, v. a., to push, to gore, to toss gnombe a-ru- ning, or fastening. ;

guta muenziwe, wawili wagotana. Guiana (or guyiana), v. rec.

Gutu, s., the stump of a mutilated member. GuhJa, v. a.; tume-m-guilia mtumawako, ice
Gutua, v. a., to frighten one; ame-ni-gutua moyo; have fastened thy slave.
robuzi a-ji-gutua ; cfr. kutuka, v. n. Guiwa, pass., to be laid hold of.

GH (the Arabic Letter £, gha).

Ghafula (or giiafala), s. (Arab. Jic ,

neglexit which can be locked up to keep eatables or uten-
sils in; cfr. Steere, ghala, page 272.
rem, texit; <slac ,
socordia, incuria), a sudden,
apoplectic stroke; amepatikana ni maradi ya Ghamma (iiamna), v. ( ,
texit rem, tectus fuit,

ghafula, he has had. an apoplectic stroke jarabo incognitus, obscurus fuit, moestus fuit), to be
hili lina-ni-ngilia or lina-ni-tokea kua ghafula, extremely rare or not to be found in town, to have
thismatter has befallen me or happened to me on disappeared in trade; e.g., kitambi ,ja passua
a sudden or unawares ; kua ghafula, suddenly. moyo kinaghamma Mvita, a kind of cloth, called
Ghafalika ku to neglect, not to attend to,
;
— ,
passua moyo, which was formerly in use and
to be imprudent; nnaghafilika mno, I am pre- demand at Mombas (at the cost of 3 dollars),
vented by an unforeseen circumstance. but which has now disappeared, is no longer
Ghaidi, s., anger buana alie na ghaidi na mtu- found in the shops; kimepotea or bakionekani,
Iiamna kabisa, hakienei kabisa.
mua-svc, alie-m-fania kiza kiku; cfr. iLi ,
ira.
Ghammu, s. (vid. ghamma) ( t a ,
res gravisi
Giiairi (or giieiri), v. a. ( ,
commeatum ad-
moeror), sorrow, apprehension or fear; yuna
vexit, altera vit, mutavit), to change, to annul;
ghammu or khofu moyonimuakwe-akiitua gere-
ku tia ghairi, to imitate, to provoke, to offend
zani, hajui neno aitiwalo ni Wali, he is appre-
ghairi, prep., without; ytfi* ,
absque. hensive or anxious in his mind, when he is called

to the Government-house, for he does not knoiv

Giialati, s. klc hallucinatus fuit, erravit
( ,
what the Governor ivill do to him.
tiHc ,
error, vitium) = uongo, a lie. Ghanamu, s., a goat ( ).

Guam, adj. ( ,
carus, magni pretii fuit), expen- Giiangi, s.,a kind of dhow resembling a bagala,
sive, dear, costly kitu hiki ki ghali = kina ta- except that it has not so long a prow.

mani, this thing is expensive; vitu hivi ni vi-

GnANIMA pro praeda quid abstulit ;
,

ghali, these things are dear.

Giialisha, make dear; ku ghalika, to
v. c., to
praeda) ;
amepata gbanima muakahu, he has got
get dear or dearer mpunga unaghalika, the good luck, profit this year.
;

rice has become dearer. Ghanja, s., a kind of boat.

Giiauibu, v. a. ( ,
praevaluit, vicit), to over- Gharama, s. (ya, pi. za — ) ( ,
obstrictus fuit

turn ; e.g., ku — ku poteza akili.

akili =
debito necessario solvendo magna rei
Ghalifu, v. a. usi-ji-ghalifu, do not be hurt by ; rb* ,

buying something very cheap; i_dlc nactus cupido ;

iLAjh ,
debitum necessario solvendum),
,

fuit thecam, in loculo suo recondidit. expense, disbursement, especially in consequence

of having given a banquet nimetoa or nimefania
G Halim a, s. = feida; libidinosus fuit.
,
gharama nengi kua ku wa-fania wageniwangu
takrimu nengi, I have had great expenses by
Ghalla, s. (ya, pi. ma — ) ( Ale proventus domus;
giving an entertainment to my guests.
,

J.is ,
immisit), a storeroom inahali pa ku \ve- Gharathi, s. (= huja or hnja), a thing, matter;
kea viakiila or vidmbo, palipo na sibdi, a place unagharathi gani, what matter or business hast
 ; ; ; . ; , ; ; ; ;

GH (
9i ) GH
thou ? ( cfr tjijt iraplevit vas, desiderio rci GhOlam, s., a young man; Arab. adolescens.
. , ,

captus ;
ijsjt ,
scopus). Ghorofa, s. (ya pi. sa)
, ( tiff. ,
coenaculum) = dari
Giiarighaei mauti (R.), lialf-deacl. ya ya niumha, the second story of a house,
pili
Gharika, s., a flood. an upper room; niumba hi inaghorofa mbili
ghorfa na sabakhiyakwe (?).
Giiariki, v. n. (jjii immersus) = ku sama,
( ,
to
Ghoshi, v. a. {vid. gliuslii) ;
ku — ,
to adulterate.
sink; chonibo kimeghariki, the ship sunk foun-
,

dered, to he covered with water. Ghosubu {or giiusubu), v. a. ( ,

violcntor

Ghaeikisha, v. c., to cause to he flooded, to sink. et contra jus eripuit rem), to grieve or offend any
Giiarimia, v. ohj., to he at the expense for, to spend one by playing him a trick or by doing him
property for the accomplishment of a certain wrong ame-ni-ghosubu kua ku-ni-dangania or
purpose; amegharimia mali = amefania juhudi gniagnania.
kua mali hatta ku pata mapensiyakwe e.cj., ndia ;
Giiubari, s. (la, pi. ma — )
{vid. gubari, s.), a rain
ya Jagga ilikua heipishi, laken Kasimu aka-i- or dust cloud; pulverem excitavit.
c ,

gharimia, aka-i-tolea gharama, hatta aka-i-subua

akafika, the way
Jagga ivas untrodden, until
to Gi-iubba, s.
( ,
adfinom pervenit, exitumhabuit
Kasimu Wanga) spent property,
(« native of res) ;
ghubba ya bahari, a bay {this Arabic expres-
and incurred expense until he had opened the , sion is, however, seldom used by native Suahili),
road and reached the country. a sheltered place.
Gharimisha, v. c., to cause one to spend. G limit a {or ghomia) = sanga ;
si makusudi ni kua
Ghasi, s.,fear, doubt; ku fania ghasi. ku ghomia (R.).
Ghasia, s., robbery, noise, tumult; sidaki ghasia Ghumisa, v. a. {vicl. ghamma), to afflict or grieve
hapa or sidaki ku wekewa ghasia hapa; > one.
petivit expeditionem bellicam impulit misitque. Giiumiwa, v.n., (1) to be dejected (2) to be un-
Ghasia, things of various kinds
s., little buna determined, to waver, to be at a loss what to do;
ame-ni-pa ghasia ningi ( = viorubo vingi or vitu jambo adakalo fania (3) to startle = ku
hajui ;

vingi via matakataka), laken siwezi ku tukua, jituka ametokewa ni watu ameghumiwa = ame-
;

the master gave me a hodge-podge of things to jituka, he was surprised by people and was
carry, hut I cannot ame-ni-agisa ghasia ningi, startled.
ku nunua Mwita. Ghurika, v. n. ku — ,
to be arrogant.
Ghatiiabisha, v. a., to enrage, to anger one, to pro-
Ghurubu, s.; el-asiri ghiirubu = mshiiko wa el-
voke to anger = ku-m-tia hasira.
asiri (?) (R.) ; cfr. ,
pi'ocul abiit, but
Ghathabu, s. (ya) (
--<s-
,
iratus fuit, succensuit; ^_>ff j

prope fuit.
t_vAc ira), anger = hasira.
decepit vanarum rerum desiderio
,
Ghururi, s. {
-c ,
Ghathibika, v. n., to become angry. 5jj
aliquom implens omnia quibus quis de-
Ghawini, v. n.; mana wa Lokman a-ji-gliawini, ; ^ff ,

theson of Lokman is self-sufficient, independent cipitur), arrogance.

(«•)
Ghusiii (or ghoshi), v. a. ( ,
decepit, baud
Giieiri, s., jealousy, anger; cfr. fj. .

sincerum consilium admitit) {vid. ghoshi, v. a.),

Gheithi, s. (ya) Lie vehementia, primusque
( ,
to falsify, adulterate; e.g., ameghushi fetha kua
impetus), fixedness, determination, resoluteness, ku-i-tangania na kitu kingine, he adulterated the
exertion, energy mtu huyu yunagheithi ya ku silver by mixing with it another substance.
pigana, he is yuwafania gheithi
resolved to fight
Ghusiii, v. n., to suffice; fetha hi ita-wa-ghushi
or juhudi, sherti or shurti ku ya ku pata mali, he
watu hatta ku rudi, this money will suffice for
makes great exertions to obtain property
the people till they return = ku akidi {vid.).
Ghelibu {or ghalibu), v. a. (
<_-le ), to master
Ghushiwa, pass. kitu kilijo ghusliiwa, something
to overcome.
falsified or adulterated.
Ghofira, s. yic texit, condonavit), pi. magho- G C- .
S
( ,

Ghusiiu, s. neksi, = ,
detrimentum ;
>

pardon, forgiveness.
fira,

Ghofiri, to forgive sins {used of God only). deceptio.

Giiofiria, to forgive one. Giiusubu, v. a. {vid. ghosubu), to swindle, to cheat.

 ; . ; . . a
; ;

HA ( 92 ) HA

H
H a, serves as a contraction for nika; e.g., ndiaina- mamboyakwe ni hadaba, 1ns business is deceit ),

kua rnballi, liarudi for nikarudi, the wag teas long, to deceive, circumvent = dangania ;
ku-m-hadaa
but I returned; ba-mu-ona for nika- or nime-mu- kua hila fulani a-ni-hadaa or hadaba.

ona, I saw him. Ku-ji-iiadaa, to deceive one's-self.

Haba, adj. and s., a small thing, a trifle, a little, II ad aik a, pass., to be deceived, to be tahen in by

a few; kitu baba = kitu kidogo; vitu bivi ni cunning.

baba; watu baba; muniu ame-ni-pa baba; Hadaiwa, to be cheated.

siku liaba or ebaebe, a few or some days. Prov.: Hadari, s. [vid. hathari), attention, care, caution =
baba na baba lnijaza kibaba, i.e., little and little maelekezo ya moyo, danger ; ku fania hadari or
tills a kebaba (a certain measure ) in Kir. bandu nadari ( contemplatus fuit oculis), to take ,
;

na bandu ya-mala gogo.

precaution ; Arab. cavit, timuit.
Hababi, s. [pi. mahababi), master, my lord (
,

O -C E Hadaya (?) [efr. hedaya), a present ; efr. badia.

name of honour ) ( ,
amatus, amicus,
Haddi,s. (ya), limit, measure; efr. Arab. ,
limes.
arnica ; ,
amor, amatus).
Hadia [efr. > a*
<5o, ), gft, offering; efr.
IIabali, adj., irascible [ efr liakawi) ;
babali ku
fania basira; ,
mentem alienavit aiicui. batbia, s. ( ks. ,
munus quod offertur, bona
Habari, s. (ya, pi. za) [vid. khabari), news, mes- sorte commodorum copia et felicitate potitns fuit
sage, story, information ta-m-pata habari kesbo, in re, portio boni cujusdam) ;
bequest, legacy =
I shall get her news to-morrow ; Arab. kitu biki na-mu-atia muanangu, ni ebakwe, njapo-
,

probavit, scivit, indicavit. kufa, kitu biki ni ebakwe.

= Hadimu, s., country-born slave, one who serves

IIabba, s. (1) kitu kiguyajo or kigandamajo,
kitu ja ku shikia, gum, lime; the mkanju {a tree) (~Ii, inservivit; ,
famulus), pi. maiia-
yields a land of gum, matozi ya mti babba ya ;

dinui, the son or daughter of a manumitted slave;

ku fungia waraka, sealing gum or wax; efr.
m'boe, lehamu, ulimbo pi mahabba)
si mtuma tena, ni hadimu = buru.
; (2) love (

babba ya moyo, charity Had’ithi, s. (ya, p>l. za) (

oJc. ,
de novo et pri-
e.g., ,
;
amavit.
inum exstitit res, narravit), a narrative, story
Habda, s ., the name of a repe on boats or vessels
,

tale of olclen time.

(Ro-
ll ABLA (ya), vid. kabla (ya), before, dc.
Ku HADiTHi, v. n., to relate stories.

Hadithia, v. obj., to narrate to one ; ame-m-ha-

Habushia 01 Muiiabusha), s. (wa), an Abyssinian.
(
'

ditbia manawe mambo ya kale.

The Abyssinian, especially Galla, slaves are in
Hadiri, vid. hathari.
great demand on the Sualdli coast, and are
IIadua, s. (R.) (?) ku nena ndakuja, laken safari
bought for the sum of a hundred or more dollars. ;

ni badua baisukisuki (?).

They are especially sought for the harems of a -
great people. It is chiefly the Somali who, having Hapifu, adj. (robo bafifu), light; efr. ,
levis

fetched them from

on the frontiersthe Interior
fuit; i levis pondere, dignitate, modbus.
of Abyssinia, sell them in South-East Africa.
Others are brought from the sea-ports of Arabia, IIafitiiika [vid. bifatbika), to be preserved (St.)
where they have been received from the Abyssi- Arab. bo-. ;
Muungu hafitbi = aokoze.
nian coast, viz., from Massoiva, Baheita, Tad- Hafukaki = kbofu (R.) ?
jurra, Zeila, Berber a, which are the chief slave-
Hai [vid. bei), adj. [Arab. ),
alive.
ports of Abyssinia in and near the Bed Sea.
Ilabushia means frequently “a concubine ” of
Haiba, s ., shape, beauty = uziiri, dignity, autho-

whatever nation, especially from Abyssinia (Ha- rity ; efr. sihi, matisbo; efr. ,
timuit;
basha, the country of Abyssinia, or Habesh). haiba inangia sasa nimubraii, the house is now
IIaciii = mjomba or mjumba ( pi wajumba), wel- *kC- m .

beautiful; <L..ok tnnor, reverentia.

come friend [uncle) (St.).
,

II aina [or iieina), there is not, it is not; haina ta-

IIadaa, s. gAi. obtexit, decepit, fefellit), deceit,
( , no doubt.
fauti, there is

cunning, artifice, cheating = hila Acli. fraus, Haitassa, not yet (= bado) ;
baitassa iwa, it is not
( ,

deceptio). yet ripe [

= bado) ;
vid. c-d- ,
bora,
Ku iiadaa, v. a. [some Buahili pronounce hadaba; until this hour.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;; ; : ; ;.

HA ( 93 ) HA
Uaithuru \cfr. duru), it does no harm, never Hakika, prep., for (propter); hakikayako, lit.,

mind, it is of no consequence ; it is more correct it is true of thee, thou certainly, for thee, it is

to write haithuru instead of liaidui'u. trueof him, of me, he or I certainly, for he or

3
IIaj, s., the pilgrimage to Mecca; peregri-
I have hakikai, kakikayangu ; wewe mana
,

unapigoa hakikayako wewe umekossa babayo,

natio Meccana.
ndipo ukapigoa or sebabu, umemkosa babayo;
IIaja, s. [Arab. gW ,
opus et necesse habuit; hakika inoja tunayo, one certainly we have.

,
necessitas, res necessaria), property, con- Hakiki, v. a., to make sure, to prove.

cern; unayo liaja tena have you any further

? Hakikia, v. a., to examine, to ascertain, to make
want or desire ? resp. hajayangu ya ku islii sure; ku hakikia ile jawabu to find out the ,

wewe sana na furaha, my desire is that thou truth of a matter [by inquiring ) umehakikia ;

mayest live long and joyfully = liakuna wema neno liili ? hast thou ascertained this matter ®
mtu liuyu liana liaja, this man is poor, weak, dost thouknow it for certain ? ku hakikia =
feeble, his energy is gone, he desires to eat and ku daka suafi, ku tafuta or usa sana ; uende
drink and do nothing anapumba or analegea, ukahakikie neno liili = uende ukapate hakika
kulla neno aambiwalo hafanii, sina liaja na fetka- or yakiui ya maneno liuya, to sound one, to
yak sve kua liaja gani? by what cause f
;
come to examine one.

—
Haji, s. (la ,pl. ma ), a man or woman who has been
a
Onesays ta-ku-pa kitu fulani; the other asks
hu ta-ni dangania ? resp. la hakika natoa
to Mecca to pray, Ac.; gt=* liaji, a pilgrim;
;
hakika katika nafsiyangu or nime toa niuni-
in general, converts ; liaji la Kizungu, pi. maliaji ewc hakika ya ku-ku-pa.
ya Kizungu, e.g., Wanika who follow the religion One asks: uta-m-funga muana huyu? resp.
of Europeans are maliaji ya Kizungu. hakika ta-m-funga hu sadiki wadaka ni- ku- ;

Hajiri, v. n.

profectus fuit ad aedera

[Arab. ;

Meccanam),
cfr.
^ ,

to
intendit,

emigrate
thubutishe upate jua ? (R.).
Hakikisha, v. c., to cause one to be interrogated,
examined.
(ku hajiri Mekka), especially to go on a pilgrim-
age to Mecca, to remove from a country ku toka Hakim, s., a native doctor or physician in India ;
nti, ku nenda nti ningine, to go to live else-
where.
Hajirika, v. n. (= kukawilia), to remain over-
Hakimu, s. (wa, pi. ma — )
= inuamzi judge; kathi
,

long. lidie aliokunuie watu wa niji ; ,

judex,

Hajirisha, Kabbai sasa

v. (1) nimehajirislia arbiter.
= naked Rabbai sasa, nimefania Kabbai ma- Hakimu, v. a.; ame-m-hakimu = amua kua
kaoyiingu (
2 ) ku-m-bajirislia mtu ku keti
;
sherraa.
niumbani, muegniewe alipohajiri.
Hajirishua, v.p.
Hakiri ku ;
— ,
to humble [ ,
contemsit).

Hakikisha, v. c., to cause to be humbled, to

Hakali ;
ku-ni-sbika li-ikali, to require a stranger
despise one.
ivho goes upon workmen's work to pay for his
intrusion, to make him pay his footing (St.). Hakki, s. (ya, za) ( ,
jus fuit ; ,
jus, justitia,

Hakamu, s. (ya) [vtd. v. a., judicium pro- veritas), (1) right, justice; (2) righteousness ;
,

(3) order, law, hakki ya nti = slierria or sherraa

tulit; pfL*. ,
judicium), (l) a judicial ac‘ (2) a
ya nti; (4) just claim or demand, wages, kitu
fine, penalty ku toa hakamu, to pay a fine, to kilijo-m-paslia, e.g., ukitiima mtu, una-m-pa ugira
be fined ku-m-toza hakamu, to fine one; ivaze me my
ndio hakkiyakwe ;
ni-pa hakkiyangu, give
wame-m-la hakamu, the elders have eaten him a right, that which is due to me; tuende hakkini or
fine, i.e., have fined him. sherriani or kua kathi, tukaamuliwe mtu wa ;

Hakawi or habali ku PANIA hasira, he is angry hakki haamui ubatili, a just man does not judge
directly (Sp.).
unrighteously (R.).
IIakia, v.; hakiza, v. hakizoa (?).
Hako, he is not here, he is absent (= liapo) ;
pi
Hakika, $. (ya) (
&a*S=>, veritas; ^3^2— ,
dignus, hawako.
Haku, sign of the third person singular of the
aptus vere), truth, verity, certainty
; ,
negative past referring to animate beings, e.g ,

ni hakika neno liili or neno hili ni hakika, this haku penda, he has not loved haku limui leo,
word or thing is truth = true (suafi ); neno hili, there is no work to-day on the plantation
sina hakika nalo, I have no certainty of this unguja haku-ni-pendezi mauti haku, sudden ;

matter; sitambui sana, siku-ki-ona. death. These three last instances are peculiar
 ; . ; ; ; ; ;;

HA ( 94 ) HA
and irregular, the reference to the subject is Ham, part, of interrog., Torn. xi. 1 e.g., ;
hali

left indefinite. This Zanzibar talk is not to Muungu ame-wa-tupa watuwakwe? kuakulla hali

be imitated. or kua hali ilio otte or biaihali, at all events.

IIakuna, lit., not to be with, there is not, there exists

Hambu, v. a. (Arab, nigerfuit) jualime-m- , ;

not, no; haku tassa ku cha, ku keli usiku ;

lialibu, blackened him.

liakuna mtu, there is nobody ; liakuna kitu, there
is nothing ; liakuna watu, maneno, dec ; liakuna
Hambika, v.p.; amehalibika kua jua..

ku penda, there is not to love, one loves not. Hamfu, v. c., to commit a transgression or crime
The subject of speech is left indefinite. There e.g., ku lialifu kua mtu mkuba, ku fania uhalifu

is not, none or nothing of man or men, of a kua sultani (vid. bagamansa), to sin against the
thing or things ( vid liapana), there are not, king.
none.
Hamfia, v. obj.; Arab. <_ok- ,
pone fuit adver-
IIalafa (or khalafa) ;
sina kkalafa nawe, lit., Ido
satus fuit, rebellavit, discordavit.
not vary or differ from thee ; ,
contrarium, Hamfiana = ku poteana, koshana kua maneno,
controversia. ku teta, to fall out with each other.

IIalafu (halafa); afterwards, presently ,

Hamfisiia, v. c., to make one a transgressor, to
C C- ruin one; watu wamedaka ku-m-halifisha kua
pone fuit pone, a tergo.
; ,
maneno, like the Pharisees.

Halaiki (ya viombo) = vingi (R.) (cfr. , Hamm, s. haliliyako, at your disposed (cfr.
portio plena boni) (?).
,
amicus).
Halali, adj. ( Ja, ,
dissolvit, licuit, jussit, permisit,
IIai.isi, adj.,adv. ( Jak. ,
pura fuit res; ,
licitam fecit rem), lawful, licit (according
to the Muhammedan notion) (vid. karamu, illicit), purus, merus), genuine, real, the very same,
permitted, allowed kitu kilijo amuriwa or ruk- exactly liuyu ni Mnika halisi, this is a genuine
liusiwa cba ku tindua ;
kitu biki ni halali, this or reed Mnika
(of the nation of Wanika) mtu ;

thing is allowed (in the Muhammedan religion), liuyu ndie halisi ni-m-dakai, this is exactly the
e.g., kula niama ya ngamia ni halali kua Islam, to mem ivhom I want; kitu hiki ndijo halisi mimi
eat camel's flesh is allowed by the Muhammedan ni-ki-dakajo, this is exactly the thing which I
religion. desire.
HalalishAj (hammsha), v. c., to cause to be
Hamj Arab. ? = ku tisha (to omit) ? ? Arab.
=
;

allowed, to make lawful

ku tia halali ;

empty.
Muhammedi amehalalisha niama ya gnombe, ,

dulcis fuit
laken hakuhalalisha niam'a ya nguue, Mu- Hai.ua (or iialwa), s. (ya, za) ( St. i

"C"
hammed declared cow' s flesh lawful, but he did
omnis cibus melle ct saccharo paratus,
not legalize liog's flesh. d
— ugira wa wana fructus dulcis), the name of a siveetmeat made by
Halasa, s. (ya) maji, the ivages
— mshahara (Arab. the Arabs of Mascat), who export it
(especially
of sailors ; jomho ni halasa
to the Suahili coast. Halua ni chakula kilijo
JolU. ,
cxquisita et electa pars rei).
tanganikanana samli, na asali, na sukari, na mai
IIalgam, s. (R.), on a boat or ship ?
ya kuku, na unga, kitokajo Maskati.

IIam, s. (ya, za), state, condition, disposition, dec.; IIai.ula, s. (ya, za), quinsy inflammation of the
,

throat swelling of the glands of the neck, and

JU
,

status, conditio hominis hali ya kwanza,

-> ;
its suppuration lialula ni ipu la mio, swelling
the former state; ya Yohannes, Lidce
kua hali
of the jugular glands.
iii. 15; generally, liali gani ? what is the state
Haluli, s. ; chumvi yahaluli, sulphate of magnesia
(sc. of health, die.) ? uhali gani niumbani kuako,
(St.).
what is of thy house (family)? resp.
the state
ngema, it is good; wakakiia kua hali ngema
Ham, sign of the second person plural negative,
e.g., hamkupenda, you hav'e not loved.
liatta khatima (hatima), they lived com-
fortably to the end; uhali gani? how dost thou Hama, v. n., to change houses, to move; ,

do'!- resp. (mimi) ni mema; mu liali gani? how

ingressus fuit tabernaculum, tabernacnlimi fixit
do you do ! tu woma wa hali gani ? how do they ;

aliquo loco ( 1^=. prohibitum dcclaravit locum).

do ? how arc they ? mtu liuyu ni haliyetu or ,

jamayctu or tarafayutu, this man belongs to us Hamisha, v. c., to cause to remove, tobanish (cfr.
(R.). tama, taniisha).
 ;; ; ; ; ;

HA ( 95 ) HA
Hamali, s. (wa, pi. ma — ), a porter, a coolie hangoe kidogo = yana tata, hayakunioka, his
portavitonus, gravida fuit in dorso
words are not sincere, pure, there is some false-
; ,
hood in them manenoyao yana hangoe kidogo,
bajulus.
5 31 ^ their ivords are not quite sincere; kungia hangoe,
Hamami, s., a public bath; ,
balneum. to use unfairness ku andika hangoe, to write
(2)
Hamava, s., protection fi hamayat el nimsawi, the Arabic letter hh, called hangoe by the
under German protection ; Suahili.

Hamdi, Haniiuza, v. a., to stun or out-talk one, by making

s. (ya), praise; ,
Iaudavit.
a great noise, by talking long and loud, e.g.
Hami, v. a., to protect ; ,
defendit. before the judge, to interrupt people (cfr. bam-
Hasiili, v. a., to be pregnant ; cfr. hamali.
banisa).

IIamra (St.), leaven, made by mixing flour and Hanikizana, v. rec.

Hanithi, s. (wa) impotentem reddidit ad

water, and leaving it to turn sour ; ,
fer- ( ,

venerem), a sexually impotent man, asiewesa

mentum, quod inditur massae panis ; cfr. j+d, ,
ku kuea mke sodomite, catamite.
;

operuit, fevmentavit.
Hamna, there is not inside, no.
Hanjar, .s. = jambia, a scimitar ; ,
culler

Hamo, he is not inside, not here. vel culter magnus.

Hamu, s. (ya), vid. ghammu ( = husuni, majonsi), Hansa, s.; ni kamba mbili nene katika formali ya
jahazi.
sorrow, concern, grief ’ texit, moerore affecit
Hanzua, a kind of dance; ku tesa upanga;
s.,
aliquem, solicitus habuit, solicitudo, or
hansua
, ,
ngoma itesoayo kua panga muezi
ni
muandamo wa mala (ku la) na mtana. This
^
ngiwa
solicitum tenuit

ni hammu, ku-m-tia hamu or huzuni,

;
ku fania hammu or ku

to be
expressionrefers to a kind ofgame of the Muham-
medans. The male population assembles in an
grieved or sorrowful.
open place, and brandish their swoi'ds against
Hamumi, s. (ya), a land of tobacco (R.).
each other, to the beating of the drum. The play
Hana, he has not; liana kuao he has no home. ,

tf!
- terminates with a great feast of r ice, &c. They
Hana, v. n.
(
yi. ,
sonum edidit, commotus fuit
eat again in the daytime after having taken their
oh laetitiam aut moerorem, misericordia affectus meals at night during the long fast. This cere-
fuit), to mourn with one, to join in mourning. mony is performed on the first day after the
Hanabudi {Lulie iii. 15) {vicl. abudi), undoubtedly, Ramadan.
Indie vii. 4 alikua hanabudi ku pita ndia ile.
; IIao, pron. dem., those.
Hanafsi, hatnafsi, hawatinafsi (R.) ? grief ?
Hapa, here, this place; hapa hatta Rabbai ni sa
sorrow ?
tano from here to Rabbai it is five hours ; ku
,
Hanali, s., north?
toka Jomvu hatta hapa Mvita yapata sa mbili
Hanamu, s. (ya, pi. ma — ) ; (1) hanamu {or
wa nussu, from Jomvu to this place {viz., Mom-
kasama) ya dau, the cutwater of a vessel; (2) basa) it is 2 1 hours' distance.
obliquely (mshedari).
Hapana, there is not hapana watu hapa =
Hananu, adj., obliquely ; ku kata — ,
to cut
is not, or nothing of men here = there are no
there

obliquely.
Hanau, s., drift ? (Er.) kulla neno linazakwe,
men here (vid. hakuna). generalizing mode of A
;
expression, hence the form remains the same with
coherence, connection, meaning.
whatever substantive it may be connected. Con-
Handaki (or handaka) (ya, pi. za — )
(handaki ya
nected with the infinitive of the verb, it forms a
ngome) fossa munimenti ergo ducta), a
( ,
negative abstract noun, e.g., hapana or hakuna ku
dry ditch, a trench surrounding a fortress. The penda, there is not to love = there is no love = there

water-trenchmade around the houses is called is dislike or disgust. It is a convenient expedient

mzingi wa maji, and the foundation of a house for those ivho are as yet imperfectly acquainted
mzingi wa niumba (ivhether it be dug for the with the various tempora of the verb—for instance,
construction of a stone- or of a pole-house. when they should say, “ mimi sipendi,” I love not,
Hangahika, v. n. {vid. biabia), to seek for, to show they generalize the tempus, and say, “hakuna w
one's-self assiduous, diligent, or active. hapana ku penda.” The Banians and other
IIangaika, v.; ku to be excited (St.). — ,
foreigners (Arabs, Beluchis ) talk with the natives
in this manner, which is objectionable and
IIangoe, s., (1) hook; fig., crookedness of heart,
insincerity ; (Kimrima) manenoyakwe yana incorrect.
 . ; ; ;; ; ;

SA ( 96 ) HA
Hapo, (1) there, this or that time; tangu lrapo, Haribu, v. a. ( ,_jp. ,
vastavit), to spoil, destroy;
'
since that time; (2) he or she is not here. ku haribu mimba, to miscarry.
Haribia, v. ubj., to spoil to one; ame-m-
Kara, v. n. ( ,
deposuit alvum) (
= ku enda e.g.,

haribia safBriyakwe.
jooni m' 110 ), to have diarrhoea, to go constantly to
Haribika, v. n., to be spoiled, to decay (from
stool.
natural causes, or kua naslbu).
Harisha, v. c., to cause frequent purging daua
;
Haribikia, v. obj.; saraaki ana-ni-liaribikla =
ya ku-m-hariska, a medicine which is a violent
ana-ni-osea, the fish is spoiled for me.
purgative ; purge or purgative is also called
Haribikiwa, «. /.nimeharibikiwa saraaki.
daua ya ku fungua jo niama ya mbuzi mini ;
Haribiwa, v. p., to be spoiled or destroyed (by
sili, ina ni-harisha daima, I do not eat goat' s-
external causes and makusudi).
meat, for it gives me diarrhoea.
Harijia (cfr. baraja), v. a. — ku kerimu watu kua
Harabu = mtu mukarabu, a wicked man; from ku-wa-pa jakula jengi hatta wanakinai, to enter-
rather than from y~jj ^ ; >
vastavit, tain people at a banquet until they are satiated,
to provide a feast, to spend money for it.
latro, fur.
,
Harimu, s. (pi. ma — ) a ;
brother is a barimu/or/ri.s

Haraja, s. ( >
exivit) = gharamu, takrimu ;
sister, and vice versa; ptf* ,
repulsam passus,
yuwa-ji-tia gbarama ningi, to put one's-self to great
quod homo defendit, etpro quo dimicat, sacrum
id
expense; ,
proventus, reditus, quod exit de quod tangere nefas.
opibus expenditurque. Harimu, v. a. (vid. baramu), to consider or declare
Harijia, v. a. = ku kiriimu watu. illicit.

IIaraka, adv., haste, quick, quickly = npesi, lrima; Harimia, v. obj., not to allow; ame-m-harinria
saffariyakwe.
yd ,
movit, commovit, motus fuit?? baraka
Harimisiia, v. c., to declare unlaufid, to forbid
baraka heina mbavaka : Prov.
male
one do a thing
to Mubammedi amelmii-
Ku IIaraka, v. n., to haste (?).
mislra watu niama ya nguue,wasile kileotuna- ;

I\u HARiKisiiA, to hasten.

bariniisbua, wine is forbidden to us.
Haramia, a robber, a pirate probibuit,
,
Harioe, adv., a shout given by the natives when a
impius, latro. vessel is seen approaching. Old language for
illicitum fecit ; ,

hariona = tume-ki-ona jombo. The children,

IIaramu, adj. ( vid haramia), unlawful, illicit,
seeing a vessel steering toivard the harbour, raise
according to the Mohammedan notion (vid.
the cry, “ harioe,” which is maneno ya ku teke-
lialali) kitu kilijozuiwa ni Mubammedi; mana
;

rea jombo kijajo = ku ona furaha ya jombo

,va haramu, an illegitimate child. If a wife
kidakajo ku fika, expression of joy at the arrival
becomes pregnant by another than her’ husband
of a vessel. The townspeople, hearing the outcry
the child will be a mana wa baramu ;
Arab.
^ ,
of the children, run to the shore to get news, dr.
This custom prevails at most of the seaports o f
probibuit illicitum fecit; , illicitum ; ,

the Suahili coast (cfr. the Hebrew word keria and

quod lege prohibitum est, nefas.
tervra, rua) (cfr. keria); hariowe tupigieni korabora
Harara, s. (ya) (
= chuki) ( ^ ,
incaluit; , mmoja tueteke kula jakwe, thus the Mombassians
calor, caliditas), (1) rashness, forwardness, formerly when fighting with Said-Said mocked
hastiness, precipitancy, heat; mtu buyu yuna at him.

baiara ya moyo = yuna upesi wa moyo or yuna Hariri, s. (ya) sericum), silk.
( ,

moyo bai ara or moyo wa baiara, he is rash, pre-

Harm, s. and adj., (1) hot; kuna karri leo kua
cpitant; yuna baiara ya hasira, he is choleric;
jua perspiration (vid. hari).
(2 prickly heat, heat; mtu buyu yuna
harara za ; (2)
)

mapajakuajua na kua ndia, he has heat in the HArufu, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) letters of the alphabet;
liarufu ya or za Kiaralra, the Arabic characters
thigh from the sun and marching (prickly heat ?)

harara ikiwa ningi mnilini, ij — there will be no (2) an odour of any kind ; kitu kinukiijo, kilriwa

sleep; usifanie moyo harara, raja sasa hivi = njemu, kikiwa kibaya, a smell, whether good, or
wait quietly for me, 7 will come directly (Ik).
bad ; y_ij*. ,
mutavit ; ,
littera alphabet]'.

Hararii (St.), hot-tempered. O Cj

Harusi, s. ( ligavit, semper lactus fuit ,

Harasa, s. (R.) ? ,
, ;

Haki (or iiarki), s. (ya) (za), heat, warmth, sweat convivium nuptiale, nuptiae sponsus),
; ,

calor; ku loka hari, to perspire muiliwangu nuptials, wedding-feast; (2) the brich; lrarusi
^ , (1

ni
)

mambo yatenduayo, nrame akipelekua kua

una Iran i
;
Irani za-ni-tona (jaslio ni ule manzo).
 ; ! ;; ; ; , ; -

HA ( 97 ) HA
mke ;
fungate mbili mume na mke liawatoki Hasho, s. (ya, pi. ma — a patch in planking, a
),
niumbani, anapewa chakula (vicl. fungate), wala, piece of wood with which a leak is stopped; kibao
wafurahi p imoja na rafikizao. Buana harusi, bandikoa pahali palipo na tundu; dau lime-
kilijo
the bridegroom Libi harusi, the bride. tumbuka, utie hasho, ku siba mahali pa jombo
Hai
" -
{or hayi or iiei) {pi. wa
- # .
a .
), alive;
CJJ
et — ,
palipotumbuka.
Hashua, v. a.; ku-ji hashua, vid. shaua.
vixit , vivus, vivens vid. page 92.
; , ;

Hasa, because
Hashuka, v. re., vid. pujiika, v. n.
it is (Er.) ?
Hasa {or HASAr, nisi, iiasOai, or maksai), Hasi, s., vid. hasa or liasai.
s. (la, pi.

ma Hasibu, v. a. { , numeravit, computavit) = ku

) (<-3^ ,
castratus, eunucbus), an eunuch,
castrated;
hesabu = wanga, to count, to number ; e.g., ku
liasa or has! la gnombe, a gelded
hasibu fetha, to count money.
bullock. In reference to man, the ivord muhassi
Hasibia, v. obj., to count for one.
{vicl.) is used, eunuch ; hasa {pi. ma — ), a castrated
Hasibiwa, pass., to be counted.
animal, but mtu muhassa or muhassi j ,
cas- Hasidi, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), envy, grudge {cfr.
travit ;
pass, hasiwa, to be castrated, geldecl. uhasidi, envy ) ;
uhasidi wewe, thou art my
Hasada = sima (Er.)? a porridge or panada of enemy.
Hasidi, v. a. invidit alicui aliquid) cfr
rutama flour, native paste like slma cfr.
( (
; |

grudge one ; e.g., ame-

hvisudu, v. a.), to envy, to
pulmentum spissius, a dish of condensed food.
ni-kasidi maliyangu or kua sebabu y a maliyangu 7

Hasanadi, the good which any man has done ?

nengi, he envied me for my property, or because
(Reb.). With this everyone must pay his fellow,
man what he has done him amiss. God forgives
I am rich; ku-m-hasidi mtu (rohoyakwe); ku
husudu (maliyakwe).
only that which refers to himself! (R.). <u Hasidi wa, pass.
benefactum, honum opus. Hasihadi e.g., sifa za Mola latifu nengi mno ni
;

Has anta {or ahsanta), v. cl, thou hast done well tukufu hasihadi, God’s praise is not limited;
( Luke xix. 17);
,
bonus, pulcher, elegans ,
limitavit.
fuit = I thank you; it is a complimentary expres- Hasijaisha, si mumo kumo, they are not yet
sion for “ well clone.” finished, there are still in there.
Ha saka ,
s. (ya, sa) {Arab, j s. aberravit via, Hasila, s. ? (Sp.), an annual market ?

jacturam fecit), injury, damage, loss ku pata Mungu hasiiipiki, God cannot be rewarded.
hasara, to lose; ku-m-tia mtu hasara, to cause
Hasira, s., anger (= ghatabu, vid.)', mtu kuyu
loss to one; e.g ., mke kuyu ame-ni-tia hasara yuna hasira mno, he is very angry ku-m-tia
hasira, to make one angry kua na hasira, to be
|

nengi = ame-ni-ishia mali nengi, kua harusi kua

ku pamba na kua kula, kua ku nunua manukato, angry.
na godoro na mido. Hasira (or hasiri), v. a. {p^. in angustiam re-
Hasha, (1) a strong negative, far be it, not at cdl, degit aberravit a via, jacturam fecit in
; ,

not by any means; JaU ,

praeter, absit; (2)
emendendo aut vendendo; diminuit), to hurt, in-
hasha, hasha ngema, said in greeting (R.). jure; e.g., ame-m-hasiri kua upanga, he hurt him
Hasharaki = mjinga (Er.). with a sworcl; mbao zimehasiri, the mbao icere
Hasharati {or hasharaki), s. (wa, pi. ma — ) {cfr.
expensive ? (R.).
Hasirika, v. re. (ku nasibu), to be hurt.
,
reptilia terrae parva; cfr. also a In.-t
laex hominum) ;
mtu hasharati, pi. watu ma — ,
Hasirikia,
Hashhkiwa
v. obj., to inflict

(ni watu).
injury or loss.

(1) to be in rut, belonging to the lowest class of Hasiriwa, v. n. (ni watu, cC'c.), to be injured,
people; (2) a lounger and whoremonger mtu to sustain loss.
asie kazi, apusika na watu wake bassi; liaazi kazi,
Hasirisha, v. c.
ela watu wake bassi ndie mpuzi (ku puzika = ;
Hassa, exactly (St.).
ku sungumza na watu wake) (ku puza mambo) •
Hasulti ? v.
(3) loquacious, talkative.
Hatari, .s., danger, risk; Arab. periculum
Hashiki = khuba {vicl. ashiki), ardent love; cfr.
,

quo quis exitio imminet.

,
multum dilexit, amore flagravit
Hath/Iri (or hathiri) (j^=> ,
cavit, metuit), to

or yjj-iui
,
amor quo animus flagrat et quasi beware; s., caution, care, apprehension; mtu
aegrotat (
love-sick ) ;
yuna ashiki ya mtumke or huyu yuna hathari, yuwa windoa ku uawa, kua
yuna sliahawa or shaulcu. sebabu hi liaati selakha, this man has to beware,
ii
 ;; ; ; ;
;; ; ;;

HA ( 98 ) HA
he is to he killed therefore he does not put 1Hatimisha, v. c. = ishilisa, to finish, to bring about,
chased ,

off hisweapons; mtu huyu ana hathari, usi-m-po to persevere to the end in serving any one ; ku-
mali, hastakiki ni mgniagnarii Mkamba ana maneno {vid. hatima). ;

hatari = hana oga, anenda barra pekee; bivio Hatimu, s. (Er.); kuliatimujuo.
'

mkenda, muende kua hathari, if you then will go, go

Hatta, a particle ( usque ad donee), until, ,
cautiously kua na hathari, to beware, to he on
one's guard; ku fania to become careful or —
so far as to; hatta maghribi na essubukhi,
,

until evening and morning; hatta haada ya

anxious; cfr. and jAc- and. , usiku ku pita, and after the passing of night.
,
.

Hatirisha, v.; ku ji-hatirisha or ku hatirisha Hatta introduces time when something new took
nafsiyakwe, to incur danger, to venture, to place. Hatta siku moja, and one day, in order
run risk; ku hatirisha mali (katika jombo), that = afin que or dans le but in French.
to expose one's property to danger {e.g., by Hattasiu (or iiattam), s. (ya, pi. za) per-
( ,

sending it by sea).
Hathiri, adj. = tayari (or dahibu), ready ; Arab. cussit in naso capistravit; ,
capistrum),

,
praesens, pro ,
paratus. a bridle; ugue wa mdomoni wa ku fungia punda
or farasi. The Sualiili call it kitaya eba punda
JIatia, v. a., to accuse one of, to charge with (?).
{cfr. lijamu).
Hatia, s. (ya) ( = uhalifu), crime transgression, S—
sin, fault amekuenda pahali, hakuiiga waze, or
,

Hatti, s. (ya, sa) ( 1^ ,

t
lineas duxit, scripsit
m

babai or ndugiize, amefania hatia, yuwapasha or linea scriptura calami, via),a writing containing
yuwapashua ku fungua ku tia hatiani, to find a bond, or especially one's last will. In general,
;

faidt with. Hatia or uhalifu is, asipo agana hatti signifies a document, record, which mag
(1)
na baba or waze (2) ku ua mtu (3) uwungo at any time be produced to guard one's rights.
; ;

wa maneno, neno asilo-li-ona. Sina hatia nai, Hatti ni waraka ulioandikoa ni baba mzima
= sina jambo ovu mimi nai ; muegni hatia nami, mbelle za watu hatti ya deni or maneno ya
;

hakki ya mtu tangu kale waraka una maneno

one who wronged me;
;
s Vb=» baud recte egit,
,
ya khabari barua ina maneno ya nguvu ya ku-
;

erravit, peccavit ;
, error, peceatum, cri- mu-ita mtu mbelle za wali or kathi ;
kertasi
isioandikoa ;
mu-andikie hatti, fnlani si mtiimua
men. Hatia and thambi must be distinguished, =
wangu ni huri ;
hatti nene, thick writing
Thambi is, (1) ku kata mti uliwao (2) ku lewa ; handwriting (R.). Hatti is to be distinguished
na ku lala mesgidini (3) ku gniagnania mali ;

from haddi {Arab. terminus, limes, finis)

ya mtu ; (4) kiila cbakula, kisha akishiba ^
,

yawamuaya (kama Baniani afaniafio) ku ala t

wamekiifuru, wametupaun~ haddi, they became
;

salli si thambi, na uwungo si thambi, uwungo j

believersbeyond measure; ku penda kuako kuna
ndio watu atumiao kua biashera 1 !
tupa haddi, beyond measure = ku-m-penda mno-
= mapenziyako nawe ni bora m’no.
Hatia, s., adv. {
properly atia), a gift, gratuity,
gratis ku toa witu hatia = ku wa-pa watu kitu
Hatu, sign of the first person plural negative
;
hatupendi, ice love not.
(,ja) buiTe ;
ILc ,
manu cepit, dedit donavit
Hatua, s. (ya, za) UaL passum posuit ,.
s*,- ( , ;

,
donum. passus, vel spatium inter pedes), a step, a pace ;
hatua mbili, two paces; ni kiazi kua or cha
Hatip, s., an angel (St.) ? probably ,
mors
rniigii, yadakapo koma magu waganga anapima
{angel of death).
hatiia ku angalia kifuli cha jua, ku fania ugan-
Hatiki, v. a. ku — ,
to annoy, to bother (St.)) gawao hatiia iki-tu-ondoa,
;
safari ni hatua ? ?

Kiamu ) dilaceravit, rupit. if we get off.

( ; cfr. uAxes ,

Hatima, = muisho (muisho wa neno), the end

s.
Hau (iiavi) (hawa), sign of the third person
6" S'" f m
singular negative ; cfr. Grammar.
or finis, extremum rei, postremus
,

Haua, s., air; oiyfc aer, spatium inter coelum et

at last, end, issue, residt, event akakaa, hatima
^ ,

ku zaa mtoto
atakuenda
a mume, hatima terram ;
ku badili haua, to change air.

peponi afaye as a ali Islamu, he who dies Hawa, pron. demonst., these watu hiiwa, these

Muhammeclan will go at last to paradise; men {vid. Gram.).

hayatakua makaziyakwe milele mottoni hatimaa ;
Hawale, those.
yao ilikua-je ? what was their end? hatima kufaa Hawa (ya, pi. ma — )
(hawara) (hawai), a concubine,
kuakwe, after his dying. a woman who has made no marriage-contract
 ;> ; ; ; ; ; ; , ; ; ; ; ;

HA ( 99 ) HE
with a man, but lives with him as long as they hana akili, hasikii maneno, yuwafuata nafsi-
agree. She cooks for the mem, and serves him yakwe bassi ;
mtu asikiaye maneno, laken arm'-
in other respects, and he gives her whatever he sahau barraka, yuwashika yakwe maradi or ;

pleases. Hawa ni mke asieolewa kua tartibu, uellewa hayawani, a disease { murrain ) among
aketie na mume kua haramu liana mahari. cattle.

Hawa (or haua), s. {or hawat, .s.), longing, lust,

Hayo, dem., those ; referring to plural substantives
in ma — -
(ni yayo hayo).
passion amavit; amor, cupiditas,
,
Hayuko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar few hako, hr
,

afFectus ;
= mtu huyu yuna
mapenzi, love;
is not there (St.).
liawa nafsi or nafsinimuakwe or yuna hawa ya Hazamu,
moyo, i.e., moyo una-m-tukulia sana = yuwa-
s. {pi. ma ), belt, girdle = sombo {Kin. —
penda sana (manamke huyu) yuwa-m-pendelea,
ukumbu) (•)=- constrinxit, cingulo cinxit ;
,

yuwa-m-shiriki yuwa-mu-aza mno. Usifanie cingulum jumenti.

hawa do not shoio favour, do not be Hazi, sign of the third person plurcd negative, rid.
nafsi,
partial yuna hawa (haua) nafsinimuakwe. Gram.
Hawai, s. {pi. ma ), a whore. — Hazina, s., a treasure reconditit in horreo, ,

Hawala, s., a bill of exchange {in Kibaniani

“ hundi”). asservavit rem Oj^ t^saurarius. ;
,
-

Hawibudi mimi hawibudi hafundesao biladi, I Hazitassa {vid. hatassa), not yet.
;

shall certainly destroy their towns achrari na Hedaji (or hedajia or hidaji) ( = ku daka), to
abidi, free people and slaves.
want; mtu fulani a-ku-hidaji maskini ahidaji
;

Haw aka {or hawa), s., a catamite, chakiila.

HAwfizr, lit., he cannot, he is ill {cfr. weza ;
ku — Hidajiwa, v. p. muana huyu ahidaji wa ku
to be able). rudiwa, this child is wanted = must be chas-
Hawili, v. a. ku —
to take upon one’s-self what , tised.
was due from another, to guarantee a debt {cfr. Hedaya, s. (ya, pi. za) {cfr. hadia), a present
tunu, kitu jema or kizuri kitu hiki na-m-peleka
conversa fuit res, mutata fuit res ab uno ;

hedaya (tunu), mtuma huyu ni wako, na-ku-pa

statu in alterum translata) ku hawili jombo, to
;
hedaya, wherefore many slaves have the name
trans-ship.
“hedaya” (R.).
Haya, pron. demonst., these; mambo haya, these
saya pro haya Hed’ma, s. {vid, hidima and hodumu) ( .
matters is old language suyu
inservivit, ministravit alicui), service.
pro huyu.
Hayale, those; mambo hayale, those matters.
Hehema, v. n. yuwahehema = hawezi sana, yuna
Hayako, id. homa, to tremble from iveakness caused by fever
Hayo, pron.; tangu majira hayo, (tetema).
since that
Hei (or hai), adj. {vid. hai) (hayi), alive ; baba yu
time.
hei = ni mzima, the father is still alive, or akeli
Haya, s. (ya) ( aL=- vita, pudor), shame, respect,
wata hawa wa hei or wakeli hei, these
,

hei
sense of honour, modesty ; mtu asiekua nahaya, ;

people are still alive; mtu huyu kahai = ame-

shameless man ku ona haya, to feel ashamed;
kiifa, is dead; wata hawa ka wahei = wamekufa,
ku tia haya, to make ashamed, to abash.
are dead, they are not alive.
Haya ! (or heiya !), be quick ! come along ! work Heia, interjection {James iv. 13), go to now ; cfr.
away!
haya or heiya.
Hayambo (or hajambo), a complimentary phrase,
timuit
Hi'.iba, s. {vid. haiba) ( ; ,
which means, lit., hana yambo or jambo, he has ,

timor, reverentia), (1) beauty; (2) damage, in-

nothing to complain of he is ivell, nothing the =
jury; e.g., kitu hiki ni kizuri, laken kinangia
matter with him; alikua hawezi, laken sasa
hajambo, he was ill, but noiv he is ivell, he is heiba = kinangia kibofu ;
nguo hi mzuri, laken

ivithout any cause of complaint; wao walikua inangia ila or heiba kua hi tundu, this garment
is fine, but it is damaged by this hole {which is
hawawezi, laken sasa hawajambo, they were
ill, but now mimi nalikua siwezi,
they are well in it) ;
nguo hi ina heiba ;
cfr. ,
frus-

laken sasa sijambo, I was sick, but now I am - - . Qr "

peccavit crimen.
ivell. Wewe — huwezi, laken— hujambo
tratio, or
Heinabudi (or hainabudi) {cfr. abudi) ta-ku-ji
,
; ,

— hatuwezi, laken — hatujambo

;
;

suisui nuinui
lipiza or sinabudi nami ela ku-ji lipa; cfr. budi.
mlikua hamuezi — hamjambo.
;

Heirika, v. n., to be stopped or retarded by another i

Hayawani, s. ( i animal, res yivens, ani-

to have pain.
mata), wild beast ; fig., mtu huyu hayawani = Hejazt. 8., the province of Hejaz in Arabia.
h 2
 ; ; . ; ;; ; ; ;; ; ;

HE ( ioo ) HI
Hekalu, the Temple at Jerusalem ( vicl . in Hesabu, v. a. (c/r.hasibu, v.a., and hisabu) (

Hebrew ) ; (2) every larrje building. numeravit), to count, to number, to think, suppose,
HeKemua = jemua, to sneeze. to be of opinion.
IHkima, s., wisdom ,
cleverness ( cfr hokumu) Hesabia, v. obj.

potestatem exercuit, judicium protulit; HesabiAna, v. rec., to 'itii&nmt, settle accounts one
with another.
i judicium’ ,
scientia, intelligentia,
Hesabika, to be counted, countable.
justitia.
IIesabiwa, pass., to be counted.
Mlepi, v. ku lielefi mtumua (R.) ? nguva liahe-
lifi geraha vid. nguva. Hesabu, s. (ya, pi. za), account, opinion, idea; juo
;

Hema (or rather khema), s. (ya ,pl. ma), tent; rid. cha hesabu = deftar, account-book; ku-m-pa
hesabu, to give him account ; ku daka hesabu, to
,
omne kabitaculum rotundum quod tribus
call to account ku fania hesabu, to make the
vel quatuor fulciminibus nitituv ; ,
omnis account ku tia katika hesabu, to put a thing to
domus e Into constructa. account (ku andika katika hesabu).
Hema (hama), v. n. ( Kimrima ), to pant breathe ,
1Iesh!ma,.s. (ya, sa) (or rarely heshimu), (1) honour,
short, to be pursy mtu liuyu yuwakema = which, according to Oriental custom, is rendered
liawesi ku pumsika, he cannot breathe; to be
by giving a present of respect, hence, honour,
short of breath, to gasp lilce a dying person
respect, present ku-m-wekea heshima, to honour
( = tueta in Kiravai).
one; ku wekeana lieshimu, to honour each other
Hemba ? (R.).
Hemdi (or hemidi), s. (ya), praise; vid. liana di (2) present of respect ,
pudore affecit,

liemdi ridakwe Deiani, praise be to God !

reveritus fuit pudor, verecundia, reve-
Hemidi, v. a., to praise. ; ,

H^mili (himili), v. a. (vid. liamali), to carry or

rentia; cfr. liberalitas, munificentia.
endure=\sx tukua si-ya-hemili maneno
,

bear, to ;

liaya = siwezi ku ya-sikiza or sikiliza, I cannot Heshimu, v. a., to respect, to honour one by giv-
listen to these words, I cannot endure them. ing him a present; ku-m-kumbuka kua ku-m-pa
Henni, s. (R.), cfr. hinni. or peleka kitu jema.
Hensirani, s. (ya), the tube of a tobacco-pipe mti Hessi, s.; mismari ya hessi, a screw.
muliensirani (Sp.). muhunsi ameliessi mismari, the
Hessi, v. a.
Henza, s. (St.), halyards ?
workman screwed down, tlx.
Herasaki, v. a. ? cfr. ,
angustum reddidit.
Hessiwa, v.p., to be screived, turned.
Herasakiwa. Hethi, s., the menses of a woman; manamke
Hereki = usufi ? ? (R.). anangia muezlni, or anangia kideoni or damuni,
IIisri, (ya, sa), happiness (klieiri) kua lieri
the woman has the menstrual flux; kua na hethi,
s. ;

(koheri), in happiness, sc. go in happiness, i.e.,

to menstruate ; Arab. (jcW ,
menstrua passa
farewell; kua lierini, go ye in happiness, i.e.,
fare ye well; ni lieri kuangu, it ivill be irellfor fuit mulier menstruus sanguis
; , ; ,

me ; mtu wa lieri, a fortunate man; adj., happy,

menstrua patiens.
it is well, better; factus fait possessor
,

Hezamu, (pi. ma— ),

girdle ; cfr. hazamu.
boni, elegit ; ,
bonum, res exquisita ; ,

Hezaya, s. (cfr. ,
ignominia affccit ;
jojs. ,
melior, optimus.
Heria, s., a cry raised on first seeing a dhow confusio, infamia, affliction), a shame, anything
coming ; vid. barioe. causing confusion or shame.
IIeiiimu, s. (pi. ma — ) (vid. liirimu), equality, next Hi, pro niki ;
nli hi simamiatnnu, pro nlikuanikisi
to one in years; cfr. birimu (ya pi. ,
ma — ); mamia tanu hifukuza ;
= nikifukuza.

Arab, pflb ,
decrepitus, senio confectus. Hi, prom clemonst., this; e.g., niumba hi, this

IH.ro, s., a deep trencher (a

a wooden house (vid. Grammar).
platter,
little smaller than the jano) hero ni jombo clia Hiana, s. (sing, uhiana) ;
( = ubisbi), hardness
ku pakulia wali hero ya ku lia, manger ? ; (of wood ) (vid. mkua), a grudging person;
IIesa iiesa ? liesa hesa, kasi inakuenda leo, au hai- cfr. decepit, perfidus fuit; fulani ni liiana-
kuenda ? thus native masters ask their workmen,
yuna joyo, N. N. is avaricious.
when they do not look after them (kaivatungulii),
Hiari, pro akhiari vid. lieri.
“Did the work go forward to-day ?” (The ;

word is an exclamation for encouraging the Hiathi, s. = merliem, deceased or late; e.g., hiatlii
workmen.) cclcriter ivit.
baba, my deceased father.
(fir. ,
 K ; ; ; ; . ; ;; ; , ;

HI (
ioi ) HI
Hibia, v. a. = kupendeza, to please one ( cfr ,
thou boy canst not endure or bear this {sun) heat,

amavit). wait, till the sun declines, then let us go; hawa-
Hidaja, s., kitu cha — ,
something desirable, kuhemili mashaka, they have not been able to

beautiful; e.g., maua haya ni hidaja (R.).

endure troubles; (2) mtumkewangu analiimili,
Hedaji, v. a., to ivant ; vid. hedaji.
my wife is pregnant.
Himiza, v. a. {vid. hima), to cause to make speed
Hidilafu, s.; neno hili nafania hidilafu Sana,
or haste, to speed one, to hasten; amekuenda
kuamba silo (R.) jambo hili n’na hidilafu nalo.
;

himiza watu uenende uka-wa-himize cliakula

Hidima, s. {cfr. hedma, hadumu, hadimu), service; ; ;

sc c ku himiza watu kazi.

Arab. mzungu yuna Hina
ministevium, opus
,
(henna), s., a red dye, used by tvomen to dye
;

hidima = yuwatia watu katika hidimayakwe, the palms of their hands and the soles of their

watu wapate risikizao, lit., the European has feet, also used to dye white donkeys, to give them

work or service, he takes people into his service, a pale reel-brown colour.
whereby people get their necessaries.
HiFATHr, v. a., to keep, to preserve, to protect, to
Hindi, s. (la, pi. ma — ), Indian corn (mahindi).
Hinni, v. a. ( yla ,
levis fuit, contemsit) (=ku
secure ; cfr. Arab. ,
conservavit, custodivit. gnima), to refuse to give, to lessen, cut off, cur-
tail or withhold one's right or ivages, die.; e.g.,
Hifathika, v. n., to be preserved (= kuzuilika).
Hifukuza = nikifukuza {vid. hi). ame-ni-hinni fethayangu pasipo maagano mimi
Hu, these; hiile, those ; referring to plural nouns nai ( = ame-ni-punguzia maliyangu), he lessened
in mi. my money without being authorized to do so by
Hija, pilgrimage muezi vra hija, they depart
s.,
an agreement between us —he gave me, for in-
on the 9th moon. stance, eight dollars instead of ten which he had
Hijaya, vid. hikaya {cfr. hedaya). promised; nimedaka kitu kuakwe, aka-ni-hinni,
Hiji, v. n., to go on pilgrimage ku enda hiji or hadaki ku-ni-pa, na kitu yunajo ku hinni ruti, ;

hija; muenda a pilgrim hija, {to Mecca). to lop a tree in order to make it slender (R.).

Hi.xo, pron. demonst ., that ; e.g., juo hijo, that Hinika, v. p.

book. Hino — hi ,
pron. dein.
Hikaya {or hijaya), s. (ya, pi. za), something extra- Hirimu, s. (wa, pi. za), an equal in age, young
ordinary or remarkable which has not been seen men; ni watu waanzao ku baleghi or ku on-
previously, a wonderful thing nna hikaya, I dokea; (1) hirimu ndogo, little boys from 6 to 12
liaveastory; muaka ku tumeona hikaya =jawabu years of age; (2) hirimu ya katikati, from the
la ku taajabu, lisilo onekana, we have seen 12th to the 25 th year; (3) hirimu kuba, full-
wonderful things this year. grown men, till they become elders {vid. waze)
Hiki, pron. demonst., this; kitu hiki, this thing.
hirimu moja, of the same age; Arab. ,
senio
II i ile, pron. demonst., that, yonder.
Hila, s. (ya, pi. za), intrigue, device, trick, crafti- confectus fuit homo ; ,
decrepitus, senio con-
ness = tikiva mbaya = hada ;
ku fania hila, to
fectus.

play a trick, to act cunningly; vid. Hiitizi, s. (ya, pi. za), a charm, an amulet worn on
conversa fuit, distortus fuit, versute egit mtu wa the side ; uganga wa ku va muilini or uvaliwao
;

muilini or circumspectus fuit,

hila, a crafty man; ,
astutia. ;
cfr. jjs, ,

Ilir.i, pron. demonst., this {vid. Gram.); neno hili, multurn timuit, cavit, custodivit; yp> locus
this ward; kasha hili, this box.
munitus, refugium amuletum, mala et veneficia
Hii.o, pron. demonst., that; kasha liilo, that box.
arcens.
Hima, culv., hastily, quickly (= liaraka) {Kimr.)
hima hima be quick; tuende hima {Kiung.), let Hissa,
!
s., pardon; ,
misericordia afiectus
s
us go quickly hima mmoja, at once, all at once. fuit, sensit intelligentia, sensus, facultas
’

; ,

Hijiia, v. n., to impel, to urge on, to incite;

liimiza, v. c., to hasten, to speed one. nipe hissa yangu, pardon me {cfr. ,
portio).

Himia, v. n. {vid. hamali), (1) to become pregnant Hitaji {or ktaji, uktaji), s. (ya) {cfr. hidaji),
mke amehimia, the woman became pregnant (2) desire, request; hitaji yangu ni hi or ukhtaji
r. obj., ku himia, to impel, to urge on {cfr. hima). wangu ni hu, this is my desire.

IHmili {vid. hemeli, hamali), v. a., (1) to bear, to Hitaji, v. a., to need, to be in ivant, to want.
support, endure, to be able, to accept; w ewe mana Hitajia {or khtajia), v. a., to be in need of, to

huhimili na jua hili, ngoja, jna lipunge tuenende, desire, request, to want mtu huyu ahitajia or
 ; ; ; . ;;
;

HI ( 102 ) HO
akhtajia or akhtajiwa ku pigua, this man confound, disgrace, put to shame, dishonour;
needs to he beaten, must be beaten; yee ahtajia mana huyu ame-mu-hizi babai kua ku kata kula
or akhtajia kua liapo, he must be there. mbelle za watu, the boy disgraced his father by
Hitarisha, v. c., to cause to select to choose (rfr. ,
refusing to eat publicly; baba wa-mu-ambia,
akhiar). ndo mana, ule na mana wasema, mimi
wall,
Hitima (ya, za), (1) a funeral banquet chakula sidaki ame-mu-hizi babai na watu, because it is
bora katika matanga; (2) funeral reading; ku a great offence with the Suahili to refuse an
soma hitima katika kaburi = ku-mu-ombea meiti invitation to take food; it is expected that one
kua Moli or Mungu, to read prayers over the takes at least a little, ku-m-pasba l'adi, to satisfy
grave in order to intercede with the Lord in the person who invites.

behalf of a dead person; ,

sigillavit, ad Hizika, v. n., to be put to shame; baba amc-
hizika ni mana.
finem perduxit, totum perlegit Coranum ; ,
HiziwA, v. n., to be beaten, chastened; mana
finis, extremum rei.
amehiziwa was beaten by his
ni babai, the boy
Hitima, s. (ya) ; — ya kungilia or ya ku tamia ni-
father for the disgrace he had brought upon
umba mpia (Sp.).
him by refusing to obey his commands.
Hitimu (hitima), v. a., to finish one's booblearning
Hizi, s. , these ; siku hizi, in these days, some days
after one has read all the books which the master
ago, now.
could give; mtu huyu amehitimu juo = amesoma
Hizile, those.
kulla juo kiliomo amekua mualimu nafsiyakwe,
;

liawa Waskeheri, kaziyao

The Hobela
to leave off school, to know one's trade.
hobela? (E.) ;

ending of one's education hobela hobela washona makanda na inajamvi,

is celebrated by a feast
made bad, superficial work ?
to the teacher; ivhen 30 jusu ( sections ) have
been read they make a feast. Many do not Hodari, s., adj. ( takes no prefixes), strong, bold,

finish the ivliole course. brave; mtu huyu hodari wa kazi, he is an able,
Hitimisha, v. c., to cause one to close his Mu- strong workman; hodari wa wita, he is a brave
man or soldier; hodari wa maneno, strong
hammedan course of study to bring a scholar ,

to the end of his learning of whatever kind orator ku enenda or ku enda hodari, to go fast.
( Kiniassa
)
mualimu aiue-mu-kitimisha juo Horn a cry made by a visitor inquiring outside
;
!

mana, nai amehitimu mana akisha juo pia, the door whether somebody is at home. Nobody
;

bahai akatoa mali ya reali tano or kumi or should enter before having received an answer.
asherini, aka-m-komboa mana, na mualimu
This word may refer to recta duxit via
akampa (mana) jusu mbili, na msaf mmoja, ,

i.e., when the teacher has taught the boy all the directio. ,

books he has, the father presents him with 5

Hoduma (or iiodumu), s. (ya) ( cfr hidima), service,
or 10 or 20 ( according to wealth and pleasure)
work, skill, ability.
dollars, and thus redeems his son ( who during
Hoduma (or hodumu), v. a., to serve, to render
the time of instruction was considered to be
service.
the son of the teacher ) from the teacher, who
presents to the boy two small manuscript books Hogo, s. (la, ), pi. ma —
a very big msi ( root ) of
and one large book. the niuhogo or cassada shrub ; vid. niahogo, a
very large root of cassada or cassava.
Hivi, adv., so, thus; sasa hivi, just now; punde
hivi, a little while ago. PIohe hahe, a phrase used to denote extreme
Hivi, thus, these; referring to plural nouns in poverty and destitution (St.),
vi or vy (vitu hivi, these things). Hoiio, s. (ya pi. za;
,
hoho ya mukate or mukate
;

Hivile, those (vitu hi vile, those things or wa liolio, a kind of thin cake made of the flou r
matters). of ivheat and fresh palm-wine. Much pepper is
Hivyo, after which manner hivyo vivyo, yes, put into this cake ; pilpili hoho, red pepper.
exactly so, thus, so. Hoja, s., vid. liuja.

Hiyari, s. (ya), choice; ni hiyariyako = kama Hoji hoji, v. a. (1) to entreat = ku ronga ronga,
upendavio, just as it pleases thee, as thou likest
" - ku ngoa ngoa ;
gW ,
opus et necesse liabuit
(vid. heri) jU-* electio rei elegit. remonstrate with one (E.).
(2) to calm, to
, ; ,
;

plural nouns in mi miti Hokumu, s. (ya), judgment, sentence, verdict

Hiyo, those; referring to ;

hiyo, those trees. (hokumu ngema or mbaya) ;

vid. ,
potes-

Hizi, v. a. ( ,
ignominia affecit aliquem), to tatem exercuit, judicium protulit.
 ; ; ; ; ;,;

HO ( 103 ) HU
Hokumo, ku amua), to judge (
v. a. (•= wema — Hotuba, s., (1) katbi amesoma botuba mesgidini,
or wibaya), supreme authority over.
to lw.ee the Kadi read a (of several Koranic
section
Hokumia or hukumia, v. ohj., to exercise au- Suras ) in the mosque; (2) hotuba, engagement ;
thority over one, to judge one, to give over to ku engaged to;
oa, to be , (1) orationem
judgment.
habuit e suggesto orator, evasit fuitve conciona-
Hokumiwa, pass. tor; (2) expetivit in matrimonium. In Turkey
Hohma (hamma), s. (ya), fever ; homma ya kidapo
and elsewhere the •—id. is the prayer recited in
or kidapo cha beredi, the shivering jit in fever ;
homma ndio maratbi ya beredi or ya ku tetema ;
themosque on Fridays, in which, after the praise
of Muhammed and the four successors, the
febris ;
caleficit vebementer calida
reigning Sultan is mentioned.
,

fuit (aqua)
; ^ ,
laboravit febri. Hotubia, v. a.;
section to the people, addressing
ku hotubia vatu, to read the
them thereby ;
Homea, s. (R.) ? ,
vinum, omnis potus inebrians.
ku somea vatu kua siku ku.
Homu (or homo) pepo za steady wind, when
; — ,
Hotubu (hutubu), v. a.; katbi amehotuba
mbisho and tanga mbili have passed away (R.). hotuba.
Hondo Hondo, vid. kuembe.
HongSra, v. a., to wash the circumcised part in the Hozuni, s. ( = ngome), fortress, castle ,
fir-

SC " "l"
sea. Watoto kua siku ya sabaa tangu vameta-
mus fuit ; ,
arx ; cfr. also yyt. ,
recondidit,
liiriva vaenenda poani ku osha vionda maji ya
bahari. This is called ku hongera. Watoto in horreo, cella, cC- c.

waliotahiriwa leo wamekuenda hongeroa or ku Htr (thou not ) wewe bu mtu va niuma, u mtu va ;

oshoa maji ya bahari. On the sixth day the mbelle, thy place is not behind, but before, in the
wound is wrapped up in apiece of cotton soaked fore-part; Waduruma vana ila, vakisilimu hurudi
in oil, to prevent the urine affecting the wound. kuao.

Hori (or khori), s., a creek, a small arm of Hu, (1)a prefix denoting a customary action, and
ao- s ce and
the sea; cfr.

maris (vox Persica)

^ ,
ostium flummis

also
. .

lacus
,
sinus

in
is applied to all persons, both the singular
plural; bunena or husema, they speak huenda,
; cfr. jfb ,
he, &c. goes ; (2) the negative prefix of the second
quern exundant aquae paludun, ut largus fiat ? pterson singular hupendi, thou lovest not.
Hori, s. (la, pi. ma~
a kind of canoe with a ), (1) Hua, s., a dove; cfr. Steere's “ Handbook , ’’ page
raised head and stern; (2) ya ku uzia tambu
276.
(R-)? Hua, for kua, e.g ., niumba bua yangu, if the house
Horohoro, s. (bororo ?), a certain bird, which icere mine.
has a long black neck (yuna shengo ndefu
Hubba (or kubba), s. (vid. habba), (1) love, desire;
meaussi).
yuna bubba nami, he has love toward me = a-ni-
Horuma, s. (ya, za) (cfr. ,
misericors, clemens
penda, he loves me, to fall in love with; (2) kitu
J5-C- ,
ja burre, ku-m pa bubba, to give one a token of
fuit; tL^j misericordia), compassion, pity.
,

love, which, in the Oriental custom, is a present

Horumia, v. a., to pity or compassionate one.
hubbanimuakve, to take a fancy one;
ku tia to
Hosika (and huzika), v. it., to refer exclusively moyovakwe hau-ku-nioka, ndipossa asi-ui-ambia

(cfr. ,
perseveravit in aliqua re) ;
jina liili kuelli, ana-ni-ambia juju, ha-ni-funulii bubba

lilihosika na vatu hawa tu, this name refers . (V ,

amavit ;
L-^. ,
amor ;
enenda vewe a-
exclusively to these persons; jina la “vegni ku-funuliayo bubba, go thou, to whom he opens
tbambr’ linabuzika kua Muegnizimgu tu, balina his ichole heart.
tefsiri mingine, but muovu or mbaya is also
Hubiri (or khubiri), v. a. (vid. habari) (
physically bad (R.).
probavit, nuntiavit, certiorem facit) == ku-m-pa
Hosiko (anatoka hosiko or hosko), scarcely,
kbabari, to give one news or information.
narrowly, hardly ? (R.) ; anavuka bosko, laken,
bukumuyakve i'likua ya ku wava (uawa), to have Hudumu, s., service; v. a., to serve, especially at

vatu wa kufa table; tafania kazi simamani jama mu-budumu-

a narrow escape tulikua suisui

(in danger ) laken tunavuka bosiko.

- mu andae.
Hudumia, v. obj., to serve one (cfr. hodumu).
Hosumu (or khosumd), s. altercatus fuit;
( ,

Huduru, v. n., to assemble; vatu wamehuduru =

altercatio lis), strife, contention == kondo, wamekutana but mahadara, place
, telle ; of
v. n. — ku teta, to cpiarrel. assembly.
 ;
. ; ; ;; ; ; ; — ; ;;

HU ( 104 ) HU
Huduria, v. obj.; ku kutania malmli pamoja Humo, adv., thence Lulce xii. 59 ;
luiruo muetu
vicl. yics. ,
presens fait. (here with us) si jasikia neno hili, humo nti-

Huenda, v. 71 ., he or they go; husema, they say. yetu.

Hui, v. n. ( cfr hai or hayi) (cfr. fufiia, fufuka), to Humo and mumo ;
si mumo humo (there ivithin ot-

come to life again watu wa katika mahuduru. her e in).

Huika, v. 71 to be brought to life again, to recover ; Hummu, vid. bammu, s., grief.
.,

alikua mkongo mno, kislia akapoa. Hummiwa, to be affected by melancholy thoughts

Huiwa, v.; amehuiwa ni Mungu, nai amehuika. to be distressed, afflicted.
Huisha, v. a., to cause to revive, to bring to life Humule, in that.
again, to malce alive /kn-m-pa ngiivu or afia, to
Humo, pron. demonst., this ; e.g., muakahuno or lm
restore to life.
(2) and thou art tiot.

Huja (or hoja), s. (ya) (cfr. gW ,

opus et necesse
Huo, pron. detiwtist., this or that before mentioned ;
habuit; necessitas, res necessaria), sake, it refers to tiouns in u or w (pi. mi) ;
e.g., mti
;

concern, account =
sebabu; kua huja yangu, on huo, that tree.
my account hakina buja (scil. kitu hiki) = ni Hukri, a freed man (cfr. usia and hatti).
jema or hakina tesbwishi, it is right, good, Hurru, and s. (pi. 111 a ),free, trot in a state
adj.
there is nothing objectionable in it niumba hi
of slavery mtu ni hurru, si mtiima, this tnati is
haina buja, there is nothing exceptionable in this free, he is no slave; watu hawa ni mahurru,
house, it is good kina buja ningi, it is full of these people are free; ku ata or ku weka hurru,
trouble. to release or set free from slavery.
Hujiana, v. n. — jadiliana, to have to do, to have
Huruju, v. 71 . = kunia (vid.) = ku hara, to ease
business with one ; hawa-bujiani na Wazungu,
they have nothing to do with the Europeans, one's-self; cfr. gjj, ,
exivit, ejecit, eduxit.

they are 7iot concerned with them. Huruma, s. (vid. horuma), pity, mercy, co777passion ;

Hujambo ? are you ivell ?

cfr. misericors, clemens, propitius fait ;
Huji (or hoji), v. a., to pump one ; e.g., ame-ni-
r.^C'
,

boji or huji, he pumped me, hatta ba-mu-ambia ; ,

misericordia.
sikudaka ku-rau-ambialakename-ni-boji, tafania-
Hurumia (or horumia), to have pity upon, to
je? nna-mu-ambia, ningali tenda.
pity one.
Huji, v. a. (cfr. dadisi), to examine ; ku daka
Hussu, s. (= wasia), (1) charge, commission, last
yakini,ku ondakitu, to search out, inquire after,
tosound one; ame-m-huja batta intu ku seraa iv ill hussu ya baba aliekufa ;
cfr. y=. ,
d:s-

neno alilo nalo ku uza sana ku bakikia ma-

; ; tribuit in partes; ,
pars; (2) hussu, v. a.,

neno.
to divide into shares, to separate each one's
Hujuru, v. a.; ku — ,
to desert (cfr. .
share.
reliquit, deseruit rem). Hussia, v. a., to enjoin upon; (1) = ku-m-pa
Huko, ado. (pron. dem. of locality), there, yonder, wasia, to charge one, especially with respect to
beyond; huko nibelle buko niballi huko mbelle ;
the charge which a dying person delivers to a
ya into wa Dana, there beyond the river Dana.
survivor; cfr. conjunxit, testamento
Huku, adv., here, near, in this region; huko na ,

huko, hither and thither ku-ji-tia huku na huko mandavit ; ,

mandatum, testamentum ;

huku na huku, this way and that; huku

(2) ku-m-hussia katiriyakwe = ku-m-fanizia
makuku ndo niapia yetu, here are old matters, katiri (or kiasijakwe), to limit one to a ce7'tam
and our new ones. quantity of provision. Ame-ni-hussia kebaba
Hukui.e =
niballi kule. cha mtell e, he limited me to the receipt of a
Huku, refers frequently only to vexbs standing in kebaba (vid.) of 7'ice.
the infinitive; e.g., ku-ji-buvugisha burugisba-
Husuda, s., bewitching ? (Er.).
luiku-uta-tu-isha akili.
Husunu, v. a. (cfr. hasidi, v. a.), to do violence from
Hukdmu, s., vid. hokumu.
mere wantonness, to envy, grudge at ku-m-
Hulu, v. 7i., to leave, to omit; hawahulu kuja =
busudu maliyakwe; ku fania uhusuda kuliusudu ;

hawatindikii kuja, they do not oiiiit coming, they

or hasidi or ku fisadi watu = ku tia watu mambo-
come continually ; cfr. necesse habuit,
niaofu ya maradi, e.g., ya ndui, <£t.
,

reliquit, amicitiam coluit. Husudiana, v. rec., to envy one another.

I Il LUKU (or KHULUKU), V. to CreCltC (jH. ,
pro-
Husumu, v. 71 ., to strive, to contend, to altercate
creavit, finxit.
with one; cfr. altercatus fuit, litigavit.
,

Hulukiwa, to be created.
 ; . ;; ; ; ;
;

HU ( 105 ) ID

^—
Husuni, s. ( vid hozuni), a fortress ’
mals the native cry out, huyo, huyo, huyo, here
;
he is !
firinus, munitus fuit arx.
; ,
Hr yu, this, this person suyu, obsolete for huyu,
Husueu, saya for haya.
v. a. ,
to besiege ; cfr. y^, in angustiam
,

Ho yule, that, that one.

redegit, obsidione cinxit (hostein).
Huzika, v. n., cfr. hussu and hussia.
Huthcria, v.n.(vid. halhari), (1) to venture ; (2) to Huzika, v. n. (vid. liozika) huziwa, r., to be
be present; jamia ya watu walio huthuria,
e.g., ;

the congregation ofpeople which was there.

limited, confined to any thing in ,
it, meaning to
include; niama mbuaji waliohuzika tui simba,
Huu, pron. demonst., this ; cfr. ,
ille, idem (C-c., the wild beasts included are the leopard,
referring to nouns u in the singular or nouns lion, (Lx.

with mi in the plural (mti huu). Huzuni, s. (ya), grief concern, heaviness, anxiety
IIuui.e, pron. demonst., that.
Huyo, pron. demonst., this or that, previously
(vid.

(jy*. ,
hammu)
tristitia.
; cfr. Arab.
^ ,
tristis fuit,

mentioned mtu huyo. In chasing men or ani- H wen da (huenda ),

perhaps (St.).

I, on infix-particle; ame-i-haribu (niumba e.g., yakwe pia kua faraga, he has stolen from him
yetu), he destroyed our house. it, viz.,
all his property secretly.
I, ,a relative words of the i -class ; e.g., sima-
to Ibika, v. n., takeable, that which can be stolen.
yangu i-wapi? where is my sima ? vid. sima.
Ibiwa, iboa, to be stolen from.
I ,
s. (la, pi. ruai) i la kuku, the egg of a hen
;
;
mai ya kuku, the eggs of a hen i la beredi or
Ibada, s. ( ya
) (cfr. ,
adoravit, servum fecit
la ku tetema said of an egg which the hen
is

lays when there is no cock; i hili si gumu; i lisilo ,

servitus, obedientia, probitas), service ,

mume halina nguvu, linafundika haraka

;
kuku worship, especially ibada ya Mungu, the service
yuwavia or yuwaarda mai, the hen lays eggs of God. When the uhammeclans goto bed they M
(arda is Kimr.). say “ eshahad or eshehedu ya Mungu.” This
I'a (or ku have one as debtor, to demand
avia), to is ibada ya MuDgu hence “ amelala na ibada or :

a debt from somebody,to sue one for a debt; na- ameata ibfida amelala kua ku salli, or kua ku
-

mu-ia or na-m-wia mtu huyu reali mia, I have ata ku salli, he slept with or without prayer.
this man as a debtor of 100 dollars, I demand But the word can also be taken sensu latiori
from him a debt of 100 dollars = he owes me e.g., Mtu aliekua
ibada ya sannam, ya mali, dc.
100 dollars; nadaka deni ya reali mia kuakwe ;
mbaya kwanza, kisha akazingatia kua ibada (ya
na-mu-ia reali tano, I leant (as a debt ) 5 dollars Muungu).
from him, I sue for payment of 5 dollars, he Iblis, s. (aba sujudi ?), devil (corrupted form of
owes me 5 dollars. the Greek diabolos) ( ), chief of the
I an a (or wiana), v. rec. ; watu hawa wawiana
devils, Satanas.
wao kua wao, these men are indebted one to the
other Idadi, 8., counting (cfr. numerus, census,
j

Fwa (or wiwA ),pass., to be indebted, to be oicing,

annumeratio) ukishajua idadi ya fara, and the
to owe to one, to be sued for a debt; mtu huyu ;

price of something imediidi amounts ) to half a

yuwaivva reali mia kuangu, this man owes to (

me 100 dollars. dollar (cfr. numeravit, enumeravit) (E.);

,

Iwisha, v. c., to cause the debtor to pay by sum- liaina idadi, there is no counting.
moning him before the judge nime-mu-iwisha Ididadi = ku-ji-dahidi (E.) ?
kua wali = nime-m-dai kua wali.
I'dili, v.a. (vid. eidili), idii.isha (cfr. ,
quod
I'asx, s. (ya), a yellow substance brought from

India, greatly in a demand with the natives as justum et aequum esset, statuit, aequavit), (1)
daua ya kionda, remedy for sores (daua ya to learn good behaviour ; (2) to teach one reason,

kionda). manners, or right conduct (ku idilisha) (3) ku- ;

I'ba, v. a., to steal , to take clandestinely ; cfr. ku m-sumbiia, to trouble one — ku-m-tia akili

ba in Kiniassa. muana or mtuma mbishi kua ku-m-funga na ku-

to steal from; e.g., ame-mu-ibia mali- m-piga niumbani or gereziini liatta ku ornbewa
Ibia, v.,
 . . ; ; ,;

ID ( 106 ) IL
kua babai or banawakwe, hatta ku-m-lalama or aih’taji ku sifiwa, 7ie ought (lit., he wants) to be
daka radi babai, hatta ku-li-shika neno a-m-palo
praised; cfr. .

babai, hatta kufania radi or mapensi ya babai. The

Ih’tajia, v. obj., to be wanting to, to be desirous
Suahili tie up tlieir refractory children or slaves
°f-
either intlieirprivatehouses or in thepublicprison,
Iii’tilafu, a dp, various, different;
until the prisoner changes his mind and promises
I'h’timu, v. a. (cfr. hitimu), to finish learning or
to heliave himself well in future. Usually rela-
one's education.
tions or friends intercede for the prisoner with
“ Ijara, s., wages, rent, hire, pay ; cfr. mer_
his father, saying ,
When a babe wets your lap fi* ,

sc
willyou on this account throw him away V' cedem dedit v merces, praemium sponsa- ; ,

Thus by degrees they gain the heart of the en- litium ku-mu-ajiri mtu, to hire a man; .
;

raged father.
Ijaza, s., a reward (St.).
Idiliwa = sumbuliwa; ku-m-tia adabu. rather, vid. heri Ikhiari, aclv. = ni kheri, better,
Idilisha (or idirisha), v. c. c -
or kheri, the comparative of .

J'dii.i (or adili), s., right behaviour ( , j ustitia,

Ikhtiari, s., choice, will; kua ikhtiariyako, os
aequitas res par pondere, quantitate)
; ,
you please, willingly ; vid. jVi. ,
elegiti ,

fulani yu katika idili (adabu), or ana idili (ana

electio.
makazi mangi) (R.) mpotevu akaidiliwa ku tiwa
;
Iki, s., thickness in opposition to breadth (R.).
ndia ngema. ku
Ikibal = ikibari yuna ikibal adakapo pote, ni
Idini (or eidini), s. (ya), permission leave; ku- ;

toa (kitu) hagnimui apendeza nti nzima (R).

,

m-pa idini, to give him permission especially

I'kIza, v. a., (1) to put over = lay across; ku ikiza
,

permission to marry a daughter given by her

O C V O E niumba boriti, to put boards (boriti) across from
father Arab, and wcdl to wall, in order to construct the dari (roof)
; y , permisit, per-

mission. of the house; ku ikiza dari, to cover with a roof,

to roof a house; kuku ya ku ikiza, a fowl cooked
Ir A (or iva), v. n. ( vid iwa or iva, v. n.), to cooh
= kua mbivu, with eggs (St.).
sufficiently (food) to ripen, come
Iko, there is, it is there.
to maturity; cmbe linaiva or linaiwa, the mango
is ripe. Ila (or ela) = lake n, but, except; ^ > si non, nisi;
J visha, v. c., to cause to ripen jua limeivislia
liana ila (or ilia or ela) mke mmoja, he has but
maembe, the sun has brought the mangoes to
one wife.
maturity.
Ib. a, s., shame, disgrace, defect, blemish (cfr. Arab.
Ivoa, v.p.
1'fia, v. a., to mahe bad = ku aibisha), to spoil, morbus, causa, praetextus?) ;
ana ila, he is
(

disfigure (cfr. Kiniassa iba, to be bad ; ibsa, to blamable; fulani ni mzuri, laken yuna ila.

mahe bad) ;
uki-mu-ita mtu mdiide, una-mu-ifia Ilakini (or lakini), but.

(R.). Ii.f, pron. demonst., that, yonder ; niumba ile, that

I Fi an a, v. rec. house.
Iftahi, bringer of luck (St.). Ili (or ii.li), in order that.
Ifu (or ivu), s. (la, ya, pi. maifu), ashes; ifu la Ib.i.uu, s., doctrine; ilimu ya ingili or injili, the
motto ( Kiung jifu) ;
ifu la motto motto, embers. doctrine of the gospel (Arab. cfr. elimu).
Ifu ifu, grey ash-like colour ? [lio, that which is; ndia ile ilio tambulikana, that
1'ga (or igisa), v. a., to use words of another lan- way which is known.
guage which one does not understand, to Iuioko, which is or was there.
imitate a man speaking in another language by Iliopaxdana, the composition of a word (St.) ;
cfr.
using Jus ivords, mock at him. Ku-mu-iga or to
pandana.
ku-m-tokosa mtu kua maneno e.g., wewe waiga Iliviokua kwanza, ilio sasa, na itakavio niuma-
;

or waigiza maneno ya Kisuahili, nawe Muarabu, yetu, as it teas before, as it is now, and as it
hu-ya-wezi = huj ui maanayakwe (maanai), wewe will be after us.
buna nayo maneno haya Muarabu ame-mu-
asili ; I'lizi, s., a small round thing held to be a great
igiza Msuahili, you use Kisuahili words, and yet
charm against lions (St.) ;
cfr. debilitavit.
you are an Arab, you do not understand its
Ii.kanun, s. (cfr. Greek uavutv, a measure, rule,
meaning.
standard), canon, regula; bilkaniini, by the rule
1'gnia, s. (
Kiamu ) (vid. inia), mother niawc amc-
kuja, his mother came. cfr. (ji perquisivit;

Iu’taji (or ikhtaji), v. a., to leant, to desire ; e.g., I'i.ki (or iuki), s., cardamom.
 ; ; ; ; ;;

IM ( 107 ) IN
I'ma, v. n. ( old language) = ku simama, to stand Inamisha, v. c., to make
to stoop or to bow, to

up, to rise, to stand erect; fig., neno kuba lita- bend ; e.g., ku inamisha mti, to bend a tree.
tu-simama mbellezetu litakuja juietu, = an Ji-inamia, contr. ku-ji-namia, to boiv one's-se’f.
important matter ya ku ima, Ji-inamisha, v. *e.g., ku-ji-inamislia {or
loill befall us; ndia refi. ;

a straight road. inama) kua ku lima, to bow one's-self in tilling

Imamia, stand out to one, to rise upon,

v. obj., to the ground.
Inciii, adj. {Kiung.), cfr. nti, country, land, earth.
one; mtu liuyu ame-m-tukana wali,
to befall
neno kuba lita-m-simamia mbellezakwe. I'nda {or ku winda), v. a., to hunt; (2) :nda, s.;

ku-m-fania mtu inda, to give a man trouble (?)

Imisha (or imiza) (imissa) = ku simika, to lift
=
up, to set up, to make to stand ; e.g., ku — (neno asilo daka) ;
bad habit, impertinence (

ubishi) (R.).
mlingoti, to set up the mast of a ship; ku
Ingia, ingilia, ingiza, ingiliza, vid. ngia, ngiliai
simika mbo, to have erections of the male yard
v. n., to enter, to come or go into.
( and in consequence flux of the sperm ) daua ;

Inga, v. a. ku inga na ku suda, to scare poultry

ya ku simika mbo {e.g., by brandy), the medi-
{cfr. tunga and shunga.
cine which causes erections of the yard.
Ingi, adj., much, many; jingi, ingine, different,
Ima, v. a.; ku ima, to eat up food provided for
other; muingiue ormungine, mgine, jingine, nin-
other people ; ame-tu-ima, he has eaten our share
gine, pangine or pingine, pi. wangine, mangine.
as wed as his own (St.).
Ingni (or rectius egni), having, possessing, with
Ima-ima, either, or ; nbawa hu unatakata ima-je ? is
it forms muegni, wegni, yegni, legni, kegni,
this feather dean or not
? {lit., or what is it?)', cfr. and pegny. vegni, zegni,
M ,
an non ? I'ngu (dimin. kiingu), s. (la, pi. ma — ) cfr.

Imani, s. (ya), confidence, faith, belief; imani kua mbingu), a cloud.

Mungu, faith or confidence in God; upanga wa Ingua, v. a.; ku — puvu la tembo {or la tungu or la

imani, the sivord of safety, which does not bend tui), to scare, to take off the froth of tembo, or
ants, d'c.
yuna wikono wiwili wia juma cfr. ^yA fidit,
gncmbe (ini,
; ,
Ini, s. (la, pi. maini), liver; ini la
6 -
wengu, pafu, fio, firingizi, figo, all these words
nixus fuit ; ,
tides, religio.
must be distinguished from each other).
Imara, s. (ya ), firmness, hardness, solidity, strength,
I'ma {or ignia) (wa), mother {= mviazi) ( Kigun .) ;
said of substances and things which do not break vid. ku nia or ku
inia ndie alie-m-nia muana !

or which are hard kiti liiki kina imara, liaki

gnia; niawe amekuja, his mother came; nana,
vundiki, this chair is strong, it does not break; grandmother.
nti hi ina imara, heitimbiki, this ground is hard, Inianuka, v. n., to be cut or torn to pieces; e.g.,
it cannot be dug. nguo hi inianuka, heishoneki tena, this cloth is
I'mba, v. n., to sing ; hence imbo (la, pi. maimbo), a quite torn to pieces, it cannot be mended any
song {vid. gnimbo and uimbo, pi. nimbo). more.
Inika, v. a. (opp. anika) (= ku laza upande), (1) to
Imbia, v. obj., to sing to or for one; e.g., u-mu-
imbie gnimbo, aitikie.
lay down, to put on one side {e.g., ku inika
mlimau, to lay down the lemon-tree in order to
Imbika, v. n., to be capable of being sung.
get its fruits), to careen a boat; e.g., ulaze dau,
Imbisha, v. c., to cause or make sing.
sermalla atie hasho, careen the boat and let the
Imbiwa, v.p. carpenter put apiece of wood into it; usi-u-inike
Imbu, s., mosquitoes (rectius m'bu, vid.).
mzigo, simika wema, do not put the load awry,
Imisha, v. c., to cause to stand, to set up ; vid. ima, but put it ku inika majembe, to form
straight;
v. n. the outer side of hoes (cfr. mfumbe) mpunga ;

Ina, it has; e.g., niumba hi ina mawe mazuri, this unainika kossi or shuke la mpunga lainika kossi,
house has fine stones. the rice droops ku inika usso or kitoa nti (ku ji-

Inama {not ku xama but ku inama), v. n., to stoop, inika), to let the face or head droop from grief or
to bend down, to bow, to slope; jua laanza ku in mourning (2) trop.; hapana mtu awezaye ku-
inama, ndo majira ya elasiri, the sun declines, mu-inika muegni mku, nobody can bring down a
niumba ina-ni-(i)namia
that is the time of elasiri ;
proud man.
pekeyangu, the house depends on myself alone. Inikia, v. obj. ku inikia tao la tini, to hem the

N.B. Slaves and strangers generally use ku nama lower part of a cloth.
Inikiza, v. c., to turn round; mualimu ame-
for inama.
inikiza watu kua ku salli.
Inamia, v. obj., to bend or stoop towards (?) or
forward. Inna, adv., truly; Arab. ,
utique, equidem.
 ? : ; ; ; ;

IN < i°8 ) IS

Insiialla, please God, if Gad permit or will kongue), to conceive an unreasonable love or
partiality for one.
(Arab.), perhaps .

Isara, s ., calumniation ( ? ) ;
ku-mu-asiri, ku-m-
Inua, v. a., to lift up ; e.g., leu inua mato ku angalia
kashifu, ku-m-fania isara (cfr. ijL-c molesta
ju, to lift up the eyes, to look up; trop., ku inua,
,

backbite, calumniate, to
to raise up from sickness = ku afu. res, adversitas), to

Inuka, v. n., to be lifted up, to be erect (mlima defame one.

unainuka kua Mungu), to become raised. Ish, ejaculation = sh.

Inuliwa, v.p.; mlima kaukuinuliwa ni watu, the Isha, v. ku isa or ku isba (kwisha), to finish,
a.,

mountain was not raised by men. to bring to a dose or end; pumzi lime-ni-islia or

Ji-inua, to rise; ku inua juani. lime-ni’sba, my breath is finished (haua tarafu

Inulika, v. n. tena ya ku enda mbio) tractus, extre-

( ,

Inulia, v.; e.g., ku inulia gadi kati ya mgomba mitas rei, latus) ;
ikisba kuisba, where or if it is
ulioinama kua ndizi kua kiiba. finished to finish. When preceded by thepron.
Inuiliza, v. a.; e.g., ku-m-inuliza mzigo, to lift a, a and i is contracted into e = esba; maneno
upon him a load. eslia or words are at an end;
yesba ku isba, the
Inzi, s. (vid. n'zi or n'si) («'a, pi. mainzi), a fly, gnombe wana we’shea pro waisliia, there are no
gnat (?). more cows for slaughter; niki isba muona fu-
Iotte, all, every one, the whole; it changes like the lani, ta-ku-pajawabu langu n’le i slid a ni fetha, ;

possessive pronouns, otte, iotte, cliotte, Iotte, I had no more money. Kwisha ( = ku islia) is
wotte, zotte, potte. used as an auxiliary; e.g., amekwisha piga, he
Iowe (ioe), s. (la, pi. maiowe), a cry, noise = kelele, has already beaten; amekwisha kuja, he has
pi. makelele ;
la nini iowe liili ? what is this come already; alipokwisba ku enda, ivhen he
noise for? ku piga iowe, to make an outcry, had gone ; akaislia, and he had finished, or when
noise (Kipemba). he had done this; akeska or akisha, after that
Ii’A, v. a., to long for everything one sees, to desire (and finishing that).
to have, to leant; ku-i-pa rolio mbelle, to give up Ishia, v. obj. (= malisia), to finish ,
to settle a
the mind to, to muivi ana-i-pa rolio mbelle,
covet; thing for somebody ngoja, ni-ku-isliie (ni-ku-
kislia yuwaiba kua wazi (kua ku shiriki rolio), the malisie) manenoyako nliotumoa, wait, let me
thief takes first the purpose (in mind), then he
finish for you the matter for which I have
steals really; ku-i-pa roho mbelle, ku fania been sent; ame-ni-isliia waliwangu pia, he has
tkambii eaten up cdl my rice.
I'ri, s. (la, pi. ma—) (old language) = konde ;
ku Tshilia, v. obj. ku-mu-isbilia muezi.
piga or konde, to strike with knuckles of the
ipi
Ishilisa, v. a. (= ku malisa) ;
e.g., ku — muezi
fist; but ku piga ngiimi means, to beat with the complete the month of
(ku isbilisa muislio), to
inner part of the fist. In the former case the
service (to his master).
blow is given obliquely, in the second horizon- = delili, alama), (1) some-
Ishara, s. (ya, pi. za) (
tally ku piga ipi or konde kua niuma ya
(2) omen, pro-
;
thing strange or remarkable;
wianda, or kua ku finikiza wianda wiliofumboa, mark tumeona ishara muaka
gnostic, foreboding,
laken ku piga ngumi kua ku sindikiza wianda, —
hu tumeona tusijo Cna mbelle, ive have seen
kana kua ku vunda nazi; ku piga to slap one this year what we have not seen before; ishara
ipi,

on the face.
nijambo lisitassalo kuja hi ni ishara ngema ya ;

Ipi? what kama ipi ? how? (?).

mvua or ya jua, this is a good sign of rain or
I'i’U, s. (la, pi. niaipu or mapu), boil, tumour. sun; pattern, kind = genzi or gissi. The
(3)
Ipua, take off the fire (St.).
v. a., to tako
folio wag occurrences are ishara, e.g., (1)
Iiigano (or rigano), s. = mze wa mbelle. ya matanga, ku ketinti; (2)
likipiga, ni ishara
Iriba, s., usury; cfr. Arab. auctus fuit; ,
ukope wa tiui ukipiga, ni ishara ya matozi ku
quod capitur in venditione supra pretium consti- lia ;
mafungio ya sanda yakipiga, ni ishara
(3)
tutum usura. ; ya 'ku fiwa (4) mkeresa
kiunsa (popo) akilia,
;

Ihika, v. n., to faint (I?.)? cfr. jyi ,

emaciatus mtu atafiwa, ni isharayakwe ameona ishara, he ;

death), when
segnis has seen or got signs or omens (of
1’uit, fuit, or oilyi menstruis laboravit.
this or that thing
this or that bird cries, or
,

Iiiissa, v. c., to trouble (?) show

.
Cj happens; jambo udakalo u-ni-fanie ishara,
Iiiiwa, s., a vice (screw ')
; cfr. ,
ansa situlae me what you desire to have nime-ku-6nia iskara-
islnna ya
vel urcei.
yangu, kama hi, or gissi kana hi ,

Isa (or wisa), (1) to love and please (in the old
ngiio hi ndakiiyo mimi, I want a
cloth like this.
language and in poetry) (2) to swallow up, to ;

satisfy the heart's (or appetite’s) desire (vid.

Arab. 5jU.\
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;;
. ; ; ; ; ;

IS ( 109 ) JA
I'shi, v. to live, to last, to endure; vid. aislii Itikia, v., to answer the call for one, in his

vitam duxit; nimeishi miaka arbaini, behalf; mtiima ame-mu-itikia banawakwe;

,

ku-mu-itikia sauttiyakwe kua uimbo, to fall in

I lived fort)/ years, I am forty years of aye ( cfr
maisha, lifetime). with one's voice in singing.

Isilakiii, s., gain; sikununiia kitu hiki, liakina ItikIza, v. — ku kubali, ku ridia manenoyakwe,
O - -c - to approve one’s word, to assent to.
isilakhi (R.) cfr. utilitas, commodum.
; ,
Jiikizana, v. c., to respond one to the other, to
Isilamu (or Islam), s. (wa, pi. Maislam) ( — •»
j
acclaim mutually, to call to mutually.

a Itiiixi (or eithini), s., permission, sanction (vid.

Mubammedicae religiouis cultor vel assocla),
ku toa ithini, to sanction. idini or eidini, page 106);
Muhammedan ; mtu wa poani ni I'slatn or Mu-
Itllafu, s. =khofu; hapana itilafu, there is no
islam watu wa poani ni Islam or Waislam, the
;

coast-man is a Muhammedan, the coast-people fear ; cfr. i_aU' periit interitus, exitium. , ;

are Muhammedans ; or mtu wa poani ni Msa-

Ito, s. (la) ito la gu (gnu), the ankle.
limina or Msalihina, or Mslimina, pi. Wasalibina
;

Iva, r. v., to ripen, to be completely cooled ma-

cfr. embe yanakua yaiva mmoja mmoja, the mangoes
I'simu (or ismu), name, the name of God; Arab. became ripe every one of them.
Ivisha, v. c. muembe waivisha or unakua
Isipokua, where there is not, except, but (vid. waivisha.
Gram.). I vo (pi. maivo) (of a keke), vid. niudi and msuka-
Istiska, s., dropsy (St.) wano.
lvu (pi. maivu), ashes.
Istiwai, s. hat el istiwai, the Equator \yL-8)
Iwa, v. n., vid. ia.
linea aequinoctialis.
Iwisha, v. c. (= akilisba or wakilisba), to deliver
Ita, v. a., (1) to call, to summon, to invite ; ku taja,
up to one the demand for payment of a debt,
signifies, to name one, to give one a name, to call
i.e., to commission one to call in a debt nirne-
one N. E.; but ku ita, to call, invite; e.g., nime-
inu-iwiska Abdalla, adake deniyangu, or mali-
mu-ita, laken amekata kuja, I called him, but he
yangu kua felani, I charged Abd. to demand
refused to come; (2) to cast in a mould (St.) my property from N. K.
ku itoa, v. n., to be called. After wa and before i
Iwapi ? inhere is it 1
both a and i are changed into e (we) ku w’eta,
;
Iwisa (or ivisa), adj. ivisa, a bad egg ( pi. mai i

instead of ku-wa-ita, to ccdl them.

mawisa), bad eggs (cfr. wisa, spoiled).
Itana, v. rec., to call each other.
Iy.u (or yayi), s. (R.) = mai (Kiung.), eggs.
Itia, v. obj., to call one for — ,
to call for some
Iza, v. a., to refuse TSt.).
object.
Izaka, v. a., to publish things about a person, to
Itika, v. = ku-m-jibu, to answer one's call bana
tell scandal about and thus calumniate a person;
ame-mu-ita mtuma, nai (na huyu) ame-itika,
the master called the slave, and he responded ,
publice protulit sermonem ? Ji\ ,
memo-
to the call. ravit ?

Ja (better cha) (jrf. via), one of the genitive also jajia; e.g., siku hizi kazi iua-ni-jajia,
particles (vid. Gram.), denoting of; e.g., kitu sipati nafasi, on these days I got much business,
eba m'tu, the matter of the man. I was never free.
Ja, v. n. kuja (vid. Gram.) (kuya in Kiamu), to Jika, v. n., comeable (if this were an English
come ; amekuya leo, he came to-day liakulala word), accessible ; mji bu haujiki, this town is
usiku kuja or tangu usiku battakukaja muanga, not accessible.
he did not sleep) from nightfall to daybreak, lit., J ilia, v. obj. = jia = fikilia.
till the light came ; amekeleti kuja, he sat up all
J iwa (or jiliwa), pass., to be come, to be over-
night till daijlight alikuja toawa, ku being
taken; nimejiwa or jiliwa ni mgeni leo, Ihave
omitted when a verb follows after ja.
been overtaken by a stranger.
Jajia, v. obj.
Ja (or cha), s., tea.
Jia, v. obj., to come to or for him or upon him ; e.g.,

mgeni ame-ni-jia leo or mgeni amekujakuangu Ja, v. n. (cfr. cha, v. 11 .), to be afraid yuwaja ku
leo, a stranger came to me to-day. They say enenda ptkee, he is afraid to go alone.
 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ;; ; -

JA (
no ) JA
Jesha (or tisha), v. c., to cause to he afraid to ,
katika jabali, Luke xxiii. 53, a rocky mountain ;
make afraid. ,
mons.
Ku j5a (or ku jiowa), pass., to he feared ; ame-
Jabai.i (majabali), s., a thick mass of cloud.
jewa, lie was feared. Jabaju, s. (magnus, omnipotens, absoluti imperii,
Ja, a particle used to form several tenses, (1) ja
dominus; absolute king or ruler (a title of
with po, even if a-ja-po, and in the plural \va- )

ja-po ku-penda, even if he love thee,

e.g., a-jtipo
God).
;

pi. wa-japo ku penda, even if they love thee ; (2)

Jadi, v. a., to demand a thing urgently and vio-

with negative prefixes ha-ja-ona, he has not yet lently ; cfr. 1 j postulavit petiitve ut daretur
seen ; ha-ja-ja, he is not yet come (3) asi-ja penda,
quid; ame ni-jadi hatta nime-m-pa.
before or ere he loves, or that he may not have
Jadi na jadi = milele na milele.
loved; yasijawa hay a iote (yote), all this not yet
Jadoi, s. (ya) (= nda), hunger, starvation ( Kiun
being or existing hawajakula amani kabla hu-
je’nda pro ja
guja) ; cfr. ,
malum alimentum accepit
ja-tia, before thou puttest in; si si
maleve nutritus fuit; ameshikoa ni jaddi or
enda.
abundant ivith shungitati.
Ja (jaa), v. n., to become full, to be
= kua kasha linaja nguo, the box is full Jaddi, s. (ya., pi. za), Capricorn;
telle ;
,
haedus,

of cloth; yameja jana nlipopita, na sasa

niaji capricornus, signum celeste viginti et octo sidera
yaja or yanaja tena, the water was full ( the tide complectens.
was high) yesterday ivhen I passed, and now it is Jaddi, s. (ya, pi. za) avus), great-grand-
( ,

full again, i.e., it is flood-tide, ku jaa mskumbi,

father (babu, grandfather), ancestor ; mtu kuyu
the tide is coining in. ni sheka tangu jaddiyakwe.
Jaliza, v. a., to fill up ; ujalize wino kikombe (or Jadii.i, v. a., cfr. haji or hoji, hujiana.
kibao) hatta ujae telle, bakika ushinda sasa,
Jadiliana, v. rec. (— hujiana), to argue with;
fill tip the glass ivith ink, till it be full, for now
cfr. Arab. Ja=- firrnus fuit, altercatus fuit,
half full, or not quite full. Tupa
,

it is only
disceptavit.
sasa ishinda mafuda, ujalize telle, the bottle is
Jafi, s., an insect, which creeping over the body
not full of oil now, fill it up completely.
causes marugurugu (vid.).
Jawa, v. p., to be filled with, to be full of ;
Jafu, s., a kind of basket made of mi a for catch-
alikua akijaa rolio takatifu, Luke iv. 1 ;

with
ing shrimps ; it has holes, so that the water may
ku jawa ni kliofu, Lidce i. 12, to be filled
run through, ivhilst the shrimps remain (vid..
fear rnaji yamejawa dudu, the water was full
mfumbi).
of insects laken mtungi umcjaa maji the jar
wakajawa
Jafua, v. a. (Kimwita) = tefria (Kilindini) = ku
of water ; cfr.Luke
is full vi. 11, ni
tia taka, to make muddy (cfr. tefua).
wazimu.
up; ku Jafuka, v. n., to be dirty; niumba inajafuka
Jaza, v. c., to make full, to fill tia
yadaka fagiwa.
telle.
Jafulia, v. obj., to dirty, soil, bedaub ana-ni-
Jazoa,
v. n.,to be filled.
jafulia nguoyangu.
Ja, a place where rubbish is thrown.
s.,
Jaga, s., a frame-ivork for putting corn doc. in.
Jaa, s. ; sbika majira ya jaa, steer northwards
Jagina, s. (pi. majagina), bold, brave, gallant;
(St.) cfr. majira, the course of a ship, to be dis-
;
mtu huyu ni jagina (mtu mkali, haclii), vid.
tinguished from majira, time ; majira, cfr. Arab.
chagiua, page 33.
lata per mare fuit navis, vel cum sono
,
Jaha, s. (ya, za) ( ,
potentia, dignitas),
sulcavit illud, vel ventum obviam sibi habuit.
power, authority; sultani ame-m-pa wali jaha ya
Jaali, v. n.

powerful, to prosper ;
(
^ ,
magnificavit), to be potent or

mtu kuyu amejaali muaka

watu, the king has given the governor power
over the people ; (2) good fortune zamani za ku

= ameja mali he prospered. toka jua hakuna upepo (Sp.) (3) kilango ja
hu telle, ;

JaaiJa, v. c., to make one potent, to give one jaha or peponi, the door of paradise, which the
authority, to prosper or bless one; Mungu ame- Suahili imagine they see open at night now and

m-jaalia mali (= ku pata mali) Mungu aki-tu- then seeing a very bright spot of heaven.

jaalia,tutakuenda kesho, if
;

God enables or Jaiiabu, v. a.; ku —

jombo poani, to shore up, to lift

prospers us, we shall go to-morrow (aki-tu-fanisia, up a vessel.

aki-tu-kabalia). Jaiiabiwa (= gadimiwa, to be erected on sup-

Jaaliwa, v. n., to be enabled, to be given power, to ports.

be blessed ku jaaliwa ni Mungu. Jaiiabu, s. (ya, pi. ma — ),

support kuweka jombo
Jadai.i, s., a rock, rocky hill kaburi iliotimboa ju ya majahabu.
 ; ; ;; ; . —
; ;

JA (
in ) JA
Jahazi, s. (ya pi.
,
ma — ), a ship, vessel, especially Jakapu Kijomvu ), an animal which eats poultry
(

baghala, ghariju. (liana, Kimvita ) (Sp.).

Jahi, s., the North Pole. Jakasi, s., vid. bori.
Jahi, v., to (jive honour to. Jakula, s. (clia, pi. via — ), food, eatables (= kitu
Jahiwa. cha kula).
Jahili, v. a., not to fear any one to he brave ; ku J akunoa, s. (cha, pi. viakunoa), drinking.
,

jahili-neno, ame-m-jahili mtu (laken Mungu ha- Jalada, s. (ya, pi. za), the cover of a bound booh
jahiliki) asie khofu ya watu. cfr. aU., excoriavit, in corio compegit (librnm);
J ahiliana, v. rec. (kua na daua na mtu hatta a~c
ku pigana). a1=. ,
cutis, corium; (2) a whip; ku-m-piga
Jahili, adj. and s. courageous, brave; asie khofu, si
,
jalada.
miioga (majahili ni ku iba tunu ya mesgidi ?). Jali, adj. = salikhi ;
rokhoyangu jali, pure, up-
Jahim, s., hell; muegni pepo najahim, the lord of right ?

Jali, v. to put; posuit, fecit, abundavit,

paradise and hell ; cfr. ,
ignis ingens ;
a..,
J*- ,

ignis inferni.
constituit ;
Muungu aki-ni-jalia, if God spares
my life.
Jaja, v. n., to begin to rot to be spoiled ,
wali hu
Jali, v. a. (vid. jaalia), to regard one, to reverence
unajaja, this boiled rice begins to spoil.
one, to fear; ku-mu-angalia sana, to enable one
Jaja, s. (ya, sa), a hind of grass growing in wet
have respect for one; e.g., mtu liuyu ame-m
to
places a hind of mboga ? (K.).
jali Mungu, na Mungu ame-m-jalia; mtu kuvu
,

Jajaga, v. a. ; ku — nguo, to wash a cloth by rub-

ha-ni-jali = ha-ni-sikii.
bing it between the hands not by beating it upon J alia,
,
v. obj., to grant, bestoiv ( bariki) ;
Muun-
a stone as customary with native washermen
,
is
gu ame-m-jalia sirki or risiki.
(by being beaten softly it sounds ja, ja, ja); Jaliwa, v. p., to have power, to be enabled or
ujajage nguoyangu, usi-pure (vid. pura or puaya,
blessed.
v. a.), to ivash a cloth by beating it on a stone.
Jaliza, v. a. (vid. ja, v. c.), to mahe full, to fill up.
Jajanisa, v. a., to out-roar to interrupt one in
Jalizia, v. obj., to fill for one; ku-m-jalizia
,

speahing by a noisy behaviour ame-ni-jajanisa

kasha, to fill the box for one ( = timisia).
kua maneno mangi. J A5IAA, v. a., to collect together, to gather.
Jaji, s. (pi. majaji), an egg ( Kiung .) Jamaa (or jama), (ya, pi. za),
s. family, company,
Jajia, v. obj. (cfr. chacbia), cumulate, press, aug-
society; collegit, dcUrL congregavit
ment; siku hizi kazi ina-ni-jajia, or zime-ni- ,
;

jajia, sipati nefasi, or raba ya ku keti, in these turba, agmen, multitudo, synagoga, concilium.
days my business or my occupations accumulate jam ala, courtesy, good manners, elegance.
.
upon me, I cannot tahe rest ; vid. pa, page 109.
tam
pulcher quam
Jajua, v. a., to sour, to mahe sour ku —
mtuzi
decorus fuit
corpore moribus, elegans
; ,
elegantia.
(Sp.).
Jajuka, v. n. ,
to become or turn sour (ku pata J amanda, s. (la, pi. majamanda), a round basket
ku pata kiungo).
ukali, with a cover, both made of mia ; kijamanda, a
Jaka, (= ku legea, ku rariika), to get old or
v. n. small basket of this hind.
worn out (vid. kuku) nguo imejaka or imekua Jamba, v. n., to break wind loudly ; e.g., panda
;

kuku, the cloth is worn out, is shabby. yuwajamba kua kelele cfr. shuta, mashuzi and ;

Jaka, ni siku sizizo kua na mvua (cfr. harara), a ushiizi. These words must be distinguished.
day when there has been no rain wakati wa Jamba, s., breaking of wind.
jaka, winter-time. Jamba (or najamba) = nakuamba (ku amba), con].,
Jakaja, v. a., (1) to pound oil (= ku ponda mafuta if, though, notwithstanding

kua kinu, but ku sbindika kua ngamia, to pound Jamba, s., white film of the eye ; muegni jamba, a
oil in a mortar, not by the mill driven by a person with a white film on his eye; mtu huyu
camel; cfr. shindika) (2) ku jakaja niumba = ana jamba cha jito, or ana kiini jeiipe cha mato
; ;

ku takassa niumba, ku fania tupu tupu sebabu cfr. upogo.

ya ku tama, to empty one's house ivhen one Jamba, s. (or kiamba) (pi. wiamba), (1) small
rock (muamba, a large rock )
emigrates, to clear a house (3) tombako ni (2) jengo, con-
jakaja or dakata heifai, ni tombako dufu lisilo struction (pi. viengo) vilifio katoa kasidi ku-in- ;

asha menoni, mild tobacco which does not burn pigia jamba or viamba, to make huts for ivay-
the mouth. laying one, the robbers cut part of the wood near
Jakajika, v. n., to be pounded very much; mafiita the wayside, where they dwell, to waylay
yamejakajika sasa = yamepondeka sana yame- travellers.

jakajoa. Jambia (la, pi. majambia) (vid. gambia), a curved

 ; ;. ; . ; ;,? ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;-

JA (
112 ) JA
dagger carried in the girdle bg the Arabs; ,
pollutus fuit effiuxu seminis), filth, un-
jambia lameta kumdja, si kuili, the dagger is cleanness after cohabitation ; hence the injunc-
bright on one side, not on tiro sides; laken tion given to the Muhammedans, to wash them-
npanga kumeteka kote kote, but the sword glitters selves mtu liuyu ana janaba (taka) asipooga,
on all sides. akilala na mke.
Jambo, s. (ja, pi. viambo), bait; kitu cha ku fulia Janda, s. (la, pi, ma ), leaf
janda la mniisi, leaf ,1 —
samaki, a bait for catching fish cha ku tegea of the cocoa-nut tree.—
muni, to catch birds; ku wok a or tia jambo JAnda, s. (ja, pi. vianda), a finger (1) janda cba ,

katika mtambo, to put a bait into a trap. gumba, the thumb; (2) janda cba shahada, the
Jambo, s. (la, pi. majambo or mambo) ( from ku forefinger (3) janda cha toka, middle-finger ;
amba), state, thing, matter, circumstance, Ac.; (4) janda cba kati ya kando (or janda cba
nini jambo liili? loliat is the matter ? arne-ni- muandamisi wa misbo) (5) janda cha misbo or ;

tenda kulla jambo la wema, he showed me all cha kando. The middle-finger is called janda
possible hindness; jambo, for si jambo, I am cha toka (finger of lime) because the Suahili take
well hujambo, you are well; hajambo, he isioell; the lime used in uraibu (vid.) ivith that finger ;
jambo sana, lam very well; Ac. if they do not, it will judge them on the dag of
Jambtja, v. a. ( vid shambiia pamba, to clean judgment, as their fabulists tell them.
cotton), to clean, e.g., cotton. JandAi.a, s. (cba, pi. viandala), a remnant offood

Jamburu? ja-m-futia? (Sp.). ku m-wekea mume jandala, to preserve for the

JAmei, s., unnatural carnal intercourse ; ku fania — husband (separately and purposely) a remnant
tocommit sodomy. offood, which the ivife gives him after the guests
Jami, v. n., to have connection ivith, to copulate. are gone. She does it from the tender con-
Jamia (or jamii), v. a., to assemble, gather (watu sideration, that her husband might not have
na ote). eaten enough, the guests consuming all.

Jamia (or jA.mii), s., the mass, the body of, many
an Jandarua
,
(
or jendarua) (cba. pi. viandarua),
pia zote ;
watu wote, the whole human
awning (ku tungika or funga nguo). race.

Jamiisha, v. c., to gather. JAnga, adj. young, unripe; bakitassa ku iva ,

Jamii.a ;
omentum liquefactum.
,
janga kitu kijanga, something unripe; embe liili ni
janga mtoto mjanga; mahindi majanga ndizi
Jam ii:a and jamia; ta-m-fania jamira katika ; ;

ni janga.
moyo = wangu (E.), sina jamia ya ku-m-fania
JAnga, s. (ja, pi. vianga) janga cba mato, dimness; ;

liatta akakinai rokboni muakwe? medulla.

baoni sana, yuna kiza cba mato; hana janga cba
,

Jamsakanoa, s. breakfast; cbakula cba subukhi

,
mkono, liana khofu ya ku suia mkono, he robs
(ku amsa or arasba or fungua kanoa, to awake suddenly.
or open the mouth). JAnga, v. a. (= sbanga), to spilit (ivood) ( Kiun
Jamvi, s. (la ,pl. majamvi), a large mat of coarsely guja).
plaited palm-leaves; jamvi la ku taudlka niumbani
Janga, s. (vid. kianga), clear weather after the
katika matanga. mat on
The Suahili consider a
rain has passed linatoka jiia, mfua inakwisba
the floor to tread upon a sign of mourning kiignia, the sun has risen and the rain is over.
They sit, eat, and sleep on a mat, but do not JangAwh, s. (ya, pi. za), a pebble (vid. kawe,
tread upon it? They make various kinds of gravel) janga®.- e ya jiwe. ;

mats, some of them very neat and fine (vul- Jango, s. (ja, pi. viango), (1) hook kidiide ja — ;

mkeka). It is chiefly the ivork of the women. ku angikia or tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to sus-
The mats which have been used in burying a pend — )
(Kimrima); (2 )pl. o/’ujango wa utumbo;
corpse are given to the mosque, which is covered utumbo is the great stomach ujango, the little

in the inside ivith mats for the use of the pray- one (pi. jango), the small intestines ; efr. ujango
ing people. and utengelcle.
Jana, s. (la .pi. raa- ), ma- JAngua (pi. majangua), magn. of wangua (E.)
the larva of a bee (vid.

jana) jana la niuki, the empty

;
of a comb, (efr. wangoa or wangua), a large desert.
cell

but kamba la niuki, the cell full of honey; hamna Jangua, v. a. (Kipemb.) = ku fumua miemba
asali, tua-ji-tafunia majana. (Sp.).

Jana, adv., yesterday siku ya jana, the day Jangulia, v. obj. ku-m-jangulia tangulezakwe. '

of yesterday; ku shinda jana = jiizi,

the day JaniAta, v. a. (ku kata vidogo vidgo), to cut into '

before yesterday jana, last year. small slices or pieces, e.g., cassava, bananas, Ac.
Jana, s. (la, pi. ma ), —
a lad, vid. mtukutu jana ;
liilii (vid. mjaniato), to boil the ivhole together.

ni tukutu m'no, this lad is very restless. Janja, 8., impostor — muongo; ujanja = urongo
Jan Aba, s. (la, pi. ma— )
( efr ,
declinavit ;
(Sp.).
 ; ; ; ; ;, ; ; ; ;;

JA ( 113 )
JA
Jarari, s., the ropes passing through the pulley
Jaxxa, s. (del. genna ), paradise; cfr. ,
hortus.
attached to a dhow's halyards (St.).
Janni, s. (la, pi. manni or majanni), a leaf, also
grass; janni ja mti, the leaf of a tree; majanni Jaribu (garibu), v. a., to try ,
probavit.
signifies generally any grass or herbage, but
niassi is grass, not leaf.
Jarifa (pi. ma — ), a drag-net made of European
cordage (vid. juya).
Jannikiwiti, green ( the colour of a green leaf ) Jaro, s. (eba, pi. viaro), a band or company of
ngi'10 ya jannikiwiti, a green cloth. travellers, a caravan, journey, expedition;
—
Jano, s. (clia, pi. vi ), a sort of table or low stool, mjaro is one man of the company, a traveller
on which the Arabs place their food jano eba (pi. wajaro) ;
ku fania jaro = ku saffari (Kin.,

bu andikia wali. ku bamba), make a journey for

to travel, to

Jansi, s. (la, pi. majansij, cramp; mtu akiketi mercantile or other business. Mzungu (R.) ame-
mno, ymvafania jansi la magu kufa jansi, sleep
; fania viaro vitatu via Jagga, the European (R.)
said of a member of the body; nasikia gulangu has made three journeys to Jagga; na viaro
kama lililo tenguka ( when the foot is asleep) viwili via Ukambani (Kr.), and two to ZJkam-
gulangu lina-ni-fa jansi, my — is asleep ; mukono bani. The word jaro is Kinika, but now gene-
wangu una-ni-fa jansi, my hand is asleep. rally used by the Sualiili, who use “ saffari ” from
Janso, s. (ja, pi. vianso), the beginning of plaiting, the Arabic.
e.g., of a mat janso eba mkeka or jamvi or Jaro, s. (vid. fujo, s.), thoroughfare; ku fania
shupatu akianza ku suka. niumba jaro, to make a house a kind of thorough-
Janvia = jambia, vid. fare.
Jao, s. (eba, pi. viao), roller, trestle; jao ja ku Jasa (or jaza), v. a. (vid. ku ja), to fill, make full;
sbuliadau (ku sbua or sliusba dau), the piece (or ku jaza telle.
pieces) of wood on which a boat is launched into Jasa (or jaza), s., recompense, reward, remunera-
the sea. tion.
Jao, s. (eba ,pl. viao), a small band, group, or com- Jasasa, s., a kind of bead.
pany of people (= kikao) ;
wamekuja viao (or Jasho, s. (harri or fuko la muili) (cfr. barri), heat
ku timia gesbi ya watu, there
vikao) wengi hatta which produces siveat without being caused by
came many bands of people so that they made an. labour, perspiration (mfukuto) ;
siku bakulaliki
army. niumbani kua barri or ni barri ndani, one cannot
Jap a (or japara), s., quite drunk mtu felani s’eep in the house on account of the heat ku fania
yujapa or japara leo, N. N. is to-day perfectly jasho, to siveat (jasbo la anga).
drunk. Jasi (or jazi), v. a., to reward, Lulce xx. 47 ; ku-
Japo, sign of a tense signifying “ even if ujapo- m-jazi mtu kua wema or uofu, ku jaziwa jaza

kuja, even if thou comest ujapo fika, even if you ngema, to be well rewarded; cfr. ,
subegit,
arrive. retribuit.
Jappa, s. (eba, pi. viappa), (1) a mark, stamp Jasi (or jazi), s. and adj. (eba, pi. vijasi), abun-
(=alama); pipa linaandikoa jappa, the barrel dance, a thing which is abundant, plenty; kitu
has been written over ivith a marl;, = there is a hiki ni jazi mjini = japatikana telle katika mji,
mark written upon the barrel; ngome ya Mwita there is plenty of this thing in town; vijazi vitu
imeandikoa jappa (referring to the Portuguese hivi = telle bumo = telle; ma-
;
kitu hiki kijazi
Inscription on the castle-gate at Mombas ) (2) ; embe ya mangoes are abundant at
jazi Mwita,
jappa eba ku fungia waraka (kua jeti or sam- Mombas; pesa zinakiia jazi sasa, the pesa (a
maha, seal of a letter with wax or gum ) (3) ku ; small copper-coin of the East India Company,
piga jappa eba juma katika kertasi, to print on anno 1845, introduced by the Sultan Said-Said
paper, lit., to beat an iron-marl; on paper on the Suahili coast) have noiv become abundant
but only those natives who have had intercourse (the people of Mombas at first having objected
ivitli Europeans know of this expression ; (4) the to this innovation) viombo vijazi = vinatumba,
fin offish ? the vessels are choke-full.
Japua, v. a. = ku ongeza tnlio wa ngoma, to increase Jasi, s. (la), a kind of pumice-stone, used in making
the noise of a drum; ku japua magu = ku fuliza (suka) mikeka (Sp.).

(cfr. niatua). Jasi (or jazi), v. a., to supply one — ku-m-pakitu,

Japuka, v. n. — amekuenda barraka, he went to supply one's wants, to recompense one, Luke
quickly. xiv. 14; pass., ku jaziwa.
Japumza, v. c. Jazii.ia, v. obj., to reward.
s. (la, pi. ma
Japuo, s. (cha ,
pi. viapuo), a small native drum; Jasi (or jassi), ), an ornament in —
ngoma ndogo (cfr. ngoma). the lobe of the ears (round pieces of wood or of
Jaraha (or j£raha), s., wound; vid. geralia. silver), ivorn by the native females jassi la
 . ; ; ;; ; ; ;; ; ; ; — ;

JA ( ”4 ) JE
fetha — ( cfr
furungu). It costs about 3 dollars, Jefusha, v. c. kitu liiki kina-re-jafusba moyo
i.e., 14 dollar for each ear. Dr. Steer e says, (kina-m-tukisa moyo), to cause to vomit.
“ This ornament is generally a silver-plate about Jege, s. (la, pi. ma
), bad by being watery ; —
cm inch and cl half across. muliogo hu ni jego, this cassacla has muchwater,
Jasiri, v. a., to dare or brave amejasiri ndia but no meal, it is bad, useless ; mjege [pi. mi )

pekeyakwe, he travelled cdl the way alone; cfr. is a small one, jege a large one; the people of

Arab. ,
ausus fuit. Pemba call it jelema [vid.).

Jasirisha, v. c. Jegni, adj. qwssessive [cfr. muegni).

•Tasisi, v. a., to explore; captavit exploravit- Jego, s. [la,p>l. ma— ),

cheek-tooth; jego la j\i 11a
,

que.
la tini, the upper and under cheek-tooth majino
-Jasmin 1 (or jasmin), s., jasmine. The flowers are sold ya tafu, grinder (Er.).

in the streets of Zanzibar far their scent Jehenna (jehennasi), s., hell [James iii. 8) my leg
(St.). ;

burns me like jehennam, I want medicine, said

Jasusi,
5 j -
s. (wa, pi. wa — ),
spies (Sp.) ? Arab.
,
explorator; e.g., — want], a spy of the a Suahili-man to Reb. ; cfr. ,
profundus

land. puteus, gehenna, infernus, ipse inferni ignis.

Jauri, s., violence, tyranny, oppression, injustice; Jekejeke, s. and adv. (= tikitiki), completely (
=
kabisa, kamili), thoroughly ; niumba imeteketea
Arab. ,
from injustus fuit et tyrannus.
)
jekejeke, heikusa hatta mti or batta kitu, the
Jauzi (jiSuzi or jozi), a pear, a brace ; vitu viwili house is burnt down completely, nothing re-
viwili. mained, not even a pole, Ac.
.Tawa, a coarse land of Indian earthenware Jeke-jeke, s., heat, sidtriness [Rimrima) jeke- ;

kikombe cha Jawa, a cup of coarse Indian ware jeke nengi or kali leo, it is very sultry to-day.
(St.).
Jekei.£a [or jekeriSa), v. a. [
= ku-m-teremea), to
Jawa, v. [vid. ja or jaa), to be full or filled ; waka- delight or refresh one by kindness.
jiiwa ni wazimu ( Luke vi. 12) ;
maji yamejawa Jekua, v. a., to dig up (l)fissi limejekua kaburi,na
;
dildu
meiti amejektika, kaburi ni wazi, the hyena has
Jawabu, s. (la) ( ,
fidit, pervasit, respondit dug up (ku fukua) the grave, ivhich is open; (2)
> responsum), answer, affair, condition, to throw up; gnombe mkiili ame-ni-jekua = ame-
d;c.; jawabu la keslio huwanda leo ku letta ni-piga, a fierce bullock took me on its horns to
;

jawabu, to briny an answer; jawabu hill mimi throw me to the sky (ku iniia).

sitambiii, I do not understand this matter. Jekulia, v. obj. gnombe ame-m-jekulia.

Jawama, s ., a squadron ? (Sp.).
Jekuka, v. n., to be tossed out or up by an ani-

Jawawa, s., soft icood; mti liu njawiiwa, p>l- miti hi mal [cfr. tukuka, v.).

nijawawa (R.), or mti hu ni jawa mgumu. .Tekundu, culj., red [vid. ekundu).
si

.Tawi ( and sabuni), s., land of cloth of Arab JelTca, v. n. [vid. ja or cha), to be afraid; ku khofu,
manufacture (R.), perhaps rather of Kihindi. to fear na-m-jelea saidi ;
najelea kufa, I fear
Jaza, v. a., to fill; vid. jaa. dying.
Je? interrog. particle; wanena-je? what or hoiv JeliSwa ;
ku — na motto (?).

dost thou say ? je nihalali [Lulce xiv. 3; xi. 19), JiSlema, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ( Kipemba ) ;
jelema la

what is it? saa-je? what’s o’clock? mezi-je? what muliogo, a large cassacla, rvhich has muchwater,
month ? but no meal mjelema (wa, pi. mijelema), a small
Je well! hullo! what now! je, mli wa pata? well,
! cassacla without meal. The Mombassians call it
have you got it then ? ans., aba tu li wa pata. jege (la, pi. majege) [vid.).
Jicbali, s. (la, pi. ma ), —
cored rocl; madrepore; Jei.£wa, v. n. [vid. jelesa), to pass the night, to
jebali ni jiwe giimu halifai tokii ;
jebali ni sleep till daybreak or daylight. unajelewa ndiani.
rnuamba nikafu ku suia bahari. Makame iwe, JelIsza, v. a. [— ku lasa), to make pass the night,
Kiwemtu na Mku gnombe, pia ni magebali see : to keep) over night amejeleza wali hatta kuna-
the story about these rocks under jiwe. kuja, to keep boiled rice over night till the break
Jebu, s., an ornament worn by women, hanging of day = ku ketisha usiku kuja ku jeleza muiku ;

under the chin (St.). = ku ata hatta kuja, to let remain for a night
J Efua, v. a., to nauseate = ku-mu-elesa moyo ukuni hu wajeleza sana, umelala hatta na subukhi.
kitu liiki kina-m-jefua moyo, this nauseates him Jei.ez£a, v.obj., to keep over night for — ;
nime-
so that he vomits [vid. elea). ku-jelezea wali hatta elfagiri, I have kept the
Jefuka, v. n., to feel a tendency to vomit ame- rice for thee over night.
jefuka moyo = adaka ku tapika (— ku jitukisa Jel£za, s. (ja, pi. vieleza), buoy= ja nanga, buoy
moyo). of an anchor [vid. elea) kigogo kioleajo ku onid
;
 . — ? . ; ; ;
.

JE (
1
15 ) JE
sha nanga; alama ya nanga ku tamburikana to be spread out there for the use of the worship-

illpo, a large piece of wood which swims on the pers. But it must have been previously washed
surface of the ivater to show the place of the Jen£o, s. (cha); jeneo cha muezi, jua, niota (vid.
anchor, a mark to show where the anchor is. enea).
J£lidi, v. a. ( vid jalada), to bind books. Jeneso (or jeo), s. (cha ,pl. vieneso), a measure or
J£ma, adj. (vid. ema) (kitu jema, a good thing ) scale (Kipimo, rule ) kitu ja ku enesea or sarva- ;

(neno lema, Kiamu), good nice, fine (vita vema,,

nisla, anything with which the workman takes the

good things). measure of the thing to be made; e.g., mua iva

Jemadari (pi. majemadari), a commander, com- ku enesea kekee, a blade of mua with which the
manding-officer, a general. muhunzi measures the thickness of the hand of a
Jembamba, adj., thin, narrow ; vid. embamba. icoman, in order to make a kekee, an ornament
J£mbe, s. (\i\,pl. ma ), a native hoe ; (1) jembe la of the wrist. Any instrument for taking one's
ku limla (pi. majembe or membe) (2) jembe cha measure for ;
—
ku fumla (pi. viembe) ( = kigumba), the iron Jenga, v. a., to cutoff; e.g., ku jenga mtama uliolva
arrow-head (kierabe in Kimrima ) jembe clia = ku kata jenga, to cut ripe millet.
;

mfi (3) jembe la kizungu, a spade.

;
Jenga, v. a., to build, construct; e.g., ku jenga
Jemb£ni, s., a Europiean broad saw, to which they niurnba ya udongo or ya mlti (cfr. akka); mjensi.
attach a handle at the other end to enable a mason.
second person to draw it (R.). Jengisa, v. obj., to build for or on account of.
Jemb£u, s. (ja, pi. viembeu), a chisel. Jengesa, v. c., to cause to build.
Jismka (or jemuka or chem’ka), to bubble, boil up; Jengoa, v. p., to be built.
massiwa yajemka kua ku pata motto sana, the J engei.ele, s., the small intestines jengelele za
milk boils up very much by the fire ; jungu ja- matumbo or majengelele ya matumbo ndlo turnbo
jemka or jatokota kuaku pata motto sana tembo ndogo; uturnbo udogo ndlo ujengelele. The small
;

lajemuka likipata jua; maji yanajem’ka? does intestines are called jengelele. The large intes-
the water boil ? tines are called turnbo ku (e.g., la gnombe) or
Jemua, v. n., to sneeze. matumbo maku; vid. jango.
Jena, s. (la ,pl. mena), vid. mena. Jengeu, s. (ja, pi. viengeu), the shade of a lamp
J£xa, s., a kind of small shellfish. jengeu cha ta or cha ku finlka ta, this cover is
Jenaiza, vid. jenenza, s. made of clay, and put over the flame, to keep the
Jend£a, v. n., to go or walk about ; e.g., najendca light steady from the wind, &c.
poani ku oga. Jexgo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), building, encampment
Jendel£so, s., pattern ; vid. jeleleso. (jengo cha ku lala saffarlni) majengo means
;

Jenderua, s. (vid. janderua), awning. also building materials. Pahali pa ku lala kana

Jen£ne, s. (\va, pi. niama mddgo aketle

vienene) ;
slsi la gnombe. The natives in travelling through
nti, atimbai mtangani, a kind offantasy (requires a hostile country, or in the wilderness, erect a
further explanation). jengo every night, i.e., they cut large branches
and make
Jenenza (jen£za, jenaiza) (ya, pi. ma— ), a bier from trees, especially thorn-trees, with,
them a hedge around the camp, to secure it
used at funerals (cfr.
j
ij W 1
funus, fere- against wild men and beasts.
trum cui impositum est funus) =kitanda cha ku Jengua, v. a., to pull down, to demolish a building
tukulla mtu aliekufa. A native bedstead is used (opp. o/jenga).
The legs are handsomely Jeniza, s., fruit of the mjeuza
as a bier in funerals. tree ; mandarin
turned in a lathe, and the tress-work is neatly (Sp-)-
done. There is a kind of gate on the head and Jenna (or janxa), s. (ya) (cfr. texit, flori-
,

leys of this bier, to usher in the corpse. Through

one gate the head is ushered, and through the bus obtccta fuit terra ; ,
hortus, inprimis
other the legs are made to descend into the grave. palmis et arboribus consitus; paradisus), (1)
The jenenza is preserved in the mosque, as the paradise (peponi) (of the Muhammedans)-, (2)
bier in our churches. Now and then a religious a kind offish
carpenter presents a jenenza to the mosque as a Jenzi, v. a., to construct.
present. The corpse is first washed, then covered J£o, s. (cha, pi. vieo), (1) a measure; ku toa jeo
with a cloth called sanda (vid.), then put into an to take the measure of a thing ( jeneso) (2) = ;

mkeka (fine mat), and at last covered with a heshima, sense of honour mtu liuyu liana jeo ;

cloth called subala, which is an nguo yaheshima, e.g., mana liuyu hana jeo, haondoki mtu mzlma
cloth of honour. The subala is taken bach by boy has no manners, he does not rise
aklja, this

the relatives, but the mkeka is sent to the mosque when a grown-up person comes in. It is con-
 ;; ; ; .

JE (
n6 ) JI

sidercd very disreputable with young people not Ji5uli {or j£uri), s. {cfr. jauri, v. a.), violence;
to rise from their seats approach of adults. ana jeuli, he uses violence, he
on the is violent, he attacks
Jepa, v.a., to steal, to rob ; ku jepa watuma, aumali people wantonly.
za watu, to steal slaves or the property ofpeople. Jeupe, aclj., white; vid. eupe.
jErfiA, v. a. = ku penda, to love { old language). Jeusi, adj., black; vid. eusi.
JepjSsi, adj., not heavy, light { vid epesi).
.
Jeusia, s., a little chisel or missile ?

jErlsu, s. (cha pi. viepeu)

,
= koffia ya Mzungu, a Ji, a reflective pron., one’s-self; e.g., ku ji-sifu, to

European hat or cap. The native cap is called praise one's-self, to glory in, to boast of; kuji-
koffia {vid.). weka wema mbelle za watu, to justify one's-self
.Tfin, s. (= muivi), a thief (cfr. jepa, to steal). before men. N.B. — The letter i can be omitted
JfciiA, s. (cha, pi. viera) (
Eimv .), aim, mark, any- before verbs which begin with a vowel; e.g., ku
thing put up as a target for practice with guns jendea pro ku ji-endea, to go for or after.

or bows (= shebaha), e.g., boards, bones, cocoa- JiA, v. obj. {vid. ja kuja, to come), to come for, by,
nuts, &c. ku linga jera or shebaha, to shoot at to, 7ipon ndia uliojia, the ic
ay you came by;
the mark. butanibui neno lidakalo ku ku-jia (
= ku pata).
.Teraiia, s. {cfr. geraha), a wound. Jiana, v. ref., to icash one's-self {vicl. ana) (Sp.).
Jerari, s. cha ku tuekea tanga jomboni,
(cha) ;
jerari J Iasi, s. {vid. kiasi), measure; kiasi cha barudi, a
the rope with ivldcli the sail is hoisted up on a cartridge.
vessel (?) {cfr. jarari). Jibaki, v. a., to out-do, excel, to endeavour to out-
JjSreiie, s., a whetstone. ivit one, to act artfully towards one {vid. mji-
J£ribu, v. a. {vid. jaribu and garibu or geribu) baki).
Jibakika, v. n., to be outwitted.
{Arab, >
probavit), to try.
Jibelenga, v. rcjl., to dress elegantly (Sp.)?
Jijrifk, s., a hind of rope used for catching fish.
Jibeke {or jibini), s. (ya) {cfr. Arab. et
It is mode from the bark of the mbuyu tree, or
of katoani or katani, hemp ropes brought from , caseus), cheese, Arabic cheese {of JIascat).
Europe. The rope is smeared with lime. As
Jibile (\o.,pl. majibile), answer, reply; vid. majibile
soon as the fish touches it, it is seized. Cfr. <-ip- , (= majibfo).
multum cepit. Jibiwa, v.p., to be ansivered, to receive an answer
Jeruhi, v. n., to be wounded ; cfr. geraha or jeraba. {vid. jibu).
JjSsa, v. n. = kesha, to dawn (Sp.)? JibSa, s. ( jijiboa?) (la, pi. majlboa) (= m'boa), a
Jesiii, s. {pi. inajeshi), an army, a host ; cfr. geshi. dog; mana iva m'boa or jiboa, a young dog, a
JliTE, s. (cha, pi. viete) {Kirnr.), a marketday pup; jiboa and mboa mitu, a jackal; jiboa or
held in many places {among several tribes, e.g.,
kijiboa la babari, or jiboa baharini or babari, a
among the Wadigo) every fourth day; jeteni, dogger, a sea-dog, dog-fish.
the marketplace ; pi. vieteni, e.g., vieteni vingi
Jibrani, s. (ya) {cfr. p^. probavit, scivit, exper-
viko mrima. )

Jet^a, v. 7i., to rely upon, to be over-proud, to boast

tus fuit p£- ,
scientia ;
cfr. also p^. ,
consoli-
mtakamari) - ku ganda-
;
of, to be puffed up {cfr.
rniza, ku gnietea. davit, post paupertatem ditavit ;
amicum), ad-
.Tet£zo {or ciiet£zo), s. {pi. vietezo), censer = ki-
vantage, profit ( = feida).
dude cha ku fukizla manukato {e.g., ambari, udi, Jibrika, v. n. — ku pata feida, to derive ad-
doc.), a vessel used for fumigation. vantage ; ku neemeka.
.Tethamu, s., a kind of leprosy in which the fingers .Tinu, v. a,, {cfr. to reply, toansirer; ku jibu

and toes drop off {St.), elephantiasis ? cfr. ,

jawabu, to send an answer.
Jibia, v. obj., to bring one or to convey to one
amputavit lahoravit lepra au potius ele-
; ,
an answer = ku-m-lettea jawabu.

phantia; -
Jibiwa, v.p., to be answered.

Jicti, s. (cha, pi. a small seal especially Jibiana, v. rec. ku

vieli), (1)
kua waraka, to correspond —
Jiburika, v. 7i., to be prospered; ku pata mali
used by the Banians on the East Coast; (2 )a
nengi.
passport (3) a mark in general {cfr. jappa).
Jj5uka, v. n., to boil up ; ku piga mtou masiwa, Jiburisha, v. a., to bless one; Muungu ame-ni-
yasive sana, wala yasive mawiti said. jiburisba, God blessed or prospered him ( =

JiSusha, v. c., to cause to boil up. neemesha).

Jeukia, s. (cha, pi. vieukfa), a tree which grows Jiciio, pi. macho {Kiung.), the eye, vid. jilo ;
jicho
upon another, tvhich has its root in it? a parasite. la maji, a spring of water.
 — = ; ; ; ; ; ;

JI ( «i7 ) JI

Ji-dahi, v. refl ., to exert one's-self ; cfr. Arab > Ji-kusiia, v. refl. (vid. kuta, v .) ;
e.y., kuji-kuslia
diligentiain adhibuit. masbaka kasidi, to give one's self trouble inten-

Jiendea, tionally.
v., vicl. jendca, enda, enenda.
Jilia, v. obj., to come to a person, on business
Jii’iA, s. (pi. mafia) (cfr. jiko and meko), one of the e.y.,

three stones upon which a cooking-pot is put. nijilie, I may come at my convenience or at
The country people of Zanzibar use also the
leisure (cfr. ku ja, to come).

word mafiga instead of mafia. Jiliwa, v.p.

.Tifu (pi. majifu) (vul. ifu) (Kiuny.), ashes. Ji-msha, v. refl. (cfr. lislia), to eat for one's-self, to
Jifuli = ufuli ;
mahali pa jifuli.
eri 0, !
j J ku ji-lisha maliyakwe, to enjoy one's pro-
Ji-funa (or ji-vuna), v. refl., to sivell up, to be
perty, not only to heap it up, as the Banians and
puffed up, to enjoy anything which one can yet.
other people do. Mabaniani hawali vitu vema,
Ji-gajiba, v. refl. = ku ji-sifu, to praise one's-self to
hawa-ji-lishi maliyao, ni wegni joyo, ni mabahili.
,

boast.
Jiliwa, s. (pi. majiliwa), o vice (an instrument).

Jignia, v., e.y., nsso, to wrinkle up the face in con- —

Jimm, s. (la, pi. ma ), a cock ( = jogoi), jimbi la
tempt, but jigniea, v. refl., e.y., mvua wa-ji-gniea,
kwanza liakutassa ku clia, ku keli usiku jimbi ;

it likes to rain, it rains easily.

la pili ni elfajiri; jimbi lawilca, the cock crows.

.Tiguzo, s. (clia, pi. vi ), a small pillar or support,

Jimbo, s. (la

the country
,
pi. —
ma ), a district, place or part of
jimbo ni nti palipo na miji miji, si
e.y., of a house (cfr. nguzo).
= barra tupu; jimbo zima = nti pia otte, or nti
JiliiDAT, s. bidii, diligence, energy; cfr. ijdihat
nzima lajua mambo liaya, the ivhole country
(in Yemen ) ; ,
diligentia ac studio usus est knows this matter (cfr. msibo) ku osha na
; (2)

subst. diligentia, stadium.

jimbo, to trash a new-born child with water and
,
medicine (St.).
Ji-inama (or ji-inamisha), v. refl., to stoop, to bow Jimbuka
(or timbuka), v. n. (cfr. tirabua, v. a.),
or bend one's-self (the whole body).
to begin to appear ; e.y., muezi unaanza ku toka,
Ji-inika, v. refl., to lie on the side; e.y., yuwa-
the moon begins to shine.
enenda kua ku ji-inika, he walks stoopinyly.
Jimbule, s., a kind of bird
ma —
(?).
Jija, s. (la, pi.
)
(Kiuny.) (
= tapu, la, pi.
J i ml A (or jumla), s., the sum, wholes ede ; ku uza
ma — ),
the squeezed substance of a cocoa-nut
jimla, to sell by wholesale (cfr. jibra) ’

which is thrown away (vid. tuja, v. a.) jija za ;

;

sunnua, universitas.
nazi, or taki za nazi = nazi iliotujoa or ilio-

kamuliwa.
J 1MLISHA, V. C., tO SUM Up.
Jika, s. (la, pi. majina), name jina lako nani ?
Ji-j£a, v. refl., to be afraid of, to fear ; e.y., na-ji-
what is your name ? The /Suahili generally
jea n'ti hi = ya ku ka nti liino, I am afraid of
receive three different names, (1) jina la ufiazi
this land, i.e., I am afraid of dwelling in this
or la ku vialiwa nalo (birth-name), e.y., Muegni
land.
Hamisi ; (2) jina la ku takiriwa (circumcision-
Jijiri (or kijiri or kikiri), s., a bribe to corrupt
name), e.y., Muegni Hamisi was called, Fundi
a judge ; e.y., mali ya ku-m-pa kathi, ku pata
ivhen he was circumcised (3) jina la mke or la
hakki, ku amuliwa.
maozi (marriage-name), e.y., Muegni Hamisi or
Jika, v. a., to strain hard, to be in travail; e.y.,
Fundi on marrying a woman was called Sliibu,
kuku ajika i = kuku adaka ku via i, the lien will
by ivhich name he is now generally called. The
lay an egg, she foyuna
is in travail. It is equal
name of a child is usually taken from the name
utungu \va ku via, ivhich is said of w omen and
of the day on ivhich the child was born; e.y., the
of animals ; e.y., gnombe ana utungu wa ku. via child born on Wednesday is called Muegni
(cfr. utungu), the cow strains hard in bearing;
Matano (if being a slave, only Matano, because
yuna utungu iva ku toa mafi (kua ngiivu) kua ku
bana, lord, master ) Muegni Muegni means ;

jika, he strains hard in emptying the bowels.

Hamisi (or merely Hamisi, if being a slave) when
Ji-karadi, v. rejl., to borrow ku toa kua karada).
born on Thursday. A female child born on Satur-
(

Ji-kata meno, to grate the teeth in a rage (vid. day is called Mosse, on Sunday Muapili, on
Acts v. 33). Tuesday Muatatu, on Wednesday Muegniamme.
J ike, adj., female; batta jike (kike), a female duck; Muegni jumaa, one who is born on Friday.
pi. mabatta make. Jinamia pro ji inamia vid. inamia. ;

Jiko, s. meko, meko matatu), the fire-place Jinamisi, s., (1) bending, bow mahali pa jinaroisi
(cfr.
between the three stones which the natives use as — pa ku jinamia, a place where one must stoop ;
a tripod in cooking ; hence mjiko, a stone for a (2) nightmare (cfr. ewedeka), a spirit being
meko ? Toa hindilangu, uka-ni-tilie jikoni jiko supposed to qiress on the sleeping person ; (3) the ;

ni jiwe lizuialo jungu ja ku pika katika muotto. stillness of death ; (4) a kind offish.
 ( :; ,. . ;

JI (
n8 ) JI

Jjxgi, adj., much pcpo ni jingi. which is thought to have taken possession of the
Jingine, another. made him sick. This is what
patient or to have
,

Jini or chini )(Kiung.) (ya) =tiniya, under, below. we may term “ savage mesmerism," which mag
.Tini (or Jin), s. (vid. Sim), China; kulla jombo in former days have existed in a purer form
jeauppe ni cha
every white vessel (of clay)
Sini, is among the nations. Majinni bavaduru mtn,
called Sini, “ belonging to China.'' laken mashetani ndio yaduruo, as Kathi Ali
Jiniango (or tindango) ya niama = vipande wia told Mr. Beb.
mnofu, i.e., niama usiokua na mfupa, meat with- Jino, s. (la, pi. majino or mono), a tooth; jino la
out bones. The butcher receives such fleshy mbelle (pi. meno ya mbelle), incisor; jino la
pieces for his trouble (vid. matuni) cfr. mnofu. m'bua (pi. mono ya m'bua), canine tooth; jego
;

Jinika, v. n., to bow one's-self on the face = ku (pi. majego), molar tooth (Sp.) ward of a key, ;

inama or ku jipela; amejinika kua uzuri or jino la ufunguo.

madaha or kua ku jifuna amegeusa muendo, to Jinsi? (vul. asa) kamba ya meno matatu, a cord
; ;

change one's gait in walking to please theladies of three strands (St.)

,
jino la mkufu, a link of ;

Jini jiato, keni inato, kiwenimato, kilicho onekana a chain (R.).

mato kua urnnga ,jumlery (Sp.) ? vid. kilimato. Jio, s., the coming (ku jia, kuja) = la usiku, or
Jiniosha, v. ref. ,
to stretch out one's-self to kijio eba usiku.
straighten one's-self. .Jio (jioni), s., evening, toward evening cbakula
Jinn i, s. (la, pi. majinni) (vid. cliinni) (jinns, genii), eba jioni, supper ; cfr. kialio.
an evil spirit winch is believed by the natives to Jio, vid. kio, s.; jioni, evening.
dwell in water while the shetani is thought to
,
Jiojo, s., vid. jojo or iojo.
reside only on the mainland especially in wilder- v. refl. ; cfr. Luke xvii. 6, gnoka ukaji- Jii’anda,
,

nesses. The superstitious views of the natives pande bahari.

concerning demons and evil spirits are disgusting Jipanga, v. ref, to take a lodging with.
as well as unfathomable to a sober-minded man. Jipefua, v. r., to boast, brag, bluster, to behave
The Muhammedans go in many respects far like a great man.
beyond the fancies of the heathen. There are Jipefusiia, v. refl. = jifania mpefu kana mtu
especially three jinnis, to which the Suahili pay mzima.
great attention. Every jinni has its peculiar Jiri.v, adj., new (vid. pia or pya) e.g., neno jipia.
;

inganga, i.e., doctor ivlio knows how to expel it Jipotoa, v. ref. = ku-ji-pamba), to adorn, to dress
(
from a person (1) mganga wa pungua; (2) wa one's-self excessively
tari ; (3) mshakini. At first the doctor causes a Jipu, s. (pi. majipu), a boil; cfr. ipu.
drum to be beaten until the sick person becomes Jipui, s. Kipemba ) — tombako mbiti. (

quite frantic from the noise and from the singing Jipungisa, v.refl., to humble one' s-self = ku slnisba
of the multitude of people attending the ceremony. naf’siyakwe.
When at last the jinni comes, the doctor asks Jipueukusiia, v. refl., to slight, not to take to heart,
him who he is and whence he came. All this is to be slow and lazy, to play the fool.
answered by
is thought to reside.
the sick person, in
When
whom the jinni
he has stated who
J Irani, s. (wa ,pl. ma — or za) (cfr.

he or whence he came, the doctor asks, “ What

is Interior pars), a neighbour ; jirani ndie mtu alie
do gou ivant ?" He says, “ I want a bullock, or a karibu na niumbayangu, neighbour he who
is is

fine cloth," he speaks half a

doc. But before near my house ; jiranizangu, my neighbour.
dollar must be put into his hands, i.e., into the Jini, v. n., to come, to arrive; vid tekelea (cfr.
hands of the sick person, who presents it after -
,
fluxit, accidit, abiit processitque cum
ivards to the doctor. After the jinni has re-
alio); neno bili litajiri, this ivord trill be valid, of
ceived the bullock, due., he declares that he is satis-
good effect.
fied and that he will leave the sick person;
whereupon the ceremony is over. The doctor
JiitiwA, s. (la, pi. ma ),
(screw) vice — (cfr. jiliwa).
Jisi, s., quality (St.).
gives the person an amulet, and according to
circumstances a decoction of herbs, and receives
Jisifu, v. refl., to boast or brag of — ,
to praise
one's-self; ku-ji-sifu kua, Gal. vi. 13.
his fee
of about three dollars from a free-man
and one dollar from a slave. JffiiMA, s., body; e.g., siwezi jisimayangu, T am uu-
Although this GC-
knavery is so manifest, yet will the people place well inmy body ; cfr. Arab. ,
corpus, i.e., com-
more confidence in it than in the most able plexio corporis et ornne id quod longum, largum
European physician. The excitement, and the et profundum est.
effect of disguised medicine, gives of course, in Jisingisa, v. refl., to feign, affect, dissemble; ku
many cases a temporary relief from the jinni jisingisa ugonjoa, to feign sickness.
 ; ; ; . ; ;

JI (
u9 ) JO
Jisu, s. {pi. majisu), a vein/ large knife; vul. kissu. The second is called Kiwemtu. Ni jiwe lingine
JiTAHim, v. = ku fania kua nguvu na ku tunza laitoa Kiwemtu (kiwe mtu) alikuenda akivua
viema, to exert one's-self. tena siku ya kibunsi, akageuka aka wa jiwe. The
Jitemga, v. r. (=ku ondoka ndiiini), to go out of third is called Mku gnombe {a man called Mku
the way, asioniine na mkuewe alie-mu-olea gnombe) akaenda akivua samaki akageuka. The
manawe. It is a custom with the Suahili, substance of the above is : three men, named
Wanika and Walcamba
,
to avoid the sight of the Makame iive, Kiwemtu, and Mku gnombe went
m'kue {vid.), father- or mother-in-law ; hence ivhen a fishing on a holy-day. For this they were
they meet him or her on the road ,
they imme- destroyed and turned into rocks, which, they say,
diately go aside, lest they should see his or her remain in the sea as a warning to after-genera-
face in passing. tions. In former times the people were more
Jiti {pi. majiti), a tree-trunk (St.). strict in keeping holy-days than note.
Jitimai, grief sorrow; ana jitimai = hana
s., JiweziSa, v. ref.; najiwezca, I can manage {though
furaha, to he grieved or afflicted muili umengia I am unwell).
maji = majonsi inoyonimuakwe anafania jiti- ;
Jizuia, v. refl.; ku jizuiana maovu, to dbstainfrom
mai = roboyakwe baikutangamuka. evil or sin (1 1 ), lit., to prevent one's-self
Peter iv.

Jito, s. (la, pi. inato) {Kiung. jiclio), the eye

; jito
from —
ovu or baya, a good or had eye. Joa (cka,y>k vioa) {cfr. kipuepue), a large red spot
Jito la gu, the ankle, or rather the projection of on the body to ivhich the natives apply the leaves
the sldn-hone; muana wa jito, the eye-hall; uzi of the cotton-shrub, to facilitate the cure of the
wa jito, eye-brow. disease. Mr. Sparsliot takes joa for an excres-
cence on the body, mba of various colours {cfr.
Jitto {or kitto), s. (clia) jitto clia pete, a ring
;

mba).
of green colour ?
Jitu, s. (la, pi. matu or majitu), a big, large man,
Jodari, a kind offish.

a fellow, hut kijitu, a little man, mannikin, Jogoi (la, pi. ma ) ( = .jogoo), a cock = jimbi. —
shrimp {expression of contempt') kijitu liili lina Jogowe, s., a long wooden pole with a hooked end
;

to gather fruit from trees ; kijili eba panda clia

udia, this mannikin causes difficulties na-li-lislia
hatta linakua jitu zima, sasa linakua ttime la-ni-
ku angulia maembe.
nenea maneno ya upuzi {vicl. tume). Johari, s., a jewel; ,
gemmae, uniones,
Jituka, v. n., to spoil one's teeth, e.g., by eating naturalis ; (2) joliari za mtu ni mbili ;
akili and
rice not properly cleaned, it contains little stones, kaya, these two are contraries, like ghatabu and
sand, dec. {vid. ku fania gansi la mono) mtelle tamaa, anger and sweetness.
;

hu wakuarusa, liamku-dondda mono yana- Johari, s., a bird, ivhose eggs are carried
; with,
jituka mua mawe mtelleni. great care, lest they be broken.
Ji-tunuia {vid. tunda, v. a.), to do at random; Joho, s. {vul. j uoho), woollen cloth, great-coat {'Ey.).
Warabai wa-ji-tundia nazi zao sliufu sliufu (E.). Jojo {or JIOJO or iojoj, s. (eba, pi. viojo) ; (1) a
jUeh. thinks the particle ji signifies carelessness, potter's kiln in ivhich he makes a quick fire of
purposelessness, thoughtlessness, at random. He sticks and grass; ku wakka upesi, viungu visi-
may he right in reference to many reflexive verbs, passuke ; (2) jojo or iojo ndio pahali pa kusudi
hut not to all. pa ku okea or ojea viiingu, a kiln; mukate wa
Jitusha, v. r., to lounge or idle {Kim. kn tuka)
kua ufifu = hadaki ku fania kazi, adaka ku Joka, s. (la, pjl. maj oka or mijoka), alarge serpent.
tembea tu, he does not like to work, he icants Joka, v. n . , to be tired jokeza or cboslia, v. c., to
only to walk about. make tired, to weary, annoy, fatigue, trouble.
Jivi, s., a wild hog (St.). Joko, s., a place to bake pots in (St.).
J ivuMitE, s., perfumes. Jokojoko, s. = kani.
Jiwa, v. p., to he visited {vul. kuja, to come). Jokosa, v. a., to trouble one, to provocate one who
Jiwe, s. (la, pi. majiwe or mawe), a stone rock; would rather be at rest. ,

niuraba ya mawe, a stone house. There are Joma, s., a bludgeon ? (Sp.).
three fabulous rocks which have fallen down into Jomda, s. = range niekundu {cfr. ngeu).
the sea from the rocky shore of the island of Jombo, s. (clia, pi. viombo), (1) an instrument,
Mombas. The first rock is called Makame iwe. tool in general jombo clia ku fania kazi (2) a ;

The story concerning it runs thus: “ mtu ali- vessel, ship of native construction, dhow ; jombo
kuenda vua samaki siku ya kibunsi, nafsiyakwe (la, pi. majombo), a very large vessel.

waitoa Makame watu walikua bawatembei siku JoNA, V. ?

;

ya muaka wala kibunsi, nai akinenda vua, aki- Jomda mtuzi {or kionda irruzi), the under-lip,
geiika jiwe, kua sebabuyakuvua katika kibunsi.” especially that part ivhich is most required in
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

JO ( 120 ) JTJ

tasting food; ame-m-piga limbo aka-mu-uma Jora, v. a., (1) to carve, to do carved work; (2) to
kionda mtuzi, he heat him with a stick and write blunderingly (ku jora waraka kua vibaya,
hurt his under-lip (or rather the middle of his pasipo uzuri).
under-lip). Jorjia, s., a Georgian, the most valued and ichitest

Jonge, s.; jonge ya m'boa, the canine tooth (not offemale slaves.
menoya mbelle). Jororo (rororo), aelj., soft; jiwe jiroro, sikigumu,

Jonge a, v. n. come near to

(ku songea), to ap- a soft stone.
,

proach; ujongee utde kitu liiki, come near and Josho, s., leashing, a bathing-place mahali pa
take this thing (cfr. Luhe xiv. 10) jongea josboni = mahali pa ku oshea mtu aliekufa,.
;

mbelle liuyu, go up> higher ; jongea mvuliui, move a place for washing the dead mahali pa vudni,
or go into the shade. ku nenda vudni, a place for washing clothes.
Jongeana, v. ?., to approach one another. Josi, s., a black bird with a long beak, which drinks

Jongel£a, v., to come or draw near to one. tembo on the cocoa-tree.

Joxgeleaxa, to draw near each other. Jota, v. a. = ku teka kidogo, to take a little with
one' s fingers.
Jongeleza, v., to bring near to, to offer.
JongUza, v. c., to cause to approach, to bring Joto, s., heat; muili unajoto; cfr. ota.
near, to move towards; ku jongeza kasha Joya, s. (\n,pl. ma ), a valued
kind of cocoa-nut —
hapa or liuko (karibisha), draiv the box near with a ivhite spongy substance; joya la nazi =

here or there. mte wa nazi ukikua, joya la nazi li telle ndani-

Jongezana, v. rec., to approach each other. yakwe, shina la mte, watu anala, ni tamu.
Jongez£a, v. obj., to bring near to. Joyo, s. (cha, pi. vioyo) = uhahili, avarice, extreme
Jongera, v. a., to cut a little off the panda la mnazi parsimoniousness ; cfr. baliili.
(branch of the palm-tree), in order that the Joyo, s. (from rndyo, heart) joyo iina-m-fiyuka (in ;

cocoa-liquor mag flow more quickly (vid. gema) ;

anger).

ku jongera mnazi upate tona.

JoxgOj s. (cha ,pl. viongo) (1) a boss, hump (kama
;
Jozr, s., a walnut
; ^
dozi (or jauzi or jeozi), a pair (Arab.).
,
nux in genere.

niundu za gnombe) mtu liuyu ana jongo or

;
Ju (or juv), adv. and prep., up, above, on, upon,
afania jongo, this man
humpbacked and so
is
over,on the top ju ya mlima, on the
of, against
cannot walk or stand upright; yuwapiga or mountain; kitu ju yako wewe, this may be
liiki

inika jongo or kijongo or nundu, kinundu ; (2) or is upon thee; ju yangit, on my account;
gout (St.) ? usiwe na mato jii ju, angalia ti ni, have not your
Jongo nene cha kansu, the large seam of a native eyes above, but look down (in order to go
cloth; ku inika jongo nene. cautiously at night) ;
buana yuko ju, the master
Jongoe, s. (ya), a large kind of fish (whale ) is upstairs.
nimeona jongoe ya baliari. Jua, s. (la, pi. majua), (1) sun; (2) sun-heat leo
Jongoja, s., a custom at weddings to carry the jua kali, nti heifiogeki kua jua, to-day the sun is
bridegroom on the shoulders (Er.). hot, one cannot tread upon the ground for heat
Jongoo, s. (la, pi. majongoo), a milleped, a kind jua kitoani, noon; jua likiwa likitua (Luke iv_
of black warm with a great many legs, the worm 20) kumetoka jua jingi mno, wala si kama lito- ;

julus ?? kalo siku zote.

Jongoya, v. n., vid. ongoya. Jua (wa) (vid. chiiao;- tjua, pi. viua), a frog ; jua
Joniota, v. n.; ku washa kidogo ; tombako hi wa ziwani yuwalia, the frog of the lake err water-
heijonioti, heiwashi, ni dufu, ni mbiti (or jipiii in pool cries. The Sualiili peoqile have the puerile
Kipemba), to burn only a little; e.g., this tobacco idea, that in the western hemisphere there are
does not barn much, it is weak, unripe. people who draw the sun westward. At first the
Jonni, s. (cha, pi. vionni), a novelty, anything sun is pulled by boys, then by old men, and last
which has not been seen before and consequently of all by strong youths, until this celestial body
causes astonishment or admiration jonni ni falls down with a crash which, however, is not
,

jambo lisiloonekar.a, or lisilokuamo, or laku- heard on account of the countless number of

taajabu. people who, drawing water with their buckets (cfr..
Jonsa, v.; ku-ji-kondesha, v. ref., to pine aicay, to nddo), wash themselves and say their prayers.
grieve at or for, to languish ; vid. konda. Jua likitua, lafania msliindo, laken watu liawa-
J6xs6e, s. (wa, pi. vionsoe), a cripple; jdnsoe ni sildi kua ungi wa kata za ku oshea, na wa watu

mtu mnionge, meskini ya Mungu. wangi wegni ku salli.

J66 (or jo) (cha, pi. vid), a necessary place pahali Jua, v. a., to know, to understand, to know alout
pa kiignia, ku enenda jodni, to go to stool. or hoiv najua neno hili, I know this matter ,t

s'jui maneno ya Kisuahili, T do not know or

J6i>a, s. (la, vl. ma ), —
vid. oya, s.
 ; ; — . : ; ;; ; ;

JU ( 121 ) JU
understand Kisuahili; erida kua ku jua, go thou Juhudi, s. (ya), an effort, efforts, diligence, ardour ;
with caution; na-m-jua aliko, I lcnow where he ana juhudi ya kazi, he works diligently; ku
is tuajua ku fua cliuma, we know how to work fania juhudi, to exert one’s-self; cfr. ,

in iron. cliligentia ac studio usus est.

Juana, v. rec., to know each other. Juia, vid. jua, v. a.
Jufia (or juvia), v. a., to cause to know, to Juju, s. (wa, pi. majuju), a tribe, which according
acquaint one with. to the geography of the Suahili are a kind of
JuiA (or juilia), v. ohj.; mtu Iiuyu wa-ni-enza pigmies, who reside beyond the country of the
ku juilia jambolangu, this man looked or in- Wabilikimo at the 'world’s end, eating stones and
quired after me, to know my condition. sand. They will come to the coast, to cat stones,
Juia, v. ohj., to q>ut one in mind, to remind one when the destruction of tlie world is at hand. In
of a thing ; e.g., mtu amekuja ku-ni-juia kazi their country the sun sets with a crash every day.
(kumbuska kazi), the man came to remind jua, a Cfr. frog.
me of the work. Jujuma, v. 7i., cfr. otama, v. n.
Juikana (or juiliicana), v. n., to he known, tohe Jujumia, vid. chucliuiuia.
knowable, to know each other.
Juki, s., anger yuna juki za moyo = yuna hasira,
Juisha (or julisha) (ku julisha or juvisha), v.c., he is angry.
to make to know, to teach, to make one ac- Jukiza, v. a., to 7nakc one angry, to offend one.
quainted with. Jukiwa, v. 7i., to be made angry, to be offended
Jub, a considerable river rising in the north-
s.,
e.g., buana amejukiwa ni mtumawakwe, na
west of Kajfa and running into the Indian
•

mtuma ame-m-jukiza buanawakwe, the master

Ocean near the equator in East Africa. The was made angry by his slave, and the slave
Arabs call it “Jub,” the Suahili “ Wumbu,” the made his master angry ; cfr. tukiza, tukiwa,
Galla “Danisa,” and the Somali “ Gowinda.” and tukia, to provoke one to anger.
There are cataracts in tlie river. The first is
J uku, s., 7-isk; a word used by traders (St.).
Somali-town Bardera,
met ivith north of the
Jukua, v. a. = tukua, to carry, to bear (cfr.).
where Baron v. der JDecken (in 1866) was killed, ari, s., a J uku
scaffolding (St.). scaffold,
after having lost his steamer at the cataract. Jukumu, a cargo of goods belonging to various
s.,

Another cataract is said to he near the Somali- owners; jahazi yatukua jukumu perhaps a cor- ;

“ Ganana or Ganali,” farther to the north.

place rupiion oftheAmharic sheke n ’oad(cfr. skekena). ’
,

It is a great pity that this river, which appears J uha (or chuma), s. (cha, pi. yiuma), iron.
to he navigable to a great distance, has not yet Juma, s., (1) Friday (of the Mohammedans ), their
been examined by Europeans. The German
Sabbath; (2) week; leo ni Juma, to-day is Friday ,

Government ought long ago to have made it their or siku ku ya juma, the great day of (he week,
duty to send a vessel to Bardera, and to have
The Muhammedans count in this
i.c., Friday.
and peoptle to account for the
called its chiefs
ivay (1) Juma, Friday; (2) Juma ya mozi or
murder of On that occasion they
the Baron. Juma moz, Saturday (3) Juma ya pili or Juma
might have ascended and examined the river. pili, Sunday (4) Juma ya tatu
or Juma tatu,
This river no doubt destined to convey Euro-
is
Monday; (5) Juma n’ne, Tuesday; (6) Juma
peans right Galla countries situated
into the
tano (or ya tano), Wednesday; (7) Elkhamis,
south of Abyssinia, when it will become impor- Thursday majumamanne( = muezi), onemonth;
tant for the prosecution of geographical dis- juma moja, one week; juma nzima, a whole week.
coveries, of commerce, and of missionary work. In the Zanzibar dialect the natives say Juma a
Jubba, s. (la, pi. raa a large and strong chisel,
a tatu, a nno, a tano; ya is changed
), mozi, a pili,

a mortise-chisel jubba la kazi. into a.

Jubui (or tubui) jubui ya msliipi (cfr. tomiie), a
;
Juma (or juma a), an assembly; vid. Arab. 6. cU=-
s.,
-

small stone tied to the fishing-hook to make it

Jumba, s. a Utile room; a small
(cha, pi. viumba),
sink.
sleeping-room; niumba hi ina A’iumha vingi or
Juburu, v. a., to compel; cfr. ,
religavit, in-
pahali padogo, this house has many little rooms.

vitum adegit ad rem. Jumba, s. (la,_pZ. majumba) (magn.), a large house

Jugo, s., ground-nuts (St.). (
= niumba kuba or hodaii), an apartment kana
Jugu, s., a lull of clay (kilima cha udongo) which jumba gerezani (Sp.), a room like that in a fort.
(1) = kiumbe
kilicbo
the hogs dig up, and in which, bees leave their Jumbe, s. (qil. majumbe) ;

honey (Sp.) (= teu in Kijomvu, and tzulu in umboa, a creature; kiumbe ni mtu or ni muana
Ava Adamu (2) a great chief (mzc
mkuba or
Kinika). ;

sbeba ni watu watawalao katika mrima =

Jugue, s., a long large rope (refu la ku fungia) ;
;

diwani), a prince, king.

ligue is a small rope, kigue a very small rope
 ; ; ; . ;; ; ; —
; ; ;;

JU ( 122 ) JU
JujuijgzA, v. a., to heap one upon another; mtu juokho ikiwa neaussi, ikiwa manni mawiti, ikiwa
lniyu anapakia jumbeza (E.), this man embarks, neauppe juokho ya sufa.
;

heaping one upon another. Juri, a bird, an ousel?

s.,

Jumfi, s., salt (in Kipemb .) maji ya jumfi, salt- Juka, s., a pair (St.).
;

water ( opp to maji ya into, sweet-water ).

. .JururIka (or jurusika), v. n. (cfr. Kiniassa chu-
Jujila, s. (ya), the sum, totality ( pa pia pamqja) rura), to run down, to drop to gush, e.g.,
off,

('fr. , collegit. summa. when the rain-water runs down from the gutter
; ,

Jumlisha, of a roof, or from a piece of cloth taken out of

v. a., to comprehend all together, to
water.
sum up, to add up.
Jusi (or juzi), aclv. (=ku shinda jana), the day
Jumu, s. (ya ,2)1. za) (cfr. ,
petivit rem bonam before yesterday. The word is probably a cor-
malamve) =
k a.kbti, fortune; jumu ngema, hop- ruption of ju ya siku, above one day jiizi ilc
piness; jumu mbaya, misfortune sina jumu ya juzi, since six days or to-day the sixth ; muaka
mimi uai = liatupatanimimi nai, we do not agree juzi, the year before last; juzi usiku, yesternight
until each other, myself with him; mua-m-tajia tu, kijana cha juzi, a boy or girl of the day before
cla siye, ni jumuzakwe kua vibaya. yesterday = still young tangu majuzi yale.
Juxa, v. a. = tuna, to flay, to strip off the skin Jussa, s. (cha, pi. viussa), a harpoon; jussa ni mti
(vid. tuna). uliotiwa juma cha nta cha ku pigia samaki
Juxda, s., a place in the island of Monibas mkuba, kana papa, ngu, tewa.
abounding in cocoa-nut trees (cfr. mtahamari). Jussu, s. (pi. viussu), a kind of lizard (cfr. mjussu,
Juxga, s. (magn. q/"unga), a saw-mill ? pounded pi. mijussu).
wood for medicinal use (R.) ? Jusuu (or juzuu), s. (ya, pi. ma ), (1) a small —
•Junga, s. (ya, pi. za
) —
(in Kipemb.), husks; junga
za in t am® = matoa ya mtama (in Kimvita).
book, pamphlet ; (2) a section of a book, especicdly

of the Coran (= fungu la juo). Dr. Steere

J uxgu, s. (cha, pi. viungu), an earthenivare coolcing- says, “ There are in all thirty sections, which
pot ; jungu la ku pikia, a cooking pan or pot. are often written out separately .” All the juzuu
5
Jungua, s. (la, p>l- Ma ), orange (1) jungua la — together are kliitinia nzima cfr. partitus ; ,
kinanazi. This kind of orange is of a large
fuit.
size and of an agreeable taste, brought from
Juta, v. n. (ji-uta ?), to regret, to be sorry for, to
Zanzibar to Jllombas. The orange of Monibas
feel grieved at heart = ku fania kammu or ma-
is of a sour and disagreeable taste; laken jungua

la Unguja lina bered, linataamu, lakeu la Mwita jonsi (cfr. Arab. anxit aliquem sollici- ,

ni kali. (2) Jungua za jensa

ndogo kamamai ni tudine) ;
najuta maovuyangu, tatubn, I repent of
ya batta, niekundu. This is the Persian orange my icrong-doing, I will act better najuta ku
mjensa is the tree of this kind of orange. enenda Rabbay, naumia buvre, ngawa nua kuen-
Junia, s. (vid. gunia), a kind of matting-bag dea-ni? sikupata kazi, I regret my going to
Juxiu, s., a crust of salt nimeoga maji ya poani Rabbay, I trouble myself in vain for cdl, why —
nafania juniu, I washed myself in sea^water and did I then go? I have not found work (and
got my body covered with salt (with a salt-crust ) therefore cannot earn anything) najuta mimi ;

(cfr. muniu). nafsiyaugu ku fania neno hili or nangiwa or na-

Junni, s. (\a,pl. ma — ), a water-bird, white in co- shikiwa ni majuto.
lour and long legged. Its cry is considered J utia, v. obj,
ominous. JUTISIIA, V. C.

Junubi, s., southern latitude (opp. skimal) ; cfr. Juto, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a large river ; magnifying
form of mto, a river ; kijuto (diminut.), a small
,
auster, ventus australis ( )•

Juo, s. (cba, pi. viuo) (cfr. jua, v. to know), a

river, a brook.
a.,

book; manajuoni Juu, vid. ju.

wanaj uoni or viuoni, wana-
(pi.
vioni), a learned, the learned man; mtu asomai
Juvia, v. a., to make to know (vid. jua, v. a .)
(pi. watu wasomao) juo.
juvisha, v. c., to teach.

Juo, s. (cha, pi. viuo) (chiio); juo cha ku fuh'a niizi Juva, s. (pi. majuya), a drag-net (cfr. jarifa),

or madafu (kiluo cha ku fulia nazi), a stick fixed made of the bark of the mbuyu tree or of ropes
into the ground, its end being pointed like a of cocoa-nut fibre.
tooth, so as to rip up the fibrous husk of the Juza, s. shaibula juza, very old (St.).

The Juzi, vid. jusi.

cocoa-nut. natives very skilfully dash the
cocoa-nut against the point of this stick, until the Juzu, v. 7i., to suit one, to behove, to be obliged, to

husk is torn off from the shell. be under obligation ; cfr. Arab. jUl ,
permisit,
Juokho, s. (ya), doth of whatever colour it may be ; licitum habuit, fecit ut — ;
neno hili lajuzu nami
 ; ) ; ; ; — ;

JTJ ( 123 )
EA
ku-li-fania, I must ( = ya-ni-pasha) do this thing; Juzia, v. obj., to compel (= stahili); neno hili

mke liuyu ajuzu nawe ku-mu-oa, you must marry la-n-juzia ku-li-fania, this matter compels me
this woman; nguo hi hai-m-juzu, this cloth is to do it; mke liuyu a-ku-juzia ku-mu-oa, this
not good or not fit for him or nguo
,
hi hajuzu woman compels you to marry her.

nayo, this cloth does not suit him.

k
Ka, a particle inserted in the imperative and kaakaa la ulimi = sliina la ulimi, lit., the root
subjunctive of verbs, expressive of the conjunc- of the tongue.
tion “and;'’ e.g., enda uka-mu-one, go and see Kaa la kanoa, the palate? (St.).
him. Kaahoshi (or kamoshi) (ya, pi. za) (=takaza
Ka, a particle signifying the past tense, and moshi), soot caused by the smoke; mahali or
applied in the narrative style. The conjunction pahali peeussi (peaussi) kua moshi, a place
“and" is included; e.g., akakasirika, aka-m- ivliich is black from the smoke. The cottages of
piga, akanenda, and he ivas angry, and did beat the natives are full of soot from want of proper
him, and departed. chimneys.
Ka (or kaa), s. (wa, pi. za), a land-crab, cancer Kaanga (or kanga), v. a., to fry, to cook with fat.
ruricola (Er. (kango), s. (la, pi. makaango), an earthen
Kaango
Ka kAa) (yn, pi. za), a block with an incision in
(or pot for cooking meat in.
which planks are fastened to square them (R.). Kaba, s. (ya, pi. za) (Dr. St. has kaba la kanzu) ;
Ka (or kaa), s. (la, pi. maka or makaa), a piece of kaba ya kanzu, apiece of cloth which is stitched
charcoal (pi. coals); kaa la rauoto, a burning coal, into the waistcoat on the back of the neck, and
embers ; kaa zimui = kaa lililo zimua kua maji, a little down on the front, to give the kanzu
charcoal quenched with water = a dead coal, in more strength (ku tia kaba, kaba ya kisibao).
oppos. to kaa la muoto (pi. makda mazimiii or Kaba, v. a., to choke, to throttle (St.).
mak£a zimui or makaa yazimui), coal become Kabaili (or kabaila), s. (wa, pi. makabaili);
dead of itself (kaa lililozima nafsiyakwe) kaa kab^ili ya watu = watu vakuba, the principal
;

la moshi (pi. makaa ya moshi or kamoshi), men of a place; thambi kabaila (= tbambi
soot ku piga makaa, to make charcoal.
kuba), a great sin or crime; cfr. accepit. ,

Kaa (or ka), v. n., to sit, to dwell, to stay, to remain,

to tarry, to live in or at; e.g., m£hali akaapo IvIbala, s. (Arab. ^ie being opposite to =
sultani, the place where the king sits or dwells over against (cfr. kahili).

= the royal dwelling or palace ; ku kaa kitako,

Kabaki, s. (ya, pi. za), a wedge = kipande eba
to sit down, to remain quiet wewe umekaa mti cha ku passulia gogo.
mno or sana, thou hast tarried or stayed much KabAthu, v. a. (Arab, u^*), to catch (= kuguya) ;

or long. cfr. jja-.jj ,

npprebendit manu rem, or ’

KaiJa, v. obj. ku-m-kalia matanga, ku kda ma- manu comprebendit rem.

mourning ku-m-kalia, to mourn
tanga, to sit KABuni, v. a., to give into the hand, to seize one
for or over him; ku-m-kalia jema = ku-m- so that he cannot escape ; e.g., ame-m-kibitbi
fanikia jema ku-m-kalia t£mu.; muegni deni, he seized the debtor; hence
Ji-kalIa; ku ji-kalia tu, only to stay, to ptass kabithi, s., husbandry, frugality amekabithi
time, to have nothing to do. = amezuia mali kua kua mkafu, to be parsi-
KAwa, v. p., to stay out, to tarry, to be delayed. monious, to hold fast, not to squander money.
Kawia, v. obj., to delay. Kabithisha, v. c., to cause to seize.
Kawilia, v. obj., to tarry for one, to loiter about
KabIbii, adj. (Arab, small, narrow, in
a business. ,

KawilIza, v. c., to make one to tarry, to stay ojipos. to wide ; e g., siddki nguo pana, nadaka
out, to be out a long while. ngtio kabibu, I do not want a wide cloth, I want
KalIka, v. n., capable of being inhabited ; e.g., a narrow one (cfr. ? ?)•
nti hi haikaliki, one cannot dwell in this coun-
KabIla, s. (ya, pi., za), tribe, clan, a subdivision
try, it is uninhabitable.
less than taifa (St.) (cfr. ufungu) vid. Arab.
;
Kawisha, v. c., to cause to stay, to delay.
<£L.S tribus arabica, gens plures familias con-
Kaliana, v. rec ., to delay one another. ,

KaakAa (or kaka), s. (la , pi. ma ),

the pedate; tinens.
 ; ; ; ; =
; ; ;
: . ;

KA ( 124 ) KA
Kabili, s., a flute-player muegni kupiga mizmavi before or beforehand. The word sounds like

(**) gadamisha, makaburi like magaburi, in the pro-

KAbili, v. n. [Arab. nunciation of many Arabs.
,
to be before or opposite,

to face one, to be opposite, to appear before one's Kadamu, s. [Arab. a servant [cfr. *
),
face, to brave ku onana usso kua usso, to take
the direction, e.g., bakAbili ku uza, lit., he is not ministravit, inservivit famulus) cfr ; , ;

in the direction of selling, he docs not seem as if Bp. Steere, page 288, “kadamu,” a servant, the
he would sell it; hatuwezi ku kabili bihari ile, we lowest of the three chief men usually set over
could not navigate that sea; ulimengu unakabiii the slaves on a plantation. On the Zambezi the
mvba, it is likely for rain ; chakiila saga kina man who stands at the head of the canoe to look
kabili mimi, it is now my turn to supply food. out for shoals is called kadamo.
Kabiliana, v. rec. (=ku lekeana), to face each
Kadi [or rather kathi, vid.), s. [Arab. )
other, to be opposite one to the other.
(wa, pi. makadi), judge = muamzi wa nti; cfr.
KabIlisiia, v. c., (1) to confront, to bring one face
to face, to set before; (2) to send one with ,
decrevit, judicavit.
c c- suppose r
ante esse Kadiri, v. n. (Arab. jXi ),
to think,
something, to set before; cfr. ;

accepit, e regione oppositus fuit usipo- estimate; Arab. potuit, valuit, magni
J* 5
,
, ;

ni-lipa maliyangu, ta-ku-kabilislia na wdli, if estimavit, in magno pretio babuit ;

nakadiri

thou dost not give my goods, 1 will bring thee maneno haya ni kuelli, I think this matter to be

before the governor nimc-m-kabilisha mtu na true.

waraka ku nenda naye Pangani, I have sent a Ivadirika, v. n., to be supposable; e.g., maneno
man ivith a letter to the Pangdni-river ; (3) ku yasiokadirika = yasioneneka, the words ivhich
kabilisha niaraka, to forward letters. cannot be supposed, cannot be said or estimated;
Kabisa, adv.; this word enforces both the affirma- anatakabari mno, kakadiriki, he is exceedingly
tion and negation, lienee it signifies (1) by all proud.
means, (2) by no means, (3) altogether, utterly, Kadiriwa, v.p., to be supposed.

quite (— komoe, mno, tu, Sana, mamoja) sidaki ; Kadiri, s. (vlra&. ) ,

measure, capacity,
kabisa kitu liiki, I do by no means want this
amount, value, about nearly [Arab. >

thing, I do not want it at all; kabisa = asia, but ,

wasisalia asia. quod ordinatum est, qiiantitas, mensura, pre-

asia is obsolete, e.g.,

Kabithi, v. a., to give one into the hand ; vid. ka- tium); kadiri ya watu kumi wamekuja, about
bathu, v. a. ten men came; ame-ni-pa kadiri ya reali mia,
Kabla, aclv., before kabla ya, before, ere [of time)-, he gave me to the amount of 100 dollars [about or
kabla asijafa, before he died kabla ya sikujaje, nearly 100 dollars ) kadiri gani or kadri gani ?
;

to what amount or how much ? kadri gani pipa

ere long, in a few days; kabla el-fegiri, before
kabla rnvua haitassa ku nia, before the bi ya barudi, ivhat is the price of this barrel of
day-break
gunpowder ? ivhat does it cost? kadiri akitia
rain; kabla muaka hautassa ku pita, before the
lapse of a year kabla or kabula nsitassa ku bukaza, whenever or as often as he puts in, Ac.
umia, before I suffer, Lulce xxii. 15 (R.). kadiri utakaokua, whenever thou art, Ac.; kadiri

Kabos, s. ; ku piga kabos, to harp (Sp.). utakapofanioa maovu, ni-pigia ukemi, nami ta-

Kabula, adv., previous, before; anakuja mbelle ku-tokea marra, whenever you are wronged, give

kabula ya fulani batassa ku tokea, he came me a call and I will come to you at once.

before N. N. made Ids appearance ; kabula asi- Kadogo, adj., small, little [cfr. dogo).
jenda mesgidini, before he went to the mosque. Kapafakua ukgo, s., uncovering of the sieve; vid.
Kabuli, s. [Arab. acceptance liapana ka-
Jyfi ), kilinge.
buli tena. Kapara, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), a superstitious charm
Kabuki, s. (ya, pi. makaburi), a tomb, a grave [cfr. made of a little bread, sugar-cane, and the eggs

kiunza and jenenza) Arab. As inbumavit, of a hen, Ac. It is thrown into a cross-way at
; ,

sc- night or early in the morning, to expel an evil

sepelivit yi sepulcrum.
spirit, which is suqiposed to have caused the
,
;

Kacha (kaja), s. (ubabi), to fasten a clasp or list

sickness of a person. The kafara-maker writes
ivith nails on the sides (E.).
some lines upon the eggs or cocoa-shells, Ac. (ku
Kadamisha [or kadimisiia), v. a. [Arab. >
f'ania kafara). The natives make makafara or
praecessit, praeivit, to go before ), to advance, to masadaka (
sacrifices ) in a time of general dis-
send before ( = ku tanguliza or peleka mbelle ;
tress, e.g., in famine, war, Ac. They blindfold a
n’inekadamisba watu kumi, I have sent ten men black cow with black cloth and bury it alive in
 ; ; , ; ; ; ) ) ;

KA (
I2 5 ) KA
the (lead of night following the direction of the
,
[Kagongo, s. (clia) = fimbo fupi, a little stich;
wind. This sacrifice is made “ku sukumia kakongo clia ku pigia uzi = a hasp.
,

maovu,” to avert an evil (vid. makafara). If any Kagongongo (kafupi), a very little stick.
one passing tahes up the ingredients of the charm Kagua, v. a., to go over and inspect (St.).
which have been thrown in the cross-way, he is Kaha, s. (la, pi. ma ); kaha la i, an egg-shell; —
supposed to carry aivay the misfortune or ngovi la kaha la i, the embryo in the egg-shell.
disease, die. Kahaba, s. (wa, pi. ma — )
(Arab. <L.~3 ),
a pros-
Kaffi, s. (pi. makaffi), a paddle (kasia la niuma), titute, male or female.
a small oar used (in roiving a boat) by the man Kahadi, s., an epidemic'? (R.) the name of a ;

who sits behind at the helm. sickness like cholera, small-pox; hi ni kahadi
Kafila, s. (ya) (Arab, dlili ), a caravan; saffari alio-tu-shushia Muegniewe Muungu; cfr- AgS
kuba; e.g., inakuja kafila yaWakamba (cfr. nga- incessit contracto gradu.
niawa and kinungu). The wen'd kafila is not Kaiiaf, 8.; ya kofia (Sp.) ?
much used by the reed Suahili but rather by
,
Kaiiawa, s., coffee; cfr. ,
vinum et turn de-
the Arabs, ,
reversus fuit ex itinere
coctum ex baccis nostrum kaffee. ; Ali\S

iter simul facientium cohors or turha cx itinere Kahenga, s. ; ku fania kahenga ?

redeuntium. Kahinat, s. ? cfr. Arab, praesagivit, prae-
,

Kafini, v. a. kn-ji-kafini, wana-ji-kafini nguo or dixit occulta, hariolatus fuit ;

vid. kahini.
wava nguo ku-ji-kafini (R.) ;
cfr. fjjA ,
involvit. Kahini (pi. makahini), s., a priest, a soothsayer

Kafirt, s. (Arab. (wa pi. ma — ya), infidel,

, Arab. ,
praesagivit, sacerdotio functus
one ivho is not of the Muhammedan religion; fuit.
kafiri wa Kinika, makafiri ya Kisegeju ni maka- Kaida, s. (Arab. lAc\i ), regularity (St.) ya
;

firi ya kwisha (vid. Msegeju), the Wanika and

kaida, regular ; cfr. also S\i > duxit, passus fuit
Wasegeju are the worst infidels; Arab. fA ducise obsequentem reddidit, obedient.

beneficia abnegans,
Kaima akiliyakwe kaima?
texit, abnegavit; ffA Dei ;

Kaimu, s. (Arab. (pi. makaimu), muegni

infidelis, Muhammedicae religionis dogmata ) (1)
ku amiia mahali pa sultani, waziri or wakili wa
negans. Majefiri , infidels, pro makafiri, is obsolete.
sultani, the vicegerent, representative of the
Kaftani, s. (Arab. ),
the long upper-coat of
king (2) mganga, vid. ku punga pepo.
the Arabs, resembling the European nightgown.
Kajua, s. climin., little sun (when he goes down at
Kafu (or kavu), kitu kilicho kaiika, a
artj., dry
sunset ); kajua ni kapi, where is the little sun?
thing which is dry; kuni kafu, dry wood; ma-
resp., he is nearly down.
hindi makafu, dry corn; kitu kikafu, dry matter;
Kara s. (la), vid. kaaka (la ju and la tini).
cfr. Mi aridu 5 siccus fuit.
, ,
Kara, s. (ya) (ugonjoa wa vidole pia), a kind of
Kafukia, v., to cry, to call out, to raise a cry. disease which consumes the fingers, commencing
Kafule (or kisfule), s., dog ! odds-bobs ! an excla- with the flesh under the nails. He disease
mation of contempt kafule wa or uwae nguo,
called mdudu consumes only the flesh of one
ondoka. oruondoke, if a child is seen naked, they
Unger (wider the nail ku fania kaka kido- ;
wiR say, “ Thou dog, wear a cloth and get thee
leni.
hence." Kara, s. (la, pi. makaka), shell; e.g., kaka la i, la
Kafuri, s., camphor ; ,
camphora. limau, the shell of rind of a lemonan egg, or the

Kaga, s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of swelling, tumour which is thrown away after having been used,
(uelle wa kaga) R.; kaga ya or za malimau, &c. pulp of oranges (Er.).
Kaga, v. a., to protect anything by means of a Kaka, s., a brother ( Kikadimu (St.).
charm; e.g., ku kaga muili, kaburi, shamba, &c.; Kakamuka, v. n., to groan like a woman in travail
kua uganga; ku kaga kaburi = ku fania uganga or like a person in severe sickness, or to strain
kaburini fissi asi-m-fukie meiti, to put a charm (vid. jika), to say Gh in lifting up a heavy
upon the grave lest the hyena dig up the corpse load.
ndilo kago la fissi (pi. mago ya fissi). Kakassi, s., a little bitter ; vid. utungu ;
kitu
Kagara kagara alikua hakujua kagara kagara kikassi, like tea without sugar.
;

(cfr. Kiniassa raga and laga), he did not know Kakata, v. — ku uraa, to have mulligrubs (?).

what to do (R.). Kakatua, v. ?

—
Kago, s. (la, pi. ma ), protection of anything by Kara wax a, v. n., to be strong, capable of great
means of a charm; e.g., kago la ngue, la mtu, la exertion, well knit and firm in all the muscles
fissi, &c. ; vid. kaga ya. (St.).
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

KA ( 126 ) KA
Kakki, s. ( va, pi. za), a kind of very thin and hard - j
leave the room, &c.; this is called, “ku-m-kalia

lalced ccike, having many holes in it; roukate mimie eda’’ (ku-m-kalia tamu, to remain as he
muembamba, una tundu tundu ndogo ndogo. would wish).
kala or kal, word; kala esbairi, Kaliana, v. r., to wait for another, e.g., ku
Kala, s., fox ? (2)
pigana.
theward of a proverb or the word of averse.
Kaliica, v. n., to be habitable.
Kalafati, v. a. (Arab. iLsbi ) ku to caulk.
; ,

Kaliba, adj., to be sharp, hot, acid e.g., siki ina

Kalala, s. (la, pi. ma- )
(sing, nkalala wa mnazi) ;

(1) kalala la
mnazi, the kalala is a slioe-like kaliba, the vinegar is acid ; cfr. '1 ,
vebemens
covering of the mkua wa mnazi (vid. mkua). fait.

The leaf which conceals the flower-hucl of the Kaliuu, s. (ya) forma in qua aes funditur
( ,

nazi (Er.)? Kalala la niuki, honeycomb

(2) vel ad quam res fingitur), (1) mould, furnace (ku
(asali ni ndani). o--_
tia kalibuni) kidude cka ku fania popo, the
Kalamu, s. (ya, pi. ma— ) ( ^ ,
calamus scrip-
instrument for making
; (2)
bells; kidude cka ku
torius),a native reed pen for writing; kalamu subia popo (vid. jubu).
ya muanzi, reed-pen. The natives like best the Kalifu (or kelifu, kilifu), v. a. (= kata), to do
kalamu ya msinzi, which is a kind of black shrub. violence, to molest, to trouble, to be disagreeable
The nibs of this reed-pen are cut obliquely. Sasa to one, to inconvenience, to optpose, to contradict
fuza kalamu khiyari, now write with a good pen. ame-ni-kalifu maneno, or ame-ni-kania, amesema
Kalasha, s. (Arab. a little piece of ivory
),
sifio sifio kabisa subire jussit rem moles-
5 dollars; pembe ya kalasha.
; ,

of the value of 4 to
tam.
Kal ast, s., Lascar ?
Kalifiaxa, v. rec.
Kale, adv., (1) old, ancient; vatu va kale, the
Kalifisha, v. a.; ame-m-kalifisba maueno yakve.
ancients niumba hi ni ya kale mno, this house
K alima, s. muunguana), lit., word; e.g.,
(vid.
is very very old ; mtuhuyu ni wa kale hnpo kale ;
vatuma liavana kalima ya nafsizao, slaves have
palikua simba, long ago (in olden times ) there no words of their own, i.e., have no self-depend-
ivas a lion; (2) kale (of a tree), alburnum.
ence, they are not of their own selves ; cfr. Arab.
Kalfati (vid. kalafati) (ya, pi. za), caulldng, the
put between planks
verbum protulit LAS verbum, dictio.
piece of cotton which
; ,

is the
Kai.ipia (rectius kakipia), v. a. = ku lan a :
ukali,
of the vessel to make it water-tight.
to scold, to threaten; cfr. <_aK
=
.

Kalfati, v. a.; ku-jombo ku tia pamka na ma-

futa jomboni, yasingie maji, or ma.ji yasipate Kalubu (or kulabu), a hook (vid .) ;
but kalibu is

pita ndani, to caulk ivitli cotton. a moidcl.

Kalfati va, v.p. Kama kana kuamba), conj., like as, as if, sup-
(or

Kali, ad}., sour, sharp, savage, strong, fierce; teinbo

ptosed nguo kama hi, a cloth like this kamani
kali, strong (intoxicating) cocoa-liquor; kitu = kamanini ? as what = very much; kuna
kikali mtu mkali, a savage; juakali, a hot sun. mpunga kamani, there is exceedingly much rice;
;

Kali, v. n., (1) ku kali, to be, to exist (ku kele) ;

kama avezavio, as he can; kama bio nlio-ku-
mtu huyu akali mzima, akaliko, akele mzima or ambia, as I told you; kama siku kumi mbelle or
still living; vatu vakali hei usaha kadiri ya siku kumi mbelle, ten days ago; cfr.
hei, he is ;

nkali-mo, there is still something (pus) in it (2) w, sicuti, prout.

perhaps, pray, likely kali kitu hiki changu, Kama, v. a.,

r.i to milk; ku kama gnombe maziva.
this thing is likely to be mine; kali hatakuenda, Kamia, v. obj., to milk for one.
perhaps he will not go kali kata kuja, sijui ;
Kamoa, v. p., to be milked.
kali (labuda) adaka ngom p., perhaps he wants
a pomegranate. the Kama manga, s.,

fortress. Ivamasa, s. (nnapata kamasa), something beautiful ?

Kalia, v. obj. (vid. koa), to sit up or wait for one, Kamasi, s. (ya, pi. ma ) (Kin. mamira), mucus —
either to do him good or harm, to remain for from the nose; ku futa kamasi, to blow or wipe
ku-m-kalia ndiani, to icait for one or to waylay one's nose yuna makamasi mangi kama kondo,
one on the road = ku-m-otea; ku-m-kalia mtu kua he has much running at the nose like a sheep;
wema au vikaya ku-m-kalia matanga or ku ka
;
ku sbikoa ni mafia ya kamasi, to take cold
matanga, to sit mourning for one who has died. siwezi kamasi, I am ill from a cold.
The Suahili make a mourning of three days Kamata, v. a., to catch (e.g., muifi), to arrest, to
over the dead. Afterwards the wife of a free- take, to seize; to be distinguished from ku giiya,
man keeps profound silence and remains at ku kabitlii, ku shika, ku zuia, ku kuta; ku gtiya,
home for from three to five months; if she is the to catch a beast; katika mtambo, in a trap; ku

wife of a slave, she mourns for two and a half kabitlii mali kabitlii maliyangu usi-m-pe mtu, ;

months. /She speaks in a very low roice, docs not I

take or keep my property, do not give it to any
 ; ; ; ; ; — ; ; ; ;

KA ( 127 ) KA
man; ku shika, to take it into one's hand ku leant this thing at all. Compare the Kikamba
zuia, to seize or keep hack; nazuia fethayako, expression, ka imoe, one time, once.
shert mlipe Mkamba sebabu ya deni, I keep) hack Kamu ? kaskazi kamu, Ukambani ? (R.) ;
probably
your money to pay the Mkamba your debt; ku kaimu, rising, travelling to Ukambani.
= hu ona, nime-m-kuta mtu huyu niumbani
kiita Kamua, v. a., to press out by twisting or wringing,
muangu, Ifound him in my house. to squeeze ivell; e.g., ku kamua ipu, mafuta
Kamatana, v. rec., to grapple, to seize one jiingua, nguo, Ac. {cfr. tumbiia, popotoa).

another. Kamulia, v. obj.; ku kamulia ndimu muilini, to

K am ati a, v. ohj. (kamatia kuku). press out lemons andput the juice up>on the body.
Kamatoa, v.p. Kamuliwa, pass., to be pressed or squeezed out.
Kamba, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
the cell-comb of a bee; Kamus, s., Arabic dictionary.
makamba ya niuki ndio yalio na asali, yalio kamu- Kana, s., a tiller (St.).
liwa, ikatolewa asali {vid. jana, s.). Kan a, kama.
conj., if as, like; vid.

Kamba, s. (wa, pi. za), a shrimp ? ( a large shrimp is Kana, s.,wooden handle of the rudder (Sp.).
the
called mkamba, pi. mikamba), a crayfish. Kana, v. a., to negative, to deny, disown; baba

Ivamba, s. (va, pi. za), rope; kamba ya makumbi ame-m-kana manawe = baba amesema, si wangu
ya mnazi. the husk of a cocoa-nut softened in mana huyu kwanza muifi amekana, sasa yuwa
;

water and beaten, and then twisted into ropes, ungama, the thief formerly denied, but now he
strings, or cords. The kamba ya makumbi ( from confesses.
the fibresof cocoa-nut shells') is to be distin- Kania, v. obj., to deny or disown in favour of
guished from the ukamba, a rope made of mia or somebody; prov. ku-m-kania muifi, ni muifi
gnongo {pi. kamba za mia), and kamba ulayiti, yee baba ame-m-kania manawe ku iba, the
;

a European or hempen rope, and kamba or kam- father denied for his son, he said, my son has
baa, a plaited thong or ivhip used by school- not committed the theft imputed to him; baba
masters and overlookers. amesema, manangu si muifi, hathubudu ku
Kamba, s. (la , pi. makamba); (1)kamba la kikapu, f.inia uifi.

the twisted handle; (2) kamba la niuki, the Ivania, v. (= ku-m-kataza) ;

mimi ninge kuenda,
honey-cell,which having been squeezed out, is laken baba ame-ni-kania, I would have gone,
called tapu la niuki [pi. matapu ya niuki). but the father refused or prevented me baba
Kambo, s., a step-child baba wa kambo, a step- ame-m-kania manawe ku iba, amemkataza,
father ; mama wa kambo, a step-mother. Mr. asiten.de jambo hili.

Erh. irrites “kambu.” Kanika, v. p. (Er. ), to be denied by; muana

Kambu, s. (ya pi. za), a shoot, sprout; e.g., kambu amekanika, a surayakwe ningine,
, 11 si ya babai.
ya mgomba =
mte wa mgomba or mua kambu ; Kanisha {or kaniusha), v. c. (haknkirri), to
za mgomba za mnniiwe, but walio kando kando ni make to disown or deny, gainsay felani ame-
kambuzakwe. m-kanisha liduguye hakiyakwe, a certain man
Kame, adj., said of ebbing (R.), quite dried tip), denied his brother' s right rotumke huyu ame
utterly barren (St.). ku-kanisha manawako, this woman has denied
Kami, s., a bulbous plant with large head of red thee thy cliihl, i.e., she declared she did not get
flowers (St.). the child from thee, but from another man; she
Kamia, v. a., to reproach, to threaten; ainc-m- said,mana huyu si wako ; ame-m-kanisha =
karoia sana ku-m piga, he threatened him much ame-mu-ambia muana huyu si wangu. They
to beat him; ji-kamia, to reproach one's-self; say, kanisha, kanusha, kaniusha, kanusliia
(2) to demand something from
one, e.g., a creditor ku kanusha moyo, to deny one's-self.
from a debtor who always endeavours to evade Kaniwa, v.p. ku kaniwa ni watu, tuajua si muifi,
na-m-kamia sana ; (3) to be resentive. suisui tua-m-kania, hatu-mu-oni sikn zote aki-

Kamili, adj. {Arab. J-*^), perfect, whole, com- fania kazi hi.

= kua kamili jls" integer, perfectus fuit. Kanadili {pi. ma a little side-chamber in
plete ,
),
;
native vesse's containing the cho or water-closet.
KamiliA (timilia), v. n., to be whole or perfect.
Kanadina, vid. darehe (R.) ?
Kamilifu, adj., perfect, wanting nothing.
Kamilika, to be perfect. Kanama (= kumbe) ? (R.).
Kamilisha, v. a., to make perfect or entire ( = Kanda, s. (la ,pl. mi— ), (1) a great bag made of
timiza) e.g., nime-u-kamilisha mueziwangu, mia or of ukindu or mfumo leaves. In the
;

I have made my month full = I have served a Kimrima language kanda is called kitumba.
full month. Dr. Steere calls kanda a long narrow matting-
KamSe, adv. { = kabisa), by no means, not at all, bag, broader at the bottom than at the mouth.

never; e.g., sidaki kitu biki kamoe, I do not (2) A thong ku m-piga kanda, to scourge one.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; , —

KA ( 128 ) EA
Kanda, v. a.,(1) to knead with the hand unga Kant, s., energy, potency ? cfr. Us ,
acquisivit.
{flour) or udongo ( clay in potter's work) (2) to ;
Kania, s., a medicine applied formaradi ya the
shampoo, to press with the fingers any part of msliipa. It is the root of a tree (kania
kauma).
the body which is in pain; ku kanda matumbo Kania, v. obj. {vid. kana, v. a.), to deny a person.
kua mafuta. This often gives relief especially Kaniaga, v. a., to tread upon or to trample under
when done by an experienced person. one's feet; to be distinguished from ku vioga,
Kanoamana, v. ivldch means to tread when ivalking ; e.g., ku
KandamAnisha, v. c. vioga mtanga or nti vid. fioga labuda kuku
; ;

IVANDAMIZA, V. to pt'eSS UpOll.

ana-m-kaniaga, most likely the lien trade upon it
Kandika, kua udongo ku kandlka niumba,
v. a.; {the lien-chicken).
to plaster a house with mud. Kaniagia, v. obj.; kaniagiwa, v.p.
Kandarignia, s. (ya, pi. ma ), a kettle used for— Kanikj, s., dark-blue ccdico, called Nile-stuff, much
boiling water, tea-kettle. demanded in East Africa.
Kandi, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), a great mass or stock of Kanisa, s. (ya, pi. ma church of the Christians;
),
stored things; haihesabiki, ni kandi, plenty,
treasure; kitu kilijo kingi or kamili or kilicho ,
synagoga Judaeorum, et ecclesia (tem-
wekoa akiba, kandi ya mali. In the Kisambara
plum) Christianorum, from in latibulum
language kandi or kande means “ food or pro-
,

vision."Kande zika-rau-isliia,wakapatiwanindia se recepit dorcas.

kandiyenu ilipn, ndipo moyowenu nao utakapo Kanisua, v.p., to be persecuted backwards and
kua, Luke xvii. 31. forwards (R.) ?
Kandia, dim. of ndia, a small path kandia kadogo, Kanja, s. (la), vid.pl. makanja.
a small slightly trodden path. Kanji, s., arrowroot, starch.
Kandika, v. a. {cfr. kanda, v. a.), to plaster ku Kanju, s. (la, pi. ma ), a casliew-apple, a kind of —
kandika niumba kua udongo, to plaster the wall chestnut mkanju huvia kanju, na kanju likawia

of a pole-house with mud. dnnge, na dunge likipefuka liuitoa korosho.

Kandili, s. {pi. makandili), a lantern ; Arab. Dunge na kanju liukua saua saua, hatta kanju
5 c- likifania uekundu iva ku iva, dunge limekua
JjAaS lucerna, lampas.
,
koroslio, na watu wala.

Ivando, a deserted dwelling place ; maliali palipo Kanju, s., vid. kanzu.
tamua, ndilo kando {cfr. gofu), narejea kandoni Kano, s. {\a. pi. ma — ), sinew of animals (kano la
pangu, a house which has fallen in, is kiwanda? gnombe used for bow-strings ) (Sp.) ; cfr. pambika
(R.). and upote.
Kando, s. (ya, pi. za), side, brim, bank, coast, Kanoa, s. (la, pi. ma ), mouth. —
strand; kando ya baliari, kando ya or kando Kansa, v. a., to warm; kansa motto {vid. kanga),
kando ya mto, beside a river or along by the side to heat.

of a river. Kansi, s., a large knoll of a creeper (E.).

Kanga, s.; kanga la mnazi, the switch-like end of a Kantaka, s. (ya) [Arab, pons, altum aedi- ,

cocoa-branch from which the vidako {vicl. vidako)

ficium), bridge; more generally called daraja ya
shoot forth, and from ivhich the cocoa-liyuor is
m'to, a bridge of a river.
obtained ; vid. gcma, v. a. {cfr. tawi, s.).

Kanga, s. (wa, pi. za), a guinea-fowl niiini wa Kanu, s. (wa), iveasel {with white tail) (E.), or

rather a kind of marten ivldcli eats poultry (Sp.).

vitone tone.
Kanga, v. a. {vul. kaanga), to fry, roast, to burn Kanudi ?
by roasting ku kanga niama kua gai kanga ni Kanuni, s. {cfr. ,
perquisivit ; ,
canon,
;

ku oka kua samli, laken ku oka or oja, ku weka regula), a matter implied by necessity, a necessary
niottoni lialisi. Ku oka is to roast the meat on condition = yakini, thabidi, lialisi, of necessity,

the bare fire, but kanga

fry with butter or
is to truth; najua kanuni, I know verily, really.

fat or any other substance; ku kanga motto, to Kanusiia ? vid. kanisba.

warm.
Kanzi, s. (ya) {cfr. ,
sub terrain recondidit
Kang! a, v. obj.; kangoa, v.p.
Kangac.a, s. (la, pi. ma — ), sword-grass in stagnant thesaurum; yS thesaurus reconditus sub ter-

water. rain), (1) a treasure; (2) a dish or mess of food

Kangaja, s., (1) a small mandarin orange (St.); prepared of various ingredients (o/mtelle, pojo,
(2)a kind of fish without mamba and. a little bisari, meat, pilpili, samli, die.) which a Muham-
horn projecting from the head (R.). madan bride sends to her lover during the time
Kanoo, s. { pi . makango), vid kaango.
. of the Ramadan in sign of love (alama ya ma-
 ; . ; . ; ;; ; ; ;

KA ( 129 ) KA
pondii.no), Kaeata, s., cards (rid. Sp., who mentions the
in return for which the bridegroom
xends a handsome cloth (kisua jema); kijungn names of some), playing-cards.
chn kanzi clia ku-m pelekca mtumbawakwe ada- Kaeatha, s. (ya), a loan of money, borrowing,
kai ku-mu-oa. credit, trust without interest given or taken for

Kanzu, s. (ya ,pl. za), coat; kanzu yajiima, coat of a short period nimetoa karatha ya reali mia
mail kanzu is a long shirt-like garment rrorn kua Baniani, ya siku setta ku-m-rudislia; nadaka
liaja, nasbikua ni uthuru,ni karatlii, beina ya leo
both by men and women in Zanzibar. Men's
kanzus are white or a brovm-yelloiv colour, na kesbo, kesho kiitua taku rejeza munievve or ta-
of
with ornamented worlcin red silk round the neck ku-pa muniewe; , (1) aes alienum con-
^
!» C—
and down the breast; they reach to the heels traxit ;
. aes alienum, debitum, citra certum
woman's kanzus are generally shorter, and made temporis terminum; (2) retribuit, rependerunt
of every variety of stuff, frequently of satin or in vicem bonum vel malum; ata-ku-karithi karna
brocade, but are always bound with red (St.). ulivio-m-karitlii we we.
Kanzu za ebuma mbambile, a coat of mail doubly Karetiii (or kaeitiii or kaeathi), v. n., to bor-
lined. row money for a short time without interest;
Kao, s. (la tjpZ. makao) (
= maliali akaapo), a place of ku jipasha deni is “ to borrow money upon
residence, dwelling-place kaolangu ltabbai kikao, ; interest;" v. a., to lend money, to accommodate
the placewhere afeiv men sit and eat together. one with money without taking any interest;
Kaolexi, s., one whose words are not to be trusted, ku-m-pa fetba kua karata ku ji-karathi ;
(bew-
a doitble-tongued man (St.). row) or ku toa kua Baniani ya siku sita
Kaomua, s. ( vid kauma), ccdumba root. ku-m-rudislia.

Kapa, s. (pi. nia — •),

a dress like a coat (nguo Kama, s. (
(Joys ,
urbs, pagus), town (old language )
kanaa kanzu), the sleeves of which are open. karia zote na miji ilikuenda kikvindi, all men of
Kapi, where is it, referring to the diminutive form towns and villages event on masse.
ka (lcajua). Kaiiiadu, s., a kind of doth (R.).
Kapi, and makapi), a pulley, roller Kakib, (1) adj., near (2) come near, come in.
s. (ya, pi. za ;

ya ku peniesea kamba, a Karibu (karabu), s. (Arab.

pi. (ya,
kapi ya jombdni, ,

pi. za or nkraba), a relative, a near relative;

wooden block through which ropes run on a
native vessel. mtu lmyu karibuyangu, this man is my relative;
Kapi (pi. makapi), bran, husks. watu liawa karibuzangu or akrabazangu, these
Kapindi ?
men are my relations.
Karibu, v. n. to come near, to ap-
(Arab,
IvAro, there is not. ),

Kapu, s. (la, pi. ma— a large basket; kikiipu, proach; vid. jongea; karibu na or ya, near to;
),

small basket. karibuyangu or karibu nami, near me; walikuja

KAru.11 s., a kind of rice (St.). karibuyangu; pale karibuyakwe, there near him;
,

Kak, s., a million (Indian expression ). kua karibu nai, to be near to one; liivi karibu,

Karafu mayiti, camphor (St.) ? recently, lately markebu imekuja karibu ya (na)
poani, the ship came near the cove.
Karama, s., weight, value, importance; ulimi wa
Karibia, v. obj. (kua karibu nai), to come near
mtu lmyu ni karama sana = ni sherifu; niaueno-
to one, to draw near to one.
yakwe yana karama, that which he says has
Karibiwa, v.p.
yreat weight (Sp.).
Kaeiiiiaxa, v. r., to approach each other kari-
Kaeama, s., a special gift of God, an honour;
biana batta ku keti karibu, to be near to one
generositate indolis et nobilitate superavit another.
I*/ ’

honoravit nobilitus, genevositas ;

Luke v.29. Kakibisiia, v. c., to cause to come near, to invite
; ,

in, to offer, c.y., jakula, kiti, cOc.

Kaeamu, a feast, a festive entertainment in
s. (ya),
liberal, generous ; vid. karama.
honour of somebody (takrimu). Food and drink Karimu, adj.,
is supplied plentifully on such cm occasion, e.g.,
Karipia (or kai.ipia), v. a., to rebuke, to reprove,
to admonish, to snub one, to use one roughly, to
on the arrived of a stranger or friend or on holy-
scold; ku-m-fania maneno ya ukali.
days or after a successful journey
Ivariri, v.
K A rant, .9.
,
legit hbrum; ,
lectioni Karieia, v. obj.

deditus), a clerk, secretary, lit., a reader. Karikisha, v. a., to recite.

Karara, the woody flower-sheath of the cocoa-nut Karo, s., wages, payment, fee, but given in natura,
tree (St.). in corn, die.; (2) karo (= kano or liasira ya
Kaeasia, s., a vessel in which the people of Zan- harraka), sudden anger; wa-ni-fania karo mimi,
zibar fetch their milk (R.). thou art angry with me suddenly (uiungu) (Sp.).
K
 , ; . . ; ;; ?; ;; ; ;

KA ( 130 ) KA
Kartasi (or kakatasi), s. ( vicl kertasi), paper. hard labour is not play, yet a man gets money
Kas (or kasiri), less; e.g., reali kas robo (§) (cfr. by it, but by playing, though it be pleasant, he
gains nothing kazimbi ni bora saidi mteso
Arab, yd ,
abbreviavit).
mema, hard labour is far better than good
Kas A (or rather kassa) (lva, pi. nia — ), a turtle
play.
(vicl. kassa).
Kasimui (or kazimui), a. (vicl. kaa) ( p>l. makazi-
Kasa (or better kaza, vicl.), v. a., to strain to
,
mui), a dead woocl-coal, in opp. to kaa la motto,
draw, to take strnngW, to tighten; ku funga or
live-coals which are burning.
vuta kitu kua ku kaza hodari, si kua ku legeza,
Kasirani ( = mfundo), vicl. sononeka.
to tie or hind a matter bg drawing tight, not bg OC"

slashing off or loosening; <, ,

contractus fuit;
Kasiri, s., end;
^ ,
brevitas, finis, extremum

kasani or kaseni kidogo, tighten a little the rope

jd ,
brevis fuit, abbreviavit.

of the sail ku kazoa ni marathi. Kasiri, v. a., to provohe to anger (ku-m-vunda

Kasajut, a cloth, interwoven with gold; uzi wa moyo), to mahe one angry, tovex one.
kasabu ya f'etha na thahabu, tissue. Kasiriwa, v. p.
Kasama, cfr. hanamu, s. Kasirika, v. n., to get angry, to become vexed =.
Kasara, s., vehemence, anger; maneno ya kasarani ku ji-tia kasira or kasrani or kiniongo, to take
ku tukilia kasarani, offend (rid. niuhali) ku-m- exception at or to.
;

tia kasirani moyoninmakwe. Usi-m-tukulie kasi- Kasirikia, v. obj., to be angry at one; c.g., Saidi

rani moyonimuako, or usi-m-fanie hasira, or usi- ame-Ava-kasirikia Waarabu kua kutoa ku-m-
m-kasirikie, or usi-m-tukulie taksiri all these fuata manenoyakwe, Saidi ivas angry at the
;

are synonymous terms, meaning do not be angry. Arabs because they did not follow his words.
Kasirikiwa, v. p.
Kasarani, s., grief sorrow ; cfr. ,
fregit
Kasirisiia, v. c., to cause one to be angry, to
iy*A contritio, afflictio. vex one.
Kasasi, s., revenge, retaliation, vengeance; cfr. Kaseriana, v. rec., to provohe each other (or ku
& - t

^ffi ,
resecuit,
_

retaliavit, coaequavit rationes tukizana)

;
yd ,
violcnter tractavit ;
but

,
talio, vindicta. &y~£ means “grief."
Kasha (la, pi. nia —
a large box; kasha Kasiri; lasiri kasiri, from 4 to 5 o'clock p.m., but
),
a chest,

la f’etha, money-box “jua likiaga miti ” is near sunset.

Kasiiifu, v. a., to slander, depreciate (opp. to Kaskazi (kasikasi), s. (ya), the time of the wind

praise)-, cfr. ,
detexit, vi tin ostendit blowing from the north-icest wakati wa jaslio
11 a wa ku yabesislia nti, the hot season when, the
res ignominia afficiens. ground dries up from want of rain — in De-
Kasiiusi, s. — to the Kiniassa word kapuisi. cember January, February, and March
,
kaskazi
mkuba, when it is very strong kaskazi matope,
Kasi, s. (ya, pi. za or ma — ), business; vicl. kazi
when there is much rain. The kaskazi is opposed
ku fania or tenda kazi, to worl•; kazi gani?
to the kussi (masika) which is the time of rain,
what business ?
coldnessand wetness of the soil wwakiiti wa mvua
Kasia, s. (la, pi. ma— ) (cfr. kasa), oar ku vuta
na na msisimo wa nti) kaskazini, in a
beredi, ;
makasia, to row.
northern direction, to or from or in the north
Kasiba, s. (Arab. (ya, pi. ma— (cfr.
) )
(=kibula); ussowakwe ni kaskazi = unafigni-

,
arundo, tubulus) (kasiba ya biiuduki), the ana.
Ivaso, s., sound
barrel of a gun.
Kassa, s. (wa, pi. za), turtle, of which there are
Kasidi (or icusrm) (maksudi), s. and adr. (cfr.
various kinds; (1) kassa, ('!) gnamba, (3) dull,
Arab. Ad ,
intendit, proposuit sibi ; ,
pro-
(4) koa, (o)kdbe. The gnamba is of great valve
positum), the intention ,
purpose: adr., inten- on account of its shell, and must be delivered up
tionally, on purpose. to Government under penalty. The diifi is
Kasiki, s. (ya, pi. ma— ), a large earthen jar ; sometimes poisonous, hence the natives rub Os
kasiki ya maji, ya asili, samli, &c. oily substance on the hand. If no itching pain
Kasimbi (kazistbi), s. = kazi mbi or mbaya, hard, be caused, they consider it safe for food. The
work nr labour ; kazi ya ugiivu or siilubu, kazi kassa caught by means of the taza
is fish, which
ngtimn. /Vow. kasimbi si mtesa mema, mte-
.•
the fishermen carry alive with them. When they
siiwcliauna hoshimn, or ilgira, hard labour is not see a kassa, they let the taza go after it, to stick
goad play, playing has no wages, though fast to the kassa. When the taza has seized it.
 ; ; . ; ; ; ; ? ; . ; ; ;

KA ( 131 ) KA
thefisherman throws a harpoon and takes the way (the shortest way ) ku kata nakshi
;
(vid. nak-
kassa out of the sea the taza letting go instantly
,
sbi).
when exposed to the air. Hence, taza avindai Katana, v. rec. wanakatana kua vissu.
kassa, a-m-gandamana, ha-niu-ati. Katia, v. obj., to cut for —
Kassa (or kasoro), less by ( efr
Katiana.
,
abbreviavit)
Katiwa, v.pass., to have cut or cut out for one ;
(old. kas) reali tano kassa robo fire dollars less
; ,
ni kiazi changu kama nalikatiwa mirni, it is
a quarter of a dollar.
my measure, as if I had been cut out for it.
Kabsi, s. (ya, pi. za), twine, linen thread ku t!a
Katikia, v. obj. = fundikia, to cut to or for one.
or pigia kassi, to twist, to twine, to tighten, to
.Ti-kata, v. refi., to cut one's-self.
twist or twine thread; mtu alipotia kassi yuwase-
Ku katika, v. p., to be cut off, to be decided, to
kotapdte (upbte) za ku shom'a ngiio uzi unangia
;
break ligue unakatika felaki amekatiwa huku-
kassi ;
ussowakwe unangia kassi or ussowakwe wa
muyakwe leo or hukumuyakwe imekatika
kassi kassi; ku euda kassi, to rush along (—to
leo, he has been sentenced, his judgment has
go with, violence)', efr. L-i, duruit, obduravit se been decided; amekatiwa liokumu ya ku wawa,
he has been sentenced to death; ku katia ndia
(j-ij
,
durus ;
uzi liu ume-u-tia kassi mno, you
mbelle, to strike on the former road; ku katia,
made this thread too tight. to cut off to in an account = to deduct tufanie
Kassimj5le, s. (vid. kifiimbu), the pure milk of besabu, tukatiane, to strike the balance kussi
nazi without being mixed with water, the milk ku katika, the S. W. wind is over, lit., cut off.
pressed from the grated cocoa-nut; tui la kassi- Ku katiana (= ku koleana), to upbraid or tax.
mele = maji ya nazi yalio = kamuliwa mbelle each other with a guilt.
katika kifumlm, the first water ivhich is pressed Kata (or kataa), v. a., to refuse, to opjiose one;
out of a cocoa-nut which has been ground on the wali ame-m-kata, the governor refused him.
mbusi (vid.) and strained in a kifumbo. The
Kata i.i a, v. obj., to refuse to one, to check one,
first straining of the ground cocoa-nut; kassi = to refuse credence;ame-m-katalia maneno-
sito, mule = mbelle (unga wa kassi = ni unga
yakwe, he refused or optqwsed his word; haku-
msito, wa ku niumbuka) = tui la kwanza, mtu
ya-penda manenoyakwe neno ukatalialo ni
asitassa tia maji. Tui hili halina maji, ni tui
neno gani
lialisi. But the second straining (tui la niiima),
K AT ALIK A, V. p.
which is mixed with water, is first put into the
Kataza, v. c., to cause one to refuse or omit, to
cooking-pot, and at last, when the rice, die., is
prohibit, to forbid one a thing wali ame-m-
nearly boiled, they put in the tui la kassi mele or
kataza neno liili, the governor forbade this
tui la kwanza, which serves instead of ghee.
matter.
Kassi mele, the heavy milk-like substance ex-
Katazoa, v.p., to be refused (asinende).
pressed from the ground nazi (Kisegua mere = Katiana, = iana, to be due or owe each
v. rec.
milk, Kimrima mele, Kimwita maziwa). owe him three dollars and he owes
I
other.
Kata, s. ; kata ya niumba, adjustment of the dif- me two; tumekatiana ni-pa reali mmoja, zile
ferent apartments or divisions of a house (11.). mbili zi kuangu.
Kata, s. ; ku (unga kata, to tie on a charm (efr. Kataba, v. a., to write (Arab.).
skufu sliufu).
Kata kata, v. a., to chop up.
Kat’a, s. makata ya or za), drawer of water,
(ya, pi.
Katani (or katoani and icetani), s. (ya), hemp or
scoop, bowl kata ya ku noea maji, a cocoa-shell
linen; ugue wa katani, string made of hemp or
used instead of a tumbler by the notices. This
linen which the natives buy from the Europeans.
kind of dipper or bowl may hold from a quarter
They like it on account of its" solidity (uzi wa
to h alf a pint. 5 "j.

katani) efr. linum coliaesit.

Kata, s. (ya, a bunch or ring of leaves or
q/l. za), ; , ;

grass, die., which the natives put on their heads Ivatiia, s. ; yuna katlia ya damani, lie is in hurry,
to carry a water-pot or a. load kata ya ku-ji- pressus negotiis.
to go in damani efr. 'A ;
i

tuekea mzigo or kata ya ku tukulia mzigo.

Katha v. n. = ku sidi, to become too much;
Kata = ukuraza moja, a leaf of a bool a section,
a volume (Sp.).
I’,

kazi iki-ku-katbi (iki-ku-sidi) gravavit ;

^ ,

ut bene respirare non posset saftari ikiwn

Kata, v. a. (Arab. gUs to cut to decide, ), ; fig.,
;

settle;ku kata slnua la mti, to cut the root of a katha = karibu sana.
tree; ku kata or tinda maneuo, to cut short a Katiialika, ado., likewise; katha wa katba or
matter, to decide upon, to settle it; ku kata ta- ketlie wa kethe, this and the like, this and many

maa, to despair ndia ya ku kata, the nearest more, so and so; liili kilo, such and such, such
k 2
 ; ; . ; ; . ;; ; ; ; ;

KA ( 132 ) KA
things; Arab. IaS", sic, talis, isto modo (com- JvATUIilWA, V.

positum ex \a and £). become or get dry nti imekauka, Kauka, v. n., to

Kathaki, s., that part of the town of Monibcis in imekua katu, the country is dry.
- - O C- _
which the Mission-house stands; kathani is an Ivauli, word; Arab. JVjj dixit; dictum, , ,

old Sualiili icord instead 6f the handaki of the verbum kauli i-m-tokayo mbelle, that which ;

ngume (B.) ; cfr. ^UiS ,

incoluit locum. comes first into one's mouth.

Kati, -S', (ya), inside, the middle or midst, the court

Kauma, s., (1) calumba root; (2) ni nisi wa
ubugu, kana via si, kana mandano, ni daua ya
within a house ku sua kati, to Lore through,
; to
msliipa, ni utungu.
•perforate ; kati na kati, in the middle.
KA.UMU, s. (ya, pi. za) kaumu ya Mubammadi,
Katibu, s. (wa, pi. 111a — ),
writer, secretary (=
contemporary of
;

Muhammcd ; populus,
kavani) = muandishi ( LaS", scripsit); katibu
,

mdai, a quid', writer. quidam, aliquot; pi. wakaumu ,

people; akwamu,
Katibia, v. ohj. soldiers.

Katibiwa, v. p., to he written. a cowry. Kaitiu,

Katika, prep., in, at, about, as to, among katika Kausha, v. c., to cause, or make dry ; ku fania kafu.

Mvita, at Mombas; katika nti hi, in this land; Kawa ,

v. n. (vid. kaa, v. n.), to be delayed, to

katika saffari on or during that journey

ile, remain, to stay out, to tarry amekawa batta
katika kuku buyn, as regards this fowl; jua limefika vitoani, he tarried till the sun
simama katika genge, to stand as a precipice arrived over the head, i.e., till midday ; kesho ku
(E.) katika sumu hi ha-i-ui tungu, as to this enda ku kawa jua, to-morrow there icill be fair
;

poison it does not hill the ants; hawatarejea weather.

katika upotevu, they will not return from their Kawia, v. a., to delay one.

perverseness nami nimo amalini na katika ku Kawilia, v. n., to remain long, to be late, to

anda, I am in business and in preparing for the make delay, to loiter about a business.

war. Kawisha (or kawisa), to cause to stay, to keep,

Katikati, prep., lit., middle, amidst, between, to detain, to put one off; ku-m-weka mno
among katikati ya niurnba, in the middle of lililo-m-kawiska neno gani?

the house; uta-m-pata manawako katikati ya Kawilisa, v. a., to delay one.

watu waliokutana, thou shalt find thy child Kawisha, v . c., to cause one to tarry, to cause
among the assembled people. him delay, to put him off ku-m-Weka mno.
Kati na kati, in the middle. Kawa, s. (la ,pl. ma ), (1) a plaited cover made—
Katikia, v. obj. (vid. fundikia, v. obj. vid. kata, v. a. of mua in the shape of a pyramid kidude cha
),
ku finikia wali.The cover is used to protect
Katili, s. ( Arab (mtu auwai watu), (
1) a
)
food, from dust, cOe. The natives use this word
manslayer ; (2) one who is brave and courageous also for the European millhopper, as the kawa
in war, and slays a great many enemies ; cfr.
has the for m of a funnel. (2) hidden-, spots of
J-xS ,
intei'fecit ; ,
interfector, percussor. mould; ku fania —
to get mildewed or mouldy ,

Katiki, (St.).
v. n., vid. kadiri.
Katiti, adv., little (St.). Kawabi, .s. (q>l. ma — ), a bad man (a term of
Katiza ku katiza, to put a stop to, to break reproach).
; off,
to interrupt (St.). Kawaida, s. (ya) (Aral. acU ,
pi. Aejyi), necessity,
Kato (la, ma —
a cutting, a breaking off.
pi. ), conjecture, suqiposition (cfr. kiasi); neno asiloli-ona
Katu (or kattu), s. katu ya ku tafunia ughaibu wain asilo-ambiwa, yuwatoalia thana biissi nafsi-
kattu is a kind of gum brought from Arabia. nimuakwe, certainty which rests only upon guess-
The natives mix it up with popo, tambu, tombako, ing ; nime-m-pa kawaida ya pislii ya mtellc,.
and toka, and chew it with betel. It gives a red sikupima, lakcn natbani yk. ,
opinatus fuit)
(
colour, as the popo also does. The kattu is also
ni pisbi or saua saua na pislii, I gave him a
used for plastering the wound caused by the
measure of rice, but I did not measure it, but 1
operation of circumcision (vid. uvaibu toka, think it is one pisbi or equal, to one pisbi; ku
tambu, tombako, utembe).
fania kawaida ya kitu hilci, kiwe saua saua, to
Katua, v. a., to clean, topolish, brighten (= ku toa hit thismatter right by guessing, so that it be
or ondoa kutu, e.g., ku bunduki). — equal to what it slioidd be by measuring.
Katuka, v. p., to be bright, to be polished K aw)?, s. (ya, pi. za), a pebble (ya jiwe or janga we)
Katulia, v. obj.; letta kigeregnensa cha ku ka-iwe - The kawc is
contr. kawe, little stone.
katulia bvinduki, bring a small potsherd to to be distinguished pi. madon-
from dongoa (la,
polish or clean the musket (by rubbing it with gfia ya) udongo, which is a jiwe la uddngo
oil and potsherds). lililotimboa katika nti ya nddngo or madongo.
 ;; ; ;. ;; ; ;; ; ; ,

KA (
1
33 ) KE
Kawili, v. n., vid. kiiwa, v. n. to exist; e.g., yukele, better yukali hei, he is

Kaya, s. (la, pi. makaya), a kind of shellfish alive ; yukele, he is ; perhaps contracted, from ka
Kaya, s. (ya), the chief place, the residence, and ele =kele (R.) ;
wa kele ku ji-taabisha, ku
meeting-place of the Wanika; the kaya is kele usiku, it is still night.

usually fortified in case of sudden war. Keltoa, v. a. (cfr. kereza) (= ku kata kua msu-
Kayaiiba, s. (la, pi. ma ), (1) stalks of mtama — meno), to saiv into, to jag, to turn, to notch in
which the people fill inside with grains, to cause order to fit, <0 c.

a noise. It is used in dancing, and when the Keleza, v. c. (e.g., muotto) ;

kenga eba ku kele-

eril spirit is expelled from a sick man (pul. zea muotto.

punga pepo). (2) A sort of rattle or sieve. Keeele, s. (ya, pi. makelele), noise, alarm, outcry |

shouting kuji-inulia Sana kua kelele, ku zi-tolea

Kaza, v. a., to fix, to tighten; ku kazambio, to run
quick or hard; ku kazana, to fix one another, to a great outcry, so that it is heard
n'dc, to raise

hold together tightly kazika, to become tight or far; ku sema kua kelele (ku piga fumi), to talk
fixed.
aloud usi-ni-wekee kelele kana lelelele, he is ;

Kazana, adhere firmly ; kifcu liiki kina-

v. r., to
not noisy ( in Kinika).

kazilua na muensiwe, this thing adheres to the Iyeleti, v. n. (Kimr.), to sit.

other.
Kelika, v. (vid. bajiri), to be habitable ? = ketika.

Kazia, v. obj. Kema, v. a. (Kiamu) = ku isba, maliza.

Kazi, s., work, labour, business, employment kazi Kema, v. a., to us a one roughly, rebuke, to scream
mbi si mtt'zo muema? is not poor work as good (ku piga kelele).
as good play ? Kemba, v. a., to pour out into; kidude eba ku
Kazimui, a dead wood-coal, in oppos. to the living kembea.
coal. Kembembe, s., hairs standing on end from, cold or
Kazo, s. (la), pressing tight, nipping. fever.
Ke, female; m'ke, kike, wake, ke is the ground- Kemea, v. a., to snub one, to use him roughly, to
syllable of this word, batta jike, a female duck scold (= laumu), to bounce out in speech.
uiabatta make, female ducks. Ken da, ad]., card, number, nine (Arab. ,

Kebaba, s. (cha pi. za), a measure, usually the

,
liovem) ord. num., wa kenda, the ninth.
fourth part of a pisbi, but some natives use the ;

kebaba eba utatu, not cha nne, therefore one

Kenda, v. n. = ku enda, to go kendiipi for leu
enda wapi ? (going ivhere ?) where are you going
must always ask in buying, “ Have you a kebaba
cha utatu = cha ku pinna vitatu kua pisbi ku
Kende, s. (la ,pl. ma — ),
scrotum, testicle; koko za

timia pisbi kamili, or have you a kebaba cha

makende.
nne ?” in order to guard against deception. Kenene, s. ?

The people of Mombas say “ kebaba,” but those Kenga, v . a.; Kinika and Kimrima language pro
dangania or susua, to deceive to cheat, de-
of Kijomfu and Changamue say “kigumla.” ,

Kebi, s. ; nniili kebi na mniagi (R.) ? fraud.

Keezd, s., a lathe, a machine for turning. Kengaka, v. r. = danganiana, to deceive each
other.
Kefia kefia, v. a. (pul. nioniossa, v. a.), to treat
with contempt, to teaze, to put in low spirits. Kengoa, v. p.
Kenge, s., a large water-lizard with slender body
Kefu si ;
kefu wowe (R.) (f),
perhaps pro pefu.
and long limbs and tad (St.).
Kefule ! vid. kafule !

KengiSa, s. (ya, pi. za), the blade of a sword,

Kejelkjele, s., a shout ku piga — ,
to shout, to
knife, cOc. (without a handle ) kenge or kengea ;

make merry. ya upanga usio kipini.

Keke, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) a drill, native borer Kengee, s. kengee ya jua, the disk of the sun
(1)
kidude eba ku sulia mti the iron is called
;
used of the sun in the morning and evening,
kekee, the wood in which it is fixed msukano,
when his glare blinds or dazzles the eyes; (2)
the handle in which it turns jivu, and the bow
kengee ya mlcli wa mbuni, the. kengee ndio
by which it is round
turned uta (St.) ; (2) mashina ulipoondoa mlcli. Mleli are the large
bracelet of silver, ichich the native women wear
feathers of the ostrich or cock, of winch the
on the arm; kekee ya fetba ya ku va mikononi natives make the kiru, a tuft of feathers ichich
watuwakc each, bracelet costs usually two dollars ;
; they tie around their heads in battle or on other
cfr. fuvungu, s. solemn occasions. After all the hairy part has
Kekevu, s. (ya, pi. za), hiccup, occasioned by the been removed from the feather, it is called

kiungulia eba moyo (vid.). kengee.

Kekue (or kui5kue), s., a weed (Kin. pekue). Kengf.ee, s., a bell; ku piga kengele, to ring a
Keee, v. n. (pro kali) ( k a. a) (in Kinika kala), to be, bell
 ; ; . ; .

KE ( 134 ) EH
Kkngeua, v. a., to turn aside; mtu liuyu ana-m- Ketewa ? (R.).

kengeua pundawangu. Ket£zo [or kietezo), s. (cha, pi. vielezo), censer,

Keng£uka, v. p. perfuming-pan kitu cha ku fukizia ufumba.
Kf.xgewa, s. a land of vulture,
(wa, pi. za), a Ketiiebisha ( = kanisha), v. c., to cause to lie,

hawk (mue we), very dangerous to poultry. to deny; ,

mentitus fuit men-
Kera, v. a., to trouble; ata-ni-kera mimi, ata kna
dacium
na kero, a-ji-tendekeza tu hatta ya-mu-ie? (R.).
Keti, v. n., to sit down, dwell, reside, to live, to
Kekani, s. (vid. karani), a clerk, secretary.
stay [vid. ku ka); kulla (paliali) palipo ketiwa.
Kerkfu, s.=uerefu [probably contr. from kierefn) ;

vid. uerefu.
Keti A, v. obj.
Keregx£nde, s. (wa, pi. ma—), the quail? the Ketiwa, r.p.
red-lec/yed partridge, dragon-fly ?
Ketika ?
Ketisiia, v. c., to cause to sit down.
Keregxexsa, s., a little potsherd (E.); kigai is

larger.
Keu, a stroke [ = peu)
s., ;
ku piga keu or pen, to
choke; give a few strokes of the hatchet; kua sebabu
Kereketa, v. ci.; (1) to irritate, to e.g.,

rohoyangu ya-ni-kereketa, my throat is irritable ya ku niosha mti.

kua sebabu ya Keukeu, s. = kikeukeu (cha ku lia), sobbing.
internally = ya-ni-waslia kidogo
kula tombako, tombako ya-ni-kereketa; to Kewa, s. (ya, pi, za) kewa ya udongo ya ku kingia
;
(2)
mifiia, isipate motto, the ptots of day in which
grate like sand in the eyes, descriptive of pain,
said of one who lost his eyesight from small- the bellows of the blacksmith are placed in the
fire, to protect them from being burnt or injured
pox (R.).
Kereza, v. a. [vid. kelea) [to saiv off), to rasp, to by the fire; kewa ya ku fugutia ki wanda.

turn (kua tupa). Khabari [or habari) (ya, pi. za), information,

Kerezana, v. rec. news; cfr. ,

scivit, nuntiavit ; ,
fania.

Iveriisu, adj. [vid. karibu), near, nigh. liistoi'ia.

Kerimu, v. n. [vid. karimu), to be liberal to, to Kiiadaa [vid. liadiia), s., fraud.
feast. Kiiafifu, adj., light, not important ; cfr. i- o.- o- - ,

Kero, s., disturbance, trouble, uproar (=udia);

ievis pondere, dignitate, moribus
CP -
<_a~.
f
levis
muegni kero or kelele [vid. kera). ;
.

KertasIjS. (y a, pi. za), blank paper isioandikoa; wa- fuit.

cliarta s., a traitor ; cfr. kliini.

Kii aim,
raka ni kertasi ilioandikoa ;
cfr. , ;

Khai.aba (mukiialaba), vid. khelibii.

,
folium qualecunque sit ;
vid. hatti, s. Khalifu [vid. lialifu), to resist, op/pose, rebel

niumba). Kir am astasha r a fifteen.

Kesa, v. a., to turn; ina-ku-kesa (sc. ,

Kiiami, s., a chess bishop.

Kesha, v. n., to wake, watch, not to sleep ; e.g.,

ligiima ku tesa kucha, usilale marra moja, to Khamsi, five; ,

fuit quinlus.

heed the drum the whole night without sleeping

Kn\\Kisi,fiftg ; Arab. •

for one moment; ku keslia na ngoma: ngoma ya

vijana kai keshi. lvirARDAi.i, s.
( ,
semen sinapi), mustard..

Kesha, a night-watch, a vigil; nna keshayangu

s., Khartji, v. a. (vid. haraja), to spend.
usiku kucha kua sebabu ya nadiri nlioweka, Kiiashifu, v. a,, vid. kashifu.
nlipokiia mgonjoa, I keep watch the whole night Kiiatari, s. [vid. liatari or hatliari), danger, bold ;
in. consequence of a vow I have made during my Omar ebatari, Omar the Bold, who carried
e.g.,

sickness [when I vowed to watch a whole night Mohammed' s letter to Herkal, the governor of
after my recovery). Damascus to adopt Mohammedanism.
,

Kesiiicza (kksh£sha), v. make one to Kit ati, s. (vid.

c., to cause or hatti), letter, note, document, hand-
watch, to keep awake; ku-m-fania ku keti na writing.
mato. Kiiatia, s. [vid. batia) (crimen), fault, sin.

K ksho, adv. to-morrow keslio kiitoa [vid. ku tua)

,
Khatibu (
scriba), writer, secretary,
(kiichua, Kiting.), the day after to-morrow;
preacher.
mtundo bada ya, or ku shinda keslio kiitoa, the
Khatima, s, (vid, liatima), end, completion,.
third day; mtundo goa (ku shinda or bada ya
Khati.mjsiia, v. c, to complete ; vid. hatimislia.
mtundo), the fourth day.
Keso, s.
Khazana, s. (vid. liazana), treasure.

Ketani [or kitani), s. [vid. katani), linen, flax. Kheiri, s. (vid. heri), happy, fortune, happiness

Ki5tk, s. (ya, pi. za) (la), a kind of shell called watu wa kheiri, happy men ; ni kheiri, I had.
better; kua heri, adieu! for good
cowry (ngiitu in Kikamba).
 ; ;; ; ) ;

KH (
Ij5 ) KI
Kiieuku (KHELiBiKA)=ku-m-f«inia hada. dead in Arabic. Kiama kimetiika, nti imehari-

Kii em a (vid. hema), a tent. bika, watu wote wamekufia, the deluge has over-
flowed everything (tuka = ghariki), the earth is
Kihki, v. a. ( vul kini), betray
. yU, decepit.
spoiled and men have died.
,

Kuitaki, v. a. (vid. hitari, v. a.), to choose.

Kiamamba, v. 11 to become too dry by long exposure,
.,

Khitima nzima, a complete copy of the Coran sun; mtello hu unakiamamba sana, usiate
to the.
(Ilitima); cfr. Jnzuu. ku kiamamba (yahesika) hautakuja ku sagika
Kmjfisiia, v. c., to frighten ; vid. hofisha. ivema, this rice has become too dry, do not let it
Khofu, 8., fear, dauyer; vid. liofu ;
ku tia khofu, to be dried too much, it will not be well ground, it
frighten; kungiwa na khofu or kua na khofu, to will be difficult to grind it.
be afraid. Kiamba, s. (cha) (muamba mdogo), a small rock in
Kiiorj, s., a pad used as a saddle for donkeys. a river or at sea.
Khubiri, v.j vid. hubiri and liabari. Kiambaza, s. (vid. kiwambaza cha niuniba), the side-
Khusuma, s. {vul. husumu), enmity. wall of a house made of poles ant I plastered with,
Kiiutubu, v. a. (vid. hutubu), to preach. mud; to be distinguished /hom kiwambaza cliamlia
KlIlZURUNGI (or huti-iurungi), a stuff of a brown- 11 a cha ngiio pembe (peiipe) ya kiambaza ?,jiwe
;

yellow colour of which men’s best kanzus are , cha kiambaza, corner-stone, Eph. ii. 20.
la kitoa
made (St.). KiAMBiLfcno mimi, wewe, yeyc, suisui, nuignui
Ki (see Dr. Steere’s remarks, page 293). vvao, that 'which I say, &c.; kiambileclio wewe
Kia, s. (cha, pi. via) (
Kimrima ) ; (1) a kind of latch; somo = hayo unenayo (R.).
kia cha mlango (cha fungia mlango), the wooden Kiambo, s. (Kip.) = muando.
bolt of the door, to shut from within ; oppos. to Kiamo (or kilamo), s. (cha) (= dagna) maziwaya ;

komco (the bolt which shuts the door from without muanzo ku via gnombe, beestings tupike kiamo
akiisha kia kisingiti, as soon as he steps over the tule when a cow calves for the first time she has
;

threshold he forgets it; (2) kia cha (pi. via via) a great quantity of beestings, which grows less
muili = flesh. with each calf.
Kia, v. a. ( = kiuka, v. a.) (Kimrima), to step over Kiaxa, s. (cha, pi. viana) Kimrima = kibia cha
(
e.g., ku kia (or kiuka) gogo, to step over a trunk ku finikia wali, the Vul of a pot.
of a tree (ku tupa kua magu) ;
ku kia, e.g., ants Kiaxga, s. (cha, pi. vi) (vid. muanga), clear
in the road. weather or sky after the fall of rain ikipussa
Kiwa, v. p.; isiokiwa, impassable. mvua, ni kianga cha jua mvua hi ukomo wa ku ;

Kia, s., a kind of latch (St.). liiliza siku mbili ya tatu itatoa kianga
liizi, siku
Kiaiia, s ., slowly, distinctly ; cfr. U=jj , (1) tardum cha jua, the coming out of the sun after rain ;
kianga cha mgema (vid. massu). Though all
liabuit incessum, (2) vocem kata kata edidit avis ;

other work may be interrupted in consequence of

katha ?

Kiafia, that which comes into one’s nose and rain, yet the Lord ivill grant at last the kianga
s.,

yuwaenda kiafia cha ku cha mgema (vid. gema) inafania kianga cha
causes sneezing; e.g., ;

rolio ya kiafia, a changeable being ? (R.).

mgema, a short interval of sunshine during the
jennia
rainy season which the mgema (the tapper of
;

1viauA.no, s (1) promise, (2) place agreed upon for

.

the palm-wine) uses for his work.

meeting ; but maagano is agreement.
Kianzi, s., vid. muanzi.
K ia 11
; kiali cha motto (cfr. kitete), a spark of
.
,
.s'.

pre; kiali clia barudi, rocket ? cfr. muali wa Kianzi, s. (cha)

ku piga kianzi cha ubincha ? ;

muotto. Kiapio (pi. viapio), cry ofjubilee.

Kialio, s. corn requisite for
(cha, pi. vialio), (1)
Kiapo, *•. (cha,pZ. viapo), an oath, an ordeal; ku la

preparing the food taken in the evening ; supper; or fania kiapo, to eat, or to tedee one’s oath — ku
nkisha kula kialio, utalala in Kipemba kijio = apa; (2) the sign of oath put up in the plantations
;

jakula cha jioni Kin. kilariro; kialio cha to frighten thieves; ku-in-tilia or pigislia kiapo,
;

invua, rain with which one goes to sleep; (2) cross to cause one to take an oath; vid. afia, v. c.

pieces put in a cooking-pot to prevent the meat KiAra, s. ; ku rusba kiara ?

touching the bottom and burning (St.). Kiarabu, adj., Arabic; Muarabu, an Arab ;
Kiama, (ja), (1) overflowing, inundation of the
.s',
maneno ya Kiarabu, Arabic icords, Arabic lan-
whole earth. The Muhammedan Sualiili believe guage.
that at the world the whole earth will Kiasa ngeu, ni daiia /bi' the hoinma ku ji-paka.
end of the
he. overflowed bg water, after which will be the KiAsi, s. (Arab. )
(cha, pi. vi )
= kipimo, —
resurrection, of the dead; (2) ( stetit, erectus measure; kiasi cha barudi ya ramia moja, or
,

simply kiasi cha bunduki, the measure of gun-

liiit i+ff ) resurrection, resurrection of the
: powder requisite for one charge, a cartridge;
 ? ; ; ; ;

KI ( 136 ) KI
kiasi gani? how much? muegni kiasi, a temperate shed to shelter from the rain and sun, a hovel, a
man; iieno liili linaanza kiasi, Ion;/ ago, long hut; (2) kibanda clia usso, the forehead, which
since; kiasi gani unakuza, at liow much do you is also called kijunebu or kigomo clia usso ; cfr.

sell kibema, ulingu, and diingu.

Kiate, s. (pi. vi — ),
orphan ?? (alieatoa), Kibaxde clia sakafu, vid. kipande.
Kiati, s. (pi. vi — ),
a squib, cracker (of firework) Kibanzi, s. (pi. vi — ),
a splinter ; kibanzi clia

(Er.). ukuni eba ruka ukuni ukipassuliwa, a piece of

Kiatu, s. (eba, pi. a sandal (of the
viatu), shoe icood split.

natives ) ;
a sort of tall wooden
viatu via inti,
,

IvibAo, s. (clia, pi. vi — •),

a small board or plank, a
cloy worn in the house and especially by women.
,
shelf; a large plank is called ubao, pi, nibao ;
,11

They arc held on by grasping a sort of button Tumbatu a chair is called kibao (St.).

(msuruaki) between the great and second toe Kibapara, a destitute man, ci pauper (an insulting
epithet) (St.).
(8<H Kibarabara, a long fish ; trap., a talker, prattler.
Kiatunu (or jiatuxu), s.; kitu clia tuim, kit u kisi
cho kuarno katika mi, kikipclckoa kua vafiki vva Kibaranga, s a cudgel, club. ,

mballi ku-m-tunukia, a dessert of sweet pastry, KibarAngo, s. (clia, pi. vi ), a

small heavy stick ; —
any curiosity of food or other matter which is frnibo nene ilio fupi (kipigi in Pemba), a small

sent to a distant friend to please him with some- cudgel; mbarango is a large club.
thing which is not found in his own country or KibarAre, dim. o/barare.
town, e.g. bungo (the fruit of a tree ) is found KibAraza, s. (eba, pi. vi
, ),
a small seat of stone —
at Mombas, but not at Zanzibar. (cfr. baraza).
*

—
Kiavvanio, s. (pi. vi ), measure (pisbi, kebabu) Kibarra, a little wilderness kibarra clia Ma- .s.,

— eba ku gawania (Sp.). kupa, between Changamue and Makupa (near

KiAzr, s. (eba, pi. viazi), a sweet potato kiazi Mombas).
manga or kiazi kiku,^>Z. viazi viku, yams, various
KibArua, s. (eba, pi. vi ), a ticket, a note (cfr. —
kinds, (1) kiazi jeauppe, (2) kiazi eba badada (of barua or baroa) Er. iSteere says, “ Ivibarua is ;

red colour), (3) kiazi eba mriba (big, short, and vow used in Zanzibar to denote a person hired
white)', kiazi kiku, pi. viazi vikuu, yam; kiazi by the day, from the custom of giving such
eba Ivizungu, European potatoes. persons a ticket to be delivered up when they are ,

Kibaba, s. (eba, pi. vi —

or za) (vid. kebaba) a ,
paid.”
measure which is about a pint-basin full about ,
KibAta (vid. mbata, s .) ;
kibata clia kidiizi liiki ni

a pound and a half (St.), fourth part. kibata, liakikuniki kua ebasukuka katika
mbiisi,

Kibagada, s., dim. o/pagada (E.) ?

kifufu, this little cocoa-nut has no water, it is dry

—
Kibago, s. (eba, vi ), footstool; (1) kipande eba inside, lialdna tui.

mti eba ku kalia or vvekfia magii, or eba ku KibAto bAto, s. (clia, pi. vi ), the various colours —
ketia, a kind of footstool, any piece of wood to of a leopard or a cow, etc., white, black, red, cOc.
sit upon (e.g., kibago eba nibiizi) or to pvt the (marakaraka), vid. bato bato (la,p/.ma — ),
ear le-

feet upon; (2) kibago eba ngazi ya ku kuelea, gation of colours in general.
the round of a ladder or step of a staircase ; Kibatu, s., vessels of tin, /dates of tin.

(3) kibago eba kisingiti eba ju na eba tiui; the

Kibauro, s. (vid. madoro), miserable talk.
lintel and sill of a door. KibAwa cha kanga, a kind of serpent, resembling
Kibagu kibAou, vid. kipuepuc. the guinea-fowl in colour.

—
KibAku, s. (eba, pi. vi ), spot, stain, any mark Kibata, adj., bad (physically ) vid. biiya. ;

which a sore or the small-po.r, or the g'bee spilt Kibe, s. ; ku-m-tia kibe katika mateso ya tunguja
upon a cloth, leaves behind; lmibali pa alama za mitune cfr. madessi and kodiie cfr. kodue. ; ;

ionekanayo katika muili an ngiio, die.; kibaku Kibebisru, ndcfu, ya nibiizi mume (vid. bebei'u).
eba jua, the spot where the sunbeams fall into
KiberAmu, s., vid. beramu, s.
the room ? cfr. kipara or doa doa or nsora.
KibiSte, s., a small foot; e.g., kuku buyu yuna
Kibakui.i, s., a kind o/mtama.
niiigu mafupi kana batta, this hen has small feet
Kibai.i, v. n., to prosper (St.).
like a duck; ndie kukukibete.
Kin a mb a! (rectius kipAmba), s. (pi. vi — ), (1) a little
Kibeti, a dwarf (?).
cotton dipped in oil and applied to (Er.); (2)
s.,

eba mua = makmribi ya mtui kana miba (bamba Kibia, s. (eba pi. vi , — )
(kibia clia ku finikia vvali),

la mua) ;
kibamba clia niama, kibiimba eba a dish (not glazed and of clay, to cover the bulled,
maluta,/«t, grease. an earthen pot-lid) (cfr. kibungii, kikarigb)
rice,

Kibaxawazi, rid. kipanawazi. Kimv. kibia = diana (in Kilindini).

Kibanda, s . (eba, />1. vi — )
(vid. biinda), a little Kibii.ibili, s.; gnuelle za kibilibili, the usual
 ; . ; ; ; );

KI ( 137 ) KI
woollen hair, in contradistinction from gnuelle za Kibugu, s.; ku umika kibugu mnazini, to hung up
/inga (
vicl singa). the kibugu to a cocoa-nut tree for tapping cocoa-
Xidiongo (clia, j
yl. vi — ), a person lent by aye and nut liquor (old. ku gema).
infirmity (kiboboe). Kibugusa, s. (vicl. kipukussa), disease among cattle.
KiiiiuiKA, s., vicl. birika. Kibuhudi, s., grief (= sumazi, sigitiko) ; kibuhudi
Kibiriti ( or kibekiti), s. {Arab. ),
rid. kime m-gia rohdni ;
ameshiriki kibuhudi, grief
kibriti, sulphur ; pi. viberiti, matches. overtook him, and he took it deeply to heart; cfr.
Kibiti, adj., fresh, yreen (vicl. biti). molesta fuit res, gravius affecit.
,

—
Kiboa, s. (pi. vi ), vul. jiboa, a cloy. Kibula (and kibuli or kebla or keblia), s., the
Kibobue, s. (clia, pi. vi ), a piece of cloth tied — point towahls which Mohammedans turn in
round the loins by women when working or
prayer, viz., in the direction of Mecca, which is
dancing ku jikaza or lsu jifungu kibbbue or
situated nearly north of the iSuahili coast, where-
mlcumbu or nguo pana kiunoni ku pata nguvu
fore kibula means “north” in general; ku lekea
za muili katika kazi. This has reference to a
kibula, to turn to the north ; cfr. tractus
piece of cloth which the 'women tie round their ,

loins when they pound corn in a mortar or per- anti'ovsum oppositus, pec. quo quis se diriget inter
form other hard work. It screes to fasten their precandum, regio tempii Hierosolymitani vel Mec-
dress and strengthen them in their work. Ki- cani amri ndie kutubu suheli 11a keblia, God. ;

bobue is to be distinguished from mkaja \va rules south and north.

jnfiazi afungai niatumbo na kitambi kirefu, yasi- Kibumba, s. (cha) (dim. of bumba) (la, pi. 111a — 1

kue makuba. A iSuahili woman, after parturition, a small case or box of anything; cha tombako
is bandaged with a longpiece of cloth, to preserve kibumba, packet of tobacco tombako hufunoa
her form. The Wanika women, who do not ob- (katoa), ikisha katoa ikaatoa ku pata jua robo
serve this Kisualiili custom, are much distended. ya saa ikaondolewa ikakatoa 11a manni ya ;

Kibodoo, s., a little piece of (rood ivith which a m&gomba, yakatandikoa mahali panioja, ika-
rope is drawn tight. toaliwa tombako, ikawekoa iote, ikatoaliwa ma-

Kibofu (or rather kibovu), adj., bad {morally and gombi mangine yakafinikoa tombako, kuamba
physically), decaying, worm-eaten. isipate beredi ikaharibika, ikatoaliwa 11a magogo
Kibofu, s. (ja) ;
kibofu cha gnombe, cQc., (
1) blad- ikawekoa jii, ku lemezoa hatta siku ya tatu, siku
der; (2) the crop of a bird (R.) ? ya tatu ikaondolewa tombako, inakwisha iva,
Ivibog 6 shi, s. (clia, pi. vi — ) ; (
1) kifuko clia ngofi, a inakua niekundu, ikafungoa ju ya niumba isio na
small skin or leather bag for money or powder mottOjWalaisiokuana beredi sana; ikakanka, ikisha
(
ku kamia (vid. kama) maziwa.
2 ) kibogoslii clia kauka ikaondole wa ikakuagniuliwa (ku kuagniua
The Gallo makefine bags from ropes capable of ikafungoa mabmnba kua mia, ikatiwa gandani
holding milk. lililotiwa mbelle maji ya poiini, ikafungoa ika-
Kieoko, s. (clia, pi. vi — ), a hippopotamus (mfu in lewalewa hatta Wabarawa wakija wakinunua kua
Kiniha)\ niama mkuba aketie majini najii ya barra. ddti aufetlia; k. bumba cha ijzi, clew of thread;
Kibondue, s. (cTSa ,pl. vi
— ),
rice ground with water, niuki wanaka kibumba, the bees sit in clusters
anything which is only pounded, not cooked, e.g., when they swarm; kibumba cha udongo; ki-
pounded mawelle and scraped nazi kibondue ;
bumba or kitopa cha maslnike ya mtama, tin-
clia mawelle; mawelle mabivu yatavundoa, head of ripe maize (vicl. kitopa); kibumba cha
yakislia vundoa, yapSpetoa, zitdke kumfi, zilipo- unga, lump offlour.
toka kiimfi, mtu avunda nazi akiina, akisha Kibukchu, s., a large tress-work (containing gisila

kuna, atia na takizakwe, akapdnda tena liatta mbili) for preserving corn.
ku tangamana nazi na mtelle wa mawelle; ma- Ivibungu, s. (biingu la udongo la ku pozca uji) :

tangamano baya ndicho kibondue (cfr. biimbui). kibungu clia ku pakulia wali, a dish of clay for
Iyiboxgo, s. ! holding boiled rice; kikango clia ku fania mtuzi.
Kibosange (pi. vi ), glass-beads (E.). — Kibunsi, s. (cha ?), the end of the year (Nerunzi)
Kibkani, s. (ya) (= feida) (vicl. jibrani), profit, ad- Pers P r ' mus ann i dies a P l'd Pcrsas, novi ’ '

vantage; jmz., benefecit beneficium, laetitia. anni prineipium, et temporis illius festum (ku tia
;

siku za kibunsi).
Kibkika, v. n.; ku pata feida, to obtain profit.
Kibrisha (= ku-ni-pa or ku-m-patia feida), to
Kibunzi, s. = kibunsi.
Kibure, s., bronze wing-clove (R ).
make one obtain profit.
Kiburi (or keburi), s. (ya), pride (cfr. Arab. .

Kibriti, s. (cha, pi- vi — )

(vid. kiberiti), (
1
)
sid-

phur; ( 2 ) match, p>l. vi — ,

matches. magnitudo, supevbia), haughtiness ku cnenda
KniukTA (kidauati), s. (clia, pi. vibueta) (vicl. usafihi or kiburi.

biicta), a little desk, bow, canister. Kiburipembe, s., a native bird (St.).
 ; . ; ; ;; ;

KI ( 138 ) KI
Kiburu ? Kidari, s. (cha, pi. vi ), the breast-bone, sternum , —
Kibuyu, s. (dim. of buyu), used in ku gema; ku chest, breast of meat (E.) kidari is used of men ;

umika kibuyu (K.), to hang up kibuyu. and animals, but kifiia refers to men only.
Kibuyu mimba, s., supposed pregnancy (Sp.). Kidata (kitata), s. (pi. vi ), (1) a bandage ; (2) —
Kibuzi, s. (kiume) (dim. mbuzi), a kid; nina kibuzi pounded simsim, which when squeezed is called
chaDgu na kiisa. shudu (also utata) kidata cha mafuta, oil-cake ;

Kichaa, s.. lunacy muegni kichaa, a lunatic. when not fully expressed.
—
Kiciiaka, s. (cha,j?Z. vi ) (cfr. kitiika), a heap of Kidau, s. (cha, pi. vidau), a small vessel (or boat)
wood or sticks a thicket.
,
hence kidau cha wino, an inkstand.

—
Kichaea, s. (cha, pi. vi ), a hunch; kichala clia Kidauati, s., alittlebox, case (c/i-.kibueta), a band-
mzebibu, a hunch of grapes. box atramentarium. ; cfr. ,

Kiciieko, s. (cha, pi. ki — ) (

vid kiteko), a laugh,
Kidawati, said of vessels or instruments for mak-
a giggle.
ing bricks ? (It.).
KicuiKicHi, s. (cha, pi. vi
), —
the small nuts con- Kidazi, vid. kibata.
tained in the fruit of the pa' m-oil tree (St.).
Kidefu (or kidevu), s. (cha), chin and beard on
—
Kichii.ema (cha, pi. vi ), the heart of the growing
the chin; ndevu, beard in general (or kilefu).
part of the cocoa-nut tree, which is eaten as
KidiSmbe (or kilimi), s., speaking with the tongue
salad and in various icays (St.).
always on the teeth; mtu huyu yuna kidembe,
Kicho, s. (cha,y;Z. vi — ),
a fear, danger. yuwafumba nianeno
ulimi, hainiii ulimi, yuwa-
Kichoa (for kitoa), s. (cha, pi. vitoa), head (in
kua meno. tafiina or zuia ulimi
Kiung.).
Kide.me, s. (cha) ( Kirnrima ), vid. kisafu (kando ya
Kichocheo, an instrument for pushing wood tumbo lililo na mafi), the large intestines; vid.
farther into the fire, the act'ofpushing.
kisafu and tumbo.
Kichochoro, s. (cha, pi. vi ), a very narrow — Kideri, s. (cha) ni makdngo or nniratlii ya kiiku, ;

passage generally left between the houses in

disease ofpoultry and cattle, from which they die
Zanzibar (St.).
suddenly.
—
Kidaka, s. (cha, pi. vi ), (1) the cocoa-nut in its
Kidete, s. (cha), a little four-footed animal, the
first stage of growth. ] Kidaka, 2, kitale, 3,
,
size of a rat, with a long tail weasel ? ,
clafu, 4, kdroma, 5, nazi. These are the dif- I
c- c-
ferent stages of the cocoa-nut. At first it is very Kini, v. n., to be enough
or sufficient ; cfr. Si ^3 Ai , .

small (kidaka), then it gets water (kitale), after sufficit mihi.

that it gets flesh and agreeable water (dtifu, la pi. Kidia, v. (vid. kifia or toshea), to satisfy one.
,

—
ma ), then the water becomes sour and the flesh Kidiku, s., (1) a certain precious stone from Jagga
hard (kdroma), at last it becomes nazi, udien it is (R.); (2) something broken, e.g., kissuchangu
only sought for cooking, not for drinking. (2)
kinakatika, ni kidiku cfr. Kiniassa kidiikua. ;

—
Kidaka (cha, pi. vi ) cha niumba, a niche or Kidimbui (cha, pi. vi ), aqwol left on the beach by —
recess in the wall of a house; (3) kidaka cha the falling tide (St.).
kanoa? (cfr. kirinda masira in Kiniassa ). Kidi.uu kuku wa kidimu or wa kibarawa or kuku ;

—
Kidako, s. (cha, pi. vi ), (1) hcemorrhoidal piles kidimu, a fowl with naturally ruffled feathers
kidiiko ni sliina la or uwinda wa time, which, if (R.). In Kis. kuku \va kibarawa (malaika-
destroyed by continual sensuality, the evacua- yakwe yasimama).
tions and urine do pass involuntarily (2) kidako Kidixga roro, s., the dengue fever (St.).
is the suture between the anus and the penis
; mtu
Kiuixkuiki, s., a small poisonous fish = mueguia
akitoka kidako, ni mgdnjoa liuyu anatoka in Kinika (R.).
;

kidako. Kidogo, adj. and adc., little, small, a morsel,

—
Kioanga, s. (cha, pi. vi ); limiiu janga lianzalo crumb.
vialiwa, lialina maji, a young juic.eless lemon Iyidoko, s. (cha), smacking with the tongue, a
embe kidiinga, lianzalo toka mini embe hili ni click ; to smack or clap with the tongue into the
;

kidanga, the mango just after the blossom. When ear of one's wife, to invite her for embrace (an
it is a little larger, it is called embe janga (vid. expression of conjugal mysteries, wherefore this
mjanga) nddgo linakua kana i la kuku, linakiia
;
word must not be used in common language ) ku ;

rika, it is grown as large as the egg of a hen, piga or ku-m-pigia kidoko.

neither large nor small, but middle-sized ma- Kidoi.e, s. (cha), the. little finger (vidole viwili)
einbe vidanga or vidanga via maembe. (cfr. udcile) kiddle, a finger, a toe kiddle cha ;

Kidango, s.; ku piga kidango cha mua (cfr. furari). gumba, the dumb.
Ki dangu (or kidengu) (obscene). Kido.nda donda (pi. vidonda donda) ku fania ( = ;

Kidapo; kidiipo cha homma, shivering from fever ; tondoka muili), to get many sores (cfr. tonddka),.
rid. kitapo. a small sore, a wound.
 ; ; ; : ; ;

KI ( 139 ) KI
Kidondo, «. (cha) (cha kuni), thin sticks which one kianzo or janzo, the beginning and progress of a
collects in the vicinity of his house to kindle a work e.g., ukianza utaendeleza mbelle kua ku
,

fire quickly, twig, sprig (kijidondo, fuel). sukashupatu; kiendelezo cha kazi, the progress
Kidoxge, s. (cha, pi. vi ), —
a very small round of the work.
a pill, a lump in flour ; kidonge chadaua;
thing, Kiexge, s. (cha, pi. yienge) kienge cha motto, a ;

kidonge cha iizi = kibumba, clew of thread. bunch of dried cocoa-leaf (makuti), to set any-
Kidoxgoa, s., a small clod of clay (vid. dongoa, thing on fire, e.g., in destroying the siafu, a kind,
madongoa) as hard as stone. The land where of ants, but kingacha motto is a firebrand apiece ,

such clay is found is called nti ya ndongo. The of wood burning.

Suahili like to plant rice on such land; vid. KiENzr, s., a rude kind of bier or litter.

mgagnando. Kikvu, s., vid. kidefu or kidevu.

Knfg'o, s. (cha), a piece of cloth or mat tied over Kip a, s. (cha, pi. vita) kifa cha bunduki, the pan ;
j

the eyes of camels while turning the oil-mill, to of a flintlock (nipple of a percussion gun ?) ku
!
;

prevent them from seeing and drinking the oil; tia bavudi kifani. !

kidoto cha ku finikia raato ya ngamia, wasione Kipaduro, s. (cha) = kikohozi cha vijana. !

mafuta ya kinuni, wasinoe ku funga vidoto, to Kipapa, s. (clia) (= kicha), epilepsy, fits; amc-
;
‘

blindfold; ndia ya kidotoni. patoa or amekamatoa ni kifafa, to be epileptic

Kiduije, s. (dim. o/dude), a little thing.
Arab. . fuitim subduxit surripuitque ;

Kidudu, s., confusion or perplexity about a way

erecta fuit prae tervore coma dai
which one at other times knew well; ku shikoa
.
; ,
ni
kidudu (E.), to be perplexed. tremor febrilis.

Kidbdumi; pembe ya kungu ya ku iindia unguuc Kifai.ume, adj. Tangai anaunda jombochakwe
usiku mashambani asile mahindi ku piga. ;
kifalume (or kisultani), Tangai built his vessel
like a king (in a kingly manner).
Kidugu, s.; kidugu kimoja (vid. ndugu) (ku penda
11 a kidugu). Kifamfaxi, s. (Kimrirna) (or papasi or pasi)
Kidueu [or kii.udu), velvet ?
(kama kupa), an insect (like the bug) which
j

Kiduxari, mpunga wa kidunari, this sort of rice stinks dreadfully. It is said to exist at Zanzi-
s.;
is short and broad (mbeti ya gassi), opp. to bar. It is a great nuisance in Teita and Usam-
j

mpunga wa msindano, which is thin; mpunga bara and other countries. j

wa kinika, red and not very good ; ndio uhisa- Kifani, s., the like, a similar thing (pi. vifani).
—
{

biwao damn (R.). Kifaxo, s. (cha, p!. vi ), image, likeness = sura ;

kitano cha mtu, the likeness of a man (ku fanana).

Kidundu, s. (cha) (= kitoma), (1) a calabash.
Kifaxua, s. (rid. fanua, v. a.), uncovering kifanua
The Lamu people use the word kidundu for the
cha ungo, the uncovering of the sieve; vid.
Mombassian expression “kitoma” and “kibori"
kilinge cha uganga.
Kigunia; kibanduo in Kimrirna. (2) Kidundu
in

cha usso = kikomo, the forehead, brow ; dim. of

Kifaraxga, s. (cha, pi. vi — ), a chick, a pullet,
which does not yet lay eggs. The various stages
tundu (a hole), vid.
of development of a fowl are (1) kifaranga, (2)
Kidunga, dim. o/dunga ( = dsenkua y a koiua in pora, (3) mtetca, (4) kd, which lays eggs the first
Kiniassa), a broad-edyecl basket. time (yuna mimba ya kwanza) (ko la kuku).
Kidzisu, s., a small knife (dim. o/kissu). Beb. takes kifaranga for cockerel.
Ividzoi, adj., referring Wanika [who arc Kiparasa, adj., French; maneno ya Kifarasa, the
to the
,
\

called Waclzoi (sing. Mdzoi) by the Wakamba. French language; Mfarasa, a Frenchman.
Kif.lesa and muelesa na magoxge (on a net), of The natives distinguish maneno ya Kiengreza
j

the mgosa and mbawa tree (R.) ? ? (English), ya Kispaniola (Spanish), ya Kiameri-
K IKI.fiZO (or KIEI.EEEZO Or KIEEELEZl), S. (clia, pi. kani (American), ya Kiportugvs (Portuguese), ya
vielczo), a pattern ku eleleza kazi, to imitate Kifarasa (French). 1

any work from a pattern ku tezama na ku Kifarasi, s. (cha) (Arab, with a of com-

fuaza; but ku endeleza ( from endelea, to go on, parison), a little horse, or like a horse, horse-
to spread about), to spread about, so that the like; yuwenda mbio kifarasi (= uenenda kua ku
matter runs farther, e.g., ku endeleza kelele ruka, si kua ku fuliza magu), he walks quickly
(vid. kiendelczo, s.). like a horse.
Kiembe, s. (cha, pi. viembe), a small mango (vid. Kiparc, s. (cha ,pl. vi— ), rhinoceros ( = pea, Kin.
embe). pera), a small rhinoceros (cfr. kafarupfu in
Iviembe (or jejibe), s. (cha), the triangular point Kiniassa).
or head of the kigumba, which is that part of the Kifaumk, s., royalty, a kingly kind; ya kifaume,
arrow which is of iron, fixed into the wood. kingly, royal; amevaa nguo za kifaume, he wore
ex delezo, s. (cha) (cfr. kielezo, s.), progress =- royal garments.
 ; ; — ; ;

KI ( 140 ) KI
&IFAUONGO, s. (= Kin. kifolongo) (E.), a beetle yield much, to swell up; e.g., unga unafania kilo
which on being touched feigns death. (= baraka) sana, the flour yields much more
Kiffi, vid. kivi. than was expected (unga unava) ;
kitu hiki
chiiva niama meat (cow) has
hi haina kivo, this
Kifia, v. obj. (kafa, v. n.) ( ,
satis fuit,
;

not yielded as icas expected waliwakwe hauna

sufi’ecit alicui), to give one sufficient, so that it be kivo (cfr. the word n-tiipsa in Kiniassa ) or
enough for one's purpose; e.g., ame-ni kifia haukufania kifo, his rice did not prove abun-
hajayangu = kitnjangu = ame-ni-toshea ocaine- dant; kifo langu a-ji-fia kua uongo (E.)?
ui-kidia (vid. lddi) hajayangu, he has given me
Kifd, v. n., to suffice; vid. kifia.
enough, so that I need not buy more elsewhere.
,

Kifia i.iA (or rather kivialia), s. (clia, pi. vi ), a — Kifu xdugu, (1) the os coccygis, the bone which the
person, especially a slave, born in the country Jluhammedans say never decays (St.); (2) <1.

where he at present resides, in contradistinction pain in the chest in connection with a cough, but
to slaves icho came by sea and with the beating without kamasi.
of the drum; tutu, alievialhva linpa, asiekuja Ivifua, s. (cha), (1) breast, chest, cough (?) ; (2)

nagoma; kifialia means in general “« native kifua cha m'ti = kihero cha mti (kijano), a small
whether he be a slave or free man ” (
in Kiamu trencher. It is not deep, and is of a circular
niazalia). When a ship arrives with a cargo of shape; kifua cha ku oshea mikono. A large one
slaves, the sailors make a great noise with is called jano.

drums, hence mja 11 a goma = a fresh or new Kifuete, s., squirrel ?

slave or telea (pi. matelea) ;

mtuma aliekuja Kifufu, s. (cha,yiZ. vi — ); kifufu cha naziiliokunoa,

11 a mamai maongdni, a slave who arrives by land the hard and empty of a cocoa-nut, which shell

but is still a young child carried on the mother's has been scraped out; nazi isiokunoa is called
bacl\ All fresh slaves are called wajinga kisio.

(
idiots ) Kifuifui ? adj., blue?
wasiqjua maneno ya liuko (laken akili
anazo) (cfr. kiviao kivialo, vid. mpungufu). Kifuko, s. (cha, pi. vi ), a, purse, wicket, a, small —
Kifiazi (or kiviazi), s. (oha), (1) birth, the act of bag cha ku tafunla ughaibu kifuko cha ku tilia :

giving birth; kifiazi elia mtumke huyu ni jema, fetha, a money purse; (2) a small jar for carry-

hakusumbuka, amevia marra moja; kifiazichao ing water (mtuiige mddgo \va ku tukuiia maji)
ni kimoja; kifiazichao cha mlangowao, tangu (Kimrima).
asiliyao wafiamio kifiazi cha mlaugo iva watu Kifuli, s., shade, shadow (cha mtu); u'iili \va inti.
;

hawa haikutangamana na mhea niengine, iniekua Kifulifui.i, s.; fuli ni

mhcu ya Abrahami tupu (R.) (of one hundred); Kifujiaxzi, s. (Kinika kifunninzi cha Kihindi,
'
) a ;

(2) generation, kabila. little bell brought from Arabia and India, called,
Kifidio, s. (pi. vi ), —
payment (made also in njiiga in Kisuahili. The natives, espeeicdlg the
natural products) (ku fidilia).
women, tie it to their loins to attract the attention
Kififu (or iavivu), ad}., lazy.
of people and of lovers especially. It is different
Kifiko, s. (cha, pi. vi
— ),
arrival, the end, of a
from muangalla (vid.).
journey.
Kifujiba, s. (cha, pi. vifumha) (vid. fumha, ya, za)
Kifixiko, a coverlet, small cover or covering
jamvi lisilopassuliwa ku jifita heredi, kifumba ni
(vid. nifiniko), generally that which covers or
a mat made up> in the form of a bag, with
mouth or aperture of vessels; kana
stops the
which the sailors, die., cover their bodies to protect
kibia cha ku finikin wali. If must be distin-
themselves from the cold.
guished from kisihiko, stopper (cork?).
Kifu mm, s.; leokuna kilumbi cha kaskasi.
Kjfiei ku kifiri (=kuenda), to the stool (jooni),
;
Kifumbu, s. (cha, pi. vi ); kifumbu cha luitujia nazi, —
to continue (B.)? cfr. secutus fuit vestigia. a small round bag or basket made q/’miii, usedfor
,

squeezing out the cocoa-nut after it has been

Kifisifisi, adj., one who does not wish to have to
scraped on the nibuzi (vid.). The thick matter
do anything with another (mfisifisi) ;
mambo-
remains behind in the bag, after the milky sub-
yakwe ni ya kifisifisi or ufisifisi reccssit ah
; y , stance has ran through it. This milky sub-
aliquo. stance is boiled together with the rice. It
Kifitofito, s. mamhoyakwe ni ya kifitofito, he supplies the place of ghee or butter. It looks
endeavours to conceal or hide everything (rid. exactly like, cow's milk. (vid. kassimele, s.).
tita, v. a.), this is his habit (R.). Kifumfu, s. (cha), grief affliction, dejection.
Ku o, s. hawakudna kifochakwe alipokufia, they Kifumi (or rather kivumi), s., (pi. vivuini), roaring,
did not see where lie died; vid. ku fa, to die. humming (e.g., kifumi cha watu vvangi vvalio-
Kifo (or i<ivo), s., overplus, surplus, yielding kutana) kifumi cha ngoma, the sound of a drum ;
;

much from kii va = ku fuva (cfr. falia, v. a.), to

; ngoma hi ina kifumi = yafuma sana.
 — ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ,

KI ( Hi )
KI

Kifumo (or kivumo), s. kifumo clia mgurumo, tlic piece of broken pottery or glass ; kigai cha ku
sound (mlio) of thunder (vid. mtitimo)
rolling ;
palia (pa) motto, a potsherd for taking off or

kifumo cha simba (= mgurumo wa simba), the catching fire in (kegeregnrnsa) ;

kigaya is often
growling of the lion (with anger, or when he of the roof of a palace, e.g., of
taken for the tiles

catches his prey), different from mlio wa simba, the house of the Sultan of Zanzibar.

the roaring of the lion mshindo wa magu ya Kiganoa (or kitaxga) cha mukono, the palm of
simba, the noise of the footstep of a lion. the hand (2) dim. ofganda.
Kifumu wale, vid. muale. Kigaxja (cha), mukono (cfr. kitanga) cha — —
Kifunde, s. palm of the hand.
—
Kifundo, s. (cha, pi. vi ), knot (1) kifundo cha Kige (cha, pi. vige)?
ngiio ku fundika kitu, a hnot made in the cloth KigI5uo, s., vid. kileta and kijego, s.
to hind up something, e.g., ku fundika reali Kigelegele (pi. vi ) (vid. kijelejele), shouting, a —
nguoni (vul. fundo) (kifundio) (2) kifundo cha shrill scream which is a sign of joy on certain
;

mguu, the heel (St.). occurrences, e.g., when a governor is appointed

Kifundo fundo, cfr. marugu rugu. or a child is born, due. ; ku piga kigelegele.
Kifuxge, s. ? Kigeiiaha, dim. o/geraha.
Kifungo, s.(clia), anything which binds or fastens
(1) a button, e.g., kifungo cha kanzu (2) a
Kigeregxenza, s. (pi. vi ) (kigeregnenza cha —
niungu), a splinter, a very small piece of potsherd
;

prison, confinement; (3) kifungo cha pingu

about the size of a dollar ; kigai is larger.
(minio), with shaehles or fetters of the legs ; (4)
Kigeso, s. (juguzo).
kifungo cha mkatale, ivhen the legs are put into
Kigeugeu, a., changeable, fickle: maneno haya ni
the stocks ; (5) kifungo cha mnio mknffu mrefu =
ya kigeugeu.
shengoni, with chains on the nech (6) kifungo ja
Kigiri, s., a bribe.
ilini. The followers of Muhammed represent him
Kigiso, s. (cha kuku), pullet.
as the “ button of religion ” (kifungo cha dini),
Kignia, s., rid. kigniesi.
as ndumbezi (pro muombezi) wa kiamani (the
Kigxiegxievu, s., a tickling, a tingling.
intercessor at the judgment ), and as the utungu
KiGxnssi (or kignia), s. (cha mafi), (1) human
wa umini (the angry one with the faithful). In his
excrements (mafi yaliooza); (2) dirt, filth in
letter addressed to Herbal, the Greek governor
general mukonoyakwe yuna kigniesi mafi ya
of Damascus, whom he admonished to adopt the
;

gnombe yanafania kignia kua kua mengi mno;

Midiammedan religion he lays a stress on these
,
kignia liiki mfaniacho ni cha nini ? Niasi zinaja
qualities.
niurnbani, niumba inafania kignia kua taka kua
Kifungu, s. (dim. o/fungu, part), small part.
ningi.
Kifuxgua, s., an opener or unfastener; e.g., ki-
Kignio, s. (from kugnia) kignio cha ku gnitia ;
fungua kanoa, breahfast, early food; ldfungua
mafi (Kinika). In Kisualiili vid. mkundu.
mlango, a present made by the bridegroom to the
Kigxiognonio?
kungu of the bride before she allows him to enter
Kignogno, s., a twang; ku sema kua puani, to
the bride's room on the occasion of his first visit
speed; with a twang.
(St.).
Kignugnia, dough, paste (K.) ?
Kifukguo, a little hey.
Kifunifuni, s. =kitumbotumbo ku lala kifunifuni
Kigofi, s. (dim. of ngofi, a skin, hide), a little
;

skin or hide.
= ku fuamia or funamia, to sleep on the belly;
Kigofi a, s. (ft.)?
vid. fuama and wama.
Kifuxiko (or kifiniko), s., a cover or lid; rid.
Iviqogo, s. (cha), (1) a short but thick trunk of a
tree, a block; (2) the crust of a wound ;. kionda
kifiniko.
kina kigiigo.
Kifuxo, s., harvest (Rev. xiv. 15), crop.
Kigomba, s. (vid. mgomba), a small banana-
Kifunuo, s., vid. funua, v. a.
tree.
Kifuo (cha, pi. vifuo), a stick ivhich is stuck in the
ground to rip the husk off cocoa-nuts with. Kigome, s., dim., vid. gome.
Kifupa, s., dim. of mfupa, a bone. Kigoxgo, s. (cha), (1 ) a club kigongo cha mti =
KiFuri, adj. (vid. fupi), short kidogo kua kimo. kibavango or fimbo none; (2) the hump of a
Kifurushi, s. (cha), something bound or tied up in humpbacked person; m uegni kigongo, a hump-
a cloth, a small packet or parcel, e.g., of rice, bad; (St.).

flour, <&c.; a large one is called furushi. Kigosho, s. a bend, a hook; fimbo hi ina
(cha),

Kifusi, s., rubbish found in old buildings. has a hook, curvity ; mtuhuyu
kigoslio, this stick

Kifuu (c,ha, pi. vi ), a —

cocoa-nut shell. ameteketea motto, amefania kigosho cha mukono,
Kigaga, s. (pi. vi ), a scab (St.). this man burnt his hand, lie got a cv.rved hand

Kigai (or iciGAYA or kijaya), s. (pi. vigai), a or an arm which cannot be straightened.
 —) ; ; —
; ;

KI ( 142 ) KI
Kigota, s. ( pi . vi ), a sweet stalk o/’mtanui which cba ku-jifitia mvua majira akilinda shamba, a,

may he chewed (ku tafuna) mabua haya ni vigota. ;

little shed which is open in front, to look 'upon,
Kiguba, s., the rolled leaf of the mgaddi tree; vid. the plantation. It shelters the watchman from
guba. rain and heat.
Kiguduia, s., a pitcher ; cfr. kuzi. Kiheue here, s. (cba moyo), (1) palpitation, trepi-
Kigue (or jugue), s. (cha pi. vi
,
— ), cord, string, dation (of the heart ) (2) doubt, anxiousness,
;

especially for lacing or hordering a cloth; (1) fear, impatient haste.

kigue cha uzi meauppe, meaussi, muekunda cha Kihindi, of the Indian kind; maneno ya
adj.,

ku vaa kiunoni or sbengoni, for ornament, a Kihindi, the Indian language.

string orlittle cord of thread of various colours Kiiiori = kidau, a little canoe.
which men wear on the loins, or 'women on the Kungu, s., a small cloud (cfr. uwingu).
neck for ornament; (2) kigue cha mtambo cha Kiini, s., (1) the heart or pith of a tree ; moyo kati-
ku tegea niama, a cord used in traps laid for keiti yam'ti (2) kiini cba i or yiiyi, the yolk of
;

animals. an egg ; cfr. uto.

Kigugu, adr., close together mtama hu ulipanda Kiini cha yayi (Kiung.) or ciia i, the yolk of an
kigugu, this millet is sown too close together; ,
e,JCJ -

mawelle haya ni ya kigugu (cfr. kigugu in Kiinuiato, s., juggling tricks, artfulness.

Kiniassa, and cfr. also mpada) niumba zile Kiinimato = kiini cha mato (cfr. tofuka), spoiled
;

zambazo kuamba zi karibu karibu, ndizo zina- as to the eyes — blind (cfr. kilimato). A great
jengua kigugu or ndizo ziambiwazo ni pada pada, sorcerer who professes to be able to blind the
which is not used for plantations. pupil of the eye, and to render himself invisible,
Kigugumiza (or kigugumizi), s. ( cha maneno, —
lie can carry off a man' s property in his presence
stuttering, faltering of speech ) mtu liuyu ana without his knowing it. Kasimu Angardibu (the
;

— this man falters

,
hawezi ku sema sana. name of Kasimu's father in Gassi) was a
Kiguguta, s (cha) ( —
cha hindi), thecob of Indian
. kiinimato sana, aka-ji-geuza kisiki cba mti, wa
corn when the grains are plucked off; mahindi meida bawa-mu-oni, anaona kisiki tu n.ganga ;

ynmepukusoa or puaiwa. muerevu ana kiinimato, ymva-ji-geuza kua uganga,

KJgui.i, s., horror, fright (anakuffa kua kiguli, he or huge kuba (cfr. jamba cha jito and kiini).
died from terror (Er.). Kiinua mgongo, s., drink-money, gratuity (R.) :

Kigumba, s. (cba) = kienibe cba m'li, the iron barb vid. mgongo.
or head of an arrow JProv. kigumba kua ungiie, Kiisha (or kisha), this being ended, afterwards.
.

kua mlimeogu kiutungu. The arrow-head is Kuvuivu, adj., ash-coloured.

meant for the wild swine, nobody will mourn Kija (or kicha), v. n., to dawn ; keslio ya subukhi
when it is killed, but there 'is great mourning ku kija tafania kazi ketha wa ketha, to-morrow
when a dweller of the earth (a man) is killed. at dawn I shall perform this or that business :
Kigumu, adj., hard; vid. gfimu. ku kija = ku anza ku passua uwingu jua kuna ;

Kigunamawe, s., a kind of small fish, (ni vidago 11 a kuja, kuna kwishakuja; kuna kiia kuaja, kuna
vigumu). kuja, kuna kwisha kuja. Opp. (1) jua latua ;

Kigunda, s. (vid. kungu), an antelope's horn a war- , (2) linakua latua (3) j ua linatua, the sun sets, has
;

horn. set, is setting.

Kigunhu, s. ; fulani ana kighndu cba juju kisipo Kija, s. (cha), frenzy, madness mtu liuyu ana
dandasika (R.) (cfr. slmri, s.). kija = yuna wasimu, this man is mad.
Kigungu (cfr. kibungu), refers to the kikombe cba Ki.taje (or kichache), adv., a little (vid. chaclio
udongo, which is not glazed as in .Europe. or jaje).
Kigunni, s. (cha, pi. vi ); kigunni cba tende = Kija kazi, s. (cba pi. vi ), a little slave-girl fid.
— ,

kanda la tende, the small oblong matting-bag in mjakazi) (anakuja kazi).

which dates are brought from Arabia for sale Ku ARUBA, s. (cha, pi. vi ), a small meted box, —
on the Suahili coast. A large bag, guni or also a box made of wood or raw, which the women
gunni (la tende). carry on their breasts kibueta kiddgo cha miia
Kig’U.nzx, the day before the siku ya muaka. or kuni, o/fetha, die.; ku tilia wanda, sabadi.
Kiguta, a grove; ni mahali pegni mzimu. ambari, toka, popo, cOc.
Kiguzo, s. (dim. of ngiizo, support ), a little post. Kijamanda, s. (cba, pi. vi' ), a small long-shaped —
box or bag o/’niua in which the natives carry the
Kiiiai.imu (and muiialimu)? (11.); cfr. and
’
(ughaibu) betel and areca-nut (vid. jamanda, la,

^
Kiiiarusi,
.

*., crump (St..).

pi.

Kijajiba,
ma— ).
s. (lil.v i — ), a small rock (cfr. rnuamba .

Kijijcma, s. (cha) = kibanda (cba upi'mde m6ja) Kijamfi, rid. kitanga.

 . ; ; ; ; . ; ; :

KI ( 143 ) KI
Kijana, s., dim. of muana (cha, vi ), a boy
or — Kjjiskafiri, vid. mjiskabri.
girl between 7 and 12 years of age; kijana Kuissu, s. (dim., of kissu), little knife.
manamuali, a girl between 10 and 15 years. Kijitansu, s., a very small branch.
Kijanga, adj., unripe, green young
, ; the various Kijiti, s. (pi. vi — ), a small tree, a splinter, a
stages: (1) mana
injanga, (2) kijana, (3) mana, piece of wood, a bush, a shrub.
(4) mfulana, (5) nitu nmma, (6) mze or shaibu; Kijito, s. (pi. vijito), a small stream, a brook (vid.
kijana jume or kike or kiume. mto) a brook, rivulet).
(vid. kijiifo,
Kijapi, s., which the people of Jagga and
the sign Kijito (or kijicho),a small eye (rid. jito or jicho,
Usambara make on tlieir foreheads (11.). eye ) ;
yuna kijito cba rolioni (= yuna busuda),
—
Kijaraha, s. ( pi vi ), a small wound or ulcer = he is jealous, he wants all that he sees, he is a
kidonda kidogo (rid. garaha or geraha) kijaraha ;
covetous man ; liana kijito nawe, he is not envious
cha rabooni, sores on the penis syphilis, chancre. ,
of thee ana kijito rolioni = ku taimia, to covet;
Kijego, s. (cba, pi. vi
) (c.fr. —
kileta) (vid.jego), kijito ya ku 011 a kit u cba mtu adaka lcn toa, he
cheek-tooth. Children born with cheek-teeth wishes all that he sees (mtu wa roho jpje) ku
;

(upper teeth ) already protruding (mana alie- fania kijito, lit., to make a pinky or little eye, i.e..

vialiwa na mono ya ju) are considered as bad to envy, to be jealous of kijito, jealousy. — ;

omens portending distress befalling the country. Kijito a, s. (pi. vi ), a little head; muigni kijitoa, —
Hence they are strangled, by the pagan Wanika, a man with a little head.
who Kuivr, adj., thievish (St.).
assert that such a child will become a cri-
minal. Bat mosque Kijiwe, s. (pi. vi ), a small stone; vijiwe vijiwc
the Suahili take them to the —
and read the Coran oner them, leaving them in denotes a slight eruption on the face, especially
the mosque over night. If the child be found incidental to young children ; in reference to a,
alive in the morning, all very well, but if taken person who has this eruption, the natives say
away by an angel (as they suppose), the child, “ wapendoa,” “ he is loved" (It.).

would have become a nuisance to the country, Kljo, s. (cba, pi. vi— fear, apprehension, danger ),

God took it away just in. time u kijego

therefore fid. ku ja or cba, to fear).
muana we we, thou art a villain, reprobate Kijobua, a little bunch or cluster (I?.).
(timfi). Kijogo. s. ?

Kijelejele (or kigelegele), .$., the cry “elel, elel Kijogoo (pi. vi
— ), a mussel, a kind of shell-fish
elel elel,’’ shouting, exultation (eid. kigelegele). (St.).

Kijenjele (cba ajiiri), an acid sauce prepared Kijoli, s., a band o f slaves; kijoli kimoja, about six
(for ships ) of mango and sweet tembo; kijenjele or eight sleeves belonging
; kiniumba
to one master
ja nguo, a good dress kijenjele has reference to kimoja or tumba mmoja huvia mja 11 a muungu-
something that is good and excellent. ana, brothers and sisters u-ho have the same father
KuinoA, s. (cba) ;
muana wa mboa mdogo, the son and the same mother (tumba mmoja).
of a dog a young dog.
, Iyijomba, adj., referring to Suahdi maneno ya
—
Kijiboko (pi. vi ), a little hippopotamus. Kijomba, the Suahili language; Mjomba, a
Kijicho, envy, an envious glance (St..); lit., « little Suahili man.
eye. Kijomeo (dim. of jombo), a little vessel or boat. •

Kijigu (pi. vi —
a little ley.
),
Kijongo, s., dim. of mongo, back. ? (the uenibesi
Kuiji, s., a little town (cfr. mji), Acts v. 1G. sickness is said to produce kijongo or kidari
Kijikango, s. (vid. kikango) jungu kidogo clia ku ;
cfr. kigongo), bending, bent, inclining, hump-
kangia niarna, a small pan for frying meat. back; mtambo unapindamana unafania kijongo;
Kijikiji, rid. kiebikichi. mtu huyu yuna kijongo, this man is hump-
Kijiko, a small spoon (a large one nmiko).
s., backed.
Kijimbi, s. (cba, pi. vijimbi), a eockerd. Kijororo, s. (kilaclio kuku sana), a wild animal
Eijingajixga (vid. mjinga or ujinga) ; the J lom- very destructive to fowls (which eats poultry)
bassians say that the language of Zanzibar (very likely a Kisegua-word ) (R.).
is maneno ya kijingajinga, i.e., the language of Ki.ioyo (dim. of moyo), a heartlet, little heart sebu

fools. sebu na kijoyo kimumo, he refuses a thing and ,

Kijio, s. (cha), the coming, advent. In Kipemba yet he would fain have it (R.),
jakula cha jioni = kialio kijio cba usiku, the Kijl'ku, s. (cfr. kiduku), a great-grandchild
coming of the night. Kijumha, s. (dim.), a little house, closet, hovel.
Kijiri, s. (cha, pi. vi ), —
a bribe given, to a. judge Kijumbe, s. (cba, pi. vi ), a go-between (a match- —
(jijiri or kikiri) ;
ku toa-jijiri = mali ya ku-m-pa maker, St.).
katlii, ku pata haki or ku amuliwa, to bribe a Kijunciiu cha usso, forehead (R.).

judge to obtain his verdict in one's favour. Kijungu, s. (cba), cfr. jungu.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ,

KI ( 144 ) KI
Kuum, s. (dim. pfkuni), a little piece of wood. Kikissa, v. a., to speak in broken words; ku sema
Kijuxi, s., a small bird; i.c., kua ku tafuta or
cfr. niuni, bird. kua ku kua ku kikissa,

IvijutOj s. (dim. of mto, a river), a brook, rivulet.maneno sana; maneno yame-ui-kikissa tossa jua
Kikaango (or kikaxgo), s. (pi. vi ), —
=hatolei maneno n'de sana, yuwasemakua usito
a small ;

earthen pot for frying with oil or fat or for cook- jambo hili lakikissa = halipatikana kua upcsi.
ing = kijungu cha ku ojea or cha ku pilda mtiizi Kiko, s. (cha, pi. viko), a pipe, tobacco-pipe ivith a
(vid. kibungu, kibia) dim. of ukango, a frying- nazi. The native pipes consist of a vessel halffull
;

pan. of water, with two stems, one leading to the bowl

Kikaka, s., hastiness kuani ku fania kikaka clia and one to the mouthpiece ; the water-vessel is
inoyo ? why are you so hasty ? niraefania kikaka properly the kiko. See the Author’s more en-
hatta ku sebau jakula cha iulia, I teas so much larged description tinder the word bori, page 28 :

in haste that I forgot to take food for the road. cfr. toza, digali, malio, sbilamu.

—
Kikaka, s. (kaka, la, pi. ma ) kikaka eba limau, Kiko, s.; (1) kiko clia mukono, the elbow-bone; (2).
;

the lemon-rind ivliich is thrown away after the kiko cha muotto (qd. viko), a fire-place out of
lemon has been squeezed out. doors and without meko watu waaslia motto ;

Kikale, adj. (vid. kale), of old, of the old style or viko vitatu.
kind ya kikale, of old times, e.g., niumba ya Kiko, s. (cha) ;
kiko cha Wagalla, a Gallamarket-
kikale, a house of the old style, kind, or time. place; mahali pa n'de pa ku fania biashera.
Kikai.i, adj., sharp, acid, sour (vid. kali). Such a Galla kiko is for instance in Barria (or
Kikamiia, adj., referring to the Wakambci people Beria), in the territory and on the frontier of
or their language. the Wanika of Kiridma, in the vicinity of the
Ivikaxda, s. (dim. of kanda), litt’e bag. river Sabdkl. Galla, Wanika, Wakamba, TFa-
KikaXzu, s., a little shirt kikanzu eba mtoto a little , suahili, and Arabs go there on mercantile busi-
shirt for children. ness, and live peacefully together for some iveeks.
] vi kao, s. ( = mabali pa ku keti, makasi), (1) seat, Ivikoa, s. (cha, pi. vi ), —
(1) a banquet among
residence or dwelling-place ; e.g., kikaojangu or friends given according to agreement by turns
makaoyangu ni Rabbai, I reside at Rabbai, (ktila kikoa) chakula cha shirika
;
kikda cha ;

there I have my permanent residence, not at chakula muenziwakwe

na leo kikoachangu ;

Mombas (2) a company of men who eat together (kvila kikoa) watu wala kikoa majira ya inasika
;

(=mess); (3) kikao signifies the dignity of a hatta mvua kungia. The people save in this
chief; Muegni Ngusi anatoa kikao cha ndnyuye manner many expenses and trouble of cookery
Shebe, Muegni Ngusi took the chieftancy of his especially when victuals are scarce, or before the
brother Shehe; (4) kikao = conduct kikaochakwe rainy season. Prov., m'la kikoa asilipe ana
si jema, his conduct is not good (R.). kipava jeauppe. If a partner in kikoa ivill not
Kikapu, s. (cha) (dim. of kapu), a small basket take his turn to give an entertainment when it
(kapu, a large one), a matting-bag. comes round, his head is shaved in several parts,
Kikasiki, s. (cha, p
7
), a
small pitcher with a
. \ i
— in order to put him
open shame to chakula cha
handle and neck for liquids and preserves kika- shirika ;
leo kikoachangu ktila. (2) Kikoa ja
siki clia asali, & c.; kitu kitiwajo or kikaajo siki. fetha ku tia katika bunduki or jambia, silver
Kikate? (E.) ; cfr . mkate or mukate (dim.). ring on a gun or dagger (mabamba ya fetha) as
Kikaufu (or kaufu or kafu?), vid. noesa and an ornament.
kavu. Ivikoakui (or rather kikuakui), s. ; pepo ya kikoa-
Kikavu, adj., dry (vid. kavu). kui, a whirhvind,

—
Kik aive, s. (pi. vi ), a small pebble (kawe, vid.). Kikoba, dim. of mlfoba (vid.).
—
Kikaza (cha, pi. vi ), the pieces of wood above the Kikofi, s., the inside of the fingers.
windows of a house, timber over a window or Kikofu i.ixih (doiii and kidofu)?
door. Kikohozi, (cha) (dim. of kohozi), a little cough,
Kike, adj., feminine. a dry cough, constant coughing; kohozi lite-
Kikere, s. ? (R.). moalo is a cough where mucus is vomited ; cfr.
Kiketi, s., a kind of blue bead, especially valued, u kohozi.
by the Wakamba in the Interior. Kikoi (cha, pi. vi — 1 ; nguo ya kikoi, a white cloth
IviKtfuKfiu, s. (vid. keukeu), a little sobbing kikeu- around the loins with coloured stripes below
kcu cha ku lia. (near the border).
Kikia, s. (dim. of mkia), a little tail; warm wa Kikoka, the name of a species of grass which grows
pania wana vikia. around heaps of stones.
Kikiri, s. (vid. jijiri or kijiri), a bribe. Kikoi.oi.o, s. ; kikoldlo cha mtuzi, a sauce made

Kikirri, r. a., to pull about, to scramble for ? by roasting peas, grinding them, and cooking
 ; ; . ; ;,; ;

KI ( 145 ) KI
them, with cocoa-nut milk, die.; ni mtuzi wa mbazi wanane or kumi) na selakhazao, ku-m-gojea mtu
kavu ku kangua, zikasagua unga zikafanioa wa-mu-ue
fulani ndiani, akipita ku keti or ku ;

mtuzi (Sp.). ka kikozini askari mka kikozi sentinel kikozi

; ,

Kikomba, s. (cha), a ravenous appetite; nda ya cha askari, a company, party, body of soldiers
kikomba or kikomba clia nda or makazo ya (efr. kitungu).

nda, an intense hunger, in which a man eats Kikua, s.; the root of the mlilana tree which grows on
anything he can find ; devouring famine. Erh. the coast ; its fruit is called kungurossi (ni konde
takes it for the “ hungry evil .” za mlilana).
—
Kikombe, s. (clia, pi. vi ), cup; kikombe clia Kikuaju, s. (efr. mkuaju) ku piga kikuaju in ;

kunoa kaliawa, coffee- or tea-cup kikombe clia case of the uembezi sickness (R.).
bilauli, a drinking-glass (vid. kombo) kikombe Kikuakui, s. (cha, pi. vi ) = pepo zakuzunguka,
; —
clia nuru, lustre ? a gust or puff of wind, a whirlwind (kikulukulu
Kikombo (ja), a little crooked thing ( efr ukombo) or kuakui).
kitu kilicbo kombo, kiliclio potoka, a curvity Kikuapa, s. (cha) kikuapa cha tombako, the ;

e.g., mti ukisongamana. small leaf growing on the stalk of the tobacco-
Kikomo, s. (cha, yi?. vi ) (ja), (1) the end — plant ; the kuapa is always cut off, to promote the
termination ; e.g., kikomo cha ndia (ndia ilipo- growth of the shrub ; (2) kikuapa cha kanoa, the
koma), there where the ivay ends; (2) kikomo bad smell of the mouth, e.g., fulani anuka kuapa
cha usso, front, projecting forehead, brow usso (R.) (3) the perspiration from the arm-pit. ;

ulipokoma, pasipo mea nielle, mbelle ya usso, ju Kikuasi, s., stumbling-block (from ku kuaa or kua,
ya mato. v. n.).
Kikomu, adj., fully ripe (efr. pcfu) kikomu is Kikuata, s., a large curved thorn (vid. kigongo),
;

properly a Kinika word. mimosa inga ct Parnessiana (Er.).

Kikondoo, s., a little sheep ; efr. kondoo, sheep. Kikuba cha mkadi, mti utoao marua mema ya
Kikongo (or kikuata), s., a large curved thorn. harufu, watuwakc wapenda (vid. mkadi); (2)
Ivtkongoma, s., a little worm of a red colour (E.) kikuba cha dau la mbao (the name of a boat) ;

(perhaps Kinika?). (3) great, vid. kuba.

Kikongue, s. (pi. vi — ), a very old person (mtumke Kikui5zo, s., a ladder, a flight of stairs (Er.).
mze). Kikui (pi. vikui), a thousand, ten thousand (chiefly
Kikonio, s. (pi. vi — ), flower- and fruit-stalks, the used in poetry). The pi. zikui/or vikui is obsolete.

stalks of cloves (St.). a kind of serpent. Kikuili (vid. kuili),

Kikono, s.; (1) kikono cha upanga wa imani (una Kikujia, s. ; kikujia cha ukuja, (1) a little piece of
vikono vi vvili) (vid. kitara) (2) the hand-like the root of the nail, apiece torn off from a nail
;

prow or beak of a small native vessel (kikono cha of the fingers or toes; e.g., mtu huyu ame-ni-
omo) efr. gubeti.
;
limiza kikuchia (pi. vikuchia via) cha chanda cha
Kikope, s., the eyelid ; vid. kope. mukono, kikuchia cha ukuja kina toka, kinauma
Kikorombue, s., a cry made into the hand by way sana; (2) vikuchia via mkeka, the ends of ukiudu
of signal, a call (St.). which are left to remain on one side (efr. ku
Kikossi (or ukossi), s. (cha ,pl. vi— ), the nape of the
tabfia ukuja).

neck, the lower part of man's neck from behind, Kikuju, s., elbow ? (efr. kikviyu cha mukono).
the hollow part of the neck beloiv the back part of Kikuku, s. (cha, pi. vi ), an arm-ring of lead (an —
the head; niuma ya shengo ni kikossi kishogo, ornament of women), a bracelet; kikuku cha ku
;

Ihe dimple or pit of the neck; kogo (occiput), then pandia ferasi, a stirrup; kikuku cha pingu (vid.
kishogo, and then kikossi. mli).
Kiicotama, s. (vid. kotama) ;
kissu cha kotama, a Kikuku, s. (dim. of kuku) = kitu cha kale, an old
long knife. matter, something of the old time (Er.) ?
Kikoto, s. (cha), a kind of whip made of mua Kikuli, s., efr. kiwewe.
(ku suka kua gnongo) ku piga watoto used in Kikumba unguue, s. (lit., the passing or sweeping
schools; overlookers of slaves also use this by of the hoy), a small knob of Turkish corn
whip (efr. fiatisa ;
kikuto ku songa or piga
?) ;
which the wild hog passes by, snatching rather
vikoto, to wreathe ( — cha nuelle)
the larger ones (kikumba unguue = kisegere or
(2) a bracelet
;

of brass-wire (efr. kimbugue).

vitanga, tzango, migunsu in
Kinika) (R.). Kikumbo, s. (cha) ku-m-piga kikumbo = ku-m- ;

Kikotue, s., a long and flying fish. kumba, to thrust or push one aside by touching
Kikozi, s., a band of men who watch far and way- with the arm; ku pigana or sukumana vikumbo,
lay somebody kikozi cha watu, vikozi via watu; to thrust one another with the arms, to shove out
wame-ji-funga kikozi cha watu (kadiri ya watu of the way.
 . ; ; ; ,

KI ( h6 ) KI
Kikunda (in Rilindini ) = kebaba in Kimv.' tembo, mayuni, winiu, all these things are vileo ;

Kikundi, s. (cka), a small company of men (

from kileo kime-m-pata = amelewa, he is tipsy.
12 to 20) ;
kuaja kikundi cka watu, there comes Kil£ta, s., a child which cuts its upper teeth first;
a trpop of men ( cfr kinungu and kituugu). muegni meno ya ju mbelle (cfr. kijego). A child
Kikundo, s. born with the upper front-tooth is taken into the
Kikungu, s., vid. mfinansi. mosque, and the Coran is read over him (ku
Kikuopa, s. (Er.) ? somewa mesgidini) lest some distress come upon
Kikuta, s., a small wall of stones (vid. kuta) ki- the country. The Wanika strangle such an un- ;

kuta cka kaburi, tomb monument. fortunate creature.

,

Kikuti, s. (cka) (= nta ya kuti), the top of the Kil£te, s. ( pi. vilete), meted rowlocks (St.),
kuti, bough of the cocoa-nut tree (1) kumbi, (2) crutches ?
kuti, (3) kikuti, dim. of kuti ; fig., kikuti jema Kil£vu, s. (vid. kidevu), the chin.
= bakkti ngema, happiness ; e.g., nimetia mu- Kilicho, that which; e.g., kitu kilicko jema, a
knno wa mbelle ckakulani, na mtu kuyu wakuja thing which is good (vid. Gram.).
kikuti jema, niuni mema. —
Kilifu (pi. vi ), the cloth-like envelope of the
Kikuto, s., tiger (Sp.) ;
rather mboa mitu, jackal. young cocoa-nut leaves (St.),
Kikuyu cha mukono, s., elbow. Kilihafu, s., first stomach in quadrupeds (katika
Kir, a, s. ( = kkofu), fear, dislike ; rokhoyangu ina- tumbo la gnombe), the maw, belly paunch (tumbo ,

kuba).
ngia kila, I am afraid; Arab. ,
tremor, or
Kilili, s., a small bedstead; dim. q/ulili, bedstead.
languor, calamitas.
JY ,
Kilima, s. ( pi. vilima), a rising ground, a hill, a
Kilalo (or kilalio) (pi. vi — )
(ku lala, v.), a mountain.
camping- or sleeping-place on a journey kilalo
s., the mount Njdro, a snowy moun- Kilimanjaro,
cka kwanza, cka pili, cka tatu, &c. Tumelala Kijagga country. tain in the
vilalo kumi liatta tiikafika. Kilalo means also
Kilijiato, s., lit., alleges; mgangaaonai killa mato,
a native sleeping -place made of sticks, which mbelle na niuma na kando, a sorcerer who by
rest on little forked posts fixed into the ground
means of witchcraft looks in every direction
(kilalo cka mtu).
before and behind; his eyes reach everything.
Kilamo, s., beestings. The leaders of caravans frequently ascribe such
Kilango, s. (pi. vi ), (1) a narrow entrance;— a power to themselves, and their superstitious
kilango cka bakari, a strait or straits of the
followers believe in their manifest imposi- firmly
sea ; (2) kilango cka jalia, the gate of paradise.
tions (cfr. kiinimato) (cfr. kiwi cka nnito). Yuna
Kile, pron. clemonst., that, yonder ; kile alicko lalia,
kilimato, he who covers his eyes or makes people
vid. Luke v. 25.
when he wishes
sleep to rob them.
KiliSfi, s. = kidau or kikori, small canoe (kilefi cka Kilimbili, s., the wrist.
ku tezea).
Kilimi, s., the uvula ?
KiLfipu, s., vid. kidefu, s.
Kilimia, s., the Pleiads ; kilimia cka niota (?).
Kii.egesambua, knee-bone, knee-pan (R.).
Kilimo, s. (cka), a piece of cultivated ground,
—
Kilele, s. (cka, pi. vi ), a summit, top, a pointed
agriculture, produce; muaka ku amepata
shoot in a tree or plant, pinnacle; kilele cka
kilimockakwe miso (m'so = 60 pislii) setta
mnazi = nta ya mnazi, the summit of a cocoa-
mia ;
muaka ku watu anaongokewa ni kilimo,
tree; Arab. ,
cacumen rei, vertex montis. maskambanimuao ;
vilimo vina-wa-ongokea or
KileijSta, s. (cka), apex = kilele cka nta, top of vina-wa-vilia (ku via, to burn) kavi kuongoka;
tree, pinnacle. kilimo cka nini ? what will the crop be or be-
Kilema, s. a blemish, a deformed
(cka, pi. vilema), come ? vilimo vipia premices = first-fruits.
of maimed person; si wema ku teka (clieka) Kilindi, s., the deeps, deep water.
niuegni kilema, it is icrong to laugh at one who Kilinge, s. (cka), complicated question, dark or
is deformed; cfr. bunduka in Kiniassa; cfr. unintelligible language; maneno ya fumbo, mtu
Luke xiv. 13. asili-jue nenoliili; maneno ya kilinge ni ku letta

—
Kilemba, s. (pi. vi ), (1) a turban, diadem (given neno kua mifano lisilokua lile udakalo cfr. ;

as a present to great men ) ku piga kilemba kingozi. Kilinge cka uganga is the cunning
;

(2) a crest, the comb of a cock. and mysterious process through which an mganga
Kiuomuoe (kilIsmbue), s. ; kilcmboe cka titti, the goes '
in curing rheumatic pains of the legs
nipple of the breast (kilcmboe cka mtu na niama). die. When a person has this disease, he calls for
—
KiuSo, s. (cka, pi. vi ), any intoxicating matter, an mganga, who promises to come after having
intoxication (kitu kilefiacko) = sakilra, ulefi received the ugira wa muito, the wages of calling,
mtu kuyu yuwula vileo ;
e.g., afiuni, jabangi, which consists of a jembe (native hoe). Having
 $ ; ; ; ; ) ; ;

KX ( 147 ) KI
arrived ,
lie asks where the pain is. When told ongoa in Kis. kilongola kuyu ni muema efr-
; ;

the pains to he in the leg, hesays, “It is an amali,” ku rongora, to lead into, to guide (efr. rubani).
i.e.,a secret medicine applied by an enemy who Kilube (KiLurE ?), red and roundish beans? (R.).
wishes to kill the person by having put nails ,
Kiludu, s. = nguo kundu (Er.), a red cloth (efr.
needles, dec. into the leg. The mganga promises kidulu).
to remove the amali. Then he demands half a Kama, s. (cka) (Arab. ,
valor, pretium), (1)
dollar and five pishi of rice for going to the
forest to fetch medicine by digging roots, &c.
price, account, value = taiuani ;
kimacliakwe ni
(uinda). Having returned from the forest, lie kadrigani? how much is itsprice? (2) then, after-
boils the roots, cDc. in a kettle, and covers the wards, finally, like muisko and katima.
sick man with a mat, to saturate him with the Kima, s. (wa, pi. za), a kind of ape, a monkey with
smoke of the medicine. Then he touches the long hair; (1) kima; (2) tumbiri, baboon; (3)
body until he comes mbega; (4) niani (large).
to the place where the amali
is hidden. hand to his Kimada, s., counter of eggs (R.) ?
At once he puts his
mouth and sucks, as it were, the amali, and spits Kimado ku iba kimado (vid. Kiniassa mbando),
to make an attack for plunder (kimado kimado).
it then into another kettle, which he covers
Kimaji, adj., damp.
quickly with a sieve. After that he requires a
hen, which is the the kifanua ungo or the
Kimako, s. (R.) ?
fee for
uncovering of the sieve. At last he says, “Now Kimamu ? (R.) (efr. res quae a domo scopis
open the kettle, ” which the people do, and in everruntur, quisquiliae), sweepings, dirt.
which they, to their surprise, find an amali or
kimanda cka mai ya kuku, the Kimanda, s. (cka) ;

amulet filled with nails, needles, & c. “Now," make a kind of omelette; beating of eggs, to
they say, “we have found the cause of the pains.ku pika kimanda cka mai ya kuku.
Some enemy intended to kill the sick man, but Kimandano, s., something yellow (vid. mandano).
the mganga has defeated his design by the Kimanga, s.,
(1) a kind of very fine grain like uimki
uganga.” He then gets one dollar, the sieve (vid.). (2) Arabian, Arabic from Manga, Arabia.
and the kettle. But the deceived people do not Hence ku badili Kimangani kua Kisuakili, to
know that the impostor brought the amali with translate from the Arabic into Kisualiili.
him and put it secretly into the kettle.
,
How- Kimango, s. tui or ckui kimango, a full-grown
ever, the sick man thinks himself cured. (2) leopard.
Humbug, trick; watu kawa vilinge kivi wa-ni- Kimango, s. (vid. mango), (1) a small, round, hard
faniafio ni via nini? and heavy stone used in grinding flour (2) a
Kilingo (ja); (1) ku pigakilingo mti =ku tonga kua nickname for a hard and avaricious man.
skoka la tisi, to plane a tree with the hatchet, Kimanni mawiti, efr. ukukui.
planing, helving (2) nguso nne yaliosimikoa Kimashamba, s., belonging to the country, a country
skambani ku lindia niuni wasile mtama, a shed dialect (St.) ya kimaskamba, countrified. ;

erected on four pillars and used in guarding a Kimato, s. ; ku lala kimato, to watch, not to sleep.
plantation against birds, cC’e. It is like a ros- Kimba, s. (cka, pi. vimba), carcase, dead body
trum or balcony. A large one is called ulingo. nimeona kimba cha mtu, I saw the corpse of a
Kilingo, s., (1) notch (E.), protuberance, promi- dead man; kinabuagoa kimba (= Kiniassa ku
nence, boss ; (2 ) a shed for squaring timber in fa tumbi).
(ku linga, to aim at) kilingo cka jua (3) ndia
; Kimbia, v. n., to flee, escape, to run away, to go
;

ya kilingo ni ya ku zunguka (
vid ku linga = ku quickly = ku enda mbio.
.

dadia, dadisa). Kimbilia, v. obj., (1) to escape to one or from

Kilinsi, s. (cka), a bracelet of beads ; vid. kikviku
one; mtuwangu ame-ni-kimbilia, my man ran
and kingaja. away from me ; ku kimbilia rolio, to flee for
Kudo (cka, pi. vilio), a cry, wailing, weeping,
one's life ; (2) to run to pursue, to fetch him ;
,

mourning, lamentations kilio cka utungu, Bev. mkimkilie upesi, go quick to catch him up, to
xviii. 9; ku niamaza watu kilio; ku-m-tia kilio;
come up with him, to overtake him.
ku-m-kumbusha kilio.
Kimbilika, v. p.
Kiliwa, meal? edit consumsit; uka
s. ,
efr. ,
\
,
Kimbiriza, v.; udongo ukimbirize uli maji,
quidquid editur. kauka, kuta-u-weza, prov beat the iron while .,

Kii.la (or kui.la), every, all; e.g., killakitu; killa it is hot, do thy business in time, do not defer
acndiipo, wherever he goes, or every time he goes ; it; ku kimbiriza ku-li-tumbfia karraka ipu lisilo
aj
Arab. \ ,
nmversitas, omms. tassa ku ivua.
Kilongola (pi. vil ), the guide for a journey — Kimbiza, v. c., to cause to flee, to make to run
watu kawa ni vilongola (ku longola in Kin. = away, to put to flight.
l 2
 ;; ; . ; =;; ;

KI KI
Kimbizia, v. obj., to cause to run away from one Kudo, s. (cba), ulcer of the throat, quinsy, croup,
ame-ni-kimbizia watumawangu, lie caused my especially with children, who easily die of suffo-
slaves to run away from me. cation (maradi ya ku fura mio) ;
mtu huyu
Iyimbiliza ku-m-kimbiliza mtu ipu, to open too early
;
yuwaugua maradi ya kimio, this man has an
a tumour or swelling to be too rash in speaking ulcerated throat, which the natives consider very
,

wa kimbiliza-ni? dangerous, they therefore very promptly dip

Kimbizi, s. ; maji ya kitnbizi, when the flow follows their finger into butter and tear up the ulcer

the ebb immediately. (kimio ipu la rokbo). Dr. St. takes this ivord

Kimbosange, s. (cba), a kind offine red beads which for “an enlarged uvula."
are polished and highly prized { vid mar-jani). Kimisha, v. a., (1) to be angry at one, to reprove;

(2) to satiate; niama bi ina-ni-kimisba, the meat

Kimbugue, Kimr (cba, pi. vim — kimbugue
s. ( .) ) ;

will satiate me.

cba bindi (= kisegere cba bindi), small Turkish
-- urongo, a lie; maneno ya kim-
corn which
,
is not bindi Kimkumku, s.
grown to any extent
linavia or liuabaribika gugutalakwe ni kumku, lying words (R.).
kua jua,
fupi or ndogo, the corn was burned or spoiled by Kimo, s. (cba), stature, size; e.g.,
kimo cba mtu,
the sun therefore, &c. the size of a man; a-ku-pitaye kimo, one ivho
,

is greater than thou {lit., one ivho surpasses thee

Kimbuja, s.; maji yakimbuja, i.e., maji yaanza ku
in size).
auka or ku kua, kua mangi (Sp.).
Kimo, it is or was inside.
Kimburu, s. ; kipanga kidogo cba ku guya kuku
Kimoa {or kimua), v. n., to be tired, weary, dis-
wadogo na niuni, a vulture, a bird ofprey.
gusted with one’s business, not to like it; kujoka
Kimbuyu, s., standstill, stop, cessation ; e.g., maji ya or kua na udia; tuajua kuamba unakimoa ku- ;

kimbuyu=maji mafu(Zi£., deadivater ), neap tide. m-sbibisha batta yume kimoa kua chakula.
Kimel£a, s. (R.), that which is grown of itself, e.g., Kimoja, one; vid. moja.
a wild tree which has not been planted ; mtambo Kimoyo moyo, fear, apprehension {Kin.).
wa kimelea, a trap made of a young tree which Kimrima, vid. Mrima.
grew on the spot. Kimtumtu = madarajali (R.).
Ivim£ne, s. = kiburi or kibri, pride. Kimu, v. n. ,
to be out or stay out above one year.

KiHfiRTi {or kimeritx), s. {probably for bunduki

Kimua = ana juki, haste, sudden anger (R.).

ya Merki =tabanja, a pistol. The

(Ameriki ?) Kimugnunie, a small kind of gourd resembling
s.,

natives speak of a bunduki (1) ya viandi; (2) the egg of an ostrich {cfr. mtoma), a kind of

ya gumegume (3) ya sbugalo (4) ya Merki ( cucumber.

; ;

ya mrao, a matchlock gun ) bunduki ya Kimui ? (R.); gupulia ju ya kimui?

(5) ;

buferekin, a double-barrelled gun; (6) bunduki Kimumunia, s. (Er.) ?

ya Serbocha, a flint gun; (7) Eugu {vid.), short Kisiukgu (ja, pi. vi — ), corn-bird, weevil, calender
and big {probably a blunderbuss) (8) bunduki (katika mtama, etc.).
;

ya pisto {Arab, buftak), pistol ? (9) kizuri bu- Kimuondo {pi. vi ), a missile, a shooting star, —
guma, percussion gun {?). because they are said to be thrown by the angels
at the jinas (St.).
Kimete (kim£ta), s. (cba, pi. vi—), splendour,
sparkling kimete cba jua, the glare of the sun,
Kimurimuri {pi. vi — ). a firefly ; cfr. kimete mete.
cba babari = Ivina, s. (cba, p 1
. vina), depth; kina
brightness muoto unafania kimete.
sliimo kuba la babari, nanga beisimami, a depth
IviMfiTE mt5te, s. (cba, pi. vi ),
a firefly, glow- —
of the sea which does not allow anchorage.
worm, an insect flying at night from one bank to
Kina, s. (ya), genus, family, race, lineage, house,
the other on rivers (kimete mete cha mtoni)
blood. Watu hawa ni wa kina nani ? or ni wa
mdudti waku meta, lit., aworrm of to glitter, glitter-
nani ? resp., wa kina Rashidi = ni wa Rasbidi,
ing insect. An mdudu wa rnawii mawili {of two
of whose family are these people ? resp., of
wings ) is an insect of red and black colour. When
Rashid’s. Ni bawakina Rasbidi makasba baya
it opens the wings the red colour is seen; when it
ni ya kina nani or ya nani muegniewe ? or pi. ya
shuts them, buona kiza, it is dark. The natives
kina nani wegniewe? resp., ni ya kina Rasbidi,
maintain that this insect gives pain under the
to ivhose family do these boxes belong ? to the
nails of man's finger, so that mdudu wa kidole
{paronychia or wliitloiv) will be produced; jua family of Rashid. Cfr. qui totus ab boro ,

lafania vimetemete matoni. possidetur, matre et patre servus.

Kimia, s. (cba, pi. vi — ), silence, stillness ; mtu wa Kinai, v. n., to be self contented in a good, but more
kimia kimia, a still, quiet man; ku salli kimia especially in a bad sense, to be self-satisfied, to
kimia, to pray silently kuniamaza kimia; ldmia leant nothing from others mtu huyu amekinai
kingi ni msbindo rnku (a circular casting-net, St.). sana = ameshiba Sana, this man is full of him-
 ; ; ;;; ; ; ; ;

KI ( 149 ) KI
self, surfeited, loathsome, to nauseate, re lt at •
Kindoro, sweet potatoes (in Kipemba ) (miokue in
v0
mimi nime kinai, I feel persuaded (cfr. Kis.).
;

contentum reddidit, acquisivit) ;

ana-ku-kinai Kindu, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
the fruit o/t/femkindutree

we we, he wants (cfr. ukindu).

it from thee; cfr. also
Kindugu, s.; mambo ya kindugu, relationship,
contentus fait.
Ji-kinai, to be full of one's-self;
brotherhood (the abstract of ndugn).
e.fj., Seidi amcji-
kinai kua KinIsmbe, s. (= muniota ya kiima, kana kilima
nguvu, bapana awezai ku pigana
nami, Seidi is full of himself on account of his
katikati ya kuma), the clitoris in its natural
state.
power, for he thinks nobody is able tofiyht him.
Kinaika, v.
KiniSmi, s. ; kinemi cha mvua, cba mto.
p.
Kinaisi-ia (kinisha ?), v. c.,
suruali), (1) flap of the trousers ;
make one unable
to
Kin£na, s. ( — cha
(2 ) mons veneris ( Er.), the lengthened clitoris as
to eat any more, to withhold or take away the
desire of —
chaki'ila Liki kina-ni-kinaisha
;
is the custom with the Waniassa and Wagnindo.

KinIsne, adj., big, thick.

rohoni, this food has satiated me, so that I
now loathe it; maneno haya yame-ni-kinaisba, Kinga, s. (cba, pi. vinga), (1) a brand; kinga cba
motto, a fire-brand, a half-burnt piece of fire-
these words have disgusted me, I cannot any
wood, £c.;( 2) = bakhti, fate; kingachangu kua
longer endure them, I must express my angry
Mungu, my fate, misfortune, accident is from
feelings ; ata-ku-kinaisha siku m’moja, he will
disgust thee in one day.
God ; e.g., gnombezangu, mbuzizangu pia
wamekulfa, ni kingachangu (bakhtiyangu),
Kinamassi, s., (1) wet ground nti ya rishai, nti
ilio na maji maji or beredi beredi, palimoapo my cows, goats, d-c. are all dead, this nisiiie,

is my fate, I shall not weep on that account

mpiinga, a moist soil fit for rice-cultivation
mtanga wa Usambani una kinamassi = una (3) a limit or stop put to a matter (4) kinga, s-
(cba), a conduit of rain-water running from trees.
rutuba, unazizima kua beredi, the soil of Usam-
bdni is moist; (2) curdy matter; e.g., mafuta Kinga, v. a., to parry, to ward off a stroke by
yamefania kinamassi, the oil has got a crust or protecting one's-self or by being protected by an-
become thick (takayakwe ilioganda). other unth a shield, to obstruct, to protect, pre-
Kinamisa, s., stillness of death (E.). serve, to guard or shield, shelter in general (ku

Kinamizi (or kiinamizi), s., (1) the stooping or kinga na ) nimekinga muiliwangu kua ngao, — ;

bending of a person to his work, e.g., in slaughter- upanga wa Mgalla usi-ni-pate, I protected my
ing an animal; niama ya kinamizi is that portion body with a shield so that the sword of the
of meat which is given to the butcher as a kind GaV.a could not reach me kinga, jiwe bili Iita-
of wages for his trouble. lie receives the shingo. anguka, guard thyself, this stone ivill fall;
Kinamizi sebabu ya ku inama akitinda niama Mungu ame-ni-kinga = ame-ni-nusuru or linda,
(cfr. matiini ya niama). (2) An abandoned or God has preserved, protected me; ngao ya ku
deserted place. kingia selakha za adui, a shield for guarding
Kinanda, s. (cha, pi. vi —a stringed instrument,
), one's-self against the weapons of the enemy; ku
a kind of guitar uguewakwe ni utumbo wa kinga mvua, to put something to catch the rain-
rubuzi. water.
Ivinapu ;
ni kitu jema ? (R.), something that is good, Kingana, to protect each other by a shield.
agreeable. Kingia, v. obj.
Kinara, s. (cba, pi. -vi
— ), (1) a little tower, a Kingika, v. n. (mkingiko).
candlestick; (2) ku tia vinara, to put in the Kingiza, v. m-kingizeapateku pita palipo watu.
lower seam of the collar (a tailor's expression ) Ji-KiNGizA ku ji-kingiza mvua or jua.
;

,
cithara. Kingaja, s. ), —
a string or bracelet of
(cba, pi. vi

Kinaya, s . (ja), want of respect = usafibi, kiburi),

beads,worn by females on the middle of the arm,
(

pride, self-complacency, insolence (asicjali watu) and mixed with corals.

neno la kinaya kinaya, Kingalingaei, adv., backward; ku lala kingalin-
gali or kitanitani, to sleep or lie on the back
Kinda (la ,pl. ma — ), chicken, a young one of fowls
(ku tanuka).
and birds in general (kinda la niuni) ;
kinda
kiboa, a whelp (used of dogs).
Kingama, v. n., to lie across; e.g., gogo linakin-
Kindana, v. n., to contradict, to object to, to stand
gama ndiani, sipati ku a trunk of a tree
pita,
road, therefore I cannot pass;
in the way of — ;
this verb seems not to be truly
lies across the
mti umekingama ndiani, a tree lay across the
Suahili.
Kindania, v. obj. road; ndia ningine inakingama ndia ya kitofu
Kindi, s. (wa, pi. za), a little animal with a long or ndia ya mbelle ilionioka, another way crosses
tail squirrel; kindi
,
yuwala mabindi. the right way ivhich lies before us.
 ; ; ; ;

KI ( iS° ) KI
Kingamana, v., to go across to each other ; tume- liana kimo, ni mtu mpefu, lalcen yuwarunda
kingamana mimi nai. anafundika fundika ni mfupi, this man is of
Kingamia, v. obj., to lie across before one to ,
short stature like the kingune, he is a full-grown
prevent him; e.g., nioka ame-ni-kingamia ndia, person, but he is under-sized. It implies a
sikuweza ku pita mtu amc-ni-kingamia ndiani, nickname (neno la ku-m-tkarau mtu) e.g., ;

a serpent lay across the road, therefore I could muasbi Hamis kingune or kifupi, the mason
not pass it, a man lay across my ivay. Ilamis, the under-sized ( better mfupi).
Kingamisiia, v., to cause to lie across = to spoil, Kinguo, s., a piece of cloth of a small size (vid.

thwart ,
stop; amekingamiska manenoyangu nguo); prov. kikulajo kinguonimuako, that which
= amepotoa ameharibu, amebatili, amefania eats or bites thee is in thy own cloth. This
kombo, yasinioke, yasitendeke ; amekingama- expression refers to the bug which is in a man's
nisboa ni kitu or kitu kime-m-kingamia. clothand bites him. But the ptroverbial mean-
Kingana, v. r., to protect each other by a shield; ing “you have your enemy in your own house
is

vicl. kinga, v. a. or family, like Judas Iscariot," John vi. 70, 71.
Kingawe, s. ? Kini, s., the heart of a tree (pi. vini); (1) the centre
Kingi, adj., much; kitu kingi, much matter. or hardest part of a tree; (2) kini (pi vini) eba
Kingilizi cha maji, a groove (?). mato, pupil of the eyes; (3) kini ni hali za
Kingine, adj., another; kitu kingine, another mtu; kinizakwe bazikadiri kani ;
kiini, yelk;
matter. kiini eba yayi, yolk of an egg.
Kingiza, v. ku-ji-kingiza kua ku salli salla ndefu, Kini, v. n., to be true or probable kbabari bi yakini,

hawa wataona bukumu ya ku sidi ku batilisoa, this news is true; yamkini viombo kuvunda, it is

Luhe xx. 47 (patilisoa). probable or rather true, that the slips were broken;
Kingo, s. (skin, hide ) inafunda kingo kandokando bai-m-kini, it is not true to him, he does not
;

(R -)- believe; bai-m-kini kuja, probably he does not

,
Kingojo, s. (eba), watch, guard, place or time of come; cfr. > perscrutatus fuit, perquisivit.
ivatcliing ku linda kingojo, to be on the ivatch KiNiA, s. ldnia eba mafi, human excrements;
or guard = ku keleti zamu or ku panazamu; ku
ndia bi beipitiki kua ldnia eba mafi.
ngoja or keti kingojo, to be upon duty.
Kiniago, s. (eba ,pl. vi — ), rhyme, verse; viuiago
Kingoj£zi, s. (eba, pi. vi — ),
vid. kingojo (cfr.
via uimbo ;
kiniago clia ku-m-tesea muari (vid.).
mgojezi).
The Suahili cut the branch of a tree and fix it
Kingozi, s. maneno ya watu wa kale,
(ja) ; (1) into the ground (at no great depth). Then
old dialect, especially ofMalindi and the northern
they order the muari to pull out or draio out
region (2) maneno ya kirefu (?) or ya fumbo,
the branch, which he cannot do, until the in-
mtu mungiue asi-li-jue neno liili, darlc. and unin- structors show him the reason. This is a kind
telligible talk (vid. kilinge) e.g., when a guest ;
of play with the natives. They fix the branch
or stranger comes to you and it is necessary to
like an anchor in the ground, so that it will
treat him most liberally, but wishing to save
not come out. Kiniago signifies also a thing to
expenses, you talk to your servant in a some-
frighten people, such as a mock ghost, <£c. (St. ),
what unintelligible language. The stranger, and a ngoma ya watoto (muari) (Er.).
understanding it superficially, thinks that you KiNiEGfiRE (kiniechiSre), s., a ferocious animal, of
have given the strictest orders regarding his many exaggerated stories;
which the natives tell
entertainment, whereas your servant, who under- felix lynx ? It is of the size of a large dog, of an
stands you, will take great care not to comply
ash colour ; it puts to flight bees and mice by the
with the high expectations of the stranger'. You stink emitted from its posteriors, eats the honey,
would say to the servant “ m'pe, usi-mu-ime and the mice; it attacks even man,
catches
(
= usi-m-nime) utukuni (
= sokoni) asende,
especiallynear the privities. One must never
wala kitoeo asiombe,” lit., give him, refuse him
mention its name, for in this case a spear
not, hemust not go to the market (to buy food
musket, &c., will not kill it. It can only be
himself ), and as to kitoeo, ha shall not be obliged
destroyed with clubs. Ku pigoa vigongo bassi ni
to beg for it. With all these smooth words the jumps high
kagolakwe, it over walls. This is
Suahili wishes to say, m'pe kiddgo or m'po kua
the native account concerning this curious, rather
hadiri, give him a little or give him moderately.
fabulous animal (the Bryeteropus??).
In this respect kingozi is cunning language, KiniIcmi, aclj., good, pleasant ; cfr. ncoma, grace.
and in general a play upon words. Kinika, v. n., to be certain or ascertained, it is
Kinoubua, s. ,
the spotted hyena (St.). credible; ya-m-kinika Seidi ku safari kesbo, it is

Kingune, s. (vid. mgune), a small crippled rakoma ascertained, it is credible that Said ivill depart
tree, of a small size; hence mtu buyu ni kingune, to-morrow; bai-m-kini kamoe [mimi ku fania
 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; .

KI ( 151 ) KI
neno hili ;
ya-m-kini or ya-m-kinika ni kuelli Kinsana, v. rec.
haita-wa-kini ku-mu-ata ;
v. obj.; wa kinsania-ni, about what
yakini, it is true Kinsania,
laboda ni kuelli. do they dispute ? usi-tu-kinse maneno, do not
Kinika, adj., (1) belonging or referring to the object to our words {vid. ukinsani, shindania)

Wanilea, tlieir country, languaye, and manners Kinu, s. (cha, pi. vinu), a mortar for pounding, a
(2) to be certain or ascertained about; cfr. kini, mill, oil-mill; kinu cha ku tuangia kinu cha ;

to be true. juma, a mortar of iron; kinu cha mti, a

Kinimato, s., playing at hide and seeh, taldng wooden mortar; kinu cha ku shindikia, a mill
one' s-sdf away, making one's-self invisible; vid. for pressing oil kinu cha moshi, a steam mill.
kilimato and kiinimato. Kinoa mchuzi, the imperial, the place where the
Kiningina (jpi. viningina), great-great-grandchild. imperial grows (St.).
Kinioa, s., a drink, or kinioaji, s., a beverage. Kinuisi {pi. vin ), a harp (St.). —
Kinionga, s., chameleon. Kinukamido, s. (E-), a restless moving about from
Kinionge, s. and adv., weakness; ku keti kini- one place to another.

onge {vid. kuniata) = to sit s. {only used in the pi. vi

lamenting ), little
like a Kinundunundu, —
man imploring mercy. lumps or knobs of lime or clay formed by water
Kiniongo, s. {dim. of niongo), bitterness; rokho- which runs down on the wall.
yakwe ni suafi, liaina kiniongo ku enda kua Kinungu, s.{vid. nungu); = kikundi kiddgocha watu,
;

kiniongo, or kua kisengesenge. a small band or company of men, from 12 to 20;

Iviniori, s., name of a sickness from eating nazi kinungu cha Wakamba wegni biaskera, a
(E.) {Kin.). company of Wakamba traders ; but nganiawa is
Kiniozi, s., a barber {at Zanzibar). a large caravan of 300 or 400 traders.
Kiniumba, s. {vid. kijoli, mbari), kindred on the K16 {or kioo), s. (cha, pi. vio), a looking-glass, a
mother's side; (2) a kept mistress. piece of glass (kidude cha ku tezamia).
Kiniume {or kiniuma), s. and prep, (cha), (1) Kio, s. (cha, pi. vio), a fish-hook (cha ku vulia
afterwards, behind, after; kiniumechangu, be- samaki).
hind or after me; kua kiniume, on tlie contrary ; Kiodari, s. ; nguo ya kiodari, a checked cloth

khiibari ya kiniume sijui, the subsequent {late)

(ya marakaraka).

news I do not know (2) alteration, an enig-

Kioga, s. ), «
(cha, mushroom.
ptl- vio —There
matic [way which the last
of speaking, in are various of mushrooms which the
kinds
natives eat: (1) kioga cha kumfi, (2) cha mbasi,
syllable is put first (St.) ; kiniume cha ku tumai
ameamini kua ku tumai, Rom. iv. 18 kiniume (3) cha ndofu. The last kind is the largest.
;

niume, backwards {obsolete), too late.

When a Suahili finds a great number of kioga
cha ndofu in one place, his superstition considers
Kiniunia, s. (cha, pi. vin —
a kind of bread
),
it a very bad omen. He cries out, throws off his
mixed with honey, flour, tembo, &c. sima ya
garments so as to become quite naked, and de-
mukate-hutiwa asali ya ngizi (2) a little cake;
stroys all the mushrooms.
made to try the quality of the flour (St.).

Kiniundo, s. {dim. of niundo), a small hammer.

Kioja, s. (cha, pi. vio —), a curiosity, a fearful
sight; vioja vitishafio {Luke xx. 11).
nundu, a hump), a little hump.
Kiniitndu, s. {vid.

Kiniuta, s lengthened clitoris (Er.).

Kiokosi {pi. vio — ), a reward for finding a lost
.,
thing and returning it to the owner.
Kinjunjuri, s.; ku kata to shave — ,
all the hair
Kiomo ;
kiomo cha nti, lit., lip of the land, i.e.,
except one long tuft (St.). neck of land.
Kinoa, s. a mouth; vid. kanoa.
{pi. vinoa),
Kionda, a taster or tasting kionda mtuzi, tast-
Kinoaji, beverage; cfr. ku noa. ing of gravy.
Kinoiso, s. ; maji yanoewa (hunoewa) na kinoeo- Kionda,
s. (cha, pi. vidnda), a, wound; ku-m-tia
matupu yasonga moyo, this prov. refers to him kionda, to wound a person; nashuku kionda =
to whom water is offered, but ivlio is hungry
nathanni tafania kionda, I suppose or suspect 1
and wants to eat, not to drink (R.). a wound or sore; (1) kitone ja tonesha
shall get
Kinofu, s. (cha niama ?) cha unga, dough ?
(muanzo wa kionda) (2) kitoronge, which is
;
;

Kinono, s. {pi. vinono), a fading. about the size of a quarter-dollar (3) kionda
Kinoo {or kino), s. (cha, pi. vinoo), whetstone,
kikuba {large wound) {vid. tondoa) kionda ;

hone jiwe la ku nolea a large grindstone

;
ndugu, an old wound which refuses to be healed;
which is turned like a wheel is called jerehe {cfr.
ku-m-tia vionda vionda, to bring many wounds
noleo and noo) (ku futa kin5?) (kino cha mkono). upon one.
Kinsa, v. a., to refuse, to negative, to dispute, Kiongojio, s. =kungojea chakula, the time of
quarrel about (ku fania ubishi), to object, to con- tattling and eating, from sunset till isha at the
tradict. mtama time.
 . ; ;

KI ( 152 ) KI
Kiongozi (pi. vion — ), (1) the guide or leader of a nothing to give you." Muhcimmcd said, “ Have
caravan; (2) an obsolete Kisuahili dialect with you no eggs?" The son brought an egg, on
Arab and foreign ivorcls intermixed. which Muliammed wrote a few lines anil placed
Kiongue, s. (= mbishi) punda kiongue, a refrac- ;
it beneath a brood-lien. The pullets looked all
tory ass unfit for riding, such as the Gulla asses white except the one which had a black spot on
are ( vid punda). They are good for carrying the head. No doubt this story has been con-
loads. to show the trived by the native physicians
Kidro, s. (clia, pi. vi —
a pole with an iron hook ),
people their right of demanding wages for
lowered into a ivell of ivater to fetch up things medicine given.
which have fcdlen into it kiopo clia ku opolea Kipamba, s. (eba), a fat piece of meat (kipamba
ndo kizimani (vid. opoa). kimoja) kipamba eba mafuta, kilijo nona sana, ;

Kiosha miguu, a present made by the bridegroom it looks ivhite, like cotton (pamba) ku andika ;

to the kungu of the bride on the occasion of his kipamba kifuani (to put a fat piece of meat to
first visit (St.). the chest) is a medical expression with the
Kiosiio (or josho), washing; vid. josho. natives. They take eggs and mussel-lime (toka
Kioto (R. kiota), s. (cha, pi. vioto), a hen's nest, ya kombe), na tui la nazi la kasimcle, and mix
a place prepared by a hen for laying her eggs ; them together over the fire, then put this mixture
kuku yuwafania mahali pa ku vialia mai kua upon a piece of paper, and apply it to the breast.
ku timba fuko sliimo=kuku amefania kioto This kind of sinapism burns considerably, and
;

akata (ku t’a =

ku daka ku via i). Kioto cha leaves a mark behind on the skin. The remedy
maliali kuku aviapo ilakwe. is applied katika maradi ya kifiia clia ku kohoa
kuku ni
Kiovu, adj., ( morally ) bad. (for pulmonary disorders) (tui la nazi lazima
Kiow£vu, s., a liquid (St.). or lapunguza ukali wa toka).

Kioza, s. (cha), rottenness, any thing putrid, Kipambo, s. (pi. vi — ),

adornment; kipambo clia

putridity; mti hu una kioza ndani, haufai ku liiumba, finery of the house. The natives like to
fania mbau, this tree is rotten inside, it is not display cdl their finery by putting it up in tlieir

fit for planks ; or mti hu ni nmoma niama hauna rooms, so that people may see tlieir plates, coffee-
kioza ;
niama hi ina kioza, this meat is putrid. and many other things.
cups, trinkets, baskets,

Kipa mkono, a present made by the bridegroom You may often observe a large chamberpot
to the bride when he first sees her face (St.).
among the household stuff, which they use as a
milk-pot. Niumba lii heina kipambo, this house
Kipaa, s. (pi. vi — ) ;
kipaa cha mbelle, the front
has no ornaments, the proprietor must be a poor
slope of the thatched roof of a native cottage;
man. ,
the bach slope of the roof is called kipaa cha
Kipanawazi, s., a kind of hare. The kipanawazi
niuma paa is the large sicle-roof which covers
;

is believed by the Mohammedans to ferry souls

the cottage.
over a river. It will ask them who has beaten it
Kir ago, s., the lintel of a door (vid. kisingiti), step
with a muiko pale ulipo-ni-muiko hu ni mbnene ?
;

of a ladder (Er.). and will then say a-ku-pindusha.

Kipaje, s., a land of rntama ?
Kipande, s. (cha), a small piece, chip, chop;
Kip A J 1 s. (cha, pi. vi— ), (1) gift; vipaji via
, kipande clia of meat. From
niama, a piece
Mungu, the gifts of God; (2) forehead and upande (side, piece) are made pande if these are ;

temple of the face (kipaji cha usso). Majira ya large they are called mipande, if small vipande.
harusi ku paka vipaji via usso, watu wasipate Ku kata vipande, to cut into
slices. Dr. St.
harufu mbaya harusini. It is a mixture of ambari takes the word for a piece, an instrument, a
tibu udi na ufumba, together with sandal oil (ku
small rammer for beating roofs vipande via ku
nuka vizuri), to give perfume. The females pimia, nautical instruments.
anoint their forehead and temple (waandika Kipanga, s., a large bird ofprey, horse-fly.
kipaji cha usso) with this lcind of cosmetic. (3) Kipango, s., vid. panga.
A black spot on the head or neck of a wood-
Kipapa, adj.
pigeon or ring-dove.
Kipapara, s. ; kipapara cha mgvirumo (radi),
Kipakaja (vid. pakaja), ni tumbi ya mia, a little thunderbolt.
basket of mia for fishing (vid. tumbi). Ivipara, s. (cha, pi. vi
),
—
a shaved place on the
Kipaku, s., a black spot or tuft of hair on the head; cfr. ameniolcwa kipara jeupe, he
kikoa ;

head; kuku \va mtumc yuna kipaku jeusi was shaved on the side of the head to disgrace
kitoani. The son of Muhcimmcd asked his father him.
(the Prophet) for medicine, who said, “/ will give Kiparia, s., a small calabash, used by the natives
it to you, for wages." The son replied, “ I have instead of a drinking-glass. When the Wanilca
 ; ; ; ;;
;); ; ; ;;

KI ( 153 )
KI

are assembled in a drinking company, one of the ju ya kisigino cka jogoi, the claw on the hind
party fills all the viparia from a large jar of part of the feet of a cock. Kipi cha jogoi.
temlio. When he has filled the kiparia of the Kipia, s. ghorofa (Er. ).

last man, he cries out “kiparia kizigota” (kwisha) Kipigi, s., rainbow ?
they all respond “hoi, kei.” When he begins
Kipila, s., a curlew (St.).
filling it again, the last man cries “kianza Tiijo
Kipilipili, s.; niello za kipilipili, woolly hair; cfr.
(kiparia) 5k;” resp., “hei, hei.”
singa.
Kipatu ciia kikojo, chamber-pot.
Kipimo, a measure (vid. pima, v. a.).
Kipawa, s., step of a ladder.
Kipinda (cha), in Kinilca pro kitumba or kikanda,
Kipawale, s., a kind of bean large ones mapa-
(
a small bag made of mia.
wale).
Kipindi, s. (cka), a measure or period of time, an
Kip ay o cha ngazi (or ciia ku ei.isa).
hour, time in general; tangu subukki hatta jioni
KirliLE, s. (pi. vi — ),
a pimple (St.) ;
vipelc liavi- ni vipindi kumi na viwili, there are twelve hours
ni-toka kabisa. from morning till evening. Very likely this word
KipemmSa, s.; niumba ili kipemkea (K.)? has been formed by observing the various turnings
Kipendi (or kipendo), s. (cka, pi. vi — ),
a beloved or stages of the sun (ku pinda, to bend) (cfr.

one, darling, favourite, intimate friend ; Seidi pindi). Wajomba anasalli vipindi vitano, the

Soli man ni (kipendo) kipendi ciia Seidi, S. S. is Suahili pray five times: (1) kipindi cka elfagiri

the favourite of S. mtu huyu kipendockangu (2) kipindi cha dokori (3) kipindi cka elasiri ;

=mtu mimi ni-m-pendai. (4) kipindi cka magribi (5) kipindi cha iska. ;

= tartibu (Er.) ? mancnc- Kulla siku ni vipindi vitano. Kulla kipindi, kulia
Kipenge (or kipengiSe), s.

yakwe liaya kipenge = kaja ku tataniuka (cfr.

saa, kulla majira, kulla wakati, all times =
edways, constantly (milele) ( every bout) kipindi
tataniua), this matter is not yet cleared up
kipenge cka mitu, cka ua, &c. ku tafuta kipenge,
= uduru, occasion ? kipindi ckote, at every
period; kipindi kimepita or kimengia; ana
to endeavour to evade in a dispute (R.); (2)
ondoka kipindi (synon. with kitamko, majira),
kipengee cka mto, bend of a river.
he went off for a time.
makali pa tundu, pa pitapo kua Kipindo, s. (cka, pi. vi
Kipenio,
udia na
s. (cka) ;

kua ku inama (vid. penia), a small

),
the cloth into which a —
dead person is put before he is washed and put
opening or window, or place through which one into the sanda (kipindo, small, upindo, a large
must make his way by stooping and great exer- one).
tion; (2) hiding-place (Er.).
Kipindupindu, s., cholera (St.).
KipiInu, s. (cka ,pl. vi —
(kipenu cka niumba), (1) :
) Kipingea ciia maneno?
a lean-to, a small miserable hut which is built
Kipingiti, s., the small ring forming the knot of
against the walls of a large house, usually by
the stalk of a sugar-cane pingiti ya miia, the
servants or poor people ; (2) the side-cabins of a
joints or knobs of reeds or canes.
ship ; cfr. upenu.
Kipingo, s. (cka), a necklace of beads or pearls.
Kipeo, s. ?
= kia cka ku pingia mlango Kipingoa, s. (cka)
Kipepiso, s. a flat fish with a high arched
(cka), (1)
kua ndani, a door-bolt inside (vid. kia and
back, large head, and spread (?) tail, eaten by the
komeo) vid. kupinga, v. a. ;
natives (yuna rnleli kana jimbi) (2) an instru-
ment or fan for blowing the fire (kidude cka ku
;
Kiris s. (cka, pi. vi ), (1) handle (cha kissu, of i,
—
a knife) (mpini, a large handle ) (2) a stud-
pepelea motto, or kipepeo kipepeleacko motto)
;

shaped ornament, a piece of lead or tin which

(3) butterfly (?).
women put into the ear or nose (kipini cka rusasi
Kiperea, s. (cka), a small canoe carrying two men ku tia shikioni or puani).
( = kidau or kikori). Kipipa, s., dim. o/pipa.
KiPlisi, adj., light, not heavy kipesi (or kiepesi) Kipito (pito), passage.
ku jua, it is easy (quickly or all at once) to Kipo, dim. of po (la, pi. ma — ), the fruit of the
know. mpo tree (Kimr.) = mtoria.
Kip£to, s. (cka, pi. vi — ), a packet, the standing Kipoa, s. (vid. m'poa), (1) a small space ivltcre the
end of a bag which is only partially filled with bottom of the sea is laid bare at the ebb; (2)
corn, cOc. (kikuto in the Kilindi language rocks in the sea.
(kipeto cka niaraka). Kipofu (cha, pi. vi — ); kipdfu cka mato, blindness;
Kiri (or kipia), s. (cka), a claw, a cock's spur mtu huyu ni kipofu or yuna kipofu cha mato,
miba za rnagii ya jogoi, or kuja cka niuma katika this man is blind; mato yanapofuka, kaoni
 ; . ; , ; ; ; ; ;

KI ( 154 ) KI
tena ( vid pofua alie tota mato, Ids eyes are ambia ni la kirahi (or ikirakhi) (2) kirahi or
;

destroyed, lie can see no more; vipofu via mato kerahi, cfr. kirihi, v. a.; ku faniakerahi (cfr. Arab.
= hawana nathari.
tyt.f ,
helium, infortunium), akaona kirahi sana
Kiponde ponde ?

Kipondo, dim. o/pondo

ku pigua ni mtuma ;
vid. kirihi.
{vid.).

Kipondue, s., something that is pounded together Iviraka, s. (cha, pi. vi — ) ( ixij
’
panni pars qua
e.g., maere and nazi. O-C- CO-
vestis reparatur ;
or ,
cumulus arena-
Kipooza, s., paralysis (St.) ;
vid. pooza, v. n.
rum), (1) patch, botch, rag (2) shallow places,
Kip6po, s., dim. of popd {vid.), a little bundle of want of depth (Arab, makan emikaa), hence
tobacco.
mapoaji ya kiraka, the sea-coast of shallows, i.e.,
Kipora, s. (cha), a cockerel; yuwaanza ku ondokea the Suahili coast.
or ku kua (pnra, la, pi. ma — a ,
large cock), he Kiratha, s. ; ku-m-lekea — cfr. muari.
;
is growing, but not yet crowing.
Kirisfu, ciclj. (vid. refu), long.
Kipua (pi. vi — ),
rocks in the sea (St.); vid. kxpoa.
Kiriba, s. (ja, pi. vi — ),
a water-skin, a tanned
Kipu£pue, s., a cutaneous disease seen in small
bag made of the skin of a goat for carrying
red spots on the skin. This word is also used _S-G

for joa, if they wish not to use the real name of water (Arab, gerbe) ;
borachio ; cfr. liter

this eruption of the skin; cfr. joa and Mto. coriaceus in lactis usum et interdum inservit
Kipuja, s. cha mtama, a bunch of
(cha); kipuja
aquae \from ,
ivit itinere nocturno, ut mane
mtama ;
kibumba or kitopa clia masbuke ya
ad aquam perveniret.
mtama.
Kipukussa, s. .
(vid. pukussa, v. n.), a disease Kirihi (or kirikhi), v. a. = ku tharau, to treat

among cattle (cfr. puku puku), and among men ? one disrespectfully, to slight, hence to provoke
one (ku kirihi watu, to provoke people by dis-
Kipuli, s. ; kipuli cha shikio la wake wa Wanika,
respect as many frivolous children do ) cfr.
an ear-ornament of Wanika ivomen. It is
the
;

made of brass, about two inches long and very ay ,

aversatus fuit, ingratum, invisum et exo-
thin. You, may often see five or six pieces of sum reddidit.
this ornament worn round the outer circum-
ference of each ear, and they are sometimes of
Kirihika, ku moyonimuakwc, to be
v. n. —
irritated or provoked in one's mind, to be
silver.
offended. The irritated person goes to the
Kipumba, s. (cha) = mpumbafu, fool; mtu liuyuni
father to complain of the disrespectful child,
kipumba = asiesikia, asietafakari, thoughtless,
but the father will not listen, but increases the
deaf siku zote ni-mu-ambiayo ha-ya-shiki, a-ni-
irritation by a disrespectful behaviour.
fania kipumba (obstinacy) wewe u kipumba,
thou art a blockhead.
Kirihisha, v. c., to make offended.

Kipumbu, s., vid. maniota, s.

Kirimu, v. a., to treat and honour one by feasting
him.
Kipumsiko (or pumsikio), s., rest-place.
Kirimia, v. baraza ya ku kirimia watu, the
Kipungu (cha), (1) a kind of fish with dangerous
verandah where people are seated when they
fins ; (2) a large vulture which carries off snakes,
are entertained at a banquet karamu ya ku
turtles (kobe), sheep, goats, &c. ; it breaks the
kirimia watu.
shell of a tortoise by dropping it on a rock.
Kipunguo, s., defect, deficiency; ku pigoa kipunguo? Kirimiwa, v. p. (ku-m-kirimu chakula) (vid.

karimu) ;
wageni wamekirimiwa, vid. karamu
Kipupa, pupa la kiila, greediness of food
s. (cha) ;

mtu huyu yuna kipupa cha kula, this man is ( ) ;

n’najiwa ni wageni, watoka mballi,

voracious; hajui shibayakwe, kulla kitu aonajo sina kitu ku-wa-kirimu.

adaka kula tu, he does not Jcnoiv when he has Kiringo, s.; kiringo kimoja = upande mmoja.
enough, but wants to eat everything he sees.
Kirithi, v. a., to borrow (money, <£• c .)
;
vid. ka-
Kipupue, wind which blows at the time when
s., the ratha.
the mtama is blooming, and therefore the farina Kiriwa (cha), screw-vice; cfr. jiriwa.
is blown away and much mtama spoiled; the

cold season (in June and July ) beredi ya

Kiroboto (pi. vi ), a flea, poultry-louse. Dr. St. —
says, page 301, The Hathramaut soldiers are
;

kipupue,
nicknamed viroboto, and their song as they
Kipure, s., a kind of dove; vid. fukoa. march is parodied by kiroboto, kiroboto, tia
Kirahi, s., (1) insolence (R.) ;
nono hili ulilo-ni- motto, tia motto.
 ; ; , ; ; ; ; ; —

KI ( 155 )
KI
Kirongo ? (K.) (kirongoe). corn (or vibaba viwili) (cfr. kizio chanazi, half of
Kirri (or kiri), v. a. = ku-m-kubali, to accept to a cocoa-nut).
,

receive or acknowledge one, to confess him to be Kisaiiani, s. (cha) (dim. of sahani), a smallplate or
such as he wishes to be ; e.g., Wanika wame-m- dish (Arab.).
kirri Seidi-Seidi, the Wanika have acknowledged Kisanduku, s., a small box or chest (Arab.).
Scid-Scid (the Imam of Muscat) to be their king
Kisasa, the present time, of now ; maneno ya kisasa,
(or nize, elder, chief)', (2) to confess; mansit, now ;
^ words of now, of what is told cfr. sasa.
ad confitendum coegit aliquera confessus fuit - - ,
CJJ "
;
Kisasi, s. (cfr. j
talio, vmdicta ;
resecuit,
veritatem. ,

secutus vestigia), retaliation of bodily harms,

Kirriana, v. rec.
makombozi be accepted ; talion,
like for like, if no
Kirrisa, v. c., to make to confess ; (2)ku ambia
revenge, blood-money ku daka ku-m-tolea kisasi,
uongo nengi (3) ku la liatta ku wimbiwa
;
to demand blood- or revenge-money ku toa or
(Er.) (?).
ku lipa, to give or pay blood-money according to
Kirriwa, v.p. = kubaliwa, to be received.
demand of the relations the murdered or
the of
Kiru, s. (cha) (Kigunia), (1) anger ku
injured person (from 100 to 2,000 dollars), or to
fania kiru
= ku ngiwa ni liasira, to abecome angry
kill the murderer instead of taking fidia
(2) vid. ;

leathern mask used in war, a bunch of feathers mlandu in Kiniassa.

which the natives tie round their heads on solemn KisfusABU, s., strife; hapo kwanza ana kisebabu
occasions or in war. Kiru cha ngovi iliodungoa (cfr. sebabu). i

ikatiwa mileli ya mbuni, or manioya (?) ya kuku

Kisegisre, s. (Kimv.) = Indian corn burnt by the
(kiru cha m'leli).
sun; mabindi yanavia (pi. visegere), Kimr. =
Kirukia, s., a kind of parasite growing on fruit- kimbugue (kikumba unguue).
trees (St.).
Kis^lema, s. (?) ;
jernbe lina-ku-kiselema; prov.,
Kirumbi, the magic ivand of a caravan-leader ni usi-m-tbarau kiselema chalima, kikapita jembe
fimbo ya mkurugenzi ilio na pingu na hirizi zima ?
nengi. Many
charms are appended to the stick,
Kis£mbe, s., dim. q/msembe, slow (vicl.).
which is fixed into the ground at evening time,
and there must be the encampment for the night. Kis£nge sfiNGE, s. and adv. ku rudi or ku enda,
to go or return backwards (R.).
If it falls during the night, the caravan-people
pack up, fearing some disastrous accident from Kisha, adv., after, afterwards = punde, klialafu
wild men or beasts. bado ya kisha ya dohori, after mkl-day. ;

Kirungu, s. (cha), a small club; rungu, a large Kishadda, s., a little bunch of beads; cfr. shadda.
one. Kishaka, s. (eba), a little forest, grove (kidua).

Kirtjo cha nuelle. KlSHALI SHARI BAU ?

Kishando, s., a children's game, clapping with the
Kisa, v. a.; kukisa kitanda.
hands and leaping with the feet, to which they tie
Kisa, v. n.kuku yuwakisa = ymvavia leo, kesho
(njuga) rolls, applied in Europe to horses;
liaviai, siku ya tatu avia tena. Katika mimba
kishando cha muamh'ilo.
ya kwanza mai kayapefuki harraka, lakcn ko la Kisiiasi,
s. (cfr. tunga, v. a.), a string offish (
kuku lavia kulla siku essubukhi, to lay eggs
cha samaki).
every third day, as is done by a fowl which has KismgNzi,
s., referr ing to matters of a people called
not laid eggs previously. Washenzi (lit., subjected or subdued people, sub-
Kisa (or kiza), s. (cha), darkness; katika usiku jects), a tribe residing between Usambara and

wa kisa, in the dead of night. the coast; maneno or lokha ya Kishonzi, the
language of the Washenzi. Perhaps better to
Kisa (pi. visa), (1) a cause, reason, a short tale (cfr.
write Washinsi, from ku sliinda, to subdue or
Lai res gesta, scriptum, historia) ;
visa vingi, conquer.

many matters or affairs; (2) kisa cha koko, a Kisiii ,s., a chess-queen (St.); malkia, queen ; kishi,

kernel of a fruit. chess.

Kisafu, s. (ja) (kideme), the large intestine of Kishigino (or kisigino), s.; kisliigino cha gu, the
an animal, which is full offilth (kando ya tumbo heel, the end of the hind part of the sole of the

lililo namafi). foot; kishigino cha mukonoj elbow.

Kisaga, s. (cha), a measure equal to two kebaba = Kishiku, s., a stump (also said of a nail ) ; cfr.

vibaba viwili ;
nime-m-pimia kisaga cha mahindi, kisiki cha mti.
I have measured out to him half a pislii of Indian Kishimo, s., dim. o/shimo (depth, abyss).
 ; ; ? . . ;

KI ( i5<5 ) KI
Kishinda, s.; intu huyu ni kisliinda waganga {pi. on the other side in tacking (2) ku kisi maneno,
watu kawa ni vishinda waganga), this man is to make an estimate {e.g., amekisi mtarna) (
=
baffling all the doctors, as no medicine will take ku fania akili or nadari, to guess, to consider )
effect on him; (2) kinu telle ni kishinda kimoja, ku fania mawazo nafsini muakwe, to ponder
a portion for pounding in a mortar (Er.) (3) ;
in one's mincl; ku furahisha roho na ku-ji-kissi
a smcdl residue in a vessel, e.g., kishinda cha nafsiyakwe.
maji mtungini, a smcdl residue of water in the Kisianda, s.; in Kinika ldsi ya nda = ku sia
bottom of a jar, bid shinda la maji is a large ndani, to shut the belly of a woman ; in Kisua-
quantity, about half of the jar; shinda la kinu, hili — ku tinda mimba, the closing of the
karibu na ku ja, but kishinda ni haba, ni tini. womb = the last child which is born by a ivoman
Kishindi, s., one who excels. — the youngest child; muana huyu ni kitinda

Kishindo, dim. of mshindo, noise, sound, tune;

s.,
mimba, this is the last child, with which the womb
nti yapiga kishindo, lit., the country makes
is closed as a dwarf, a child which
it ivere; (2)
e.g.,
does not grow in body and understanding
a noise, it is roused, it is in agitation; the
sound offootsteps, tramping. Kisibao (or kisibajo), s. (cha ku siba ), a waist- —
coat, with or without sleeves kisibao cha mi-
Kishitu, s. (kd shituka), different from kishiku.
kono, a sleeved waistcoat; kisibao cha vikapa or
Kishoara (kisiiuara), s. ; cha — gnongo za ku vikuapa, a sleeveless waistcoat. Wadaka kisibao
funga kassia mbavuni mua dau, the rope which cha bilana, au cha ku vuta ?
is tied to the side of a boat {by means of a small Kisibiko, s. (cha), a cork, a stopper.
hole bored through the board), in order to fix the
Kisibiti mboga za kisibiti, cummin, caraway-
oars ku vuta kishoara hatta ku teta, to cry
; (2)
;

seed.
and rage against an adversary so that the
arbiter cannot settle the quarrel, because one Kisibo, s. {vid. msibo), a nickname; ku-m-toalia
party will not be silent and listen to him. This kisibo, to give one a nickname.
increases only the strife. Kisicho, rel., that ivhich is not ; vid. Grammar
Kishogo, s. (cha), the pit or hollow of the neck Kisifu (or Kivivu), aclj., ripe, vid. ifu or ivu; kitu

{cfr. kikossi) ;
prov., a-ku-pai (a-ku-lekezai) ki- kisifu or kivivu, or thing which is ripe or ready
shogo si muenzio, he who turns the back toward (= kitu kitayari) ;
wali ni msifu (or msivu) =
you, he who is gone away, him you cannot wali umewekoa teari (or tayari), the boiled rice is

catch to tell him what you may have forgotten, ready.

he is gone, he is not your friend; (2) the back Kisigiko, s., vid. kishigino ;
kisigino eba gu, the
part of the skull, the hinder part of the head. heel.

Kishoka, s., a hatchet, a small axe. Kisigitiko, s., cfr. lia ngoa.

Kishonde, s., vid. slionde {or kidonge) kishonde Kisiki cha mvua, (1) a rainbow;
;
(2) kisiki,

cha male ya niama, a small cake (shonda, la, a stump), trunk; kisiki eba bua, stubble

large cake) of animal's dung used as fuel by the Kisikusiku, s. (= kiza kiza), evening, twilight, to
Makha, Wakuafi, and other nations. It is dried grow dusk {cfr. raukia).
in the sun.
Kisima, adj., living, being in good condition, whole.
Kishopo, s., vid. mlio.
KisIma, s. (eba); kisima eba maji, a well of water.
Kisiioroba, s. {cfr. ushoroba) {or siioroba), a
Kisimba, s. (clia) ; (1) kisimba eba kuku, a henhouse,
smcdl patch o/’muhogo.
cage or cot for fowls or doves; (2) kisimba cliaku
Kishuara, s., loops of rope to haul by in dragging tegea tui, a trap) to catch large animals, e.g.,
a vessel into or out of the water (St.). leopards, Sc.; (3) kisimba, a little lion; kisimba
Kishubaka, s., a pigeon-hole, a small recess {cfr. marara, yuna madoa doa or marakaraka, a
shubaka, window). striped (?) lion; simba is a large lion.

Kisiixjnda, s., a small basket made of grass. It Ivisimbo, s. (cha) = eba niugiie ya ku tungia
serves to keep little things in {e.g., tobacco), and is samaki, the rope with ivhich the fishermen lay
exported from Sliehiri, a town in South Arabia. hold of a fish, but ivhiqh carries them often very
Kishungi, s. {pi. vi —
ends of a cloth ;
),
lappet, the far into the sea, so that many fishermen perish.
(2) kishungi cha nuclle, a tuft of hair left on Kisi mi {obscene), the clitoris.
the top of the shaved head, a tuft offeathers. Ivisimu, s., blighted corn (Er.), mildew, smut (R.).
Kishupi, s. = mdomo wa kikanda. Kisimui, an empty
s. (cha, pi. visimui), cocoa-nut,
Kisi {or kissi), v. a.; ku kisi tanga = ku weka i.e., without water and flesh inside; mnazi
upande wa pili, to turn over the sail, toput it unavia wisinnii,
 ; ; ; ;. ; ; ;

KI ( i$7 ) K1
Kisinda, s. { cfr . sinrla, v. a.), the hymen of a zuia) or suppression of the stool pains, is causing
virgin; ku-m-tomolca (tomoa) kisinda or ku-m- pain (uma, vid.).
bikiri remove the
manamuali, to hymen of a Kisitangu ( Tumbatu ) = kisingiti (St.).
To remove that which
virgin by the first coitus.
Kisma, $., apart; cfr. ,
divisit; 5 ,
portio,
makes hard, contracts, closes the passage ( vid
pars divisae rei.
sinda), the hardness or obstruction kisinda uzi
Kismari cha ku andikia.
kidogo ndani ya kuma, uzuiliao mho ku pita.
Kisinde, s. ; habari za kisinde (B.) ?
KisoiSa ;
mvua-i-kisoea (E.) = kignietesa.
Kisinga, s. a small cannon; (2) kisinga Kisogoa, s. ku fania kazi kisogoa (E.) {vid. ku
(cba), (1)
soea).
cha niuki, a native beehive, which is made of a
small trunk hollowed, and put upon the branch of Kisoloti, s. Klmrima ), apiece kisoloti ni kipande (

a tree {it looks like apiece of a cannon ) (3) a cba Amerikano (mikono minne), cba ku va tini ya
;

kiuno, a piece of four yards of Amerikano

small drum (E.)?
cloth, to ivear under the loins; kisoloti is the
Kisingia, s. (cha) ; (1) kisingia cba maji, a whirl-
pool; cba kio cba jurna cba ku vulia third part of cl doti; una pars vel portio
(2) kisingia ,

papa (koto), cm iron fish-hook for catching ex tribes.

cba poani liumialo Kisomeo, s. (cba) kisombo matangama.no ya mbazi
sharks (3) kisingia jivve la ;

magu, a small hollow stone which injures the feet na mihogo yaliosongoa pamoja, a paste or mix-
on the shore. ture prepared of mbazi and cassava mixed and

Kisingino, s., heel. beaten together visdmbo cha kunde.

Kisongo (or Kisoro) kijiti cha ku songea or fungia
Kisingiso (or kisingu a?), s., pretence, pretext {e.g.,
;

mia. The women use the word kisopo, the men

for going a begging).
kisongo a piece of wood to twist cord or rope
;

Kisingiti (or kizingiti), s. (cba) (1) kisingiti cha

;
with ,
e.g., a bundle of grass or brushwood.
inlango, the threshold of a door {the lintel is

called kipago) ; (2) kisingiti cba muamba wa Kisonono (or kisunono), s.,fluxofthe sperm gonor- ,

allowing only rhoea; ni ugonjoa wa mkojo pamoja na damn

babari,a reef of rocks in the sea,
here and there a passage to vessels.
{blood) au usaka {matter ) ;
kisonono cba mkojo,
with constant micturition {venereal disease).
Kisingo (or kizingo), s. (cba), crooked, ivinding
Kissa, s. (cba, pZ. vissa), (1) cause, story, tale; kissa
kisingo cba m'to, the ivinding course of a river
cba ku-m-piga nini, what is the cause or reason
mdauara, mazunguko (ku singa singa) ; cfr.
of beating him; kissa gani? wherefore, why ?
msingo.
waka-m-tolea = sebabu ningine.
kissa kingine
Kisio, s. (cba) kisio cha nazi isiokuuoa cba
; ;

(2) A curious having been seen before;

thing, not
ndiinu zisizo kamuliwa {cfr. kassimele), a cocoa-
muaka hu utaona vissa vingi (= mambo mangi)
nut shell with its flesh; vid. kuna.
visifio oneka mbelle, this year you ivill see many
Kisirani, s., an omen (=mutbanna); ni wewe things not seen before. (3) Niama wa mituni
ulio-tu-piga kisirani.
a&vai ni watu, an animal of the forest, which is-
Kisiri ;
maneno ya kisiri yanasidi.
eaten by men. The Mombassians call this ani-
Kisisi (or iazizi), s. (cba) ;
kisisi cba gnombe, mal mfurumfu. Kissa is the KiniJca name. In
cow-house {cfr. zizi) ;
kisisi mtama or cha nafaka, Lamu it is called ngurufu. (4) Kissa cha koko,
a granary. the kernel of the stone of a fruit called ukonde or

Kisito, adj. {cfr. sito), heavy (si kipesi). ukongoa, e.g., wa tende {of dates), but ndani ya
ukonde {pi. konde) or ukongoa {pi. kongoa) mna
Kisfwa (or kiziwa), s. {pi. visiwa), an island
kissa.
{dim. of siwa), a place limited by wetter or land,
Kissu, s. (cba, pi. vissu), a knife of moderate size;
hence island and lake ; kisiwani, on the island.
kijissu, a small knife ; jissu is a large one; cfr.
Kisiwfhto, it is not there = kitu kisicbo kuamo,
kotama and shembea.
a matter which is not found at a place where it
Kistahamieifu e.g., kitu ;
liiki ni kistabamilifu
is sought; e.g., nimetafuta tende Mvita, laken
(E.).
siwemo, sikupata, nimerudi. ^
Kistari, dim. o/mstari {line).
Kisiwi, a man hard of hearing {pi. visiwi ),who Kistirt, s., cover or shelter said
s.,
; of a kiwambasa,
is almost deaf yuwasikia kua kelele, or kua ku-
of a water-closet (chooni).
m-kuniua or kuniiira, he hears when a cry is Kisua, a suit of clothes { kisua jema, a pretty cloili)',
made to him, or when people nip him. lie is,
cfr. msuani.
however, not bubui, asiesilda wala asicnena. Kisuahili, referring to — ; ndicbo Kisuabili basa,
Kisiwiso (or kizuizo) (cba) ;
kisiwiso cba choo cba Kisuduo {pi. vi ), food which — is gotten after the
uma, constipation (B.), lit. ,
the retention (suia or work has been done.
 ; ; : ;; , ; ; ; ; ;

El ( 158 ) El
Kisugulu (pi. vi — ), a mound of earth, an ant-hill one's eyes ; amengiwa ni kitakataka, dust entered

(St.). Mound
of stones is boma. his eye.

a stop
Kisuio or Kisuisi {or kizuio or kizuizi) (ja), Kitakizo (pi. vi — ), the head and foot pieces of
a
or hindrance, anything which stays or hinders bedstead, the two cross-pieces of a bedstead
kisuio cha ku suia pahali, &c., a preventive (cfr. mfumbati) (Reb. writes kidakisa).
instrument, e.g., the faucet of a barrel or cash Kitako, s. (cha)
(1) kitako cha nazi iliokunoa, ;

(kisuisi clia ku suilia maji ya pipa. ikasasoa kidogo kifufuni, the remainder in
left
Kisukari, of sugar ; cfr. ndizi. a cocoa-nut after its having been ground; (2)
Kisuli, giddiness, vertigo; usije ukafania kisuli, sitting ,
backside, fundament ku keti or kaa
do not turn giddy when you stand on a genge kitako or matako, to on the backside, to sit
sit

{vid.). down and remain on one spot (ku kaa kitako)

kulla kitako uketipo, wherever you sit or dwell.
Kisumeno, vid. msumeno {saw).
Kitale, s., a cocoa-nut beginning to grow dafu
Kisungua, s., spraining of the foot (E.).
janga lianzalo ku tia ugundi or urambirambi, a
Kisunguo, s. {wheel ?).
young cocoa-nut which begins to get water and
Kisungura, s., a little rabbit or hare (St.). flesh inside (niama na maji), the second stage
Kisunsi {pi. vi — ),
dizziness, giddiness, vertigo, of the growth of the cocoa-nut; vid. dafu, s.
swimming of the head. Kitali, s., sailcloth.
Kisuse, s. (cha, pi. vi — ), a hind of scorpion (in Kitalu, s., a stone fence, a wall.
Kimwita ) (in Kijumfu n'ge) kina ushingo Sana,
;
Kitamba, s., a little cow ; cfr. mtamba and ndama.
it is very poisonous.
Kitambaa (or kitamba),a rag, a rinsing s. (cha),
Kisushi, an occurrence kitu kime-m-sushia, a
s.,
napkin taken from an old (or new) piece of cloth;
thing that happened to him.
kitamba ni kipande cha nguo kilicho tatuka or
Kisushi (or kizusiii), s., a diver nitu liuyu ni raruka kitambaa cha ku futia mukono, a towel;
;

kisushi or nipiga nibisi ku sua or tafuta nanga, kitambaa cha meza, a table napkin vuta vema
this man a diver, he dived to fetch the lost
is
sahani hizi kua kitambaa, wipe these plates well
anchor; watu liawa ni visushi, these men are or carefully with a towel.
divers, plungers. Dr. St. tahes it in the sense
Kitambi, s. (eba), a piece of cloth measuring 5 or
“ intruder,'" page 304.
6 mikono 12 mikono malce a doti in the Suahili
—
Kisusi (pi. vi ), the hip of a roof ; vid. St. page
shop ; with the Waniha, Wahamba, and in gene-
;

302.
ral with the people of the Interior 4 mikono make
Kisusuli (or kisusui), s. (cha), a hind of hite which a kitambi, and 8 make a doti. Thus the Sua-
children let fly to the shy (ukuti uliobabuliwa) hili gain 2 mikono in the Interior from every
kidude ja ku tesea watoto. It consists of two kitambi, which costs German crown or dollar J |
leaves of the cocoa-tree, which are tied together (one shilling) on the coast. Kitambi eba Ameri-
on a switch, on which they tie a string lest the cano, apiece of American cotton-cloth of ivliich
wind carries it away. (2) A whirlwind ?
usucdly at Mombas
sometimes 8) mikono
6 or 7 (

Kisutu (or kisuto), s. (cha), a hind of coloured are obtained for 5 dollar. 2 mikono are equal
cloth, a large piece ofprinted calico. The hinds to 1 English yard. Kitambi cha kilemba, a
of cloth hnown to the Suahili are (1) kisutu, piece of stuff for making a turban.
(2) lungi, (3) shedoro, (4) kikoi, (5) debuani, (6) Kitambi, =mafuta yamatumboya gnombe,
(cha)
s.
bersati, (7) kitambi cha
iwiskoa rnpunga, (8)
the fat caul or epiploon of an animal’s body.
tausiri, (9) masnafi, (10) sebaia ya mtande wa
Kitambo, s. (ja), a space of time or ofplace ; ame-
kilili, (11) Kanike, (12) Israaeli, (13) usso wa
kawa kitambo eba wakati, he stayed a space of
nianni, (14) sabare, (15) shuke za mafundo or
time, a short time; amekuenda kitambo kizima
mandundu, (16) bafuda dondo, (17) Amerikano,
or jema, lie went a considerable distance, si
(18) Lamali, (19) shotara. Most of these cloths
karibu kitambo from ku tamba = tembea, to
are exported from India and Arabia. ;

walk, to travel ( Kinika ku liamba) nna-mu-ata ;

Kita, the lialf-rooted tree will not fall as it has

s.,
kitambo kizima, I left him at a considerable
already kita, i.e., stays (E.).
distance ; a good while, ndia nrefu kitambo cha ;

Kit abu (pi. vitabu), a booh; ,

liber, codex, kula ohakula, as long as is requisite for eating

cpistola.
wabindi wana kitambo, in prayer at noon.
Kitamiri, s., a kind of evil spirit (St.).
Kitaga, s., dim. of taga; cfr. taga and tausu.
Kitakataka, s., a mote, any small particle of dust Kitamu, adj., sweet; vid. tiimu.

or dirt; kitakataka cha mato, dust falling into Kitana, s. (kitana cha ku tania ndefu), a small
 ; ; ; ; = ; ;; ; ; ;

KI ( 159 ) KI
comb for combine/ the beard skanuo, s. (la, pi. Kitara, s. (cka), a curve.
(1) Upanga wa kitara, a
—
ma ) la ku tania nuelle, the comb for combing
; curved sword like that of European soldiers. (2)
the hair made of bamboo-cane.
, Upanga wa felegi. This kind of sword is beauti-
Ruanda, s. (cka), a native bedstead consisting of ful, and its blade is of hard iron (jumajakwe
four legs two long side-poles, with two little poles
, kigumu Sana). (3) Upanga wa imani, the sword
fastened at the head and Joot. The whole is of safety kautetemeki or kaupotoki, yuna vi-
connected with ropes across. Kitanda cka kono viwili via juma, na jumajakwe ni jema.
uchaga. To be distinguished from malazi. This sword does not bend. It has two pieces of
Kitanga, s. (clta) ; (1) kitanga cka mizani, the iron (like long nails ) protruding between the
scale of a balance mizani ina vitanga vivvili handle and blade in opposite directions, which
vitanga via taraju; kitengele cka taraju ; (2) the make it safe. Its iron is good. (4) Upanga wa
palm of the hand (kitanga or kiganja cka mu- msanaa (wa mgnarizo). This kind of sword is
kono) (3) kitanga cka kijamvi kiwekoajo tini ya
; of inferior quality and not much liked by the
jiwe la ku sagia, kitanga cka ku sagia, a piece of natives. The iron is soft.
mat (kijamfi) laid beneath the grinding stone Kitasa, s., a lock, a box lock (St.).
to intercept the flour, also mat used in prayer;
Kitata, s. (cka), entangling, complication = tata
(4) also a round mat used
to lay out food upon ;
(la, pi. ma — uzi unangia kitata or matata, the
cka pepo, the name of a dance.
(5) kitanga
)

thread is tangled; uzi unasongomana or 1111 a-

Kitangamuko kiwiliwili jangu kakina kitanga-
;
songamana, twigs fastened together like a
nmko (K.).
hurdle.
Kitango, s.; kitango cka ku funga matango, £c.
(or ku piga kitango), to seiv up, e.g., a kitoma Kitawi, s. (cka), (1) a small shrub with red
makinni). blossoms, branch, bough, bunch; tawi la mtende,
(cfr.
a bunch of dates (2) a kind of weed much dis-
Kitango pepeta (pi. vitango pepeta), a hind of
liked oil the plantations; 1, kitawe, 2, ndago,
small pumpkins, the seeds of which are called
pepeta kitango via godoro, little pieces of cloth; 3, muamba niama
are the principal kinds of
;

ku piga or paskiska or kitango weed on the plantations; (3) kitawi cka ku

skaliki cka
fumia, a shuttle ?
viafu.

Kitani, s.,flax, linen; vid.

Kitaya, s. (cka), jaw (kattamu yatiwa kitayani)
Kitanitani (or kitanutanu), backwards ( adv.,
ku-m-guya punda kitayani, to seize the ass by the
kingalingalli) or kua kuamelalajaw. The bridle is applied to the jaw. Ku
kitanitani
;

tanuka, kua ku atana viungo, kua ku ji-tupa funga vitaya.

viungo, he slept on the back, stretching out his Kite, s. (cka) (1) kite cka mfiazi, the groaning or ;

moaning, ivailing of a ivoman in labour ku

limbs, as man does when returned from a
journey. piga kite, to groan in labour or severe sickness
fatiguing
(cfr. tumbuisa) (2) certainty (?).
Kitansa, s. ; mbao za kitansa, planks lying ;

(cka) (or kiteftefi ciia kieio), the

obliquely near the bottom of the vessel; mbao za KiteftiSfu, s.

sobbing which precedes the weeping (cfr. ku sina

wajeki kitansa (R.).
sina, v. n.).
Kitansu, s., dim. of tansu.
Kitefute, s., the cheek, the part of the face over
Kitanu, s., splinter, splint; cfr. utanu.
the cheelc-bone (St.).
Kitanzi, s. (ja), a noose, a little loop of a rope or
Kiteko, s. (cka), laughing for joy (cfr. kikaka)
string, a button-loop; tanzi is a large one;
show of joy especially on the receipt of good news,
kitanzi (cka kifungo) cka ku fungia or angikia
a giggle ku aiski katika kiteko.
kitu or cka ku tegea niama.
Kitao, s. ku fungua kitao cka pingu.
Kit£ku, s. (cka, pi. vi ), a kind of iron pick-axe ; —
kiteku cka ku tekiia or timbiia (cfr. wekua, v. a.)
Kitaowa, the kind proper for a devotee; amevaa
viteku = viombo visito ku vunda mawe.
nguo za kitaowa, he is dressed like a devotee
Kitelele, s. ; mahali kitelele (Luke vi. 17), the
(St.).
plain, an open place whence you can see far —
Kitapo, s. (kitapo cka beredi, cka komma, cka
kkofu), shivering caused by coldness, fever, or
weuni ndipe mahali kitelele = kiwandani makali
pasipo kua na ukuta wa ku ji-siba, a site ivithout
fear ; kitapo cka komma, the beginning offever
enclosure.
ivith cold muili wa-ni-tapa or tetema kua beredi
or komma or kkofu, my body trembles ivith cold Kitelle kiteele.
or fever or fear. Kitejia kuni, s., an insect, dwelling in a nest of
Kitapukuzi, s. (cka mti), a little sprig of a tree wood very cleverly made.
(vid. tepukuzi or tapukusi). KiTfhiBE, s., a heavy tongue, lisping, stammering,
 ; , . ; , ; — ; ; ;;

KX ( 160 ) KI
a a defect in the speech ( cfr kilimi) (kitembe Kit£we (or kitewetewe), s., (1) a worm smaller
lisp ,
clia kanoa or clia maneno), the speaking of people than the jongoo (2) loss of the use of the legs ;

viho can or will not lift up their tongue above the (St.).

teeth which renders the understanding of the Kithibi, v. n. (cfr. Arab.

, multus fuit); ku ,

words somewhat difficult. Hence in general kitbiri, to grow large, to increase; umekithiri
,

“ broken language ,” such as is only half under- ku zaa, it has borne more than before; ku
stood. kitbiri, to be made. Kitbirisbiwa yupi mmoja ;

Kitembe (or kithembe), s. (nna sikia kitembe), wapo aliekithirisbiwa mapensi, ivho loves him
alarm 1 most ? (R.).
Kitendawili (pi. vitendawili), an enigma. The Kithule, culj. (vid. kitule), poor, miserable liana
propounder says, Kitendawili the rest answer,
;
kitu; Arab. Jo ,
abject us silisque fuit, kumilis
Tega he then propounds his enigma (St.).
;
et submissus.
Kit^nde, s. (pi. vi — ),
action, occupation (
=
ku sliikoa ni kitbuthu, an insect —
kituo,
Kithuthu, s. ;
»•)•
mbumbuasi. kinia'; cfr.
Ivitexde gu (pi. vi ), dim. of tende gn — (vid.
Krri, s. (clia, pi. viti), (1) a seat, a native chair
tende, s.).
(2) a European chair kiti eba enzi = chair of
Kitendo, s., a deed or action; kitendo clia kazi power or dignity kiti clia mfalme alio katika
or mambo, especially an exploit of eating and enzi or nguvu, the chair of dignity and power, of
drinking, in which the heroic feats of the natives the king who is in power (vid. enzi) ; kiti cha
greatly consist kitendo ni karamu kuba, sbelia ferasi, a saddle; kiti eba puesa, a star-fish, as-
akitawasoa, akipigoa kilemba ku pata kua ter ias kitbi clia sbikioni ?
mkuba, wakati huo yuwatenda kitendo, when a Kitiba,
s. (cha), custom (vid. inatbibabi, matilaba,
chief is installed, and when he is crowned with
and maumbile), original institution proceeding
a turban, he gives a great feast to his people.
This is a kitendo. Kua neno na kua kitendo, by from God; liber, mandatum, lex ;
kitiba,

word and deed. something neiv or original, kitiba = milla or

Kitengisle, of tengele) (= mduara or
s. (dim. mathihabi, custom; ku zua kitiba kingine, to
mdauara), rounding, roundness (ku tengelea, to introduce produce or broach something neiv
be round), a round stripe of anything jua lina- ku sumbua kitiba biki clia sasa kinang'a siku
fania kitengele jiekundu, mvua karibu ya kugnia, bizi or muaka hu kulla mtu yuna kitibachakwe
;

the sun forms red round stripes, the rain will or maumbiliyakwe.
shortly fall; ku sliona kitengele jiekundu ja Kitikitiki, s. (pi. vi — ),
shivers; kua vitikitiki,

jamvi, to sew a round red stripe on a mat. to be broken into shivers.

Kit£o, s. (cha), (1) a little sieve or a sifting basket Kitimbi (pi. vi — ),

an artful trick, an artifice, a
(a large one, uteo; in Kipemba, ungo) (2) pro-
;
stratagem (= liila).

vision ; ku-m-peleka kiteo mtu aliefiwa, to send Kiti.mbo, s., lit., digging (ku timba) fig ; .,
intrigues,

food (kiteo) to a person who has lost somebody cabal.

by death. The friends and relations each send Kitinda mimba (Kinika, kisianda, s., vid.), the
one pisbi of rice or of Indian corn or mtama, last child to which a woman has given birth;

&c., to honour the unfortunate mourner. (3) mana liuyu ni kitinda mimba, the last and there-
Mtumke anangia kiteoni or damuni or kalika fore youngest child of a mother (lit., the closing
woman has her monthly courses.
mesi, the It is of the ivomb ) (2) mume buyu yuna kitinda, a
;

“anangia damuni.” Decent

disrespectful to say man who loses all his wives by death, ni kitinda ;

language requires to say, “ anangia kiteoni or vid.p. 156.

muezini.” (Dim. of uteo, a large sieve.) Kitindio, s., the place for resting at noon; mbuzi
Kiteptjzi, vid. kitapuzi. zina or wanakuenda kitindioni.
Kitete, s., vid. kiali. Kitindo, cfr. tiuda. Kitindo clia badali ya tluinibi,
KitIote, s. tkiniama kidogo kana kindi), a little a sacrifice for sins ; cfr. sadaka ya ku tekezoa or
animal like the squirrel. ya utekefu, a burnt-offering.
Kitetem^sa, s., unsteadiness of the hand (from Kitisho, s. (pi. vi ), fear, a frightening or terri-
nervousness) (R.). fying thing (cfr. tislia, to terrify).

Kitetemo, s. ,
trembling; kitetemeso eba mukono Kitxti (or KiTiNiTDti), s.; kititi eba usiwa, (1) the
= mukona watetemesa, the hand trembles, is un- bottom of the sea, deepest depth; (2) kititi, a
steady. little thing, a rabbit, a hare (cfr. Lulce viii. 33) ;

KitewatSwa, .S'. = kijongo kidogo ja ifuifu jem- mirni ni jinni vva jinani wa kititi cha bahari,
bambo. a small thin worm. / am the jin of the deep under the sand of the
 ; ; . , —
; ; ;

KI ( 161 ) KI
sea; genge lasimama kititi, ku simika inti kititi made of a small round pumpkin or gourd; bugu
mlima ulio simama kititi, in oppos. to tarn" la mtoma is the creepier of which the toma is the
bariska. fruit. The pumpkin is placed near the fire for
Kito, s.; kito cha pi' te, a red precious stone
some time, until the (raoyo) core is dried. When
the neck of it has been cut off and a little of the
(carnelian ?) worn in a ring on the little finger
core has been taken out, the natives put hot
of the left hand. It comes from Jagga, where it
ashes into the hollow. Afterwards they take a
is called mboro.
long awl of iron and pierce the core until it falls
Kitoa, s. (clia, pi. vitoa), head. out little by little, when the calabash ivill be
Kitoakitoa, topsy-turvy. ready for ivater, milk, or grain.
KfcroAMGOMBA, s. ( vid pindo), tumbling ,
somer- Ivitoxatona darau ila ikali kitonatona (R.).
;

sault ; ku piga kitoamgomba or ku piga kitoa Kitone, s. (1) a drop (2) kitone cha kionda, a
pindu or ku pindukia na kitoa, to tumble over to ,
little wound, of the size of a sixpence. When it
make a bob (ku enenda vitoa pindu) fig., the becomes as large as a quarter -dollar it is called
;

head hanging downward like the fruit of the kitordnge.

banana-tree kitoa tini kana mgomba. The Ivitoxga, s., a chief great man with the Wakamba
Wadnga (sing. Mudnga ) of Pemba are reported (=bana in Kis.). Hydrocele ? (St.).
to be celebrated tumblers. There is an abomi-
Kitoxoe, s. (cha,^if. vi ), food pressed into balls
nable set of men and women on that island, said
in the hand and conveyed to the mouth (vid.
to go naked in the forest on their festivities.
mdnia, v. a.).
They place themselves on their heads with their
legs pointed to heaven. They kill persons and Kitoxgoji, s., a village ( Kiamu ).
hang them on a tree, until the corpse is eaten by Kitoxgotoxgo, s., one-eyed, a side-look; e.g., mtu
the worms and one piece after the other falls to liuyu yuna usafihi yuwa-ni-teza.na kitongotongo,
the ground. The last worm is roasted and this man is proud, he looks askance at me. Be-
ground, and from that powder they prepare the sides he shuts one eye, yuwapeta jito moja

iraga \va ndere, which when eaten is said to (mark of contempt).

, ,

destroy man's life to a certainty. Kitopa, the bunch of riqie maize (mtama) =

Kito ax A, s. (= kijana kidogo kilijo nunulhva), a kibiimba clia masliuke ya mtama) = cha ma-
slave-boy; opp. to kijakazi, slave-girl. A full- kuti, tangale (vid. kibumba) cfr. mgnanda. ;

grown slave is mtoana (rid.) (mtu mana) (kitu Kitoma, s. (cha), the fruit of the mtoria tree. It
mana = kitoana). is eatable (kana limau or bungu).
Krrotfo, s., vid. kitoleo, Ivitoroxge, s., a boil larger than kitone (vid .)
s.

Kitofu, s., a large navel such as is

navel tofu,
when the kitoronge gets as large as a quarter-
seen protruding with many Wanika and Sua- doUar it is called geraha.
hili, cCc. It is an hereditary evil in many Kitoteo, s. (kichocheo in Kiung.), a pair of tongs,
families. It protrudes two to three inches. with which a piece of wood (having bur ned o ff a
Kitofu liudi ? (R.). little) is taken and thrust into the fire again (ku

totea vinga via motto = ku songeza ndaui na ku

Kitoja, s. (ja), the needle-like end of a coarse
species of grass (of great length ) which pricks a
pepea motto). Kitoteo ni koleo or kueluo cha
little. The species is called niassi ya ondo, pi. ku totelea motto.
maondo. Kitoto (pi. vi ), (1) a little child; adj., childish; —
kijana kitoto kiume kitoto kiclianga, a babg (2)
Kitoka (or kishoica), s. (ja), hatchet (kitoka cha ;

ku katia miti, for cutting trees ckc.). a narrow space between two houses; amesiba
vitoto, he blocked up the narrow passes ; (3) a
Kito tko (or kitoeleo or kitoeo), s. (efr, toca or
small basket.
toelea), some relish with wali, vegetables herbs, ,

pulse (= kitu kitiwajo katika wali), something KitotSe, $., a kind of white-fish.
which put into the boiled rice or mtama, die., Kitovu, s. (vid. kitofu), the navel.
is

to make it more relishable, e.g., fish, curry, fowl,

KitowIoo (pi. vitoweo), vid. kitoeo or kitoleo, a
meat, gliee, die. Mboga ya mtango, yakunde, ya something to be eaten with the rice or other vege-
Kihindi, ya muangani, die., are likewise sought table food, a relish (vid. kitoleo).
for the kitoleo. The wali is too dry to be re-
Kitowe (kishakini) (R.).
lished, tleere must be some sauce or relish, added
to it. Kitu, s. (cha, pi. vitu), a thing, matter (mapigano
Kitoma, s. (cha), a general name for calabash I
yet-u hamna waume kitu) ;
ku-m-tiitisa kitu, to
 ; ; ; ; ; .

KI ( 162 ) KI
give one one thing after the other ,
c.g., cloth, short and. broad (mbeu ya gassi); opp. to mpunga
gold, silver, die. wa msindiino thin ); ndio uhasibiwao damn,
(

Kitua, s. [pi. vitiia), 1 ) the shade of a tree; tua,

(
laken mpunga wa Kinika is red and not so good
a large shade of a large tree; huketi kituani, Kitunda, s., a cliess-pawn (St.).
let us sit in the little shade of a shrub which is Kitukdui, s., a water-jar [Tumbatu).

(tepukuzi) from three to ten feet high ; (2) a small Kitukga, s., a. small round earthen dish.
shrub or bough, manni 3’a rati ndiomatua, yasiba Kitungu, s., a little heap (tungu, large heap)', e.g..
jua. Tepukuzi is the shoot, sprig of a tree which ku weka niama iliotindoa vitungu vitungu, to
though cut off shoots again kitua is a small put up the meat of a slaughtered animal in little
shrub sensu proprio tua (la), large shrub [pi. ;
heaps for dividing amongst the people (2) ki-
matua), a bush. tungu cha watu = kikundi, a little heap of men
Kitoana, s. (cha pi. vituana), a bog; mtuana. a
[a little troop) watu wana simama kitungu
;
,

youth; tuana [pi. wa), a full-grown youth = mtu [cfr. kundi, kikundi); cfr. kifungu, kikozi, here

rnpefu. a company, there a company of men.

Kituka, adr. alone, solitary ; mtu huyu Kitungu [or kituxguu),

aketi liapa
s., an onion [qd. vitungu).
,

kituea, this man lives here quite alone; mtu huyu Kitungule, s., a hare; (
1 )
kitungule wa magu
yuna roklio ngiimu, this man is strong-minded,
manne, yuwaketi mitiini (2) kitungule ndogo ;

because he is not afraid of living alone. wa magu mangi hutamba viambazani, a spider.
Kituguta, s., cheekbone (R.).
Ivitunuzi, s., a large fish which devours men when
they are bathing or diving in the sea; kituniizi
Kituitui, s., a small quaking bird on the shore (ni
kijuni cha poani, cliawinia winia).
ame-m-tunuka mtu, the kitunuzi has swallowed a
man [rid. tunuka). The natives believe that a
Kituka, s., a shrub ? (R.).
ghost or Satan sits in the fish and instigates him
Kitukizi, s., a busybody (
= manenoyakwe hayana to swallow a man.
kituo, ni ku-m-rukia tu). Kituo, s., (1) a resting-place or encampment on
Kituko, s. (= kioja), fright, startledness, shrinking the road, usually under a large tree, <£c. ma-
bach at the sight of a monstrous thing, e.g., of a hali palipo na uvuli wa mti, watu wapumsikapo;
serpent [cfr. kutuka, v. n .) ;
ku tia watu vituko iiuonddke sasa kituoni, hushike saffari, tuende-
via khofu, to mahe people shrink bach with fear
;
zetu ;
mtumke liuyu liana kituo, this woman is
mtu huyu yuna kituko = mtu muoga, a man who never quiet at home, she always goes about to
is afraid, a timid man; nti hi kuna vitiiko or others; (2) hana kituo, he is unstable hasubutlni
imengiwa ni kituko, this country is full offear. mtu kutu (m'd.kitukizi) Kisuahili hakina kitiio, ;

Ivituku [or kitukuu), s., a great-grandchild ; cfr. the Sualiili language is not settled ; (
3 ) section or
mjuku on' mtuku. paragraph of a booh [chapter ?).

Kitukuta (?) s. (=ku fania kituko or ku-ji-tuka), to Kitupa, s., a little bottle, a vial [vul. tupa).
startle. Kitushi [pi. vitushi) (R.).
Kitulizo, s., a quieting or soothing thing; cfr. Kitutani, s., environs (R.) ;
Rabbai na kitutani-
ku tuliza. chakwe, Rabbai and its environs.

Kitumba tumba. Kitutumi, s. (E. ?), little horn (tu tumi).

(?) s., cfr.

Kitumbi, s., made of green Ivitwa, vid. kitoa, head.

dim. o/tumbi, a basket
leaves of the cocoa-nut tree. Kitwangomba, a somersault ; vid. kitoamgomba.
Kitumbo, s.; kitumbo cha mfumo, the bough of an Kin (cha)
(niod’a), thirst; nina kiu, rokhoyangu
imekauka, nadaka maji, I have thirst, my spirit
nifumo tree; (2) dim. of tumbo muana liuyu
or throat has got dry, I want water ; kua na kiu,
;

yuna kitumbo kama mnara, this boy has a belly

to be thirsty ku oua kiu, to feel thirst.
like a tower; 3 ali-ni-tia kitumbo maji.
( )
Kiua, s., the name of a fish.
Kitumbotumbo (kifunifuni), on the belly.
Kiuaji, a thing which kills; cfr. mbuaji.
Kitdmbua, s., a hind ofpancake; mukate mdogo Kiuka, v. n., to step) over [vid. kia, s.).
uliopikoa kua mafuta, uliotumbuliwa uive [cfr. Kiukia, v. (kirukia).
maandasi). It is baked in oil, and is perforated, Kiuma, s., a fork.
in order to promote its ripening, as they cedi it.
Kiuma mbdzi, a small, dark-coloured lizard (St.).
It is made on special days, e.g., at Kibunsi.
Kiumanzi, s., a little insect which kills flies, die.;
The people of Zanzibar like it.
kiumanzi (ku uma n'zi) ni adui wa 11'zi.
Kitumoa, s., cfr. punguani anatangamiina namaji ; Kiujcbe, s. (cha, pi. viumbe), a creature, that which
ya kitumoa. created (ku umba)
is ;
kiumbe kaishi ku liinboa
Kitunari, s.; mpunga wa kitunari, a kind of rice, cla kua siku ya kuffa, a creature is subjected to
 . ; ; ; ; ;; ; ;

KI ( 163 ) KI
continual changes till it dies ; kiumbe clia mana been carried on the jenensa (vid.) to the grave,
Adam or vinmbe via wan a Adam, human crea- is lowered down to the bottom, where it is covered
tures ( vid umbo). with the kiunza, so that it rests, as it v;ere, in a
Kiumbizi, heating of the drum accompanied hg
s., box. In place of a plank, the Suahili put a
the song “ Shetani ndd, tupigane fimbo.” quantity of branches over the corpse, and then
Kiume, adj. , male (vid. ume) ;
askari ndvime bora, the grave with earth.
fill Coffins are not used.

very heroic soldiers. Kiunze, s.; kiunze cba maneno ya kiniume niume
Kiunga, x., a certain trap (R.) ? or maneno ya kiunze, the turning or contortion
Kiunga, s. (cba, pi. vi — )
(Pers. bustan), (1) a of the words, so that they are not naturally pro-
plantation of fruit-trees kiunga xii maliali pa nounced, the last syllables being spoken first
ku ya minazi, miembe, mifenesi, midansi, miju- e.g., maji they pronounce jima, wali they spell

ngoa, migornba, dee.; kiunga is different from liwa, tupa = patu, raafuta = tamafu, mkebe =
shamba (vid.) ; (2) kiunga = a suburb, the out- bemke, nenoma = maneno.
shirtsof a town; kiungani, near the town. Kiunzi, s. an edifice of wood ku unda = to build
,

Ktuncia,s., a hind of red fish. a ship (chombo kiunzi).

Kiungo, s. (cha, pi. vivingo), union of various parts, Kiutungu, adj., bitter, acid kitu hiki kiutungu,
hence (1) joint of the body (kiungo clia imani, bakitamu, hakiliki, kana shibiri, this is bitter, it
article of faith)', (2) condiment; kitu kikali is not sweet, it cannot be eaten, it is like aloes.

clia ku linga mtuzi or kiungiwajo mtuzi or Kiuwaji, s., killing, murderous, deadly niama
kiungamanacho na mtuzi, something acid or kiuwaji (pi. viuwaji), a roild beast (ku ua, to
sour icliich is put into the mtuzi, e.g., malimau, kill), in general everything which kills, like sumu,

ukuaju, siki, maembe, mabiti, &c. (vid. dibu) bunduki, tfic. ,

samli, malimau, muniu, dec., used to add a Kiuzg, s.; maneno haya nda kiiize = kiniume
uniform and better taste to food; huko viungo niume = maneno ya fumbo (R.), ndio maneno
vina atana, in this region or place joints leave ya kiniume niume.
each manenoi akwe haina (liayana) Kivi, s., the elbow.
other;
kiungo; (3) makuti ya kiungo or ya kike, yalio- Kivimba, s. (vid. kiwimba, the girth of a tree), the
siikoa ni watu wake (vid. makanja). circumference.
Kiunguana, adj. and adv., noble and free; ma- Kivuko (or kifuko), a ferry, a ford, a crossing-
neno ya kiunguana, the language of the free men place (vid. vuka).
or nobles, not of slaves, gentlemanly, noble, grave, Kivuri (pi. viviili), a shade, shadow (a ghost).
civilized, courteous, becoming a free man mtu Kivumi (pi. vi ), a roaring, bellowing sound (ku —
liuyu yuwafia kiunguana or kikondo, this man vutna, to roar), or noise.
dies like a nobleman, or like a sheep, which does Kivunga (or kiwungu), s.; kiviinga cba nuelle,
not cry nor resist manamke wa kiunguana, a
;
long hair; yuwaweka kivunga cba nuelle, ha-
lady. The Masrue (the former dynasty of zi-nioi karna mtoro, he lets his hair grow, does

Mombas) ivere lihe sheep, they died nobly (as not shave it as the robbers do. The lYanika let
becomes great men) when they ivere expelled (by the hair grow in time of mourning.
Said-Said) Masrue ni kikondo, wafa kiun- Kivyao, kivyazi, kizao, the bearing (child), birth;
;

guana. vid. kifiao, kifiazi.

Kiunguja, adj., referring to matters or to the Kiwa ;
muana kiva ulimi wa kiwa; unasema na
language of Zanzibar. ulimi wa kiwa.
Kiungulia, s. (kiungulia cba moyo), rising of the Kiwafuwafu, adv.; ku anguka — ,
to fall side-

stomach, eructation, rumbling ,

a breaking of ivards.

wind, heartburn n’nafania or n’na kiungulia Kiwaji, s. ? vid. kiuwaji, s.

clia moyo, nilambe ivu la motto, my stomach Kivvambaza (or kiambaza or kiwimbaza), s., a mud-
rumbles, I have heartburn, let me lick the ashes wall; kiwambaza cba uafu wa niumba, the side
offire (which is considered by the natives to be a wall (chief iv all) of a native mud -house (uafu,yi/.
remedy against eructation) cfr. kekefu. ;
mbafu, vid.) kiwambaza cba kati, the middle
;

Kiungukumo, s. ; kiungurumo cba tui or jiii, the wall; kiwambaza cba ngao ya mbelle, the front
growling of a leopard (vid. ku unguruma). wall; kiwambaza cba ngao ya niuma, the hind
Kiuno (cba,£ib vi — ),
the loins, the hip kiuno cha wall. The ivliole figure of these architectural
suruali, that part of the trousers which covers expressions is taken from the human body;
the loins. kiwambaza uavu, side, rib (pi. mbavu), forms
Kiunza, s. (cba); kiunza ni ubao wa ku sikia niuffu the outside or out-wall of the human body ; ngao
kaburini, the board or plank which is laid over ya muili is its front and hind wall; ya ku finika

the dead in the grave. The corpse, after having ndani (to cover the interior of the body).
m 2
 ; ; ;; ;

KI ( 164 ) KI
Kiwambo, *. (ni kitu clia ku ambisha 11 a kitu Kiw^te, s., lame, the loss of the use of the legs
kingine ku guyana), anything fitted for over- from rheumatism, a cripple ivlio cannot walk.
laying, covering or joining a thing together with
,
Kiwewe, s. (cfr. wewedeka), amazement kiwe we
another, to hold fast ; e.g., kiwambo clia ngoma, kilikua, kina-m-skika, Luke v. 9 (kungiwa ni
ngofi ilioambiwa ngoma; ku amba ngofi ngoma, kiwewe) kiwewe kika-wa-jia wote. ;

to cover a drum with a shin, to put a shin upon Kiwi, adj., (1) shy, bad = kibaya, si jema, kitu
it, in order that it may give a powerful sound, hiki kiwi (Kinika) (2) dazzling, moonblind- ;

something strained tightly over a frame, like the ness ku fania kiwi, to dazzle; kiwi cba mato,
shin of a drum; kiwambo clia makuti kiwambo dimness ; kiwi cba mato, shyness from weakness
;

cha kitanda, overlaying ivitli leaves of the cocoa- of sight; mtu akiona mtana usiku haoni, ana
nut tree, overlaying of a bedstead. kiwi. Er. states that the muegni kiwi clia mato
Kiwanda (kiwanja), s., (1) an open place within a sees more at night than in day-time, and that
town, village, or house, a yard; (2) kiwanda cba kiwi is the transition to the grey cataract.
muhunzi or yaku fulia juma, ashed under which Kiwialia or KiviALiA kiwiao or
(pi. viwialia), or
the native blacksmiths do their ivork, a work- KiviAO (pi. viwiao), a native ofaplace, one who
s.,

shop uwanda, a free place around the house (a is born in a certain place or country ; mtu huyu

yard)-, (3) mabali pa ku jenga niumba, building ni kiwiao cba Mvita, this man is a native of
ground or lot; bi ilikua niumba, inavundika, Mombas; mimi ni kiwiao or kiwialia cba Uzu-
sasa ni kiwanda tu. nguni, I am a home-bred or native of Europe
Kiwango, s. ku wanga, v. a., to count,
(cha) (cfr. (kiwiao cba nti bi, a native of this country).

to number), a number; kiwango kadiri

(1)
Kiwialia or Pemba amekua sasa
kiwiao cba
za watu mia, about 100 men in number (wali- mtu wa Mvita, the man who teas born at or
pita vivango via ku fia) ku pita viwango, to ;
who ivas a native of Pemba has become a native
exceed the number; (2) = deraja, degree, position of Mombas; mkasi wa Mvita, a dweller at
in the world, dignity; e.g., ni kiwangochangu, He is m'ja na maji, he came by sea, he
Mvita.
ku sema hivio na wali, my
degree or dignity a free man, not m'ja na goma, who is a slave.
is

requires that I should speak thus to the governor; Kiwida, s., the hole in the beam into which the
si kiwango cba mtuma ku sema hivio na muun- •mast of a vessel is fixed.
guana, it is not his
does not belong to the slave,Kiwiewie, s.; mbuba za kiwiewie.
degree, to speak in such a manner to a free man. Kiwifu, adj., ready; vid. kisifu, mbifu, kiifn; but
KiwangOa, s. (in Kin. muevi), a kind of snail on kiwifu fifu, vid. kusuru kusuru.
the sea-coast, from the shells of which the Suahili Kiwiko ? kiwiko cha mkono, the wrist kiwiko cba
make ornaments which they sell to the TVakamba. gu, the ankle (St.) vid. kiweko. ;

At first they separate the upper part of the shell Kiwiliwili, s. (cba),
(1) the trunk of the human
by burning, then they rub the kitako cba kiwa- the body, the body without limbs; (2) the body
ngoa on a stone, afterwards they perforate and jema nguvu za
in general; nguvu za cbakiila ni
put a string into it, to wear it on their necks or kipandc cba mufti (3) the
kiwiliwili; kiwiliwili ni ;

The Wakamba call it mavuo, and pay

of something = uneue
breasts.
circumference una-ki- ;

a fowl for two pieces. pima, kiwiliwilichakwe cba pata-je ?

Kiwanio (
not kiwani), any slip of wood used as a,
Kiwimba (or kifi.mba), s. (cba) ;
kiwimba cba mti,
wedge to fasten with, a little wedge (K.). the size, bigness, girth, circumference of a tree.

Kiwao, s., a great feast ( Tumbatu) (St.). Ku vraiBA, v. n., vid. wimba.
Kiwavt, s. (pi. viwavi), a nettle, a sea-nettle (St.). Kiwingu, s. (dim. o/wingu) (cha, pi. viwingu), a
KlWAVU GHANA, ribs. small cloud; kiwingu cba mvua ebagnioniota =
Kiwn, s. (pi. viwe); kiwe cba usso, a kind of chafania mvua ndogo, nti isipate maji sana, the

also rise on rain-cloud gives only a little rain, so that the

pimple on the face. The viwe 'will
the hind part of the head, when a man is shaved land does not get much rain; wingu la mvua, a
hajaku large black cloud, especially 0 mawingu
for the first time; aliekunioa nuelle hizi f rain (pi.

nioa, ndipo ukafania viwe katika usso. ya mvua) ;

uwingu is the blue sky mbingu, the
Kiw15ko, s. ; kiweko cba mukono, the arm from seven heavens of the Muhammedans (heaven in
the shoulder to the elboiv, the wi-ist. Kiwingo cha usso forehead. general). ,

Kiwelle, s. (cba), the udder; vid. maziwa. Kiwiniowinio, s. (cba), the shaking of a little child
KiwiSo, s. (cba); kiweo cba asamu, the upper part held in one's arms (ku-m-tesosba maca) (2) the
;

of the thigh (vid. maenga enga, s.) (Kimrima) trembling motion of the buttocks after evacua-
;

.Kimv. kiweo, thigh, refers to animals, but paja tion (cfr. ku muniamunia and gniamgnia).
to men (paja, la, pi. ma — ) ;
Kinika, kiga. Kiwiti (or kibiti) ;
janni kiwiti green; nioka ya
,
 ; . ; . , ;; ;

KI ( 165 ) KO
janni kiwiti, a green snake which climbs the Ko, s. (la), a projection of the larynx; ko yaumizia
cocoa-nut tree in quest o/tembo ( cfr manni). cliakiila (Er.).
Kiyama, s., the resurrection ( vid kiama).
. Ko, s. (la, pi. ma—), a mother cither in the human
Kiyambaza, vid.kiwambaza. or lower creation ko or goma la mke, la gnombe,
Kiyambo (?), neighbourhood (St.). a woman previously to her
la mbiizi, la kiiku ;

Kiza, s.. darhness; ku tia lciza, to darhen ,

to dim. becoming a kb was manamuali (a virgin), but
Kizao, s. pi vizao), one born in the 'place a the animal was mtamba, a cow-calf or heifer
( ,

native. (e.g. mtamba wa gnombe, a cow not yet having

Kizazi, s.; (1) = kiviazi, birth = clia ku viaa wa- given birth)-, kb la kuku, a laying hen; ko la
toto ; (2) generation. a breeding goat. mbiizi,
Kizk, s. and ad}., (1) nianeno ya kizb, sayings of Koa, s. (la, pi. makda) (1) koa la fetha (= bamba ;

old people; (2) kizc cha kale, an old woman; la fetha), a thin band of silver which wealthy

(3) kizekiganga, a hag. people put on the scabbard of their sword, or on

Kizia, s. (?) ku lala vizia = ku otea (vid.).
;
a musket to hold the barrel on the stock (2) a
Kizmo, s. (pi. vizibo), a corli, stopper. kind of ornamental ring worn on the legs by
Kizimbi, s., a cage. females (cfr. funingu ; uk6a,^)Z. koa).
Kizixda, s., a virgin (St.). Koa, v. a., to bathe one' s-self (Kimrima) (kubgafw
Rizingiti, s., threshold, the top and bottom pieces Kimv.) ku-m-koa maji = ku-m-tia maji or ku ;

of a door or window-frame. muaya or muiivisa maji muilini, to icet, sprinkle

Kizingo, s., windings of a river, bends, cCe. one or one's body with water.
Koa, used of the sun, offire and salt (Reb.)?
Kizio, s. (pi. vi — ), the half of a cocoa-nut or of an
Koa, s. (wa, pi. makoa or with za), a snail. The
orange, Sc.; kizio cha nazi cha nazi cha ;
kizio
Sualiili do not eat it, but the Wanika do. The
pika kisaga, which wants only half a nazi for
Sualiili make a medicine for the itch from it.
cooldng (vid. kisaga).
Nadiika daua ya niiingu niiingu (vid. niungu)
Kiziwi (pi. vi—), deaf.
inagu yaniea, yawasha kana pele majira ya
Kizizi cha mtama, a room full of maize, to
kizizi
;

mviia, nkiptita ute wa kba nkijipaka magiini,

which there is no access through the door, but
hayawiishi tena, / want the medicine for sore
only from above by means of a ladder.
— legs, they burn me like the itch at the rainy
Kizui (or kizuizi), s. (pi. vi ), a stop, a hin-
season ; if I coidd get the ute of the snail, and
drance (cfr. ku zuia), kizuio, kizuizo.
anoint my legs with it, they would burn me no
Kizuka, s. (pi. vi — ) ; (1) mke aliefiliwa ni mume we,
more.
a woman whose husband died, and therefore is in.
mourning mtumke huyu ni kizuka, this woman is
Kobe, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a small laiul-tortoise. It

is eaten neither by the Sualiili nor the Wanika.

mourning; kizuka alie na eda haonekani nawatu,
Only the makobe ngulu is eaten, and its flesh
yuwaketi niumbani bassi, asoma kua polepole
is agreeable. It is of a large size. The sea-
ndie kizuka, she remains excluded and quiet
tortoises are: (1) kassa, (2) gnamba, (3) chifi.
during her mourning (2) an evil spirit, e.g., the
Kobo, s.; kobokobo, s'. (R.)?
Portuguese left a kisiika, i.e., an image of Mary,
Kobu, adj., convex ku fania koba (kobu), to be
at Pabbay, when they abandoned Monibas.
convex ; cfr. ku fukiika, to be concave, said of a
Iyizuxgu, adj., European, referring to a Euro-
plank which has been sawn unequally.
pean; maneno ya Kizungu, European language.
Kobue, s. = kobo?? (R.).
Kizungu cha maji.
Kizuxguzungu, s., giddiness; mzungu niambo-
Kociie, s. (pi. ma — ),
the fruit of a kind of palm;
mkoche, the tree.
yakwe ni ya kizunguzungu naona kizungu- ;

zungu (kitoa ku-m-sulika). Kodo, s. (la, pL ma — ),

that part of the master's

Kizuiu, adj. ame-m-pa kitu

(zuri), beautiful, fine ; plantation Which belongs to a slave. Shamba pia

kiziiri, he has given him something which is fine, ni jiimbe la bana, laken mtiima yuna kipande
pretty. cha shamba la nafsiyakwe, apate chakiila, asiibe

Kizusiu, s., an intruder, an occurrence. kitu cha banawakwe. Well-disposed masters

Kizuu (pi. vizuu), a hind of evil spirit which hills allow their slaves towork for themselves on
men at the order of his master (St.). Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Kua siku
to a place and
Ko, a particle denoting direction hizi tatu mtiima yuwalima kodo. On the four
residence in it; yuwakaa Mvita, ndiko aliko
e.g., remaining days he works for his master (siku za
kuenda or ndiko aliko, he dwells at Mombas, muunguana). The kodo or kipande cha mtuma
there it is where he went to, there it is where he is all around the master's plantation, which lies

is or dwells; ko kotte, whither soever. in the midst. When the master thus alloivs his
 ; ; ;; ;

KO ( 1 66 ) KO
slave three days of labour for ldmself, he gives Kofua, v. a. (= ku-m-kondeska kiibisa), to ema-
him neither food nor doth, but the slave is to ciate, enervate, wear out, waste his strength.
maintain himself . If he takes from his master s Kofuka, v. n., to become very meagre (E. gofuka),
property he is beaten or imprisoned. Besides, to pine away.
the slaveis allowed to work for himself on the
Kofusha, v. c.; maradi ina-m-kofuska, the sickness
kodo before sunrise and a little before sunset. has reduced him very much.
Those masters (like the Banians and some
Kofui.i, s. (ya, pi. za), a padlock (opp. ufunguo \va
others of liberal mind) ivho do not allow the
kasha, cOc .) vid. kufuli, s.
slave a kodo, give him a daily posko or ;

allowance of rice or Indian corn, and clothes

Koga (or iojoga), s. (la, pi. ma ), the dirt which —
accumulates on a vessel not in use ngoii ku fania
from time to time, but then they require the
koga.
ushole strength and time of their slaves for them-
selves. Other masters, who are less well-disposed, Kogo, s. (Ia, pi. ma ), the back part of the skull, —
grant them only two days or only one clay of occiput (= niuma ya kitoa) (vid. kikossi and

labour for their own maintenance. Hence the kiskogo), the hind part of the head; kogo za

slaves will steal and pilfer wherever they can. mato; mtumuegni mato makubasana (tumba kua
(2) Kodo (koto) (ku-m-piga mtu kodo), a stroke liene) kogo za mato, large eyes protruding.
;

'with the knuckles?- (11.) ;

ku lima kua kodo (cfr. Kogodo (rectius kokoto), s. (pi. ma— ), a small
koto). stone ? (K.).
Kodoa, v. a.; ku — mato, to open ( one's eyes ) icicle, Koho, s., a large bird of prey ; cfr. tai, firkomba,
to stare at, to have or keep the eyes open like a pungu, kipanga.
dead person (ku gnariza). Koiioa, v. n., to cough.
Kodouea, v., to stare at one, to keep a fixed look Ivohoza, v. a.

upon one (especially as insolent persons do)- Ji-kohoza, v. r., to cough on purpose to attract
kuani ku-ni-kodolea mato, wherefore clo you the observation of him ivith whom one 'wishes
to speak.
fix your eyes upon me?
Kohozi, s. (ya, pi. ma — ),
expectorations, phlegm
Kodue, a kind of game in which, little stones
s.,
(vid. The native doctors prescribe
kikokosi).
are thrown upwards and caught with the hand.
mandano (vid.) ground in a kibia, and mixed
If the player does not catch the falling stones,
with uji of mtama flour, and drunk as a remedy
his playfelloiv yuwa-m-lia kibe, i.e., takes up the
against expectoration.
play in his stead (cfr. madessi).
Koel£o, s. (ya ku kolea), forceps (vid. koleo)
Koikoi, s. (pi. ma — ), a sort of evil spirit (St.) ;
to

be distinguished from koihoi, cry ofjoy.

koeleo kidude cha ku epulia or shikia cliuma, a Koja, s makoja) (E.)
. (p>l. ?
pair of tongs to hold hot iron with.
Kojoa, v. n., to make ivater, micturate = ku toa
Kofi (or koffi), s. (Ia, pi. ma — ), the flat of the mikeijo or ku tabaulu or tabauali.
hand; ku-m-piga kofi la shikio, to give one a box Kojozi, s. (la, pi. ma ), urine; ndizi liizi ni
on the ear with the palm of the hand; ku-m-piga
—
kojozi, these bananas cause much urine. There
kofi la uavu, to strike the side with the open is a kind of small banana which has a great
hand (vid. oya, s.) ku piga makoffi,
;
to clap the effect upon urination.
hands, e.g., in native dances, keeping time with Koka = ku oka, v. a. (cfr.).
the drum (ngdma) ;
kofi, s., a stroke with the Koka, v. a. (Kigunia), to set on fire = ku tia motto,
open hand. ku anza ku fufia, or toma motto tange (Kimrita)
Kofi a, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), cap, such as the Orientals (cfr. tange).
wear; (1) kofia and expen- Koka, v. a., to roast oh the fire = ku oka or qja =
ya balifia ( beautiful
sive) (probably brought from Aleppo in Syria ) ku weka mottoni lialisi, si ku kangakuasamli, to
(2) kofia niekundu turuki (the Egyptian or put into the fire really, not to fry with ghee.
Turkish red cap ) (3) kofia neauppe ya skamu
;
Korea, v. a. (Kigunia) ku kokea mojo = ku tia ;

(the ivldte cap from Syria).

motto, to set on to burn. fire,
Kofila, s. (vid. kafila), a caravan. Koke, koke ya motto, the large fire made of
s. ;

Kofu (or kovu), s. (ya, pi. za) (cfr. gofu), (1) the w-ood on clearing the ground for a new planta-
scar of a wound or burn kofu ya kionda cha tion; ku fania koke ya mojo (Kigunia ) ku kokea ;

motto, a scar of a brand (cfr. mkofu) ; kofu la motto tange or ku tia or vuta (kienge eba koke)
mtama mtama umengia
; kofu, mustiness, to be- motto tangeni, to burn the wood of a new planta-
come mouldy (2) kofu (pi. ma — ), ruin, ruins, tion (tange); sliamba la tange (new plantation)
e.g., la, pi. ya niumba (makofu ya kionda). is ojposed to fue or sliamba la kale (an old
 ; ; ; ; ?

KO ( 167 )
KO
•plantation). When the natives commence a new Kokorota, v. a., to drag on the ground (
— ko-

plantation, they first cut down the trees and kdta).

shrubs, and only large trees are left standing, Kokota, v. a., to draw, drag, trail, e.g., niiba ku
after the bark has been peeled off. -It the dry vuta Sana. Ku enda kua
ku ji-kokota, (1) to
season they assemble on an appointed day very march away or off like one who has been given a
early in the morning, each man carrying a red refused; (2) to protract, to lengthen a speech —
cock and a loaf of bread with him. At first the ku endeleza (3) to stammer, to stutter, ku kokota
;

mualimu (Muhammedan, teacher) reads prayers maneno (to speak slowly ) or ku gogota maneno
and some portions of the Coran, after which he (to prolong words ) (4) ku kokota koo, to rattle
;

gives a sign for slaughtering the cocks. The the throat ku kokota voho, to breathe hard.
heads of these and a piece of bread ha ving been Eokotj5za, v. c., to do anything slowly but care-
thrown into the fire, the burning of the shrubs fully.
and trees begins. Heaps of dry grass have been KokotjSka, v. n., to tug ?

previously accumulated in different places, so that, Kokoto, s. (la. pi. ma—), cockle-stones or small
when the wind rises, the fire burns furiously and pieces of stone put (by bea.ting) into the clay or
presents an awful spectacle, for you may then see lime of a wall to make it solid.
a tract of country for many miles exposed to the
rage of the fiery element. When the fire has done
Kokua (pi. ma — ),
nuts, stones offruits (St.).

its work cdl over the tange, the natives take some
Kola, v. n. (Kin.) (vid. kora, Kisuah.), to satiate.

extinct firebrands, and fasten them to their Kole (or shawi) (la, pi. ma ) ; kole la nazi, the —
bodies, which they bedaub ivitli coal-dust and cluster of cocoa-nuts (cfr. tana, la).
ashes. Then they return singing and dancing Korea, v. a., (1) to apprehend somebody for debt,
to their homes, inhere the women meet them to take forcibly the property of a man (on the
ivith jarsof honey-water, to refresh them after road, Ac.) on account of the debt of another
the to whim they were exposed.
heat The countryman or of a relation who owes the taker
blackened firebrands having been suspended to some money but has not yet paid him. After
,

the door of the house, the whole ceremony ter- the real debtor has paid, the property must be
minates, and soon afterwards the ploughing of restored to its original owner from whom it teas ,

the new plantation begins, after the native

forcibly taken; e.g., Galiiri ame-m-kolca Mnika
fashion, with the little hoe, not with the European pembezakwe zotte ndiani, Gabiri (a former
plough, which is yet unknown to these East
powerful chief at Mambas) has taken on the
Africans. However, in the colony of Frere road from an Mnika cdl his ivory (which the
Town ( near the island of Mambas), the Euro- Mnika wished to sell at Mombas). (2) Ku kolea,
pean plough was introduced in 1878, to the to put the proper proportions o/’ghee, nazi, Ac.,
amazement of the natives. food so
into the as' to render it well flavoured;
Koko, s. (ya, pi. za and makoko), stones offruits ku kolea samli, nazi, Ac., katika chakula, lipate
eg., koko ya koma, ya embe, Ac., but kissa ( vid .) tamu (ku tia ndani) kolewa, v. p. Kertasi ya
;

is the kernel which is in the stone. kolea, writing-paper (in old language).
Koko, s., bushes, thickets, brushwood; lienee mboa Kolekole,
s., a kind of hay -fish ivliich the natives

koko, a roving dog which stays in the bushes catch cit sea; ku la puju na kangaja ni utofu wa
and eats can find.
all that it
kolekole.
a. (vid. pukussa) ku kokoa = ku soa KoLko, s. (Ia, pi. ma
Kokoa, v. ;
), tongs ; vicl. koeleo.
taka; ku kokolewa; mtanga unakokolewa na Koi.esi, s., apprehending somebody for debt (cfr.
—
inaji. kolea) kolesi tupu zinangia nti, bapana mambo ;

IvokolIsa, v. obj. and instrum. kidude clia ku ela ku kolea watu.

kokolea, tongs (vid- koeleo). They use koeleo and
Korea, s., fore-skin ; cfr. i_&U 1 cortice nudavit,
koleo.
KokomJsa, v. a. ku kokomea jembe, to wedge a resecuit praeputium, circumcidit ;
Aali ,
prae-
hoe, to put a wedge into it. putium.
Kokomoka, v. n., to vomit or retch violentlg, to KolSua, v. a., to stir.
belch out.
Kolokolo (korokoro ?), a turkey.
Ku JI-KOKOMOSHA ( Or JITAPISHA), V. rcfl., to

cause one’s-self to vomit, e.g., by the applica-

Koma, s. (la, pi. ma ), the fruit of — the mkdma
tree.
tion of a feather irritating the throat.
Kokok£ka, v. n., to cackle, to be distinguished from Koma, v. a., to cease, to end, to leave off (in the

the peculiar sound which a lien makes when languages of Jagga, Usambara, and Pare
about to lay her egg; after the cackle the hen koma means to die, to kill ); utakoma-pi, how
yuwat’et’ea ( cries in travail karibu na ku via). far wilt thou go? where ivill you encl koma,
,
 ; ; ; ; ; — ;

KO ( 168 ) KO
die in the imperative akoma-po, wherever he imepangusika, all his property is exhausted,
stops koma, come no farther.
usije, to be cleaned out, to have had all one's money
Romania {or komagnia), v. a., to (jet, to com- got from one.
prehend ; si-m-komanii or komagni, I cannot Romba, a galago, (St.).
s., s.
comprehend him {the active form of koma)
Romba, s. niama arukai kana kindi, a
(wa, za) ;
(E.).
kind of squirrel ivhich is very fond of the
Romka, v. ohj., to loch in, to shut up.
bananas and o/tembo. Erli. takes this animal
Romei.Ica.
cause one to cease to do any-
for a small monkey which is very fond of palm-
Romesha, v. c., to
wine (simia antellus).
thing = prevent one; ku komesha
to forbid,

maneno or makelele, to stop talking or mak- Romba miko (pi. ma ), a creeping insect, cock- —
ing a noise ; nime-in-komeslia mtu liuyu kuja roach, a kind of beetle (in Kiniassa pemfu za

kuangu, si-m-kubali tena, I have forbidden rum a). ,

this man to come to me again; Mungu a-ku-

Romba moyo, s. (la, p>l. makomba moyo ya), the
komeshe or a-ku-epuslie na maovu, may God main rafters or main poles on which the thatched
prevent you from evil. roof ( pa) of a native cottage rests.
Roma, s. (wa, pi. za), a man who died and who is Iyombati, s., a framework (of sticks ?) for a wall
believed to exist in the grave, ivlience he some- of clay ? or only thin poles ? (R.).

times appears to a relative in a dream, in ivhich Rombe, s. (ya, pi. za) ; (1) kombe za poani, cockle

the koma gives him orders ivith regard to sacri- or mussel shells of which the natives make a good

fices and offerings in order to avoid public,

kind of lime kombe la mukono, the shoulder-
calamities. The Suahili are almost as super- blade (St.); (2) (ya, pi. ma— a large oval clish,
)

stitious as the pagans in this point. They plate (kombe la udongo, pi. ma — ), it is deep
believe that the dead care for the living, where- and long; kikombe, small plate, coffee-cup;

fore the latter must honour the graves of the kikombe cha bilauli, a drinking-glass kombe la
dead every year. ku Ha wali (kombe bili), a dish for rice ; (4)
RomAa {or koma), v. n., to be full grown; fig., to kombe (ya pi. za), a shell (kombe za kunoa vinu r
,

make boys and girls ripe by reproachful names a wineglass, II. (5) kombe, a raker, scraper
1
;

referring to the sexes. like a little hoe (R.) kombe ya chuma ya ku kunia
;

a kind of ngoma, an instrument for hollowing out trees

RomAfi, s., the fruit of the mkomafi tree,

creeper {cfr. mkiia, s.).

for canoes, mortars, &c.; (6) in Kinika, ukombe
(pi. kombe), nail, claw (Kisualiili, ukuja,^>Z. kuja)
Roma manga, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
pomegranate;
nanga ya parua ilia makombe marine, laken pauva
Arab. >
malum punicum. ina makombe mawili, vid. nanga.
Romaza, v. a., to mock, to make game of { St.). a
RombIoo, s., sling (St.).

Romasiii, s. = ngumu? {Arab. i) (11.) (of RoMBEiuiKA, v. n., he has been stript of all his
property, lie has become a poor man (vid.
cloth).
komba).
scrape
Romba, v. a., to hollow out, to chisel out, to
RoMBEiitfsiiA, v. c.; ku — mtuzi kua wali, to let the
a trunk, with an instrument of iron, to
out, e.g.,
sauce be absorbed in the wali, so that there is no
make a drum or mortar (ukombe wa chuma \va
more mtuzi in the plate.
ku kombea ngoma or winu); ku komba pislii, to
hollow a pishi (a certain measure, vid .) ;
to
Rombo, s. (ya, pi. ma — ), defect, crookedness, cuv-
vity, an uncommon projection of the bottom; mti
dean, ku komba dafu, to clean a cocoa-nut;
e.g.,
liu una kombo, this tree has a crookedness, hau-
ku-m-komba mtu, to draw away all the money or
kunioka, it is not straight; mti hu u kombo, this
property of a person by begging, and by show-
tree is crooked; kitu hiki kikombo, this thing is
ing apparent attachment to him, but when he
curved or crooked (cfr. gosh or goslii) hapana
has spent cdl his property and has become
;

kombo = hapana sliaka, there is no dispute; ni

destitute, to leave him to his fate. There are
kombo nayo, lit., 1 am crooked with it, cannot
many Suahili who were once wealthy people,
reach it. Asie kombo na tua is one of the pre-
but ivlio lost all their riches by aspiring after
tended qualities of Aluhammed (He who is with-
and a large retinue. Watu
greatness, influence,
out crookedness and blemish).
wame-m-komba maliyakwe pia iotc, the people
got all his money = wame m-fukarisha (vid.)
Rombo, s. (la, pi. ma ), the remainder, residue of
dafu la ku komba, a cocoa-nut in ivhich the food after one has eaten one's fill, scraps ; kombo
la wali or makdmbo ya wali, the remainder of
knotty part is but just forming, which is then
boiled rice left after eating.
reckoned a delicacy (St.).

Rombicka, v. maliyakwe pia imekombeka or Romboa, v. a. (= ku tia kombo), to make crooked ;

 ; ; : ; ; — . ;

KO ( '69 ) KO
e.g., mimi nimelekeza maneno, nawc umeknjaku- animals). Ni mio miwili, (1) umio ni ndia ya
ya-komboa (= ku ya haribu), I have settled this cliakula, the (esophagus (2) komio ni ndia ya
affair, hut you came and made it crooked ( — you maji ;
umio is sing., mio pi.
thwarted or spoiled it again).
Komo, s. ; komo la usso (or ukdrao wa usso), fore-
Komboa, v. a., to redeem, to obtain a person or head, front; fulani una komo = usso baya ulio-
thing hack after having paid a ransom (ku letta tokezo, or komo and kikdmo katikausso baya, a
nkombozi) mkombozi, the redeemer; ukombozi
; forehead which projects very much.
or kombozi and makombozi, redemption; ku
Komoe, v. (ya, pi. za), the patch applied to the bot-
komboa mtu alieuzoa, to redeem, to hug hack a
tom of a mortar.
man who ivas sold.
Komoe, ma ), fruit of the mkdmoe tree,
s . (la, pi.
Komboza, v. c., to redeem.
the seedsof a large climbing plant abundantly
Kombol£a, v. ohj.; ame-m-kombolea nduguye. furnished with curved thorns ; the natives play
Komboleza, v. c., to cause to redeem. the game o/'bao with this fruit (cfr. b;io) (St.);

Komboi.ewa, v.p. ku teza Lao na komoe or kdrosko, die.

Komboka, v. n., to become crooked, curved (

= Komu, s . ; ni komu dafu hili (R.) (?).

petemana) ;
e.g., usso or mukono umekomboka Koa'da, v. 11 to become thin (opp. ku wanda, to get
.,

kua maradi, the face or hand got crooked by a muili umekua muembamba, the body has
fat) ;

disease; kitanda kina komboka, the bedstead got thin.

went asunder ; mti umekomboka, the tree became
Koxdavi, s ., (1) large beads worn by women; (2)
crooked; maneno haya vamekomboka sana,
(ya, pi. za) kernel offruits.
sebabu-bayana sbahidi, na kuamba sbabidi yupo,
yangelekea barraka.
Konde, s ., a fist ku piga moyo konde, to take
heart, to resolve firmly
Kombo KOMBO, great crookedness, crooked; mti hu
kombo kombo, this tree is very crooked, a cleared spot of land for
K6a’de,,s. (ya, pi. za), (1)
11 is full
planting stones or kernels of
rice, die. (Sp.)
of curves ; yuwaangalia kombo kombo = yuna ; (2)

tongo, he squints. fruits; ukonde, sing.; ndani ya ukonde is the

KombOra, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a bomb, shell. The I kissa (vid.).

Jlonibassians felt the power of this missile ivhen Koxdekokde, s .. the bee-eater (Merops Philip-
the Multan Said of Zanzibar bombarded the town pensis) (E.).
in 1836 (?). Kond^siia (or ku ji-koxdesha), v. c. (vid. konda,
Kombozi, s a ransom., (vid. komboa). v. n.), to cause to get thin; e.g., kuakujionsa
Komda (kumda), s. (la, pi.
—
ma ), a coffee-pot (dila nafsiyakwe or roboyakwe, to be pining with
ya kaliawa) (or komda ya ku pigia cahawa, coffee- grief, for loss of friends, d’c. If one takes
mill?). poverty, sickness, loss offriends, and other mis-
Kome, s (la poani) (pi. ma— a kind of fine fortunes too much to heart, akishiriki baya, he
.
), (1)
mussel (pearl oyster themeat of which is will become thin; robo beina takato (neauppe),
?),

eaten, and its shell sold to Indian traders (Reb. ina sigitiko bassi, ina kibubudi or simasi bassi

tcrites it gome) kome (ya pi. za), the small (vid. kibubudi). Usi-ni-kondeshe, usi-ni-nonse,
; (2) ,

sags a husband to his wife who has maneno ma-

flag of a caravan-leader.
KomiSa, v. a., to bar, lock vp with a native lock baya (R.).
which, together with the key, is of wood (kukomea Kond6, s. (ya, pi. za), quarrel, strife, war, enmity
kua komeo) (cfr. kia, s. ku lia kia). Kia or via (mkdndo, the enemy).
(old) ja muili, members of the body. Kondoo, s . (wa, pi. za), a sheep ; yuwafa kikondoo,
lvo'':r,.ijA, v. ufunguo wa ku komelea komeo, the lie dies like a sheep, silently.
hey for locking the door.
Kondo ya xiuma (yamfiazi), the after-birth (mji).
Komeo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), rail, bolt of a door with a
Prov. ku via mana si kazi, laken kondo ya niuma
wooden lock fastened to the outside
, of the door.
ndio mambo ya uviazi, i.e., to give birthis no great
Komesha, v. c. (vid. koma), (1) to stop, to make to
business, but the difficulty consists in the after-
cease ; e.g., Muhammadi ndic aliekomesha utume,
birth, whether that will go off safely. Kondo ya
Muhammed has closed the series of prophets;
niuma imesalia, laken mji na mana umetoka.
(2) to send one awag roughly, thougli he ivas
ordered to come (Er.). Kong a, v. n. kiia mze, to get old and feeble; inzo
Komio, s. (ko and mio) (ya), (glottis ?) the canel- huyu amekonga, bawezi ku fania kazi 11 a ku pata
bone and that paid of the throat through which chukula (vid. mkongue).
the water passes in drinking (said of men and Koxgijsiia, c. c. mtu huyu ni makamu-ni uelle
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; .

KO ( I/O ) KO
ulio-m-kongesha (R.), to mul,:e old (wabaniani ku fumba mato, to wink at one covertly (ku niu-
wa hapa wakaa hatta wakakonga bapa). ita kua iaraga).
Konge, s. (la, pi. ma — ), Konieza, s. {la, pi. ma ), the passion-flower
the bark of a fibrous — '!

plant (?), which is Koni£zo, s. (la mato, pi. ma ), a wink.

beaten with clubs until it gets —
soft, when it is buried in the mud of the sea Konioa, v. a. (= goboa), to break off {Indian corn
until it begins to rot ; then (watu waponoa) the in reaping it), to pluck off, break off fruits from
people strip it off and make of it ropes called trees or the stalk of plants in passing through u
niafu, which being twisted several times produce plantation amekonioa ndizi ame-ni-koniolea ;

npote {pi. pote) strings. Niafu ya pote za konge liindilangu (ku ondoa mtini), to break into small
(nitigue liiembamba yaliosokbtea mua ngovi ya pieces, to crumble.
konge). Ivonioka, v. n., to fall off or down of its own
Kongo, s.; (1) niuezi kongo, the first quarter of the accord, to be off, to have fallen.
moon = muandamo; Koniokea, v. obj.; maliindi yanakoniokea, the
(2) maratlii (Er.).
Kongo, s. ; mnazi kongo, an old high cococo-nut tree; Indian corn snapped off.
mnazi kongo, mrefu na wa kale ; (2) an old forest KoniouGa, v. obj.
which grows no longer. Konkoka (konkokka) keke iuakonkokea muiuo ;

Kongo, s. {pi. ukongo) kongo za mbiiba, pain of or lmmo; keke ana-i-konkolea mumo, he left the
;

the joints and eruption produced by the mbiiba, borer there.

small-pox {Kin. franj, nclui) afania kongo za Kono, s. (la, pi. ma
;
) kono la mtango, la mtono, — ;

mbuba; uelle wa kongo; mbuba ndizo zi-ku-faniazo the offshoot or sprig of the bugu {its hand

kongo liinniba ya kongo (ya mfiringO kama mukono), a projecting handle, like that of a
;

niumba ya Wakambat, a round house. saucepan.

Kono, s. (ya, pi. za) kono ya pili, ya tatu, two,
Kongo, s. (ya, pi. za), the fork-like bough or arm ;

three times { Kipemba ) = deffe amepiga

e.g.,
of the mkoma tree kSngo ni panda ya or za ;

bunduki deffe mbili, he fired the musket twice.

mkoma.
Konoa, v. a., clear off; e.g., ku konoa maliindi, to
Kongoa, v. a. ku — nieno, to pidl out teeth, to take
break off the cobs ofIndian corn (
= kupukusa rau-
to pieces, to draw out nails mtu amc-ni-kongoa liindi, to clear off cobs of Indian corn) ku konoa
;

meno kua fimbo.

tenibe za maliindi ku-ni-konolea maliindi. Itch,
;

Kongo l£wa, v.; nioka amekongolewa mono, to takes konoa in the sense “to pound” {only of
be pulled out. Indian corn u'hen it is hard ?).

Kongo,ta, v. n., to totter ,

to walk with difficulty. Konou2a, v. obj.
KoxooMfiA (kongomewa), v. a. ku — mil! ? (K.).
Konol£wa, v.pass.
Kono kono, a snail.
Kongow£a KangawjGa), s., cm old name of
{or
Konsi {or konzi), s. {ya, pi. za), fist, a fistful; konzi
Jlonibas; other names are Mombasa, Faladi,
mbili za mtclle, tiro handful of rice {as much as
Mvita.
one can take or grasp in the hand and clinch it,
Ivongue, adj., worn out with age.
ndio konzi) ;
ku-piga or teka konzi, to scoop uji
Kongue, s. (ya), the lead in singing ; ku tba kongue, a handful, to rap with the knuckles, to raj) oni-
to take the lead in singing ; the captain of a boat on the knuckles ku-m-piga konzi, to strike with
nakhoda or nakliuda yuwabuaga nimbo {sing. the fist {Kimrima, ku-m-piga ngumi) foul, oya,
uimbo), na wana maji wa-nm-itilda. He sings *•)•
*
first, then the sailors respond to him Konzo, s. (la, pi. ma ), (1) along pole (konzolamti —
Konia, v. a. { = ku kopa or kenga), to over-reach, mrefu lililo tongoa nta, lililotiwa mottoni ku pata
defraud one by taking too much for one's share, ugumu, ku ua nioka), a long pole which has been
whereas an equal division of a certain property pointed and hardened in fire to kill serpents
should take place; ame-ni-konia liiania {or with {vid. pindi) (ukonzo, pi. konzo, za); (2)
sawadi), he took more meat for himself than was konzo {jd. makdnzo), wooden nails applied, in

due to him on a just distribution ( 2 ) to wink pits (mariina) (It.).

with the eyes (Er.), to connive. Koo, vid. kb (za), (1) throat; (2) a breeding
animal, e.g., koo la nibiizi koo la kuku, a laying
Konitoza {or konuSsiia), v. a.; ku konieza kua or ;

hen.
na mato or na mukono, to make a sign with
the eyes or hand by raising the eyebrows, to Koonde {pi.
1
ma — ), a cultivated land, a juece of
,

wink; ku-m-pigia ukope, ku pesa posa mato or plantation allotted to a slave for his own use {rid
kodo).

See a specimen of marine songs on page 182.

Kopa, s. (la, pi. ma
) —
{vid. makopa), a piece of

\
dried muliogo, which has been stcejml and cooked.
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

KO (
i/i ) KO
Kopa, v. a. (ku kopa = ku vata, old language), (1) trunk of a tree (mtilisi mkingamaji, maji yangie
to take goods-on credit, to be returned at acertain mtuDgini).
period ,
to nimekopa mali kua Ba- Kora, v. a.
borrow; c.g.,
laetus evasit), to sate, Jill,
(cfr. fi
m da
,

niani kua I have taken

wa miezi miwili,
satiate one, to seem sweet to, to be loved by; e.g.,
goods from the Banian on credit for two months.
chakula hiki kime-ni-kora, nikasasa, this food has
1 intend to buy apiece of doth worth 1^ dollar,
sated me, I left some of it kua telle ndani (2)
but 1 cannot pay the money immediately ; thus ;

to attach one to one's-self; mtumke yunakdroa

the Baniani says, “ I ivill give you the cloth for
ni mumc mungine, the woman is attached to
2 dollars, but I do not want the money now, I
another man; mume mungine una-m-kora
give you m'da (an appointed space of time ) of
mtumke = ame-m-tia tiiamu (3) ku kora nuinza
four months." By this means he gains J dollar.
;

or buaga manza, to commit a hideous crime, e.g.,

The man ivho takes on credit must always pay
to commit fornication with a king's daughter, for
more than the actual value is at present, but then
ivhich crime the offender has to atone with his life
he has not to pay immediately. Siku-nuniia ngiio
(vid. manza) ku-m-kora mtu neno = ku-m-tia
Li, laken nime-i-kopa kua reali mbili.The mer- ;

kasirani moyonimuakwe.
chant gains on account of the m'da. (2) To cheat,
deceive, e.g., if the man who took money or goods
Kokadani (or KORODANi or kordanj), s. (ya, pi.

za), a sheave of a pulley, the little wheel or

on credit escapes to another country, ivhich is
block through ivhich the ropes of the mast of a
frequently the case (mkdpi).
slip run.
KopjS.v, v.; e.g., nime-ku-kqpea mali kua Baniani,
I have taken goods for you from the Banian, Koran i (or Koroani or Kuruani), s., the Koran,
you would not have got the goods from lum, the Bible of the Mohammedans ; Arab, '

cfr.
but I got them for you. J -C_» . t ...
Korbani, s. ; ybys ,
id quod ofiertur deo, saentemm.
Kopissha, v. c., to lend, to supply a trader with

goods on credit; Baniani ame-ni-kopesha m'da Korega, v. n., to cackle (Er.).

miezi miwili, the Baniani gave me goods on Koki = tenguri or denguri (K.).
credit for two months u-ni-kopeslie reali mbili, Korja, s. (ya, pi. za), a score, a bale, a commercial
, will you lend me 2 dollars ? expression, probably of Indian origin. Korja

Kop£\va, v.p. ya nguo ni 20 doti (vid.), i.e., one korja of cloth

consists of 20 doti; korja ya bdriti or miti, a .

Kopoa, v. 7i., to be cheated.

korja of poles = 20 poles ; a korja of beads is
Kope, s. (la, yiLma— ) (kope la ta), (1 ) the wick of a
20 hundred or 2,000 little strings.
candle, the snuff of the wick ivhich must be cleared
K6r6, aclv. = pia, cdl together, throughout ; c.g.,
away with the snuffers;. (2) kope za mato, eye-
wame-ni-gniagnagnia maliyangu kord, they have
lashes (ukope, pi .) kope za mato, the lower
;

stript me of my property altogether, of my whole

eyelashes; the upper lashes are called uslii,
niushi za mato. Kikope (Beb. writes kigobe),f7/e
property; (2) koro or majonsi ? asiekua na koro
eyelid.
= mkundifu?
KoromSsa, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a male of a gnombe ;

Kopesa, v. n., to wink ?

la lcondo, la robuzi, la ferasi gnombe korobesa.
Kopo, s. (la, pi. mu —
a cup, a large metal Korodaki, s., nautical term (vid. koradani), a
), (1)
vessel; kopo ku piga kopo (la,^7. ma-
la maji ; (2) block, pulley.
kopo), to beat on the crossed arms (in dancing).
Koropi, s., a bird of ill omen, a messenger oj had,
Kopoa (or tup.ua), v. a., to strip off, to flay ku luck (St.).
topfla magofi ya magii ya kuku, to strip the skin off Korofika (or korofeka), v. n., to be poor, he is
the feet of a hen (ku-m-kopda gofi la gu kua ku-m-
destitute ; liana kitu tena.
kaniaga), to drag out of one's hand (chopoa). Korofisiia, v. a., to cause one to arrive at empti-
Kopoka, v. n., to be flayed, to slip out of the ness = ku-m-rusha mali pia ku-m-tda ( - =
hand. ku-m-tusha) mali koro kua uerefu, to make poor,
to distrain, to strip one of his property, to ruin
Kopue, s. (la, pi. ma —
kdpue la mddmo, a ) ; (1)
a man; vid. komba.
can, a tankard a snout kopue la ku
ivhich has
noea maji (2) kdpue la maji or mlisamu wa Koroga, v. a. (
;
- ku maji, ku fania maji tope —
maji, the gutter of the roof of a house to carry off tope, or ku piga mfumbi), to make the water

the rain-water. It is to be distinguished from muddy (by stirring it ivith the feet), to stir up ;
mtilisi (pi. mitilisi) wa maji, which is only a kuti cfr. fumnga.
(cocoa-branch) tied to a tree (ku kinga maji), to Koroma, v. n., (1) to groan, to growl, to snarl, to
convey the rain-water into a jar placed near the rattle in the throat, to cry like an animal being
 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ;

KO ( 172 ) KO
slaughtered gnombe akoroma akitindoa, yuwa- part of the neck, when small kikossi ku sliuska ;

lia kua ku vurna ; (2) to snore (Ev.) ? cfr. kungu- kossi = ku wanda, ku fania niiima kuba.
ruma, to rage. Kossa (or kosiia), v. n., to err, fail, miss, notreaeli
Koroma, s. (la, jpl. ma — ), the fourth and last any one, to
mistake, commit a faidt, to offend
stage of growth of a nazi vid. kidaka. It has ;
wrong do wrong ; amekossa ndia, he missed the
,

ceased to he a dafu, and is not yet a nazi. way ; amepiga bunduki, laken amekossa niama,
Kobomana? (R.). he fired his gun, but missed the animal; ameta-
futa, laken amekossa katika nti zote, he searched,
Kokongo, s., (1) a crane; (2) korongo (pi. ma — ),
in all lands, but failed to find ; ana-ni-kossa Sana
a hole dibbled for seed (St.).
leokua vile vibaya alivio-ni-fania, he has offended
Korora ;
ana korora tembo (R.) ? me very much to-day by those bad things which

Kororo, s. (la, pi. ma — )

(Kin. kololo), (1) the he has committed against me.
Kossa kossa,
rattling in the throat of a dying man (2) = v. intern.

makohozi ku vuta, to rattle in the throat; it Kossana (or kosiiana), v. rec., to miss each
must be distinguished from ku vuta misono, to other, to fall out, to be at variance with one
snore a little and ku vuta mioiio, to snore aloud another.
,

so as to be heard afar ; (3) a crested guinea-fowl. KossiSka (or kosheka), v. p., the faidt is com-
mitted neno limekosseka, nifanic-je ? the fault
Korosho, s. (ya, pi. za) (la, pi. ma — casliew-nut,
is done, what shall I do? to prove a failure.
),

the fruit of the mkanju tree. Its taste is like

Kossekaxa, v. 71 to be absent, to be missing, not
.,
that of a chestnut. (1) Diinge, (2) kanju, (3) |
to be there amefiolca watu kua makossekano
korosho, are the names of the various stages of
ya imaniyao or imani kaimo moyonimuao, he
the growth of this fruit.
reproved the men on account of the absence
Korota, v. (vid. forota), to snore.
of their faith, because there was no faith in
Koroweza, dun; ku-mu-isa mno mtambo
v. n., to ;
their hearts = he reproved them for their
unakoroweza, the trap has caught niama ana- faithlessness or unbelief. Allahu daima,
korowezoa watu wakifungoa wanakorowezoa.
; Mungu wa milele, hakossekani wala hafi.

Kosesiia (or kosh£za), v. c., to cause one to fail

Korti. s. (ya, pi. za) ;
nguo ya korti, korti ya
or to do anything wrong, to lead astray, to
ddndo, a kind of chintz or calico?
cause one to miss or not to obtain what he
Koru, s., the ivaterbuck (St.). wanted.
Kosha, v. n., vid. kossa, v. n. Kossa (or kosha), s. (la, pi. ma ), error, failing, —
Koshi, s. (la) a leather-shoe kiatu
(ya, pi. za), fault; makosha ni juyako, the fault is upon
cha koshi (pi. viatu via koshi), a shoe wholly of thee; lile kossa alilo kossa ni lipi?
leather (like that which the Europeans wear not Kosudia, v. a., vid. kusudia, to intend, to purpose. ,

of wood) letta koshilangu, bring my shoe

;
.
Kota, s. (la, pi. ma ), crookedness, a crook goti —
(being of a larger size than koshiyangu, la and linafania kota or kombo, the knee is crooked
ya must be well attended to ) koshi za Kizungu, yuna kota la matege, he has large crooked legs
;

European shoes ? (tege, pi. matege, vid.) ;

mtu alie-ji-tia kota =
kijongo cha muili.
Kosi, s., a watchman a look-out-mcm = mlinzi;
,
Kota, s. ( pi. ma — ), (1) the stalks of a kind of
tumeweka kosi = mtu akueai mti ku angalia
millet which arc chewed like sugar-cane (St.); (2)
iidui.
kungia kota (crooked), alie-ji-tia kota or ki-
Kosi, s. (wa, pi. makosi), a large vulture, hawk; jongo, ku tia mti kota??
kosi aguyai majimbi. Kota, v. a. (~ ku sunga nuclle)? kotea? (gota?)
Kosi ringu (wa, pi. makosi pingu) is the vulture Reb.
which carries off sheep, children, &c. It is very Kota, s., a crook (St.).

large. It resembles (in height) the furukombe Kotama, s. (ya) (kissu cha kotama), a long knife
or fukombe, a large kind of stork, the adui wa with a curved point or without any point, used
samaki. in getting palm-nine (shembea in Kigunid).

Koss (or kossi), s. (la, pi. ma ), the vertebra: of — Kikotama is a knife used on the island of Pemba.
the neck; ku vunda kossi or kikossi, to breed: the On one side there is a mbu 2 i wa ku kunia nazi,

neck; anakwisha funda kossi, he has really and on the other an edge. With the mbuzi the

broken his neck, he must die; yampasha ku-ji- natives grind the nazi secretly, when they are
inika, liawezi ku inuka, he must bend himself he forbidden to do it openly, liev. xiv. 14, kissu

cannot stand erect kossi la shengo, thick hind- cha kotama jegni makali.
 ; ; ; ; ? , ; ; ; ; ;

KO ( 173 ) KU
Kotche, s. {pi. 111 a — ),
the fruit of a kind ofpalm; watu kua wangi, Luke xix. 3 ;
kua hali ya kua
vid. koche. karibu na, Luke xix. 11 na kua watu ku ;

{or kottk kotte), ado., on every side, tbanni kuamba ufalme wa Mungu liaunabudi
Kote kote
utabarisi sasa liivi Bassi ni muanawe kua-je,
from all directions huko 11 a liuko, nothing hut, ;

mere; ku fania thambi or maovu kote kote, to Luke xx. 44 muonapo mambo liaya yana
;

do nothing hut evil; kissu kinakata kote kote, kuapo, Luke xxi. 31; kuani = kua nini, why ?
the knife cuts on both sides. kuani or kua nini we we ku fania liivi, ivhy have
you done so? kua-je umenunua, with what have
Koto (kio), s. (la) {vul. kisingia) (koto la ku fulia
you bought this?
papa), a large hook used for catching sharks,
etc. The koto is attached to an iron chain, Kua {pi. mikua), the sprouts or shoots which grow
out of the roots of the mlilana tree {vid. mipia).
which has at the end an iron ring (kikiiku cha
chuma kana pete), to which is tied the large fish- Kua {or kunguaa), v. n. {vid. kuaa), to stumble.
ing line (msliipi ranenc). Kua liifio nilifio sikia sifayakwe, on account of the
Kovo, s. {pi. makovo), scar. report which L heard about him (R.).

Kowe (koe, koi), s., a small red crab eaten by the KvA\{orKVNGVAA.),v.n.,tosti-ikethefoot,tostuiublc;
Wanika. The larger is called kii (Gelasinus e.g. ku kuaa or kunguaa na gogo, to stumble at
vocansj. the trunk of a tree which is in the way (2) to
Ku, particle always prefixed to the infinitive, like stumble in speaking; e.g., if a man says siimaka

the English “to," but ku is frequently omitted,

pro Siimaki, fish, he corrects himself by saying

especially after ku daka; ku penda, to love;

mbona nimekuaa? what ? L have stumbled,
spoken badly makuao or makunguao ya ma-
cfr. Dr. Steere's remarks on “ku fi page 307.
neno, stumbling of speech.
Ku, infix particle ; ame-ku -penda, he has loved thee.

Ku is also used for conjugating impersonal verbs ;

Kuaza {or kuazisha), v. c., (1) to cause to stumble;
(2) dau limekuaza maweni, the boat slipped,
c.g., kulikua kuaja, &c.; liuko niuma ta-ku-pata-
over rocks with a kind of roaring noise
je? there behind, how get I there ku pro (3)
in eating to bite little stones, to crunch if one
buko.
{in eating) finds a little stone, etc.
Ku {or kuu or kuba), adj., great, large; nti ku
Kuazana, v. rec.; madau yakuazana.
or kuba, a great country kitu lciku, a great
matter; mtu mku, a great man; great men, jvatu Kuafukia, v. a., to snub one so that he trembles

wakuba.
and becomes very submissive.
Ivuagna, a bird which cries with a clicking voice.
Ku aupe {or ku eupe) ;
moyonimuangu wala si

ku aupe (R.) (?).

Kuagniua, v. a.; ku kuagniuliwa, vid. kifumba.

Kua, ku a, hence kua), (1) to be, to exist; Kuaja, v.; kunakua kuaja = kunakua kueupe, uli-
v. n. (pro

(2) ku kua, to grow {said of men and animals),

mengu {skij) unakua mueiipe or meiipe, it
to become large; nadaka kua mema, I wish to be dawns.
or to become good; awe, may he be ( optative ) pass.Kuaja {and kuakuja); muili wa-ni-kuaja (R.).
;

ku awa; nrvua inakua yiija, the rain is coming; Kuaja kikundi cha watu, there comes a company
kua na, to have, to possess amekua na fetlia, of men (R.).
he had money (3) neno bill lina-m-kulia Kuaje, with what ? at what price or
amount ?
kuba or sito ku-!i-fania, this thing was too umenunua kuaje ?
great for him to do it (lina-m-sbinda) kitu ki-
Kuakia, v. a., to snatch. ;

waclio cbote, whatever it may be; (4) kulia, to

grow up; muana buyu anakulia liapa Mvita. Kuakua, s. (la, pi. ma—-), (1) the fruit of the
Kulia, v. obj. {cfr. mkua, Muungu mkua wetu). mkuakua tree; (2) kuakua, v. a., to snatch
Kusa, v. c., (1) to cause to exist; (2) to magnify. away.
Kueiwa, v. (ku fania kazi). Kuakura, v. a., to tear with claics, lacerate, to
claw simba ana-m-kuakura mtu = ame-m-piga
Kua, prep., by, through, with, from, on account;
kuja, aka-mu-ata alipo-m-papura, the lion struck
kua sebabu, kua buja or agili, by reason of, on
his claws into a man, and having torn him to
account of; niraepata kua wali, I got it from the
pieces, left him ukila bapa nde utakuakiiroa ni
governor {vid. Grain .) Shimboa anakua kua ;

kinge.wa, if you eat here outside you will be

mannie au kua fulani, Shimboa was at home
claived by the vulture.
at his mother's or at such and such one's;
kua kua rafikiye, Lul c xi. kua nuinui ku sema, Kuakuroa, v.p.
;

ewe Muungu na-ku-shnkuru kua mimi ku toa Kuakwe, through him or her {vid. kua); kuako,
kiia kama watn wangine, Luke xviii. 11 kua through or with thee, at thy place. ;
 ; ; ; ; ; — ;

KTT ( 174 ) KU
Kuale, s., a partridge'? (St.). Kuanza, v. a. (cfr. anza), to begin, beginning, at

Kualtkuja kualikuja jana first, formerly (kwanza) ya kwanza, first, the-

;
(not kulikuja) merkabu ;

ya dokbani, yesterday there cams a steamer. first ngoja kwanza, wait a little.
Ku axzilisa, v. c., to begin.
Kuama, v. a.; ka-m-kuania (Kipemba), defile ?
Kuao, a stumbling-block.
s. (pi. makuiio),
Kuama, v. n., to he jammed, orpinched
to he seized
Kuao, with them, at their place (vid. kua).
in the hand hy the fork-like branch of a tree, so
that one cannot free himself; (1) ku sakaraa
Kijapa, s. (In. pi. ma or ya, pi. za ?) (pi. ma- —
mukono ku kuama (3) kn angama (ju ya kuapa), the arm-pit, axilla; kuapani, under the
; (2) ;

matua ya mti); mukonowangu unakuama (una- arm-pit.

sbikoa) panda ya mti, my hand is squeezed in or Kuaka, s., a kind 'of vulture (R.) ?
pinched in hy a panda ya mti. Kuakuza, v. cc., to scrape along, to slide over stones
Kuamisha, v. c., to jam, to cause to squeeze the at sea with a grating noise; jombo kimekuaruza
hand (e.y., as apiece of wood may do inbeing rnuamba mtelle ku wakuaruza watu, watimiza ;

cut or split hy one); mti liu ume-ni-kamisha komio (vid. wakuaza watu mono, it spoils the
mukono. people's teeth), this rice grates in passing down
Kuamba, conj. (lit., na-ku-amba, I say thee), to the people’s throats, and hurts them, because it is

say, to suppose, hence the conj., although, not- drg and without mtuzi; ku kuaruza, to be coarse
withstanding, asif; 11 a kuamba yuwadaka, in general, opp. to lainika, to be thin, soft to the
mimi sita-m-pa, and although he desires it, I touch.

shall not give Sometimes the natives say Kuasi, s., name of an animal like uguwe, it has
it him.
jamba or najamba/br kuamba and na kuamba. small horns ; Kin. baske or buasko.

Kuamo kisiclio kuamo, that which is not therein Kuassi, v. a.; ku-m-kuassi, to make him rich; vid.
;

mkuasi.
(e.g., in a vessel).
Kuata, s. (la, pi. ma ), to strike with the hoof,
Kuangu, with me, through me, a my house.
kicking (of man or animal) (— tege, la) punda
Kuangua, v. a, ku kuangua maji mtungini or ;

ame-ni-piga kuata or teke, the ass kicked at me,

kisimani, to draw off the last of the water from
or makuata (matege), if he kicks often.
a jar or ivell. It is done carefully, so that the
mud is not taken up. Ku kuangua jungu = ku Kuato, s. (sing, ukuato, pi. kuiito, za), the cloven
ondosha ukoko wa jungu ulioskika, to scrape vp hoofs of inang animals, like cows, &c.; gu la

(vid. ukoko). gnombe Una kuato mbili, the foot of a cow has two
Kuangula, v. a., to draw out, to pull (R.) ? toes (because cloven), footsteps of hoofed animals

Khaki ? adv. interrog. conj. kuani pro kua nini ? hy (Er.).

ichat? why? kuani or kua nini wewe ku fania Kuatua, v. a., to rub, e.g., knives, swords, dec., in
kiwi, why dost thou act in this manner ? where- cleaning them (R.) (cfr. kuangua).
kueupe), lit., it is white = there is
fore? for he himselfsaw it, kuani yeemuegniewc Kuaupe (or
ame-ki-ona. nothing to be had in the market nmia kakuna
Kuaniua, v. a. ( = goboa), to break off, to slit, tena, kuaupe or kueupe, there is 710 more ram, it

cleave; e.g., nimekuaniua ndizi hizi mbili (cfr. is all gone essubukhi kuaupe, eaz-ly in the morn-
gniukua) (vianda viwili via ndizi), I have broken ing at twilight. ,

Kuaza, v. c., to make to stumble; kuaza meno, to

off (from the tree) these two bananas; ku kua-
niua or babua or tabua makuti (kumbi) to strip jar the teeth like grit in food; vid. kuaa, v. n.

o ff the dry leaves from the cocoa-nut trees. Kua- Kuisa, adj., great, large (cfr. ku or kuu) ;
also an
niulia, v. obj.; makuti kuaniulia, I broke off for elder, a chief.

him, &c. Kubaui, v. a., to accept (ku pokea means to receive), to

Kuanua, v. c., to split cloicn, to tear dozen (cfr.

assent to, to approve, acknowledge ( = ridia or sbika,
kuaniua). e.g., maneno) cfr. acceptavit, admisit rem_
; ,
J.>jj
Kuaniuka, v. 71., to be split down boughs
like the Kubalia, v. obj.; ku-m-kubalia maneno, to com-
and branches of a tree tohich some one has plg with his ivords; bata-m-kubalia ku enda,
been trying to climb by (St.). he will not consent to his going.
Kuanuka, v. n. kijiko kilikuanuka, pwbably kili- Kubai.iwa, v. p.
kuaniuka? the teaspoon was broken (R.). Kubaliana, v. r. (= ku ridiana), to receive one
Kuaniuka, v. n.; panda ya mti inakuaniuka from another.
kua mtu msito aliekaniaga, the step ( ladder ) Kubalisha, v. c., to cause one to accept; ame-m-
of the tree broke on account of the heavy man kubalisha maneno kua ligtivu.

who ascended. Kubauika, v. a., to be acceptable, to be accepted.

 ; ; : ; ;

KU ( 175 ) KU
Kubba, <s. (la, pi. ma — ) (=kuta la kaburi, pi. In like manner the wimbi la mkdba is not very
ma — ), the vault-like building constructed over dangerous, because it lifts ip the boat.

the grave of Muhammedan saints or sheikhs ; cfr. KueiJjo, vid. koeleo or koleo, forceps, pincers.
<Li j
concameratum opus, ct tale sacellum, taber- Kuelli, s. (ya), truth, veracity (si urongo).
naculum. Kubba la tdka katika kaburi ku-m-
Kuema, the adj. for the inf. ku ku-m-zira hako si ;

jengea babayakwe au mamayakwe, ndio beshima kuema (R.) kuema or kwemn, good, ivell, it is ;

bora, kaburi isipotee. Manaakijenga kubba, yuwa- well there; kufa kuako kwema kutampendeza,
t'ania lntima,yuwatinda gnombe, apikawali mingii thy good death iv ill please him.
11 a wanavioni wasoma koroani, na muashi yuwa-
Kuembe, s., a water-bird with a long bill ; vid.
akka kubba, akisba ku akka, watu wakala cbakula
domo.
wakenda viao. From this we see that the act of
Ku£mbe, -s. (wa), a black bird .with a large red
building a vaulted grave is attended with many
beak (cfr. liondo hondo) cfr. toucan (pepper-
solemnities. To cover the grave with a building ;

eater).
is considered an act of great pirn, since the
Kuexda, interrog. = bali, perhaps ; e.g., kuenda
Muhammedans believe that the koma or departed
wanakuaa ku anguka, Horn. xi. 11 (lit., it might
person is in or about the grave.
be or go or fare), Luke xiii. 9 kuenda akaja leo,
Kubua, v. 11.; maji yamekubria = maji yamekiia
perhaps he comes to-day.
;

kutukutu, ebbing (R.).

KuendeltSza, cfr. tatausba, v.a.
Kucha (or kuja) (za) (pi. of ukuclia), the nail of
Kuenku£le (R.) kissu changu ebalia kuenkuele,
;

man's finger, the claw of animals (kueba za kipapo bapo.

sirnba, kueba za watu).
Kujixsi, s. (wa), a green bird with a curved beak,
Kucha (or kumekuciia), the dawn; usiku kueba. the parrot (Psittacus).
all night, lit., night till dawning, morning, or
Kuexu (vid. kua), with you, at your place.
sunrising.
IvuliPA, v. 7i.; ku kuepa, to start out of the ivciy.
Ivuciia, v. n., to be afraid (ku eba), to fear yuwa-
eba, he is afraid; pass., yuwacbewa, he is Kuesha = ku kaza or kasa, e.g.. an old door (R.)

feared. (?)•

Kudamiza (or kadamisha) (=peleka mbelle), to Ku^te, s. (pi. ma — ),

goose ?
send before. Kuetu (vid. kua), with us, at our place, by us,

Kudi (or gudi ?), a tin of gunpowder (R.) ? at us; mimi natoka mjini kuetu, nika potea

Kudu, katika barra.

s., 1 pox, syphilis (Sp. ).

Kueu, clear (St.) (kweu).

Ku£a, v. n., to go up, to ascend, to climb; e.g., ku
Kueupe, ad}., white; kuna kueupe, grey dawn.
kuea mnazini, to climb a cocoa-nut tree.
Ku£za, v. c. (vid. kuea, v. n.), to cause to ascend, to
Kueana, v. rec.
make go ip, to raise, exalt; ku-m-kueza jina-
Ku-ji-KufzA, to pride, boast.
lakwe.
Ku£za, v. a., to cause to ascend = to raise, exalt,
Ku fa (vid. fii, v. n., to die) ku fa maji, to be
ku kueza nguo kiddgo, to draw up the cloth
drowned ku fa ni yetu sabili, death is our way.
much or too much.
Kufu, s. (la) = gaga or koga la maji, the green and
Kuezana, v. rec. (obscene).
dirty colour which the water assumes by stagnat-
Kuelea, v. n. ; e.g., kidude eba ku kuelea, a
ing and by the decay of various plants maji
ladder. yafania or yanangia kufu or gaga or koga (yame-
Ivuel£ka, v. n., that which can be ascended, as- kua janni kiwiti). When the green coat has
cendable. been skimmed off the water can be used for drink-
Kueueza, V. c. ing. On the road to Teita the water is generally
of this description. Prov. manamaji wa kuali,
Kuezoa, v. p.
kufu mafi ni socle.
Kueoxiua (R.), to died, to tear off.
IvuFur.i, s. (y a), apadlock ; Jjii obseravit portam
Kueicue (and pu£kue), s. (ya, pi. za), weed in a ,

plantation.
ei pessulum obdidit J,as ,
sera, pessulus.
;

Kuf.uSa, s. (ya, pi. za) ;

kuelea ya wimbi or ma-
Kufuij, e.g., in a debuani, stripe lengthwise ; cfr.
wimbi, the rising falling of a wave or
and
w,aves. This is not so dangerous as the wimbi
mualamu (R.).

laku umka, the breakers or surfs which come up Kufuru, v. a., to apostatize from God, to become an
with a white foam, and fill the boat with ivater. infidel, or to backslide from the Muhammedan
 ; . ; . . ; , ;

KU ( 176 ) KU
religion; ku ata dini, Kuko, yonder, to yonder, just there; kua kuko,
ku halifu arnri, ku fiinia

mambo ya-m-tukizayo Mungu yuwasema kufuru, beyond, on yon side ; kuko.

;

Lulce v. 21 ku-m-taja Muegnizimgu kua uovu.

;
Kuku, s. (wa pi. za), a hen, a fowl, poultry ; muana ,

Kufurisha, v. c., to consider one an infidel ( vid wakuku, a chicken. (l)Kinda lakuku, thepidlet
makufuru) (fir. fZ texitrem, absconclidit, ab-
;
of a hen; (2) faranga (3) ms5 (pi. mi ); (4)
,
; —
negavit impius fuit, iSredulus fait
pora, larger than faranga ( 0 ) mtetea (pi. mi ), ; —
fiL, the fowl which will soon lay eggs (6) ko (la), a
;
,

laying lien. Kuku wa mtume, the hen of the

incredulitas accepta beueficia non
;
Prophet Muhammed ), which had a black tuft of
,
(.

agnoscens, infidelis, Mubammedicae religionis hair on the head kuku mke, kuku kidimu, kuku
dogmata negans. wa mangisi, kipaku ni kuku wa mtume (cfr.).
Kugkia, v. n. (yid gnia), (1) to rain; (2) to eva- Kuku, adj., obsolete, old, torn to pieces, worn out;
cuate the bowels. nguo hi imekiia kukuu or kuku (imelegea, ime-
Kugnuto, s.; kugnuto la ku tujia nazi, a kind of raruka), nguo hizi zinakua kuku vid. jaka, v. n., ;

small sieve used for straining the nazi water. It Luke v. 36 (sing, and pi. of kuku are the same).
is made at Zanzibar. Kuku na huku, backwards and forwards.
Kuguni, s., the hartebeest (boselapbus) (St.). Kukuru ? (R.).

= mkopi, a swindler,
Kukussa, v. a. (=ku-m-himiza ku toka), to bid one
Kuhani, s. {pi. makubani)
to depart or leave quickly. To thrust one out of
defrauder, deceiver; yule mkopi kuhani mku,
the house in a quarrel, ku-m-sukiima kua ku-m-
kakadiriki (R.).
skika katta nde.
Kuia, v. ku kuia ? (R.).
Kukuta, v. n., to be stiff or hard (hence mkuku-
Kuibana, robbing one another.
tufu, wild?) ;
toka imekwisha kukuta, the lime is
Kcikwe, s., hiccup (St.).
already hardened.
Kuili, s., a kind of serpent; hence kikuili or
Kukuta, v. a. (
= ku kumanga or pura kua fimbo),
kikuilikuili.
to shake off, to beat out the dust (e.g., ngiio) with
Ku isha, v. a. =kwisha, ku yeska nadaka ku isha ;
a stick, to remove the dust from it, to dust.
or kwisha kaziyangu nimeyeska madafu, ame- ;
Kukuta, v. n., to shrivel, to shrink together (Er. ?
yeska, umeyeska = nime-ya-isha, I have finished
)

Kukutafu, adj., shrivelled, wrinkled.

them, sc. madafu nime-kwislia = nime-ki-isha,
;
Kukutika (or ku kutika maji), to dry the body
I have finished, sc. kitu kiki, skoka linakwiska after swimming.
wekoa, the axe is already put. Kukutika, v. n. ; roko ya-ni-kukutika=ya-ni-piga
Kuiu {or kwiu), s. (la), the hungry evil for meat, kua sliindo.
greediness for meat, cfr. utku (= uju wa kitoeo, Kukutjko, apoplexy ?
ku t’amani niama). The desire one has for Kukutu, adj.; maji ni kukutu = kame, the water
meat, after long abstinence from it. One eats is quite dried up.

then ravenously ; e.g., nimetda kuiu leo, nimeldila Ku la, v. a. (vid. la), to eat; ame-m-lia ckakula-
kua kuelli niama batta ina-ni-piga moyo (kinai- jakwe, lie has eaten for him (in his absence) his
ska) or batta ku ona vibaya moyonimoyoni. food, i.e., the food which belonged to another ; ku-
Sidaki tena, nime kinaiska roho. ia amani, to eat peace, vid. amani ;
kuia n’na-m-
Kuja, s. (sing, ukuja or ukombe, ugando ;
pi. kuja, pa, / give him to eat. The infinitive expresses

za, kdmbe za), the nail of man's finger, the claws the continuation of the action chakula would be
of animals ; kuja za watu, za simba (ukombe is only once.
a Kinika word). Ku LIA, V. obj.

Kuja (or kucha), v. n., to be afraid, to fear ( rid

Ku lisha, v. c., to feed.

ja) he is feared, vuwajewa.

Ku liwa, v. p., to be eaten.
;

Ku lika, v. n., eatable.

Kuja, v. n., to come (rid. ja) ;
kujia, v. obj.

Kuja it dawns, morning-

(or kucha), v. n., Kulabu, s. ( ,
calcar, karpago, fuscina) (ya,

twilight; kunakuja, kunapambasuka, kuna- pi. za), (1) (kidude cka ku skikia ngiio) a hook
pambaiika, uekundu umetoka. with ivhich the tailors keep fast the cloth; (2)
Kujuka ? (R.), sengerere ? kulabu ya ku nanua pingu kua kamba (vid.
Kuke, adj. (= kuuke, kike), feminine ; mukdno wa nanua) ;
letta kulabu ya ku nanulia pingu, bring
kuke or kike, or wa ku slioto, the left hand, the instrument for putting asunder the chain of
oppos mukono wa kuume, or wa ku fiili, or wa
.,
a pr isoner ; (3) a hook used in slips. Kulabu is
ku lia, the right hand kukeni, on the female different from kalibu, which means a furnace for
side. melting metal.
 . : ? ; ; ; ; ;

KU ( 177 ) KU
Kulastara, s., the name of a bird (ktilla stara), trodden upon, wounds severely. A man talcing
which is said to go aside and conceal his head it for a woman intended to approach it, but was
vjithone of its wings when eating ? (Reb.). mutilated by it. Hence the name {pi. makuma
IvULt:, adv., thither, there far off (ni mahali pa miamba).
,

kitambo) ;
pale ni hapa karibu ( here near to us) Kumanga, v. a. (Kijomvu), to beat out the dust,

kuetu. Native song Mkassi {the name of a e.g.,ku kumanga jamvi kua limbo, vid. ku ku-
person ) kule ndo kuole kuenda tnkapata mtoto, kussa, v. a. (ku toa fumbi) {cfr. kukuta) nguo ;

kua Mungu kayakule (kaya raballi) wala liakuna hi i-kumange, shalce off the dust from this cloth;

jambo sito, usiniue kua majuto, kana muua dira niama hi yakumangia ? ? (R.).

(vid. dira). Kule barani, Luhe iii. 2. Kumakgana, v. rec.

Kurds, yonder, very far off; kule kule, there, Kumani, an abominable nickname; mana kuma
just there ( cfr kudali in Kiniassa ). nina we = kuma ya nina {an abominable nick-
Kulia, v. obj. (kukua), to be for one great or hard name of a child ) {mother), or kumanioko 0 thou !

anarudia-ni ? reply, kuna-m-kulia mballi, it teas of the kuma Oko is a kind of vocative in
!

too far to him; neno liili lina-m-kulia kuba or Kijagga; e.g., mangioko ! 0 king ! (R.).

sito (lina-m-sliinda) ku li-fania, this matter is too Kumba, s. (pi. ma — ),

a fresh-water fish (ni maji
great or hard for him to do {vid. mfifu) it. ya pepo).
^
Kuliwa, v.p.; amekuliwa ku fania kazi hi, ame- Kumba, v. cl, (1) to shove, to push away or knock
ona kua kuba, amejoka. against one in passing —
sukuma) ku-m-pita,
{ ;

Kuli kua na mtu, Luhe iv. 33, there teas a man ; ku-m-gussa, ku-mu-ambasa, to touch one in
walikua wanatoka. passing (2) to take off everything ; e.g., muivi
anakumba maliyangu pia iote akanenda nayo,
Kuli kua ka mtumke, there was a woman, Luhe
the thief took away cdl my property and went off
xiii. 11.
bag and baggage ; ku kumba taka or fumbi kua
Kulika mtitimo ni ku kulika tu (R.).
;
mukono, ku kusania, to rake dust or dirt with
Kuliko, where there is or ivas, to be where is {cfr. the hand ame-ni-kumba kizani, he touched me
ku li in Kiniassa). in darkness.
Kul iKO {expressing the comparative) ;
niuraba hi Kumbana = sukumana, to push one against
ni njema kuliko ile, this house is better than another unintentionally.
that; mtu huyu ni muema kuliko yule, this Kumbia, v. obj.
man is better than
good where this
that, lit.,
Kumbia kumbia, v. obj.; muivi ame-ni-kumbia
man is, and therefore better than that man.
maliyangu pia.
Dr. St. remarhs rightly {page 308) “ Because :

Kumbiza (or kumbizia) (

= sukumia, sukumisia)
if a quality becomes evident in anything by
neno baya, to charge one with a crime, to lay
putting some other thing beside it, the first
it upon him; rcume kana adamu amemkumbisia
must possess the quality in a higher degree
mkewe, mkeapate maehaka pekee.
than the other."
Kulikoni ? particle of interrogation, why ? kuli-
Kumba moyo, s.(pl. ma — ),
rafter, pole, stake (vid.

koni ku sema hivio, why speak thus

komba moyo).
ku {to) li
ko {where) ni {what Kumbati? (ya, pi. za).
{to be) ?), where is, ivhat or
why ? mti hu ni mkuba kuliko ule, lit., this tree Kumbatia, v., to embrace, to clasp.
is large where is that one { scil for comparison Kumbatiana, v. rec., to embrace each other.
. ),
i.e., this tree is larger than that one. Kumbe ? an expression of surprise, a particle like
Kuliwi, s., a certain insect. mbona, what ? but now, &c. ; e.g., kumbe ndivio
Kulla {or killa), adj., every one, all, each one; aliviofania, why has he acted thus ? kumbe huku
kulla mtu, every man; kulla watu wamesikia nenda ku-m-pa hlzungu amanayangu ? kumbe
neno hili, all men have heard this word kulla anawazimu ndiposa asiwe na akili (kumbe =
mmoja, every one. kumbuka, consider )
kumbe must not always — ;

Kuluka ? (R.).
stand at the beginning of the sentence.
Kulukisha (?). Kumbi, s. (la , pi. ma —) ( = shaha or nta ya innazi),
Kulula, v. n.; ku kulula or ku kula, to tahe out or the top of a cocoa-nut tree, which, when fallen to

from; fig., to outdo. the ground, is cut off by the natives ku pata
Kulungu, a hind of antelope. niama ya nta, a kind of white marrow ( called
palmese in the Seychelles) which is said to be a
Kuma, s. (ya, pi. ma ), the female pudenda,
vagina, vulva.
— delicious food.
Kuma muamba, s., a mussel in the sea, ivhich, when Kumbi, s. (la, pi. ma— ),
cocoa-nut fibre and the
N
 ; : ;
; ; u) ;;

KU ( 173 ) KU
fibrous mass out of which the leaves grow. The have forgotten to bring with me, but left it at a
dry shin of a nazi is used (ku palia motto) to certain place. Hence I would say: mtu buy
fetch or catch fire, as the dry fibres catch fire amefania kumbu kumbu ya juojangu, this man
quicldy. The fibres are also used for making made mention of my book, he put me in mind of
ropes. Watu anasika kumbi la nazi katikamaji it. Kumbu na kumbuse (Er.) ?
ya tope, lipate ku legea; baaden ana-li-gogota Kumda, s. (Ia, pi. ma— vkl. komda.
),
anatoa niuzizakwe anasonga kamba or anapiga
Kume ku cha, there is dawn, it dawned ; vkl. ku
or anasuka kamba.
cba.
Kumbi, s., circumcision (Mer.).
Kumfi (or kumvi), s. (sing, ukumfi, pi. kumfi) ;

Kumbi, s. (sing, ukumbi wa niusbi za usso) ;

kumbi
kumfi za mpiinga or mtama, &c. — wisboa),
(
za usso, the hairs of the upper eyelashes.
husk and bran of rice or millet, <Lc. As the
Kumbi, s. (sing, ukumbi, the ante-chamber) ;
kumbi chaff of Indian corn is larger, the natives call it
za niumba, the ante-rooms or ante-chambers of a makumfi ya mahindi whereas the empty husk of;

house, in opp. to jumba, or niumba ya ndani, the the mawelle they call kununu (la, pi. ma —
inner-room, where nobody is allowed to go with- (kununu la mawelle, because this kind of grain
out special permission. Ku-m-tia kumbini = ku- has no wisboa, chaffpropter).
m-tabiri, to circumcise one, bemuse he must stay makumi), ten; kumi kwanza, la
Kumi, (la, pi. la
in the ante-chamber until he is healed. Ku-m-tia
kati, la kwisba.
kumbini a more noble expression for ku-m-
is

takiri or ku-m-pasha toliara. There are usually

Kumio? (R.), roho, mio?
ten or twenty boys circumcised together. They Kumoja, adv., on one side (kua upande umoja)
live together in one place. cfr. ulimi wa mti.

Kumbi kumbi, s., ants in their flying stage, the Kumunta, v. a. ku kumunta, to shake out or off
white ants or termites, which get icings at the (St.) (Mer.).

rainy season, when they fly about in large Kuna, v. a., to grate, to scratch (one's head ) ku ;

swarms. By roasting on afire, their wings fall kuna (= puna) nazi (vid. mbuzi), ku kuna pfile,
off, and then these insects are considered a but they say ku paa samaki or sandarus, to
delicious food (cfr. mtoa, pi. mitoa). Kumbi scrape off the scales of fish (mamba ya samaki),
kumbi ni mtoa mkiiba ulio na mbawa watoka ;
or the clay from the copal.
teuni (a hill of clay ) majira ya mvvia niuni na ; Kuna, there is;kuna sauti ya (Lidie iii. 4) —
watu wiila. kuna-ni what is the matter ? kuna ku ambit-jo ?
?
Kumbiza (or kumbisiia), v. a., to lay a charge upon what do you say ? (Tumbatu) (St.) kuna nini? ;

another man, to push off upon; vid. kumba,

ivliat do these things mean ? (Luke xv. 26);
v. a.). kuna siku sita za makazi ku pasboa ku tendoa
Kumbizia, v. obj., to lay the charge upon one (ku-m- (cfr. Lidce xiii. 14) kunaye, depending on ;

sukumia or sukumizia) Adam

ame-m-kum-
;
him (?).
bizia mkowe pckee, apatc masbaka pekee (ku- Kuna icuciia (vid. kuja, v.) (cfr. mtana), there is
m-kumbizia mtu neno baya). the dawning kunafunga mvua, rain encloses
Kumbu, s. (pi. za) (sing, ukumbu), a girdle, a belt, (the sky).
consisting of a narrow piece of cloth wound Kunazi, s. (la, pi. ma — the small fruit of the
),
round the loins ; vid. masombo. mkunazi tree (a species of thorn), which ts cat-

Kumbuaya, s., a kind of drum standing on feet able, something like a sloe.

cfr. ngoma cfr. msondo and kiwambo.

; Kunda (or kunja), v. a., to fold up, to wrap, e.g.,
Kumbuka, v. n., to remember (ku tafakari, ku tara- ngiio ; (2) to knit the broics ; ku kunda usso (kua
dadi), to recollect, to ponder over. ku tukiwa or kua ku fania koro).

Kumbukia, v. obj. ; ame-ni-kumbukia juojangu, Ji-kunda; ku ji kunda maba (ba, pi. maba or

he put me in mind of my book; sikumbukii, I mawa).

have no recollection of it (viz., of the matter). Kunda kunda, v. intens., to wrinkle (Mr. Rcb.
Kumbusiia, v. c., to cause one to remember, to ivrites kunsa and kunsa kunsa, to rumple, to
remind one of. tumble a cloth).

Kumbu kumbu, a mention, memorial, remem-

s., Kundamana (icunjamana), v. n., to lay in folds ;

brance ( = muanzo wa maneno ya ku-m-kumbukia usso unakundamana, the face looks or is sad
kitu) e.g., some one spolce of the cluia eba siwani,
;
or sour, frowning kua ku tukiwa or kua ku
frog of the lake, the hearing of the word ckua fania koro (koro, anger in Kinika).
put me in mind of the ivordfiw (book), which I Kundana, v. r., to fold itself ; e.g., kua pepo.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

KU ( m ) KU
Kundika, v. p., to be folded or capable of being during the rainy season. It must be distin-
folded nguo hi inakundika wema or vibaya, guished from umande (vid.). Kuna kunge leo, it

this cloth is folded up well or badly (Reb. to ismisty or foggy to-day kungu yafuka, a fog
crumble). rises or spreads (?).
Kundi a, v. obj. :
to fold for one. Kungi, s. (la) = sbeha (Ebr. v. 1).

Kundaa, v. n., to be short and small of stature. Kungo, s. (pi. za, sing, ukungo), brim; ku tia

Kundamanzi, a large white, but short snalce. maji mtungini hatta ukungoni, to fill the jar
Kunde, s., beans, haricot beans (ukunde, wa, with water to the brim ukungo wa kisima, the
edge of a ivell.
a land of bean (mkunde, the tree);
sing.) (pi. za),
kunde za Kipemba and zaKiteita are considered Kungo, s. (ya, pi. za), the fruit of the mkungo and
best. Various hinds : kunde, fiwi, choko, baazi. muafi trees, used by the potter ku kungia or
Kunui, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a flock, herd, drove, many sugulia (to clean) or lainisha viungu (kungo za
together; kiindi lagnorabe, kundi la niuki, a herd mfinanzi) ;
the kernel is agreeable, and tinges the

of cows, swarm of bees kundi la viombo (vid. tongue.

pambanisba and msoani) watu wanasimama Kungoja, v. n. (vid. ngoja), to wait; ku-m-gojea, to
makundi makundi. wait for 1dm.
Kundu, adj ., red (vid. kiludu) ;
kundu lamekameka Kungu (kuijngu), s. (wa, pi. za), a species of ante-
muotto, vid. muari. lope with long horns, of which the natives make
Kundua, v. a., to unfold, unwrap, unroll; c.g.,
vigunda (war-horns). Bid the kungu mbawa or
ngiio ku kundua moyo or usso, to make serene female kungu has no horns. Other kinds of
;

the face or heart. antelopes are malu, kuro, which have very long
horns.
Kunduka, v., to get unfolded, to grow larger, to
expand, to become serene = imekua nieupe Kungu, s. (wa), a kind of raven or crow ? (bviyu,

usso umekunduka, the face is or looks serene, pi. hawa).

cheerful; moyo umekunduka, he is gratified Kungua, v. n., to stumble (cfr. kuaa, v. n.) (with
(Kingozi) ;
moyo ume-m-kunduka ;
aliekun- the accusative of the subject); ku-gu ni heri ku
duka roho = mkundufu, to be serene. kungua gu wafunga kitamba, kama ku kungua
Kundulia, v. obj., to unfold for one, in his ulimi.
favour, e.g., nguo, usso. Kungu alisha.
Kunouliwa, v. p., to be unfolded; nguo ime-
Kunguaza, v. c., to cause one to stumble.
kunduliwa ni watu.
Kunga, s. (ya, pi. za) = sirri , mystery kunga zao Kungua, v. a., to pull off or strip off, and hence
na-wa-tambua (R.). ransack; ame-m-kungvia nguoyakwe, he stript
him of his cloth; ame-tu-kungua or toalia vitu-
Kunga, v. a., to hem a
make a border to cloth, to
vietu viote, he ransacked all our things.
the cloth ku kunga utepe,
(ku kunga nguo) ;

utepe ni makali pa embamba Kuxour, s. (la, pi. makungui), the person

usiraruke harraka (male or
;

pa ku raruka ngiio ku kunga msbono, to en- female) who instructs boys or girls in the mys-
;

seam. teries of adult life (cfr. muari and kisinda) (vid.

Kungua, v.p., to be hemmed. gunkui) buyu ni kungui or gunkui langu; mtu ;

aliefunsa kijana mambo ya niumbani.

Kungali na map£ma uado, while it is yet early.

Kungamana, v., to assemble in croivds, to be

Kungusia (pi. ma — ),
the berry of the mkungiima
tree.
crowded.
Kungamanisha, v. a. Kungu manga, s., a nutmeg.
abundant
Kungana, v., to assemble from various quarters, Kunguni, s. (wa, pi. za), bug (which are
and then depart in numbers to make war ku in native bedsteads).
toanakatika mji, ku enda witani. Kungurassi, s., the fruit of the mlilana (usio uhiana)
Kungaiuzi, s., a remedy for a cough. The mkurassi or mliliina tree is very soft (vid.
kikua) it is used for cough (Er.).
Kungawa, though, although; kungiiwa mbali, ta-
;

Kunguru, a crow, a bird a little larger than a

s.,
kuenda, although far off, I shall go.
rook, black, with a white patch on the shoulders
Kunge, s.; kunge za muafi, the hard black core of
and round the neck; it feeds on carrion (St.).
the muafi tree, the wood of which is so hard that
hatchets are unable to cut Kunguruma, cfr. ku koroma.
it.

Kunge (kungu ? or kunje la nti), s. (la, pi. Kungusua, v. a. ( = kungua or sappa sappa), to

ma — ), the mist rising from the ground, especially ransack.

n 2
 ; ; ;

KU (
iSo ) kit

Kung’uta, v. a., to shake off or out. Kunje {vid. kunge), mist, fog.

Kunguto {pi. ma— ),

a kind of basket used as a Kitnju, s., a kind of uwanga {vid.) which is eaten
sieve or strainer. in a time offamine.

Kunguyu, a grey kind of owl ? Kunjua, v. a. {vid. kundua), to unfold; ku kunjua

Kuni, s. {sing, ukuni, pi. kuni za — ), firewood
rnagu or migu,
to become unfolded,
to stretch one's legs;
to
ku kunjuka,
spread over; ku kunju-
ukuni, one piece of wood; kunizangu una-zi-alia,
liwa, to be opened or unfolded.
liujui kuamba zina masumbuo, you burn my
wood, dost thou not know that this causes trouble Kunrathi {for kun ratlii) {in Arab.
{to get it again ) ? be thou, ready, give your consent, excuse, pardon,
Kunia, v. obj., to scrape or scratch icith or for do not be offended.
{cfr. kuniua).
Kunsui {Kir.).
Kunia, v. a., to raise the eyebrows in contempt. Kunukia.
Ku n!a, v. n., to ease one's-self {vid. nia).
Kununu, s., vid kumfi.
Kunianuka, v.p., to be torn, ragged, tattered ?
Ivuo, 8. (ya, pi. za), the measured tract of land
Kuniata, v. a. (=ku fmia usso), to shore a. sad witWm which a slave has to labour on a planta-
anxious face or look, like a condemned man, who, tion ; kuo ni pembe or kando ya shamba, wa-
by his melancholy look, seeks to obtain the favour tuma wakilima kulla mmoja afuate kuoyakwe
;

of the judges or the mercy of the people; ku ji- iiiolekezoa kua muale. When the slaves begin
kuniata kana meskini, ku keti kinionge, ku jionsa, to break up with the native hoe (ku lima) the
watu wafanie horuma kuniata, to give an im- ground of a plantation, the master or overseer
ploring look; amejikuniata usso, amefinia usso measures out ivith a long stick (muale) the tract
kua ku tukiwa ku ji-kuuiata kua sumasi or
; or extent of land which every slave has to work
beredi, to draw one's-self together, to shrink from at. This portion of land is called kuo. Bana
sorroiv or coldness. ameniosha kuo, the master has laid out or
Kunikia, v. n., to nod (?) ;
kunikia kua leppe la measured out the kuo saua saua. Mtuma asio-
usingizi, to be drowsy. ngeze wala asipunguze kuo ya mpaka. (2) Niama
Kuniua {or kuniula or kcniura), v. a., to scratch ya mitu (Ei:.).
the skin so that blood flows, to hurt, injure, or
wound one's-self by rubbing; nimekuniua
—
Kupa, s. {pi. ma ), a lock made of wood. Kupa la
c.g.,
mlango = komeo, the bar ; ufunguo, the key.
jandajangu hatta ku toka damn, 1 scratched my
Kupa, s. (kupa unagandama na gnombe, ymvanoa
finger until the blood came ku umiza, by (slierti
damu), an insect vexing cattle, a cattle tick.
rubbing or touching). Dr. Steere, page 309,
says that this verb means “to touch secretly Kupa, s. (la, pi. makupa) kuti, pi. makuti, ya mia ;

{with a scratching motion ) by way of signal or ya wimbia niumba, the thatch {of the houses)
of calling attention privately, to make a scratch made of mia, icliicli is stronger than that which
on the skin." is made of the cocoa-leaves. Kupa la ku fuiigia
Kuniulrya, v. n. kuniuliwa ni mti, to be kuni, ndilo ugue wa mia, the wood-fetching

scratched by a tree, and lose blood. ivomcn tie up their bundles ivith mia.

Kuniuka, v. n., to bleed from a scratch; nime- Kupe, s., a tick, a cattle tick (St.) ;
probably for
kuniuka kua mti, I lost blood from a tree kupa.
having scratched my skin on passing by it. Kupia, vid. pia.
Kuniura, v. a., (1) to graze, to touch one slightly ;
Kupua, ku kupua mtama, to pour the mtama
v. a.;
(2) =
ku-m-niukura kua ku-m-niukua, to call one
on ground { — ku muaya nti) (2) ku kupfia
the
of an assembly of men) by touching him =
;
{out
kofuni ? to shake off one's dress ku kupuka, to
giving thereby a secret sign, watu wasitambue.
fall away or off, to drop off.
Kunja, v. a., to ivrap up, to fold or furl {cfr.
Kupulia, v. obj.; ku kupulia mtama nti {vid.
kunda, v. a .) ;
kunja uzi, to wind thread; kunja
mtama).
usso {or ku kunja vipaji), to knit the brows, to
Ivupukxa, v. obj.; ina ku kupukia ottc (R.).
frown.
Kunjana, v. n., to fold together, to wrinkle, Kura, s. (ya, pi. za), lot, fortune; fulani anapata
dwindle. kura ;
ku piga kuraj to cast lots; ku fania or
Ji-kunja, v. ref, to shrink, to flinch. piga or tupa kura.
Kunjamana, v. med., vid. kundamana. Kuraku, «., a preparation of tobacco, sugar, and
Kunjia, v. obj., to fold for. honey after Indianfashion (kuraku ni Kiliindi ?);
Kunjika, v. n., to become folded, to Ic creased. liailefii kabisa.
 ; , ; ; ;

KIT (
iSi ) KU
Kurasa {sing, ukurasa wa kertasi,pZ. kurasa za — ), Kusaniana, v. rec., to assemble ( one with

a leaf ofpaper ; another), i.e., kua nafsizao.

cfr. , P ar s libri.
Kusanika, v. n., to be assembled, to meet to-
Kurisa ? wanakurisa makasha ndani ? (R.).
gether or gathered, to be capable of; kundi la
KurS, s. {vicl. kungu), hind of antelope. watu linakusanika paliali pamoja = linaku-
Kdrofuu, s., doves. tana.
Kurubia {or karibia) ;
kurubia kua karibu, to1

Kusaniicana = dirikana.
come near approach.
, Kusiioto, aclv., on the left {vid. kuke and kuume)
Kurubisiia {or karibisiia) = ku fania karibu, to mukono wa kushoto, the left hand.
bring near.
Kushulu, v. a.; kusliulu kanzu ; cfr. ,
levi
Kurudika, v. n. anakurudika ? (R.). et latiore sutura consuit vestem.
Kurumbisa, s. {Kimv.) { Kimrima jupi), a bird Kusi {or kuzi), s. (la ,pl. ma
)
(kusi la maji), an —
which sings a long and curious tune. earthen pitcher with a handle and a narrow
Kururu, s. (koi mueupe poani, apendai kula mafi neck for carrying The kusi is larger
ivater.

mno kururu), little white crabs on the beach which than the guduia, is porous, and brought from
are fond of dung {cfr. ka uifu and ka dondo). Egypt generally.
Kururusi, s. ? kururusi la gnombe, an ox?? Kusikani (or kuzikani), a funeral.
Kurusi wa gnombe, a bullock; vicl. nsau. Kusimu {or kuzimu), under the earth, in the grave

Kusa (kueza), v. a., to exalt, to make great, to {cfr. tungulia).

magnify. Seidi, amc-m-pa Kussa, v. a. {cfr. kuta)

Mungu ame-m-kusa ku-m-kussa mashaka, to ;

mall, watu, kuamkuba.

cOc., apate trouble one, to vex (cfr. sononeslia).

Kusa, v. a., to make to grow {from ku or kuba, Ivussi, s. (ya) (= pepo ya skangani or suheli), the
great), to make great, to exalt (kueza), to mag- south or south-east wind, bloiving from April or

nify ; ku kusa jina = ku-m-kueza jina, likawa May till October. Kussi yavuma tangu Damani
kuba or refu, or ku ongeza jina, to increase, lit., batta karibu ya Msimu or Mosimu. The south-
to exalt one's name. Muungu ame-m-kusa Saidi, east wind blows from Damani ( from the end of

ame-m-pa mali, watu, dec., apate kua mkuba. August, when the south wind blows more gently,
The father of my servant Kisuse was called untilnear the Mosimu. Prov. kussi m'ja na
Ngome, hence the son was named Kisuse wa mtama, kaskazi mja na sui (samaki), i.e., ivith
Ngome, but the people added to his name and the south ivind the boats carry corn to Arabia,

called him Babe Ngome, hence the servant is but with the north wind they carry fish (dry

called by some simply Kisuse, by others Babe fish) from Arabia to the Suahili coast. Kussini,

Ngome (Kisuse). The father of the present southerly, in the direction of kussi = shangani

Imam of Mascat was called Said-Sultani (Ben- and suheli.

Imamu), hence the son {who is the present Imam) Kustubani, s. (ya), a thimble (tondo?).
is in Kisuahili called Babe Sultani Saidi {or in Kusubarra, s., coriander seed,
used in curry-
Arabic, Said-Said-Ben- Sultan). powder (cfr. gilgilan), name of an Indian spice
(or kurubasa ?).
Kusa {or kuza), v. a., to sell; ku uza or uliza, lit.,
Kusudi (or kasidi, or maksudi or makusudi), s.,
to ask, soil, a price, to ask people to buy what is
intention, design, purpose; aclv., intentionally,
exposed for sale. Hence kuza na kua pro ku
on purpose; kua kusudi; cfr. xls intendit>
uza na ku nunua, to sell and to buy, i.e., trade, >

proposuit sibi vid. kasidi.

traffic, commerce in general ; lit., ku uliza na ku ;

kua-kitu kilijo uzoa kinakua kikuba, kinavia feida Kusudia, v. a. (= ku ukilia), to intend, purpose,
nengi-ndio biashera ya kuza na kua, e.g., roboina- determine.

kua reali. Nadaka uza or ku uza kiti hiki, I wish Kusuru, v. a. ( = ku punguza), to diminish, make
to sell this thing ; nime-ki-uza, I have sold it, or short; jAs ,
brevis fuit, abbreviavit.
nimekwisba ki-uza na-ki-uza sasa, I sell it Kusuru kusuru, s. ; e.g., kazi ya kusuru kusuru,
;

now ; mza na kua, the trader. work badly done = kazi ya kivifu vifu = uvifu.
Kusana {or usana or uzana), v.rec. ; watu wame- Kut, s. (ya) (Arabic pro ngome), castle, fortress.
usana or wamekusana the people sold to ’each Kuta, s. (la, pi. ma ), wall kuta zima, a large
other or bartered.
,
—
wall (cfr. kikuta) (sing, ukuta).
Kusa, v. a. {Kin.), to assemble. Kuta, v. ct., (1) to see, to find, to happen, to befall,
Kusana, v. rec. to be in travail or to suffer pain in giving birth;
Kusania, v. a., to gather, to collect ku kusania kuku anakuta, alipo kuta amebuaga or ametoa i,

mahali pamoja, to assemble at one place. the foivl is in travail, and after travail she
Kusaniwa, v.p. brought forth or cast down an egg = laid an
 ; : — : ;;

KU (
182 ) IW
egg; kuku amekuta mat (cfr. t’a) hujui iku- ;
ring to the compass (R.), or to a pair of com-
m-kuta, you do not know what will happen to passes ; ku kutubu, to write; vid. katibu, p. 132.
him; (2) ku kuta maskaka, to he troubled ( = ku Kutuka, v. n. (Kimrima, ku jekuka kua kbofu), to
ona udia or maskaka), to meet with trouble; kn- be struck ivitli fear, to be frightened at the
m-kushia maskaka, to worry one; ku-ji-kuska sudden appearance of a thing, to be startled
maskaka, to trouble one's-self. to toil; (3) ku mirni nimekutuka or jekuka, or nimejituka
\

kuta or ku songa mikuto ya nuelle. nikiona nioka, I ivas affrighted or shrank back
Kutia, v. obj., to happen to him. at the sight of a serpent.
Amekutiwa, v. p. ; amepatika ni mauti (cfr. Kutukia, v. obj.
mauti).
Kutukutu, s.; kutukutu za mitu ( = mitu mjanga),
Kuta, v. a.; ku kuta watu = ku kusania watu, to a young forest or copse of underwood, bushes,
assemble people but with the accessory notion;
, budding wood.
kua ku tafuta.
Kutusha, v. c. (Kim. jekua), to affright suddenly,
Ku kutiwa, v.p., e.y., na mvvia.
to startle, to alarm suddenly.
Kutana, v. rec., to assemble, to meet, convene, to
come together.
Kuu (or ku), great; e.g., niumba ku, a great
Kutania, v. a.; ku —
niuzi, to bring together
house; ana maku, he is vain
or pride ; mkuba, a chief a noble (mtu mkuba).
,
lit., he has greatness

the strings, to equalize the dimazi (R.).

Kutania, v., to assemble in behalf of one, or Kuukeni, adv., on the female or mother's side;
around otic who speaks, &c. mtu huyu ni mkabala ( = mbari) kua uke, kua
Kutanika, v., to become assembled; watu wame- upande wa uke (cfr. kumoja), wa kuukeni nami,
kutanika kuliska sadaka. this is a relation of mine on the mother's side

Kutanisha, v. c., to cause to come together or to (vid. kiike).

assemble, to bring together (men or things). Kuukuni? (R.).

Makutanikio, s., tumult. Kuumeni, adv., on the male or father's side;

Kutakua, v. (there will be) na kilio 11 a ku uma mukono wa kuume or mukono wa kuviili, the
;

meno, Luke xiii. 28. right hand (vid. kuke) (jina la kuumeni )
—
Kuta kuta, v. a. (e.g., ku kuta kuta nguo fumkini), kuumeni mua or kua sultani, at the right of the
to shake out the dust from a cloth; ku futa king.
fumbi means to strip off or strike off the dust Kuve (or kuwe in Kin.), a field-rat (?).
by smoothing the cloth with the hand (cfr.
Ivuvuli, adv. ; mukono wa ku ,
the right hand
mkuto).
(cfr. fuli).
Kutanda cha kitunuule, a spider' s web (Sp.). Kuwili, twice over, in two ways.
Kutaoni (or kudaoni) ? (R.). Kuyu ?

Kuti, s. (la, pi. makuti) (cfr. kikuti), (1) the green Kuzimu, lit., into cold, i.e., into the grave; vid.
or dry branch of a cocoa-tree; (2) the plaited gisikafiri.

cocoa-nut leaves used for thatching the native Kwanza = ku anza, to begin; kwanza, first, at

cottages (ku suka makuti)." formerlg ; ya kwanza, the first;

first, ngoja
kwanza, ivait a little or a bit.
Kuto, s. (la, pi. ma — ) (cfr. mkuto) ;
kuto la
nuelle, a ringlet (of hair).
Ku ANZiLizA, vid. anza, to begin.
Kwisha, v. a., vid. ku isha, to finish, to complete.
Kutu, s. kutu ya juma,
(ya, pi. za), rust ; e.g.,
Kwiu, vid. kuiu, s. ; cfr. uju.
rust of iron; kutu ya muezi, rust of the moon,
i.e., spot, speck of the moon, ivhich the Sughili

think has been created by God for the purpose

of lessening the brightness of the moonshine, SPECIMEN OF MARINE SONGS.
which otherwise would split a man's head, as is
(Ad vocem “Kongue,” p. 170.)
the case with cocoa-nuts, which they say are split
by the moon. 1. Tlie Captain sings first the following strain
Kutua, adv., the whole day from morning
,
till Mama alipo-ni-via, jina aka-ni-ita Muakaje,
sunset; usiku kuclia, the whole night, till the Aka-ni-tia vikuku vikalia ngueje nguejo
dawning of the day kutua, to be dark or black Ni mzuri, sina bakhti, kuamba nali mui
(R.)? Ningalije ? kuna kijinu jaliapi?

Kutua, v. a.; ku kutua baridi (by labour), nenda

nika kutue baridi ku kutuka ;
ku-ji-kutua rolioye. 2. The Sailors respond
;

Kutubu, s. ; jalii na kutubu, expressions refer- Jalia mgambo kua Muatime-hoyawe.

 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

LA ( 183 ) LA
A Lover’s Song.
(A) Killefi mkata jombo
Kuna ya shamu, tumishi muegni ajiba,
kertasi Benderi sitanganniue
Ndakarape salamu, mana mzuri liaiba (haya) Nakbuda mdaka jombo
Uinu-elezc afiihamu, mapensiyangu maliaba
Si-m-jcngo safifari.
Wala asidanni mingine, moyo asitic rukbuba
(sumasi)
Kuani? ndio matilaba (milla), ku penda kiniwi-
Translation.)
sajo (ku wisa = penda, kinipendajo). (

B)
(
In the Killefi Bay a man is cutting wood for a
Resp. of tlic Bride.
vessel.
Mimi nna wasia wa baba, mojo sitiliwi kijo,
Moyoni sina msiba, furaha nengi, si liaba,
0 harbour, do not meddle with him.

Wala usidanni mingino, moyo sitie rukbuba A captain is desiring a vessel,

Kuani? ndio matilaba ku penda kikuisajo. Do not build him ( help ) a voyage.
( The Captain sings a and the Sailors b.)

La, culv. (in Arabic), no, not; Kis. sivio; Arab. poslio), to cause to graze (eg., a herd of cows),
non, minime. to lead to the pasturage.

La, v. a.; ku la, to eat, to consume, to spend ame- Laabu, v. n., to sport, to play with; Arab. ,

kula, he has eaten; yuwala, he eats now, he is salivavit ore, lusit.

eating; atakula, lie shall or ivilleat; simba ame-
Laana (ya , pi. malaana), s.
( ^,*1 ,
abegit et pro-
m-la gnombe, the lion has eaten the cow ; cfr.
G C-
cul esse jussit, male dixit fjjtl maledictio),
Arab, ,
edit, consumsit (the first and ; ,

a curse.
second letter having fallen off in Kisuahili)
meat ku-m-la utdto,
Laani, v. a., to curse, to damn.
ku la ufundo, to eat rotten
to defile a girl ? ? amekula fethayakwe, he has Laanisha, v. c., to bring a curse upon somebody.
spent his money; ule kadiri udakavio, eat as Labeka (or LEBEicA, lebeic) (shortened into ebbe
much as you like. or bee), yes; the humble manner of answering
ivhen called by the master or somebody else; Arab.
Lana, v. rec., to eat one another.
S5"'

Lia, v. obj. and instrum. ku Ha, a paratus consisto adgerendum tibi morem,
kijiko elia ,

small spoon for eating sahani ya ku lia wali, ecce adsum et obedio.
a plate in which to eat boiled rice; mukono wa Labi labi, vid. ushairi.
ku lia, the hand with which one eats, i.e., the
Labuda (or laboda), adv. (Arab.), perhaps labuda
right hand (opp. to mukono wa ku shoto, the
atalcnja leo, perhaps he will come to-day ; cfr.
left hand), for the right hand is used to eat

with; jumba cka ku lia, the eating-room, the A; 5 baud est evitandum. , ,

room to eat in ame-m-lia waliwakwe, he ate Ladu, s. (ya), a native confection in the form of a
(to him) his rice, i.e., he ate his portion of rice ball, made of sugar, honey, pepper, and flour of

in his (the other's) absence. sesame (tangaisi) it is baked very hard and is ;

Lika, v., to be eatable, to be eaten; kitu liiki useful on a long journey by sea, or by land; cfr.
bakiliki, this cannot be eaten; kitu liiki
Jd suave et jucundum comperit.
,

clialika, but kissu kinalika= kina kua kidogo.

Lafua, v. a.
Lilia, vid. lia.
Jilafua, v. ref. ; asiekua na haya (vid. pujuka),
Ji-lia, v. ref.; muana ame-ji-lia mali ya babai, to be shameless and
to want all that one sees.
the child has eaten up his father's property. Lafuka, v. n., never to be satisfied, always to be
Liana, v. r. kuliana, to eat in turn ; vid. ki- hungry (rolio kakinai) ; mtu huyu yuwalafuka,
koa, s. ni mlafi, this is a ravenous fellow, a glutton.
Lisha, v. c., to cause to eat ,
to give one food (vid. Lafukua (Kin. lafuka) (?).
 ; ;; . ; ;;; . ;

LA ( 184 ) LA
Lafuthi, s.; lafuthi ya maneno tu, si maneno niumba inalala nti = imeanguka nti, the house
yegni maana or ya kuelli, si kuelli, ni lafuthi ya fell fiat on the ground.
maneno tu (lafuthiyakwe), excuse, pretence ( cfr La ran a, v. rec. ,
to sleep, cat, Ac., together, to be

jecit, de se ejecit, protulit verba; lienee kid ’ on intimate terms.

kaj ,

Laria, v. obj. ; e.g., ku-m-lalia or ketia matanga,

vox, vocabulum), senseless or false talk.
to sleep or sit on the sand when mourning.
Laga, v. n., pro la aga e.g., jua laga or la aga
;
Lariana, v. rec.
initi, the sun takes leave of the trees in the even-
Laeika, v., to be able to be slept upon, to afford
ing when it stands saua saua {equal) or level
convenience for sleeping kitanda biki clia-
with the top of the trees, and consequently is
lalika, liakina kunguni, this bedstead enables
about to set {cfr. aga).
one to sleep {on it), because there arc no bugs
Lahamu, vid. lehemu, s. (ya), solder; cfr. i {in if); siku hizi bakulaliki niumbani tena kua
firmavit, consolidavit argentum aurumve auri- barri, in these days one could not sleep in the
faber. house for heat.
Lahaula, s., blasphemy usi-tu-tie labaulani = Laza, v. c., (J) to cause or bring to sleep) mama
usi-tu-kufurishe or usi-tu-tie kufuruni, e.g., kua yuwa-m-laza manawakwe, the mother puts her
ku-m-taja Muungu kua makossa (R.). child to sleep; (2) to put into a horizontal
paper tabula position; ku laza laza maneno = ku takassia,
Lahu, s., a sheet of (R.) ;
cfr. j-jl ,

tongelesa.
lata, omoplata in quo scriptum est,
^ .
Lazua {or lazoa), v. p. alielazua borini,

Laika, s. {sing, ulaika) (la, pi. rua — ), the short Luke ii. 16 ;
he teas brought in a lying posture.
hear growing all over the body except the head. Ku-ji-raza, v. ref., to lie down.
Laika malaika ya niuni. Dr. Steere Laraika, v.n. (=ku umia kua nda),
la niuni or to starve;

limits the hair only to the hand or arm. kesbo nisipopata chakula, talalaika.
Laini (leini), adj. {Arab), thin, fine, soft to the Larama, v. n., to confess, to cry for mercy, to sup-
touch, not rough or coarse {vid. kuaruza), delicate,
plicate, to entreat, to cisk pardon promising not
smooth; cfr. hmis ac mollis fuit to commit the fault any more muivi yuwalalama,
ffi. (y.J),
res. apate pona nafsiyakwe ;
alipoungama {confessed)
Lainika, v. n., to be soft, thin, without rough- muivi yuwaja ku katoa mukono, sebabu hi yuwa-
lalama, sitafania tena, mnipige yamini siku ya
ness or coarseness. ;

Lainisha, v. c., to cause to be soft, to make ku lalama miraji, the annual fast-day
smooth. Laramia, v., to implore pfirdon from one ; ku-m-
Laiti! oh that! would that! an exclamation of lalamia wali, to implore the pardon of the
regret, and a wish that things had been other- governor mdeni ame-m-lalamia muegni mali
ivise natamani niaraka laiti kuamba za-ni- ku-m-pa rubu ana-ku-lalamia nini? what has
;

he told thee confidentially? {cfr. ungamia).

•

wasilia leo (ni neno udakalo liwe) {cfr. falaula)

Laramisha, v. c., to cause one to ask pardon;
{vid. Luke xii. 49) cfr. utinam laiti
wali ame-m-lalamisba Abdalla, the governor
; , ;

kuamba fulani alikua hapa, neno liili ningali-

caused or ordered Abdalla to ask pardon, he
fania, would that he had been here, I would not
said to him “ ulalame.”
have done this matter.
Laramiwa, v. pi.; muegni mali amelalamiwa.
Laken (= ela or ila), coiy"., but, yet, nevertheless Lammi, s. (ya), glue or tar {cfr. bereu, s., and sbe-
{Arab.) ,
sed, attamen. bami) lammi ya kupakajombo, a kind of glue
;
;

or tar, to lay on a ship {cfr. lahamu).

Laki, v. a., to go to meet Saidi Thuen ali-wa-laki
ku la, to eat), to be on very
Lana, v. rec. {vid. la;
Wahabia, /Said- Thuen went to meet the Wahabi
intimate terms, so that they give each other every-
(R.) ;
cfr. (_-si5
,
obviam liabuit, occurit alicui. thing ; they cat each other, as it were; watu
bawa walana.
Lakini, vid. laken, but, however.
Lakki, a hundred thousand, alac {Indian number)',
Lana, s. {properly raana, vid.) (la, pi. ma — ), curse;
malana ya Mungu, the divine curse, imprecation,
lakki kumi, a million.
malediction.
Lakri, s ., sealing-wax {Hindostani ?) (R.). Lango, s. (la, pi. ma— ),
gate, city-gate {cfr.

Lakwe {or lake), his, hers, its {vid. suffixes in the mlango).
Grammar lako, thy, vid. ako.
) ; Lanqu, my {vid. Grammar), pron. qwssess. first

Lara, v. n., (1) to lie down for sleep, to recline, to pers. sing., mine (la class).

be in a lying posture, to sleep; (2) = ku inama Laki {properly eaani), v.a., to curse, execrate one ;

or ku wama, to assume a bending posture; e.g., vid. laana.

 ; . ; ; ; ; ; ;; ; ; ;

LA ( >ss ) LE
Lanika (or laanika), v. n., to be disgraced or Lazima, s. (Ia, pi. ma — ), necessity, surety, bail, re-
cursed imprecated.
,
sponsibility jambo lililo pasha; natukua lazima,
Lanisiia (or laanisiia), v. c., to bring curse upon I bail; Arab. assiduus fuit,necessarium fuit
g-J ,

one ; e.g., kua uganga.

alicui.
Laniwa (or laaniwa), v. p., to be accursed.
Lazimu, v. n., to be obligatory upon, to be com-
Lao, their ; vid. Grammar.
pelled; thou must
wewe ya-ku lazimu ku nenda,
Lapa (or rapa), v. n. (—- ku shiriki nda kali), to be
answer for mimi nalazimu fetlia
go, to bail or
sharp set with hunger so that one mag eat any-
ya Kisuse, I answer for the money of Kisuse,
thing obtainable to be ravenously hungry mtu
,
I will pay it; tuna-ku-lazimu v/ewe, we make
huyu yuwalapa kua nda. Ku lapa roho = or
thee responsible; ni lazimu juyako, thou art
roko ku-i-pa mbelle = ku fania or fuata killa
responsible.
kitu rolio idakajo, to eat guichly and ravenously.
Lazimia, v. obj.
Lasirmali, s.; amepata lasirmali nengi, he got
Lazimisiia, v. c., (1) to compel; mdeni ame-ni-
much property made me
lazimiska fetha ya Kisuse, the lender
LatamIa, v. a to bring up i.e., have the over-
to
make respon-
., ,
pay the money of Kisuse ; (2) to
sight ,
care ,
e.g., of a child ; perhaps from the
sible; nti hi nnalazimiskua mimi, kadiri lita-
Arabic ,
affixus fuit loco, effecit ut alter kalo kuja ;
la lieri ama la skari, tauzua mimi ni

alteri affixus esset ac continuo adesset (compare Said Majid kuaje? ” said Rashid Ben-
:
“ vili

Salim of Takaungu to Mr. Beb.; (3) ku-ji-

also the Arabic fraenavit, instruxit
,
lazimiska nafsiyakwe na or kua = ku-ji-funga
fraeno). nafsiyakwe na or kua, to devote or give one’s-
Lauma? ( ,
repi'eliensio, vituperium), blame, self to.
or ulezi,
reproof. Kathi Ali said to Mr. Beb. that he Lea, v. a. (deriv. mlezi, tutor malezi
had no lauma (blame), if the people did not follow education), to bring up, to nurse (ku possa) ku- ;

him, as he had shown them the right ivag. m-lea mana, to bring up a child ku lea nti, to
secure the land ? ku leza, to educate (cfr. ku rera
Laumu, v. a. (Arab, reprekendit, culpavit, ,
in Kiniassa).
corripuit aliquem) (= ku skika ku-m-sumbulia), Leva, v.p.; (1) muana amelcwa vema, the child
to go to law with one, inform against one, to
to bred drunk, tipsy, amelewa
is well (2) to be
blame; e.g., if a man has agreed with a merchant kua tembo.
to buy a certain article, to which hetoolc a fancy, LebIjka, rid. labeka.
but having no money about him, he says to the Listja (or liSvia or lewea), v. c., to make drunk
merchant “ Do not sell the matter, if you do, takuja-
, to intoxicate (vid. kileo, s.).
ku-laumu, i.e., I shall come and summonyou."
If Lewa ;
ku lewa, to be drunk or tipsy.
the merchant sells it in the absence of the other, LiSvialiSvia, v. a., to make giddy.
who is gone to fetch the money, the seller can be Ku-ji-lefia (or ljSvia), to make one’s-self in-
accused (ku laumiwa), and must produce the toxicated, to get drunk.
article in question, or pay the value of it. Mr. Legisa, v. n. (cfr. regea), to get loose or lax, to
Er. takes laumu in the sense of “ taxing or yield, to faint, to become soft; muiliwangu ume-
accusing one falsely" (?). Laumu hi ya-ni- legea (or tepetea) kua liomma ligue umelegea ;

patia-ni, nimetoa-ni? said a fidejussor to the ku legea kuandaa, to flag from hunger maungo
debtor (R.). Ku laumu,do one's-self harm by
to yana-ni-legea, to be seized with extreme lassitude,
doing wrong (to get maumifu) (R.). to feel an entire prostration of strength.
Laumiwa, v.p. Legea legea, v. redupl., to slacken very much,

Launi, likeness, kind, sort, be very loose.

s. (ya), form, species
adv., like; nadaka jiio launi ya hiki, I leant Leg£za, v. a., to let loose, to cause tobccomelax,

a book like this = gissi ya kiki, or kama hiki, or to relax, to loosen ; e.g., legeza ugue, usikaze,

launiyakwe iwe kama kiki, or mskebaha wa kiki,

loosen the rope, do not stretch or strain it; ku
legeza mdomo.
or shebiki ya kiki Arab. conditio rei
LfiGNi, vid. muegni.
; ,

qua ab alia distinguitur, color.

ku
LEuiemu (or lehamu), s ., solder tia lekemu, to
^Launilauni, adv. = mkallimballi ?
solder fid. lahamu).
La via, v. a., to filch, to pilfer, to finger (R.).
Leiiemiwa (or liiiimiwa), p.
Lawa, v. n. kulawa, to come from (Mrima) (St.). LiShemu, v. a.; ku lekemu jombo, to solder a
Law an a, v. (cfr. laumu), to blame or scold (St.); vessel.
probably, v. rec., to blame each other ? Lekea, v. n. (vid elekea), to take into one's eye,
Laza, v. c., vid. lala. to turn toward, to face, to have something before
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

LE ( i 6 ) LI

one, to be opposite to; efr. obviam liabuit, shoot at the mark ku lenga kua bunduki, jiwe>
,

&c. ; cfr. linga, v. a.

occurrit alicui.
v. r., to level (bunduki) against one Lengana,
Lekeana, turned opposite to each
v. rec., to be
another.
other, to face each other in sitting or standing; Lengelenge, s. (la, pi. ma
watu wamelekeana wao kua wao.
),
a blister, especially —
one caused by a burn mukonowangu umefania
Lekeanisiia (lekanisha), v., to place people lengelenge natoka malengelenge or natokoa ni ;

fronting or facing one another. malengelenge.

Lekeza, v. c., to cause to have its direction to- Lenu, your (vid. Grammar), pron. poss. second
ward, to cause to face or to be turned against; pers. plur., your (of the la class).
ku lekeza bunduki, to level a mushet at ku L£o, adv., to-day ; si leo, not to-day — long ago.
lekeza jombo bendarini, to steer toward the Letoe, s. (la), drowsiness, snatches of sleep leppe
;
harbour ; ku lekeza janda, to show ; ku lekeza la usingizi, nna-ji-niosha, nnapata leppe leppe la
ndia, to show the road. usingizi mema or wema.
Lekezana, v. r., (1) to level (e.g., sclakba) arms
Lesani, s. (ya), voice, language (cfr. sauti) nime- ;
against one another ; walipo-onana wameleke-
sikia lesaniyako ndiani, I heard thy voice on the
zaua bunduki wao kua wao ; (2) to agree, to

come to an agreement. road; yLJ ,

lingua, loqucla, sermo.

Lele, s.; yu lele, he sleeps amelele, he slept, soil., Lesso (properly laesso), s. (ya, pi. za), a handker-
usingizi (amelele usingizi) (E.), amelele, yu mato, chief; lesso ya ku futia kamasi, a pocket-hand-
he laid himself down, but was watchful, kept kerchief
awake. Lestekawa, cfr. kituko (E.) ?
Leu, s.; usiku leli, midnight. Lett a, v. a., to bring, properly to cause to arrive,
LiiMA (or dema), s. (la, pi. ma— ),
a ivicJcer-net, to send, to fetch, to convey.
fishing-net or trap or basket; lema la ku fulia
Lettea, bring something to one; amc-
v. obj., to
samaki, wicker-work of branches of the cocoa-nut ni-lettea waraka, he brought me a letter.
tree.
Lett£wa, v. p. nime (nna) lettewa waraka, a
Lemaa, s., disfigurement muegnilemaa disfigured
letter was brought to me.
,
53'''

by disease (St.) ; cfr. LA ,

infortunium? Lettoa, p.
Lemba, v. a. (Kinilca, cha duruma), to cheat, Letu, our (vid. Grammar), pron. poss. first pars,
deceive. pi., our (of the la class).
Lemba, s. (la), the comb of a cock ? (Er.). Leu, s. (la, pi. ma ), provision for a journey —
Lembelembe, adj., running over fully accumulated (cfr. ku la, to eat).
,

or amassed (E.) ? Lfiuxi, s., a doth ivorth 30 to 40 dollars (ku pigua

—
LembEzi (la, pi. ma ), hail (?) in Kisegha (vid. kilemba).
maji ya balli?). Levuka, v. n., to get sober (St.).
LemEa, v. n., to lean, repose upon man a ame-m- Lijwa, v. n., (1) to become drunk, tipsy properly
( ,

lemea mamai, to lie upon or above, to lie heavy to reel up and down) (2) to be bred, educated ;

upon, to oppress; kasha lalemea ju ya kasha (mtu alewa, dau lalewa dau lisilewe, vid. pan- ;

lingine, a box lies upon or rather above another. gana).

Lemeana, v. r to lie or lean one upon another ;
., Levia, v. c., to cause to be, to intoxicate.
fig., to press or harass one another (as 8. Ku-ji-levia, to make one's-self drunk, to get
Majid and Barg. did). drunk; ku levialevia, to be giddy.
Lem£za, v. c., to cause a thing to lie or lean upon Lewalewa (tewatewa), v. n., to dangle, to
another thing, to put
heap one upon another, to swing or sway about like a drunken man.
upon; amelomeza makasha ju ya makasha, he LewISa, v. obj.; anie-n-lewea ni kama mtu a-ku-
placed boxes upon boxes. tezeiiye.
Lemezana, v., to press against, to place each Li, it is.

other in such a position that both parties lean Li (or ali), he is or was anakufa alikafiri, he
against each other, to force any thing upon an- died being an infidel, e.g., if he dies in a state of
other ; ku lemezana inzigo, to lay a load upon inebriation ; uki-ji-thilimu nafsiyako, unakufa uli
the head or back of each other. you die as an in-
kafiri (E.), if you kill yourself,
.Ji-lemjSza Mzioo, to put upon one’s-self a load fidel; liuta-mu-ona liali alio, ivill you not see of
(frequently taken from another in addition to what character he is ? alie or aliye, he who is ;
one's own). nikali, and I am.
Liinoa, v. a., to take aim; ku lenga sliebalia, to Lia, v. obj. (vid. ku la), to eat for one ; niuniba
 ; ) ; ; ;; ; ; -

LI ( 187 ) LI
yaorchumba chaku lia, an eating-house mukono Lima, s. (= wali wa liarrusi) ;
wali wa lima, nuptial
wa kulia, the right hand, with which one eats his eating (R.).
food. Lima, v. a.j to hoe, to cultivate, to till the ground
Lia, v. weep or cry, to cry out { especially
n., to ivitha native hoe which has a short handle of
used of animals ) ku iia ngoa or ku lia uifu, to
; wood and a blade of iron. In Ukambani Proper
weep for jealousy ; ku fania majonsi or kisigitiko, and other regions of the Interior the natives use
to weep for grief, if another person obtains some- a pointed stick of hard wood to till the ground,
thing whilst one gets nothing. on the superstitious plea, that the use of an iron
Lilia, v. obj., to weep for one, bewail. hoe would prevent the fall of rain. It is there-
Liliwa, v. p. fore not leant of iron {for the Wakamba have
Lisa, v. c. plenty of iron of a good quality, and their black-
Lizana, v, r. smiths make many curious things), but sheer
Liangoa, v. p. = sigitika (Er.), but more correctly superstition ivluch has become established by
ku lia ngoa, to weep for jealousy ku la ngoa- custom from time immemorial. Ku lima ma-
yakwe, ku timia ngoayakwo, to eat or satisfy his shara mashahara ? mshahara ? to till the
? likely

desires ; vid. infra. ground for monthly wages ?

Licha, v. ku-m-Iioba, to allow one, Luke iv. 41; Limia, v. obj. jembe cha ku limia, a hoe; mimi
St. licha, whether it be, if; kuamba. nime-m-linna kuoyakwe, yee hawezi.
Liiiamu, vid. lchemu, v. a. Limika, v., to be arable.

Lijamu {or hattamu), a horse's bit, in distinction

Limisha {or limiza), v. c., to cause to till the

from hattamu, a bridle (luguamu). ground, to make to hoe; e.g., nokoa yuwa-
Lika {vid. kula, to eat), to be eatable. limisha watiima, the overseer of the slaves
makes them till the ground; mualimu yuwa-
Lika, adj. and s. (la, pi. ma ), an equal {Kin. — limisha watu yuwaonieslia watu mahali pa
-----

rika) {cfr. somo).

Lika = shindizika, lit., to be eaten, to be wasted, to
ku lima, by prayer and the reading of the
be worn out by Coran.
use, to be blunted, e.g., mtaimbo.
Likiza, v. a., (1) to dismiss,
Limiwa, v.p.
to give leave to go, to
allow, to give holidays to scholars, to release; Limatia {or
lujiatia), v. n. (= ku kaa, kawa, ku
fania usiri, ku kawilia mno) {Kil.), to stay behind,
(2) to prevent, refuse = ku-mu-ashisa, to cause
one to leave off, to hinder him, to prohibit or re- to tarry, to delay, to loiter watu liawa wana-
limatia katika safl'ari hi or safifari hi inalimatia,
fuse him; mama ame-m-likiza mana = hampi
these men tarried on the journey or the journey
titti tena, ame-mu-ashisa titti, the mother has

refused her child the breast, she has weaned him; was delayed.
wali ame-ni-likiza ku enenda, the governor kept Limatisa, v. c., to cause one to tarry, to delay
me from going {cfr. lakiza in Galla, to leave off, him.
release ; cfr. Tutschek’s Galla Grammar and Limatiwa ni watu {pass.) — ku wekoa ni watu,
Dictionary, to be delayed by men.
p age 155).
Liko, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a ferry, landing-place Limau, s. (la, pi. malimau), a lemon, citron; mli-

mahali pa vukapo watu, na pa ku shusha vitu. mau, the lemon-tree. The natives have : (1) the
Lile, lilile, lililo {vicl. Grammar (la class), pron. ndimu kali, lime ; (2) the ndimu tamu, water
clemonst.; nalihesabu ni lingine kurnbe ni lilile orange ; (3) jungua, orange ; (4) furungu, a very
lile, ni lile hili, ni hilo lilo. large kind of citron (?) (5) jensa, of red colour ;

Lilia, v.; ku-m-lilia, to weep or mourn for one, to

and acid ; (6) danzi, a kind of orange of agreeable
bewail {one who has died) ;
vid. lia, weep; niuni taste. Pcrs. ,
malum citrium.
ana-m-lilia muema. Limba, v., cfr. ulimbo limbo.
Ku liliwa, pass. Limbia, v. obj.
Liza, v. c., to cause to cry or weep, e.g., mama Limbika, v. a., to stay for something, to leave
ame-m-liza mana, asipo-m-pa
m-piga) ku liza bunduki or fetha, to
titti {or kua ku- till it is fit, to give one's time to — ,
to wait
; cause a till it be time for action, to have patience and
gun to make a report, to cause money to ring ;
ku liza gunda njuga, <£'c. = mamboyakwe ya-
bear with until — ,
a fruit to come to
to allow

full growth {cfr. Kiniassa, ku limba, to be

ni-liza; maji yalisa kisimani? {vid. rishai, strong, vigorous, perfectly ripe, to exercise
v. n.) (R.).
patience; fulani ana limbika vitu viakwe,
Lizana, v. rec., to weep by turns, e.g., matangani hatumii harraka or vibaya). Ku limbika maji =
ku lizana vilio, to make one another weep, to kungojea maji kisimani, to wait for the water
cry together. to collect in an exhausted well. In the dry
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

LI ( 188 ) LI
season the water-carrying women must often present Has Ngomini). Lindi (pi. ma— ) ya ku
wait many hours until the water collects. Ku panda mbeu, little pits for sowing the seed ; kitofu
limbika maneno (= ku i'ania saburi), to hold cha lindi, a navel which forms a little pit.
one's peace ( not to interfere ), although the Lindo, s., a watching-place.
other should abuse you three or four times hut , Linga, v. a., to swing the head round in dancing

then at last to speak out with energy and (St.) ;

ku linga upepo?
anger. Ku jikaza ku uena siku nengi, laken Lingua, v. obj.
akinena, yuwanena kua ukali, kua koro zotte Linga, v. n. ( Kinika ), to make to be level or to
;

huyu mbona hafanii kazi, unaka niumbaui tu, match, to aim at.
gissi gani ku-m-limbikatu, ni kio, si mtu kama Lingana, v. n., to be level (= kua saua saua -

suisui; talimbika or taweka ndizizangu, hatta ku fanana) with one another hailingani or
zipefuke, tauza, nipate nguo, I shall not use haikulingani na wasi (cfr. the Kiniassa linga,
my bananas until they are ripe then I shall to think, to consider, to compare, to liken).
,

sell them, to get a cloth ku limbika nuelle, to Lingania, v. a.; (1) lingania mti saua saua, usi-
allow the hair to grow without interference. fanie mashimo mashimo, to make even; ku-u-
Limbikia, v. obj.; ku-m-limbikia maneno. kata (mti) na musmeno; (2) trop. ku lingania
Limbua, new fruit of a plantation ;
v. a., to eat the katika sherria ;
ku linganiua katika sherria, to
kula muanzo \va tunda la shamba limbua, pro- ; be settled after the laiv.
perly, to be out or over, to be at an end, to finish Linganika, v., to be equal; mpaka umelinganika
waiting by now enjoying the fruits for the first = umekua saua saua.
time. Linganikana, v.

Limbuka, v. n.; watu analimbuka leo vitu via Linganisiia, v. c., to compare or put together two
muaka, the people cat the first of a new crop things, to see whether they are of the same size,
to-day, i.e., the things which have been planted length, cC'c.

this year. Linganiua, p.

Limbusha, v. c., to cause one to eat or taste the call for one when near at hand,
Lingana, v. a., to
new fruit of the year, eg., slaves convey the when far ku-mu-ita (cfr. Luke xxiii. 13) (in
new fruit to the master watuma wa-m-lim- Kiamu, to invite, to call ) tabibu hazuiiajili roho ;

busha buana kilimo cha muaka. ikisba linganiua bassi, a physician cannot pre-
Lima, v. n., to fail, to be out of a supply (R.) vent fate, ivhen the spirit is called it is finished.
;

fulani halimki kua kitu i'ulani, N. N. is never Lingine, adj., another (la class)', kasha lingine,

ivithout such and such a thing (cfr.

another box; cfr. mungine.
(

Line? ivhen? atakuja lini? when will he come ?

gustavit parum). The word is only used in the
Lipa, v. a., to pay (a debt, cbc.) ;
ha-zi-lipi, e.g.,
negative.
sailcloths which cannot be sold, and are there-
Lijiuka, v. n. (
= erefuka), to be intelligent, shrewd.
fore used for patchwork.
Limusiia, v. c., to impart intelligence, to play
Lipia, v. obj., to pay for one on his behalf, to
tricks upon, to correct, to over-reach (ku ere-
pay (somebody), to return by revenge.
fusha).
Lwikk, qoayable.
Linda, v. a., to wait for, to protect, preserve; memayako ulio-
Lipoa, v. p. ni-ku-lipe leo yalo
ku-m-linda mtu ndiani = ku-m-gojea ndiani, to
tendea juzi, let me repay you to-day your kind-
wait for one on the road (in a good and bad
ness of the other day.
sense ) ku linda niuni or ndege = ku linda or
;
Lipisha (or lipiza), v. c., to make one pay, to
fania kingdjo, niuni wasile matunda ya shamba,
cause to be paid.
to guard a plantation, lest birds, &c., should cat
Lipiwa, p.
the fruit of it mtu huyu angeuawa, laken Mungu
Ku-ji-lipiza, v. refl., to repay one's-self, to get
ame-m-linda or sultani ame-m-linda, this man one's due; ku-ji-lipiza kisasi, to take one’s
ivould have been killed, but God protected him.
kaskazi leo
revenge, to avenge one's-self a-ji-
Lindia, v. obj.; nime-m-Iindia shambalakwe, makes
lipiza, the kaskazi (northerly ivind)
muegni hapo, I guarded his plantation in his
amends to-day (as it docs not bloiv to-day).
absence.
Lisa (or liza), v. c. (vid. lia), to make to weep;
Lindiwa, v. p. liakulia kasidi, amelisoa kua ku pigoa.
Lindi, 8. (la), pit, depth (in Kimrima =
shimo or Lisani, s. (a tailor’s ? apiece expression), a gusset
bopo, Kimwita ) This term
(pi. malindi, ya).
of cloth put in behind an opening, a flap to
reminds one of the town Malindi, which ispiro- obviate the effect of gaping at the astening (St.);
bably the Bhapta of the ancients, urbs Rhapta,
lit., lingua, sermo, a tongue; vid. lesani.
fluvius Ithaptus, promontorium Rhaptum (at ;
 . ; ; )

LI (
i8 9 ) MA
Lisha, v. a. ( vid ku IS, to eat), cause to eat, to feed Loxio, .s. (ya), something that one has only for a
or nourish, to pasture ; ku liska wema katta aki- show, and never for making use of (R. ) ;
mlioni-

shiba, to tend well, to see that all eat to satisfac- eslma lonio ile.

tion. Lotte, all; vid. ote.

Lishisa (or lishisha or lishiza), v. to cause
to he fed or to give one food
c.,

ku-m-lishisa
Lozi, s. (ya pi. ,
ma — ),
almonds ;
lozini matundaya
Mas-
manga y
T
a Maskati, almonds are fruits of
unga wa ndere ku-mu-ua, to cause him by
hat in Arabia (Manga = Arabia j^l ,
amyg-
means of another to eat the flour of ndere (vid.) ;

dalum.
to hill him. Unga wa ndere is a magic poison
Luanga, a hind of bird.
for the secret destruction of life (vid. kitom-
Luguamu (cfr. hattamu), bridle-bit ; vid. lijamu.
gomba, s.).
(Arab.
Liwa, s., the odoriferous wood of a tree growing in Ltjja, s. (wa, pi. maluja), a great thief
muivi alietamburikana luja wa nti
Madagascar. The wood is reduced to powder, ajari) ; ;

mixed with water, and applied as a cosmetic to liasamebe kitu eba mtu cfr. rixosus, ; ,

the body. The women are particularly fond of pertinax in litigando.

this perfume, to please their husbands. Laken
Lukuma = halua, s., bribe ? (R.) very likely the ;

sandali yapita liwa, but the sandal-ivood is

superior to the liwa ku tega niama na mtambo Arabic word A^l ,buccea, buccella ;
^**25, quod
;

wa liwa (pi. maliwa) (twisted pieces of wood). deglutitur buceeae instar.

Liwa, v. p., to be eaten, to be icorn away ; vid. la Lulu, (ya, pi. ma — ), pearl margarita,
(ku la), to eat.
s.
y? ,

unio.
Liwali, s. (pi. raaliwali), a governor (liwali pro el
Lujiba, (Kijumfu and Kiniha), to mahe a
v. a.
wali); valde (Arab. propinquus =
, speech ku eleza liabari kua tartibu, muenziwe
aki-mu-itikia (ku fania mlumbo, vid.), to tell or
fuit, praefuit, rexit ; ,
praefectus provinciae.
relate news in an orderly manner, one piece of
Liwata, v. a.; ku liwata mail, to walh in mud or
news after the other, whilst one of the reporters
mire ? to tread upon mud. responds to him by making the sound “mbu or
Liwaza, v. n., to be careless. lie” or by repeating the last word of the sentence.
Liza, v. c., to sell to. At the end the reporter says
1
'
Talbxu\s\\io’' ichere-
Liza, v. c., to mahe to weep; lizana, to mahe one upon all who arepresent concur by saying, “ mhu
another weep ; vid. lia, weep. or lie, which is = amen. When the reporter is too
Lizuza (taka) (R.) ? prolix, they say, usifanie milumbo mingi, ukate,
Lo (or loo !), an exclamation of surpr ise.
! do not mahe a long speech, cut off'.

Loga, v. a.; ku loga, to bewitch one (Kimr.). Lumbika, v. p., to gather little by little, to pick
Logiia, s. (Arab. Ail )
(ya, pi za), language, dia- up small pieces one by one.
lect; loglia ya Kiunguja na Kimvita ni mballi- Lumbo, s. ?
mballi kiddgo, the language of Zanzibar and Lumbui, s. (wa), chameleon. As this little creature

Mombas is a little different; UJ locutus est; proceeds slowly and circumspectly, they call it
,

the sultani ya niama iote (the king of all

Ail voces, vocabulum, dictio.
,
animals).
Lo lotte, whatever ; e.g., neno or jamboliwalo lotte,
Luththa, s., flavour, savour (St .), probably refer-
whatever matter it may be; hakufania lo lotte, he
ring to the Arabic word A1 ,
suave et jucundum
has done nothiny at all.

Loma, s . (la, pi. ma — ), a fox? (Kiniha, gqjo; comperit; ,

pi.
j
^lAl , voluptas, delectatio.

Kiniassa, nengo), the badger ? Luva, s., sandal-wood ? cfr. liwa, s.

M
Ma (or maa), v. n., to be full ; cfr. Arab. the enemies meditate upon my death = upon
implevit, plenus fuit. hilling me; vid. afa and muafa.
Maadam (Arab. ),
while, during the time Maafikano, s. (Arab. ASiiy»), agreement, estimate,
when (St.); maadamu (= baada), then also, in ,
bargain muafaka, contract, agree-
(cfr. afikana) ;

addition ; maadamu ku toa kauli (from adamu),

ment, is more usual than maafikano.
one must keep word.
Maadili, adj., favoured, preferred ; vid. adili. Maafu, s. (ya) (Arab. ), deliverance from
Maafa, s . (ya) ;
maafa ana-ni-azia mauti or kuflfa danger or distress, pardon ; vid. afu.
 ; . ; ; ; ; ;

MA ( 190 ) MA
Maagano, s. (ya), agreement ,
contract {yicl. Maangalizi, s., appearance, apparition, Epiphany
agana, v. ), covenant. {according to the explanation of Kathi Ali at
Maagizo, s. (ya) ( cfr
agiza,
. v. a.), enjoining upon, Mombas).
charging, commission, recommendation, direc- Maangamizi, s. (angamika, v. n.) (ya), perdition;
tion. maangamizi ya kesbo, the future perdition.
Maakini (makini?); hawajakua na maakini ku Maanguko, s., falling, fall, ruin, ruins (ku anguka,
dailiana vile vitu (hawadiriki) (R.)? v. n., to fall).

Maakuli, s. (ya) (Arab.

food letta Maapizo, s. {vid. apa, v. n., to swear), conjuring,
J/U ),

maakuli, bring the food, serve up ; cfr. cha- making to swear, imprecation, cursing ; fulani
it

kvila). yuna maapizo mabaya.

Maalum, adv. ( = kilichotambulikana, thatwhichis Maaribu, a trick fulani yuna maaribu mangi,
N. N. is full of tricks; fulani ana maaribuyakwe,
known), to be sure, certainly ( cfr ,
cogni-
ha-mu-ambii mtu ; ,
constrinxit, versatus
tus, certus).

Maamuma, s., ignorant pagans { Kiung cdl fuit, intelligens, callidus fuit
.) ; ; ,
astutia,

makafm are maamuma like the Washensi ( vid .). improbitas. S

Maamvi (maamfi), s., calumny, slander (ku amba, Maarifa, s. (ya) {sing, arifa, knowledge akili za
to slander). uerefu) {Arab. ),
all matters worthy of
Maam’zx (uamzi), s. (ya), arbitration, judgment; - -- C-

vid. amua = ku ngia kati, ku tania, ku uliza

knowing ; cfr. ,
novit, cognovit,

sebabu ya mateto, na ku tania (maamziyakwe notitia ;

muelefu wa ku tarnbua.
yalio-m-pasba nda ku wawa, R.). Maarufu, adj. {Arab. ),
known, celebrated;
Maana, s. (ya) (
Ljl* ),
meaning, signification, mtu maarufu, a celebrated man; cfr. tangaa,
reason, cause, object; jambo hili maanayakwe v. n.

nini ? what is the meaning of this ? what does it Maasi {and maassia or maassi), s. {Arab, ),

signify ? ame-ni-fumbulia maana ya neno hili, abandoning, deserting, rebellion, apostasy ; vid.
he explained to me the meaning of this matter asi or assi, to abandon one's wife or throw off

ame-ni-fumbulia jambo la fumbo, he explained to allegiance to a king ; e.g., wali amefania maassi

me the dark matter ku tia maanani = ku tia (uassi) kua sultani, the governor made a rebellion
moyoni, akilini or mawazoni, to take to heart, to against the king, or wali amekua muassi, the

think about; ku fania maarufu, to make it governor became a rebel rebellis fuit)
( ,

sure, known; maana yakinelea, if I under- apostasy, i.e., the omission of our duty to God is
stand the meaning.
rebellion, and therefore a sin (tliambi).
Maandazi, s. (ya) {vid. anda, v. a.), pastry-work
Maawio jua, s., sunrise, east, quickly pronounced
consisting of various compounds, and made up
= mawio jua ;
vid. awia.
in different shapes or forms ; e.g., vitumbua,
Maazal, while (St.) ?
tambi, sambuza, jugu, mukate wa juma, &c.,
Maazimo, s., aloan (St.)? cfr. (aziima), operam
different kinds of bread or cakes, made with
spices, pepper (tangaisi), ginger, honey, sugar, impendit mercaturae suae ;
karatka.
dour, cOc. Mababuro baburo, s., scribble, scrawl (R. ) ?

Maandiiuo, s. {vid. ku andika, v. a.), serving up; Mabahili, s. (R.) ? cfr. mbaliili, s.

maandikioya chakfila, the place ivhere the food is

Mabakia, s. {Arab, ),
that which is left,

served up. remnant.

Maandiko, s. {vid. andika, v. a.), (1) putting out M abalungi {sing, balungi), citrons.
Mabaniani (sing. Baniani), heathen of India ; cfr.
{food), the act of serving up food; maandiko ya
Muhindi.
Kizungu = ku tandika kama Wazungu maan- ;

diko ya Kiarabu or ya Kisuahili = ku tandika

Mabaiiawe, s. (R.) ?

kama Waarabu or Wasualiili (kua kiti na jano Mabatta (ya ziwa), s., wild ducks.

kitini na sahnni, die. ju ya tano) ,(2) writing, ;

M abawa, s., (1) wild beasts larger than majiboa
things written, description. mitu ; (2) a kind of beat, yatamba, they ramp
Maanmsiii, upon the native upon (R.).
s. (1) everything laid
table in eating, as food, dish, plate, knife, cup> Mabawale, s., a kind of bean.
for water, <&c.; (2) everything that is written,
Mabaya, adj., bad ; vid. baya.
handwriting, or everything that is put out or set Mab£ga, s., only used in the plural and instead of
in order for writing ; maandishiyakwc ni mema, maiiizi ;
ku puyiika mbega, to get an abrasion of
si kama ya fulani (= hatti), his writing is good, the shoulder by carrying a heavy load.
not like that of JV. A7 ".

Mabelakhe = tajiri mku {or bokari ?) ; cfr. ,

 ; . ; ;

MA ( 191 )
MA
diligentia usus est. ^5-*, abundavit scientia et my having been desired, that I was desired ; e.g.,

kua mtumishi wa Mzungu.

opibus.
Madangania (or madanganio), s. trick, deception;
BIabichi (or mabiti), atlj. ( vid biti), unripe.
cfr. dangania, v. a., to deceive one.
Mabiwi, s., heaps, rubbish and piles of stichs.
Madara kina madara nami = cha-ni-duru ? ;

Mabovu, adj. (vid. ovu), rotten, spoiled.

BIadaraka, s., arrangements, provision (St.) ;
cfr.
Mabu, s. (sing, bii), worms, maggots (in rotten ^ - 5 e -
assecutus fait, fructus qui nascitur
meat). ?
,

Mabua, s. (sing, bua), stall's 0/ mtama or mahindi. ex aliqua re.

Mabugu, s. (vid. bugu), a land of thick ivillow used Madayo, s. (ya), tissue of lies, false devices (Er.).

for binding loads, (See., but mabugu being too big B1ad£de, s.; maji yatoa madede (E.) (it refers to

are not used, whereas mbugu (sing, o/ubugu) is wimbi).

a thin kind and therefore very useful; mbugu za BIadisfu, s., beard.
mtoria, za mbungu. ku piga madege, to [kick (in Kis. ku MadIsge, 8.;
Mabumda, s.bumda, la), a long piece of
(sing, piga ala).
bread resembling a whetstone in shape. The Maiiessi, s., a kind of game, in which the boys
bread is made 0/ mtama flour and honey, and is cause the red fruit of tunguja to leap up and
taken for a journey mabumda mikati mirefu catch it with the hand in falling ; cfr. kodue.
kana ldno ya kula saffarini. MadiSvu, s., a kind of rice (St.).

Mabuiiuki, adj. blessed (

= ana baraka, he Madhabi, s. (ya) (4-*j^)> a religious party, sect, or

has or enjoys a blessing ) ;

vul. baraka. faction, of which there arefour principal ones
MACHACHE,/ew; vid. chaolie. among the Mohammedans ; viz., (1) madhabi ya
Macitela, s., a Utter, a palanquin (St.). Hanbali, (2) ya Sbafei, (3) ya Hannifi, (4) ya
Mach£zo (or mat£zo), games. Maliki. Bladhabi — mafuazo. The expression is,

Macho (sing, .licho) (jito) (pi. mato), eyes; yu however, not much known among common Suahili.
macbo or mato, he is awake. Madilaba (rectius matilaba), s., design, desire,

Machukio (or matukio), abomination, disgust, intention ; cfr. ^_0lL ,

quaesivit petiit.
hatred., abhorrence.
Madini (maadini), s. (ya), (1) metal, or rather the
Machungua (sing, chungua), oranges.
ore of metal; e.g., madini ya fetha ; (2) mali
Madabo, s. (sing, dabo), vid. tapo.
mengi, great wealth; ku toa mali nengi, ku-m-
1

Madadiso, s. (ya), evasions, shifts, subterfuges toza madini nengi, to take or derive greed wealth
(Er.)?
or advantage from somebody ; cfr ,
fixit,
BIadafu (pi.) (vid. dafu, sing.), cocoa-nuts not yet
quite ripe, when they contain much water, and mansit ; ,
proprius rei cujuslibet locus ubi
while the flesh is still tender.
fixit, inde fodina, minera.
Madaha, s. (cfr. dalie), sacrifices.
Madoadoa, adj., spotted.
Mad aha, s. (ya), a graceful manner ; cfr. , Madodoki, s. (sing, dodoki), a kind of fruit of a
graviter affecit aliquem, versutus et subtili long form, cucumber (?).

ingenio fuit madaha mambo kua uzuri ya ku- BIadogovi, a kind of drumming used
;
in exorcisms

m-tia mtumke takatiko la moyo ku fania ma- (St.). ;

daha mangi, to assume graceful manners in eat- B'Iadonga, s. (R.) (= Kin. mazaje) ?
ing, &c., before a ivomcin, to raise love-thouglits
BIadongo, s. (ya), a gummy substance adhering to
in her mind. the eyelashes (cfr. mtongotongo) vid. mantongo
;

Madahiro, s., gravity, a grave gent; ku ji-tia in Kiniassa.

madahiro, to walk gravely with a measured pace Madoro, s., miserable talk ku sema madSro (cfr.

(like the Arabs), to please people or attract their kibauro).

attention. Maduioja, s., scaffolding for building (Sp.).
Madaka, s.
(
= ku daka), desiring, desire; madaka- Madukge, s., vid. dunge, kanju.

yangu kulla mtu yuwajua, everybody knoivs my Maendeliso, s. (ya), progress, advantage = ma-
desire, that I desired it of my own accord. faidisho, Phil. i. 25.

Madakata, s. (Er.), leaves ivliich fall off, also straw MaenIsnzi, s. (ku enenda, v. n., to go), going, ivalk-
used for kindling fire, grass, sweepings (rectius ing, pace, gait, behaviour = meenenzi or muendo :

mataka taka). maenenzi ya a slow pace (kama muendo

polepole,

BIadakoa, s. (= kn dakoa), being desired; mada- wa simba) maenenzi ya harraka, a quick pace
;

koayangu kulla mtu yuwajua, everybody knows mtu huyu yuna maenenzi ya upesi, siwezi ku
 ! . ; ; ;

MA ( 192 ) MA
fuatana nai kua ku nenda mno, this man has a head, a stoppage in the nose (St.) ;
cfr. kifua,

quick pace, I cannot follow him. which is only coughing without kamassi.

Maen£o, s. ( vid . enea, v. n.), spreading to, flowing Mafufio,

; s. (vid. fufia), inspiration, 2 Tim. iii. 18.

over to. Mafukizo, s. (vid. fukiza, v. a.), fumes.

Maenezi, s., distribution ( cfr eneza, v. a.) to all
Mafuli, s., an umbrella made of the branch of the
persons present, so that every one obtains a little ;
infiimo tree. The European or Indian umbrella
maeneo ya vita vita vimeenea vvatu wote, kulla
;
is called muafuli (pi. raiafuli); ufuli, the shade of
mtu amepata kidogo Mungu ni mueneza, yuwa ;
a tree or umbrella, mti or muafuli unafania ufuli
eneza kulla mtu zirkizakwe.
kifuli, the shadow of a man or animal (muafuli
MaISnga iSnga, s., that icliicli is neither in the sky
ni mana wa ufuli). The natives boil the mfumo
above, nor on the earth below, but which is in the branch in hot water, in order to make it soft ; it
midst of both; ju kapo, vvala nti kapo (liapo) ni is opened in folds and put over the head and
katikati. Thus the fabulous ngovi ya kiweo cha
back in times of rain.
Mikedadi is believed to be maengani engani.
Mikedadi Mafumba, s., synon. with dibu and manukato.
Ali (the Caliph) strove with his enemy
When the various ingredients are not yet
till evening-time, neither of them
being able to
ground they are called viungo vid. dibu (R.).
hurt the other. All at once Ali heard the cry of ;

Mafumbi, s. (vid. fumbi, la), the hollows or ravines

a raven suggesting to him to put popo, tambu,
upon of a hill, which, having usually much moisture
Ac., into his mouth, and spit the red water
I have ivounded and being protected from the sunbeams, are
the horse of his enemy, saying, “
chosen, by the natives for plantations of rice, Ac.
your horse." Mikedadi, bending his neck to look
stroke from
The grass is very luxuriant in such spots. Ku
after the horse's ivound, got a sabre
I
piga mafumbi, to cast to or at a certain place
Ali, which ran from the neck down to kiweo
or
(R.).
paja, so that he fell from the horse and teas help-

but he threw the skin against Ali and made

Mafumbo, s., lumps in meal-food (R.).
less,

him bald, for the skin stript off all the hair of Mafumfu mafumfu, clouds entirely covering the

Since that time baldness is in the sky.

his head.
world. Thehaving thus hurt Ah s head, Mafumi, s. (rectius mavumi) (sing, fumi), loud
skzn,

was then carried up between heaven and earth, talking and the noise produced by it ku piga
and will remain maengani engani till the day of mafumi, vvatu vvasisikie kite cha mfiazi, to talk
resurrection. When people hear suddenly any loudly, so that the people may not hear the groan-

noise in the air, they believe that the ngovi

cha ing of a woman in labour (vid. kite, s.).
Mikedadi has passed by them. Thus says the
Mafumilio, s. (sing, fumilio, la) (vid. fumilia, v. a.)

fanciful story (
= saburi ya moyo), enduring, forbearance,
Mafa, s. (vid. faa or fa, v. n., to be of use), use, patience; mafumilizi.

profit; gnombe liizi kazina mafa, these cows are Mafdnda (or mavunda), s. (ya) (1) mana kuyu ni ;

of no use. maJunda viombo, this boy breaks everything,

Mafa, s. (ku fa, v. to die), cemetery, burial- he is a destructive fellow (mafundawe, thou de-
ground (mahali pa ku sika vvatu). stroyer)', (2) distended cheeks, full miffed cheeks.

Mafafanusi, s., explanation; cfr. naliau. Mafunde (or mafundefunde), s., cloudiness leo

Mafi (or mavi), (1) dung of man and animals, ni mafundefunde, to-day the sky is cloudy, over-

discharge of the bowels; (2) dross, filings, rasp- cast by mawingu. The sun is not seen till

ings; e.g., mavi ya chuma, dross of

iron. about ten or eleven o'clock a.m.

Mafia, s. (wa) (vid. mavia and muamu),

the mother •
Mafundefunde ya matepukusi, the dark shade
of the lmsband (in speaking of themselves),
but of shrubs, of which many people are much afraid
others would say yule ni mamaviaye. at night; vid. fundefunde, s. (la) ;
cfr. gubai'i.

Maficho (or mafito), concealment (ku fita, to con- Mafundifu, sell, maji = maji mafu.
ceal). Mafundiko, s., the falling, Luke vi. 49 (vid. ku
Mafi mafi, s the flowers of a tree (mmafi mafi) funda).
,

ivhicli have a foul smell. Mafundisho (or mafundishi), s., instruction,

Mafu, s., death, dead things; maji mafu, neap direction, precept, doctrine, tradition; 2 Thess.

tides. ii. 15, 1 Tim. i. 3, 9.

Mafua, s., a cold, a catarrh; yunamafua (i.e., yuwa- Mafundo, s., (1) loops, knots, knots or joints in a
kohoa 11a kamassi), he has a cough, influenza, cane ; (2) a piece of wood which holds the mast
a chest complaint causing a cough , a cold in the erect in a boat or ship (ku zuia muongoti).
 ? ; . : ; ; ;

MA ( 193 ) MA
Mafundo fundo, .9. ( vid fundo), the knots or rings muelle — ku-m-fania daua, ya ku-m-piga daua
which are formed in the growth of a tree ( e.g
.,
kua niiingu, to cure a sick person by means of
malundo fundo ya mua). uganga (vid.).
Mafune, s. consequence ( what one Magangao, s., ruin, desolation; malfali pa watu
(ya), (1) result,
reaps), pain I had for sometime in my
e.g., the vvalio pigana, kislia wakaonddka (Sp.).
chest (below the heart ) was the mafune of my Maganizo, (ya), a treaty. .9.

previous violent cough (ku funa) (K.); (2) coldness, Magano, s. (cfr. agana), an agreement magano-
debility, weariness muili wafania mafune. yetu ni ya yale yale.
Mafungio (ku funga, v. a.), (1) binding of the Magariui (pi. of magribi or magaribi or mangaribi)
doth over the belly ; (2) ya sanda, vid. ishara. (Arab, pi. s_j)U^), sunset, evening ,

Mafunguuia gnombe (lit., unfastening), the time (mangaribi yatangamana na usiku), the prayers
to lead the cattle to the pasture-ground, about
eight or nine o'clock a. nr. majira ya gnombe ya- of the Muhammeclans at sunset ; cfr. ,
;

funguliwayo ku enda kula niassi, umande ulipo- prooul abiit, recessit, occidit sol, in regionem
kaukl kua jua, yuwaota jua liatta likitangamuka
oecidentalem venit ; et <-->?*'* ,
occidens
likawa kali.

Mafunifuni, .9., cfr. Kiniha. (matueo ya jua) ;

2
( )
the West of Northern
Mafuno (ya) (ku funa, v. a.), harvest, crop; wa- Africa, Morocco.
kati wa mafuno, harvest-time. Magaribu (or majaribu), s. (vid. garibu, jaribu,

Mafunsio, 9 .,
. teaching, instruction; mtu liuyu v. a.), tried, kuna maja-
temptation, experiment

hangalifania mambo liaya, ni mafunsio, si akili- ribu ya upanga ? do they make experiments
zakwe. (play) with a sivord? majaribu liava alijaribiwa-

Mafupi, ad}., short ; vid. fupi. je?

Mafurufuru, gloominess, darkness (vid. furu-

Magisbai.i (or ma.tabai.i), .9., gathered masses of
s.,
clouds; lit., in Arabic, “mountains."
ngika) ; cfr. gnbari.
Mafusi, Mageuzi, .9., changes, alteration mageuzi ya moyo,
.9. (rectius mavuzi, sing, uviizi) (vid. fuzi
la mukono or bega, pi. 111 a —
the place where the
,
inconstancy (vid. geua, gcuza).
Magiiofira (or magiiofiria), (Arab.), forgive-
upper arm terminates), (1) the shoulder ; (2) the
s.

hair of the pubes. The natives dislike to mention pardon ; nadaka magiiofira kua Mungu,
ness,

the ivord mavuzi (for decency's sake), therefore naomba wema kuakwe, I beg pardon from God ,

they generally use the sing, (fuzi la mukono) ] ask him for good (vid. ghofira) yic ,
texit,
;

when they speak of the shoulder. obtexit, rogavit veniam delicti.

Mafuta, .9., oil, fat (vid. futa, .9.), the greasy or Magiiubari, rain-clouds (sing, gliubari). .9.,

oily substance found in animals and plants,

Maghubba, s. (sing, gliubba), a bay ( ’

which by melting affords the mafuta (oil). Milk

’

yields first the siagi (butter), which when boiled is ad finem pervenit, exitum habuit res ;

termed ghee. The natives know chiefly four descensio ad aquam, finis, exitus rei) = mito
shrubs which yield vegetable oils (1) the fruit of yangiayo ndani ya miima ifaniayo vizingo vizingo
the mbono shrub (mafuta ya mbono), (2)of the = rivers run through the hilly country and
uto plant (Arab, semsem), (3) of the mtundo, (4)
have a very serpentine course, the ivinding of a
(mafuta ya nazi) the oil procured from the cocoa-
stream.
nut by grinding the kernel and then boiling it.
Magilisi (or magaltsi), seat; cfr. Arab. ,

Mafuta ya uto, semsem oil (vid. uta) mafuta ya ;

0 c -
mbono (or ya mbarika, St.), castor-oil. sedit, consedit, hence , locus sedendi;
Mafuu, adj., crazy, cracked (St.).
cfr. makazi.
Magadi, s., (1) rough soda; (2) cfr. gadi or gaddi.
Magxiogxiota, s., vid. gubari.
Magadiri, s.; ni magadiri sana, it is very dange-
Magnioya (or manioya), s.,. wool (sing, ugnioya) ;

rous (R.); khatiri, hatiri?

magnioya ya niuni, down of birds; magnioya ya
Magamba, s., the scales of a fish.
shingo, mcme-hair (of beasts), the long hair of
Maganda, s. (ya),(l), husks, peel; (2) the flesh of the goats (also of cows on their humps).
ribs or the ivhite skin on it (R.) (maganda ya
Mago, s (pi. of kago), a charm; vid. kago.
.

mimba).
Magogo (or ugogo), s., the crust of wali, i.e., of
Magandi, ,9.; magandi ya maziwa, skim-milk. boiled rice.
M a gang a,
9 (cfr. uganga), the superstitious means
.
. Magombe ya jiumo (R. writes magombea mumo)
and ceremonies applied by native doctors to (magombea mumo = maji mafu, Er.) is an ex-
cure the sick; maganga ya ku-m-ganga mtu pression used with regard to the ebb-tide, when
 ; ;

MA ( 194 ) MA
the water has left the wangoa {pi. niangoa) Mahamali, s. (wa) (sing, hamali) (Arab.), public
[sandy spots connected with creeks), whilst there porters or baggage-bearers (watukua viombo via

is still sufficient water in the channel of the

bendari). There are such men appointed in
creek. Maji mafu mumo [viz. wangoa) yapoa, every commercial town of importance. They
mumo (in the creek ) yaja. The dead water (ebb) are generally natives of the seaports of South

is there (in the wangoa) entirely fallen off, but in Arabia. They carry loads from or to the sea-

the. creek it is still full. Maji malm yanaauka port for wages.
kua makuba, ku ougeseka batta niangoani. The Mahan a, s.
(
Kinika cancer) ,
( Kisuahili ,
ukoma) !

great water (flood) groivs up, to be great, to a dreadful disease (ukongo mbaya or daifu sana),
increase, so that it fills also the wangoa. which at first appears like upele or pele (itching
Magombo, gombo, sheet of a book.
sing, spots), but afterwards produces ulcers of the toes,

Magome of gome), clens, but mapango means

(pi. the hand, The smell of the
nose, ears, &c.
“caves," Heb. xi. 35; (2) sing, gome, magome, diseased person is very bad. In curing the
chips, splinters. disease the native doctors apply first an emetic.
Magonjoa, s., pain or aching in sickness; but ugo- Then they apply internal and external remedies.
njoa is sickness in general. The disease is thought contagious. Hence the
Magovi, s. (the pi. q/ngovi) (ya), peel, rind, bark diseased person has to live apart and cook for
(magovi ya mti). himself. When he dies, his cottage is burnt ,

(Kiunguja, mguu, pi. and his corpse thrown away, and not buried.
Magu, s. (sing, gu, vid.), feet
migu); mjiguu,y>L mijiguu, large feet; kijiguu,pZ. Mahari, s. (ya), given by the
the sum of money
vijiguu, small feet;ku enenda kua magu, ku panda bridegroom parents or relations of the
to the

punda, ku enenda kua masliua, to walk, to ride on bride for the right of marrying her. The mar-
an ass, to sail on a dhow; magu yana maji, i.e., riage portion or gift settled upon the wife before

my feet have water, I was on the spot, and there- marriage. If the husband abandons his ivife
fore I know the truth of what happened (R.). wilfully, without any cause on her part, he can-
Magugu, s., weeds, undergrowth (St.), jungle not claim the repayment of the mahari in case of

( Kiung .). divorce; but if the ivife is in fault, the parents or

Magumegume ya bunduki, a large gun, musket. relations must restore the money to the husband.

Magumu mato magumu or mapefu or makafu ya

; Cfr. jQ* ,
scripsit dotem donumve sponsale
ku angaza(= muerefu). 50
mulieri ; ,
dos vel donum sponsalitium,
Magungu ;
sasa kunakua magungu ya kuoba, to
quod futurae uxori promittitur.
appear red, to glow, said in the morning before
sunrise.
Maharimu ;
brothers are maharimu for their
SC - ->
Maiiabba (habba), s. (Arab. iL^,* ), not only love sister ; in Arabic ,
forbidden = within
between husband and wife, but in general love, the degrees of relationship which make marriage
affection, attachment, fondness ; yuna maiiabba unlawful.
sana (= mapenzi ya
penda), he has great love or Mahasho (sing, hasho) ;
ku siba mahasho, to stop
a good and bad sense) (pendo) ku
affection (in ;
a leak.

toka makabbani, to lose the vedue of its goodness Maiiasidi, s. = uhasidi, envy.
or good quality; ana-ni-toka mahabbani, I do Maiiati, s., a carpenter's tool used for marking
lines to measure (St.).
not. love him so much (as before ) ;
cfr. ,

Maiiazamu (or mahezamu), s. (= masombo), a

amavit; ,
amor.
girdle, belt, a shawl worn round the waist;
Maiiali (and mati ala or pahali), s. (pi. mua ), —
place or places, region; mahali pa raha, place cingulo cinxit jumentum; ,
cingulum
of rest; .
locus ubi quis diversatnr, statio. jumenti.

Maiiali pote, everywhere solvit, locum Mahindi, s. (cfr. liindi) (ya), Indian corn, maize
,

(Holcus Sorghum) dim. vihindi.

commorandi concessit. ;

Maiiali pa, instead of; e.g., maiiali pa babai, in Maiiiri, adj. (Arab.), clever, skilful; mtu ata-
the place of father, instead of his father;
liis
mbuai upesi, asipoambiwa ni mtu; ,
inge-
fulani haku-ni-weka maiiali, he has not honoured
niosus, solers.
me; inahali pawapo pote (pi. maiiali muote),
at whatever places mahali gani panapo uma, Maiiiri (or maehiri), v. a., to bewitch (Er.), to
where is the pain? wauma wapi? where is divine.

your pain? mahali pa ku shukn, a lodging. Mahogo, s. (sing, hogo, la), the large roots
(misi)
 ; ; ;
, ; ; ; ; ; ;.

MA ( 195 ) MA
of the cassava or manioc shrub. At Mombas arid Majaribu (or magaribu), s., trial, temptation;
other places only the very large ones form the vid. jaribu or garibu, v. a.

sing, bogo and pi. makogo, but at Zanzibar the Majasa (or kinaya) ku fania majasa (R.) ?
;

word is promiscuously used for both large and Majazo, s., reward vid. jazi, v. a., to reward.
;
small cassava-roots. The small one is named
Maj£go (pi. o/jego), the hindmost tooth, cheek-tooth,
muhogo (pi. mihogo) in the Mombas dialect.
grinder.
Muhogo properly signifies the cassava-shrub
Maj£ngo, s. (ya) (vid. jenga, jengo, pi. of jengo),
ivhich contains the msi wa muhogo (
pi. misi ya
materials for building.
muhogo), a land offood highly valued by the
people of these countries. Leo tupike muhogo Maji, s. (Arab. S
U ,
aqua), (1) water, juice, sap,

uliowengoa kua nazi, i.e., uliopassuliwa pande- liquid. Prov. : maji mafu, mfufi kafu (mkat'u)
pande, uliopikoa kua nazi, to-day let us boil i.e., at the time of tide (when the water is dead
cassava made up with the milk-like water of the or died away) the fisherman gets nothing with
ground cococu-nut, i.e., that cassava ivhich is cut the net ; he must then use the (mshipi) fishing-
into many slices and then boiled in the milk-like line even at sea ; whereas at the ebb the line is

nazi water. When the natives only scrape off useless, and he must take to the net again. Maji
the skin of the cassava and boil it ivhole in water, maji, wet maji kujaa na kupua, the tides maji
without the nazi and without cutting it into slices, mafu, neap tides maji ya pepo or maji matamu,
they call it ku puaza muhogo or ku wenga mu- fresh ivater maji ya moto, hot water. (2) A
hogo. large yellow kind of ant living in trees ; maji ya
Mahoka, s., devil, evil spirits, madness (St.).
bakari, secir-ivater colour = blue; mtiboa muniu ?

Mahorama, s., damask-cloth (R.)? to the value of Majibile, s. (sing, jibfle, la) (= jawabu), answer,
reply given (kua waraka or kanoa) in writing or
2j dollars.
Mai, pi. (sing, i, la) (in Zanzibar mayayi
yai, pi. by word of mouth ; ,
fidit, respondit
at Mombas you also hear maiyai), eggs (mai ya responsum.
gnamba) ;
lette mkoba nitie mai, bring a bagfor Majibu, s., an answer
cfr. jawabu or majibile
; ;

the eggs. majibu yatakuja sasa hivi, the answer ivill come
Mainga; inga, vapour ? (Reb.). immediately.

Maisha, s.
(
= umri), age, lifetime; miaka mtu Majifuno (or majifunofuno) ; (1) fulani yunamaji-
alio ishi ku ka (vid. ishi, v. n.), the years ivhich funo, he is lustful, has lustfulness ; (2) pride, self-
a man has lived; taku-tumikia maishayangu conceit; cfr. funa or vuna.
ntakayo ishi ulimenguni, I shall serve thee cdl Majelio, s. (vid. ku jilia, ku ja, to come), the coming
my life long maisha na milele, now and for advent, mode of coming, arrival; si pendimajilio
ever; maisha maofu, riotous living Indie xv. 17 i
ya mtu buyu, yuwa-ni-jilia kua kelele, dtc., I dis.
- - G O'
like the coming of this man, he comes to me in a
.

(cfr. vitam duxit ,

c vita) natumia ; , ;

noisy manner.
maishayangu, I use it my life long.
MAjiiipo, s. (ya), revenge (ku-ji-lipa) (Dr. Steere
Maishilio, s. (vid. misho oi’muisho), end, termina-
writes “ majilipa’’).
tion.
Maji maji, adj., wet, watery; maji kukutu = kame,
Maisi = mtambusi (R.) ?
total ebb; maji mafu, dead water (vid. mafu)
Maiti (oj- mayiti), adj., a dead one, dead body ; cfr. magomba mumo = haina kuja wala kuba(kubua);
uyC mortuus fuit mors ’
maji yameunda, high ivater (Er.) maji maku or ;
, ; , ;

maundafu.
adj., mortuus mauti, s., death (maitiwakwe
nduguye).
;

Majira, s. (ya) = wakati, time ; kua majira baya,

at this time; majira ya kesboni or uzima wa
Majaliwa kuna (ku jali) (R.).
akhera, Luke xviii. 30 kua majira ni andikayo,
;

Majana, s. (sing,majana ya niuki,

jana la niuki) ;
while I write.
kwanza ni bu liwialo
the larvce of bees; niuki
MAjira, s., the course of a ship; cfr.
niuki, kisha likamea mbawa, likaambuka 11 a-
lata per mare fuit navis vel cum sono sulcavit
govi, laken makambani niumba za niuki (2) ma- ;
istud.
jana, children who are proportionally large
Majirukhu, wounded; fulani ni majirukbu, atu-
(muana).
ngulia mauti, ku tungulia ku zimu (cfr. maji-
Majanni, s. pi., grass ; the sing, janni signifies a a - _

leaf, vid. janni, s. range ya majanni, green, vid.

rukbu) ; cfr.
^
majurubu, Ijuke
,
ejecit; rukbu or roho, half

range, s. dead ; vid. x. 30.

o 2
 ; ; . , ;

MA ( 196 ) MA
Maji ya bali-i, s., hail ? ? (
vicl. lembezi), likely for Makafara, s. (pi. of kiif'ara, vid.), sacrifices made
majebali or magebali ( vid .). by the natives to avert a general calamity, e.g.,

Maji ya kitumoa, cfr. punguani. when the great bird, ivlto is said to be as large as
Maji ya kunde, ivater of the kunde (vicl.), a hind an island, flies over a town. The natives, fearing
the. bird might cover their town with its droppings,
of bean, which in boiling assumes a reddish
colour. lienee mtu liuyu muekundu kana maji make the makafara immediately, to cause him to

ya kunde, this man is reddish lihe kunde water. leave their country ! ! !

In general, ruddy, bag, red-brown. Nguo ya Makafiri, s. (sing, kafiri, vid.), infidels.

maji ya kuude, a red-brown cloth. Makafu, adj., kafu, dry.

Majoka, s. (ya) (ku joka, v. n., to be tired, weary,
Makaka (sing, kaka), the pulp of squeezed oranges,
lemons, citrons, &c.
troubled), troubling, trouble; usifanie majoka-
yako, do not tahe the trouble usifauie majoka = Makaka (sing, kaka), the palate, but the place

usi-ji-jokeze, do not tahe the trouble.

under the tongue is cdso called kaka.
Makalalao, s., cockroaches ; applied in derision to
Majonsi, s. (Arab. )
(ku jonsa, v.), grief,
the Malagasy colony in Zanzibar (St.) cfr. ;

sorrow rising from distress, e.g., from loss of mende, s.

property, of friends who have died, dec. The
Makali (vid. kali), sharpness, acuteness, edge (of a
grieved person likes to go alone with the head
knife or sword ) kissu kimengia makali, the
hanging down. Ku fania majonsi = kifumfu.
;

knife has become sharp ; vid. kali.

Majoki, s., an elder (St.).
Makamio, s., threatening ; vid. kamia, v. a.
Majorojoro, s., vicl. nsora.
Maicajiu, adj. (Sp.), of middle stature (Arab. )
Majuhula Jg--. ,
ignoravit) = wapumbavu, idiots. (mtu mzima aliepata miaka iningi), of high rani;
(

Majukua, s. (sing, jvikua, la), scaffold erected when talland advanced in years (daraja kuba, kimo
building a high wcdl or house; cfr. madukua. kikuba) mtu liuyu ni makamu, ni uelle ulio-m-
;

Majuma, s. (Er.)? kongeska.

Majumba, s. (ya) of jumba) (cfr.

(q)l. niumba), « Makanadili (or makanandii.i or makanadiri), s.

large house ; cfr. jumba, la ,pl. ma — (Arab.), a place behind the cabin of native vessels
O'-- GO
Majdmumi ? or boats (ku weka wiombo) (locus,
,

Ma jungua (pi.), vid. jiingua, orange. quail titas mercium), bale goods, the place where
Majuni, s. (ya), a confection made of bangi (vid.), the bale goods are. kept, the quarter galleries of a
opium, sugar, and eggs, which is intoxicating. dlioio.
The sweet substances are added to conceal theMakani, s. a dwelling-place ; cfr. place. ,

narcotic ingredients (mtu asitambue lcileo). Ma-

Makanja, s. (sing, kanja, la) = makuti yaliosukoa,
juni ni bangi iliotangamana na unga wa uwauga
tlie twisted cocoa-lecwes used for thatching native
(vicl.), na sukari, husonga kana sima, anafania
cottages. The makanja must be. distinguished
wikate, ukila mmoja utateka, utasiDga, utalala
from the makuti ya kiungo or ya kike (yalio-
siku mbili or tatu.
sukoa ni watu wake). Makuti yauavingoa, they
Majununi =- akilizakwe maj ununi = akili zime-m-
- are twisted on a stick, which makes them more
ts
.

pungua or zime-m-potea cfr. texit, 111-

lasting for the thatch of cottages.
; , Every year
sanus ac fuiiosus fuit. or every second year new makuti must be pro-
Majuruiiu (vid. papayuka), half-dead (Luhe\.2>0) cured, the old ones going to decay.

= gliarighari mauti. Makano ya niama (vid. mawano) (cfr. pambika)

;

Majurukhu, wounded ; vid. geraha. makano ya gnornbe.

Majusi ;
tangu majusi yule, vid. jiisi. Makao, s. (ya) (ku ka or kaa, to sit, dwell), an
Majutio, s., regret for something done. abode, a place of residence; makaoyangu ni

Maji; to (ku juta), repentance, regret. Eabbai, I dwell at Babbai laken lnatem’besi-
Ma.tuto ni mjuku, hnjutia kiniiime, repentance is yangu Mvita, but I go from(
time to time ) to
to feel regret afterwards. Mombas.
Makaa, coed, coals, embers; makiia ya miti, char- Makapa ;
pepo za makiipa, a puff or gust of wind
coal makaa zinmi (pi. o/'kii zimui), dead coeds; (R.).

vid. kaa. Makasara, s.; ni makasara yule, liaclii liasara

Makaburini, s., on the burial-ground; vid. kaburi. (R.)?
Makadara ya Muegnizimgu, liaya ni makadara ya Maicassi, s. (pi.) (ya) (Arab, a pair of
),
Muungu, Mungu akali aki-m-tesa, when God scissors ; sing, kassi la ku katia ngiio.
afflicts him. Makata, s.; 1 ku piga makata, to kick out be-
( )
 ; ; ; ; . ;

MA ( 197 ) MA
hind, as an ass or horse; (2) makiita, sing. kata, Makogo {or mapogo) {better upogo), s ; makogo .

a ladle made out of a cocoa-nut, deep, used to dip ya mato = yuna mato npande, he looks sideways,
up water with. he looks asquint, distorts the eyes {vid. pogoa or
Makataa, contract. potda, v. a.).

Makatazo, s., prohibition ; vid. kataza, v. a. Makohozi, s., cough; vid. mafiia.
Makati ( from ku kata) s. ,
? Makoma, s. {sing, \iomn), fruit of the mkoma tree.
Makatibu, s., agreement.
Makombo, remainder, remnant {offood ) more used;

Makawadi, s. pi., 1 Cor. vi. 9.

than masasa {vul.).
Makayamba = mabua ya mtama yalio na tembe
Makombozi, (ku kombda, v. a .)
s. ni-pa mako- ;
ndaDi.
mboziyangu, give me (mali) the goods which were
Makazi, dwelling; vid. makao (ku kaa); makazi given for my redemption ku daka makombozi,
ya Mungu = kikao cba —
the being, mode of , to desire ransom-money
existence ofGod (R.).
Makopa, s. (ya) {sing, la), dried pieces of cassava
Makazo, s., vid. kikomba. {vid. muhogo) {vid. mdila).
Make, sing, j ike {vul.) {female). MakorSfa ku pata makorofa
; ? (E.).
Makende, sing, kende, scrotum, testicles. Makouoro, s., phlegm (R.) ?
Makengeza, a squint; makengeza Makossa, s. {vid. kossa faults, mistakes.
s., splinting,
),
ya mato, upwards, ichilst
the looking of one eg e
the other loohs downwards; mtu huyu yuna ma-
Makossekano, s., want, absence of ; e.g., 111 a- —
kossekano ya imani, want of faith = unbelief.
kengeza ya mato ku ar.galia kua makengeza,
;

matoyakwe ni makengeza. Makoto or masuko ya nuelle ku ftinia ma- ;

kdto, Sc., to plait the hair.

Makhdud, adj., very sick (bawezi sana, karibu 11 a
Makoyo koyo, s., a kind of large and black ant
kuffa) ; cfr. ai. ,
fidit, laceravit, emaciata {vul. finianga).

Makoza, s. {obscene), testicles (St.).

Makiiiri, v. a., to practise magic (R.). Maksai, s. {cfr. liasai), a bullock castrated.

Makhshumu {or makhushumu), s., one who is to Maku, aclj., great; vid. ku or kiiu
muigni maku, ;

be honoured, respected, e.g., a sister yule makh- « man of greatness maku mangi, laken liana
sbumuyangu kuani, si wezi ku-m-fanizia mzalia maku, he is great, but not proud.
or ku-m-staki (JR.). Makuaji ya nti ? ?

Makhtaji, s. {vid. kbitaji or kitaji, to want, to Makubachi, s., a position of defence (ngomc 11 a
desire), longing for, a want, Phil. ii. 25. gereza) (kaya) (Sp.).

Makhtasar, s., compendium {Arab, ).

Makubathi, s.; ku fania makubatkiyanti, as does
the chief of Takaungu in reference to the Galla
Maki, s. (ya), thickness, bigness, stoutness ubao
or ukuta una maki, the board or wall is very («•)•

thick; maki ni kitu kinene ngiioyamaki, stout Maktjfuru, infidelity {in the Mohammedan
;

cloth.
sense) ;
ku-m-tia katika makiifuiu, to consider

Makimbilio, one an infidel; ku-m-kufurisba, to blaspheme

s., place to flee to, refuge ; cfr. ki-
mbia),
{Luke xxii. 65), to utter invectives against one.

Makinda, s. {vid. sing, kinda), pullets or chickens. Makukdu, adj., old {vid. kukuu).
Makindano, s., objections {vul. ku kinda), contra- Maki’li, s., food kiliwaeho cbote, all that is eat-
dictions. able (ku la, to eat). In Kitumbatu, makulia,
Makini, s. (ku tuliza), quietness, quiet and obedient food.
behaviour of a well-mannered person opposed to ,
Makulima, s., agriculture, tillage, husbandry {vid.
the wild, unruly, and idle conduct of a turbulent kulima).
person. Mana huyu yuna makini sana, yuwa- Makumba unguue, s. {vid. kikumbaunguue) (masa
tulla maliali pamoja, liana kitango (hatangitangi, unguue), small Turkish corn-cobs ichich the wild
he does not run about), yuwa-m-sikia babai na hog leaves untouched, devouring only the large
mamai ;
rolio makini, a gentle, mild, or placid one on the stalks.
Makumbi, s., cocoa-nut fibre.
mind which is not inordinately desirous ; ,
Makumbi ya popo, the areca-nut husk.
firmiter ac recte constitutus.
Makumbi ya usumba, cocoa-nut fibre cleaned fur
Makiri, ,s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of ledge which serves mattresses, die. (St.).
as a hinge. Makumbi kumbi, vid. kumbi,
 ; ; ; ;

MA MA
Makumfi ya mahindi, but kumfi za mpunga na Malana, s. {vid. lana, la), curses, execration.
mtama {vid. kumfi). Malau, s. {Kin.), judicial or open inquiry into the
Makumi, tens ; makumi matatu, thirty. crime or offence committed by a person.
—
Makundo, s. (ya, pi. mi ), folds the rolling up Malazi, (1) things to lie upon (St.) (2) marriage-
, ;

of the fishing-line makundo ya msbipi ya ku becl, in distinction from kitanda {vid.).

tupa babarini. Male, s. ; skuka ya male and doti za (la) mfile (ku
Makungamano, s., an assembly (ku kungamana, sabawisa yale rnawazo) (E.) ?
v. n.). Mal£fi, s. (ku lewa, to be drunk), drunkenness.
Makungu, s. (ya) ;
makungu yakuja, majira ya el MALELfiji, {Dr. St. writes malelezi) ni majira ya
s. ;

fagiri ku or ukungu, the reddening shy before tanga mbili (kuna pepo za malelezi), the time
daybreak; ukungu ni uwingu uekundu wa el when the monsoons begin to change, and vessels
fagiri at first the beredi yafufia {the morning
;
may sail from north to south and vice versa, lit.,

wind rushes in), then comes the ukungu (ukungu the time of two sails. The ivind bloivs in the
unawamba) or uwingu uekundu unatanda na morning from the ivest, and then from the sea or
ulimengu, the sky reddens, na umande waja or east. This is the case from the middle of March
sbemali (kunge) yaja ukungu uekundu ume- ;
to the middle of April, and from the middle of
kuja (kumekuja) (kumekua kueaupe), ukungu wa November to the middle of December, when the
jua, aurora; vid. mtana. ivincl blows softly. On the change of the monsoons
Makunguazi, s. (ya), a stumbling-block {vid. lcu- there blows a soft wind.
nguaa, v. n.). MalGnga, s. (wa), a singer {cfr. lenga), songs or
Makuo, s., a hollow small pit; kuku yuwatafuta
,
proverbs ? ? hutafute malenga, i.e., mtu aimbai,
makuo ya ku wialia i, the hole or pit which a fowl let us seek for a singer, for a leader of songs.
digs before she lays her egg. When she has laid Mal£u, s. {sing, leu, la) maleu ya safari =jakula
;

many eggs in it and sits upon them, the makuo ja ndia provisions for a journey.
,

is called kioto. Male ya hemba (?) {or malea hemba), substances

Makupa, s., a shallow passage, ichere people may from which the washermen in Zanzibar prepare
pass on foot at low water. There is such a place starch; e.g., niri, uwanga, ghanebi, Ac.
near Mombas, the only spot which connects this Malazi, s. {vicl. ku lea), tutelage, breeding (malezi
island with the mainland, but in this case Makupa mema).
is a proper name. Makupa ni raahali pa fungu Malham {or meliiam), s. {Arab. )
(vid.

watu wafukapo kua magii, maji yakipoa. labam), resin-plaster.

Makdsaniko, s., a place of assembly, assembly Mali, s. (ya, pi. za), property; JU res quas ,

{vid. kusania).
liomo possidet, opes ,
dives fuit.
Makusudi, s., purpose, designedly {vid. kusudi or
;

Malidadi, a dandy.
s.,
kasidi), on purpose.
Maliki, begin any business, to undertake ;
v. a., to
Makutano, (ku kutana, to assemble), a meeting,
s.
mawe ya ku maliki ukueba or niumba, to lay the
an assembly; makutano ya watu.
foundation leo nnakuenda maliki sbambalangu
Makuti, s. {sing, kuti, la) leaves of the cocoa-nut
= naanza ku lima, to-day I go to begin the culti-
tree; makuti ya viungo, leaves or leaflets made
vating of my plantation; ku maliki ku unda
up for thatching ; makuti ya pande, half leaves,
plaited for roofs or fences makuti ya kumba, jombo, ku jenga, Ac.; cfr. ,
possedit, pos-

leaves plaited for fences. sessorem fecit; to attempt the building of a

Makutu (JR. ?). vessel.

Malaika, s. {sing, laika, la) {vid. laika), short

Maliko, sing, liko, landing-place {cfr. diko).

hairs of the body, especially on the hands and Malimadi, s'. = koma ?
arms ; hair on the head is nuelle. Malimengu, matters of this world {sing, uli-
s'.,

Malaika, s. (wa, pi. za), an angel or angels (za)

mengu, wa, ya) mtu huyu yuwatengesa mali-
;
;

vfiJIU {from usJS), angelus. A baby is menguyakwe, this man arranges all his affairs
often
well concerning this world and the world to come
called malaika (St.).
{vid. ulimengu), he thinks of both worlds; uli-
Malaji, s. (ku la, to eat), gluttony.
menguwakwe, circle of a man’s affairs.
Malaki {or malici), s. {Arab. cdU ), a ruler, Malimo, s., master, navigator {cfr. mualimu) ; the
steersman is called malimo on the Zambezi River
king ; cfr. e_lb» ,
regnersur; hence cdt* ,
roi.
(St.).
Malalo {or malazi or malalio), s. (ya) (ku lala, Malinda, s. {Kinika).
v. n., to sleep), a sleeping-place malazi, Heb. Malindi (ya), (.1) {sing, lindi, la)^itts, depths; ku
xiii. 4. piga malindi or ku tiruba mina ya ku yaaor fokea,
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; . ; ; ;

MA ( 199 )
MA
to dig holes for to sow (2) Malindi, s., formerly tas et majestas regni ;
kitu biki sina mamlaka
a town of note on the East Coast of Africa; uaclio ku ki uza, sichangu ;
siwezi ku-mu-idirisba,

cfr. Baron von der Decken’ s

“ Travels in East sina neno naye.

Africa." Mamoja, one the same; moja, one (pi. mamoja,

Malindo, greed depths (sing, lindo) (St.). scil. mambo) mamoja pia kuangu, it is all the
;

Malinzi, s. (ya), (1) control inspection care , , ,

over- same, I don’t care, Gal. ii. G.

sight (2) overseer (wa) ? vid. linda, v. a. Mamu = ngojo.

Malio, malilio, wailing weeping. , Mamuma (or maamuma), s., pagans ? cfr. mzuia.
Malio ya kiko, s., the bubbling sound of the water Mamununie, s., a species of small pumpkin ?

when a native pipe is being smohecl (St.). cucumbers ?

Malipizi, s., requital, revenge; ku ji-lipiza.
Mana, s. (vid. maana) (ya), signification, meaning.
Malipo, reward, pay (vid. jamila). a child; mana
Mana (or mu ana), •s.(wa,y)Z.'w$na,wa),
Malisha, s., pasture-ground gnombe wameku-
mume, a male child = son; mana mke or contr. ma-
enda maliebani=mahali pa kula niassi. namke, a female child = daughter ; mana muali,
Malisiio, s. (ya), pasturage, place where cattle may a marriageable child — virgin manangu pro
feed or graze. manawangu, my child wanangupro wanawangu,
Malisi, s., noise, sound (iiicl. malio) ;
e.g., nasikia my children. Mana
of riper years, whereas is
malisi niassini. mtoto is a both of the same
babe, a little child,
Malisika, v ., to be completed; kasi leo inamalisika, parents. Mana wa punda, the foal of an ass;
the work (that part which teas hitherto left un- mana punda, a young ass mana kiwa, an or-
done) ivill be completed to-day. phan. Mana wa Adamu, contr. manadamu, a
Maliwatu (R.), a bathing -place in a house. son of Aclam, a human being. Mana wa jito,
Maliyandimu, a game in which one holds down his pupdla. Mana wa haramu, si mana wa halali
head, some other knocks it, and he guesses who or wa kuelli, a bastard, not a legitimate child.
struck him (St.). Manadira, s. (vid. magofira), pardon, kindness =
Maliza, v. a. (Kin. margisa), to finish, to complete kombo, wema nadaka manadira kua mtu. ;

the remainder ; complevit. ,

Manapunsi, s., the child of the work-master (fundi
Malki (or malaki), s., king ; rex. or funsi), i.e., apprentice, disciple.
,

Manajuoni (pi. wanafiuoni), a child or son of the

Malkia (or malika), queen; regina.
so«=mtu asomai = mualimu,
s.,
book, book-child or
,

Malu, s., a kind of antelope (vid. kungu). a learned man, who is well versed in knowledge,
Mama, s. (wa or ya, pi. za), (1) mother mamai, a scholar manajuoni alii = mpefu wa juo,
his or her mother, pi. mamaze, their mothers sabidi nafsiyakwe, urongo baambii, kulla kitu
(cfr. nina and inia). Mama ni Mungu wa pili, yuwanunua kiia saua saua. The SuaMli have
therefore she must be honoured. Her blessing and a high idea of a manajuoni. He is believed to
her curse will be verified. (2) Name of honour. know all books y he predicts all that will happen
Mama wa kambo, stepmother. in the new year, e.g,, famine, sicknms, war, die.
Mamavia, s father- mother- brother- sister-in-
,,
He people to lead a pious life, to pray,
exhorts all
law. Mamangu, marnako or mamayo, mameye. to give alms, and to do all that has been prescribed
Mamayetu, pi. zetu mamayenu, pi. zenu ;
by Muliammed in the Coran, dec. He himself
mamayao, pi. zao. life, marrying only one ivoman, has
leads a holy
Mamanua, v. a.; shebeklii ya mtu amamanuaye ? no concubines, drinks neither wine nor cocoa-
(R.) (cfr, sbebihi). liquor (tembo). Everything he gets on his
Mamba, s. (wa ,pl. za), a crocodile; mamba wa mto plantation for the tembo (e.g. Turkish corn, ,

or poani. matama, with which the Wanika buy tembo on

M’amba (vid. muamba), rock, reef.
the coast), he gives to his slaves, himself carefully
Mamba, s. (ya, pi. za), the scales of a fish. all these things which have even
abstaining from
Mamba kundu, s. (R.).
a remote connection with the forbidden liquor.
Mambo, s. (ya), contr. maambo from ku amba, Also the ngisi ya tembo, a kind of sweet drink
ambo, saying mambo, matters, affairs, circum-
He
(from fresh tembo), he does not taste. him-
stances, &c. (sing, jambo, la) (vid. yambo); mambo market and buys the things which
self goes to the
gani nisikiayo kuako, Euke xvi. 2.
he ivants, not trusting his slave, who, the mana-
Mame m'tu, babe mtu).
s. (cfr.
juoni fears, might defraud the people. He does
Mamiye, s. (Kimr.}, his mother (or mameye). and stays always at home among
not eat much,
Mamlaka, s., power, authority, dominion; cfr At last he goes to Mecca, ivliere he
his books.
cdL» ,
possedit ; ,
regnum, locus, digni- wishes to die. This is the idea which the natives
 . ; ;

MA (
200 ) MA
entertain regarding a son of the hook. But they Man£no, s. (sing, neno, la) (pi.), words, speech,
add ,
that such men are seldom found in these sayings, talk, in general matters = mambo ;
ma-
dags at ,
least that there is none at Mombas ( vid neno makafu, makali, magumu, mabaya, difficult

inassa, s.). matters; maneno ya fumba, dark sayings.

Mana iiAjr, s., a ivater-son = a sailor {pi. wana Manga, -s. (ya), Arabia, especially the region of
maji, sailors. Muscat; manga ni nti ya Waarabu ku enda ;

Manamize, s., a name for a hermit crab (St.). Mangani, the land of the Arabs, to go to Arabia.
Max a mo ? Hence pilpili za Manga, pepper of Arabia =
Mana muai.i, s. (wa, pi. wanawali), a virgin; ni black pepper. Only red pepper is planted by the
mana akeli muali, the child is still ignorant (== natives of East Africa. The black pepper is im-
mjinga wa mambo) of conjugal matters ). ported from Arabia and India. Ndiwa Manga,
a tame pigeon.
Manana, adj., soft lisping (upepo), breeze; pepo
Mangabu, s. (sing, ngabu), a gouge = bobari ?).
manana. (

Mangallingalli, to lie down backward; cfr.

Mananazi, s. (pi. of nanazi, la), pine-apples.
tanlika.
Manane, s. ; usiku wa manane, the dead of night
=
Mangana, v. rec. (in Kigunia), to fight ku
(St.).
pigana in Kimv. (R.).
Mana wa ndia, a way-son i.e., a man who is
s. : ,
Mangakibi, sunset vid. magaribi.
s., ;
permitted to frequent a certain road {lie, his
Mangakingaki (vid. dadu), cfr. matanitani.
children, and relations ) without molestation,
Mange mawimbi ya mange? breakers '{

whilst others may be imprisoned, when seized on

;

Mangi, adj., many (vid. nengi), much. In Ki-

the road. The mana wa ndia is the go-between,
chagga mangi is a chieftain, a great man.
the message-bearer between two tribes, hence his
Mangia, v. obj. ; hauna mtuzi wali liu, ni wa ku
person is inviolable. Mana wa ndia yuwangia
mangia (R.) ?
ndiani jambo likikoma.
Mangine, adj. ; e.g., makaslia mangine, other boxes
Manda, s. (la) (Kilamu); manda la sima or sima (cfr. mungine).
ya manda = sima iliolala jamandani = jakula ja Mangizi, s. ; kuku wa mbuni wa mangizi, a fowl
manda kilijo tiwa jamandani, the food which has with uncommonly long legs (R.).
been kept over night in a bag till the next morn- Mango, s. (ya, pi. za or miango), a small, round,
ing, when it is eaten. The Mombas dialect calls heavy, and hard stone usedforpounding medicine
it sima ya miku (wali wa miku) = jakula kilijo and other little things which are not grounded in
lalakibiani liatta subukbi. the large mortar ; mango mfiringo, a stone used,
Mandano manjano), s., turmeric, a kind of
{or by potters for rounding and finishing off earthen-
yellow spice, which together ivith pilpili and ware.
bisari, Ac. form the curry-stuff so much liked in Manguaji, s. (ya) (sing, nguaji, la), pomposity,
Oriented countries; nadaka kimandano, I want finery mtubuyu yuwafuta manguaji = yuwawa
some yellow spice; range ya mandano, yellow nguo jema, yuwaenda uztiri, this man wears a
colour. fine costly dress and has a pompous gait (cfr.

Mande {or rather mmande), mist {sing. umande, jjL madalia and majifuno).
za), dew; umande wa niassi {or mmande za Mani, s. (obscene), semen; cfr. ,
tentavit,
niassi) ndio umande wa tini laken umande wa ;

sperma genitale emisit vir sperma

ju ndio upepo utokao barrani or pepo za mmande ; ,

zitokazo barrani, morning or land-wind, breeze genitale viri aut mulicris ;

manini, a slight dis-

from the land. charge from the penis.

Mandiki, s. ? Maniga (or manyiga), s., a hornet (St.).

MandIsiii, s. (ya), writing (leu andika, v. a., to Manika, s., ivilderness (cfr. sing, nika, ya) = nika
write). nengi isiokvia na watu ;
tumepita manikani, we
Mandondo, s .
(
— ngoma yamsondo), a large (long) passed through many wildernesses (barra nengi).
drum. Maniota, s. (ya) maniota ya kuma (=kinembe)
;

Manijule (or muandule), s. (ya), a tent, Heb. vid. sing, niota. Xative song : Arbatasbera ma-

viii. 5 sing, mdiile. niota alieosa nikundu kua ujungu, kilijo-m-jongca

;

Mandundu, s., long fringes (cfr. tamfiia)? sbuka ya kipumbu. This refers to a lewd woman who has
mandundu ngoma ya mandundu. caught the venereal disease.
;

Manemanio, s., myrrh (St.). Manioya, s. (sing, unioya), the short hair of ani-
Manena, that part of the body where the thighs
.?., mals (malaika, of men) and down of birds all
join the belly the groin) (Rub.). over the body (vid. singa ya inkia) (cfr. malaika).
 ; ; ;

MA ( «n ) MA
Maniunio, s., a shower, a sprinkle. Maondokeo, s.; maondokeo ya bapa, or maondo-
Manjano, s. (vid. maudilno) ;
range ya manjano, keo ya ku awia (kuko) nde tu, he pretends to
yellow colour. go array and to return soon, but he does not
Mankuajt, s., pompous gaudiness (R.) ;
no doubt come back, he only calms or appeases the people
identical with manguaji (vid.). for a moment.
Mankul, s. (Arab. (raahali palipo noku- Maondokeo, s., taking away, removing; vid.
liwa), that which is copied and therefore worn ondoa.
out and thrown away ; transportavit, Maonicfu, s., envy.
cfr. J.ijj ,

MaongIczi, s., conversation, amusement.

transtulit, transcripsit Jill translator.
;
,
Maongo (mongo), s. (ya), the back of men and
Manni, s. (sing, janni, la) (Kiunguja, majanni), the animals maongo ya milima, ridge of moun-
leaves of a tree, die.; manni mawiti = green tains.
leaves, wa Maongo ongo, s. ; maongo ongo moyo, disgust.
hence green colour in general; nioka
manni mawiti, a green snahe (or nioka wa janni Maongozi ya Mungu, the dispensation of God.
kiwi(i) which ascends the cocoa-tree and drinhs Maonji (vid. maondi), tasting, trying.
the tembo freely. Maotue (Maotwe), n. prop., Mayotte, a French
island near Madagascar.
Manoi.eo, s. (sing, nolco) manoleo ya kissu, the;

bands with which the handle of a knife is Maovu, aclj., bad.

fastened to the blade. Usually a nail is fixed
Maozi (or muozachi), s. (ku-mu-oza, nai yuwaoa),
into the nolco, to keep the blade more steady in
giving in marriage baba wa mume yuwa-mu-

the handle.
oza manawe, na mana yuwaoa mke, na mke
yuwaolewa (cfr. muozi).
Manowar, s., man of war ; cfr victorious.
Mai’aja, s. (ya) (sing, paja, la) (vid. kiweo), the
Mansa, s. = neno kit la ubalifu neno 6vu kabisa, ;
lap; rumada inatiwa mapaja (R.); ku pakata
a horrible crime; ku-m-buaga or kora mansa, to
mapajani, to take (e.g., mana) upon one's knee or
commit a dreadful crime against somebody,
lap and swing him; vid. pakata.
especially against a great man, e.g., by deflower-
Mapaji, s. (ya) (= ku-m-pa), (gift, present.
ing his daughter (which crime can only be atoned
MapakIzi (vid. pakia), freightage, freight-money.
for by the death of the o ffender).
Mapai.ilo, -s., lioeing-up time, hoeing between the
Mansuli, s. =bushuti (la), a docile 2 Tim. iv. 13.
crops (St.).
Man ufa (or manufe), something very costly.
Mapana, s. (pi. of pana, la), great breadth ; meza
Manuka, s., smell, scent; cfr. nuka."
hi ina mapana, this table is very broad (= meza
Manukato, s. (sing, nulcato) (la) (lit., nuka to),
hi ina ncf'asi) but meza hi ina pana, this table
scent, perfume, good smells; e.g., ambari, iliki, ;

has a small breadth; meza lii ina upana, this

safiarani, tibu, senduna, alisandali, alinarungi,
table has a breadth neither too large nor too
matumba ya maulidi, ya msumari,
marashi
almajumu, all these things are manukato, and
small, but wa kadiri, of a moderate size; vicl.

panua, panuka, v.).

greatly sought for by voluptuous women and men
(cfr. Proverbs vii. 17) ;
manukato is used as an Mapande, s. (sing, pande, la) mapande ya ma- ;

unguent or ointment, ufumba is used for f'ukiza. ziwa ( = madonge ya maziwa), clots of curdled
Manuku, s. (Arab.) (ku nuku, ku tia juo kingine), milk; maziwa yanakua mapande mapande
a transcript, copy (cfr. mankul) ; (2) gum = ma- (sing, pande la maziwa, one single clot of
tozi ? curdled milk), the milk has become clotty.

Mao, s.; miio ya jua, sunrise, east; shemali, Mapande, mipande, upande, pande, kipande, all
north; suheli, south; matuo or matueo ya jua, these words must be distinguished. If one cuts
west. the length of a board, he gets one upande huko

Maoiibo (sing, muombo, not in use), a large- na huko, or pande mbili or mipande, two pieces,
leaved vegetable (R.). when they are large; if he cuts the pande again,
Maombolezo, s., loud wailing; vid. ombolea, to he gets wipande wiwili, two small pieces.

wail. St. writes maomboleza. Mapakuparu, s. (vid. paruparu, la), huddling,

Maomfi, s. ( = mambo ya ku omba), begging.
Mapatano, s., agreement ; cfr. pata.
Maondi, s. (ku onda, to taste), (I) thetasting ; e.g., Mapavu, .?., vid. pavu.
madndi ya mtuzi, the tasting of the mtuzi (2) Sap aw ale, *., cfr. kipawale. ;

maondi ya mtambo, ku ondea or ondelea, ku Mapema, adv., early, soon; ndo cssubukhi na
tesama mtambo, kuamba unakosiia or unaguya, mapema, come in the morning very early.
the looking after the trap to see ichethcr ,
it has Mapknda, s., loving; mapendayangu, my love
failed or taken something. towards another.
 . ) ; ; ;; ;

MA ( 202 )
MA
Mapendano, s., mutual love (ya mume na mke = Mapozo, s., remedy, healing substances (ku poza,
kubba or mahabba) and affection. v. a.)
MapendUfu, love, my being loved by another, the Mapumbu, s., testicles, scrotum.
love of another towards me. Mapunguti, s., maziwa? ? (Sp.).
MArENDEL^o, s. (ya), favours. Maradufu, adj., double; pone venit,
cfr. ,

Mapendezi, s., delight, joyfulness, bliss, pleasing

secutus fuit.
things, the being pleased; mtu liuyu yuna ma-
Makahaba {or mariiaba), very well, welcome, many
pendezi leo = amependezewa leo, he is delighted,

joyful to-day, kua khabari ngema alisopata, in thanks; cfr. ,

amplus et spatiosus fuit,

consequence of good news, Ac. upendezi wa ku Ac.

gratulatus fuit ; ,
felix sit tibi,
pendezewa mtu.
Mapendo, s. affection, esteem, I am loved.
Maraka raka, s. {sing, raka raka), having spots,
,

spotted,of various colours; nguo ya maraka raka,

Map£nzi, s. (ya), love, desire, pleasure, will; ma-
a checked cloth; kuku yuna maraka raka, the hen
penzi ya Mungu, the ivill of God (ku penda, to
is spotted, has different coloured feathers.
love, mapenzi ya ku penda kitu
desire, will ) ;
Marara, v id. kisimba {dim. of simba) ;
cfr. sku
kiiliko mtu or ku skiriki kitu kua ku penda
mdoa.
kuliko mtu, but upenzi wa ku penda mtu kuliko
Marari, v. a., to ponder, reflect, think to put one's
mali and penzi la or za ku penda mtu, ku-mu-
;
,

brains upon the rack about a matter; ku marari

asia kulla neno zuri, but pendo la or za mali = =
kitu or neno ku fania fikira nengi ;
namarari
ku skiriki mali. ;

Map£pe, deaf or barren ears of corn (yampunga) natkanni, I suppose, it is my opinion; cfr. y, ,

yasio kua na tembe. transivit ad aliquem, amarum judicavit (?).

Mapi5si, s. {sing, pesi, la), the fins of a sharlc Mararia, v. obj. =

ku-m-wazia or azia, or tkan-
mapesi ya papa (pesi la papa). nia vibaya or wema, to think badly or ivell of
Mapesi, quick; e.g., maskikio mapesi, quick ears, a person, to anticipate bad or good from a
i.e., one who understands a matter quickly. person.
Mapigano, s., a battle, afiglit. Marasha rasiia, s., drizzle, drizzling (ku rasha
Mapindi (ya), winding (mapindi ya nioka) (cfr. raska = ku fania upesi; e.g., ku rasiia rasiia
ku pinda), the coiling of a serpent ku piga ma- kasi, to perform a business quickly or super-
pindi, to coil, to wind. ficially) ;
hastiness, quickness ; maraska raska ya
Mapinduzi, s., turning, revolution (pindua, v. a.) ;
mviia = mvvia isiokua nengi, mvria ya ku pita pita
mapinduzi ya pindua dan papa upanga ni ; ( = mviia ya mawassa), drizzling or sprinkling
mpinduzi wa dau yuwakata mtu. rain small gentle rain; parum pluyiae
,
cfr. ,

Mapioko, s., duplicity of heart; mpioro, a double-

hearted man Kiunguja {
;
yuna maneno mangi et sparsim emisit coelum ,
pauca pluvia.
ya uongo; liana kauli moja; manenoyakwe si Marashi, s. (ya), perfuming ivater, scents, tincture;
masubutku, si mbaraki, ni mkorofi. maraski ya Biirobo, eau cle Cologne {this is
Mapisua, s., dotage, silliness (St.). evidently perfume brought vid Bourbon) ma-
Mafoaji, s., the sea-coast, vul. kiraka. raski mawardi or ya mzomari, rose-water ; cfr.
Mapogo, s. { vid makogo and upejo) fulani yuna ;
Oy i
fl° s arboris ;
maraski ya maua.
mato ya mapogo or makogo, N. N. is squint-
eyed ; Bob. takes it for “ suffering of the eyes ;” Maratiii, s. {Arab. ,
aegrotus fuit fjoy >
;

vid. upejo. morbus tam animi quam corporis), sickness,

Mapongozi, s. {sing, pongdzi, la), a kind of large disease { = ugonjoa) marathi ya mti {disease
;

sea-mussel. Another kind is called tenga, of of the tree) signifies a kind of disease which is
which sailors are much afraid, and which they frequent in these countries, and which shows
frighten away by drumming. It is said to have itself in ulcers of the arms, feet, nose, and other
two horns ? ? A third kind is the wame, ivliich parts of the human body ; ku pozua maratkiyao,
is a fabulous sea-monster of several hundred, Luke v i. 17. The remedy is called daua ya mti
feet in length. {tliemedicine of the trec),bccausea treeealled m'du
Mapooza, s., things which do not serve their pur- {of red colour and hard wood like the mkoko)
pose, fruit which drops prematurely (pooza, v. n.). furnishes a, specific against this dreadful disease.
Ma rosOj s., sing, poso, demand in marriage (St.). The patient is kept for seven days in a room,
Mapotoa, s., the, putting of jiingua or ukayu, to exposing himself constantly to the smoke of the
ciirdlc milk (?), curdled milk itself in Kipemba in du wood, which is burnt profusely. He also
and Kidigo. must eat a little of the powder to which a part
 . ; ; ; a ;; ; ; ;

MA ( 203 ) MA
of the mdu is reduced. This pungent substance Marhem (or marJjhemhu), adj. (Arab, ),

penetrates the whole body. Besides the person

,
he who was pitied and obtained mercy, deceased;
must not eat anything mixed up with salt or e.g., baba marhem, my deceased father; mare-
nazi, nor dry shark nor any kind of meat. But , liemu bana kufa, the deceased master ; vid.
lie is allowed to eat ratama flour, which has been
misericors, propitius fuit.
prepared on the previous day (unga wa tatu or
Marika, s. (sing, rika), those who are of the same
jaju, unga uliotuangoa jana, ulio nkali). He is
age (marika mamoja) ;
watu hawa marika mamoja
besides allowed to eat jungua kali ( acid oranges )
mmoja suisui tu marika or hirimu
or liirimu
and pepper put into the mukati wa mtama. But ;

mmoja, msaua saua, we are of one age.

the physician must be sure whether the disease is
Marika (or MArka), n. p., a town on the Somali
that of the mti, for if it be another disease the ,
coast (vid. Benader).
medicine procured from the mdu tree ivill cer-
Marinda, s., the folds of a shirt (R.).
tainly kill the patient, but surely cure 1dm, if the
Marire, s ., cfr. skangi (R.).
doctor has previously found out the true nature
Marisaa, s., small shot, shot.
of the sickness. There are two kinds of this

disease: (1) mti halisi, the reed mti disease, in

Marisi, v. a. ( = ku tunza), to look about (R.).
ivhich the affected part of the body swells, the
MarithAwa (or marthawa), s. (ya) (Arab.

swelling bursts, and the ulcer comes on ; (2) mti with satisfaction), abundance, plenty, according
to one's wish; kulla kitu kua nefasiyakwe, mtu
wa vioa ( vid joa), which produces spots (like the
itch ) which burst and cause ulcers.
kama apendavio, delight or ivish of the heart;
nimekiila maritbawa, I have eaten to my fill
Mardudi, s. (Arab, o^jy»), return (= baraka)
5 "
and with delight; nadaka maritbawa = nadaka
SJ -
(Er.) ; O) ,
reddidit, rediit ; ,
magna libera nefasi, I desire according to my wish.
Maritiii, s., vid. mrithi or uwarithi.
babens ovis?
Marizabu, s., a spout (St.).
Maregeo (or MARijEO, or MAREjfio and marijio),
MaRKABU (or MARIKEBU Of MERKEBll), S. (ya), «
s. (Arab. )>
return; vid. ku regea, to re- '
ship; vid. .
,
vectus fuit.
turn; liatta marijio, until his return.
Markom, s., seal (old).
Marembo, s., cfr. niingu.
Maroaroa, s. ku toja, to scratch.
Marenda renda ( = malenda mKiniassa) (obscene), Maroasi, s. ; ngoma ya maroasi, a land of drum
of cows (R.) (2) gnombe
the birthivatev, said ; ivhich is heard at a great distance.
akiwa mgonjua niama ina marenda renda ? ? Maronge, s ., vid. ckabano in Kiniassa; cfr. also
Harare, s., moss of various trees used as clye-stuff; fidia.

orchiUa weed ? (Sp.). Marr (ya), time in the sense of repetition ; marra
Marfuk (or marfukd or marufuku), adj., for- moja, once or on a sudden ; marra mbili, twice

bidden, prohibition, restraint ku piga marfuku marra or three times marra ya pili,
tatu, thrice

or ku piga rufuka, to forbid or interdict a

the second; marra ningapi, how often; marra
matter. ningi, often marra kua marra, from time to
time; sema marra ya pili nipate ku sikia, let me
MargA.ni (or marjani), s. (Arab. ),
«
hear it again; cfr. jy» transitus unus, vicis
precious stone of red colour, red coral; uslianga ,

wa marjani, a kind of large squared red bead una

of great price marjani ja fetkaluka, the true
; y ,
transivit, praeteriit.

Marthaba = matilaba; sio martbabayangu nlio-

red cored; uslianga wa fetkaluka, a kind of daka, or sio matilabayangu nliodaka, or sio mar-
ivhite or rather water -like bead of value.
thawayangu nliodaka, or sio madakuyangu lilio-

Margeli, s. ( )
olla magna ex aere et lapide
longing, quaesivit,
daka, desire, cOc. ,

confecta), a large pot; sifuria kuba ya ku pika petiit.

pislii 6-7 pamoja, a kettle or caldron in ivhich
Marudi (or niARUDio), s., return; ku rudi, v. n.,
6-7 measures of rice can be boiled at once.
to return; cfr. ,
adfuit, accessit.
Margil, s. (Arab), a chafer, a large caldron or
kettle. Marugurugu, s., swelling without abscess (ku fania
Margiza, v. a. = maliza, to complete, to finish. marugurugu) ;
e.g., weni wawasba, mtu akiji-

Marhaba kuna wafania marugurugu wa muili (kifundo-

(or marahaba), s., thanks, very well.
fnndo), ivhen the nettle stings a man, and he
Marhamu, ointment; cfr. lac spissum
s.,
^.y scratches himself, he causes a swelling (marugu-
vid. malham above. rugu).
 ; . ; ; , ; ; ; ;

MA ( 204 ) MA
Marungu, s., biliousness. Masiierti, s.; ku weka — ,
to lay a wager, to bet;
Masa, s., residue remainder ( vid ku sa, ku sasa)
,
cfr. LjA ,
stipulatus fuit.
or masaso (masiizo), what is left.
Mashetano, s. (vid. sketana), a crowd.
Masafi,
Masahaisa,
s., puritas.
Arab
Mashika, kuna (R.). —
s. ( . &*), friends, especially Mashindano, s. (ya), contention, quarrel, race.
the favourites and companions of Muhammed, Mashindea (or masiiendea), s.; mashindea ya
like Omar ,
All Belter, &c., Arab. mtama, a thinly boiled soup or broth of mtama
Masahala, s., vid. masiala, masihala, vid. masala. four mixed with pepper and fowl, presented to a
Masahibu, s. na masakibu ya Muigni-
(ya); nlikua woman after delivery. Wali uliolegea ulioporoja
zimgu, ndio yalio-ni-zuia, 1 was in friendship poroja, ku-m-pa mfiasi na intuzi mkali wa kuku.
with God, and therej 'or ehe prevented me; It is eaten with a spoon, and given to children,
ami to women in childbed, ivlio cannot cat hard
amicitia.
food. This food is not so thin as nji is, nor
Masaibu, s., calamity; Arab.
so firm and solid as wali generally is.
Masali ya maneno tv, Jig., cfr. nmio in Kiniassa.
Mashixdo, s., shocks; ku enda kua maskindo, to
Masameha, s., pardon; indulgence, con-
trot.
descension.
Mashisisi (E.).
Masangazi (or masangazivu). These words are
Mashizi (or masizi), s. (sing, skizi, la, soot )
not used, but their formation is admissible ; vid.
mashizi ya moski moussi iliogandamia jungu,
sanga, sangaza, or skangaza, to astound, to
the soot on the bottom of cooking-pots (2) skizi
astonish.
is temko kali in Kig.
Masango, s., wire.
Masarifu
Masiiomoro, s., sparrows; nuinui mua kora kuliko
(or masarufu), s. (Arab. pi.
maskomoro mangi or muahisakiwa ku pita
expense (sing, sarifu, sarufu, la), provision
kima cka maskomoro mangi, Matt. vi. 20.
for the road ku tukua masarifu ndiani = eha-
Mashoni, s. (ku skonsj, v. a.), sewing, doing needle-
kula cha ndiani ; cfr. ,
vertit, permutavit work.
(venditio unius rei). Mashua, s. (ya, pi. sa), a kind of boat of boards

Masasa (masaso) masasa ya niama, lit., a re- (Arab.) for embarking or disembarking goods,
;

mainder; said of one ivlio has escaped from the die., to shore, a launch.

claws of a wild beast. Mashubaka, s. (Arab.) (sing, skukaka, la) =

MasengiLvio, s., evil-speaking, 2 Peter ii. 1. diriska (vicl.), small openings in the wall to admit
Masiiadda, s., vid. mayiingi. light, loop-holes, windows mashubaka ya mzinga,
Mashairi, s., verses, poem, poetry (sing, shairi, the port-holes in fortresses or men-of-war ; cfr.

vid .) ; cfr. scivit, novit dixit carmen, poeta eiUii 1

immisit ; 2lLii 1
cancelli, fenestra reti-
,

fuit ;
sliairi, one line of verse. culata.
Mashaka, s. (sing, shaka, la) (Arab. Masiiuiiur, s., or mashdr, adj., notable, remarkable
),

rem;j^j2,
doubt, trouble, annoyances, difficulties; kukuta — cfr.^Q&i 1
divulgavit ,
celeher, notus,

to get into troubles ; ku-m-kuska or ku-mu-onekea vulgatus.

maskaka, to cause trouble to one labour, Mashuke, s. (sing, slnike, la) ;

maskuke ya mtanni,
; ,

molestia.
the ears of mtama, cfe., which, when ripe, arc
made vp in bundles and thrashed out with sticks,
Mashamua, of slBnba), plantations aka
s. (pi.
Mashuku (muigni maskuku), vid. ku skuku.
enenda katta maskamka mua watu akaiba ma-
Masiiumusiiumu = mafundo in Kir.; ningalipatua
papayi.
inmaskumuakumu (R.).
Masiiamiia (sing, shamili, la), ornament of the
Mashungi (or mayungi), vid. yungi.
cars, made of silver.
Mashupatu, s. (sing, skupatu, la), plait of palm-
Mashafo, s., sediment (St.). a kind of rope (about one inch
leaves for mats or
Mashariki (or jiasiierki or mashriki, matelai), s.
in breadth) used in cording the native bedsteads.
and adj. (Arab. cast, easterly, east wind,
Masiiutumio (or masiiutumu), s., revilings ; cfr.
blowing from the Indian Sea, toward East
skutumu, v. a. contumeliam dixit.
; . ,

Africa.
Masiiutumu, s., suspicion; vid. stiitumu, 0 a.; ku* .

Mashasa, .v.
1
a kind of shell; goma 11 a mashasa.
m-tukulia masiiutumu cfr. contumelium
Mashendea, s., rice when watery and imperfectly ; ,

cooked. dixit, contumeliosus in alitpicm fuit.

 : ; ; ;

MA ( 205 ) MA
Mashuzi, s. (ya) (sing, sliuzi, la) (vid. jamba, v. n., (2.) The madjira ya kaskazi, comprising the
shuta), breaking wind, break mind with a noise time from December till March, during which
or crack; but usliuzi means simply emission of wind is blowing
time the northerly —
stench ( without, a noise) perceived by a bad. smell; Muezi wa matzula (ku tzula minazi)
1, is the
fathili ya punda ni mashuzi, the kindness of month of December.
an ass is breaking wind = you cannot make 2, Kurri bcimu is January, during which the
a silk-purse out of a sow's ear ; cfr. chamba, Wanika have their great festivities of eating and
v. n. drinking (kurri wa muanzo).
Masiaga, s. (R.) ? 3, Kurri ya magaro = February.
Masiala, masala, masihala, masahala (pi. ya) (sing. Muezi wa bozo or Muisho wa kaskazi =
4,
siala, la) (Arab. pi. ).
questions, March, during which they play with a kind of
mysterious (vifungo) matters, matters of old, of fiddle called “ zayo ” (ku piga zayo).

the prophets (maneno ya kale); cfr inter-

Masiko (or masika), s. (ya), interment (ku sika, to
JL. ,

bury), burying amekuenda ku sikani, he went

rogavit.
Masiaea, s. (siara) (ya) graves = makaburi); ku
to bury = a funeral (2) the leaves
to assist at
(
put into a water-jar to prevent the shaking of
timba siara, to dig, to make a grave.
the water.
Masifu, s. (vid. ku-m-sif‘u), praising, praise (sifa).
Masikoa, s., all requisites for burying, as sanda,
Masihara, s., playing, jest ( = kitu kiteseacho) na sliuka ya ku oshea mtu, na ambari, miski na
ku fania —
to make a play, to play ; marathi si
,
marashi, sandali, mafiikizo pia, ndio masikoa or
masihara, sickness is no play ; 'i\^ res qua wisikoa pall and apiece of cloth for washing the
m , ;

dead within and ivithout, amber, musk, ma-

pueri ludunt.
rashi, sandal-wood, and other things for fumiga-
Masika, s. (ya), lit., burying, (1) because it is the
tion, all this is comprehended in the term
time of the first sowing, (2) because people are
masikoa or raasisbi or wisikoa. The Suahili
buried, as it were, by rain; majira ya mviia
take out the excrements from the bowels of a
nengi, liupati ku tuma kua mvua bora; mviia
ina-ku-fuugisa niumbani. A violent rainy dead man by putting the hand skilfully through
the fundament. When the head can be brought
season, when you can do no business out of
to touch the great toe they consider all dirt to be
doors, but are, as it were, shut up or buried
gone, and the fumigations begin, in order to
in the house, all trade and walking about ceases,
clear the room from
bad smell which the the
the rivers and brooks being full of water. Ku
operation has produced. It must be remarked
pisha masika, to winter, to pass the winter. In
that the coipse is put upon a bedstead under
southern regions the masika is in March April, ,

which a pit has been dug in the ground, to re-

and May ; in more northern, in May, June, July,
The reason why the Muham-
ceive all the filth.
August, and September.
medans take so much trouble is because the
The annual account of the Wanika tribes is as
Angel Gabriel will come to the dead man in the
follows
grave, to examine him. Hence everything must
(1.) The time from April to August is ccdled
be clean; Gibril or Jibril aone toliara (that
masika, which is the rainy season sensu proprio,
Gabriel may find cleanness). He asks the.
in contradistinction from the furi (Kisuahili,
person: (1) “Who has created thee Resp.
fuli), which refers to the time from Avgust to
“ The same who created thee." (2)
“ When
December, being the time of ripening and har-
didst thou arrive here ?" Resp. “ On Friday,
vesting.
The masika comprises — Saturday,” Ac.
Masiku, s. 40 masiku, 40 nights.
1,The Muezi \va muanzo wa ruuaka, i.e., the ;

Masilahi, s. ; ana-m-fania hokumu masilahi =

first month of the year, or April.
May. ame-m-patanisha, to bring to an agreement.
2, Muezi wa viri, the second month, or

3, Muezi wa tabu, the third month

= June. Masindi, sing, sindi.

4, Muezi wa nne = July. Masindusi, s. (R.) (?) ; cfr. sindiia, v. a.

5, Muezi wa tzano = August. Masine, s. (ya), gum, jaw.

G, Muezi wa handahu = September.
= October. Masingizio, s., slander.
7, Muezi wa fungahu

8, Muezi wa nane
= November. Masio, s. (sing, sio, la), strong pieces of wood
During these last four months, which are which in building a house are placed between
called furi by the lVanika, there is the kussi (or the weaker pieces for solidity’s sake.

suheli), blowing properly, from May till October. Masishi (or masisho), s. ; witu wia ku sikia or
 ; ;

MA ( 206 ) MA
wisikoa wia ku sikia — ,
the things ivliich are whereas masombo and mabasamu are only pieces
requisite for burying. of cloth wrapped around the body.
Masito, adj .
(cfr. sito), heavy. Masong£zi ya nuelle (1 Tim. ii. 9), the braiding
Masitta, s.; masitta ya nazi, vid. tai. of the hair.
Masiwa, s., the Comoro Islands and Madagascar. Masongo, s ., tress-work (ku songa, ya).
Maso pindo of a weaver
(R.) ? said ?
Masiwa (rectius maziwa), s., (1) teats or breasts,
Masri = Misri, Egypt.
and (2) milk (lit., lakes pools; ziwa la maji,
,
a
Maseufu, s., vid. masarifu.
lake) maziwa ya gnombe, teats of a cow
;

Massa,s. (ya) (ku sa, to remain, to be left), the residue

gnombe yuna maziwa manne, 11a mtn yuna ma-
ziwa mawili, a cow has four teats, and a man of tembo, which the mgema or mgemi (tapper)
(vid. ku gema, v.) receives for himself in the
has two. Ziwa la maziwa is the reed receptacle
morning, after he has delivered the muengero or
of the milk; the teats are only the (mlisamu
fungu la tembo to the possessor of the cocoa-tree
or ndia ya ku pitia maziwa) canals of the.
e.g., a man (or slave),
the possessor agrees with
milk. The whole (viz., the receptacle and
who draws tembo daily from the cocoa-tree,
the
canals of milk ) forms the kiwelle clia gnombe
to receive a certain quantity (a kitoma or ordi-
(Kin. kierre, which consists of the zia na bumbo,
nary calabash) of tembo if the mgemi gets
hence mazia, milk), the udder of the cow. Watu ;

more than has been agreed for, lie is allowed to

wasema mbiizi wa Kimarbata yuna maziwa ma-
keep it for himself. This remainder or extra
wili makuba, the people say that the goat of
portion of tembo is called massa. This is done
Marbat (a district of South Arabia) has two
in the morning, for in the evening the mgemi is
large teats, not four, as other goats have. Maziwa
cdlowed to take all he gets for himself. On
mabivu, curdled milk.
Friday he may take cdl the tembo of the morning
Maskani, s. (ya), place, abode; ,
babita- and evening for himself. Ndio ni ada ya ugema.
culum, locus quietis. This is the custom with regard to the business

Maskini, s. (wa, pi. za) ;

maskini za Mungu,/ree of gema (tapping). The allowance is granted
poor men, poor people but who are no slaves; as compensation to the mgemi, for his main-
cfr.
tenance, especially if he is a slave.
and ,
pauper egnus. The business of a tapper is considered honour-
Maskini (or meskini) (Arab. pi. able in consequence of a curious story. There teas
once a manajuoni (vicl.), a very learned man,
poor men, pi. masaldni.
ivlio daily lived on one loaf of bread and
Maso (or masso), s. (ya), the edge of a knife.
one cup of icater, which ivas daily sent to him by
Masso (or mausso),
faces; upanga masso ma-
s., God the muwaza (or muaza) and mkuawetu
wili, a two-edged sword = makali mawili (Mungu aliekua tangu asili mbingu na nti ilipo-
;

upanga (u)wegni makali mawili (Rev. xix. 15). kua beitassa tandikoa, nai yuwaaza viumbe
Masoisa (or masoeo), s. ku fania
(ya), custom, habit; viote wia ulimenguni), the self-existing Provider
masoea, to get accustomed; kuku alienunuliwa of all his creatures, who exists from eternity. The.
apate fania masoea, ugeniwakwe utoke ; muana learned man was one day visited by a stranger,
liuyu yuna masoea, this boy grows familiar who stayed some time with him. The next day
•with people easily ; masoezo, familiarity. the learned man found two loaves and two cups
Masohaba? (R.). of water in the spot where he usually found his'
daily portions, but instead of giving one loaf and
Masoka, s. (sing,
soka, la), brass-wire, greatly
one cup to the stranger, he divided one loaf and
sought by the East Africans for ornaments.
one cup with his guest, concealing the other half
Masombo, s. (ya), a belt, girdle (mabasamu). The of the heavenly gift. At last the stranger turned
•piece of cloth, which is used for a masombo is very out to be an angel, who was to return to Molina
long but not broad. It is wound about the (our Lord), as he told the learned man, who
body many times, until it lies very thick around said, “ Well, will you greet our Lord the mkua-
the loins. Masombo differs from ukumbu (girdle), wetu, and ask. him to make ready the pepo (wind)
the latter consisting only
of a short piece of cloth, convey me
to to Paradise ?” The angel, promising
of about four native yards (mukono) in length. to execute this charge, took leave the learned
of
The Wanika wear the ukumbu, whilst most
of the man. On his way he met with a mgema (tapper),
Suahili wear the masombo fulani una-ji-funga
; who was in a state of half-intoxication, but who,
masombo, nguoyakwe ni kuba mkumbmi is a
taking the angel for a stranger, invited him tosit
piece of cloth woven qmrposely for a girdle, down and to drink two madafu (vul, dafu). In the
 ; ; . ;

MA ( 207 ) MA
course of conversation he found out the stranger man; Arab. questus fuit rem ad deum
,

ivas an angel returning mkuawetu. After

to the Staki, v. a., to charge one with — be fore a judge.
having heard of the charge given to the angel by Mastukhu, s. a sister by the same father and
(ya),
the learned man ,
he ( the mgema) sent also his
mother (mastukhu ni ndugu mke wa tiimbo
greeting to our Lord,, with the request, that he mmoja) ;
mastukkuyangu amekuja, my sister is
would malce hell-fire ready for him, as he was a A
come. full-grown sister shows great regard
very wicked person. The angel, having promised
and reservedness toward her brother, and vice
to mention his case to our Lord, departed, but
versa. They will not sleep, eat, nor dwell in the
on the road he passed by the house oj a r ich lady, same room, avoiding each other's intercourse as
which house ivas full of clothes, money, utensils, much as possible, lest wicked desires be raised in
die., in such profusion that she requested the their hearts. There is, as it were, a passia
angel, u'hose errand she knew, to entreat of our (veil) or stakba ja jombo (the deck of a vessel)
Lord, that he would be pleased to diminish her between them. Hence the name ?
riches. Masua, s., giddiness; nina masua, I am giddy.
The angel, hawing returned to the heavens, Masudi (or mashudu), s., vid. sudi and shudu.
made his bow and prayers before the Lord, and Masujaa, pi. of sujaa, a ivarlike or brave man
laid his messages before him. After a short warrior ; cfr. strenuus, fortis fuit. ,

time the angel ivas summoned to go again to the Masukosuko, s., vid. mrama (ku sukasuka).
earth, and call first upon the lady, whose house
Masukuo, s., cut stone (St.) ? probably masuguo,
and whole property had in the meantime been vid. sugua, v. a., to rub.
destroyed by fire, so that nothing ivas left to her
Masulubu ?
but one rag with which she covered her nakedness.
Masulukiiu (or masSbeki-ia) (ya) ;
ku fania masii-
However, she was calm, and promised to comport make
lukbu, to reconcile, to reconciliation mase-
herself better in future toward the Lord, and to leklia is not much used.
perform the duties of religion rather than to seek Masumbufu masumbuo), s.
(or (ya), troubles,
for earthly treasures. Then the angel called upon
fatigues; ku sumbua, to trouble.
the mgema, and told him the message of the Lord
Masonguko, vid. kizingo.
to the effect, that the Lord ivould soon send the pepo
Masungumzo, s., conversation, chit-chat (ku sun-
to convey him to Paradise, and not to hell-fire, as
gumza, v. a.).
he ( the mgema) had demanded. The astonished Masuso, a kind
of hanging shelf
workman found no words to express his joy at Mata, s. (sing, uta, wa) (ya), bows; mti wa mata,
the goodness of the Lord. the tree from ivhich bows are made. The staff,
At last the angel came to man, and
the learned
having been carefully prepared with a knife, is
said, “ The Lord ordered me to tell you that the
made to bend by a string, called upote (vid.). In
pits offire are ready for you At the same time general, weapons (mata).
the angel mentioned to him the message he had con-
MataAjabu, wonders, astonishment; vid. taajabu,
veyed to the rich lady and to the mgema. Upon to ivonder.
this the affrighted book-man tool all his books, tore
:

Matabia tumbiri, s. (Kis. mudsani), a tree (mu-

them to pieces, left his solitude, and became a lume, a tree).
mgemi wa minazi. Since that time, the story MatAboatAboa, s ni wali ulio masliindea inuem-
; .

says, the business of drawing liquor from the

bamba mno, very thinly boiled rice.
cocoa-trees has been considered very honourable,
Matafu, the gill of a fish (R.).
so much so, that when the rain stops all labour in
Matafuni, s., vid. tafuna.
the field, the Lord, will grant at least the kianga
Matagataga, s.; fulani yuwaenda matagataga
ja mgema, i.e., he will render the sky clear
from (R.), N. N. goes straddling or he straddles.
rain until the tembo drawing business is over in
MatakAta, s., bad stuff, dirt; haku-m-pa tombako,
the morning and, evening.
ni matakata tu, he has not given him tobacco,
Massia (or messia) ku enda massia = ku nenda
;
but only dirt.
na ku rudi, to go up and down, to take a walk. MatAka tAka, s. (ya) (sing, taka taka, la), trash,
The natives believe that the Europeans take a ordure mataka taka ya mtelle, dirt of rice, e.g..
walk to tire themselves (ku kuta mashaka), hav- straw, small stones, dec. with whichit is mixed up.
,

ing nothing else to do. Cfr. >

gressus fuit, Matakatifu, s., holiness (ku takata).

ambulavit; a. •••
.. iucedendi modus. MatakAto, s. (sing, takato, la), the colour of
Mastaka, sing, staka (la) (or mshtAka) pi. misli- the body; lculla mtu yuna takatolakwe, every
taka), s., a charge, accusation ku letta ma- man has his complexion; takato la Kizungu,
staka ju ya mtu, to bring an action against a 1 la Kigalla, la Kiarabu, the European, the Galla,
 ;;; ; . ;

MA ( 208 ) MA
the Arab complexion; takiito la ueussi, la Matakathio, s. ; cfr. ,
gratum sibi habuit (cfr.

uekundu, the black, red complexion ; muili una- Arab. ).

takata or wanauiri uekundu, or ueupe, or ueussi, Matasa, s. (ya); ni poroja zito wa mtelle or uji wa
the body looks or shines red, or white, or black = mtelle mzimu, a thick native soup of rice. The
its complexion is red, ivhite, or black. rice, having been coarsely ground, is boiled in the
Matako, s. [sine/, tako, la), the seat, buttocks, milk of ground nazi (tui), pepper, and salt. This
breech. matasa ya mtelle is to be distinguished from the
Matakoa (or matak.ua) (vid. madakoa), desire, uji wa maji, ivhich is a very thin meal-soup, a
ivant, request. great quantity of water being boiled with a little
O"c
Matalasimu, siiuj. talasimu, amulet j vid. . flour, pepper,and salt. Different from both these
native dishes is the fuka (ya), which consists of
Matale, s. (vid. pukussa, v. a.), useless cocoa-nuts.
Matamanio, s. (ya), love, affection. fine rice-flour boiled with honey. The soup is

Matambavu, s. (cfr. pagavo), amulets worn across very thin. Uji wa matasa, a thin rice-soup;
perhaps from tasa (pi. matasa), ivhich is eaten in
the shoidders and the upper ribs, laid over the
cups ? Matasa, food made by boiling coarse-
body like braces (ku tamba uafu) (2) the side, a ;

grouncl corn in water (R.). Tasa (pi. matasa),

man's side.
Matamu, sweet; vid. tamu. a brass basin.
Matamuko, s. (ya), from tamuka, vid. ku tamuka Matata, s., a tangle (= mafungano ya uzi), tan-
kuako ni kwema; matamukoyako ya-ni-pendeza gling of thread; matata ya maneno, confusion of

matamuko ya logha, pronunciation of the dialect, words or matters, evasion, shift; ku tia matata,
provincialism. to tangle ; ku ugia, to become entangled.

Matamvua, s. (sinej. la.tamvua, fringe), fringes; Matatiso, s., entangling

matamvua ya nguo ilio = sokbtoa. Matawai.e, the banks of a river, region, river- .s.,

Matana, s., leprosy (St.). region; e.g., ndofu wakimbilia matawale ya

Matanda, s. (sing, tanda, la) matanda ya mtama, Niaucha, the elephants fled to the shores of the
;

apart of the ears of the mtama (millet). Niassa Lake.

Matandiko, s. (ku tandika, v. a.), bedding, every- Matayo, s. (ku tayn, v. a., to impute, charge, ac-
thing requisite for or spread out (ku tandika) on cuse), imputation, charge, accusation, reproaches.
a native bedstead, viz., magodoro 11 a masulia, Mate, s. (ya, pi. za), spittle, saliva; ku tema or
na mikeka, 11 a mido matandiko witu wilivio tupa mate, to expectorate (cfr. gniogniota).

kundullwa kitandani. Matefal (pi. atefal), brick; sputum, spuma,

Matando ya buibui, v id. spider-web. J" ,

saliva tennior also .

Matanga, s. (1) large mats, sails; (2) mourning ;
JV&
leu kaa matanga, to keep a solemn mourning for Matege, s.; muhogo liu ni matege, this cassada
a number of days, five to fifteen days; ku oncloa iswaterish.
Mat£ge, s., bent or crooked legs (sing, tege, la)
matanga, to close the mourning; matanga kati,
matege ya rnagu, a physical deformity of the
wind abeam (St.).
legs, being turned sideways; magu ni matege,
Matangamano, s., (1) mixture; (2) a crowd.
yanafania kota, the legs are crooked, bandy-
Matango ( L ) ; ku-m fikiliza matango (= maovu)
legged Mungu ame-m-panua magvi.
(!’•)
Mategkmioo, s., a prop, props, support ; fig., con-
Matango, pumpkins (> ).
fidence in — (ku tegemea, to lean on, to recline).
Matanitani, backward; ku anguka matanitani MatJcka, s., sqioil, booty, that which is gained, e.g.,
(cfr. kingallingalli) vid. tanuka.
;
on a cock-fight (Bcb. writes madega).
Matansu, (sing, tansu, la), branches, boughs, the
MatiSlaba (or matilaba or matalaba),
.s',
s. (ya)
large branches of a tree. A large tree has on its
= madakua, desire) (Arab.
(gogo) trunk — (1) matansu, the large branches; (

(large branch ) has an trunk quaesivit, vol potiit; res quaesito, vel
(2) an utansu utagil, ,

of the branch (when large, iitaga ;

when small, petita), a law of nature, original regulation, and
kitaga ;
when many large ones, taga, za) ; (3) on therefore custom, habit; matilaba ni neno lililo

the utaga (or kitaga when small ) are the vitansu wekoa ni Mungu tangu asili = maiimbile or
(which are, as it were, the wana wa utilga) kitiba kanayalivioumboa ni Mungu; kuila mtu
(4) tansu za mti are smaller than matansu (tansu yuna kitibajakwe or maumbileyakwe. Matilaba
has utansu in the sing.). na miradi, will, desire.
Matan/.i, pi. (sine,, tanzi), nooses. Matelai (or matlaa), s. (Arab.), east irind blow-
Matao, s. (sing, tan, la) (ya), circuits, turnings, ing from the Indian Ocean toward East Africa ;
roundabout way. popo za babari or za masherki (mashriki, east)
 ; ; . ; ; ;

MA ( 209 ) MA
you bring upon yourself; Muignizimgu
(vid.

siderum.
matlua)
; ? j ascendit ; ,
locus Ol'tllS troubles
yuwakiriinu mjawakwe (mtumishiwakwe), there
are troubles with which God exercises him who
Matembezi, s., walking, gadding about (ku enda
fears him (his servant). Mat’eso = utbiki or
tembea) walking about (1), in a good sense, for
;
maurnmi.
visiting friends or carrying on some lawful
,
Matijt’iSsi, s. (ku-m-tetea), intercession, to inter-
1

(
especially commercial) business in any place,
cede for one who is to be beaten or imprisoned, dc-
where one is not permanently settled; e.g.,
MatetiSsi, s., the cackling of a hen in laying an
matembeziyangu Kisulutini, hapo si kuangu,
egg-
naenda tembea bassi ku sungumza na ndugu-
Mati5to, s. (ya) (ku teta, to quarrel), quarrels,
zangu (2), in a bad sense, matembezi ya ku
;

strifes, enmities.
tembea watu wake, walking about to go after
Mateusi, s. (ya), choice; vid. teua or taua, to
ivomen. Utembezi has the same meaning,
choose.
though not so strong as matembezi, this taking =
Mathabaiiu (or matiibaee) matbbab, an altar
place more frequently than utembezi, which
cfr. mactavit, sacrificavit locus in
besides is walking to a place not far off; leo jjj , ; ,

utembesiwangu hauku-ni-fa, vile vitu nilifio quo mactatur.

kuendea, siku-vi-pata, my walk has to-day profited Mathabuha, a victim, sacrifice.
me nothing, for I have not got what I went for. Mathahabi (or mathhab), sect, persuasion ; cfr.

Matende, s. (sing, tende la gii) matende ya j, putavit agendi medus, doctrina,

; (1) ;

magii kua beredi, swelling of feet from cold. It systema, secta.

is said to be frequent on the island of Pemba. Mathara, s. (Arab, iya* ),
mischief, harm (St.) ;

no pain, but only causes heaviness of the

tangu leo napatoa ni mathara (R.) = neno, to-
It gives
legs; hence no remedy is applied. (2) Tende (ya,
day I met with something extraordinary, mis-
pi. za), date or dates tende ya or za Maskati,
fortune was brought upon me; ni mathara ku
dates of Muscat. This word must be distin- tinda, scil., the uvula kili ni athibu.
guished from tende (la) or matende ya magii, the Matheiiebu, s.
(cfr. mathahabi), habits, manners,
legs of abedsteail ; sing, tendegu (pi. matendegu)
customs.
or tende la matende ya gu). (3) Matende Mathilt (R.),
gii (pi.
?
is of beans, which make mafundo and Mathuuudi, s. = tbabidi or matbubudu maneno-
also said
;

matende, when they wind about something (vul. yakwe ni mathubudi.

tende, s.).
Matiiubudu, s.; mathubudu ya manenoyakwe, the
Matendo, vid. mtendo, s. confirmation of his words; vid. thubudu
Matengo (R. rnadbengo) = ghasia. (subudu), v. n. Manenoyakwe ni tbabidi = kuelli
Matengo, s., of a canoe (St.).
the outriggers or matbabidi, his icords are true, reliable.
Matepukuzi, s., the large shoots of a tree, dc. Matiko, s., the act and process of hardening ku
which has been cut. The matepuzi become mate- tia matiko, to harden or sharpen by putting the
pukuzi, large sprigs (vid. tepukua). iron into the fire and cooling it in water, as a
Matepuzi, s. (sing, tepuzi la mti), the large shoots blacksmith does; fundi ametilia matiko shoka-
of a tree which come forth after the trunk has Iangu, liptite kua kali shokalangu linatilika
been cut don ; mti umetepuza = umeraea tena. matiko mema, linapata matiko, linangia matiko
Matesa, s; maji matesa na poani = maji mafi- or ukali (vid. ku gongomea). Ku tia juma eba
mafu, when the water is falling only a little and motto katika matiko, to put heated iron into
returns very soon (it is, as it to sharpen it; ku tia matiko
were, playing with water for cooling,
the coast). harden steel. Matiko ya nuelle is a rnderba, to
MatiSso, s. (ya) (ku teza, to play), play, games. tuft of hair in Kinika.
Various games are (1) kishando, (2) tambi, (3) Matilaba, s., vid. supra, page 208.
sbindoa. Mtezo bu ni mungi, this kind of game Matindi, s., half-grown Indian corn (St.).
is frequent. Matindo, «., a slaughter-house, a place fur killing
Mat’Sso, s. (ya), afflictions (ku-t’esa, t'eseka), dis- animals.
tress, e.g ,
from sickness, poverty, loss of friends Matira, s., a cradle for children. They are
by death, dc. ;
Mungu ame-m-t’esa ;
bana ame- found in Zanzibar
m-tia mat’eso mtumawakwe, by scolding, beat- Matita, s. (tita la ngiio) (vid. sing, tita, la ), packs
ing, imprisoning, dc. Mungu ame-mu-ondolea or bundles of wood, cloth, d-c., tied together ivith
mateso, ame-mu-afu, ame-in-posa (e.g., nda, ngo- ropes for more convenient carrying.
njoa, masbaka, all this is mat’eso) ; kuua Matiti, s. (cfr. titi), (1) teats ,
qmps ; (2) ku enda
mateso ya ku tnma kua mkonowako, there are kua matiti, to trot (St.).
 . ; ;
;; ;;

MA (
210 ) MA
BIatj.aa, the cast wind; cfr. gjjt, ,
apparuit, Matumaini {or matuiuainifu), s. {Arab. ,

ortus fuit sol, sidus. quietus, confisus fuit) (ku tumaior tumaini = ku
BIato, s., eyes (
vicl . sine/, jito) ;
ni-pa mato ya-ku- amini, to trust or confide in one), trust, con-
onea, to demand a present, if one icants to see fidence, hope ; matuiuainifu kua Mungu, trust in
somebody or has seen him ; (2) mato ya mtama Gocl.
watenga mballi, ni mali ya watuma, vhl. mtama. Matumba mauj.idi, s., rosebuds, used in perfumes.
Matoazi, s., cymbals (St.). Matumbawe, s. {sing, tumbawe, la) (= mawe ya
MatobOsha, .9., balls of bread baked in honey; muambani), corcd-rocks used as mill-stones (jiwe
mikati yaliopikoa kua asali, kana mafi ya-ngamia la ku sagia) by the natives. At low-water-time
(i.e ., the shape resembles camel's dung). the natives carry them from the large rocks to
Matok£o, s., places of egress {cfr. tolca, tokea)
their houses, where they chisel them for sale. A
matokeo ya hard, pores of the shin. jiwe la ku sagia {milestone) costs usually a
Matoma, s., vicl. matungu. quarter of a dollar at Mombcts, sometimes more.
BIatomoko, s. {sing, tomoko, la), the eatable fruit These cored rocks are also used for flat roofs,
of the mtomoko tree (kana mapera), custard- because they arc light.
apples.
Matumbo, s., the entrails, belly, bowels ndani ya
Matonc+aji. s.; matongaji ya hori and yamtumbui, matumbo mna tumbo na utumbo tumbo la ;

cutting and planking a canoe {cfr. ku tonga).

gnornbe lililo na mafi mangi; utumbo ni muem-
Matongozi, s., lascivious desire; vicl. tongoza, v. a.
bamba na mrefu (2) ku tukua matumbo maovu,
— ku dalca mtumke, lust after a woman, calling ;

siku zote maneno ya filia matumboni (R.).

a woman aside for whoring ku-mu-ita kando BIatumbui tumbui, s., swelling of some parts of the
pasipo kua na watu matongozi ya jimbi = ;
cheeks; matafu yanafaniamatumbui tumbui. When
jimbi yuwa-m-daka kuku ku kuea, the cock the cheeks are swollen all over the disease is called
desires to leap upon the hen.
perema (la ku fura matafu iote) ;
to be distin-
Matope, s. (tope), mire, mud, dirt; kaskazi guished from the marathi ya safura, in which
.

matope {vi.d. kaskazi), lit., a dirty kaskazi, when

the whole body has sivellings (muili ote ku fura).
there is much rain in kaskazi time, and conse-
Hot ashes are applied by the natives for the ma-
quently the soil is very miry.
tuinbui tumbui, bid the safura disease is cured
Matozi, s. (ya) {sing, tozi la jito) {from ku toa),
with dross of iron reduced to powder and mixed
(1) tears; matozi ni maji yatiririkayo matoni with water for a draught. The water in which
mato yanatoza matozi, the eyes shed tears {vicl. ku Vinegar
hot iron has been cooled is also used.
toza, v «.); matozi ni mtuzi wa mato; ku tu-
and other acid kinds of drink or food are recom-
zika or turuzika {vicl. tuza) or tamba tiifu, the
mended, but cocoa-nuts, salt, and fish are not
tearsrun clown the cheek; matozi mitulizi, tears cdloived. A soup made of mtama jlour is allowed.
which run by drops ; (2) gum = manuku = baba But taken, the diseased
before the iron-dross is
or emboe, glue. person purged with a large quantity of honey
is
Matua, vicl. kitua. to carry off the ngama, a kind of white clay
Matueo, (ya) (ku tua), the setting of the sun
.9.
which many people eat, and which is said to pro-
matueo ya jua or matueo and mavio jua {the gen.
duce a swelling of the whole body by drying up
part, ya is seldom used ) tueo la jua, matueleo
;
the blood.
or matueo jua, sunset (tuea and tua).
(ku tumika, tumikia), service; ku
Bf atumishi, s.
Matufalt, s. {sing, tufali, la); matufali ya udongo, do service; mtu
fania matumisbi {or utumisi), to
bricks of clay (yaliokaushoa kua jua), Luke v. 19.
huyu yu katika matumishiyangu, this man is in
Matukano, s. (ya) (ku tukana, to despise), affront,
my servant; utumishi, a single act
my service, is
contempt, slighting, scorn, outrage, disgrace.
of service.
Insulting expressions are, for instance, muana BIatumisi, s., service, things in store which are at
kumanioko, muana wa haramu, kazoa kazoa, ku- any time vitu via ku
one's service or disposed, at
manina !
{obscene). tumia, things to make use of, means of circula-
Matukio, .9., (1) things which happen, accidents ; tion; nadaka matumisi ku nunua, &c.; sina ma-
{2) provocation. tumisi leo = sina kitu cha ku tumia, to-day 1
Matukizo, s. {sing, utukizo), irritation. have no store at my disposal; sina fetha, sina
Matukui.xo, s. ; e.g., — ya uovu, bad suspicion nguo, sina mtama, sina nazi, sina tambii, wala
(1 Tim. vi. 4). sina kitu kilijo cbote una matumisi, occasion
;

Matukuzi, 9 (ku tukua, to bear,

.
.
to carry), bearing for use.
(utukiizi), wages for carrying. BIatumo, s.; sina'matumo ya ku tumia bora mno.
Matut.ano, ». (ya)(/<7r/i/??.) = kii fania msaha {vicl.). Bf ATUNOA, .9., pasture, pasture-ground.
 ; ; ; . ; ;

MA. (
211 ) MA
Matungu, s.; matungu ya maziwa = mat om a ma- ungo, hence uti umetiwa katikati ya
maungo;
kuba ya ku sukia maziwa, large calabashes used maungo (kiungo, joint; kuunga); maungo ya-ni-
for shaking milk and making butter in. In other sisim’ka ;
maungo, joints ( used in a collective
countries the milk is shaken in leather bags (
vicl sense) ; cfr. kishogo, which is different, and refers
kiriba). (2) Bitterness; matungu yaka limo, there back of the head and neck.
to the

is still the virus in the leg bitten by a snake. Maunsi (ku unda), s. (ya) maunsi ya chombo or ;

Matuni, (ku tuna, v. a.), flaying skinning;

.s’,
,
jahazi, the building of a vessel, ship.

niuma ya matuni, the portion of meat given to a Maunsulu ? s., vid. ivnsuiu.

native butcher ( whoever he may be, for they all Maupe, aclj., white; muaupe, mueaupe, maaupe,
know butchery ) in compensation for slaughtering, jeupe, die.

flaying, cutting, and dividing the meat (ku weka

Maussio ( = maagizo, maslianiri, magizio), s. (1 Cor.
tungu). xi. 2), tradition, commission; cfr. ,
testa-

Matdnza, s. {sing, tunza, la), cares.

mento tradidit praecepit alicui ; ,
man-
Matuuu, adj., vid. tupu, bare, naked, empty.
Matuvumu, s., blame, accusation. datum, testamentum, res testamento mandata,

Maua, s. (ya) {sing, ua, la), flowers, blossoms ku order in reference to a legacy maussioyako
tulitumia, yali-tu-fa sana.
fania maua, to bloom.
Mauguzi (ku ugiia), nursing sick persons. Mauti, s. e^y»), (1) death; {2)coipse{ =
{Arab,
mfu) ni mauti or faradi = ame-
amekutiwa
Maujiza, s., a miracle, wonder; nliona maujiza ;

patiwa or patikana ni marathi ya gbafila, he met

bora, I have seen a great wonder 5}«!*'» with a sudden death {vid. maiti) cfr. ’
;

{from . ,
debilis fuit), miraculum ;
hand mortuus fuit.
Mavao, s. (ku va), wearing apparel, the way of
naturale, quod nonisi a propbeta perfici potest •

wearing one's cloth, dressing, dress; mavazi,

differt a miraoulo naturali ; ,
quod edi- dress, clothes mavao or mavazi mema = ngiio
tur viribus naturae a viris sanctis ; cfr. muvijiza. nzuri or bora bora, fine clothing (mavao seems to
Maujudi ;
si maujudi = halipatikana, neno hili, denote cdso “ spot, stain'' ?).

this is not found, does not exist; cfr Mavi, s. {vid. mafi), dung, excrement, droppings.
invenit
, ;

MaviA, s. (wa), the mother of the husband {vicl.

inventus, existens watu maujudi or maa-
,
murimu); also mother- and daughter-in-law on
;

rufu, people or men ivho are known. In Kir. the female side {cfr. mkue).
pisbi ya maujudi, in contradistinction to pislii ya Mavigo {or maviko) ya maji, s., leaves put into a
mua kibekule. water -jar when carried on the head, to keep the
Maukilifu, s., purpose, intention {vid. ku ukilia, water from spilling (R.).
Kin. ukirira) = makusudi sina maukilifu ya ku Mavilio, s., vid. vilio.
;

nenda Rabbay, I have no intention to go to Mavumi, s., hum of voices.

Babbay. Mavunda, s., a man who breaks or destroys every-
Madlidi, vid. matumba. thing lie has to do with {cfr. vunda, v. a.).

Maulizo, «., questions, questioning [vid. ku uliza, Mavundevunde, s., scattered or broken clouds.
to ask ) ;
hujui ku uliza, thou dost not know how Mavdno, s., harvest, reaping.
to ask. Mavuzi {pi. q/vuzi), the hair of the pubes.
Maumba, vid. saliani. Mawa {or mava), s. {sing, wa or waa, la), the
Maumbile, s. (ya) {sing, umbile, la), lit., createdness, different colours
of the feathers of a fowl; e.g.,
creation, nature, the condition in which a man kuku liuyu yuna mawa mawili or matatu, this
was created by the Creator (kamu alivio umboa), fowl has two or three different colours in her
constitution, custom {vul. kitiba) ;
maumbile ya plumage; yuna mawa {or mabato) meiipe, meussi
mtu ;
cfr. matilaba. mekundu, she has white, black, and reel feathers ;
Maume {or tjume) {vul. posa or poza) ;
ku jetea yuna wa jeussi, ndie kuku meussi mtupu, she has
uume or maume {in poems) — takabari. black feathers, or she is a fowl entirely black.
Maumivu, s. (va), ache, p cun nnafania maumivu The native physicians (waganga) always desire
Sana or nnaumia sana muilini, I have great pain varicoloured folds. In general, the difference of
in the body {vid. uma, umia). colour is much considered by the natives in their
Maundafd (maundifu ?), vid. maji maku (R.); sacrificial offerings and all secret practices. The
maji ni maundafu, ni yale makii, ku ja telle colour is, as it were, the antidote to the evil
hatta magomeni. ivhich is to beremoved by means of uganga and
Maungo, s., back {sing, ungo, la) ;
uti wa maungo, sadaka. Before going to war, the natives sprinkle
backbone, spine. The uti (mti) connects the tivo the blood of a bullock upon the road; or they sew
p 2
 ; ;; ; ;; ; ; . ;;;

MA ( 212 ) MB
up the eyes of and bury it alive, to
a sheep ,
Mayukqa, s. (ya), a scaffold.
blindfold, as At the time of
it were, the enemy. Mayungi {sing, yungi), water-rose; mashadda or
the tear of the Mombassians ivith the Imam of maiia yamea ndani ya ziwa.
Muscat, they caught a man at night, tied him Mayumi, s. ; kileo eba —
with ropes, and drowned him at the anchoring Mazao, s. {cfr. ku zaa ), fruit, produce.
place, where the Imam was expected to cast Maziko, s., vid. masiko.
anchor, saying, “ May God sink your ships and Mazimbulizi, ku zimbulia (11. ).

counsels.” Kanzuyangu ina rnawa inatatu. Mazinga (ya), (1) play ivith eggs; (2) ku fundia
Maw a {or rather may a) {Kipembci), s. mabali mazinga, broad {nails which are
to beat nails
pa ku sikia meiti, a burial-ground, cemetery. projecting from the wood ) ku tia mazinga. ;

Ma Wanda wanda.
{sing, wanda), vid.
Mazingiwa, s., a siege (St.).
Mawassa, s. wassa la mvua), little drops of Mazishi, burial clothes, furniture, die.
{sing,
rain (mvua isiotangamana ua nti) mawassa ya Maziwa, s.,
(1) milk {sing, ziwa) {curdled milk, ma-
;

mviia, drizzling of rain.

ziwa mabivu) (2) breasts, lakes {vul. masiwa) ;

Mawazi, adj., clear {cfr. wazi).

only said offour Comoro Islands,
(3) islands, but
Mawazo {or maazo), thought ku aza, to think. Mgazija, Ansuani, Moalli, Maotiie (Mayotte)
Mawe {or ma jiwe), s. {sing, jiwe, la), stones; mawe maziwa ya watu wawili, dragon's blood (St.).
ya ku sagia, a hand-mill ya mawe, of stones. MazoJczo, habits, customs, practice; vid. masoeso
Mawelle, s. {vid. sing, welle, la), a plant with a (ku soea, v.).
very small seed. Mazoka, s., (1) evil spirits {probably maziika) {cfr.
Mawi, s.
{
= madfu), bad; maneno liaya ui mawi, kisuka) (St.) ; (2) brass wire {cfr. zoka or soka).
thesewords or things are bad; kuna mawi ya ku Mazu, s., a kind of banana.
nuka ufundo; mawi yakikazua, yalikaribu na Mazungumzo, amusement, conversation. St. writes
kwisha, when badness comes high, it is near its mazumgumzo.
end. M'ba, s. (ya, pi. za) {a kind of sickness), red spots
Mawia, s. ; mao ya jua, sunrise, but. mawia or on the skin; ni kana joa {cfr. joa), the name of
mawio (ya) jua, sunset ; vid. matueo. a cutaneous disease, an eruption of the skin (ya-
Mawii.i, both (mbili). washa yaambuka).
Mawimbi, s. {sing, wimbi), surf, waves. Mbabua doko, s ., a thorn; Kir. murerengiia {ob-
Mawindo (ku wanda, to hunt), game {ptroduce of scene).
hunting ). Mbaburo {vid.ku babura, v. ci.), a scratch, espe-
Mawjngu, s. (ya) {sing, wingu, la), clouds, large cially of a fowl mbaburo hu ni wa nini ?
black clouds {of rain or smoke, e.g., when the Mbafu (mbavu), s. {pi. za), the ribs ; sing, ubafu,

people burn a tange, vid.) {cfr. uwdngu and one single rib; uafu, side, e.g., ku piga kofi la

wingu) ;
kuna mawingu wingu, it is cloudy. uafu, to strike one's side with the open hand
Mawisa {or rather maviza), s. {vid. fia, rectius uafu wa ku ume na ku slioto, the right and left

via, v. n .) {sing, wisa or viza, la), (1) crippling side; mbafunimuangu, next to me, at my side;

(2) corruption, spoilingni mavisa kua sebabu a-ni-umiza mbafu ndani.

ya ku maviza ya mai ya kuku, spoiled, bad
via; Mb Agasi, s. (wa) (vid. mpagasi), porter.
eggs; mai haya ni maviza = mai liaya yanavia Mbaiiaria, s. (wa), sailor ; pi. wabaliaria, sailors

or yanapumba, yana watoto ndani laken wana- (= wana maji) ;

vid. baliari, sea.

kuffa, wanaharibika, the eggs are spoiled, they Mbahii.i, vid. babili parous, tenax et
s., ; J*! ,

have chickens inside, but they are dead; i liili ni

avarus fuit ;
or babili.
visa or viza la i hili, this egg is addled {vid. via,
Mbalanga, mbalanga wa miknno, wamagti,
s. (wa);
v. n. , and viza, v. a.).
dec., tetter cCc. The skin is
of the hands or feet,
Mawiti, adj. manni mawiti, green grass maembe
peeled, as it were, and looks white, but there is no
mawati {vid. muiti), green, unripe mangoes;
pain in this disease of the skin. The Wanika
vid. biti (bichi), page 27 cfr.pp. 214, 215. ;
call it mabawassi.
Mawiwi, s a heap of grass (R.) ?
.,
Mbat.e, s. (ni pande niembamba za muliogo), small
Maya, v a., vid. muaya, to pour out.
.
Kua bale hili mmoja
slices of split cassava.
Mayafuyafu, s vid. yafuyafu. From this large
.,
tafania mbale nne niembamba.
Mayasa, kinayo, fujo, uhiana, fitina, badness, wan-
piece I will make four thim pieces, bale being one
tonness {all synonymous words).
half of a large muliogo when split in the midst
Mayayi {vid. yayi, an egg), pi. eggs; vid. mai. with a hatchet, for the cassava roots are some-
Mayengayenoa, 8 air. . ,, times of the size of a man's leg, and therefoi'e
Mayiti, dead; vid. maiti. must be halved ivith a hatchet. Kulla bale
Mayowe, s. {sing, yowe), outcry, alarm. mmoja likatoka mbiilc nne niembamba. But
 ;; ; ; ; ; ;,

MB ( 213 ) MB
mibale are pandc kuba na refu za mubogo. dau ; (2) ngirri mbango {or gnase), a wild beast,

Consequently the natives would say: Cut this vid. guase ; (3) a bird with a parrot-tike, or
larye cassava (1) into bale = mahe two halves hooked heed:; (4) a person with projecting teeth.

of it (2) cut the bale into mibale (ya) or larye MbA.no, s ., an iron hammer (R.) ; cfr. n-karni, a
pieces; and (3) cut the mibale into mbale za stone used as a hammer (?).
mubogo {smaller pieces) (nbale in sing.). Mbao, s. {pi. of ubao, wa), boards, planks mbao
za mti, or mibao ya mti, timbers.
Mbalegiii {cfr. balebe), pubescent gl> pervenit
. ,
M baraka, s. (1) a tree {cfr. mdisi); (2 ) blessing {pi.

ad finem 1
gib ,
ad optatum pertingens finem, mi ). —
Mbaraki, vid. mapioro.
puber, aetate maturus.
Mbarango, s. (ya, pi. za), a short stick, a trun-
MbAlika, s. (R.); ya toa mbalika za maji or yamu- cheon.
ay a tete, to drizzle (?). MbAki, s., relcdion, vid. kuukeni (mbari bi, bizi)

Mballi, adv., far off, distant mballimballi {cfr. Kiniha), fuko mmoja, Luke xxi. 16.
(mballi mballi), different, distinct; it is also used MbArika {pi. mi — ),
castor -oil plant; maluta ya
of time, e.g., liakufa mballi m'no, lie died not mbarika, castor-oil.
very long ago; si mballi sana, labeda ikipata saa MbAROWAI {Rcb. MBAOMBAl) [or MBOKOAl), SWcdloW
moja, it is not very far, perhaps one hour's (Er. ?). It is a little bird which sings nicely 1
wall:; range mballimballi, different colour
hi yatoka mballi, a bi yatoka mballi
;

Mungu
range
MbAruti (pi. mi ), a iveed with yellow flowers —
11
; and thistle-like leaves powdered with white (St.),
ali mballi, aka-m-jalia chumbe si makii kuakwe, a kind of thistle growing especially near walls
God is far or lofty, there is nothing too great for (R.); mbaruti muitu.
him, if he likes to elevate the poor and mal:e him MbAsa, s. ku saga mbasa, mtama {a kind of grass
king ku weka mballimballi = ku tanganua. mbasa wa mruru in Kiniassa).
Mbamba, s. and aelj., thin, fine (wa) ;
mbamba wa MbAshiri, s. = mahiri, awezai neno kua akilizakwe
jiwe, or jiwe la mbamba, a hind of thin stone likawa kuelli (ku basbiri neno la kuelli). A man,
{slate) which is beaten to pieces, which are put rvlio announces things which really come to pass.
into the ivall to give more solidity to the lime He knows things from, his talent of combination
{vid. kokoto) ;
ku funga mbamba? or from his understanding which hits the point.

Mbamba kofi ,
s. {cfr. msindarusi), a hind of tree. Cfr.ffx), decorticavit, lacto nuntio exhilaravit.
Mbambo, (1) (wa, sa) {pi. of ub;imbo) mfupa wa MbAsi, s. ; {pi. wabasi ?), vid. pasi.
kuku katika mbawa maongoni, lit., the bone of a Mbasi, a tree the wood of which can be used for
fowl in the wing-featliers on the bach ? ? (2) (za)
ulindi {as that of the mlindi).
{
piof ubambo) mbambo za ku ambia ngoma,
.

muegni
Mbasua, s. {vid. mpassua), giddiness
mbambo nne sitiwiizo ngomani, four small boards
mbasua, lunatic (?) kitoa kina-m-passiia, lit.,
put over the top and bottom of a drum before the
;

head has split him, i.e., he is giddy or sun-

the
shin put on, to increase the sound {two boards
is
struck ; ana mbasua, he has a sunstroke.
above and two beneath) (3) a peg for stretching ;
MbAta, s. (ya, pi. za) nazi mbatn, a cocoa-nut
a shin on the ground to dry it (mbambo wa ku
;

which has no water inside, and which cannot be

kotea ngovi).
yround, because the flesh inside does not stick to
Mbande, low water when the rocks are visible;
the shell, but rattles in it; nazi ni mbata, lieina
maji ya mbaiule, when the tide is very low =
maji, ni kafu, beisbikana na kifufu, beikuniki
jamba or kiamba ni nde or wazi, muamba wazi, kabisa, yasukuka kifufuni mbata ya nasi, pi. za
hayafiniki muamba. This expression refers to
nazi.
the time when the tide is very low, when the top
MbAtihri {or mbatiiirifu ), s. {Arab. ), «
of rocks is still seen, whereas at other times {when
the flood is strong) it is covered. The natives squanderer, prodigal; mtupa mali cfr.
; ,

ascribe this falling off of the sea to an immense

dispersit sine modoet mensura erogavit opes.
tortoise in the sea. When there is maji ya
MbAti, s., wall-plate (St.) (2) sing, uwati, mbati. ;

mbande at Mombas, the flood is strong at Pemba,

Mbatili — muharibif’u wamali, a prodigal (mbati-
and vice versa.
lifu, vid. batili).
MbakgI, s., vid. bangi.
Mbavu, s., ribs, side; mbavnni, alongside, rib-
Mbango, of ubango), (1) mbango za dau,
s. {pi. bones {sing, ubavu) ;
mbavu wa dau, the ribs of
lipate panuka, small pieces of wood laid across a boat.
the bottom of a canoe, to distend it; ku tia MbAwa, s. {pi. ya) {vid. biiwa, la, pi. za) {sing.
mbango dauni kua kipande ja muale ku panua ubawa, pi. mbawa, ya), feathers of the wing
 ; ;; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ;;< ;

MB ( 214 ) MB
ukignoa mbiiwa za mabiiwa, niuni hawezi ku monger, whore-master (3) mtumke aliependa
ruka, if tliou, pullest out the wing-feathers, the waume mno (mkuare).
loir cl cannot fly; (2) female gazelle (?); male Mbeniesi (rectius mbeniesi), s. (wa), to be the broker
gazelle is kungu (wa) (3) the bush of mabawa ;
or go-between, to be mediator (through others)
(beans). (Er.).
Mbata, ciclj bad, especially in a physical sense = Mbenieso (rectius MrENtoso), reward for smug-
corrupted spoiled; ,
e.g., maembe mabaya, bad gling (Er.).
mangoes, such as are spoiled, not eatable; cfr. Mb£ra, s., vid. sbairi.
iba, to be bad in Kiniassa
,
(clioo iba, something Mberisu, s.

bad). Mbeyu, s. (ya), seed; mbegu in Kiung.

Mbayana, s. (Arab. ),
singularity, diversity, Mbia, s. (pi. mi — ),
a tree of the mangrove-kincl
which cannot be mixed (e.g., oil and wcder). near the coast; it is used for making boriti

Mbayani, s., one who is generally known, e.g., as a (mpia ?) ; cfr. mlilana.

thief; mtu huyu ni mbayani = alietambulikana, Mbibo (pi. mi — ), a cashew-nut tree.

aliebeinikana, wasi, manifest, open (vid. luja, wa, Mbichi, adj., fresh; vkl. biebi (Kiung.).

pi. maluja) mani-

Mbifu (or mbivu), ciclj., ripe; wali mbifu, boiled
vid. segregata fuit res,
;
O l? >

rice which has become ripe, i.e., eatable (ulioiwa);

festos et perspicuus fuit ; ,
manifestos, evi- embe mbifu, a ripe mango (pi. maembe rnabifu);

kitu kiwifu, a ripe matter ndizi mbifu, ripe

dens.
bananas.
Mbayuwayu, s., a swallow ; cfr. mbarowai.
Mbili (see wili), num., two; e.g., niumba mbili,
Mbazi, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
a shrub eight to ten feet
two houses; watu wawili, tivo men; niakasha
high, and bearing a bean-like fruit, much liked
mawili, two boxes witu wiwili, two things
by the natives. The fruit mbazi (ya, pi. za)
niumba ya pili, the second house; mtu wa pili,
Kilind. mrabba (pi. mi — ) ;
Kinika, mbalasi.
the second man ; kasha la pili, the second box;
M'ise (or rather embe), s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a mango
kitu cka pili, the second thing nazi za marra
muernbe, the mango-tree.
ya pili zalikiia njema mbili mbili, two bg two.
Mbea, s. = mdaku, mtu afaniai
(wa) (pi. wambea)
;

Mbilikimo, s., lit., one ivho is of two measures or

fitina (katikati ya marafiki, among friends), a
mischief-maker, backbiting and gossiping; (2)
yards (wa pi. wabilikimo), a kind of pigmy ,

(ya, za) mbea iliugi za watu = mbari na kabila

the pigmies are said to reside four clays' journey
ivest of Jagga; wabilikimo wana vimo vidogo,
(K.).
they are of a small stature, twice the measure
Mbega, s., a species of monkey, black, with long
from the middle finger to the elbow. Vicl. Mr.
white hair on the shoulders (probably thegureza
Rebmann's map of East Africa. Wajumba \va-
of Abyssinia).
fika mbilikimoni, ku tafuta uganga mbilikimo
Mbegedi, s.; ni Azomba ni abegedi tnuno (ni mtu yuna ndefu kuba, yuna kiti jamatakoni, aendapo
alie na fitina) (11.) cfr. bogodu page 27. ; liuketi, kulla uganga ni kuao. ,
The Suahili
Mbeja, (wa) (pi. wambeja), a
s. woman ivho is pretend to get all their knowledge of physic from
clean in her person and dress; si mko, not a these pigmies, ivho have a large beard, and who
slut; mbeja yuwatunsa muiliwakwe, ni mtana carry a little chair on their seat, which never
shaddi (ku tana sbaddi na ku songoa), she combs falls off, wherever they go. There may, indeed
her hair every day mbeja wa kani, a young be a set of diminutive people in the Interior’
man of strength (St.). but no man in his right senses will ever believe
Mb£ko (perhaps mweko), s. (ya), a present given the fableswhich the credulous and designing
to a person ivho may become useful at a later Suahili have invented regarding these pigmies.
period (Er.) ku-m-wekea rnbeko ya kesho ku Beyond the wabilikimo are the juju wa majuju,
; ;

weka mbeko wema, to leave a good memory be- at the world's end (vid. juju), as the fable states.

hind. Mbiliwili, s. (lit., twice twice = four) (ya pi. za)

,

Mbei.ee, ado. prep.; mbelle ya or za, before, in ni miba kuili, ku toma mtu Sana; (1) buck-thorn

front of, previously atnesema maneno haya with small curved thorns (2) wrist (?) (St.); (3)

mbelle za wali, he spoke these ivorcls before the a kind of ant (R.) ?

governor ameketi mbellezangu, he sat before Mbingu, S; the skies, heavens, heaven (sing.
me; ku endelea mbelle, to go forward; mbelleni, ubingu, wa, vid.) ;
mbingu zina tabaka or tabiki
in the front; used in Zanzibar with an obscene siibaa, zinatabikiina (ubingu wa kwansa, wa pili,

sense (St.). wa tatu, cC'c.), the linings of the heavens arc

Mbijmbe (mkmbembe), s., (1) wild bee; (2) whore- sevenfold, there arc seven divisions according to
 ; ; ;; ; ;

MB ( 215 ) MB
the doctrine of the Koran; ulimengu wol e for theday of banqueting and feasting, which no one
mbingu wote mbinguni, to heaven or in heaven.
;
who is entitled to it can avoid except he be pre-
Mbinja, s. (pi. z a) {sing, ubinja or uwinja in Ki- pared to pay a fine. Mpiga mbiu wa sultani,
pemba), ivliistling ; ku piga mbinja, to whistle ivith the king's herald ku-m-pigia mtu mbiu = ku-nr-
one's lips. T he plural reminds one of the long con- klmbiri mtu.
tinuance and variety of tones, whereas when only Mbo, ,
s. (ya) {pi. mibo, ya), penis membnun geui-
one whistle is given ,
ice must say ku piga ubinja. tale or virile.
The expression is taken from hunting -languag e ; M'boa [or m'bua) s. (wa, pi. majiboa) (vid. jiboa),
the hunters (wegni ku winja or winda) signal dog. The East African dogs are mostly of
by whistling, in which they are very expert, as a reddish colour, resembling jackals and wild
the writer of these lines has had frequent dogs.
occasions to observe on his journey to Ukambani. M'boa or m'bua muitu, a jackal, lit., a dog of the
Ku endeleza mbinja, to ivhistle for some time forest = wild dog.
and in various tones {cfr. uwinja). M'boa, a particle denoting the genitive; m'boa
Mbinu, s. (wa) ;
mbinuwakwe saua saua? nini, for what for what? cfr. m'bua.

Mbio, s., race, running, fast, speed; mbio ya or za Mbobo (rectius mpopo) (wa) (pi. mi — ,
ya) (arcca
forasi = mafuliso ya ferasi (ku nenda or piga catechu), cashew-nut tree, its fruit betel-nut (vid.

mbio, to go quick = ku fulisa), the trotting of the mpopo).

horse in the beginning, but ku toka sliotti or ku M'boe, s., lime, paste.

nenda kua ku ruka means “ to gallop." Mbofu (pro nbofu) (or mbovu), culj., bad, spoiled,
Mbiombio, s., rectius kuenda mbio mbio, ndio ngu- corrupt, rotten; mtu muovu, a bad man; ni-

vu? (K.). umba mbofu, a bad house; nguo mbofu, bad cloth;
kasba ni bofu, linavundika, a bad, broken box ;
Mbira, s. (tuafania kua utomfu wa mbungo).
neno bili ni ovu, pi. maneno maovu kitu kiofu,
Mbishi, adj., s. (ku biska), obstinate, refractory, ivil-
;

pi. witu wiofu nazi mbofu (cfr. bi in Kiniassa

ful; ku f'ania ubishi = kulla u-mu-ambalo baku- ;

and mbi in Kinika) taa mbofu mbofu ya

bali, si radi, yuwafuata mapensi ya nafsiyakwe. ;

ebuma, an iron lamp very much worn or used;

Mbisho (= mabisho), s.; mbisbo wa pepo, con-
kofia mbofu kabisa, a cap quite loom out.
trary wind, counter-push of wind; tume-
lit.,
Mboga, s. (ya, za), vegetables, a sauce of vegetable,
pigoa ni mbisbo wa pepo, we were beaten by
any addition for the wali (foiled rice), e.g.,
the counter -thrust of ivind, i.e., ive had contrary
meat, herbs, greens, &c.
wind (2) to tack.
’Mboga (pi. mi—), a pumpkin plant (St.) (mboga
Mbisi, s., parched Indian corn (St.).
ya mtango, ya kunde, the leaves, not the flesh)-,
Mbisi, s. diving, submersion ku piga mbisi, to
,
mboga wa bandoa, the name of a kind of vege-
dive, submerge = ku sama majini ;
e.g., ku piga
table (R.).
mbisi kua siia lulu katika maji, ku toa nde, to
Mbona, an expletive and adversative particle of
dive for fetching pearls from the sea.
frequent use. There is always some open or
Mbiti, adj. (mbichi, Kiung.), fresh, unripe, raw tacit antithesis to be supplied. In German it
mananazi mawiti or mabiti, unripe pine-apples ; would be expressed “ zwar, aber dock, docb ja
embe mbiti or biti, an unripe mango; nanazi warum doch? ja docb gewiss, was icb sagen
biti, si bifu, the pine-apple is unripe, not ripe; will, wohl docb,” indeed, yes but ; neverthe- —
mti muiti, a green tree (baukukauka), not dried less, certainly, what shall I say ? I see ; quid,
up ; vitu viviti or vibiti ;
kitu kiviti or kibiti quaeso ? seeing, how is it? Jambo bili balitafa,
essubukbi mbiti, in the morning very early. this thing will be useless. The other responds
Mbiximbiti, adj ., fresh, green. by saying mbona linafa, but it will be of use ; it

Mbiu, (mbui in Kiung.), a buffalo's horn, which

s. will not, as you suppose, be useless, but rather it

is beaten as a musical instrument (St.); ku piga will be useful; it will certainly or indeed be use-

mbiu kua pembe ya niati ku kusania watu ku ful. We we mbona ulisema, sidaki kazi, na sasa
sikia kbabari or ya ku toa kbabari ya siku za umekuja kazini; mbona amekuja? (vid. kumbe).
mbelle, as the Wanika when severed weeks
do, Mbona pray why does he not
ba-i-oslii bilauli,

previously they announce the day of their kurri clean the tumbler ? why? for what reason? used
festival, the day of their great annual drinking- especially with negatives (cfr. Luke i. 34).
bout, for which preparations must be made. Tutakapo bagukana si bapa, somo, tuenda mbelle
On this account every morning and evening a mbona ? must ive not separate here from each
man beats the horn of a buffalo in the kaya, other, how is it that we go farther ? Mbona
their quasi-capital or central village, to announce ahadiyetu tulio agana kajakua, how is it that the
 ; ;; ; ; ; ;

MB ( 216 ) MB
agreement which ice made has not hecn carried fierce (rectius ambuaji, barbarian) (cfr. ambua)
into effect? Reb. thinks that the word mbueue niama mbuaji = mguizi in Kiamu, niama mbu- ;

or mboerie is radically connected with the noun awi, a rapacious, carnivorous beast or bird;
kibanawazi, as he writes it; vid. kipanawazi (?)• cfr. muuwaji (from ku iia, to kill), a killer, hence

Mbondo, s. (za) (pi. of nbbndo, from ondo, la, pi. barbarous.

maondo), fine grass (niassi niembamba) which Mbuba, s. (ya, pi. za), mole, swelling? Kinika,
women put into the ears (especially after having faranj,French pox. The natives aqiply copperas
perforated the lobe until the wound is healed ) (reduced to powder) as a remedy for this disease,
onclo is a grass plat or bunch growing from hence they call it also marathi ya ku tia muvdiitu,
thirty to fifty roots together; ondo lafania the disease against which green vitriol is applied.
mbondo. This word reminds one of the term “ bubo,’’ which
Mboni, s., (1) (sing, ya jito) (pi. za mato), the eye- signifies a tumour or boil in the groin, or swelling
ball, pupil, iris; mana wa mboni,
the kernel of in the groin.
the eye (tembe neussi). Something of great M'bue, s., little pebbles, little white stones, larger
(2)
value; e.g., leo nimeokota mboni or kitu cba than jangorawi (in luting.).
t’amani kuba, to-day I have picked up something M'bu£ha, s., a fox (Kiung.).
of great value, a costly thing. (3) Burre (on Mbugu (pi.) (sing, ubiigu), creeper (pi. mi or za) —
the Pangani River and at Tanga ) (R.). (4) (especially the pumpkin plant ) ;
cfr. m tango.
Mboni, south; maji y’enda manga, au y’enda Mbuji, s., adj., clever, skilful, able ; mbiiji wa lcazi,

mboni doesthe water go south or northwards ? or yuna mbuji wa kazi = kasiyakwe ni mziiri
Mbono, s. (wa, pi. mibcino), castor-oil tree, the sana, kulla mtu apitai yuwaangalia, yuwa-m-

ricinus tree; the fruit of ubono in sing, and

it is
sifu.

mbono pi. mbono za mbono, the fruit of the Mbuku, s., of ill fame, notorious (vid. bubuka,
mbono tree. v. n .) mtu huyu ni mbuku = niuegni choyo
;

Mbosa, s. (wa), a melliferous insect (kama n'si) sana, this man is a notorious miser or niggard.

mbosa wafania asali nengi, wild bee ? Mbule (or rather i.'mbuiM), a sister, cousin ; mu-
Mbosea, s. (Er.) ? ana wa ndugu.
Mbui.u, s., a crocodile ? (St.).
M'bu, s. (wa), mosquito ; m'bu aiima ;
m'bu wangi
Mbulukua, s., foolish trick, foolery, weakness of
(cfr. lisiibi).
the intellectual faculties; mtu huyuni mbulukua,
M'bua (or m'boa ?), a particle denoting the genitive
this man is is weak in
not in his right senses he ,
case.
understanding = yuna akili jaje or yuna wa.
Mana liuyu m'bna nani? whose is this boy?
zimu usishike manenoyakwe ku fania mbulu-
Resp). M'bua Abdalla, he is Abdulla's. = Mana ; ;

(
kua, to play the buffoon; ku-m-tia mbulukua =
liuyu ni wa Ni wa Abdalla.)
nani? Resp.
ku-m-fania wazimu or papayiisha akili, to play
Gnombe liuyu m'bua nani? whose is this cow?
the fool ivith one, to make a fool of one (mbuluka)
Resp. M'bua Muarabu, it belongs to an Arab.
(= wazimu).
Mtu mbua maji, mbua kale (yore), mbua
alipotea
Mbumeu, s. (ya, pi. sa), a kind of beans (= kipa-
mbua wapi (whence). Muaka hu mbua
muislio,
wale) which are boiled together with Turkish
nane = muaka liu ni wa nane, this is the eighth
corn.
year Tangu alipo kuja, muaka mbua-je hu ?
Mbumbuazi (cfr. kithutlm, kituku), to be as if
or muaka waje hu? Muegnizimgu mbua ku
ongelea.
petrified anashikua ni — ,
he knows not what
to say or do, he is taken by surprise or conster-
But you cannot ask, Niurnba hi mbua mini?
nation so that all presence of mind is lost.
You must say, Niumba hi n'da nani or ya mini?
Mbukduki, s., a bush, the wood of which has a
Resp. Nda Mziingu or ya Mzungu. ( Whose is this
thick core (like jumper).
house ? It is that of a European.) Kasha liili
Mbungu (or mbungo), s.; mti mnene ulio na ma-
n'la nani or la mini? ivliose is this box? Resp.
biigu, creepers mbungo yuna utomfu.
Nla Mzungu (or la Mzungu), it belongs to a Euro-
Mbuni (or meunki), s. (wa) (vid. ku buni or bunni),
pean. Kitu hiki cha mini? whose is this thing?
the author, inventor, composer of something new .

Resp. Cha Mzungu. Makasha haya nda nani or

ya nani ? whose are these boxes ? Respi. Nda cfr. ,
struxit, aedificavit, condidit, or yb t

Mzungu or ya Mzungu. Nazi hizi nza nani or manifestum facit, explicavit; mbunni wajiio, the
za mini ? whose are these cocoa-nuts ? Resp. composer or author of a bool-.
Nza nr za Mzungu (cfr. kina, s.). Mbuni, s. (wa, pi. wa) (za), an ostrich; mai ya
M'bua muitu, s., a jackal; vid. m'boa. mbiini, ostrich eggs ruleli wa mbuni (pi. mileli
Mbcaji, adj., avaricious (Er.) ;
Kiuvg. mbuayi, ya — ), an ostrich feather taken from the tail;
 ; ; —
. ; — —
? ;

MB ( 217 ) MB
kuku wa mbuni = mangizi, a fowl with un- Mciie, s., a kind of wood much used in Zanzibar

commonly luuy leys ; godcho in Kiniassa. (St.).

Mburuga, s. ( different from ubao wa ku tesamia Mchi5.ii, s., name of a tree ($£ie*mgnambo, unaka
sebabuya maratlii kuaifu), in Kinika, a tree and kama mgnumbo) (R.).
fruit called mburuga ( Kisuah rnkomoe). The MchekiSciie, s., name of a tree.
mganga takes the mburuga fruit from a little Mciiekeshaji, s. (wa, pi. wacbe )
{vid. mtekczaji),

hay (ateka niburuga mkobani) and counts the one who is always laughing, a merry-body ; cfr.

grains (tembe none) four times. When lie finds ku tekeza or chckesha, to make laugh.
the same number at every counting he considers Mchelema, adj., watery; vid. mjelemn.
the sickness not dangerous, hut if the number is Mcheei.e, s. {vid. mtelle), cleaned grain, especially

unequal he suspects evil. Mganga amepiga rice.

mbiiruga or ametesama maratlii kua mburuga. Mchewa wa Hindi, cobs of Indian corn manan-

Mburukenge, s. (wa pi. wa) (za), a kind of large kuea or manarabia in Kiniassa.
lizard, which devours chickens.
,

The natives use Mcirfizo, s., a game {pi. mi ) cfr. mtezo. — ;

the fat of it as a remedy for earache. As the fat Mciii, s. {pi. michi = mti), the pestle used for

is found on the right and left side of the animal's pounding or cleaning corn with.
body, the superstition of the natives leads them to
Mchikichi {pi. mi ), the palm-oil tree (St.).
use the fat found on the right only when the Mciiilizi {pk mi ), —
the eaves ; aid. mtilisi or mti-
lizi.
pain is in the right car, and so vice versa.

Each part is suspended separately in the smoke,

Mchiko (pi. wa — ), a mangoaste (St.).
ready whenever required.
so as to ha
Mciiongoma, s. (pi. —
mi ), a thorny shrub with
Mbuyu, s. (wa, pi. mibuyu, ya), a calabash, a white flowers and a small black edible frail; cfr.

baobab tree with a thick trunk and large jongoma.

branches ; biiyu (la, pi. 111a), the fruit of it.
The Mchovu, s., adj. {pi. wa — ),
weary, languid, easily
tired.
shell of the fruit is prepared and used as a kind
of bucket (ndo ya ku futa maji, bucket for draw- Mchua = m'toa (pi. mi — ),
white ants; vid. 111'toa.

ing water from wells), but the flour which is in Mchukuzi, s. (pi. wa — )
(vid. ku ckukua or
the fruit, and which is of an acid taste, is used tukua, v. a., to bear, carry), a bearer, carrier,

as kiungo eba mtuzi wa samaki ( fish-sauce ) porter.

the kernel is roasted, pounded, and the flour used Mchumba, s. (= rutumba, vid.), one who seeks or is

as kiungo eba raboga (a herb sauce). The tree sought in marriage.

is generally looked upon as haunted.

Mchumbuluru, s., a kind offish (St.).
Mbuzi, s. (wa, pi. za), ( 1 ) goat, goats; mbuzi mume Mchunga (in Kiung )= mtunga, a shepherd (cfr. .

or mke, a he-goat or she-goat mabuzi signifies ku tnnga), one who cares for the animals of the
mbuzi ya kunia nazi an iron house, who leads them to and from pasture.
large goats ; (
2) is

{saw-like) for scraping cocoa-nuts intended for

Mciiuruzi (pi. wa — ), (
1
)
a trader in a very small
cooking; cfr. kasimele.
way; (2) merchant, shopkeeper (St.).

Mcha {or MciiAcni), one ivho fears, who is afraid Mchuzi, vid. mtuzi, gravy, curry.

(ku cha, 0 a .) mcha Mungu, Godfearing, one Mda (or muda), s. (pi. mi )
(sing, wa), a space —
who is
.
;

God-fearing, or godly man. of time agreed for a set term; mda ni saburi— ,

ya siku iliokatika, an appointed space of time

Mcha or chachi watu or mali ya watu ? (R.).
within which a debt must be paid or the borrowed
Mchabachaba, s.; ikali maji mchabachaba or
money or property returned to its owner; Bani-
dibudibu (R.).
ani ame-ni-pa m'da miezi miwili apate kipata
Mchachato, s.; kukata — (R.)? kile kitu atafutacho akisha pata a-m-lipe Baniani;
Mchache, adj., little, few watu wacbache, a few
men. (v. ,
moram solvendi concessit ; ,
spatium
Mchafu, s. and adj., filthy = mtu mko, a filthy, temporis mda, cluster; e.g., tuaketi mda
; (2)
dirty mem; mtumke buyu ni this woman is ,
mmoja, we live in a cluster, i.e., ice live near or
dirty, negligent, apika uebafu {she cooks dirtily). close together (R.).

Mchago, s., the pillowend of the bed (St.). Mdadisi, s. (ku dadisi, v.), an examiner, a searcher,
Mchaka, s. (R.) (= rasho, mf'ka) ?? questioner ; muulizi wa neno kua bidii; nime-m-
Mchana, s. {vid. mtana), daylight, daytime, day dadisi Sana batta a-ni-ambie or nime-m-gnienia
{Kiung.). batta a-ni-ungamie, I questioned, and sounded,
Mciianga, s. {Kiung.), sand ( = mt;inga in Kimr.). him thoroughly until he told me.
Mchapi tumbiri, name of a tree. Md ago, s., a kind of weed.
Mciie {pi. micbe), in Kiung. {
= mte in Kimv.), Mdaiiada (jit a had a ?) (wajada,wV7.); Muegnizimgu
a seedling, a plant, a slip. ame-m-tia awuni, God assisted him (R.).
 ; . ; ; ; = ;,

MD ( 218 ) MD
Mdahalo {pi. wa ) —
{in Kiamn called Wasanie), a 3Ideke, s.; cfr. momba in Kiniassa, and m’omba.
which is subject to the Galla on the coast of Mdeki, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (mdeki wa ku sbindilia
tribe
Mcdindi ( efr Wasanie).
—
bunduki), ramrod.
Mdaifu {vid. mthaifu), weak; Arab. i_afU;. JIdelasini {or mdalasini), s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
the

Mdaka cinnamon-tree {Arab, kerfa).

mke, one who wishes to marry.
31denengoa, s., a debtor ; c.g., mtu huyu mdenengoa
Mdakali, s., vid. bori, s.
wangu, this man is my debtor ; mimi lia-mu-ia
Mdaku, s. {pi. wadaku) {vid. mbea), a person who
or yee awiwa. kuangu {vid. ia or wia) {he owes
makes mischief by spreading slanderous reports me).
between friends, cQc. = mfitini, mtu afaniai fitina, MdEni, s. (wa) {Arab, a debtor ; muegni
in general a tale-bearer a babbler, loho immedi- , deni, atoai fetlia kua muenziwe, one who takes
ately reports to others what ha has heard from money from his friend or companion.
one udaku)
{cfr. mdaku, one who is forward
; Moeremdere (wa sarnaki) (= masewe in Kini-
in speaking {cfr. clianku in Kiniassa), one who
assa )?
intrudes to hear all he can {cfr. mdabdabina). 3!d£ruba (rectius mtheruba), s. (wa, pi. mi — )

Mdalasini, s., aid. mdelasini. (1) kidude ja ku tolea motto, a steel to strike fire

Mdalimu, s. {vid. mthalimu), a wicked, fraudulent with; (2) mderuba or mderba wa pepo, storm,

person; Arab. tempest; tumepigoa loo ni mderuba wa pepo, we

met with a storm to-day {cfr. deruba, stroke ); cfr.
Mdamba (R.), forming a stone by cutting ? stone-
cutting. ,
verberavit, percussit ictu polluit mauus.

Mdamba = mfarika, vid. mtamba. M'dha, s. {

pi. midba, ya) ;
m'dha wa niama, «
portion of meat ivhich the Suahili give to a
Mdana, s., a good or bad omen (mdana mema or
Mnika guest, and vice versS. which the Arnica
mbaja), ivhich to the natives forebodes good luck
give the Suahili, who may happen to be present
or disaster ; on the road with
c.g., if one meets
a man of red complexion it is an mdana mbaya, when the animal is slaughtered. By this

custom they wish to express their mutual regard

and the traveller will return home; but if he
meet with a person of black complexion, he will and forbearance to each other. But as the

go on rejoicing at the good omen {vid. falaki). Suahili do not eat the meat of an animal
slaughtered by Ngn-Muhammedans, the Wanika
MdangInifu, s. (ku dangauia, v. a.), a deceiver,
allow the Suahili to perform the business of
impostor.
slaughtering, to ivhich they never object.
Kiunguja, quod in Kimv. mdumba
31da.ni {in
mtumba)
id.

the name of a species of tree

3Idi, s. (wa — ), vid. mli wa kikuku.
or
of which mortars are made
(R.),
(R.).
Md tt.a {q)l. mi —
kidude ja ku), (1) coffee-mill;

pondea bunni a coffee-pot ? (3) in Kigunia

; (2)
MSjsi, s. (wa, pi. mi ), an orange-tree
bearing — dried cassava (makopa) muliogo mkafu ( ;

a large and delicious fr uit dansi (la, ma ), makopa). —

a bambaloon-tree (Er.). Mpilifu, adj., subst.,poor and strengthless liana
Mdakahani, s., an Indian stuff { St.). kitu wala liana liguvu.

Mdaua, s., one who has a matter against one, an 31dLmu, s., a lemon-tree.
{or ndinge) ? (R.).
adversary wajua mimi sidaki daua ta-ku- 3Idinge
peleka kua mdauawako, the natives say this to 31dira, s. ; mdira wa ku noea kahoa, a coffcc-pot
one ivho is about to commence a quarrel. {cfr. mdila).

medauara or mduara), s. (wa), Mdirifu, s. = yuwa-ji-pata kitu,

una-ji-weza nafsi-
3Idauara {or
roundness, a circle, circular form; ulimengu
yakwe (Sp.), blessed with worldly goods, he is
ueuda kua mdauara, hauendi kua mrabba, the neither poor nor rich; cfr. t-Jy ,
bonis com-
world is round, not /quadrangular jTa-» :
modisque vitae, affluxit; rectius mtirifu.

rotundus ; cfr. ,
circumvit.
MdiiSga (wa) {pi. mi — ), merry thought ? (Er.);
pi. midiringa ya sbiiigoni ;
Kiniassa, mringa wa
Mdawari, s., the lie, the softer letter lie in
ndsala.
Arabic.
Mdirini, s., adj., malicious, mischievous ? (Er.) ; cfr.
Mde {or mt’e), the name of a tree (R.).
mtiriri.
Mdebdabina, s. {q>l. wa), a makebate, a disturber Mdizi, s., a of the forest. Its proper name is
tree
of concord; mtu mzuzi, azuai neno la fitina, mbaraka. The people eat its fruit in a time of
ni salata, yuwasaliti or yuwatongania watu, famine. The fruit is long in form and agreeable
af'ania fitina, mtu fitina {cfr. mdaku). in taste, like ndizi. On that account it is

31defe, 8. ? called mdizi ;

kua sobabu ya kua tamu kana
 ;; ) ;; ; ; ;

MD ( 219 ) ME
ndizi, yuna konde ndani, because tins fruit is as feet, and must be distinguished from the tambazi
sweet as bananas. or creeping sickness, which causes sivellings in
M'do, s. (wa ,
pi. mido), a cushion (m'do waku weka the tafu, kiga, mbafu, matumbo, fusi, kuapa,
kitoani) ;
not to be confounded with m'to, a mukono. The mdudu causes a swelling only on
river. one spot, but the creeper spreads itself over a
Mdoda, s., Kimrima — mtona ( Kimvita ute ; large part of the body, and does not always
wa mdoda or mtona, slaver, saliva. cause suppuration (vid. tambazi). Thera are
Mdodole ? (R.). four diseases to be distinguished: (1) mdudu,
Mdogo, adj., small, little mana mdogo, a little (2) kaka, (3) niuma, (4) tambazi (cfr.).
child: mdogo wangu, my younger brother. Mdududu, s., name of a tree.
Mdomo, s. (wa, pi. midomo), the beak, bill of a Mdukisi, a person who misrepresents the
s. (wa),
bird (muomo wa mtu, a man's lip ) mdomo wa ;
words he has heard from another; mtu asemai
ndege, a bird's beak; mdomo wa ipu, pi. midomo maneno ya upuzi, a busy-body ; cfr. mtukisi, ku
ya mapu pustule (?).,
tiikisa.
Mdondo (rectius mtondo or mtondogoa), s., the Mdukoa, s. ku-m-tia mdukano = ku-m-piga or
third day from to-day mdondo mdondogoa or ku-m-dota kua janda kua liguvu, to beat one with
keslio ku tua, the day after to-morrow. a finger.
Mdonga, s., name of a tree. Mdukuo, s., a push in the check (St .).
Mdongoa, s. (R.), clod (?). Mdule, adj. and s. = mkata, asiekua na kitu,
Mdoso, s. (R.) (?).
poor, one ivho has nothing; cfr Ja ,
abjectus
Mdonsi, a kind offish in rivers.
vilisque fuit, inde submissus, humilis.
Mdoya, s. (pi. wa), a spy (vid. doya).
Mdule, s., tent, cabin (pi. mindule).
M'du, s. (wa, pi. midu), a tree, the ivood of which is
a kind of plate made of clay,
Mduli, s. (wa),
used (1) (in powder) as a specific against the
brought from Sur and other seaports of Mouth
marathi ya mti (vid. maratlii); (2) ku fania ma-
Arabia ; sabani ya suri.
tende gu ya vitanda, posts of bedsteads; (3)
Mdumu, s. (wa), a mug ivith a snout, which serves
ku fania ngoma, to make drums.
especially to hold (ku tilia) marasbi, the favourite
M'du, s. (wa), chopper, a chopping-lcnifc (m’ndu,
perfume of the Suahili.
pi. mindu), sickle (m'du wa ku temea miti), pale-
Mdundo, vid. mtiindo.
knife, a large knife with a hooked point.
Mdungumaro, s., the name of an evil spirit (vid.
Mduara, s., a globe, circular motion (vid. mdau-
dungumaro), against which the natives beat the
ara); mduara wa mawe, a round heap of stones.
Mduawe (mtuawe?) (only used with vijiboa); drum dungumaro mdungumaro ni pepo wa ;

Kisliakini, a place in the /Somali country (Sku-

muate ta-mu-andamana kana vijiboa mduawe
kini).
(R.)?
Mdunsidunsi (jitunsitunsi), one who asks many
Mdude, s. (cfr. kidiide, dudo) (wa, pi. mi — ), an
questions about family concerns (dunsa or tunsa)
expression of contempt, lit., dirt-thing ; cfr.
and then divulges them.
mniangarika.
Mdutu, vid. mtutu.
Mdudu, s . (wa, pi. wadiidu, wa) (cfr. dudu) (Arab.
M£a, 0 . n., to grow, spring up, to thrive; ku
dud,_pZ. dawad vermibusinfectusfuit cibus;
;
meza, v. c., to cause to grow Mungu ana-ni-

Ojj ,
vermis), (1) an insect, a worm ; mdudu wa meza meno, God has given me teeth.

sliikio, ear-wax, which the natives believe to be a M£de (ya, pi. za) = inpaka katika mateso.
kind of ivor m which keeps off everything hurtful Mega, v. a. ku mega, to break a piece or gather
to the ears (mdudu azuiai masikio). If this worm up a lump and put in one's mouth, to feed
it

should leave the ear a man must instantly die. one's-self out of the common dishes ivith one’s
The worm therefore dies not until the life- hand, as is usual in Zanzibar (St.).
time is finished. Mdudu wa chanda, a tumour Megnia, v. a. (megniiSa, v. obj.)-, megnieana
on a finger or toe, whitlow. (2) Mdudu wa megnieka = menia, to engorge ; vid. midirara
ugonjoa, theworm of sickness; c.g., unafania megnieka, to break on one side of the head.
mdudu wa udole, I have a whitlow (paronychia). Megni'uka, v. n. niumba zilizo megniuka megni-
The natives signify by the expression “ mdudu’’ uka = fundika fundika, ruined houses.
the unknown cause of a disease which produces Meida, s., an enemy, in Kikamba; e.g., Wagalia,
a swelling and suppuration. When the puru- Wakuafi, Wamasai ni meida wa Wakamba, the
lent matter has gone off, the mdudu is supposed Galla, Wakuafi, and Masai are enemies of the
to be dead. The mdudu wa ugorijoa is particu- Wakamba; cfr kiinimato. .

larly active under the nails of the hands and Meiti, adj., dead ; vid. mauti, a corpse; cfr. mfu.

[
 ; ; ; ; , ; ; ; ; ;

ME (
120 ) ME
Mejego, s. (pi.), double teeth; vid. jego. Mende, s., a cockroach, cockroaches (St.).
M£ka, v. n., to flash, flitter, lighten; umeme, Menensi (jieenensi) (pro maenensi ;
the ma of
wameka, the lightning flashes meka meka, to Mombas becomes me in Zanzibar), s. (ya) =
glitter, shine very much; kironda liiki clia muendo (ku enenda, to go), (1) the going, walking,
meka meka, this wound looks red. or gait of a person = maenendo ya ku enenda ;

M£ko, s. (ya) (sing, jeko or jiko, la), the fireplace,

(2) behaviour, conduct.
the kitchen; (1) na raeko
meko ndlpo maliali palipo
Mengi (or mangi), many (vid. ngi) mimi ni mengi ;
matatu ya ku telekea jungu mottoni ( Kinika
wa reherna, says God.
mafiga) meko means the three stones upon which
;
Menia, v. a., (1 ) to take food from the dish with
the natives put the cooking-pot, and between which
the hand, as the natives do; ewe ral'iki umenie
they kindle the fire for cooking jeko (la) signi-
tnnge za kuelli za wali, my friend, take real or
fies one of these stones, lohich form the native
large lumps of boiled rice (do not take small
tripod. Between this tripod is the jiko or place
ones). The natives take as much food as they
of ashes. (2) Meko in general = kitchen; ma-
can hold in the right hand, make it into a ball,
liali pa ku pikia mekoni, in the kitchen.
;
and put it into the mouth. Tonge ya (pi. za)
A I elea, v. obj.; mbugu wamelea mlimbolimbo
wali, or if small kitonge (pi. vitonge) via wali,
the creeper which grows around the thorn-tree
lumps of boiled rice compressed in the hand; cfr.
ccdled mlimbolimbo (vid.) sliambalangu lina ;
mega ndo umenie tonge moja, come form a
melea, when the grass grows again before ilia
;

clod of wali for thee. (2) Menia, to shell, to

seed of the shamba has been sown.
husk (St.); (3) menia, to beat (Kihiyao).
Melezi, s. (wa), floating, the riding of a vessel at
anchor Meno, s. (ya) (pi. of jino, la), teeth; mono maili,
(vid. elea) (ku elezoani maji ya baliari, to
be made by the sea), the rolling of a ship,
to roll
twofold; meno matatu, threefold.

or rather the anchorage where the ship is moored, Menomeno, s., battlements (St.).

and where she cannot lie quietly, but is in con- Mentar, .s., tweezers '?
(Sp.).

stant motion from the sea. Hapa ni melezi Mijrhem (or MfiRHEMu) (vul. mevliam), adj., de- —
kuani ku wcka jombo melezi, maliali pa mballi ceased, defunct, late; babayangu merhemu, my

palipo na mawimbi makiiba ku elea jombo deceased father (aliekuenda ku rebemeka after ;

jombo liakitulii. There is such an unquiet the Muhammedan notion ) or merliem baba, or ;

anchorage outside the island of Mombcis, where- merliem nduguyangu ; cfr. biathi ;
nierbcm bibi

as the inside of the harbour is perfectly quiet, alikua mdohara (R.).

but less convenient for large ships, which anchor MiSriki (or merki), s.; bunduki ya meriki = bun-
outside of the mlango (gate) f of the port. The duki ya mrau, a matchlock.
melezi is to be distinguished from mtumbo Mrima)
Merima (for Marima), s. (sing. (lit., hill,
tumbo, or mrama, or msuko suko, which refers
mount), the land of East Africa.,
main and hilly
to the rolling of a vessel beaten by a storm.
especially the coast south of Zanzibar. Wamcrima,
Meliiaji, s., sticking-plaster (maandiko) (Sp.); vid.
the inhabitants of the coast south of Zanzibar.
malham.
Kimvima, the Suahili dialect spoken by those in-
Melsamu ??
Mejia (prop. mujSjia), adj., good, agreeable, fine; habitants. Mr. Last ivrites from Mpwapwa,
June “ The coast line opposite Zanzibar
1879
mtu muema, a good man, also a ivealthy man ; 2, :

kitu jema, pi. vitu vema, good things ; upanga

and inland for two days' march about twenty ,

muema, a fine sword; ngiio ngema, fine cloth miles, is called Mrima.” The people arc called
(ema being the root word). Warima.
Memeticka, v. n., to glare, glitter, shine; e.g., Meiumeta ;
ku merimeta, v. «., to shine, glitter

upanga (vid. meta) miwaniyangu yamemeteka, metameta.

;

mg spectacles shine; laken mimi namemetesha M£rkabu (or merkebu), s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab.),

miwani. large of European construction opp.

slip ,

to the smaller vessels of native make; merkebu

MemetiSsha, v. c., to make to glare.

Memetuka, v. n., to sparkle; memetusha, v. c. ya dulian or ya moshi, a steamship; merkebu

Mena, v. a. = ku-m-diirau), to slight or despise or merkabu ya serkali, a ship belonging to
(

mana liuyu the Government merkabu ya mizinga or mano-

one, to treat one disre spectfully
= wari, a, man-of-war merkebu ya taja (tajiri), a
yuwa-m-mena babai ku sira.
mrrchant shiii merkabu ya milingoti mitatu,
M Una, s. (ya) (sing, jena, la), hollows, holes; ku
a full-rigged ship merkabu ya milingoti miwili
piga meria (= ku tivnba nti), to dig a small hole
put the seed into it utimbe
in the soil in order to
na nussu, « bark.
"" . . .
5 "c"
nti,na ulipopanda mbeu, ufukie, usiiitc wasi, kanga Meusa, a haven ; vid. ,
stabilisfuit; >

asifukue asilo tembo zilizopiindoa cfr. sia, v. a. ;

ancora, ad quam consistit navis.
 * ; ; ;

ME (
221 ) MF
MeRTHAWA (or MARATHAWA Or MARITHAWA) (vid. (from ) ;
mfano wa maneno, a proverb, a
marithawa) e.g., nadaka merthawa,
;
1 want parable (?).
good and toothsome food to the full; abundance, Mfaii.ua, s., comfort.
plenty.
a table
Mfaramfaka, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a little animal, —
Mesa (or meza), s. (ya, pi. raiesa, ya),
basilicus ? a kind of lizard? like the chameleon.
especially after the European fashion. Probably Mfaranga.
from the Portuguese mesa Lat. mensa. ; Mfarasa, s., a Frenchman (pi. wa-); but mfara-
Misseri (or Misri), Egypt. sha, a thin light mattress, cover Arab
;
Mesghidi (or msghidi or msgidi) (wa, pi. misgidi,

ya) (Arab. A *. — ),
mosque of the Muliamme-
Mfariji, s. (pi. wa — ),
a comforter ; cfr.

liber fuit moerore, ohleetatus fuit, detersit moe-

dans. rorem Deus.
Mf.smmaa, a candle, candles cfr. lusit
s., ; ,
Mfarika, s. (ya, pi. za, ma) ( ,
separavit;

luxit splenduitque lucerna, £*.&> ,

s., candela. agmen ovium magnum), maiden, a goat or sheep
Mesiki (or meski or miski), scent, mush. which has not yet given birth = mtamba wa
Meskini, s., adj. (vid. maskini) (wa, gd. icl. — wa), gnombe, mso wakuku msijana wa mtu (asie tassa ;

via).
a poor man; mesklui wa Mungu ; ,
pauper
Mfasiri, s., expounder, interpreter ; vid. fasiri.
et miser fuit pauper, egenus.
;
,
Mfathaha (or mfetheha or mfetehi), s. ; -

Meta, v. n., to be bright, to glitter ; e.g., jamb'ia

ignominia affecit >
H-.Ca ignominia, disgrace.
lameta kumoja si kuili, the dagger glitters on
,

one side, not on two sides; ku memeteka kote

Mfatiiili, s. (pi. wa— ),
one who shows kindnesses
(vid. fathili), generous mfathili mku wewe.
lcote, to glitter on all sides; e.g., upanga meta.
;

Mfatu, «., vid. mfadu.

Meta meta, v. intens., to glitter much; meta
Mfedeha, a tree.
metesha, v. c.; ku meta meta; cfr. gna, to
Mfeico, s.; mfeko wa jino or meno (
Kimrima ),
flash, to glitter (ku gna, to shine forth). ya meno, gaps between the teeth.
pi. mifeko
cause to glitter; ku meteslia
Metesha, v. c., to Mfenessi (or mfinessi), s. (w a, pi. mi )> the bread- T
—
metesha. fruit tree (arto karpus integrifolia).
Mktuka, v. n., to shine from far. Mf£ni, s. (R.), name of a foreign
tree used for
Metemete, .?. (wa) ;
vid. kimetemete cha mtoni, a masts; only for ivant (ukoshefu) of this they take
glowworm. the mleha. The tree comes from India or
MeTHELI (or METHILI Or METHALI Or MITHILl) ; Arabia.
metheli y a maneno, a likeness, similitude, parable; Mfethuli, s., a rude fellow.
assimilavit parabolam instituit Mfi, s. (wa, pi. za) ;
mfi wa nuelle, whiteness of
cfr- JA* ,

hair, white and grey hairlike that of aged persons;

similitudo ;
,
exemplar, imago, forma. nuelle nieupe za mse (cfr. imfi in Kiniassa ).
M'fi, s. (wa, pi. mifi, ya) (Kin. mufui, pi. mifui)>
Mfizi (or jtuEzi), s. (wa ,pl. miezi), (1) moon (2)

month.
an arrow (Arab, msharre, pi. mi ) ku fuma — ;

mfi, to shoot an arrow. M'fi wa kigvimba na

M’pa = mofa, s., kiln.
wa mrembe must be distinguished. The mfi
Mfa, 8 ., meat for the mtuzi, which a foreigner wa kigvimba has an iron head smeared with a
gets (Er.). vegetable qioison. The mfi wa^mrembe has no
Mpaa, the centre-piece of a door (St.). iron, but only a sharp wooden point, which is
Mfadu, s. (ya, pi. za) = kapu, a large basket for poisoned. The wano la mfi (p>l. mawiino ya
keeping corn in. The mfadu holds 10 gisila;
mifi) is mti rntupu usiotiwa kigumba wala usio.
cfr. kizizi. tongoa nta, but it has, like every arrow, three
Mfalme (or mfai.ume or mfaume), s. (wa), chief, feathers (nioya) to make it
fly straight and far.
king (kufa waume) = muegni mku, a great man Mifi ni selakha ya kebaba, i.e., arrows are wea-
or lord (ni mtu alietawala). pons which are not expensive (like muskets), for
Mfamfuka, v. n. ? you get severed arrows for a small quantity of
Mfanii i;i wa ), a trader, a merchant.
as her a (pi — corn. (2) M'fi (or m'vi) means cdso sting ; e.g.,
Mfano, s. mifano ya) (ku fana, fanana),
(wa-, pi. mfi wa niuki, the sting of a bee.
likeness, resemblance, figure, example, pattern ; MfiaiJshi (or mvialisiti), s. (wa) ( = mkunga), a
nadaka nguo mfano wa hino, I want a cloth like 1
midwife (cfr. vialisha or mvialisba or mviatisa).
that; cfr. Arab. species, modus et ratio Mfiasi (or mviazi), s. (wa, pi, wafiasi, wa), one who
t
 . ; . ; . ; ;;;

MF (
222 ) MF
gives birth; mume or nike, father or mother, ivhose meat is therefore not eaten by the Suahili,
prop., male or female genitor; wafiasi, parents; but only by the pagans (
Wanika, Ac.)-, especially

mfiasi, esp. she that brings forth. said of animals which died miserably and are
Mphcre, s. (wa, pi. wa) = mze. therefore haram ( forbidden ). Wafuni wale walio-
kufa tangu hapo, but meiti (pi. idem) is a fresh
Mpipilisi, s. (ku-m-fifilisi), a defrauder, one who
corpse ; maji mafu = yaliokufa, dead water, ebb-
defrauds another in the payment of an account,
tide.
die.; e.g., ku-m-fifilisi siku, he counted only 10
Mfua (or mvua), s. (ya, no plural), rain (jit., pro-
days instead of 15, or gave him him 8 dollars
bably “ beating ,” vid. ku vua) mvua yagnia, it
instead of 10, as he ought to have given; he did
;

rains (panafungu mfua).

not give him all.
Mfua, s.; mfua wa ku (pi. mifua ya ku) fuguta
Mfifu (vectius mvivu), adj., s. (ku via, liarilnka,
or fugutia or asliia motto, bellows, two leather
pumba —
?), a lazy or
idle person; mtu asie-
bags ivith which the natives blow the fire in a
daka kazi kabisa. The mfifu is different from
smithery ; (2) mfiia (pi. wafua), a smith, worker
mkulifu, a man ivho is remiss, who says directly
in meted; mfua juma, a blacksmith mfua fetha,
“ this tiling is too hard for me ;" mkulifu yuwaata
a silversmith.
kazi liarraka, neno lina-m-kulia, lina-m-kua kiiba,
ku li-fania amekuliwa ku fania kazi bi, ameona
Mfuasi (or mfuazi), s. (wa, pi. wa — )
(ku fuata),
;
follower, adherent, a follower, a retainer.
kua kuba, akaata, amejoka, amelegea.
Mfuati, s. (wa) (
Kimrima a ), species of (red) ants.
Mfignio, s.; mongowakwe ni mfignio?
They are cdso called sisimisi ku (wa nti), lit.,

Mfiusi, s., an auctioneer, one ivho seizes another's fiia or fukua nti ;
ku
kazizao ni ku fukua nti,

property (kua sebabu ya deni), ivho cannot or fania niumba,ku sisimia or samanti,/o dig under
will not pay a debt (ku filisi). ground.
Mfinangi (or mfinansi), s. (wa), a potter, one ivho Mfufi (or mvuvi), s. wa (wa, pi. wa — ); mfufi
mahes earthenware (ku finanga), e.g., vibia, samaki, a fisherman (ku fua samaki). wa Mfufi
vibungu, vikungu, vikaango, mitungi, ta, die. msbipi, wa juia, wajerife, Ava lema, wa niafu, wa
vid. kungo. kimia (wa rusasi), wa usio, wa utata, wa munda
Mfiniko, vid. kifiniko. (pi. miunda), wa rasaka, wa kassa. All these
Mfiosi, s. (wa), a quarrelled, brawler (ku fioa), a terms refer to the various modes offishing.
fault-finder, one ivho is given to scolding. Mfufo, a tree.
Mfipapo, a tree. Mfufumaji, a tree.
Mfjringo, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
roundness, levelness, Mfugo, s. (wa, pi. mifugo, ya) mfugo wa niama, ;

without angle or hollow (ku firingana) kitu biki ;

cattle-breeding; mimi nina mifvigo mingi, e.g.,
kimfiringo, this thing is round (kama dafu). ya kuku, ya gnombe, ya mbuzi, ya kondfi, ya
Mfisifisi, s.; cfr. kifisifisi and ufisifisi, from ku punda, tC’c., laken kulla mfugo mbalimbali
fita, to concecd, hide. mfugo wa kuku ni ptke, wa gnombe peke, Ac.
Mfitaji, s. (wa), a hider (ku fita), one who hides The singular refers to any class of animals,
from — but the plural (mifugo) to all kinds together (vid.

Mfitini, s. (wa) (vid. fitini), one who brings about ku fuga).

enmity between friends, Ac. Mfugulio, s. (R.) ;
prov., maji ya nazi vadaka
mfugnlio?
Mfiwi, the bean-shrub (fiwi, bean).
Mfuje (or mvuje), s. (wa), a fetid gum; mfuje ni
M'po, s. (wa, pi. mifo), a torrent, stream (vid. m'to,
matozi ya mti, yanuka wibaya (assafcctida), a
s.), rushing, roaring ; leo kuua shuka mfo haku-
stinking unguent, which the Banians put into
pitiki majira ya mvua ni mfo, washuka mfo
their boiled rice, to keep off evil spirits, who on
;

watukua watu, mfu mkafu.

smelling it will The natives when sick put it
fly.
Mfodoro, s. — cbakula cha burre (vid. fuduru,
into their charms (birizi), slietani akimbie aki-
v. a.), invitation to a feast.
sikia liarufu mbaya, to put the devil toflight when
Mfombi, s. (Br.) (in Kipemb. — msingi wa maji),
he smells it.

a water-trench ; vid. mfumbi. wa

Mfuke (or mvuke), s. (— jasbo) ;
mfiike muili,
Mfongonia, s., a tree; its fruit mafongonin, said to sweat, perspiration of the body ; mfuke wajungu,
be eaten by the Dahdlo tribe (vid. Mdalialo). steam from kettles, Ac. (pi. mifiike ya ) fuke —
Mforoya (or mporoja), the name of a tree. (la) (= joto) (pi. mafuke), large drops of siveat
Mforhaji, s. (wa, pi. mi—), a mulberry-tree, morus. mfukefuke = motto mingi (R.) ;
muili umefania
M'fu, adj., a dead person (ku fa) (pi. wafu) kitu ;
liarri or mfuke, jasho, the body perspired
liiki ni kilu, this matter is dead; niama fu, a Mfuko, s. (wa pi. mi ), a bag, a pocket.
, —
dead animal, which died from disease, and Mfukuto (or mvukuto), s. = jasho, heat, siveat
 ; ; ) ;

MF ( 223 ) MF
teleka maji yapate mvukuto kidogo, put water ascend the mfumo (ku fuma kua pepo), the
on the fire, let it get a little warm or lukewarm natives ropes of the mbugu around the trunk,
lie

(cfr. mfiike) ; cfr. vuluito, sweat. which serve as a kind of ladder. The Wanika
Mfulana (or s. (wa), a youngster.
mvulana), do not qiractise the ugema ( tapping ) of the mfumo
Mfule, s. (wa, 'pi.
—
mi ), a kind of tree. The except in time of famine; they have also very
timber is hard and used in shipbuilding. Mleha, few mifumo in their country ; but the Wasegua
mgnongo, mbawa, mkungn, mfule, mtundo are and Washinsi have plenty of them, whilst they
trees of soft wood, hence the boats constructed of have but few cocoa-trees. They therefore under-
them will not sink easily ; but the msindarusi, stand the ugema ( tapping wa mfumo, and are
mbambakoffi, mgnambn, mtanne, msindi are miti very fond of its liquor.
misito yasama (
trees of hard wood), hence boats Mfumuwale, vid. muale.
builtof these trees soon sink. Mfunda, s., a tree.
Mfuli, s. (in Kigunia) = mtu mume, in Kimwita; Mfundifu, s., spoiler, perverter (especially of
mukono wa kufuli ( = wa kuume), the right ivords spioken) (ku funda, rectius vunda).
hand.
(ku fulisa), haste
Mfundo, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
anger or chagrin,
Mfulizo (properly mfdulizo), s. grudge, ill-will, hidden in one's heart mtu huyu
in going, galloping, quick trip kua mfulizo moja, yuna mfundo moyonimuakwe, yuna kasirani ku,
asipopumsika kana farasi mfulizo moja, one ; neno lina-m-sononesa (vid. sononeka) (cfr. kamia,
draught, pull, tug, train (e.g., of the railroad ) v., to be resentful) (fundo, knot) ;
mfundo alio
rid. fua, to beat, to strike. nao uta-mu-umiza muana (mifundo walio nayo,
Mfuma, s. (pi. wa), a iveaver ; vul. fuma, v. a. which they have), the grudge which the child has
Mfumbati, s. (cfr. kitakizo) (pi. mi — ),
the side
iviU give him pain.
pieces
Mfumbe
of a bedstead (St.).

(mfumbi?), the back of a native hoe vid.

—
Mfune, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a tree straight and tall,
; with white bark. The trunk is so smooth that
inika. even a snake cannot ascend it (nioka liawezi ku
Mfumbi, (wa) (pi. mifumbi, ya), (1) ndia ya maji
s.
kuea kua ku teleza) ;
mfune hu ka-u-kueleki, this
iliotimboa kasidi ku pitia maji ya rnvua, water-
mfune tree is not climbablef cannot be scaled.
trench dug for the purpose of leading off the
However, the natives fix (vigongo ndani ku
rain-water; (2) ku piga mfumbi (ku koroga
kuelea) sharpened pegs into the trunk, and by
maji), to push off with the feet the little water
this means ascend it, to tie (mizinga ya niuki)
which at low tide is left in the (mikono ya mto)
bee-hives (which are hollowed out of short trunks
by-channels of creeks, in order to lead the fish
of trees) between its branches.
and shrimps to the utata wa ku kuti za mnazi,
Mfunga (or mvunga), s., row, file ( = saffu) ?
an obstruction consisting of palm-leaves, dec.,

mayMfungiso, s.; rnvua ya jana ilikua ya mfungiso;

and
through which the water floiv off, the
The little shrimps (karnba) mvua ya mfungiso, continued rain (R.).
fish be kept behind.
arc taken in large quantities and put into baskets. Mfungo, s., binding, the feasting and amusement
When dead, they are dried in the sun,- and then which is kept up for three days before the com-
sold, one pishi (measure) of shrimps being equal
mencement of the Ramadan or fast-month of the
to one pislii of corn (mtama).
Mwhammedans (ku la mfungo na ku teza uira) ;
Mfumi (rectius mvumi), s. — kelele ku piga kelele after this feast, the month must, as it were, be
;

tied up by fasting ; cfr. ku funga, to tie, to bind ;

or mvumi, to jar, fizz.
mfungo wa Ulaya, as it is or teas bound in
Mfumo (or mvumo), s. (wa, pi. mi a tree of the — ),
Europe, European binding.
palmyra orfan-palm species. The Borassuspalm.
Its trunk risesa vase of flowers, being thin Mf(v)ungu, s. (pi. mivungu), (1) a piece of bamboo,
like

towards the ground, and growing thick in the from which the natives make the quivers for
Severed East African tribes draw their arrows ivlien they cannot get quivers made
middle.
toddy from this They cut off all its
tree. of leather; mfuugu wa mifi (= diaka, la, pi.
branchy fans, and a large ccdabashto the top,
tie ma ) (2) the empty space under a bedstead — ;

to receive the liquor, which runs out from the

or table, &c. (mfungu wa m’eza).

incision which has been made on the top ; and Mfungulia, s., to tie up, loosening, unbinding (no
other people cut a hollow in the top of the trunk, sign of genitive) vid. mafungulia gnombe. ;

whilst others cut holes in the tree near the Mfunguo, s. (wa) (lit., untying, unbinding), the
ground. In these hollows the liquor is collected. first month of the Muhammedan year lohich
Again other people fell the tree, making holes follows the month of Ramathan. The first month
allalong the stem, in which the liquor gathers loosens, as it were, the fast which during the
after some time. The mfumo toddy is not so ' Ramathani (the last month of the year) has shut
strong as that of the cocoa-tree. In order to '
up the months of the people The first month is, .
 ; ; ; ;;

MF ( 224 ) MG
as it were the hey (ufunguo) of
,
the. year which
,
Mfurugo, s., disturbing, disturbance, trouble ,

elapses by beeping pace ivith the phases of the strife.

moon, every new course of which opens a new space Mfukumfu, s. (wa), gazelle, antelope (Er.) (Kin.

of time. Mfunguo (1) wa mosi, (2) wa pili, sa) (cfr. iudsa in Kiniassa).
(3)
\va tatn, (4) wanne, (5) wa tano, (6) wa sitta, (7)
Mfushaji (or mvusmaji), s., ci ferryman (ku vuslm,
wa sabaa, wa
nane, (9) wa kenda, (10)
(8)
ku vuka).
Begeb, (11) Shabaan or rnlisho, (12) Bamathani Mfusi, s. (= mtu afuai juma or fetba, &c.), a
or muezi wa t’ummu. First, second, third month, worker in metals (muhunsi wajuma, &c.) (vid.
dc. The three last months do not change their mjume).
Arabic names. /Strict Muliammedans continue Mfuto, s., drawing, pulling, rowing; siomfutohn,
to fast for six days after the Eamatlian. People one does not row thus, this is not rowing.
who could not fast during the Ramatlian from Mfutua, s. (vid. msafihi), a proud person =
sichness, travelling, dec., must compensate for muegni kebri.
the omission in another month. The names of Mgagasi, s. (ku gaga, v. «.), vid. numbi.
the months are in Arabic: (1) Sba auwal
Mgagnando, s. (wa) ( = sbamba la ku buruga
(mfuguo wa mosi), (2) Th’il Kanda, (3) Th’il kua jembe), a plantation where the soil is so hard
Haji, (4) Moharram, (5) Safer, (6) Babia el that the hoe rebounds. The soil consists of
auwal, (7) Babia el akkr, (8) Jemad el auwal, kidongoa (nti ya ndongo). It is fit for the culti-
vation of rice, but must be abandoned after a
(9) Jemad el aklir, (10) Bajab, (11) Shabaan
or mlislio, (12) Bamathan (muezi wa t’umu). feiv years. Reb. writes ku lima mgagandu.

Mfuxsaji, s. (wa), a teacher (ku funsa or fuuza).

Mgalua, s. (pi. Wagalla), a Galla, a great nation
consisting of many tribes in Fast Africa. The
Mfunsi (or mfiinzi), s. (wa), teacher (ku funsa) Galla inhabit the Interior from the frontiers of
vid. mkufunsi and mualimu.
Abyssinia down to the coast of Malindi. The
Mfunsifu (wa), a teacher. Galla inhabiting the country between the rivers
Mfununu, s. ( Kiniassa), a tree called mfununu, Jub and Dana a few years ago almost
ivere
which when decayed makes a powerful perfume entirely destroyed by the /Somali. The Galla
(ufumba, manukato) (B.). say, that when God created men, he called out

Mfuo, (wa, pi. mifuo), (1) the white sand on the

s. first the Abba Lonni, i.e., the possessors of cows

shore of the sea which, is overflowed in part at (the Galla ) then the Abba Shuffa, i.e., the pos-
;

very high tide a sign or way marked in sessors of clothes (the Suahili people) ;
at last the
(2)
the sand (kuwekamfuo = alaina, usipite mfuo) Abba Yema, the possessors
of hoes, i.e., the
agriculturists, e.g., the IVapokomo, Wanika, etc.
(3) a coloured stripe in a cotton print, a coloured
line ; (4) mifuo or mivukuto, bellows. —
Mgalli, s. (wa, pi. mi ) mgalli pondo nrefu (or ;

mpondo mrefu) wa ku futia dau, a large pole used

Mfuo for fishing mfuo ya
(mvuo), s ., a place fit
for pushing a boed through the water.
ku vua mishipi (tnahali pa samaki), a place
Mgamia, s., vid. ugarnia, a camel.
in the sea where plenty of fish is found among
seaweeds and small rocks (kiamba or jamba),
Mganda, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), (1) a tree on the coast
(mti poani), the ivoocl of u'ldcli is as hard us that
where they congregate.
of the mkoko (2) a sheaf of rice.
Mfupa, s. (wa) (pi. mi — ), a bone; mfupa wa fuzi,
Mgando, s.;
;

ku piga ebuma mgando, to flatten

the slioulder-bone or blade.
out a piece of iron by beating it, iron which is
Mfupapo, s., a kind of tree. upon the anvil but not yet forged (Kiniassa dun-
Mfupi, mtu mfupi = mtu wa kimo
adj., short; tura).
kidogo; kasba a short box; niumba fnpi; Mganga, s. (wa, pi. wa ), the witch-doctor of
fupi, —
upau ufupi mti mfupi; kiguzo kifupi
;
mbao Africa (a native physician), icliopretends to cure
;

fupi; makasha mafupi. sickness by means of superstitious ceremonies,

Mfukadi, s. (wa) mfuradi wa usbairi, a verse charms, cbc., which, he combines unth remedies
;

which have in a degree truly medicinal qualities,

(Er.) ;
cfr. ,
solus fuit, sepavatus fuit.
a circumstance which sustains the belief of the
Mfuee, s. (wa) (Kin. sabani ya ku lia kama natives in his art, since he often succeeds in a
ku tia sima), a deep dish in which the
pislii,
cure by means of the medicinal plants, roots,
Wanika put their boiled food. The sima or wali etc., which he uses together with the fooleries by
isput in one, and the mtuzi in another. which he imposes on the ignorant and distressed
Mfuria, s. (shamia) (kanzu ya mfuria), a cloak of people, who will pay him in fowls, sheep), goats
cloth boshuti kviba la AVatirabu kana kanzu, a bullocks, cloth, money,
according to their doc.,

sailor’s cloak (Luke xx. 4G). means, the nature of the sickness, and the agree-
 . — — ; ; ;; ;; ; ; " .

MG ( ) MG
merit made previously with the mganga, who is Mgniefu, s., humidity ; said of the wetness round
generally a man
of great shrewdness of ruined ,
the kopue of a bathing-place at Rabbay.

fortune ,
and one lolio has travelled to many Mgniegniek^vu, s. (wa), one who begs humbly
countries ( vid ganga, v. a.). and reverently (ku gniegniekea).

Mgangajale, the name of a tree good for misu- M'gniri, s. (wa, pi. migniri ya) ;
m'gniri wapueza,
,

kawano. the claw of a crab, the arms of the cuttle-fish

Mganga ungo, $., vid. muengellc. (St.) ;

vid. gando.

Mganju (rectius mkanju, pi. mikanju), s. (vid. Mgnongo, s., a kind of tree, of which mortars are
koroslio) (anacardium), a tree which hears the made (R.).
kanju or korosho, cashew nut or apple M'go, s. (wa, pi. The migo), a large shrimp.

Mgano, s. (pi. mi cfr. giino (pi. ma — (ugano); small shrimpkamba (wa, pi. za). is called
), )

kano. Mgoa, s. (wa) mgoa wa gnombe, the dewlap (the

;
cfr.
Mgao, n. p., a place in the south of Kiloa, near piece of flesh which hangs down under the neck

Cape Delgado. of a bullock.). Mr. Er. takes the word for

Mgaogao ? ku oka ndani ya maka, to roast hy put- “ thong or girdle (?).

ting into the coals. Mgobi? (R.).

Mgejia (or mgemi), s. (vid. gema, v. a., to tap), a Mgoja (or mngoja) (pi. wangoja), one ivlio waits (ku

tapper of cocoa-nut liquor. ngoja), a sentinel ? mgoja mlango, a doorkeeper

Mg£ni, s. (wa, pi. \va ), a stranger, a guest, a Mgoli, s., scrofula, king’s evil.
foreigner. Mgolossa, the trunk of a tree (R.).
Mghad, s., a horse's canter (St.), short gallop ku Mgomba, s. (wa, pi. mi ), the banana-tree, plan- —
enda mghad, to canter. tain ; mgomba wa ndizi ;
mgomba wa tombaku
M'gi (perhaps mengi), adj., thick, big, in (20 mikate), tombaku, pi. madawa
dawa la
(1)
reference to the girth of man’s body; muili wa ya — ,
as the Teita-people prepare the tobacco; 20

mtu huyu ni mengi or mtu huyu ni mgi (mnene) little cakes (lit., breads ) make a mgomba wa

sana, this man is very big or corpulent. But in tombaku.

Mgomvi, s. (pi. wa), a. quarrelsome person, a
watu hawa ni wanene
the plural the Sualiili say
brawler.
motto mgi, &c. (2) M'gi wa ku gniegniekea or
Mgondo, s. ; mgondo wa maji, the track left in the
mgifu wa dini, a very pious person.
water ; mgondo wa jombo, the wake of a sailing
Mgi a kati = muegni katikati beina, a mediator
ship; cfr. mtilisi.
= mpatanislii or mseleliisbi, peacemaker.
Mgina, s., new grass (R.).
Mg6ngo, s. (pi. mi — ),
the back, backbone; niumba
ya mgongo, a pent-house roof ( St.) vid. kiinua ;

Mgine (vid. mungine or muingine), another. mgongo, a present, drink-money, gratuity (R.)
Mgisimgisi ? (R.). (ku n5a).
Mgnambo, s., a kind of tree, the ivood of which is MgonjOa, adj. and s. (wa), a sickly person, an
firm and good, and red in colour; mgnambo invalid mgonjoa atembea kidogo, laken muelle
ukiundiwa una maisha sana, unastahamili maji amekazoa or amegandamizoa sana ni marathi
sana. hawezi ku terubea.
Mgnanda, s. mi—), a handful taken ivith Mgosa, s. (wa), a tree, the bark or rather the fibre
(wa, pi.
the fingers (vid. oya, s.), a handful given ivith of which is used for making (nmiu) matches for
the hand open (mgnanda wa kuni) (cfr. kitopa, matchloclc-guns. The m’oria tree in Kir. has
s.), a small load of ivood (Er.), a small bundle good bast. Ugosa is the rind or bark of the mgosa
of anything. tree.
Mgnao, s., vid. muezi; motto unatoa mgnao or Mgoti, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (Kin.), stalk of fruits, —
udambi (cfr. muali) (2) clearness in speech ni;
e.g., of millet or maize; mgoti wa mtama na

mgnao (unagna), the speech is lucid, clear. makiudi Kis. bua (la ) Dr. St. takes it = ; — ;

Mgnarizo, s. (wa), glittering, glaring mgnarizo mlingoti, a mast; mgoti wa ndizi, stalk, pedicle

wa mato, the glaring or staring, fixing of the (of a plant) of the plantain.
eyes; vid. ku-m-gnarizia or ku-m-tolea mato; —
Mgoto, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (ku gota, to knock), the
upanga wa msanaa or mgnarizo, a sword of noise made by knocking, beating, or cutting ;
inferior quality, not much esteemed by the mgoto gani kuo ugotao ? what noise of beating is
natives of which the iron is soft.
,
this? mgoto wa dau, the noise caused by rowing a
Mgn£o, s', (wa), craving mgneo wa nda, ku gnea. boat mgoto wa maji, the noise of water at the
and in shallow places.
Mgniagnanii, s. (wa, pi. wa — ),
a deceiver, violent confluence of two rivers
Mgoya? (R.).
man, an oppressor or extortioner (ku gniagnania),
one who takes by force. Mgr£sa (or MgeCse or Mor£si) (pi. Wangresa), an
Q
 ; : ; ; ; ;

MG ( 226 ) MI
Englishman; Mgresa ndie Mzungu asiedaka The natives believe it to be the falling of a star
watuma, this is the European who is not come from heaven. In thundery iveather the natives
in quest of slaves, wherefore the slaves pray will not carry anything upon their heads, nor sit
that the Mgrese may come and deliver them or stand under trees, especially ivill they not
from slavery. The natives of Mombas know wear a red cap or carry a sieve on the head, for
chiefly two European nations (1) the nation fear of being struck by the radi (Arab.). (2)
of the Mgrese (English), (2) of the Mfarasa Mgurumo wa sirnba, the growling of a lion.
(Frenchmen). Whilst the slaves prayed that Mgurure, the name of a tree = Kir. mgniagnani.
the. Mgrese might come, the possessors of slaves Mguu, s. (qd. miguu) (Kiung.), the leg from the
prayed for the coming of the Mfarasa, who knee downward, the foot (in Kimv. gu, la, pi.
formerly bought slaves on this coast. Majina ya magti) kuenda kua migu, to walk. ;

Wazurigu wangine bayakukua m'no, the names Mguuri, s. (wa), vale (Er.)?
of other European nations have no great cele. Mhalifu, s., vid. muhalifu.
brity, like the Spaniards and Portuguese. Mharibifu, s., vid. mubaribifu.
M'gu, s. (wa, q>l. migu), a kind of worm which in- Mhashiri, s. = borti kuba (on a vessel).
fests the corn, corn-worm (cfr. unguu, pi. nguu) Mhassi (or mhassai) (wa, pi. wa ), an eunuch, a —
Kin. kimungu, mdudu mdogo mueussi asuai castrated beast.

mtama. Mhatimu, s.
Mgue ( rather m'kue), s. (cfr. mavia), mother- and Mhimili (pi. mihimili), a girder, a beam, a bearing
daughter-in-law (Beb. writes m'gue for m'kue). post and liimili, bemili).
(cfr. hamali,

Mguisho, s., vid. punga and mkia (tail). Mhitaji, s., one who has need of a thing ; bana ni
Mguizi (pi. waguizi) mama mguizi or mbuaji, a mbitaji nai, Luke xx. 31 mhitaji wa ku nunua ;
;

beast of prey (cfr. ku guya, to seize). or wa ku uza.

Mgumba, s. (wa, pi. mi ), (1) the iron hook Miiunzi (or muhunzi) (pi. wa ), a blacksmith.
— —
attached to the iron head of a large arrow (such Mia, numb., a hundred; mieten, two hundred;
as are used to kill elephants, &c.) (2) mtumke
Arab. AjU», dual
;

asievia mana, a woman who has not yet or Mialamu, the ends of a piece of doth (St.).
never given birth to children, though she may be Miayu, s., yawning, a yawn ku piga
; to yaivn. — ,

an aged person, she is therefore often despised Miba, s. (ya, pi. za

by others.
), a
thorn (pi. miiba) (pi'o- —
perly muiba in sing .) miba ya mti, pricks or ;

Mgumi, s. (wa, pi. mingumi, ya), a large fish of the thorns of a tree ; miba ya samaki, fish-bones.
whale species ; kudegesa (?) and puelewa mgumi??
Mxbale, pi. of mbale vid. mbalo. ;

Mgximu, aclj., hard, solid, severe, difjicidt jiwe

Mibau (or mibao), s., timbers ; vid. mbao.
gumu, a hard stone; majiwe ruagumu, hard
Mibuyu, s. ; sing, mbuyn.
stones; kitu kigfimu, a hard matter; mtu
Midirara, s., aclv., always = sermadda or milele
mgumu, a hard, severe man.
(Uimbo) midi midirara, mitambara ya ku nia- ;

Mgunda, s., cultivated land (St.). niuka, i.e., mtu mfifu awa mitambara yasioktia
Mgune, s., a young mkoma tree, which yields the usima or misima, ya ku nianiuka, mikia (mlda)
mua used for binding, making mats, bags, &c. kana ya puesa, an idler ivears tattered garments
vid. mua (vid. kingune). (like the tail of the puesa) because he gets no

Mgunia (wa, pi. Wagunia), n. p., a native of the goods by working and therefore cannot buy
country situated between Siwi (Patta) and the decent clothing, he always ivears ragged clothes.
.Tub River. Mr. Erh. refers to the song of children, if one
Mguno, s. (wa, pi. miguno) (vid. guna), murmur- of them is wearing clothes which are torn or
ing, grumbling huyu yuwa-ni-pigia rngiino or worn out.
miguno, this man grumbles at me (cfr. ku guna). Mie, pron. (contracted from mimi), I; we, pro
Mguru, s., a leg (St.) (no doubt a Kisegua word wewe, thou; suie, pro suisui, we; nuie, pro nui-
for mgu or mguu, vicl.). nui, you.

Mguruguru, a large kind of burroicing lizard Mieten, numb. (vid. mia), two hundred (in the
*.,

(pi. waguruguru). Arabic dual).

—
Mgurumo, s. (wa, pi. mi ), thunder (which is Mifu, s. (wa, pi. mafu, ya) mifu gnombe, an ;

violent and near) (cfr. kifumo) (mtitimo, thunder insect which torments cattle with its sting.
which is distant ) jana kulipiga mgurumo, leo Mifua, s. (pi.) (vid. sing, mfua), a pair of bellows.
;

kunapiga —
it thundered yesterday, it thunders Mifuo, s. (ya) (sing, mfuo); (1) ku andika mifiio na
,

to-day. Radi is the thunderbolt which strikes kissu kua ku teza, to make marks in the sand
trees, &c. Msliindo wa mgurumo, a thunderclap. with a knife in play (2) ku piga mifuo, to make
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;;

MI ( 227 ) MI
lines with the feet, die., to point out the place a large spoon kijiko, a small one. Usi-ni-ondoe
where the mzingi (
foundation ) of a house is to miko, says a woman who is in mourning for her
he clug up. husband. Miko means also to be under the
treatment of the native doctor (mganga) fulani
Mifusi (or mafusi) and mavuzi)
(rectius vuzi (vid. ;

haua miko, N. N. does not stick to the treat-

fusi) (obscene), hair of the pudenda.
ment.
Mignia, v. a., to press out or squeeze out; exj., ipu
(la), hoil (= ku kamua). Miku, s. (pi.) (sing, muiku, ya) ;
miku za wali wa
jana, the remainder of boiled rice which (in
Migniana, v. rec.
several houses) has been left at night, and eaten
Migniri, s. (ya) (sing, m'gniri), the claws of the in the morning.
pueza (octopus vulgaris), the arms of the cuttle-
Milele, s. and adv., eternity, eternally, always; cfr.
fish (St.).
Mignognono, s. (ku gnognona), speaking low or Jo* ,
in longum tempus concessit, rogavit ut
softly, whisperings.
diuturna patientia uteretur ; St* ,
tempus ;
milele
Mijango, intestines ; pi. o/ujango. na milele, eternally.

Mikaha, s., marriage. (1) Ku funga mikaha ya ku Milhoi, s. niama mku, mrefu, baboon ? orang-
6a mtumke, to betroth a wife, to conclude the outang ? a fabulous fish that speaks ? mtu huyu
matrimonial agreement with the parents of a yuna kimo kana milhoi or milihoi. Jinns which,
girl. When the matrimonial engagement has having been merely singed, not killed, by the
been concluded with the parents, the bridegroom missiles of the angels, lurk in by-places to deceive
(the bride staying at home) goes to the mosque,
and harm people (St.).
accompanied by his relations and those of the
bride. Having kneeled with one knee before the Mili = fashini ya chombo (E.) ?

“ Uitikile
kathi, the latter asks him, (i.e., una- Milia; punda mih'a, zebra; vid. mlia ,pl. milia,
kubali kua kuelli) ku-mu-oa felani wa felani (the stripes, &c.
nameofthe bride being said), na maharireali kumi Miliki (or milki), v. a., to possess anything, to
(if this sum be agreed)." The kathi says these reign, govern; mimi namiliki shamba hili, i.e.,
words three times and the bridegroom repeats
,
ni langu, I possess this plantation, it belongs to
them after him. After this the kathi reads and
prays. At last the bridegroom is permitted to rise me ku miliki nti, to govern a country ; 01U* >

and to shake hands with the katlii and all the wit- possedit, dominio tenuit regem creavit.
nesses present. This is called ku funga mikaha,
Milki, s. (ya) (Arab, cJJ* possession, dominion
to betroth. (2) Ku funga or mikaha ya ku
sihi ),

toana or tumbana (ku laza), the consummation = enzi, vid.

of the marriage, in consequence of which the Milla, s. (ya, pi. za) (= madehabi or ada), custom
ivoman is considered (and she considers herself)
the legitimate wife of her husband, Ms long as of old (=desturi); cfr. Mk* ,
modus quo quid
this act has not been performed the marriage is S 55

not valid before the kathi, and the ivoman may impletur, or rectius 6k* ,
lex, quam quis sequitur,

become the ivife of another man. The act of the

(from J*). religio
first coitus completesthe alliance made in the
Milumbe, s., a speech which is very long.
mosque. Hence ku funga mikaha in this sense
is = ku funga maneno ya uozi, ku isha maneno, Mimba, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) that which protrudes,
ku-m-funga mke, mlangowakwe, watu wangine protuberance, covering of? the bosom, bigness in

wasingie. general (tumbo kuba),5eWy)(tumbo) in Kimrima;

(2) pregnancy mtumke yuna mimba, or atukua
Mikamde ku piga mikambe, in bathing, to duck
;
mimba, or yuna mimba (himia), the ivoman has
down and throw over one leg, striking the water
(or carries) a big belly, she is pregnant mimba
ivith it (St.).
die., second, third time of pregnancy
mbili, tatu,
Mikataba, s., scriptures, statutes, ordinances
amevia mimba tano, mimbazakwe tano mama ;

haimo katika mikataba yetu, it is not written in

ame-ni-tungia aka-ni-tukulia mimba (tumbo)
our statutes, viz., to emancipate slaves.
baba ame-m-pa or ame-m-tia mama mimba, the
Mikel^le (or makel£le), s. (sing, kelele), noise, father got the mother with child; ku haribu
outcry, e.g., in calling somebody at a distance. mimba, to miscarry; (3) ears of corn in the bud
Miko (properly MiiKo),s.i(ya) (sing, muiko, wa ,
pi. mtama una mimba ;
mtama wafania mimba =
miiko), spoons (ku geusiamtelle junguni). Muiko, umekua mkuba, keribu na ku toka mashuke
Q 2
 ;; ; ; ; ; , ; ;

MI (
228 ) MI
nitama umefura. ukipassuka, shuke latoka mogdka (?), to break out, e.g., little pieces which
mtama unafvira ju. battu ku passuka, sbuke lika- break out from a hatchet when it strikes a hard
toka n'de (cfr. muhama una tumba in Kinika ) substance; matfal, bricks ; miminiuka, ivhentlmy
mimba signifies in this sense , the leaves enclosing are beaten by the rain.
the guinea-corn just before shooting forth (R.).
,
Mio, s. (pi. za) (sing, umio, wa) mio za mtu ni
Mimbari, s. (ya), (1) mimbari ya ku lekea kebula, ;

miwili, the mio of man are of two kinds, (1)

a little niche in a mosque to show the people the
komio cba ku teleza maji, throat for sivallowing
direction of Mecca; (2) a pulpit or reading-desk,
water (2) umio wa ku miza cbakula, throat (or
an elevated place ( of masonry) on which the
channel of the throat) for swallowing food.
reading or praying mualimu or manajuoni stands
Umio, voice; umio kuba, loud voice.
or sits in the mosque; (3) a superior kind of
bedstead used by great people ulili wa Besera Miongonimua, on the part of, as to, from among
probably Basra), malazo wa vntu mku cfr.
= katika nafsiyakwe watu bawa si miongoni-
( ;

muangu tena, wametoka, katika nafsizao,

elevavit locus elatior, suggestus.
1
; ,
these people are no longer in my service, they

Mimi, pron., I; mirni nafsiyangu, I myself ; contr. went and set up for themselves ( = taraf’u, bisabu,
mie vid. mie.
;
shirika, jumla) felani yu miongonimuangu tu, ;

Mimina, v. a., to pour out from one vessel into ana-ni-tegemea ;

yule banio katika miongoyao,
(

another), to make empty, to shake out (by turning safuyakwe ni mballi ame-ji-tenga kua
;
kiia mbari
a thing upside down)', mukate wa ku mimina, niengine, yu katika miongo ya Rabai.
cfr. mkate wa jqjo. Miono (or misono), s. (sing, mudno, msdno) (ya)
Miminia, pour out for or to one, in his
v. obj., to miono ku futa or piga misono (mincne), to snore
behalf ame-ni-mimima samli jombonimuangu, in sleeping, but ku futa or piga miono (miem-
he poured out gbee or clarified butter into my bamba) (pumzi nengi), to be light of sleep, so
vessel. that no snoring is heard, but only the respira-
Miminisa, v. c. tion.
Miminika, v. p., to be poured over, to overflow, Mionsi, s. (Kin.), pro mbinja in Kis. ; ku piga
to be spilt. mionsi = ku piga mbinja, to whistle with the
M’xmo (muimo), s. (pi. miimo) (ku ima in Kir), lips.
door-post, door-cheek. Mipande, s.,pl. o/mpande (vid.).
Mina, s., bleeding of the nose (perhaps muina, Mipumzi, s. (pi. ya), respirations.
effusion ?) (Er.) ? Miradi, s. (sing, mradi), lit., readinesses (vid. nidi,
Mindui.e (sing, mdule =» kizizi or zizi, cabin, tent), aclj., ready).
tents ?
Miraji (cfr. lalama) (Arab. cV, lubentiae et
Mingi, adj., many; e.g., mito mingi, many rivers.
laetitiae et alacritatis status cfi\ pascere
Mingine, adj., others (vid. ingine). ; ,

Mini, right wa
sivil), fasting-day = ku funga = siku neupe,
mini shemali, right and left (St.) ;
days on which the natives do not loork ; e.g., at
Arab, contracted from
kibunsi fuke ku fukiza kazi.
Minia (or mignia), v. a., to press out ku mignia Miramira? (R.).
mtumke kua nguvu, to ravish, constrain a
Mirikimu, s.; si mirikimu? (R.).
vioman.
Mirimo = boduma? (R.); ku-m-funza miriino (R.),
Miniana, v. rec., vid. mignia, v. a. to teach one service, how to serve.
Mix 16, s. (pi. ya) (sing, mnio, wa) (= mkuffu wa Mirisau (or mirisaa), s. (za), small shot.
juma wa ku funga watu sbengoni or magiini), Misa (or miza), v. a., to swallow up, devour ; papa
(1) chains, especially for fettering prisoners ; (2) or tewa amemisa mtu ndndo amedaka ni-miza,
;

minio ya matumboni, the large worms which the serpent nondo desired to swallow me up (ku
have been ejected from the bowels ; when they mesa in Kiniassa) ;
ku meza (St.).

are in the bowels they are called mijango (sing. Misani (mizani or minzani), s. (ya) (Arab.), a pair
m.jango) jango (sing, ujango) (pi. majango), of
; of scales, balance.
a large konde za papayu, utakiinia Misgida, s.
size; ukila bending, bent, curve (R.); vid.
minid, ni daua, the seeds of the papaw, when shambi.
eaten, will remove these worms.

Miniuka, v. n., to
Mishitiiari, adj., crooked (St.) cfr.
give way, to break (Er.) = gnu- Misho, s. misbo ya
(ya) (sing, muisbo, wa), ends
;
^ or _

gi'ika; in Kiniassa, memesa = bamfuka, in ; ulimengu, ends of the world; vid. ku isa or ku
Am.; migniiika, miminiuka, memeniouka = ku isba, v. a.
 . — ; ; ) . ;; ;;,

MI ( 229 ) MJ
Misi (or mizi), s. (ya) ( vid msi) (sing. m'si or mzi, Mitondo, s. (ya) (sing, mtondo), high trees, the
wa) ;
slrina latoa misi ;
misi ni wana \va shina, fruit or seeds of which yield a good oil; tond5
the filaments of the root; ku slrika misi, to take (ya, pi. za), the fruit of the mtondo mafuta ya ;

root. tends, oil of the mtondo. Large quantities arc.

Misiki, s., vid. miski, musk. exported from the island of Pemba. Two bags
Misisi, ya) (sing, msisi, wa), (1) soot of which
s. (pi.
of the fruit cost j dollar. It must be pounded
,

matunda ya and then squeezed out (Calophyllum inophyllum).

the Suahili make ink (vid. msissi ;

Mitu, s. (ya) (sing, muitu, wa), forests, woods;

mkoko tree ) (2) drift, anything drifting on the
; “
muitu” is a thick forest which frightens people;
water (R.) (cfr. kochesa in Kiniassa ) (3) on the ;
m’boa or jiboa mitu jackal.
side of a river; misisi ya mtoni (misisi ya ,

gnombe ?).
Mitulinga (pi.), the breastbones (sing. ?) (E.).

Misiso, s. (ya) (sing, msiso) (vid. ku-m-sisa, v. a.),

Miuja, s., danger, hazard, risk, perils ; yegni —
abstinence from food, especially for medical
unsafe; jambo la —
an emergency miuja =
,

kijo or kicko ku kuta, or ku 6na miuja, or ku

reasons. ;

kumbana na miuja, to be in danger

walikua
Miski, s. (Pers.), musk (miski ya pa) .

katika miuja Muegni-

nliktia miujani mimi
; ;

(Pers.), pretiosa odoramenti species (muscus). zimgu ali-m-fua kua nusurazakwe laken si kua
Misono, s. (vid. miono), noisy snoring. mtu wa ku pona.

Miski, n.p., Egypt. Miujisa, s. (ya) (pi. of muujisa, vid.), something

uncommon, extraordinary
Mistari, s. (ya) (sing, mstari), lines; ^k^,linea,
Miunsi, s., a whistling (St.).

scriplura ; ,
scripsit, composuit. Miussi (vid. eussi), black.

Miwa (pi. of mua or muwa), (1) sugar-canes

Misteri, s., a buyer ; Arab. .

(2) muaa (pi. miaa), leaves for making mats

Misumari (or mismari),(ya) (sing, msumari, wa),
s. cfr. muaa or mua.
nails; misumari ya juma, iron nails; misu- Miwani, (ya), a pair of spectacles.
Miye (or mimi), me, it is I.
mari ya liessi, screws; jU » ,
res qua ligatur;
Mizani, balances, scales.
clavus ferreus. Mizi, s. : roots vid. misi.
;
Misumeno, s. (ya), saws (sing, msumeno, wa) ;
ku Mizizi, s., roots, rootlets (St.) vid. misi or mizi, s.
keresa kua — ,
to cut off with saws. Mizukua, s. una mizukua pekeyo ? dost thou eat
;

Misungu (or mizungu), s. (ya) (pi.) (sing, mzungu, (done all the meat ? cfr. gugumia, v. a. (R.).
wa), understanding, thought, cleverness, know- Mja, s. ; anakua mja msito, she is advanced in
ledge = Mimi tafikiri neno-
fikira, tesbiri, hila. pregnancy.
langu, tasuinbiia mzunguwangu tafania kitu- M'ja (or m'cha) (vid. mjaji), fearing, one who
biku ku aza na ku piga mambo. Hence mzungu
; fears ; ku ja or cha, to fear, hence kicho, fear.
= mtu wa fikira, wa ku aza mambo vid. Mzungu, ; Mja, s. (pi. waja), a slave (in the old language)
pi. Wazungu, European, Europeans, ivlio have cfr. kifialio and goma vicl. mja kazi.
;

the name in Kisuahili, not from their ivliite Mjaasa, s., vid. pussa, v. a.
colour, but from their intellectual power and Mjafari, s., the mtada tree, so called on account
mechanical skill. of its thorns (miba) ;
vid. mtada.'

Mitawanda, mtawanda) (= viatu via Mjafu (or mchafu), s. = mtu mko, a dirty person
s. (ya) (sing,
miti) wooden shoes or sandals.
(vid. kialu), (Kipemba, Kiunguja (ujafu, filthiness).
Only great people wear such shoes. The wooden Mjagga (wa), a man of Jagga, a country in the
peg is placed between the great and second toes, Interior, to the south-west of Mornb as ; vid. kili-
called msuraki. manja.ro, page 146.
Mite, s. (sing, m'te), a seedling; ku ya na ku Mjajato, vid. mcbachato ku kata, to cut like ;

gnoa mite ya tombako (mbeu ndogo), to set and cucumbers.

root out a plant (cutting), e.g., of tombako. Mjaje (or mchache), small, little; mchache wa
akili, of small wits or understanding.
Miteex, vid. mieteen, 200.
Mjaji, s. (wa) (kuja,to fear), one who fears ; e.g.,
Mithili, s. (va, pi. za), likeness, shape; nadaka
mjaji wa Mungu, one ivho fears God; mjaji wa
kasha mithili ya bili, 1 want a box like this (in
= muegni kujaaibu, one who fears disgrace.
aibu
the likeness of this ) ; cfr. assimilavit Mjaji, s.- (wa), one who comes (kuja, to come).
Mja kazi, 5 . (wa, pi. waja kazi), a female slave
,
similitudo, similis, par.
(full-grown slave) ;
kija kazi, a slave-girl,
 ; . ; ; ; ; ;

MJ ( 230 ) MJ
pi. wijakazi mja kazi = aliekujia kazi mja Mjengo, s. (vid. ku jenga, to build), building, a
; ;

na goma ku pawa kazi, one who comes with the camp on a journey mjenzi, a mason, builder,
drum, i.e., heating of the drum, as is the case different from sarmalla.
when slave-vessels enter the harbour, and the Mjepe, s. (in Kipemba) = nguo wa ku wa, a dress
sailors make a great noise by drumming. Mja for wearing.
11 a maji is a free man who comes by sea and Mjeukia, s. (wa, pi, mijeukia), a parasitical plant

without the drum. Mja kazi is to be distin- with a pretty white blossom.
guished from mka kazi, which means “ fellow- M'ji, s. (wa, pi. miji, ya), (1) a village, town, the
;"
woman muegni ku-m-seidia kazi, aivomamvho central place of a tribe; (2) uterus, womb mji
assists another in working; mke muenziwc. wa mke utokao na muana, usikoao = kundo wa
Mja na maji, one who has come over the sea, or niuma the afterbirth. Enende mjinikuetu, goto ,

our town; alipofika karibu na m ji, when he arrived

from over seas, a foreigner.
near the town; wajiamo and mjilio wa watu.
Mjanda, s. vid. mkopi.
,
In Kim. mudzi, vid. mudzi muiru. (3) Mji,
Mjanga, adj., young, unripe; mana mjanga, an middle part of a piece of doth.
infant, babe embe liili ni janga (embe janga),
Mjiari, s. (wa pi. mijiari), tiller ropes (St.). ,
this mango is yet young, unripe ( cfr kidanga)
Mjibaki, s. ?
[pi. maembe majanga).
Mjangao, s., consternation; ku sbikua ni —
not Mjigu (wa, pi. mijigu), large, long legs.
,

to know what to do or to say. Mjiko, s. (cfr. jiko), (1) the fireplace; (2) the
Mjango, s. ; bauli mjango macre, i.e., the mjango anus, the rectum, that icliich is seen in pro-
does not eat maere, it is not nutritious. lapsus ani = ni mfuko wa mkundu utoao mav
Mjaniato, s. (wa, pi. mi — )
(ku janiata, v. a.), a (mafi).

mixture of bananas, cassava, nazi (fish), boiled Mjimbu, s., vid. mtimbu.
together ; considered a delicious food by the Mjinga, s. (wa, pi. wajinga), (1) a fool, a dupe; (2)
natives. newly
a new comer, one who is ignorant, Idee
Mjanja, s. (wa, pi. wajanja), a liar (Kiunguja), a arrived slaves, not knowing the condition 0} a
cheat, a shameless person (= tatai).
country; prov. ukila 11 a mjinga, usi-m-gusse
Mjanne (or mjanu), s., the name of a tree. mkono.
Mjanne, s., an unmarried female or ividow (wa) Mjiskafiri (or mjisi or mgisi kafiri), s. (wa, pi.
mtu mume mjanne, a widower. mijuskafiri), a small kind of lizard found in the
Mjaro (or mcharo), s., a traveller (rngeni) who houses of the East Africans.
joins a caravan or company (jaro or charo) of
Mjo (or mjoo), s. (wa) (kando ya muaka or misbo
travellers, who are generally merchants.
wa muaka), the second seed-time the East of
Mjasiri, s. (vid. jasiri), brave, undaunted, bold, Africans, in July, August, and September.
fearless strenuus, audax). Mbeu ya muaka hi mbfu ya mjo, a mbcu ya 11
( ,

mjo mbeu ya fuli, (1) the people plant the

ni
Mjassusi, inquisitive.
seed of the muaka when the fruit of the
;

Mjauiri (or mshari), s. (vid. ujaniri) an oppressor, muaka is reaped they plant the mbeu ya mjo
an unjust man.
(2) when the mbeu (seed) of the mjo is reaped
Mj£ge, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) ;
mjege wa mubogo, a they pilant the mbeu ya fuli. Kwanza watu
bad, spoiled cassava (cfr. jege, s., la ,pl. ma ); —
analima kilimo ja muaka, wakifuna kilimo ja
mubogo ulio bauna unga, a cassava
na maji, muaka, anapanda kilimo ja mjo, na wakifuna
which has only water (juice), but no meal; kilimo ja mjo, anapanda kilimo ja fuli, having
mjege la mubogo is a small cassava, but jege la thus three harvests.
— is a large one. T lie people of the island of Mjoja, s., a tree from which canoes are made (but
Pemba call “jege” “jelema,” and “mjege” they si mti muema, R.).
name “mjelema.” Mibogo mijege are small
Mjoli, s. (wa, pi. wajoli), a fellow-servant; mjoli-
cassava, but mabogo majege are large ones;
wangu anakuja.
mjege bauivui, i.e., mjege will not get ripe.
Mjomba, s. (wa, pi. wajomba), (1) uncle, the
Mj£ledi, s., a whip ; vid. geledi or guladi. Aka- mother's brother (2) the name by ivhicli the
fania mjdledi kua kambaa, he made a whip of
Sualiili call themselves = Isilamu, Wajomba =
cords. Wasuabili ;
their country is called Ujomba.
MjIjlema, 8. (wa, pi. mi — ), in Kipemba a cassava
Mjomba kaka (wa, pi. mijomba kaka), a large kind
having no meal inside (vid. mjege in Kimv.).
of lizard, concerning ivhich the Suahili believe
Mj£mje, a thorn-bush ? that it will intercede for men condemned at the
 — , ; ; .;

MJ ( 231 ) MK
day of judgment, when toads will come and Mkadda, s., vid. ndizi.
spirt water upon them to alleviate their pain. Mkadi, s. (wa, pi. mi ya), the p and anus-tree, — ,

The nijiskafiri dislikes man and requests that the flowers of which have a strong smell, and
God will destroy him in order that the lizard therefore much liked by women.
may not he disturbed when eating sand. Mkafu, adj., dry niggard, covetous. ; fiy.,
Mju, s., the land-breeze; pepo za mju or umande, Mkagnando, s. {vid. mgagnando) {cfr. Kiniassa,
in opp. to matelai, the east wind or sea-wind. makande), a heavy and clammy soil.

Mjufi (oj’ mjuvi), s. {yin, pi. wajufi) {vid. ku jiia), Mkahaba, s. {-w&,pl. wa — ,
wa), a whore.
one who knows {good and bad), one who has in- dolum struxit, or
Mkaidi, s., a negator; ,

formation and informs others, an officious chat-

tering person ; mjufi wa sirri ni iye muegniewe, S\£ impedivit. ,

i.e., Muegnizimgu, he who knows mysteries, he is Mkaja, s. (wa ,pl. mi ) mkaja wa mfiazi, a piece — ;

God himself; mjufi, a would-know, i.e., one who of cloth, which a woman who has just given
is impertinent and prying, &c., e.g., u mjufi birth to a child ties around the belly lest it become
mno, wangilia-ni or wajitilia-ni maneno kaya, si protruding. This custom is observed by the
yako ? Sualiili women after the secundine has gone of
Mjugu niassa, groundnuts ; mjugu mawe, a hard To the neglect of this custom the Sualiili ascribe
land of groundnut (St). the protrusion of the bellies of the Wanika women.
Mjuku, s. (wa), a cousin, grandchild ; mtuku or Mkaja is in general a firm bandage or ligature
kituku, great-grandchild ; mliku, great-great- which the natives tie around the middle body

grandchild. when they are troubled by a disorder or pain in

Mjumba, s. {or mdumba) (wa, pi. wa ), the bride- — tliebowels. Mkajawakwe ana-ji-funga vibaya. (2)
groom and bride. The Sualiili enter the bridal A cloth worn by women given as a present at
state very early. The jumba mume feeds and the time of a wedding (St.) wote wanafunga ;

clothes his bride (mjumba mke), and she sends to mikaja.

him tokens of love from time to time. Mkakasi, s. (wa, pi. mi ) mkakasi wa ku nukia — ;

—
Mjumbe, s. (wa, pi. wa ) = mtume, ambassador tombako, a saving-box or a snuff-box made of
messenger (mtu alietumoa). wood and adorned with various colours mka-
kasi (muekundu) wa mti {from India) ku tia
—
Mjume, s. (wa, pi. wa ) ( a cutter ?), one who
makes the handles of knives, swords, daggers, of fetba, ambari, meski, manukato, &c.

wood and horn, not of iron; mubunsi or mtu Mkalaba, s. bei nimkalaba, one who endeavours
ataniai kipini cha kissu, cha panga, majambia, to have the best of a thing over the other ; com-

bunduki, wikuku, pete, mikuffu. merce or trade is to make the most of something
Mjumu, s., inlaid work (? ?). over another; i—lii ,
vertit, convertit, versatus
Mjungua, s., orange-tree ; cfr. mi-asi. fuit, conversus f’uit ad aliquid (in negotiis).
Mjurusi ?
Mkalabu = ku gisi or gissi (R.).
Mjusa ? Mkali, adj. {vid. kali ), fierce; also said of a tree
Mjusi, s. {pi. wajusi), a lizard; mjusi kafiri, a
(R.) {or mkale?).
rough kind of small lizard ; mjusi salama, a
Mkaliman, s., an interpreter {Kiung.)\ /X’
smooth kind of small lizard (St.).
Mka, s., a tree; its rind or bark, with manimani locutus fuit ;
1 disertus vir.

and siki, is good for tambazi. Mkamajuma, a tree; vid. nge.

Mkaa, s. {pi. wa ), one who sits, a sitter dweller ; Mkamba, n.p., a native of the Kikamba
tribe
,

mkaa jikoni, a sitter in the kitchen. {pi. Wakamba); their country Ukamba or

Mkabala, s. (= mbari), vid. kuukeni, adv.; cfr. Ukambani. See Air Rebman s Hap of East .

Africa, and Dr. Krapfs“ Travels, Researches,

and Missionary Labours," published 1860
Mkabil, ado., future (St.). {London: Trubner and Co.).
Mkabilishamsha, a vegetable (mboga), lit., it turns
toward the sun.
(Uimbo —
a song) Wakamba watungiwa wao
,

xisbanga, i.e., it is the Wakamba on whose

Mkabiti, s. (wa, pi. wa), a man who saves his
account beads arc set in a row ; when the TP a-
property who does not squander it in vain,
,
kamba have departed, there is an end of this
frugal, economical; efr^^js^j, cepit, apprehendit business. When the Wakamba come to the
manu rem. coast for trade, they require beads setin strings

mkada when they have returned to the Interior, the

Mkada (E.) ;
prov., ni zumbulia u-ni-pa,
bana kiniongo. Suahili have rest from this business.
 . ; ;: — ; ; ; ;

MK ( 232 ) MK
Mkamba, s. (wa, pi. mi ya), the spiny lobste.r — ,
mkata liana kiniongo. (This is ushairi or
( red and white in colour, of agreeable taste, with maneuo ya kize, old poetry.)
a great deal o/’mafuta). The mkamba is in the Mkataa, s., fixed resolution, determination; adv.,
sea, but the little crab, called kamba (wa, pi. za), cleterminately or determinatively, in verity,

is found in the creeks or arms of the sea (kamba decrevit, determinavit rather
firmly; cfr.
^5 ,
;

wa mitoni, opp. to mkamba wa bahari); cfr.

Mkataa neno
from ,
decider tranclier. liili
mfumbi. Beb. ivrites mgamba, pi. migamba.
A tree sitakuenda this word is fixed or decisive, I shall
( 2) of the branches of which brooms are ,

made not go =I shall assuredly not go — nimekata

(£.).
kauliyangu sitakuenda tena neno la mkataa (a ;

Mkamilifu, adj., perfect; cfr. integer, per-

matter decided upon). Tumeafikana mkataa,
fectus fuit integer, perfectus.
we have agreed one ivitli another firmly = tumca-
; ,

fikanamasubudu or kua kuelli (makutu). Bei

Mkamshe, s.
(
pi mikamslie), a kind of wooden ya mkataa (or mregaa), a fixed agreement
sqioon (St.). that he who obtained goods from another should
Mkanda, s. (wa), a tree, the bark of which the return them at an appointed time, if he does not
Banians buy to send it to India. It is used in succeed in trade.
tanning and colouring. It grows on the coast. Mkataa, makataa, makhta, contract.
The Suahili chew the red bark icith tombako, Mkataue, s. (cfr. msalaba), stocks, a large block
na toka, na tambu (vid .). There are other trees with holes into ivhich the feet of criminals are
the bark of which is bought by the Banians put. The upper block is fastened with pegs,
msindi, mkoko. The farasala costs dollars. and the prisoner sits (almost naked) outside of
From the trees mkanda, mkisu, mkoko, and mui the prison-room, whilst the block and his feet are
are boriti (vid.) prepared; these trees grow on inside. a most cruel kind of punishment,
It is
the coast. Their wood is very hard. (2) especially as the prisoner gets but little food, is
Mkanda, pitani kua mkanda, msipite kua nde ? exposed to cold and rain, and is not released for
Mkando, s., bent iron; ku piga mkando juma, to
necessary purposes. Slaves are frequently pun-
bend the iron by heating it; ku piga juma liatta ished by hard masters in this manner.

ku gandamana ku gandamisha pamoja, to heat

;
Mkate, s. of bread (vid. mukate),
(wa), cake, loaf
bent iron until it becomes united, to weld (?). of anything mkate wa tombako, a
biscuit-sliap>e

Mkanju, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),

the cashew-applc-trec cake of tobacco; mkate wa nghnu,abreadof wheat
mikate ya mofa (of mtama meal ) mikate ya ku
vid. kanju, the cashew-tree (cfr. mganju), ;

songa, ya ku minima, cakes of batter, &c. mkate

Mkano, s., vid. seruba.
Mkauambaki, name of a tree.
= bribe (cfr. kigiri) (mkate kundu, vid. kundu).
Mkatili, s. (1) a killer (2) == mliatari, a daring
Mkasama, s., division (in arithmetic ) ; cfr_ v
(

c fellow; JJtS ,
interfector, percussor, from
divisit in partes > ,
divisio. Hcsabu, arith-
;
^ occidit, interfecit.
metic; tharuba, multiplication; jumla, addition Mkato, (wa ,pl. mi
s. ),
cake, loaf of bread in the
baki, subtraction uirdri, proportion, division old language.
of profits (vid. worari).
Mkato (wa kiumba), s., division of the large
Mkasi, s. (wa) (ku ka), a dweller, inhabitant of a interior room into several small rooms (from
2>lace ; opp. to the muenensi, goer, one who leaves kata, v. a.)\ w'cZ. jurnba.
a. place again.
Mkazo, s. (ku kaza), pressing tight, nipping.
Mkasiri, s., a tree vriiose bark is used to dye fish- M'ke, s., adj (pi. wake), a female, woman, wife;
.
ing nets black (St.).
mtu mke, a female man (or lit., mortal), i.e., a
Mkata, s. (wa, pi. mi — a little bit of string with
), woman; mbuzi mke, a she-goat; mkewakwe or
which anything is suspended; e.g., mkata wa mkewe, his female = his ivife; mke mjanne, a
kuangikia kifumbu, wa upeo, &c. female who has no husband or is a widow
Mkata, s. a poor man who has nothing at
(wa), (mke aliofiwa ni mumewe) mke mdaka, a female ;

all; asiekua na kitu kabisa. Prov., mkata liaili who has never married.
(kuta mai), wala haiangui, akiangua hailesi, kitu
clia mkata hakiviai, kikivia hakiangui, kikian-
Mk£be, s. (wa, pi. mi ), ( 1 ) — cruet or cruse, mug, a
canister of portable soup; (2) a pot to burn
gua, hakitalea wana (or liakilesi wana). A poor incense in (St.).
man docs not cackle, nor lay eggs; if he lays, he
does not rear the chickens, i.e., he fails in every-
Mkeka, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), a kind of fine mat;
\
hence mkoka wa ku lalia, mat for sleeping upon.
thing, he acquires nothing. Ni znmbujia U-ni-p'e, I
There are various kinds of mats: (1) mkeka
 ME ( 233 ) ME
(tanga la mkoka wa ukindu, a kind of palm)-, is eaten. The fruit, kindu (la), is of the size of a

(2) msalla, of small size and white colour, it is date, but it has not the agreeable taste of dates’
used in prayer to kneel upon; (3) mkoka wa The leaves of the tree are used for making fine
Kimafia (is of an oval shape) (4) jamfi, a coarse ;
mats (vid. mkoka).
mat which is made of miaa mitupu ( only of miaa, Mkinga, s. (wa) (ku kinga) mkiuga maji, lit.,
;

vid.). The mkoka wa Kimafia is chiefly made by preventer or obstructer of water, anything which
the people of the island of Mafia ( Monfia on the is fastened to a tree in order to conduct the water
maps). It has red stripes. The mkeka wa ku which during the rain runs down the trunk into
lalia is made of the miaa ya ukindu, which are
a vessel placed at its foot (cfr. mtilizi, mlisamu,
boiled together with the misi ya mda, which yield and kopue, the gutter of a roof) mtilizi ni
;

a white colour, the ukindu yielding black. It is

mkinga maji, it is a branch of the cocoa-tree
called tanga la mkeka because it is not broad, which is tied to a tree to conduct the water into
but small, like the sail of the mtepo (vid.). The a mtunge (vid.) (ajar).
jamfi is broad.
Mkinuamo, s. ; ndia ya mkingamo, a cross-icay.
MkjSnge, s. (wa, pi. wa — ), a robber = mtoro (in Mkingiko, s.; mkingiko wa ku kingika, a pole
Kiunguja) or mkimbizi. which is placed upon the wall in order to lay
Mkeo = mkewo),
( thy wife. upon it the ends of the poles which carry the pau
Mkebamkera ? (R.). (ku kingama).

Mkereza, s. (pi. wa — ), a turner (cfr. ku kereza, Mkixgirizi (or mjingilizi), gutter ?

to saw, to turn).
Mkinshani, s., a disputant, a quarreller who dis-
putes about everything (Er.) probably mkindani
Mkewa, s. (wa), the grains of corn just beginning ;

instead of mkinsbani.
to form; they are tender and easily crushed with
the fingers; e.g., mkewa wa kunde janga or ma-
Mkisi (or mkizi), s. (wa), a kind of fish which are
hindi majanga, hauna tembe kuba.
numerous in the rainy season; mkisi yuwaruka
Mkewe, s., his wife = mkewakwe. usioni.
Mkisu (vid. mganda), a tree on the coast.
Mkhafa, s. (wa, pi. mikhafa, ya), a thing to fear,
danger; mambo ya katari (cfr. afa, muafa Mkiwa, s. (Kin. mujia), a poor man; mtu asie 11 a
ku-m-1iakatika mikkafu or katika kitu fukara.
miafa) ;
niitijo ;

(mja), to frighten one. Mko, s. (wa, pi. wako), a dirty fellow, who
a dangerous man (=mkatili), a neither cleans his body nor cloth, nor sweeps the
Mkhatari, s.,

daring man ; vid. hathari or kbatari. room, &c.; mtu or mke kuyu ni mko, katakassi
muili na nguo, na niumba, dec. (cfr. Luke xi. 33,
Mkia, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), a tail.
alikua 11 a roho ya jinni mko).
Mkilemba, one who has gone through the pro-
s. ,
Mkoa ku buna mkoa.
cess of uganga, and therefore wears a kilemba
;

Mkoa, thong = ukanda?

after he has given the mganga his due.
s.,

Mkoba, s. (wa, pi. mi — ya), a small bag, pouch,

Mkimbizi, s. (wa) (= mfukusi wa watu), (1) one
,

scrip, pocket; wimbi la mkoba, vid. kuelea ya

who runs away, fugitive; (2) one who causes
wimbi.
people to run offfrom the road, to escape, because
Mkofu, s. (ku kofua, kofuka), a decrepit person
he endeavours to rob them or to lay hold of their
persons to sell them into slavery. A robber, emaciated by sickness.

,
highwayman, a vagabond, thief. He never has Mkohani, a priest (to be distinguished from kubani,
his hair cut, carries about a large knife, a bow an impostor; vid. kubani) (Arab, and Hebrew).
and many arrows, and stays in the woods. Mkoje, s. (pi. mi — ),
a kind of branching palm
Mkinaifu, s. (vid. ku kinai), an independent with an edible fruit.

fellow, one who wants nothing from others, but Mkojo, s. (wa, pi mi—) (ku kojoa) ( = jo cha
relies on his own understanding and wealth; mbelle) (Kipemba, bau), urine.
mtu aliekinai rokhoyakwe, kadaki vitu via watu, Mkojozi, s., one who wets his bed.
and
yet he is full of pretensions desires.
Mkoko, s. (wa,pl.mi — ), (1) a mangrove-tree (Rkizo-
Mkinda, s., young, not full-grown ; mnazi mkinda, pkora manga) growing near the sea-water. It has
a young cocoa-tree; mkoma mkinda (Kin. a reddish bark (cfr. mkanda) unga wa mkoko ;

msense). ni mkali. It furnishes the principal part of the

fuel of Mombas, in the creeks of

which it abounds.
Mkindani, s. (wa), an opposer (vid. ku kinda,

kindana), a quarreller, a quarrelsome person. (2) A red short and stout snake which is very
fond of mice; ni mkali sana (Iieb. writes mgoko).
Mkindu, s., a kind of palm-tree, the fruit of which
 MK ( 234 ) MK
MkokotjSfu, s., one who is slow ; vicl. ku-ji-kokota Mkorofi, s. (wa) (ku korofislia), a pilferer, a secret
(= mkulifu or msogofu ?), dilatory, slow. stealer. Mr. Er. takes this word for “ lavislicr,

Mkokoto, s. (pi. mi — ), the trail made by a thing squanderer, spendthrift ;" ill-omened (St.) cfr. ;

which is dragged along the soil or sand, etc. mapioro ; mkorofi liaipate ku-m-tia mtu umaskini
(R.), specially in playing for money, as they do
Mkoma, s. (wa, pi. mi ), — a hind of palm-tree with
curious forlc-like branches; koma, its fruit, is at Zanzibar ; watu wa Mvita ni wakorofi sana ?
eatable. In many places the natives procure ukorofi ni ungi (R.).
toddy from this tree, lohicli, however, is much M'ku, s. (pi. miku) (vid. gbaidi), a post or stake to
inferior to the tembo la mnazi. which a criminal is tied in order to beat him.

—
Mkoma, s. (wa, pi. wa ), a man who has the Mkua, s. (wa) Mungu ni mkuawetu, God is our ;

ukoma disease ; vid. maliana (cfr. umbuka, exister, i.e., he exists before us, and gives us our

v. n.). existence; Mungu liana alie-m-kulia, bana neno

Mkomafi, a plant of the creeper kind; vid.
s., lililo-m-kulia, he has none or nothing ivhich is

mkua. grows on the coast.

It greater than himself (lililo kuba nai) ;
mkua =
Mkombozi (pi. wa ), —
a redeemer (vid. komboa). nimuegni ku kua robelle Mungu ni muaza ;

Mkomoe, s., vid. mburuga. mkuawetu liana alie-m-kulielo Mungu ni mkuu-

; ;

Mkomomanga, s. (pi. mi ), the pomegranate- tree — •

wetu tangu asili ;
Mungu ame-tu-kusa, amefania
komomanga.
the fruit is suisui tupate kua yce ni mkiia nafsiyakwe, ;

Mkondo, s. a quarrelsome man; mtu

(pi. wa), (1) bana aliemkusa, laken suisui tumekusoa ni yee,
atetai na watu siku zote (cfr. kondo, quarrel), God is he to whom we owe our existence.
—
cm enemy; (2) mkondo wa maji (pi. mi ), the Mkua, s.; kumbi la mnazi, ndilo mkua wa mnazi,
current of the sea which opposes the progress of watu watumia mkua kua ku piga ngoma vid. ;

sailing vessels (Mr. lleb. writes nigondo) ; (3) kalala.

mkondo wa niassi, the small path which a com- Mkua, a tree the wood of ivhich resembles the
pany of people make in the grass by passing msimbati in the south (R.).
through it; tufuate mkondo wa watu or niama, Mkua, s. (wa, pi. mi ya), a tree on the coast, the — ,

cC'c., let us folloio the grass-ivay (cfr.

Luke iii. 4, roots of which grow and spread in the mire. The
mikondo, paths) which people or animals have tree is ccdled mlilana, or mkomafi, or mpia.
made. Mkondo wa maji, the way which wider Ni mti wa kua la mkomafi. Kuna mti wa poani,

makes on the ground or floor when it overflows liuitoa mlilana, a misi yatoa wane,
watoa misi, 11

a vessel (maji yafania mkondo). na wana waitoa kua, na mkua ni mti wa kua.
Mkone, s., the name of a tree. Na mlilana yuna tunda, likiwa janga, liuitoa pia
Mkongo, s. and adj. (wa, pi. wa--) (Kin.), sick la ku tezea watoto wasualo kati likiwa peiu ni ;

or sickness (= Kisuah. mgonjoa, muelle). komafi, na mti ni mkomafi; na mti wa pia ni

Mkongojo, s. (pi. mi — ),
an old man's staff, upon mpia. Mpia na mlilana na mkomafi ni inti

which he leans in walking. mmoja. Na mlilana mti usio biana, usio ubisbi,
Mkongue, s. (wa), an aged feeble person; mtu bauna uhiana, si mgumu kama mkoko, unapas-
sbaibu (vid. konga, mkongue yuwanendav. n .)
svika saua saua
;
vid. mpia. ;

kua ukongojo = kua fimbo, an aged person who Mkuadi (or mkuyadi) ? impotence of the penis ?

roalks with a stick (vid. kikongue, s., and konga, (R.), sexual impotence.

v. n.). Mkuafi, s. (pi. Wakuafi), a nation in Last Africa.

Mkono (or mukono), s. (wa, pi. mikono, ya), (1) They call themselves Eloigob, and are much
the arm, especially from the elbow to the fingers ; feared by other and weaker tribes. Cfr. my
panda za = Vocabulary of the Engutuk Eloikob (Tubingen,
'

(2) the hand; (3) mikono ya into

1854) also Mr. Erhardt's Vocabulary of
the
m to, the little side-channels which are formed by ;

the arm (creek) of the sea (vid. mfumbi) ; (4) a Masai tribes (1857).

a measure of about half a Micuaju, s. (pi. mi—), a tree; its fruit ukuaju
(pi.
sleeve; (5) a cubit,

yard; (6) the handle of a saucepan, &c.; ana maknaju).

a
mkono mrefu, he has a long hand, i.e., he is a Mkuakua, s., the name of a tree which bears
thief; mkono wa mdumu, the handle of a jug; fruit much like an apple but only in appear-
,

juo or cbiio cha mkono, a handbook; clia or ya ance.

mkono, handy. Mkuamba, a kind of thorny shrub (St.) in ;

(wa) (ku kopa), one who obtains the goods Kiniassa from which the natives
kapsirepsire,
Mkopi, s.
ample make brooms.
of another bg a promise to obtain for him
gain, but having received the goods he runs away Mkuare, s. (wa, i)l. wa — )
(mkahaba), a person oj

to another country, a cheat, deceiver knave; ,

easy or carnal habits (Er.), a prostitute.
mkopi = kubani (R.). Mkuassi, s. (1) muegni mali ,
opulent, rich; (2) — ,
 ;

MK ( 23s ) MK
muegnijoyo— a ,
harcl-hearted niggard ; > Mkulima, s. (pi. wa) (ku lima) mtu alimai nti ;

decepit in commercio, avarum se ostendit in one who cultivates the ground, an agriculturist
commercio, licitatus fait ;
ku-m-kuassi, to make a peasant, farmer, field-labourer ; Wajogni ndio
one rich ? wabisabiwao wakulima (ku lima sana).
Mkuato, s ; gnombe anamkuato? cfr. mkucha. Mkulimani, wa). Dr. Steer e takes this
s. (pi. word
Mkuayu, s. (wa pi. mi ), the tamarind-tree.
, — in the sense of “ an interpreter ;" cfr. mkaliman
Mkuba, adj., great (vid. mkii) ni mkuba kuangu, ;

disertus vir.
he is great to me, I consider him great. ,

Mkubua (mkubwa) means, according to Dr. St., Mkumavi, s. ,

a kind of red wood much used in
“ the
great, eldest, chief." St. distinguishes Zanzibar (St.) komafi.
; cfr.
between mkii, mkuba, and mkubwa Mkumbu,
(?). vid. sombo mkumbu or ukumbu, girdle.
—
;

Mkucha (mkuja), s. (wa, pi. mi ),

claws, talons
Mkunasi, s., a kind of thorn-tree, the fruit of which
of birds; ana-m-fignia mikucha.
M'kucha, n. p., vid. Miikdisba or Mukadja.
is eatable (kunasi, la, pi. ma — ).

Mkundachi, the name of a fish with an ndefu, i.e.,

M'kue, s. (wa, pi. wakue), father- or mother-in-law,
two pointed appendages about two inches long
a son- or daughter-in-law ; mkue is the term
under its mouth (R.).
used between father- and mother- and. son- and
Mkunde, s.; ubua wa kunde, a stalk of kunde, a
daughter-in-law ; cfr. mavia and muamu. The
kind of beans ; the bush of kunde.
Wanika and Walcamba on meeting their father-
or mother-in-law stand aside, lest they should see Mkundo, s., vid. mkuto.
his or her face; cfr. mamavia. Mkundu. s. (wa, pi.mi ), anus ( — wa kunia —
JlKUiiME, s., a tree ; its fruit is kueme, which has mafi). Prov., amesaye gnongo watumaini mkun-
an oily substance.
du !

MkuIsna, mamba).
s. (na
Mkundufu, 8 .; mtu aliekunduka rokho, asiekuana
Mkufu (or mkdffu), s. (wa, pi. mi ), a chain of —
koro or majonsi muigni furaha, serene, cheerful,
silver or brass, worn on the neck as an ornament.
;

of good humour, gay (ku kundiia, sc. usso) moyo

Kutiwa mkuffu or mnio, to be in chains, Epli. vi. ;

mkundufu = moyo nme-m-kunduka.

Mkufunzi, s. (wa) ( Kidmu mkufunzi), lit., the great ,

teacher. To be distinguished from the word Mkunga, s. (wa, pi. wakunga) ( = mvialisha or
fundi wa kazi (vid.). Mkufunzi asomesba watu mviaussa), a midwife. The Suahili are not
Mkufunzi ni mualimu. without clever women who are ivell skilled in
j do, Kuruani. The
midivifery, and who know by a mere touch the
mkufunzi ( teacher ) is at first a manafunzi, a
state of a pregnant ivoman. After the (anafunda
scholar, disciple; afterwards, having obtained all
tupa) membranes are ruptured, and the enlarging
the knowledge ichich the mualimu could impart
to him, he becomes a mkufunzi or a mualimu of the vagina has taken place (when the mji wa
himself; he does not, however, leave his master, mana appears), the midwife places the woman
but stays with him, and teaches boys in his school,
upon a kind of stool (kata), and takes the child
in his name and on his behalf. The master from the mother with the hand as gently as she
then leaves off teaching and makes uganga,
,
or can. When she has received the child, she sucks

divines coming events, <&c. The mkufunzi is

its nose to cleanse it, and cdso puts her tongue

thus what the Germans call “ the provisor" or

into its mouth, mana apate fumbua kanoa. When
helper of the mualimu. He therefore does not get
the ivoman is delivered fully, the midwife kindles
the apprentice! s pay from the scholars, tlioughhe a fire under the bedstead, in order to introduce
obtains a certain quantity of corn which the warmth into the vagina. This is considered a very
,

him from time to time. essentied point in Kisuahili midwifery. After-

boys offer
Mkugensi, s., vid. mkurugensi.
wards she binds the abdomen with a piece of
Mkui, s. cloth (mkaja) in order to prevent protrusion, it

Wanika
—
Mkuke, s. (pi. mi ), a spear with a sharp point being the opinion of the Suahili that the
women owe their protruding
and triangular blade (St.). bellies to their

—
Mkuko, s. (pi. mi ) mkuku wa jombo, the keel
;
neglect of this. After delivery the ivoman re-
of a boat or ship. mains a fortnight (siku sabaa mbili) in her room,
Mkukutafu, vid. kukuta, v. n. ; kukutafu, adj. until the umbilical cord of her child has fallen
Mkulifu, adj., s. (ku kulia), slack, remiss (vid. off. After this period she remains forty days in
mfifu), lit., one to whom at once everything is too her house, until her purification after child-bed
much or too hard ; from kua (to be), kulia, v. obj., has been effected by a manajuoni (a learned man),
to be to him (cfr. kua, v. n., to be) ;
neno hili who sprinkles her with water, and reads and
lina-m-kulia or lina-m-kua kuba ku-li-fania ;
ame prays on her behalf. This is called ku auliwa
kuliwa ku fania kazi hi. ujusi (vid.). Having shaved her head and that
 ; . ; ; ; ;

MK ( 236 ) ML
of the child, and having washed herself, she is same mind and purpose, for whom the mkugensi is
now permitted to do her work out of the house. the leader ), a guide; mkurugensi wa ndia (Kin.
The midwife receives one dollar, a certain quan- kilongola), the leader of a caravan. Mtu aliena
tity of corn, and the clothes of the lyinq-in fikira or liekima ya ndia or saffari. Yuwashika
woman. Wealthy people, of course, give her a pingu mukononi. He is at the same time the
larger fee. mganga of the caflfila, and by means of charms
Mkunga, s. (wa ,pl. mi — ) ; mkunga ni nioka mrefu and other superstitious ceremonies directs the
\va bahari, yuwaliwa, }'una mafuta mangi, sea- march of the travelling party He averts dangers .

otter ? eel. The natives eat it, and like its fatty from enemies and wild beasts (cfr. kiinimato)-
substance. There are two kinds of eels which He is a shrewd rogue and imposes upon the
they eat: (1) mkunga-sui; (2) mkunga mbono. people, who willingly comply ivith Ills nonsense.
These are white, black, and red in colour (ma- Mkutano (wa) or makutano (ya), s., a meeting,
re mbo), and arc large and fat. But the mkunga an assembly (mkumangano) muaitua huko mku- ;

braliim and shokole are not eaten. If any one tanoni, you are called there to the assembly.
should eat these, he will be called to account on Mkuto, s. (wa, pi. mi
the day of judgment for so doing, and the
), fold, folding,
laying in —
folds ku kunda or kuta nguo mkuto, to fold up
braliim and shokole will come out of all the a cloth, to put it together, e.g., after having seen
members of the transgressor. However, there and bought the cloth in the shop, one folds it
are people who eat them. ( Reb writes mgunga
together, and carries it off, or puts it into a bag ;
.

and mgungu.) ku kunda or kuta nguo mkuto, to fold up a cloth.

Mkungama.no, $., meeting, assembly (Rev. iii. 9). Mkutuo, s., terror? (vid. kituko) ku fania mkutiio ;

Mkungo, s. ( vul kungo), a certain tree; mkungo or ku fania kikuto.

wa dau (vul. mteoleo). Mkuu (or mkuba), adj., great, large; mtu mku or
Mkungu, s. (wa), (1) a tree, the fruit (kungu, la) mkuba, a great man, a chief; niumba ku kitu ;

of which stains the tongue of the eater. The kikuba kasha kuba vitu vikuba makasha ma- ; ; ;

kernel is agreeable, the leaves are very large and kuba mkuu wa askari, an officer, a commander; ;

are used as plates. (2) Mkungu wa ndizi, the mkuu seems to denote “ great in dignity,"
pedicle or stalk on which the banana fruits hang. ivliercas mkuba appears to signify great in age,
The Wanika reduce it to powder ichen it is dry, the' elder ? mkubawangu or nduguyangu mkuba,
and use it for snuff ; they call it kigumba. The my eldest brother.
mkungu wa ndizi must be distinguished from Mkuyu, s., a tree with white sap and good bark;
tana la ndizi (pi. matana, ya), which means “the the sap is very adhesive ; the Wanika make good
cluster ” or bunchlet of the banana fruit. Tana strings or laces (from the bark ) with which they
lamea mkunguni (cfr. sliawi or kole la nasi). (3) adorn their hair.
A kind of earthen pot (pi. mi — ) ;
mkungu wa Mkuza, adj., large, full-grown.
ku funikia, a pot-lid mkungu wa ku lia, a dish.
Mlafi (ku la) (pi. walafi) ( cfr. lapa), a ravenous
Mkungue, s., cfr. muari.
fellow, a glutton who eats and never has enough
Mkunguma, s., name of a tree ; the fruit is makun- mtu asiesuia rohoyakwe, asiehaya, vid. lafiika.
guma. Mlafu, s., voracious; kuku mlafu, a fowl ravenous
Mkunguni, s., name of a species of tree good for for its food.
pestles (E.) MnAjr, s. (wa) (ku la), eater, glutton; vid. mlafi.
Mkunguru, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
ugdnjoa mabali asi- Prov., m'la loo, m'lii jana alile-ni ? the glutton
popa ka or jiia, the country-fever ivhich seizes thinks only about the present food, that of yester-
a new-comer on. the East Coast of Africa nime- day having passed through him.
fania mkunguni wa U'nguja, I have got the fever Mlajisi (or mlagisi), s., lazy, idle, dilatory
of Zanzibar nimesliikoa ni mkunguru. (mkiilifu, msogofu).

31 kuo,s. (wa) nikuo wa fetba, wajuma, rusasi,

;
etc., Mlakule, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), name of a vegetable
a small bar (one native yard in length) of silver, (K.) ;
it has miba.
iron, lead, &c., which has not yet been wrought. Mlala (pi. mi — ), a branching palm (Hyphasne).
Mtembo wa dhahabu, gold nut yet wrought. The Mlamba, s., a bird ivhich cries before the cock
long bar of iron is called upau wajuma, pi. pau crows (R.), a species of blackbird.
Za juma. Mlamu, s. (muamu).
Mkurassi (or mkungurassi), s., vid. kungurassi. Mi.angamia, name of a
plant, a kind of mush-
s.,

Mkurug£nsi, s. = mku wa gensi or mkugensi) (wa) room mixed ivith lime, mai, asali, ma-
(ukoka),
(
sc futa for making birika (R.).
(Arab. genus), a company of men of the
,
Mlangano, s., vid. inikisa.
 ; ; . ; ;; ; ;

ML ( 237 ) ML
Mlango, (w a, pi. mi ), a door or gate of ordi- Mu wa desturi ? mli na desturi, being with.
.9. —
nary size; lango (la, pi. ma), a large door ; Mlia, s. (wa, pi. mi ); mlia wa kati or kiwambasa —
kilango, a small door; mlango wa pande mbili, cha mlia (cha ku passulia kati), the middle wall
a door with two leaves ( cfr tarabc wa mlango) of a room; ku tema mlia ni shamba kua kuba. —
mlango wa mto, entrance estuary of a river One mlia is said to be — 12 kamba, 60 magu
,

mlango wa watu wale unainiika (cfr: kisirani) in length and 50 magu in breadth. ;

ali fungal iwa mlango, the door was opened for

Mlia, s. (pi. mi ), a long black and white line or —
him = he had opened for him the door. stripe ; hence punda mlia, zebra (alie na mlia).
Mlanifu (or MLANisi), s. (wa), a curser, one who Mlifi, s., a payer (lipa, v. a.).
is given to cursing (vid. lani, v. a.), one who uses

had names.
Mlija, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (Kin. muridsa), a kind of —
reed used in drinking or rather sipping beer or
Mlanza, s., a pole for carrying things (St.). tembo.
Mlariba ( pi. walariba), usurer. Mlijosi, (wa) mlijosi wa mddmo wa kandarinia, .9. ;

Mt.e, there ivithin; ku lima mle mlimo shengoa. mlijosi wa juma,

the curving of a kettle- spout
Mi.ica, mti wa ku tonga dau.
.9.,
the curving of iron.
Mlefi, s., a drunhard ku lewa.
Mliku, s., great-great-granclchild ; vid. mjtiku.
Mi.eg£fu, s. (wa) (ku legea), alielegea muili,
liawesi kazi, a weakling, feeble person, unfit for
Mlilana, s., a creeper ; vid. mkua (cfr. kikua and

work; mpunga mlegefu, a kind of weak rice kungurassi, mkua). It grows pretty and straight,
but is very brittle ivhen it is dry mlilana usio
from the Wanika land of Shimba.
uhiana, the mlilana has no uhiana (hardness),
Ml£ha (or mr:eha), s. (wa, pi. mi ), a tree of — si mgumu, unapasuka saua saua (vid. hiana).
light ivood, which ivill not sink easily, fit for
making masts and canoes (mti wa ku pigia dau Mlima, s. (wa, pi. mi — ,
ya), a mountain.
lisilosama harraka) ;
Kir. mgallangalla ; cfr. Mlimbiko, s. (wa) (ku limbika), thewaiting for (e.g.,
mfeni. mlimbiko wa maji) one's turn to draw water (kun-
MlekjSfu (or muelekisfu, kulek£ a), a clever and goja maji). As the person who waits must stay
attentive (msulukhifu)/eWoiw of quick intelligence;
till it comes to his turn to draw water, or to get
muegni akili, mteraj ali, yuwataalamu kulla kazi. anything for which he waits, the word means
Ml£le, s. (pi. milele) (milele ya kuku) (cfr. “ turn, share.'' Sasa ni mlimbikowangu, it is
hadima) (2) always ; vid. milele neno hili lina
;
;
now my turn or share; nadaka mlimbikowangu,
anza kiazi, watu wale wapiga ngoma milele na I ivant my share or turn (Kin. mrindiro wa
milele. maji). Water is often so scarce (during the dry
MiJsli, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), the longest of the tail-
season) that the water-carrying women must
feathers of the ostrich or cock mleli wa mbuni wait for hours at the ivells. The water flows but
or jogoi, the long curved feather of the tail of an very sloivly from the ground.
ostrich or cock. The straight feather is called
Mlimboi.imbo, s. (wa, pi. milimbolimbo), (1) a
kengee ya mleli (mtupn).
bramble-bush, Luke vi. 44 a thorn-tree, which
Ml£mbe, .9. (pi. mi — )
(Kiung.), a bow; in Kimv.
isplanted as a strong fence around a plantation.
; (2)

uta.
The shrub has long thorns, muiba wa mlimbolimbo.
Mleol£o, s. (usiketi mleoleo yuleaketiye mkun- ;
The country people call it msliamba kuje. The
gonimua dau), reeling, tottering; asiweke kua
name mlimbolimba must be distinguished from
mleoleo, let him not put it insecurely, ready to
the word ulimbolimbo or ulimbo, which is a
tumble, ivhen one thing is put upon another.
mixture of the milky substance (utomfu) of the
Mleza, s., a buoy mleza ni kua za poani ku jua
fruit (bungu) of the mbungu (mti uviao mabungu
nanga alipo mtiwakwe ni kua, of light ivood
ya kuliwa), and of the oil of the mbono or uto,
;

(also o/’ruuale).
which is boiled together to prepare a black paste
MlIczi (pi. wa — ), a tutor, pedagogue, a nurse,
which the natives use as bird-lime to catch the
rearing children (ku lea).
birds which frequent their fruit-trees. Hence
Mi.lizo (pi. —
mi ), a buoy (St.) vid. mleza, s. ;
ku weka ulimbolimbo is = ku weka mtambo wa
M'li, adj.f (=kamili); e.g., sermalla mli, a
s.,
ku guya or tega niuni (cfr. melea), i.e. to set a
skilful workman in wood, a joiner.
,

trap to catch birds.

Mli, s. (wa) mli wa pingu mli kipande cha juma
; ;

ku sliika vikuku via pingu mtu akifungoa. (1) Mli

Mlimiingu, s. (wa, pi. wa — ),
an inhabitant of the
is a piece of iron with holes on both sides to
world (ulimengu) ;
mtu alie ulimenguni, muegni
ku ka ulimenguni.
fasten the large rings of a prisoner's fetters
together; m'li wa kikuku nanua; Mlimi, s. (ku lima), vid. mkulima.
; cfr. (2) m'li
ni n'ta ya (kamba) jerari katika jombo. Mlimo, s., the produce of cultivation.
 ; ; ; ; ;. ; ; ; ; ;

ML ( 238 ) MN
Mlindj, s. (wa, pi. mi — a ), tree of which the ulindi Mlumbo, s. (pi. mi — )
(ku lumba = ku sema =
is made. maelezo ya maneno kua tartibu), a report of
Mlingoti (or muongoti), s. (wa pi. mi ), (1) the ,
— events made
=
in an orderly manner; milumbo

mainmast of a vessel (2) the little mast is called mingi maneno mangi.
Mluru ?
mlingoti wa galme (ya, pi. za) (3) mlingoti wa ;

maji, the bowsprit; mlingoti s a certain tree; vid. mafimafi.

wa omoni, the fore- M’mafimafi, .,

mast. M’makhiri = mbasbiri, vid.

Mmnzi, s. (wa), a guardian, beeper protector (mtn M’maxde, s., vid. mande. ,

alindai) (ku linda), a watchman of plantations of MmiSa, s. (wa, pi. mimea, ya), the second stage of
rice, millet, &c., lest the birds, monkeys, &c., do growth, germs, that which shoots up from the
harm (mlinzi wa niuni, wa mtama, &c.). ground, that which is thriving or which has ,

—
Mlio, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (ku lia), (1) crying; mlio attained a certain stage of growth mbeu ina-
wa mana, the crying of a babe mlio wa simba, kiia rnmea cfr. ku ota. ;

the roaring of a lion; mlio wa bunduki, wa M’meni, s. ?

njuga, the sound of a gun, of a bell (1 Cor. xiii. MmnAdi, s. (ku nadi) (Arab. ),
a hawker, a
1) ; (2) mlio, a driver = kijiti cha ku fungia
person who carries things about for sale.
kuni (vid. Mmoja, adj., one; kitu kimoja, one thing mtu
kisbopo), a piece of wood used as a
driver or turning-staff in binding bundles of mmoja, one man ; mambo mamoja or ni mamoja
majira ya ku gang a or pia mamoja, is all one ; marra moja, one time,
icood (3) mlio yasonona
ule mlio wakwe, broiling grilling, crackling. once, at once ; neno moja, one word ; mmoja wao
,

manafunziwakwe, Luke xi. 1 kulla mmoja wenu,

Mlipjsnd? (R). ;

Mlipizi, s. (wa), a rewarder ( Heb xi. 6) (ku lipa,

Luke xiii. 15.
M’mdgnunie, s., the pumpkin tree or creeper ; the
to pay).
Mlisamo, s. (wa pi. mi
,
— ), a gutter mlisamo wa fruit mugminie.

maji (cfr. kopue), water-concluit, conduit-pipe. Mna, the preformative of the second person pi.
e.g., mnapenda, you love, or you are loving;
Mlisha (or mlishi), s. = mtunga, a shepherd (ku
ninapenda, I am entering into the state of loving,
lisha, v. a., to feed).
ivliereas
11
nimependa means 1 have loved," I am
Mlishangue, s., a tree, the fruit of which is not
already in the state of loving. Mna, it is con-
eatable.
tained in it, there is within, you with or you in
—
,

Mlishi (or mlisha), s. (wa, pi. wa ), a feeder , mna nioka bumo, there is a snake inside ;
icith ;
a shepherd (ku lisba, to feed) (vid. ku la, to mna gnombe, you are with cows = have cows.
eat). Mnada, s. (pi. mi — ), a sale,an auction, e.g., a
Mlisho, s. (wa) (ku lisba), (1) nourishing mlislio slave exposed for sale ; nime-mu-6na mnadani, I
wa mana mlislio wa gnombe, pasturage of a saw him at the auction; mtu liuyu yii katika
;

cow mlislio wa samaki, bait fixed to a fish-hook ; mnada or alietiwa katika mnada (auzoai) ku-m- ;

cfr. niua ; (2) muezi wa mlislio, the eleventh tia mnadani, to expose one for sale; Arab. 1 a> ,

month of the Muhammedans muezi wa mislio

vocavit, praeconio publicavit rem «
wa cliakula, wa ku fungiia kula or kanoa. After ( ) ;

the mlislio follows the Kamatkani, fast-montli; liawkei \

who carries things about, for sale.
and Ramatbani follows the mfunguo, Mnafiki, s. (wa) (= muongo or zandiki) (Arab.
after the
the month icldch opens the mouth again (Arab. ),
a liar, hypocrite.
Mnaeu, s., the name of a vegetable (mboga), the
leaves of which are eaten.
Mliwa, s. (\va,pl. —
wood of which Mnajimu, s. (pi. wa
mi ),
a tree, the
)
(Arab, ),
an astro' —
is odoriferous (cfr. msandali). The wood is
loger.
ground on a stone and mixed with water. The
Mnana, s., a bird, the chickens of which are said
wife uses this perfume (ku-m-singia mumewe,
to have big tumbo hence the saying, una tumbo ;
ku-m-sugulia taka, ku pata ku toka taka za
kama mnana, this bird is fond of mtama.
muili) to wash impurities off the body of her
mi the pine-apple shrub. Mnanazi, s. (wa, pi. — ),
husband.
Mnara, s. (pi. mi — )
(Arab. ),
a tower, a
Mlomo, s. (Kin.) (pi. milomo), lip (Kis. muomo). minaret.
MlumbAji, an orator, eloquent person ; fulani Mnaraiia, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
a shrub, colocynth
ni mlumbaji, ajua ku liimba (Kijomfu), Kimv. (S P .).
= msemaji (ku soma), N. N. is an orator, he MnasaAjS. (pi. mi — ),
disgrace, dishonour, affront;
knoivs hotu to speak. vid. niieiia, v. a.
 . ; ;.; ;

MN ( 239 )
MN
Mnasara, s. {
pi wa — ),
a Christian, European Mngazija (rectius Mungazija, vid.),
great
n. p. {pi.
Comoro
juvit,Christianum
Wangazija), a native of the
Arab. Nasrani, pi. Nasara, ,

island.
fecit.
M’ngi, adj., much, plenteous Mungu ni m’ngi or
Mnawala, s. (ku nawili, nauili) {Arab. ), mengi, e.g., wa reliema, God is plenteous in
an agreement for shipping or for getting a boat mercy.
dedit donum, portio. Mniagi, s.; prov., muifi kebi na mniagi kaniagi??
’

; JV ,

(R.).
Mnazi, s. (wa ,
pi. —
mi ) (Cocos nucifera), cocoa, or Mniamafu, ku niama, v. n.), one ivho
s., adj. {vid.
cocoa-nut tree; mnazi mkinda, a very young is silent, who speaks not a
calm, quiet, taciturn,
cocoa-tree. The natives plant the cocoa-nut {which
word. Prov., m'je mniamafu, yuna ngoma za
is tobecome a tree ) on the fourteenth day of the miomo yuna kimia kingi, laken yuna msbindo
;

moon, because the moon is then at her full power mku, kondoyakwe ni usiku = fear a taciturn,
This takes place before the rain. They put it silent man, he has a drum on his lips, he keeps
into the ground ivithout removing the husk, great silence, but he will come forth ivith great
taking care that the mte or bud placed down- is
noise. He plays his tricks in darkness. A
wards in the pit, which they dig to the depth of silent man is much disliked by the natives.
one mukono The tree {like the mango-
{cubit).
Mniambi, s. {vul. mtiriri), petulant.
tree) requires five years' growth before it bears
They distinguish between mnazi miime Mniandiske, s., a which grows like
tree the maumbu
fruit.
na m'ke. The male cocoa-tree (mnazi mume) in slips, and good for live-hedges.
is

Mnianga, s. { Kigunia ).
(kalala, kanga) yields neither tembo nor madafu
it is of no use but for making makuti. But the Mniangarika, s. (wa, pi. miniangarika, ya), lit.,

muck-things or worms (mdude), an expression of

female cocoa-tree is very valuable, yielding tembo,
madafu, and nazi. The Wanika consider the contempt; e.g., ewe, Abdalla, waniangariwako

cocoa-tree to be their mother on account of its wame-ni-tukana, thou, Abdalla, thy things, thy

usefulness. Therefore they will not allow it to lousy fellows or blackguards {viz., thy slaves),

They believe that a koma ivatches have despised me.

be cut down.
it. Therefore, when the tree yields no tembo, Mniangnagnii {or rectius mgniagnagnii) {Hr. St.
they endeavour to appease the koma by a sacri- ivrites incorrectly mnyang’nayi) {pi. wangnia-

fice. On this account they place a cocoa-shell on gnanii), a violent man, an extortioner, robber.

the grave of the dead, and fill it with tembo Mniau, s. {pi. miniau) {Kinika), cat {Kis. paka).
from time to time, in order to induce the koma Mniaufu wa muili (ku niauka, to be lean), pining
to give them much tembo.
The Suahili cut away, languishing.
down the cocoa-tree without scruple. The cocoa- Mniisfu, s. (=msisimu); mniefu wa mvua the
,

tree is extremely useful. Its leaves are used to

coldness of the atmosphere which precedes or
cover the cottages; the tembo is an agreeable
follows the fall of rain.
beverage, as ivell as that from the madafu the ;
Mni£nse, s., a kind of tree.
nazi are used in cookery ; of the fibres of the husk
Mni£o (mny£o), s., itching, a tickling, a creeping
of the nazi the natives make ropes ; the shells
sensation; vid. niea.
supply the place of tumblers and spoons, &c. A
man who sells tembo, madafu, nasi, ropes, ma- Mni£re {pi. miniere), hair ofplats.
kuti will soon be rich, especially when he has Mnika, s. (wa, pi. Wanika), a Mnika, one who
several hundred trees, as many Suahili have. belongs to the Kinika tribes; akaako ni nika,
The tree requires but when young little care ; only hakuna mtu, place ivhere he resides is a
the
the soil around must be cleared from filth and wilderness. Nti ya Wanika, the country of the
weeds. Mtangawakwe wadaka ku limoa. Wanika, which stretches from the Kilefi creek
M’nda, s., a hungry person hana kitu, na nda. {in the north) to Wanga, near the island of
Wassin {in the south). It is the first pagan
M’ndu, s. {pi. miundu)? (R.).
country which a traveller passes through in
MnSna {or mnenaji or rather msemaji), s. (ku
starting from Monibas ivestivard. It is generally
sema), a talker, one who speaks (ku nena, v., to
elevated land, from 400 to 1,600 feet above the
speak), e.g., mnena kuelli.
level of the sea. The population may be estimated
MnJcne, adj., big, dense, large; inti iilio na at 50,000 or 60,000 souls, divided into twelve
kiwimba kinene, a tree of large girth. tribes.lor further information vid. Appendix.
Mn£ni, s. {pi. wa — ), a speaker, orator, eloquen t The above-mentioned derivation of the name,
person (ku nena, to speak). I
“mtu wa nika { pi watu wa nika), men or .
 ; ;

MN ( 240 ) MO
dwellers of the wilderness ,” is alone admissible. Mnunuzi, s. (pi. wanunuzi), a purchaser, a buyer;
The country was probably given them by the vid. nunua, v. a.
Suahili (who inhabit the immediate sea-coast ), Mo, there or therein;mumo bumo, there inside.
at a time when the country was a wilderness, The particle mo,
which denotes place or the
destituteof its present cultivation, though even inside of anything, is used in connection with
now would bear ten times the present popula-
it the particular object spoken of as being there or
tion. The derivation, “ watu waliolaanika kua therein or not. Mungu aliumba nti na babari na
Mungu, people who are cursed by God,” is evi- kulla kitu kilijomo = ldlijo mumo, sc. katika nti
dently invented by the Muhammedans with na babari, God created the earth and sea and
reference to the pagan notions and practices of every thing which is therein, sc. at the place or
the Wanika, e.g., ku tossa kua na heshima ya thing spoken of. Tia kitu liiki mumo ndani put ,

Mungu, ya mamazao, dec., because they reverence this thing therein. In this instance mumo is

neither God, as they eat pork and dead animals used in an absolute sense. The hearer knows
(niama fu), nor their parents, for they go half- to what object the speaker refers. Hamo matoni-
naked and see their mothers' nakedness. Severed muakwe, he is not in his or her eyes — he or she
tribes of the Wanika are said to have emigrated loves him not. Yasiwe-mo, may there not be
from the Interior, e.g., the Eabbai
tribe from inside, or may not be therein, soil, water (maji),

Jagga, the Kiriama tribe from the banks of the in the jar.
Dana River. The Turuma tribe is reported to Moalli, n.p., the island of Mohilla.
have risen from the slave establishment of a Portu- Mofa, s. (ya), furnace, a kind of oven used by the
guese, named Bana Kit'ofu, when the Portuguese Arabs on their vessels for making the mkate wa
were in the ptossession of Mombas. ferefere (bread of red mtama, cultivated in

Mnimbi, s., a large fish. Arabia, called mtama wa sheberi by the

M'nio, s. (wa, pi. minio) (vid. minio),a woi-m in Suahili). The mofa is of a circular form,
the intestines ; if the worm, is still matumboni about 2i feet high, 1) in diameter. It consists

(
entrails ) it is called mjango, if it come out, it is of small sticks bound together, and is lined
m'nio. inside and out with a thick layer of clay, to pre-
M'nio or mnioo (wa, pi. minio), or mniororo (pi, vent it from burning. After the oven has been
miniororo), s., chains, especially for fettering heated', the loaves are stuck on to the edge of the

prisoners. inside, and the opening is covered till they are

M'ni6a (pi. wanioa), one ivho drinks, a drinker ; baked. The writer of these lines has on his
vid. noa, v. n., to drink. voyages always relished this kind of bread when
Mniofu, s., adj.= alienioka, lit., one who is straight it was still somewhat warm (mukate wa mofa).
or upright, who speaks and acts straightly or Mohcli.a, s. (Arab, ),
a fixed time, a term.
uprightly, without changing his word or conduct; mamoja), one, same; mamoja pia,
Moja, num. (pi.
alekeapo ni pa pale, bageuzi tena. it is all one (scil. mambo, state, matters ) moja ;

Mniogofu, s. (wa, pi. wa—

wa), sluggard, idler
,
moja, one by one; mtu mmoja (or fulani), a cer-
(Ev.).
tain man ; moja baada ya ( wa) moja, alternately •

Mnionge, adj., weak, feeble; (1) mnionge wa moja wapo, any one; neno moja, one word, one
(2) mnionge wa
muili, weak in body mali, weak
matter.
with regard to property, liana mali ; (3) mnionge Mola, God; Mola wa-ku-aini kazi may God help !

wa watu, hana rafiki, ni mgeni, or of low family, thee in thy work !

ivithout friends, a stranger. our Lord (viz. God in
Molina, s. (Arab. ),
Mnionore, s., a tree or shrub with very pretty
the Muliammedan sense).
flowers.
a barber. Moma, e. (Kimvita, bafe), a kind of snake.
Mniozi, s., a shaver (ku nioa, to shave),
kuba m'no, very Moma (or mooma), v. n., to flow to spread in
M'no, adv. 1
very very much; off,

exceedingly, excessively. Mno stands all directions by forcing ; maji ya kionda ya-ni-
great,
moma wino wamooma or wamma, the ink
always after the word qualified by it. ;

Mnoda, s., a little animal (Kin. fugu). flows or runs over.

Momia MOMfiA v.obj.; wino wa-ni-momia
s., fleshiness = niama isiokua na mfiipa na
Mnofu, (or ?),

miba, niama tupu, meat which has nothing but mno, ni maji matupu.
bone or fish-bone mnofu wa Mombas (or Mombasa), s., the Arabic name of the
flesh, without
gnombe, wa samaki (niama tupu) (cfr. jiniango). Mombas ;
island of the native name is Mvita.

= tombako mbiti, the green The Wanika call it Kizuani, or properly Kizi-
Mnooa, 8. (pi, minoga)
leaf of tobacco. wani, the island by way of eminence; the
Wakamba call it Kidiamoni the Wasambara
Mn6no, adj., fat (vid. nono). ;
 ; ) . ;;; ; ; ; ; ;;;;

MO ( Mi ) MP
name it Ngomeni (
castle there ivliere the castle
,
honouring and greeting masters on the part of
is). Prov., Mombasa kula kua ku papassa = slaves or inferiors.
kua ku tafuta kua skida, hakuna teari kama Moro {properly muoyo) (wa, pi. mioyo or nioyo),
Unguja; i.e., at Mornbas things must besought heart, soul {physically and spiritually), mindi
with difficulty, whereas at Zanzibar everything self, will; ya moyo, heartily, willingly ; muegni
is ready. The Galla know
Worra {house, (1) the
moyo mch-dche, fickle ; dim., kijoyo (vid. sebu)
family, tribe Mombasa
Worra Wardisa, the ; (2)
moyo wa niuma moyo wa mbelle. ;
Ku tia
region of the Ozi river; (3) Worra Lann e, the moyo, ku simika moyo, ku kusa moyo, to en-
house of Ldmu ; (4) Worra Hawinne, the house courage. Moyowakwe uwiipo, his mind is present,
or tribe ofPatta. presence of mind moyowakwe kaupo or hapo, his
MombSie, n. p., Bombay in India. mind is absent. Moyo wa kansu, the bosom of a
Mongo, s. {vid. mfignio), the bach ( cfr maongo) native shirt ; the slit reaches from the neck to
dim. kijoBgo. the heart (cfr. kinena cha suruali). Moyo wa ipu,

Mongu, s. {pi. miongu), mite, weevil. the inner and most virulent part of a tumour

Monioka, v. n., to be brittle, to crimp (

= furu- suisui nioyo zetu, or mioyo yetu, or nafsi zetu,

cbika) shoka linamonioka mtu alie monioka we, ourselves.

; ;

pua {i.e., mti sickness). Mpagazi, s. (wa, pi. wa ) (vid. ku piiga, waga — ;

Monso, s. (huyu), pi. id. {with bawa), a ivild-cat. ku pagaza), a carrier, bearer, porter mpagazi
Mora, s. (wa, pi. miora), a bag in which an wa mali, bearer of property, e.g., on a jaro, i.e.,
inferior hind of rice exported from India is trading or travelling expedition. The traveller
packed (mtelle wa mora). This rice is mixed up requires many wapagazi (
bearers of loads).
with dirt, little stones, <&c. {cfr. gunia) ;
miora Mpaji, s. (wa pi. wapaji), a giver, a liberal person
,

minane yamekuja, eight bags of mora came. (cfr. ku-pa, to give).

Mori {or muori), s. (wa ,pl. miori) mori wagnombe
= mafuta magumu maeupe or meupe, tallow, fat
;
Mpaka, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
a border, boundary
limit; mpaka uti, the mark of a boundary
kungiwa and shikoa ni mori Kiniassa, ndarama. ; usipite mpaka
uti (vid. uti) uliosimikoa, do not
MosA?(=muosa or muosha) {pi. waosa), a cleanser pass over the boundary-mark which has been
of the dead ? erected. Usually the natives fix upon a tree or
MSshi, (wa, pi. mioslii), smoke; mioshi mingi
s.
river or rock, & c., as the mark of boundary, but
rnoshi wa motto ; moshi unasimama unafania
when these are not to be had they put up an uti,
thummi, the smoke stands upright, it forms a
a piece of ivood representing an mpaka mti
pillar.
(
boundary-tree ). Mpaka mmoja, adjacent; ku
1

Mosi, one (mmoja) {in counting)-, ya mosi, the first.

Mosimu (or m'simu, jiosum or maussem, or musimi)

weka mpaka, to fix the limits or boundary of —
ta-ku-wekea mpaka, ndia fulani usi-i-pite.
{Arab. ,
pi- )>
remarkable epoch, Mpamba, s., a cotton-plant, pi. mipamba.
the periodical winds, northerly winds; vid. Mpambi, s. (pi. wa— ), a person dressed up with
m'simu. ornaments (vid. ku pamba).
Moskiti, s. {vid. mesgbidi), a mosque; unionieshe Mpana, s. usso mpana or mrefu, a broad or long

moskitini Ingreza, show me the English Mission face.

{or mosque). Maneno ya Kiingreza, English Mpanda, s.; nti ya mpanda, the country of as-

language. cending, ascent (ku panda ju), is the higher

Mota, s., hauna mota ni usitu wa jamfi,
plaiting ; ;
region to the west of Mombas, or the sea-coast in
maganda hauna mota, it is unfit for
ba-u-fai, general; ku nenda mpanda, to go to the high
mats, having no mota (R.). country ; oppos. to n'enda mpanda is ku teremiika
Mote {properly muote); e.g., nuignui muote, poani, to go or descend to the coast.

you all. Mpando, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (1) majira ya ku panda — ;

M’6t6 {properly muoto) (wa, pi. mioto) {cfr. mbeu nti, the time of qjlanting the seed (2) the
ku ota), fire, heat; lit., that which gives warmth, manner in which the several settings of a planta-
warming matter; ya moto, hot; ku pata moto, tion are placed. Mpando hu si mema, si mpando
to get hot viko vitano or pahali pa tano tunaona wa Kijomba, this planting or setting is not good,
ungi wa m’oto {the Suahili do not much like the it is not planting after the manner of the Suahili,

plural). ivlio place the several sets at some distance from

Mou, s., contracted from magu, feet; e.g., a slave each other, ku pata nefasi, ku tarabba, kua nene ;

says to his master, Nasbika mou (magu), I seize laken Wanika wagagagaga, wilimo winasongana,
your feet, i.e., I reverence, honour thee; Naosha wikimea winafania uekundu, wikawa mahindi
mou, I wash thy feet. These terms refer to maume, i.e., madogo madogo ; mahindi kua kua
R
 . . ; ; ;;
;,

MP ( 242 ) MP
pamoja, yafania fuguto, yanavia. Mpando wa pili, Mp£ra (for mpisrSa), s. (wa, pi. mi — )
(Psidium

wa second or third time planting takes

tatu, the pyriferum), the guava tree; pera (la, pi. ma— ),

place, for instance, when the guinea-fowls (kanga) the fruit of it, which is very agi-eeable.

have destroyed the first seed by eating it up. Mperamp£ra, adv. (cfr. msobemsobe or msimba)

(3) The furrow into which the seed has been put ku enda mperampera, to swing or move about, to
(cfr. ku piga mena) e.g., mipando kumi ya raa- ;
fluctuate like a corpse floating in the sea.
bindi, ten sets of Turkish corn. Mp£si (or muepesi), adj., quick, hasty, expeditious ;

Mpango, s. ( vid pango) mpango wa pania, a mana buyu ni mpesi, arudi kanaka ndiani, this
;

mouse-hole. lad is quick, mpesi wa ku

he returns quickly
tambiia neno kua akili, quick of comprehension
Mpanje, s., vid. ndizi.
mtu buyu ni muepesi, ana mukono muepesi, laken
Mpansi (ku panda), a plantar, sower. kazi si njema, this man is quick, works quickly
Mpapayu, s. mi ) (Carica papaya) {Dr.
(wa, pi. — work is not good.
but the
St. writes mpapayi), a papaw-tree. Mpetefu, adj., s. ?
Mparamuzi, s. {pi. mi — ), a tree which is said to Mpia, s. (vid. mkiia) ;
mpia na mlilana na mkomafi
be unclimbable. arc one tree ( ni mti mmoja) the mlilana on the ;

Mparuzi, s., a huddler {vid. pania, v. a.) ;

mpa- coast watoa mizi, 11 a mizi yatoa wana, which
ruzi wa kazi, one who huddles up his work, and are called kua, and the trees which grow out of
consequently does it badly. them are called mikua. The fruit of the mlilana
Mpasi, s. {pi. wapiisi) {from ku pata), a getter, one when it is yet young (janga) is called pia, and
who gets, becomes rich, apataye kitu elia mar- the tree mpia ;
but when it is become pefu the
tbawa ;
usisbindane nao, ni wapasi wale, laken fruit is called komafi, and the tree mkomafi.
kamfikilii tajiri.
M'pia, adj., new, fresh, whole; niumba m'pia (or
Mpatanishi, s. {pi. wa ), one who brings about — niumba pia), a new house; mti mpia, a new tree •

an agreement or understanding, a peacemaker, kasba jipia, a new box; neno jipia, a new word
mediator (ku pata, patana). maneno mapia, new ivorcls (cfr. pia).

Mpatta, s. = m'ti wa ku tamba, una daua ya Mpiga kdlulu, s., a species of thorn-tree.
kionda, a small shrub, used for curing wounds. Mpiga rami.i (pi. wa ), lit., one who throws sand —
Mpea, s., a tree on the coast.
sand in Arab.), a prognosticator of for-
(ramli,
tune (by diagrams, instead of sand as was
Mpeekua, s. (pi. wapeekua), a person sent, a mis-
formerly the case) (St.).
sionary (St.) ;
but mpeekua is doubtless an
erratum, instead of mpelekua {from ku peleka, Mpiko (pi. mi — ), a carry loads on; ku
joole to

to send). tukua mpikoni, to carry on a pole over the

shoulder (St.) ku beba, to carry a child jm the
Mpefu, who is come to full
adj. {vid. pefuka), he
;

back in a cloth.
growth, fully ripe; mana mpefu, an adult, full-
grown youth; embe kili pefu = embe tosa (pi. Mpilpili, a red-pepper shrub.
maembe matosa), karibu na mbifu (mabifu), the Mpindani, adj., s.; mpindani wa muili (= muili.
mango is come to its full growth, but it must yet wakwe unapindana or unapindamana or unasusu-
become tender and, ripe, which is known by the ana), one who is crooked or bent in body, para-
touch (vid. tosa, la). lytical.

Mpeket£fu, s. (= mdanganifu) (vid. peketa, v. a.), Mpingani, s. (R.) ? cfr. pinga, v. a.

one who talks ill of or who bewitches a thing. Mpxngo, s ., an ebony-tree (black wood Used for
Mpekue, s., a tree; cfr. kuekuo and puekue, making handles of knives, etc.).

page 175. Mpini, s. (pi. mi — ),

a handle, haft.

Mpekuzi, s., one who scratches like a hen, an en- Mpioro, s., vid. mapidro, s.

quiring, inquisitive person (vid. pekiia). mpira wa mtoria (caoutchouc). The milky
Mpira, s. ;
MpelelIozi, s.
(
pi wa — ),
a spy ; vid. pcleleza.
substance (utomfu) of the. mtoria tree is boiled
Mpendefu, s., one who loves (?). and mixed uq) with human hair to make it strong.
MpeniIszi (vid. penia, v.) = rubani, mpelekezi, one
By this maniqmlation the Suahili boys obtain the
who shows others the way, and counsels to enter, mpira, a kind of ball, with which they play,
c.g., to invade a country Judas ame wa peniesea throwing on the ground, and catching it when
it
Mayabudi kua sirri, ku-m-sbika Kristos ; Judas it rebounds. Ku teza mpira (pi. mipira). Dr. St.
ame-m-pelekea Kristos Mayabudi kua uerefu or takes mpira for India-rubber, an India-rubber
bila.
ball.
‘

MpIcnzt, s., one who is loved, a favourite. Mpisiii, s. (ptl. wa — ), a cook (ku pika, to cook).
 ; ; ; ; ;;

MP ( H3 ) MP
Mpisi, s. (wa) ( from ku pita), a passer-by (R.). Mposi, s. (cfr. ku posa, to cure), a physician
M'po, s. (wa) (
Kimrima ) = mtoria Kimvita ). mposi Mungu hapana mana Adamu, a-m-posai
ni
(

Mtoria wafania toria or kipo, lienee the tree is muenziwe. The Muhammedans call him an
Kimrima language. From the
called m'po in the infidel who uses this word with regard to a
utomfu wa m'po the boys make the mpira. Po human physician (ku posa). God (done is the

(la, pi. mapo), the fruit of the m'po tree.

mposi, and no son of man can cure his fellow-
M'p6a man. However, they use the word tabibu for
(or m'pua), s. (wa), a distant land. M'poa
“ physician
wa bahari, the sea-coast; to be distinguished from
poani ya bahari, sea-beach. Ku nenda poani, Mpotofu, s.; (1) aliepotea ndiani, a man who has
to go to the beach. M'poa comprises the extent taken the wrong way, who has gone astray (vid.

of the coast where ebb and flood take place ; it

ku potea, v. n.) ; (2) aliepotewa ni akili, asiekua
isnot the great sea, but that part of the sea na heshima, a man who acts irreverently or
where boats go. M'poa (pi. mipoa, ya) poa or indiscreetly, does not distinguish the rank of
;

poani (ya, pi. za) mpoani ni mahali maji yapo- persons, the honour due to superiors or parents,
;

ako or yapoamo, katika bahari ku hayapoi, i.e., &c. (mtu asieheshima watu) ; (3) (ku poteza,
mpoani is the place where the water ebbs, but v. a.) a destroyer, a perverter, a wasteful
on the great sea it does not ebb ; but poani = person.
mfiio, nti kafu,mtanga meupe, kando ya bahari. Mpotezi, s., a corrupter aliepoteza kitu, mali, owe
Kua poani watu wapita kua magu, laken mpoani who wastes or spoils things, property, &c. ; vid.
kua dau. Kipoa is a small space ivhere the potea, poteza.
bottom of the sea is laid bare at ebb-time; hapa
Mpoto (or mpotofu or mpopotozi), s., a wilful,
pana kipoa cha maji, jamba (kiamba) cha one-
obstinate, perverse person (ku potoa, potoka)
kana, here is a dry place, ivithout water, the rock
mtu asieshika akili ya mtu mungine ela ya nafsi-
is seen. M'poa ya or wa Suahili, bahari ya Suahili,
yakwe bassi, an obstinate man who endeavours
barra ya Suahili, the Suahili coast, the Suahili
to carry his own point in spite of all remon-
sea, the Suahili land or mainland. Mpoa hi
strance and
counsel of others mtu asieongoka,
yenda saua saua, but mpoa ile inakuenda kombo-
yuwashika akilizakwe tu, ndie mpotofu wa ma-
kombo, this coast or sea-board is straight, that
neno, capricious, wilful, obstinate, good-for-
coast is winding.
nothing.
Mpofu, mpofu wa mato, a blind man ( = mtofu
s. ;
Mpotole, = mbishi, obstinate.
s. (R.)
wa mato) vid. ku pofua, pofuka = tofua tofuka,
tota mato
;

mtu aliepofuka mato, a man who is

;
MpufiKE, s. (pi. mi — ),
a bludgeon, a short thick
stick (St.).
spoiled in regard to his eyes = who has spoiled
eyes; mbasi pofu, spoiled mbasi; liindi pofu, Mpujufu, adj., s. (ku pujua), shameless, beggarly.
mahindi mapofu, hayana tembe or kitu ndani, Mpumbafu, s. (pi. wa ), a fool (ku pumba, v. n .), —
yamevia kua jfia (vid. ku via), the Indian corn stupid, silly.
(maize) is spoiled, there are no grains in it, it Mpunga, s. (wa), paddy, rice, which is growing or
was burnt by the sun. Dr. St. takes this word still in the husk, opp. to mtelle and wali mtelle
;

for the “eland." is rice cleaned from the husk, wali is boiled or

Mpokesi, s., a receiver (ku pokea, to receive)

cooked rice; mpunga
is in general every flower
; cfr.
mpeniesi. or bloom which has this shape (mahindi, &c.)
(Er.).
Mpole, s. (Kipemba) = mtu mpumbafu (Kimvita )
vid. upole, s.
Mpungati, s. (pi. mi — ), a species of cactus (St.).

Mpungufu, s., one who wanting, or destitute of

is
Mpomoshi, s. (tva), a ruiner, a destroyer; vid.
something (ku punguka). (1) Mpungufu wa
pomoa, v. a.
akili =
yuna akili jaje, of little intellect. (2)
Mpondo, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) (cfr. mgalli), a large
Mpungufu wa unguana, aliepunguka, asiekua
push the boat along;
pole with ivhich the sailors
muunguana halisi, si kiwialo cha unguana, one
kipondo a small pole; pondo (ya, pi. za) is of
is
who is not born free, one ivho has a defect in
middle size; letta pondo ya ku sukumia dau.
regard to his freedom. His mother, being a
Mp5p6, s. (wa), the areca-palm mti uviao popo, suria, a slave and concubine of his father, was
a which bears the popo or betel-nut, ivhich
tree enfranchised, and in this way he became a free
the natives chew together with lime (toka) tom- man; akignieta mno, atauzoa, if such a one
bako, tambu (betel-leaf) ; cfr. mbobo. behaves himself proudly he will be sold. There-
Mporoja (cfr. mforoya or mforoja), a tree. fore persons of defective title to freedom (wapu-
r 2
 ;;
; ; ;

MP ( 244 ) MR
ngufu) are very humble, being mindful that they zatona, zangia ndani ya kikombe kilijo ndani ya
have no full right to freedom, and that they can bakuli ilio na maji, bakuli isipassuke, the flowers
be sold again. (3) Muezi mpungufu, when the of the mkadi tree boiled and mixed with oil

month has only twenty-nine days. make also a rikhani = scent) conspersit
( ;
,

Mpurukushani, s., one who does not perform that

kumore locum, redegit ad sudorem' (cfr.
which he has been ordered to do, but ivlio does
something else, though he knows that he is wrong. > l^ an ^ a sesamo similis flavescens,

In general, careless, unmindful. ckc.).

Mr£pu, adj., long m'ti ku si mrefu kama Tile, this

Mpuzi, s. (pi. wa — ), a chatterer, talker, prater ;
tree is not so tall as that.
vid. puzika.
Mregaa, s. (Arab . iLx=?.\y» ); bei ya mregaa, lit.,
Mrabba (or mraba), s. (wa ,
pi. mi—, ya) (Arab.
sale or trade of returning. This term refers to
square, that which is quadrangular.
),
borrow goods from
the custom of the Suahili, to
Mradi (or mrathi), s. (wa, pi. mi—) (uradi) the Banians or other traders of the coast, on
(Arab. e,\y* ),
project, intention; e.g., miti hi condition that if the goods are not saleable in
ita-ni-ishia or ita-ni-toshea mratliiwangu or kazi- the Interior, they are to be returned to the

yangu, these poles ivill be sufficient for my lender with or without interest according to

purpose; sio miradi, not to be ready. Cfr. agreement, rediit reditus.

, ; ,

vioit placendo, gratum sibi liabuit Lij

,

beneplacitum.
;
Mrembe, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) (cfr. mfi), an arrow with
a sharp point. It is only of ivood, and is
Mrama, s. (wa, pi. mirama) ;
mrama wa chombo, generally poisoned.
the violent motion of a vessel caused by the large Mri^iibo ? (R.).
leaves of a rough sea = masukosuko ya jombo ;
Mr£ra, s., a tailor's term ; mrera wa kiboko.
cfr. ,
jecit, projecit ; ,
jactus unus; the Mriba, s. (wa, pi. miriba), white sweet potatoes
rolling of a ship; chombo jenda mrama (cfr. (badata) (in Kipemba) (kiasi jeupe).
melezi), the ship goes by rolling. s. (pi. mi ), a
kind of small reed, which Mrija, —
Mrao (mrau ?), mrao wa bun-
s. (wa, pi. mi —
the natives use for making bagpipes (vid. utete).
) ;

duki, the match of a matchlock-gun. The match The Wanika use this reed to suck the cocoa-
is made of the bark of the mgosa tree (vid .) liquor from their vessels (Kin. mriza).
mrau ni ugue wa mgosa ulio na magofi manene Mrii.i (wa, pi. mirili), a tree, the bark of which is
watu waponoa ngofi ya nde wa-i-tupa, laken wa used to bind the ptoles of the native cottages.
anika ngofi ya ndani juani hatta ku kauka The trunk is used for making canoes.
(ngofi inatabaka nengi), ikisha kaiika, wasokota
Mrima, s. (pi. Wamrima) (ulio tini ya milima, ni
marra wasuka mrau wa ku tolea or tomea
tatu,
Mrima, si kisiwa), a
of country beginning
tract
motto. The mgosa, muombombo, mbasi, and
with Gassi and stretching as far as the Pangani
mtawanda trees ignite readily (cfr. ulindi). Cfr.
River and Kipumbui. The language and
,
contorsit funem. Bunduki ya mrao, match- manners of this people are more related to the
lock-gun. Interior than is the case with the Suahili of the

Mrashi, s. (ku rishai = ku fania harri — barri za islands. The chief divisions of the Mrima
rishai), a glass or long-necked bottle for pre- Suahili are: (1) the Wafumba, near Wassin;
serving the maraski, perfume, scent. The natives (2) Kifundi; (3) Wamoyuni (4) Kiumbageni;
take the blossoms of the orange-tree and quit (5) Mkuakudni; (6) the hills of Usambara, nti
them into a large kettle, in which a deep dish or ya Mrima. Mr. Last, missionary at Mpwapwa,
plate is fixed filled with water. In the dish is says, “The coast-line opposite Zanzibar and
placed an empty glass. They then cover the inland for two days' inarch, about twenty miles,
kettle with an iron plate, and kindle afire both is called Mrima."

upon and underneath the kettle in order to get the Mrimangao, s. (pi. ma
moisture out of theblossoms. This moisture falls
)
(kabila), a tribe of —
East Africans.
into the empty glass, and thus the perfume is
caught and preserved. In like manner the
M itiNOA, s. vid. tahiriwa. Rebman takes this
word cdso for ring-pigeon ? the ring on the neck
natives make winio wa tembo or wa makanju (a
kind of brandy). Maraski yanuka visuri ni
of a pigeon. —
maua ya mjungua, hupikoa katika suffuria Mrxthi, s. (wa ,pl. waritki) (ku rithi) (Arab.
maria yanapata motto, yafania karri, na karri an heir, inheritor; mana ni mritki wa babai,
 ; ; : ; ; ; ; ; ;

MR ( 24s ) MS
atoai marithi or uratlii ya babai, the son is the Msaea (pi. —
mi ) (vid. musala) (mkeka wa ku
heirof his father. a mat used in prayer ; (2) a particular
salia),

Mrithithi, a divider of an inheritance. kind of mkeka, though it may not be used in

Mrongo, s. (w a), a liar (muongo, vid.). praying (K.).
Msalaba, s. (wa) = mkatale, the stocks = gogo la
Mruba, s. (pi. mi — ),
a leech (St.) ;
mdudu afion-
saye damu. mti lililo tongoa likasuliwa tundu ku sliika magu
Mrudutu, s., vid. murdutu. ya muegni ku fungoa, ya muegni ku salibiwa
Mrungura, s. (ku rungura, to steal ) ( Kiunguja ), a vid. mkatale, s. crucifixit, but
, ,

thief. Ku pindua gnamba (Kimvita) = ku run-

cripuit, res rapta, cortex arboris. What
gura (Kiunguja), to steal and commit violence ,

is called msalaba with the Wanika, is termed.

(at night).
ckeo at Mornbas ; and a post, to which the
Mrunguzi, s., a thief.
prisoner is tied, they call mku.
Msaada, s. (vva) (Arab, a*-,, juvit), help, aid, [assist-
Msalata, s., a quarrelsome man ; vid. salata; cfr.
ance ; ku-m-pa msaada, to help one = aoni, tiba
1=1— ,
durus, vehemens, acutus fuit.
(vid. saada).
Msaala, s. (katika — )
(K.)? (Arab. ques- Msalihina? msalibina mku, athilimu mali za watu.
tioning ku saili; wa kaburini, by the angel; Msalikiiina, s., one who fears God ; Arab. jJU.
(1)
mukari wanakiri ; (2) siku ya ku buathiwa, by Msalimina (or Msalihina) (pi. Wa ), a Moslem, —
God himself; vid. buatki, page 29.
v. a., Muhammedan ; vid. Islam.

Msadaka, adj. and s. (Arab, true; ma- Msamba ; (1) Mshamba, Mshambara (wa, pi.

nenoyao haina mzingi, si msadaka, their ivords Wa —a native of Usambara, a country situated
),

have no foundation, they are not true. between the 5th and 6th deg. of 8. Lat.; vid.
Msadari, s., crookedness, obliquity (Sp.) ; cfr.
Mr. Bebmann’s Map of East Africa. (2) A tree.
MsAMBARAu(wa),atreeio7wV/j bears fruits likeplums.
jXo res omnis homini obversa.
,

Msame (or mseme ?), vid. dade.

Msafara, s. (pi. mi ), a caravan, — caffila; cfr.
Msameha (or msamehe), s. (wa pi. wasamehe), (1)
jaro or charo. ,

pardon, forgiveness, forgiving (2) patience,

Msafei (Arab, ^^aoj), « wise or learned man.
respite (m'da) nadaka msameha ya siku tano,
;

Msafihi (Arab. a proud, perverse, impu-

usi-ni-use khabari ya fetha, I desire a five days'
dent person — mufutua, muegni kebri.
respite, do not ask me any news about the money
Msafirj (ku safiri) (Arab, a traveller (by
- + ,
liberalis fuit, eondouavit liber-
sea or by land ) ;
pi. wasafiri, (wa ). — alitas, munifieentia.
; ,

Msafu (or msahafu) (wa ,pl. mi—) (Arab.

Msamesame, s., a tree.
blank book, writing-book kertasi ya juo kitupu
kisijo msafu wa Kuruani (or Koruani),
andikoa ;
Msamilo, s. (pi. mi ), ivooden head-rest, pillow. —
Msamiro, s. ku weka msamiro, to sit kneeling to
ni Kuruani (or Koruani) ndani, the book of ,

sit on one's knees.

the Koran.
Msana, s., vid. msani, s. ; msana mkuba, a great
Msaha, s., the name of certain tools for digging
(in making graves ?). artisan (?) ;
vid. ,
confecit gx* ,
solers
;

manibus, industrius.
Msaha (or mzaha), s. (wa j pi. mi — )
(Arab. le>j ,

Msanaa, s., vid. kitara upanga wa msanaa (wa

despexit, levem habuit), sport, jest, mockery, ;

mgnarizo), a sword of inferior quality, its iron

derision; ku-m-fania or fanisia msaha or ku-m-
is soft; chombo hiki hakina msanaa.
tezea, to make a mock of, to laugh at one, to
Msandali ?
ridicule, deride him. Fetka zina mzaha? is
money to be scorned ? Beply Tuadaka kula tu !
Msandarusi, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), the copal-tree;
matoziyakwe ni sandarusi, its tears, i.e., gummy
Msahabu, s.; ,
socius. substance, yields the copal. This tree is
found in many parts of East Africa. Its sap
Msahala, Arab, for cho cfr. sahalika cfr.
; ;
runs down to the roots, where it mixes with the
laxavit ventrem.
soil, and lies buried many years, till people dig
Msahau, s. (Arab. ^&Li), one who forgets, a for-
it up. It still remains after the tree has been
getful person; cfr. ,
oblitus fuit, neglexit. long removed. Hence the natives dig for copal
Msaji, a kind of tree which has light wood
s., at places tvliere now not a single shrub may be
msaji na msonobari, ni miti ya uzunguni (pine found, but where a copal-tree may have stood
and fir-tree ?), the planks of which the Arabs many years ago. The sap which lies upon the
are said to receive from Europe. Dr. St. takes bare soil is of no use, being destitute of its crys-
it for “ teak ,” which is very hard wood. tallization in the earth. In like manner the
 . ; = ; ; ;
’;

MS ( 246 ) MS
white sap which hangs on the branches of the
,
Msekeneko {or msesewbko), s. { maratki na daua
tree, is of little or no use. It is the reel copal ya dakari or mbo), (1) venereal disease; (2)
which the merchants demand, and which in mg medicine against this disease; kionda kinakula
time (1844—54) was sold at the rate of 4 dollars mbo hatta jinani, ndio ku sekeneka or seke-
per farasala (36 lbs.) at Mornbas. Mbarnba koffii neska ;
mbo umesekeneka, the man's genitals
mgnatnba, mtanne, msindi are miti misito, are consumed and destroyed. The natives knoio
yasama ; cfr. mkungu. a tree which they call msusu mke. This
Msandiki ( or musandiki, rectius mzandiki, mu- tree has misi msi) which yield a gum
{vid.
zandiki) {cfr. zandikon), s. (wa), an arch-liar! called msekeneko. This gum is boiled in water,
mtu muongo sana (= mdaku) ; cfr
'
when it becomes red like blood. The ivater is
Msangao, s., astonishment ( vid ku sangao).
drunk by the diseased person, and the genitals
are washed with it. Besides, they put some
Msanx, s. (ku sana) ASbo {Kin.), an artisan,
( ) ointment, consisting of various ingredients, upon
especially mubunsi wa juma, a blacksmith {Ki- the sore, cured.
until Jealous husbands
it is
suah.). secretly apply the msekeneko medicine to their
Msanie {pi. Wa— )
in Kiamu, but in Kimvita this wives, in order to infect with the disease any
people is called Mdakalo {pi. Wa— ).
other person who might lie with her during his
Msanii {or msanifu or msanihi), s. (wa); msaniiwa {the legitimate husband's ) absence. She does not
maneno, an inventor or contriver of words or know ivhat her husband has done to her, nor
lies (ku sanii, to contrive, invent ) = muegni ku does he go with her as long as the kiapo {ordeal)
aza or tunga neno nafsinimuakwe. lies upon her. Hence immoral characters take
Msapata, s., a land of dance (St.). another medicine in order to guard themselves
Msaro, s., a thorn-tree; mibayakwe yawasba sana, against the infection from a woman whom they
its thorns burn very much = give much pain. suspect of lying under the kiapo of her husband.

—
Msasa, s. {pi. mi ), (1) atree or shrub with rough Mr. Erli. takes tlieword for “cancer on thepenis.’
leaves, used for polishing or smoothing wood, Msislekhi, s. (wa), the reconciler.
e.g., a stick or arrow {cfr. suafilia, a dish- MsELEKHISHA(or MSELEHISHA 01' MSULUKHISHA), One
cleaner) ; (2) jiwe la msasa. who reconciles or makes peace ; vid. selekiska, v. c.
Msazo, s., remainder ; ku saza.
Ms£limu {or mumini), means “ a Muhammedan,"
Ms£ {or Mzfi) (wa, pi. wase) ( = mtu slnubu) {Kin. in opposit. to mzuia {pi. wa), a heathen.
mfiere). (1) A
person of old age, aged person. Ms^mbe, s. (wa) ;
mtu kuyu ni msembe wa kazi,
Senior, elder, headman of a tribe; e.g., waze
(2) this man is slow in carrying on his business
wa Eabbai, the elders or headmen of the Babbai
{cfr. mkulifu), or yuna kazi kisembe, or kazi ya
tribe, in whose hands the guidance of all affairs
polepole, he avoids business or woi'k as much as
of State are placed; but their power is not
he can {vid. ku skua), he is careless.
absolute, as it may be thwarted by the kambe,
Mseme, vid. msanie dade.
;
cfr.
i.e., the assembly or association of the juniors,
or kirimu, the young men {vid. hirimu). The
Ms£;hi, s. {pi. wa — ),
a talker, a speaker ku sema,
v. n.
waze and kirimu counterbalance each other in
Msisnge, s. {pi. wasenge), a liar ? {Erh .) ; cfr.
all the republican countries of East Africa.
ku sengenia.
Among the Suahili this balance of national MsiSto msketo or msketu) (ku sketa, v. a.), a
{vid.
power cannot manifest itself {as among the
sort offood, a mixture of mtama and ckoko.
tribesof the Interior ) because they are under a
Mshabaha, s. (wa) {Arab. A^sLi^»), likeness, form
government nearly monarchical.
e.g., mskabaka wa kanga, the likeness of a guinea-
Mseg£ju, n. p. (wa, pi.
of the Wa — ), a person
fowl = like a guinea-fowl juo kiki na kijo ni
Kisegeju tribe, which originally lived on the
mskabaka or sura, or mfano mmoja = saua saua.
banks of the Da na Biver, but was expelled by the
Mshadari, s., brink; e.g., jombo kiki kinakil mska-
Galla. The descendants are now living between
dari, ckadaka ku anguka, this vessel is on the
the Washinsi in the south and the Wadigo in
brink, it ivill fall over; kinaketi upiinde, kita-
the north, on the coast of Tanga; vid. Mr. Beb.’s
anguka, it stands on one side, it ivill fall (=
Map. They are considered a warlike people.
The Suahili call them the makafiri ya kwiska, wawa, It. ?).

i.e., the most on account of Msiiahara, s. (wa, pi. mi ) {Arab.

consummate infidels, ), —
their abominable practices; they practise monthly wages or pay {Arab, skakar, a month)
e.g.,
it must be distinguished from posko {vid.).
circumcision twice; furthermore the husband
cohabits with his dead wife previously to her Mshakiki, s. (wa, pi. mi ),
a spit, skewer niama —
being buried. inakatoa kidogo ikadungoa kijitini, ikaanikoa
 , ; ;
;

MS ( 247 ) MS
maka ya muoto, meat put upon a little stick for Mshinde, s. {cfr. ku shinda), one who is vanquished !
roasting. Wanika ni Washinde or Washinzi wa sultani
wa Zanzibar; cfr. Mshinzi.
Mshale {or msharre), s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
an arrow
Mshindi, s. (wa), a victor, a conqueror {vid. ku
without kijembe {vid. msharre).
shinda) = mshinda.
Mshali, s. {pi. mi — ),
a small rope of a ship (?).
Mshindi, s., a kind of tree ; cfr. mfule.
Msiiamara (R.) akilizakwe si mshamara kitoani
= haziku tengelea
;

neno liili halina mshamara

MsiiiNDii.io, s. {pi. ma —), the charge of a gun
;
vid. ku shindilia.
— halina yakini, this matter has no truth, is not
true, he has no real intellect in his head ; cfr.
Mshindio, s., the woof opp. to mtande mshindio ;

transivit, contraxit liberalis,

wa mashupatu, the ropes which are tied across.
, ; ,
per-
Mshindo, s. (wa), sudden noise, explosion, fame,
spicax mshamara ni ada ku tolewa zamani za
;
rumour, a crash, tliereport of a gun; unaanguka
kupawa ufaume, wakapawa miji ashara ya Wa-
mshindo wa biinduki, wa vita, wa nazi, &c.;
suahili (Sp.) ?
prcrv. muanema {a man of olden time) hakoshi
Mshamba kuje, s., a tliorn-tree. mshindo Luke iv. 57, mshindo wakwe ukatoka
;

Mshango, s. ?
ukaenea usikaniage kua mshindo, uta-m-rusha
;

kanga, do not tread {upon the soil) with a noise

Msiiarika {or mshirika, or mshiriki), s.
"
{
lest you put to flight the guinea-fowl.

a partner, participator, one who is associated in Mshinzi (Mshenzi), a native of the Washinzi tribe
business; vid. ku ku shirikana, to be
shiriki, residing on the coast between the river Pangani
joined, e.cj., kua kazi, kua chakula wewe ; Vsambara, and Wasegeju; they are considered
mshirika na felani, thou art the partner of N. N. to be the Washinzi of Usambara.
Msharri, an angry quarrelsome man who pro- Mshipa, s. {pi. mi ), a bloodvessel, nerve, disease
s., —
vokes despises others without reason =
and of the nerves, hydrocele, every pain arising from
mgomvi, mtezi, mtokozi, muanzia utengele, utango accumulation of blood mshipa una-m-vundikia
or ujango = mtu wa sharri, a quarreller ; mtu or una-m-piga fundo mshipa wa tambazi or wa ;

niuma, aneurism marathi ya mshipa, sick-

mbishi atokosai watu pasipo sebabu ; cfr. yi, ,
(?) ;

male egit, malus fuit.

ness of the bloodvessel, very common in East
Africa {the people feel pain in the arteries,
Mshaufu, s., one who has no heshima, one who head, feet, boivels, &c.; their pulse is quick; there
does not esteem another. Mr. Erh. refers to are swellings on various piarts of the body)
rukuare cfr. <_&*£) dementavit cor ejus amor. mshipa, a varicose {dilated, enlarged) vein, for
; ,

which Holloway's ointment is prescribed (R.)

Mshauiri (wa) {Arab. ), a counsellor {vhl.
mshipa watamba uka-m-vivia; mshipa ku tamba
muilini ku toja mshipa = ku toa damn, to bleed;
shauiri).
;

Msii^heri {or MsufhiiRi), n. p. {pi. Wa ), a — ku kanda mshipa, to feel one's pulse; mshipa
native of Shelter in South Arabia. Therefore \
wapiga, or wapvima, or watukutika, or watukuta
many Washeheri at Zanzibar, Mombas, and to pulse.
other places of the East Coast; they are soldiers,
Msiiiparu, s., aclj., refractory, obstinate.
traders, matmakers, butchers, &c.

Mshemali, s., an Arab of the Persian Gulf.

Mshipi, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), (1) a piece of cloth, a
leather girdle to fasten one's cloth; (
2) a string
Msheto {or msh£tu, or mseto), s. (wa), a mixture made of various kinds of bast ; e.g., mshipi wa
of beans (kunde), pojo, viazi ku songoa pamoja ku fulia (futia) samaki, angling-line, net; mshipi
na ku sheta {stir up) kua muiko, ku pata tanga- wa ku walia or fungia suruali, a string tied
mana, a sort of food mixed with mtama {maize), around the waist to fasten one's trousers, braces.
toko or pojo (chooko in Kiung.) {cfr. msombo). Mshibika, s., vid. masharika (ku shariki or shiriki,
Mshiki shikio, s., one ivlio holds the rudder or v. n.).

helm of a ship or boat, a steersman, a helmsman Mshoni, s. (wa, pi. wa {vid. ku shona) mshon — ) ;

Mshinda, s., a conqueror ; vid. ku shinda, v. a., to wa nguo, a tailor; mshoni wa viatu, a shoe-
vanquish. maker.
Mshindani, s., resisting, obstinate, refractory Mshono, s. {pi. mi — ), a seam, suture; ku kunga
quarrelsome, gainsayer ; cfr. ku shindana. mshono, to sew a seam.
Mshindanizi, s., an opponent, gainsayer, one ivho Mshtaki, s. {more correct than mastaki, vid.) (ku
lays a wager. shtaki, v. a., to accuse), accuser.
 ; . ; . ;; : ; .

MS ( 248 ) MS
Mshuko, s. (ku shuka, v. n., to descend to go ,
steward, the headman of a plantation {cfr. ku
down), inclination, coming doivn; mshuko wa simama) ;
msimamizi wa watuma, a slave-driver
dohori toward el asiri, about 3 p.m. ;
mshuko wa Msimba, s., adv.; ku enda msimba, to move like a
elasiri, about 5 o'clock; mshuko wa magribi, 12 corpse floating in the water; cfr. mperampera
to 20 minutes after sunset; mshuko wa eshia or and msobemsobe ku olea msimba, to float.
;

esha, about one hour after sunset, from 7 to 8

Msimbati, the name of a tree in the south, the wood
p.m. mshuko wa isha, twilight, crepuscle.
;
of which resembles that of the mkua,
Mshumbi, s., (1) a heap ; e.g., mshumbi wa mtelle, a Msimbo {pi. wa — ),
muofu, bad name or fame.
heap of rice; (2) a heaped-up measure ( cfr fara) (mtu aliesama
Msimisi (or msisimisi), s., (1)
ku jaa mshumbi, to be heaped up, to be full, to majini, aliekufla), one who drowned ameruka is
run over. jomboni akasisimia, baukuonekana ufuwakwe
Mshupafu, s. (ku shupaa), stupid, fool. aliokuffa, bakusukia ju tena, he jumped from the
Mshupatu (
pi raa — ) ;
mshindio wa mashupatu, ship and was drowned, the manner in which he
the ropes tied across a bedstead (kitanda) (
a died was not observed, but lie did not appear
rope o/mua). again above water ; (2) one who borrows goods
Mshupi {cfr. shupi) ;
mshupi wa ganda (R.) ? from another, and having received them, escapes, a
M'si {or mzi), s. (wa, pi. misi or mizi), a filament of swindler ; from ku simia (zimia), to grow cold,
the root; msi watoka shinani, ni mtwto wa shina, to abate in love, and then to borrow money and

e.g., muhogo nimsi wa muhogo mti. escape ; ametoa mali ya mtu akakimbia, amesama
Msi a, s., a kind offish; vid. samaki. ulimenguni, hakuonekana tena.

Msiba, mis- Msimu {or mzimu), s. (wa, pi. wasimu), a mighty

s. (wa) ( I?. ,
afflictio), distress,
evil spirit { Kisambdra ) wasimu and ku
{vicl.
fortune, mourning, calamity mimi nina msiba
simu) ku peleka kitu msimuni (mzimuni), to
nimefiliwa ni baba msiba wa nda, wa vita, wa
;
;

pray for rain.

ku fa, <£c. msiba bu wa nini ? ivliat is this mour-
ning for ? watu wale wana msiba mgumu or mku, M'simu (Arab, miisum ;
Kihindi, mosm), monsoon.
siku za ku patiliza or za malipizi, Luke xxi. 22 ;
Mind seasons of the year in Last
the great

mateso na mapatilizo ni siku za Mungu ku Africa (1) Musimi, the time of the northerly
sbusha msiba kua wao watenda maovu (R.) winds (kazkazi) in December, January, and
February ; (2 ) masika, the rainy season in March,
1 noxa affecit. Notice: ku kaa matanga
and May ; (3) Kipupue, the cold time;
;

April, (4)
ku ondoa matanga, ku kalia eda.
Damani or muaka, about the end of August; (5)
Msibo {or kisibo), s. (wa), nickname (
jina la aibu) Kussi, the southerly winds begin to blow in April
ku-m-toalia msibo or kisibo or simo katika jimbo and cease in October ; (6) between the southerly
(nti pia ote) zima, to give one a nickname by and northerly ivinds is the time of the easterly
which he is known throughout the ivhole district and westerly winds, tanga mbili or malelezi.
or country ; e.g., Rashidi or Bana Iki amepata
Msixdano, s.; mpunga wa msindano, vid. kidunari.
msibo wa ku itoa Tatai (muerefu wa ku iba
Msindakusi, s. (vid. mfule), a tree.
kitu, wa maneno mangi), Rashid or Bana Iki
Msindi, s., a subdivision or species of mangrove,
{a native of Mombas) has obtained the nickname
very hard (R.).
Tatai; jimbo zima lajua jina hili, the whole
country knows this name (ku-mu-andika msibo). Msinga (mzinga), s. (wa, pi. mi ), (1) a nativebee- —
hive constructed of the trunk of a tree, which is
Msifu, s. {pi. wa — ),
one who praises or flatters, a
hollowed out and placed between the branches of
flatterer; vid. sifu and sifa.
a tree; ku fuga niuki, to rear bees (cfr. niuki) (2)
Msifu’mno, s., an excessive flatterer or praiser. ;

a cannon, gun; ku piga msinga, to fire a cannon.

Msigo {or mzigo), s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
a load, burden.
Msijana, s., a virgin Msingi (or mzingi, or mzinji), s. (wa, pi. mi ),
= muana muali. —
Msikamini, s., sycamore-tree(1) a small trench which is dug to carry off the
? (Sp.).
rain-water (msingi wa maji ku pita) (2) a
Msikita {pi. mi ), ni niama ilio katiwa kua
uerefu = mtanda wa niama, meat cut into long
— trench cut to commence the building of a house
;

pieces to be dried (Sp.). of stone or ivood (masbimo ya ku jenga niumba

Msikizi, s., a hearer ( = mtu asikiai maneno ambi- ya mawe au ya miti) ku piga msingi or mzingi, ;

wayo), an attentive and obedient person ; pakawa to dig or lay the foundation of.
msikizi, where there is a hearer. Msingo (or mzingo), s. (wa ,
pi. mi — )
(ku singa =
Msima {or mzima), culj., healthy, ivhole, grown, e.g., ku sunguka niuma), (1) turning, rotation; msingo
mtu mzima, a grown person. wa baliari (vid. kisingo ja mto, the serpentine
Msimamizi, s. {pi. wa ), an overlooker, overseer, — course of a river), eddies in the sea; (2) a cir-
 . ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ;

MS ( 249 ) MS
cular seam or joining in making a basket or which make a gesila (in Arabic) or 4 viganda
bag; ku shona msingo or mduara wa kikapu (bags).
ushone kituraba msingo mmoja. Msoa (or msoani), s. (= kundi), a large band or
Msissi (or mzinzi), (wa ,pl. wa ) (ku sinni or ku s. — company of men; ku msoani katika ndia, to jitia

singa = ku sunguka or tembea ku tafuta mtumke join a large band or society of men on the road
kua nde, ku singia mke wa mtu), an adulterer, not to walk or travel alone ku ji tia kundini la
whoremonger ; vid. sinni and singa (or zini, watu, ku shirikana na kundi e.g., watu wa ;

zinga), v. n. Saidi wanajitia msoani na Wasegua ku guya

watuma Nguuni, the people of Said joined
Msraus, s. (wa ,
pi. wa — ),
a concealed one one who ,

the Wasegua to seize slaves in the country

does not appear, who is not known to be alive or of
dead msisimi). Ngii ku-m-tia mtu msoani, to make man accom-
( cfr

Msipoe, s., a kind plice in a crime; fulani anatiwa msoani, N. N.

offish.
Msiro, s. (wa) (ku ku ata kitu), anything went with others to tear, or on a journey (ame-
sira,
which a person, does not eat for medical reasons andamana nao),
;

e.g.,maziwa ni msiro wangu, sili, ya-ni umislia Msobe msobe, s., ado., turned to one side, bias, to
bias. Jombo kienda or kiaja msobemsobe, kakina
matumbo, milk is a thing which I avoid ; I do
not take it because it gives me pain in the bowels; tanga na nanga, chafuata pepo bassi, nanga
imekalika, the ship goes or comes sideways,
mimi nina msiro wa niama, sili, I abstain from
I do = mtu mlafi, because it has neither sail nor anchor ; it follows
meat, not eat it msira ku ona
only the wind, because it has dragged its anchor
one who cannot see another eating ivithout eating
also.
it moves like a tipsy man. Msobesobe, vid. pepe-
ruka hakifuuzi, it does not go straight forward
Msirri, s. (pi. wasirri), one trusted with secrets or ;

CJS- ku miikhuri, to go up and down lengthwise (R.).

mysteries, a confidential person ; cfr. sirri, ;
Msoefu (or mzo£vu), (1) s., one who is accustomed
clanculum habuit, celavit rem
;
y* ,
arcanum, to —
; mzoevu wa bahari, an expert mariner (cfr.
ku soea, v. 71 .) msoefuwangu, one to whom I am
;
secretum.
accustomed msoefu wa ku za = aliesoea ku via
MsisHi, s. = msika watu, mtimba makaburi. ;

(2) tame, said of a batta

Msisimisi (or msimisi), s. (ku sisimia or simia = ku
Mso£si (or mzoissi) mtu liuyu ni mzoesi wa kapa.
potea marra moja, to disappear quickly), one ;

Msogofu, vid. mkokotefu.

who disappears suddenly liaonekani tena uli-
menguni
Msogoro (or msongoro) = sawadi (Kimrima),
amesisimia ulimengu
;
vid. simia, ;
used in order ku fumba.
sisimia (
reduplication ) ; cfr. zizima.
Msohag£mbe, misfortune ? (R.).
Mstsimo and msisimu, s., vid. mniefu.
Msohali, s., a lazy fellow ; one ivho is always
Msiso, vid. misiso.
behind others, especially on the road; muegni
Msissi, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) ;
msissi ni tunda la
usirri, alaniai usirri, msito wa kuondoka, muegni
mkoko. The msissi is used by the natives to
ku kawa mno.
blacken and thereby to strengthen the mshipi of
Msomari (wa, pi. misomari, ya), an iron nail;
the fishermen. It is also used to make ink. The
bark pounded in a mortar, and then
is first ,
res qua ligatur, clavus ferreus, to be

boiled in water with the addition of a little distinguished from mzumari, (or msumari),
vinegar. It is afterwards strained off. The
clarionet, from cecinit organo, quod ore in
Suahili believe that the Europeans make their ,

ink from the blood of mice (cfr. also ngisi). flatur.

Msitani, s. (Kipemba), vid. barazani. Msombo, s., a porridge of cooked beans (R.) (cfr.
Msito (mzito), adj., heavy, difficult; kitu kisito msketo or mseto) tutu, when cooked together ;

kasha sito, makasha masito kazi nsito, mti with mahindi tangalisi, when kunde are cooked
;
;

msito. together with mtama and makindi.

Msitu, s., a forest msitu wa miti, a thick forest. Msondo, s. (wa), a drum of a long form (ngoma
Mslimina, s., the head of the Moslems ; sultani wa nrefu) ;
mandondu is its tune (mlio). In the
Mekka ni sultani wa Mslimina, the king of present language msondo is called gogo (ku teza
Mekka is the king of the Muhammedans (vid. gogo, to play the gogo, long, trunk-like drum),
Islam) ; cfr. Mselimu and Mumini, Muhamme- and its sound is called bomu la gogo ;
it is beaten
dan. on special occasions.
Mso, s. (wa) ;
mso wa kuku, a hen which will Msonge msonge maneno ;
(matata) haya ni msonge
shortly lay eggs for the first time (vid. farauga). songe, the words pi-ess each other from plenty
M'so, s. (wa, pi. miso), a measure of 60 pishi, (R-).
 ; — ; ; ; ,

MS ( 250 ) MS
Msongi, s. (ku songa, to tivist ,
plait ), a twister. crooked manenoyangu ni suafi, bayana kombo,
Msongo, s. (wa, pi. mi plaiting. or makossa, my words are genuine, there is no
),

Msonia (vid. sonia, v. n.), abuse, contempt; crookedness or fault therein.

properly, to smack, to make a clicking with the
Msuaici, s. (wa,2ol. misuaki) (Arab. ,
denti-
tongue when inviting to coitus ( obscene ) ?
friciumseu lignum, quo os et dentes defricantur), a
Msonio, s. (pi. mi — ), a whistling.
fibrous shrub of which the natives make their
Msono and muono (vid. misono and miono), snort-
tooth-brushes (wa ku sugulia meno). It is usually
ing, snoring.
Msonob.aki, s., a kind of tree with light wood, from
taken from the mzambarau (zambarau tree), the
end of the stick or twig being chewed until it
which planks are made (cfr. msaji) ;
fir-tree, which
becomes a bunch of fibres. Creepers are cdso
is not found in East Africa.
used; vid. ubugu.
Msora, s., vid. muari.

Msoroba, a small
Msuani (msoani), s. (wa), apiece of cloth which serves
s., tract of cultivated land (1?.)
cis a veil for Muhammedan women; kisua (pi.
(ku lima).
visiia), a fine cloth used by the men as a turban.
Mstadi, s. (pi. wastadi), a skilful workman; cfr

Pers.
C 'Cl! .

magister, magister pnncipis

... puen
Msubukuo, s. ; e.g., ku-m-tukiia or thukua tafuni
,
to graze the cheek.
dominus.
Tiiuiculiwa, v.p.
Mstahamili (or mstahimili) (pi. wastaliamili)
(Arab. a long-suffering, patient, or
Msudu (or msutu) (wa, pi. mi — ),
a large bed-
), curtain (of various colours ) used by the Suahili
enduring person ; cfr. hamili or liimili ; cfr. to hide their bedsteads. This curtain generally
,
portavit onus in dorso, patienter tulit. consists of red printed cloth (ku tandika msutu).

Mstahxfu, s. (vid. ku stalii, v. a.) = mtu astabie Msufi (vid. usufi) (pi. mi — ),
a large tree ivhich
or abesbimue watu, one who gives every one his yields a kind of silken cotton.

due honour, respect, ivho knows liow to distin- Msuka (or mzuka), s. (wa, pi. wasuka or misuka),
guish rank and to regard it = muelewa wa Kinika ; in Kisuah. iblis, shetani, pepo, evil
mambo, yuna akili, mambo yame-mu-elea. spirit, devil, demon = pepo asukai ju ya watu
Mstahiki, s. = mtu aliestabiwa, aliehesimiwa, (ku suka, to reappear after diving ku sama 11 a
aliepata ustahiki kua kustahiwa ni watu, one ku suka, to dive and reappear) (vid. kisuka or
who is honoured, honourable, gets honour, is to kizuka).

be honoured by others. Msuka, s. (2) (wa, pi. mi ) msuka ni nta ya — ;

Mstaki (or mshtaki), s. (Arab. )

(ku staki). jembe or ya kissu mgiayo mpinini, the point of a
an accuser, impeacher muegni ku-m-sberri, native hoe, or knife, or axe, or hatchet which is
mtu, ku-m-sliika ku enda nai sberraani. In put into the handle; the iron point of a jembe.

Arabic the msbtaki is rather one who complains Msukani, s. (= sukuni, asbikai sukani or sliikio la,

of his own than of another’ s illdoings ; vid.

lot jombo), the steersman of a vessel; cfr.
,

(eighth form). anchora, cdso gouvernail.

Mstam (or staham ?), a certain part of a boat or Msukano, s., vicl. kelce.

ship. Msukawano? (R.), the round piece of wood of a

Mstaki, s. (wa, pi. mistari) (Arab, ),
line, a keki around ivhich the uta goes.
line ruled ku piga mstari, to make or draw a Msuki, s., (1) a twister (msusi) (2) asukai maziwa ;

line. ku pata siagbi.

Mstadladi (mstaulati ?), mstaulada = ni mtu Msuko, s. (wa, pi. mi —
ya), plaiting, the manner
,

apendaye uzuri m'no (K.). of twisting mats (ku suka, v. a.).

Mstiriri ? (R.). Msulukhifu (or msulikhifu) = mlekefu, muon-
Mstofebe, s., co custard apple (St.) ;
cfr. tope tope, gofu, msoefu, mtu aliesulukbia, a peacemaker,
konokono matomoko. one who has the rule, ruler.

M'su, v. n. (ku msii), to sink, to be submerged, to Msumari ku piga, to play on the clarionet; '^y
founder; jombojangu jana kimemsu or kina- ceoinit organo.
msu, my vessel foundered yesterday = kiua- MsumIsno, s., a saw, lit., a sword or knife of teeth.
gariki, kinasama or kinasisimia suisui tulimsu, Msumkule, the name of Liongo’s sword
; (St.).
we were ivrecked. Msundiki, vid. msandiki, s.
M'su, s., sinking.
Msuaiia, s. (wa) (Arab, sanus, integer) =
Msungu (mzungu), s. (pi. mi ), skill, ingenuity, —
, lieneeMsungu, European (jil. wasungu) = watu
suafi, liana kombo), clear, genuine, faultless, not wa fikira, wasungu wana misungu, the Euro-
 ;; ; ; ; : ),.; :;

MS ( 251 ) MT
peans are thinking and skilful men who perform
,
gives the names of the mita of Zanzibar, page
strange things. 330 ;
mta wa poani mta wa ngomeni, quarter
Msunso (msuso the handle of a native mill-stone of the coast, environs of what is adjacent to the
?),

{of the upper millstone for turning it round) ; castle.

(2) poker wa ku fania motto ? Mtaa (mda?), s., a species of tree. From the
Msunsoa {or msdnse, Er. msunso ?) (wa, pi. mi — maganda of its
the mikeka; vid. mkeka.
roots a black dye is prepared for
{Kin. muamzunsoa), a leech blood-sucker ,
{there
are many leeches in Pemba katika mahali pa Mtaala, s. {vid. mtala), study, practice.
tope). The natives do not yet know the medical Mtabaka, s. {Arab. ),
row ; ku ka mtabaka
use of leeches. to §it in rows, as the natives used to sit in the
Msuraki {or msuruaki), s. (wa, pi. mi — ), a wooden baraza {vul.) of a chief or great man.
Mtabari, credible (St.) vid. mutaabir.
nail or peg put into the ivooden sandals of the ;

Suahilis {vid. mtawanda), to be held betiveen the Mtabiri, s. (wa), a soothsayer, foreteller, a prophet
toes cfr. vincula ferrea? in the bad sense.
; ,

Msuri {or mzuri), adj., beautiful, fine, pretty >

Mtada, s. {cfr. mjafai’i), a tree, the wood of which
good; manahuyu ni mzuri niumba mzuri, kitu is good for torches, for which the people of
;

Takaungu use it, to save oil.

kizuri neno zuri, maneno mazuri; cfr. >
;
Mtahamari, s., a drunkard = mlefi, fool. Native
forma, imago, figura. song Akinoa tembo la j unda mtabamari = ulimen-
Msuru ? gu ni hatari kaubali (kaukawi) ku-ku-funda, asie-
Msuruhifu, s. = muerefu. kua mtanadari, liuyu si mtu, ni punda, akiwa mta-
Msusi {or mzuzi), 9 (wa) (ku sua maneno), a
.
. liar, bamari yuwanoa tembo yajunda, muanso tualiunda
contriver; mtu atoai or asuai maneno kua jahasi na rafikiyangu Kibas, tukasaflria sbeher
nafsiyakwe, yasioambiwa ; (2) msusi, mtu asukai tukafuta muambao, ulimengu ni ligue ubofu, mtu
mkeka or makanda, <&c. ; vid. msuki). bajetei nao. The ivorld deceives a man who
Msuso, s., the handle of the mill-stone {pi. mi — relies on it, as tembo does a drunkard. Arab.
ya). " . ,
SC —
opcruit, fermentavit massam vinum
Msusu, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), (1) =
manioya ya
et
,

omnis potus inebrians

.

Prov. akinoa tembo

,
;

mkiani, hair of the tail of animals, a tail- ;

feather a lajunda mtabamari.

(2) tree, the roots (misi) of which are
used as a remedy against msekeneko vid Mtai, s., a scratch, a slight cut ; ku piga mtai, to
;

msekeneko). scratch (St.).

Msusu, s. (wa), an idiot, a novice, an ignorant Mtaimbo (mtalimbo ?), s. (wa, pi. mi ), an iron —
man, one who being a stranger is not acquainted lever mtaimbo wa juma, crow-bar, to be dis-
with the condition of a country, and ivlio is tinguished from muo {pi. miuo) wa mti wa ku
afraid of asking the people much about their timbia mashimo, or ku omolca (omoa) udongo.
customs, dec., a circumstance of which the people Mtajiri, s. {pi. watajiri) (= tajiri), a merchant, a
of that country avail themselves to cheat him ;
wealthy or rich man in general; cfr.
ku susuka kua ugeni, yuwa susuka, yuwataha-
yari, or yuwa kkofu kliofu watu; na watu wana-m- is qui vendit et emit.

susua or wana-m-dangania amesnsuliwa ni Mtakaso, s., the rustling of new or clean clothes
;

watu, batta aerefiike or asoee. (St.) ku piga mtakaso, to rustle.

;

Msutu, vid. msudu. Mtakatifu, s. (ku takata), one who is clean, pure
Mta {or mtaa), v. {pi. mita), a quarter or (mtakatifu is also used in a bad sense, R.)?
district
of a town; waliokii mta wa mji ule ule, the Mtakombe, name of a tree { = mururukua in Ki-
inhabitants of the quarter of that town; mta ravai ) (R.).

has always reference to a place known; mta wa Mtala — mtaala {Arab. AxUb/^), s., practice, study
ndia ku, in the part or neighbourhood of the {from
main-road or highway mita ya kisulutini Mtalalisshi, s. = kababa), (1) a prostitute, a
{
fulani aka mahali gaui ? response aka mita ya woman who offers herself to anyone who will
kua mzungu mita poani ni mita hapo sokoni :
; pay her; (2) a whoremonger (mtalalishi ?).
mtaani pa mzungu mtaani Kisulutini. Kathani
is the mta of Mombas, where Krapf and the
;
Mtali {pi. mi — ),
anklets, bangles.

subsequent missionaries were residing; kuna

Mtama (wa, pi. mi — ),
millet, or Guima or Caffre

mita mingine katha wa katba (mta mrnoja, one corn, white corn; cfr. ,'cibus, triticum (et de
quarter tuaketi mta rumoja = tu jirani, ice are omni frumento). We will give the native descrip-
neighbours vid. kigugu, in Kiniassa). Dr. St. Mtama
; tion of the stages in growth of mtama.
 ; ; ; ;
.

MT ( 252 ) MT
watoa mile na manni hatta ku fania biia, ukakua Mtamishi, s. (vid. ku tama), stranger (kua mballi)
hatta ku fania mimba, mimba inafura ikapassuka, a pilgrim.
likatoka sbuke ;
likisha toka shuke, shuke la- Mtamle, s. ; mnazi mtamle, a ivhite cocoa-tree
fania mapepe, na mapepe ikafania maiia (ufiiha), which does not grow high. Liquor is drawn
ikisha fania maiia, ikafaniza maziwa (tui la from it, almost near the root. There are such-
mtama), na maziwa yakafania ternbe za mtama like cocoa-trees in Jangamoe or Changdmoe, a

mjanga, 11 a mtama mjanga ni janni kiwiti ndio village and district in the vicinity of the island
fete {fullyformed but not yet ripe millet) mtama ;
of Mombas.
ukiwa meupe, umekiia mkafu, watu watafiina, Mtamu (or mtaamu), adj and . s., sweet, and sweet
watakata watalaza mistari, na waje wakata ma- ness; wali ku utamu, this boiled rice is sweet or
shuke watia kapiini, waweka kibandani waka- agreeable; raua mtamu ;
utamu
sima itamu ;
uji ;

fungn,wauenda zao kuao, na baada miezi miwili ndizi liizi zitamu. The prefixes are used in a
wakenda toa waweka jamfini, wakasimika ungiiu verbal sense ; e.g., sima itamu, the sima is tanm
{heap) wakapiga kua vigongo hatta siku tatu, (the porridge is sweet ) these Banana are sweet,
;

na walipo piga an pura wanatakassa mashuke, else you would say, ndizi tamu, sweet Banana.

wanatupa taka taka, baaden, anatoa kapu kulla Mtana, s. (Kin.), a lad, young man, youth —
mtu, ana-urusba fumbi kua pepo, na mta ku alieatana na watoto or utoto, aliekua mzima
anguka jamfi, 'laken mato va mtama watenga sasa.
mballi, ni mali ya watuma, nao anapura tena Mtana, s. (wa), (1) day-time, opposed to night-
baaden anatia mtama makundani, analaza misigo time, usiku; (2) noon, mtana kati, jua likatikati,
ujagani wa Banawao mtama mtindi, half-grown ;
jua liwitoani, lalekea na witoa (Arab, eddohori),
stall's of mtama; mtama tete, fully formed hut noon, when the sun stands overhead, or souths
not yet ripe. ivard. The time of fore-noon, mtana wa subukhi
(opp. to mtana wa jioni, afternoon), is divided,
Mtamba, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) {cfr. mfarika, which is
older language ) ;
mtamba wa gnombe (mdama in (1) mtana mdogo (mtiina ulipoatana na usiku),

Kipemba), neat young cow, ivliich has not yet tangu jua lilipotoka hatta mafungulia ya gnombe,
,

calved a heifer of about one year old, until it from 6 to 8, or 9 o'clock; (2) mtana mku, from
,

becomes a mother, heifer {a young she-animal 9 to 12 o'clock, mtana ya kati. The afternoon
which has not yet borne, St.).
is divided, (1) mtana mku wa jio (la usiku, the
sun taking a western direction, and consequently
Mtamba jongo (R.), the name of a bushy tree
the coming of night), from 12 to 3 p.m. (mshuko
which is used for mipini ya miko (for handles of
wa dokori) ; (2) mtana mdogo wa jioni, 3 to 6
trowels).
o'clock, or till sunset (or mshakiki, or mangaribi)
Mtambaji, s. (vid. msafiri) (ku tamba, tembea), (1)
From sunset begins the kiongo jio, the time of little
a traveller (2) Er. tahes the word in the sense:
lying or tattling and eating, till the isha, or the
a concubine who stays at home. end and completion of the day's course. Kipande
Mtambara, s. (wa, pi. mi — ) ; cfr. midirara. kilijo tangu mangaribu hatta isha, ni kiongo jio

Mtambati (or rather mtambaa ti (nti) ),

an animal (which refers to talking and kungojea jakula).
creeping on the ground a reptile. , After the isha (ku kwisha, to finish), begins the
mtu wasikoa, hatambiii uli-
Mtambazi, mi ), (1) the trach which an
s. (wa ,
pi. — usiku sensu proprio,
mengu tena, nikama katika kaburi. The usiku
insect or creeping animal maJees on the sand, in
the grass, die.; mtambazi wa nioka, wa jongo, (state of being buried) lasts till elfagiri,/)’om 8
wa koa, the trail (nti aliotambalia nioka) or 9 in the evening, till 4 or 5 in the morning.
die., of
a serpent, &c. mtambazi pi. watambazi), Usiku ku (or usiku wa kisa) is midnight (12
(2) (
o'clock), kutoa mballi, 11 a kiija mballi (sunset
creeping animal; e.g., jongo, mjiskafiri, kobe,
tungu-anatamba, all reptiles which have feet, are being far, and sunrise). The midpoint between

called watambazi, laken nioka yuwatiririka, liana

midnight and morning is nussu ya usiku keribu

magii, unateleza bassi kifiia na matiimbo. na kuja, about 3 o'clock a.m. Usiku ukitoka, jimbi
lawika marra mbili, ndio rauanzo wa elfagiri, na
Mtambo, s. (wa, pi. a trap with mi — ), (1) a trap,
katika subukhi mbitimbiti, watu anakua wa-
a spring (cfr. kijongo); ku tega mtambo, to set
amka kua jimbi la pili. When the cock crows
a trap for animals (e.g., mtambo wa ku tilia or
the first time at the beginning of elfagiri, the
tega pania) (2) mtamba wa bunduki, the hammer
;
coldness of the morning comes on, and is complete
of a musket, machine.
at the subukhi mbitimbiti (beredi ya usiku ya
Mtambu, s., bush of the betel leaf; vid. tambu. malisika). Before the first crowing of the cock,
Mtambuzi, s. (wa), a knowing one, one who knows before or at the beginning of elfagiri, the natives
(ku tambfia, to know) ajiia ku tambiia.
;
say, “ Kuna kua kuaja, usiku unakua waja, wa-
 ; ;

MT ( 253 ) MT
anza ku ogopa mtana, usiku unakua watoka.” Mtasalabu, s., the noise caused by an animal
At the second crowing, or at the subuklii rnbiti- running through a forest.
mbiti, they sag, “ Kuna kuja, hakuna usiku teua, Mtashi, s., a longing for, Phil. iv. 1.
usiku waja, wakimbia, wapisha mtana, kuna Mtassa, s. = maskina ya mkoko cfr. rasaka. ;

pambasuka kueupe (kugnasa),” or “ununguunaw Mtata, s., a kind of tree.

amba (enea) ulimengu,” there is some daylight, Mtatago, s. (wa, pi. mi ), the trunk of a tree—
hut matters cannot yet he distinctly seen or laid across a river, used as a bridge; pahali pa
recognized. At last, jua lapassua uwingu, the ku tataga or weka miti mtatago wa ku kinga- ;

sun splits the shy, hut jua haliteketesi, halitassa nisa magogo mtoni, mto ukiwa na m'fo.
kua kiili, ni subukhi jauga janga. Jua litakua kali Mtausi (or mtetjsi), one iclio makes a choice,
baada ya mafungulia gnombe. (Cfr. makungu). selects (teua, taua).

Mtanadaki, cfr. mtabamari. Mtawa (= msufi), a kind of tree; cfr. mrau.

Mtanda, s. (wa, pi. mi ); mtanda wa niama, a — Mtawanda, s. (pi.
—
mi ), a ivooden shoe or sandal
strip of meat, i.e., meat which has been cut into (of light wood), formerly used only by great
thin long rope-lihe strips, and dried in the sun people; name of a tree fit for making sqioons,
or on the fire (cfr. the Amharic word kwanta, and in genered use for handles, helves.
“ Isenberg's Dictionary," p. 77). Mtanda ni —
Mtawi, s. (wa, pi. wa ), a magician, sorcerer;
mnofu wa niama ku anika kua jua au motto, mtu auwai watu kua daua. JPor instance, he
isioze havraka (cfr. tauda, v. a.) mtanda, a row makes a mtego wa jiboa, a medicine which fastens
or file of things which have been strung together ! an adulterer to a woman for several days, till
ku fania mitanda, e.g., of the fish nguva. Kiniassa, her husband arrives ! ! ! He also makes a mtego
msongo wa niama, a strip of meat. wa mkeka, which drives a mat into an adulterer's
Mtande, s. (wa), warp, opp. to mshindio, woqf. posterior! ! cfr. kiinimato.
M'te, (pi. mite), shoot, bud, germ; ku toa mite, to
Mtanga, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), sand, soil.
shoot, bud, germinate
Mtanga wa ufuxue (pi. fvikue) (cfr. mfuo), fine ; different from m'mea ;

mte is "germ," m'mea growth (e.g., wa nafaka).

sand, quicksand = mtanga mtifu (ku tifuka),
Mtefu, adj. mtanga mtefu, fine sand (uliogu-
gu ku sama ;
kitu tiki kingali ni-tia mtanga
yana) niama tefu, fine, thin meat (= muem-
wa mato, this matter would have thrown sand ;

bamba waguyana).
into my eyes, i.e., would have deceived me,
nikiwa pekeyangu, if I had been cdone.
Mt£go, s. (wa, pi. mi) (ku tega) (Kimrimci), a

Mtanga wa poani, a kind of snake, resembling

trap = mtambo wa ku tega niuni or niama, etc. ;
vid. mtawi.
in colour the sand of the sea.
Mtanga wa mato? (K.).
Mteita, s. (wa, pi. wa — ), a native of Teita, a
country in the Interior, consisting of three
Mtanganiko, s., confluence ni pahali mito miwili
;
separate mountains, Kadia.ro, Nddra and Buru;
itangamanapo.
vid. Bebmann's map.
Mtanga tanga, s., one who runs or roves about, a
Mt£je, s., vid. singa.
vagabond; cfr. tanga tanga. Mtek^do (mtek£to ?) ;
mtekedo mmoja wa ma-
Mtange, s. (wa) (Arab, amd), the beam of a kuti, all of one sort of makuti (vid.), in shape
balance, mtange wa mizani.
and size (R.).
—
Mtango, s. (wa ,pl. mi ), the pumpkin-plant; tango
Mtekel^zi, s. (vid. tekelesa, tekelea) (utekefu) =
(la, pi. ma — ),
the fruit of it, the gourd. It is
pikoeppuv ), affectionate.
<
(

to from the mtoma, of which

be distinguished
Mtelle, s. (wa), rice cleaned of its husks; mtelle
the kitoma, or calabash is made ; kondeyakwe ni
wa mpunga is rice yet in the husks mtelle wa
toma kimugminie is a small kind of gourd.
;
mora (vid. mora) wali is boiled rice.
The largest calabashes are brought to the coast ;

from Mount Kadid.ro. Mtemazanje (or mzonazanje), a land of serpent;

Mtangulisi, s. (ku tangulia), one who goes before
muegni ku keti tangeni.
;
mtu aendai mbelle, e.g., on the road; prede- Mtembezi, s. (wa) (ku tembea) (= muenendezi),

cessor, foregoer, foreman ; cfr. mutakadamu. one who takes a walk, or travels about for
Mtani, s. (pi. watani), one who belongs to a kin- pleasure, to see a country, not for trade; si ku
dred tribe or race (St.) (cfr. mta). fania biashera, ku angalia nti to. Prov. mtem-
Mtanne, s., a hard wood, vid. mvule;
tree with bezi ala maguyakwe.
mtanni is also pronounced mjanne. Mt£mbo, (?) (middle) of m ua
s. (wa), (1) the pith

Mtaowa (pi. wataowa), s., a devout person (St.). (moyo wa mua), used for plaiting bags (vija-
Mtara ? manda or wifumbu, etc.), or of a young cocoa-
Mtarajali, s., a man of note, a man indeed. tree (kiini eba mniizi mjanga) (2) a sore on ilia ;
 . ; ; ;

MT ( 254 ) MT
solesof the feet or on the palms of the hands , five kinds of dances; (1) gungu; (2) msapata ;

left by small-pox.Katika marathi ya rnbfiba (3) banzua ; (4) kitanga eba pepo; (5) soma.
wayo an kitanga ja mukono jafania mtembo. Mtesteshi, adj., comic, ludicrous, droll, lcuteza, ku
(3) Gold not yet wrought (vid. mkfio). Mtembo tezesba ;
unakula mteskitesbi, wa-ji, tekea tu ;

wa muamba = muamba sago mmoja; mtembo mtestesbi wa watu, he makes people to laugh.
wa muale, the crown of the muale-tree. MtetEa, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a fowl which cackles —
MtEmo, s. mtemo), said in Kalfati or Kala-
(liatta when about to lay an egg; ateteai karibu na ku
a cbombc.
fdti, ya, via.

—
Mtendaji, s. ( pi wa ), an active person ; vid. Mt’et’emo, s. (pi. mi — ) ;
mt’et’emo wa n'ti, an
tenda, to act, io make. earthquake, Luke xxi. 11.
Mtende, s. (wa, pi. mi —), (1)
a date-tree, phoenix, Mt£u, s. (ku piga — ),
to boil up; toa maziwa uka-
dactyliferm; (
2) a kind of blue beads. ya-pige mteu (vid. jefiku), take the milk and seethe
Mtendo, s. (wa), business, make, making, act (ku it; (2) tepid, lukewarm; cfr. teleka, tokossa.
tenda); mtendo wa mambo ( cfr
kitendo) ;
usi- Mteusi s. = mtu ateuai (ku tefia), a selecter, one
fanie matendo baya, do not do such things, or who makes a choice; atoa kitu jema, aata kitu
perform such deeds. kibaya. Prov., ajabu ni mtausi (mteusi), ku
Mtengo, s. ( Kimrima ) (= Kimwita ) (jenenza or tafia (teua) nazi mbofu, ku ondokea majuto, na
tussi ya ku tukfia meiti), a bier used in funerals mbusi beikuni nazi kua meno kua matoto (ma-
vid. jenensa. dogo) amekosba mkfito, beisutui kasbani. It is a
MtEngua, s. ; mtengua kua mambo mema, a remarkable thing about the man who makes
separated one in good things, i.e., devoted to great efforts to pick out the best sort of things ;
good things, Luke xxiii. (= muongofu).
47 he selects a cocoa-nut, ivhich he finds afterward to
MtEnsi, s. (ku tenda) ;
mtensi wa kazi, one ivlio be a bad one, and he repents of hi.s choice, because
has different kinds of ivorks going on, e.g., in the nut cannot be ground on the mbusi he selects ;

building, die.; mtensi wa mambo, wa kitendo, a piece of cloth, but wraps it up badly, and puts
wa ku kirimu watu, one who produces various it into a box, in ivhich it is spoiled. In short ,

kinds of food at a banquet; miwa, e.g., wali, he gives himself great trouble about the choice of
asali, fuka, dec.; ametenda mambo, ku patausheba ;
things, but he makes a bad choice, and lets tie

(2) mtensi wa maneno ya kale, a poet, story-teller thing selected be spoiled.

(cfr. utensi) ku maimbo.
;
fania Mthaifu, adj., weak (vid. thaifu) ;
ku weka viombo,
MtEpe, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a Lamoo boat ni jombo— mthaifu mtbaifu, to scatter the vessels about.

chawagunia, a peculiar kind of boat constructed Mthalimu (or mutiialimu) (Luke xvi. 10.), unjust,

by the people of Patla and Lamu (or Amu). It wrong.

isfastened together with ropes and wooden nails ; Mtiiamini, s. (Arab. ),a surety.
hence mtepe ni jombo cha batari, yuna mismari ya Mtiiaea (or mathara), s. ; ku patoa ni mtbara, to

miti, na niiigue za kamba. Cfr. Captain Owen's meet with misfortune through somebody (R.).

“ Narrative of Voyages," vol. i. (Ncio York), Mtiiawa, s. (pi. wa — ), a pious or devout person
q>. 232; comp, also Dr. St.,p. 331. mtbawa-a-jiweka = mcha Mungu; .

g
MtepetEpu, s., one who is remiss, Ileb. vi. 11.
M'ti, s. (vfa,q>l- miti), a tree, pole, wood in general;
Mteeajali, vid. mlekefu.
niumba ya miti, opp. to niumba ya mawe mti kati, ;

Mterehemesi, aclj., compassionate ; vid. rebema. a tall post set in the ground between a prisoner's
Mteremiszi, s. (ku teremea or jekerea), one who legs, so that when his feet are fettered together
treats another kindly, in a friendly manner, a he can only move in a circle round the post (St.).
friendly and kind man; Mzungu ame-ni-teremea Mti, s. scrofulous and gangrenous sores; cfr. ma-
sana, Mzungu ni mteremezi wa ku teremea ratbi ya mti, uellc wa mti.
wageni, the European has refreshed or cheered, Mtiboa maji ya mtiboa = ya muniu or ya
(?) ;

me, the European is a friendly man who causes mjini ?

delight to strangers. Mtifu, adj., leaping up; (vid. tifu) mubogo bu
;

Mtesa (or mtEsi), s.; ni mtesa wangu yule, ateta tifu tifu, unga unatifuka = ruka, ku fania tifu,
nami = mkondo, an enemy ( = msharri, mtesania to make rise (e.g., dust, by shaking).
watu). Mti i, adj. and s. (pi. watii) (Arab. ),

MtEshi, s., jocose.

Mtesitesi, s. a ridiculer, a mocker. obedient, one ivho is obedient; obsequens
,

Mteso, 8. (wa, pi. mi ) (mteso wa ku pigia — fuit.

ngoma), (1) beating of a drum; (2) dance or Mtilizi, s. (pi. miteso) ;

mtiliziwamaji, the branch
dancing (in Kinng. mebezo) Dr. St. mentions ; of a tree Listened to a trunk, cOc., io convey the
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

MT (
2 55 ) MT
rain-water into a jar placed near the trunk, m'do a cushion, a pillow ; ku enenda mtoni kua
is

ndio ku kinga maji (cfr. kopiie, gutter; ( the magu, to walk on the water.
wake of a ship {cfr. mgondo or mkondo) maji ;
M't5a, s. (wa, pi. mitoa) (termes fatale), white ant
yanafania mtilizi {or mkondo), the running water or termite, a very destructive kind of ant. They
has made a channel for itself, is digging for a construct a little hillock, called teu (kilima eba
way, has paved a way. udongo), in which they live in apartments built
M'tima, s. (wa, pi. mi—), self, heart, spirit {old most ingeniously. The teu resembles indeed an
Kisualiili, Kisegua, Kiniassa, and Kisanib.), Arabian castle with numerous turrets. In the
the inner part of trees; ku tuliza mtima wa mtu, rainy season the mtoa get wings and fly about in
rokliowakwe, moyowakwe. enormous swarms. Being fat, the winged ter-
Mtimbu (or mjimbu) (ku timbiika) = mezi ukitim- mites are roasted by the natives and eaten, but

bua mvingu {or ukitimbusa) = ukianza ku toka they do not eat those found in the houses. The
kua uekundu (ukika nde ni neuppe) unalasa red ants are great enemies of the termites,
little

watoto wadogo, laken ukilasa watu wazima hence the natives place honey and other sweet
{about 11 o'clock p.mj ni mtimbu or mjimbu. things on the spot where termites are discovered
Mtinda mimba {or kitinda mimba), the youngest of in order to attract the red ants, to destroy the
a family; lit., cutting of the belly. white ones, as in politics or in lawless countries
Mtindi, s. (wa); (1) mtindi wa maziwa, or maziwa one tyrant and robber is employed against
ya mtindi, butter-milk maziwa ya mtindi yalio- another. Madama, stage of the mtoa (R.)? Kid.
siikoa, ikatolewa siagi, ni makali Sana; (2) a kikoro.

butcher ku tenda niama. Mtoa mali, name of a tree.

Mtindo, s. (wa), a cut, cutting, tallness ; manangu Mtoana, s. (wa, pi. wa) = mtuma mume, a male
ni mtindo wa yule = ni rikalakwe, my son is a slave, opp. to mjakazi = mtuma mke, female
match for him, i.e., is of the same age and size; kitoana, a slave boy, opp.
slave (of full growth) ;

vimoviao ni mtindo mmoja, their size is one cut, a slave girl; mtoiina amekueuda
to kijakazi,

they are of equal size { tallness ) nadaka mtindo kuao ku toana na muenziwe kuja makazi kua
;

wa kuzi kabisa, I want the very end of the south wajakazi, the slave went to his country to take

wind {for my going to Mombas). from among themselves a fellow, to come and
Mtingo ? work with the female slaves ?
Mtini (pi. mitini), a ficus)
Mtobuk, s., a kind of wood of which the best walk-
fig-tree (cfr. ,

(fructus).
ing sticks (bakora) are made (St.). This kind of
Mtinsi, s. (wa), a butcher, one who slaughters.
wood is found in the Chogni Forest, in the
Mtirifu, vid. mdirifu. Wanika country (R.).
Mtiriri, s. =
mubiana, mbisbi, mniambi, a perverse
Mtofaa (pi. mi ), an apple-like fruit (St.). —
man, ivhoknows that he does wrong, or that he Mtofu, s., adj. (vid. ku tota), one ivho has been
spoils a thing, but does it on purpose to make
deprived of a thing, e.g., mtofu wa mato, a blind

another angry. One ivho serves another a trick man mtofu wa liaya, a shameless man (asiekua
on purpose. na baya) vid. tofiia and pofua = ku haribu.
;

Mtitimo, s., mtitimo wa mgurumo, the rolling noise Mtohara, s.

,
a clean or pure man.
(mlio) of thunder heard at a distance; mgurumo Mtoki, s., a swelling of the glands at the bend, of
watitima Mvita, nasikia kivumojakwe or mlio- the thigh followed by fever (St.) ;
mtoki wangu
wakwe kua mballi mtitimo wa mvua, therushing
;
una-ni-pinda.
sound or noise of rain during a thunderstorm Mtokosi (ku tokosa watu), wicked (msharri).
(ni ku kulika tu). Mtomo, s., firmness, good building.
M'to, s. (via, pi. mito), a river; mto wa maji ya
Mtomoko, s., a tree ofeatablefruits, a wild custard,
beredi or ya ku noa, a river of sweet or drinkable
apple-tree (Anona squamosa).
water, opp. to mto wa bahari, a creek or arm of
Mtomondo, s. (pi. mitomondo), the Barringtonia
the sea, or mto wa maji ya jumfi, river of salt
its fruit is exported to India (St.).
—
water; juto (la, pi. ma ), a large river; kijiito,
Mtondo, day after the day after to-morrow,
the
a small river, brook; mto, river of middle size,
the third day from to-day; mtondo gu, the day
neither very large nor very small m'fo, a torrent
after that ; vid. mtondogoa.
(pi. mifo), caused by the rain; mto mkafu majira
ya mvua ni m'fo washuka m'fo, watukua watu
;
Mtondo, s. (pi. mi), a high tree, the berries of
mto wa maziwa, is a brook running under grass which yield a good kind of oil (vid. tondb). It
and trees : it has deliciously cool ivater (maji ya ino- grows abundantly at Pemba; Calophyllum
ku sisima). It runs between mountains or in phyllum, tivo bags cost £ dollar.
vales, dec. from wet places; m'to is a river but Mtondogoa, adv., after the day after to-morrow,
,
 ; ; ; ; : ,

MT ( 256 ) MT
on the fourth day from to-day ku sinda mtondo Mtufu, adj., (1) lean, alietufuka or kofuka, alie-
( third day), majusini. konda kabisa ; (2) of low birth (vid. mpungufu),
MtongJczi (or mtongelizi), an uproar maker. insignificant (3) poor indigent, wretched (vid.
,

Mtongo, s. ku tonga), mtongo wa kwanza,

(vid. tufika).

first cutting or forming by cutting.

,
Mtuiko, s. (wa) (ku tuika) (pi. mi — ), cfr. eseka.
Mtongolele (mtondolele ?), deep holes ? Mtukisi, s. (vid. mdukisi) (ku tukisa).
Mtongo tongo, s., a tree (utomfuwakwe yuna Mtuku (or kituku), s., a great grand-child; vid.
summu ya mato), a species of Euphorbia, the mjuku.
Kolquall of Abyssinia. Mtuku, adj. s., very wretched or poor, kana
(1)
Mtongozi, s. (pi. wa — ) (cfr. tongoza, v. a.), a kitu kibisa (ku tuka) (2) base, abject, vile, not
;

person ivlio attracts women by fine dress, Ac. loved or respected, because amefania neno lililo-
Mtokia (wa), the mtoria tree (cfr. ulimbo and mu-ifia or aibisba.
kitoria), the India-rubber tree, a hind of fig. Mtukufu, adj. s. = alietukuka kua jinalakwe
(Ficus elastica). yuna jina kuba, ametukuka, amekua mkuba —
Mtoko, s. (wa, pi. wa— ), (1) a fugitive, mtu a great or noble man, concerning whom they
akimbiai (2) a robber, rutu wa niituni (Kiun-
; sing :

guja). In Kimvita mkenge (ku tfiroka, to es- Atani ku takabari na ku jetea maume, nitie
cape ; in Kigunia, ku tora ku piga fumo, to = stakifari na kumtume-ulimengu mdauili salia
stab one)', mtoro ni Mkuafi wabahari (c/r.Mkuafi). wasinga mbelle na niuma, yu utukuni Mguame
Mtota mato = mato yana fumba, one ivho has the wausa kapo kua mia i.e., leave off being — ,

eyes yet closed ; vid. ku tota. proud and trusting in man's strength, take it to
Mtoto, s. (pi. watoto), a child; mtoto mtoto heart (ku tia mawazo) to say istakfar alia, ku 11

mjanga, a babe, new-born child = mtota mato, piga tobam- sbahada (ku-m-gniegniekea Mungu)
mato yanafumba, one who lias the eyes yet (as every Muhammedan is ordered to say in
closed, does not see till it grows a little older ; (2) going to and rising from bed ) the ivorld is ;

a child in general, a little one (son or daughter), round, it turns in front and behind (is perishable
mana is a child in reference to the parents; on all sides) ; see there, that Mguame (who ivas
mtoto wa
watu, a child of respectable people, not before a very proud man) in the market (utu-
of slave parentage. kuni in Kigunia), he sells baskets of mua, be-
Mtoza (or mtozi) s. (wa), a collector (of money) (ku cause he has nothing else to live upon.
toza, v. a .) ;
mtoza usburu, toll-gatherer. Then the people address Mguame : Mguame
M'tu, s. (wa, pi. watu), man, person, somebody, kale ulikiia na jaba(= witu wingi) na Nasibu
human Hebrew ivorcl np, the
being (cfr. the ika endeme (= ina-ku-andama), ulipo ukituma
mortal man, pi. the mortals ) mtu mume, man, ;
ralia kuamakamo ya mfalume, sasa unabeha mu-

mtu mke, woman (pi. watu waume, watu wake) jinimuetu, kubeme( = kuhami). Thou Mguame
mtugani, ivliat sort of man ? of what nation or least formerly a man of fortune, and good luck

mtu wa serkali, he is employed by govern-

tribe ? followed thee ; thou didst send out thy people at
ment. Mtu wa liakki, a just man; mtu = basbiri, pleasure in the likeness of a king (like a king),
person ; mtu wa kuetu, a man of or by us = a but now thou hast become p>oor and art of no
countryman. use in our town because thou hast fallen aicay
Mtua, s., the name of a shrub, the fruit of which from God.
is called tua, and is used as a medicine. Then the penitent Mguame says stakfar
Mtuana, s. (cfr. mtoiina), a free man, in opp. to a Alla, toba, ya Rabbi, ufutie maofu nliofania,
slave (Erh .) but I suppose Mr. Erh. confounded
;
pardon 0 God / will correct myself ;
, ,
O Lord,
mtussa. take away the wickedness I have done.
Mtuango, s. (pi. mi — ),
a pestle for pounding Mtukussi, s. (vid. tukussa), one ivho is restless,
corn in a mortar (ku tuanga, v. a.). goes about to do evil, eg., ku guya watuma na
Mtuawe, vid. mduawe. ku usilia or usia mballi, to seize slaves and sell

Mtubira faiiamia, mtubira unangia? (R.) (mdu- them far off.

bira?). Mtukuta = alietukuta or tukutika, unquiet, 7 'est-

Mtubu = mesddni (R.)? ku tubu, v. n .

less.

bonus, purus et suavisfuit. Mtukutu, adj. s.

(
= mtu alietukuta or tukutika),
Mtueko wa kanja, ku tueka nta ya niumba, to unruly, intractable, unquiet, restless, turbulent
put plaited palm-leaves on the top of native (asietulia), one who is fickle and wanton like
cottages, to prevent the rain from entering. children, ivho are never at rest; jana hili ni
Mtufam, s. (pi. matufuli), bride, tile. tukutu muo, this lad is very restless (kijana asie-
 . ;, ; ; ; ;

MT ( 257 ) MU
sikia), in general, ill-behaved, rude (
German Mtungua, s. ; cfr. piingua (tungua) (R.)?
“
unartig”). Mtunguja? (or mtua), the name of a shrub (vid.

Mauja, s. (wa, miiija) (Arab, ), vid. mtiia), shrub, bush, frutex.

i>1.
Mtunsitunsi, 8 ., vid. mdunsidunsi.
wimbi.
Mstamua, a hen about to lay eggs ?- (R.).
Mtupa (pi. mi ), Euphorbia (St.). —
Mtu pa, a preparation to intoxicate fish mtupa
Mtukuzi, s. (wa), a bearer porter (ku tukua,
,
to
probably the tree utupa is that which is made
bear, carry). use of from it ; vid. utupa.
Mtule, s. ; rectius mdule, vid. Mtupu (or mtuputupu), adj., empty, naked, hare.
Mtulinga, s. (pi. mi ), the collar-bone — (St.).
Mtuzi, s. (wa), sauce (vid. tusa), gravy, or broth
Mtulivu, adj., one ivho is calm, quiet, composed, of meat, curry, vegetables, &c. (ku tusa maji).
and obedient (kama mana atuliai, aketie mahali The natives will not eat any dry or hard food,
pamoja, ashikai lieno la babai au mamai, mana e.g., boiled rice, without the mtuzi. Some meat
alietukuta) ;
vid. ku tulia. or vegetable gravy or sauce must be put with the
Mtuma (properly mtumoa, one who is sent and dry food mtuzi wa samaki — maji yapikoayo
employed), s. (wa, pi. watumoa), a slave; mtu na samaki.
atumoai. Mtushi, (cfr. tusba), one who makes contemp-
.s',

Mtumaini, s. (pi. wa — ) (cfr. tumai or tumaini), one tible.

who hopes, confides in — Mtutu, s. ; kesiio tapika mtutu (mdutu?) (R.).

Mtumba, s.; (1) mtumba wa juo = rnfiiko wa juo Mua, prep., of from, out of, belonging to one.
utiamo, a book-case (made by the Suahili of This preposition can only be used when a sub-
mua) (2) mtumba murne, a bridegroom (cfr.
; stantive which stands in the ablative or locative
mjumba) mtumba mke (manamke mdogo), a
; case,has preceded. Nimepata mukononi mua
bride (vid. Kiniassa “mbeda’’), a lover (my Muarabu, I have received it out of the hand of
sweetheart! my honey!)', cfr. mjumba, an un- an Arab (from an Arab’s hand. ) (lit. in or by
married woman; cfr. mjanne. the hand from or of an Arab). Mtu buyu
Mtumbo tumbo, s., vid. metezi cfr. paniamavu. ;
hawezi tangu matumboni mua mamai, this snail
Mtumbui, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a canoe made of the — is sick since in the belly out of his mother ( from

trunk of a tree (dau la mti mmoja cfr. galawa, ;

his mother's ivomb). -Nimetoka niumbani mua
which is larger. mtu buyu. Ame-in-t’uta shiinoni mua bahari.
Mtumbuizi (pi. wa —-), an enquiring person, a iNimeketi niumbani muaugu, / sat in my house
spy ; cfr. tumbua. = in the house of mine. Ame-m-piga mbafuni-
Mtume, s., an emissary, messenger, ambassador muakwe, he beat him on his ribs (on the ribs of
pi. mitiime, the prophets or messengers who, in his). Mua is from the pron. poss.
inseparable
Muhammedan belief, were sent by God to reveal angu, ako, akwe, Ac.; e.g., muako niumbani or
his will to man, before the arrived of Muhammed, niumbani muako, house in of the, i.e., in thy
who is pre-eminently the mtume (Mtume Muham- '
house; again, as it must be followed by the
med) in the Suahili theology. Mtume Musa, 2 >ron. poss. so
it must be preceded by the particle

mtume Isa, mtume lyub, die. ni, or, as the first instance shows, the noun in
Mtumi; ni mtumi buyu (Keb.), probably for question with ni suffixed to it, may be post-
itself,

mtume. poned. However, there are also instances in

Mtumishi, a servant (ku tumika, tumikia).
s. (wa), which the preceding and following mis omitted;
Prov. rnuana mtumishi ala cliakwe na cha mu- e.g., ku piga gelada harana muetu; vid. gelada.

enziwe. Mua, s. (wa pi. mia or miwa), sugar-cane sukari

,

Mtumke, s. (pi. watu wake) (mtu mke), a woman ya mua, sugar prepared from the sugar-cane,
(rid. mtu), a wife, females. not from honey, Ac.
Mtu.uua, s. ; angawe mturnua rokboyakwc ni Muaa, (wa, pi. miaa), miiaa wa inkoma, a palm-
s.

inuunguana, though he is a slave, his spirit is tree. The mkoma tree, when very young, is
(that of a) free man. called mgune, and yields the mua or the leaves
Mtundaufu, s. (wa, pi. mi ), wild jasmine (Er.). — or blades) of which the natives make coarse mats,
i

Mtundo, ngdma ya mtundo (R). ropes, bags, Ac. (mua in Kin. mlala, pi. milala ;

Mtundo, s., a tree with soft wood ; vid. mfule. vid. mgune.
Mtundu, adj., perverse, mischievous. Muabeke, s., a tree fit for making sticks.
Mtunduisi, s. (ku tunduia) ;
cfr. mdoya, a spy. Muabii.a, s. ; mayindi ya muabila, mayindi,
Mtunduki? (R.). spoiled by rain.
Mtunga, s. (wa), a shepherd; vid. tunga. Muada (wa, pi. miada).
Mtungi (wa, pi. mi), a water-jar. Muadiko, s., the name of a fish.
8
 ; ;;
) ; ; : : ;

MU ( 258 ) MU
Muadini, s. (Arab. ), (1) the Muezzin who una kikaka cha roklio = yunaliarraka ku kimbia
mvua i.e., when the period of the muaka is
calls the Muhammedans to prayer (ku adini). ;

Besides this his duty is to sweep the mosque, approaching, the people have much to think of
and keep it in repair, to see that water is con- and to do to escape the. coming rain; rokko
inaaka ku fania harraka ku kimbia mvua
stantly supplied by the slaves who belony to the
mosque. e.g., to cover their cottages with makuti, to
All the external a ffairs of the mosque
are within Ids province. He receives a p art of secure them against the coming rain; to burn

the votive offerings made to the mosque ; he gets the refuse of the plantations, to till the ground,
head of a to sow the seed, A’C. ku teketeza or ondoslia
the bulloclc. offered as a sacrifice.
kua motto mabiwi ya shamba mbelle za mvua
Besides, he gets voluntary presents from the
people. Muadini wa sliildo, that part of the
wa muaka, kua sebabu bi rokko inaaka ku
(2)
car which we close by pressure, in order to shut fania harraka. Hence they say muaka kikaka,
fuli ni kifulifuli (mawingu yanapita), mjo ni uko,
the ear, aures praebuit, prae-
conizavit, pec. indixit
auricle. ,

Mukammedanis publicae
hupanda shamba na taka katika mjo yuna —
shoguli nengi, watu bawadiriki (hawawezi) ku
precis lioram.
takassa shamba; cfr. msika, the first planting
Muafa, s. (wa, pi. miafa), fear, danger, place of
and harvesting in April, May, and June.
fear or danger, where there is fear (makali pa muaka juzi, the year
Muaka jana, last year
khiifu) (vid. mkkafa). Usiketi liapa miafani,
before last; muaka kua muaka, year by year,
genge litaang'iika, liapa ni muafa iva genge,
yearly. Fulani muaka hu ana ufuna Sana = ana-
do not here in the place of dangers, the rock
sit
u-pata sana. The year commonly used in Zan-
(vid. genge) will fall down; here there is danger
zibar is the Arab year of twelve, lunar months.
of the rock = a dangerous rock.
Persian year of 365 days
There is also the
Muafa, v. a. (Arab. Ubt*), to forgive. in Buahili
beginning with the Neruz, called
Muafaka, s., agreement, abargain.
the siku ya muaka. From this day the year
Muafi, s. ku toa, Kin. ku lafia), one who
(ku afia,
is reckoned in decades, each decade being
spends or wastes goods (muegni ku afia mali). called a muongo. The year is called from the
Muafi, s., a tree the fruit of which is called day of the week on which it commences muaka
kungo (?) which- is used by potters, ku kungia juma, muaka el hamisi, cOc. (St.)
(ku kunga) or ku lainiska or sugulia viungu, to
(ku aka or akka, wakka), a burning, a
Muako, s.
make the vessels smooth.
blaze; ku fania muako wa motto mgi = ku washa
Muafua, v. a., to break off in fragments (E.) ;
motto mkuba = thakariska n’na ona muako wa
cfr.banta in Kiniassa.
jua =j’oa liki-ku-thakarisha, i.e., liki-ku-pata sana
Muafuka, v. n., to be broken off in fragments.
Arab. vehementiore aestu ussit sol,
Muafuli, s. (wa pi. miafiili) = mana wa ufuli, an
,

umbrella of European or Indian make; rrafuli, accendit ignem.

the umbrella of the natives, which they make of Muakwe, his, hers, its; e.g., niumbani muakwe,
the mfumo branch; ufiili, shade caused by the from out of his house.
branches of a tree or by a shrub kifuli cha mtu
Mualadi (kokobesa), the young of a sheep or
or niama, the shadow of man or animal.
goat (Arab, jdj to give birth).
Muaga, v. a., to spill, to pour away, to empty out >

cfr. muaya. Mualamu, s., a stripe across (e.g., in a debuani

Muagao miagao) (ku aga), mkufuwakwe ana-
(pi. dress), a stripe length-wise; cfr. kufuli.
ji-tia muagao Wanika wafa uslianga muagao.
;
Muale, s. mi ), (1) a high tree (kaina
(wa, pi, —
Muagia, v. obj., to empty out for. mnazi). crown (mtembo) is called nifunni-
Its
Muax (and muawi), is a Kiniassa word and wale or kilumuwale, of which the natives make
u Kis. bakkti ngema, heri,
means good luck;” strings (ku shona mkeka) to sew together the
feida yule muai = yule muanzo sikupata ku
; mkeka (cfr. kuo) (2) a kind of native distaff.
;

nunua nai, n’nakuenda ku nunua kungine (E. upande wa Nsoani),

Muali (or moalli), s. (ni nti
(not good language).
a country near (Nsoani or Anzoani or Anzuani),
Mu aik a, v. n., to be poured out, to be emptied, to the Joanna island, Mohilla ; Masiwa, Comoro
be spilled; mafuta yanamuaika or muayika Islands; Ngazidja, Great Comoro; Maotue,
(ku muaya, to pour out) (vid. muaya, v. a .) Mayotte,
muiliwangu una-ni-muaika madudu ? (E.).
MuAli, s. (wa) (Arab. haut, eleve), a flame
,

Mua-ji-sifuni, s., a self-flatterer.

office; motto unatoa muali, una inuka, the point
Muaka, s. (wa, pi. miaka), year. Pros., niuaka of a flame; muali wa motto ni 11 'ta ya uekundu
 ; . ; ; ; ; ;

MU ( 259 ) MU
wa’ motto, the fire sends vp a high flame; muali mathubutbu, a man whose words are firm, trust-

or end of tire redness offire. Muali wa

is the point worthy.
muezi or jua, the bright light which streams from Muamlolo, s., vid. kisbando.
the disc of the moon or sun {cfr tumba) niota Muamnaku, s. ni samaki wa maji mangi (K.), the
;
;
ile leo inatoa muali kama metheli ya muezi cfr. flesh is reddish-white, this fish is generally caught
;

mgnao. at the time of high water ?

Muali, s. (wa, pi. wali), in connection with mana Muamshonsoa {or muamsonsoa) {pi. miamisonsoa),
= manamuali, a virgin mke alie na kisinda, sea egg ? echinus (muamdsunsoa).
hajajua mambo ya mume, ni mjinga. Alipo
Muamu, s. (wa, pi. waamu, wanguoi’zangu), sister-
tomolewa kisiuda or aiipobikiriwa, si manamuali
ancl brother-in-law, the brother of a ivife’s hus-
tena.
band; muamuwangu amekuja, the brother of my
Mualika, s., a tree, the wood of whichhas no maka
husband is come {says the wife) wiffiwangu ;
(icharcoal ).
amekuja, the sister of my husband is come;
Mualimu, s. (wa) {Arab, ), a learned man, maviawangu amekuja (alie via mumewangu), the
teacher {pi. wa). mother of my husband is come {Dr. St. has
Mualio, s. (wa, pi. mialio) ;
mualio mti wa ku tia “muamua”/or “ muamu,” the husband’s brother)',

ndani ya muili wa jungu ndizi isiteketee, small cfr.mubua, in Kir. avu, maternal uncle ; mua-
pieces of wood put in the bottom of a pot, to mue, my brother is the muamu of my wife, but
prevent banana or cassava, Ac., from being my sister is her wiffi {vid.) muamu in Kin. ;

burnt in coolcing. Such a piece of wood is called mlamu yule ulie-mu-olea ndnguye, that one ivhose

mualio. sister thou didst marry, he is thy brother-in-

laiv.
Mualishi wa harrusi) {vid. alika, v. a.), an
inviter to a wedding, a bridesman. Muamua {pi. waamua), a judge { ku anma, v. a., to

judge).
Muamale, s., treatment, mode of treating (St.).
Muamzi {or muamuzi or muamulizi), s., arbiter,
Muamba, s. (wa, pi. miamba), (1) a roch in the
judge; muegni kungia kati, aonai watu waki-
sea, a reef; 2 the ridge-pole, a transverse
( ) teta muegni ku kata maneno kulla mtu kua
;

beam or large pole which connects the poles of

radi, every man of note and understanding may
both sides of the roof on the top of a native be a muamzi (ku amua), but the official judge of
cottage; the wall-plate in a mud house. The a place is the katbi alone.
Waniha call it mganganga (3) makindi yana Muana, mamuana), young mistress,
:
s. (wa, pi. the
mea muamba, when the Indian corn becomes too the matron of the house, the lady (mke mku).
hard by ku anika juani {by exposing to the sun).
Muana is used in addressing her, especially by
Muamba niama = kuekue or kitawi, a hind
niassi slaves. An elderly lady is called bibi {cfr.).
of high grass, a troublesome weed in the planta- The plural mamuana is used, in contempt, when
tions. nickname their young mistresses
slaves despise or
Muambamba {or rather muembamba), adj., thin, in their absence. The plural is rendered by the
slender ; vid. embamba. ivord kina prefixed to muana; kina muana wawili
Muambao, s. ; ku futa — ,
to row, said of large or watatu wamekuja, two or three mistresses or
boats, not of canoes; cfr. mtahamari. young ladies came. In Zanzibar the natives use

Muambi, s.,a backbiter, slanderer, tale-bearer the term muana of their own mother from polite-

asoeai ku amba watu. ness.Muana mke wa kiunguana, lit., a. woman

Muamfi, s ., a man who gives things away, a liberal of the free and noble kind, would be the full term
man (ku amfia = ku wa-pa watu burre). for “ lady." Muana mke, not only a girl, but in
Muamfu, s. general “ woman."

Mcamimba, pregnancy in the

Muana, s. (wa, pi. waana), a child, a son or
s., a hindrance to
uterus ( = kizuizi eha {or singizi ya mimba) mtu- daughter; muanangu, my child;muanao, thy
;

mke huyu ana muamimba, yuna jango ia ufiazi, child muanawe, his child muanetu, our child;
hawezi ku pata mimba. Mimba ikija liuharibika muanawenu, your child muanawao, their child.

sebabu ya jango ku pindana na msbipa, or misi y a Muana Adamu, a human

a child of Adam =
mshipa kungia ndani ya jango or utumbo, mfuko muanadamu {vid. fisadi) ya benadamu,
being; ;

wa mana. Utumbo unadikiwa ni msbipa, msbipa human muana maji, a seaman.

inampinda jango. Kua sebabu hi anakanda ku Muanafundi {or muanafunsi), s. {Kiamu, Kirn-
niosba jango. vita) {vid. manaf'unsi), an apprentice.
Muamikifu, adj., trustworthy, faithful; mtu alie Muanagnombe, s., gable? (E.) niumbaya muana ;

aminiwa, sabitlii, ulimiwakwe or manenoyakwe gnombe ( better than muana wa gnombe).

s 2
 — ; ;

MU ( 260 ) MU
Muana maua s., a sprite represented as a
,
white island of Pemba who go naked at night (men
woman until an ugly black husband (St.). and icomen). They pretend to see with their
Muanamkazi, s., kali, when it is burnt (liuwa- eyes as in daylight. They stumble as they

nuka). walk (ku piga pindo) (4) a kind of rice ;

(St.),

Muana mice (pi. waana wake), a woman (lit., a muangani, a kind of mboga, vid. kitoleo.
female child, opp. to muana mume, a male child, Muanda (or muangalla), s. (pi. mianga) (Kin.ika)\
a man) (pi. waana waume or waanaume). ni njuga ya liumu muetu, ya Sualiili, ifuliwayo
Muanamuali, s. (wa), a young woman, a virgin lmmu ntiyetn. A kind of metal coils which the
(especially if chaste), and who has not yet left natives tie to their legs in dancing. They are
her father's house ; cfr. muali. made on the coast by native blacksmiths. They
Muanda, s. (wa) (=muanzo), the beginning ; jambo are of iron. The muangalla is different from

la muanda, the ground of a plantation. kifumansi, a bell (vid.) (

pi. mi — ). The Wakamba
ina muandaniiziwakwe, ivear muangalla, a sort of bell.
Muandamizi, s. ; boriti

the heavy boriti has its follower likewise heavy Muangadj, s., the name of a tree.
(R.). Muangafu, s. everything ,
one who is able to imitate
Muanda wazimu wanda wazimu ?), a talker ?
(pi. from having merely seen it, muangafu wa mate ;

kuangasa mno, ku anga, much enlightened.

Muandamo, s. (muezi) (pi. mi ) (miandamo za —
muezi, muanzo wa muezi), the beginning of a Muangai.izt, s. (pi. wa ), an overseer, one irho —
month ; vid. muezi and andama. looks to; vid. ku angalla, to se", to look.

Muandani, s. (wa, pi. wa ), (1) a friend, com- Muangaza, s. (pi. mi ), light, clearness, evidence,
— —
panion, comrade = muigni ku-mu-andiima mtu enlightening, prudence; jambo bili li katika
kua skauiri na neno moja muangaza, this matter is clear, evident (suafl)
(2) a concubine
;
;

( liawa) mke liuyu si mkewe, haku-mu-oa, ni muangaza mengi (or miangazi mingi mbelle ni
;

muandaniwakwe. Pros., ku legeza si ku fuma, kisa) for instance, when a man praises his goods ;

ndio yalio muandani (K.). too much, and consequently shows too much

Muandazi, s. = mtu aandai jakula clia vitu via

shrewdness, he may afterwards lose the whole

mballimballi, onewho prepares food (ku anda) profit ; mtu akifania miangaza mingi, watu liawa
tanunua, bei lcuba, ameangaza kitujakwe mno
of various ingredients, the cook; u muandazi
mtu liuyu ni muangazi mno, ni muerefu mno,
we we, anda, simania uandae, thou art the cook;
get up and prepare food.
adaka feida nengi kitujakwe liakinunuliki, as

Muandikaji, s., (1) a writer; (2) a waiter, or

the man praises his goods too much, nobody icill

buy them, and thus he is the loser; u-ni-fanie

table-servant.
muangaza nadaka kitu ni-ki-one ta hi ina
Muandiki, s. (ku arulika), (.1) wa kionda, one who ;

muangaza, ta ina tia muangaza niumbani (2) ;

applies a plaster to a sore; (2) one tvho serves
muangaza, a light hole, the small round holes
food; who lays the food, spoons, knives, dec.
which are often left near the ceilings of rooms in
upon the table, a ivaiter.
Zanzibar (St.)a small opening for light -----

Muandiko, s. (wn,pl. mi
kibandiko) (1) the — ) (
= ;

kidivasha, maana ya ku itoa muangaza, ni clia

applying a plaster to a sore ; the natives mix
ku tia muanga niumbani (I?.).
blue vitriol with bees-wax, and put it in the shape
Muangazi, s. = muerefu mtu liuyu ni muangazi ;

of a little loaf of bread upon a wound or sore mno ni muerefu mno, adaka faida nengi (vid.
;

(2) handwriting, manuscript. muangaza).

Muandishi, s. (wal, a writer (kuandika, to write), Muangeli.e, s. (wa), a kind of tree or creeper, the
secretary, clerk, usually katibu or karani. wood of which the natives boil in order to make
Muando, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
a hamlet; m'ji mdogo a paste with which they cement the bottom of a
wa masliamba watuma waketipo ;
m'ji ni wa (mganga ungo). They cdso put a little of
sieve

waunguana. paste into the borolioa ya joko ku fania sito.

this

Muanda, s. (wa, pi. mianga), (1) light in general, Muango, s. (wa, pi. mi ), a lamp-stand (1) wa —
ku angilda ta, a ivooden frame suspended on a
as emitted from a luminous body, natural light
wall for supporting a lamp (cfr. Dr. St., page
opp. to the artificial (ta) ;
najua miangayakwe ;

mti wa ku tonga malema, fibrous wood is 334), a kind of bracket; (2) in Kinika, the top
(2)
split into small and thin pieces and plaited into of a hill, in Kis. ju ya mlima (3) muango = ;

a net ; a. kind of tree, thin and straight (usu- mlango; (4) muango (pi. mi ), a kind of shrub. —
kuao malema) (3) = mtawi, sorcerer (aangai Muangu, my ; e.g., niumbani muangu, out of my
;

uslku), one who has light or sees with his eyes at house.
night. There are celebrated sorcerers on the Muanoui, •?. (pi. mi — ). echo. St.rcrites mwangwi.
 ; ;. — :

MU ( 261 ) MU
Mdani, .s., sea-iveecl. MuAKr, s, (wa, pi. wari), one who is circumcised,
Muania, s. (1) a narrow way or pass ; muania ni but who ignorant (mjinga) of the songs of
is still

mtu apitapo kua tliiki (Kin. luania) (2) a little circumcision, which are many, and of a ridiculous
;

space between two incisors muania \va metio

(3)
and obscene nature. During the process of
in Kinika, called in Kisuahili pengo wa meno, healing (from the wound caused by the painful
in Kimrima mfeko, (japs in the teeth. operation ) he is instructed by the ngariba (the
circumcisor) and the makungui, persons who have
Muanika, (wa ,pl. mi ) (Kin. nondo), a fabulous
s.
— been formerly instructed in these songs. Muari
serpent said to devour whole caravans by sur-
rounding the camp ivith the length
ni mtu alietahiriwa akafunsoa viniago via nimbo.
of its body, so
that nobody can escape.
Muari ni mjinga asiejua mambo yavilinge, laken
It is also said to devour
entire elephants. Hence the great quantity of
yuwuimbishoa sasa ni ngariba 11 a kungui. If
ivory obtained in the interior because the serpent he is not very attentive to his lessons, he is severely
,

beaten.
ejects the teeth ivith its excrements. All these
stories have been invented by the traders to
Examples of these Songs.
frighten the people on the coast.
Muansa (or muanza), s.(pl. mi — ),
wa waume na wake (1) The circumcisor sings
wa Wanika. The Waniha hollow out the trunk Poani ku jiwe, ju ku mti si miba, shina li ngbe
of a tree which is left open at one end, but closed Mja ku timba ndie muniewe.
at the other ivith a skin which has a small hole Or :
in it just sufficient to allow a rope topass through, Poani kuna jiwe, ju kuna mti, tansu sina miba,
vihich is fastened in the inside, and on the out Shina li ngoe, mja ku timba ndie muniewe.
side tied to a kigongo (
a kind of stick). The
(2) The circumcised responds :
muansa player takes a ndifu (vid.) between his
Nlikuenda jiwe la m'bu, kaona niama jelea,
hand and rubs the stick backwards andforwards.
kiuno ki majini, shingo yala mpea, bada ya ku
The vibration is carried into the hollow trunk
by means of the skin and causes a tremendous pata sesse, rokho ina-n-jelea; when I went to
i.e.,

booming sound, which issues from the open end. the stone of the mosquitoes, I saw an animal
By means of this instrument the chiefs rule over floating in the water, the loin in the water, the
neck did eat mpea (the fruit of a tree on shore),
the credulous people of their tribe, for nobody
except themselves upon
is allowed to look at it
after I had received the sesse (kitoa ja mbo, the

pain of a severe penalty. Everybody runs to removal of the foreskin) my spirit became quiet
(fear left me).
his house, and shuts the door, when the muansa
qiasses by, for they believe that a person who
looks at it will die or get blind. The chiefs Ivuma la mama kana jano, mbo wa baba kana

carry out all their secret proceedings by means rnfumo, mamai muari anapika mataboa taboa,
of this instrument, which is heard to a great pale akikapo kundu lameka rneka motto.
distance. The women have a muansa of their
own ; males are not allowed to see the female
Simdekerera mkungue msorajangu, simde-
muansa, and vice versA.
kerera ajapokua foko dari, nesamkuerera hatta
Muanzi, s.
(
pi. mi — ),
something hollow, a bamboo,
pindi za ku skuka, nesamshoma muiwa kamlekea
a reed or cane which is hollow inside (una kirada na usungue papo.
mfungu) (2) muanzi wa ku angalia, a spy-glass,
:

telescope (Pers. doorbini), mianzi ya pi'ia nostrils K.B . — We ivill not translate these latter obscene
(3) muanzi = stick, or rope; ku angika ngfio or songs, which must thoroughly poison the minds of
passia, to hang up a cloth or curtain ; kalamu ya the young natives.
muanzi, a reed-pen.
Mdanzo, s. (wa, pi. mi — ),
beginning (ku anza),
origin. Muarika, s., name of a tree.

Muao, s. (wa, pi. miao), pieces of wood put into Mxjashi, s. (wa, pi. waaski and wawaski), a mason;
the bottom of a boat, to prevent the water from muaski wa mawe, one ivlio builds ( a house) with
damaging the cargo
of the boat (rnaji yasipate stones (cfr. walika) ;
the verb fluctuates between a

misigo) miti ya dumi belong to the muao in a

;
and wa, hence ku akka and wakka.
boat; ku weka muao, ku tupa viombo kua muao, (or muatawada), s. (pi. miata), Euphorbia Muata
ku pika wali kna muao ku pigakoffikua muao Kolquall; mnenge wa muatawada, which burns ;
;

ku futa makassia kua muao. well when it is dry ; vid. muenge, bundle of straw.

Muarabu, s. (wa, pi. waarabu), an Arab; Uarabu, Muaupe, adj., white (mueupe).
Arabia (cfr. manga). Muaussi (mueussi), adj., black.
 ; ; ,- ; ; ; .

MU ( 262 ) MU
Muavuli, s. (pi. mi — ),
an umbrella; cfr. muafuli. Muelle, s. adj. (pi. waelle), sick, a sick person,
Muawana, s. = jambo lililo kua wazi, lililo ainiwa ;
one who cannot leave the bedstead or room. The
mambo liaya yamekua muawana, hayakufitika, mgonjoa ( sickly person) can go about muelle ;

something that is manifest, notorious, not hidden. ana uelle, pi. nduelle, pains of sickness majira
Muawazi, s., the disposer, one of the names of God ya mvua nduellezangu zita-ni-jia mnilini muangu,
being the disposer and ruler of all things; vid. during the rainy season pains will attack my
awaza. body.
Moaya (or muaga), v. a., to spill, to pour out, to
Muema, adj. good ; cfr. ema.
diffuse ku muaya maji, to pour out, or spill
Muembamba, adj., thin, slender; vid. embamba.
water; ku muayika or muagika, to be poured out
MdSmbe, s. (pd. miembe), a mango-tree, its fruit
(cfr. for muaga, muagia, and muaika) vitoa
vina muayika, you see nothing but heads in the
;

—
embe (la, pi. ma ) (magnifera Africana).

forest; ku muayisa maji muilini; cfr. koa.

Mdendanguu, s. a great and irreparable loss (St.).

Muayo, —
mi ) ku piga miayo, to yawn.
s. (pi. ;
Muendani (or muandA.ni), s. (wa, pi. waandani),

Muaza mkda (wangu), God; mashaka liaya nlio (1) rafiki, a neighbour, friend ; (2) hawa, mka-
nayo —
nli ku kossa ni muaza mkua wangu. liaba.
MuendM^zi, .s., a copier ku endeleza mbellc, to
Mubatiiakipii, adj ., extravagant ; cfr. fidit
in writing, in making
,

go in a straight line, e.g.,

rem, petulantem et iiisolentem se gessit a mat, dec., one tvho goes on, or perseveres with
incuria, lactitia modum excedens. Ids ivork, till he has completed it.

Mubusi (ubusi) ? (R.). Muendo (or uendo), s., going, journey, gait, be-
Muda, s. (vid. m'da), a space of time (muda wa
"
— haviour; muendo hauna kawaida hatta ujapo
Gj
—
3>
kuenda mtana kutua, ni muendo nnakuenda
the space of ) ( ,
mensura ;
a* traliendo
muendo wa sa mbili wa nusu muendowakwe ni
;

extendit, moram solvendi concessit) muda — ;

;
wa goya.
kipindi kile kile uliclio ondoka huja tika niumbani
mudo Muenend£shi, vid. mtembezi.
liapatua ni uduru wa ku-ku-daka, kua ule
ule (R.) muda or muida hu ashafika (kwisha Muen^NDO, going on, behaviour ku fania or
;

fika). tenda vibaya or vema, ill or good, behaviour

Muddmari, s. R. ?).
Muenetu, muanawe ni wetu ? (pi. enetu), sisters ?

Mudungu tundu, s., a tree which is soon perforated MuENliZA, s.; Mungu ni — (vid. maeneo).
by insects. —
Muenge, s. (pi. mi ), a bundle of straw, used lo
Mu£gnie (pi. wegnie, Kiamu) (muigni, pi. wegni, carry a light (St.) (muenche).
Kimv.) (Kimr. muigni we, pi. wigniwe = muegni- Mdengelle (or mgan'ga ungo), s. (Kijumf. rauan-
ewe, jpL wegniewe). a kind of sorrel (of acid taste ) chewed
gelle),
Muegniisji, s. (p waegnieji or wegnieji)
1
.
(
= with toka. It is also used in many kinds of
muigni nti), a native, one ivho belongs to the sickness, especially is this decoction used, ku
country, one who is native of the place and who ganga ungo, to paste up a sieve or fan. Hence
has a home there; (2) a host. its name mganga ungo, in order that the flour
MuegnuSwe (muniewe), s. (pi. wegniewe), he him- may not run through.
self pi. they themselves, he the possessor of
the matter mentioned they the possessors (vid.
lit.,
Moengioro, s. (wa, pi. mi ) (vid. massa); ni —
,
fungu la tembo la muigni minazi, that proportion
muigni) muegniewe amekuja, he himself came ;
of tembo which belongs to the possessor of the
;

wegniewe wanakuja, they themselves came (Kimr.

cocoa-trees. Jioni ni muengero wa mgema mi-
muigniwe, pi. wegniwe) niurnba za muigniewc ;
nazi, in the evening the tapper gets Ms share.
the houses of himself of the possessor ; taku
regeza, I shall return it to thee (its possessor), I Muengine, adj.
another (pi. wangine, mangine) , ;

myself thou thyself, he himself, muegniewe. cfr. ngine.

Muekundu, adj., red, reddish, (ekfindu) ;

niurnba Muenzi, s. (wa, pi. waenzi or w’enzi), one who
niekundu kasha jekundu. visits another to enquire liow he does, a friend,
MuelIsko, s. (wa) = nguo ya ku elekea mana or acquaintance, companion, fellow; ku enda nai,
ku elekewa mana, apiece of cloth in which the or fuatani nai, ku-mu-enza, to look after him ; ku
native women carry their children at their backs enzana, to look one after another for counse
(Kin. mkamba wa ku erekera mana). and assistance; muenzangu, my friend (pi.
Muel£wa, s. — mambo yame-mu-elea (cfr. mstahifu waenzangu or wenzangu, my friends, com-
wa mambo, yuna akili), intelligent, wise, pru- panions) mtu huyu wa-ni-enza ku juilia jambo-
;

dent. langu, this man looked or enquired after me to

 ; ; ;. ; ; ; .;;

MU ( 263 ) MU
know my condition ( vid leu ensa or enza) ; <fr. Mugano (pi. mi — ) ;
niama isio mnofu, fleshiness
buenzi in Kiniassa = rafiki, somo. of meat.
Muer£vu, adj. (Arab, clever, prudent, MughjSjubu, a rogue; praevaluit.
), s., cfr. ,

dexterous, shrewd = mahiri ;

vid. erefuka.
Mugnunia, v. a., to crush something with, the
Muerre, .s., a hind of corn or seed like linseed grow-
tongue, not to bite it with the teeth, e.g., tembe ya
ing on a close spike like a bullrusli flower.
munia.
Mu£tu ;
humo muetu, here with us, within (of)
Mugnunie,s. a., a kind of pumpkin which is easily
us.
crushed with the tongue, not with the teeth;
Mueupe, aclj., white; mtumueupe, a white man.
mmugnunie, the pumpkin tree or creeper
Mueusi, adj., black mti mueusi, a black tree. (mtango).
Mu£we, s. a kind of vulture, a hawk;
(pi. miewe), Mugnunika, v. n. = vinginiuka), to crawl in
(

yuwala makinda ya knku (2) a kind of fish, ; putrid meat, said o/’mabii, white maggots.
similar to the fute.
MuSza, v. n., lit., to be able, to escape (?) ;
mana
Muhabeshia, s. (pi. wa ),
an Abyssinian. The —
Abyssinian slaves are greatly valued on this
ame-mu-eza, had power to outwit kua babai usiku
coast, especially the females, on account of their
wa kisa, asipate onekana ni watu, the boy escaped
beauty. They are chiefly brought from Baraiva
from his father in the dead of night lest the
or Market, the inhabitants of these sea-towns
people should see him; cfr. ea, v. n., to go out
buying them in the interior.
(ku toka).
Muhadimu, s. (pi. wa — ) (
Arab. ), a ser-
Mriizv 10TE (or mambo iote), the Almighty (God).
vant, one of the original inhabitants of Zanzibar
Mueza kuJctu (muignizimgu) ? (R.), cfr. muweza.
These wahadimu pay two dollars a year for
Mueza muegni£we, one’s own master.
each household (cfr. St. 332). They speak at
Mu£zi (m’esi), s. (wa, pi. ruiezi), moon, month;
least two dialects materially different from the
muangaza or muanga wa muezi, moonlight;
Suahili in town.
muezi waanza anga ukipassua uwingu, the
letta
Muhali, s. (wa), displeasure, anger (= kasarani).
moon when she breaks through
begins to shine
Muarabukuyu aliekatasoamaliyakwe, ameondoka
the sky ; muandamo wa muezi or muezi muan-
kua muhali, this Arab, to whom his property teas
damo or muanzo wa muezi, the beginning of the
refused, departed in anger; Muavabu amepata
moon (or month) when she appears the first time
muhali kua Mzungu, the Arab became angry
— new moon (following up the moon which is
until the European; ewe Mzungu ukissa-ni-pa
passed in the previous month), muezi unatimbuka
kissu nta-ni-pata muhali (uofu, liasira), 0 Euro-
or jimbuka = una anza ku toka. The natives
pean, if thou wilt not give me a knife, thou shalt
divide the month into three parts (1) kumi la —
get anger from me = thou shalt displease me
kwansa (the first ten days from the new moon )
laken Mzungu anena, mimi siji muhali wa mtu,
(2) kumi la kati (10th to 20th) ; (3) kumi la

29 th or 30th). This account but the European says, I am not afraid of the
kwisha (20 th to

makes majuma manne (four weeks). They also anger of man; ,

maligna delatione in-

divide it into two parts (1) siku kumi na tano —

(fifteen days in the outside), kua nde, una mgnao
sidias struxit alicui
; JW* ,
astutia, dolus,

or anga kuba (2) kumi na tano ni ndani, fifteen

;
industria ;
ku-m-tia katika muhali = ku-m-pi-
days the moon is inside, ni kiza or darkness, gania, to fight or quarrel on account of some-
i.e.,from the 16 th, muezi waanza ku-ngia ndani, body, e.g., when three masters demand the services
she becomes mtimbu or mjimbu, because she of one servant or workman at the same time
appears at midnight muezi mpungufu, uki- a-ni-daka muhali, he seeks for a matter against
pungua, ukitoa kwisha siku-zakwe ( twenty-nine me that I may be considered a bad man, as
days only)-, muezi kamili, full moon; muezi another man demands his service; ku ondoa
unaandama mpungufu or unaamlama kamili. muhali, to do a thing only half only ku ondoa
Mufizi, s. (wa) (1) the moon; (2) month (pi. muhali (only to remove displeasure).
the month begins on the day on which
miezi) ;

the moon is first seen. When the old month has

Muiiaeifu, s. (pi. wa ), transgressor ; vid. halifu. —
Muhalimu (and kihalimu)? (R.).
passed thirty days the new month begins, the
people do not reckon thirty-one days muezi Muhande, s., the name of a tree (= muvande in
Kir.).
muandamu or muangamu, a month of thirty
full days muezi mpungufu, a month of less Muharabu (pi. wa — ),
destructive, injurious; vid.
haribu.
than thirty days.
Mufumbi, s.; ku piga mufumbi kumoja, -said of the Muharibivu, s. (pi. wa — ), a corrupter; vid. ku
blood? (R.). I
haribu, a destroyer.
 —
; ;. ; ;

MU ( 264 ) MU
Muhardma (\va kitoa), muhada? of the misi, it is liked for making makopa, one
Muhashiri, s., vid. muhemili. large piece being cut into many smaller ones.
The cassava shrub does not like a hard soil, but
MuHASSI {or MDHASSAI, 0T IIASSI, Or HASSAl), S.
one which is soft and black; misi ku shuka, ku
(pi. wahassi), mabassi {sing, hassi), a castrated
tarabba, i.e., ku wanda mtangani. There are
man, an eunuch mtu alietoaliwa mawe ya ma-
,

several places near Mombas, celebrated for pro-

kende (aliehassiwa) mtu buyu ni muhasssi or ;

ducing excellent miliogo.

muhassai, na gnombe ni bassi, liassai or mu-
castratus,
Muhongolo, s. {pi. mi — )
{Kinika), the copal-tree;
bassai; cfr. ,
castravit ;
>
vid.msandarusi {Kisuah.) uhongolo = matozi ya

eunuchus. muhongolo.
Muhebbi akhiara, s., a choice friend.
Muhtasari, s. {Arab. j.ax^»), an abstract, abridg-

MuHfi.MiLi, s. {pi. wa-), = mtu afumiliai ment, a summary.

(1)
mambo mema or maofu, one who endures good Muhua, s., maternal uncle; vid. muamu.
or had circumstances, a patient person (2) Muhula, s. {pi. mi )
(= m'da, vid.) (Arab. dl^), —
beam of a house {pi. mihemili) (3) = muhashiri an appointed space of time when borrowed goods
;

{pi. mi ), —
a beam which supports the main- are to be returned to its owner; ni-pa-m
mast of a native vessel. muhula wa siku tano.
Muhiana, s. (wa) = mtiriri, mbishi, mtu afaniai Muhunsi, s. (wa, pi. wa ); (1) muhunsi wa mawe —
neno kua kiisudi or kiburi, one who opposes = muashi, a mason, workman in stone, one who
another from pride to offend him; neno la rau- builds houses of stone (2) muhunsi wa juma
hiana lita-m-tongea = lita-m-patia hasara, the (afuai juma), a blacksmith; (3) muhunsi wa

word of a proud and obstinate opposer will bring a workman in silver, lead, tin
fetha, rusasi, Ac.,

trouble upon him. Ac. The Waliunsi are supposed to be great

sorcerers, who know the secrets of Nature and
Muhindi,s. {pi. wa — a native of India, especially
),

Muhammedans of India, of whom there are the can perform wonderful things by witchcraft, Ac.
Khoja and Bohr a, two parties in Zanzibar Muhurt, s. (Arab. j^«), a seal, signet; ku tia, to
sign, seal.
Muhindi, s. {pi. mi ), the Indian corn plant; cfr.
s., a species of mangroves, near the sea-icater, Mui,
bindi (la, pi. mabindi).
and fit for making boriti (R. ).
Muhitaji, ,s., lit. a wanter, lover, (1) one who is Muia (or muii or muwii) v. n., ku ia or wia) (pi.
(
in leant, Luke xv. 14 naye akaanza kua muhi- ; waii or wawii, demander of a debt.
taji ; (2) one ivho is destitute of; ni muhitaji Muiba (pi. mi or miiba), thorn. —
yule, liana pishi ya kula, liana kitu tena bana ;
Muibaji, s. (pi. waibaji) (webaji), a thievish
alikua tagiri sasa muhitaji, bana kitu nlikua mu- person, one who steals habitually.
hitaji nacho ndiposa lianunua. Muifi (or muivi), s. (wa, pi. ivaifi), a thief ku iba
Muhogo, s. (wa, pi. mi
shrub of cassava — ), (1 )the to steal; vid. muivi.
or manioc {cassava-root (2) the fruit itself ) ;
Muifu (muivu, ivu, bivu), adj. (pi. waivu or
mti wa muhogo, na tuudalakwe ni muhogo, misi waifu), ripe; (2) a jealous person (cfr. nifu,
ya muhogo liogo (la, pi. ma ), a large cassava
; — jealousy); wivu, jealous.
(vid. mahogo); makopa, dried pieces of muhogo. Muigni (or muegni), s. (pi. wegni ), 2WSsessor, owner,
The natives split the large pieces up very small, the person which has anything or to which any-
and expose them to the sun until they get quite thing belongs or from whom it originates, a chief
hard, when they may be preserved for a long or sheikh (Kisambara, muene), the possessor him-
time. When required for use, they are pounded self or he himself; muigniew e, r
pi. wegniewe.
in a mortar, and boiled ivitli water into a thick It must be observed, (1) that the word has never
paste (sima ya makopa, Kin. jora). It is an a genitive sign after it except when it stands
important expedient in time offamine. There absolutely; (2) that it affords a convenient expe-
are several kinds of cassava (1) muhogo wa — dient in forming adjectives and concrete nouns in
kindoro {white, good, but intoxicating ); (2) mu- connection with the infinitive of verbs. Muegni
ll ogo mke {female cassava), which has a small niumba, the qiossessor of a house. Kikamba
red shrub; muhogo mke una vishadda kana “gnie or ignie,” 1 (ego), consequently muigni (e)
vipuli viawake wa Wanika. This is the best the I or ego of anything = possessor ? ? Muigni
kind of muhogo it is agreeable, has much meal
; nti, the lord of the country. Muigni ku hutubu,
and no bitterness (3) muliogo mume {male), the the preacher. Muigni kiebaa, lunatic. Muigni
shrub is large, the roots (misi) very long and ku pooza paralytic.
,
Muigni arauri, pi. wegni,
thick The male kind is not so good and agree-,
. amuri, not muigni wa niumba. Wegni fetha
able as the female, but on account of the thickness the possessors of money, not wegni wa fetha
 . ; ; ;

MU (
26 5 ) MU
Muigni ku daka nani? who is up that which is boiling in a
the possessor of to large size to stir
desire, i.e., who is it icho desires ? or who
a mason's trowel; kijiko, a small
is the pan; (2)
desiring person ? Muigni ku penda, the lover, spoon; ku weka muiko is = ku zira, i.e., to
lit., the possessor of to love. Niumba yegni avoid a certain food ; vid. zira.
uzuri na mali mengi, a house which possesses Muiku, s. (cfr. jelesa), food which has been kept
much finery and property = a beautiful and rich overnight, the portion of food which has not
house. Muigni wangu anakuja, my possessor is been eaten in the evening, but ivhich is eaten
come. Thus says a slave with regard to Ids next morning; cbakula hiki clia muiku wall ;

master or a wife in regard to her husband. umekua wa muiku, umejelewa subukhi; wall wa
Mungu ni muigni wetu, muigni ku-tu-umba, muiku, boiled rice of yesterday, i.e., boiled but
God our possessor, the possessor of to create
is not all eaten yesterday wall ulioehelewa ;
vid.
us, our creator. In reference to the word
i.e., jelesa, and bario or bariyo, ivhat is left from the
“muigni,” or, as Dr. St. writes it, “munyi,” evening meal to be eaten in the morning.
cfr. Dr. St.'s Handbook, page 332, a chief, a Muir.i, s. (wa, pi. miili or miwili), body. They
sheikh. The muigni mku is esteemed the true dislike using muiii for a dead body, still they do
Sultan of the Suahili, at least in the island of use it (Luke xxiii., 52, 53) muiii wa udugu- ;

Zanzibar and the parts adjacent. He is de- yangu, among the slain ones.
scended from an ancient Persian family, the Muilika, v. n., to look shading the eye with the
of which married some generations since
heiress hand (II.).
an Arab from Yemen. The title is now (1874) Muilikia, v. obj., to light for one waslia
in abeyance. His chief residence is at Dunga, makuti u-ni-muilikie sijui n’licho kaniaga; ela ;

near the centre of the island. Muegni kiburi or hasa ku muilika ni clienge ana-ni-rnuilika kua ;

muegni ku kuza nafsiyakwe, to be proud. makuti, he has lighted for me with leaves of the
Muigxizimgu, s., God, the possessor of dominion, cocoa-nut-tree; letta or n’lettea ta, u ni muili-
of the universe.
i.e., The word is contracted kie.

from muigni ezi or enzi Mungu = God the Mu i.MA, the natives use this word if one stopjs or
possessor of dominion, which term is one of the stands a long while on the road, and does
still

99 attributes of God in the Mohammedan religion. not understand a call, supposing that it is for
Or muigni-ku-ezi ni Mungu, he who rules (ku some one, afterwards they laugh at him; cfr. ku
esi) over all things is God. This is a title of ima.
honour (jina la besliima) given by the Muham- Muimbaji, ,s. (ku im ba), a songster.

medans to theSupreme Ruler of heaven and Muimo, s. (pi. miimo), side piece of a door frame
earth. Ndie alie na ufalme wa mambo iote or (St.).

ndie aungai mambo iote, the only potentate Mu ix a, s. (wa) = damu ya pua (vid. Kinika =
(pantocrator). As the pagan East Africans pango ya pania), the hloocl which comes from the
have a very low idea of the term Mungu (in nose; damu inatokoa na pua.
Kinika and Kikamba Mulungu), understanding Muixamo (It) mtambo wa nmina-mo ?
;

thereby eitherheaven, sky, or some inferior Muinda (or muixdawinda or jiuinsi), s. (winda,
being ( such as the soul of man which becomes a pi. wawinda), a hunter.
Mulungu after death), it is evident that the
Muixgi, adj., much, full; muingi wa mancao, full
Muhammedans wished to avoid the ambiguous
of words.
term “Mungu,” and therefore substituted
Muinsi, s. (pi. wainsi), (vid. muinda, hunter ), con-
another which excludes all heathenish ideas.
tracted ; winsi (winsiwao).
The exposition “ the possessor of the majesty or
Muiro, s. (wa, pi. miro or miiro) = wa ndofu, the
dominion of heaven ” is connected with some
trunk of the elephant mukono wa ndofu.
difficulties: (1) the genitive sign after ezi or
Muisho (or m’isho), s. (wa, pi. mislio or miisho), end,
enzi is omitted. They do not say “ Muigni ezi
conclusion ; muisho wa ulimengu, the end of the
ya Mungu,” the possessor of the dominion of world. The Suahili relate many stories about
God. (2) The ivord “ Mungu” has never in Ki- the end of the world. Some European lads
suahili the meaning “ heaven or inferior being."
once resolved to go by sea to the world's end,
Heaven is rendered by the word uwingu, heavens
but only birimu (young men) ivere allowed to
mbingu. Arab rc rara, potens fuit res
,

; ^ 1
join the expedition. One lad, however, con-
potentia, dignitas. cealed his father in a sack on board the vessel

Muii (or MDwii), s. (pi. wan or wawii) (

vid ku After a long run they came to a region of the
ia or wia), he who calls in a debt. sea where the ship stuck fast on the mud (tope),
MI'iko (or m’iko) (wa, pi. miko), (11 a spoon of so that she couid move neither fonvard nor
 ; ; ; ;

MU ( 266 ) MU
backward. In this embarrassment the young bumunda (pi. ma), a soft cake, or a sort of
men wished to have the advice of an aged person. dumpling kiniunia, ladu (vide).
Hence he who had concealed his father consulted Mukdisha (or mukadsha), si. p., the town of Ma-
the latter in secret. The old man advised his gadosha one of the Benader on the Somali coast ,

son to slaughter a bullock and suspend it to the (cfr. Bender, pi. Benader). Barawa, Marka, and
ropes of the main mast. This advice having Mukdisha are north of the Equator on the Somali
been put into execution, a mighty wind arose coast. These are the principal commercial towns
and many large birds appeared, which, carried belonging to the ruler of Zanzibar.
still

off the bullock, and, by means of it, the vessel Mukhabiri, s. (Arab, ),
one who gives in-

into deep water, and thus the young men formation, who brings news.
were saved. A
capital piece of advice for the Mukhtaji, s. (wa) (Arab. ),
one who de-
Suahili to give to navigators in the icy arctic
mands, desires (ku khtaji, to desire) vid.
regions !!! Kua muislio, at last, lastly.
muhitaji.
Muitaji, s., lit., a caller ku ita, v.a., to call; a lover.
Mdithi (Patta) = muivi, a thief. Mukhtasar (or muhtasari), s. (cfr. pad- ,
con-
Mum, adj., fresh, unripe, green; mti muiti, a
traxit,abbreviavit; compendium, epitome),
green tree; kitu kiwlti, anything unripe (kisijo ,

iwa) ;
embe mbiti, pi. maembe mawiti ndizi compendium, summary ; cfr. mafpiliso.
;

mbiti niumba mbiti opp. bivu, ripe, well done; Mukhuri, v. n., to go up and down lengthwise.
; ;

bivu is contradictory o/'biti, which means “ half-

cooked."
Mukono (or mkono), s. (wa, pi. mi ), arm, hand, —
cubit (a measure), mukono wa ume na wa ku
Mutto, s., calling, summons (ku ita, to call; ugira shoto, the right and left hand; mukono wa
wa muito, cfr. kilinge). ku lia, the right hand ivith which one eats;
Muitu {pi. mitu), a thick forest, which is large mukono wa ndofu, proboscis; mikono ya into
and of which people are afraid. channels of a creek; mukono wa kansu, sleeve •

Muivi, s. (ku iba), a thief; at lamoo muizi, at mikono mitupu, empty-handed.

Patta muitbi. Mule, apron, clemonst. impersonal, in, there, (or
Mukadsha ;
vid. mukdisha. mle) relat. to place.
Mukari, (wa, pi. wa — )
(vid. ukiii, v. a.) (= mu Mulika, v. n., to show a light ,
to gleam (St.) ; cfr.
dngo), a liar, deceiver, cheat ; cfr. mcog- muilika.
,

nitus, ingratus, improbus umis duorum angelorum Mdlimo, wherein there is.
;

qni tentandis in sepulcro defunntis, esse praepositi Mulki, s., dominion; vid. milki.
Muluxgu, s. (Einika, Ehkamba, and in mcini/
dicuntur; vid. ,nescivit, improbavit, obstinate
other East African dialects), heaven and God,
denying, lying; wanafania mukari (nguvu ya or supreme being, of which the African heathen
urongo); (2) mtu atoiie neno la hakki aka-li-fania have a faint idea (cfr. Muignizimgu). The
utbalimu. heathen mind in rising to the idea of a supreme
Mukari wanakirri, the name of an angel iclio being stands stdl, as it were, ivhen contemplating
torments the wicked in their graves by keeping the heaven, and thus confounds the creator and
them, as it were, conscious of themselves. This creature. Mulungu is also the name of a tree.
is athibu (
punishment ) ya kaburini, asaili watu Mumbu ? (R.) s., a tree.
kaburini. Mumbuji, s. (pi. waumbuji), vid. umbuji wa-
;

Mukate, s. (wa, pi. mikate), or mkiite, slice, bread, zungu ni waumbuji, making nice things.
however the term mukate does not exactly mean Mume (properly muume) s., adj. (pi. waume), a
"bread," but rather little slices or little pieces, or male of men and animals; mtu mume, a wan,
loaf or cake. The puahilis take rice-flour ,
mix opp. to mtu mke, a woman; husband, mumewe,
honey and boil it in water till it becomes
it ivith her husband mume wangu, my husband ; fig.,
a paste; this they put into a deep dish of clay, strong, brave; vid. ume, mume, or luulume ya
upon and under which they place fire. When ku-mu-wea, a man who is dexterous, who can do
the paste is sufficiently cooked they cut it in cdl things.
pieces (mikate, sing, mukate or mkate), also said Mumicmke = mume mke, a hermaphrodite mume
of a swelling, ku fania; mukate? (R.). They say si mke na mke si mume. Each a person is said
also, mukate wa tombaco, mkate wa lime, wa juma, to have been at Mombas, he was the slave of the
wa ku mimina. There are different kinds of former commandant of the fortress ? ?
mukate/ e.g., mukate wa mofa, cake of mtama Mumiani, s., a mummy, which is used as a medica-
meal; kitumbua, a cake made like a fritter; ment (St.), a fabulous medicine which the Euro-
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

MU ( 267 ) MU
peans prepare, in the opinion of the natives from , Mungine, adj., another, different mtu mungine
the blood of a man. another man kitu kingine, another thing; kasha
Muminina, s., a Mohammedan {pi. = wasalimina, lingine, another box: makasa mangine, other
the Moslems {Arab. pi. ,
boxes ; niumba ningine, another house ; niumba
,

zingine, other houses.

believers). To the Mselimu or Mumini(i Wmffil)
is opposed the mzuia or pap an {pi. wazuia).
Mungu, s. {Kinika), small worms or insects; cfr.
tete.
Mumo (mumo and mumu), there {and mule), mu-
hogo unakatikia or katikia mumo or ndani, the
Mungu {or muungu), s. (1) God {vid. muignizimgu

muhogo broke in the soil in plucking it out or inuigni ezi mungu) (2) heaven {with the
;

mzungu yule afasiri maneno, si kama mtu wa pagans). The word may be derived from the
mballi, ni kama alievialiwa mumu. verb ku unga, to join together (?) muungu ndie
Mumunia {or munia), v. a., to grind, to rub, to
aungai mambo iote (muungn, one who unites or
combines). '

triturate, to crush, e.g., lumps of meal; to roll

about in the mouth, as food that does not require Meskini ya mungu, s., a free but poor person who
goes about begging under the pretence of being
masticating.
Mumunia, v. a. {efr. gniamgnia), mkundu wa-m - poor, but in fact does not like to work. He.
mumunia, the anus makes him tremble when may have been emancipated by his former
easing nature. master, and prefers now a life of begging to

—
Muhunie, s. {pi. ma ), a species of gourd resem- that of labour.
bling a vegetable marrow ; its hard rind serves Mungumba, {pi. wangumba), a mixed tribe of .s.

often for making spoons, ladles or bottles ki, Wadigo and Wasegua.
pi. vi —
a small sort of gourd; vimumunie Munia, v. a.; cfr. mumunia, v. a.
,

{Reb. writes mumumunie, the plant of the ). —

Munia munia, v. n. (1) to mumble, chew, to dissolve
Mu.mvita, n. p., a native of Mvita or Mombasa something by moving it about in the mouth; (2)
{pi. Wamvita mtu wa wita, alie na kondosiku
) ; said of the trembling motion which is caused in
zote {vid. appendix).
the anus after evacuation ; mkundu wa-m-munia
Munafiki, s., hypocrite; cfr. muzandiki Arab. munia or wa-m-gniamgnia, the breech trembles
;

subivit latibulum
,
liypoci'ilam egit in re- ; him; i.e., makes a trembling motion; vid. mu-
ligione. munia.
Muna maua, a sprite represented as a white woman Muniaxd£ge,
with an ugly black husband (St.).
s. (wa, pi. mi — ), a parasitical
plant.
Munda, s. (wa, pi. miunda), Kin., plantation MuniiSwe, he himself {rid. muigni or muigniewe or
(Kisuah. shamba). muegniewe).
Munda {pi. mi )
(miindu — ?), munda wa ku sliomea
Munio, s., n.p., is the name with which the Galla
or pigiii samaki kuba {cfr. shoma) (mfiif wa
call the Wapokdmo residing on the banks of the.
munda), a large harpoon used in whale fishing.
river Dana; the Europeans and Banians are
{Obscene) Native Song; called “ Dungci' by the Galla, whereas they call
Papa ku-ni-piga gesi pasi (pasipo) koto the Arabs “ Mulusho," and the Suahili “ Ha-
Na munda, aka-m-fania njelesi, aka-mu-weka mdra .”
Aka-m-futa, upande akafania mtuzi, upande Muniu, s. (wa, pi. miuniu), salt; mamboyakwe
Akapassua gnonda, miti iote yakueleka bayana muniu batta kidogo (muniu wa barudi,
Ela mje mje una miba. nitre ?)

The meaning is : all trees may be ascended Muo, s. (wa

pi. miuo), a wooden lever, or a pointed
,

except the mje mje

which has thorns ; thus tree pieceof wood for digging mti wa ku timbia
all women may be touched except the wife of a mashimo or ku omolca. It is different from
husband ; if anybody does touch her, he ivill be mtaimbo, which is of iron; mtaimbo wa juma,
severely punished. opp. to muo = mtaimbo wa mti.

With such filthy songs the native sailors enter- Muofu {or muovu), adj., bad, wicked, spoiled mtu
tain themselves when rowing. muovu, a bad man; kasba ovu or bovu, a bad
Mundi, box; neno ovu or bovu; kitu kiovu; niumba
the shin, shin-bone {vid. Kiniassa msdro)
mbovu maneno maovu {vid. bozika) ku toa
(muundi ?) St. has niuundi wa mguu {shin). ; ;

maovuni, ku epusba maovu, to deliver from

Mundu, s. (wa, pi. miundu), a kind of sickle, a
evil.
billhook, a small hatchet ; cfr. senga.
Munga, s., name of a tree.
Muoga, .?. {pi. waoga), one who is afraid, who
fears, a coward {Kin.) (ku oga, ogopa).
Muxgasija, {pi. wangasija), a native of the
Comoro islands ( n.p .). Muokozi, s. {pi. waokozi), (1) one icho saves (ku
 ; ;
;

MTJ ( 268 ) MTJ

okoza, ku okoa =
= ku epusha
ku toa maovuni Muosha (or muoshi), s. (pi. waosba or waosbi), a
maovu), a deliverer, saviour; muokosi (pi. (2) man or woman whose business is to wash corpses
waokosi), one who picks up anything (St.); cfr. (cfr. masikoa). Their wages consist of rice,
okota, to piclc up. mtama, doth, die. They have the sieve in which
Muombaji, (pi. \va--), a habitual beggar (ku the rice or mtama is given.
omba). Muozi, s. (vid. marry), bridegroom —
ku 6a, v.a., to

Muomb£zi, s. (pi. wa— ),

an intercessor (ku-mu- muigni ku funga hotuba, or = buanabarusi = mtum-
ombea, to pray, to intercede for one). ba mume, bridegroom; mtumba manamke, bride.
Muombi (or muomvi), s. (wa, pi. waombi), one Murdutu, s., green vitriol, sulphate of copper \

who begs, a beggar (ku omba). (some people say mrututu), bluestone.
Muombombo, s., a tree; vid. mrau. Muiura, s., muthia (R.) ? =
Mcomo, s. (wa, pi. niiomo), lip; mnorao wa mtn Mursa, 5. = rasuli, a messenger, especially Mu- .

the lip of a man, but the bill of a bird is called hammed.

mdoino waniuni; e.g., mdomo wa kuku,pZ. ndomo Musala, s. (pi. mi ), an oval mat used to perforin —
(za) ;
rnuomo ukando, the upper lip (R.). the Muhammedgn devotions upon (St.); cfr. I

Muongo, s. (pi. waongo), (1) a liar (vid. mrongo) ,

locus magnus sub .Tove preces publicae
(uongo or urongo, a lie) ; (2) a period of time, babebantur.
especially in reference to agriculture (wa, pi. mi-
Musama, s., pardon; vid. msamaba.
ongo), a decade The Sualiili rechon
of ten days.
Mushupatu (or mshupatu), a rope of mua vid. ;

the muongo from the siku ya muaka. Conse-

slmpatu, a plaid of matting ; a narrow strip of
quently every month, would include miongo rai-
matting.
latu muongo
;
muangapi, in what decade is it ?
Musilimi, s., Islam ? umati uli musilimi.
muongo sabaini? kua muongo lui, instantly;
Musimi, s., the northerly winds blowing from
miongo bino.
December to February. Sometimes the natives
Muongofu (or muongo ki) (pi. wa — (muigni ku
)
extend tlieir reckoning till May or June, adding
ongoka), a straight or upright one, one who has
the period of tanga mbili ;
vid. tanga.
the rule or lead ; Hebr. xiii. 7. Dr. hit. takes it
” (ku
Musimu (mosimu), the time when the ships come
in the sense “ a convert, a proselyte ongoa,
from the north, from December to March; akbiri
to lead) ;
a man who can imitate work only
(2) musimu, when they return in April; cfr. Da-
by seeing it — into alieongoka kua halisiyakwe mani.
akiongosha kaziyakwe nziiri. Mustamia, s. ; samia na mustamia? (R.).
Muongosiii, s. (wa) ;
muongoslii wa kazi = fundi Mustirj, s. (Arab. ), a buyer, purchaser,

aongosbai or afaniai kazi nzuri, a skilful work-

customer kitu ebangu n’nacbo nauza sijapata
master, a Jack-ofail-trades, a man skilled in
mubitaji, I have nobody who wants it = mustiri
many different things. (vid. mubitaji) (vid. Arab.)
Muong6ti, s. (wa, pi. mi — )
(vid. mlingdti), main- Mutaabir, adj. (Arab, yjix* ), credible (cfr. mta-
mast. bari), worthy of credit.
Muongozi, s., a guide (ku ongoza mbelle = ku pita Mutakadamu, s. (wa), one that goes before, leads
or tangulia mbelle, to go before, to take the lead,
the icay ; vid. Arab, ,
praecessil, praeivit.
to lead on) ;
muongozi wa ndia, the person icho
Muthia, s. wimbi la muthia? (R.).
takes the lead on the road, v:ho goes in front of
Muthungu (muiiungu), s'., the name of a tree ; cfr.
a travelling company. This is the mkurugenzi
also mudungu tundu, a tree which is soon perfo-
(or kilongola, vid.), who walks before a. caravan,
rated by insects.
carrying his charms in his hands.
Mutia, s. (Arab. £lis, obsequens fuit (cfr. taa)
Mu6no, s. (wa, pi. miono) (or ms6no, pi. misono)
(rather mtii or mutii, one who is obedient ; Arab.
ku futa or piga miono or misono ku futa misono ;

is to snore a little, and ku futa miono, is to snore vid. ku tii, v. n.).

;

cdoud, so that it can be heard far off (cfr. kororo)

Mutzi muiru (in Kinika) (cfr. Mji in Kis.), the
As miono appears to be rather Kinika, the icord
Mount Reale was formerly
black town on the
misono will be purely Suahili ?
kaya or capital of the Rabbai tribe. The
Muori (or moki), s., talloiv; vid. mori, s.
people of Malande and Kamfuda left this kaya ;

Muororo, adj., soft, smooth, lenient, mild; mtu some returning to their fatherland Rombo in
muororo, a mild man (cfr. in Kiniassa “oroa,” to Chagga, others going to the Wadigo, others to the
be soft, yielding, mild) ;
mti muororo, a tree of soft banks of the river Pokomo, and became lost to
wood; embe jororo, si giimu ;
mabindi maororo. their tribe. One division took refuge with their
 ! ; ; , : ;

MU ( 269 ) MU
brother-tribe the Chognis (Chogni cha Muadaruko),
,
mzigo wa kuni ; (2) ugue wa ku lindia niuni, ku
and in, consequence of a plot against them re- fiinga vitorna vibovu, ku rukia niuni, the natives
turned after a year or two and founded another tie long ropes to old calabashes which are covered
kaya, called Vokera, ivhich existed through nine with, stones and koa. When moved by the ropes
generations, when a division again took place, they make a noise and frighten the birds away.
though none left the country entirely. They merely
The watchman sits on a ulingo (vid.), to move
separated, and those tvho left the place founded the the ropes.

Mutzi Muvia (by the Suahili called Rabbai M'pia, Muumbu, s a tree, like the mniandeke, growing in ,

slips.
new town, new Rabai). There seems to have been
—
two towns on the Reale Mutzi Muiru and Muu.ui.\’i, s. (pi, waumini) (Arab, ), a be-
Mutzi Mudide. They were exceedingly loarlilce, liever ; vid. amini, to believe; vicl. also mu-
Gniro and Nchira are still mentioned as the minina.
fiercest. They were also called “Mutzi mubomu Muu.uisi (or muumisiii), a cupper vid. ku umika,
;
wa Reale, and Mutzi mudide Muiru,” afterwards v. n., to cup. The operation of cupping is per-
they were called Mitzi ya Ntzoani ( accursed formed by means of a goads horn.
Muravai, Mucliogni, Mukiriama, and Muumusi, s. (wa, pi. wa
towns ?).
)
vid. umua, — ;
v. a,
Mtab e are brother-tribes Duruma, Rive, Kambe, Muundi, s. (pi. mi — ) ;
muiindi wamguu, the shin
Kauma, the same. The inhabitants of the (St.); muundi wa gu, in Kimr.
Rabbai territory lying between Duruma in the Mdungasio, s. (malalamo), confession and con-
south and Rive in the north waylaid, and fessor, a man who confesses the crime which, he
killed those who passed that way. They made
previously denied (pi. waungamo) kwanza ame- ;

themselves obnoxious even to their brother-tribes,kana, laken sasa yuwaungama. Mtu huyu ni
so that at last all the Wanika united against muungamo = yuwaungama muungamo wa ;

them for their destruction. They said: “ hulcu- neno ausoalo, the confession of the word or thing
tane, huenende, lmkafuuse mutzi bio wa Aravai.” which one is asked.
They assembled near a large rock, which there- Muungu (or Mungu), s. (pi. miungu), God, The
fore ivas called Tziwe ra kizungu. The Ravais, Suahili say usually Muigni-ezi-Mungu, or, ab-
instead of going forth to meet them in open breviated, Muignizimgu, quod vide.
battle, fortified their towns by constructing Ma- Muunguana, s., a free man, not a slave waun- ;

boma, where they quietly awaited their enemies. guana (waungana) (vid. unga, v. a.) kua kalima,
These, however, had not the courage to attack kua kulla neno, laken watuma (hawana kalima)
them behind their Maboma, and thus resolved to hawafanii liivi i.e., freemen hold together, assist
;

do with their voices what they were afraid of each other in word and in everything, but slaves
doing with their arms (aka-a-pigira kiziimo = do not and cannot, because they are dependent
salala ni Kijomba), saying :
— on their master and cannot join others. Watuma
Muravai! kuna ndugu ! Chorus: Ho-o !
liawana kalima wa nalsizao muunguana is in ;

Nduguyo ni uba general a civilized man, a gentleman.

Uhao nduguyo
ni
Muungurumisi, s., (1) a growler; (2) one u-ho hunts;
Kuna ndugu Muana ’Damu ! (R.).
simba ni muungurumisi, the lion is a growler
Muuaji (or muuwajj), s. (pi. wauaji), a murderer, vid, unguruma, v. n ,

a killer, a slayer ; vid. kuua, v. a., to kill.

Muunzi, s. (pi. mi — ),
in Kinika = Kisuah. uinja
Muuguzi, s. (wa), one who tends or nurses sick or ubinja (pi. mbinja), a whistle made ivith the
persons ; vid. ku ugua. Ups; (2) the builder of a ship; e.g., ku unda
Muuja (Arab. ,
unda, fluctus maris), s. (wa, jahazi (kiiinzi, edifice of wood) Prov. muunzi na
;

= muundi wa, ship-builcler. =

pi. miuja), (1) wimbi, a wave; (2) risk
Muuthi, (1) one who troubles or vexes people,
kicho, fear, danger.
especially by begging = ku utlii = ku wekea
Muujiza, s.'(v:a,pl. mi ) (Arab, —wonder, a
watu uthia e.g. kua kelele (2) one who works ; ;

miracle, a wondrous thing ivhich, having been badly; muuthi (muudi?) wa kazi = hajui kazi
never seen before, astonishes people muujiza ni ngema, he does not know how to do good work or
jambo la ku taajabu watu, lisilo oneka, surprise, -at
to labour well; cfr. in angustiam redegit.
e.g., when a servant is dismissed and he does not
,

know why wakafania miujizayao. Muuwaji, s. ; vid. muuaji, a murderer.

;

Muumbaji, s. (wa), creator said only of God. Muwa, s. (pi. miwa), vid. mtensi.
,

Mdumbi, s. (wa, pi. mi — ), (1) a rope of mia, to Mew alb, s., a tree (in Kimr.).

bind a load of viood with ; ugue wa ku fungania Muwani, s. (pi. mi — ),

an eye-glass.
 ; ;; ; . ; ;

MU ( Uo) MZ
Muweza (pil. waweza), adj. and s., one who can town of Mombas, as the qcresent site is more
(do), is able, has the power (to do) (ku weza) convenient in many respects.
muweza muegniewe, one’s own master. Mvivu, adj. (vid. mfifu), lazy, idle (vid. fifu or

Muwinda, s., a hunter (vid. ku inda or winda). vivu).

Muzimu, s., a place where sacrifices are offered to

Mvua, s.(pi. mi ), —
rain, rains mvua ya muaka
(cfr. muaka), the annual rain which falls about
cm evil spirit which is thought to haunt it ; c.g.,

near an mbuyu-ti-ee
August (?), the lesser rain.
(vid.).

Mvati, (wa), red

Mvuje, s., assafeetida ; vicl. mfuje, s.
cents ; cfr. mfuati, Kimr.
Mvuke, s., vapour, steam; vid. mfuke.
Mvi, s., grey hairs (St,).

Mviazi = mzazi (wa), a parent; and

Mvukuto, s. (vid. mfukuto), (1) = jasho ; (2) a lever
cfr. ku viaa,
ku zaa.
(pi. mi — )
(St.) ?

Mvinio, s., wine, spirits, strong wine. A Portu-

Mvulana, (wa, pi. wa — ),
a young man whose
beard is growing.
guese word.
Mvuli, s., the shade of a tree mvulini, in the
Mvikixgo, s. (vid. mfiringa), round, rounclness.
shade.
Mvita (Mwita), s., Mumvita,
n.p. pi. Wamvita, Mvuma, s. (vid. mfuma) (pi. mi — •),
the Borassus
a native of Mombas. The Kisuahili name of palm (St.).
the Island of Mombas, or Mombasa, 'which is the Mvumi, s. (1) a tree (= mwarka?) a rush, ku
; (2)
Arabic term (vid. Mombas). Shehe Mvita is pita na mvumi.
said to have been the first ivho resided on that Mvumilivu, s. (vid. mfumilifu (ku vumilia, v. n.),
island, and who built a town on the northern side patient, a patient man.
of it, opposite to that part of the mainland which Mvunda, (mvunja) (pi. wa ), a destroyer,
s. —
is called Kizahni, near the loeedity where the
breaker,a destructive-person.
English colony “ Frere Town ” was established Mvungu, s., a hollow tree, the hollow of a tree;
by Mr. Price in 1874. The country from which mvungu wa kitanda, the space under a bedstead
Shehe Mvita came is not hioivn. Shehe Mvita (St.).
alisuka katika nti (autochthon) alitimbuka ka- Mvuvi, s. (vid. mfufi), a fisherman.
tika Mvita. Mzaa, s. (pi. wazaa), a parent (vicl. ku zaa, v. a.,
He ivcis one clay visited by three men from the to beget) mzaa bibi, a great-grandmother
;

who him should dig for

North,
and
told
build a stone mosque.
that lie

He replied, that he
ivells Mzabibu (or mzebibu), s. (pi. mi ), a vine, grapes —
would have done ago if lie had had lime.
this long ,
uvae passae.
The strangers then opened their ufuraha wa toka, Mzaha, s.; vid. msaha, ku-m-fanisia mzaha or
a small case in which the Suahili carry lime with thihaka, to laugh or deride at.
them for chewing tambu, popo and tombako (vid. —
Mzalia, s. (pi. wa ), a native a slave born in ,

uraibu). The lime which the three strangers pre- the country (ku zaliwa, to be born ) cfr. kifialia. ;

sented to Shehe was sufficient for building a Mzalisha (pi. wa — ), a midwife ; vid. mfialishi.
mosque in a few clays, whereupon these remark- Mzahisho, za ku — jutu, Luke iii. 3, the baptism
able persons departed and constructed mosques in of repentance.
other places. (pi. wa ),
Mzandiki (or muzandiki)
a hypocrite, —
When Shehe Mvita was buried in the
died, he contriver, cheat, he is worse than mnafiki,
sqjot where lie had built first a town. The place Mzazi (pi. wa (cfr. mzaa), a parent; si mzazi, — )

where the town stands now was clt that time a barren, ivithout having given birth to children.
dense forest. Peport says that s6me sporstman Mze (or mse) (pi. waze), s., an oldperson, an elder ;
accidentally discovered the elevated ground on mze ndofu, an old elephant.
which the ngome (fortress) is now. From that Mzi5mbe, s. (pi. wa ), vid. msembe, a careless —
time the people commenced building houses in person.
that direction, and so the old site was abandoned Mzia, s.,fish like an eel (E.), not very large.
by degrees. MziGE, ? a locust ; vid. uzige.
The tomb of Shehe Mvita has been preserved Mzigo, s. (pi. mi ), a burden, a load. —
by a vault of masonry, which the natives built Mzima, one who extinguishes or puts out, c.g.,

over it. They resort to the tomb and make muoto ; vid. ku zima.
sadaka (sacrifices) in time of great calamity, Mzima, adj. (pi. wa ), (1)
living — (2) healthy (3)
to appease God’s anger by the intercession of full grown (mtu mzima).
Shehe Mvita. It is very likely that the Portu- Mzimu, s. (vid. msimu, wasimu, ku zimu), vid.
guese decided upon changing the situation of the maleleji (changes of the monsoon).
 ; . — ;
. ; ; ; ;

MZ ( 271 ) NA
Mzimu ( anfl muzimu), unakuja, i.e., tende, because. Mzoka, s. (vid. zoea), one who is accustomed, used,
mzimu is frequently used for the (joods which to (vid. msoefu or mzoevu).

conic at the time of the musirau ( vid Mzofivu wa bahari, an expert mariner mzoevu
').

Mzinga, s. (jjI. mi—), (1) a hollowed piece of wood wa ku za or ku viaa.

used as a beehive; (2) cannon (luYZ.msinga) (3) Mzoga, s (pi. mi ), a dead body, a carcase (St.).
;
.
—
reali ya mzinga, a Spanish dollar (a pillar Mzomari, s rose-water ? .,

dollar); (4) nanga ina shika mzinga? (R.). Mzonazanje, s a kind of snake. .,

Mzingi (or mzinji) \pl. mi )(vid. msingi),/oanc7a-

tions, the ditch or trench in which the foundation
Mzungu, s (pi. mi ), (1) knowledge, skill, cleverness . —
(fikira, hila) Wazungu wana mizungu, Euro- ;
is laid; kulla neno ladaka mzingi, pasipo mzingi
peans have knowledge or skill, they are clever,
haliwi, every work requires a trench or founda-
they have strange things; (2) Europeans (pi.
tion, without ivliich it does not exist.
Mzingile muambiji, a puzzle, a labyrinth (St.).
wa ). —
Mzingo, s (pi. mizingo) ( cfr msingo), turning,
.
Mzunguko (pi. mi — ),
going round, surrounding ;

cfr. zunguka.
circumference (ku singa or zinga).
Mzuri, adj., ni mziiri sana, how pretty he is!
Mzisiii (vid. msishi) (pi. iva — ), one who makes
—
the arrangements bury a corpse and sees that Mzusm, s (pi. wa ), an innovator (St.); cfr. ku
to .

properly performed (vid. ku sika zua, to pierce, to bore through, to innovate as

the funeral is

or zika, to bury) a heretic does.

Mzizi, s., a burier, a gravedigger muana Adamu Mzuzi, s. (pi. wa — ),

a talker, tale-bearer, liar,

liati asipopata mzizi wakwc ;

n’na ona tbiki, I one who makes up stories; vid. msusi (ku siia

was in danger. or zua maueno).

Na, conj. and prep., and, with, also; baba na make a vow, to vow; ku weka nadiri ya reali

mums., father and mother. Na joined with the kumi, to vow 10 dollars. The natives make
verb “to be" has the sense “to have," e.g., vows on going to war or making a journey, <&c.,
yuna fetha, lit., he is with money, i.e., he has i.e., they promise in case of success and safe

money n’na or nina fetha, I have money. Na return, to give a certain sum of money or corn
joined with a pronoun is contracted ; e.g., 11 a or a bullock, Ac., to a mosque or to the poor.
mimi,and I or with me, is contracted into nami, Ku-ji-nadiria or natliiria, to vow one's-self. Ku-
na wcwe, nawe, and thou, na yee, and lie oi- m-nadiria, to vow to another.
lier, is contracted into nai ;
na wao, and they Naemu (or wakili wa Sultani), s., the regent or the
= nao. Na means in Kiung. also “by;" e.g.,
procurator of the Sultan ; cfr. vicarius
,

haonekani na mtu, instead of ni mtu, he is not

regis.
seen by a man, by anybody unayo mai? have
Nap aka, s. (ya, pi., za) (Arab. ci), corn in
you eggs? unao kuku? have you (lit., hast thou)
general, and used money as a means of ex-
as
fowls ? tuafa na ndaa, we die of hunger ; akaiba
change; e.g., rice, makindi, mtama, mawelle, &c.
na ndizi mbivu, he stole also ripe plantains.
Since 1846 the pice of India were introduced at
was a man; aka-mu-ona
Palikua na mtu, there
Zanzibar and on the coast, chiefly by the energy
anakuja, and he saw him coming anakuenda,
going.
of Major Hamerton, the British Consul at that
time.
Naaii, yes (Arab. ).
Nafas (or x A fa,si or nefasi), s .
(
-- watani) (ya),
Nabi (or nabii), s. (wa, pi. manabi) (Arab, ^j.), a wide space or room, time, opportunity
( kiia
prophet; pi. in the old language, nabiaka, e.g , 11a nafas, to have room, a large space for move-
hadithi za nabi-aka, stories of the prophets. ment or accommodation; mahali pasipo songana,
Nabihisha, v. c., to exhort (St.). a place which is not narrow.
Nadi, v. a. (Arab. !a>), to proclaim, to sell by pro- Nafisisha, v. c., to give one space.
claiming publicly ; vid. mnadi or mnada and Nafisi, v. a., to assist one with the means of carry-
dalili. ing on trade, and thereby to get wealth, to help

Nadira, adj., rare; Arabics)) ,

rarus, singularis.
one to — ; Arab. ,
recreavit aliquem, cupi-

dum reddidit, pretiosus fuit, adspiravit ad rem

Nadiri (rectius nathiri) (ya) (Arab. devovit
Comp. Arab. Lex. under
,
aliquam?? jJii ,
per-
Deo; jAj ,
votum), a vow; ku weka nadiri, to vasit petitam rem.
 ; . y f
; ; ; . ;

NA ( 2/2 ) NA
Napisika, v. n. = ametagirika, aniekua na mali, of the stores, the steward or supercargo overseer
liehas got wealth by the assistance of another of the baggage of the passengers, &c., on native
who helped him by lending him money, &c., to,
vessels.

become wealthy, having been poor previously Nakili, v. a., to translate, transcribe, to copy ; Arab.

pretiosus, expetitus, opes multae ;

ku
,

5 0 .

or nacmeka, or ku aislii katika kiteka, Nakl’, s., a copy ; Arab.

jiefisika, translation. ,

ku kunduka, to live in pleasure. Nako, and it was there.

Nafsi (nafusi), s. (ya, pi. za), self sou', breath; Nakshi (or nakishi), s. ; ku kata (vid.), to —
mimi nafsiyangu, / myself w ewe nafsiyako, carve; ku kata nakshi, to ornament with carv-
thou thyself; suisui nafsizetu, we ourselves ; Arab.
ing; Arab,
> anima, persona, individuum.
Nakishiwa, v. p., to be carved or inlaid.
Nagnanika, v. a ( oil ?) (K.) ?
Nama, v. n. ; vid. ku inama, to bend down, to b.w
Nahau, s. (ya) (Arab.
juo ja nahau, an ex-
^ ),
syntax, explanation ;
the head.

(1) mafafanusi ya maneno, Na'mia, v., id.

planation of words, a book of explanation, i.e., Namisha, v. c., to cause to incline or to bow.
grammar ; (2) nahau ya maneno ya burre, vain Namiwa, v. n.
excuses, evasions, shifts, subterfuges ; mtu huyu Namafe.ma, early; kungali namapema bado, while
haku-ni-pa fethayangu, amefania nahau za it is yet early (mbitimbiti).
inaneno ;
kulla neno liria nahauzakwe ( = gisi-
Nami (pro na mimi), and I, or vnth me.
yakwe, his signification), every word, has its
Namna, s., a rarity; kitu liiki namna mjini —
meaning (1) Arab, h»; ,
tetendit, petivit, incu- kitu kisichokuamo mjini or liamna — . Dr.
Steere has na’mna or namuna, sort, pattern.
huit rei ;
Z* or ’ grammaticus ; (2) \jf. >

Namua, v. a. (Mer.), to extricate, to take out of a

evasit ;
,
effugiuin, refugium. trap; ku namua katika mtego or ku-m-toa
katika mtego.
N ah aw i (Arab.
^ or iCst- grammatica, vel
Nana, s., grandmother (in Kigunia ) ; efr. inia.
<- -c -
pec. etymologia) see above.
;
Nana (or na’ana), s., mint (St.); Arab, ,

Nahma, v. n., to revenge (St.).

niPiitha.
Nahuda, s.; vid. nakhotha or nahoza, a captain dawn morn-
Nanasuka (or nanauka), v. n., to in the
of a vessel; vid. nakhotha.
iffg (efr. nanua), to open; v. refi., to burst; kuna
Naibu, s., deputy, substitute Arab. ’
; nanauka or nanasuka or kunatansuka or kuna-
vicem subiit expletive qui. gnaza or kunapambauka, it dawns, the light
Najisi, dirt, mire, filth. Adj., profane, un-
s.,
breaks through the sky.
clean ; Arab. Nanazi, s. (la, pi. mananazi), a pine-apple mna-
X aka, s. (ya, pi. za), artifice, cunning; amefania nazi, pi.minanazi, the pine-apple plant, ichich
naka. does not suffer from the heat of the sun. The
Nakawa, adj., uniformly pretty (mfiringo moja = natives make a strong thread from its fibres for
mzuri, beautiful)-, mtu huyu nakawa, this person sewing their garments. Watu wanapanoa
is pretty, beautiful; kijakazi liiki nakawa — ngovi, wanapata unanazi ulio ndani, ku fania
kizuri, this slave-girl is pretty ku unda jombo When pine-apples are very cheap, you, get
uzi.
nakawa = kua uzuri ; efr. (y ,
purus, mundus one at Mombas for onepesa or pie.
With regard to the nanazi the natives sing:
fuit; ,
melior et selecta pars mundatae rei
Milangoni kuna jombo, kina nanga mbili hassi,
Nakhoda (or nakhoza or nakhuda and naiiuha),
wadaka-je
captain of native vessels (Sualiili or Arabic).
Taamu mbili, ya papayu na nanazi, uliumoa-jo ni
The Wagunia sa nakhvida like the Arabs ; the
tungu
nakhuda is different from the msukani ashikai
Nawe u ju ya farasi mahali uki-pa-panda wa-pa-
jomho or sukani ya jombo, the steers-
shikio la
kuelea kua
man, who is also called sukuni or surusungi.
Ngsizi kilijo finikoa jaliwa, si kefu kilijo wasi.
The captain superintends the. steersman and
in general the management of the vessel, he takes
There are two sweet things, the fruit of the papayu
and the pine-apple.
the soundings ; Arab, t AS pi. nautae maris, obscene, referring to
-! , The rest of the song is

vel navarrhae. of another and of oneself

the wife
Nakhotha (or nakoza el-mali) is the commissary Nanda, s.; nanda ya fimbo = limbo ya panda
 ; ; .: ; ; ;
;.

NA ( 273 ) M
nibili, a forked stick, used by the Wanikci anatiajakula mabali pa samli, i.e., the flesh of
elders. the nazi (nazi kavu) is ground, mixed with water

Nane, num., eight; ya nane, eighth. and strained. This milky substance is put into
Nanga, s. (ya, pi. za), the anchor of a vessel; ku the rice, mtama, supply the place of butter
cOc., to

tia nanga, to anchor nanga ya paura ilio na or ghee ; (2) they make oil for lamps by boiling
niakombe mawili (ya kizungu), the large anchor the pounded kernel; (3) they make ropes from
European make,
( of
1 ivldch has two flukes (
vicl husk which covers the shell (4)
the fibres of the

kombe) (2) nanga toto or parua, the small they manufacture various articles from the shell,
;

anchor (ilio na makombe manue) with four using it as snuff-boxes, tumblers, ladles, c(;c.
flukes. (cfr. mnazi). At Mombas you get from forty to

Naxgo nango (St.), a worm? cfr. cliango, mnio. sixty cocoa-nuts for one quarter dollar. Large
quantities are annually shipped to Arabia.
Nani ? who ?
Nanikuanzula (or, as Dr. St. writes, nanigwan- Nasi, v. a., to ivarn (Arab. ,
monuit).
zula), s. ,
a kind of lizard,. Nasibu, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. chance, for-
),

Nansa (or nata', s. = aibu, amei'ania nansa or

tune, fate (good or kua nasibu or kua
bad ) ;

nata (or nasua, vid.), he has done something

bakliti, by chance, accidentally kua nasibu ya
disgracefid, e.g., theft ; cfr. nasaa.
Mungu, by God's disposing.
Nanua, v. a, to draw or pull asunder ; e.g., pingu Nasibu, v. a., to appoint = ku aini, ku tcua, select.
or m'di, kipande ja juma katikati ya pingu, ku
Nasiha, v. a., to suggest.
pata nefasi ya ku pita gu kikuku or nidi ;
ku
Nasihi, v. a., to dissuade (Er.), to entreat, to con-
nanua usso = kundiia usso.
strain, Luke xv. 28, beseech.
Nanuka, v. to be pulled asunder, to come
allow the prisoner’s
Nasii, v. a. = ku-m-tukana mtu vibaya, to do
asunder, said of fetters, to
despite, to abuse, disgrace a man; e.g., to call
feet to come out and be relieved from the
one a thief or adulterer ; to lead one who has
chains.
been taken in theft or adultery through the
Nao, and they, or with them, and it, or with it (in-
streets of the town, having his hands tied to Jus
stead of na wao).
back, or to a long sticlc, being beaten and stripped
Nasa, v. a. (vid. nassa), to catch or entrap (Er.);
nearly naked. (This punishment is inflicted for
nasoa, v. p. ; cfr. ,
apprehendit cripuilque theft and adultery.)

antiis'suis or I La>. I
Nassa, v. a. (= ku tega) ;
ku-ic-nassa kuku kua
;

tanzi, to catcha fowl with a noose (ku tega ka-

Nasaa (or mxasaa), s. (ya, pi. minasaa), disgrace,
tika tanzi ya iigue) e.g., by putting some grain
affront, shame ( = aibu or fedeba), ignominy ;
I

on the ground where the noose lies.

;

ku-m-tolea intu nasaa or

mnasaa, ku-m-tolea
jambo la nasaa lililo fitika tangu kale, to up- Nassoa, 1>.]}.; vid. nasa or nassa, v. a., to catch.
braid one with, or lay open to him the disgrace Nastaiba, v. n. (Dr. St. has nastahiba), I see or
which, has been hidden a long time, e.g., to tell one think it better, Iprefer ; cfr. bonus fuit ,

openly you icere once a thief or your father was

,
and ,
bonam, suaveui gratarn-
a slave; ndio ku-m-tolea mtu maneno ya nasaa,
que babuit, putavit rem, placuit res alicui.
to put an affront upon one, on account offormer

misdemeanour, dec.; V— i ,
increpavit, tardavit (?)
Nasur,
nus, ulcus.
s., an abscess (St.), cfr.
^ ,
aperuit vul-

Nasaba, s., pride, annoyance.

Nasaba, s., genealogy; nasibisha, to trace one’s
Nata, v. n., to be clammy, to cleave, to stick to —
e.g., utomf’u wa fenesi or wa mkuyu wanata sana.
origin, lineage; cfr. memoravit genus;
j
, Nat an a, v. reciprocal -----
guiana, to cling together
wegni nasaba, you arc from a genealogy genus
Natiiari, s. (Arab, ), sight, view, consideration,
rctulitad aliquem nasibislia, v. c. ;

Nasaiia, s. (Arab, i counsel, admonition.

opinion, thought = akili, understanding, discre-
),
tion; nathariyako, at thy discretion.
Nasi (or nazi), s. (ya, pi. va), a ripe cocoa-nut
NathiRi, v. a., to look, to see, to glanceat, to vow
(nazi iliolva, pi. nazi ziliso iva). The nazi is
= ku weka ku ondoa, perform a vow !
(1) kidaka, pi. vi — ; (2) kitale, pi. vi — ; (3)
natkiri, to

dafu,y).7 . madafu; (4) koroma, pi. niakoroma and ;

jAi ,
addixit, devovit Deo.
in its fifth stage
of development it is called nasi. N ATI iv a ? (R.).
Thus we have five stages of development in the
Nauli, s. (ya), fare, freight, praefuit, Iargi-
future nazi after the blossoms have fallen. The ,

natives derive various benefits from the nasi ; (1) tus est, donavit;
JV donum, portio.

T
 ; ; ;; ; ; ; ; ; , ; ;; ; ;

NA ( 274 ) WB
Nawa, v. a., to wash
oneself, to wash the hands, Ndani, s., the name of a tree (R.), in Kiniassa
face, and privities, kunawa mukono, 11 a mbo na m’chani.
mkundu, and to speak words of prayer three Ndani, prep, (ya), inside, within ndani ya nium-
times. This is the command of Muhammed who ba(ni), within the house, in the inside of
,
; kua —
has forbidden men to go to stool or to urinate ndani, inner; ndani kua ndani, secretly = kua
without washing these parts of the body ku nawa sirri.

mikono, to wash one’s hands. Ndao (vid. n'da) = ni yao ;

fetba bi ndao = ni
Nawia, v. obj., ku nawia watu mikono (kua yao, this money is theirs, belongs to them.
birrika na kandarinia), to bring water for Ndaulia, v. obj. — ku enda aulia, viz. shamba,
people to wash their hands which they stretch or tezama sbamba, this expression refers to
out; mana amenawioa ni mamai, the child was those proprietors of plantations who only now
washed by its mother ku osba (or koa), to and then visit them, but do not stay there. Hence
wash the whole body ku nawa, to loash only Prov., ndaulia si ulinzi, borani ku endamuegniewe,
some parts of it na-oske, ivash me ! (or i.e., to visit or see is not to keep or guard, it is

nosbe !) better to go oneself : cfr. aua, to go over and

Nawika, e.g., nime nawika, Ihavewashed myself. look at.
Nawisa, v. c. N'de (or n'je ),prep. (ya), outside of, without; n'de
Nawiwa, v.p. ya niumba, the outside of the house, without the

Nayibu (or naibd), vicegerent kaimu and house.

; cfr.
Ndisfd, adj., long (refu).
kalif; Arab. qui post venit successor; Nd^fu
, (or nd£vu) (ya, pi. za) (sing, udevu, one

cfr. Arab. '—-'2^ hair of the beard), beard (in general ) ; ndevu ya
slierafa or sherafa la ndevu, whiskers; ndevu za
Nazaa, s., quarrel. Dr. tit. reads nazar. Cfr.
nruomo wa ju, moustaches ndevu za muomo wa
iitigavit, disputavit.
gy , tini, hair of the lower lip. When near the
Naziri (or nathirt), s. (ya, pi. za), a vow; vid- lower lip, it is called jonda or kionda mtuzi (ku
nadiri ;
Arab, ,
votum. onda mtuzi). The natives are very particular
Nazivana, in cuttingand cultivating tlieir beards, of which
v. a., to quarrel (St.) ; cfr. gjUi' ,
liti-
they are very fond (though the beard of the Past
garunt inter se.
Nciia (or nta), Africans seldom grows to any length) ndevu za ;
s., the point, tip, strands of a cord,
the end.
pembe ( beard of horns) refers to the long hairs
which, like horns, stand out at the extremities of
Nchi (or inchi) = nti, land, country, earth; nti or
the beard of people who come from India and
nchi hio inaka-je ? or nti bio gissi gani? what
Beluchislan ; it means also the upper part of
hind of country is that f
the whiskers near the cars ndevu za kidevu, a ;

Nda, s. (va), hunger, famine nina nda, I have

short beard; ndevu za mdomo wa ju, moustache
hunger, I am
hungry majira ya nda, a time of
(Sp.) ndefu, a cock's wattles.
famine; gumbo la nda = nda bora, ku kossa
;

Ndi5c(e, «., a bird ndege wote, all birds.

jakula kabisa, to get no food at all, a very great
Ndenge, s. (wa, pi, za), a lie-goat; ndenge wa
famine; nda kii, contr. daaku, as the faun is
rnbuzi = mbuzi mume (pi. za), mbuzi = mbuzi
called which is fired in the morning and at sun-
waume.
set during the Ramatlian at Zanzibar.
Ndeo, s. (ya), laxness, slackness, heaviness from
N'da, (vid. m'bua), a particle denoting the genitive
overeating naona ndeo = nashiba jakula, na
case = ya, or prep, for ruali haya n'da nani ? ana ndeo za
sakara or kileo, nalegea muili ;

whose is this property resp. ndangu, it is mine,

tembo = famelewa kua tembo, amekiinoa sana
'!

it belongs to me.
kileo cha tembo.
Nda, v. n., vid. ku enda or ku nenda, to go.
Ndi5i:e,s. ; unga wa ndere, a magic poison pre-
Ndafu, «., rottenness and stench arising from it;
pared from the bones of dead men (vid. uwanga).
kitu kilalajo kilijo funda kilijo fania ufundo NiifiEEMO, s., exultation, shouting Luke i. 14 ,

ndafu ya embe, ya sima, die.

ku ona nderemo, to
gratitude, encouragement
Ndagaga, s., cfr. wassa.
be encouraged
Ndago (also mdago), a hind of Weed much NdiSwe, s. (ya, ph za), perforation of the ear, a large
s. (za),
disliked in plantations (sing, udago).
hole in the lower lobe of the ear of gay native
Ndala, s. (ya, pi. za) = viatu via ngovi tupu, a
women; ku tia majassi ya fetba, to put silver
sandal only of leather.
ornaments in; ndewe ya sbikio, the car-lap, lit.,
Ndajia, s. (\va, pi. za) (Kipemba) = gnombe mkc
that which hangs down (E.) cfr. Kiniassa ndc- ;

mdogo, a calf, a young cow, neat. The Mom- were, page 131.
bussians call it mtaniba, very small kitaniba. NdiSzj, s., a kind of animal (kana pania)<
 ; ; ; ;; . ; ; );; . ; ;

ND ( 275 ) ND
Ndi, a prefix used with the contracted form of the count, therefore; nalikua siwezi ndipo or ndiposa
pronoun signifying : it is this, this is the very nisije, I was sick, on that account I did not
same or the very one, I am he, ndimi ndiwe, ; come, or else I would have come = sebabu ya ku
thou; ndiye, he or she; ndio, ndiyo, ndieho, tossa kuja, sebabu yalikua mimi siwezi ;
Luke
ndilo, ndipo, ndiko, ndimo, it is it ndisui we, xii. 3. Kumbe anawazimu, ndipo or ndiposa
ndiuui, you; ndiyo, ndizo, they; ndiyo yalio, asiwe na akili ndiposa najua sasa, but now he
;
is

that is just it, that is how things are or icerc, mad, therefore lie has no understanding ; that is

ndivio, thus. the reason why lie has no understanding ; I see

Ndia [Kiting, nciiia), s. (ya ,pl. za), a way, road now this is llic cause of his foolery ; cfr. nlipossa ;

ndiani, on the road ndia panda = ndia mbili ndipo, there; napo.
zilizoguiana, a road which at first being one Ndisui, suisdi xdisui (or ndio suisui), yea we, we,
runs into two, a cross-way, cross-path ndia the very same, who suisui ndisui tupendao, — ;

ya ku kata, the shortest way ndia nisiosoea, a ice, the very men, who love.
way to which I am not u-sed. Ndivio alivio, Imke xii. 21, ndivio alivio a-ji-
Ndifio alifio, vid. ndivio alivio, vicl. ndi.
wekeaye kandi (thus), so is he that layetli up
Ndifu, s. (ya, pi. za), a cloth-like web which
treasure for himself; in this manner; vid.
grows on the cocoa-tree, and ties, as it were, the
gram.
branches to the stem; ndifu ya mnazi nikitamba
Ndiwa, s. (Kiung. njiwa) (wa, pi. za), a dove,
clia mnazi eba ku zuia maknmbi. TF7«en the web
pigeon (in a wild state, ndiwa wa mitu) ndiwa ;

gets dry and the branch cdso dries up, both fall
manga = afugoai, the dove brought from Arabia
from the tree (in the hot season, keskazi). The
and domesticated by the /Suahilis; cfr. fukoa
natives usethe ndifu ku finikakitoma mnazini, (1)
;
(wa), the turtle-dove with large red eyes. Other
niuki asinoe tembo, and (2) ku asha motto.
kinds of doves are : kipure, gude (ndiwa manga
Ndiga, s. (ya, pi. za) (Kin. riga, pi. ma — ), the wawili, two doves) (wa is omitted, hence ndiwa
root of a shrub (kana ubugu wa kauma), of a manga, not ndiwa wa manga).
reddish colour. It is boiled, and then stripped of
Ndiwe (vid. ndimi), yea thou ; thou, the very mom,
the skin, cut into small slices
sun for two days, until very dry. Afterwards
ilie
and exposed to
who —
they put the slices into a basket of cocoa-leaves
Ndiye, lie is it, he the very same (
probably from
n'dayee; vid. n'da), ndiyo yalio, thatt is just it,
(tumbi za mnazi), andput it into a brook or run-
ning water for three days, until the poisonous Ndizi, s. (ya, pi. za), a banana, plantains mgo-
(

bitter substance (utungu) which is in this root is mba, the banana tree ( not mdizi), plantain;
carried off. Then they cook it together with ugomba ni uziwakvve, gomba manniyakwe. The
meat. This kind of food is used in time of natives have a variety of bananas ; (1) ndizi ya
famine. kike ( female bananas) of small size and agree-

Ndilo, eg., kuani, ndilo ueno nililo tumoa ;

Luke able taste; (2) ya kiume (male), long, but
iv. 43. not very agreeable to the taste: (3) ya mukono
Ndimi, I, the very man; mimi ndimi nipendai, /,
wa tembo, very long' ( like the trunk of an
the very man, who love wewe ndiwe apendai, elephant; tembo ni kisambara) ; (4) ya mkadda,
thou, the very man, who lovest yee ndie apendai, small, but the mkungu
very heavy from the is

he, the very man, who loves ; vid. gram. great quantity of ndizi which hang on it (vid.
Ndimi, s. pi. (sing, ulimi, tongue ), tongues (the mkungu) (5) ya kisukari, very small but sweet
;

tongue of the body), ndimi za — (6) ya kojosi ; (7) ya mpanje ;(8) ya paka. The
Ndimu, s. (ya, pi. zn), a lime; mdimu, the lime- fibres of the ndizi, of aloe and of bananas are
tree ; (1) ndimu kali, the common lime; manufactured into the finest muslin, the strongest
(2)
ndimu taamu, a watery, tasteless lime (Sp.) tow and sail-cloth for ships.
(?).

Ndixui, contracted from ndio nuinui; ndinnimpen- Ndo, imperat. come here (pi. ndoni), come. ye here!
dao, you the very same who love. (Kiung. njoo, njooni, come, come ye).
Ndio, adv., so it is, yes (soil, maneno), there, there- Ndo (or xdoo) s. (ya, pi. za), a bucket, a pail
fore, the very same. (kidude ja ku tekea maji) properly, the shell of
;

Ndipo hai>a (tulipodaka kuenenda), at this very the fruit of the mbuyu-tree (buyu la mbuyu).
place ; it is here indeed ( where ice wished to go Nussu ya ndo, half a bucket full.
to) ;
ndipo napo, 'Luke i. 35 Luke v. 35 ;
Ndoa, s. (ya, pi. za), marrying, marriage;
Luke vi. 36, 42 ;
this is indeed the reason; ndiko, nadaka ndoa Takaungu i.e., nadaka oa mke ;

there it is, therefore. lcatika Takaungu, mimgu a-n-jalie ndoa za heri,

Nnipo ( Kinika ndosa) or ndiposa,
,
else, on this ac- I wish to marry a. woman at Takaungu, may
t 2
 ; ; ; : ; ; ; ;-
;

ND ( 276 ) WD
God grant me a happy marrying, marriage of a woman one night entered into a kettle. The
(ndoazaugu rainii). woman teas considered dead, but when the kettle
Ndofu ndovu), s. (wa, pi. wa, or za), an
(or ivas upset, she came to life again. A husband
elephant pembe ja (or pi. za) ndofu, the tush one night trode upon the peeled bark of sugar-
of an elephant mukono wa ndofu, the proboscis cane. In the morning he found his wife dead
(1) kinda la ndofu ; (2) then babe wa ndofu ; (3) in consequence of this mistake. Hence the
then mana wa ndofu ndofu mkuba. Suahilis carefully remove the peeled bark of
; (4)
The, Wasegiia call it tembo kua sobabu ya sugar-cane before they go to bed. The natives
menowakwe kua kana mitembo ya mnazi
niawili are also much afraid of large black cats, because,

or ratembo (crown) wa dahabu or fetha. The in their superstitious opinion, they are very apt

female elephant has only small tushs. to fetch the kifuli ja rokho.
Ndole, s. (sing, udole) (pi. za), the finger-nails ,
Ndu (za), a fruit, ground-nut ndu za kiniassa, a
the large fingers ; a toe, kidole, pi. vidole, the little kind of vegetable growing in the earth like pota-
fingers (viddlo wiwili) kidole oka gumba, the toes ; cfr. ndsama in Kiniassa,
;

thumb. Nduelle, s. (ya, pi. za), pains of sickness (uedie).

Ndomo ya kikuku, Ndugu, s. (ya ,pl. za), mume, a brother ; ndugu mke
the point of a ferule which is

drawn out; ndomo ya (pi. za) kalamu, the point or manamke, a sister, a cousin, a relation ; ndugu
ni tumbo moja, ct brother is he ivho is of one icomb
of a pen (ndomo kilijo na nta), a loch for the arm
i.e., of the same mother, or kidugu kimoja; ma-
and for buchles or bracelets on the legs
namke waanga ndiigu, wasimika matitti vid.
Ndongo, s.; nti ya ndongo (vid. kawe), clay.
;

ku anga, v. n. ( brothers and sisters enjoy the same

Ndongoa, s. (ya, pi. za) = ku-m-tindia gnonibc mother’s breast) (cfr. umbu, la) ndugu ku ;

mtu aliekuffa, ku-m-fanizia ndongoa, gnonibc nyonya, a foster-brother, & c. (St.) ku nionia, ;

afangulie mbelle, na mtu aliekuffa a-mu-andamie.

to suck donda ndugu, ulcers; sliemegi, brother-
This expression refers custom of the natives
to the
in-law.
to slaughter a bulloch or a goat (when the dead
Nnui, s. (ya, pi. za), small-pox; ndui zimekuja
person is poor) in the front of the door of the muilini kana tete ya mtama. As this disease
house, and then to carry the corpse to the grave,
appears first like the small and unripe grain of
the sacrifice being thought to pave the way, and
mtama, the natives call it maradi ya tete (vid.
render him acceptable at the door of heaven.
tete), and dislike much the term “ ndui,” from the
Ndoxia, s., a lip-ring worn by the Niassa women superstitious idea that the mentioning of its real
(St.) ndio yalio, kuamba ni hivi.
; name w ill produce the actual appearance of the
Ndosa, else; vid. ndipo or ndiposa, therefore disease; ndui zina uito, the ndui is contagious.
Ndoto, (ya, pi. za), dream
.s. ku ota, to dream; Ndui.i, s., very savage, a man given to slaying, a
ku ota mambo ya uzunguni, to dream of things man ivholly without patience (St.) murderous. ;

in Europe. The natives believe, that when Nduma Kuii.i, s., a kind of serpent, which is
dreaming one is in connection with the koma of believed to have two mouths and to bite in the
a person who died long ago. They believe that front and from behind; nioka alie na kitoa kote
the koma is the kifuli (shade) of a dead person. kote yuna vitoa viwili via ku uma kua kitoa ; ;

Tlcey believe that the rokho of a man dies and ja mbelle unauma, na niunni yuwafufia. It is
perishes, but the kifuli ja rokhoyakwe dies but black and about 2 4 feet in length. It drinks
perishes not. The rckho is, in their opinion, the blood, and fans men and animals lest they should
pulsation which is the misho wa kifua (at the end feel the qtoison before the monster is satiated.
of the chest). In dreaming the rokho remains It is most dangerous. According to the above
in thebody (i.e., the process of pulsation goes on), description the nduma kuili’s action is like that of
but the kifuli is far Kifuli ja rokho kimballi,
off. the well-known vampyre-bat of South America.
kina-m-beinisha mtu mambo. Kifuli ja mtu Ndume, adj., male from lume or nine), of the
(
mzima na ja mtu aliekuffa viaonana viapana class niumba; mume makes ndume; askari
khabari. The shade of the roldio is far off] and ndume bora, very heroic soldier.
shows one the things in dreams. The shade of Ndume, s. (ya ,pl. za), ndume za mpunga, rice still
the living and of the dead person meet together in the husk. When the rice is pounded, a little in
and give each other news. Mimi nimelala a wooden mortar there are still many grains
kigogo laken kifuli ja rokhoyangu kimballi. / remaining in the husk; these are called ndume
slept lihe a trunk (I slept and was like, the trunk za mpunga. Cleaned from the husk, is is called
of a tree), but the shade of my spirit (rokho) was mtelle or mclielle ;
cooked, it is called wall
far off (in dream). They believe that the kifuli cooked so that the grains are dry and, separate,
can enter into anything it pleases. The kifuli they call it pukute ya wali ;
watery and imper
 , ; :
; ; ; ; ,
;

ND ( 277 ) NG
fecthj cooked is masliendca; scorched in the stick in his hand, and sits cross-legged in his
coolcing ukoko or utandu. Boiled rice left over- chair with a fine dagger on his side —such a
night is wall wa muiku. Various hinds of rice man Such a happy man was Sadi,
has norasi.
bungala, garofu (?), kapuai, kifungo, madevu, a Mombassian, who prayed at Mecca to God for
muanga, sifara, uchukui. wealth, which he obtained for himself and his
Ndumiko, s. (ya, pi. za), a goat's or sheep's horn children (as the story goes ) ;
ku-mu-ondolea
used for cupping a sick pwon\ ndumiko ni nemsi, vid. ondolea.
pembe ya ku umikia watu muilini vid. umika ;
Ni5na, v. a., to say, to speak (= ku sema), mention.
va. Nenana, v. rec., to talk against one another, to
Nnusi, s., a box (St.) cfr. bueta, kisandukn, kija- quarrel.
speak against, or for one ( =
;

luba, kijamanda,
Nenea, v. obj., to
kibumba.
ku-m-fioa, fiolea or kania), to reprove one with
Neaupe (or neupe), adj., white; vid. eupe.
words, to tell him not to repeat his bad action :

Neaussi (or neussi), adj., blach; vid. eussi or to scold, to blame.

eusi ;
kasha jeusi ;
niumba nieusi. Nexeka, v. n., speakable, to be said, sayable l

Neem£ka, v. a., to be gratified, favoured with Neneza (or nenesha), v. c., to cause one to
plenty = amepata mali mangi, amejiburika, e.g., speed;.
Nenezana, v. r., to altercate, or dispute one with
pembe unazo, fetha yunayo, watuma anao, dr.,
another.
ameneemeka, he has property, he has ivory, he
Nenlako killa nendako, wherever I go
;
killa
has money, he has slaves, dr., he is favoured,
nilipo, wherever I am; kulla niendapo, every
blessed;kuneemeka, or ku nefisika, or ku kun-
time I go, or whenever I go.
duka, or ku aishi katika kiteko, to live in
N£ne, adj., fat, corpulent, large, big, stout, com-
pleasure.
plete, thick, plump, sleek.
Neemesiia, v. c., to favour one with plenty. =
Nen£pa, v. n. kua mnene, ku wanda, v. n., to
Negniek£a (nenyekea, St.), v. n., to be humble, to grow fat, corpulent (
= ku wanda, said of
condescend, to be reverential ; vid. gniegniekea, persons ).
v. a. Ni5no, s. (la, pi. mane no, ya), a word, a thing
Negniekevu, adj., humble, reverential, condescend- matter neno liili, this word or matter. Prov.
ing. neno ukatalo ndilo Mungu afanialo, i.e., God
Nejis (nejisi, or najisi), vid. najisi, profane, un- acts our wishes ; neno lingine
always contrary to
sikufania neno, I have done nothing, lit., I have
clean, dirty ; Arab. ,
impurus ac spurcus
clone not a word or thing ; kua neno liwalo lute,
fuit. Luke iv. 4. Muingi wa maneno, fidl of words.
Nel£a,- v. n. ; vid. elea and eleza. Nepa? cfr. nema.
Nelli, s., a pipe, water-pipe (St.).
Nera, s ., 1 Tim. yoke Arab. jugumara-
vi. 1, ?
Nema (or n£ema), s., grace, bounty, especially of
torium.
God ; favour, gratification. In Kisuahili this
N£ros (or nicrosi), s., nerus (vocab. Persic.)-
word has the meaning, “ viakula telle,” plenty ;

of food, this being the only thing which the carnal novus dies, s., primus dies anni apud Persas, qui
East African asks of God. Fruitful season, veris tempore est.
1
majira nema (plenty of rain and good harvest ) Nfi, s. (ya), p . nifi (ya), the sting of a bee.

Arab. A t ,
commoda, jucunda vitae ratio volup. Nua (properly gnaa), v. n., (1) to resemble, to shine

tas.
(Er.) ;
nga ( = punga), s., the top of the blossom
(2)
o/’mahindi ntayakwe, mishowakwe.
N£.ma (or Nfi.MKA, or nemuka, or n£pa), v. n., to
kissu janemuka or janema
Nga (or nge), the prefix of the present condi-
bend, give way ; e.g.,
tional tense ningekiia, Ishould be. In Kiniassa,
or janepa (jainama), the knife (i.e., its blade)
nga to = be like, to come up, to amount.
bends, yields (2) to bend the body in dancing;
Ngalawa, s. (ya, pi. za), the small canoe of a
ku teza kua ku nemka, to dance gracefully ; cfr
navigator ; cfr. galawa.
Arab. 1
accessit aliquem nudipes, commodus Ngali, the prefix of the past conditional tense, ni-
fuit. ngali kuja,I should have come; ningali kataa,
Nemba, s., a tribal mark. I should have refused.
Nj.msi, s. (1) good reputation or name (Arab. Ngama, s. (ya), (1) white clay; ngama ya nti =
udongo ngumu ulio na madongoa, white, but
^^•Ij ,Graece vbyos lex.) (2)\uombo vizuri ,fine
hard clod-like clay; (2) ngama ya jombo = ban-
; ;

household-stuff — e.g., fine dress, money, goodfood; duru, the bilge of a ship (= banduru), the hold
two women who fan him, ivliilst he keeps a small
of a ship.
 . ; ; ; ; ;

NG ( 278 )

Ngamba, gnamba, a hawk' s-liead

vid. turtle, from tipede. The natives reduce a piece of wood
which tortoiseshell is procured (St.). from mkamajuma tree to powder, mix it with
the
Ngambo, s., the other side of a river or creels ; vid. water and the utambo wa nge {intestine oj the
gnambo,jiZ. za or wa ( properly gnambo ya pili). scorpion). This medicine is said to prevent
Ngamia, s. (wa) {pi. za or wa), a camel. swelling, and any evil consequence of
in general
Nganassa, s. (ya, pi. za) — ng'o or ukigo, a hedge the sting of scorpions. Bebm. takes nge and
of branches around a house or plantation ; per- tandu (or dandu as he ivrites it) in the same
haps = ngao el-nas, shield ofpeople. sense {as centipede). The Mombassians call the
Ngano, s. (ya ,pl. za), a fable, story, tall: nge by the name kisuse. In Kimrima it is
ku sema
ngano = ku badizi vid. kisa, hadithi. ;
called nge kitumbo, or nje kitumbo.

Nganu, s. (ya), wheat Nge, sign of the conditional present, vid nga, or
amekula nganu, he has ;

been disgraced. Previously he had abundance

nge {would) wange ktvja, they icould come.
Ngedeue, s., a small light-coloured monkey (St.).
of all things, now he must be content with what
he can get.
NgiSma, adj., good; vid. muema and ema, e.g.,

Ng ao, s. (ya ,pl. za), (1) shield, buckler, of different niumba ngema, a good house.
Ngeu, s., red ochre red earth; ruddle used by
form and size, some are small, circular, others ,

carpenters, &c., to mark out their work.

large and oval; ngao ya kifaru ya ku kingia
selakka ya adui (2) ngao ya niumba, the front
Ngi (or ingi), much, many ; miti mingi, many trees
;

and back walls of a native cottage. niumba ningi kasha jingi. ;

Ngia, v. n., to enter, to p>enetrate, to go or come

Ngara, s., the young cob of Indian corn.
into ; alikua anangia muaka wa thalathini, Luke
N'gaea ( or n'gala, or n'gaa), to slnne, to be clear
iii. 23, he. began to be about thirty years of age
to glitter, to be transparent, to glisten { rather
gnara, gnala, gnaa, to shine).
ku ngia koga, to become fusty killa ningiamo,
icherever I enter.
N'gariza, v. c., to fix the eyes, to glare; ame-ni-
Ngilia, v., to go or come into, for or to, e.g., ku-
ngariza matoKiung matclio), he glared at .
(
m-ngilia niumbani kua ujeuri or kiburi, to
me ; vid. gnariza, ku gna.
enter one's house rudely; ku-m-tia niumbani,
Ngariba, s. (wa, pi. man), the circumcisor, one who
to introduce one into one's house.
knows the art of circumcising
Ngwa, v. p., to be entered.
Ngawa, s. (wa, pi. za) — paka wa sabadi, the civet-
Ngiwa, v.p.; ku ngiwa ni lnizimi, to be sorrow-
cat (vivera zibetha). Ngawa ni mkali, liana
ful; ku-ngiwa ni beredi, to take cold; ku
raasoea or rafiki 11 a mtu, yuwala kuku papayui
ngiana; vid. jabiliana.
mananazi, yuwanoa tembo. Ngawa mume mu-
Ngiliza ;
ku-m-ngiliza lime, to cohabit with a
igni sabadi, mke lianayo. When the civet-cat has
ivoman.
evacuated, the natives, who keep
always in a it
Ngiiazaka ;
ngilizana mume 11 a mke, they co-
cage, seize it, and squeeze the posteriors, whence i

habited for the first time.

the civet is obtained. They use forthe civet
Ngimwa, v. n., to be entered (ngiliwa ni watu)
headache, or mix it with ambari to perfume the
to be accessible ngiliwa, andikua, tamiwa, to
room. A male civet-cat costs one dollar at
;

be dedicated.
Mombas. It is very ferocious ; cfr. fuDgo, ufiffich
Ngiza (or imgiza), v. c., to make or allow to
is a smaller animal than the ngawa.
enter.
Ngawa a particle ( like mbona) denoting,
{or nga), Ngili, s. {Arab. ),
the gospel.
but, why or what? though; ngawa usije ,jana,
Ngine, adj., other, different (wangine . . . wangine,
sasa amekwislia ku nenda, jana alikuapo, huta-
some . . . other ) ;
mtu nmngine, kaslia jingine; ni-
m-pata leo, but why didst thou not come yester-
umba ningine, mahali pangine or pingine.
day, now he is gone, yesterday he was here ,
Noizr, s. (sepia officinalis), a kind of puesa
(1)
to-day thou wilt not find him; 1 Cor. iv. 8, na
{fish), from ichidv the natives procure ft black
ngawa mnatamaliki ningawa nime- ;
lia-ni-sadiki
ink; (2) the fresh sweet tembo which the natives
i-ona, he does not believe me, though I saw it.
boil down to honey ; asali ya ngizi, honey of fresh
mimi sioni, angawa yee aoua, / do not see tembo, concentrated, tembo la taamu.
though he does; angalia to, ujapo htiki-oni, be
Ngniaua 'I v. n., to be down upon one like a
careful though gou do not see.
vulture; cfr. niaka, v. a.) (li.).

N'gaza, v. c. {cfr. nga, ngala or ngara, v. n.), to Ngoa, s. (ya, pi. za), inclination, lust, desire; ku
make to shine, to be brilliant (
properly gnaza). timiza ngoayakwe or ngoazakwe, to satisfy
N’gazi, s. (ya, pi. za), ngazi ya ku kuelea, ft ladder. one's desire; ku Ha ngoa or uifu, to weep when
NgazIdja, «., the great Comoro Island. another is given something, and oneself is re-

N'ge, s. (wa, pi. id.), a scorpion; tandu is the cen- fused; hence ,
“to weep for jealousy ,
to be
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

NG ( 279 ) 3STG

jealous;'' cfr. ku lia joyo, to grumble avari- turn, i.e., when the turn comes lo her to go to
ciously. her master's bed; suria ame-m-pa ngono bana-
Ngoa, v. a., to pull up, to pull out, root out; cfr. wakwe, the concubine has given bed-fellowship to
gnoa, in true Suahili). her lord in her turn (ku gona means to “ sleep ”

Ngoka, v. n., to be rooted ( Kiung.) = ku gnoka, in the Kiniassa language ngono, "sleep").
moyo una-ni-gnoka, I was startled out of my Ngoyeka {or ngoyeliSka), v. n. mahali liapa ;

wits (St.). liapa ngoyeleka mtu ? (R.).

Ngoe, s. an instrument {honk) for gathering Ngozi,

(ya), (1) {Kiung.) = ngovi, hide, skin leather. ,

fruit from = mti mrefu uliopetamana ku Ngu, s. (wa, pi. za) {Kin. kolekole), a shark, a
trees
sliilda kitu, a long pole with a hook suited to kind of large fish much liked by the natives A .

pick or catch fruit from trees ; ngoe ya ku tundia great quantity of ngu {and papa) is annually
maliraau, or ya ku fulia malema (2) lia ngoe, exported from South Arabia. The papa is
;

the guttural Arabic h, he mdawari, being the naturally salt, ivhich is not the case with the •

softer Arabic It. ngu, which if mixed with too much salt is spoiled.

Ngofi (or ngovi), s. (ya ,pl. za), hide, the skin of Ngua, v. a., to scum, to take off the scum, e.g., ku
man and animal. ya-ngua mafuta, samli, asali, pofu ngua is not ;

Ngoi, s., a. staff curved in the middle. It is brought to be confounded with ungua, ku kata marra

from Teita. moja kua vipande viwili, na ku ungua motto =

Ngoja, v. n., to ivait, to wait for {till he comes) { -— ku teketea.
ku saburi), to have patience ; enda ka-m-ngoje or N'gue, s. pi. of ugue (wa, pi. za), a small rope or
ka-m-ngojee, go and wait for him. string of the thickness of a finger. Several n'gue

Ngoj£a, v. obj., to ivait for or upon one; ngojea are twisted together, to form a thick ship's rope ;
= ku-m-saburi mtu, to wait for somebody. e.g., amari ya nanga. The ugue is of the same
Ngojana, v. rec., to wait one for the other. stuff as ilie kamba vid. and cfr. also ukamba ; ;

Ngoj^wa, v.p., he ivas ivaited for,

kamba is bigger than ugue.
N'gCe, s. (n'gue ya ku lima shamba), the portion of
Ngoje, n. pro., Angoxa.
land ivhich is measured out to a slave for culti-
Ngojo, s., waiting; mngoja {pi. wangoja), waiters,
vating; kipande ja sliamba kilijo pimoa kua
keepers, sentinels.
muale ; cfr. sosa.
Ngole, s., a rope (St.); vid. pakasa, v.a.; cfr. Nauru (or nguvu) (ya, pi. za), power, might,
kamba, kamba ulayiti, hempen rope. strength, authority; kua ngufu, with might,
Ngoma, s. {ya, pi. za), a drum ; a large one, goma powerfully.
(la, pi. magoma, ya). The Suahili have dif- Ngumi, s. (1) {Kimrima, kunsi) (ya, pi. za), the
ferent kinds of drums, i.e., hollowed blocks fist (vid. oya, s .) ;
ku piga ngumi, to fist or cuff;
covered with skins. Ngoma is cdso — matezo, kupiga ngiimi tatu, to beat him thrice with the
musical performance in general. Ngoma liizi fist, to box (2) (wa, pi. za), a whale. Dr. St.
tuteze kana zitezuavio buko Unguja (R.). (1) has also nyamgumi, a whale, ivhich is probably
ngoma ya msondo {cfr. mandondu), is not thick = ni ngumi, it is a whale on the question: what
but long ; (2) ngoma ya japuo, a small drum which is this ? ans. ni ngumi.

accompanies and increases the noise (kujapuliza Ngumu, ctdj., hard ; vid. gumu.
mlio) of a large drum; (3) ngoma ya kumbuaya, Nguo, s. (ya, pi. za), cloth especially cotton ,

which has four legs (4) ngoma ya tari, has a doth or clothes; ku va nguo, to wear a cloth or
handle with ivhich it is carried and beaten with dress; nguo ya maki, stout cloth; nguo ya
the hand.Ni ngoma ya watu waume bassi mueza, table-cloth ku tenda nguo, to stretch the
(kansua) kiwambo signifies anything {like a
; threads for weaving; kitambaa clia meza, a
skin) stretched very tightly around the drum. table-napkin.
Ngombe, s. {Kiung.) = gnombe, an ox, a cow, bull, Nguru, a kind offish {probably = ngu).
cattle in general; ngombe ndume, lit., a male ox Nguruma, v. n., to roar, to thunder.
= a bull {Kiung.). Ngurumu (or ngurumo), s. (1) roaring, said of
Ngome, s. (ya, pi. za), a castle, fortress, a fort = animals or beasts; (2) a roar, distant rolling
gereza, liuzuni. thunder.
Ng’onda, v. a., to cure or dry fish, dec. (St.) ? Ngu rung a, s. (= tantue in Kiniassa), a large
Ng’onga, s. ana ng’onga, he is inclined to vomit rock.
(St.). Ngurure, the name of a tree; vid. mgurure.

Ng’ongo, the thick edge of a strip of matting Nguruzi, s., a plug (St.); cfr. zibo {pi. mazibo), a
(St.)? stopper.

Ngono, s., bed-fellowship of a concubine in her Nguue (or ngue), s. (wa, pi. za), hog, swine, pig
 ;; ; ; ; ;;) ;.; ; ; ;
;

NG (
2 So ) NI
(.Dr . St. writes “nguruwe, nguuwe ”) ;
in Kin. or jiihudi,yuwaaza kua bidii, yuwankilia, ,
to

ungulue ; cfr. jivi, a wild hog. think about a matter diligently, to have it at

Nguva, s. (wa), a hind offish resembling a man heart or in his mind, to agitate zealously,
nguva hahemili gcraha, i.e., the nguva cannot en- eagerly.
dure a wound a slight wound kills it.
,
This fish Nia, v. n., to have in one's mind, to purpose to

is large, like a man with pointed legs, its tail like do something (?).

that ofa fish ; it is thick in the middle, has a Nia {or, as Dr. £It. writes, nya), v. n,; in Ki-
kind of hands and nude and female privities; niassa “nia” (ku means “to emit, to void
nia)
the teats are large. {by stool);" hence fig. kvi maliwewe, to emit or
Nguvu (ngufu), s., strength, power, authority, speak lies. It betrays a strong moral sense by
force; kua nguvu, by force, icith strength, speaking of lies in the most contemptible way
strongly ; ku-m-tia nguvu, to strengthen one. ku nia, to fall; e.g., mvua ina kiinia (inaku nya),
Nguvu, s., knuckle kitzanga, the foot above the the, rain is falling {Zanzibar), or has fallen
knuckles (R.); perhaps ku. mvua yania, rainfalls {Mvita) : cfr. ku gn'ia.

Nguzi, s. tundu katika mlcuku, the hole in

(ya) ni Niaa, s., nails offingers {St. writes nyaa).
;

the boat's bottom by which the water is let out Niafi, pi. of WAFI.
nguzi inasubuka. Niafu, s., a net; niugue za konge ku tega siimaki
Nguzo, s. a wooden pillar, a post,
(ya, pi. za), kuba; cfr. juia, jerife and kimia, a twine net
stake,, support of a house; nguzo ya kati, the (R.).
middle post. Niafua, v. a,, to nibble (R.) ;
makombaiko yaniafua
Ni, (1) verb defective; ni miini, I am; ni wewe muili.
thou art, he, she, it is ; e.g., mtuliuyu ni muofu, Niafura (gnuafura), r. a. (ku-m-fmia), to pull
this man
wicked; watu ni waofu. It is used
is ivith the fingers.
for all persons and both numbers. (2) It denotes Niagnagnia {or rectius cniagnagnia), to take or
the ablative or vocative case in nouns : in, at seize by force ; pass., ku gniagnagnioa, to be
into, to, from, out of, by ; e.g., niumbani, in the plundered, to be taken by violence mniagnanii
house; Ukambani, in or to the country called or mgniagnagnii, a violent man.
Ukarnba { there where Ukamba is ) ;
kuaherini
Niaka, v. a., to catch, to intercept; scil. tnfle or
(kua heri, in happiness), in happiness, soil., go
mpira, a kind of ball made of rags of cloth. One
you in happiness tuendezetiini, let us go =
party strikes it, rcliilst another endeavours to
tuendezetu egnui, you us go ! (3) {from nini
, ! let
intercept it ; vid. ku teza tuffe.
it serves as aparticle of interrogation after verbs;
to snap or snatch away or off.
e.g.,mtu huyu adaka-ni ? ivhat does this man Niakua, v. a.,
want? (4) It denotes the agent by, from, of Niala,
sheaths ; vid. ala.

when followed), by u passive verb, or transitive NlALI, pi. Of WALI.

verbs which have been put in the passive mana Niaijo, s., cross-pieces put in the bottom of a pot
amepigoa ni babai, the child, was beaten by his to prevent the meat from touching the bottom and
father; ameliwa ni simba, he ivcts eaten by a burning ; cfr. walio.
lion. (5) Ni {or n-) me is the objective prefix or
Niama, s. (ya ,pl. za), (1) flesh, meat (2) niama (wa),
rather infix denoting the first person singular;
an animal, beast, cattle; niama nnuiwaji or mbu-
ame-ni-penda, he loved me. (6) nui is an abbre-
aji, wa muitu, wild or savage beasts ;
or nikali, or
viation for nuinui as an objective suffix ; e.g., a kind of disease; marathi ya niama, or
(3)
na-wa-penda-nui, I love you; properly nui is
ugonjoa ku fura na ku toma kana sindano. Jt
superfluous, but some dialects seem to use this is different from the disease called tambazi, which
enclitic contraction very freely ; vid. Grammar is a swelling, passing from one, place of the body
Nia, s. (ya, —
innermost part of man,
za), (1) the to another (lmtamba), and which is interval, but
mind, heart, conscience, disposition niayakwe the niama remains in one spot, and causes a
singema, his mind or conscience is not good sore which bursts. The natives apply a plaster
liana nia ngema, he has no good conscience; nia of very powerful ingredients. Marathi ya niama
ime-m-piga, his heart or conscience smote him ; ina daua kali ya ku bandika.
nia salikhi or snafi, a good conscience; nia Niama fu, s. = niama alieluifla or iliokuffa, a dead
batili, abad conscience nia batili liaibisbi heri animal {or flesh), which died from sickness, and
(2) nia ni ku kusudia kitu, the disposition to which, as has not been slaughtered according it,

undertake anything, intention, exertion, diligence, to the precepts of the Koran, is considered
man's mind; miu lmyu yuna
that which agitates a haram or illicit. The Snahili, therefore, do not
nia ya moyo, amelia nia or shuhuli = yuna bidii eat it, but the Wanilca do.
 ; ; . . ; . ; ;; ; ;

NI ( 281 ) NI
Niama misi = niama mbovu = mama ya ku oza, Niara, s. (ya, pi. za), booty, spoil, plunder vitu
when the wound discharges matter new ,
flesh via ku gniagnania vitani, watu wakikimbia, ku
will form. toa niara, to make booty ku-m-teka niara mtu,
Niama, v. n., to hold one’s peace, to he silent or to take one prisoner in ivar Mjomba ame-m-
quiet ku tossa sema na mtu. teka Mgalla niara, a Suahili captured a Gcdla ;

Niamalia, v. obj., to he silent to — Mgalla ametekoa niara ni Mjomba, a Gcdla was

Niamaza, v. c., to cause one to he silent, to silence captured by a Mjomba {Suahili).
one; e.g., mama ame-m-niamazia mana kua Niakaka, s. {pi. of waraka), letter.
kn-m-pa matitti, the mother silenced the child Niasiii, s. (R.)? ku-mu-inulia niaslii ? ?

by giving him the breast. Niassi, s. {pi. za) {sing, uniassi — wa), grass,
Niamazia, v. obj., to heep silence to — reeds {cfr. undo) niassi za ku wimbia niumba,
;

Ku-ji-niamazia, to silence oneself, to observe grass for thatching a native house. Niassi is to
silence. be distinguished from manni {sing, janni), leaves,
Niamavu, adj., silent, quiet. herbs niassi zinasalia kutukutu.
Niambu, .9., cm animal which resembles the giraffe. Niata, v. n., to walk softly, silently, to steal up to,

St. has nyumbu, a mule. without making any noise ku niata kua magu,
;

Niambuka, v. n. (= ku nianiuka, ku legea sana, ku nenda polepole, asipofania msbindo wa magu,

ku oama), to be spoiled by over-ripeness, to fall togo tiptoe.
to piecesfrom too great softness, to peel off; to go softly Niatia, v.; ku-m-niatia kua magu,
niama ya kuku inaniambuka, ikaiwa sana nguo after him (ku-m-tambalia), to catch him; ku
;

inaniambuka kua harri or jasho. niata niata, to sneak', or go about like a thief
Niambuka, v. ? ku-m-niatia niama kua polepole si kua msbindo.
Niamgumi (St.), a whale? vid. ngvimi. Niati, (wa, pi. wa), a wild buffalo ; niati mkali, .9.

Niamu niamu ? niamu niamu hu-i-ona (R.). muenda pekee, yuwaata kundi, the buffalo is
Niamuru, s. (ku la niamuru), a slave on account of ferocious, it goes alone, and separates itselffrom
debt (R. ? the herd.
)

Niana, .9. = panda or ngoe ya mrembe,

(ya, pi. za) Niatua, v. a. [cfr. japua, v. a .) ku niatua magu = ;

the iron head of an arrow = matafu ya kigumba

(
ku fiiliza, to go quickly (= ku japua magu).
or jembe, vicl.). Niatuka, v. a., to go quickly ku enda harraka.
Niancha, n.prop., the lalce Nictssa in Kiniassa. Niauka, v. 11 ., to dry up, to become crumpled or
It means properly “love me;” vid. Bebman's wrinkled in consequence of heat, to wither, to
Kin. Dictionary page 135. shrivel; ku niauka kua jua, ku pigoa ni jiia
,

Nianda, s. {pi. of wauda), the breadth of a finger liana nguvu ya uiti e.g., tombako inaniauka. ;

(R0- Niaupe {or nieupe oi-neupe), culj., white; kua roklio

Niang Alika, a sort of a — ,
(St.) ;
kitu kiniauga- liiaupe, honestly, candidly.
lika,a sort of a thing mniangalika gani ? what Niawe, s. ,
his mother {Mvita).
sort of a man is it ? (gniangalika ?). Niayo, s. {sing, wayo, wa) niayo za magu, the
;

Niaxgania {vid. gniagnania), to tahe by force, to soles of the feet {vicl. kijayo), footsteps.
rob. Nie {or xuie), contracted from nuinui, you, you
Niangoa {or niangua), pi. of wangoa or wangua, there, in calling people from a distance.
bare and waste places. Ni£a {or gniea), v. a. (= ku aslia), to tickle, to
Niani {or n’nani?), a particle of interrogation, cause to itch; e.g., pele ina-ni-niea, the itch
who is it ? niani-we, who art thou ? troubles me (ya-ni-aslia) ;
ime-ni-niea, 7 itch.
Niania, s., a grandmother (bibi is a Kihincli NiIjge, s., tickling; ku-m-tia nieg e, to tickle one;
icord). ku niega and niegesa?? ku niegesana.
Niaxiassa, v. a., to annoy, to molest. Niegeroa, v. n.
Nianiassia, v. obj. ; e.g., ku-ni-nianiassia muanangu Nieg£sa, v. a. ? ? vid. niege.
sidaki mimi, 7 do not like to molest my son.
Niegnia, v. a. {cfr. lioji or liuji ; cfr. gnienia or
Nianiuka, v. n. {vicl. midirara), to be tattered, to
gnieguia)(
= ku dadisi ku-m-gniegnia neno usilo-
be cut in pieces, to be ragged.
Nianxi (gxianxi),
daka ku sema, to worm anything a secret out — —
s. (wa pi. ma), a land of large
,
of or from one). St. writes “nyenya,” to talk
monkey, an ape.
a person into telling something.
Niara, v. a., to pursue a thing, by hiding oneself NiegxiekiSa, vid. ku gniegniekea, v. n., to be
and by bending and stooping. humble, to supplicate.

Niapia, v. obj., to stalk in hunting (Sp.) (= tam- NiEKF.LiiWA, v., to feel one's-self safe or secure
bia, tapia).
against —
 ; ; ; ;. . ; ; ; ; ;

Niekundu, ad)., red ; vid. ekundu. Nikia, v. obj.; nikia tao (or kao?) la tinlya kansu ;

Nielle, s. (vid. nuelle) (nom. coll.), hair (unuelle vid. kansu.

or unielle, a single hair ) ;

nielle za singa, Nir.i, I being ; nili liali ya kua juuyakwe, I being
straight hair ; nielle za kipilipili, woolly hair. on his back (St.) ? ?

Niembamba, ad)., thin (= embamba). Nir.io nato, as regards me; Rom. i. 15.
NiIsmbe, .s. (pi. o/uembe), a razor. Nima, v. a., to refuse; ame-ni-nima kitu = ame-ni-
Niemelea, v. obj. ; to go quietly or covertly up katasa, haku-ni-pa, not to give, withhold from.

to a thing in order to seize it ; cfr. niamalia. Nimbo, s. (pi. za) (sing, uimbo) (vid. ku imba),
Niendapo (kulla or killa niendapo), whenever I songs ; mtunga nimbo, a poet.
go, or every time I go. Nimsa, s. (Arab. Germany nimsawi, (pl-
),
Niende (or niense) s. (wa, pi. za), a land of cricket.
Nienger£sha, v. a. kamasi (E.) ? (futa kamasi)
ena — ), a German.
i

Nina, v., I have; lit., I am loith —; nina fetha, I

cfr. elelcenia.
have money; nina barudi, I have powder ; sina,
Niengine, contracted n’engine, before e the vowels
are omitted ; e.g., w’engine for waengine, others.
I am not, I have not sina kitu, I have nothing.
Nina, inia and mama) = mother ; (in Ki-
s. (cfr.
NiiSnse, s. ; masbikio yalia niense, Ms ears tingled
gunia, and ancient Kisualiili Prov. mana ) ;
Niepissi, adf, light (= epdsi),
mtukana nina, ku simu nda ki ona yundapigoa
Niesha, ku niesha mvua, to give rain, lit., to
v. a.
mkatiile, pingu na mikono niuma na silisili za
cause to fall; ku nieslia mviia, to cause it to rain
juma za moto (ku idiliwa or sumbuliwa).
(gniesha) cfr. gnia.
Ningee£sha, v. a., to tickle one (Er.).
ma —
;

Nifisi, (la, pi. ) ;

niesi la nioka, the colour
Ningi, aclj., much, many niumba ningi, many
and stripes of a snake; cfr. tislia.
houses (ingi).
Nieta (or gnieta), to be proud, arrogant, to be
Ningine, adj., another (ngine).
teasing, never satisfied.
Ninginia, v. n., to swing, v. c., ninginiza, to set
Nietea, v. (ku jetea); ku nietea or turoaini nguvu
swinging (St.) ?
za nafsijakwe, to rely proudly on one's own
Ningo, s.; (1) a kind of green bird like a clove;
strength ku nietea ulimengu = ku skh'iki or
(2) a ivoman's name (St.).
gandamisa ulimengu, to confide in the world, i.e., Nini ? what
? kua nini, or ya nini ? why ? what
to love the world more than God.
for ? ndio niniyakwe, ndio mamboye (E.) ? ?
Nieupe, adj., white ; cfr. eupe. Sababu ni nini ? icliat is the cause ? ana nini mtu
Nieusi, black; cfr. eusi. yule ? ivhat is the matter with that man ?
Nxgniha, v. a.; vid. takata. Ninui (or rectius nuinui), you, ye; ninui or nui-

Nignioeo (or gningnioeo), s., a bulbous plant which

nui niote, all of you, you all together.

Nioa, v. a., to shave.

throws up a. large head of red flowers (St
nyinyoro). Nioe, .?., green locust (cfr. barare, long white
locusts ) vid. nioye.
Nignugniungu (or gnignuniungd, vid., and niungu ;

Nioesa, v. n.,to subside; e.g., boiling water, fer-

niungu), sores in the leg.
menting palm-wine, cOc. ; cfr. nioea, to dry up ;
Nijapo-wa-ambia, kamtaamini ; Luke xxii. 67, “ If maji siku liizi yananioea ;
mtu anioea (from
I tell you, ye will not believe," though, if.
fear)
Nika, s. (= barra) (ya), (1) a wilderness (nika
Niognonea (or gniognagnea), e.g., nasikia
kavn), a region void of inhabitants and cultiva-
muiliwangu ku-ni-niognonea (cfr. ugniognonio
tion, a region of woods, in which wild beasts,
or uriognonio) (vid. sisira in Kiniassa), to feel
and sometimes robbers, dwell. Hence mnika (pi.
one's body cold, weary or languid ? ?
wanika), the dweller of the wilderness. But this
Niogoa, v. a., to stretch or extend, e.g., the body
name is now only confined to the Wanika pro-
ku ji-niogoa, to stretch one's body from idleness
perly so called. The country of the present
and aversion to labour.
Wanika was formerly a wilderness ; hence the
Niogoka, v. n. (uniogofu).
Mombassians on the coast called Wanika those
Nioka, s. (wa, pi. za), a serpent, snake in general
people who at first dwelt in the nika or unika =
(vid. joka), The natives believe that, as the
nti ya Wanika (2) nika, a serpent (nioka wa
;
serpent which has bitten a person moves on, so
nika, a serpent called nika ) (3) marathi ya the poison penetrates likewise.
;
The native
nika vid. pcmbe, s.
;
physicians know it by plucking out a hair from
Nikali, and T am or was; e.g., nikali nikienda, a man's head. When the hair comes out easily,
and / am or was going. the person cannot be helped, but if not, there is
 ; . ; ; ; ; ; ; . .

NI ( 283 ) NI
hope for the success of the remedy to he applied ji-niosha, to lie down, to take a nap mti ulio
They keep the medicine a secret. komboka or ulio fania kombo unioshe.

Nioka, v. n.,to he straight; maneno yamenioka, Nioshoa, v. p., to be made straight.

yame-ni-niokea, maneno maniofu yalionioka, Niota, .9. (ya, pi. za), star niota ya subukhi, the
rokhoyakwe ime-m-nioka, he lias made words morning-star ; niota iwaayo subukhi namagribi,
straight for me. the morning and evening star.
Niolea, v. t uembe wa ku niolea nuelle, a razor.
Niot’a ( Kilamu ), s. (ya) ( = kiu), great thirst mimi
Niombe, s., the hairs of the mane or tail of a horse nnapatoa or nnasbikoa or kamatoa ni niota, lam
(Sp.) ? ? (
vid siDga). very thirsty.
Nionda, 8 ., trial, temptation (?). Niota, s. (la, pi. ma — ), clitoris, an elevation on
Nionga, s. {pi. za) {sing, unionga, wa) {Kiimguja), the vagina maniota).
(cfr.
the hip muigni unionga or ana, a person
Niota niota, s., little drop, droplet; mvua yan.
who has one short and one long leg (Rimuiita,
gnia, droplets.
g’A]a,pl. ma — )
{Kijumfu, kiweo, wiweo) ? nionga
Niota niota, v. n., to drip, to fall in small drops.
ya sarara, the loins (St.) ; nionga = kiungo cha
kiweo kiliclio ungamana na kiuno. Niote nuinui, you all.
Nionga, v. a to twist, to strangle.
. ,
Nioya, s. ; vid. gnioya, a feather (sing, la, pi.
Nionga nionga, v. n ., to wriggle, to go from side ma — ) ;
mb) pi. of oya.
(vid.

to side. Nioye, s. a hind of locust

(ya, pi. za), thin and
Nionge, adj mean, insignificant,
., vile (rfr. mnionge) long, which is very fond of mtama (millet).
(nguvu zilikua hiiba). Mtama ukiwa matindi (of middle size), nioye
Niongo (ya, pi. za), bile. huja bungia or liujingilia ndani ya mtama. Th is
Niongoa, v. n. (cfr. ongora in Kiniassa) ;
ku-ji- hind of locust is eaten by the natives.
niongoa kua majoka ? ? to strain or stretch one-
Nioyo, pi. of the sing, moyo, heart (instead of
selffrom fatigue or weariness. midyo) ku fania nioyo or moyo miwili, to be
;

Nioonoonea, v. n., to be languid, weary.

double-hearted. Moyo (or nioyo) wa ipu, the
Nionia, v. n. {Kip.), to such = ku ama, mana inner and most virulent part of a tumour
yuwanionia titti la mamai {cfr. niunia ;;.).
Ni-pe give me; vid. (ku) pa, to give; ni-pe bisa
,

NioniSsha, v. c., to suchle. yangu, pardon me pardon).

(cfr. bisa,
Nionio, s., mafnta ya nionio, castor-oil {cfr. mbono),
Niki, s. ? (R .) (perhaps = neri, yohe).
vicinus tree ?
Nionioa, v. a., to shave the head badly ana-zi-ju Nissi, s. (ya ,pl. za), (nissi za ku tiliii darasa), that

ju, viz., nuelle (R.) ku nionioa 11 defuzakinenani; part of the loom through which the threads pass
to pinch fowls is ku futvia; vid., and gniognioa, Niua, v. a., to bite off; samaki aniua mlisho wa
to pull out feathers. mshipi, the fish bites the bait off the hooh.
Xioniossa, v. a. = ku-m-kefia kefia or sonia sonia, Niudi, s., — of a keke ;
vid. msukawano and ivo
to trouble, to vex, to treat one constantly with (R.).
contempt, constantly abuse one, to tease, to
Niupa, s. (sing, ufa or uffa) (wa, pi. za), a deft,
annoy one (Er.).
fissure ; mtimge unangia ufa, the jar has a
rift,
Nioniota, vid. gniogniota, to mahe to smart.
crach in it.

Nioniota, s. (Ia, pi. ma — ), nioniota la mviia, driz- Niufu, the dead (sing, mfu), wafu scil. watu.
ling rain. Niufua, v. a. (gniufuka ?).
Nioniotoka, v. '11., sima ya nioniotoka, niama Iliya
NruaNizA, v. a., to sprinkle, to .prinhle upon (
gniii-
nioniotoka.
gniza).
Nionioya, v. a., vid. gniognioya, to pluck out
Niugo, s. (pi. za, of sing, ugo, (wa ), fence.
feathers of a bird or fowl.
Niugue, .s. (za, pi. of ugue (wa), string, rope.
Nionjosa, v. a. {cfr. funa, v. a., in Kiniassa).
Niuka, v. 7i. (cfr. nioka, v.n.), to stretch oneself, to
Xionsa {or nonsa), v. a. {= ku-m-kondesba kua
lengtheii (lihe a rope ) (R. )
(eslia niuka ?).
maneno maofu), to wear one out by hard or
Niuki, s. (wa, pi. za), a bee ; asali ya niuki, honey.
abusive words, which are constantly uttered
There are several hinds of bees; (1) niuki
against one (vid. nonsa).
wadogo wana wali waua asali nengi (red); (2)
Niokoeo, adj., soft (oruro, muororo, dec.), smooth.
niuki mkuba or mnene ( blach ) has seldom much
Niosiia, v. c., vid. nioka, v. v. honey; mbosa (?), vid. ; (4) uembembe kana
(3)
Xiosiia, v. c., to cause to be straight, to straighten, mbu or n'zi ; (5) niuki wa poani ni kali. It
to stretch, lie down, to spread out, extend ku- \
attacks one even in the water (6) niuki wa tun
 ;; ? ; ;-
; ; ; ;

NI ( 284 )

gama. Its honey is not used on account of its Niusga, s. (qi l. za), sing, unionga (wa), vid. ku-

intoxicating effect. When the natives desire to m-kata nionga, to maim.

take the honey from the mzinga,. (bee-liive) which Niukgo, s.,p l. o/ungo (St.).
is placed between the branches of a tree they Niungu,
s., a cooking pot.
,

climb the tree, having a large calabash and a

Niungu niungu, s., sores in the leg; maguyangu
bashet (kapu) tied to their shoulders. Arrived at
yanafania niungu niungu kua bared! ya mvua,
the mouth of the mzinga, they put a burning
yafania pele, yaniea or yawasha, my feet itch,
kuti ( dry branch of the cocoa-tree ) before it, to
they have an acute pain from the coldness of
drive the bees to the bottom of the mzinga. Then
rain. The natives mix pepper and salt ( which
they take out quickly the honey-cells, put them
they pound together in a mortar) and apply it to
into the calabash and bashet, and make their
the place on tlie feet where the itching is felt,
escape to the ground, where they squeeze out the
having previously scarified that place.
honey into a jar of clay. A few lioney-eells,
Niuni Kimwita ) (ven, pi. za, or wa), abircl, birds;
however, are left in the mzinga, in order that the (

niuni wa or za mituni, the birds of the forest. The

bees may not abandon it altogether; nclio ku
natives know the names of a great number of birds,
vuga niuki, this is keeping or rearing of bees.
e.g.; (1) ndivva (dove)\ (2) kipure; (3) kusi
Niukua (or niuicura), v. a. (
= ku-m-fignia), to
mlamba; gandegande mjumbuni
(4) (5) ; (6)
tweak, to pull, pluck, pick, to pinch, squeeze (cfr.
(7) mtililiwa; (8) kiniru ; (9) telelca tui ; (10)
kuniua) mti hu una-ni-knnina or niukua, this
;
kunguii ; (11) kurumbisa ; (12) tofeda ; (13)
tree pinched me, i.e., not only my skin, but
kiteretere; (14) kidoslio ; (15) jigi ;
(16) kinan-
especially my flesh (fignia refers to the skin only)
gunangu (17) shomoro (18) josi (19) gogota
; ; ;

matumbo ya-ni-ukua, the bowels grip 2 me. jiepuepue muewe

(20) ; (21) kosi ; (22) ; (23)
Niukue, s.; vid. gunga, v. a. kipanga ; (24) kiptingu ; (25) furukombe ; (26)
Niuma, prep, and adv., at the back, behind, after nsu; (27) koikoi mSmbe
; (28) kituitui ; (29) ;

wards; ninma ya niumba, behind the house (30)kamballi (31) makame kiln sui mabatta (32)
; ;

niumaye, after it ; amevudi niuma, he went back ; ya poani ; (33) nganingarre ; (34) liondo bondo ;

khabari ya niumayangu, or ya kiniume oliangu kuembe;

(35) kuenzi ; (36) (37) kirongue; (38)
si j ui.
jore; (39) kamambo (40) panga (41) kororo ; ; ;

Niuma, s. (pi. za) (sing, uina, vicl.), a large fork.

(42) knave (43) keregnende (44) kanga (45) ; ; ;

Niumba, s. (ya, pi. za) (pi. majumba, is seldom mnana; (46) kitirihanga (47) Idle; (48) bepe ;
;

used), a bouse hujambo niumbani ? or uliali

(49) kimbule (50) mbau mbau (51) mbavoai ; ; ;

gani niumbani? how are you in the house ? how

(52) kuku ziwa (53) kibororo. ;

are those in your house niumbani muakwc, Niunia (or NiuNiA niunia), v. a., to suck or draw
from out of or off his house niumbani kuakwe, out ku niunia mawelle, to suck out the milky
into their houses wa-ni-toae niumbani kuao, that
substance of the grain of the mawelle corn.
they may receive me into their houses ; niumba ya Niuo, s., pi. of uo (wa), the sheath of a sword.
shoka; jumba, a large house. Niushi, s the eye-brow niushi za mato, (pi. za) ,

Niu.mbo, s., the wilcle beest, ccitoblephas, goregon hair of the brow, eye-
(sing, uslii, brow, vid.), the
(St.), gnu. brow ; (lcope la mato, eye-licl; cfr. nshi (St.),
Niumbu, s., a species of antelope, but St. renders eyebrow.
it “ a mule, mules,'' or “bakdlo’’ in Amharic, pi. of usso (wa ), faces.
Niusso, s.,
O C"
which lie icrites bagliala (Arab.
J*> ). In Xiuta, of uta = mata or niuta, bows and arrovis,
pi.

Kiniassa it means “ the giraffe.” It is, perhaps, in genered weapons.

the ibex, its hair is and its horns like those Niuto, s.; (pi. za mai)
long, sing, uto, (wa), the white

of the ganivs. Niumbo and niumbu are very of an egg.

likely identical terms. Niuzi, s. (wa, pi. za) (sing, vizi), thread (niuzi za
Niumbua, bend ; give one g>ain, to kumbi) (2) the fibrous part of the rind of trees ;
v. a., to fig., to ;

torment one. cfr. Kiniassa, nianda.

Niumbuka (or niumbui.ika), v. n., to be bent, hard, N.iaa, vid. ndaa, hunger, famine.
solid, to be tough, adhesive, to be flexible but not Njama, .?. (Kinika) (ya, pi. za), secret counsel =
fragile, to spin a long liquid thread, like utomiu Kisuah. faraga.
or ute, vid.; ubiigu unaninmbuka, nnapetamana Nje (Kiung.); vid. n'de, outside, forth from ; nje
haufnndiki ute waniumbuka; cfr. niambukn.
;
ya, outside of; kua n(je, ouhvardly.
Niumbusha, v. c. NjEi.lisi, s. = uerefu.

Niundo, s. (ya, pV. za), a large hammer ; kiniiindo, Njema (o; ngema), good, very well ; vid. Gma, -

a small hammer. muema, good.

 . ; ;; ; ;

NJ ( 285 ) NS
Njia (
Kiung .), vid. ndia, a wag, a path, road, is a small whetstone (kinbo ja mkono) ; (2) the
means. metal ring round, the haft where a knife is set

N.JIIU, s., a hind of animal. into its handle (St.).

Njiwa, s. ( Kiung .) (wa, pi. za), a pigeon (vid. Noxa, v. n., to get fat (ku wanda), especially
ndiwa); njiwa va muitu, a ivild pigeon; njiwa animals — kiia na maf’uta muilini but ku wanda ;

manga, a tame pigeon, properly Arab pigeon; = kua na muili mnene.

vide manga. Non^sha, v, c to fatten. ,

Njoma, s. (ya), dub; njoma is Kihamba; Kin. No.ndo (nooudo), s., ( 1 ) a fabulous monster, serpent
kigundu Kisuah. rungu. ;
(probably the waterspout ?) (2) an insect (kama ;

Njombo, s., a fish barred with blade, and yellow Liu), a moth which destroys boxes and clothes;

(St.). nondo kana ngiio ngema zotc ku-zi-tumbua

N.160 (= ndo), come njooni (= ndoni), come ye! nondo wasioliavibu, Luke 12, James v. 2.
Njuga, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) a little ring of iron, a Nonga, v. a. (= tongea), to consume with prattling,
dog-bell, attached in Europe to the nechs of to wear out one' s patience.

horses, dec. ; (2) a little bell called kifumansi in Nongo, s. (ya pi. za), dirt, filth, (= taka ya, or za
,

Kinilca ( efr muangalla), which is brought from muili).

India and Arabia. The natives are very fond Nono, fat (St.).
of these things in dancing and for ornament. Noxsa, v. c. (tutuslia, duduslia? Er.) ;
usi-ni nonse,
Nju.mu, s., inlaid with silver, inlaid worh (St.). or usi-ni-kondeshc, says a husband to his wife
Nliposa = n’lipo sa (there), is where, reason, that who has maneno mabilya.
is the reason, on that account. N60, s.
(
= sukuo) (efr. noleo), a large whetstone.
N’nani (or nani) ? who ? Nuili'u, adj., long (rcfu), ndia nrefu ;
ngoma nrei'u;

’Nnb (or enne ), four ya ’nne, the fourth. pondo nrefu.

Noa, v. a., to sharpen on a stone, to whet, e.g., ku Nsambakau, 6 the fruit of the msambarau tree.
-.,

noa kissu, to sharpen a knife. Nsao, a bullock (gnombe tnurne mkuba), in Kin.
6-.,

No lea, «., vid. noldo. ku lusi wa gnombe, in Kisuahili (gnombe nsao

Noleka, v. n., to be capable of being sharpened. a steer ?).

Noi.fiWA, v.p., to be sharpened. Nsare, s. ; ku guiwa ni nsare, almost to die or

N6.\, v. a., to drink, to absorb; ku noa tembo, to perish with thirst (R.).

drink tombo (vid.); yinvanoa, he drinks; ame- Nshi, s. (St.), the eye-brow; vid. niushi, s.

kunoa, he has drunk; atakiinoa, he shall or will N'si (or kzi )s. (wa, pi. za), a gnat a(or pi. manzi),
drink; St. writes ku nwa or nywa. fly, midg?, which fond of sores and blood; (2)
is

Ni 3 a, v. p., to be drunk, to be absorbed. nsi, dismission, leave; slieti anapawa nsi (Kin.
Noea, kikombe cha ku noea maji, a glass
v. obj. ;
insi V.

for drinking water ; (2) to evaporate ? Nsiwba, s.(sing, usimba wa nnui), nsimba za mui.
Noicka, v. n., to be drinkable. If the mua wa mkoma is opened, you get in the
NofiSHA (or xoesa), v. c., to cause to drink, to midst of it the tangible (vid.), to the right usimba,
give to drink jombo kikaufu kika noesa, to and to the left gnongo. From the usimba and
absorb. gnongo, the natives make ukamba (rope), but the
Noewa, v.p. tangule is used ku suka mashupatu, vul.

Nossa, nosheleza (or xoesheleza), to drench, Nsio, s. (ya), a large water-jar brought from India,

e.g., a sick man. mtunge mkuba wa kihindi), but the Sualdli

Nofu, vid. mnofu, adj. (niama tupu). potters also make it. It is larger than the mtunge
Nooxona, v. n., to whisper, not to speak loudly = (fuko ni kijomfu).
ku sema neno shikioni. Nsito (or nzito), adj., heavy (kazi nsito) asali
;

Nogxoxesa, c. v. =ku-mu-ambia neno shikioni. nsito, thick syrup.

Nognonezaxa, v. rec. (see Luke xii. 7.), to whisper Nso, s., the kidneys (St.).
together. Nsora, s. (Kinika), that which is carved or written
Nokeh, s., a servant (St.) = mtumisiii. (Kisuahili, joro, pi. majoro joro), hence ku ora
N6 koa (pi. manokoa), an overseer (vid. lima, li- nsora = Kisuah. ku jora waraka, to write a
misba) (ku simamia), ku liokoa, v. a., to superin- letter.
tend, control; the second head man on a planta- Nsu, (Kin. n'su) (wa), a large vulture which
s.

tion (generally a slave) (St.). carries off lambs, Jc.; nsu ni kosi mkuba, ana
Nokota, s. (Arab. dLoj ),
spot dot, point.
, nuelle mbili, nrefu neussi kitoani. It constructs
NSicir, nokuliwa (nuku, vul.). its nest (eyry) on large forest trees.
Nor.fio, s. (la, pi. raa — ),
la ku nolea viombo, N'sux, s. (Kin. wa), (I) fsh (sing, sui) = siimakl
a large stone for grinding, a grindstone ; kinoo in Kisuah. (2) = nglzi, molasses.
 ; . . ; ; , ; ; ; ;
;

N'ta, s. (ya, pi. za = ndomo), a point e.g., n'ta ya

,
vibaya or thing has a bad or a good
vizuri, this
kissu, point of a knife tip end (wapendana nta smell, smellsgood or bad ; tombako ya ku nuka,
, ,

za ulimi tu). s., snuff; ku nuka tombako, to snuff-, kitu kiki-

N't’a, s. (ya, pi. za), n’t’ ya niuki, wax, bees' -wax nuka viema, ni manukato kitu kinukajo vibaya,
a ;

ivhich the Banians bug and send to India. ni ufundo (wa ku oza) ku nuka nuka ulefi ; ;

N'ti (or ti), s. (inclii Kiting.) (ya, pi. za), land, una-m-nuka muili, i.c., una-m-kaza sana.
country, ground, earth { that which is below, tini) ;
Nukato, s. (Ia, pi. ma), a sweet smell {Phil. iv.
nti tambarare (= inatamba, inalala, lieikuinuka), 18); nukato gema or jema.
even, plain, or level ground or country, opp. to Nukhsi, vid. sohari.
mountainous or hilly ground, nti ya nipanda, Nujeiza, v. a., to scent out like « dog.
highland: nti ya tini or teremukoni, low land; Nuku, v. a., to copy, e.g., kunuku juo, tucopy a book;
n'ti nene, mainland ku weka nti, to put on the
ground; nti ya Waarabu, the land of the Arabs, Ixi ,
muudavit? selegit?
Arabia; Mzungu amefania ndia yati knati = Nukulia, v. obj., to copy fur one.
ndia ya nti kua nti, or ndia ya tini ya nti, the Nukuliwa, v. p., to be copied.
European has made a road under ground. Nukulu, v. a. ; efr. nakili, nukulu.

Nudumu Arab )= akili (?).

Nukuzaxi, s. npungnfu = ame-m-pa nukuzani, ;
(efr.
haku-m-pa kamili, to diminish or to reduce one's
Nuea, v. n. (ku — ), to stew, to dry, said of meat in
ivages, he did not give the whole ^aii» ,
dimi-
cooking (R.).
nuit.
Ndeleo, s. {pi manueleo), the pores of the skin
Numbi, s., a draught of fish (ya pi. za); ku fiia or
(matokeo ya liarri). ,

Nuet.le {or nuele), pata numbi ya samaki, a draught of fishesj

s. {vid, nielle), hair; sing.
unielle, one hair; nielle za kipili pili, woolly
Mungu amembarilda leo numbi ningi {efr. tanzi,

hair nielle za singa, straight liair.

ya) ;
Prov, numbi nasui mgagasi mtanga, ice
have a draught of fish and shall lie down (ku-
Nufaisha, bawezi ku-m-nufaisha mtu, scil.
v. a.;
gagil mtanga) on the sand, to divide it in com-
bnibui, because he cannot leave anything behind
mon. Several fishermen, who work together,
to his young ones (R.).
divide the draught in common.
Nugniza (or gnugniza), v. to sprinkle.

Nugnunika {vid. gnugnunika), v. n. = ku kasirika

Nuna, v. a., to grumble; ku nuna usso, to scowl
ku finia usso kua ku tukiwa, ku-m-nunia, to
moyoni na ku sema polepole na nafsiyakwe, to
grumble or murmur inwardly. frown at one, to be displeased with one.
Nugnunika, v. c., to cease to grumble.
Nuhisha (— tukisa), lo cause one to be sullen, to
make angry.
bfuiA, v. n., (1) to have in one's mind, lo intend;
Nunda, s. (niundo?) (ya), liunda imeanguka fun-
(2) to receive instruction regarding the fast pre-
guni? (R.).
viously lo the beginning of the Ramadan ; to
Nundu, s. (ya, pi. za), nundu ya gnombe, the hump
purpose and prepare fasting (efr. inten-
of a cow or bullock ku-m-tia nundu, fig., to
,

dit, proposuit sibi = ku azimia, to purpose)-, to impose upon one ? fulani wa-ji-tia nundu, N. N.
undertake firmly and, carry it out. mill wind or cringe, to wind or cringe, if you ask
Nuiza, v. c., to cause to receive instruction, or or beg him for something.
to instruct people {Mohammedans) with regard
ma — ),
\

Nungu, s. (la, pit. (1) piece, portion (ki-

to the fast of the Ramadan mualimu ame-wa-
pande), e.g., ni katie nungu moja la samaki, or
niiiza, ame-wa-somesha watu rnarra tatu, na
manungu mawili (or kinungu, small piece), let
watu ana-mu-itiltfa. This instruction of the
me cut for him one piece of fish, or two pieces
Muhammedan priest refers to the day ivhen
(2) a cocoa-nut in Kipemba (St.).
the fast commences, in order that people may
and maimer in ivhich they arc to
Nungu, s. (wa, pi. za), porcupine, ivhich is eaten
know it, the

they shall not go a-whoring during

by the Suahili nungu yuna marembo marembo.
fast, e.g.,

the Ramadan, the intercourse with a liawa The natives do not approach it from the side, but
either in front or from behind, as tlic animal
being then haram, iHe. The pieople respond
keep this law.
throws its quills at itsenemy {but of course only
to the teacher, saying, ivc shall
a short distance). The prick is said to hurt a
Nuilia, (ku kusudia, ku azimia), to purpose
v. obj.

or intend {Rom. i. IS) for one; 1 Thcss. ii. 18 ;

man very sensibly.

12.
Nunua, v. «., to buy, to purchase.
Tit. iii.

Nuka, v. n.j to giro out a smell, to slink; lcitu biki Nunuma, v. obj., to buy anything for one, on

januka ufundo mbiiya, or harufu ngema, januka one's behalf; baba amc-m-nunulia mana ngvio
 ; ; ; ' ; . ;

NU (
2 §7
) OK
nzuri, the father bought a fine dress for the
Nusura (or nuzura), s., adv. (Arab- ,
paucus
child.
fuit) = padogo, (1) object insignificant ,
a'little,
Nunuliwa, v. n., to be bought.
within a hair's breadth.
Nunuza, v. n., to teeth, to cut the first teeth, when
the child gets a kikuku, and a chain of silver Nusura, s. (Arab, yd ,
auxilium), (2) aid,

which is kept for him till he has grown up. assistance ;

nusura ya Muignizimgu jakazilinge-
Nuru, s. (Arab. )
(ya), light ,
brightness ku- funda leo, fnasui tungalifunda, but for God's
m-tia, to enlighten one. help the shipwould to-day have been broken (or

Nurisha, v. c., to cause one to get light; cfr. we should have been shipwrecked).
nauiri, or nawiri, to get light. Nusuru, v. a. (vid. kinga, v. a.), to protect.
Nusa, v. a., to smell; tombako ya ku nusa (St.), Nzige, s., (wandering locust), various kinds;
locust
snuff; vid. nuka. nioe, barare, fundajunga (nzige huyu, pi. nsige
Nuss (nusu or nussu), s. ( — ya) (Arab. i_a j
hawa).
in media parte attigit), half, the half of nusu Nzima, — ;
adj. ,
sound, healthy, whole; vid. zirna.

ya usiku, the half of night = midnight ta-ku-pa Nzito, adj., heavy; vid. zito ;
asali nzito ,
thick
maliyangu nussu kua nussu, I icill give thee half syrup.
of all I have lit., my property half by half.
,
Nzuri, adj., fine, pretty ; vid. zuri.

0, relative particle, it; mti ulio anguka, the tree Ogopa, v. n. (vicl. oga 1), to fear, to be afraid
which fell. (Kiunguja).
O'a, v. a., (1) to look (Kipemba oa, look! Kin. 161a Ogovia, v. a., to frighten ( more used at Zanzi-
or ola) ; (2) to marry a ivife; ku oa intumke bar).
mbelle za kathi aozai watu (said of the bride- Oga, v. a. (2) (Kin. ku loga) ku oga kua daua or ;

groom), to see and marry before the Kathi. uganga or utawi, to kill by means of a poisonous
Ol£wa, v. p., to be married; mke adaka ku charm; mtawi ame-mu-oga mtu, the sorcerer
olewa ni nuime na mume aoa, laken mke bewitched the 7nan.
aolewa, to marry, said of the bride. OgotiSa, v. obj. ali-ni-ogotea sbambalangu, he
O'za, v. c., to cause to marry, to betroth-, kathi bewitched my plantation ; sikupata kitu.
or baba ana-mu-oza mana, mke olewa, but
Oga, v. n. (3), to bathe; ku oga muili (often pro-
mtu mume ozua aliekua anaozua kua mkewe
;
nounced koga = ku oga)
(Luke ii. 5). Ogelea, v. 7i., to swim (ku olea majini).
Oajia, v. 7i., to become soft by being put into water,
Ogel£wa, v. p., to sit constantly upon one, to
to swell, to soften by soaking. ride upon one as upon ivater.
Oajiana, v. rec.= ku legeana, by humidity ,

Ogeleza, v. c., to cause to swim, to keep float-

Oamia, v. obj., to soften much by soakiny, to
ing.
make too soft. Ogelisha okelesha), punda by icay
(or of
Oana, ku oana, v. rec., to intermarry, to marry one
fording.
another ,
lit., to meet together in marriage.
O'goa, v. p., to be washed,
Oana, v. rec. (Kimrima), to agree, to be harmonious
Olea (or oea) (Kipemba), (1) to swim, to buoy
one with the other manenoyao kayakuoana =
= ogelea (2) to look for one, to wait for one ;
;
hayakupatana or tangamana, theirwords did
(3) to get a ivife for one (ku-mu-olea mke) ;
not agree one with the other. Kulla neno lim-
ku olea mtu manawe, to marry one's daughter
ballimballi.
ana-mu-olea nduguyu, he has married his
O'fio ofio, s. ( Kipemba ) = burre, without cause ;
sister.
baba ame-m-piga. mana ofio ;
ame-m-tukana ofio ;

— fujo ku haribu mali

Osha, v. c., to cause to bathe, to wash, to make
(2) quickly, speedily fujo ;

ofio ofio.
clean; e g., ku osbakionda.
O'ga, s. (wa), (!) fear ;
oga ukuba, great fear; ku- Oka (or ku oka), v. a. ( = joma in Kipemba, oja,

ngia oga, to fear ; msifanie oga jamfi, simamani Kinilca) (= ku tia mottoni), to broil, to roast on
tupigane nao, msingiwe nl oga. the fire, to bake, to cook by fire only, to roast in

Ogofisha, t). c., to make afraid, to frighten, to hot ashes ;

but ku kanga (kua kikango), to fry
tlireateii, 7nenace. with butter iii a fnjing-pan.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

OJ (
'
, S8 ) OM
Ojea (or out a), v. obj. ame-mu-okea niama- Oi.esa (or olesha), v. c. (cfr. oga (3), to bathe, to
yakwe. swim), to cause to float or be floating watoto
OjfiwA (or okewa or okua), to be roasted in hot wanaolesha kidau, the children play with a.
ashes.
little canoe by causing it to float in the sea.
Okoa, v. a., to pay a debt for another man (R.).
Oleza (or oleleza), v. a., to make like, to cause
Okoa, v. a., to briny or tahe out earthen vessels
to follow or imitate a pattern; ku oleleza kitu
unhurt from the fire — to save, preserve; mfi-
na kitu kinglne, to imitate by comparing the
nansi or mfinangi leo ame-wi-okoa wiungu jojoni,
thing one makes with another, which serves as
ame-wi-pata wiote wizima, 11 a Mungu ame-mu-
a pattern; ameoleleza kasha bili na kasha-
okoa mtu ndiani, katika vita, nda na mat’eso
langu, he made this box according to mine, i.e.,
iote, God has saved or preserved the man on the
he took mil box for a pattern in making this
road, in rear and famine, and in all distress.
box ku oleleza janso cha usitu wa mkeka.
Okoka, v. n. = ku toka kizima jungu jojoni,

hakipassuki This expression refers to earthen O'mba, pray to, to ask one, to bey of, to
v. a., to

beseech; ku omba Mungu, to pray God; mtuma

vessels which arebr ought out unhurt, unbroken,
entire,and well-done, from the potter s kiln. ameomba ngiio kua Lanawakwe, the slave asked
his master for a cloth; tuna omba kua muniewe,
Hence to be safe, entire, unhurt =ku saliinika,
ice have asked the owner himself.
ku pata salama, to become saved, to escape
unhurt. Ombea, v., to beg or pray for one, in his behalf,

Okolea, v. obj.; ku tia katika jiriwa wa ku to intercede for one; nime-mn ombea mtuma
okolea ( = epulia). kua banawakwe azlzi, I interceded for the slave

Okolewa, v. p.
with his master gloriously.
Okoza, v. c., to cause to come out from fire in an Ombei.ea, v. obj., to mourn for one, to bewail

unhurt or safe state ; hence to render one one ; ku ombelea matungu, to howl for.
Ombeza (ku ji-ombeza), (1) to pretend ku ji-
safe; ku-mu-okoza na maofu, to deliver from
ombeza kifua, to pretend to have a covyh,
bad things (mambo maofu); tu-okoze maofu,
or tu-okoze maofuni, deliver us from evil okoza therefore to beg for medicine; (2) to execrate ?

mmoja mmoja = dondoa or rather dhondoa OmisouSa, v. a. = ku imba nimbo vizuri kua
dondo) ku okoza na maofu, to deliver masbairi, wjhilst others respond, ajua ku om-
(cfr. ;

from evil.
bolea sana ;
ku ombolea kiapo, to demand an
Okota, v. a., to pick up; ku-m-okota mana muali ordeal.
aliefundika ungo (R.), to pick up or find out, 0-MBOLEZA, V., to Wail.

etc. O’mbe, s.; uslii na ombe ni wa kizima (R.) ? (cfr.

Okoteka, v. (e.y., maji ikimuayika hayaoko- ushi), depth, e.g., of a well or of the sea ; ku lewa
teki) ( cfr. utotozi), a reward being due to a lewa na ombe, to be tossed on the sea.

finder. O.mbo, s. (wa, pi. za); ku sbonoa ombo (Kimrimci

Okovu uokovu), s. (del. okoa), deliverance,
(or = Kimvita sa) katika kanda i.e., ku fungiia
in ;

salvation; uokofuwangu ni kishaka, nimengia kanda ku pata mlango ku tia kitu amefumua ;

kisliakani = I owe my deliverance to a forest, ombo wa kanda ku toa ugndngo umoja. Ombo
into which I entered, when I fled from the or sa signifies the gnongo with which the several
enemy uokovu mboako, okovu omboenu peace !
pieces of a bag arc joined or sewn together. In
be with thee, or with you ! order to get a large opening, one gnongo is taken
Ole, interj., woe! ole wangu, woe unto me; ole out, ivlien the bag will be wide open.
wenu, ivoe unto you ole wao, ivoe unto them; O'mo, s. (la, pi. ma) ;
omo la jahazi, the forepart
ole wako, woe unto thee; oleo, ivoe unto him (?), or head of a vessel (opp. to tesi, stern) ;
pepo za
or yuna ole ole ni wa watu, ivoe to the people
;
omo, head-winds.
muigni ole, woeful; wole, uole = ole (halina Omoa, v. a., to open by mollifying, to dig up, e.g.,

uzuio), ole ni wako or omboako when a hard kind of clay is mollified by rain
Ol£a, v. (Kipemba) (Kimvita, ku-m-tezamla then it is easy to dig up; e.g., ku omoa udongo
kwanza), upon one, to wait for
to look to or kua mtaimbo fid .) (2) ku omoa vita, to cause ;

him; e.g., ku olea jambo = ku ngnjea jambo; fight or quarrel with one, to bring war upon
watu wa-mu-olca rokho, the people wait till he him.
gives up his spirit. Omf.kesa (or omekania) ?
Olijwa rokiio = ante ngnjewa rokho /.<?., watu ;
Omoka, v. a. = kua muorofo na ku angiika (e g.,

wamgojea rokho ya mtu, wapate ku-m-sika, to udongo), to become soft and then to fall clown
wait for one's last breath, in order to bury Omol£a, v. obj. (= tongda) ;
amekuendu ku-tu
him; (2) to be married, said of the bride. omolca, lie went to ruffle with us.
 ; ; ; ;
, ; ; ; ;

OM ( 289 ) ON
OsiOLtfwA. v. p., to be demolished by becoming try, examine ; vid. onja; tu-mu-onde kua elimu
;

soft. ku onda in Kin.; (2) kiia daifu, to become lean

O'mri, s. (ya pi. za) (Arab,
,
^e), aye (= maiska meagre ; Kisuah. ku konda.
ya ku ka). Ond£a, v. obj.
O'na, v. a., to see, observe, find, obtain, to feel Ondel£a, e.g., ku tezama mtambo, to look after
ku ona maskaka, to get trouble ku ona kiu, to the trap.
feel thirst; ku ona kaya = takayari), to be Ondesha, v. c., to let or make to taste.
(

ashamed. Oxd£wa, v. p., to be tasted.

Ku-ji-oxa, to consider or think oneself to Ondo, s. (la, pi. maondo, ya), a kind of high grass,

affect or pretend to be; na-ji-ona nipo kuetu with which the natives thatch their cottages;
(suisui), 1 feel myself at home. ondo la ku wimka niumka ; cfr. mbondo and
Oxana, v. rec., to meet ku onana mato kua mato. kitoja; (2) ondo (pi. maondo) (St.) the knee
Onea, v. obj., to see or feel or get for one ku- (St.).
Oxdoa, v. to take or away = ku tenga
mu-onea vibaya or kua vikaya = ku-m-tolea a., off
kando.
maofu, lit., to see for one bad things, i.e., to
Ondoka, v. n. (1) to arise, to get up (2) start,
do one harm or mischief, to oppress, to bully
depart, go off; ondoka mbelle yangu, depart
to treat him ill, especially if he is weak, and
has nobody to defend him; kana mtu adakai
from me, leave me (done mtu yule ameondoka
knja usa sekaku ya ku-m-fania maofu; ku-mu-
katika ulimengu ku, that man left this world, or
departed out of this world; to rise from re-
onea utungu or maskaka ku-mu-onea uivu, to ;

envy one = ku-m-lilia uivu a-ni-onea koruma,

posing, to sit or stand, and then to start ali-
;

kua analala, anaondoka, anaketi aliondoka

he pities me; a-ni-onea imani, he sees faith in ;

kuakwe, he rose from his chair.

kitini
me; onea, to see in one something, especially a
fault, i.e., to seek for a cause to — ;
kuyu
Oxdokea, v.; mana ymvaanza ku ondokea (sc.,
viombo), the child begins to walk off with
ana-tu-onea kajui keskima ni ku wekeana ;
to
vessels. This expression refers to the
watch for one in order to find fault with him.
(Kinika), to be obtained or found, to
growth of a child, when it is able to walk
OxfiKA, v.
alone, and to carry off little things from one
become visible.
Oxekaxa, v. (= patikana), to be seen, to appear, room to another = mana amekua, the child is
become visible. grown up. (2) To rise to, to get up out of
Onekea, v. obj. regard to somebody ni mana muali waanza
0.\£\va, v., to be treated ill, to be exposed or dis- ku ondokea todo (titi) laansa ku ondokea.
;

played to vices, to display to view; Luke vi. O.ndokelea, v. obj., to get up and depart.
32 msionce watu makosa, nanui kamtaonewa
;
Oxdol£a, v., to take a thing away from one, to
makosa; nimekua karibu (or nimekaribia) na remove; e.g., ku-mu-ondolea maofu, to take away
ku kata tamaa ya ku-ku-ona, I almost despaired his bad things from him = to forgive him;
of or lost the hope ( desire ) of meeting thee. ku-mu-ondolea keskimu or nemsi, to take his
O'nia, v. a., to make to see, to show, to warn honour or good name from him; ku ondolea
one; ku-mu-onia ndia (or maneno), to show kuzuni, to remove from one his sorrow = to
one the road; ku-mu-elekesa neno ;
nguo cheer one. Mungu a-wa-ondolee magubari na
ioniayo,a transparent cloth (loosely woven); tkuldmu, May God remove from them clouds
nime-mu-onia laken kakuonieka, 1 learned and darkness !
him but he would not be learned. Ondoleana, v. rec.
Oniaxa, v. rec., to be learned, to be set right Ondolewa, to be taken away from him ; ameon-
mutually, to be made to see; e.g., mambo dolewa jinalakwe, his name was taken off
mema. from him.
Ondska, v. n., to allow of being shown or Ondosha, v. c., to make to go away, to take
learned; liaionieki, he is not warned, it is no away, to abolish; vid. kuangua.
warning to him; cfr. arura, arusana and Oxga, v. a. (vid. yonga yonga and jongoa or
arusika in Kiniassa. jongoja), to vacillate, to reel (from the force of
Oni£za (or oniesha), v. (Kimrima), to make the wind).
seen, to show one, to point out; e.g., ndia, ni- Ongica, v. n.; (1) ku jisungumza or simlia, to talk,
onieske or ni-onieze kio ta, nipate ku ona converse (in Kiunguja), to spend time (St.),
liapa, let me see the lamp in order that I may (2) (in Kimivita) kua nengi, to become much, to
see here. increase; watu wameongea Sana, the people in-
Onishewa, v. p., to be shown. creased, became very many; ku ongea kua akili
O'nda (or onja), v. a. (Kiamu), (1) to taste, to Luke ii. 52 ;
ku ongea kua urefu, to be elongated-

u
 ;; ; ; ; . ;; ; ; ; ;

ON ( 290 ) OR
Oxgeza, v. a., to enlarge increase, malce greater ,
maneno = ku fafamia ku toa kossa ;
to dear up
or many, to add to; ku ongeza urevu, to matters so that one cannot err or mistake;
engthen, lit., to add length. kuku anaongoslia, the hen has brought off all
her chickens.
Ongezea, v. oh'., to increase to one, in his be-
Ongoza, v. c. = ku-m-pislia mbelle, to cause one
half.
\

to go in front, to take the lead in going before

Oxgezeka, v., to be increased, to be capable of
a caravan or company of travellers ku-mu-
being increased.
ongoza mbelle, to drive, to lead; in general, to
Oxgo (or woxgo), s. (la), in Kijomfu, the white guide, lead, convey to; ku ongozoa ni ku
fat of the brains; in Kimioita, bongo la kitoa ;
toawa, to be conveyed to somebody, maji
efr. yaongoza ku joa or ku pvia, ku ongoza ndia, to
Ongoa, useme naye liatta u-mu-ong'6e (1)
v. a. ;
show him the road nnasema uye liatta ku ni-
to leadyoung child, to hold him by the hand
cl ongoza or liatta ku-ni topoa.
in walking; in general, to quiet a child, to stop Ongozana, v. rec., to go one behind another
weeping, e.g., by singing and swinging; ku kua mkondo mmoja gnombe zina ongozana, ;

ongoa ongoa (intens.) mana apate niamaza, to the cattle go one before the other = ku fuatana
swing a child in order to quiet him ( cfr yongo) unio unio.
ku ncna 6a 6a mtoto, ku imba apato lala (2) to ; Ongoya vicl.
;
Kin. yongoya, a certain amuse-
take the lead aright on a road, to go before the ment connected with a marriage feast.
others; mtu liuyu ana-i-ongoa ndia = anapita Oxgua, v. a., to hatch ; to be distinguished from
mbelle, analekesa anaongoa mbelle nama
nclia, lingua, v. a., vid.
rubani, watu wasipotee. Mungu ame-mu-ongua. Onguliwa, v.p., to be hatched.
Ongofia, v. a., to deceive by promises (St.). Onguza (rectius unguza), v. cl., to scald, to scorch
Ongoka, v.; mtu liuyu anaongoka moyo or (St.).
muili (ni mambo kua mema uovu usioongoka, Onia, v. cl.; vid. ona, to warn.
unruly James iii. 8) mana ameongoka =
,
evil, Oniesha, v. a., vid. ona, to show.
;

amekua mema, is well bred kazi imeongoka = Oxja, v. a. (vid. onda), v. a., to taste, to examine,
imekua ngema, the work prospered, succeeded, to try ; ku onja mitego, to look at the traps.
was brought to a good issue; to be led aright; O'nsa, v. cl., (1) to wound, hurt nioka ame-mu-
mti liu unaongoka, this tree is very straight; to onsa = uma), a snake wounded him; mtu liuyu
(
be converted. ameonsa = amefumawa or fumoa na wano
Oxgo ana, v. rec. = ku patana; e.g., je muna witani (2) ku onsa or onsesha = ku-m-sonia
;

ongoana ? how do you agree with ? or hoiv do sonia, to torment, vex, ivear one out by abusive
\

you get on or succeed ? hawa-ja-ongoana, language, die.

wakali wakiteta liatta sasa, they have not yet Ku ji-onsa, vid. kondeslia.
been put right, they ivere quarrelling till Ons£ka, v., to be iceakened ame-mu-onsa, nai
now. ameonseka.
OxGOKfiA, v. obj.; vilimo vina-ni-ongokea or Opoa, v. a., to take out, to stop or stay pain; to
nimeongokewa ni kilimo, my crop prospered carry off the matter which caused the sickness;
to be led aright, to be converted. e.g., daua ya ku opoa summu (or fvikuza summu)
Oxgol£a, v.; (1) ku-m-tuliza mana kua ku-m ya mtu alie limoa ni nioka, the medicine for stay-
suka suka, asilie, to quiet a child by swinging ing or carrying off the poison from a man who
it; (2) Mungu ame-mu-origoea kaziyakwe, God has been bitten by a serpent; ku-mu-opoa mtu
prospered his work, carried his ivork forward alieogoa oga or loga.
; cfr.
ivitli success.
Opoka, v., healed.
Ongomsiva, v., to be blessed, prospered (ni OpoLtiA, v. obj., to fetch up or out for anyone,
Mungu). the instrument with to fetch up; ku
which
Ongosha, ku ongoslia kazi = ku fania kazi
v. opolea kitu = ku letta ju kiopo ja ku opoa or
;

nzuri, do able or clever work, to work

to opolea ndoo = junta kilijo fuliwa kama nanga,
cleverly (2) ku ongoslia mono, ku tia range hakuna paroa, kua kiopo ivatu wana opolea
niekundu, e.g., kattu yaongosha mono (kattu, ndoo, a hook fixed to a pole, to pick up a bucket \

coloured red) lalcen tokii yapasha or yawasha which has fallen into a well, to fetch it up;
meno; (3) to bring up kuku aongosha wana- (2) to heal,
wakwe = wa-ongoa ku ruslia, to allow them to Opouswa, v. p.
jump, like a child on one's back; na wana- Oposa, v. c.

ivakwe wote wanaongoka (4) ku ongoslia ;

O'iifa (or oiiofa, or ghorofa), s. (ya, pi. za), an
 ; ; ; , ;:, ; ;

OR ( 291 ) PA
otewapo watu, a lurhing -place ku otesba, to
upper room ( vid ghorofa), Arab.
, ,
coena-
cherish, Eph. v. 29.
otilum), the second story of a house.
0't£, adj., everyone, all; watu wote, all men
Ohi, v. a. = ku hadaa.
makasba iote, all boxes ; kitu cbote, cdl or every-
O'roka, v. c., Kiniassa = to cross a river in a boat
thing niumba zote, al
; vitu viot c, all things;
or by swimming,
houses ; tuendezote, let us cdl go together ; tuende
Onono, ctdj„ smooth soft; kasba jororo niumba
, ;
wote, let us both go; lo lote, cbo cbote, dec.
niororo, cfio,
ivhatsoever.
O'sfiA, v, a., to iccish (efr, oga), ni-osbee nguo bi,
O'vu {or bovu), aclj., rotten, bad, spoiled, corrupt,
wash me this doth.
wichecl; niumba mbovu, a bad house; mtu
Oshi5ka, v. p., washable, capable of being ivctslied,
muovu, a bad man.
to have been washed; nguo zimeosheka, the Owajia, v. n., to be steeqmd.
clothes have been ivashed.
Owamisha, to steep).
Oshewa, v. v., especially said of corpses ponda), rntelle ukiwa unaowekua ; pa- Oweka, v. {vicl.
hali pa ku osbewa, a place for washing. ku ponda, to become soft. ni
Ota, v. n. ; (1) to grow ; ku mea, toa mite, ku toka O'ya, (1)u. n. {Kiniha and Kimrima), to rest from
mtangani kilijo ndani ku toka nde e.g., mahindi fatigue, to repose, to mahe a pause = ku pum.
;

yauaota, to grow thrive, bud which p>rocess is

,
sika Kimwita ). ,
(
caused by the heat or warmth of the soil, hence Or£sA and oyes£sha, v. c., to cause to rest =
(2) ku ota, to warm oneself, to bash; ku ota puinsisha efr. wesesba.
;

motto, to sit squatting near the fire, to get its O'ya, (2) s., 6ya umoja, one handful ( given with the
heat or ivarmth, ku keti kando ya motto muili hand open) {p>l. nioya) e.g., nioya mbili, two
;

upate barri ku-m-kanza mtu motto kua kitamba

; handsful oya wa mtelle, pil. nioya za rntelle.
kitiwajo majini kiwekoajo kando ya motto, ku-m- DorA {or jopa or topa the word varies in —
bandika muilini ; (3) ku ota, to roast, to fry on various dicdects la, pi. ma), a handful or —
the fire without gbee, dec. {efr. oka, v. a.) otea, appropriale quantity of ropes, stichs, dec. ;
v. obj.; ku otewa, Kimrima
v. p.; (4) ku ota ( dopa or jopa gnoQgo or fimbo or fito, a
la
ku lota ;
Kinih. ku loha) ndoto, to dream a dream, handful of gnongo, or a proper quantity of
to heep, as it were, sitting in the same place and gnongo, stichs or switches, a small bundle of
dozing, which causes dreaming ku ota jua, to them.
bash in the sun ku ota, katika uzingizi to Koffi (la, pi. ma), koffi ameni-pa koffi mmoja
dream in sleeping; ku ji-otea jua, to bash, to la mtelle, baku-ni-pa makoffi mawili, he gave
expose oneself to the sun, to warm oneself at me measure of two hands full, he gave me
the.
the fire or sun ; ku ota motto or jua. not the measure of two hands full separately ;
Ku osa, v. c., to mahe to dream ( which is as-
makoffi mawili yafania kebaba or nioya nne.
cribed to the koma). Konsi (ya, pi. za), a handful given with the hand
Otama, v. n. ~
ku jujuma or dutarna = ku keti compressed konsi ya mtelle heifai.
kua ku jizuia kua magii matiipu, to sit squat,
Mgnanda (wa, pi. inignanda, ya), a handful
or rather to sit upon the heels { especially when tahen with the fingers; e.g., mgnanda wa
it is cold), not uqjon the bare ground; to sit on
tambi, a handful of vermicelli tahen by the
the calves of the legs, as the natives do on
fingers of the hand; ku piga mignanda miwili
going to stool; to half sit. It. writes, dudhuma. or ku teka or jota mgnanda mmoja wa tambi,
Otamia, v. obj., to brood, to hatch, to sit hatching to reach forth with the fingers one handful of
kuku yuwaotamia mai. vermicelli; mtu huyu ana-zi-piga gnanda
Otamiwa, v. p., to be hatched; efr. atamia, tambi, ana-zi-teka, akatukua.
kalia. Ngujh, signifies the fist clenched and ready to
Otana, v. rec., to dream of one another. strihe (ku piga ngumi).
Ot£sha, v. c., to cause to dream. O'za, v. n., to rot, to spoil, to become bad; ku tia
Ot£a, v. {vul. ota) ;
ku sama
ku-mu-otea = rnadawa isioze, to apply antiseptic means, to em-
ndiani, ku jifita (ku-m-pigia jamba), to waylay balm.
one, lit., to sit {at squat ) for one, to stoop Ku ozesiia, v. c., to mahe to rot.

dozen near the wayside for one, viz., to rob or O'zua, v. p. {vid. ku 6a, marry) {efr. Lulce
v. a., to

hill him ; to lie in wait for ; ku Iala vizia; (1) ii. 5 ;

pamoja na Mariam aliekua anaozua kua
ku otea, to warm oneself (2) to waylay one mkewe).
{both acts in a squatting manner)-, mabali pa OzELffiv, yaozelea mballi,

P ?
 ; ; ; , ; . : ;; ;

PA ( 292 ) PA

Pa, one of the genitive particles. This particle Paza, v. c. ; to make to rise; ku paza pumzi,

only accompanies the noun makali or pakali, to draw in the breath ; ku paza mt em, to grind
place ,
e.g., maliali pa watu, the place of men. mortar or on the rice roughly, coarsely, in the
It is besides used in various Kirab valasa) unga wa ku paza
compounds referring mill-stone ( ;

to place; liapa, papa, here; liapana, there is not. is mixed with unga wa tatu.

In compounds referring to distance pa is changed Pa (or paa), s. (la, pi. mapa, ya), the thatched roof
,

into po; hapo, papo, there; ndipo, yea there; of a house; niumbayangu ina mapa manne, my
pasipo, not there c be. Palina or palikua 11a mtu,
,
house has four slopes, viz. mapil mawili ya
there was a man; liapana, there is not; nium- kiambaza, 11a wipa wiwili, viz., kipii ja mbcllo
bani pa Abe! alia, by Abdulla's house. 11a kipa ja niiima.
Pa, adv., where, there; pana kelele gani .hapo, Paanda, s., a trumpet (St.), a gadfly.
wliat noise or cry is Paange, a horsefly (St.).
there ?
Pa, v. a., ku-m-pa, to give him; ame-m-pa kissu, he Pada, s. (rectius patta), a twin ku via pada, to
gave him a knife; ata-m-pa, he shall or will bear twins; Kiung. paclia, a twin; pada or
give me yuwa-m-pa, he gives him ni-pil or ni- patta ya nde, a child of which its mother was
pa mimi, give me; naliuda yuwapi, ni-m-pe naui- pregnant while suckling a previous child.
liyakwe, ivhere is the captain, I must give him Padapada, s.; vid. kigjugu; vid. patapata.
his fare; ku-m-pa akadi, to give a promise to. Padika (Kiung. pachika), v. a. ku padika mvi
Pawa (0?’ pilwa), v., to be given, to have given to upoteni ku filma, to place the arroio upon the
one, to receive. bow-string to shoot; kuji-paika kissu kiunoni,
Pana, v. rec., to give each other ( vid pana), ku .,
put the knife or stick into one’s girdle or the
to
pana mikono, to shale e hands; lcupana uakadi cloth around the loins.
or ku aliadiana, to league, to be leagued; ku- Padogo, adj., small; soil, paliali, a small place,
pana zamu. almost, nearly kaiibu na, I was like to, or I teas
Palika and peka, v. n., to be given; or, properly nearly, or 1 had like to be killed, padogo nimenawa.
to be giveable, to be capable of being given. Padre (or padiiu), s. (pi. mapadre or mapadiri), a
Pa (
or paa), v. n. = ku pil ju, ku kuea, to ascend,
padre, a priest, clergyman. This word is known
to go up, to fly ; e.g., muewe anapa ju kabisa,
from India.
arvika sana, the hatch flew very high; mikojo ina- Pafu, s. (la, pi. ma), the lungs.
ni-pa or mafi yana-ni-pa, lit., the urine or the
Paga, v. a. ( Kimrima ), to strike hard, to harpoon
excrements of mine rose tip or flew bach, as a whale; ku-m-paga ngumi = ku-m-piga ngvimi
it

ivere, into the bowels, because I teas frightened — ku piga kua nguvu sana.
on going to stool; jua linapawa, the sun has Paga (or paja), v. a. = ku waga matambafu, to
risen (B.).
hang a thing over the shoulders and neck and
Pa, s. (wa pi. wa or za), a hind of antelope; pil
,
carry it; ku tamba na mbafu.
iva mituni, the antelope of the forest.
Paga, v. a., to seize one ; popo ame-m-paga mtu, an
Pa ( or paa), v. a., to talce off ( = ku ondoa), to
evil sphrit seized a man, made him ill na mtu
scrape off, to shave off, or abrade, e.g., ku pa
amepagawa ni or na pepo, the man ivas seized
mamba ya samaki, to scrape off the scales offish;
= ameshikoa ni pepo.
kupa m&z\,to scrape sweet potatoes; ku palia,v.obj.,
u-ni-palie samakiyangu, ku Pagada ? ?
to scrape for one ; e.g.,
Pagaja, s. (vid. sliupi), a kind of basket.
palia sliamba, to turn the ground ku palia roko,
bronchia; ku palisa, v. to irri- Pagara, v. a. = kuwaga; e.g., mkoba mafuzini,
to irritate the c.,

to hang a bag over the shoulder.

tate the throat by loud speaking; palika, to be
scraped; palilia, v., to form small heaps ( said of Pagaza, v. c., to cause to seize or carry, said of

plants ) in turning the ground; palilika, e.g., sickness or a load (hence, mpagazi, a porter ,

mabindi kayapaliliki, nti ni ngumu ;

palilisann, carrier) (Kiung., said of evil spirit causing a
v. rec., to help each other in palilia palilisa, v. ;
c., man to fall sick ) ; (
1 )
pepo ana-m-pagaza mtu
to turn the ground for wages ; paliwa, v. p., to = ana-m-fania ugonjoa kua ku-m-tislia or kutu-

be irritated in one’s throat; paliliva, v. p., sha, when a man sees at night anything that
mabindi yapaliliwa ku paa sandarusi, to clean frightens him, the natives consider it to be the
;

gum-copal. appearance of a pepo or sketani. On account

Pa, v. a. ; or ku paa motto =ku toa motto kua gai, of sudden fright p>eop)le are often instantly
a potsherd, seized by fever or other kind of sickness. In
to take off f re wxth to fetch fire.
 ; ; ; ; ; , ; ; ; ;

PA ( 293 ) VA
order to cure the sick person, the people endea- Pakanisha, v. a., to confine or border, to join.
vour ku punga mgonjoa kua ngoma na kelele, to Pakaja, s. (ya, pi. za) [vid. dundu, pi. ma ), a —
expel the feelings offear, and at thesame time kind of basket made by plaiting together part of
to call the evil spirit in order to ask him what a cocoa-nut leaf; ni cbombo cha ku tilia samaki
he wants and by what means he may be ap- kamba, cQc.
peased; ku pagawa ni bilisi or pepo, to be posses- Pakaja (pi. ma ), people prowling about at —
sed of an evil spirit (iblis in Arab.). (2) night to rob or do other mischief.
Mkurugeuzi amepagaza watuwakwe mizigo Pakasa, v. a., to twist rope (ngole).
mikuba ya mali, the leader of the caravan Pakata, v. a., to put upon one's lap or knee; ku
caused his people to carry large loads of goods. weka ju, ku lefia lefia, e.g., mkoba mafusini
Pagara, v. a. ku pagara hirizi matambafu, to upate ku lewalewa, to hang a bag over the
wear strings of charms over the neck and shoulder (kua ku tia ugue kua kuapani) (Kim-
shoulder on both sides of the body, matambafu rima, ku waga mkoba kuapani) ku-m pakata
;
;

to creep, to wind around ; the sing, uafu, pi. mana mapajani kiweoni, to rock a child on one's
mbafu, side, ribs). lap or knees; or ku-m-pakata (or waga) mana
Pagaro, s.; hirizi ya ku pagara matambafu (ku
fusini, to swing a child on the shoulder paka-
tamba uafu) ku-m-tuliza mtu mdungumaro pepo tika; muana buyu bapakatiki, ymvafuruguda.
wa Kisbakini (Skakini, a country in the Somali Pakia, v. a.; (1) = ku tia kitu dauni, to put
land). Pagaro ni hirisi za misi kufungoa na iizi things or loads into a boat or vessel, to embark,
meusi, a charm made of robts, tied up with to load a vessel, to have on board; (2) pakia, to
black thread and suspended over the neck and turn out; muhogo mungine kupakia kua mema,
shoulders pepo ya Skakini aki-m-pagaza mtu, turns out good.
watu anafunga pagaro, ku-m-tuliza pepo, when PakilIa, v., to embark for, to put on board,
the spirit from Skakini seizes a man, the people for; Mzungu ame-ni-pakilia mtamawangu
tie a charm to him to appease the spirit. aki-ni-lettea, the European embarked my corn
Pag6a, s. (ya, pi. za mifi or mivi) (= niana ya, pi. (for me) and brought it to me (to put on
za mifi, ( Kimrima), barb of an arrow. board for).
Pagua, v. a.; ku pagua matansu ya mti, to Pakiliwa, v. n. muigni jombo amepakiliwa
cut of the branches of a tree, or ku pagua mali ya kedc na kede katika jombojakwe, to
witansu wia utaga ;
ku pagua (= ondoa or ku the owner of the vessel ivere committed as
onddsha) tansu or panda za mti ( efr pogoa) ku .
; freight various things; wali anapakiliwa
pagua mia = ku ondoa miba za mia ku pagua ; yiombo viakwe.
mia = ku ondoa miba za mia ;
ku pagua or Pakiwa, v. ii., to be loaded, freighted e.g., dau
;
pajua or babua or kuaniiia or tabiia makumbi,
limepakiwa tende, samli, nafaka, the boat was
ku suka makuti, to strip off one by one the sabre-
loaded with dates, butter, corn, eCx., or the
like threads or stalks of the cocoa-leaves, to
boat had a cargo of dates, corn, &c.
twist makuti, vul.
Pakiza, v. c., to stow on board a slap.
Pahali, s., place pakali fulani, at a certain place.
Pako, thy, your, after mabali or pakali, mahali -

Paja, s. (la, pi. ma), the thigh ( Kijdmfu kiweo; pako, thy place.
Kinika, kiga), lap; vid. ku-m-pakata mana, (bapa Pakua, v. a,.; ku-pakua wali = ku toa wali katika
la usso, kiwingo eba usso), to have the child upon jungu na ku tia sahinini, to take boiled rice out
the lap paja la usso.
of the cooking-pot and put it into a plate, to
Paje, s., red mtama [Pemba) (St.).
ladle out or take out of the pot, to dish.
Paji, s. (1) paji la usso, the forehead (2) paji
=
Pa ku i.Ia, v.; ame-m-pakulia waliwakwe, muigni
karimu, liberal.
liapo, to put for one into a plate,
boiled rice
Paka, s. (wa, pi. wa and za), a cat; paka mume absent, and consequently cannot do it
as he is
or sbume (mpefu), a large male cat [pi. mapaka
himself.
mashume makuba).
Pakuna, v. a., to scratch; usipakune kionda, kita
Paka, v. ct., to anoint, to lay on, to spread upon,
kuendelea, do not scratch the wound, else it
to besmear on, bedaub, to rub in; ku-m-paka
will growlarger (usilcune papo pa kionda).
mafuta, tuka, udongo, etc.

Parana, v. rec., to anoint, to rub each other. Pakussa, v. a. ( Kinika vakusa) = ku pangussa
Paka, v. a., to set or fix bounds; ku fania mpaka e.g., ku pakussa fumbi, to sweep off dust with
one’s hand; efr. ku vuta vumbi.
e.g., wauapaka shamba, they set bounds to a
plantation; ku pakana kua mpaka, to border Pakutok£a, an outlet, a place to go out at (pa ku
one upon another. token).
 : . ; ; ; ; ;;
;

PA ( 294 ) PA
Pale, pron. clem., there, that place, not very far Pamba pamba, v. n. — ni karibu 11 a ku eba
off; palepale, just there, at that very place. walitoka kuli pamba pamba, they went at dawn
Palia, v. a. (1) (cfr. pa, pa) of day (K.).
(=ku koliosa), to enter
one's nose, irritate the windpipe, and thereby Pambaja, v. a., to embrace.
cause coughing ; e.g., tombako ina-ni-palia ( = Pambaja, s. (ya pi. ma ), embracing; ku-m- ,
—
ina-ni-kohosa) nazi ina-palia muhogo = inangia
;
piga pambaja, to embrace one.
ndani kana samli, tui la nazi linapalia muhogo; Pambana, v. n. viombo viapambana, (1) = vina;
kitu kina-ni-palia (kohosa kina-ni-fulia katika muendo saua saua or viabiri, the vessels go or
ko) maji yana-ni-palia or f'ulia, the water hurts sail together side bg side, at a short distance from
me when it goes the wrong way ; but of food each other, but in the same line, and in a narrow
they say chakula kina-ni-songa paliwa na maji place; (2) viombo vinapambana = vinagotana or
or na mate, to be choked with water or sediva. kutana ku fundika, the vessels fall foul of each
Palia, v. a. (2) to hoe, to turn the ground ; ku palia other or run against each other, and are broken.
,

kuekue = ku ondosha niassi, kilimo kipate na- Pambania, v. a., to out-talk people in judgment, in
i'asi, to till the ground the second time to remove order to cover one's own crime : the noisy
the weeds from plantations. person wishes to speak alone, lest others find time
Palilia, v. obj., to hoe up the soil between the to defend their cause. Such liars are often
crops or round the growing crops. imprisoned on account of their impudence (2)
Palia, v. (3) to fetch fire (phi. ku paa) for or in be- to belie people; ku pambania maneno ya watu
half of somebody ; ana-m-palia motto, ana-m- kua kelele, to make people forget their ivords bg
pelekea, he tooh live embers and sent them to great noise.
him. Pambanisa = hanikisa, v. a. maneno liaya unene
Palikua, v. a., there was or were; palikua na
suafi, usi-ya-pambanise, these words are very
mtu mjini, there teas a man in town. weighty, do not confound them with noise.
Paliliza, (1) v. a., to cause to hoe; (2) to
Pambanisha, v. — ku weka vitu saua saua, to
bring enmity upon one, to excite hatred against expose, lay out, exhibit, to bring together, to
one by aspersing him to another man who may compare; viombo, furniture, utensils; ku
be his friend = ku-m-tongelfei or tongea ma- fania kundi la viombo, to exhibit a heap or
neno yasiofa, ku sema, felani ni muofu, haifai,
multitude of implements to be chosen from
amefania vibaya via kethe na ketlie.
(2) to cause two vessels to run against each
Palilizana, v. rec. a quarrel or with one.
other, to pick scuffle
Palipo, where there is.
Pambaniwa, v., to be made to forget one's word,
Palisa (or paliza), v. a.
(
vid paa, to ascend), to
to be out-voiced.
lift up one's voice, to speah aloud sasa ame-
Pambanua, v. a., to loose or separate from each
palisa sautti (vid. ku piisa = ku tolea nde maneno, other, to distinguish, discriminate, to explain
ku sema kua nguvu or kua sautti kvi). ku pambanua maneno or hesabu, to explain words
Paliwa, v. n.; amepaliwa ni mate = amekolmsoa oran account.
ni mate yaliokosha ndiayakwe mioni, he ivcis
Pambanuka, to be separated, to clear up, to rise
compelled to cough because the sediva went down
early in the morning.
the wrong way.
Pambanukiwa, to oversleep oneself to sleep too
Pamamba (lit., there where is a roch). Iviumanzy is long ?
the rode which is on the entrance of the river
Pambanulia, v. obj., to describe bg distinguish-
Dana.
ing, to explain to one.
Pamba, s. (1) (ya, pi. za), cotton; mpamba, the
Pambaukiwa, v. p., to be dawned (Kathi All
cotton shrub.
Pamba, v. a. (2), (1) to adorn one, to decorate one
used word), if this ivord could be used in
this
the passive bg the English.
loith fine dress, gold rings, Ac.; (2) ku-m-pamba
maiti or mtu aliekuffa, i.e., to put a piece of
Pambazua, v. a., to speak plainly = ku funua neno,
cotton into the nose, mouth, eyes, ears, vagina, kulla mtu ajue, asinene kua ku fita, neno liwo
wazi to make clear, clear up = to explain a
buttochs, and under the nails of the deceased ;

person, leu The Sucihili do

enda kua tohara. word ,
so that everybody can understand it.

not burg without having adorned the apertures Pamdazuka (or pambauka), v. n., it clears up, it

of the bodg of the deceased (cfr. masikoa) ku becomes dag, to become light in the morning ; ku
;

f’ania uzuri, urembo, liaiba ku pamba niumba, pambazuka or pambauka or tanziika (ulimengu
;

unatanziika, wingu lililofunga linatanzuka), to

to furnish
a house.
Ku-ji-pamba, to adorn oneself, to dress out, to
dawn; ukungu unawamba ulimengu; kuna
trick out (with), to embellish. kuefipc, to be grey dawn.
 ; ; ; ; —;,- s ; ; ; ; ;

PA ( 29s ) PA
Pambelle, ado., in front = pa rnbelle, there where evil spirits, wherefore they will not throw rub-
the front is. bish in such places. Beb. takes ndia panda for
Pajibia, v. a.; ku pambia wali, to spread boiled by-way, by-path, by-road, and ndia ya mkin-
rice level with a spoon cover the pot and make a
,
gamo for cross-way. Ndia ku is a highway
fire over it. ndia panda, a road of separation, a cross-way.
Pambika, v. a. leo mana huyu anapambika = Panda, s. (2) (la) la mtende or la mnazi = shawi
;

yuwava nguo nzuri sana, to be adorned; (2) ku la nazi litokiilo temko. It is that shoot of the
pambika (or papika) kua mbawa mawano ya mifi cocoa-tree which yields the tembo (vid. gema).
za kosi katika tako ya mifi, or ku pambika kua When it bears nazi,
it is called shawi. It must
uzi wa mnanazi or makauo ya gnombe. be neither young nor too old in order to
too

Pambo, s. (1) [pi. za) (sing. upambo) = miti ya ku tia yield tembo. The natives tie itfast with mbugu,

na ku anikia samaki, ku simika motoni samaki and cut off the end of it three times a day, in
ku pata kauka kua moto, pieces of ivood on order that the liquor may not cease to run.

which fish are suspended and exposed to the sun Panda, v. (3)(=ku kuea), (1) to ascend, to mount,
a.

or placed over afire, to get dry for preservation' to climb up a tree, ku panda ju ya mti e.g., ku ;

sahe. panda mnazi ku panda (ju ya) ferasi, to ride a

;

horse; to go on board; jahazi inapanda muatnba

Pambo, s (2) (la, pi. ma ), an ornament of any
.
— = inakuea muamba, the vessel struck on a rock;
hind (uzuri, urembo, haiha), finery* attire; pambo
(2) = ku ya, to plant, to sow, to set the seed in
niumba,/«n«'<M)-e of the house.
the ground tembo ni panda la anzalo or lian-
Pamela, v n. . ( Kipemba ) ;
ku pamka mlimani (
Kim zalo ku fungua (tapped panda).
vita, ku teremuka mlimiini), to descend from a Pandana, v. rec., to lie across one another.
hill or mountain. Pandana, v. rec. (= skikanu), to be framed
Pamoja (or pamue), adv. (Kiung.), together with together ; Eph. ii. 21.
lit., at one place with makali pamoja na ame- Pandia, pandika.
kuenda pamoja na watu, he went with thepeople. Pandisha, v. c., to make one to sit or ride (Luke
Pamue, adv., vid. pamoja (old and poetic). xix. 35), to make to go up, to reuse, to hoist.

Paxa, there is or are, there was or were. Pandua, v. p.; hatta pandu yamkue, until
victory is gained.
Pax a, v. rec. (1) to give each other, to pass things —
Pansa (panza), v. a., (1) to set up, to raise
round from one to another to interchange gifts
,
kuesa e.g., ku pansa mtambo wa kunduki, to
(ku pa) ;
wamepana tunu, they exchanged pre-
;

cock a gun, lit., to raise the cock of a gun; (2)

sents, gave presents one to another.
ku pansa = ku kusania; e.g., ku pansa gnombe,
Paxa, adj. (2) (cfr. upana), wide, broad; nli hi ni
when the natives in
to gather bullocks (e.g.,
piina, this country is ivide in extent mto ku ni their contentions endeavour to out-do others by
rupana, this river is broad; juto ni pana; ubao
sending them a larger number of bullocks Ilian
ku upana kitu hiki kipana makali hapa ni
ni ; ;
that party expected to receive).
papana ni bao pana
;
kasha pana (pi. ma ;
Pande, s. (sing, upande) (wa, pi. za), part, piece,
mapana) nguo pana kissu kipana; niumba pana
; ;

pieces two pieces, on both sides,

pande mbili,
nguo hi ni pana upana hu, this breadth jembe
;

a small piece, kipande; pande zote, all around.

pana (pi. membe) mapana.
Pandio, s. ; pandio za mnazi, mnazi ku hauna
Pana pana, level, flat, even.
pandio, ni ku paraga ;
i.e., ni kifiia ku ganda-
Panama wazi, it sounds hollow.
mana na mti, to press the breast against the tree
Panapo, where there is, are, was or were. (vid. paraga), because there is no ladder.
Panda, s.(l)(ya, pi. za),fork, bifurcation; zamti, Pandu, s., a kind of fish pandu huyu, pi. pandu
cfic., panda za mto = mikono ya mto, the point kawa.
where a road divides into two, or where two Panga, s. (ya, pi. za), a cave, den ; ku ji-fita pan-
rivers join, or the bough of a tree forlcs. gani ya (or pi. za) mawe, to hide oneself in a
Panda ya ndia ndia panda) (Kiung. njia (or cave ;
cfr. pango.
panda) =ndia, lit., a road of
magawaniko ya Panga, s. (1) (pi. of the sing, upanga, a sword).
dividing, a place icliere roads meet, a way Panga, v. a.,(2)(l)=ku wekamstari wema, to putin
which branches off into by-roads or several a line to set in order ; ku panga mnkaska, to set
,

other roads, a by-road, cross-way. It is on up boxes in a line (2) ku-m-panga mtu niumba
the cross-ways where the natives make their kua tigira, to rent, to hire a house, to give one a
sadaka, ku sukumiza maofu kua kulla makali, house for rent; Gabiri ame-m-panga Baniani
for they believe that on cross-roads there are niumbayakwe, na Baniani amepangoa niumba
 ; ; —— ; ; ;

PA ( 296 ) PA
ya Gabiri, to give one a house for rent. Gabiri in order to go quicldy, and to save one’s cloth
placed a Banian in his house or let out his , from thorns, doc.
house to a Banian, and the Banian was placed Paniamafu, culv. culj. {from pa and niama), ma-
in the house of Gabiri on condition of paying bali palipo niamaa, pasipokua na kelele, a epeiet,
rent; ku-m-tia Baniani niumbani ku pata ugira noiseless place mabali pa shuari katika bahari
;
kuakwe. ni wema ku tia nanga, bapana msukosuko or
Pang-ana, v. rec., to be in rows, to sit in rows ; mtumbotumbo, a calm plccce at sea which is
e.g.,tumepangana dauni tumekua watu wangi, suitable for anchoring, since there is no rolling
tukaketi wema kua safi dau lisilewe, we sat
'11
of the vessel.
in rows in the boat; we were many, but we Pansa {or panza), v. a., to set up, to raise {vid.
sat in good order, lest the boat should reel panda, s. n.) {cfr. pania and panda) = ku ji-
over. pania, e.g., nguo ; (2)= ku ji-tueka, e.g., thambi

Pangasa ? ilio-m-pasba kuffa, 1 John v. 16 (Sp.)?

Pangisiia, v. c.; (1) ku pangisba watu niumba, Panua, v. a. ( = funua), to open, to extend, to make
to let a house to, to give people a house for broad, to ividen; ku panua dau kua ku tia vi-

rent; muigni niumba amepangisha watu nium- wango (2) to note (Sp.). ;

banirnuakwe, na wale watu wamepangislioa, Panuka, v. n., to become wide, to be far asunder ;
the proprietor of the house gave the people his mabali liapa pana panuka or ni papana.
house for rent, and those people ivere given Panulia, v., to spread, extend, to straddle
the house for rent (2) ku pangisba watu
muigni pumbu ya makende yuwapanulia
katika karamu, to place people in a row or in magu, apate nefasi, he who has a swelling of
order at a feast; ku wmka watu wema na the testicles spreads out his legs to get room
saffu, to cause the people to sit in ranhs. widen for.
{in walking), to

Pangulia, v. obj.; ku-m-fuma kua ku pangulia? Panzi, s. (1) a grasshopper of various colours
broider ? interlace ? ku pangilia = ku toma, cfr. nioye (2) a kind offish {pi. mapanzi).
;

tomokea, to hew out {e.g., a canoe or mortar) ? Pao, (1) their ; e.g., mabali pao, tlieir place; (2)
pao {pi. mapao), very thin rafter for a thatched
Pangine {vkl. ngine), another place, or other
roof.
places.
Papa, s. (wa), a shark much liked for food by the
Panginispo, elsewhere.
natives. It is chiefly imported from the southern
Pango {or paango, or mapango), s. (ya ,pl. za), CL
coast of Arabia in a dry state. The exportation
hole of moderate pango ya nti, ya mti, a
size',

hole in the ground, in a tree; panga ya pania, of the dry papa and ngu forms the principal
article of trade of some of the South Arabian
a rat-hole; mpango {pi. mi -) wa pania is a
coast-towns.
very large rat-hole; kipango ja pania, a very
Papa, v. n. (cfr. bapa), (1) ku papa rokboni, to
small mouse-hole pango {hole) must be distin-
guished from panga, a cave; vid. kipango, a
doubt, tremble msiwe na rokho ya ku papa or
bapa, Iuuke xii. 29 ku-ji-papa moyo ; yuna
small mouse-liole. ;

papolamoyo; moyowakwe ume-m-papa yuna

Pangu, my; e.g., mabali pangu, my place; ifr. ;

rokho ya ku-ji-papa moyo (2) papa bapa, just

angu. ;

here ; from hence, kua papa bapa, Luke, iv. 9.

Pangua am {or maofu tu), revenge for evil, e.g.,
Papasa, s. (sing, upapasa wa mukate) (pi. za),
upangue ari {evil), miongoni = mua Mayalmdi,
mukate wa makopa ya muliogo, bread made of
tahe vengeance on the Jews for the evil they have
dried pieces of cassava, when baked with ground
done.
nazi (tui) it is excellent food.
Pangussa, rub off, to tape or brush off
v. a., to
Papasa (or papassa), v. a., (1) to grope, to grasp
e.g., taka za pangussa viimbi katika vi-
rnuili
at, to feel after a thing by groping along in the
;

ombo bivi, dust these vessels.

dark muifi yuwapapassa usiku (2) to touch — ;

Panja, s., the foreloclc; mapanja, the receding of one gently, to stroke softly.
the hair on each side of the foreloclc (St.).
Papasi (or pasi), s. (wa), ticks, an insect (kama
Pania, s. (wa, pi. wa or za ), mouse, rat; pania kiipa) which said to cause fever to one who is
is
wa mawe, wa niumba, wa mitu or pania wa bitten by The fever-stricken person has very
it.

sbamba, the roclc, house, and forest mouse. The offensive breath. The fever is of long duration.
pania wa mawe is called buku (la mawe), and is The papasi is found in Tcita, Usambara, and
eaten by the Wanilcct. other countries of the coast ; Kin. pahasi.
Pania, v. a., {vicl. ku sega), ku ji-pania {or ku Papata, v. a., to dote ? ?
pan/, a) ngiio, to wrap the cloth round the loins Papatika, v. n. (=ku taua tail a, to pant?), to
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

pA ( 297) PA
flutter ; kukn yuwapapatika (yuwapiga mabawa), Paria (paria and para), v. a. (cfr. sai), to gain
to struggle like a dying hen, or bird. or take one's property by gambling (ku teza
Papatua, v. a. (redupl. of patua) ( = ku ondoa, dado, dice) Abdalla ame-m-paria Rashidi ( = ame-
toa), to take off; ku papatua maganda ya
e.g., m-toalia) pembe, watuma, nafaka se'oabu ya
fetlia,

mbazi ku pata tundalakwe ndaui, to husk ku-m-shinda matezoni, Abdalla has taken from
mbazi ( vid .), in order to get the fruit inside. Rashid money, ivory, slaves, corn, because he
Papayu, s. (la, pi. ma), pap aw, a fruit which is over-matched him in gambling. The people of
very sweet mpapuyu, the papaw tree; ukila Fomvu are said to have been passionatelg
konde za papayu, utakunia minio, if you eat the fond of gambling, by which they ruined them-
konde of the papaw, you will evacuate worms, selves.

it is considered to be a good vermifuge ni Pariwa, v. amepariwa

nguoyakwe, sebabu
dawa ya minio (papayi, pi. mapapayi, papaws,
;
liana mali ningine, his c'oth was taken from
a common kind of fruit) (St.). him (in gambling) because he had no other
Papayuka, v. n., to be delirious, to rave in fever, property.
to talk to oneself ku scma katika liomma kali Paroa (or baura), s. (ya), D&nga ya paroa ina ma-
akilizakweni majuruhu majuruhu = hajui nuiana kombe manne, lakenpaura ina makombe mawili
ya manenoyakwe. (vid. nanga), the nangaya paroa (native anchor)

Papayd3ha, v: c., to cause to rave, to make has four hooks, but the paura (a European
delirious, to wander. anchor) has only two.
Papia, v. a., to eat everything that may be within Parua, v. ku parua parua, to huddle up; ku
a.,

one's grasp, and to eat with boisterous eagerness faniza kazi hanraka na ku ondoka, to do the
(kula kua pupa) in such iconic, hastily and to go away ameparua kazi-
a hurry that others get
but of the food placed before them.
little yakwe, he huddled up his work; mparusi, «
Papika, v. a., ku papika mbawa wanoni, to tic huddler.

feathers to an arrow, to make it fly straight and Paruga, v. n., to be rough and grating.
far ; cfr. pambika. * Paruza, to grate, to be harsh.
Papo, ado., there; papo kua papo = lilo kua lilo = Paruzana, v. rec., to graze (as of two boats,
saua saua vid. na papo bapo akiwa yu kali aki-
;
die.).

sema, Luke xxii. GO yuna papo la moyo vid. ; ;

Paru paru (or jiaparu paru), s., huddling (cfr.
papa. mpardsi, huddler), ku fania kazi pai'uparu or
Papua, v. a. (= rarua), to rend, to rend to pieces, maparuparu, to do the work by huddling, conse-
to tear. quently badly.
Papura, v. a., to claw, to rend, tear, lacerate, to Pasa (or paaza), v. a., to grind corn coarsely, not
pounce with the talons and tear, scratch deeply ; to make fine meal; ku pasa = passlia passua
e.g., tui ana-m-papura mtu kucha, the leopard has pande mbili, usisage m'no mtelle.
torn the man ivitli his claivs ; rnti or muiba ume- Pasa, v. n., to become, to be fit, to be suitable for,
m-papura, the tree or thorn has rent him (or to become a duty (Er.), nti ikitoa kita na mambo
caused a rent on his body) ivhen passing it. matatn, inapasa ku tama (1) tabibu (2) ; ;

Papuriana, v. rec., to pick holes in one another's sultani (3) tajiri mku, where there is no king, ;

reputation (St.). no physician, no merchant in a land, thither

Papurika (or papuroa) (ni mti or tui), to be you must emigrate.
rent, lacerated, scratched. Pasiia, v. a. (or v. c., from pa, give ? ?) (vid.
Para, s., a scraping sliding; ku ,
para, to «rope pata) (= ku
toa karatka), (1) to lend money to
on the ground. one without interest, but only for a short time.
Paraga, v. a. (Kin. ku fiombera) ku paraga mti = To accommodate one with money for a few days,
ku kuea mti kua rnukono na magvi to climb a ;
without demanding interest ; e.g., we we leo

tree (cfr. sombera) innazi liu hauna pandio, ku

;
buna reali tano, mimi ta-ku-pasha hatta kesbo
paraga, v. a. kutoa, or mimi ta-ku-karithi fetlia batta kesbo
Parahara, s., a large kind of antelope. kutoa laken ukidaka siku kumi, ta-ku-
Parapanda ? (R.). karitbi kua rubu or ta-ku-pasba rubu, thou
Parapara, v. a., to paw, to wince like a horse. hast not to-dag five dollars about thee, but I
Parara, s., a species of bird peculiar for the will lend them to thee till the dag after to-mor-
clicking noise it makes with its wings, while it is row, but if thou wilt have them for ten days,
never heard to sing (namkabudu, in Kiniassa) I will lend them to thee, on condition of thy
(Reb.) paying me a quarter of a dollar interest; ku
Parfujo (or para fu jo), s., a corkscrew. pasba (probably wasba) motto, to warm up, to
 ;
; ; . ; ; ; ; ;

PA PA
set before the fire (St.) ;
ku pasoa ni lisburu, to miliogo, dec., leu pasiia vidogo vidogo, to split
be tributary wadiika ku piislioa jua marra into small pieces (wood), to split down (branches);
moja, you desire that one should know all at ku kuamia, to be split down; ku kuamika.
once; (2) must, ourjlit, to be under the Pasuka, to be split, to burst, to become rent; e.g.,
necessity = ku-m-lazima ;
e.y., ya-m-pasba, ku nazi imepasiika kua jua, or m’ezi; bundiiki ime-
enenda ( = kina-m-lekea or wina-m-lekea, or pasuka kua ramia nengi; nitoto wa sultani aka-
ya-m-lazima ku enenda), he must yo, or yuwa pasuka ussoni akatoka damu, the king's son ivas
pasoa ni ku enenda ime-ni-pasa ku enenda, I ;
lanced in the face and did bleed.
ought to yo Faraji (
n.p .) anakwisba pasoa, Pasuka pasuka, to be rent to ptieces, to be split
anakuenda Barawa ime-ku-pasa-je? whathad ;
up.
you to do with it ? why did you concern yourself Pasulia, v., to split asunder, to cut up or rip up
“
about it ? Beb. derives “ ku pasa” from ku for one; barudi ime-m-pasulia bunduki ;
amo-
pata;” pasa (as Beb. writes it, basa) means: m-pasulia kukuwakwe.
to behave, to become, to be necessary to; mtu Pasuliwa.
wewe ! kaiku-ku-pasa ku tenda or fania neno Pata (or patta), s. (paeba, in Kiung.) (ya, pi. za)
liili ;
neno liili lina-ku-pasa pasa ku tenda (mama), a twin (wana wawili kiia pameija, mtu-
vitu visivio unbecoming things; but
pasha, mke anievia pata, the woman has given birth to
“pasha” means lend and borrow ku ji-pasha, twins ; pata ya ndiini, to be pregnant with twins ;

to let to be given, i.e., to borrow ; ana-ni-paslia pata ya n'de, pregnancy with one child whilst
nitama, he lent me mtama ku pasha, food, ;
another is at the breast; ku vialiwa or zaliwa
money, die., but of tools, die., they say: ku pata muana pata amediindua ni wensiwe ugirawao
;

azima, to lend, e.g., chomho, nguo somo ni ;

! wapata kudundisa (?) the twin child was pecked by
pasha kitu fulani ;
ku-ji-pasha fetba = kudaka his comrade ? muana liuyu ni pata wana bawa ni ;

karatha. Ku pasha, to lend out, to put out, lit., pata. Pata, hoivever, does not signify only
to cause a thing to be obtainable for somebedy, twins but in general several children born at
,

to cause one to obtain something (Er.). This the same time (R.).

explanation appears to me the most satis- Pata pata, e.g., majumba, the houses are close

factory. together = kavibu kavibu (cfr. mda, cluster)

Pasia, s. (ya, pi. za), a veil, a curtain before a (cfr. ngi ngi) ;
ndia pata or panda ?
(

door) which may

a large piece of cloth of Pata, v. a., to get, to obtain, to happen, to succeed;
be
various colours, or a mat (jamfi), to screen a amepata pembe nengi, he got much ivory kissu
bedstead, or the room of the women from sight ebapata, s.c., ukali, the knife has got, s.c.,
(cfr. msiitu) ku tungika pasia or ku funga
;
sharpness, it is sharp kissu bakipati, the knife
pasia, ku lewa lewa. is not sharp; ku pata liasara, to lose; eba
Pasia (or pashia), v. obj., to lend out, or put out pataje ? what
it worth? kitu kilicbo-m-pata,
is

property in the absence or in favour of the the thing ivhich happened to him; ku pata kima,
owner ; e.g., nime-ku-pashia maliyako pia iote, to be worth; ku pata ku fania, to succeed in

nawe umepashlvva malizako, I have lent out doing ku pata ku jua, to learn, lit., to get to
all thy goods for thee. know.
Pasana, v. rec., to be infected (?). Ku-ji-patania, taraani (vid.), to get the prize.

Pasanisha, v. to infect. Patana, v. r., to get each other by agreeing one

Pashiwa, v. p., to be lent. with another, hence, to agree, to be reconciled,

Pasipo, cony, where there is not = without, except ; to beof one accord ; ku sikiana, ku kubaliana
baba ame-m-piga niana pasipo sebabu = asipokua maneno, ku ata kondo.
na sebabu, icithout cause Pat.vnisiia, v. c., to cause to agree, to conciliate,

Pasiwe, may there be not, without there being ; asi- to an agreement; ku fania siilukbu
bring to
mu-6ne, without seeing him. kua watu walioteta, to make peace between
pAsai, s. (ya), an iron ferule fixed to the end of a quarrelling people.
walking- stick, to prevent its being cleft or other- Patanishoa, v. p., to be conciliated .

wise spoiled. Patia, v., to obtain for one, in one's behalf, to

Pasua, v. a., to split (kua nisumeno or kissu, to get for ; nime-m-patia faida, I obtained profit

cleave) ku pasiia, must be distinguished from

;
for him, I profited him, I was Useful to him.
ku sbiinga (Kimrima, ku tanga), which refers to Patika, v., to be obtainable, to be seized in the
the splitting of icood by means of a hatchet (ku very act of doing something ; amepatika uzin-
sbanga kuni kua slioka), which business requires zini, he Was seized in the very act of fornica-

great physical power ku pasiia tango ndizi, tion.

 . . ; ; ; ; ; ; =

PA ( 299 ) pe
Patikana, v .,
to be found obtained
, ,
obtainable, Paua, v. a. ; ku paua makua na muamba, to cut a
procurable, to exist mali yaliopotea yamepati- notch in a rafter (at the large end) in order
kana tena, the lost property has been found to tie it to the muamba, i.e., transverse
again; amepatika or patikana ua sliidda, to beam which connects both, sides of the roof of
fall into, or meet with difficulties. native houses. The notch prevents them from
Patilia, v., to try to obtain, Latin “ concipere slipping out, and consolidates the binding of the
iram,” ku kasirika Sana, to be angry; mama makombo moyo to the transverse beam; ku paiia
leo ame-ni-patilia hasirayakwe, basira ya mo- niumba = ku funga fito nengi katika niumba ya
yowakwe, the mother was angry with me niassi, to bind the rafters on the roof; ku paiia,
to-day;amekuenda kua ku patilia nafsiyakwe to bind the rafters upon the house; kupauka,
hasiva, he went away in anger, lit., he ivent the rafters are to be bound, to be raftered.
away making himself conceive anger. Pauliwa, v. b., to be bound, the rafters.
Patiliza, v. n., to grow angry with one, to visit Paulia, v. obj. za ku paulia (ku funga pa
fito

upon, to give vent to one's feelings of indigna- la paulia), niumba vid. ufito.
;

tion = ku sliika koro, ku-m-tukulia kasrani Paura, s. (ya) minga ya paura, the large (Euro-
baba ame-m-patiliza mana kua sebabu ya
e.g., pean) anchor, which has two flukes ; makombo
neno ovu. mawili ni, opp. nanga ya pafoa, which has four
Patilizana, v. rec., to make each other obtain or flukes.
give abusive words, to conceive anger one Pawa, s.pl.; pawa za wifufu (sing, upawa wa ki-
against the other, to reproach each other fufu, the native ladle, which is made of the half
angrily. of a cocoa-nut shell.

Patisa, ku patisa maji, to depart, to go when the Pawa (or pew a), to be given ; cfr. pa.
tide sets in, at high-water, or flood-tide. Pawa who has given (land),
nati, he hence, the
Patiwa, v. n. ( cfr ku patia). St. writes patliiwa proprietor (Er.) (= pawa na nti).
= zawa, viawa, zaliwa, vialiwa, to be born. Paya, v. a., (1) to talk during fever, or in sleep (

Patoa, v. p., to be seized ; e.g., patoa ni uduru, ku ewedeka ; (2) to prattle, chatter (ku similia
to be seized by an emergency; when followed maneno ya burre); (3) to blab out a matter;
by an Inf. the ku is dropped; e.g., upate asipo lizoa yuwasema.
legea, upate pondoa, to get soft by being Payo, s. (la pi. mapiiyo), mtu liuyu yuna piiyo mno,
,

pounded ; the moon or sun is patoa, seized or this man is a chatterer, babbler, one who cannot
eclipsed by a monster snake, as the natives say, keep a secret mtu ana payo, op muigni payo,
lit., to be got, i.e., to be seized or eclipsed; aka ynwasema payo or mapayo, liawezi ku ambiwa
patoa ni ghatabu, to grow angry. maneno ya faraga, this man is a blabber, one
Patasi, s., a chisel (St.). cannot tell him a matter of secrecy.
Pati, s., a coloured cloth brought from India; Payuka, s. a. ; ku nena maneno, asipouzoa ni
m'do wa pati, or kisabao ja pati, a cushion, or a mtu, to blab out a thing without having been
jacket of coloured cloth, striped. asked; e.g., jusi nnaokota dunge la ambari,
Patiala, s., a great cheat, a thorough rogue (St.), amepayuka nafsiyakwe.
Pato, s. (la, pi. mapato), what is got, gettings, Payusha, v. c.; tembo lime-m-payuslia, the
income, the thing obtained = fungfl, attainment, tembo caused him to chatter to make one ,

acquisition, proceeds ; ukituma mali, uta-e.g., talkative.

pata mali, pembe, gnombe, &c., ndilo pato Pazi (or papazi) (vid. pasi or papasi), an insect,

kwaDza nalikua na pato, sasa sipati tena. 10 c.

Patta, «., a hinge (St.). Pazia, s. (ya ,pl. mapazia), a curtain.

Patu, s. (pi. za) (sing, upatu)? (E.). Pi3a, v. a., (1) to
= ku takassa, ku
sweep or clear
Patua, v. a. ( vid papatua), ana-m-pa muliogo ku fiag'ia; ku pelea or pielea, a broom;
kipeo clia

patua = pasiia. (2) v. n., ku pefiika, to

grow to one's fill size, to
Patula, v. a. = palula? reach the limit ofgrowth, to grow old ; mtu liuyu
Pau, s. (sing, upau) (pi. za), (1) pau za niumba, anapea = anakiia mpevu, mkongue.
the rafters or purlins or spars of a native roof, Pea (or p£ra), s. (wa), a rhinoceros (2) pea, ki-
which are poles, not beams, as in European fara, a species of thorn resembling the horn of a
houses. The pau on the makomba moyo
rest rhinoceros.
(sing, komba moyo), which are a little larger P£fu (or pfivu), adj., to be of age, grown up, full
than the pau; (2) pau za juma, iron bars (sing. grown, but not yet fully ripe mtu aliekua mtu
upau wa juma, iron bar). The small sticks are mzima, aliepeviika, alievialiwa si leo.
tied horizontally to fasten the thatch to. Pefua (pevua), v. a., ku jipefua = ku jifaniza
 , ; ; ;;
; i;

PE ( 300 ) PE
mtu mpefu or mzima, to consider oneself equal or pele zina-ni-duduka (ebuebuka) muili ote ; (2)
to a grown-up person ,
to malic full-grown; ku- Pele a sickness among goats, which must
is also
ji-pefua, to think oneself a man. be killed when recognized ; some die, some recover;
Pefuka (pevuka), v. n., to become full grown, to (3) the natives have cdso a kind of cutaneous
have come to full size, but not yet to full ripe- disorder which they call by the same name.
ness ; embe limepefuka, the mango is grown, PeliLy, v. ; upeo wa ku pelea niumba (Kipcmba),
but is not yet soft enough for eating ni ka- a broom; vul. pea.
l'ibu na ku iva, it is nearly ripe, it begins to Peleka, v. a. (cfr. bereka in Kiniassa), to send,
redden. When it is red and soft, it can be convey (persons or things). It is to be distin-
eaten; lime koroma lime pe-
iva, it is ripe guished from ku tuma, to send, lit., to make use
fuka ni karibu na kua nazi maembe yana ; of, toemploy for sending, ivhich refers only to
pefuka, laken baija ivoa, laken mahindi yana persons who are sent or commissioned. Banian
ivoa, laken baija pefuka. amepeleka mali kua ku tuma watuwakwe ku-
Pegni, having (of place), where is or where was angu, the Banian sent property by sending his
e.g. pegni mtende, where the date-tree is or was. people to me. Baniani amepeleka Yvatuwakwe
PfiGNiA, v. a., to push through ; vul. penia, v. a. kuangu, the Banian sent his men to me, or
Pegniicgnie, s., cause (pa) ;
cfr. penienie, s. Baniani ametumiwa watuwakwe akapcleka mali
Peke (or pueki5e), adv., abandoned, deserted (pa kuangu; ku peleka includes persons and things,
ku eka or weka, him alone), alone
yee, to have but ku tuma only of persons.
allows In ku
pasipo mtu, without companion pasipo m'ke or ;
peleka the sender may himself go with the person
mume, without ivife or husband. or thing he wants to send, but in ku tuma the
Pekeyangd, by myself, I alone; pekeyetu, by sender remains at home (Iieb.). Peleka, to cause
ourselves, we only, & c.; nduguzangu wa-ni- to arrive at a place distant from the person
tilia kbofu kua kua pekeyangu. speaking, to send, to take, to conduct.
Pekeja, v. a., (1) = ku sua (vectius zua), tundu Pelekija, v. obj., to send, to take or conduct to
kua kekee, or kua kissu ja nta, to bore a hole one; ame-m-pelekea Mzungu reali
Baniani
ivith a borer oi; pointed knife. mia, the Banian sent 100 dollars to the Euro-
PekIsta, v. a., (1) =
turn, rub
sokota or fikija, to pean. But Baniani ame-ni-lettea reali ini.i,
ivith the hand ku peketa motto
or fingers ; e.g., the Banian brought me 100 dollars ; na mimi
kua ulindi na uimbombo, to light a fire by turn- nimelettewa reali mia.
ing the uimbombo (vul.) between the hands on Pelel^za, v. a., to behold (?) to blab out, to

the ulindi (vid.) until it ignites, to get fire by report secret matters, to spy out.
twirling a stick; (2) ku peketa watu bua fitina, PeeeliSzi, s. (ya, pi. za), slioka, cO c., blunted places
kua kelele, kua maneno maovu, kua utawi = ku or parts on the edge of a hatchet, &c.
wekea watu uthia, to vex people by enmity, by Pele kama (or pelekeana); v. rec., e.g., ku-
noise, by bad words, by witchcraft, cOc., to rub majembe, to send each other liocs to indicate
or turn and beat them about, as it were, by till the ground for the other ; (2)
that one will
vexations, to spoil their friendly relations with accompany each other.
to

each other, to spoil their work, property, &c. Pelek£za, v. cans.; ku pclckeza janda (= ku
amepeketa kazi ya watu batta isifae tena, he oniesba), to point to a place ivith the finger
spoiled the work of the men so that it should be (Sp.).
useless. Pema, adj.; mabali pema, a good place; vid. ema.
PeketjSka, to be affronted or Pemba, v. a., (1) to fetch down fruits with a hook
disgraced by bad
language, to scorn, to have no fear about one tied to a pole, or ivith a p ole which is hooked at

(St.). the end; ku pemba embe kua upembo, to hook

Peicetekea, v. a. = ku-m-fedulikia, ku-m-totea ma- doivn a mango; (2) ku pemba kua akili, to obtain
neno yasiokua na adabu, maneno ya kasbifu, ku- a thing by cunning, in a clever manner = ku
m-tbarau, to treat one contemptuously, despicably, pata kua uerefu or tartibu (ku pemba watu kua
to disgrace or affront one kua matukano (bg con- uerefu ni kazi ya mpemba or ya muigni akili).
tempt). Such a person looks friendly, but is trickish
Pekua, v. a., to scratch like a hen. at heart; (3) ku pemba, to reach, to stretch
Pekuzi = jasusi, pelelezi, inquisitive. forth ?

PfiLE, s. (sing, upele), (ya, pi. za), (1) cutaneous Pit.MUE, s.(l)(ya, pi. za),(l) horn in general; pembo
disease; ya muili, itch, scab on the body,
pule ya gnombe, ya kifaru, ya ndofu, ya niati, cOc .

produced by bad food, especially by eating pueza (2) thecorner of a house; pembe line za niumba,
(vid.), gunpowder and (kibriti) sulphur are the four corners of a house. Much valued by
native remedies for itch. Nadudiikiia ni pele, the natives is the pembe ya nioka (the serpent's
 ; ; ;;; ; ;

PE ( 301 ) PE
horn), which the natives describe as being white, Pendez^a, v. nime-ku-pendezea mana huyu, I
thick, and heavy, and a feiv inches in length. caused thee to have love for this child; kuji-
They use it as an antidote against swellings in pendezea kua felani, to ingratiate, insinuate

little children. A little of the horn is reduced oneself, to a certain N. N.

to powder, and rubbed into the affected part of PendeziSwa, to be liked, to be glad, to be pleased,

the body. It is very expensive. Katika marathi amependezewa moyoni mu.

delighted; sultani
ya nika upiite dawa ya nika ya nioka wa
{vie., akwe hakutukiwa, the king ivas delighted in
nika), i.e., for the disease called nika you must his heart, he was not angry, wapendezewa.

endeavour the medicine of the nika

to obtain je? what are you glad about? kuako n’na
(i.e.,of the serpent called nika). The nika pendezewa, Luke iii. 22.
disease consists in a swelling spread all over the Pendo, s. (la pi. ma ),
love ; pendo la mail, love , —
body. It is also called marathi ya ndofu (muili of property nangoja pendozao, I ic ait for their
wote unafura, unakua mnene kama ndofu) kua icishes {cfr. mapendo, mapenzi, upenzi)
;
pendo- ;

pembe na pembe, to have corners, to be all zao ni ku penda mtu matoni, their love is only to
corners, to be angular. Pembeni, in the corner. love before man's eyes.

Pembe, s. (2) (ya ,pl. za), pembe za muomo vid. PjSndoa, 8. ndizo pendoazako hizi unifaniazo, or
;

ndefu. unipendazo (R.) pendozakwe zili mhello ;

Pembe, s. a bird, the hornbill, the spur of a cock.

,
saidi ya yule muana wa Kiunguana (R.) ?

Pembi5a, s., a siving. Penge, s., curve, bent (Er.).

Pembelisza, v. a., to beseech, to implore. Pengi, many places (St.) {Kiung .) ; cfr. ingi.
PembiSza, to rock, to lull (St.). P£ngo, s. (la, pi. ma — a ), notch, a place where a
Pembo (ya) {sing, upembo), poles or sticks with triangular bit is broken out (St.), tooth-gaping ;

hooks. Wanika wafania pengo la meno kasidi kua wa-

Pexda, v. a., to like, to love, to wish, to choose, to zuri Kisuah. muania wa meno {vid.) ana pengo,
;

prefer, to approve ku jepea = ku penda;

; he has lost a front tooth; pengo, a gap left by a
Pendamana ? perhaps for petamana ? tooth.
Pendana, v. rec., to love each other. Penia (pegnia), v. a., to slip or go, enter into, to
Peni>J?a, v., to love a thing for one's sake; ame- penetrate, to creep through; (kungia kua ku-ji-
ni-pendea manangu, he loved my son for me, niongoa, to enter by turning and winding; kua
for my sake; una-ki-pendea ni kitu Idle, — ku jipiga mapindi), amengia mlangoni kua ku
nacho ni kibaya. penia hakupata nefasi ku penia pangoni ku ; ;

Pendjska, v. a. (mtu apendoai ni watu) zz alie- penia penia mituni, to go in a stooping posture
pendeka kua watu, he is the favourite of the under the trees of a forest, until an open space
people, loveable. is reached.
Pendek£za, v. a. = ku penda mno ame-m-pen- ;
Pesii^a, e.g., tundu ya ku peniea.
dekeza mkewe, he loved his wife very much
PeneSza {or peniesha), v. c., to cause to slip
{although he was unfaithful) to render oneself ,
into, to enter ame-m-penieza ngome, to push
loveable, to make pleasing ku ji-pendekCza,
into, to put through, to push through the fort.
to flatter, to ingratiate oneself with.
PeniezIsa, tundu ya ku peniezea mkono, a hole
PendeeSa, v., to have a pre-
become desirous, to
whereby to put or push the hand into; amc-
dilection for one, to be prepossessed in one's m-peniezea kathi fetha kua feraga ku-m-takassa
favour, to love one more than another, to rokho, mtu asijue, to tender money to the kathi,
favour, to be partial to kathi ana-m-pendelea anybody him ivithout
;
secretly to influence
mtu lmyu aka-m-pa hakki ;
nlipoona watu Icnoiving Yudas amepeniezea mayahudi kua
wangi wasafiri bassi nami nikapendelea ku sirri ku-m-shika Kristosi hence Yudas mpe- ;

safiri.
niezi, Yudas the traitor.
Pendel£o {pi. ma — ), afavour. PenUssib, s. (ya), a secret which
is knoivn only by

PendelIiZA, v. c. wali ame-r.i-pendeleza kua a few men, e.g., the secret plan of a king; mimi
kathi, the governor caused me to be loved by nimepata peuienie ya maneno, maneno ya sirri,
the kathi more than others, to make another ya ndani, I have got an inkling of the arcanum,
love one. secret plan, I have got private notice of it (kua
Pendesesha ? ku penia penia).
PendCza, v., to please one, to cause one to
Penu, s. (ya), (1) the aperture of the urethra;
love,

to become pleasing; nime-m-pa kathi kitu ki- tundu ya mho ya ku peniea mikojo, or ya ku
m-pendezajo, I gave the kathi a pleasing thing kojolca; (2) plural of upenu (penu za niumha),
(kitu ki-m-pendezajo moyonimuakwe). vid.
 ; ; ; ; — ; ;

PE ( 302 ) PE
P£o, 9 .
(sing, vvpeo, wa) ( pi. za), broom ,
besom; and relief from trouble. This expression 0 p
cfr. ku pea. the Muhammedan theology refers to paradise,
Pfii'A, v. n. ku pcpa kua nda, to stagger in conse- which they describe as a cool and blessed place,
quence of great hunger liana ngufu kabisa kua ;
freed from the troubles of the present world
nda akinenda yuwapepa, he reels as he goes
;
pepo ya kesko or vema or viema via kesho, the
from weahiess, caused by leant of food ; cfr. rest or bliss of to-morrow, opposed to pepo za
clioka. leo, vema via leo, the rest or good of to-day,
or
\

Pepe, s. (pi. mapepe), chaff; ganda la shuke lisi- meaning the goods of this world, distinguished
lokua na mtama, the hush of the ear without from the happiness of to-morrow, of the world to
grain ; vicl. mtama, s.) come ; ukifania vema utangia peponi ya (or za)
Pepea, v. a., v. intens. (cfr. pea, v. a.), to fan to , kesho abera, if tliou cloest well, thou shalt enter
blow; e.g., ku pepea motto kua kipepeo, to fan the rest of the world to come. Mnigni pepo na
or blow the fire with a fan ; but ku fufia motto jahim, God, the Lord of Paradise and Ilell.

kua miomo, to blow the fire with the lips. Abera seems to be a corruption of the Arabic
Pepelea, v., to bloie or fan for one; e.g., ku-m- word el-akher, the other, viz., the other world
pepelea mana, wali upate ku poa, to fan the vid. abera.
boiled rice for the child in order to cool it.
Pepua, v. ci., to sift and separate large and small,
Pep^wa, v. ci., to be carried about. whole and broken grains.
Pep£o, s. (la, pi. ma— a fan;),
sing, upepeo (wa).
Pijra, s. (la, jJ?. ma — guava; mpera, the guava-
),
Peperuica, v. n., to be blown away, to fly off, to
tree.
soar ; e.g., ngvio itapeperuka kua pepo, the cloth PemSma, s. (la), a swelling of the cheek (tafu) (vid.
will,
fly off with the wind. matumbui tumbui), pele nengi.
Pepeuusiia, v. c., to cause to fly off, to blow away; Perembe, s., flute?
pepo itapeperuslia ngvio. Pesa, v. a. (1); ku pesamato, to blink, to close the
Pep£sa, v. a., to winh; ku tuliza, s. c., jito, to heep eyes quickly, and to open them again; ku pesa
the open eye steady ; e.g., ku pepesa jito akilenga = ku fumba mato na ku-ya-fumbua ku pesa ;

or akiskika sliebaha asikoslve, to heep the eye pesa, to wink; cfr, angazia.
steady when one takes aim in shooting, in order Pesa, mapesa, ya, pi. za), a small copper
s. (2) (pi.
not to miss it. One eye is shut (ku fumboa), coin of India, since 1845 introduced to theSuahili
whilst the other is open and steadily directed coast. This Indian quarter anna is the only
toward the aim. small coin on the Suahili coast.
Pepesuka, to totter, to be shaken. Pesa, s. (ya ,pl. za), pice, when few, but nadaka
Pep£ta, v. a., to sift or winnow a thing in a sieve mapesa ya robo, ya thumuni, &c. At Monibas
(uteo) ku pepeta mtelle wislioa witoke, to win-
;
the value varied in my time from 28 to 32 for
now the rice in order that the chaff may go off; a dollar, according to the supply in the
J
cfr. kitango pepeta. Sifting is done by shaking market. At Zanzibar you get between 112-
and tossing in a round flat basket.
140 pice for one dollar.
Pepet£a, v. obj. Pksiie, v. n. = pasba, v. n. (vid .) ;
ya-m-pesbe ku
Pepetua, v. a., to force open (St.). enenda, he must go, it becomes him to go.
Pepo, a strong wind kuavuma pepo leo, but Pesx, 9 (la,
s.,
.
pi. mapesi), the fin of a fish; pesi la
upepo, an ordinary ivind, and pepo, devil, evil samaki.
spirit; maji ya pepo, fresh water = maji ma- Peta, v. a., to bend, bow, curve, wrap up (ku
taaniu; pepo za cliamchela, a whirlwind (St.) kunda) (ku peta gu or usso = kunda usso, tolook
(KisusHli). angry ) ku peta jito moja, to shut one's eye.
;

Pepo, s. (vid. upepo) (wa,pl. pepo, za), the winds, Ku petesa(v)?' petesiia), ku niuma ? v.c., tobencl ?
coldness pepo za bahari za vurna, the winds Peta peta, v. a. ; e.g.,na ku-i-weka ka-
ngvio
of the sea blow. The plural is used on account shani, to wrap or fold up a cloth and put it
of the noise or rush caused by the wind. Leo into a box.
kuavuma upepo, the wind {in genered) blows Petana, v. rec., to bend round, to be bent in a
to-day; kunavuma upepo usiku, the wind circle.
blew at night; pepo mbnya, an evil spirit, Petemana, v. to be bent round, to be crooked;
ghost,demon; pepo wa mtu, pi. pepowawatu; e.g., fimbo inapetemana ;
mukono unapete-
mtu ame-pagawa ni pepo, a man was seized mana, the stick or hand is crooked, bent.
by an evil spirit peponi, in paradise — bore- Petemanisjia, v. c., to cause to bend or become
dini or rahani = mahali pasipokua na ma- crooked ku petemanislva fimbo hatta ku go-
sliaka, the place where there is coolness, rest tana ntayakwe (ntazakwe), to cause a stick to
 ; ;; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;; ; ;

PE ( 3°3 ) PI

bend until the ends meet (2) to put into one Piga, v. a., to beat, strike; baba ame-m-piga mana
another, e.fj., a clasp-linife. fimbo (kua flmbo), the father beat his son with a
Petemesa, v. stick. The verb ku piga is combined with a
P£te, s. (ya, pi. za, or pi. raapete), a ring; p£te great number of nouns, to denote action rokho
ya shikio, or ya masiklo, an ear-ring. Dr. St. ime-m-piga, or roklio ime-m-piga nia, or rokho
tahes pete also for “ staple
” = tumbure. ime-m-taharuki, conscience smote him.

Peto, s. (la, bending or rolling up

pi. mapeto), the Anapigua hatta akipigika (vid. anatukanua
liatta akitukanika).
of a bundle, a thing carried, a bag of corn which
is not quite fall kanda lililo punguzoa nafaka, Ku-m-pigisha (or ku-m-tilia kiapo), to cause

a bag wanting corn. The bag is not full, and one to take an oath.

consequently the empty part of the bag must be Ku piga kei.Hle, lit., to strike a noise, to shout

folded up and closed. Kanda likija, ni mzigo, (kua maneno) = raise a noise, to cry ku piga
when it is quite full, it makes a load. But about mafungu, to make portions; ku gawania, ga-
waniza, kitu ni chao kitu cha ku wa-pigia
two or three measures of corn make only (pishi) ;

a peto, not a mzigo (load ) kipeto means a mafungu ku piga mbio, to go quickly, to run,
;
;

packet, bundle; e.g., kipeto cha niaraka, a letter-

to gallop ku piga mvuke, to smoke meat ku
;

piga mbiu, to strike a buffalo’s horn; ku piga

packet. Peto mbili, viz., a rope which is twofold
mstari, to ride a line; ku piga mtakasso, to
(R.).
rustle like new clothes (St.) ku piga uwinda
Petu, our ; e.g., mahali petu, our place. ; ;

vid. uwindii ku piga mteu, mbinja, mbizi,

;

Petua, v. a. (= pindua), to overturn, capsize

mbao, msumari, ngoma, mapindi ku piga
ame-ni-petua daulangu = amepindua daulangu, ;

ussoni, to weary one; ku piga teke, to kick;

he capsized my boat.
ku piga bunduki, to fire a gun; ku piga
Petuka = pindiika (teguka), to become sprained.
miao, misono or miunzi, to make a whistling
Petuliwa = pinduliwa.
noise; ku piga fundo, to tie a knot ku piga
Petusa, v. c. = pindusa.
falaki, to foretell by the stars ; ku piga chappa,
Pi5u, s. (vid. keu).
to stamp, to print ku piga koffi, to slap, to
Peuka, v. n.
box the ear; ku piga magoti, kupiga to kneel;
P£vu fall-grown ; vid. pefu.
,
kiowe, to scream ku piga kengele, to ring a
Pevua, v.a., to make full-grown ku-ji-pdvua, to
bell; ku piga mawe, to stone; ku pigakura, to
think oneself a man. cast lots ku piga mikambe, in bathing to dive
Pevuka, to become full-grown. and fling over one leg ; ku piga mizinga ya ya
salamu, to fire a salute ; ku piga pua, to snort
Pewa, v. p.; ku pewa or pawa (vid. ku pa), to be

given, to get from some one, to receive. ku piga niayo, to gape ku piga randa, to
Pezi, s. (pi. mapezi), a fin; vid. pesi. plane; ku piga pembe, to gore; ku piga
umeme, to lighten, to flash ; ku piga bandi, to
Pi, interrogative particle ; wapi, where? wengapi?
tack (in sewing), to baste; ku piga or bisha
hoiv many ? furaha ipi ! what joy !
mlango, to knock at the door and cry “ Hodi;’’
Pi a, s. (la, pi. mapia), (1) the fruit of the mpia or to gather up one's
ku piga moyo kondc,
mlilana-free, which the people use in playing cry for help ; ku piga
courage; ku piga id we, to
(pia la ku tezea watu) ;
pia ya ku tezea watoto, na nti, on the ground; ku piga
to strike
a spinning top, toy, playthings of children ; (2) chafyn, to sneeze (ku enda chafya) ku piga ;

pia (ya, pi. za) ya gu, the ankle-bone, projection pigo, to strike a blow; ku piga bomba, to
of the shin-bone pia ya goti, the knee-cap (pia pump; ku piga ramli, to fortell fortune (by
ya goti ina-ni-fiuka or tengiika heikai saua saua, diagrams).
the knee-cap is turned aside out
of its place ; (3)
Ku riGiSHA, to break or mangle a language ; ku
new; a new cloth; moyo m'pia, a new
ngvio pia,
pigiska maneno ya Kisuahili, to speak broken
heart kitu kipia, a new thing niumbapia, neiv
Suahili.
house; (4) all; watu pia (wote), cdl men ma- ;
Pigana, v. rec., to beat each other, to fight or
kasha pia, cdl boxes (or makasba pia iote, com-
war one with another.
pletely, utterly)-, kazi zote, all ivorks (5) pia,
burn ku pia, to burn ; niumba inakupia, imeku- Pigana kua mbavu, to wrestle.
;

pia, itakupia, the house burns, burnt, shall burn Pigania, v. ku-ni-pigania, to beat one another
— ku tekctea motto ku pisha kua motto = ;
on my account.
ku toma motto niumbani, to
teketeza, piga or Piganika, capable of being beaten.
destroy a house by fire (6) pia, a top, a hum- Piganisha, v. c. (1) to cause to beat or fight;
ming top (St.). e.g., ku wa-piganiska mbiizi wawili (or maji-
 ;
, ; ; ;; ;; ;,; ) — :

PI ( 304 PI

mbi) ku angalia nani ni bora (2) = ku saliti, pepper (which comes from Arabia and India,
;

ku tongania, ku fania fitina, to cause, enmity manga) pilpili liolio, red pepper which is ;

among men, to incite them against each other planted in Africa; pilpili gusurati, which has
(3) ku piganislia wita, ku angalia kua juo, na very small pungent grains.
eadaka na hirisi, to prognosticate war by look- Pima, s. (la, pi. ma ), a fathom (tliira, or tli’ra
ing into the book, by sacrifices and charms. enne — four cubits).

Piganishana, v. rec., to set on to fight together. Pima, v. a., to measure, to weigh in the balance;
Pigia, v., kidude ja ku pigia juma, an instru- ku pima maji, to sound.
ment with which to beat iron — a hammer Pi mi a, v. obj., to weigh out for one ; pislii ya ku
die. pimia.
Pigilia, v. ku pigilia nafaka kua fimbo ishuke PlMISA, V. C.

ndani or tini, kitumba kisilegee, to ram corn Pimiwa, v. n., to measured for (anyone).
be
with a stick in order to fill the bag which must Pinda, v. a., to bend, to strainku pinda uta, ;
to

be tightly full in trade ku pigilia, to beat as bend a bow ; ku pinda na mgu (St.), talipes ?
roofs of stone, earth, sand, (See., are beaten in Pindamana, v. to be bent very hard, to be inflex-
order to prevent the roof cracking as it dries, ible so that it unil not give way or slacken;
and to consolidate it while moist (St.). mtu liuyu apindamana, halegei kabisa; muili-
Pigiliwa. wakwe unapindamana or unashupana, una-
Pigiwa, v., sakafu ya niumba iraepiglwa, ni pindana unakazana ; (2) to be curved, crooked,
vipande via miti iwe ngumu, the floor of the contracted.
house was rammed or stamped ( beaten by v. ( = pindamana), to be stiff, to bend Pindana,
stamping ), with broad pieces of wood that it together. ,

might become hard alipigiwa ukelele, a cry Pindiwa, v.p., to be bent.

ivas made at him, or lie had made at him a Pindi, s.; (la, pi. ma),
(1) curvity, winding, mean-
cry. dering, a twisting a wriggle, turn, point of ,

PIgiza, v., to cause to beat sukuni yawapigiza time, epoch, interred, short while ; pindi la nioka,
tanga, upepo wapiga nussu ya tanga bassi, na nioka apiga pindi or mapindi, the serpent winds
nussu inalegea, inapeperuka. The steersman itself round an animal which it will crush =
allows the sail to beat or flap, the ivind filling nioka yuwasongomana, or yuwajisongomesa
only the half of the sail, ivhilst the other half nioka apiga mapindi konso la mti mrefu lililo
flaps about ( which is dangerous on a vessel), tongoa nta kama fumo, ku f’unda, the serpent
i.e., is not turned to the ivind, so that the sail winds around the long pole which has been
itself
makes the noise “ pu, pu, pu.” pointed a lance to break it; (2) pindi ya
like ,

Pigo, s. (la, pi. ma — ),

a blow, stroke; ku piga (pi. za), pindi ya miia or ya mti, the ring in a cane
pigo, to strikea blow. or tree, which marks its growth; (3) pindi ya
PIka, prep are food, to boil in water
v. a., to cook, (pi. za), saa, the winding of time; pindi ya
amepika jakula mottuni kua maji; ku pika is subukki, ya dohori, ya mangaribi mtana ynna ;

different from ku anda [vid .). ( vipindi kumi na viwili, the day has twelve wind-
Pxkiwa, v. p., nuapildwa wali leo, boiled rice ings = hours. In eating, one says zama fulani !

was to-day cooked for me. mu-ekeni naye, resp., wajua pindi adakapo kuja?
Fikia, v. obj., to cook for one; mpissi ame-ni- (R.).

pikia marra mbili leo, the cook cooked twice Pindia, v. obj. to bend for one;
(vid. pinda),

for me to-day ; muiko \va ku pilda = wa ku u-ni-pindie utawangu you bend my bow
? will

geusia jakula junguni kisiteketee, that the pot- for me ? ku-m-pindia uta kua ku tilia upote.
ladle, the ladle for stirring up the food in the Pindika, v. a., ku pindika mtambo (= ku inika
pot may not burn. or nanika mtambo), to set a rope and tie it to

Pilao, s., pillaw, an Indian dish. a shrub, like a wire; ku tega niama, to catch
Pili, (1) ord. numb., two (in counting ) ;
pill wa pili, an animal. This expression refers to the
the second ya pili yakwe, the next inti wa pili, custom of the natives, who tie a long rope to
the second tree; kasha la pili, the second box • the top of a pole, while they bend and tie the

marra ya pili, again, a second time yule wa pili, other end of the rope to a shrub, under which
the other. the animal will pass and be caught in the
Pili, s. a kind of serpent of about six feet
(2) (wa),
snare.
length, which enters houses in quest of mice and Pindiwa, v., nimepindiwa utawangu ni mtu
fowls. mungine, my bow has been bent for me by
Piu’iLi, s. (ya, pi. za), pepper pilpili manga, black another man.
 ; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ) ; ; ; ; ; ;

PI ( 305 PI
Pin no, s. (la, pi. ma — ), lacing, the selvedge, the Pixgi, s., a shrew-mouse ?
longer of a cloth; pindo la
edge ngiio, the PiNGiLr, s., the piece of a sugar-cane ivhich lies
coloured stripe of a cloth. between tivo knots.
Pixdu, s.; ku fania or piga pindu, to tumble; Pingiti, s. (ya, pi. za) (vid. kipingiti) = kipande
Waanga {a people in Peniba ), anasimika kitoam- ja mua, apiece of sugar-cane which the natives
gomba (kitoa ki nti, na magu ya ju), kana clieiv. Properly it means the ridge (ring) of the
mgomba (vid. kitoamgomba), anapindukfa kua stalk of the sugar-cane.
pili. Pixgu, s. (ya, pi, za)(1) pingu ya ku fungia mtu,
;

Pixdua, s. (1) («i«f/.) = mbisbi ;

pindua wamo, there fetters, a chain with ivhich a man ( prisoner ) is
are obstinate people among them (R.). tied (2) pingu ya birizi, a charm tied to various
Pixdua, v. a. (2), to upset, to overturn, capsize ; ku parts of the body to keep off sickness and evil
pindiia kua wamepindua dau,
pili ;
wana maji spirits.Some medicine, or a strip ofpaper written
the sailors capsized the boat; ku pindua kua over with sentences from the an, is put into a Km
goshini, to tack, in the lee ( under the wind) ku ;
small leather bag, or even a little piece of ivood
pindua kua-damalini, to wear ship (demani, the is tied to the legs, arms, &c.
sheet of a sail); ume-pindua vikombe viote, Pixi, (pi. ma), a haft, a hilt.

u-vi-weke upande mgini. Pipa, s. (la, pi. ma), a cask, barrel, tub (a little

Pinduka, v., to be overturned, capsized pinduka barrel, kipipa) ;

pipa la ushanga, a cask with
kua nasibu si kasidi, accidentallg, not on beads.
purpose. Pipia, adj., new mabali pipia (St.).

Pindukia, v., tothrow or tumb'e oneself over, to Pirikax a, t

v. n., to be strong and well knit = kaka-
roll over ku pindukia kua pili, ku kuea ku wana, to be capable of great exertion, to be firm
pindukia mlima kua pili. in all the muscles.
Pindukiza, throw a thing over; e.g.,
v., to Pisha, v. c., to make to pass ; vid. pita.
muifi amepindukiza mzigo kua pili, i.e., ame Pisho, s., cautery, marks of cautery.
tupa nde ju ya kiwambasa ja niumba, the Pisi, parched, maize.
thief threw the load over the wall of the house. Pishi, s. (ya), a measure for measuring solid
Pindulia, v.; ame-ni-pindulia daulangu. matters. One pisbi contains four kebaba, one
Pixduliwa, v. p. ngallingalli, to be overthrown kebaba is about a pint basin full, about a pound
backwards. and a half; cfr. fara and rotteli.

Pinduza, v. c., to cause to be overturned watu Pisda, v. n., to dote, to become silly.

wame-li-pindusa daulangu, wame-li-pinduza Pita, v. n., to pass by or over, to surpass one,

huko na buko ku muaya maji ya dau, the excel.

people turned the boat in this way and that Pisha, v. ( = pitisha), to let pass, to pass aside,
ivay, in order to pour out the water which was to make room; ame-m-piska Mvita, amekuenda
in from having been capsized.
it nai 'Amu, he made him pass by Mombas
Pixga, a., to give a turn, to turn about = ku
v. (ivhich place he did not enter into
) and went

sungusa, to hinder or block the way ku pinga with him to Lamu, which is often the case,
shikio la jombo, to turn the helm of a vessel; ku when vessels which were to go to Mombas piass
pinga jombo kua shikio, to turn a vessel to by it at night and run up to Lamu or run ,

one side by the rudder ku pinga, to lay a clown to Zanzibar; ku pisha majira, to pass
wager (2) ku pinga maneno watu wote
;
one’s time; pisha mtana, to pass the day
wamekubali maneno haya, laken Rashidi ame- ku pisha masika, to winter, to pass the winter-
ya-pinga; cfr. binga (rectius pinga), to cause time (wakati wa jaka) ;
mito haipishi, the
difficulties. rivers are impassable.
Pixgamizi, s., a meddler, one ivho gives trouble and Pishana, v. rec., to pass while going opposite
spoils a bargain. roads.
Mpixgaxi, s. stubborn, resentless.
,
Pishana, v. rec. ku pishana ndiani, to pass each
Pixgana, pix g aman a ku fania ubislii kua ku ; ;
other on a road or at sea mezi (or muezi),
pingana = sliindana, to accept reluctantly, to unapishana, mezi ukiandama mbelle, mezi wa
shock, to wrestle ? pili unaandama niuma. This expression refers
Pixgia, v. kia or kipingoa ja ku pingia = to one month having thirty, and the next only

fungia mlango kua ndani kua kibarango kikin- twenty-nine days. The former wmezikamili
gamajo, a bolt with which to close the door the latter mezi mpungufu, unapungua siku moja.

from icithin, to fasten the door by means of a Pishoa, v.p., to be passed by.
bar inside. Pitana, v. rec., to surpass each other.
Pixgiwa, v. p. (= ku sbindaniwa ?) Pit! a. a., to pass by one in the front ame-ni-
x
 ; ;; ;;; ) ; ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ;

PI ( 306 PO
pitia (mbelle), haku-ni-ona; (2) to slight, yaf’ania pofu ;
pofu la jungu, the foam of a pot
neglect. pofu la tui.

Pitika, v., to he passed, to he passable. Pofu (or rovu), adj., spoiled, corrupted, destitute
Pitilia, v. = pitia, to overlook, pass hy or over. of fruit hindi pofu halina tembe, lina guguta
Pitiliwa, v. p., to he forgotten, to he neglected, tupu mabindi mapofu, the Indian corn is
;

to he passed in memory. spoiled, it has no grains, the cob

is empty (keina
Pitisha, v. c.; (1) to let pass, to pass aside, to kitu ndiini) mbazi pofu upojo lii upofu.
; ;

make room; (2) to cause one to pass hy or Pofua, v. a., to spoil ( = ku via), destroy Mungu
through, so that he receives nothing, whilst ame-m-pofua mato or ame-m-pofusha mato,
others have received or do receive; (3 ) to cause asione, God has spoiled his eyes, so that the man
one to go or pass in a road; ame-ni-pitisha cannot see; God has blinded him, so that the eyes
ndia ya karibu or ya rnballi, he made me go have no power, like a tree which bears no fruit.
or showed me a near or long road. Pofuka, v. mabindi yamepofuka kua jua, the
Po (1), and time, where, when,
particle of locality Indian corn was spoiled by the heat of the
while, a curious manner of speaking mmoja sun ; mtu amepofuka mato, the man is spoiled
wa-po, one of them; akipotewa ni mmoja wa-po with regard to his eyes, he is blind.

(=awae iote katika kondo wale; aliefania Pofuliwa, v. mabindi yamepofuliwa ni jua,

gisi mmoja-po nani ?

hi for mmoja wa-po) yanapofuka.
(

mmoja-po ndie alieharibu (E.). Pofusha, v. c., to cause to be void, spoiled, of

Po potb, everywhere, ivherever. none effect jua limepofusha or pofua wilimo
Po, mapo), the fruit of the mpo-free (kilimo).
s. (2) (la, pi. ;

vid. m'po. Togo, s. (sing, upogo, pi. za), on one side, not

Poa, pua, v.n.), (1) to dry up, to decrease

v. n. {vid. straight, one-sided watu hawa wana pogo za
to ehh, to subside; maji ya m'to wa bahari yapoa niussozao kua sebabu ya ku tezama upande ;

or yakauka, the water of the creek is ebbing, de- mti bn una upogo or pogo = kombo, tao, to look

creasing; yanakupoa, it has completed the ehh sideways, to be curved, squint-eyed ku enda
yatakupoa, it shall, will decrease {opp. to maji pogo, to go not straight, to go one-sidedly.

yaja, yanaja, yataja, the water is, ivas, will he Pogoa, v. a. = ku kata matanzu ya mti, gogo liwe

full, kua telle). Hence poa, the coast, lit., the dry pekeyakwe, to cut off the branches of a tree, so
land (R.). that the trunk remains alone. Ku kuea ju ya
Poa, v.n. (2), to get or become cool; ku poa beredi mti, ku kata matanzu ya ku fania (or piga) ngo
maji yanapoa beredi, yalikua motto, sasa yana- or nganassa or ukigo.
poa or yazizima, the ivater becomes cool, it teas Pogol£a, v. m'du wa ku pogolea matanzu ya
hot, hut now it is cool; to put awayfrom the fire mti, a knife for cutting the branches of a tree.
in order to cool. Pogoli5wa, v. mti umepogolewa ni watu, the
Poa, v. n. (3), to become well, to recover from sick- tree was cut by the people.

ness amepoa maratbi.

;
Pojo, s. (vid. jolco) (sing, upojo) (wa, pi. pojo za)
Poel£a, v. ohj. to heal of itself.
,
(e.g., pogo za sliamba), a kind of vetch; the

Poza, v. a. (1), to cool; amepoza uji waunga, 7ie Wanika call it pozo (Kimrima jolco).
cooled the {thin) meal soup; (2) to cure, heal, Poka, v. a. (Kipemba), to take with force, violently
deliver; Mungu ame-m-poza (= ame-mu-afu) and suddenly = pokonia, gniagnania, ku-m-
mganga ame-ni-poza kua daua, the physician toalia kitu kua ngvivu, to rob, plunder one,
cured me with medicine; however, the Mu- deprive him of his property forcibly.
hammedans dislike the latter expression, as Pokana, v. — ku gniagnianana.
only God, in their idea, is able to cure. Pokonia, v. a., to deprive one, to extort.
Pozoa, v. p., to he healed. Pokua, v. p., to be robbed.
P6a, s. (ya), dry land, coast, shore, the sea-beach, Poki5a, v. a., to hand
take a thing out of another's
sea {in general ) which is near the land poa ya up from some one, to hand over,
to receive, to take
ya Mvita, the coast of Momhas { = bahari ya deliver; ku pokea mukononi ame-ni-pokea ;

Mvita) (cfr. m'poa) poani, on the sea. ; mzigo ndiani, akatoa yee akatukua, nami nime-
P5a {root), v. n. kuppa, to get dry, in Kiniassa, pumzika, he took the load from me on the road,
lienee poa, dry land, coast. he took and carried it, and I rested ; letta ni-ku-
Podo, a quiver (St.). pokee mzigo, ni-tde kuako, nawe upumsike tafa- ;

PoEi.fiA, v. obj. {vid. puelea) ; sauti ina-m-poelea, thali .upokee, I beg you to accept it, I beg your
to he dry, to become hoarse. acceptance.
Tofu, s. (la,jp/. ma — ), scum, froth, foam, bubble; PoKEi.fiA, v., to receive for another, to transmit,
pofu la bahari, the foam of the sea ; maji yakija to take from one and deliver it to a third
 ; ; ) ; ; ) ; ; .;
; ! ; ; ; : ;

person. Kisuse (a Suahili name ame-m- death, but was saved; he recovered. Latin, inco-
pokelea Masudi (
n p.) fetha kua Mzungu =
.
lumis evasit, he came off, got off safe.
Mzungu amempa Kisuse fetka, na Kisuse ame- Ponia, v. a., to preserve (e.g., to preserve life
i-pokea kua Mzungu, aka-m-pokelea Masudi, from hunger), to cure, to save.
Kisuse has handed over the money of the Pox da, v. a., to crush, to pound in a mortar, to
European to Masudi Kisusi took it from the —
pulverize (different from ku tuanga (vid), which
Mzungu and delivered it to Masudi to whom means to take off the husks ; ponda ku tia kitu
,

it belongs; na-ku-poke!ea fethayako, I deliver kinuni na maji na ku ponda kua mti, wishoa
to thee thy money fetha ni hi, Masudi hapo, vitoke ku ponda pilpili, bizari, muhogo, but
;

ewe Kisuse upokelee. ku tuanga mabindi, mpunga, mtama, dec.

Pokeijkwa, v. Masudi amepokelewa fetha ya Poxda ponda, v. intens., to prostrate, to bruise,
Mzungu ni Kisuse. to deprive of strength ; e.g., marathi ime-ni-

Pokelezana, v. rec., to take off aload mutually ; ponda ponda (funda).

ku tunza gnomhe kua ku pokelezana, to keep Pondea, v. obj. ame-ni-pondea pilpili kinuni,
cattle alternately. he has pounded the pepper for me in the
PoKtfzA, v. c., to make to hand over, to cause one mortar.
to take off from another's hand, to assist or Ponoeka, v., to be pounded, or capable of being
help him mirai leo kazi nengi, nadaka mtu pouncled, to be crushable.
kua ugira, a-ni-pokeze kazi, a-ni-pokee, a-ni- Poxdekea, v. muaka jana kulikua na mvua
seidie kazi ku-ni-oyesha. nengi, rptama umepondekea nti, i.e. una-
Pokezania (
Kinika ), to talce off or shift from anguka nti, to fall to the ground, said of fruits
the other (e.g., a load), and carry it by turns (like mtama, mabindi, mpunga, <&c), in conse-

as each gets tired. quence of much rain and ivind, which beat the
Pokezana, v. rec., to take by turn, to take a thing stalks to the ground.

from each other and carry it ; e.g., ku poke- Pondekeaxa (or pondekana), v ., to bruise or
sana mzigo ;
ku pokezana maneno, to speak by crush each other; nrtamawangu umeponde-
turns, when the one speaks, the other is silent, keana, umelegea, umelemeana or umelemesana
and do by turns.
vice versa, to (viz.,mashuke za mtama), the stalhs of the
Pokewa (or pokelewa), v. nimepokewa ni mtama lay one upon the other in consequence
mtu muugine, to be handed over. of much rain, wind, or heat of the sun.
Poko, s. (la), man's body muili Pondo, s. (ya, pi. za), a long pole, a bamboo-cane
the bigness of a
wa mtu huyu liuyu yuna poko la
ni poko, or used for pushing a boat forward; pondo za ku
mtu
kuelli, this is indeed a big, corpulent man. sukumia dan ku-m-toma pondo, a punting-pole; ;

Pokoxia, v. a. = gniagnania, poka, to extort, to (2) pondo ya niuma ya mviazi (= mji), after
take a thing forcibly from one, to rob him aka- birth, the former applies to human beings, the

fundika ungo akapokonia mke, to ravish and latter to the inferior animals. Sp. seems to
snatch away a female. have confounded kondo ya niuma with pondo
Pole pole, aclv., slowly, softly, gently, moderately (cfr. kondo).
Pombe, s. -- tembo ;
vid. PoNfsHA, v. a., to make contribution (Bom. xv. 26)
Pombo, s. (wa, pi. ma), a porpoise, dolphin; a (Sp.).
kind of fish ivliich folloics vessels making re-
Poxga, v. a. (R.), muigni ku ponga or tupa
peatedly a blowing noise (pombo yuwasama
mukono ?
yuwasuka).
Pongozi, s., a kind of large sea-mussel (ta mkuba)
Pomoa, v. a. = ku funda, to cast off, to throw off,
vid. mapongozi.
tomake tofcdl.
Pomoka, v. n., to fall or tumble clown, to fall to Ponia, v. a., to make well, to heal, to save; ji ponie,
ruin ( Kimrima ku anguka ( Kimwita ) look out
;

nimepomoka ndiani. Ponia ponia, s ; ponia ponia yetu (or nafuyetu) . ;

Pomosha, v. c. (= angusha), to cause to tumble liili jua, ndilo ponia ponia yetu, this sun-heat

down, to throw or pull down (= ku angusha) ivas our rescue, i.e., because, it ivas so hot the

ku pomosha madafu mnazini kua polepole, si cholera did not come to us (R.), to Mornbas
kua ku poromosha kua mfuliso = harraka. (in June, 1865).

Pomozi, s. (ya mavi), the sudden discharge of the Poxiesha, v. c., to cure, to cause one to be made
boivels with a noise; mtu huyu yuna pomozi. well.

Pona, v. n., to recover, to get well, to be restored to Ponioka, v. n., to slide, slip off, to escape, to slip

health = amekua mzima, amekua katika mautti out of one' s hands mtu ameponioka makum-
or karibu na kuffa laken amepona, he was near bini akaanguka, the man slipped off the cocoa-
x 2
 ; ; ;; ; ; ) ; ; ; ;

PO ( 308 PO
branch and fell down; bilauli ime-ni-ponioka holding the tree ivitli the hands, not with the
mukononi, the (/lass slipped out of my hand. feet; ku poromoka mlima kua ku telcza kua
Poniosha, v. c., to cause to let slip a thing on magu.
purpose or without purpose. PoROMOLKA {or POROMOSEA), V. obj.

Pon’ioshica, v. ku-m-pcriioshea kuku tembc za Poromosha, v. c., to cause to fall doivn, to throw
mtama katika nti, apate dona. down in quick succession ; ku poromosha ma-
Pono, s., a fish which generally in a state of
is dtifu kua mfulizo (ku anguslia harraka), to
torpor. Hence the Prov., mtu liuyu ana usingizi throw down cocoa-nuts, one quickly after
kana pono, this man sleeps constantly like the another; ku poromosha mavi, to emit, to dis-
pono (= yuna usingizi mno). This fish is not charge the bowels with a noise.
good for food. Posa, v. a., to ask in marriage ; ku fania maneno
Ponoa, v. a. ku ponoa ngovi, to strip off the bark ya harusi uposo ni mali yapelekoayo kua ;

from the bast ; vid. konge. harusi mtumke (Sp.) ?

PoNOLfiA, v. ; ku ponolea ngovi kua kigongo. Posa {or poza), v. a., (1) to cure {vid. poa, v. n.)

Ponza ;
ku ponza, to put in danger. {cfr. the Amharic word fawasa) ;
mganga ame-
Pooza, s. {pi. ma — ), a thing icliich never comes to ni-posa marathiyangu, the physician has cured
perfection (St.). my sickness ; ku ondosha marathi makongo yasi-
Pooza, v. n., to drop, to ivitlier {vicl. posa or wemo tena; (2) to relax in reference to physical
grow lame,
poza), to become useless, to relax, to strength ku legea muili mtu huyu apoza, ;

a lamed hand; mukono ulikua una pooza

e.g., hasimiki mho) (anapoza mbo heisimami, ku
(sc.,

{Luke vi. 6) muigni ku pooza, a paralytic.

;
poza uume or maume), this man is impotent as
PoozliSHA, v. c., to paralyze. to virility; mukono unapoza, unakuff'a gansi,
Popa, v. a. =
ku kaza or funga liodari, to tie hausliiki kitu mtu huyu anapoza rniigu kua
;

tightly or closely, strongly ku popa vitango via tambazi, or anapozesha magu.

liodari, to tie closely in various places u-li-pope Posesha, v. c., (1) to cause to become cool; e.g.,

ganda vitango viwili or vitatu ganda ;

lime- ku-wali upate poa, uwe
heredi; (2) to cause to
popoa sasa, the bag is tied strongly. cure ; e.g., daua hi ngema, inaposesha kionda,
Popo {or p6opo), s., (1) the fruit of the mgogo-tree ; kionda kinaposoa ni daua hi ; (3) to lame, to
popo ku tafunia uraibu {vid.), the fruit of the
la paralyze, cause to slacken, to be powerless
areca palm, the areca-nut {chewed withbetel-lcaf tambasi ina-m-posesha mtii mukono, hawezi ku
lime, and
tobacco); (2) popo (ya pi. za)biinduki, ,
shika kitu, or ina-in-posesha gu, gu lapepea,
a musket-ball which resembles in size exactly the lialina ngiivu kua mshipauliokutfa gansi (poos-

fruit of the mgopo-tree ; popo ya rusasi, ya clnima, eslia (St.).

a ball of lead or iron. Posiio, s. (la, pi. ma— ), rations, maintenance, the

Popo, s. (iva), a bat which . is fond, of mangoes and portion of food given daily, or from time to time,
bananas. to a wife {the natives have their several ivives in

Popotoa {redupl. of potoa), v. a., to distort, to separate houses), or to a child, or soldier, or

twist, to wring, strain songonioa), sprain, stranger, cOe .

posho ni kiasi cha nafaka, Sc.
(cfr.
pervert; ku popotoa mikono, ku alislia vianda Many women receive no more than five pishi of

or vidole, to distort the hands, to make the corn for ten days' allowance. This being very
little, they give up themselves to harlotry for
fingers crack.
Popotoana, v. rec., to wrestle, writhe (P.). maintenance.
Popotoka, v. n. amc popotoka gulakwe, he has Poso, s.,the demand in marriage; cfr. posa, v. a.

sprained his foot; properly he has been con- Posoro, s., an interpreter (St.).

torted with regard to his foot. .

Possa {or posiia), v. a. = ku-m-seril'u to give one
;

Pora, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a young cockerel which a daily allowance of food, to provide one with

cannot yet crow pora la jimbi lianzalo ondokea food, clothing, Sc., to give rations to ; ame-rn-
= kua, lialitassa wika. possa mtumbawe, lie gave his bride maintenance

Poroa, v. a., to cool, to get ivatery or thin. {as the natives do after they have betrothed a
mana
Pok6.ta, s. (la, pi. ma — ), thin, ivatery substance, young
or viakiila.
girl) ;
ku-m-possa or askari jakula

gruel; wali liu ni poroja mno, una maji mangi,

ni masliindca, this {boiled) rice is too much Pote, (1) all, of place or time; cfr. ote); (2) cfr.

diluted; poroja la kizungu, a European soup upotc (2>I. poto, za), bow-strings.
{water-soup); poroja la toka, lime too much Poti5a,,v. n., to get lost, to go astray, to err ; e.g.,

diluted. amcpotCa lidiani, he icent astray on the road, lie

Poromoka, v. n., to glide or slip doivn; e.g., ku went the icrong way, to perish; mali imepotea, the
poromdka mnazi, to. slip down a cocoa,-t.Kee by •property perished, was lost kissu kime-ni-potea,
 ; .. ; ; ; , ) ; ; ; ; ;

PO ( 309 PU
nimepotea nd'a nikatokea Puagna, an animal (liana mkia) without a tail
I have lost my knife s.,

niumbani kuako (mjini), I lost my way and came (K-)?

out near your house [in town). Puaki (or rather poani), s., the shore, near the
Potelica, v. obj to he lost to one; mali ime-ni- shore, on the beach, on the coast.
.,

property is lost to me, I lost it; Puasa (or tuaza), v. a. (Kipeniba)-,

ku pika mu-
potelea, the
liogo ulio pasuliwa vipande vipande, to boil
mali ime-ni-potca.
Pot£vu, adj., wasteful. cassava after they have been cut into small
PoTfhvA, v. nimepotewa kissu, or kissu kime- pieces, which boil quickly.

ni-potea, 1 lost a knife. Puaya (1), v. a. ku-nguo na mawe (or ku pura nguo
PoTfizA, v. c., to lose anything carelessly, to cause maweni) (opp. jajaga, vid.), to wash by beating
to perish or go astray or he lost, to corrupt, to against stones ; vid. pura.
spoil. Puaya (or puaia) (2), v. a. = ku takassa or ondosba
Potezea, v. obj., to lose to one; ame-m-potezea fumbi la mpunga, to clean finally the dust out
of
maneno. rice or of corn, having been pounded the second
PoTEZEWA.
time in a mortar.
Potoa, v. a. and pogoa), (1) to curve,
cfr popotoa
(
Puaia, v. obj.; Eashidi ame-ni-puaia mtelle-
make crooked; ku tia kombo or kota (2) to ;
Avangu.
spoil or to pervert a Hang, e.g., ku potoa maneno,
Puaika, v. mtelle unapuaika, takazakwe zime-
ku potoa kazi.
toka, the rice is (quite clear of husks, dirt, or
Potoe, s., crookedness, perversion, obstinacy mtu
dust.
huyu ni potoe ( Kimrima bit), this man is obsti- from
Puaisha, v. c., to cause one to clean corn
nate ; watuma hawa ni potoe (or pinda = hawa-
dust or dirt.
sikii), the slaves are refractory.
Puaiwa, v. n.; mtelle wa mora unapuaiwa ni
Potoka, v. n., to be crooked, to be perverse,
watu.
obstinate, heady, opinionative mtu huyu ame- nimepuaiwa
Puaiwa, to be cleaned from dust
potoka, hakuongoka, si nraongofu or muongoki,
mtellewangu ni watu.
alieharibika.
Potosha, v. c., to cause to become crooked, per- Pu£a, v. n. (vid. puelea and pua or poa, v. it.), to

verted, heady; e.g., watu wamepotosha = be dry, hence sauti ime-ni-puea or poea, I am
wamepoteza akili za mana, asifuate babai. hoarse, or nimepuewa na (ni), sauti.

Povu (1), s. ( vid pofu, scum), shimmings. Pu£wa po£wa), v. p., to become or to be left
(or
dry ; ku puewa na sauti, to become hoarse.
Povu (2), (vid. pofu, pofiika), adj., spoiled.
Povua, v. a., to spoil, to destroy; povuliwa,
PuELkKA (or poeleka), v. it., to be dried up.
povusha. Puekee, adv. (vid. peke), only, alone.
Poyl’ka, v. n., to become blind. PuEi.f a (or poelea or puea op poea), to get low
Poza, v. a., to cure (vid. posa), to cool by ladling or ebb for one = ku kauka, to get dry maji
outand pouring back again (St.). yame-m-puelea or puea ndiani, dau halikuweza
Mapoza, s. healing things (St.) ku pita, the water got low for him on the road,
Fua, s. (ya, pi. za), nose; muanzi wa pua, pi.
the boat could not proceed ( = maji yamekupua),
mianzi ya pua, the division between the nostrils
the boat ran aground in consequence of the ebb,
the nostril. The natives do not say tundu ya or
the low water stopped the boat (2) sauti ime-m-
za pua ku piga pua, to snort; ku semea puani,
;
puea or puelea, inakauka, imefundika, imekiia
or kua na kingongo, to talk through the nose.
kidogo, imekupua, hanayo, he got hoarse, his
Pua, v. n., to fall, to ebb (vid.) ( both verbs pua and
voice fails him from hoarseness.
poa are in use), to decrease, to ebb, to become low,
Pueleka, v., to be dried up.
to become dry, said of the water which at the ebb-
Puelewa puewa), v. it., (1) to be or become
(or
time runs from the creeks into the open sea = ku
dry; (2) to become hoarse; dau lina puelewa
kauka, ku toka na ku nenda baharini maji ya
\

ni maji, or suisui tumepuelewa ni maji, we

;

pua or yapoa yamekupua, yatakupua, the

;
ran aground in consequence of low water ; (2)
water decreases, has decreased, shall decrease or
mtu huyu anapuelewa ni sauti = sauti ina-
fall off; maji yapua, the water has fallen (said
m-puelea, he is hoarse, he is dried up in
of the ebb); for other objects they use the verb ku puewa na or
reference to his voice; ni
anguka, to fall; (2) to dote about, 1 Tim. vi.4?
sauti, to become hoarse.
(3) to she'l beans, g>eas, &c. (St.). Maji ku jaa
Puei.eza, v. c., to cause to run aground, to stop
na ku pua.
the voice; kuani ku pueleza daulangu ? why
P’ua, s. (ya — ), steel; ku tia p’ua kitoka, to steel,
did you run my boataground ? marathi ya
harden, sharpen the hatchet; p’ua ya juma
kigvimu kikatajo juma muenziwe kana tupa. mshipa wa kifiia yamc-m-pueleza sauti, the
 ; ; ;; ;; ; ;

PU ( 310 ) PU
sickness of the chest has stopped his voice, not hold together, but every gram is separate ;

made him hoarse. wali ni pukute, rice boiled somewhat dry, if not
Pu£sha, v. c., to cause to ebb, the ivater to become so, ni wali wa maskendea, is somewhat softer
low; Mungu yuwapuesha maji. and sweeter from the nazi, but still not liked { Er.)-
Puerewa, v. p., to be in want of work (Sp.). Pukutika, v. 71 to drop, to fall off like dry leaves
.,

PufizA, s., a cuttle-fish (mgniri \va pueza). in autumn, or like ripe fruits; manui yame
Pugi, s., a very small hind of dove. pukutika nti wali wapukutika, kautangamana
;

Puju, s., the name of a bad hind offish (R.) ; cfr. Sana na mkono ;
umande upukutike nti, niassi

kolekole. sikeli maji sasa ;

maua yamepukutika nti kua
PujuAj v. a. {cfr. lafua), to touch or hit sliyhtly, to jua.
scratch; e.g., mti ku una-ni-pujua, this tree Pukutisha, v. c., to cause to fall; usinende,
scratched me. umande upukutiske nti kwanza, do not go, let
Ji-pujua, v.refl., to cast off all shame = ku ji- the dew first cease, let the ground be dried
fania mtofu wa kaya, to render oneself shame- from dew ku pukutiska mukate, to crumble.
less or barefaced ; (2) to be beggar-like, to bey Pulia, v. obj. ; e.g., wali uki-m-pulia muana mjanga

for everything one sees ; mtu kuyu mpujufu or puani, mamai yuwa-m-fionda, &c., if the boiled
mtofu wa kaya. rice enters the nosti-ilof a babe, his mother sucks
Pujuka (1), v. 71. ( = kaskuka), to become meagre, it out.
to leada life of shamelessness and beggarliness, Pulika, v. 71 .
{. Kiamu), (1)= ku konda in Kimw.)
to lead a beggarly life. kua nda or ukongo, to become lean and thin by
Pujuka (2), v. a. — ku kunioka, to gall the hands famme or sickness {Kigunia) (2)— ku sikia or

or feet ku ondoka ngovi kua kitu kigurnu, to sikiliza neno, to hear, or to attend to {Kigunia);
hnoch off the shin by accident (Sp.). (3) to be restless, to be offensive,
to fret.

Pujukoa = kaskukoa {cfr. lafuka) = ku fauia Pui.ikana, v. rec., to hear one another.
kana muigni wazimu. PunzA, v. a., (1) to blow or puff with the mouth;
Pujulika, v. 71. to be meagre, to be pining
, (2) ( = ku atilia kitu kuea ku sliuka tini, or
away. ju), to let go, or fig upwards downward or
Pujuliko, s. (la), 7>ieagreness, leanness. ku puliza nanga or kildi bakavini, or ndo
Puku {or pugu), (wa), puku wa mituni, a field-
s. kisimani, to let go the anchor or plummet into
mouse; puku yawaka skamba ku la mmea ;
the sea, to let down a bucket into a well; ku
the Waniha eat this hind of mouse. puliza kisusuli or tiara, to fig a kite (ku ata ku

maratki ya puku puku, yapukussa nenda),

Puku puku ;

Pulizia, v. mfufl ame-m-pulizia maskfpi (figue

watu, the sudden or speedy death of people;
sickness throws them off {from the tree off life). ya kamba) samaki.

Pukusa, v. a., to present, to 7iiahe presents to (St.). Puluki, s., a spangle, spangles (St.).

Pukussa, v. a. {= ku ondoska, or konoa, or kokoa, Puma, v. a. {cfr. tutuma), to throb, to beat like the

temke), (1) ku-makindi, to 7’ub or to ci'umble pidse, pulsate, to have pain, pinch ipu la-ni-

Indian corn, which is still in the (guguta) cob, puma, the boil gives me pain kitoa cka puma;
to break or cut the grains of Indian coni ipu likianza ku kusania wasaka makali pamoja,
off,

from stump on which they grow (2) mnazi

the linapuma sana.
umepukussa matale, the cocoa-tree has thrown Pumba, s. (la, pi. ma ),
a lump, a clod; pumba la —
off little 7iuts in which there is neither 'water
nor udongo, a clod of clay, as 'much as can be taken
flesh. The natives dislike this very 'much, and with two hands at once, but the 7iatives say:
therefor'C they hammer the shin of the tondo {an burnka la tomkako, a bundle of tobacco; pumba
animal) into the trunk of the tree (mnazi usipu- (ya, pi. za) is a smaller quantity than kurnba
kusse matale ten'a),su that it may cease dropping (la) ;
pumba ya udongo ya ku kandika niumka,
its unripe nuts. This is a kind of charm. If a clod of day to plaster the wall of a house ; kua
they put uimbi into the branches (makumki) of mapumba, to congeal.

the cocoa-tree, it is said to die away very soon; Pumba (or pumbaa), (= ku via muili na v. h., (1)

(3) ku pukussa mauni, throw off dry leaves;

to
akili, to be spoiled, to weak in body and mind) be t

miti yapukussa ;
maratki yapukussa watu au to be negligent, stupid, sluggish; (2) ku pumba
niama, as the wind Throws off leaves from a tree, kazi ( kua mfifu), to be idle or lazy ; ku daka
-

so does sickness throw off men or animals ku zungiika pasipokazi, to desire to walk about
suddenly. businessless, thoughtless; muana kuyu ana-
Pukute, s. ; pukiitc ya wali (= wali mkafu), the piiinba katta anapumbaslka, this bog teas lazy
dryness of boiled rice, when lltc boiled grains do and thoughtless till he became a fool.
 ; ; ;; ; ; ;

PIT ( 31 1 ) PU
Pumbaza, v. a. ( = ku susua or dangania watu), Hindi, mrefu na wema, Punda na mabairi ; cfr.

to befool to deceive people, to play the fool, to

and a female
,
y**! ,
camelus, an ass camel.
feign stupidity.
Ji-pumbaza, to feign stupidity, or awkwardness. Punda mlia Hindi, s ., zebra, the natives eat

Pumbazana, v. r., to deceive each other. this beautiful animal ; pi. punda milia; mlia

Pumbazika, v., to become afool( = kudanganika, (pi. milia), a long white and black line or

to slight, neglect, to deprive oneself of a thing stripe; punda yuna mlia or milia, she has

kua mazungumso nnapumbazika ndiayangu, various stripes.

sikupata saffari, or leo nnapumbazika kua Punde, adv. (future and preterit) punde bivi ;

kazi batta nakosba safari, by talking I have just now, a little while ago, no sooner than
deprived myself of my journey (watu walio- after, afterwards, a little more punde kidogo,
zungumsa nami wame-ui-visia ndia), to make ngoja kidogo, a little afterwards, wait a little;
a fool of one, to play a hoax on one, to jockey letta mti mdogo or mkuba punde, bring a little

one; pambasika batta jua linakutua ; cfr. smaller or a little larger tree punde kua punde,

pumbaa dundua. now and then, often, every moment, by little and
Pujibia, v. obj. repeatedly, always ; kipindi batta kipindi
little,

Pdmbika, v. n., to undertake a thing at random. punde anakuja, punde anarudi (= marra punde
Pumbisa, v. a. = ku ji-tupa. marra), now he comes, then he returns, at one time

Pumbiwa, v.p. he comes, at another he returns mrefu punde,

a little longer; kitu kirefu punde, a thing some-
Pumbu (or pumbo), s., the scrotum (ya pi. ma and
,
what longer.
za), swelling of the testicles in consequence of the
rnshipa disease;mtu buyu ana pumbu (cfr. yayi Punga, s., the flower and first stage of the cocoa-
and mayayi ya pumbu), pumbu ya or za ma- nut (sing, upunga wa liindi), pi. za mahindi =
kende, hernia; koko za pumbu, or mayayi ya shuke la mahindi punga za mnazi ndizo muanzo ;

pumbo, or mapumbu, testicles (St.). wa nazi upunga ukikua, jatoka kidaka, upunga ;

Pumu, s., an asthmatic complaint, an asthma (ni ni mdogo kana tembe la mtama, all blossoms or

uwelle wa pumzi), throbbing of the heart in flowers which resemble the mpunga.
general, disease of the chest. Punga, v . a., (1) ku punga upepo (ku-m-pigilia, or

Pumua, v. n., to breathe, to recover breath, to rest fufia upepo kua upepeo), to fan the air with a
ku-m-pumuza kazi, to ease one of work. broom when it is very hot; to wave, to swing, to
sway, e.g., to sway the arms in walking, which,
Pumzi (or pumuzi), s., breath, respiration, breathing
as Dr. St. says, “ is thought to give elegance to
(ku pumua) ;
ku sbusha pumzi, to fetch or draw
a woman's carriage (2) ku punga pepo, to cite
breath, to breathe (cfr. upumzi). It seems that
and expel the spirit of a man possessed with an
in Kiung. “ ku sbusha pumzi or pumuzi, means
evil spirit or the ceremony of citing and ex-
i

to expire, to breathe out,” and ku paaza pumuzi, ,

“ to
pelling cm evil spirit; ku-m-punga mtu pepo kua
draw in the breath, to inspire.”
ngoma, kua ku piga kofli na kua nimbo, to cite
Pumzika, v. n., to breathe oneself to rest
,
from
the spirit which is believed to have caused a
fatigue.
man's sickness. The citation is made by the
Pumzikia, v. mahali pa ku pumzikia watu
mganga, who fans the diseased person with the
ndiani, palipo na uvuli na uberedi wa mti, a
mguislio (tail of long hair), which is anointed
place on the road where people can rest, and
with perfumes, in order to attract the spirit,
where there is shade and coolness under a
ivhich ivill rise up into a man's head, and give
tree.
information of the means by ivhich he may be
Pumzi,sha, v. c ., to cause one to breathe or rest
appeased and induced to depart from him. When
ku fania watu wapate pumua.
a person is sick, he goes to a learned man, ivho,
Pumziko (or PUMZiKio, or kipumzikio) mahali pa ;
by means of the mburuga (ubao wa ku tezamia),
ku pumzika tuo pa ku tulia, pa ku tiia mzigo,
;
finds out that the person has been seized by a
a resting-place, a place where you can put down
pepo, and that a mganga must be called to cite
your load and take rest on a journey. and expel the pepo. The mganga at first yuwa-
Puna, v. a., to strip) off, to scrape off, peel off; ku pika niungu siku tatu (he boils medicinal plants
puna viazi ku puna ;
gofi, or ganda la mti ;
ku or roots) to fumiy ate the patient for three days.
puna = ku tonga nta ku puna karri kua
; kissu, This having been done, the sick person is placed
to scrape off sweat loith a knife; ku puna on a. mat, many people surrounding him, clap-
gnongo. ping the hands, singing songs and beating ubatu
Punda, s. (wa ,pl. id., wa and za), an ass panda wa sifuri and makayamba = mabiia ya mtama
kiongue = mbisbi, a galla-ass, opp. punda wa yalio na tembe ndani, to make a noise. The
 , ; ; ; ;
. ; .

PU ( 312 ) PU
mganga stands in the midst of the assembly next the sick person is either actually or temporarily
to the sick person, andfans him with the mguisho. relieved. Nature, medicine, art, cunning, and
This ceremony is performed in the morning and superstition, have cdl co-operated to force the
evening for seven days. After this, they anoint man into the belief that he has been cured.
the patient with various perfumes, and beat a Fungi a, v.; ku-m-pungia nguo, to make a sign by
drum for three days, until the spirit at last leaving up and down ain the cur at a cloth
comes and greets the assembly three times (atoa distance; ku-m-pungia mkono, to beckon one with
salam, salam aleikum, salam aleikutn, salam the hand.
aleikum). Then the mganga asks him, “ icho art Ji-pungiza up£po, to fan oneself; kua npepeo (wa
thou ?” He replies, “ Mini ni jinni wa jinani wa ku ji-pungia upepo) with a fan.
kititi ja bahari, I am the Jin of the deep under
Pungo, s. ( Reblj akmd offish (probably = pungu). ,

the sand of the sea. Why have you called me

Pungoa, s., the name of a drum; kuna ngoma ya
The mganga answers, “ We wish to relieve this
pungoa, ile ngoma ya uganga watu jioni wenda ;

sick person, and ice ask thee why hast thou pungoani; (2) kuna pungoa ya mji
, Waganga ;

made lam sick ?” The spirit answers ( always wakakusaniana wakapunga mji, wakateza pun -
talking through the sick person ), “ Because this goa ya mji.
woman or this man hcts made me angry, by Pungu, a kind a large bird of prey
s., offish, ( efr
touching or making water under the tree where kipungu), a species of bird, probably the lamb’s
I dwell, or because he or she has not honoured vulture.
me by gifts, therefore I shall kill him or her."
Pungua, v. n., to decrease, grow less, to abate, to
The mganga then prays, that the spirit may not
wear away; jua limepungua leo ukali, the sun
kill him or her, and promises to supply cdl that
became less powerful to-day; pepo imepungua
the spirit may require. The spirit says, “ 1 or zimepungua leo ku vuma, the wind abated to-
want a sheep or bullock, a kilemba and a janu,” day akili zina-m-pungua.
i.e., a table with much and various food, wali
Pungufu, s., defect; hapana pungufu ilio-m-pun-
ambari, udi, etc. W
hen cdl these things have been
gua = viote vimezidi.
procured, the pepo, acting always through the
Punguka, v. n., to be diminished (kua baba), to
sick person, cuts the lap off the ear of the sheep
be defective, to fcdl short; maji vamepungiika,
goat, or bullock, and tastes the blood. Then he
the water is diminished, become smaller fimbo
tastes of every article of food that has been
inapunguka sasa, the stick is now shorter;
placed on the, janu. After that, he takes leave of
kwanza yalikua nrefu, laken imepungua urefu
the assembly, saying, “I am now appeased, I ;

wino unapunguka, the ink is diminished.

will depart from the sick person, I shall clo him
Pungukia, v. obj.; mali ime-m-pungukia, the
or her no further harm; if he or she continues
property has become less with him or for him,
again become sick, it is not
to be sick, or shall
Luke xviii. 22, thou lackest one thing, bado
from me, but from BoclT Then he gives every
jambo mmoja lina-ku-pungulda.
bystander his hand, and says finally, “Kuaheri
Pungukiwa, v. mtu liuyu amepungukiwa ni
fundi, kua beri kaimu,” meaning the mganga.
mali, lie lacked property
On leaving the sick man, he turns his head to
Punguza, v. a., to diminish, to lessen, to cause
the ground, which signifies that the pepo has
to become less, to make less ; c.g., ku tanga, to
gone his way. The mganga takes his wages
lessen or reef a seal.
and This is the meaning of the ex-
departs.
Punguzia, v. obj.; Mungu ame-m-punguzia mali-
pression ku punga mtu pepo, na mtu amepungoa
yakwe, God has lessened ( for him ) his property.
pepo. Of course, this description contains only
themain points of the ceremony, for every Pungua, s., difficulty ; cdso said of a heavy load
mganga has his own method— but the substance which is scarcely portable ku kuea ni pungua
is the same, viz., (1) the sick person goes (K.)?
first
through a course of medicine; (2) the people PunguA.ni,s., a defect buyu Muarabu ni punguani
make a noise by singing and beating the drum, siMuarabu kamili, this man is only a hcdf-caste
to call up the spirit, or rather, to drive the sick Arab, not an entire Arab, i.e., his father is an
person into a frantic state, in which the people Arab, but his mother is or ivas a slave. Mtu
consider the pepo acts and speaks through the buyu ni punguani, or yuna punguani kua mamai
sick person; (3) the frantic state passes si muunguana kamili anatangamana na maji ya
away after the pepo is considered to have been kitiimoa, aliepunguka uunguana (
vicl . mpungiifu)
appeased, and ichen the noise of the assembly this man is free, but his freedom is defective on
ceases. The doctor having completed his medical account of his mother who was a slave, and teas
and artful course, walks off" with his wages, and liberated.
 ; . ;; ) ; ; ; ; ; ;

PU ( 313 RA
Punja, v. ci.; (1) to pound, e.g., rice the first and Puruka, v. n.; (1) to fly off (ku ruka ruka), niuni
second time, hut ku puaya =
the third time alie na mbawa yuwapurnka ; (2) to be scared,
takassa; ku punja mtelle marra ya kwanza na frightened away.
ya pili laken marra ya tutu ku puaya (2) = ku~ ;
Purukusiia, v. a., to cause to fly off, to let fly, to
m-kopa, ametoa kingi, aka-m-pa kidogo muenziwe scare, fright away, to slight; e.g., maneno, not
alipogawania kitu, hence to swindle, to sell a little to mind a matter ; purukusiia sbikio, not hear,

for the price of a larcje quantity. not let it enter into one's ear.
Punje, s. (la, pi. ma ) —
(1) punje ;
la dafu (Ki- Jipurukusha, v. refl., to slight a matter, not to
pemha) = biipu la dafu (
Kimwita ), a young cocoa- take to heart (hatii maanani, akilini, ku fania
nut, the shin of which is not taken off entirely, kana asiesikia, to make as if one did not hear,
and which has only water and hut little flesh to refuse to attend.

(dafu la urambi rambi). It is different from Purukushaxi, s., superficialness ku fania, not to
tonga (la, pi. ma — )
la dafu, which is a ripe one, take at heart, to slight everything that one is

and which has both water and flesh. Its skin is told ku tkarau neno aambiwalo, amefania kazi
entirely taken off uki-li-passua, utafania visio kua purukushani, kua harraka, kua ubaya, to do
viwili (kizio, pi. vizio, is the half of a cocoa-nut a thing superficially.
or of an orange). Nazi hi ni tonga, this cocoa- PuRUKUsnoA, v.p.
nut is very large; (2) punje, the grains of corn mvua imepussa, the rain has abated,
Pussa, v. n.
(St.).
ceased = imepita, inaata ku nia, inafania kianga
Punsa, v. a.;ku-muenziwe ku uawa (= kutensa) ? or mjaasa.
Punta, s. (ya ,pl. za), punta ya kanzu.
Puta, v. a. ( = ku-m-piga or pura) (Kipemba), to
Puo, s., nonsense; vid. pua, v. n., to dote, Tim. vi.
bang one about, to beat one thoroughly ana-
4.
putoa = pigoa bodari kua ukindu or kindu (ame-
Pupa, s. (ya, la) (=bidii, jukudi, kikaka), eager-
m-piga batta ame-mu-ambua magofi ya damu)
ness, great haste; ana harraka za kula, yuna pupa
Putika, v. n. = pigika sana, to be well beaten
ya kuia or kula kua pupa, to eat eagerly and
(batta anabuagika nli).
hastily, so that others get little to eat ( cfr papia,
Putugali, a fowl (Pemba) (St.).
v. a.), ku fania pupa ( = harraka) ya ku kwisba
kazi. Puwo, s., vid. puo, nonsense.

Pupia, v. ohj., 1 Thess. v. 15. Puza, v. a. (vid. puo); (1) to overlook, to neglect
Puputa, v. a., to heat severely. ku-maneno, to be silent and hear only (= ku
Puputiwa, v. p. niama) ; (2) to talk nonsense, to chatter.
Pura, v. a.; ku pura mtama, to thrash or to heat Puzia, v. a. (Kimrima, ku puzia motto = fufia
out mtama with a stick at the time of harvest motto), to blow the fire with the mouth.
ku pura nguo ( = ku fiia nguo), to wash a cloth Puzika, v. n., to gossip, to talk with the women
hy heating or dashing it against a stone. (vid. mpazi, hasharati), ku toa maneno yasiokua
Pure, s. ; ni matangamano ya mbazi na mahini na maana, to talk senseless things (maneno ya
ku pikoa pahali pamoja pure za maliindi, or ;
burre) ( = ku paya paya, ku puzika nafsiyakwe,
kunde na pojo, na mbazi, hoiled together the ,
to chat, prattle).
mixture of mbazi and mahindi, or of kunde and Puzisha, v. c. ku-watu kua maneno, to enter-

pojo, and the cooking of these things together. tain people with prattle or chat; ku puziwa.

Eaba raba na fusi, a hind of food for slaves Radi (2), adj.; vid. rathi, aclj.
--
working on the plantations (R-).
Rabai [or Eabbai), Kin. Eavai (Ealrai), in Ki-
Raff, s . (Arab.
tablette), the wall at the bacic
^ ,
planclio ;
Turc.

of a recess (St.).
kamha Wawai. The Rabai tribe, AVanika wa
Eabai, the Wanilca of the trike called Rabai Rafiki, s. (ya, pi. marafiki) (Arab. ), a
Mrabai, a man of the Rabai tribe, pi. AVarabai. friend; rafikiyangu amekujo, my friend is come;
Radi (Arab. ACj a peed of thunder, marafiki yangu or rafikizangu or narafikizangu
(1), s. (ya) ),

thunderbolt; usiku kunapiga radi, or jana ili- wamekuja, my friends came.

piga radi, or sasa inapiga radi inakata mnazi. Ragamu (or raj am u), s. (ya, pi. ma — or za), the
The natives believe the crashing thunder to be direction on goods alama ya lami or lehemu=
juma kikali (ja radi) kitokajo ubinguni, hard meussi mzigoni or kashani, the sign which signi-
iron which comes from heaven. fies the number or direction written on a parcel
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

BA H ) BA
or bag (of corn &c .), or on abox (rajamuyangu
,
Ramia, s. (ya) (Arab, ),
the charge of a gun-
hi, hu-i-oni, dost thou not see my direction ?) Rami.e, s. (Arab. divination ivith ashes ku
),

lapidibus jecit, signavit lapidibus.

, piga ramie,perform tepliramcincy (Er.) ku
to ;

Kaguma (or rogoma), s., on the tesi, vid. (K.) ? ramie ku ombeza inpiga ramie, a fortune-teller.
;

Raha, s. (ya, pi. sa) (Arab. ),

rest, repose, Rammu (cf. hammu, ghammu, or rammu), sadness,
joy, tranquillity of body or mind raha ya muili grief.
au ya moyo ku ona raha, to enjoy rest.
;
Ramuka, v. n., to rise against si-wa-ramukeni (in
), a pledge, pawn, security
Rahani, s. (Arab, war) ?
— kitu kilicho pewa ni mdeni ku weka rahani, Randa, s., a plane; ku piga randa, to plane; (2)
;

to pledge ; toa rahaniyangu hatta nilipe, take my ku randa, to dance for joy (St.).
pledge until I shall pay. Rangaite s., a kind of dance and play ivliichthe
Rahisi (or rakhisi), adj., cheap; mpunga rahisi natives perform after having burned a tange
sasa, the rice is cheap now. (wakirudi tangeni) vid. tange. ;

Rai (1), v. a.; ku rai, to put morsels of food into a Rangara, v. n. (= ku onia kua pili), to be trans-
person's mouth as a mark of affection or honour. parent, to shine through nguo hi yarangara or
This custom is very common in Abyssinia yaonia kua pili, this cloth is transparent ; cfr.
especially between husband and ivife; cfr.
angarara in Kinicissa. ’

Range, s. (ya,, pi. za) (Pers., ), paint, colour;

pavit, pastum dlixit.
e.g., range niekundu (red colour), neupe (white),
Rai (2), s.(ya) (Arab- ),
prudence, cunning =
neussi (black), range ya kimandano (yellow
uerevu, tesbiri, hila. colour), range ya manni mawiti, green colour.
Rai rai, v. a., to urge on, to impel, to excite ? Rangosa, v., Reb. ? ?
Rajabu, s. (Arab, )>
^le name of the Arab Rapa (or lapa), v. n., kua na ndaa bora, to be very
month Rajab. With the Muhammedans it is hungry.
esteemed a sacred month because Muhammecl is Earama, v. (R.) ? ? raramia, v. obj.
said to have journeyed to Jerusalem on the 27 th Earua, v. a., to tear, rend.
of it. Earuka, v. n., rent, torn, ragged; nguo ina-
Rajel (or uajua), s., a man; cfr. ,
vir. raruka, the cloth is rent, is in rags.

Rakabisha, v. c. (Arab. )
= ku weka kanzi Ras (or rasi), s. (ya) (Arab, ),
head, cape,

(1 Tim. vi. 19), to lay up in store; Arab- promontory.

custodivit. Ras il (ei.) jiali, chief possession (cfr. lasir-

Rakhisi rahisi) (Arab. cheap

(cfr. ^s£,j ), (1) mali) ;
Arab. Jb» j
capital.
kitu cha rakhisi, a cheap thing (2) easy, without
Rasaka, s. (ya, pi. za) = mitasa or mashina ya
taking pains, or without difficulties; kazi ya
mkoko, mit.i mifupi ya ku shika samaki, small
rakhisi, an easy business ndia rakhisi, a road
mangrove-sticks (of the mkoko tree) fixed in the
without difficulties or troubles, as there are no
water, to catch fish.
mountains, rocks, dense forests, robbers, Ac.
Rasha rasiia (1), v. a., to do a thing quickly and
Rakhisisha, v. c., to make cheap, to undervalue.
superficially in order to get off; ku fania harraka
Eakhmani, s. (ya) (Arab, ^if), chart., map (Arab.).
ku pata ugira na kuendazakwe ;
ameraslia rasha
Rakibisha(= pandanisba), vid. rakabisha.
kazi, to do a thing partially.
of a word (St.)
the composition
RakibiuiSo,
Rakibu,
s.,

ku rakibu dirisha? (R.).

v. a.;
Rasha rasiia (2), s. (la ,pil. ma — ) ;
mvua ya rasha
rasha or marasha rasha, a drizzling light rain
Ramathani, s. (Arab. the month of the GJ "
),
which did not enter the ground pauca
Muhammedan s fasting. TIlc Ramathani corre-
,

pluvia.
sponds sometimes with our months September,
Rasiio = rufka ? (R.).
November, and December.
Rasi, v. (vid. ras) = kitoa ja nti, cape, fore land.
Ramba (1), v. a., to lick with the longue ; e.g., ku
ramba malcombo ya eahani, to lick up the re- Rasini, v. a.; ku rasini watu (E.)? cfr. or ,

mainder offood which is still left in the plate also -

,

Rambia, v. obj., to lick to one; e.g. jiboa a-ni-

Rasua, s., messenger, especially Muhammed.
rambia damuyangu, or mukonowangu.
Eathaba (or iiotiiuba), s. and adj. (Arab. <LJ=)
Rambiwa, v.p. ^
Rambisha, v. c., to cause or make one lick or lick wet, wetness, humid, humidity.

up ku-m-rambisha usliungu. Hath adj. (Arab. (jo\j), ready, willing, satisfied, i,

Ramba (2), s. (pi. ma — ), apiece of Madagascar content, approving (vid. radi, adj .) ;
kiia ratin',

grass cloth (St.). to be content ivith (cfr. Lulce iii. 14); niwie
 ; ; . :; ; ; ; ; ); ;

RA ( 315 ) RI

rathi, forgive me, excuse me ku ratbiana, nidisha ; (2) to cause to he lax, slack, to relax,
v. rec., to consent to assent;,
mimi si rathi kua to loosen.

maneno haya, I do not consent to this matter Regezana, v. rec., to return to each other ; e.g.,

mimi rathi ku nenda, I am ready for starting mali.

ku-m-daka rathi. REhe, s. ; tu-tie relic (

sailor’s language), Reb. ?

Rathia, s. (Arab. L good pleasure, will {Bom. REhema, {ya, pi. za) {Arab. mercy, com-
ij ), s. ),

ii. 18). passion.

Rathiwa, v. n., I like, I prefer narathhva ku* Rehemesha — rehemu, v. a., to pity mtu huyu
liko, more than — kwanza alikua fukara, laken Mungu ame-m-
Ratibu, to arrange; i_o(j firmus fuit. rebemesba, ame-m-pa mali.
,

RehemEwa, v. n., to be pitied amerebemewani

Raufu, s. = ivema kuaraufu — kua wema alitoa
; ;

Mungu.
watu kua raufu, he treated everyone according to
REiiemu, v. a., to pity, commiserate one, to have
his rank ; elatio dignitatis, honoris
cfr. ,
pity upon; ku-m-fania rekema Mungu a-m-
celsitudo. rehemu = a-m-fikilise rehemani, may God
Rauka, v. n. ; ku rauka el fegiri, to rise early. have mercy upon him {when he dies).
Raukia (R.) ;
ku-m-raukia kisusiku = ku-mu- Reja reja, detail, in opp. to jimla (R.), wholesale
endea, to come to one early, to surprise him business.

early. RejEa, v. n., to go back, return, refer ; v. c.,

rejeza, to make repay {vicl. regea)
to return, to ;
Rausi, v. a., to trim a sail (St.) ;
cfr. ,
contor-
ku
kua asiliyakwe, to return to one’s rejea
sit se serpens, funis.
origin ; ku rejeza inalipizi, requite.
Raushu, s. {Arab. Sj&j )
= kikiri, bribe; donum
Rekabisha, v. a., to put on tie top of (St.); cfr.
quod datur corrumpendi causa (R.). rekebu.
Raya (or raia) (aria, pi. waria or rayat) (ya, pi. za)
Rekebu, v. a. {Arab. ),
to ricle ; e.g., ferasi,
{Arab. dLcj ),
subject living under the dominion
a horse ( = ku panda) ku rakibu dirisha.
mimi ni raya or aria {pi. waria) ya
;

of N.N. Rekebiwa, v. n. ; ferasi amerekibiwa ni mtu.

Seidi, I am a subject of Seid {the Sultan of
Renga, v. a. fulani anarengoa ni mke cfr. soga ;

Muscat) rayat el Maturki, subjects of the Turks ;

;
in Kiniassa to marry a ivife who compels him to
rayat el Ingleze or Ingreze, English subjects.
stay at a distance, as she lives far off.
Rdufu, v. a; ku rdufu, to double, to repeat, e.g., a
Rereja, v. a. {Kin.), to coax, to wheedle.
visit of a place on a journey ; cfr. vJO) pone REsa, s. (ya, pi. za) = rusasi ndogo, small shot, ,

venit, continua serie successit, nnum alterum grape [shot; resa za mizinga {cfr. rusasi) {cfr.
secutum fuit. Hence mardufu, vicl. mirsau), splinters of a shell.
Reali (or rea), s. (ya ,pl. za), a German crown or Reva (or rEwa), v. n. Kiamu = ku gnieta, to be {.

Its name obstinate, refractory (yuwareva mno).

dollar, current on the Suahili coast.
is derived from the Portuguese and Spanish
RevEa (or rewea), v. a. {Kigunia), to refuse
coin “Beal.” Reali ya Kifaransa or Reali one, to hinder.

Faransa, a French dollar = 5 franc piece ; Reali ReveeEa, v. to refuse to one a thing.
ya Sham, or fetlia ya Sham, a black dollar; Riaria, v. a., to seek (Er.)?
reali ya thahabu, an American gold 20 -dollar
Riba, s. {Arab, tjj ); watu watodo riba {Luke xix.
piece; reali ya mzinga, a Spanish dollar (abu
231, bankers (Sp.)j ku toa riba, to practise
madfa in Arabic = a German crown. )

along thing niumba usury.

REfu, adj., long; kitu kirefu ,
ndefu, a long house; makasha marefu, long Ridia, v. a. ; vicl. ritbia, v. a., to accpdesce in.
boxes; kasha refu, a long box; mti mrefu, a Riffa, s. (la, pi. ma— )
{Kimrima), riffa la juiigu
long tree; refu punde, a little longer. {Kimwita tanu), a kind of cover of clay in
Rfa, vicl. erfa (R.) ? which coals are placed over the boiled rice to dry

Rega, v. n., to hang loose ? cfr. uleoleo. it ; cfr. i_jj ,

circumdedit ab omni parte ; &±j >

Rega rega, v. n., to waver, totter, shake, to be

fragmentum straminis, stramen cfr. rifua in
;
rickety menoyakwe yarega rega, his teeth
Kinilca.
shake.
Rigali, s., men; vid. rajel.
RegEa, v. n., to be slack, relaxed, loose = legea)
(
Rigaxo (or irgano), s., interpreter ? — mze \va
muili unaregea ; cfr. ,
rediit, reversus fuit. mbelle cfr. the Galla word “ ergamtu,” a
;

Regeza (or regesha), v. c., (1) to return = messenger.

j
 ; . —
; ; ) ; ; , . ; ;

RI ( 316 ) Rir

Bihani (1), name of a planet (2) sweet smell, per- tus fuit (Robo Ingreza, an English sovereign,

fume, sweet basil; Arab. herba odorata, St.) kassa robo, three quarters of a dollar (vid.
;

—
,

kassa), less by
de omni planta odorata.
Rika,
Robota (or iiobiia), s. (la, pi. ma — ) (=bunda, la),
(
vicl
.5. marika), an equal; rika hili, pi.
packet, parcel ; Amerikano lililo-
e.g., roboda la
marika liaya ambaye si rikalo, one who is not
i'ungoa pamoja, a pack orparcel, bale of American
;

thy equal.
Rima, s. (la, pi. ma a pit dug for catching large cotton cloth tied together ; Ljj > ligavit.
),

animals; rima (sliimo) la ku tegea niati or Roda, s. (vid. kapi), a pulley, roller, sheave of a
ndofu. pulley.
Ringa, v. a. ringishoa, v. p. (R.)? tuaringishoa) Rogoma, vid. raguma.
by our young men ivho like to travel, but not to Roho (or rokho), s. (ya) (Arab. gj. ),
naona rokho
cultivate the field ? cfr. renga. hu n’aka (ku ni aka), hu n’enda mbio (ku ni
Risala [Arab. SJuj ),
message. enda), hu ni paba (R.), soul, spirit, breath, life,
Risasi, s.; vid. rusasi, ball, bullet. greediness, throat, pit of the throat; ku kokota
Rishai, v. n., to be or become ivet, moist, cool nti roho, to breathe hard ; rokho heipigi tena, imesi-
inarishai = ina maji maji, ina rutuba, the ground bana, pulsation of the heart ; moyo haupigi tena,
is wet, moist; yasisima kua beredi ;
kertasi rokho imetoka. But f/rekifuli ja rokho does not
yarishai wino = yanoa wino ;
nguo imepata beredi, die; kitakuenda mbinguni ;
malaika atatoa,
inarisbai ;
mahali parishaipo maji or palisapo atapa (ruka) nayo; kifuli kikiwa jema, kitafika
mahali pema, kikiwa kibaya, kitakuenda mottoni
maji, a wet place muniu liu unarishai ;
cfr.
laken rokho kana kuamba niamaya rokho itadza
conspersit.
pamoja na muili, rokho ya-m-piga, pumuzi zime-
Rishani, s.; vid. rihani.
kwisha, or zime-ni-sha, my breath isfinishecl(from
Risimu, v. a., to make a first bid ivhen anything is
running).
offered for sale (St.) ;
cfr. ,
(rasama) signa Rojo (or rojo rojo), s., muddiness maji ya tope;
fecit, vestigium impressit, praescripsit rem. maji ni rojo rojo kua tope or fumbi, the ivater is

Rithi, v. a. [Arab. ^^), to inherit; maria ame- muddy; (2) the sediment of oil mafuta masito
(vid. tepe, s.), sediment of pounded grain steeped
ritlii mali ya babai, ameritbi kua babai, amcpata
uratlii kua babai. in ivater (cfr. kande, in Kiniassa ) calca-
;
gj ,

Rithisha, v. c., to cause to inherit, to divide the confusum

vit, fuit.
inheritance. Ronga ronga, v. a. (= ku-m-sihi, hoji lioji), to
Rithfwa, v. p. implore, entreat one; nakwisha,ku-m-ronga
Rithia, v. a., to accept (
— ku kubali), to consent, ronga, haku-ni-pa ;
cfr. ku-m-bemberesa, to im-
to comply with, to be contented with, to acquiesce plore humbly, saying, I am very poor, cOc., give
in; v. rec., ku rithiana, to agree mutually (cfr. me ivoi'k to get my bread.
rathi) ;
v. c., rithisha - ku-m-kubalisha ku-m- Ronga ronga = enga enga, v., to carry care-
fania kua rathi nai, to cause one to accept, to fully that which may be broken.
consent to a matter ; iki-ku-rithi, if it please you ; Rongofia, v. a., to belie one; ku-mu-amhia maneno
rithika, v. n., to be satisfied, contented hakuri- ya urongo, to tell one a lie hence mrongo, a liar ;

thika, he was not accepted in what he proposed, cfr. sua, bulciia.

teas not complied with; iki-m-rithi Bana, if it Rorojioka, v. n., to spread to diffuse itself; e.g., ,

pleases the Lord ; aki-ku-rithi bassi, if he only kionda kinaroromoka, the wound increases in
please you; cfr. Arab. vicit placendo and size (in consequence of improper food, as the
\j>j ,

natives believe).
contentum aliquem reddendo.
Rojiomosiia, v. c.; jakrila kibaya kitaroromosha
Riza, ,s., a door-chain (St.).
kionda, bad food will increase the ivound.
Rizki (or
zirki)
riziki), s. (Arab.
means of maintenance
^ )
(ya, pi. za or

in general
Roshani, s., balcony ? cfr. Pers. ,
fenestra,

; (1) seu foramen per quod excipitur lumen.

victuals, provisions. Mungu ame-tu-pa sui zir-
Rottei.i (or rotli), s., a weight. A farasila has
kizetu or rizkizetu muaka hu, God has this
12 mailin', or 35 rotteli 1 pishi has 4 kebaba,
;

year given its the means of sustenance; (2 ) the and 12 pishi are = 72 rotteli (pound) (cfr. pishi).

necessaries of life; cfr. Aral), ,

res ad vitam Rutuba, s.; vid. nituba, and Rataba or rathaha.
necessarias dedit Deus. Ruiiani, s. (wa, pi. mnrubani), a pilot, a guide
Robo, s., a quarter (of a dollar ;
vid. ,
quar. ( fuit navarcha).
,
 ; ; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

RU ( 317 ) RU
Rudi, v. n. {Arab, to come bach, to return, to Rukua, v. p.; ku rukua na akili, to lose one's
),
senses, to be stunned.
correct, to keep in order ; cfr. ,
rediit, re-
Rusiia, v. c., to cause to leap, or to fly, to throw
versals fait, to chastise = ku-m-tia adabu. up into the air ku rusha tiara, to fly a kite
Rudia, v. obj.; kime-m-rudia kionda. made of cocoa-leaves.
Rudisha, v. c., to cause to return, to return or Rushia, v. obj.; baba amemrushia mana tiara-
dive back a thing, to send back ; ku-maneno, to yakwe.
send an answer ; ku rudisha mema, to correct
Rukhuthu, v. n., to run (St.) ; cfr. (jOA-j .

well.
Rudishia, v. obj.; ame-mrudishia pundawakwe. Rumada, s., a pivot which holds the shikio, or on
Ruuiwa, v. p., to be punished and abstain from which the rudder moves (R.).
wickedness. Rumbi, s. (la, pi. ma ), a large jar (kasiki) ku tia —
Rudiana, v. rec., to object to. laddu or asali.
Rxjdika, v. n., to be made to return, to be Runda, v. n. {cfr. ku gunda), to remain behind in
capable of being kept in order, or corrected. growth, to be stunted or crippled; mana ata-

Rudufia, v. a., to double ; cfr. pone venit, runda kua ku-m-tukua, mamai a-mu-endeshe
,

asoee magu, to be of low stature, but growth is

secutus fuit.
still possible ku kugunda signifies the same thing,
Rufka, s. = rasho {vicl. mjaka) (R.) ?
but the process of growing has entirely ceased
Rufuf, s. (St.), the shelf in a recess ; cfr. t_j ,
amerunda kua marathi laken hatassa ku gunda,
arcuatum opus aut simile quid, d'c.
he has been crippled by sickness, but his stature
Rufuka, s., refusal, prohibition ; to prohibit, for-
has not yet arrived at a stand (2) to be sullen,
bid, check. sulky,angry = kasirika, nuna,
siya, firuka, safii
Eufukia, v ,
to forbid to one in another's
nugnunika (R.).
absence Gabiri ame-m-rufukia Easkidi asi-
Runga, v. a., to gather, to be gathering (mvua ya-
uende.
funga), the rain is gathering, the rain will come.
Rufukiiva, v. n. Rashidi amerufukiwa ni
Gabirj, R. was forbidden by G. Rungu, s. (ya, pi. sa) {Kikamb. njoma or nsoma),

Rufuku, v. a., to prevent, forbid one ; ku piga a mace, a kind of club with a thin handle and a
marfuku, to forbid. knob at the end, somewhat larger than a duck's
Rugu, s. (la .
p>l. ma—), a blunderbuss ? egg rungu (la, pi. ma ), is a very large club —
Rugu rugu, s., swelling without abscess ;
niuki of this kind, knobbed stick.
Runzi, s., Arab, term for ‘rice'' (runs); runzi ya;
l

ame-ni-uma nnafania rugu rugu la muiliui, a bee

Sj & E
has stung me, I have got a swelling on the
cfr. id quod, oryza, rice.
body.
yj , ,

Rupia, s., a rupee {an Indian coin).

Rukhsa {or rukhusa, or ruhusa, or ruhusu), s.

(ya) {Arab. La^j), permission, leave; ku-m-pa Rusasi {or risasi), s., lead (cfr. ,
plumbum
rukhsa, to give one permission or leave ku toa et stannum) (cfr. resa) rusasi ya bunduki, a
or pokea rukhsa, to take leave or permission musket ball.

ku kata, to refuse permission. Rusha, v. o.;ku rusha fumbi kua pepo (vicl. mtama,
Rukiiusia, v., to give onepermissionin another's kite), to make to fly, to throw tip dust through

absence = ku-m-tolea rukhsa ;

Gabiri ame-m- the wind.

rukhusia Rashidi Seidi hakuapo, Gabiri gave Rusi-iani, s. = tiara, a balloon ? ? vid. ruka.

permission Rashid in the absence of Seid.

to Rusiiia, to splash, to throw upon.
Rukhusu, v. a., to permit or alloiv one. Rushua, s., cl bribe (St.) cfr. dedit alicui ;
; ,

Ruka, v. n. to jump, leap, to fly off niama ame-

,

ruka akapindukia kiambaza kua pili, an animal donum quod datur corrumpendi causa ,
>

jumped over the wall; niuni ameruka = amepiga amekula rushua, something made of spices, c£c.,
raabawa, the bird flew off; ku ruka kua ku teza, to strengthen one's understanding (R. ).

to leap in dancing mashikio ku-m-ruka, lit.,

Rusuki, 17 . a. (vid. riziki) Arab. res ad
; ,

the ears fly off to him = mashikio ya-m-ruka, the

vitam necessarias Deus dedit, sustentavit.
ears tingle him.
Ruka ruka, to hop. Rusuna, s. ( = halua el betha), a soporiferous
remedy made of the yolk of eggs, sugar and ghee
Rukia, v. obj. tui ame-m-rukia kuku ku-m-
(R.).
sbika, the leopard sprang after the hen to
seize it; kuani ku-m-rukia mtu yule kua Rutuba, s., dampness, moisture, ivetness mahali
maneno? ana-ku-fania-ni u-m-rukiaye kua ma- pa rutuba, a moist or damp place; kitu hikj
neno. kimekua rutuba kua mvua, kimeburudi kua
 ; ! ;
; . ; ^
; ; ; ;

RU ( 3-8 ) SA
beredi ; ,
liumidus fuit ; ,
humiditas Buzuku, v. a, ( vid mild), to supply ioith the
Butubika, v ., to be damp, ivet. necessaries of life ; refers especially to God who
Butubisha, v. c., to cause to be damp or wet, to gives to every one of his creatures that u'hich is
make damp. need fid for them.

Sa (rather za) {vid. za), one of the genitive-particles

SO-
(
septem ;
sabat askara, 17 ;
sabaini or
{vid. gram.), used in nouns in which the singular
sabuini, 70.
and plural are alike ; e.g., niumba za watu, the
Sababu, s. ; vid. sebabu, reason; kua sebabu ya,
houses of men {sing, niumba ya watu, the house
because of; cfr. liuja or hoja, agili or ajili.
of men).
= Sabadi, s. { better zabadi) (ya), sabadi ya ngawa, the
Sa {or saa), v. n. salia, to remain, to be restant,
or to be left; kitu liiki kimesa or kimesalia, this
civetof the civet-cat sabadi ni jasho kifaniacbo
taka mkunduni, or kigandamajo mkunduni wa
thing was restant or left.
ngawa, civet is the sweat which adheres to the
Salia, v. obj., to remain to one.
anus of the civet-cat ; the sweat produces a sticky
Sasa, v. c., to cause to be restant, to make to

remain, to leave over.

substance near the anus. This matter is called
sabadi, musk.
Sasia, v. obj., to leave to one.
Sabaini (or sabuini), seventy ; vid. sabaa.
SasOa, v. p., to be left.
Sabakiii, s. (ya) gborfa na sabakhi yakwe, coe-
Sa; e.g., ndiposa, nliposa, vid. ndiposa, I say ndo ;

you! Isay! nacum et potus matutinus.

sa or ndosa, come along, do! sa,
Sabasi {pi. masabasi) contrivers abettors of enmity;
you now ! ,

fitina, enmity.
Sa {better ku za, or zaa), v. a. { Kigunia), to bring
Sabatashara, seventeen.
forth or bear a child, to bear fruit {— Kimwita
Sabeki-ii (or sabikhi), v. n. = ku amkia, to greet
ku via) ;
ameza mana, she gave birth to a child.
Ku zalia, v. obj., to bear to. or salute in the morning ; cfr. ,
salutavit

Ku zaliwa, to be born. mane ;

ku-m-sabikbi Mungu, yu pekee.
Zalia, pi. mazalia in Kigun., for kivialia in Sabidi, v. a. {better zabidi), to take civet from the

Kim. (B.) (?).

ngawa; ku-m-sabidi sabadi =ku-m-kamua sabadi
Sa, s.; vid. ombo, s.
to squeeze out the civet {of the civet-cat) nime
sabidi leo ngawa, nimepata sabadi nengi. The
Saa, s. {Arab. icL. ),
an hour, a watch, clock
natives draw off the civet from the anus by
saa gani sasa? or saa ngapi? what o'clock is it
means of a little spoon.
noiv? resp. ni saa tatu. The Sualiili people
Sabiiii, s. (ya) — gissi, kind, species, sort, quality.
reckon their time according to the Arabic manner.
The commences at sunset about 6 o'clock in
clay Sabili, s., way ; Arab. via aperta.

the evening. About 9 o'clock in the evening is Sabiri, s. ancl v. a. {Arab.

),
patience, to be
saa ya tatu 12 o'clock at night is usiku saa ya
; patient.
sitta 3 o'clock after midnight is saa ya kenda
; ; Sabiti {or rectius thabiti), adj. and adv. {also
6 o'clock in the morning is saa ya cthnashera ), close, fast firm, the very point, or truth
,

9 o’clock in the morning is saa ya tatu 12 ;

of anything; sbika tbabiti ukamba, take the
o'clock, or noon, is saa ya sitta 3 o'clock in the ;
rope firmly, seize it strongly kbabari hi thabiti.
afternoon is saa ya kenda and 6 o'clock in the ;
Sabitisha (rectius thabitisha), v. c., to cause
evening is saa ya etlinashera ; cfr. ,
pars to hold fast, to confirm ku sabitisha neno =
quaedain diei et noctis, bora. ku fania neno la kuelli, to cause a word to be

Saamu (or samu), s., rectius zamu, a turn, turns, firm, to confirm its truth or correctness ku-
guard, watch at night, bivouac; ku linda or m-tkabitisha rokhoyakwe, roklio (yakwe ina
ku ngdja saamu, to ivatch, to be upon the guard, kwisha tumai, heina kbofu tena (B.) cfr ;

upon duty kua samu, by turns, perhaps the thubutu and tbubutisha.
O " Sabuini {Arab. seventy ; vid. sabaini,
),
Arabic ,
quarta pars omnis rei, quarta pars
seventy.
diei.
Sabun, to bid higher by auction ? vid. filisi (B.)
Saanda {or sanda), a shroud a winiling-sheet. ;

Sabaa (or saba), adj., seven ; ya sabaa, the seventh; cfr. ,

avertit ab alio donum ? or ,
ven-
watu sabaa wamekuffa, seven men died; cfr. didit omnes fructus in arbore,
 ; ;- ; ; .

SA ( 319 ) SA

akind ment, 1 Cor. x. 20. 21, and v. 16, 17, and 1 Cor.
Sabuni, s (ya), (1) soap; Arab.
. 1 (2)
xi. 23.
of cloth ; kanzu ngema za sabuni = liariri.
The Suahili mix together tangalisi, mabindi
Sabubi, s (ya) . (= sibira or sabiri ), patience, wait-
nitama, pojo kiinde, njugu, and boil all these
ing (or sabiri) (cfr. sabiri) ;
cfr- ,
ligavit,
ingredients in a pot. When boiled, the mixture
5(y
coegit, patiens, constan3 fuit patientia is given to the people after the wanajuoni (the
; , ;

learned) have said the fatiha. They cdso make

constantia in malis perferendis.
Saburi (or sabiri), v . n., to be patient to icait
an ku omba mvvia kua -vifufu via nazi,
uji (vid.)
,

i.e., they prepare a thin rice soup, and put it

saburi kidogo, wait a little.
into a cocoa-nut shell ivith many holes in it, so
Sardria, v. obj,, to wait for one.
that the soup can run through. This is an
Saburisha, v. c., to cause one to wait (
= ku-m-
emblem of rain, for which they pray on the occa-
ketisha).
Sada, s. ; sada la nazi (E.) ? Mnngu aka-m-jalia
sion of such a sadaka. Ku fania, or ku toa, ku
jongeleza sadaka, to sacrifice. There are four
sada akatoka?
Sadahi (or sabakhi), v. a. (Arab. ) (cfr. sabe- kinds of sadaka, viz. (1) alms; sadaka ya me
skini (2) ku piga sadaka, entertainment in
khi or sabikhi), to salute in the morning; ;

general (3) sadaka ya zakka, to give the fortieth

nnakuja ku sadahi, I came to greet you in the
poor
to the (4) sadaka ya fidiri, ya mtama, ya
morning.
niama,/or the poor.
Sadaka, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. HiXo ), a sacrificial

offering or feast, a feast connected with religious Sadifu, v. n. ; vid. subu; cfr ,
recessit
'''Cl
ceremonies, especially with prayers to God to
invenit, occurrit (cfr. also luxit,
,

avert some public or private calamity (e.g.,

aperuit, sustulit velum) ;
selakha ile iua-m-
disease, famine, ivar), or for some public or
sadifu, hakuweza ku ondoka(E.), daua inasadifu,
private blessing sadaka signifies
(e.g., rain, &-c.)
the medicine had effect.
also an alms, charity, anything done for the love
SiraKi (or s£deki), v. a., to believe, to take for
of God, and for one's own soul; Wasuahili
wafaniao sadaka wafania jakula, watinda mbuzi truth (from reasons) ;
nenolakwe ni sadiki,

au gnombe, waita watu rva miji etnasher (kumi kadiri a-ku-ambialo ni tama ;
ni sadiki a-ku-

na miwili), wa ita wana = juoni, wakatia fatiha, ambialo ni kuelli, truthful ’

verax, sincerus
wakatia ubani, waka-mu-omba Mungu wema. fuit.
The heathen tribes (like the Muhammedan Sua- Sadikia, v. obj.
hili) have their sadaka ;
they slaughter animals, Sadikisha, v. a., justify, cause to be believed.
and pray to the Hulungu and to the Koma ( de Sadikisho (la), justification (?).
parted spirits ) of their tribe, in case of public or Sadikiwa, v. p.
private calamity, especially at their funerals and Sadiki, s. (Arab, truth, truthful.
),
the ceremonies which follow them.
The sadaka is always connected
Sadu (vid. satu), s., a monstrous snake, twenty-
( offering )

with prayer, eating and drinking, reading of four inches (long), and one and a half in circum-
the Koran (with the Muhammedans ) or of other rence.

books, saying of the “ Bismilla errachman erra- Safari, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab, yu.), a journey, a
ckim,” Sc., to which the people respond by the voyage.
icord “ amina” (amen). We may recognize in
Saff, adj., serene (St.).
the sadaka an approximation to the Christian
Safi {or suafi), adj. (Arab, clean, pure.
Sacrament, but as it stands on a false basis, it ),

can never lead the heathen nor the Muhamme- Safidi, v. a. (Pers. ,
blanc), to dean; ku
dans to a true communion ivith God, but rather safidi vizuri or verna (= ku tengeza vema).
takes them further astray, and throws them into Safihi, s. (Arab <Ua_ rudeness (St.).
),
the power of the spirits of darkness and of
Safihi, v. a., to clean condonavit, latum
superstition, and terminates in the flesh, in lohich, ; ,

and for which, has been established. It uses

it fecit.

the visible elements for the service of darkness. Safika, y. 71., to be purified.
However, a strong argument to shoiv how
it is
Safisha, v. c., to make pure or dean.
conscious the heathen are of the Divine wrath,
Safiwa (suafiwa), v. n. ,
to be dean from dirt
and of the necessity of averting it by any means. = taka tena,
si si makhluti, kimekua suafi,
Unluckily, these means and ceremonies have
been invented by themselves, and not by Divine jeupe, hakina taka . bio clarus, purus fuit

authority ; cfr., the heathen and Christian sacra- depuravit, clarum reddidit.
 ;; ;; ; ; ;; ;; ; ; ;; ; ; ; );;
;,

SA ( 320 ) SA
Safiri, v. n., to travel or set out on a journey ,
to Sahani, s. (ya, pi. za) (Aral). « dish, a
start, to sail alikua safarini or katika nti plate; masahani, large plates kisahani, a small
zingine miaki mingi, he teas many years (
travel- plate. The natives speak (1) of sahani ya Mrls
ling ) abroad or in other countries. or Moris, plates brought from the Mauritius ; (2)
Safikisha, v. c., to cause to travel or to depart, of sahani ya marimba, maumba ni madudu ya
to see one off; ku-m-safirislia mtu jomboni. poani, yatoma kua mibayakwe (3) of sahani ya ;

Safiriwa, v. p. serafi (of red and various other colours).

Saffu, s. (ya, pi. za) [Arab. <_i.o ),

row, rank, SahIri, s., a country in Arabia (2) a kind of
(1)

file; saffu mbili au tatu za watu, two or three cloth brought from that quarter, checked stuff for

ranks of men saffu za kaida, regular rows; ku turbans.

weka kua saffu, to put in rows. Sahau, v. a., to forget ; Arab. ,
oblitus fuit.

Safkani, s. (ya), saffron; cfr. zafarani. Sahauliwa, v.p., to be forgotten (vid. sehau,». a.,
Safura, s., dropsy marathi ya safura, a disease to forget; saliaulika; vema via havisahauliki
in which the ivliole body is swollen; muigni saliawisa, v. c., to make forget.
safura ndie aliefura niuili ote (cfr. matumbui
Sahib, s ., sir; cfr. ’ socius, herus, dominus,
tumbui), biliousness (St.) ;
cfr. rnahana.
Saga, v . a., to grind ; e.g., ku saga unga, to grind praefectus.

flour. Sahibu, s., a friend.

Sagasa, v. c., to cause to grind. Sahibu, v. n., to be finished niumba inakwisha
Sagia, jiwe la ku sagia unga, a mill-
v. obj.; sabibu, the house is ready, it is finished ku-ji-
stone, a hand-mill. The natives grind their sahibu, to make oneself ready for the journey
corn between two stones kitengele cha ku sagia ku wekua sahibu, to be put ready ; Der. masu-
mtelle, the mat which is placed beneath the hibu.
lower stone upon which the flour falls. With Sahiiii, aclj., correct, right; v. n., to be right, true,

mama) correct.
the upper stone ( called muana, the lower

they grind the corn until it is reduced to flour. Sahihisha, v. a. — sakhikbi, to correct; cfr. .

The Suahili use cdso round stones, of which Sai, v. a. (Arab. or cucurrit), certavit,
,

they turn the upper one with a piece of wood

contendit, operam dedit, quaestum fecit to chal
is fixed into a hole made in the stone.
;

which
lenge or call one out to play ; ku-m-sai dado, kitu
Sagika, v. n., to be capable of being ground
kiselecho, ungi wa vitu uliopo, to gain the residue
jiwe halisagiki kua ubaya.
or the ivliole amount of what
is left in gambling
Sagiwa, p., jiwe halisagiwi? is the mill not
nimepara mbili or nime-m-paria mtu marra mbili,
used any more ?
laken nadaka ku-m-sai vitu viote viliopo, I have
Sagoa, to be ground.
gained twice, 01T have gained fromhim twice, but I
Sagaa, v. (or zagaa), to lighten, to give light
ivisli to gain from him all that is left.
sagaza, to enlighten sagawa, v. p. nuru ime-
Saibak (or seibak, rectius zaibak), s (Pers.
3-oj
m-sagaa, he got light; muanga wasagaa kizani ;
.
,

kua na muanga ku-m-tia nuru = sagaza, to quicksilver, mercury; ku tilia saibak katika
;

illuminate. wio, or vio.

Sagai, s., a spear, a javelin (St.). Saim (or zEiDi, rectius zaidi, or zayidi), aclv.,

Sagama, v. n., to stick by being caught in anything (Arab, jjj ), more, better, increased zaidi ya,

(as an arrow in a tree ) ;

niama inasagama more than; mtu hnyu ni mema, zaidi ya yule,
meDoni, or niama ya-ni-sagama menoni, the meat this man is better than that; auctus fuit
sticks in my teeth ; vid. sakama.
excessit numerum.
Sago, kuna muamba sago moja = mtembo wa Saidia (or seidia, rectius sayidia), v a., to aid
s .;
.

muamba (E.) vid. mtembo (?).;

help one; cfr. v. n.; faustus felix fuit

Sahala (or suiiala), s. and adj. (Arab. J^), light- ,

ness, easiness, littleness, light, easy jambo hili dies, felicitate usus est, juvit, opem tulit; Aat». >

ni sahala dogo, si kitu kizito, limekwisha marra

felicitas a**— fortunatus, beatus.
moja, ni kipesi, this matter is light, not heavy or ; ,

difficult, it is quickly done, it is a trifle; wafania Saidiana, to help each other saidina or seye-
kua sahala, they made light of a thing, but found dina, our Lord saidia, or seyedia, Lordly,

it more difficult than was expected. belonging to the Said (vid. sc.).

Saiialia, v. obj. u-ni-sahalie, u-ni-fanie upcsi. Saidika, v. p.

Saiiai.ika, v. n. (cfr. msahal a) = to have relaxa- Saibia (or seidia), adj., that which refers or
tion of the bowels. belongs to the Lord, to the Said.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ,

SA ( 321 ) SA
Saidina (or Seidina) (Arab. our Lord, SAKniicm (or sahiiii), adj. (Arab. ),
sure
), (

true, certain, authentic, positive, complete, pure ;

your Majesty ; dominus, princeps.
mtu sakbikbi = wa kuelli, a man to be relied
Saili (or sayili), v. a. (Arab. to as!:, upon; kitu kisakbikbi = kamili, hakikupunguka
question, examine one = ku viza neno ;
cfr. complete, integral matter.
Sakhikiiia = ku fania sakbikbi, or suafi, to
JU, interrogavit, SlwJ* > quacstio.
rectify.
Sailia, v. obj., to ask on behalf of .
Sakhikhisiia, v. c., to cause to be correct or true,
S.uri, v. a. =
ku tezama, to examine ; (1) ku pita to rectify ; e.g., juo = ku toa makossa juoni,
poani poani, ku sairi mrima, to row (a boat ku ) ; ku daka suafi or msuaba, to correct a book,
sain na mp5a, to row the boat along the shore (vid. to revise.
usiwa) ; (2) to beat or pound on the side in the Sakhikhiwa, v.p.
mortar (3) = ku-m-fuata ku-m-sairi mtu. Sakhikhi (or sahihi), v. n., to be correct or right
Sairika, p. v. ; e.g., kasairiki, unexaminable, (adj., correct, right).
impassable. Sakhikiiisma (or sahihisha), v. c., to correct.

Sara, s. (vid. zaka) (Arab, ),

that part of a Sakki, v. n. (Arab. ), to draw firmly, to be

man's goods which, according to the Koran dose, firm, not to yield; e.g., kisibiko kisakki
must be given to God (fungu la Mungu), /or = kikaze kis-ilegee legec, let the stopper fit well
the benefits received from him; and as God or firmly, let it not be slack, let it be firmly
does not leant it for Himself, He has commanded arete
shut; cfr. ,
arctatus fuit, arctavit,
that it should be given to the poor, it is their
babuit.
alms ; ku toa zaka (cfr. fidiri or fediri) = ku toa
Sako pron. poss. sec. pers. plural, thine; rectius
kumi kua mmoja. When a man has got ten ,

zako.
measures of corn, he gives one measure to the
Sakum, s.; mali ya sakum (R. )
?
poor; when he has obtained ten dollars by his
labour, he gives one-quarter dollar to the poor Sala, s., an animal with horns standing erect,

from forty bullocks he gives one to the Zaka, and upwards.

so on with regard to all his revenues. Sala, s. ; cfr. salla, prayer.
Saka (or shaka), v. a., to hunt, to disturb and Salaba (or msalaba), s., cross; cfr. <_Jk>
drive out animals in hunting.
crucifixit ; ,
crux.
Sakafu, s. (ya, pi. za), the floor on the roof (dari)

of native stone-buildings. The roof is of stone Salibu, v. a., crucify ; salibiwa.

mixed with lime and sand, and beaten for three Salafu, s. (
Kinika ) (Kisuah. siafu), a species of
days with wooden rammers ; large ant, which is very troublesome in the houses.
cfr. ,
tecto
They usually make their appearance before the
mstruxit domum, 1 ,
as..,
,
tectum domus. approach of the rainy season.
Sakifu, v. a., to make a chunammed floor or Salahisha, selehisha, suluhisha, to make to be
roof; sakifia or sakafia, v. obj. at peace, to reconcile, to mediate.
Sakama, v. n. ku sakama mukono (vid. kuama), Salala = KizuMO, in Kin.; ku pigea salala (R.)?
to stick fast, to become jammed. Salama, s. (ya), peace, xcell-beiny, adj., safe; ku
Sakani, a rudder ; Arab. mu-ombea or dakia salama kua Mungu, to pray
s. ylisLo ,
aneliora.
to God for one's peace or well-being ni ka-
Sahara, s., satiety, surfeit, over-saturation
; cfr.
g c- tika salama na amani, to be sure or safe **"-
;
ijSL. ,
ebrietas (vid. sagama, v.). t -

integer fuit; > salus, pax, sanitas.

Sakarika, v. n., to be full, to be tired; mtu
buyu ame-sakarika kua kiu na jua kali, rokho- Salamu, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. ) (
= maam
yakwe ina legea, to be worn out by thirst, heat, kuzi), compliments, greetingku-m-pa salamu, to
Ac. ; cfr. ,
laesit, afflixit ardore sol greet one; ku-m-lettea or pelekea salamu (ya
; ,

kitu or midmo), to greet one by another icho

inebriavit.
carries the message of greeting; ewe Gabiri
Sakarisha, v. c.
(
= ku-m-levia) (
= takalisba),
upeleke salamuzetu kua wall, i.e., utukue sala
to cause to become worn out nda ime-ni-
muzctu kua wali or tu-salimia wali or kua wali,
sakarisha (or ime-m-sakirisha), ime-m-kaza or
thou Gabiri convey our greetings to the governor
kamata sana hatta ku-m-tegeza; tembo lina-
greet the Wali on our part; ku piga mizinga ya
m-sakarisba ; cfr. yL. > inebriavit. salamu, to fire a salute; salamu sana, many
Y
 ; ;; ; ; ;; ; ; ;

SA ( 323 ) SA
compliments ama baada ya salamu, but after the Salimiwa, v. n., to be paid off, to be greeted by
compliments ni salimie nduguyako salamu sana, one.
salute thy brother from me with many compliments. Salimika, to die; isalimike rokhoyangu, my
Salimia, v. obj., to greet one = ku-m-pa salamu. spirit may be delivered, may I die; ni sali-

Salimiana (or salimianana), v. rec. mishe rokhoyangu, mawili. au ni pone, mambo ni

Salamjsha, v. c., to give up to; reali hi enda Saliti, v. a. = ku tangania watu ? (K.), to mix, to
uayo uka-m-salimislie t'ulani mikononi muakwe bring together Mungu ana-ni-saliti najiwe, God
(cfr. takabadisha) watu wanaknja wana-m-
;
directs it so that I thrust or knocked against
salimisha Wali, the people came ancl delivered a stone.
him to the Wali; ku salimisha kua liila, to Salla, prayer, after the form prescribed to the
betray one, lit., to deliver by cunning. Muhammeclans.
Salamiwa, v. p. S.VLLi, v. n., to pray, to say prayers; cfr. Suo
Salamiza, to take leave ? (R.).
precatus fuit ji^ko Dei invocatio, preces.
Salata, v. n., to go round about, to be long in ; ,

words (E.) ? Sallia, v. obj., to pray for one = ombea, Rom.

Salata (or msalata = mteta, mdabdabma), s., viii. 26.

quarrelsome, malice, envy mtu huyu ni salata, Sallisha, v. c., to cause one to pray, to teach
ni msalata, yuwasaliti, abettor, instigator, ring- one to pray ; ku-m-funza ku salli.

leader ; cfr. kL> ,

durus et veliemens fuit, Sals all AO, s., something like kisonono, but less
strong (R.).
mordaci lingua praeditus.
Sam a, v. n., to sink; kitu hiki kitasama majini,
Salati, s., prayer; bado ya salati chombo kika-
this tvill sink in the water ; ku sama (to disappear
safiri ;
cfr. jj^Lo ,
Dei invooatio. entirely ) is opposed to “ ku suka,” to get up from
Salia, v. n. (vid. saa, v. n.), to remain, to be left. depth, to appear out of the water, etc. Dr. St.
Salihi, adj. (vid. salikhi), just ; watu weraa salihi, takes sama, “ to choke, to be choked."
the just, righteous; nia salihi = nia ngema Samia, v. obj., to dive for something, e.g., to
roklioyako ni salihi sana, ku ona fetha katha fetch a knife which fell into the icater.
wa katha usitoae. S Amish a, v. c., to cause to sink, to immerse =
Salikhi (or salihi), adj. ( = ngema) (Arab. ku tossa kitu majini, gliarikisha.

),
good nia salikhi or ngema, a good con- Samadi, s. (ya), dung, manure; ku tia samadi =
ku tia mafi ya gnombe, cCc., to dung or manure
science; recte se liabuit, probus fuit,
The people of Pemba lead their cattle to different

aptavit ; ,
integer, bonus. parts of their plantations for the purpose of

Salimu, v. a.; (1) to deliver or hand over, to pay manuring them ; cfr. ,
re inutili occupatus

nime-m-salimu wali fethayakwe, I have delivered lusit; fimus cineresque commisti.

,

to the governor his money, i.e., I have paid him

Samaki, s. (ya, pi. za), fish ku viia samnki, to
his money ku salimu roklio = ku toeka, to give
fish; the Sucdtili fishermen knoiv the names of a
up one's spirit; (2) to greet one, to salute one,
lit., to deliver greeting wali ana-ku-salimu or great many fish (cfr. ciU— ,
piscis). (l)kumhu;
ana-ku-lettea salamu, the governor greets you ; (2) msipue ; (3) simu; (4) pueza ;
(5)gisi; (6)
jena (7) kipepeo (8) kitatange (9) nungu (10)
persolvit, tradidit, salutavit, dedit antici ; ; ; ;

mkisi (ll)taffi; (12) kikotoe ; (13) pamamba;

pandam pecuniam, ohedivit.
;

(14) togo or shubari (15)tugii; (1G) msia; (17)

=
;

Salimia, v. ku-m-pa salamu, to give one greet- pandu ; (18) kambisi ; (19) fude ; (20) kiunga ;

ing, to send compliments to, to greet one in the mne we tembo; (24)
(21) ; (22) tangu ; (23)
name of another ; ni-salimia wali or kua wali,
mkamba; (25) kibori mali (26) mkundnji (27)
; ;

greet on my part the governor, i.e., utukue stefue (28) tasanda (29) kibora; (30) t’awa^
; ;

or upeleke salamu yangu kua wali ni-sali-

tewa; (33) nguu (34)
;
(31) papa usingisi ; (32) ;

mia or n’salimia habayako, nisalimia or nisali- mnimbi (35)mkonge; (36) pa Ale (37) mkisi- ;
;

mie bibi mkewako salamu sana, salute for komue (38) muarabu (39) sesse (40) ngdgo
; ; ;

me the lady ( mistress ) your wife vsith many (41) jalc (42) totofu (43) una; (44) matongo ;
; ;

greetings ( compliments ); cfr. salama. (47 masana

(45) muatilco (46) gnaiiba (48) ; ; ;

Ku salimiana, v. rec. matokasi (50) mjakuffa : (51) fa;

; (49) ma'disi ;

Salimika, v. n. = ku okoka. (52) la ; (53) puongosi (54) tenga (55) kililj ;

Salimin'i, adv., in peace. mawe; (56)nienga; (57) kipungu (58) niamfi ; ;

 ; ; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;.

SA ( 323) SA
(59) tape tape; (60) tukuana; 61) mkunga or duty; ku wekana samu, wangine walala
02) kiknnde (63) tangu. wangine na mato loo ni samuyangu kungoja ;
;

Samani, s. (ya pi. za), tools, furniture, instru-

, samu, to be upon guard or duty; plj ,
quanta
ments; samani za niumba, household furniture ; pars diei kua samu, by turns.
;

samani za saramalla, carpenter’s tools; samani- Sana {or zana), s. (ya, pi. za) {? contraction of
za chombo, of a vessel.
), store ( = akiba) ;
zaua za. wita, ammuni-
Samani (rectins zamani), s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. tion; zana za niumba, building materials; zana
), time, era; zamani, or zamani ya kale, or za chombo, materials for boat-building.
za kale, old time or times ya sasa, the present Sana, aclv., well, very much; mtu mkiiba sana, a
time zamani ni bizo zilizo pita kale, but zamani very great man; sema sana, speak loud ame-
ni hi vi sasa kua wakati wa zamanizao.
;
faniza kazi sana, he did the work well; amevuta
Samawati, s. {Arab. ),
the heavens. sana, he pulled hard ; cfr. Ethiopice Sanaa, bene
Samawi, aelj. {Arab. blue, shy colour. sanaya, bonus pulcher Arab, sen = taib,
fuit ;
),
u-ell, pretty Yafaa sana or ina mafaa sana, it is
Samba, s. {pi. za) sing, iisamba), the fruits of the
very valuable.
msamba tree; kondezakwe kana sebibu ;
watu
wake wadunga, wava sbingoni, it has a sweet Sanaa {or sannaa) (sauna) {Arab. &tk^o ),
art

smell, wherefore the ivomen hang it round their

kazi ya sannaa, work of art.
the The term
Sanaa {art) is not much under stood by the common
nechs; mixture of sweet smell.
Sambamba, adv. ku enda sambamba, to go side people, and those ivho are not acquainted with
;
Arabic.
by side, close together, hit alongside; viornbo
Sanamaki, s. { = dnua ya ku Lara), a laxative, a
hi vi vinakuja sambamba, these ships come along-
means “ purge ; senna.
side. But viornbo vinakuja sanjar, the
ships come one after the other at a little dis- Sanamu, s. {cfr. ),
idols; idolum, image,

tance.
' ’
statue; ibada ya sanamu, idolatry.
Sambo, s.; sambo maji, ku tapia, and ku tegea Sanda (or shanda), s. (ya, pi. za) {vid. kipindo)

sambo maji ? (=bafuta ya ku sikia mtu aliekuffa), burial

Sambusa, s., a hind of small loaves eaten at the clothing, a shroud {St. calls it saanda) ; (2)
=
time of the Ramadan sambusa ni maandazi ya ; varanda, ubao wa shanda, on the tezi, or rogoma?
mikate midogo. (BO-
Sameha, s. (ya), pardon, forgiveness ni-pa-mi Sandali, s. = manukato, mafuta ya el sandali,
sameha, give me pardon, forgive me. sandal-wood oil.

Samefie,v. a., to pardon, to forgive, to pass over Sandarusi, s. (ya pi. za), gum-copal; vid.
,
msanda
ku-m-samche maovuyakwe alio-ya-tenda, to for- nisi, the copal-tree.

give one the evil that he has done liberalis Sandika, v. a., to throw into one’s teeth {
— sin-
,

gisa) ;
ku-m-sandika mtu neno asilo tenda, or
fuit, condonavit > liberalitas, nranifi-
;
asilo sema, ana-m-sandika neno lina-m-tom a {which
centia. burns him) -
fulani anasandikua neno kuba
,

S amf.hea, v. obj., to forgive to him. (ku-m-sukumisia) ;

ku sengenia, means to back
Sameheana, v. rec., to forgive one another. bite.
Sameh£wa, v. n., to be pardoned or forgiven. Sandiki (1), s. {pi. ma), hypocrite = mz\\z\ wa dim,
Samesame, s., (1) the red fruit of the msamesame
asiefuata dini kua kuelli ;
cfr. ,
is qu{
tree, this fruit is eaten; (
2) a hind of red beads
dualismo, in religione deditus est, vel qui lncem
ushanga wa samesame, cored beads.
gun; et tenebras snmma esse nnmina contendit, <£c.
Samiri, ku samiri biindnki, to load a cfr.
Sandiki (2), vid. msandiki (rectius mzandiki), ku
shamiri.
sandiki motto.
Samisha, v. c., to cause to sink, to sink a thing —
Sanduku, s., a box, a chest, the Arabic term for
ku tossa kitu inajini, to immerse (gharikisha).
Samli {or sahuli), s., clarified or melted butter kasha ; ,
area, cista.

(ya) ghee, “ corrupted from the word (j^~> ’ Sanga, v. n., to be without advice, helpless, to be in
;

pinguis fuit natura butyrum.’’ a dilemma (= ku simama na ku aza); ku tun-

Sammaha, s., a kind of gum procured from the dua = ku keti na kitoa tini, to sit and hang
matozi ya mkanju, or from the utoml'u wa down one' s head ku gumba = ku aza shauiri,
mkanju, the gummy substance of the mkanju to sit down, and reflect upon one's line of pro-

{cashew) tree. ceedings, especially by observation of the conduct

Samu (rectius zamu), s. (ya), wtiteli, sentry, turn, of the people around (ku cliewa).
turns ; ku keti or linda samu, to be on the.guard Sango, s. (la, pi. ma ) vid. ku sanga.
y 2
— ;
 ; ; ; ; . ;

SA ( 324 ) SE
Sangu (zakgu), pron.poss. (pi. niuinba zangu), my Satu, s. (wa) ( = nioka wa mituni amisai mbuzi 11a

houses. mtu), a large serpent which devours men and

Sanidi, v. a. (E. )
? ni ku li sanidi (a word or ex- animals. It is said to exceed four pima {mea-
pression) ; hatta lika wa, anything which is rare sures) in length
and wonderful. Saua saua (or saiva saw a or saue saue), adj.
Sanihi {or sanii or ku sanni) {cfr. Sanaa), v. a., to
and culv., equal, like, 7'ight, just ; cfr.
contrive, to elaborate by art, to invent; maneno
aequalis et par fuit.
ya ku sanii = ya ku bunni kitu, fiction, contri-
vance (ku sannii or tunga or sua maneno nafsi- Sauanisa (or sawanisa or sawanisha or sawa-
sisha), v. c., to cause to be equal, to equalize, to
yakwe) -«jlo .
;
conpare, e.g., ku kitu or jeo = ku lingania.
Sanjar, s. ; jabazi sanjar, a convoy viombo vina- =
Sauidika HARiBiKA ? e.g., ussowakwe ume bari-
kucha sanjar, the vessels came one after the
bika kua jua.
otlter at a little distance; cfr. sambaroba.
Sahauiwa, v.p., to be forgotten {vid. sabau).
Sansuri, s., narwhale or narwal (monedori mone- Saumu, s. (ya) {Arab, *yo), fast, fasting; mez;
ceros).
Sao pron. poss., third pers.pl. (rectius zao), e.g., wa saumu, the month of fast = Ramadan; ku
,

niumba zao, their houses. funga saumu, to fast ku sbikua ni saumu {sc,
ni kiu).
Sappa sappa, v. a. {vid. sungusua and kungua),
Sauti (or sautti) (ya, pi. za) ^lrafr. uu^a), a
one completely ; (2) to tout for customers.
to strip
Saeafa, s., imperial {beard of the chin ) (Erk.). voice, noise,sound (= kifumi cka maneno or
Saeafa, s. {Arab. mutatio), exchange {of lesani), kua sauti kii or kuba, ivith a loud voice.
,

money).
Sawa saw a, like, alike, even, level, smooth, all the

Sarafu, v. a. , to exchange {money) {vid. serifu), small same.

Sawa, adj., equal, right, just.
coin; Arab. vertit, permutavit nummos.,
Saw abu, s. {Arab. ),
reward; atapata sa.
Saeamalla sarmalla or sersialla) (wa, pi.
{or
wabu kua Mungu, he ivill get the reward from
za) = fundi atongai miti, a carpenter.
God {for the good work which he has done).
Sarara, s., surname (Erb.) niama ya sarara ;

sarara ya-ni-uma sarara bazina mfupa = mbafn Saw adi, s. (ya, pi, za), a present of reinembrance
;

wa-ni-uma ? ?
or of honour given to friends on safe arrived
Sarara vidonda, vid. cbendeni. from a journey or voyage; mtu akisafiri akirudi
Sare, s. (ya), the birth-name; jina la sare = la yuwa-wa-pa watu sawadi, tunu or kitu eba ku
ku vialiwa, the name given at birth,
uviasi or la kumbuka, usually things found in the distant
which is changed when the person is circum- land are given, e.g., an Arab ivill distribute
cised, and again when he marries {vid. jina). dates to a Suahili, a Sualiili will give to the
Sari ( = darasa ya dari), threads of silver used former cocoa-nuts, &c., a traveller to Usambara
for one's cloth. will present tobacco. The natives, especially
Sarifa, sarifu, sarufu, food, fare, victuals. those who go to sea, make also presents to their

Sarifu, v. a., to use ivords ivell and grammati- friends before they start, in order to obtain their
kind wishes and prayef.s, (Sawadi hak’ essa-
cally i vertit, convertit, grammatico in.
lama, the present of peace, in order to be happy
flexit.
Saruf, s., grammar; explicavit. and safe on the road.) Many people claim the
Sarufu, s., a small gold plate with a devout in. sawadi as a right due them in consequence of to

scription, worn on the forehead as an ornament or in reward for, which they pretend,
the prayers

(St.). to have offered for the traveller during his

Saruji, s., rubbish of lime ivhen a wall is demo- absence ; cfr. (felicitas), or the Pers.
jtJUo ,

lished or fallen doivn.

Sasa, adv., 7ioiv, at present sasa bivi majibu yata or olj ,
viaticum.

kuja, presently the answer ivill come; sasa bivi, Sawasisha, v. c., to make equal or (dike.
even now, directly, presently, at once, immediately.
Saya {old), for liaya, these, e.g. manen saya,
Sasa, v. a. {vul. sa and salia), to leave a residence,
these words, instead of maneno haya.
to make to remain.
Sasia, v. obj., to leave to him or for him. Sayidia, v. obj., to help one.

Sata (or satta), s. (la,yj/. ma — ), sata la mafuta ya Sayili; vid. saili, to ask, question.

nazi, the lees of cocoa-oil (kana sira la tembo), Saza, v. c., to make to remain.
which is eaten by the people. It is agreeable. Sazia, v. obj., to leave for.
Satakanchi, s. {Arab. chess (St.). S£babu, s. (ya, pi. za) {Arab. ph
,
 ;; ;;
;; ; ; ) ; — ; ; ,

SE SE

cause reason (= liuja) kua sebabu bi, because fungu; cfr. ,

palluit, sortem jaciendo vicit,
, ;

of, on this account ku-mu-ambia sebabu, to tell sortem jecit, certavit cum aliquo.
one the cause; sebabu gani? why? on ichat Sehemiwa, to be divided.
0 s
yround or reason ? causa fuit
.
S£hemu, (2) s. (ya,pl. za), (1 ) part (sebemu mbili,
, ,

two parts), share; for instance, when two or three

funis inde res qua aliquis cum altero conjungitur
persons eat, and one is absent, they keep his
causa.
portion (sebemuyakwe) till he appears; (2)
Sebibu (or sabibu) (rectius zebibu), s., cubeb
turn; kua sehemu, by turns; sehemuyao iki-

raisins vAj ,
uvae passae, fici passae. k6ma, wanapumsika, na wenziwao watoa sebe-
muyao ya ku fania kazi, especially on the watch
Si5b!li (or sibili or sjSbri), aloe used as daua ya
at night (ku pana samu) mmoja akilala yuwa- ;

mshipa (vid.). The doe is mixed with hot water

and drunk. It is also applied externally; m-pisba muenziwe; ,
portio (praedae).

j~o succus plantae amarae.

Seh£wa, s., a salt fish brought from Arabia with
,

the ngu and papa.

Seed sebu, v. a., to refuse sebu sebu kijoyo
Seiari, s. (sabaa seiari) cfr.. L> incessit, iter fecit
kimumo, to refuse that which the little heart O— &—
; ,

would like to have or to possess. ,

viatorum turma, planeta (Pleiades?).
SfiBUL.v (or sisbule), s. (St.), parlour, reception- Seidia (or saidia or satidia), v. a., to assist or
room. help one; ku-m-seidia kazi, to help one in busi-

SedUka sedeka, v. n. kitu biki kina sedeka mno, ness ; cfr. Aat-, ,
.juvit, opem tulit.

to be of long duration, c.g., a sickness; niassi Seidiama, v. rec., to help each other (to perform,
sinasedeka (R.) cfr. assidue incubuit, a business).
(?) ; ,

S£idi (or rectius zaidi, or ziriDi), adv., more.

omuino deditus rei.
Seidiwa, v.p.
Sega, v. a. (Kinika), to tie the cloth round the
S£idi (or saidi), s., lord, prince ; cfr. x+~> dominug,
loins on a journey to prevent its being wet with
dew or torn by thorns ku pansa or ku jipania = princeps; cfr. Su dominus fuit, praefuit. ,

nguo, sikawa magotini ku pata nefasi ya ku

Sekari, s., doubtless = serkali, government ; ’

nenda harraka, to wrap the cloth round the loins

vox Persica, aula principis.
in order to go quickly. The natives do this
when travelling through the wilderness, partly Seken£ka, v. n., to be destroyed by the maratbi ya
msekeneko (venereal disease) e.g., mbo ume
for greater freedom of movement, partly in order ;

to save the cloth from the thorns or from the deiv

sekeneka kua msekeneko.

on the grass. Mjomba yuwajipania nguo, laken SekexIdsha, v. c. maratbi ime-m-sekenesba, the
Mnika yuwasega. They are scarcely decent and disease has destroyed him.
disgust a European traveller by this shameless Seken£ko, s., syphilis kijaraba eba mbo, a small
custom, but they care nothing. They do it, as wound on the penis (syphilis).
they say, ku borumia nguo, na magu ku pamika, Sekix, s. knife, culter, edge (R.).
( ),
i.e., to pity their dress and to take strides.
S£i.akha (or s£laiia), s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab.
Segija, v. obj.
),
arms, weapon; ku-m-pa selaba, to arm one;
Segnende, s., wire, of iron only? (R.).
Segxi (or rectius zegni), vid. muigni. ku toaa selaha, to arm oneself, lit., to take

Sehao (sahae), v. a. (ku sebau), to forget; usi- arms.

sebau, do not forget it nimesehau nguoyangu, Selea, (1) s. (= useja), a chain of red beads?
my wewe umesebau, SeijSa, (2) v. n., jina hili lina-ku-selea (selebea)
I have forgotten cloth;
tumesehau, have for- siku zote (mas&sa), to remain fixed, attached to
thou hast forgotten ice
(= ku ka kabisa papo), this name will stick to
gotten wamesehau, they have forgotten ,
you for ever.
oblitus fuit. Selekh£a, v. a.; jina hili lina-m-selekhea =
Sehauiwa, v. n., to be forgotten. lina-m-kalia or lina-m-guia, this name stuck

Sehaulia, v. obj. mtu huyu ame-ni-sebaulia to him, was given to him ever after; cfr.

nguoyangu; sell., ku-i-tukua, this man has recte se habuit, convenit.

my doth, to carry
zh ,

forgotten scil., it.

SfiLEKHi (or s£lihi), v. n., to be conducive, to be

Seiiacliwa. of use, to serve, to be good for, to be smooth;

Seh£UjI, sunfiu (= shanga), south (R rnaneno haya yana-ni-seleklii or yana-ni-fa, these
SfiiiEjiu, (1) v. a., to divide, to make parts •= ku fania words are of use to me = ya-ni-pendeza liayana
 ; . . ; ; ;

SE ( 326 SE
maovu nami watu bawa wa-ni-selikbi, Pldl. iii.
;
several times through the mill, to separate
1 baya ndio ya-m-selikhi.
;
small and
large grains of rice.
Selekhiana, v. rec. = ku patana, to agree one Senekari (or senkari), s., (1) government jabazi
with another properly to go on smoothly to- ,
ya senekari, a government vessel (which carries,
gether. however, goods belonging to anybody)', common,
Selemdi (R.) ? ritbia. in common, belonging to all; kitu kitumiaclio
Selem^a, v. n. ( vid tokonica, v. n.) = ku kawa. watu wote kitu biki ni senekari = eba watu
;

Selikiiisha ( or salaiiisha, or selehisiia and wote ;

buteke maji ya senekari (in which
leo
suluhisiia), v. c., to cause to agree; ku pata- business all mew must assist) katika kazi ya ;

nisha, to conciliate, pacify, to mahe to be at senekari watu pia wanatumia.

peace ,
to mediate between. Senge (R.)?
Selikhia, v. obj. Seng£a (or song£a), v. n., to come near, to ap-

Selikhiica, maneno yameselikliika -=

v. 7i., proach; sengea karibu, inua battua, ujc bapa,
yanaoana or patana, yanakua pamoja, the come near hither.
words agreed. Seng^kia, v. a., to calumniate or backbite anybody
Selim, v. a., to give over, to capitulate = selurau. in his absence; ku amba, to backbite publicly

S£limu, v. a. ku selimu, to capitulate. (to talk into one’s ears). Dr. St. explains this

Selsel, s. (Arab, Jj selsel ya nti, an earth- 'word:

11
to of contempt about
make secret signs
),
some one 7vlio is present." Erh. explains it:
quake; nti imetukuta (imetukutika). The
“to direct the attention to somebody in secret;"
natives believe that the earth is carried by a cow
ku sengenia kando.
with two horns; ivlien the cow turns round, the
cai'th trembles, because one of her horns strikes SengemSre (R.)? ku knjuka?
Sengeniana, v. rec., to backbite one another.
the earth; Jyij commovit tremeficit Deus
,
SengiSza, v. c., to cause one to approach, to bring
terrain. 7iear.
Sema, s. (pi. za) ;
rectius zema = faida or vema,
Senna mekki (or sannamaki), s., senna.
profit or good. Send (or zenu), pron. poss., second pers. plur.
S£ma, v. a., to speah (= nena, vid.), ku sema sana, Sera, s., a rampart ; Arab. cfr. boma. ;

to speak loud, to speak out ku sema moja lcua

Seraj (Arab. the burning light in a lantern.
moja, to speak particularly ),

Sem£a, speak to lum; ku semca puani

v. obj., to Serdauo, s., a kind of icood-worm wasua ma-
to talk through the 7iose; sembuse, much less kasha, cC'c.

(St.). SeiiEnge (or sera henge), s., one next a captain ,

Semesana, v. rec., to speak against each other, the small captain (robo serenge).

James iv. 11 ;
ku semesana usso kua usso, Serfa, s. (ya) (
= masruf) = cliakiila clia ndla,

2 John, v. 14 .
provisions for the road ; vid. sarafu.
Sem£siia, v. c., to cause to speak. SitiUFU, v. a. = ku toa mali, ku wa-pa watu mail,
Sembuse (or seuse), much less, much rather. to spend property, to distribute money, to obtain

Semlia ku enda semlia na watu, to

(or simlia) ;
one's end (vid. ku possa) ;
cfr. ,
exedit,
go on talking with the people, i.e., to walk on the modum excessit in re, pec, prodigando.
road ivhilst one talks with men fid. simlia) Serifia, v. obj.; ameserifia watu mali, wa-m-
semlia seems to be more correct than simlia, the fuate, or wa-m-po ndia, to give people 'money
word being doubtless corrupted from ku sema, to in order that they may become followers,
speak, to say. adherents or in order that they may allow
,

Semsem, s. (vid. simsim), ufiita semsem-o(7, or ma- one to pass through their country, &c.
futa ya uta mafuta ya mbarika, castor-oil. government
;
Serkali (or serikau), . 9 ., (vid. sene*

Sena mtu wa
(or zena), ,9 ., a kind of rice (St.) ; cfr.
^ ;
kari), the court;
afjberson employed by government,
(cfr. daulati),
an official.
serkali,

legumcn ; ,
appellatum. , -- C-
Seumadda, ,9 .
(Pers. a.-»^), eternity; <jr. mulirara
SeniSa, v. 7i., to become blunt; ki.ssu kimesenea - C-
makali (= ku via makali). Arab.
jimbo la milele, la siku zoic ;
>

Senesi^ka, v. n., to become blunt; e.g., shoka.

sempiternum id quod initio ct line caret.
Senkza, v. c., (1) to make blunt, to dull the edge;
ku seneza tenga none ya mtellc = ku
(2) Seriva, s. — marra, vid. ; cfr. ,
clanculum
fania unga wa mtellc mdogo or muembamba medulla rei, interior pars cujuslibet rei, optimum
kamamtanga, to grind fine by putting the four rci, pura rei pars, turn originis ct generis.
 ; ; ; ; ;

SE ( 327 ) SH
Sjsruba, s. = mkano mnene wa gnombe ; cfr. beads; sbadda la maua la ku ji-patika sikioni, a
"" 5C-
pastum ablit agmen pecorum. bunch of flowers, to put into one's ear-lap (as
, ; ,

gay women do), a chaplet or nosegay (2) some- ;

Seruji, s., a saddle ; cfr. ,

epliippio in thing like a picture suspended on a wall ill ni
sc- . i skaddayakwe tu, ameweka mbelle za mlango
struxit equum; i epbippiuni ;
zu'</. kliorji
(R.) ; (3) sbadda, or rather sbata, the sediment
(for donkeys).
of oil (= taka taka za mafuta), nazi (cocoa-nut)
Sese, s., a kind offiddle; Belt. ?

Sesemi, $., Hack wood (St.). boiled out in making oil; cfr . ,
acrimonia
Seset£ka, v. n., to reel and fall; e.g., in sleep or odoris fragrantis ; ,
nomen berbae odoratae
intoxication= ku enda kua mramma = ku enda et amarae, qua corium praeparatur.
kua ku yamba na punde ku angiika. Mtu mlefi
yuwaseseteka, adaka ku anguka; cfr. teteleka.
Shadala (or shaddala), s. (id. ma — ) ;
sbadala
wa ku piga mzinga, a gunner.
Seset£sha, v.c., to make one heavy, reeling and
Shadi, s. ; ku tana sliadi, or rather sbati ; cfr.
falling; e.g., tembo lina-m-sesetesba, viungo
tana sbati, a cleanly person, one who combs him
vime-m-legea.
or herself nicely, properly.
Sesitisa, v. a., to singe; e.g., ku sesitisa siafu, to
burn the black ants. Shadiki, v. a. ? ,
amplos, largos oris

Sesse, s., (1) a kind offish; but zeze ni kitoma na

cballinos babuit vir.
uji? (Sp.) ; (2) kitoa cha mbo, the foreskin, the
gland (3) zeze, a sort of lute icith three strings. Shaga (or shiaga), v. a., to chase, hunt, course;

Seta, v a., to crush. e.g., niama ;

ku ngia mitu, to enter a forest and
Seta seta, to break into fragments. cry in hunting, to course animals ; ku sbagoa ni
Seti, s., an olive-tree, hence mafuta ya seti, olive askari.
oil, valued greatly by the Suahili for medical Shah, s. (Pers. alii ), a chess king (St.).
O C-* .
- -
purposes; cooj, oleum olivarum ^,\j v.a., oleo
; ,
Shaha, (1) .s.
; vid. sheba, a chief; ,
senex fuit

condivit; >
olea arbor.
,
senex, senior auctoritate, principatu ;
pie-
Setiri (or sitiri) (Arab, yu, ),
to conceal, to hide,
tate et arte conspicuus.
to cover.
Settini, num., sixty.
Shaha, (2) s. (Pers. £1* ),
the heart or pith of the

Sedse (or seuze), much less, much more (St.). cocoa-nut-tree, or of the mkindu and mkoma
Seyedia, lordly; seyedina and seidina, our Lord, trees, which is eaten in time offamine.
your Majesty ; cfr. (seidi or seyedi) Arab. ;
Shahada, s. (Arab. ao\gio ) ;
janda eba sbabada,
dominus, princeps. the forefinger, index; e.g., eba gumba hatta eba
janda.
Sezo, s., an adze (St.).
Siiahamu, s., fat; cfr. y-,* edendum dedit
Shaaban, (= muezi wa mlisbo, the month of
s.
,

feeding), the month preceding the Bamathan adipem ; ,

adeps.

cfr. yUiii ,
nomen mensis arabici octavi. Shahawa, s. (obscene), semen ; cfr. ,
semen

Shaba, s. ( 2
d. masbaba) (cfr. aLid ,
aes Cyprium virile emisit e pene citra congressum in con-

ex quo vasa conflantur), copper, brass, tin; ku spectu virginis vel allocntione.
tia sbaba junguni, to tin a cooking pot sifuri Shahidi, s. (wa, pil. masbahidi) (Arab. ),
tupu lieifei, cojrper alone is of no use ; cfr. bati,
witness; praesens fuit, testatus fuit
susi, sifuri; ya sbabba kalainu, a pen of brass
1

or steel.
aj&Us praesens, testis ;
mtu ashubudiai neno or
Shabaha (or shabikhi), s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab.
,

similitude, marl;, target, aim; ku toaa mtu alieona kua matoyakwe.

),

sbababa, to take aim. Shahiri, v. a., to ride, to govern; e.g., Tangai

Shabba (or shabbu, s. ; alum cfr. vitrio-
asbabiri = a-i-weza nti ya Mvita, Tangai rules
; ,

lum, alumen. Mvita ; cfr. ,

evaginavit gladium, et super

Shabuka, s., a snare; Arab. rete cfr.

bominum capita vibravit.
;

shebuka. Shaiiuda, s.; janda eba sbabuda, or sbahada, the

Sir ada (or siiadda), s. (la, ^>7. masliadda), a string forefinger, index ; vid. sbabada.

a bunch; e.g., sbada la ushaftga, a string of Suaibu, s. ( = mkongue or mze) ;

manamke sbaibu
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

SH ( 328 ) SH
la juza, a woman extremely old ,
incanuit; Shah, s. n. p., Syria ; Arab. |*U. Syria, plaga
SC- )

, canities, canus capillus. septentrionalis Syrus, Syriacus fetba

; , ;

Shairi, 9. (la, pi. masluiiri) (= nimbo), a sententious

ya Sham, German dollars; lahu ya sham,
none/, a line of poetry ; mashfiiri, verses, a poem ;
e.g., labi labi hudi liansinsi, inuana mbera mziiri Syrian paper ( thick paper ) ; cfr. ,
tabul
mtana, this song describes a beautiful and lata, sive lignea sive ossea ;
omoplata, in qua
cleanly woman who combs ,
her hair and washes scriptum est.

Shamari, v. a. nli-m-shamari kua nguoye, he had

her dress and body; cfr. ^ ,
scivit, nnvit,
tied him fast by his cloth ; cfr. ^+.a, ,
contraxit.
superavit poesi aliquem; ,
poesis; (2)
Shamba, masbamba), a plantation, any
s. (la, pi.
6
shairi, or shayiri, barley; Arab, bor- piece of cultivated ground on which the natives
,

plant their various articles offood ; e.g., mtama

deum.
(millet), mahindi (caffre corn), mawelle, mbazi,
Shara (or saka), v. a. (cfr. saka), to hunt, to
pojo, mubogo, dec.; (2) a piece of land in the
disturb and drive animals in hunting ; perhaps
country shamba must be distinguished from
from the Arabic ,
propulit, impulit jumen' kitinga (vid.), i.e., mahali pa miti yegni tundo
turn ? tupu, but shamba ni mahali palipolimoa the ;

Shara, s. (la) = teshwishi or kiherehere, or budi, kiunga contains fruit-trees, but the shamba con-
(dubium), doubt; e.g., ku-m-tia sbaka rolioni- tains land cultivated with grain.
munkwe, to put doubts into one's mind; nina Shambi, s., a kind of antelope (the addax ?) ;

sbaka or gbasi nai or na-m-tilia shaka, I have shambi yuna magunda gunda ni pembe ya ;

doubts or suspicion about him, I suspect lam ; shamba, the animal shambi has horns which are
d' a - . .
used as war-horns or trumpets. It is said to be
eikij ,
dubitavit; t£.U> > dubium, dubitatio; (2)
fond of cotton leaves and beans shambi huyu
sbaka, pi. mashaka (= uthia), trouble; 3A, , pi. mashambi hayo or yale (magunda ya shambi

diffioilis, molestus fuit A&iu, molestia, afflictio yafania misgida misgida, R.) ?
;
o ,

dimin. kisbaka ku ngiwa na sbaka or teshwishi.

Shambiro, s. (la, pi. ma — = )
fiijo or shere, or
;

shero (la), a thoroughfare niiimba ya sham-

Sharara, s, ; watuma (watumua, E.) wa gungu-
biro,a house of thoroughfare, where everybody
s&ri wakali sliakara sana (R.) ? cfr. ,
gratias goes inand out, and does what he pleases ; mtu
egit. huyu yuwajendea shambiro, liana kazi, yuwa-
Shakawa, s. (ya) ( ),
trouble, offence; ku-m. zunguka burre, to go about in idleness; nme-
mu-ata mtuma shambiro or shore, ajenendee
fania shakawa = utbia or mashaka ;
cfr. ,
nafsiyakwe, the slave may go where he likes.

miserum reddidit aliquem Deus ;

ijUiAj ,
conditio Shajibua (or jambua), v. a., to strip off the lmslc,
mala, miseria. to pick out (to select — tafia) ;
e.g., ku shambiia
Share, s. ; ku ngia na shake la (ya) ku lia, to sob (or takassa) pamba kondezakwe, to clean cotton

(St.)? from dirt (aid seed ku shambiia mbazi, to shell

Sharini, s. (vul. pagaro), a country in the Somali
peas ( = ku tangiia) ;
ku shambiia mbiiga, to
pick and trim vegetables.
land.
ma — a gunwale Shambulia, v. obj., to rush upon one unawares,
Shalaka (pi. ),
hole bored in the
to attack one; tuali-wa-shambulia, wakafa-
of a boat, to put a piece of rope through for a
zaika, we attacked them, and they got into
rowlock; tiindu ya ku tilia kishoara cha gnongo
confusion, they were confused; ku shambulia
ku vutia makassia (cfr. kamba la kikapu) (ku
watu kua jeuri, to attack people wantonly.
fungua sbuara), percussit scutica aliave re.
Ji-shambulia, e-g., Rasliidi aka-ji-shambulia
Shalt, s., a shawl; levi et latiore sutura
,
katika mji.

consuit <&&> vestis quae sub lorica induitur. Siiamia, s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of cloth ichich was
; ,

probably at first obtained from Sham or Syria ,

Shaliri, v. a. (
3I& ,
percussit scutica aliavere)?? Kaftan ? It is different from mfuria and bu-
to bind lightly or loosely, not tightly, to fix on or shuti ; cfr. Sham and bushuti.
in loosely, e.g., the heads of arrows; m-funge
kua ku-m-shaliki = tie him loosely msboni ame-
Shamili, s. (la, pi. ma ) —
sliamili ;
la shikio, orna-

ment of the ear fimingu)

sbaliki nguoyangu = vibaya, kua ulegevu = (cfr.
; ,
texit

kupigakidangOjVi'r/. furari ;
dondeka ni Kiniassa. aliquem vestimento.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

Sharia (or sharaa, or sheria) (Arab. t

Shamiri, s., to load a gun; cfr. Arab, con-
r,C "
,
""" .

tvaxit rein, etc. law, equity (la, pi. za) ;

gyi, ,
legem tulit
;
gjij ,

Shamu, s., coming from Sham; e.g kertasi ya .,

lex, canon religionis institutum, lex,

Shamu ;
kofia neaupo ya Shamu, paper, cap
; ,

from Syria. via recta; ku nenda sharaani or sheriani, to go to

Shamua, v. a., to sneeze. law; sharia ya nti, the law of the country.
Shaxa, (1) the name of a fish which has a high
Sharikt, v. n. (Arab, ),
socius, consors fuit
bach (R.).
Shaxa, (2 )s. (la, pi. ma ) (Kipemba), comb ; shana — to share, to be
Sharikia, v. obj., to
partner in; vid.
share with.
shiriki, v.

la ku fungulia or sumbulia nuelle cfr. shanuo. ;

Shaxga, Shakikiana, to share together, to be partners.

(1 ) v. a., to split ; e.g., ku shanga kuni, to
split wood = ku passua kuni, to cleave or split Sharti, shart, sherti, shuti, shuruti (or SHA-
wood = ku piga shoka kua nguvu, to strike the ruti), s. and adv., by necessity, absolutely,

ivood icith all one’s might ku passua kua kissu by all means, of obligation, contract; ku
;

cfr. janga, v. a., to split a piece of wood off from

fania sharti, to bind oneself ku weka ma-
another piece; (2) s., a ruined town near sharti, to put a wager cfr. stipulatus ; ,

Malindi.
fuit, conditionem praefinivit conditio =
ShAnga, (2) s., south; sliangani, in the south; nti ; _

3
-
a shanga, the south country ; vid. kussi. makatibn, muafaka, maagano, mapatano, agree-
Shangaa {and sangaa), v. to stare, to be ment.

astonished. Shaba (la, pi. ma —), a hind of prichly shell

Shangaza, v. c., to astound, to astonish. shasa hili lina-ni-kata sana (R.);-,&> or

Shangazi, s. (wa, pi. ma ), (1)
the father's sister, —multum aridus fuit, exaruit.
an aunt; ndugu manamke wa bahai shangazi Shasira (or sasira, or siasira), s. (la, pi. za), a ;

wangu anakuja leo, my aunt came to-day, but pach-needle of brass wire = sindanoyaku shonea
ndugu mume wa mama ni mjumba {uncle)-, (2)
nhkeka cfr. yaa. punxit cum spina, consuit ;
’

to-morrow (R.) vid. m’mawa ni Kiniassa.;

pannum.
Shangi, s.; cfr. marere (R.).
Shatoruma? (St.).
Shakgiua, v. obj., to rejoice for, to shout for, to SlIATRI (or SHETRI, Of CHATRl), the pOOp Of Cahill
meet icith shouts and music, to congratulate.
of a vessel (shatri ya chombo) jLa pars rei, ,
Shaxgo, s., vomiting (after eating) caused by ;

dimidia.
worms which may be removed by a purgative
(R.)
Siiau, s., a man of loose morals; mtu huyu ni shau

Shangui, s., (1) shouting, joy, triumph; (2) an = mtu mpuzi ;

Arab. 5 U» ,
maligno oculo adspi-
53 "
ornament of gold worn by women between the ciens laesit
•

or hue illuc, dispersus fuit.

; ,

shoulders (St.).
Shaua, v. a., to give one a promise or one’s ivord
Sham, s., a startling thing or event, anything
which afterwards is nothept, to deceive; ji-shaua
rare or wonderful anapatoa ni shani, he teas
= ku daka kitu kua bidii, wewe una-ji-shaua tu,
seized by an unexpected circumstance ni shani- you seeh for a thing earnestly, but you deceive
yakwe Muigniewe Mungu ana-tu letta shani
;
yourself; yee ha-ku-daki, he does not want you ;
za ku tisha {cfr. kahadi vioja, mutijiza); even a ku-ji-shaua, to go always about a matter, e.g., to
new hind of cloth is a shani (angaliani, shani marry a woman, to obtain her love, but at last
hi)
;
yli, ,
apevuit
;
yli. ,
res gravis. to be disappointed ku-ji-shaua = ku-ji-tukisa,

Shanuo (or shanuo) (la, pi. ma— ), a comb; ku-ji-hashua ;

ice might explain the ivord: ku
shanuo la ku tahia or sliania, or shanulia nuelle ishaua = ku islia ua, to hill oneself, as it were,

na ndefu, etc., a comb for combing the hair and, to mortify oneself in obtaining, and yet not get
beard ; a large coarse wooden comb shanuo ni a thing in spite of all efforts (ame-ji-dangania

kuba, lakeni kitana ni kidogo, kina meno madogo nafsiyakwe) kua kulla kipindi amejiendea, ame-
;

islia nguvuzakwe w ala hakupatakitu ali-cho-daka.

r

(cfr. kitana) ; cfr. ylL ,

deturpavit, pinxit.
Shauka, v. n., to give oneself much trouble to
Shari (or sharri), s., evil, quarrel, provocation
obtain a favourite object, but to fail.
mtu wa sharri, a bad man (cfr. kondo, ugomvi
Shauku, s. (ya, pi. za), used in a good and bad
utokozi, utezi) ;
jahazi ina shari, a bad vessel;
sense, desire, lust, especially sexual instinct,
cfr. ji, ,
malus, improbus fuit
; ^ ,
malum ;
great love or fondness shauku nengi za
improbitas ;
neno la shari, a bad word. ondoa maarifa (
= akili), vehement lust
 ; ; ;

SH ( 33° ) SH
takes away man's understanding, lit., ShEgar, s.
(
= asili), origin, genealogy, lit. the tree ;

knowledge; shauku mimi nina

nimefania ;
cfr. ,
arbor.
shauku nai, Hove ldm; ana sliauku sana ku-
Sheha {or shaha or sheki), s. (wa, pi. masheha),
ni-somesha, he has a great desire to teach me ;
an elder, a chief.
kuna shauku ya kitu chema, au kuna shauku
ya udanganifu unangiwa ni shauku sana Sheham, s. {cfr. lamnii), temv cfr. multum

wewe morit aliquem amor, de-

adipis habuit, pinguis fuit ;
mafuta ya ngamia
; cfr. ,

ku tangania na toka, ku paka or deheni chombo,

sideravit, concupivit ; ,
cupido, propensio camel's fat mixed with lime, to paint a native
animi in rem, ndio shaukuyakwe, this very boat.
thing is his desire. ShEiie, s. masheha (haya) ( = sheha); shehe
(wa), pi.
Shauri (shauiri), v. n., to fetch or ask one's ad- wa nti; of a country (2) a great
(1) the chief
vice, to consult one = ku daka shauri kua mtu, learned man, mana juoni mkuba, or mkuba wa
to demand advice from one; neno hili ni zito, elimu (3) shche kua ukubaila, an important or
;

ninende ni-m-shauri wali, or nipate shauri kua illustrious man (R.) (4) shehe means cdso one ;

wali, this matter is a difficult one let me go and ,

who brings about a dance with ngoma {with a
get advice from the governor. drum).
Shauri, s. {pi. mashauri), advice, plan, counsel. SiiEhena, s. {ya, pi. ma — ), a load, cargo = mzigo
Shauriana, v. rec. — ku ulizana shauri, to ask mzito, telle.

advice one from another cfr. judicium SiiehenEza, v.a., to load, e.g., ku sheheneza chombo,
; ,

fecit, monstravit, consuluit alium, deliberavit to put cargo into a ship; ,

implevit

mandatum, navem ras, &c.

cum alio ; >
consilium

ku-m-pa shauri, to give advice ; ku fania shauri) Sheitani (or shetani) (Arab. ^Vk^o), s. (wa, pi.

to make counsel, to consult together. ma — ), the devil, Satan, a devil; very expert or
Shaurisa, v. c. = ku uliza shauri, to make one clever; said of an ingenious man who is
thought
ask the advice of. to have learned his art or wisdom from the
Shawi, s. (la, pi. ma ), the shoot or branch on— poivers of darkness by magic.
which the cocoa-nuts grow; shawi la vidaka, la SiiEla, s., a black veil (St.).
vitale, la madafu, la nazi, the switch-like branch Siielabei.a, as it stands, in a lot, with cdl de-
on which the fruit of the cocoa-tree is hanging ; fects (St.) ?
ivhen the shoot has no fruit, it is called kanga Siieleki, v. a., to tie slightly (Er.); cfr. shaliki.
(mti uviao nazi); the kanga is within the kalala,
ivhich has the shape of a little boat {cfr. panda
Shei.ee, s. (la , pi. ma — ), a shell (?) (St.).

mnazi and kolc or mkungu) (shawi la tende). Siiemali, s. (ya) (Arab. JUio) (1) the left;
la ;

Shawishi, v. a., to coax over, to persuade (St.). (2)north (if a person looks eastward ) (3) the ;

ShEbaiia {or BHfiBJiu), s. {vid. shabaha), aim, north-wind (keskasi) nti ina khnje or shemali, ;

mark, a butt for shooting at {with arrows or the ground is moist from the m ist (umande = dew);
kiza cha moshi katika subukhi, umande wa ju,
muskets); cfr. similitude.
moshi wa maji maji, beredi ya ju, a heavy dew ;
,

ShEbihi, s. (ya) {or siiEbikiii), form, shape,

(3) bet el shemal, a kind of chombo or dau,
likeness, resemblance, kind shebihi ya jiwe
(R,); shemal, northern latitude, opp. to .Tiinuhi
hili, like this stone, lit. in the likeness of.
(cfr.), the south latitude.
SfiEBiiiiANA, v. rec., to resemble each, other = ku
ShembEa, s., a curved knife.
fanana, or kua na sura moja.
SiiEmegi, s. (ya or wa), pi. mashemegi (yangu or
Siiebuka, s. {vid. shabuka) (ya), quarrel, dispute,
zangu), brother or sister-in-law; mume wa ndftgu
strife = kdndo), ku tahali siiebuka - ku anza
{
manamke,<7ie husba nd of the sister's wife; (2) the
kondo, to commence a quarrel, to raise or excite
husband's friend.
and cause anything ; cfr. ,
pevplcxuit rem SiiExg a, v.a., to burn ; ku slienga niassi, to burn
alteri. grass; ku lima mle mlimo shengoa; (2) to cut
Siiebuka n a ,
v, rec. obliquely, to cut tloion at one stroke (R.), e.g.,

SiiEbuki, s.; Waride ni shobuki ir.no (ll,)j W. is reeds, stalks (

tfici

a great instigator or abettor of mischief SiiEnoo, .sa, vid. shingO) the neck.
Biibda, siiedana, vid. sheta. SlIERAlIA, S., ? (It.).
SnEDAi.A, a gunner, artillerist ! SiiEraea (or sharaea) (la); sherafa la r.devu, or
Shedi, s., the name of a kind of cotton-print (it.). ndevu za sherafa, a jiue long beard, (sherafa ya
 ; : ; , ;

SH ( 331 ) SH
ndevu), whiskers; altus fait, excelsus et
Shidda (Arab. &££,), s., difficulty, distress, trouble,
,

rarity; kitu hiki ni shidda; shidda kuba, great

nobilis fuit; ,
altitiulo, nobilitas, gloria. distress; maji ya shidda ya ku lirahika.

Sherbet (or siierba), s. (Arab, 1 drink, Shiga, s., vid. siga.

^.fi ),

beverage; sherbet el-lozi, drink of almond milk Shika, v. a., to holdfast, to lay hold of; ku shika
(syrup of lemons and almonds ). ndia, to take one’s way, to depart, to set out; ku
SinciiE, s. = ku ata nituma
shambiro bid .), (
e.g.,
giiya or kamata, to seize or lay hold with the

shore, to allow a slave to go where he likes. fingers.

Sh£rebi and sheredi, s. sherebi means no doubt Shikoa (shikua), v. p. to be seized, e.g., ku ,

“a drinker ” (vid. sherbet), whereas sheredi shikoa ni matumbo, to be seized with pain in
refers evidently to the Arabic aufugit va- the stomach.
,

gatns fuit, very likely with reference to a run- Siiikamana, v.rec. (

= ku nata), to cleave together,
away slave. JRebman mentions the phrase sheredi to stick or adhere to; to lead each other by
mkuba we, unakunoa tembo, you are a great thehand (Er.) udongo wasliikamana na ;

runaway, you drink tembo (vid.). Sherebi toka unga haushikamani, or haunati (vid.
;

would doubtless be more correct in this mse, and Luke xvii. 6).
the meaning would, be : you great drunkard, you Shikamanisha, v. c., to cause to stick to.
drink tembo.
Shiicamo (or siiikamoo), pro “ nashika magu, I
Shebehe, s. (R.), e.g., the sailors of a Muscat seize or hold the feet,” the mode in which a
vessel sailingunder the English flag entered the slave salutes his master.
harbour of Mornbas ivitli a noisy Sony, these
Siiikana, v. rec., to hold each oilier, to clasp, to
sailors wanafania sherehe, displayed pomp in
grapple.
honour of their sail ? f But this explanation
is doubtful, and Bebman gives no better one; Shikia, v. obj., to seize or catch for another, to

cfr. velum navis, the sail’s display. hang on loosely.

^ . ,

Shikika, v. seizable, capable of being seized,

Sheri a, s., vid. sharaa, or sharia, law. e.g., maji bayashikiki, laken kitu kigumu
Sh£she, s., ndaa inafania sheshe (R.) ? ndicho kishikikaclio, water is not seizable, but
Sheta, v. a., to stir up (cfr. mshetu), to press one a hard substance is seizable.
in a crowd = ku songa, ku thiki or ku ganda-
Shikilia, v. obj. = ame-m-zuia asiauguke, he
miza muili kua ku songana (2) to quash (cfr. ;
seized him lest he should fall.
pfuda in Kiniassa).
Shetaxa, one upon another in a
v.rec., to tread Shikiliza, to support.
crowd throng each other, to press against
,
to Shikxwa, v.p., to be seized or held; fetbayakwe
each other at a crowded place; mashetano, s., imeshikiwa or imeshikoa, muigniewe kapo,
throng, crowd (= ku kazana, to sit closely). his money ivas seized in his absence (in the

Siietani (cfr. sheitani) (wa, pi. ma— ), the devil, ptossessor’s absence ).

Satan, ,
adversatus fuit, ,
satanas, Siiikiza, v.a., to catch vp> lightly, e.g., ku sbikiza

diaholus. mlango kua ku weka kitu tiniyakwe, usi-

ShetIcka, v. n., to be over-ripe, to be pulpy ndizi fnnguke, wala usifungike, to place something

hizi zashetekn, these bananas are over-ripe

under a door lest it open or shut; (2) to fasten
= with thread a piece of doth which the tailor
(
ku iva mno).
SC" wants to sew; ku sbikiza niumba, to support a
Sii£tri, s., the poop of a dau (dhow); cfr. joi,
house, hence shikizo, a post.
that part of a dhow which is used as a water- Siiikizia, v. obj.
closet, etc. Sjhki, s . (R.) ?
Shiba, v. n., to be satiated, to have eaten enough, Sniicio (or snuo), s. (la, pi. mashikio), (1) car,

fig. understanding (2) sliikio la chombo, the

to be satisfied; cfr. , satur et satiates fuit.
helm or rudder of a ship, a thing to lay hold of;
Shibisha, v. c., to cause one to be satiated, to mashikio ya kikapu, the handles of a basket;
satisfy one. sliikio paka ni daua ya matumbo.
Sihbiri (or sibiri, or shibri),
urefu wa shfbiri or sllubiri
s., <1

moja, a span long

span, e.g., Siiiku, s. ma ) = kipande kisiki eba
(la, pi. —
; mnazi eba ku gadimia jabazi isiaugiike katika
cfr. spithamis dimensus fuit, pju, spithama, nti kafu, a quirt of the trunk of a cocoa-tree used
i.e., intervallum inter pollieis et minimi digiti to keeq> a vessel erect at low-water time (cfr.
diductorum extrema. taumu), a shore made of the trunk of a cocoa-
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

SH ( 33 2 ) SH
nut-tree; (2) the remainder of a tower ivhich said he had bought or would buy it at a higher

has tumbled down ; liko shikulakwe, there is the price, thus he overreached me; ame-ni-shin-
remainder of the tower (at Mombas ) which fell dania manenoyangu, he opposed my icords by
down; dimin. kisMku, saying they were not true or valid.
Shilamu, s., the stem of a native pipe ; vid. kiko. Siiixdaniana, e.g., kima, to outbid another in
Shi Liza, v. a., to finish, to conclude to complete reference to the price.
,

(vid. islia, v.a .) ;

leo tuashiliza muaka, to-day ice Shindaniwa.
close the year ku shiliza maneno or kazi, &c. Siiindano (la, pi. ma — ), a race, dispute, strife.

Siiilizia, v. obj. trap; ku-m-shiliziamatvingu mtu Shindia, v. obj.

niungine, to vent one' s passion on another (ivlio Shindiza, v. c., to make one put up (for a few
is innocent). days' stay).

Shimal, s.; vid. shemal or sbemali. Shindiza, v. a.; ku shindiza makali, to over-

Si-mto, s. (la, pi. ma— a pit a deep cavity, a come sharpness = to become blunt ; maji ya ku
), ,

shindiza, at flood time.

large hole; skimo la kinu, the hollowing or exca-
vation of a mortar. Shindizika, v. n., to get or become blunted ; e.g.,

mtaimbo.
Shina, s. (la, pi. ma — ); (1) the root; sliina la mti,
the root of a tree; Shindika (or sindika), v. a., (1) to drive, to turn
a trunk or stump, the
(2)
lower part of the stem of a tree. an oil-mill (ivhicli at Mombas and other places
is turned by a camel), hence “ to make oil in
—
Shinda, s. (la, pi. ma ), contents, the residue of
general; ku shindika mafuta (vid. jakaja). (2)
’’

fluids found in a vessel or pit, dec., e.g., mtunge

ku shindika mlango, to shut or rather turn the
una shinda nzima (zima) or ku la maji, there is
door so that it is closed but not barred, to leave
still a considerable quantity of water in the jar

shinda dogo, a small residue; shinda la kinu

the door on the latch. The reverse of ku shin-
dika is “ ku shindiia or fungua,” to open the
karibu na ku ja or jaa, the mortar is nearly
door so that the passage is free. Ku komea or
full; kishinda cha mtunge signifies a small
funga is to shut or bar the door. “ Ku nidisha
quantity which stays (ku shinda) at the bottom
mlango,” is to turn the door, but not to shut it
of a water -gar.
entirely. It is left ajar as the natives consider
Shinda, v, a., to stay, to pass, to exceed in power, ,

it improper to close the door entirely, iclien the

to overcome, to conquer, to subdue; ku shinda
owner of the house is at home.
ligtivu, to pass or exceed in power Said-Saidi
ana-m-sliinda Kimeri kua nguvu = ngvivu za Shindikia, v. obj. ; e.g., ku-m-sliindikia niumba
Saidi zikawa ningi, zapita nguvu za Kimeri, Ki- yee liapo.
meri ameshindoa ni Saidi, to spend or to pass Shindikiza, v. c., to cause to shut; e.g., ku-m-
or to spend time ; ameskinda siku mbili na ndaa, shindikiza msaffiri, to assist a traveller on his
he spent two days in a famishing state tume- departure, to close his business, to accompany
slnnda kutua tukalala na ndiia, we glassed or him a short distance, to help him on for his

worked the whole day and slept without food ku departure (= ku-m-fissa mbelle or ku-mu-adi).

shinda siku moja niumbani kua rafiki, to stay a Siiindikoa, v. p., to be shut.

day at the house of a friend; ku shinda kazi, to Shindilia, v. a., to press, to charge or load a gun
go on with one's work; ku shinda kiungani, to with the ramrod (ku shindilia biinduki kua
stay in ones plantation; maji yashinda, it is mdeki) ; (2) to eat to excess ?
( more than) half full of water wali amekuenda
Shindo, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a shock (St.); cfr. kuku-
shinda, the governor went out to spend his time, tika.
or he is gone out for the day. Maji yashinda
Shindoa, s. ; matezo ya muaka m'pia, a kind of
ya mtungi, the jar is halffull of water.
play performed the night before the new year sets
Shindamana = shikamana or guyana.
in. The natives kindle afire and dance around
Shindamanisha, to make to hold fast; watu
it, beating the ground with bamboos and saying :
wamefania tokii na maji, na udongo, akatan-
tujile (tunakiija) ku tia motto Teita na miime
gania mahali pamoja, akashindamanisha sa-
tulimpeta Hamade ngoma ya or za shindoa.
kafu, na siikafu inashindamana.
;

Siiindana, v. rec., to endeavour to overcome each Shixdua (or sindua), v. a., to turn open (a door)
— ku fungfia ku shindiia fikili or maneno; cfr.
other, to bet, to strive with, to dispute, to race. ;

Siiindania, v. obj., to overmatch, to outdo, to gundtia.

outbid one (kima), to oppose, to object to, to Shinduka, v. n. (— fungiika), to turn open of
bet ame-ni-shindania mkebc, he overmatched itself; mlango umesliindiika kua upepo, the

me; i.c., I intended to buy the pot, but the other door i/ot open by the wind (2) maji yana-
 ; ; — ; ; ) ; ) ; =;

SH ( 333 ) SH
shinduka or sinduka = yaiinza ku poa ufuoui, chakula, have one common work and
etc., to

the beginning of the ebb. food =

wamefania kazi pamoja, wamekula
Shindulia, v. obj. ku shindulia mkingo, to open pamoja, kulla rnrnoja ametangiinia fungulakwe
the door for somebody. pamoja na muenziwe.
Shingo, s. (la, pi. ma or ya, and pi. za), the Shisha, s. (ya), shisha ya mtanga, the sand-glass
,

neck {vid. skengo) na shingo ;

muigni or alie used on board a vessel (iko katika dira chomkdni).
mgunui, a headstrong or pertinacious man; lia- s. (la, pi. ma
Suisi {or snizi), ), (1) shisi
lajungu, —
kiina msaha wa shingo. the soot on cooking pots. (2) In Kigunia “shisi”
Shinikizo {or sinikizo), s. (la), a press; cfr. kn la temko la taamu, sweet ( black-looking ) cocoa-
sinikiza, to press, liquor. The best kind of temko when fresh looks
Shipavu, adj., obstinate, blackish and is agreeably sweet.
HiKA, s. (ya, pi. za), sail (= tanga) of a vessel; Shitua, v. a., to pluck out, to draw out {said of

cfr velum navis.

teeth), tear out ( = ku gnoa).
. Qf* ,

Shituka, v.p. {said of nails) ;

vul. kisliitu.
Shirabu, v. n. ku shiba maji cfr. Libit,
contumeliam
j ,
shitumu, v.a.,to insult; cfr. ,

aquarn. dixit, contumelia affecit.

Shikazi, s., n. p.,from the town Shiraz in Persia, Shoa, v. a. {old) — kuandika, to write (ku shoa).
hence “shirazi,” Persian work; Sheikh Shiraz Shoara {or shuara), s. ; vid. kishoara.
was a celebrated nobleman ivho came from Shiraz Shoboka, s., said of a brush for white-washing
and stayed at Mombas. when the bristles fall offrom the ligatures (R.).
Shirika {or shakika), s. (ya), participation, Shodoro, s., the name of a cloth.
partnership,communion ku fania shirika pa- Shoe, s. = kaba, father in Kigunia.
moja = ku tangania pamoja {e.g., ku unda Siioga, s., a friend, used by women in speaking of
chombo shirika, to build a ship in common ku ;
or to one another in Zanzibar. At Lamu shoga
fania kazi shirika ;
maliyetu ni shirika ;
toani means a catamite (St.).

mkebe ku, rnnoe kua shirikayenu ;

Luke xxii. 17. Shooi {or shoi), s., panniers, a large matting bag
Shiriki, v. a. {vkl. shariki), to give oneself up to, to with the opening across the middle, so as to for m
be entire in a matter, to have communion or two bags when laid across a donkey's back (St.).

fellowship until one, to share ivith one, to be in Shogoa, s., forced labour for government.
Shogoa, v. a. ku-ji-shogoa {or sogoa) mno kazi,
partnership with one ; cfr. socius or con-
to compel to work.
sors fuit, particeps ejusdem rei fuit;
?
Skog6li {or shoholi or shuhuli or shuguli), s.
O C-
consortium, societas ;
ku slnriki kazi = ku penda {ya,pl. za) {Arab. Jita. ), business, work.
kazi sana, to giveup oneself to a work, to be in a Shogohsha {or shuhulisha), v. c., to set one at
icork ivith heartand soul; ku slnriki juo = ku =
work, to employ or engage one ku-m-tia ka-
zoea (soea) juo kulla siku = ku tia moyoni sana,
zini; cfr. Jis, occupatum distinuit aliquem.
to devote oneself to study ; mtu huyu yuwa- ,

shiriki ulevi, uzinzi, uifi (uivi), this man gives Siiogora, s. (R.), Kis. or Kinilca ?

himself up to intoxication, to fornication, to Shoka, s. (la, pi. ma — ), a native axe or hatchet

theft =
a drunkard, fornicator, thief ku
he is slioka la ku taugia or sliangia or passulia kuni,
slnriki Sketani = kua kali moja na Shetani, to an axe for splitting wood; shoka la bapa, or
be of one mind, to make common cause ivith shoka la pua, an ache (St.) ;
shoka la tiss

Satan, to be one of his party (= ku tangania {Mrim.), an axe.

pamoja nai); ku slnriki nda kali to meet ivith ,
Siiokole, .s., an eel ; vul. mkunga.
great hunger {and other misfortunes) ku-m- Shok6ta, v. a., to thrust, to pierce; m’shokote
shiriki Mungu is {in the Muhammcdan notion kattaatoke; e.g., kuku (R.)?
to associate with God, to usurp or assume the Siiola, s., an ear of corn ? (St.).

being or qualities of God. This is the greatest Shojia, v. a., to prick, to pierce, to thrust at (

sin in the eyes of the Muhammedans, whereas, in ku toma), ame-m-slioma kua ukonso wa mfupapo
the Christian sense, this short expression means (mti mgiimu sana) ku-m-skoma kua miinda. ;

“ to have communion ivith God, to devote oneself Shom£a, v. obj., munda washomea samaki, a
to God." harpoon, an iron ivith which the natives thrust
Shirikiana {or shirikana), v. rec., at large fish.
to be of one
mind one with the other = ku Shomoro, s. (la, pi. ma ), a bird like the nmana
sliika neno —
moja or shauri moja, to haveathing or opinion {vid.), a sparrow {Luke xii, 6), the weaver-bird

in common; wameslririkana kua kazi, kua {ploccus), which is fond o/mtama.

 ; ; . ; . ;;

SH ( 334 ) SH
Siiona, v. a., to sew (e.g., nguo ilio raruka), to Shubiri (vid. sliibiri, s.) (ya), a span.
fasten on wall, to mend; derm, mashoni. Shubua, v. a., vid. subua, v. a.
ShonjU, v. obj., to sew or mend for one. Shububu, R. ?
—
Shonde, s. (la, pi. ilia ), slionde la mafi (rnavi) ya Shudi (or SIIULl), A.
gnombe, a cake of sun-dried cow's dung, used as Shudu, a. (Ia, pi. ma ), an oil-cake; slnidu la —
fuel by the Mah.ua Makonde and other tribes for mafuta = taka neussi za mafuta, the dregs left
lach, of wood; cfr. kishonde. after malting oil from semsem-seecl. The dregs
Siionga (or songa), sinia ya ku shonga, vid. sima. are eaten by the p>eop>le ( Kig bakai) ; cfr. kidata
Shongj, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
plait, curl shongi la clia mafuta., oil-cake when not quite pressed.
nuelle; vid. songo. Siiufak a, a. ( = im;ini), the fear of God (old )
SlTONGOltEWA (or SHOXGAHEWA) (II.) ?
cfr. (jjAis ,
cavit, metuit.
Shongua, v., said of cc plantation (R.) ?
Siiupu shufu, a., at random, with carelessness
Shonoa, v. a.; (1) ku omba or sa, vid. ombo
vid. tundia, and ku funga kata.
(omba) ? (2) ku shonoa, to unstitch, to rip up.
SirorfiKA, v. n. = ku toka harraka or kua nguvu Shugaa, a. (or shuja, or shujai (wa), pi. ma-
to burst out, e.g., anything ivhich has been shut shugaa, masujaa (Arab.
or warlike,
up in a vessel, to come off (e.g., a cloth from brave in roar shugaa wa wita, a hero, champion
one's body.) vid. sti'cnnitate, vicit, strenuus, fortis
Shoroba ? ? (R.).
Shota, (Kimv. ku-m-tota or jokoja) (Kin.
v.
fuit. or g\.-*A, 01' gb*A, fortis, strs-
a.

ku sbokota), to pierce, to thrust at one by moving nuus, animosus fuit.

in the air a piece of ‘wood or any pointed instru- Shugalo, a.; bunduki ya shugiilo, a musket which
ment = ku-m-dunga or toma kua nta; but ku-m- has a large barrel, a lock, and makes a loud
tota limbo si kua nta ku skota mzinga, to fire a
; report (si ya mrao) cfr. kimerti and bunduki ;

cannon; fulani jana alidaka ku shota motto ya fiandi.

niumba ya fulani. Shuguli (or shughuli) (cfr. shogoli), business,
Sitot^a, v. obj.; mrao wa ku sliotea or pigia occupation, affairs, engagement.
mzinga, a linstock for firing a cannon. SnuGULiKA, v. n., to excuse oneself and attend
Siioto, s. (la, pi. ma — ), adj., lefthanded, not to another business (vid. shoguli).
strong, feminine; mukono wa ku shoto = wa Shuhuda, a. AMiiy./uslmhucIa (wa) (pi. slmliuda za),

female hand — the left hand, opp. to

kike, the witness, testimony; ku-m-pa ushuhuda, to give

mukono wa kuume, inKigunia, mukono wa kufuli, him a testimony; cfr. testatns fuit,
(mfuli ni mtumume), male hand, = right hand
mtu liuyu ana sboto, this man is left-handed. JolgA, testimonium.
Shotti, ku piga shotti ku nenda, or ku nenda
s.; Shuhudia, v. obj., to witness for or against
kua shotti, kua ku riika, to go galloping, to somebody, to attest, e.g., Gab. ame-m-shuhudia
gallop, to go very fast; ku piga sbotti katika Rashi kua jito (cbito) ame-mu- 6 na akiiba, Gab.
farasi, to gallop, to ride galloping — ku toka kua testifies or stands as an eye-witness against
sbotti katika farasis Bash., he saw him steed. It is also used by
Shtaki (or staki), v. a., to charge, to accuse, to many /Suahili as a noun, e.g., si shuhudia
prosecute; cfr. staki, v. a., staka, mastaka, s. lmyo? is that not witness ? or, I am not
Siitua, v. a., to startle, to tickle, to put out of joint witness for that (R.); ni yaldni, nna-shuhudia
(St.) ; cfr. skitua, v. a. matoyangu, it is true, I am eye-witness, but
Shtuka, v. n., to be startled, to start. nadaka angalia kua mato yangu.
Shtusha msiiipa, to be sprained = ku teuka. Shuhudisa, v.c., to cause one to bear witness,
Shua, v. a., to launch (Er.), to draw, drag, pull to take or call one to witness; Gab. ame-111-

(
= ku sbusha, ku tia jombo baharini). shuhudisa wali amesema, wall waona, shehe
Shu rd a, v. obj. amefania fitina, si mimi, ni yee (= ku-m-fania
Shuliwa, v. p., to be launched. shahidi, ajue mambo).
Siiuari (or siiuali), a’., calmness, culm, e.g., shuari Shuhudu, v. n. ,
to bear witness.
ya pepo, calmness of the ivinds (= upfjpo umc- Shuhuli, a. = huja, a. business (vid. shogoli), sorrow,
tuba, the ivind became calm). anxiety; shuhulisha (vid. sliogolislia), ku-ji-

Shuarubu, a., cfr. ndcvu. sliuhulisha = ku-ji-tia shuhuli rokhonimuakwe,

Siiubaka, a. (Arab. &£*&>) (la, pi. ma — window;
),
to concern oneself, to be apprehensive, to be

cfr. dh'isha. anxious for

Kishubaka, a., a pigeon-hole. Shui-iulika, v. n.
 ; ; ; : ; ; ; — ; ;

SH ( 335 ) SH
Shujaa, s. (wa), pi. mashujaa, a brave man, a (2) the piece of cloth with which the Muham-
hero; vid. sbugaa. medans a dead person, and which hangs
cover
Shuka (1), s., a sheet shuka la male efr. doti, s.
;
over the head and. feet of the dead; sluingi la
Shuka (2), v. n., to descend ,
tocome down to go ,
mciti = sand a lililo pitoa magu na kitoa cha mtu
down ,
to land from a vessel niota zikishiika, aliekuffa.

falling stars.
Saunguaya, s., a tract of land, a ruined town and
a river in, the vicinity of Patta (Patte ) another ;
SriuruA, r. obj.
town is called Niarua.
ShushAj v. c., to make to descend to let down, to ,
Shuki, s. = uziivi (R.) ?
land a cargo from a vessel; leu shusha pumzi, Shupa, v. n., to be hard, not soft; ku shupa kua
to breathe out; ku shusha moyo, to humble hardened ; vid. supa
maneno ku shupana, ; to be
oneself.
and supana.
Siiuke (or sure), s. (la, pi. ma), little strips of mia (vid.)
the top of the Shupatu, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
stalk of Indian corn (II.) ;
making vitnnda bedsteads )
shuke la mtama, the (of matting), for (

panicle of seed, the ear of corn, millet, or rice. and bags (maganda). The broad strips are
Skuku, v. a., to suspect one, to be suspicious about sewn together to make mats for floors.
him; na-m-shuku kua muifi nafsird muangn, I Shupi, s., a kind of basket; efr. tundu, tumbi,
suspect him to be cl thief; nashuku muiliwangu, pagaja, mshupi (R.).
nathani tafania homma or kionda, I suppose I Shura, .s., saltpetre (St.); sbura sliura aua-li-ata

shall get hornma or fever edU>, dubitavit. tangu li mballi, susa ana-li-fahamia maguni,
ndipo ku-ji-sbura sliura (R.) ?
Siiuku, s., pain or foretoken of pain.
Shuri, s., mtu liuyu ana sliuri = anabenua ma-
Siiukuru, v. a., to thank one; (efr. gvatias
tako, this man
shows his buttocks, he does not
egit, jSh, gratiarum actio ;
ku ambia ahsanti, cover them (ameweka wasi or benua rnatako) ;

to say thou hast done well. (2) kiuno cha ngao, the broad hip-bone, in oppo-
Shukuru (or shukraki), s. (ya), thank, thanks- sition to kigungu (R.).

giving (Kin. mumvera), gratitude. ShURTI (or SHARTI, SHARUTI, SHURUTI, SHUTI,

Shult, s. (la , pi. ma — shuli la niumba, the front- sherti), « contract, of necessity, by obligation,
) ;

side or part of a thatched house (efr. kipaa cha dec. ku fania shuvti or sharti (vid.), to engage
mbelle, the front slope of the roof); ubati wa oneself to ; vid. sharti, s.

niumba, the middle part (vid. tuka,s.); kipaa cha Shurtisa, order one peremptorily
v. a., to

niuma, the back slope of the roof shuli is also wali ame-m-shurtisa ku enda Unguja, i.e., wall
ame-mu-ambia kua uguvu, sliert weweucnende
a lean-to building (in front) (efr. kipenu (pi.
vipenu), which signifies cdso the side-cabins of a Unguja, the governor ordered him to go to

Zanzibar, he told him authoritatively he must

ship.
go absolutely.
Shuliwa, v.p., to be launched.
Shumbi, s., deep water, depth = kina; near the
Shurutiaxa, v. rec., let, wager = ku wekeana
masherti, to hold a wager, to bet one with an-
entrance into the harbour of Mombas there is
other.
shumbi, deep water (pale shumbini).
Shuruti sax a (or surutisaxa), v. rec., to per-
Shumdoa, s. (la, pi. ma ) shumdea mpevu, yuna— ;

suade each other ? ? efr. stipulatus fuit,

marara or madoa doa, or maraka raka, the large
...
,

•; c- _

striped hyena (red and black) ivhich catches ,

conditio, stipulatio.
men and animals. Shusha, v. c. (vid. shuka, v. n., to descend), to
Shume, s. (la, pi. ma ); a tom-cat, male cat — cause to descend, to lower ; ku shusha pumzi, to

(paka mana raiime). breathe ,

to breathe out; ku shusha moyo, to

Siiumua, v. n., to sneeze. humble oneself, to land goods from a ship.

Shumvi, s., salt in Kipemba. Shushoa, v. p.
—
Shuxda, s. (la, y>7. ma ), a little basket made of Shusha (and shushiaxa), to cause to descend,
mia, ku tia uraibu, or other little things. to make one another descend. This expression
Shunga (or juxga, or tunga), v. a., to drive away seems also to refer to sexual intercourse,

to scare, frighten away, e.g., kuku or gnombe according to Mr. P. (?)

(fowls and cattle), lest they destroy a plantation Shusiiia (oj- suiua or ku-h-jia), v. obj., to occur to
ku slmnga or inga gnombe asile mtama; ajali one; lienee kisushi, sudden occurrence ku ru-
ya mshunga shunga ku shunga gnombe, to drive disha kitu ju ya.
cattle; (2) shunga, v. a., to press oneby entreaty Shusi (or shxjzi), s. (la pi.
,
ma ),foul air, stench.
vicl. sunga. Shuta, v. n., to break wind (2) to sting; niuki

Shun'oi, s. (la, pi. ma — ); (1) a crest, longhair; (or nyiiki) ynwasbuta, the bee stings.
 ?
; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; , . ; ;

SH ( 336 ) SI

Suutia, v. obj. ; cfr. shua. Sisa, v. c., to cause to abstain (perhaps to cause
Shutiwa, v. p. one to bury a matter ?)
Shuti (or shuuti, siierti, sheti, suti), culv., by Sia (old) for kia (ja muili), a member (of the body).
necessity ,
by all means, absolutely, peremptorily. Siada (or ziada, or zAYiDi, or saidi), ado. (Arab.
Shutukia, v. obj. (— ku-m-kiia ghafila), to sttr- Salij (= m'no, vid.), more, considerably ni-pa-
)
prise one.
ziada or zaidi, give me more (lit. increase), ni
Shutujiu, v. a., to suspect one, to doubt of his
fania ziada = ni ongeza, ni zidi, increase or add
real intention, to revile, insult ku-m-kemea, to
snub ku-m-slmtumu kua viuvu (cfr. singiza), or tome; olj ,
auctus fuit, excessit numcrum.
ku-m-thania viovu, to suspect one of bad inten- Siafu, s. (wa, pi. wa), a kind of large reddish

tions ; ata-ku-tukuHa mashutumu bilashei ;

watu brown ant; very large ones are called tungu
wa-ni-shutumu ubaya bilaslii ;
mashutumu, sus- nfundo. The siafu marches on in great numbers,
pecting. bites painfully ,
and attacks and destroys anything
Siiutumiwa, v. p., to grow sus-
be suspected, to with which it comes in contact. Animals and
picious, to withdraw from one who is a bad men endeavour to the utmost to escape the siafu.
man, to be reviled, insulted. Fire and smoke, and hot ashes, are the best
Shutumiana, v. rec. ,
to suspect each other, to be preservatives. There are also tungu called
suspicious about each other's purpose. tungu wawa.
Si, not, the negative particle connected with a verb, Siagi, s. (ya, pi. za), cream, butter, when cooked it

adjective, and noun; e.g., si fania or usifania is called samli ;

siagi is butter isiopikoa.
haya, do not these things; sifio or sivio, not so,
Siaha, v. ku piga siaha = ku piga kelele?
not in this manner mtu hiiyu mcma,
si si m'tu,
Siala, s., vid. masiala and suali, question (of strife).
this man is not good, he is not a man, he isa no-
Siara, s. masiara) (Kipemba mawa), a
(ya, pi.
man (if thiswere an English ivord), i.e., he is a
burying-place, cemetery; mahali palipo sikoa
cruel man, a barbarian maneno haya si kuelli,
watu mahali pa masaira.
these words are untruth or not true si ada, si ,
;

Siasira (or sasira), s., a great needle; vid. shasira.

clesturi, it is not the custom, not customary; si

mrdfu kama mimi, he is not so tcdl as I am ; siku-

Siba (or ziba), v. a., to close, obstruct, to stop, to

ku-juaginsi ulivyo mrefu, I did notknow that thou dam up ivith sand or earth; ku siba tundu, to

least so long or large; si mno kabisa, seldom,

stop a hole; ndia hi inasiba or inakufta (= haio-

not very often;

nekani sana, indiscernible), ku siba maneno =
si veraa, not good, not ivell; si
ku-m-fitia, to conceal to one.
yee (or veye), it is not he or him, contracted sie ;

mimi, contracted simi, Sibaxa, v. rec. piihali pana sibana, a p/lcice closed
si it is not 1, or, is it not
I? ndia iliosibana.
si we we or si we, it is not thou, or, is it not
Sibia, v. obj.; ku-m-sibia jua, to screen the sun
thou sidaki, I do not desire it; nisidaki, that
J mcnj not leant it, mag I not leant it ; letme from one.
Siboa, v.p.
not desire it si uza, do not sell. See the Gram-
Sibika, v. n.
mar on this subject.
Si a, v. a.; (1) (cfr. sika or zika, to bury), to sow,
Sib AO, s. (la, ma— ),
a large coat; kisibao, a
small ivaistcoat, jerkin.
e.g., rice, not to lay it in small hollows (as the
gballa, Pers. ? ), store-room
Suahili generally do), but after the manner of Siboi, s. (cfr. >

the people of Pemba, leho, having sown the rice, place for preserving eatables; Arab.
cover it with earth, wherefore they get much more
cre .

butyrum
^ j

mor lactis, turn recens.

than those who make mena (vid.) ku panda
Sibili (or s£bili, sebri), s., aloes ( vid sebili),
mpunga (who make furrows to sow rice ) (2) to ; G "
drive away, e.g., black or rather reddish brown sbibiri, Arab. :
suecus plantae amarae,
ants. This is done by lighting a firebrand
sbibiri inairia.
ku teketeza siafu kua kenge cha motto (sia ku
Sibiri (or siiubiri), s. (ya, pi. za), sjian, a span
sia or siasia, to singe or scorch) ; (3) to leave be-
hind, e.g., ku sia deni = anakuffa ua deni, he long; urefu wa sbubiri moja ; cfr ,

left a debt behind, i.e., he died in debt; anasia

spitbamis dimensus fuit; spitbama, i.e.,
mali, he left property behind; (4) to trust one
with ; e.g., ku-m-sia mtu, to commit to a man intervallum inter policis ct minimi digiti diduc
something ; (5) to give sentence, to pronounce as torum extrema.
with authority, to declare (St.). Sibu, v. ii., to happen, to come to pass, to chance ;

Sn.i a, v. obj.; ku-m-silia mali, gnombe, d'c., to jarnbo bili lina-n-sibu kua Mungu, this thing

trust one with property, bullocks, <&c. ;

happened to me from God (= nime-li-pata kua
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;; ; ;

SI ( 337 ) SI

Mungu) cfr. secuit, causa fuit, causam Sigitika (rcctius sikitika), v. 7i., to be moved with
; ,

pity, to be sorry, to have pity or compassion ; ku

paravit.
fania majonsi, to feel sorry, to grieve.
Sibua, v. a.; viil. open; ku sibua
sutma, v. a., to
Sigitikia, v. obj., to be sorry for, to pity or
mpini, to malce a hole in a handle; ku komea
compassionate one, to feel sorry or grieved for
jembo sibulia, v. obj. ( also used of digging for
one.
mice ?) [cfr. ku fungua, sibua, sindua, subvia), to
Sigitisiia, v. c., to make sorry ku-ji-sigitisba,
turn or prove open; ku sibuka, to admit of
v. refi. ; cfr. kusosonesa.
opening.
Sigitiko (rectius sikitiko), s. (la, pi. ma), sorrow,
Sida sida, v. n. ku-ji sida sida, to draw out to ,
grief.
pull; mtu yule asida sida, liapendi ku enda Signia, v. n., cfr. niaiika, v. n., to wither, to dry up
rokboni- muakwe ? (R.). (R. ndizi zitaniiika, or zitasignia.
),

Sidi (rectius zidi)v. a., to increase to be more to , , Signia, v. n. anasignia ussowakwe, to wrinkle up
exceed, to domore than previously ; suitanikuyu the face.
amesidi sulfani yule kua bora, this king exceeds
Sin!, v. n. [also sehii, v. n.); (1) to be of use, to
or surpasses that king in greatness, i.e., he is
prove effectual, to conduce = ku fa, ku selihii
greater than that; ,
auotus fuit, auxit ; mikaka inasibi or inaselihi maneno yana silii, ;

habariyakwe imezidi ku enea, Luke v. 15. mambo baya haisehii kua Mungu, this matter
Sidia [or zidia), v. obj., to augment, to add to one; does not commend thee to God; toka haisibi, the

ame-m-zidia nguvu, he surpassed him in power. lime does not commend itself haisibi mikaha,
Sidiwa, v. 7i., to be added amesidiwa kitu.
wazungu wanasibi sana bayo yanasibi, this is
;

good or fit for= is of use ; neno bili linasibi mtu

Sidua, v. a., to extract nails with pincers (R.) ? ?

cfr. sliitua, v. a.
aki-li-furahia ; cfr. ,
sanus, integer, sanus

Sifa, commendation, fuit, vitii expers fuit.

s. (ya, pi. za) ; (1) praise,
character; (2) sifa ya jombo, tar with ivhich a Sinf, v. a. (2) to beg one humbly, to entreat, sup>-

ship is daubed; \i<= clarus, purus fuit ?

plicate one = ku-m-gniegnictea or boji boji; ame-
,

m-sihi Mungu, to entreat God by humbling one-

sifa ya jombo ni mafuta ya simu (zimu) ku paka
self before Him (ronga ronga); ku-m-sihi mtumke
jombo, tar sifa za Mola latifu nengi mno.
;
= ku-mu-asba hasira, ku-m-tuliza moyowakwe ;

Sifara, s., a kind of rice (St.).

ku sihi nafsiyakwe = ku jitia unidnge.
Sifio [or sivio, or sifio iiifio), adv., not so, not in Sihika, v., exqrable, propitiable.
this manner. Sihiana, v. r\c.; e.g., ku sikiana mkeo, to be

Sifu, v. a., to praise, to commend. reconciled with your wife.

Ji-sifu, to praise oneself, to boast of, to magnify Sihi, s. (ya) (= afia or nguvu), sihiya muili, power
oneself. of the body, vigour, or well-beingof the body
Ku sifu mno, to praise too much ,
to Hatter anyone, sihi ya moyo, strength of mind; muigni deni
to overpraise one. liana silii, a debtor has no strength, he always
Sifiwa, v. n., to be praised. fears and trembles ku mea kua sihi, to grow
Sifule, s., a meddler, a meddlesome person [a vigorously ,
sanitas, integritas.

term of disgrace). [Arab. name of a charm

Sihirj, s. ), (birisi),
Sifuri, s. (ya), copper, brass [Kin. gnandu) [cfr.
(R.)?
shaba, susi, masoka siuia, sifuria, mkuffii)
; , Si-i-oni angawa aona, I do not see it though he
aes flavum aurum. does.
Sifuria [or sufuuia), s. — jungu cba sifuri cba ku
Sijafu, s. [a tailor's expression), vid. kanzu, s.
pikia, a copper cooking vessel (
saucepan ) from
India. Si jambo, s., I am well. The visitor asks: hu

Sifuru, s., a cypher, a figure of nought (St.).

jambo? how are you jambo, I am well, ? resp. si

properly sina .jambo, I have nothing to complain

SioA, s. (la), siga la ku tilia moto, a vessel into
of si jambo punde, I am a little better nalikua
ivhich burning coals arc put to warm or chafe
siwezi siku ningi, laken sasa si jambo kidogo, I
a sick person.
was unwell for many days, but now I am a little
Sioida, v. 7i., to put the forehead upon the ground better.

in praying [vid. sujudu, v. n.)-, cfr. Sika [or zika), v. a., to bury = ku toa visikoa, an
humilis, depressus fuit, caput deorsum inclinavit expression ivhich comprises cdl that is requisite
cum ammo submisso. for burying the dead; ivitliout the visikoa it is
 ; ; ; ) . ; ; ; ; ;;;,

SI ( 338 SI

only ku fukia or tia mtangiini, to inter, put the siku ku, a great day =
a feast. The Christian
dead into the ground ku nendaku sikani (masi- Sunday ku e.g., leo ni siku
is also called siku ;

kani). ku, to-day is the great day = Sunday. The

Sika, rectius zika, v. a., to bury. Wanilea use the plural masiku e.g., masiku ;

Siiusha, v. c., to cause to bury nime-m-sikislia mairi or mahaba, tivo or three days ku pata
babai, manawe bakuweza, liana sanda, nime-m- siku, to get a lucky day, a day when work will

pa sanda. succeed; siku refers to a period of time, but

Sika, s. (la, pi. maslka) sika laja = mvua inaja mtana (day, daylight) is oppos. to usiku, night,
;

kua kuelli, the real or great rain — the full rainy darkness. The Muhammedan Suahilis have
season when one is buried, as it were, in his two great days or feasts at the end of the Rama-
,

house,and all business out of doors is stopped. than (three days before the close of the Rama-
The first time ofplanting after the rains (Er.). than), and three days after the Mfunguo wa
tatu (Tkil Haj) ;
on those days they send each
Sikamo (or sikamoo), for nasbika magu vul. ;
other presents, slaughter animals and regale the
sbikamoo.
poor.
Siki, s. (ya), (1) sild ya tembo, vinegar of tembo,
The siku ya muaka (day of the year) or Nerus
acid tembo (2) siki ya kanzu, the border of a
;

0 or Neroz (Dr. St. writes Nairuz) is about the

shirt ; cfr.
1
uter in quo vinum et alia recon- 24 rd of August, the beginning of the Suahili
duntur. and nautical year, when the people (especially
thewomen) bathe in the sea, morning or night.
Sikia, v. bury for one; ame-ni-sikia meiti-
obj., to

wangu, he has buried for me (I being absent ) my Afterwards a. great mess offood is cooked and
presented to every one who likes to eat. In
dead.
former times people icere permitted to commit
Sikoa, v. p., to be buried.
greed crimes without being punished. The
Sisha, v. c., to cause to bury or be buried.
Government of Saul-Said put a stop to impunity
Sikia, v. a., (1) to hear in general (ku sliika neno
on this day.
linenoalo kua sikio), to be sensible, to feel; (2)
Sila, s za), pail, bucket; kidude cha ku
(ya, pi.
to obey ame-ni-sikia manenoyangu, he heard
futia maji jomboni ku ya-muaga n'de, or cha ku
or obeyed my word ; (3) to understand, to smell;
teka maji, a vessel used to draw the water out of
nasikia harufu ya samaki.
a ship's hold (usually of wood) sila ya barudi,
Sikika (siiciwa), to be capable of being heard.
a keg of gunpowder.
Sikilia, v., to listen, hearken attentively, to

attend to; ame-m -sikilia manenoyakwe. Silakha (or sit.aha) ; lana silaklia ? (E.) ; cfr.

Sikiliana, v. rec. selaha.

Sikilika, to be heard, to be audible. Sili a, v. a. (vid. sia, v. a.), to put one in trust
Sikiliza, v., to hearken, to incline the ear in with, to deliver a matter to somebody for manage-
order to hear well. ment ku-m-silia mali.
Sikilizaka, v. rec., to hear one another. Siiiiii (or siiiKi-ii), v. a., to improve, to put right
Sikini = tengere in Iunika (K.) ;
sikiuiyakwe ya silihika, to be improved; sililiisha, v. c., to make
tindoa vizuri ? to improve, or reform.
Sikitika ;
vid. sigitika, to be sorry.
Sii/iKA, v. n., to deride, to mock (Sp.) = ku thihaki
Sikiwa, v. p., to be heard. usi-ni-silike burre, do not mock at me for nothing.
Souza, v. c., to cause or make to hear or under-
SiLiMU (or sfimiu), turn Muliammeclan.
stand that which has been said = sikiliza, to
v. n., to

listen ; ku fuata maneno. Smso (rectius zilizo), they who, those which; vid.

Sikizana, v. rec., to hear each other, to agree Gram., e.g., niumba siliso (zilizo) teketezoa, the
houses ivhich have been burnt.
one with another, to make one another hear, to
be mutually intelligible. Sima, s. (ya, pi. za), a native porridge made of

Sikizisha, v. c., to cause one to hear or obey Indian corn or millet meed, boiled ivith water
'
(kua nguvu), to make one understand that and the milky juice of the cocoa-nut, eaten with
which is spoken. any kind of mtiizi (vid.) sima ya ku sbonga?
cfr. wali.
Siko (or znco) (la, pi. ma ), makali pa ku sikia —
= makaburi, masiara, burying place, burying. Sima (rectius zima), v.n., to be extinguished ; e.g.,
Siicu, s. (ya, pi. za), a day (a day comprising moto umezima, the fire is extinguished of itself
24 hours from sunset to sunset) ;
siku mbili or motto wasima, na mtu yuwa-u-sima, the fire went
tatu, two or three days; siku zottc, always; out of itself but ,
man extinguished it.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

SI ( 339 ) SI

Sima, ku sima moto, to extinguish or put Simba, s. (wa), a lion; simba huyu, this lion;
v. a.

out the fire; na moto amesimoa ni watu kua pi. simba hawa, these lions ; simba marara (R.) ?

maji ; mtu anasima roho or moyo, he fainted; Simba uranga, s., a ivell-known mangrove-swamp
to swoon to he apparently dead.
,
at the mouth of the Lufiji Rvver (St.).
Simia (or zimia), v. ohj., to put out, to guench the Simbati, s.,a kind
of wood brought from near'fJape
fire for one ; watu wana-n-simia moto simia, ;
Delgado.
or by reduplication sisimia, to disappear
Simbua, v. a. simbiika, simbulia, simbuliwa, to find
quickly ( hence msisimisi).
out, to discover, betray.
Simika (or zimiica), v. n., to he quenched moto
Simbulia (zimbulia? R.) ku-m-zimbulia viakula ;

unazimika, the fire went out of itself .

na ngvio, deriv. mazimbulizi.

Simisha, v. c.

Simoa,
Simda, s. (sing, usimda), a kind of spice mixed
v. p.
water by adding cold with uatu and bisari ku fungu jo, to stop looseness
Simua, v. a., to cool hot

to it.
of the boujels (mtu akikara mno). The people
prepare a thick rice-pap, to which they add uatu
Sima (rectius zima), adj., living, fresh, unhurt,
(a kind of Indian grain, ground and mixed with
safe kasha zima mtu mzima, kitu kizima,
;
oil, anoint the body, and taken internally for
to
maneno mazima, vitu vizima, niumha nzima.
and simda (a kind of very small grain like
colic)
Simakhi (or simakhu), s.; vid. sumakhi, gum- cummin or kana tembe za uwirnbi). This mix-
Arahic (matozi or utomfu wa mti) used by the
ture is used for diarrhceci.
natives in sealing letters.
Simika, to erect, to set up, raise, to put up ;
v. a.,
Simama, v. n., to stand up, to rise, to get up, to
ku simika nguzo, to erect a stay (nguzo ya ni-
stand still or to stop; ameketi akasimama, he umba) daua ya ku simika mbo, the medicine
;

sat and then stood up; pondo inasimama na nti, against impotency.
the pole (with which the natives push forward Simikia, v. ; pondo ya ku simikia dau, a pole
their boats) stands upon the ground; maji yana. with which to support a boat or to keep it
simama, the ivater stands = kayapui, wala erect.
hayajai tena, it does not decrease nor get fuller Simikisha, to set up.
yet.
Simikiro, s.; simikiro la maji, a water-jar which is
Simamia, v. a., to stand out to one, to rise out not moved, but stands always in the same place;
uqion him, to befall one; to preside over or simikiro ya ku simikia maji, nsio ya Kihindi.
superintend a ivork ku simamia watu kazi, Simlia (or simulia), v. n. = ku zungumza, to con-
wasikeli, laken wafanie kazi kua bidii, to
verse, to talk ( Kimrima ) (vid. semlia) ku nenda ;

impel or compel people to work, to make them simlia na watu.

stand in their work, iho.t they do not sit doivn,
Similla (simileni), for bisniillah, meaning, to make
but labour diligently, to stand by, to overlook
way, out of the w«;/=jitenga, get out of the way
working people.
similla punda, similla ubao, make way for a don-
SlMAMIKA, V. n.
key or for bearers of planks.
Simamilia, v. ohj., to make people stand at their
work, so that they do not sit down, but con- Si.uiri (ziMini), v. a.; maneno liakusimiri (ana-ni-

tinue to work diligently. tbibaki (R.) ? cfr. y>.^ confabulari noctu.

SlMAMILIKA. Simisa, v. a. = ku karibisha ;
e.g., jakula, to invite
Simamisha, v. c., (1) to cause or make one to
to dinner.
stand or stop; (2) to cause one to rise, to
Simo, s. (ya), a memorable saying, a name (especially
erect = simika.
a nickname when once
(msibo, kisibo), which,
Simangiza, v. a., to reproach one with or for, to
given to a qierson, will stick to him always.
cast into one’s teeth, e.g., poverty, iC-c. ; e g., the
Proverb, or saying, or nickname maneno ya
Wanika reproach us for our poverty, as we simo, proverbs. Neno lisemoalo siku moja, ika-
have nothing whcreivith to buy their mahindi. pata simo, masoeo, ikasemoa kulla siku, simo
Simanzi, s., grief, heaviness. masoea ya neno, ndio simo. Watu wame-m-
Simazi, s. (ya, pi. za) = haramu, grief, sorrow, patia simo Bana lki tatai, nai amepata simo (or

mind cast doivn. rather kisibo, nickname). Wazungu waandika

Simika, v. n., to be erect, to be set up ; mbO ime- wino damu ya pania wamepata simo ;
neno kuba
simika (obscene). lita-tu-simama mbellezetu =; litakuja juiyetu, a
Simikia, v. obj. ku simikia mlango. great matter will arise upon us, befall us; (2)
Simikua, v. p. simo, an extempore poem, improvisation.
z 2
 ; ; . ; ) ; ; ; ; ;

SI ( 340 SI

Simo, = I am not in it, it is nothing to me, it is not ku sbonea nguo )for sewing a cloth; (2) a kind
my concern ; opp. nami nirno, and I am in it = of rice (St.) ?

it belongs to me, it is my concern. Sinde (la, pi. ma— )

(sindela niassi),£>Z. masinde.
Simsim (semsem), s. ; sesamum, semen coriandri (?) Sindigal, s., n.p. (pi. masindigal) ;
watu wakali
G C
Arab.,
wa Hindi, Indian soldiers employed by the
.
Eultan of Zanzibar. The Suahili consider them
Simu, s.,sprats, a land of little fish, sardan or sar- very ferocious, and fear them.
dine, much Weed by the natives. maneno
Sindika, v. a. usi-ya-sindike sindike
Simu (or zimu), v. n. ku simu kina ota = kitu baya, yanene wazi wazi, do not shut or hide these
ya nti, kinatoka n'de ( vid ota)
kilicbo ndani icords, let them sjwak openly.
amekuenda ku simu (= ndani ya nti) haonekani Sindikiza, v., to accompany part of the way ; cfr.
tena, he went to be buried, he has become divisible; sbindikiza.
hence msimu (or mzimu), one ivlio is invisible, or Sindua, v. a., to open, to set open, to turn open
a being which is hidden in visible things, a spirit, ku sindua akili na maneno/ cfr. gundiia vid.
;

especially an evil spirit, pi. wazimu, invisible sbindua, sbindulia.

beings, spirits, especially evil spirits ; hence ana Sinduka, v. n. (rectius zinduka), to ivakc up> sud-
wazimu, he has evil spirits, he is mad; ku simu, denly from a doze sindukanisha (zindukanisba),
to be about to die, to be side unto death; vid. to raise up.
manda in Kiniassa.
Sindukana (rectius zindukana), v. n., to awake
Simua (or zimua) ;
ku sinnia maji ya motto, to cool
suddenly or start up from sleep) (usingizi).
water which is too hot, with cold water; ku
Sinduza, v. c. (Zinduza).
simua tembo kali na tembo biti (la taamu), to
cool or moderate strong tembo (palm wine ) with
Sine, s. (pi. ma ), gum, jaw?
(Er.). —
fresh or sweet, which is not strong. Singa, s. (sing, usinga, wa), singa za niiimbu, the
Simua (and simulia) (niungu) (JR.) ? zua (niun- long soft hair of an animal celled niumbu (a kind

gu)? of wild goat or ibex ?) Kua singa za mkia

Simuka, v. n., tembo likasimuka. watu wafania mguisko wa mganga, ku-m-pa
Simulia, v. obj. muigni pepo (aliepungoa) mtejewakwe, from the
hair of the tail people make the fan of the
Simui (or zimui) (jd. masimui), a ghoul, an ogre,
an evil spirit which destroys men and animals.
medicine man (native doctor) nuelle za singa
(straight hair = European hair ) niororo na
Sina, I am not with, i.e., I have not; sina fetlia, refu, singumu, si kipilipili, the hair called singa
I am not with money, i.e., I have no money. and long, not hard or short and growing at
is soft
Sinaa, s. kissu kina sinaa makali ? ? a distance from each other. Mzungu yuna nuelle
Sinara (rectius zinara), s.; ubao wa misbo wa za singa, laken mtu wa Africa ana nuelle za
G tfiC kipilipili or wipilipili, the European has long
jombo (cfr. ,
cingulum), cornice; mawc ya
soft hair which grows close together, but the
sinara, a cornice made of wood or stone around
African has short hair ivhich docs not grow
something.
close together, but stands like small grains of
Sinasina, v. n., to begin to wecp> or rather to ivish black peppier.
to weep, but not be able to give vent to weeping, Singa, v. a., (1) (= ku sugua taka, torub off dirt;
either because the person must forcibly suppress ku sugua batta taka zikitoka, to rub until dirt
it, or cannot from great grief, to sob; mtu or dust goes out ) ku singa muili kua sandali, to
;

adiika ku lia, laken bapati, amekatazoa ni watu ; rub the body icith aromatics prepared of sandal-
cfr. kitef tefu. wood, an operation which is much liked by
Sinda, v. a., to contract, c.g., two ro2ics = ku kaza, voluptuous Sucdiili, and performed by their
hence kisinda, that which contracts, contraction, women; ku singa, to put scent, to scent (2) ku
that which makes hard, closes the entrance, hence singa = ku tafuta, to search, to seek (in the
hymen. language of Pemba, in Kigunia, ku dengea (3) ;

Sindama, v. n. (= ku gandamana), to be com-

singa or zinga, v. to stroll about without
pounded firmly by beating (e.g., in knocking any purpose or aim, to walk about and seek
the stones of an mzingi).
for women, to whore (in Kimioita ) ku zinga na ;

Sindamana, vid. shindamana e.g., ligue una- ; mke, ku zurigbka ku tafuta wake (4) ku zinga ;

shindamana na wa pili. = ku zungusba or gciiza or geuka, to turn,

Sindana, v. n. = ku kazana. change; maneno yamezinga = yamegedka, leo
Sindano, s . (ya, pi. za), (1) a needle (sindano ya ana zinga vinginc, sifio alifionena jana; mvua
 ; ; ;; ; ;

SI ( 34 r ) SI

zazinga tena, the rain turns round again, is Sinia, s. {pi. masinia), a circular tray used to
about to come again ; wali ha-li-zingi nenolakwe ;
carry food upon, generally of copper tinned (St.)
pepo za zinga zinga = zageuka, the words are (= tassa).
changed, the wind has changed, it chops about; Sinia sinia ya mavingu or ya usso.
singa or sinsa, to tach; ku zinga or zinza, to Sinikiza, v. a., to press.
change the sail; (5) ziugazinga, v. n., to reaver, Sinnl {or zinni), v. n. — ku zinga, to commit
to turn about {of the wind).
adultery ; cfr. Gj ,
scortatus fuit.
Singamana, v. n., to be croohcd, serpentine; mto expose for sale; ku
Sinsa, v. a., (1) to offer or
unasingamana (kisingo cha into, singo la into). ku sinsa usso, to turn away
sinsa mitungi ; (2)
Sinoamiza, v. a., to upbraid or tax one with one's face.
(cfr. simangiza), to redly, to twit one ivitli, e.g., a Sinsil, 8 ., chain, especially of the nanga {anchor)
man who refused to do what he was ordered, e.g. = cable; Arab. dbwLo .

to buy bread in the marhel, afterward I went Sinsilia (zinsilia) ku sinsilia watu (= kufitbuli)
;

myself, bought the bread and gave him of it,

Prov. mlango wa aduiyako omba uwe wazi,
saying : tea burre lii, linakivisha rudi mimi.
ukipita, uzinsilie (usso).
Sin gan a (zingana), v. rec., to ivhore, fornicate; Sinsua, v. ku sinsua lusu, mikono niuma, aka
mume na mke. jorua if'u, toka, ussoni (R.).

S(Z)ingatia, v. n., to bethink oneself, to turn Sinua, v. a., to put obliquely or slopingly niungu
round in mind, to change one’s mind, to con- lii una-i-sinua mti bu ;
unasinuka (wegniewe),
sider kwanza nimedaka ku nenda, laken punde e.g., by rain; dau linasinuka ;
ku sinua mlingoti.
nimesingatia, nimegeuza, nikaata, at first I Sinuiua, to fall sideways in sleep, when sitting.

wished to go, but I bethought myself afterwards, Sinzia, v. n. {Kinikci, ku kuka), to be drowsy and
and desisted {from going ) neno anibalo ni fa- nocl with sleepiness, to be sleepy, to flicker, to
;

radi, balina ku zingatia tena. Deriv. uzingatifu. cloze while sitting.

Sinzilia, not to be attentive to one, to wink with

Singefur, s., cinnabar, used as (daua ya kionda)
the eyes.
a remedy against sores, and for making red ink.

Singira {or zingira), to surround, to catch ; m-sin-

Sio, s, (la, pi. ma — ),
a thin pole, stake; pi. masio,
thin poles for building a house; sio = zio, zuio
gireni muivi liuyu ndiye, surround that thief
(ku zuia).
tlicd is he m-zungukeni liuku na liuku, asipate
;

pa ku pita, mzingire kua buko, surround from Sio, adv. sio maneno haya, not they, Ac., these

there. ivords, it is not so.

Singisha, v. a.
— sungusha, geuza; amesingisba Stpo, aclv., not there ; sipo mabali hapa.

manenoyakwe, he changed {caused to turn) his Sira, s. (la, pi. masira) ;

sira la tembo, dregs,
ivorcl. sediment of pedm-wine {the dregs are thrown
SIngiza, v. a. {cfr. sbutumu), to tax one with, to away).
accuse one of an offence and be unable to prove Sira (azira), v. n., to abstain; e.g., mlcongo asira
itby facts, to slander one; ame-m-singiza uifi, (azira) from that which he ivas forbidden by the
nai haku-niu-ona, he accused him of theft, but he doctor (mganga) ;
v. a., not to love one, to bear
had him ; ku singiza neno asiloli-fania
not seen ; a grudge against one, to despise or hate one
ku-ni-singiza maneno ya urongo hence kisin- ;
sultani ame-m-sira wali, aka-m-funga, the king
gizo, pretence. hated the governor and bound him; (3) to

Singizia, v. obj., to slander, to spread false avoid na-m-sira, sidaki ku-mu-ona, I avoid him,
reports about, to charge. I do him (aweka miko na mizizo)
not like to see •

S(Z)ingua = ku singirua or ku zungukua (ku ku avoid a certain food.

sira cbakiila, to

tiwa katikati), to be surrounded. Sirana, v. rec., to avoid each other, to be angry

— pa tbiki ivith each other = ku kasirikana.
Singiwa, v.p. ? (E.).
Sikika, v. a. (?), to taunt ivith ; wa-ni-sirika tu,
Singizi ya mimba (maratlii ya wake) ;
vicl. mua-
ela sina kitu ;
nika-m-sirika neno liili, lianalo.
mimba.
Sirisha (zirisha), v. c. ; e.g., mganga a-m-
Singo, s. (la, pi. ma) {vicl. singamana) ;
singo la
sirisba, the doctor makes him abstain.
mto, or kisingo eba mto, the horn or bend of a
Sirata, s. (ya) (Arab.) {= ndia), way, road
river.
especially the Muhammeclan way to hell or
Singoa (singua) {or ku singivoa, or zungukua, or
suugukua), to be surrounded {= ku tiwa kati- heaven ;
l°\yo , via pons extensus super medium

kati). gehennae,
 : ; ; ; ; ;

SI ( 342 ) SI

Siri (or sirri), v.; ku-ji-siri gengeui (= ku enda kelele, this town is still or calm, there is no noise
of the people.
jooni)
self in.
;
cfr.
^ ,
latuit, se abscondit, to hide one-
Sisimia, v. obj., to disappear (zizimia) = liaku
sukia ju tena liauku onekana ufuwakwe alio-
Sirki (or ziriki), .9. (sine/, rizki or riziki) ;
sirki za
;

kuffii.
mtu, the means of maintenance of man, all that
Sisimisha, v. c., to cause to get cool, fig., to kill,
one has need of — viakula (cf. riski) ( also siriki
lit. to make cool amesisimisha muili kua ku-
instead of riski)

res ad vitam necessarias dedit Deus.

;
kitu kile si sirikiyangu
;
^ m-tia
putting
maji
it
ya bdredi,
into cold water.
to cool the body by

Sisim’ka, v. n.; muili unasisim’ka, to feel ex-

Sirimisha, v. c., to make weary, to tire (enenda
cited (by awe or lust).
usije wa-sirimisha) (E.) (if visitors must wait too
Sisimzi, a kind of red ant, which devours the
s.
long for reception); cfr. Kinika, ku sirima, to
m'toa (vid.). In Kijomvu it is called vinda
trouble.
winda (the hunting ant) (vid. mfuati, a kind of
Sirri, s. (ya pi. za), secret, mystery;
,
cfr.
^ ,
red ant), because this ant asisimia (or saina) nti.
Sisimua, v. a., to startle, to surprise (cfr. kutusba)
celavit rem , arcanum, secretum ;
mambo ya
;
(cfr. Kiniassa dsidsimala).
sirri, secret matters, secrets kua sirri, secretly.
Sisimuka, to be startled (from cold) (cfr. also
Sisa, v. c. (vid. sira) (cfr. sia, zuiza), to he on low toka) ; sisimka, sisimuka ( burning of remedies)
diet, to abstain from, meat, to order or cause one (it describes also the feelings of a wife ivhen
to abstain especially' from food; e.y., mganga her husband approaches her) (B.) ? ukuaju
ame-ni-sisa samaki, nisile, the doctor has for- and kunasi ku sisimuka ;
muili ku sisimka.
bidden me to eat fish, I shall not eat it ame-m- Sisira, v. a. (ni ku gnagnanika, to sparkle; Reb.
sisa ku timiza ngoazakwe, he caused him to ab- has a verb, ku sisira and zizira, ukongo ni ku
stain from satisfying his desire or appetite, he zizira ?
checked the satisfying of his appetite — ku-mu- Sisitiza, v. a., to charge one with a commission
asha mapensiyakwe (ku-m-sisa ngoa) ;
ku sisa again and again very earnestly = ku-mu-agisa
mtanga or mpunga, to abstain from mourning papo kua papo halla, halla, sliert uje na kitn
;

or from eating rice: biki, usisehau kabisa, to enjoin one concernedly,

Sisha (zisha), v. c. (cfr. usishi, s.), to cause to to charge, direct one; to ask well or much ,
to

bury (cfr. ku sika or zika, to bury) = nguo bi examine, to press upon.

ina-m-sisha meiti, pimani, ikitoa ku-m-sisha, Sisui (or suisui), ive, us, Dr. St. writes sisi, e.g.,

hununue ningine, this cloth will do to bury the sisi sote, all of us ; sisi wote, both of us (instead
dead, measure it, if it does not do to bury him, of suisui zote or zotte ;
suisui wotte).
we will buy another. Sita, v. n. ku sita, to halt, to go lam”, to hide
Sisi (or zizi), s. (la, pi. ma — )
(ku sia) = maliali (St.).
paliposungushoa boma or miti, enclosure, a place
Sitadi, s.; pro estadi, clever, skilful; mtu ajuai
surrounded by a hedge of thorns or branches of kazi sana.
trees, to guard against robbers or ravenous
Sitaha, the deck.
beasts; sisi la gnornbe (ja eba gnombe), cow-
Sitashara, sixteen.
yard, a cattle-fold, a stable, an enclosure made
Sitawi, v. n., to flourish (St.); roctius from stauo,
for placing bullocks at night (Kipemba = ja eba
todo ivell ; nguma ipi imesitawi, which dance is
gnombe) diminutive kisisi, e.g., eba mbuzi
;
going best ?
kisisi eba mtama, masungusbo ya sbamba, un.
Sitiri, v. a. (or setin), to enter, to buy ; cfr. yc*
guue na manianni wasingie. There is no covering ,

made over the sisi, and the poor animals must texit, protexit rem ; ,
composuit, scripsit,
remain in the open air even at the time of rain vana ac ficta locutus fuit.
and cold, which frequently causes their sickness Sitta, six ya sita, the sixth.
;
and death; and yet the careless natives do not Sitti, s., my lady.
learn wit from their losses; sisi lina kodole or
Sittina, our lady (Mary ) sitawisha (rcctius
;

kidolo eba gnombe. stauisha or stausa), to make to do ivell, to

Sisima (or zizima), v. n., to cool, to get cool, to be flourish.
cool or cold, to become calm or still; chakula Sito (vid. zito), heavy, difficult, thick.
liiki kinasisima sasa = kinapoa, or kimekua Situo (vid. zituo), sitiio, without rest,
rest; liana
beredi, or kime-burudi, thefood is cool now; lie has no rest; (2) the siyn of the end of a
mji hu wasisima (ku gniamasa) kua watu liauna sentence in Arabic .
 . ;; ; ; ; ; ;; ; ;

SI ( 343 ) SO
Siu, n. p.; vicl. Siyu. Ku ji-soESA [or Ku-ji-zofizA), v. refl., to accustom
Sivi moja, different (St.) ? oneself, to practise.
SoE.sfiKA, v. 7i., to be accustomable.
Sivio (sivyo, St.), it is not thus, not so; siyo, that
is not it, no.
SoofizA, v. a., to put a thing to the lips and kiss it ;
ku sogezca, v. obj., to make ready for, to bring
Siwa ( vid ziwa), s. (la, pi. masiwa), (1) a lake,
for use.
pond, hr east [pi. rfta — ,
breasts) — mahali palipo
Sogioa, ku-ji-sogoa mno kazi, to be very slow in
teugelea na maji, a lake; siwa la maji ya ku
noa, a lalce of drinhable water [cfr. ku sia)
business ; vid. msogofu, mkokotefu or mkulifu.
; (2)
a horn, a bugle of ivory, brass, die. ku piga Sohai.a, s., tardiness; ana soliali sana; vid. mso
siwa = ku vivia (Sp.) ? There is a considerable hali.

lake called Zuai or Laki, in the country of the Soiiaki (nukiisi), sikuya juma essubukhi ni nukhsi
Arusi Galla, to the east of Our ague in southern (sohari), haliwi na nguvu na watu hawa wina
Abyssinia. Concerning this lake, Mr. Mayer,
nguvu (R.) ? vigilia; ya&i macie con- , ,

a missionary at Ankobar, wrote me in 1875 as

fectus fuit, emaciavit.
follows :
—
A Muhammedan came lately from the
tribe Marko, where he bought ivory. He told me SoiiQra, s. ; niota ya sohora, the morning star
that the lake Zuai or Laki 7vas a salt lake con- Arab, jy&j la planete Venus. ,

taining five islands, three of which are inhabited Sojosojo, s. (R.) [Kinika?).
by Abyssinian Christians, and two by Muham-
Soka, v. a. mansno liaya pia yana-m-soka ? (R.)
medans. The lake is in a large plain, and has no
yana-m-tliiki or yana-mu-onea ?
flowing off. Many Ethiopic manuscripts are
Soka, s. (la, pi. ma — ), brass-wire much sought by
said to be found on the islands, ivhich are con-
the natives inland for ornament masoka ; cfr.
sidered places of refage in time of war.
usoka.
Snvfizi, I cannot, i.e., I am not well; cfr. ku weza.
Soko, s. (ya ,pl. ma — ),
a,market or a bazaar ; cfr.
Siyo, no, that is not it.

populit, emit venditque forum, mer-

Siyu [or siu), n. p., a town on
the island of Pata. , ; ,

Cfr. Baron von der Decken's “ Travels in East catus ;

ku enda sokoni.
Africa,'’ vol. ii. 275. The chief seat of ancient Sokota, v. a., to twist, to plait, twine with the
Suahili learning. hand ku sokota uzi, vigue (ku pigauzi), to spin,
So [or zo), pro sako (zako), pron. poss. niumba to turn about ku sokota pango kua limbo ku ua
sako, thy houses (niumbaso). pania, to turn a stick in a mouse-hole to kill
Soa, v. a. [Kigunia, ku tuanga), to rake or take mice; ku tia uzi gasi.
together with one's hands, e.g., on cleaning a Soi.fiA, kikanda or kijamfi clia ku solea taka [mat
room ; ku soa taka or mtanga kua inikono na for removing dirt ) ; cfr. soa.
ku tia kikapuni or kijamfi kidogo or kikanda or Soleka, tungu bawasoleki.
kitengele, to take or gather together with one’s SoufiwA, v. ku solewa kikandani.
hands filth or dust and put it into cl bag or little
Soli ku gutana na mtu
? (E.) ;
soli ? ?
mat, to carry out of the house and throw it on
it
Soma, v. a., (1) to read; audiens fuit
the dunghill ( = ku ondoa, to remove ) niati ;
cfr. ,

ana-ni-soa (zoa), the buffalo took me on his fecit ut audiret ? explicantem aliquom librum
horns. audivit ; (2) ku soma, to cry to one if he falls
Soi.fi a, v. obj. on the road (R.) nasikia somo, niani aliean- ;

SonfiA (sobeana ?) (R.) ;

ku kuea kua ku sobca, to guka? ku pagoa somo; muna-ni-somea man-
scramble ; vid. tambi ? angu ali katika ku soma, he ivcis in reading.
;

Soda, »., lunacy (St.). Soma [pi. masoma), a kind of clcmce (St.).
Soda, v. n. ; to slide, to fidget like a child ivho SoMfiA, read to one [sc. a book).
v. obj., to

cannot yet walk, or like a person who has bad SoMfisiiA, v. c., to cause one to read, to teach one
legs. in general [to lead devotions, St.).

SofiA (zoea), v. 7i., to get accustomed ku soea SoMfisiiUA [or somesiioa), v. p., to be taught
kazi, to be accustomed to ivork, remove, e.g., one's reading ; msomeshi, a teacher.
own inclinations to seize something else = to Sombera, v. a. ku sombera mti kua kifua, or ku
accustom oneself (R.). paragamti, to climb a tree, by pressing against it
Soeana, v. rec., to be accustomed to another. ivith one's breast and knees [to swarm up a
SofisA (zofizA), v. c ., to accustom a person, to tree).
inure him, to teach him. Sombo, s. (la, pi. ma — )
[the sing, sombo is rarely
 . ; ; ; ; ); ; ; ; ;; ; ;

so ( 344 ) SO
used, but rather the pi. masombo) mahesamu, = Songo, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
songo la nuelle, plait,
ngiio kuba ifungoayo kana mkumbu, a belt con- curl.

sisting of a large piece of cloth, such as is worn Songoa, v. a., to ivrest, contort, contract; e.g.,
by great people ; mkumbu is a belt or girdle of sbingo, neck, hence to strangle, suffocate ku
inferior quality which costs \ of a dollar.
,
The songoa kuku kua mukono or ugue. The Suahilis
Wanika and poor people wear mkumbu, but the put a piece of rope across the throat under the
Suahili chiefsand rich people ivear sombo or chin and tie it on the top of the head. They then
rather masombo, which cost one or two dollars. pass a stick under the rope at the top of the head
Somioo, s. = kelelc, cry, noise,
and twist it till the man is strangled. Thus by
Sojio, s. (la, pil. ma — ), a lesson ; masomo, reading compressing the windpipe and throat they cause
lessons. man's death. Ku songoapamoja
the (cfr. mslietu)
Somo, s. ( \va,pl masomo o)’ za) used in addressing ji-songoa muegniewe, to strangle oneself by hang-
anybody, lit., something read, a namesake, used ing oneself, as irritated natives or discontented
as a title of friendship, a relation, friend, slaves sometimes do.
acquaintance ; watu liawa ni
somozangu or ma-
Songolewa, v., to be strangled; mtuma aine-
somoyangu.
songolewa ni banawakwe.
Sonda, v. a., to suck out; e.g., sonda mifupa, to
Songomana (or songajiana), to contract itself,
draw the marrow out of bones by sucking.
to be entangled, complicated, to be curbed;
Songa, s., foreskin.
nguo imesongomana kua pepo.
Songa, v. a., to press, throng, to braid, plait; e.g.,
SoNGOMEKESA (or SONGOMESA), V. a. / ku SOIlgO-
nuelle, to braid the hair after the native custom,
meresa mukono kua nguo, to ivind or wrap)
to strangle, tQ squeeze, choke (cfr. Luke v. 1)
up one's hand with a cloth ku songomeresa
maji yasonga, where two rivers unite silcu za
ugue, to coil up a rope, to ivind round.
songa, mvua inakua karibu ; ku songa kamba or
ku sukasuka ku zongazonga mkumbu, to form Sogonisa, v. sogonea jumba or kimba? (R.) ?
;

a twist ku songa mikuto ( tresses Songonioa, v. a; ku songonioa na ku karnua nguo

one's belt into
ya nuelle chakula ldna-ni-songa, the food chokes iliofuliwa, to wring and squeeze a washed piece
;

me ; maliindi yasonga vid. makadsi in Kini- of cloth, (1) ku songa (2) ku songonioa; (3) ku
;
;

assa. songomesa nguo ku songa, to commence to ;

Songa ( and zonga) (1) to press, urge; ku wring; ku songonioa, to wring with all the
songa nuelle, ku-m-mtu zonga, e.g., ugue, might and both hands ku songomesa, to con-
;

to ivind up; zongazonga,^., ku-m-mtu kua clude the whole business by putting both ends of

rnaneno, asipate ku nua, to overmatch, wind up. the wringed cloth together and at each end a
person pidls quickly and mightily, until every
Songana, v. rec., to throng each other, to press
drop of water comes out; matumbo ya-ni-songo-
against each other in a croivd, or sheep) in
nioa, the belly griptes me, to feel pain in the
a flock; ku songana songana.
stomach rokhoyangu ya-ni-songonioa, or rokho-
Songisa, v.; nadaka mafuta ya ku songea nuelle ;

nadaka kuenda songewa nuelle kua mafuta

yangu ya-ni-sonona, or rokhoyangu ya-ni-sono-
Luke v. 4) songea kinani mkatie niavu neka = si-m-daki, J have an aversion, I have an
(cfr. ;

aversion to him.
zenu, mkavue.
Song£a, v. n. ku songea karibu, to approach Songoniolewa, v. p., to be turned round.
one, to draw (or press ) near Mm = ( ku-m. Soni, s..; na-mu-onea soni, siwezi ku sema naye,
karibia) nadaka mafuta ya ku songea nuelle
; abuse, contempt.
= nadaka kuenda songewa nuelle kua mafuta ;
Sonia, v.; vid. msonia.
Song£sa, v. c. ( =
ku karibisba or ku-m-sumisa, Soniasonia, v. obsc. ? vicl. nioniossa and onsesha,
Kimrima), to cause one to come near, to bring and kefia kefia (to tease).
nigh; ku songesa kitu. Sonioniesiia, ku sonionieslia moyo, to have a
Songa (vid. above ) means also: to narrow, to con- strong burning or desire in the heart.
tract, to straiten, to limit; e.g., mtungi una
Sonjoa, v. a., to wring.
songa, the water-far is too much crowded by
standing too close to a box. Sonjona, v.

Songa (rectius zonga) means: to ivind round; Sonona, v. n. sima yasonona, the sima is dry;
e.g., nioka ana-m-zonga magu, the serpent wound wali wasondna wali uate usonone moyo waso-
; ;

round his legs nioka liuya ana zonga zonga nona, the heart trembles (with anger), the teeth
mapindi = ana piga mapindi, to wind itself ache from cold water niama iate isonone, let

round, the meat get dry.

 ; ;; ; ;; ; . ;

so ( 345 ) ST

SoxoxfiKA, v. n. (= ku ji-umisa kua majonsi), to be mtu huyu yastahili ku pigoa, this man must be

grieved or troubled greatly, to be vexed, to feel beaten; wastahili ku-m-penda sana, you ought to
pain; mukono wasononeka ; cfr. kasirani.
love him very much.
Soxo.xesha, v. c., to trouble, to grieve, vex one = Ku ji-stahilisha, to render oneself worth, or to

ku-mu-umisa, ku-m-kussa mashaka, ku-m-sumbua, consider oneself worthy.

Sonoko, s. *= Stakabatju, earnest, fastening penny ( St. )

kidude (an abusive word). ;

Sononia. earnest money.

Soxoxo sononOj vul. mlio. Stakhabu, v. n., to like, prefer a thing, e.g., mimi
Soruali (or suruali), trousers. nastakhabu ku ka kua Wanika = mimi naradiwa,
Sosa (soza), v. a. (= ku fika or wasili mpakani), napenda ku keti kua Wanika, ni heri ku keti I ;

like to dwell with the Wanika.

to reach the end, io bring to a close; mtuma
alime ngiieyakwe, akisosa aondoke, let the slave Stakiia, s. (or staham) (ya, pl.—7rx), stakha ya
till his portion of ground, when he reaches it, let jabazi, the deck of a vessel; (cfr. staha).
him depart; tuende tukate, tutakuenda sosa Staki (or Siitaki), v. a., to accuse, impeach one
ndia mbelle, to cut across and mahefor the way Gabiri ame-m-staki Rashidi kua wali, Gabiri
further on (R.) ;
dau iimesosa = limefika ufuoni, accused llashidi with the governor.
to strike upon, to run aground in the water ; ku Stakia, v. to bring an accusation or complaint
sosa ndia, to strike on a path. before one, Gabiri ana-m-stakia wali, a-mu-ia
Sosana, v. rec., to clash or collide with; ku Rasbidi.
sosana katika maneno. Stakiana, v. rec. ; waja stakiana, they came to
Sosobrani, n. p., is a settlement of Dalidlo (subjects accuse each other (ivithout ku).
of the Galla ) residing at the western end of the Stakiwa, v. p., to be accused.
bay Uumbo zvhich is to the north of Tctkaiingo
Stakimu, v. n., fulani sasa anastakimu, W.iV. got
and runs about twenty miles inland. =
up, throve, came up (
thabidi, to stand by).
Sota, v. n. (ku sota na matako), to slide, to fidget
Stalimu, v. a., hakustalimu.
cfr. ku pulia.
Stambuli, n. p., Constantinople.
Sote (vectius zote), all; tu sote, ice all together
Stara, s., a place in a cottage partitioned off by
tuende soto, let us go cdl together niumba
mats or clothes for sleeping in.
zote, all houses.
Starehe (or st^rehe), v. n., to be or remain quiet
Spaniola, s., a Spaniard.
Staamani, v. n., to have confidence, to remain or at ease; = ku keti na ku tulia ;
cfr. j;\.

trustfully. quiescere sivit; starehe! don't get up, don't

Stadi, v. a., wa-m-stadi ku nena (kaza). disturb yourself. By saying “starehe!” the
Stahami, v. a., ku stahami, to bear, suffer, endure visitor wishes to make the people present easy

anything ( = fumilia). and undisturbed.

Stahamili (or stahimili), to hold out, to persevere, StarehjSsha (or stereiiisha), v. c., to cause one
to endure, to persist, to be patient of; ku to sit or be at ease, to give rest to, to refresh;

stakamiliana. ku-m-weka wema, to make one comfortable ,

to

Stahi, v. a., to reverence, regard, respect one mtu accommodate him well and honourably
huyu yuwa-ni-stahi, yuwa-ni-heshimu, this man Staue (or STUij stue), v. n., to do well, to conduce,
respects me. to become, to be of use ; = ku fa, jambo hili lastue
Stahiana, v. rec., to resqwet each other — ku or lastui, this matter answers ivell, is of use;
kujana. kitu hilci kinastiii hapa nlipo-ki-weka = kinaka
Stahika, v. n., to be worthy amestahika kua vizuri.
ku stahiwa ni watu, nai mstahiki, astahiwai, Stauisa, v. c. — ku-faniza kazi vema or uzuri
alieliesbimiwa, aliepata ustahiki kua ku stahi- (ku tengeza), to embellish a work which is
iva ni watu ;
(Heb. xi. 38) ;
ulimengu hauku- finished, but which must still be improved by
stahiki nao. embellishments, e. g., of colours, die.

Stahiwa, v. n ,
to be reverenced, honoured. Stawahi, v. a. ? (R).

Stahiki, v.n., to be necessary, to be under obligation, Stawi, to be of use; hastawi katika ufalme wa
to deserve; jambo hili lastahiki nami = la-ni Mungu (Luke ix. 62).

pasha ku tendoa, I must do this thing yastahiki Stiraji, v. (cfr. ondoleana) = hishima; gissi gani
ku-m-fania vema; ku liasibu nafsiyakwe isiostahi watu hawaondoleani stiraji.

kiwa (Acts xiii. 46) ku pata uzima wa milele.

Stiri, v., to extricate one from distress or trouble;
Stahili, v. n., to deserve, to be worthy of; ni-pa maji kidogo, ni stiri rokhoyangu. Thus
stahiki, ya-m-pasha, ya-m-jussia, yajussu nai says one who is ku tokua ni rokho. Mungu a-ni-
 ; ; ; , ;

ST ( 346 )
su
stiri na tliambi, a-ni-peleka peponi a-ni-fute Suafidisha, v. c., to cause one to clean (e. g.,

thambizangu. muili), to cleanse.

Stirika, (1) to be extricated from; (2) to be Suafilia, v. obj., ku-suafilia uta; vid. rnsasa,
covered to be concealed n’enda nika stirike SUAFIWA.
,

sokoni, I (jo to buy food in the market (It.), Suahel, s. (Arab. pi. ,)
Arabic
probably corrupted from the Arabic “nistere,’’ term for “ Sualiili land or coast." An Arab
I buy. says on the guestion: Where do you come from ?
Stiriwa, v. p. I am coming (or going) from or to ISuahel; cfr.
Stusha, v. a., to sprain ,
to startle ,
to put out of ,
abiit in terrain planam ; ,
planities,
joint (St.). s
terra aequali ,
canopus Stella.
Sua, v. a. ( j ),
to bore, to bore a hole with the
borer, ku sua tundu kua kekee ku sua meno Suali, s. (la. pi. ma —) (Arab. JV* ,)
question;
;

kua msuaki, to clean the teeth with the tooth- cfr. JL, ,
interrogavit . aJL> ,
questio ;
pi.
brush (msuaki, vid.) ;
ku sua — subua (rectius zua masuali (or sala, pi. masala), questions of strife
and zubiia) ;
ku sua chungu, to season pots ; vid. (1 Tim. i. 4, and Col. vi. 4).
sirura in Kiniassa; ku suliwa, v.p., to be bored.
Suali, s., tardiness ku fania suali, to be slow or
Sua, (p* ), to search, to invent, devise, briny
v. a. lazy.
forth something neio by means of one's oicn =
Sualihi sualikbi, sualie, saliihi, suafi, adj., pure,
mechanical or mental shill, to speak a lie;
clean.
mnasua-ni, what have you made, devised? Msua
nanga amesama akasua nanga, akasuka nayo, the Subana, s., a thimble; (cfr. ,)
intendit digitum

anchor-searcher dived, found the anchor and in aliquem.

came up with it; mtu huyu amesua maneno Subana, small pieces of meat roasted on two
baya = ametoa kitoanimuakwe amesua kitn parallel sticks.;

kipia amesua juo = amebunni juo ku sua or

;
Subaya, s. (?) ;

ku kokota dau kua nguvu likipuelewa.

Subbu, v. a., ku subbu kua kalibu = ku mimina
Sulia, v., ame-ni-sulia nanga = ame-ni-tafutia rusasi ilioyaika katika kalibu, to pour into a
tini ya babari, ame-ni-sulia dau lililosama, lina
mould the lead which has been melted hence to ;
suka sasa, to set a boat afloat for one or in his cast, e.g., bcdls or bullets of lead, Sc.
absence; mtu ame-m-suHa Gabiri neno asilo-li-
Subira(subiri),s., (1) (t»‘cZ.,suburi,saburi), patience ;
nena ;
ku-m-sulia = binnia or bunnia, or ku-
m-tolea kitoanimuakwe, to say something of (2) subiri, (does, Arab j?o succus plantae
one's own mind, but in the name of another,
amarae (3) ;
y. n., subiri, to ivait, suisui tnlikua
as if he were the author. The man pretended
na subira or stiburi (patience).
to speak the ivords of Gabiri, but Gabiri had
man invented and Subu, v. n., to happen, to be fulfilled, to fall out,
not said these ivords, the
not to fall short of; nenolako lina-n-subu or
gave them lyingly as coming from Gabiri’s
mouth —
he deceived the people. Prov. watu linanpata saua saua, or linan sadifu, thy word
wakornesbe urongo, 11 a ususi wa-u-ate. The has been fidfilled in me = nikama ulifiosema,
nimepata wile wile, as thou hast told me, so it
verb sulia must not be confounded with “ku
has refused me, he has not given
happened to me.
zuilia,” he
me; vid. zuia or suia, v. a. Subua (or siiubua, cdso sibua), v. a., to make a

Susuana, v. rec., to deceive each other. hole or way through, ku subua tundu kua
e.g.,

(Arab.
pili kua kekee ku subua ndia ya (ku pitia ku
Suafi (or safi), adj., ,)
clean, genuine, ;

sua kua kekee, to bore in general, but ku subua,

correct; (suafi yakuelli) maneno suafi = yasiokua
to bore through ) ;
ku subua or sibua tundu, to
na madanganio, v. a., to clean; cfr. \jus > ciarus,
open the hole, opp., ku siba tundu, to shut the
purus, sincevus fuit.
hole.
Suafia, v. =
ku-m-pa maneno suafi, yasio
Subuka, v. n. to have a hole made through;
,

danganioa, he gave him correct words amcm-

kitoma kinasubtika tundu ku toka tundu, ku ;

suafia juo, he corrected the book for him, he

tokea kua pili.
freed it from mistakes.
Suafidi, v. a., to clean, e.g., ku suafidi viombo or Subudu, v. ?!., rectius tbiibutu (cfr. Arab. L~o
mtu watohiiva ymva suafidi rnuiliwakwe.
muili ; firmiter tenuit (rather ,
see Arab. Lex.), to
Suafidika, v.n., maneno yanasuafidika = bayana be firm, to have courage, to dare, to persevere
urongo, yanatakata. mtu buyu atbubutu ku fania = bana kbofu, this
 ; ; . ;; ;;; ;; ;; ;; ;

su ( 347 ) SU
man dares to do it, lie is fearless ; hathubutu = Suga, v. n. (nuelle) R. ?
yuwaja, lie does not dare, lie is afraid. Suganika, v. n. manni yasuganika?
Subutu, adj.,firm ( vid tbabithi). Sugu, s. sugu ni maliali pa gumu mtu buyu
(ya) ; ;

Subuthisha (or sabitiiisha), v. c ., to cause to ni sugu, muiliwakwe una sugu (kufania sugu kua
be firm, to confirm; ku subuthisha maneno kazi nengi), callosity, callousness, a callous place ;
= ku timiza. this man is callous, his body is ccdlous (to become

Subukiii, s. (ya), morning in ,

the morning; uenendc callous by much working) naota motto liatta
subukhi, go in the morning subukhi mbitimbiti nafania sugu, 1 sat at the fire until I scorched
(vid. mtana), or kunapamba suka, or kueupe, etc. myself (until I burnt a sugu = a callosity) (2)
matutinum propinavil beaten path of rats only (R.) ? cfr. diro in Kini-
at twilight; cfr. ,

ctssa.
potum . initium dioi, vel aurorae prima lux Sugua, v. a., to clean by rubbing, to rub a thing
(Arab, sabakh bilkbSr, may tliy morning be in hard to clean it, to scour, to brush; mke ame-m-
felicity or happiness = good morning). sugua muili (=:ku singa, vid.) ku ondosha taka,
Suburi, s. (vid. sahuri), patience.
having done the business of sugua, she does futa
or pangussa muili kua kitamba ku sugua, rents
Suda, v. a., ku-m-suda ? mtu wa-m-suda kua maneno ;

in a neiv wall.
m’shahidi yuwasuda (vid. suta) or yuwasuduku,
Sugulia, v. jiwe la ku sugulia vissu, a stone
the witness declares that he has seen.
with ivhich to rub knives = a stone for clean-
Sudi (or suudi), s. (ya pi.
,
—za) = bakhti, luck;
ing knives.
sudi ngema, good-luch, felicity ; sudi mbaya, ill.
Sugulika, v. n.
luclc sudiyakwe ni kali, he is very successful, he Suguliwa, to be rubbed.
succeeds in everything; cfr. ,
felix fuit Sugutua, v. a., to rinse the mouth to gargle, to
,

&x~,, pi. jyt», felicitas. clean, e.g., the teeth.

Suhab, s. = uovu wa tabia (cfr. saua liili) cfr.
Suduku, v. a. = ku suta (vid.), to ascertain from
;

kiraka.
one the truth or falsehood of a statement which 0 C — j
Suheli, s. (cfr. Ji-U. pi. litus maris,
has been given to others regarding one's charac- , !

6 "j ^ 5 -
ter ; cfr. ^Xo ,
verax fuit. sea- coast ,
canopus stella; ,
facilis,

Suduma (or susujia), v. n. toka inasuduma or lenis), (1) shangani); (2) mtu buyu ni
south (=
susuma, the lime in ivater sinlcs or settles (to the suheli mno, this man is very slow; cfr. seheli
bottom). and siibala, or sahala kutubu ;
suheli na keblia,
Su£na, v. n. mbo inasuena ndani kua beredi = god directs south and north.
imekimbia, imengia ndani, ruikojo inakimbia na Suia (zuia) v. a., (1) to seize and hold fast to pre-
mho, heikupa ju, inapotea (obscene). vent escape; (2) to keep back, to withhold from
Suesi, cbuma cha suesi, soft iron (perhaps Swedish e.g., ame suia felhayakwe ame-m-suia asinende ;

iron or coming by way of Suez). = ame-m-kataza, he prevented him from going.

Suilia, v. obj. ame-m-suilia fetbayakwe =
Sufa, s.; bua la sufa ;
cfr.IIeb. ix. Id, far hyssop-
baku-m-pa maliyakwe, lie retained his pro-
stalk ? (Sp.).
perty.
Sufii, s. (wa, pi. masufii), a hermit, a devotee = SUILIKA.
intu ajaiMungu, asiefania usinsi, Ac., a Sufi, a
SuiriwA, to be kept back muana amesuiliwa
person much reverenced by the Muliammeduns
maliyakwe.
on account of his God-fearing, chaste, prayer- =
Suisa, v. c. wame-ni-suisa ndiani wame-ni-
ful and benevolent conduct. The Sufi is thought rudisba nisipate ndia.
to devote himself entirely to the reading of the
Suiwa, v. n., to be seized.
Koran, to praying, to doing good in the world
sufii liazingi, ni tohara, yuwasbinda mesgidini
Suio (or sio or zuio or zio) = ngiizo.
& ~f
Suisui (or sisui) (l.stpars. pi. of the pronoun per-
mcbiichi wa Mungu, God-fearing ; cfr. ,
sonal), ice; suisui tuapenda, we love; suisui
sopbus, sapiens et religiosus, pec. qui res divinas, zote, all of us; suisui wote, both of us ; Dr. /St.

et quas ad amorcm Die spartant, visibilium rerum writes sisi.

figuris adumbrat.
Sujai, a brave man, a hero; vid. sbujaa or sbi-
Sufuria, s., (1) copper; (2) (pi. masufuria), a jaa.
metal pot; sufuria ya cbuma, an iron pot ; cfr.
Sujudu, v. n., to bow down to fall down, to pray
GCj ,

aes flavum, aurum. with the face upon the ground as the Muhamme-
i
 . ; ; ; ; ;; ; ; ;;

SU ( 348 ) SU
dans do. Some have on their foreheads a marie Sukuo, s. ; vid. noo, suguo = kinoo.
made by constantly touching the ground in Sukutua (or sugutua), v. a., ku sukutua kiinoa
prayer ku sujudu = ku fania sigida ku sujudu ; kua maji, ku osha kanoa, to rinse, or wash out
Mungu, to say prayers and bow seven times to one’s mouth with water.

the ground ivith the forehead; ,

bumilis Suli, s. (Sp.).
O— -*
fuit, adoravit ; ,
i

mesgid, templum Mu- Sulia (zulia), pi. ma ),

a carpet sulia la
s. (la, —
liamraedis asseclarum. ku salia, i.e., ku suilia muili usipate mtangai
la

Sujudia, v. obj., to prostrate oneself to to adore; mtu akisujudu Mungu.

,

sulia laku sujudia Mungu, a carpet on which Sulia, a. obj. (vid. sua), to suggest or ascribe to
they pray or adore God. Mesgidi ya ku su- one words which he has not spoken ku-m-sulia

j udia
= ku tumikia Mungu manenoyakwe. maneno asio-ya-nena, to slander ivithout

Suka, v. a., (1) to shake; e.g masiwa or nazi foundation.

;

(2) to twist, to plait; e.g., ku suka ukamba Sulim, salibu, v. a., to crucify sulibisba, v. c.

wa kitanda; ku suka usitu wa mkeka na ku (efr. salaba), pass, sulubiwa.

sbona jamfi ku suka and ku songa kamba ku
;
Suliiii, v. n. , to become fit for.
;

suka katika nti ku sukasuka muana = ku-mu-

;
Sulika, v. a., to be giddy or dizzy kitoa eba-m-
ongolea muana. siilika or eba-m-zunguka, akiona sliimo, he gets
Suka suka, v. intens., to shake often and strongly giddy cd the sight of an abyss; amesulikoa ni
( efr tunga, v. a.), to continue shaking ku kitoa.
suka suka mkiawake, to flourish his tail. Sulisha, v. c. ; e.g., kileo kime-m-sfilisba kitoa
Sukiwa, v. p. = kina-m-sungusba (tekeleka) kitoa.
SuKUA, v.p. SuLIWA, V. p.
Suka (zuka), v. n., to rise above ivater, to appear
Suliwa, s. c., to be bored.
suddenly (ku sama or piga mbisi na ku suka), Sultani, s. (wa, pi. ma — ), king, sultan, ruler,
but ku sika, to twine; ku sua rueno to rub the ,
chief, a great man; the head of a town or
teeth up and down. village; Sultan Errum, the Sultan of Turkey
Susha, v. c., to cause to rise or appear above
ivater = to raise up {e.g., pearls) above ivater. efr. LL. ,
dominium obtinuit ; ,
potestas,

Sukani, s. (ya, pi. ma), ya cliombo (= sliikio), a princeps, res.

fi 5j
rudder, helm (of a vessel ) ; efr. ,
anchora, Sultania, a., the sultan's head wife; sultana
mjanne, queen dowager ?
asbikai sukani, a steersman; sukuni (pi. ma),
steersman.
Sulu, s., ku piga siilu upanga, to polish a sword.

Sukaki, s. (ya), sugar ; sacchavum. Sulubika, v. n., to be diligent, strong.

,

ma —), an Sui.ubiwa, v.p.

Suke, s. (la, pi. ear of corn; vid.
shuke. Sulubu, s. (ya) (= deriibu or barubu or ngnvu),
Sukia, v. = ku-m-tokea gbafila ;
e.g., ebe baba-we, mtu
strength, diligence, power, vigour, energy;
utoka-pi we, siku-ku-ona sika nengi, leo wa-n- buyu anasoea sulubu ya kazi, yuwajituma mno
sukia = wa-ni- tokea gbafila ;
hence, msuka, ki- kua kazi, hafdnii ufifu kabisa, this man is a
suka, a ghost, devil. strong labourer kazi ya sulubu, hard labour
Sukua, v. a.; ku-nazi or dafu kua kissu, to scratch muigni kazi ngumu ni mu-igni sulubu, a hard
out the flesh of a cocoa-nut niama ya dafu labourer is strong or sturdy; v_ll<o durus;
,

imesukuliwa. durities, robur.

Ks'ko ,

Sukusia, push away or forward, to drive;

v. a., to
Sulukiii (or sulukiiu), s. (ya), concord, peace,
e.g., ku sukuma dau to move, push off, to urge. ;

Sukumia, v. obj. ; e.g., Mungu ame-m-sukumia, conciliation (

= mapatano) ;
> recto so ha-

God impelled him to that act. buit, integer bonus fuit, pacom fecit, composuit.
Sukumiza, v. a., to put upon another man, to Sulukiiia (or suluiiia), v. obj., to agree, to com-
throw off from oneself, to say it is his affair pose differences ; or tarajali katika kazi, to be
= furumisa, v. a., to fling away, to dart;
trustworthy in a work efr. .
ku sukumiza kikongo or rungu ku-m-
e.g., ;
(?)

sukumiza pepo, nganga (vid. makafara) ku SulukhiAna, v. rec. = ku patana, to be recon-

;

sukumiza maratbi or maofu kua makafara, to ciled to each other, to agree.

avert sickness or evils by sacrifices; vid. ka- Sui.ukisha (or suluhisiia), v. c., to cause to
fara. agree, to reconcile, to make peace or concord
SuKumziA, v. obj.; vid. kumba.
(
— ku patanisba) ;
dcriv , msulukbifu (efr.).
 ? ;; ; ; =;);

SIT ( 349 ) sir

Sulijiu, v. a., salute; vid. salamu. Summu (or shumjiUjJjZ. mashummu); s. (ya), poison
Sululu, s., a curlew (St.). ku-mu-ua, or ku-m-lisha, summu.
Sumaku, s., mar/net, loadstone Suiniu, to poison one ; venenum propinavit
,

Sdmaki ( zumari ), s., psalm? cfr. ceeinit or-

yj ,
alicui ; ,
venenum.
gano, a musical instrument ; cfr. nsumari.
Stimuli a (or ku-ji-sumuliza) (R.)?
Sumazi (or simasi ), heaviness ,
sorrow, grief dec.

cfr. simanzi.
Suna, s. ; vid. sunna, s.

Sumba, v. —
papatika, Kin.), (1) to shake,
n.
Sunga (or siiunga), v. a., to press one very much
(
by entreaty, prayer or supplication; to solicit
stir, move, to quiver lilcc an animal which is
= earnestly, to incite, to urge one, to obtrude on,
about to die ;
kuku yuwasumba sumba tanga
to force on.
tanga, liatulli alipotindoa ;
Er., to shrug or
shrink up one's shoulders, to make a short quick Su.xgIa (or siiungia), v. ; ame-ni-sungia saffarii

motion; ku sumba = ku uza, to sell ?

amenena ninende nawe, he entreated
sana,
(2)
me very much to cdlow him to go with me
Sumbana, v. rec., to sell each other (11.) ?
Mungu ame-m-sbunga or sunga mautti (
Sumfia, v. (
Kinika ), to shake.
futia mautti), God urged or drove him to
Sumbika, fast {the fishing-hook, kio),
v. a., to tie
death, i.e., the man was learned of the danger,
lest it slip out kid kisiturupuke, vid. turupuka.
but he would not be cautioned, therefore he
SumbIko, s. ; sumbiko ya kio; sumbiko ya ku ivas killed.
sumbikia, or fungia kio cha ku fulia samaki
Sunga, s. (la, pi. ma — ), foreskin, prepuce, uncir-
sumbiko ni uzi wa ku fungia kio, the tying fast
cumcision; mtu buyu ana sunga — hakutahi-
of the fishing-hook.
riwa, this man has not been circumcised.
Sumbua, v. a., to trouble, to vex, to annoy, harass,
torment, pester one, to fret, to worry
Sungua (zungua), v. a., to make daua ( medicine bana
; e.g.,

ame-m-sumbua mtuma kua kazi asioweza ku- for a sick person by giving him 7 pieces of bread ;

m-sumbua kua maneno, kua nda, kua kazi, die. (mikaba) and 7 lights, and bisi ya mtama, and
= ku-m-tia masbaka, ku-mu-adibu ku-m-sumbiia by reading to him from the Koran (kua ku-m-
;

kua maneno, to fill one's cars with talk. somea juo).

Sumbuana, v.rec., to trouble or annoy one another. Sungua, v. a. = ku kusania pamoja zile taka uki
Sumbuka, v. n., to be vexed, harassed, tor- pepeta, to gather the dirt in winnowing ji-sun-
mented troubled = ku kuta masbaka.
,
gua, to turn the head round to look behind
Sujibusha, v. c., to vex, to annoy, to trouble. Sunguka, v. n., to turn about, to surround, to
Sumbuiua, v. a., to cause trouble to one; watoto walk about.
wam-sumbukia baba kua nda, nai yuwasigi- Sunguka sunguka, v. intens. (cfr. kizungu-
tika,laken hawezi ku-wa-pa jakula, the chil- zungu, giddiness), to wana-tu-
stro'l about;
dren trouble their father from leant of food, sunguka, they surround us (= zingira).
and he sighs, but can give them none. Sunguliwa, v.p., different from ku derewenga.
Sumbukiwa, v. n.; baba amesumbukiwa kua S ungush a ,
v. c., to cause to turn ; e.g., ku sun-
nda ya watoto. guslia jerebe, to turn the grindstone ; ku sun-
Sumbulia, v. a., to vex or upbraid one about a gusba watu = ku geuza watu.
matter which has before been refused; mtu Ji-sungusiia, to turn oneself here and there, up
liuyu wa-ni-sumbulia jakula kilijo katasoa and down ; e.g., when sitting in a chair (2)
kwansa. to walk to and fro = ku tembea.
Sumbuliwa, v.p., to be vexed. Sungushoa, v.p.
Sumbuguana, »., to fight until they fall to the Sungumza, v. n. (or zumgumza) ku ji sungumza, to ;

ground, succumb ? chat, talk, converse = ku keti na ku simlia na

ICimv .) ku-m-sumisa, to invite one watu, ku toa maneno ya hadizi or wasia, mtuma
Sumisa, v. a. ( ;

to sit down; ku sumisa mke = ku sema smilla yuwajisumgumza na banawakwe, yuwanenda tue-
(bismilla), the woman responds : ndio milla [an sba kua banawakwe, balali, sbert atuesbe kua
ku sumisha mlango bana, aouekane, ndio ku-m-tii banawakwe, ndie
expression used in coition ) ;

= ku bisha mlango in Kimrima. m'ja or mtuma mtii, a slave talks in the evening
;

with his master, he goes to give him the evening

Summakh (or somokho), s., sealing-wax, gum-arabic,
salutation, an obedient slave does not go to sleep
used for sealing letters ; ku funga waraka kua
before he has appeared before his master to
summakb, to seal a letter with gum ; sudor
i
greet him and talk with him especially on the
foetens ? liquayit. business of the day.
,
 , ; ; ; ; ;; ; — ; ;
i

SIT ( 350 ) su
Sungura, s., a rabbit or hare ? (St.). wicked will fall, whilst the righteous pass on to
Sunna, s. custom (ada), beauty (baiba, uzuri),
(ya),
Paradise (vid. sirata) cfr. “V’ via patens,
becomingness, suitableness sunna is to be dis- ; ,

tinguished from faradi, which implies necessity pons extensus super medium gebennae.
(kitu ja lasima) e.g., ku salli, ku funga tummu
;
Surdado (or sirdado) (wa mti), s., a kind of
a matter of necessity (faradi), but ku va
dec., is insect which chirps in the wood.
koftia ngema or jamMa, or ku tinda ndefu ya Sum (zuri), aclj., pretty, beautiful.
muomo, ni sunna, ni neno la urembo, ni ada to, Suria, s., (wa, pi. rna ), a concubine, a female —
mtu yuwafania, asipodaka, bassi, to ivear a nice slave; clanculum liabuit; ancilla
y, , &>y, ,

cape or dagger, to cut the moustache, etc., this is

a matter of custom ( not of necessity or divine quam quis fere clanculum liabot, pellex.

prescription) and beauty—if a man does not Surika, v. n. ; vid. thurika.

like it, he may omit it, it does not signify. Sunna, Suriyama, born of a concubine, female slave
adj.,

used as a concubine.
something meritorious done by Muhammedans
which is not by law required sadaka ya sunna,
Suruali (or soruali), s. (ya, pi. za ),
breeches

e.g. tbabihu ; salli ya sunna, prayers said in cfr. induit aliquem femoralibus, hence
J ;r , ,

addition to those 5 times a day (Sp.) sunna is a ;

,
femoralia intcriora ad pedes dimissa
matter of choice or ornament ; cfr. ,
formavit,
j quibus tibialia juncta sunt.
facies, forma natura, lex Dei, mos vivendi
,
Surukhungi (or surusengi), s. — iiisukani, or mtu
Dicta factaque Mubammedis, quae sectatoribus asbikai sliikio la cbombo, steersman or steers-
cjus a Corano secundaria lex est. mate.
Sunobari, s., deed wood (St.) ; cfr. ffi-o ,
pinus. Suhuru, s., a crab ?

Sunsa, v. a.; ku sunsa gu = ku tezama kua gii, na Sus, s., liquorice (St.).
kuamba sbimo or jiwe ndiani katika kisa, to Susa (or susiia from suka), v. a.; ku susa magii
search with the foot at night or in a dark place, or muili, '(1) to pour some water over the legs or
whether there is or is no hole or stone, etc., in
body, after they have been washed previously,
the road; ku sunsa mukono, to swing the hand to perform the last act of washing, to carry off
in the air, to fetch a thing in the dark ku sunsa
sand, etc., which may still rest on the washed
teo, to sling a stone.
body. Ku muaya maji muilini ku teremslia
Sura (or si-iupa), v n., to be hard (kua raaneno),
.
fumbi lililogandamana, ku ji-susa kua maji, to
ni muongo ndaka ku ji faniza laielli kua ku make the dust to float down, ivhich sticks still to
sbupa, kua maneno makafu, he is a liar, but the body, to cleanse by shaking (2) ku susa 11 j
wishes to show Ids truthfulness by hard words
or wino, to stir up a soup or wine, to brew oji ;

and noise in denying. ku susa jiwe kua teo, to sling; mganga una susa
Supana (or siiupana), n. n., to hard or hardened,
be
mvua.
to be hardy, obdur cited niama ya kuku ina- Susia, v. obj.; ku-m-susia, e.g., magu susia, to
sbupana, the flesh of the fowl is hard, not lender ; ku-m-susia kinga eba
wash or cleanse for one ;
mtu huyu amesupana sasa kua ku amekua safiri,
motto (cfr. punga) ku susia mkia, to wag the
;

botari katika muili, muiliwakwe umesupana tail.

kwansa alikiia mlegefu wa yiungu, sasa msbu-
Susi, s. (ya), copper of a blood-red colour soka,
pafu, mgumu, this man is now hardened by
sifuri is copper mixed with other
brass-wire;
travelling, he is strong in body, formerly he was
metals.
tender, but now he is become hardy.
Suso, s., a kind of hanging shelf (St.) (probably =
Sura, s. (ya, pi. za), form, beauty, likeness, resem-
susu).
blance, the face; sura ngema, a pi'etty figure
sura ya usso, the form of the face; sura mbaya, Susu, s. (ya) susu ya kamba ya ku angikia viombo,
;

a hook ivhich is made of ropes or mbugu, tohang

an ugly shape, manner = gissi (1) and
;
up vessels, e.g., a calabash, dec., a little board on
Xjyc ,
forma, imago, species ; (2) i.y, ,
a chapter ivhich vessels arc suspended.
Susu ana, v. rcc. = ku pindamana, to be curved,
of the Koran.
crooked, paralytical ; vid. mpmdani.
Surata, s., the road to Paradise according to the

Muhammcdan notion; ndia ya peponi niem- Susu a, to cheat or impose upon a person
v. a., ,

bamba kana makali ya kissu surata, the road to especiallya stranger who is not yet acquainted
Paradise, which is as’Jhin as the edge of a knife with the ways of a country (vid. msusu) (cfr. ku
— on both sides are pits of fire into ivhich the kenga) (watu wana-m-susua) (cfr. upole).
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

SIX ( 35 1 ) TA
Susuka, v. n., to be disturbed, bewildered, not to true what he has spoken against oneself; e.g.,
hiow what to do in a new situation or resi- Grabiri ame-m-suta Eashidi, ame-mu-uliza mbello
dence-place ; c.(j., kuku yuwasusu'ka, liajui za watu, maneno liaya nli-ku-ambia lini kasidi
niumba ya kungia, the hen is bewildered, does ku-m-komesba Eashidi urongo, na usvisi aate,
not know where to rest, she goes here and Gabiri confronted Bcishidi, he asked him before
there to find a resting-place, because she is still the When did I say these
people {publicly),
a stranger yuwasusuka katika mji asio-
ratu words you ? He did so for the purpose of
to
fika mbelle, liajui ndia na watu, yuwataha- compelling Eashidi to cease speaking lies; to
yari. ascertain from one the truth or falsehood of a
Susulia, v. a., to deceive for {another). statement which he has given to others regarding
Susulika, v. n. one's character.
Susuliwa, v. n. mgeni yuwasusuliwa ni ivatu,
Sutua, v. a. ; vid. mteusi.
a stranger is deceived by the people, e.g., they
show him a false road, demand high prices for Suudi {or suudi njema), salvation, felicity ; cfr.

food, (Oc.
jyu* felix fuit dies, beneficum sidus >
, ;

Susukika {and susurisha ?) E.

= juvit, opem tulit.
Suta, v. a., to charge one publicly with; ku
suduku, to ask a person publicly, whether it be Suyu for iiu yu, this {old language).

T
Ta (or taa), s. (ya, pi. za), a lamp,' especially the Taajabu, v. n. {Arab. ),
to wonder at;
small open earthen lamp made by the natives, ku taajabu neno, to be astonished very much;
light ku waslia ta, to light a lamp, to make a
light; ku zima taa, to put out a light. cfr. admiratus fuit. ,

T’a, v. n. ku t’a T, to lay an egg and cackle, the Ajabu, s. (ya, pi. mataajabu), wonder.
act of laying an egg ; kuku amefania kioto akata Taajabia, v. obj., to admire.
= akadaka ku viaa i, akapata mabali pa ku Taajabisha, v. c., to astonish, to amaze one;
;

vialia i, or pa ku atamia or otamia or kalia mai, kitu liiki kina-n-taajabisba, this matter asto- .

the fowl has prepared a place where to lay her nishes me; to make to wonder.
egg, and she got a place to lay her egg, and to Taajazi, v.
a. {Arab. ),
to tire, to weaken; j'

sit upon her eggs mkata ha i ti mai, wala ha i

angiii, akiangua, liailesi cfr. mkata. cfr. infirmus,
;
debilis fuit, impotentem ,

Taa, s. (ya) Arab. ),

obedience, allegiance;
reddidit.
ku-ngia katika taa, to become obedient, to do Taakiiiri {or taakhari, v. n. {Arab. to
),
homage {to a king) ;
ku-m-tia katika taa, or ku-
m-tia taani, to cause one to become obedient or be slow or late, to tarry, to stay ; cfr. ,
dis-
submissive, to bring to obedience, to subdue one tulit, postposuit, tardavit, retromansit.
ku toka katika taa (ya), or muanga (?) wa sultani,
Taakhirisha, v. c., to cause one to tarry, put off,
to revolt from the king {cfr. maassi, rebellion;
prolong one.
muassi, a rebel; ku assi, to rebel ) ; cfr.
Taai.i, v.n., to be exalted { ,
altus, cxcelsus fuit)

obsequens fuit, obedivit obedientia.

; ,
All > Deus qui cxaltetur ! (post nomen
Taa, s., a kind offish, large and flat. Dei.) I)r. St. takes ta’ali in the sense “ to
Taa, s. {Erh.) = tawa, louse ; vid.
study," which is in Arab. glL (supervenit, study,
Taabu, s. (ya), trouble, fatigue; cfr. <-r^> las-
learn), but to learn is in Arab. .

sus, defatigatus fuit.

Taabika, v. it., to be fatigued, troubled, weary.

Taamu {or tamu), s. {vid. tiimu), sweetness; cfr.

Taabisha, v. c., to cause one to be weary, to ,

edit, gustavit, gu.stum pereepit
fatigue, trouble, harass one.
sapor {cfr. mtama) ;
ku tia taamu, to sweeten..
Taadabu, v. 7i. {Arab. ),
to learn good
Taandu {vid. t’andu), a centipede.
manners ; cfr. ,
bonos mores et litteras Taasiiira ni bunduki ningi zilizo pigua pamoja
;

elegantiores didioit. (Sp.)-

 ; ; ; ; ;

TA ( 3S2 ) TA
Taataa, v. n. (= tapatapa), to throw about one's Tabiki, v. n. (
= ku nata, gandama), to cleave, to
hands to beat one’s hands about from heat and
,
stich to, to be adhesive; cfr. operuit,
of dying e.g., a man who
,
uneasiness in a state ,

cannot swim, or one who is shot and about to oppacta laleri manus, Eth. tabaka, firmiterfuit

die; ku taataa jaslio, to beat one’s hands about cohaesit, in Amharic, to lay close to, to pre-
from heat and uneasiness; ku tapa tapa kua serve.
liomma, to tremble from fever. If the deriva- Tabikana, v. n. to stich to ; vid. enea, v. n. ,

Tabikiana, to be one, to agree, to be friends.

tion from the Arabic ,
cucurrit, celeriter
Tabikisha, v. c., to cause to stich to, to glue or
ivit, commovit, volutatus fuit, is correct, we ought paste on or upon ; ametabikisha tabaki mmoja,
to have written daadaa.
Tabiki wa, v. p.
Taatiiamisha, v. a. = ku kusa, furahiska, to com- Tabiki, v. a. (Arab, to soothsay, to tell
),

fort; cfr. ,
magnus fuit ; ,
magnum fortune; ku tabiri muaka kua juo, to prognos-
ticate the coming events of the year from the
fecit, to respect, honour, reverence (Sp.).
booh (e.g., rain, dearth, war, sickness, <£• c.). The
Tabaka, (Arab. &.&A=), lining, fold; nguo y a
s.
p>rognosticator appoints also the sadaka (sacri-
tabaka mmoja, mbili, tatu, a cloth of one, two, which is to be made by the people in order
fice)
three linings tabaka ya ndani na ya ndc ; ,
to avert the impending calamities.
Tabo, s., a certain fruit of the mgasija tree (Er.) ?
texuit, operuit, tegumentum.
katika tabolakwe asili tabia, timbuko lamau
Tabaka (or tagapa) = muigni ku ka kulla pa-
judi? (Sp.).
liali, omnipresent ? ? vid. enea, v. n.
Tabu, s.; vid. taabu.
TabakGro (or as Dr. St. writes, tabakelo), s.,
Tabu, s. (sing, utabu, pi. tabu), (1) tabu tabu za
a snuff-box.
mua = upande wa mua or ukindu (2) tabu
Tabaki, s.
— tabaka. or tapu scarcity famine, dearth ? (Erh.).
;

(?), ,

Tabanga tabanga, v. n. ku tabanga tabanga kua Tabua, v. a. (

= ku kuaniua), (1) to tear off, to

tope = ku haribu kua tope, to spoil with mud, to pluck in pieces, pluck off, freak off ; ku tabiia
e.g.,

mix with something that is bad = ku tangania makuti; (2) to rend, tear, e. g., ku tabua kcr-
na kitu kibaya. tasi ( = papua) ;
(cfr. kikujia), ku tabua ukuja
Tabanja, s. (Turk. a pistol; cfr. ki-
ku tabua nguo.
),
Tabuka, v. n., rent, worn out, e.g., nguo ime-
merti.
tabuka (
= rarfika), the cloth is rent ,
Tabassam, v. n. (or tabassama) (Arab. o to
^ ,

Tabuxi, v. a., (vid. tamini, v. cl), cfr.

smile (St.) ;
subrisit, levitcr risit = ku tbka.
intclligens fuit.
Tabaui.u (or tabauali), v. n. (Arab. )
(vid.
Tabuhudu, v. a. (Arab, ),
to refresh, to cool;
kojoa) ;
cfr. JU ,
urinam reddidit, minxit, to
cfr. e>yi frigidus fuit, refrigeravit.
urine, to piss. ,

Tabe tabe, s., the name of a. fish (as large as the Tada, aenda tada (R.).

ngii, and very pretty). Tadabiki, v. n. (Arab. &S^\S>), to become respon-

Tabia, s. (ya) (= liali, gissi, maumbile) (Arab. sible for, to guarantee a matter, i. e ., the result

disposition, nature, character, temper, persecutus fuit, edj) Si assccutus

), of it; cfr. cAff ,
,

propensity, climate; tabiayakwc si ngema, his

fuit, participem fecit aliquem alienjus rci,
(

character is not good ; cfr. ^.L sigilluin im-

,
fructus quae nascitur ex aliqua re, Ac.

pvessit, uatura insitus fuit ; > natura homi- Tadia, v. obj., ku-m-tadia, to despise one first
without provocation (
= ku-m-takania mbclle).
nis et indoles insita.

(= mganga) (Arab. TafAkari, v. n. (Arab. fUs to think, to meditate,

Tabibu, s. (wa ,pl. matabibu) ),

... .
. . f. ),
physician, doctor; tabibu haztiii ajili to ponder = ku aza, ku fiinia akili, tafakiria,

rokbo ikiska linganiua (ku itua) bassi, a physician v. obj. (cfr. fikiri), ,
cogilavit.
cannot prevent fate (the hour of dying), when the
Tafaruji, s. (Arab, gyjj' ), recreation of body and
spir it is called it is finished.
(JJ -
Tabibia, v. a., to treat one medically mind; cfr. ,
laetatus fuit.
,

Tafatiiali, v. n. (Arab. ) (vid. fatkili), to

medicus fuit, medicatus fuit

cus. please, to have the kindness; cfr.

(
J-ii , se
 ; ; ; . ; ; ;

TA ( 3S3 ) TA
praestantiorem aliquo judicavit, benefecit alicui Tagurisha, v. c., to remove from a place; (cfr.

Tafathal, please, I beg of you ,

lit,, show me the guriska.

hindness. Tagusa (or ku lumba), v. n., to make a speech.

Tafauti (or tafuati), s. (Arab, ? ),

doubt, Taguta, v. a.; kelele (Sp.) ?
fear (
= kkofu) yuna tafauti, he is doubtful, Tahadari (or tahadiri), ».».( = tunza wema),
to be doubted, not trustworthy na-m-tia or na
to beware, take care (Arab- = kua na
m-tilia tafauti or kbofu, I doubt of him, I do not ) (

quite trust him (nafania teshwiski) kitu hiki kina on one’s guard).
katkari, to be
;

tafauti nami or nina tafauti najo, I have doubts Tahatharisiia, v. c., to warn.
about this matter. Tahafifu, adj. ; cfr. takhfifu, light, gentle
Tafi, s., a hind offish (haina mamba). levis, agilis fuit.
Tafiti, v. a. (vid. tafuta), to seek out matters, to
Tahali; cfr. skebuka, perhaps rather Jij ,
be very inquisitive.
vitium, dolus.
Tafsiri (or tefsiri), v.a. (Arab. ),
vid. tefsiri,
Tahamaka, up what going
to explain, s., interpretation; cfr. ^ i ,
detexit,
on (St.).
v. n., to look to see is

explicuit.
Tahara (Arab. )(
vid.toh&ra, s. ( prae-
Tafsiria, v. obj., to explain to one. ,

Tafu, s. (Kiung. ckafu) (ya, pi. za or la, pi. ma—), putiam extirpavit).
cheeh ; tafu ya gu, calf of the ley, pi. tafu za magu, TahArisi, s. vid. kansu.

calves ; tafu (or jafu) ya (la) miomo,pZ. matafu (or Taiiaruki, v. n., (Arab, ifjs? ),
to grow hot,

majafu), cheeh, cheeks ; (jafu cba ku fulia kamba angry, to fly into a passion, to become indig-
kana kikapu, kina tundu tundu), tafu is not to nant, or anxious, to be troubled moyo ume-m-
be confounded with dafu, vid., the cocoa-nut takaruki = moyo umekua karraka, the heart
when ripe for drinking ; tafu ya mkono, the biceps became rash, precipitate, sc., to anger, to give
muscle (St.).
way to fears or impatience ; ,
collisit,
Tafdna, v. a., to chew, to eat, to nibble, to eat in
general; ku tafuna chakula cba mdado.
fricuitque inter se dentes cum stridore prae ira;

Tafonia, v. ussit igne aliquem ;

ustus fuit, accensus fuit ira.
obj.
Tafuta, v. a., to search, seek, to look for, examine; Taiiarukia, v. obj., to be angry with one (ku
(cfr. tefuta, v. a.). ona vibaya juiyakwe).
Tafutia, v. obj.; uenende u-ni-tafutie mtelle, go Taiiarukisha (or Taharakisha), v. c., to toss
,

and look for rice for me. to make one indignant or angry, to excite
Tafuta tafuta, v. int., to search all about. one, to stimulate, to put one in a state of
Taga, s. (sing, utaga, pi. za), ni roagogo ya tanzu, anxiety, deriv. matakaruki ya moyo, passion ?
the thick part of large branches (vid. utanzu, Taiiassa, v. n., to go on board a ship with a view
utaga). to sailing (St.).
Taga (la, pi. ma — ) ;
kitaga, a small stem of a
Tahayari, v. n. — ku ona kaya), to feel or
(
small branch.
Tagaa, become ashamed (of), to blush cfr. et
v. n., to walk with one's legs far apart, to ; ,

straddle (St.). vixit, pudorem concepit pudor,

, ; ,

Taga taka, v. n. (?) ametaga mno nami, i. e., a-ni-

verecundia vel animi conditio, qua ab aliqua re
taga (daka) sana, katiri ni-rau-ambia-lo hasikii, he
peragenda ob timorem vituperationis retinemur.
took every liberty with me (R.), to make one-
Tahayarisha, v. c., to put one to the blush, to
self too familiar ivith one; perhaps taka taka or
confound, to make ashamed.
daka daka.
Tagamia, v. (R.) ? Taiiismili, v. a. (Arab. =^'
),
to bear quietly

Taghafali, v. n., JiU) ,

to be unmindful, to be cfr. ,
portavit.

off one's guard ; cfr. Jii ,

neglexit rem, per Tahidi, v. a., to bend ?

socordiam non curavit. Ji-tahidi = ku fania bidii, to exert oneself, to

Taghi, v. n., to rebel (St.) = kalifu, to transgress. strain, to try hard.
Tagiri, v. n., to be rich, wealthy ; ku-m-fania tagiri, TahJri, v. a., to circumcise ; (cfr. Arab, ,

to enrich; ku tagirika = nafisika, ,

mer- praeputium exstirpavit).
caturam exercuit. Taiiiriwa, to be circumcised. The circumcisor
Tagonga ;
ku ji tagonga, to verge (R.) ? (ngariba), (1) draws the foreskin backwards
Tagua, v. a. (
— tafia), to choose; (ckagua), ndo, (yuwafudua sunga) ; (2) then he bends it

uckague katiri udakacho utoae. forwards in order to measure and mark it

AA
 ; ; ; ; . ; ; ; ;
;

TA ( 354 ) TA
with his finger-nail. (Mringa wa mbo wafania Taka, s. (ya, pi. za), dirt, filth, sweeping, rubbish,
mpaka). (3) After measuring and marking refuse (e.g., fumbi, niassi, cbc.), takataka za ma-
he draws it out, and holding it fast cuts it off futa, the sediment of boiled cococir-nut oil niumba
with a razor (4) the sldn is buried. The bizi zina taka, these houses are not clean.
pain is intense, and several people hold the Taka, s. (la, pi. mataka), taka taka {pi. matataka)
boy fast, so that he cannot move (5) after = vitu vidogo via sbamba {e.g., kunde, pojo,
the operation the boy is made to drink the mboga, fiwi, mbumbu) vifaniafio gissi ya mitu
water of a cocoa-nut to promote the flow of taka, all herbs or plants or vegetables of a small
urine, which is considered very important; size (ndio matakataka), small articles, rubbish.

(6) then the penis is anointed with the yolk of Taka, v. a., to desire, to leant, to ask, e.g.,
shauri,

an egg (7) on the third day the kionda

I ask for advice, to be wishful of; cfr. jbi »

{wound) is formed, which is washed with

desideravit, propensus fuit, versavit rem apud
warm water, to carry off the crust of blood.
animum the verb should be icritten ku taka, ;
The food of the circumcised consists of a thinly
not ku daka, if the Arabic derivation is correct.
boiled soup of rice or mtama-flour, mixed with
Takabadi {better takabathi), v. a., to take or
fowl or goafs flesh, but ivithout salt or nazi.
receive with the hand, to carry on freight (St.).
The act of circumcision takes place very early
at daylight ; most of the relations are present, ofr. contraxit, non expandens, cepit
,

who anxiously wait for the issue—for it manu.

happens frequently death follows the operation, Takabatiiisiia, v. n., to cause one to receive
which is performed upon 10 and 20 boys at (mbelle za mashahidi), to pay freight for,
once. Many describe the pain as being so to cause another to give, to entrust for delivery
intense, that they woidd not undergo it a (St.).

second time. Taicabali, v. a., to accept cfr. acceptavit.

;

Tai, s. ; cfr. taki za nazi, or jija za nazi, or

Takabari, v. n. {Arab. {cfr. gnietea) vid.
) ;

masitta ya nazi.
magiMs fuit, magnifecit, magnum dixit, superbe
Tai, s., a kind of large vulture ; a large bird of
egit, censuit esse magnum ku-ji-taka-bari, to
;

prey.
behave proudly.
Tai, (1) a certain animal in
s., Kiamu (2) a Takafu, adj., pro takatifu, clean, e.g., nia takafu,
;

piece of wood laid under the branch, or thorn, a clear conscience.

etc., which a person loishes to cut off; ku kata Takalika, v. n., to be very tired, iveary = ku joka
miba kua ku weka ju ya tai. sana (e.g., from a long and fatiguing journey)
Taibu, v. n. {Arab. to be good, to be ivell nimetakalika, sina terafu or ngiivu or pnmzi
),

cfr. *_)U= ,
bonus, puvus, suavis, delicatus fuit. tena;c/i'. (ji® ,
commotus, inquietus fuit ?

Taibika, v. n. = ku furalii.
Taicamali {or takamili), v. n. {Arab.
Taifa, (ya, pi. niataifa), a tribe, nation ; cfr. ,
to be complete ; takamalisha, v. a., to accomplish ;

turba hominum. integer, perfectus fuit, absolvit.

Taii.i {or saili), v. a., to inquire into, to question;
"C - Takana (ku) buriani, to ask mutual pardon, and to

cfr. JU
,
intevrogavit. take alast farewell (St.); vid. buriani.
Taja, v. a., to hire. Takammu, s. {Arab. fd.fi ), gift, generosity

Taja, v. a., ku taja jina, to name, to call one by his

,
generositate superavit, generosus, beneficus
name; wadaka ku-in-taja mana jina gani? ivliat
fuit, bonoravit.
name ivill you give the child ? natajua, I am
gnoka) Takahisiia (or thaicaeisha) vid. muako.
spoken of; they speak of me ( vid ;
;

kua wema, to speak Takata, v. n. to be clean, clear, or white by

{Luke vi. 26), ku-m-taja
washing (muili umetakata), but ku nauiri, or ku
to mention ivell.
nigniba kua mafuta, to be bright or shine by
Tajia, v. obj.
greasing the body with oil; uwingu umetakata,
Taji, s., a crown coronatus, et l’C ali-
,
the sky is clear.

qua,tanquam corona, cinctus fuit gU' corona. Takatia, v. obj.

;

Takassa, v. a., to clean, cleanse, to make white;

Tajik, s. (wa, p>l. ma — ),
a merchant, a rich man;
mama ame-m-takassa mana muili.
cfr. ffo ,
is qui vendit et emit ,
merca- Taicatika, v. n. muili umetakatika (or robo)

turam exercuit.
= unakiia meiipe, suafi, unapendezewa.
 ; ; ; ; : ,

TA ( 355 ) TA
Takassia, v. obj. nime-m-takassia shainba, nai talk about it ; cfr. ,
contrarium sine con-
hapo.
troversia.
Takasika, v. n., to become cleansed.
Talaheki, s. (or talahiki) (ya), a small powder-
Takatifu, adj., dean cleansed holy; hence
, ,

roko
horn ivhich contains fine powder for the touch-
takatifu, the Holy Ghost; utakatifu,
purity
pan; pemke ndogo ya ku tilia barudi ya kiffa.
,
holiness.
Talaka, s., divorce.
Takato, s. ( = uzuri) (la) ;
takato la muili or la
roho or moyo, cleanliness, pureness of body or
TalaliSshi, s. (= mtalaleshi), adulterer or adul-
teress; mtu liuyu ni talaleski mno.
of spirit.
Talasimu (or talasim) (pi. ma — a ),
talisman or
Takhani(of taiiani, or toiiani), mill; cfr.
,
charm; cfr. ,
or ,
in terrain
circumivit mola, moluit ;
’
mola.
oculos defixit, imago magica, talisman.
Taichari, v. c., to stay (St.), probably for taa-
Talii (or tali), cfr. taali, v. a., to read (not aloud)
khari ;
vid. ,
distulit, poslposuit, tardavit,
(cfr. taali, to study ) cfr. vidit, legit librum
to stay or delay. ; ,

Takaungu, a large near Kilefi bay,

s., village scivit, cognovit ;
cfr. also % , secutusfuit, legit,
whither the Masrue dynasty fled after the cap-
meditatus fuit.
ture of Mombas by the Imam of Muscat. Taka-
ungu ni maji ya utungu. The village had Taliki (or tuluku, or talaka), v. a. ( Arab _ ,

brachish icater formerly but it became drink-

,
dimisit uxorem vel captivum, to dismiss;
able in course
of time.
repudium.
Takhfifu, adj. (Arab. o.n-trv
),
light ; e.g,, kazi
Talisa, v. a. (= ku paka udongo, toka vizuri
kidogo, si bora ; <_a~. ,
levis fuit ;
a . q~
,
levis yasiwe maskimo na milima katika ukuta, cOc.),
pondere. to smooth the clay and lime spread upon a wall
Taki, s. (ya, pi. za) (or jiji ya,pl. za), in Kijumvu, to cover the unevenness ; delevit.
cfr. ,

masitta ya or tai za nazi, or tapu la nazi, taki smoothen

Talisia, v. obj., to well; ku paka
ya nazi, the nazi ground and strained which ,
is
udongo.
thrown away and left to the fowls, due. Taki is
Talbisi, s.; ya dau, ni jamri (palm-twig), ku fun-
to be distinguished from ufu wa nazi, ivhich sig-
gua katika cliombo kitakapokua skehena ku zia
nifies a rasped nazi, not yet pressed and
maji ya wimki yasingie ndani (Sp. ).
strained taki is the matter ivhich remains after
the tui has been squeezed out. Tama (or jama), s. (ya, pi. za), sweepings, filth,
ku pika tama, to cook
rubbish, sediment, slime;
Takia, s. (ya pi. matakia) (Arab. <u5o
, ), a large
paltry stuff (tama tama) tama za niumba,
G G3" ;

cushion; cfr. ,
qui multum recumkit alte- sweepings of a house; maji yana tama, the
rique rei innititur. water is muddy tama la (pi. ma) maji, mudcli-

Takilifu ? (It.). ness of water ; cfr. corrupta fuit, scopis

,

Tako, s. (la ,pl. ma — ), (1) buttock, fundament, the

verrit, expurgavit (domum, Ac .) dU.*.* scopae-
bottom part of anything ; tako matako (ya) wa-
; ,

jakazi, the buttocks This Tama, v. n., to remove, to emigrate; ku ondoka

lit., of female slaves.
obscene expression (ivhich shows the unchaste makali pamoja, ku ka pangine cfr. >
;

imagination of the Suahilis ) signifies a land of

sustulit, ingressus fuit takernaculum et constitit
(wild) grapes (2) tako ya wano, the notch end conseditque aliquo loco ;
takernaculum fixit
of arrows; tako la bunduki, the butt-end of a aliquo loco ku kama, v. n. = ku gura.
; cfr.
gun.
Tamia, v, obj., makali pa tamifu, a colony.
Tak6mbo, s., seems to be an obscene nickname; Tamisha, v. c., to cause to emigrate, to banish.
cfr. skoga and kanithi.
T’amAa, v. a., to covet, desire, crave; mtu liuyu
Taksiki, s. (Arab ), a crime? adaka kitu kikuka, kituckakwe ni kidogo yuna
.
;

Takura, v. a., (1) to scrape, scratch; kuku atakura tamaa or ckoyo mno; alie tamaa; ku fania
taka (2) = papftra or rnkla, e.g., kuku muigni
;

wana anapapura, or anarukia watu, a fowl which tamaa, to desire; ku piga tamaa; cfr •

has chickens and flies at men, die.

concupivit, or ,
cupiditate plenus fuit.
Taladadi, v. ku taladadi na mkewe.
T’amaa, s. (= miazo or maazo ya ku tuma kitu,
Talafa kapana talafa
;
(Pers. «_iU), there is no more ku pata mali mengi), longing, desire, covetous.
 , ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;
,

TA ( 356 ) TA
ness, lust; yuna t’arnaa sana, lie is very covetous to travel (Kin. ku hamba), hence mtambaji
cupiditas) ku-m-weka kua tamaa,
(vid.), a traveller; (2) to swagger (St.)?? to
( cfr . , ;

boast.
to make him wait for ; tamaa ya mali = ckoyo
Tambia, v. ohj.
ku kata tamaa, to despair; muigni tamaa,
Tambaa, v. n., to creep, to crawl.
greedy.
Tambasa, v. c. ; vid. infra, tambaza.
Tama (or tamma), v. n., to he whole, entire (cfr.
Tambafu (pi. ma — ) (R.)? the strings of a mason
,
totus, integer, perfectus, absolutum fuit) upon a wall ?

completum reddidit (cfr. Tambalia, v. n. (cfr. tambaa) (= ku-m-niatia, ku

v. a., absolvit, perfecit, ;

maji yametama kizimani manenoyangu ni niata kua magu, ku nenda polepole), to creep) up
;

tama si rudi tena ku misa kua ku piga to one, to approach one very servilely or softly,
;

tamma kuba, to quaff, to drink at one draught. to catch or kill one.

Tamalaki, v. n. (ku miliki), to govern, ride (ku

Tambarare, s., level; nti tambarare, level country
miliki nti iote, to ride the whole country or plain; ku simika tambarare, to place firmly
earth), to he master of; ku-ji-tamalaki muig- cfr. kasika in Kiniassa.
niewe, to rule oneself, to he one's own master ; Tambarisha ;
vid. kititi.

cfr. i^AJw> ,
possedit, dominio tenuit rem, regem Tambaza, v. c. (vid. tambaa, v. n.), (1) ku tam-

creavit.
baza nti na ufiagio = ku fiagia sana, hatta fumbi
la mtauga lilipoondoka, to sweep) thoroughly
T’ am an i, v. a., to long for, to lust after, to covet, to
(2)ku tambaza (or kokota, or futia mbelle) ma-
like =
ku fania jiihudi, kua na t’amaa, ku daka
neno ya polepole si ku kata, to speak slowly and
kua rolio ; ku t’amani mali yegni t’amani ku, to
protract the words or syllables.
long for very precious property.
Tambazi, s. (= ugonjoa utambao muili ote), a kind
Tamanika, v. n., to he an object of longing or
of disease which spireacls over the whole body,
liking, to he longed for, liked.
rheumatism (kiga or jiga ?) (cfr. mdudu), lit.,
Tamanisha, v. c., to cause to lust, James iv\ 5.
creeping, hence a sickness which causes a swell-
Tamani, s. (ya), price, amount = kima, bei, e.g.,
ing in the tafu (cheek), mbafu (side), matumbo
ile tamani mtu liu ji-patania, the man got the
(bowels) fusi, kuapa, mukono, dec.
;
tambazi ni
price hut not the money instantly ; cfr. , ugonjoa wa niama (R.).
pretium. Tambi, s. (pi. —za
(sing, utambi), (1) tambi zaku
Tamani, v. ci. (= tabuni = kutia kima), to put a •waskia ta, wicks of a lamp) (2) tambi (za ma-
price on, to charge. andasi), vermicelli, prepared by the Sualiili
Tamania, v. ohj. from rice-flour (3) tambi ya ku teza ngoma, ku
Tamasiia, v. a., to want, to he capricious (E.) (?) piga vikopokopo na magu ku piga miskindo, a
Tamasiia, s. (Arab. liiUi' ), aller voir quelque- kind of play with a drum, the sound of ivliich
cbose ;
s., spectacle; (1) = kitu kiziiri sana = the natives accompany by beating themselves
tunu ;
e.g., merkabu ikija, ni tamasiia, tunu, with crossed arms, and by stamping upon the
bakika liamna, it is a rare thing, curiosity (raree- ground with their feet. Tambi, sbindoa, ki-
show),when a ship comes (2) ku-m-pa kitu cha shando, are various kinds of native plays ; ku-
ku tamasiia or cha ku onda, to give him a re- m-pa tambi, or ku kueza, or ku sobea, the un-
compense ? chaste motions made by males towards females
Tamauka, (=tamfia imeuka = ku ondoka
v. n. in dancing.
tamaa), the desire or lust is passed away, is Tambo, s. (ya, pi. za), a kind of string (kigue) — ;

satisfied; e.g., mimi nimetamauka sasa, kitu ime-m-skinda ku fungua tambo = ku tataniua
kilijo agisoa liakikuja, na mtu anakuja, t’amaa kitu, tambo heitambulikani ni watu. Many
ikisha ondoka, now my desire is passed away, natives know how to tie a rope or string so art-
because the thing which I ordered to he brought fully, that another man who does not know
did not come, and the man (who was com- it may put his brains upon the rack to loose it,

missioned) came, when my desire teas gone, e.g., ivithout success, hence the expression, “ ku fania
when I order a man to bring sugar, etc., from tambo’ ’= ku fania uerefu, to act cleverly; (2) a
town, and I am in hope of his speedy arrival, play with buttons mafezo ya tambo.
to satisfy my desire, but when lie comes, and I Tambo, s., a tall man (St.).
am disappointed, my desire ptasses off (from Tamboa, s., testicles (St.).
disappointment or satisfaction). Tambu (or tambuu), s. (manni ya mtambu yata-
Tamba, s. (la, pi. matamba) ? funoayo), the leaf of the mtambu (betel) tree,
Tamba, v. n. (1) tamba, v. n. — tembea, to walk, ivhich the Suahili chew together with areca-nut
 ; . ; — ; ; ;; ; ;

TA ( 357 ) TA
(popo) or lime (toka) kattu, tombako viclcfr. tama=ku hama; ma-
uraibu, cause to emigrate ;
; (

s.). The tambu is aromatic, pa tiimifu (cfr. tama), a colony, lit., a

and is mixed up liali

with the tombako, to remove the acridity of the place where to emigrate.
tombaku. The kattu is a gum brought from Tam’ka, v. a., vid. tamuka, to pronounce.
Arabia. The kattu and popo give a red colour, Tamlisa (or tamlisi), s., poor food = cliakula
and are therefore put into the uraibu (ku pun- kibaya, which is eaten but under necessity ; nina
guza or zima karufu mbaya na ukali wa tombaku, kula tamu na tamlisi, I have eaten good and bad
isilefie), to lessen the acridity of tobacco, so that things (Sp.).
it will not intoxicate.
Tamma, s. (ya, pi. za) ( cfr. ,
finis, complc-
Tambua, v. a., to lcnow, to discern, to know again, mentum) (1) sediment, dregs ; tamma za maji =
;

to remember, to recognize.
taka za maji, maji yana tamma, mud in water, the
Tambuana, v. rec. water is muddy; tamma (la, pi. ma — ) la
(2)
Tambulia (or tamburikia), v. obj.; watu wana- maji = funda la maji, a mouthful of water, so
m-tambulia, the people knew him, hnew how ku piga tamma
that the cheeks are distended
to treat him, to inform him, to make known to (funda mmoja) la maji, to take one mouth-
mmoja
him. matamma mawili
fid of ivater ; ku piga ;
to take
Tambuliana, v. rec.
two mouthfuls.
Tambulikana (or tamburikana), v. n., to be
knowable, or recognizable, and v. rec., to be
Ku shika tamma (yl. matamma), to hold the
cheek, i.e., to put the hand on the cheek while
known, to make known to each other, to know
the elbow rests on the table or on the knee,
each other; mtu huyu ametambulikana kua
the mind being absorbed in meditation, grief
muifi or kua na mali mengi, this man is known
or anger.
as a thief, or as a rich man ; cfr. julikana, ku
jua, v. a. Tamma, v. n. (vicl. tama, v. n.), to be finished, e.g.,

Tambulisha (or tamburisha), v. c., to make maji yametamma kizimani, the water in the well
known or recognizable (= ku fahamisha), or is finished, exhausted, dried up.

discernible, to explain; e.g., amenena kua Tamu, s. and adj. (vid. taamu), sweetness, taste,
fumbo, punde ametambulisba maana ya fumbo, flavour; adj., sweet, pleasant si tamu, insipid
he spoke enigmatically, afterwards he explained sukari ya mtia ina tamu, the cane-sugar is
the signification of the enigma or riddle; e.g., sweet; ku tia tamu, to make sweet, to sweeten;
kasiki nane za siki na pilpili wakia, siate ku la kitu liiki kitamu, this thing is sweet; ku ona
mukate, kakliofu kiungulia sense, the seducer ;
tamu, to relish ; ku-m-kalia tamu, to remain as
says to a seduced woman, I ivill not leave thee, he wishes (St.) maneno matamu, sweet words ;

1 ivill certainly marry thee, I do not fear thy maji matamu or maji ya pepo, sweet water.
husband. Tamua, v. a. ( furaua) ku tamua kanoa kua ku enda
Tambuu, s. ; vid. tambu. miayo, to open the mouth icicle, to gape or yawn.
Tambuza, v. a.; ku tambuza kua niundo, to
Tamuka (or tam’ka), v.a., ku tamuka neno or kauli,
hammer, to beat thin, to make even or smooth, = ku anza ku nena, to open the mouth in order to
to fill out, to prolong, to put a new edge or point
begin to speak, to pronounce tuliani, busikie
on by hammering ; e.g., ku tambuza kissu cha
matamuko ya Mzungu, keep quiet, let us listen to
nta kotama = ku futa mbelle kua ku fua, ku
the speech of the European ku tamuka harufu,
tongoa ar tambuza nta, to lengthen out by
to pronounce letters; ku tamuka wema; ku
hammering the broken point of a knife, to weld
tamuka hotuba, to deliver an address tamuka
on fresh iron or steel.
vizuri.
Mtambuzi, s., one who knows how, ivho is skilful.
Tamusha, v. c.
Tambuzia, v. ame-ni-tambuzia kissujangu. Tamusoa (or tamushoa), v. n., to be sounded
Tamfua (or tamvua), s. (la, pi. ma— ), the long
out, 1 Thess. i. 8.
fringe of a cloth; shuka ya matamfua (shuka ya
taraza, or ya mandundu, is a little different), a
Tamuko la nexo, the expression, pronunciation,
deliverance of a speech.
kind of doth with long fringes (the ends or
Tamyua, s., vid. tamfua, s. the long fringe of a
corners of a turban, cloth, etc.) (St.), the fag ,

cloth.
end.
Tamia, v. obj. (vid. tama or bama) hence bitima Tana, s. (la ,pl. ma ), (1) tana la bunduki, the steel
; —
ya ku tamia or ya kungilia niumba mpia, a of a flint-lock gun; (2) tana la ndizi, pi. ya
speech of inauguration or consecration of a new matana, a cluster or bunch of bananas (different
house. from mkungu wa ndizi) Dr. St. says : Bananas ;

Tamisha (cfr. hamisha), to remove the tent, to and plaintains grow spirally in a large bunch,
 ; ; . ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TA ( 358 ) TA
not continuously ,
but in little groups; each Tandaza, v. a.; (kimwita, ku ansasa), e.g.,

group a tana ( cfr kole)

is
;
the whole is mkungu, mpunga, to spread out a heap of rice in the sun;
but tana is a division. (ku anika juani naku tawania), but so that the
Tana, v. a., to separate, sever, disjoin, put asunder, lower part is turned upwards, to get the sun, to

to rip up seam ) ku tana mia, to slit mia for

(a
make fiat.
;

maliing ropes ku tana ukuti

(
= ku babua) ku Tande, s. (wa), a small tortoise (ka, mdogo, yuna
;

tana nuelle kua kitana or sbaniio, to separate bamba (la) jeussi) tande (pi. ma ), a large ; —
the hair, i.e., to comb with a comb kunatana tortoise.

usiku = ku ata usiku, the night is past, light Tandika, v. a., to spread, to lay out, e.g., ku tandika
breaks in; ku-ja-tana nuelle to comb oneself. mkeka or jamfi kitandani, to spread a mat on
Tana shati (or mtana shati) = mtu atunsai or the bedstead, hence in general “ to make the

atakassai muliwakwe or nguozakwe, a cleanly bed;'' (kundiia, to unroll).

person (si mko), ivlio cleans or combs his hair Tando, s. (ya, pi. — za), carving; (majorojoro ya
every morning = sberti a-zi-tane nuellezakwe usso), tattooing, an incision, a cutting made in
essubukbi. the face for beauty's sake. The Waliiau and
Wagnindo people wana tando za usso, ndio
Tana tana, to worry ? to be different.
urembo kuao ;
the Wanika tattoo their breasts
Tania, vid. maamzi.
and bellies, not their faces.
Tanabahi, v. a.; ku tanababi, to know what to do
Tando, s. (sa), buibui, a
tando la buibui = uzi wa
to make up one's mind; cfr. or ’ spider's iveb yuwajenga
buibui yuwatanda =
uzi, yuwaunia mafiyakwe, yuwafania uzi kua
recordatus fuit rei postquam e memoria exciderat
mkunduwakwe. Prov. buibui na wingu la mvua
celebrem ex obscuro reddidit ;
consideravit rein
usitande poani ku ensile wanangu, ku ensile
commonefactus, to be clear.
Kabatani na nduguye Eamatbani.
Tanafusi, v. n., to breathe, to draw breath ; cfr.
Tandu, s. (sing, utandu), pi. za ( = ueupe ukoko,
(Arab. anhelando captavit, adspiravit,
), a white membrane on the eye, resembling boiled
reoreavit.
rice; mato yana utandu, mtu baoni sana, the
Tanda, s. = barra ilioteketea motto (Kin. tzansala), man is dim-siglited on account of the white
barra iotbe ni tanda moja, imekua tanda, ni membrane which covers his eyes.
keupe sasa, nti inakua tanda tupu, a burnt dale
or plain; the country has become clear, light,
,
T’andu, s. (or taandu) (la, pi. ma ), centipede —
(scolopendra or scolopendrion) ;
lina usbungu, lina
after the grass and underwood have been burnt vima niiima na mbelle, (n'ge (scorpion) yuwauma
(which is done before the rain) mahali palipo niuma bassi), i.e., the centipede has a poison, and
pigoa motto, and where there will soon be (mgina) gives pain from behind andfrom before, ivhereasa
new grass. scorpion gives pain only from behind. This is
—
Tanda, s. (la ,pl. ma ) tanda la mtama, la welle ;
what the Suahili say.
(
= masbuke matupu), sasa ni tanda tupu, balina Tandua, v. a. = ku ondoa, ku wcka kando mkeka
kitu, shell of grain, follicle, unhusked fruit of or matandiko, to remove the bedding (opp. ku
welle. tandika, to make or spread out the bedding) = ku
Tanda, v. a., (1) to spread out, to be spread out; kunda, to fold, to wrap up, to fold up, to make up,
ku tanda kamba na daga kua nguo, this expression to do up.
refers to the custom of the Tanduka, v. n. — ku ondoka, to wear the upper-
women to spread out
a cloth in the water to catch small fish. They garment infolds.
take up the edges together and thus catch the Tanduza, v. a. ? vid., funguza nuelle.
fish; (2) ku tanda kitanda kua ku tia mtande Tanga, s. (la, pi. matanga, Kiung. majitanga), (1)
wa ukamba, to put ropes first from end to end of sail; tanga lajombo; (2) alarge sail of matting
a native bedstead, and then (ku tia msbindio) (tanga ya mkeka) e.g., of a dau or mtepe tanga ; ;

from side to side, to rope a native bedstead (3) kb, the mainsail; tanga mbili, the time when
ji-tandanguo ku ji finika beredi, to put the cloth the natives can sail from south to north, and
over the shoulders for ivarmtli; ku-ji-tanda, to vide versa between March and May, and between
stretch oneself across. October and November, as the wind blows from
Tandama, v. a.; ku tandama, to surround (?) the sea or east (3) matanga, funeral rites,

(St.). mourning ; ku kaa matanga, to sit mourning, to

Tandamisiia, V. c. mourn; vid. matanga ku kunja matanga, to ;

Tandawaa, v. n. ku tandawaa, to recline, to loll wrap up or furl sails.

at one’s ease (St.). Tanga, v. a., (1)= ku-mu-ita witani, ku tangania,
 ; ; ; ; ; ;

TA ( 359 ) TA
ku kusania pamoja, ku fania mqja, to call to- comes forth bright; nti inatangamuka, the
gether, gather, assemble, especially to levy war- land {the weather) is clear.
riors. Ku tanga watu wa wita na ku andika Tangamusha, v. c., to make cheerful, serene, to

majinayao contribute {Kin. ku tzanga), entertain one by talk, to gladden; hence tan-
; (2) to
ku tanga mali ku lipa deni. g'amuko, entertainment, play, amusement.
Tangia {or tangiwa), v. obj.; mali ya ku tan Tangana, v. rec. {vkl. tanga, v. a.), to call or

giwa, property of contribution {which has been assemble each other ; ku enda witani.
contributed by relations) ku tangiana {Kin. ;
Tangania, v. a. = ku kusania pamoja, ku fania
sonkerana), to contribute one to another. moja, to assemble, to bring or mix together.

Tangua, v. p., to be levied as a soldier. Tanganika, v. n. — ku piganika mabali pamoja,

Tanga, v. n. — ku tembea, to wander or stroll e.g., hutambui ni tembo wala maji, to be mixed

about; ku zunguka zunguka burre, to walk idly together, so that one does not know whether
about; apenda ku tanga, he likes to stroll, or the stuff be tembo or water.
tanga tanga ku-m-tangiska = tembiza, to take Tanganua = ku weka mballi, to put far away.
;

one about the country. Tangaua, v. a. — sumbvia, v. a. {vicl.), to trouble

one.
Tanga, v. a. ( = passua), ku taDga kuni, to split
wood; Kimrima, ku shanga. Tangauka = sumbuka, to go on a bootless
Tangaa, v. n. kua wazi, ku enea, to come out, to errand, to be troubled for nothing.

come to be known, to find vent ; e.g., jina la Seid- Tanga w£, s. (ya, pi. za), gravel, sand nauma
Seidi limetangaa na ulimengu, liwazi, kulla mtu
tangawe moja {viz. in the rice) ( = kokoto)
name of Seid-Seid, the Imam of
alijua Seidi, the pepple, pepples.

Muscat, is to be known to the world, is Tange, s. (la, pi. ma — )

come tange = sliamba mpia, ;

manifest, everybody knows him ; jina lililo tan- a new plantation tange la mitu liliiotemoa
gaa = lililo kua wazi, a name which became na kiska ku tomoa mottoni, ku fania sliamba
manifest. skamba la kale), tanga signifies
m'pia {opp. fue,

Tangaza, spread abroad, to divulge,

v. a., to thewood or trees cut down and burnt in order
to circulate news ; e.g., ku tangaza (=eneza) to make a new plantation ; Kigunia, ku kokea

habari katika nti, to divulge news in the mojo tange or k’onde = Kimwita, ku tia or toma
country; ku tangaza evangelio {or ingili), to motto tange cfr. koke and fue.
;

spread the Gospel; mime-wa-ambia kua sirri,

Tangi, s. (ya pi. za), a large ivooden chest used
,

nai ame-tangaza, ame-wa ambia watu wote. for carrying drinkable water on board native
vessels; tanki?
Tangazia, v. ame-m-tangazia aibuyakwe, he
divulged his disgrace {to 1dm, in his dis- —
Tango, s. (la, pi. ma ), {Kin. tzanzi), ku tanga
in Kis. (1) contribution; e.g., tango la mtellei
honour).
kulla niumba ilette tango, watu watange mtelle,
Tangaizi {or tangawizi), s., ginger.
hufanie sadaka, a contribution of rice, every
Tangalisi vid. msombo and tutu.
;
house or family shall bring a contribution,
Tangama, v. a. ?

Tangahana, v. mixed up, to adjoin, to

n., to be
the people shall contribute rice, ive shall make a
sacrifice; (2) tango la watu watanganao ku enda
interfere; maji na tembo yametangamana =
witani = calling and enrolling the people who
yana kua kitu kimoja, water and tembo are
assemble to go to war, a contingent of war ; (3)
mixed together.
tango la ku tangatanga or zunguka ulimenguni,
Tangamanisha, v. a., to arrange, e.g., the words
mtu kuyu yuna tango, this man
strolling about;
of a dictionary, to put together, to participate
walk about; (4) t’ango la mtango,
likes to
in; ku-ji-tangamaniska na.
pumpkin, a sort of gourd eaten raw, resembling
Tangamsha, v. c. {vid. tangamua) = ku-m-toa ma- in taste a cucumber (St.) s., tango la kikoko, a ;

jonsini, to deliver from or rid one of grief or

small kind of pumpkin, which contains much
sorrow. meal, and which has a hard shell (ngofi ngumu)
Tangamua, v. a., to make one look cheerful; ku of which the natives make kebaba {vid.). Tango
tangamua watu. dogo, a small pumpkin.
Tangamuka, v. n. = ku toka na majonsi, ku Tangof. ?
fania furaha, to get rid of grief, to become or Tangu, prep, and adv., since, from tangu miaka
look cheerful {opp. ku ji-kuniata mabali pa- miwili, since two years tangu alipopata, since
moja, ku ji-kunda), to let head and hands sink he has got; tangu hapa hatta hapo ,from this to
through grief or ignorance of the safety or that place; tangu lini? since when ? how long
otherwise of one's position {especially in a ago ? tangu lini kawezi ? how long has he been
strange country)-, jua latangamuka, the sun ill f or alikua hawezi.
 — ; ;; , ; ;; :

TA ( 360 ) TA
Tangu, s., a kind offish. my brothers at Gassi; nimepeleka waraka wa
Tangua, v. a., to abolish = ku fania ku ata, ku tanzia, i.e., I sent a letter in which I informed
tossa skiriki tena, to cause a separation, to them that one of our family is dead, in order
separate, dissolve, put asunder, to disunite; ku that they may know and come to share in the
tangua vvali wa mtelle, upoe, upigoe ni uberidi, funeral ceremonies. The brothers, having re-
to put asunder ( with a spoon ) to
the boiled rice ceived the message, say “ tuende tukapokee
cool it; ame-m-tangua mtu na mke, hatta wao tanzia, tuanze ku lia !” waraka wa tanzia, a
wana tangukana, to disunite a man from his funeral letter; tumeletiewa tanzia; cfr. tazia,
wife, so that they leave each other ku tangua
consolatus fuit. ,
ndoa, to annul a marriage, to divorce ku tan-
gua rafiki kua ku-m-tia fitina. Tansu (or tanzu), s. ( pi. za) (sing, utanzu, wa),
Tanguka, v. n., to grow loose, slacken ( itself branches ; tanzu (la, pi. ma ), a large branch;
of )
—
e.g., ugue umetanguka (= batilika?). cfr. tanda.

Tangukana, v. rec., to be disunited, to separate Tansuka, v. n. (cfr. pamkasuka), to be clear, used

from each other; kulla mmoja kua mballi- of the sky.
mballi, ku atana, to differ from.
Tanu, s. (pi. — za), a splinter (sing, utanu) ;
tanu
Tanguliwa (tangua) ni watu kua fitina, to be za kinu zingiazo ukujani, the splinters of a
separated by people through enmity.
ivooden mortar, ivhich go under the finger-nails ;
Tangule, s. (pi. —za) (sing, ut&igule, wa), mia,
kigogo.
ofpalm-leaves, which have been slit and
strips
Tanu (or tanuru), s., an oven, a kiln for burning
prepared for plaiting a mat or bag (c/knsimba) ;
lime, a heap of lime and coals on the riffa of
ku fulia (fntilia) tangule, to move the tangule
wali (vid. riffa), a heap of firewood (vigogo) for
onwards by putting in fresh ones. Ocular
observation would make the reader understand burning lime ? cfr. jyji ,
fornax, clibanus ;
tanu
this expression. ya ku finikia wali, a cover to cover the pot of
Tangulia, v. n., to go before one on the road, to boiled rice; ku jenga tanu ya ku oja toka, to
precede the others, ivlio go together, to go first. build a kiln for burning lime.
Tanguliza mbelle, v. c., to cause one to go Tanua, v. a., to open wide to straddle, to expand,
,

before, to take the lead on the march, to cause to gape open, e.g., in coitus, or in the act of
one to march in front of the whole travelling giving birth; mtumke yuwatanua magu akivia
party, to send in advance. tamia tatanua, fungua, omoa, tataniua;
(cfr.
Tanguku, s.; kitoma kidogo cha Wasegua ku tia cfr. asama, in Kiniassa, ku tanua kanoa tanvia ;

uganga, a small pumpkin of the Wasegua used masliua, to send off a boat.
by the native magic doctors.
Tani, 8.; kua tani, on his back, backward; ku Tanuliwa, v. mtumke ametanuliwa ni murue.
lala or tanuka kitani tani, or kitanu tanu, or Tanuka, v. — ku lala kingallingalli, or rua-
ngallingalli, to lie down backward (kua ku
wingallingalli, to lie on the back, to lie prostrate.
joka, dec .) cfr. kingallingalli.
Tankil, s. (Arab. ), a copy (ku nukulu, v. a.,
;

Tao (tau ?), s. (la, pi. matao), curvity, indirect or

to copy)-, cfr. transportavit, transtulit roundabout way ; ndia lii ina tao m'no, ya zunguka
transcripsit. sana, or ndia lii inafania matao, or ngoe (sing.
Tano (or tanu), adj.,five; watu watano, five men; ugoe), or kombo, or mapindi, this road has many
ya tano, the fifth. turnings, is circuitous ; ku futa matao ya magu,
Tansi (or tanzi), s. (ya, pi. za, also matansi), (1) — or ku panua magu katika ndia akinenda, to go
a noose with which anything is caught tansi ya at a great pace, to take great paces (kattua) in
samaki, draught offish anapata tanzi resp., 1, going tao la kakari, small inlet of the sea into
; ;

za maji, he has caught nothing za samaki the main land tao, an arch, an arched opening
; 2, ; 3,
za niama, he has caught much; tansi or (St.).
(2)
tanzi, s. (la, pi. ma ),
ku fania tanzi la ukamba, Taowa, devout (St.).
to make a loop or knot in a rope; tanzi la ugue Tapa, s. (la,
—
ma ); tapa la mfiimo, the leaf of
pi.
laku tegea niama, snare.
the fan-palm which the natives use as an um-
Tanzia, s. (ya) (Arab. a funeral message
), brella; vid. mafuli, s.

= kabari ya mtu
message or news of the Tapa, v. n.; ku tapa, to shiver; ku-ji-tapa, to
kulla,
death of a person (kabari ya matanga, ya mtu- magnify oneself to make a great man of oneself
aliekufia), leo nimepeleka tanzia kua nduguzangu (St.) tapatapa, to tremble, to jump about ;

katika Gassi, to-day I sent a message of death to like a fish, ivhen taken out of the ivater; muili
 . ; ; ; ; ;;

TA ( 361 ) TA
wa-ni-tapa {vul. kitapo), my body trembles from connect the balances with the mti wa misani
cold. kitengele or kitanga cha taraju.
Tapa tapa, to jump about. Taraka, s. {Arab, iff pledge; the Sheikh
),
Tapia, v. obj. { cfr niapia, tombia), to skulk
Shiras gave a pledge to his wife, if he did not
after.
bring the muigni mku back mikono niume
Tapania, v. a ., to disperse, scatter e.g people),
( (Said Said), but as he did not get him, he was
or tawania, to scatter {e.g., mtama) ;
tapania
compelled to join her again in marriage {vid.
tapania, v. int., to waste, to dissipate.
daraka, s .) ;
ku weka maslierti.
taraka is
Tapanikana, v., to be dispersed, scattered, to panda {vid. purumukua
Tarare, s.; ni kitu asicho
disperse mutually, to run away in different
in Kiniassa), any plant sprung up from a seed
directions.
scattered by accident.
Tapanika {or tawanika), to be scattered or
Tarathia, v. a. {cfr. contentum, gratum
dispersed, or to be scatterable (mahindi yame- ,

tawanika), to overflow ; e.g., maji yatapanika. reddidit), to make radi, disposed to be reconciled,

Tapanisha, v. c., to cause to disperse or scatter. &c.

Tapassi, s. (la, pi. ma— ) ;
jembeu kikali na kirefu Taratibu, s.; vid. tartibu.

ku fii'ingia mbao or wiombo, mabali palipongia Taraza, s. {ya,pl. — za), fringe; nguo ya taraza
tesi, ku safidi or firinga wema, a fine chisel, a ornamentum
a cloth with fringes; cfr. ,

firmer chisel.
vestis acu pictum, a narrow silken border usually
Tape tape, a fish.
woven on the turban and loin-cloths in Zanzibar
Tapika, v. n., to take out, to vomit; ku tapislia,
(St.).
to make to vomit; tapisho {pi. ma ), an emetic;
Tari, s., a kind of drum ; vid. ngotna. —
daua ya utapisbi.
Tapikiana, v. rec.
Tarikhi, s. (ya, pi. za) {Arab. ^\j ), annals —
Tapo, s. (la, pi. matapo) {Eeb. tvrites dabo, ma juo eba tarikhi, a book of history (2) the date

dabo), division, a part of the whole multitude; of the year or month.

tapo ni nussu or rubu ya kundi la mbuzi, or la
Tarimbo (= mtaimbo), an iron bar ; cfr. mta-
imbo.
watu kundi limegawanika, limefania matapo
;

), a fleet
runner, one who
mawili, or matatu or saffu mbili, or tatu ku Tarishi, s. {Arab. ;

kata matapo matapo, to cut small portions or levis in agendo

goes quickly; cfr. ,
fuit.
divisions ; tapo la watu, a division of about 100
Tarish-ee-baher, jombo tarishi (kua ku enda
people out
;
of 500 ;
tapo la kwansa, la pili, first,

second division; "VVamasai wamekuja matapo mno), a vessel ivhich sails quickly, a quick

matatu, an. 1857, and killed many Wanika. cruiser.

Tapu, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;

vid. jija or taki. Tarizi, v. a. ( = ku fania matamfua), to make
Taka, s. (la ,pl. ma — ), trembling, shaking; tara
fringes to a cloth ; ,
curam vestui adhibuir,
la muili ;
rolio ya-m-piga matara, rolio yana-m-
figuris acu pictis ornavit vestem, to iveave on an
tetemeka.
edging.
Tarabba, v. n.; vid. mtfhogo.
Tarabe, s. (ya ,pl. za) mlango watarabe or tarabe Tarizia, v. obj.; nime-m-tarizia nguoyakwe,
;

ya mlango = mlango wa mbao, a door of boards nime-m-tilia taraza.

or planks, in oppos. to mlango wa mbugu or wa TARTiBo(or taratibu), s. (ya), order, form, arrange-
makuti, or wa mabua ya mtama sidepiece of a ment; kua tartibu, orderly {= kua polepole),
;

window (St.). stabilis, firmus

carefully, orderly ; cfr. i__oj ,
Taradia, v. a., to make friendly remonstrances
with anybody; e.g., amc-m-taradia muenziwe, fuit; '—'flip, dispositio; mtu (wa) taratibu, a

amesema kuani ku fania bifio, ku-mu-ambia kua

man of regular habits.
ueno la wema cfr. repulit, compulit
;
cfr. Taruma, s. (teruma) (la, pi. ma ), a ledge ma-
, ;
—
repulit refutavit, avertit. taruma ya jombo = imara za or mifupa ya jom-
,

bo, the ledges or ribs of a vessel, selvedge,

Taraja {or taraji), v. ku taraja, to 7iope(St.);
border, e.g., of a door.
ku tarajiva = ku dakua (E.) cfr. spe-
Tasa, adj. and s., barren; (1) mturnke or gnombe
; ,

ravit. asieyia kabisa, a woman or cow who has never

Tarajali, s apprentice; vid. terajali, v. n.
., given birth (2) alievia marra moja bassi (mim-
Taraju, s. (ya ,pl. za) {Pers. ),
balance; ni- ba mmoja), one who has given birth only once
ugue {sing, ugne, wa) za taraju, the ropes which gnombe liuyu or mke huyu ni tasa, wake kawa
 . ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TA ( 362 ) TA
ni tasa (3) a kind of fish ( vid kassa,
;
tortoise), (named Rashidi, or Bana Iki tatai), who had the
which serves as a bait for turtles. nickname of tatai.
Tasa,s., a game of touch (St.)? Tatai, s. ; cfr. mjanja (or mckanclia), a knave a ,

Tasauira (or tasawira) (Arab. j>y£ ),

a picture; rogue.
Tatana, v. n. (vid. tata, v. n.\ to be entangled,
vid. jLj ,
figuravit.
complicated, to be in a tangle or puzzle, to be
Tasawari, v. n., to be fully able, to do with cer-
close together, compact; maneno baya yarneta-
tainty (St.) ;
cfr. jlo ,
effecit, ut inclinaretur tana, yana matata, sitaweza ku-ya-tambiia,
-O'- these matters are complicated, I shall not be
forma vit, effigiavit, propensum reddidit ;
’

able to understand
them; viombo (majahasi)
res animo concepta.
vinatatana katika bendari ya U'nguja, the ships
Tasbii, s., ascriptions of praise; cfr. tusbii, a
are close together (like a thick forest) in the
rosary.
harbour of Zanzibar watu wanatana (= ni
Tasfida, s., good manners (St.).
wangi).
Tashwishi, s. (ya ,pl. za) (Arab. yZfjJiS ),
doubt.
Tatania, v. obj. ; e.g., maneno.
Tasia (or taazia), s. (vid. tazia), mourning kua
Tatanisha, v. c., to entangle, to involve.
na tasia, to mourn ; vid. tanzia.
Tatazana, v. rec., to be entangled.
TaSILA (or TAHSILA, 01' TAKHSILA, 01' TAHASILA), S.,
Tatiza, v. c.
bidding farewell to relations or friends pre-
Tataniua tatanua), v. a., to disentangle,
(or
viously to the sailing of the vessel leo tasila, ni
extricate; ku tataniua uzi, to unravel thread;
inaago or maagano, ku aga watu, keslio ni sa- ku tataniua maneno = ku weka mballimballi, to
fari, to-day people are to be bidden farewell, to.
unfold, explain, solve matters.
morrow the start will be made.
Tataniekia, v. obj., to disentangle.
Tassa, s. (ya) (la ,pl. raa —
), a water
basin; tassa
Tataua, v. a., to tear up, to burst, rip (e.g., ku
ya bati ya ku tilia maji tassa ya ku nawia rni-
fania ufia), e.g. ku tatua kuma kua ku-m-toma
;

kono a brass basin.

manamuali kiskinda = ku tangua kuma, ku fania
Tassa, conj., before, ere; vid. Gram.
uffa wa kuma.
Tassi, s. ; ya ku pigia uzi, a native spindle.
tassi
Tatauka, v., to get a rent, a cleft which enlarges
Tasua man£no opp. to fumba fumba maneno.;

Tata, v. n., to be complicated, entangled; maneno of itself, e.g., a tree or stone, cOc.
v. c., to cause to enlarge a rent or Tatausha,
haya yatata tata.
Tatia, v. obj., to maneno ya-ni-tatia cleft
entangle;
ku kuendelesa uffa wa kwanza ; mtu
= sungasa), the words entangle me; ku tatia ametatauslia mti, the man enlarged the cleft in

uziwangu the tree ku fania uffa bora.

Sana, to wind round (ivith ropes) ;

una-u-tatia wapi ? round what have you wound Tathamika, v.n. (

= ku tezamika kua sebabu ya
my thread ? ?
uzuri), to be pleasant to the eyes, to look or

Tata (R. data), v. n., to be quich in returning appear pleasant.

(ft.) ;
fulani akenda mahali, bakawi ni ku tata Tathamisha, v. c.
(
= ku tezamisba), to cause to
akarudi ;
muta in Kir. look upon, to attract the sight of people ki-

Tata, s. (la, pi. matata, or ya, pi. za), complica- kombe liiki kizuri sana, chatathamiska watu,
tion, entangling ; tata la or ya maneno, a com- this cup is very nice, it attracts the attention
plicated matter; i.e., maanayakwe hayatambu- of the people; ku tathamisha = ku fania uzuri
rikani ;
uzi unaingia tata. or wema, to embellish a thing so that it attracts
Tata (pi. za) (sing, utata) ;
ni kuti za mnazi the attention, especially in trading shops.

zilizo sukoa kana uzio wa ku folia samaki ;

utata Tathbiri? s., a merchant (St.); cfr. tagiri or
ni mtego wa samaki (wa kamba), cocoa-nut tajiri.

leaves twisted lihe an uzio (vid.) for catching Tatia, ku tatia uzi kijitini
v. a. (vid. tata, v. n.) ;

fish. (opp. wind up, wind thread on a

tataniua), to
TatAga, v. a.; ku tataga mti mtoni (ku fania piece of wood ( = ku songa songa).
mtatago), to lay a tree over a river, to make a Tatisa, v. c., to cause to be wrapped up, to en-
kind of bridge (ku fania maderaji) ;
vid. mta- tangle; ku tatisa maneno, to complicate
tago. matters.
Tatai, s. (wa) (= mtu muerefu na mrongo, muigni Tatu, s. (ya), acidity ,
ferment ni unga wa mta-
ku maneno, a clever, cunning, but deceiv-
tatisa ma uliofundishoa leo, uliotiwa kinuni ku shindi-
ing fellow ; yuna akili nengi, laken yuwafania liwa pamoja kua siku ya pili, utanuka ukali, or
maneno mangi na kelele, na punde ymvageuza ujaju (ku jnjuka, kua kali). Tatu ya mtama or
maneno. There was such a person at Mombas jaju ya mtama ndio daua ya mtu muigni safura
 ;; ; ;; =; ; ;;

TA ( 363 ) TA
(
vid .) ;
na tatu ni wishoa wa mtama ;
mtama wanatawa kulla kipindi, kawatoki niumbani
flour which, having been pounded a little, and mtu lmyu yuwatawa niumbani kua sebabu ya
moistened, is left in the mortar all night, in ugonjoa or ya deni substitit diver-
; cfr. ,

order ferment and become acid.

to This land
titque aliquo in loco.
of food is used by people who suffer from a
swelling of the whole body (vid. safura). Erh. Tawisha, v. c., to cause to stay at home = ku
writes: “tadu,” sourness, acidity, ferment unga
yuwa-m-tawiska weka niumbani ;
mume
mlcewe ugonjoa wa-m-tawisha niumbani.
liu una tatu or tadu sana, this flour is very sour. ;

Tawa, s (pi. matawa) ( Turk. a frying-pan

Tatu, adj., three; watu watatu, three men ma- ), .

(St.).
neno matatu, three words.
Tatua, v. a., to rend, tear off, wear out; ku tatua Tawa, s (or chawa) (wa, pi. za), a louse; Erh.
.

ku tatua, to accomplish quicldy.

tata, extricate has also ta for tawa (utawatawa, louse offowls)
;

Tatuka, v. n.; nguo imetatuka, the cloth is (R.) ;

nit, nits ?

rent, worn out kikapu kinatatuka = kina- Tawa and wakariian (Arab, ),
will-
raruka. ingly and unwillingly; suo libitu vel invisus
Tatukana, v. rec. (ingratus) fecit, kua nguvu, by force (Sp.)?
Tatukia ku-m-mtu ;
(R.) ?
Tawada, v. n.; ku tawada (Sp.) ?
Tau (or tao), s. (ya) tau ya ku tomea muili
uma wa ku tomea), branding iron,
;

cautery
(
Tawafa, s (ya, pi. —
za), candle-wick; fanusi ya
.

Baniani ina tawafa n'ne au sabaa, the lamp of

tau ya ku taulia, colander ?
the Banian has four or seven little wicks.
Taua, v. a. (= tagua or teua), to choose, select;
Tawahi ?
e.g., kitu jerna (= tagua).
Taulia, v. obj. Tawakali, v. n. (Arab. ),
to confide, he got
Taulika, v. n. depend upon (= ku amini)
confidence, trust, to
Tauliwa, v. n., to be chosen, selected mateuzi ku tawakali kua Mungu, to trust in God; ku
or matauo, mataguzi, selection, choice. ata kbofu ya moyo, ku toa gbaski ; cfr. ;
Tauza, v. a., select ame-ni-tauza viombo, ame-
commisit, commendavit fretus, fisus fuit Deo.
ni-bilariza viombo.
Tawakawakatha, many (St.) (rectius katka wa
Tauilisha. v. a., to lengthen; cfr J*5 L ,
longus.
katka), in Arabic “ thus and thus more.”
Taumka (or ta’mka), v n., to pronounce; vid. .
Tawala, v. n. (Arab.
ta muka. jy). to be installed or
instituted as governor; wali wa Mwita leo ame-
—
Taumu, s. (la, pi. ma ) = sbiku la mnazi or ki-
tawala = amengia uenzini, katika enzi, ameka
pande kisiki cha mnazi cba ku gadimia (vid.
kiti ja enzi leo, ameanza ku miliki nti, the
gadimu, v. a.), jombo, kisianguke katika nti
governor of Mombas was installed, he ascended
kafu. Letta mataumu (mashiku ya mnazi) ya
the judgment-seat, he began to rule the land.
ku tegemeza jaliasi, a shore (kana gadi or gogo)
to support a vessel on the stocks or at low ivater.
Tawalisiia (or tawaza), v. c., to cause one to
The taumu is often made of the trunk of a cocoa- sit on the governor’s chair, to install one into
nut tree, which is light and yet strong enough to office; Seidiame-m-tawaliska Mukammed Ben-
Sefj kua wali wa Mwita.
keep the vessel erect on dry ground.
Tawania, v. a. (vid. tapania), to scatter, disperse,
Tauni, s., cholera, plague; cfr. ,
pestilentia
e.g., corn.
,
confodit basta. Tawanika, v. n., to be dispersed, to become
O tL -
scattered.
Tausi, s. a. ( a peacock; grace raws, pavo.
Tawasa, v. a. ; vid. tawala.
Tauwa, v. a., to split with wedges; ku panua kawa
kabari (Sp.).
TawAshi, «., a eunuch; (cfr. maksai).
Tavu, s., the cheek ; tafu. Tawassuf, s., temperance (St.) ; probably tasaw-
Taw abu, s. (thawabu) ;
tawabu ya Mungu, i.e., wuf ;
i
n ;
se gessit sopkorum,
Mungu =
,

wema via Mungu yuwapendezewa

more.
watu waki-m-teremesha mgeni. It is the plea-
sure of God, when people treat a stranger well;
Tawatha, v., to make one’s ablutions.
Tawi, s. (pi. o/utawi) (or sbawi, pi. o/usbawi), a
cfr. remuneratio, praemium ; ,

branch, a bough, bunch, the switch on which

the
reversus fuit, rependit mutuum, convaluit. cocoa-nuts hang, in whatever state
of develop-
Tawa, v. n. (ku keti niumbani), to stay in the ment they may be ; i.e., whether vidaka or vitale or
house, not to go out of the house; watuwake madafu, <&c.; tawi or skawi la nazi; but kanga
 ; ; ; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;

TA ( 364 ) TE
la mnazi signifies the switch without fruits Tefuta, v. a. {Mrima) = tafuta (
Kimwita ) = ku
(mbugu tupu) ;
tawi, la, fit. ma (skawi, la, pi. liliza, tezama, to search, seek or look for.

ma — ), large switches tawi la mtende, a hunch Tefutia ;

nimekuenda ku-m-tefutia Mzungu
of dates. madafu, I went to seek ripening cocoa-nuts
Taya, s. {pi. — za) {sing, utaya, wa), jaw, jawbone; for the European.
taya za meno taya za kuma, nymphs, lips of Tega, v. a., to entrap {vid. ku tea,
; v. a.) ;
ku tega
the vagina ku tia hatamu tayani mua punda, kua tansi, to decoy, to set a trap or snare.
to put the bridle into the mouth of a donkey. Teg£ka, v. n. tegewa. ;

Taya, v. a., to beat upon. TjSge, s. (\&,pl. {cfr. kuata), bandy legs;
matege)
Taya {or pura), v. a., (1) (= ku puaya) ;
ku yuna tege la magu, or yuwanenda kua ma-
taya nguo maweni, to wash a cloth by beating tege ya magu, he goes with crooked legs, bandy-
on a stone {opip. ku jajaga, vid.); (2) to impute legged ku piga tege.
to one, to charge one with, to accuse one of, to
Tegea, v. n., to be lame (St.).
blame; ku-m-shutumu kua viofu, to blame,
TegemISa, v. n., to recline, to lean upon, rely,
reproach, 1 Tim. vi. 14.
confide in (nategemea kua Mungu) = tawakali.
Tayari {or teari), adj., ready ku weka teari, to
Tegejieza tegemesha), v. c., to cause to
{or
prepare, to get ready.
lean, to supiport; ku tegemeza jombo kua
Tayi, adj., obedient ; cfr. taa.
Tay'o {pi. matayo), a reproach.
mataumu; ku tegemeza katika kiambasa ku ;

tegemeza magu, to put the legs one over

Tazama, v. a., to look; tazamia, v. obj., to look out
another.
for; cfr. tezama.
Tazia, s. {pi. matazia condolence; taazia, to
Tkgo, s. (ya), a charm, spell, using witchcraft,
?)
bewitching tego ya jiboa or za msekeneko,
condole in mourning ; cfr, consolatus fuit.
,
apate sekeneka ume, a charm which supposed is
Ti5a, v. a. (Kijangamoe) ku tea mtambe ={Kim- to produce a disease of the penis, if a man
wita ) ku tega mtambo = Kimrima
( )
ku tega commits adultery with another's wife tego ya
mtego, to lay a trap or snare, to entrap. punda, a spell which is thought to produce an
Tebekero y’a ku nukia toiibako, a snuff-box ; enlargement of the penis, so that it becomes like
vid. tabekero. the member of an ass tego ya mkeka, a spell
Tede, s.; rectius tete va kuanga or ku wanga, which is considered to attach a mat to the but-

small-pox; rubeola (St.). tocks of an remain

adulterer, which mat will
sticking to him, until the legitimate husband
Teende la mguu, Barbadoes leg; elephantiasis?
arrives, and punishes him. There is a tego for
(St.).
almost everything— of course, only in the imagi-
Tef£kuri = simazi or hamu, grief
nation of deceiving charmers, and of people
Tefsiri {or tafsiri), s. (ya) {Arab . mean-
^ ),
deceivable like the East Africans. virulent A
ing, interpretation, explanation ku toa tefsiri,
kind of syphilis supposed to be the effect of a
to comment (
= pambanua, ku fasiri) ; cfr. tafsiri
charm, says l)r. St. about tego.
cfr. yt ,
detexit, explicuit.
Tegua a., (1) to remove (=ku
{or tengua), v.
Tefsiri, v. a., to explain. ondoa) ;
ku tegua uganga, or tego = ku
e.g.,
Tefsiria, v. obj., to explain or interpret to one. ondoa uganga or tego, to remove a charm or
T£fu, adj. {cfr. mtefu) ;
niama tefu, fine, thin spell {opp. ku tega or weka uganga or tego) ;
meat. ka tegua kua barudi, to explode; ku tegua
Tefua, v. a., (1) (Kilindini) = {Rimwita) jafua, mtambo, to make go off a trap; ku tegua jungu
ku tia fumbi, to make dusty, to make muddy mottoni = ku weka kando, ku ondosba mottoni,
samaki ametefua maji or amesouga maji, the to remove a pot from the fire {opp. ku teleka or

fish troubled the water, made it muddy mtu weka jungu mottoni) (2) ku tegua, or ku piga
;

huyu ametefua niurubayangu = ametia taka pia ya {or pi. —za) goti, to strike the knee-cap

{Kimwita, amejafua), or amepatia taka, ame- ya gu, ankle-bone), which is very painful.
(pia

fania ujafu (2) kuku yuwatefua or tifua fumbi,

;
Teguka, v. n. gu limeteguka, or gu linateguka
or mtanga, yuwafiikusa fumbi, yuwatimba mtan- pia {to be sprained ), the leg is out of joint ;
ga (3) to reason, search, to throw about (St.),
;
jungu kimeteguka, or uganga imeteguka, the
tomake known the faults of others (Er.) ? pot or spell is removed; niumba imeteguka
Tefuka, v. n. kua barudi.
Tefulia, tefuliwa. Tegulia, v. obj.

Tefusa, v. c. Teguliwa, v. p
 ; ;; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TE ( 365 ) TE
Tehaki, v. to modi; csW» visit de (vid. harioe), the children hail a vessel, they re.
a., cfr ,

joice at its arrival.

aliqua re.
Tekesiiaji (or chekeshaji), merry-maker or
Tehawika, v. p.
making
Teisiei, quickly !
TeketEa, v. n., to be burnt or consumed by fire ;
Teka, v. a., to draw, catch, to plunder ku teka
teketeza, v. c., to cause to be burnt.
maji, to draw water from a well; ku teka watu
Teketeke, s. and aclj., something soft, the soft (St.),
or mali witani, to catch, take up, capture people
TekEwa, v. n., to become bewildered.
or property in war ku teka nti, to plunder a
Tekua, v. ku tekua ngazi ya mlango; to prize
a.;
land or country ku teka kendo, to carry off a
up or break the door-post muifi ametekua or
sheep.
ameekua mlango, ameondoslia, akaweka kando.
TekEwa, v. p. ku tekewa kua tanzi, to he
Tekuka, v. n. ngazi ya mlango imetekuka (na
caught in a snare or trap ; cfr. tega, v. a.
maji).
TEkoa, v. p. ku tekoa witani, to he captured Tekuliwa, v. n. imetekuliwa ni muifi.
in war ; alietekoa witani, a prisoner in war. Telahicki, s. a small powder-horn (pembe ya
(ya),
Teka, s. (la, pi. mateka, ya), captive, prisoner in kSndo) which the Suahili musketeers hang over
war; Mgalla liuyu ni teka la Msuahili, or Wa- their shoulders, and in which they carry fine
galla kawa ni mateka ya Wasualiili, this Galla powder, to put in the touch pan ; their coarse
is a prisoner of the Sualiili, or these Galla have powder not being quickly ignited (pembe ya ku
been captured by the Suahilis Wagalla wame- tilia barudi ya kiffa) vid. talaheki or talabiki. ;

pigana, wakasbindoa wakaguiwa ni Wasualiili. Telea, v. n. ( Kijumfu ) = ku jelea, or sliuka

Teka, v. n., to laugh; ku sema na ku teka, to (Kimwita), or ku teremuka, to descend, to alight;
talk and to laugh; Kiung., ku ckeka (cfr. ku telea jombonl kua goma, to descend from a
;

teliaki) waclieka (or wateka) nini ? lit., you vessel or disembark with drumming ; this ex-
laugh at what ? pression refers to the native custom of beating
Tekea, v. ohj. a drum on board a vessel when it arrives with a
TekEsiia, v. c., to cause one to laugh, to make cargo of slaves (vid. m'ja na goma). Mana liuyu
laugh; ku tekesba watu, to make people telea, laken yule kikulia cha Mwita = mana
laugh; ku-m-fania ku teka. liuyu ametelea na mamai maungoni, mana ame-
TekEwa, v.p., to he amazed ? = sanga. sliuka jomboni maungoni mua mamai, bakuja na
Tekania, v. a. ; tekanisha magu to put one's legs maguyakwe, laken mana yule ni kikulia, amekua
;

across, one over another ? Mwita kiwialia cha Mwita, alie-

or amekulia ;

Teice, s. (pi. mateke), a kick; ku piga teke, to

wialiwa Mwita, i.e., this child descended from
kick (St.) cfr. tege, kuata and kota.
;
the vessel on his mother's back, did not come on
Teke lea, v. n. (
= ku fika), to arrive; majira-
his own legs, but that child greiv up in Monibas.
yangu ya ku enenda ujumbe yametekelea or
Mana a child born abroad, but
telea refers to
yanafikilia or yanajiri or yanakuja, my time for
a child who descended from the
kikulia refers to
going on an errand has arrived; ndotoyakwe
ship on his own legs, and grew up at Mombas;
imetekelea, his dream arrived, was fulfilled.
kiwialia cha Mwita, one who was born and grew
Tekeleza, v. c ., to fulfil.
up at Mombas, who is a native of Mombas from
TekEza, v. c., to cause to arrive, to come to an
his birth. Roho ilio-m-telea or burudi or sliuka.
end; ku tekoza jombo muambani = ku kueza
TEleka, V. a. = ku weka mottoni, to put on the
jombo muambani, to let a vessel run against a
fire, e.g., ku teleka jungu mottoni, i.e., ku tia
rock, to run a vessel ashore, to die.
maji na vitu vingine ndani ya jungu, na ku
Tekania, v. a., to tickle, titillate; ku-m-tekesba
weka mottoni, to put ivater and other things into
kua ku-m-tekenia, to make one laugh by tickling
a cooking-pot, and put it on the fire to boil;
him, to tickle the ribs; cfr. waslia, to cause itch-
jungu cha ku telekea maji, boiling-pot.
ing.
Telekeza, v. a., ku telekeza viombo, to lay or
Tekeniana, v. rec. put vessels one upon another ameteleka jungu
Tekeniwa, v.p. mottoni, akatelekeza tena jungu na maji
TeKEREA (or JEKEREA, or teremEa), v. a., to juiyakwe.
cheer, gladden one; e.g., Gabiri ame-m-tekerea Tei.Ele, s., pi. za (sing, utclcle, wa), the finer part
mgeni kua karamu na maneno mema, Gabiri of flour (utenga, pi. tenga, being the coarse
gladdened the stranger by kind entertainment part). Telele za unga ni niembamba ku pita
(food) and kind ivords (kua ku jeka or teka tenga (vkl.).
nai, kua ku-m-karibia kua ote). Watoto wana- Telemuka (or telEmka), v.n., to go down, slide
tekerea jombo — wanafurahi kua kuja jombo down a steep place.
 ; ; : ; ; ; ; ;; ; ; ,

TE ( 366 ) TE
Telisza, v. n. ( cfr . telea), to slide ,
to slip; mtu (2) an elephant (\a.,pl. ma — ) (in Kisambara and
ameteleza kua magu akaanguka, the man Kiamu) (— ndofu), (R.).
slipped and fell; mtu anateleza kua mvvia nti Tembo, s., la (pi. matembo, ya) ; (la mnazi), palm-
yateleza leo, or nti ina telezi or utelezi leo, ivine,toddy from the cocoa-tree, a favourite
the rj round is slippery to-day mana apate beverage of the natives obtained from the cocoa-
teleza tupa, vid. tupa ya mviazi leo kuna ; tree (vid. gema); when fresh it is very agreeable,
telezi Sana maliali hapa pana utelezi, here is but in a slate of fermentation
;
it intoxicates.
a slippery place. The natives like it fermented. The greater part
TelezSsha, v. c .
,
to cause one to slide. of the Muhammedans consider it liaramu (for-
Teltbishi, s., a mat used as a bulwark in a dhow, bidden), yet they sell their tembo to the Pagans
a boat's guard (Sp.). This word is evidently or to those Muhammedans ivho like it (cfr. ndizi),
a c- toddy of the bananas, tembo la tembo.
derived from the Arab. ,
operuit,
Temegisa, v.n. (is bad Kisualiili), pro ku tegemea
tcxit, induit, to cover a boat with mats, to
to lean upon or against, to trust, rely in.
prevent sea-water from entering, as the Arabs do. TemegiSza, v. c., pro tegemeza (vid.).
Telji or maji ya umande, snow. TemekEa (or katikia), vid. fundikia, v. obj.
Tei.le, plenty, and verbal adjective, to be Temisrisha (or themerisha), v. a., to confirm, e.g.,
abundant, to be much or abundantly watu wa maneno ya mtu mungine (cfr. fructus
) ;

telle; fetlia zi telle; maji ya telle; miti itelle;

habuit tulitque, auxit, multiplicavit).
vitu vi telle ;
adj. maji telle kizimani.
Temsi, s., filigree work.
TjSma, v. a.; (1) to cut down ( wood), to fell, to slash

as ivitli a sword = ku kata na ku angusha miti

Tena ; (cfr ,
secundus), conj., again, also,

further amefania tena, sc., marra ya pili, he

ku tema mitu mikiiba ku fania shamba, to fell a
did it again, i.e., the second time; ame-m pa
large forest, to make a plantation; but ku kata
nguo, na tena fetlia, he gave him a cloth, and
mti mmoja. Kin.: ku tema kuni or mihi ;
(2) ku
tcma mate, to expectorate = to spit out. (Ku cdso money (Arab, j+2) bassi tena (vid. elea). ;

tema kikokozi; kobozi litemoalo; vid. kikoliozi). Tenda, v. a., to make, to act ku tenda kazi Sana,
TemtSa, v. obj and instr.; kidude clia ku temea
.
to ivork hard; ku lcaza mbio, to run hard;
kuni. tenda vibaya or viema or zema kitendo),
(cfr.
Temicka, to be cut. to behave oneself, to do or show evil or good
TemekIja, v., to be cut for ; vid. fundikia. to bear, e.g., fiwi zatende gissi ya kundo ;
ku
Tismbe, and adj. (ya, pi. za); (1) a grain, e.g.,
s. tenda ngtio, to stretch the threads for weaving,
tembe ya naffika, a grain of corn; tcmbe ya Deriv., mtendo, the making of something, utenzi,
mtelle, a gram of rice tembe ya khardali, a a poem .

grain of mustard ; (2) few, little; (3) a hen full TendiU, to behave to, to treat one; ku-m-tendea
grown, but which has not yet laid. utawi, to make or use witchcraft for or against
one.
Te null A, v.n., to go, walk or stroll about (
for
pleasure or business), (vid. matembezi), to go a Tendioka, to be practicable, to be possible to be

short distance; ku ondoka hapa, ku enda e.g.,

done or made; kiti hiki kakitendeld, this

Kisulutini fania tayari upate kuenda ku tembea, matter is not practicable, cannotbe done; neno
;

get ready for a ivalk.

kill linakwisha tendeka, this matter has
already been done.
TembelBa, v. ku-m-tembellm, to come to one,
TendekSsa, i). c. ; ku-ji-tendekesa, to accustom
to visit one, to call upon one kesho naja ku
oneself to by imitation, especially to a matter
tembelca kuako, to-morrow 1 shall come to
which is improper; a-ji-tendekesa tu liatta
visit you.
ya-mu-ee (R.).
Tembf.leana, v. rec,, to call upon each other, to
Ti:xdt5xi !
go on ! do the work in which you are
visit each other.
employed.
TemMcza, v.C; to hawk about ; lit., to cause to Tendawala, a kind of bird (St.).
go about or to lead about; ku-m-tembeza Ti2nde, s. (yn ,pl. — za), date; tende ki (pi. tende
mtunm ku uza kuku l;ua nde = ku-m-zungtisha kizi) imetoka Maskati (pi. zimetoka), this date
mtfima, cC-c., to cause a slave to go about to (or these dates) came from Muscat. Tenda
sell fowls amem-tembeza, ku-mu-(ausa) onia kalua, dates and sweetstvfi with which Arabs
,

nti, to lead one about, to shoiv him the country. from the Persian Gulf draw people to their
Tembo, s. ; (1) a kind of red fish (samaki kundu) houses and make slaves of them.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TE ( 367 ) TE
Tende, s. (Ia, pi. ma —) ; (1) mtu liuyu ana tende TENGENfU, v. n. = ku tulia, kua mqja, to be quite

la gu, this man has a thick or swollen leg ( hut steady proper, as
,
it should be; keskasi heitassa
pi. matende ya magu = raagu ku tengenea, pepo sekeli mbislio, or sekeli pi-
feels no pain ) ;

masito, yaliofura in cold and damp places this gania katika full, the north wind is not yet
;

disease is very common, e.g., on the Island of steady, the wind being still contrary, which is

Pemba; gu la kitanda, the foot of a the case at the time of the fuli vid .), when the
(2) tende
(

kitanda (pi. matende gu ya kitanda), the posts south wind is not yetfidly over, and consequently
the north wind cannot set in fully jombo sasa
of a native bedstead, which are turned a little
on a lathe for the sake of ornament. kimetengenea or kimetengelea, the vessel is now
Tend£ti, s. (ya, pi. — za) ;
ni maandazi, ni mifiringo nicely or properly done, it looks pretty, and is *

ya mukate, small round pieces of bread (like a therefore, as it were, at rest jombo kinatulia,

finger) carried by the natives on a journey ku kinakua kizuri.

anda tended. TengeniSza, v. a. (
— tengeleza), to make a thing

Tenga, v. a. =
ku ondusha, ku weka kando, to proper, pretty, to set at rest; sermalla ame-
separate, to remove, put aside, but not to a tengeneza (or ametengeleza) jombo, the car-
distant place, e.g., ku tenga viombo viajakula; penter has made the vessel nice, proper, he
ku tenga or tunga mimba, ni muanzo wa ku finished it off.

fania mimba, to begin to be pregnant. Tengeza, v. a., to make ready or proper for
Tengana, v. rec.; ku tengana na, Thess. iv. 3, e.g., utengezapo ni pangu, the place which you
to abstain from, to avoid ;
aka-ji-tenga barani, are preparing (for sleeping) is my place.
Luke y. 16 ;
ku-ji-tenga, to get out of the way ; Tengezi5ka, v. n., to be made right, or established
tenga tenga. as it should be, to scoop) up water from a small
T’enga, v. n.; niuni ametenga mtini, the bird pit (R.).
roosted on a tree; niuni anatenga or anatua TengIsza (vid. ulimengu), ku tengeza kua randa,
katika mti (anakunda mbawazakwe ku keti to plane ; ku tengeza saua saua.
mtini) mti ya ku tengea niuni ku lala, roost, s.
; Tengeka, v. p.
Tenga, s., pi. za (sing, utenga wa mtelle), coarse TenuelSa, v. n. ( = tengenea), to be done nicely,
flour ; tenga nene za mtelle, the coarse parts of or properly kaskasi-hai-ja tengelea nti ilio

rice-flour, which on being shaken (ku tunga tengelea = nti tanbarare, low and level coun-
unga, to shake so that the flour leaps up) are try cfr. siwa.
;
removed to the edge of the sieve. Ukitunga
Tengua, v. a., to turn aside ametengtia meko, na
unga wa mtelle, tengazakwe zaruka ruka, za-
jungu kimetengiika kua sebabu mtu ku kaniaga
nenda kando or za.ji-tenga kando (cfr. telele, s.).
ukuni, to make the stones of the fireside go
The tenga za unga are to be ground a second
aside, and therefore the pot went aside, because
time, to become fine flour (ku pata unga muem-
the man trod upon a piece of wood (which moved
bamba). That part of the flour which is still
the stone and turned the pot aside).
very coarse is called mashina (masbina ya
Tenguka, v. 11 (cfr. fiiika, vid. pia) vid. tegiia. . ;

mtelle yanasalia, na unga ametoa) (2) mke ana

Tengeuka, sikutengeuka? (R.).
;

mimba tenga tenga, tenga tenga inakua pefu,

Tenza, v. a.; ku tensa mbelle? ku-m-tenza nguvu
kdribu na ku via, the woman is far advanced in
;

Hebr. xi. 33.

pregnancy, she will shortly give birth.
Tto, s. (pi. za) (sing, uteo), fan teo za mkindu,
Tenga, s. (wa) ;
tenga wa bahari, ni ta mkviba, a
ni makumbi ya mkindu-watu wanafania uteo kua
large sea-mussel with a long tail, which has mkindu ; (2) a sling (Kin. tero), teo ya ku susia
dangerous miba (cfr. mapongozi). The sailors
jiwe.
frighten it away by drumming. Tei'e, o/utepe) mtepe), a fillet,
s. (za, pi. (cfr. also
T£nge boka, s., a great, stir or alarm (yalikua a band, a strip.
tenge bora). Tepi5ta. v. n., to be careless ?
Tengea (or tengelisa), v. n., to sit conveniently Tepet^a, v. (vid. legea),<o be exceedingly slack,
without being pressed for space; ku tengea to relax entirely ; e.g., muili unatepetea, the
wema = ku ka wema. body relaxed.
Tengel^le (pi. of utengelele), small intestines ? TepetiSvu, adj., languid = cliovu (cfr. choka).
Tengeleza, v. a., to do or make a thing nicely, Tepua, v. n. to bud again = ku toa miti mingine
properly, symmetrically ,
to finish off, to rectify ; = tepukuza, to begin to grow, to rise out of the
ku tengeleza kazi ;
ku tengeleza chakula = ku ground ,
to spiring up.

weka vema or vizuri. Tepukua, v. a. ---

ku kata matepukuzi sbinani kua
Tengeleka, v. p. I
kitoka, laken j^anatepuza tena, yatoa manni
 . ; ; ;;

TE ( 368 ) TE
mangine nrvua ilipokunia, to cut the large shoots interjacent deep or low country, through which a
of a tree near the root hut they ivill shoot again
,
river or brook may run; nti ilio na vijuto, ndio
after the ram ; cfr. matepuzi and matepukuzi. ilio na teremuko teremuko la mto or vijuto ;

Tepukuliwa kua kitoka = ku katoa. karibu na teremuko ya mlima wa zeiti, Luke x.

—
Tepukuzi, s. (la, pi. ma ), large sprig of a tree 39.
which has been cut off hut which shoots again. Terew^nga (or tererenga), v. c. ; cfr. dere-
Tepuza, v. n. = tepua = ku mea tena, to hud wenga.
again; ku toa mse rati wa ku tepuza, a tree Tissa (or teza), v. n., to play, to sport.
which grew up from the stumps or roots of a Tesha, v. a., to make another to laugh (ku
former one. fanisa neno la watu ku-m-teka).
Tepuzi, s. (la, pi. ma —
mti), the shoot of a tree
,
Tez£a, v. obj. kidude cha ku tezea watoto, toys
the trunk of which has been cut down. of children; ku-m-tezea mtu, to make sport
Tera, s. (ya), desire (thirst) for tembo (E.) (Kin.). with a person, to play or mock at.
Terabbe, s. ; vul. tarabbe. Tez£sha, v.; jku-m-tezesba mana mukononi =
- - O-Cj ku-m-winia or ku-m-rusba rusba mana, to move,
T^rafu, s. ( vid takalika) cfr. <—>j> iiy com- ’
;
shake, or rock a child in one’s arms.
,

moditas fortunae ac vitae, voluptas. T’esa, v. a., to afflict one (= ku-m-dofisha), to

Terajali (or tarajali), s., an apprentice ; cfr. bring or send pain, harm or affliction upon one ;

opem tulit.
mtu buyu amet’esua ni Mungu, this man has
,

been afflicted by God.

Terajali, v. n.
Ku TfisoA, to be afflicted.
Terajalisha, v. c., to apprentice one.
T’es£ka, v. n., to be in affliction, to suffer;
Teraza, s. ; vid. taraza.
Mungu ame-m-tesa mtu, na mtu ameteseka
Terem^a, v. n. (= tekerea or jekerea), to he cheer-
sasa.
ful, serene, said of a person, especially a stranger
who
Tes£wa, v. n. mtu ametesewa, laken Mungu
looks troubled or discomposed from unac-
ame-mu-;xfu sasa e.g., makongo yali-m-sbika
quaintance with a new country's customs and ;

Sana, laken sasa amepoa.

conditions. To he cheered up with food and
Teso (la, pi. mateso), distress, adversity.
kind talk, £c. Deriv. nteremo, delight, pleasure,
Tesama (or tezama or tazajia), v. a., to look after
rapture, bliss; ku-m-teremea muana, mgeni;
a thing, to try it.
usitie sbubuli (do not care) ;
nteremesi.
Tezamia (or tazamia), v. obj.
Teremissha, v. c. ; e.g., mgeni = ku-m-toa ma-
Ji-tezamia, kioo ni kidude eba ku ji-tezamia or
jonzi or mafumfu, to cheer up a stranger, to
rid him of grief or melancholy by counselling
a looking-glass, mirror is the instru-
jiangalia,
ment by which a man can see himself.
him, by talking with him, by feeding 1dm. well,
Tezamika, v. (nzuri ku angaliwa ni watu, ni
etc.By these means mgeni atateremea, ata-
nzuri kua mato), pleasant to be looked on,
gandamana na mtu a-m-teremeshai, atangiwa
pleasant to the eyes ; e.g., niumba ya Mzungu
nteremo or furaha ya moyo, the stranger will
wa Kisulutini inatezamika cfr. tatbamika.
be gladdened or cheered up, and he will join ;

(become a friend) to him ivho gladdens him, Tezamisha, v. c. (niumba ilio na urembo, manu-
he ivill assume a cheerful frame of mind; kato, &c., inatezamisba watu), to attract one's

thawabu ya Mungu kua ku-m-teremesha eyes by the beauty of a thing.

mgeni. Tezamiwa, mtu muelle ametezamiwa ni rnana-

Teremeka, v. n. juoni, ku tambiia maratbiyakwe na daua za

TereMekia, v. obj. maratbi alio nayo, the sick man icas examined
Tehemua, v. a.; ku terennia nglio kifuani, to put by the learned man, to learn his disease and
off, to take off the cloth from the breast or bosom. the medicines to be used. The Suahilis have
Teremuka (or terhmka), v. n., to descend, e.g., medical books obtained from the Arabs, who,
from a mountain ; ku teremtika mlimani, but as is well known, translated from the Greek
ku shuka or telca ju ya mti, etc., ku shuka kua or composed themselves medical works. Ku
ku shika, but ku teremuka kua roagu ana- ;
tezamiwa robo = ku olewa robo, ku-m-goja
tereruuka Kapernaum ;
Luke iv. 31. mtu ku toka robo, na maji luia teari kikom-
Teremusha, v. c., to cause one to descend. beni, ku-m-paka na ku siba mato na miomo.
Teremuko, s. (la, pi. ma — ), declivity, descent ; Tesama, v. a., to set one at variance ivith another
(cfr. boromoko), upande ku ni mlima, na huko Eashidi ame-ni-tesania na nduguyangu kua
ni mlima, na katikati ni teremuko, descent, de- fitina = ame-ni-saliti na nduguyangu, to alienate
pression between two hills or mountains, the one from another.
 ; ; ; ; . ; ; ; )

TE ( 369 ) TE
Tesbihi, s. (ya, pi. za) (Arab. > )>
a chaplet or mdogo, young mtama, unripe grain, the grain

or rosary of the Muhammadans usbanga wa of which is still small and milky (zafania tu
jeupe cfr. mtama.
;
ku hesabu salla ; cfr. 1 globuli rosarii
Tete (ku wanga or kuanga or gogota viungo,
ad quos repetuntur preces ; cfr. ’ laudavit, ndizo ndui) maratbi ya tete, small-pox, which
;

precatus fuit. is properly called ndui ya (pi. za) muili, but the
Tese.nia, v. a. (cfr. salata, tetelea, tongesa, tonga), natives give the disease a more honourable name
to go round, to be prolix (R.). by calling it it comes on like the
tete, because
Teshwishi, s. (ya, pi. za), doubt, suspicion; ku tete zamtama, little grains of corn; ndui ni
fania teshwishi, to doubt, suspect (teshawisi, or kana sbebihi ya mtama mdogo, kana tete za
taskwisi) = ku fania sbakka. mtama, zikija muilini, ni nengi. The natives
Tesi (or tezi), s. (ya), (1) tezi ya jahasi, the hinder also avoid the hated term “ ndui” from a super-
part of a vessel (niuma ya jombo) (2) glandu- ;
stitious belief, that, if they call this disease by
lous excrescence ; mtu buyu yuna tesi shingoni its real name, will break out in reality ; hence
it

or maguluni. It gives no pain, but it must be they substitute the word tete for the term “ ndui”
cut off early, and not allowed to grow goitre, a (wanatenga jina la ndui). The term “ tete za-
fibrous tumour (St.); tesi ya muili. wanga or zagogota viungo,” refers to the fact,
Tesihili (or tasihili), s. (ya), quickness, velocity, that this disease begins with striking, as it were,
rapidity ufanie kazi kua tesibili, si kua uso- i.e., with paining body in
all the joints of the
gofu, do the business quickly, not slowly. such a manner that many people appear to be-
Tesira, s. adv., quickly, readily (Kiung.); cfr. come mad from intense pain. After three or four
tasila. days, the tete, or grain-like points, appear (ku
Teso, s. (ya, pi. za), (1) teso (pi. mateso), afflic- wanga in Kimrima ) (= ku gogota in Kimwita
tions, adversities (2) teso ya ku tongea miti, a to strike, beat, effect, to eat; tete ya kwanga,
native carpenter' s adze or hatchet to cut or carve rubeola (St.) ;
tete means little room (Kin.
wood. The iron is fixed into the short handle Mungu) ;
tete kuanga, i.e., tete ivhich give pain
obliquely, not horizontally = grains of pain; kitoma kina tete, the calabash
Teta, v. n. (=ku sema kua basira), to litigate, has worms (R.) tete za maji, small-pox (R.).
;

dispute, quarrel with one; ame-teta nami, he Tet^fu, s. ; ku fania tetefu, to hiccup.
quarrelled with me, spoke with me in anger and
Tetelisa (or totea), e.g., motto ; cfr. tota.
animosity, to oppose, to be adverse, to be at en-
Tet^leka, v. n. (= ku kosba ndia kana mleli alie
mity, to hate.
na gu moja ndiani, ni gu moja mituni teteleka,
Tet^a, v. obj., to be hostile to him.
to stagger and tumble and miss the road like a
T’et’ea (?), v. ( = ku-mu-ombea), to intercede for
tipsy person ; Er. deteleka.
one in time of trouble; e.g., mimi nirne-m-
Tet^ma, v. n., to tremble, to quiver, to shudder.
tetea mtu buyu nimesema, atani, ni meskini
msi-m-sumbue, I spoke
or interceded for this Tetemeka, v. n., to quake;
tremble, to shiver, to

man, saying : Let him alone, he is poor, do e.g., kua beredi, kua mvua, kua oga wa witu,
Ac. nti inatetemeka, the earth quaked.
not trouble him.
Tet£ka, v. n. Tetemesha, v. c., to cause to tremble, shake,
Tetesha, v. a., to disincline. shiver, to quake (like earthquake).
Tetewa. Tetem^a, v., to go on tiptoe.
Tetea, v. n. (Kiung., ebeebea), to walk lame; Tetemua, v. a.
detea ? Tetejiuka (or jejemdka, v. n.), v. a., to boil,
Tesha, v. a.; ku fania fitina. to seethe like (tembo) palm-wine when ex-
Teshania (or tesakia), v. a., to oppose, to gain- posed to the sun.
say one's words.
Tetemusha, v. c.
Tetana, v. rec., to be at enmity with each other,
Tetesha, v.; ku-m-mgonjoa, to treat a sick person
to hate each other.
softly or caressingly.
T’et’ea, v. n.; kuku yuwatetea, the hen begins
to cackle, to lay her egg (kuku yuwaanza ku Tet^za, v. a. ( = ) ku-mu-endesba, to make go >

e.g., ku-m-sbika mgonjoa mukononi na

ku-mu-
lia, kuta na punde ku buaga i).

Tete, s. (ya, pi. za), or je.je ya motto, a spark, endesba polepole, to take a sick person by the
spark offire tete za motto zaruka. hand and lead him gently.
Tete, s. (ya, pi. za), the guinea-corn full grown, Tku, s. (ya, pi. za) ( Kimrima ) (= Kimwita)
but still soft or milky tete ya mtama mbiti (or jugu, ya, pi. za) teu ya udongo m'toa ajengapoi ;

mawelle or mabindi or njugu) = mtama mjanga a hill of clay (kilima eba udongo) in which the
BB
 ; ; .

TE ( 370 ) TH
termites or white ants build their nest ( vid Thamini, v. n., to become surety ; vid. tbamana.
mtoa) nti ya Mwita ni teu heimei mgomba. Thamiri, thought, conscience; cfr.
(j^.^0
; s. <
),

Teu, s .
(ya, pi. za) ;
mtuhuyn ana teu ya (or za)
lai teuka, he has rising of the stomach eructa- concepit, cogitavit ; ,
conceptus animi,
,

tion ; cfr. mteu. mens, arcanum mentis.

Teua, v. a. (
= Kiuni 7. cbagua), to select, to choose; Thanga, s. ; waze wanena : kitako bakina tbanga
teule, choice, chosen; cfr. tagua, taua. (danga) (R.) ?

Teuka, v. n., to rise in the stomach; nateuka, my Thanna, s.

(
^.k ),
thought, suspicion; cfr.
stomach is uneasy, to dislocate, to sprain (St.).

Tewa, name of a fish.

yk ,
putavit, opinatus fuit (cum quadarn dubita-
s.,
Oo
Tiiabihu, s., an offering, a sacrifice; mac- tione) ;
<bk ,
suspicio.
,

tatus fuit ;
destinatus sacrificio. Thanni, v. n. to think, to suppose.
,

lina tbabidi), to be firm, cer-

Thannia, v. obj.; ku-m-thannia muifi, laken
Thabiti, v. n. (slioka
bajui, to think of, to suppose one a thief but
tain, steadfast, brave (Arab. stabilis
,
not to know it for certain.
fixus fuit, constans. Tharau, v. a., to despise, not treat loell, to scorn.
Thabuni; vid. tbamini.
Tharau, s., scorn.
Thahabu, s., gold ; cfr. ,
aururn. Tharauliiva, v.p.
Thaharabisha, v. c. Tharuba, s.
( ), a stroke, a storm; tbaruba
Tiiaharrakisha, v. c., stimulate.
moja, suddenly, lit., at one stroke; cfr.
’

Thahiri, adj., evident, plain j

apparens,
motus fuit and '
verberavit, percussit.
conspicuus.

Thahiri, v. n., to be evident, manifest; cfr. ^gk

Thaw abu, s., reward; <—Aj> )
remuneratio, prae-
,

mium, reversus fuit, repeudit mutuum.

apparuit, manifesta fuit res.
TrifinMU, v. a., to oppress ; vid. thalimu.
Thahirisiia, v. a., to mahe plain, to revecd.
Thelth, s., a donkey's canter (St.).
Thahiria, v. obj.

Thaifu, adj., weak; cfr. debilis, infirmus Theluth ( oJj ),

a third; eulii' ,
tertius

fuit. ternus.
,

Tiialatha, num., three; <3^6> ,

tertiavit ; ,
Themania (or tiiamania), eight.
tres. Tiiemanini (or thamanini), eighty.
T halatiiasha RA, thirteen. Themantashaiia (or thamantashara), eighteen.
Thalathihi, thirty ,
triginta. Tiiemuni (or thumuni), the eighth part of a dollar ;

cfr. <—^f) octavam partem cepit; or

Thai, ill, adj. ( J.J3 ), very low or poor ; cfr. , ,

submissus, bumilis
una pars ex octo.
abjectus vilisque fuit, ,

Jj ,

Thenashara (rectius etii(e)nasiiara), tivelve.

fuit.

Thalimu, v. n., to be unjust, to wrong, to offend, Thenen (rectius ethnen), two.

to defraud; "fT injustus fuit, injuria affecit. ,
Thihaka, s., derision, ridicule ; cfr. risit.
r ,

Thalimu, adj., a violent, swindling, and de-

=
Thiiiaki, v. a., to ridicule; tbibakia, v. obj. (

frauding person ; ,
injustus. ku-m-fania misaha).
Thihirisha, v. c. ; vid. tbabirisba.
Thamaka, s., one v)ho is surety for the good treat-
ment of a wife. Thii, v. n., to be in distress.

Tiiamana, s. a surety cavit, Thiiki ,v.n.,tobeput into straits; ,

in angus-
( ), ,

tiam redegit.
upopondit ! ,
praes, sponsor.
Thili, v. a., to abase cfr vilis fuit, vilem
; .
Jj ,

Thamani :. price; ya tbaniani, of price, valued,

reddidit, bumiliavit.
oul uable pretiam. Tiiilimu, v. a. (vid. tbalimu) (Luke iii. 14), (1) to
(

be unjust; (2) thilimu (tbilimika, thilimiwa).

Thambi, s., sin, crime ; <—-36 ,
secutus fuit; <—36 ’

Tiiiraa, s., (1) arm (cfr. pars braebii ab

crimen, culpa. ,
 . ;;; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
;,

TH ( 371 ) TI

extremo cubito usque ad extremitatem digiti Tiana, v. rec., to put each other into.
inedii) (2) a measure of about half a yard from
;
Tibia (tilibia), v. obj.

the elbow to the tip of the middle finger; thiraa Tiliana shaka = ku gombana, to quarrel ivith
konde, from the point of the elbow to the knuckles one another, Col. iii. 13.

of the clenched fist (St.). Ji-TiA, e.g., ku-ji-tia uelle, to pretend sickness.
Tiiom, s., garlic ? Tuva, v. p. ; e.g., ametiwa mashaka, he was put
into trouble.
Thoofika, v. n. ; vid. thaifu.
Tia, s. {or tiga), giraffe tia huyu, pi. tia hawa,
Tiioofisha, v. c., to make weak, to weaken.
these giraffes.
Thubutu {vid. thabiti or thabitlii), to dare, to be
Tiabu, a game, played by throwing up sticks and
firm, convinced, proved; si thubutu, I dare not.
ivatching their fall. There arc other kinds of
Thubutia, v. obj.
games, e.g., dama, tinge, tasa.
Thubutisha, v. c. ( cfr thabitisha, to make firm,
Tiako, s. (ya, pi. za) ;
tiako ya m'fi, the notch of
to convince, to prove.
an arrow.
Thuku, v. a., to taste (St.) = ku onda.
Tiara, s. {ya,pl. za), a boy’s kite, a paper-toy for
Thulamu ka magubari, darkness and clouds.
flying in the air, made of (mia) cocoa-nut leaves
Thulli, s., misery, distress vilitas, abjeetio or paper. The boys of Mombas are very fond
J3 ,

animi. of this play.

Thulumu, v. a.; vid. thalimu. Tiba, s. (ya, pi. za), aid, succour, assistance {sub-

Thuluth, a third; vid. theluth. sidy ku-m-pa tiba ya askari = ku-m-saidia

?) ;

CJ - ngiivu kua askari, to assist one with soldiers.

Thumu, v. a., to slander; cfr. j
^
vituperavit,
,
Tibi tibi, s. {Kin.), the seed of a plant vihich has
vilipendit, despectui habuit. a pleasant smell {for women).
Thumuni, s., the eighth part of a dollar Tibu, e. a. {Arab. i__Ji to heal, cure one ( = ku
),

una pars ex octo. poza) daua ina-m-tibu, the medicine cured him ;
;

Thukea, s., a chandelier (St.).

medicus fuit, cuiavit, also reinforce; 2)
Thuku, v. a., to harm {cfr. duru), though the ortho- , (

tibu, s., a kind of scent.

graphy “tburu” is better {cfr. yi, ),
nocuit, laesit,
Tibika, to be healed mtu muelle ametibika kua
necesse et opus habuit, coegit ;
kaitkuru, no daua.
matter, no harm. Tibua, v. a., to stir up and knock about; cfr.
Tx {for n'ti), earth; ku piga na ti, to strike one tifua.

down, to overmatch = ku-m-shinda, angusha, ku Tifu, adj., leaping up, jumping ; e.g., mtanga
pigoa na ti, to succumb ndia ya nti kua ti, a mtifu, fine sand which flies off; muhogo hu tifu

subterranean passage. tifu unga unatifuka = ruka ku fania tifu, to ; ;

Tia, v. a., to put, to put into {this verb is fre- make to rise, e.g., dufi by shaking.
quently used in various modes), to cause to one, Tifua, v. a., to make to rise, to make fly or jump
to bring upon one, to make to go into, <Lc. lcu-m- to raise high.

tia mashaka, to put one into trouble, to trouble Tifuka, e.g., moshi inatifuka, the smoke rises
one; ame-wa-tia nioyo buka kuba kua ile yao high, and disappears.
bata, he frightened them very much on account Tifusha, v. c., to make rise {= ku rusha).
of the crime they had committed on the mursa Tigara {or tijara), s., gain by traffic (= ku uza

{messenger) of Muhammad ku m-tia kazini, to na kua) vid. yrf

; _

employ one; ku-m-tia maratbi, to bring disease submit oneself

T11, v. n. (
gJi ),
to obey, to to
upon one; ku-ki-tia makali {e.g., kissu), to
huyu ni m'ja mtii, this is an obedient slave ; huyu
sharpen {a knife ) ku tia mukononi, to take into
;

ni mana mtii, this is a submissive son; yuwa-m-

one’s head, to undertake; ku tia nanga, to
tii babai, he obeys his father ; yuvvangia kalika
anchor; ku tia nia, to contemplate, to intend
(= azimia) ku tia kashani,
;
to put into a box, taa, he enters into obedience; cfr. glL ,
paruit
into the water, mud, &c. ku tia hatiani, to find obsequens fuit.

fault with; totia nguvu, to force ku tia askari, Tiika, v. n. = anakua mtii, he became obedient.
to enlist; ku tia ntumani, to enslave; ku tia Tiisha, v. c., to cause one to obey, to subdue
kiza, to darken; to tia matata, to entangle; ku baba ame-m-tiisha mana or ame-m-soeza, nai
tia kassi mno, to make too tight ku tia raaji, to ametiika.
dilute; ku tia maanani, to think of; Tiiwa, v. p., he was obeyed.
Tike, adv., equally, precisely so (saua saua)
assecla, adjutor.
n n 2
 ; ; ;. ;. ;; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TI ( 372 ) TI
{perhaps for the Arabic “kethe,” thus, so, in Timba, v. a., to dig ; e.g., ku timba kiiburi, to dig
this manner ) e.g., yamekuenda tike maneno-
; a grave; ku timba skimo, to dig a pit.
yangu = mikama nilivio sema, maneno yame- Timbiica, v. n.
kuenda vivio or vivile, as I said so my words , Timbia, v. obj., to dig about it; Luke xiii.
have been fulfilled precisely Timbi, s., bracelets (St.) timbi ya thahabu, brace-
;

Tikia, v. obj. ( cfr ita, itika, itikia), to answer a lets of gold.

person when called to. Timbo, s. (la, pi. ma — ) timbo la ndofu a pit
; ;

Tikisa, v. a., (1) = ku-m-gojea, ku-m-pa saburi, for catching elephants ; (2) a mine {cfr. ku timba,
ku-m-tikisa mtu, to wait for a man, to dig) timbo la udongo, a clay pit.
e.g., one ;

wishes to start on a journey to-morrow, and I

Timbua, v. a. {Kiung. chimbua), to dig up, to open ;
wish to accompany him, but when the morning e.g., ku timbua ndago, to dig up the root of

comes, 1 am not yet ready on account of some ndago, a kind of weed noxious to the plantation ;
business which detains me for a few hours. 1 ku timbua unga, to dig up flour which has become
therefore tell my fellow traveller, u-ni-tikise kazi- very compact in the barrel; ku timbua ndongo.
yangu, wait for me till I have settled my busi- Timbuka, v. n. mawingu yatimbuka, clouds
ness, then I shall join you (2) to shake (St.). breed; through the horizon, and gather thickly
Tikisana, v. rec. = kungojeana, to wait for each for heavy rain; jua latimbuka {or lajimbuka)
other. = laanza ku passua uwingu, ku toka nde, the
1 ikitIj s. (la, pi. ma — ),
a water-melon majiraya sun begins to break through the sky, to go
keskasi watu wala, wana kiu. forth kufuguka na ku timbuka?
Tikitika, to be shaken (St.). Timbuza, v. c. jua latimbuza, the sun causes
Tikitiki, s., adv., utterly and entirely kabisa his disk to break through the clouds, i.e., he
pia iote, to the last mite; ku oza tikitiki, to be has one side within, and the other without
perfectly putrid ku ponda tikitiki, pulverize. (upande wa jua ndani, na upande nde ya
Tiko, s. (la) ;
ku fania tiko, to squash? (R.). uwingu), he begins to rise; m’esi watimbuza
Tilia, v. a. {cfr. tia, v. a.), to put to, to deliver up = watoka katika uwingu, the moon rises, goes
to; ku-m-tilia motto niumbani, to set one's house forth from the dark sky. Timbuza signifies
on fire ku-m-tilia nguoyakwe tope, to put dirt the beginning of its coming forth.
into his cloth for one, to make one's cloth dirty Timbuico ( = asili ?), (la, pi. ma — ),
nature;
ku-m-tilia fitina moyoni, to put enmity into one's Gal. iv. 6.

heart, to set one at variance with ku-m-tili, Timfi, s. (ku timba, v. a.), a child, who from
khofu, to be anxious about one; nduguzangu various evil signs is supposed to be the precursor
wa-ni-iilia kliofu kua kuapekeyangu, my brothers of a calamity to the family mana huyu ni timli
are anxious about me, because I am alone; {pi. wana hawa yuwa-m-timba ni timfi), i.e.,

ku-m-tilia nguvu = to help, but ku-m-tia nguvu, babai or mambai or akrabazakwe neno ofu la
to strengthen muana huyu enenda nai, uka. ku ua (kua marathi) ku timba roho (1) mana ; ;

m-tilie mkononimuakwe mf'uko wa ku tilia fetba. ; kijego (i.e., na meno ya mbelle ya ju)
alievialiwa
Tilifika, v. n., to grow less, to ivaste ; ku tilifisha, ni timfi, yuwa-m-timba babai na mamai, dec.
to diminish; vilis, abjectus, liumilis fuit, kuffa, a child ivho is born with the upper front-
Jj ,

vilem reddidit. teetli is thought by the superstitious Suahili to

Tilifu, v. cl, to ivaste, to ruin. kill his father or mother, &c., by sickness. Many
Tililia, v. obj., to p'ace or put right, to set or put Suahilis {like the Pagans) kill such unfortunate
in order ; to tililia ngiio or jamvi. children, whilst others spare them. In their

— superstitious fear they suppose that tins child

Tilisika, v. n. tiririka, tirisika, jiiirika, jururika,

e.g., maji yatilisika, the water

jurusika, turusika; (yuwaja na malaika maofu ku tia babai, <£c.) has
entered the world with bad angels to destroy his
runs down a tree or gutter, or kuti lililofungoa
mtini {cfr. mtilisi wainaji). The various forms family. Timfi, a villain, profligate {cfr. kijego

sound which the timbi = timfi = kijego, a villain) •

kitimbi, pi.
of these verbs arise from the
running water, die., causes. vitimbi {vicl. fitina) ;
kijana wewe, u timfi, wadaka
ku-ni-timba rohoyangu ; (2) mana apigai pindu,
Timamu {cfr ) ;
e.g., siku sabaa timamu taa.siai,
a child fond of tumbling (with the head on the
full seven daysof mourning. ground, and the feet in the air) is also considered
Timazi (R.), a stone hung by a line, used as a to be an evil sign to the family. Such a child is

plummet by masons (St.). a mana timfi ; (3) lastly, mana mzhna muekuudu
Timba {pi. za) timba ya uslianga, a siring of
;
aliai pasipo sebabu, i.e., asipopigoa, is a mana

beads; kigue. timfi ;

a child (about 6 years old) of red colour,
 ; . ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TI ( 373 ) TI
who weeps without cause, i.e., without having cut off and buried by the circumcisor under a
been beaten, portends likewise an evil impending ivater-jar ; tine inakwisha tinoa, inakua nde, the
over the family. tip (i.e., its skin
)
is cut off, and itself is visible,
Timi a (or timu), v. n., to be complete ; fetlia zimo- because the tine itself cannot be cut off without
timia, zimelipoa zote, kamili, all the money was destroying the substance of the mbo. Tineyako
ni nzuri, wewe umepoa, mimi nina kionda,
paid; cfr. ,
totus, integer, perfectus fuit.
sitassa poa.
Timilia, v. n., to become full, complete, plenary ;
—
Tin^ne, s. nti nene, the main land.
kiia kamili.
Tinge, a game consisting in imitating
s., all the
Timiliza, v. a., to accomplish, fulfil, effectuate,
motions of a leader (St.).
e.g., raaneno, uahadi.
m’ez Tini (Kiung. cbini), prep. tini ya, down, below,
Timiza, v. a., to complete, consummate, e.g.,
beneath, under tini ya nti, underground.
wa utumiski, to serve out one's time.
Timilifu, complete, perfect utimilio, perfection. Tini, s., a fig, figs;
y-o, ficus (fruotus).
Tina, v. a. (Rimrima), to circumcise (ku tahiri in
Tinne, s. (wa), (pi. inatinne), a red ant, which is
Kimwita). found on trees, especially on mango-trees.
TInda ( Kiung cliinja), v. a., to slaughter, to
Tiriiuka, v. n., to start, slide, to trickle; nioka
butcher, to cut ku tinda gnonibe, to slaughter a
yuwatiririka (makes tir) maji yanatiriiika, the
womb = ku
;

bullock ku tinda mimba, to cut the

water flows doivn sloivly, gently (ku fania saffu)
any more; hence
toa viaa tena, not to give birth :
(ku tirikana), to steal away, to withdraw privily
mana liuyu ni kitinda mimba, this is the last = nti,
ti e.g., usiangalie jft, piga na ti, do not
child whom his mother bears, mamai haviai
look upwards, but downwards to the ground.
tena; (2) maji yanatinda, hayapiti tena (cfr.
dukana in Kiniassa), the water has been cut off, Tisa (or tissia), nine; cfr. 3 novem.
itflows no more, is only found in pools madsi Tisaini (oi’tisini), ninety tisataskara nineteen-
anadukana, the water is detached; vid. Iteb.'s Tisha, v. c. (cfr. kuja, to be afraid), to frighten,
Kiniassa Diet., pag. 31 ;
ku tinda or tupa dini
intimidate one, to alarm maniesi ya (niesi, la)
to renounce religion. nioka yame-m-tisha mtu ku fania kinia, na ku
Tindia, v.; nime-m-tindia gnombe, I slaughtered pata pepo kua oga, the colour and stripes of the
a bullock for him, in honour of him. serpent frightened the man so much, that he
Tindiica, v. n., to be finished, to be cut off, to be
went and got an evil spirit (sickness
to stool,
all over, to fall short of; neno hili linatindika; through fear. Othmani alikua akitisha, laken
mimba imetindika ;
maji yametindkia ;
isio-
sasa askari wanena nai (viz. Tangai) saua saua ;

tindika, endless.
muatishua nuinui Beni Adam, laken hamtisliiki.
Tindikiana, v. rec., to be separated, as friends
Tishika, v. n. to be frightened.
or relations at a distance from one another. up together (in bundles).
Tita, v. a., to tie
Tindikia, v.; kitu hiki kina-n-tindikia, sinajo
Tita, s. (la, pi. ma — a )
bundle of firewood, a
tena, kina-n-ishia, I am out of this thing, I
faggot.
have no more of it, it is finished with me;

watu hawa hawatindikii kuja, they are not

Titi (or titti), s. (la, pi. ma — ),
the nipple, breast,
teat; mana yuwaamua matitti ya mamai, the
prevented or discouraged from coming ; maleu
child sucks the breasts of his mother.
yali-tu-tindikia, we are out of provisions.
Titika, v. n., to carry a bundle of sticks ; cfr. tita,
Tindango (or jinianoo, or tiniyango ya niama); v. a.
a piece of slaughtered meat (cfr. ku tinda)
a block on
Titika, v. n., to be shaken, if one beats
tindango is larger than tiniyango; pieces of meat
which a man is sitting.
like those which are pickled (= pande).
Titia, v. a. = tukutika ;
ame ji titika kua panda
Tinde (or tindi) (R.), the love-apple.
“ si-ni-titike,” is said to one who beats a tree,
Tindi (or tinde), (ya, pi. za), s., the love-apple,
on which a man is sitting fulani anatitikua,
tomato.
matumbo ya-mu-uma, ku nenda leo, ndiko ku
Tindilika = pajika. ji-titika, jua lina kutua (R.).

Tindio, s., t indioni. Titima, v. n. mgurumo watitima Mwita, the

Tindo, s. (ya) ;
ku tinda juma, a cold
tindo ya thunder rolls at Mombas (it makes du, du, du,
chisel, a chisel of steel or hard iron ; ku kata juma du ) ku piga mtitimo.
j
— ;

kua ku pigoa na upau ku tiwa mottoni. Titijia (titimia, titimisha) (ku te'.eza kua tope),
Tine, s. (ya) = kitoa cha m’bo, the gland of the vid. didima, to sink into, to submerge; cfr.
penis which has the (sunga) prepuce which is topeza.
 . ; ; ; ; ; ; ) ; ; ;; ;

TI ( 374 ) TO
Titimua (or didimua), v. a. mambo maovu niuma, or na mambo
kuja
Titimka, v. n. ; titim=kaku toka ku enda mbiok ua maovu yaliom-fuata. Natokea nde Buana.
Titinsha, v. c., to make (water) flow. TokeijSa, v. mgeni ame-ni-tokelea or leo nime-
ku sikiHza habari- kuba, to start in haste on tolcelewa or nimetokewa ni mgeni, to-day, a
hearing some important news. stranger visited me, or I was visited by a

Tnvo, s., paralysis? (St.). stranger to-day.

viua) ( Ung. chilla or chura), a frog.
T.it'ta (pi. TokjSza ( Reb writes dok£za), v. a., to shoiv forth,
.

To, a suffix or particle denoting propriety, energy, look forth, portend ; jino laanza kutokezande,
goodness; e.g., manuka, smells; manuka to, the tooth begins to show itself to look forth (ku ,

scents; ku weka to, to put a thing properly; mea) ;

sindano inatokeza ntayakwe ya ku
Dr. St. says, that this particle is rarely used in tokea kua pili, the needle shows its point to
Kiung. come out on the other side; manajuoni ame-
Toa, v. a. ( Kiniha ku ,
lafia), to give or bring out, tokeza leo maneno mabaya kua watu, the
to issue, tal;e away, bring forth (e.g., ku toa maua, learned, man portended to-clay bad matters to

to bring forth flowers), to expend, to spend, to come upon the people ; jiwe linatokeza mno =
dismiss, to put out of ku toa hadithi, to tell linafaniamdomo, litaanguka, the stone projects,
a tale, ametoa gharama nengi,' lit., the
wali it will fall.
governor gave out many expenses, expended much Toza, v. c. to cause one to give or bring out or
,

( efr ku toa with the verb ku tossa, to omit bana ; forth, to demand a thing from one, to exact
ame-ni-toa, enda ame-ni-toa
sina ndia ya ku Baniani yuwatoza watu usburu, the Banian
kazini, or katika kazi, the master put me out of (in the name of Government) exacts tribute
work, he dismissed me ; ku toa meno, to show the from the people, levies custom upon the goods
teeth.
of the people ku toza kitu kua ngiivu or rai
Touswa, pass. (Kin. ku lafiroa), to be brought (uerefu hila).
out or forth, to be expended vitu vingi vime- and con-
Toa, s., name of a fish with small scales,
tolewa xii wali. eaten (R.).
sidered bad though it is
To Lii a (Kin. lafira), wali ame-ni-tolea fetha
T6aa, v. a., to take, to take away, off, to receive,
aka-n-lipia, i.e., ametoa fetba aka-m-pa mdeni-
accept, obtain (Kin. ku hala) ;
mtumishi ame-
wangu, the governor spent money for me, in
toaa fetbayakwe, the servant took or received
my paid for me, he spent money
behalf, he
money mimi nimetoa fetha, nai ametoaa, /
his ;
and paid my creditor ku-m-tolea mtu kitu,
brought forth, or expended it, and he took,
it
to expend, spend a thing for one na kuamba
received it; toaa or utoai kitu hiki, take this
nalikua na fetba, ningetoa nafsiyangu.
thing; but toa or utoe kitu hiki, bring forth this
Toiska, v. n., to die, to be no more. nguo bi ina-m-toaa, this
thing, do thou issue it;
Toeza, v. c.
amenioka he quite
cloth suits him; to, is
Toka, v. n., to come out, to go out ; e.g., ametoka straight.
niumbani jua linatoka sana leo, or kutatoka
To aw a, v. p. (Kin. ku haloa), to be taken.
jua leo, there will be a great heat to-day
Toalia, v. obj. to take from one, to deprive him
natoka ku-mu-uzia pembe, I come from selling ,

jahaziyangu,
ivory for him. of; wali ame-ni-toaliamalizangu,

ku tokoa ni harri, to perspire, to

niumbayangu, watuwangu, &c., the governor
Toko a, v. n.

sweat; tokoa ni matozi, to shed tears, to have tookmy property from me, my vessel, my house,
tears in one's eyes, to run with tears (mana
my people, tC = wali ame-ni-gniaguania.
'C.

matoyakwe ya = Toaliwa, v.p.

buyu ymvatokoa ni matozi
matozi felani anaanguka atokoa ni Toai.ika, v. n.
jiririka
roklio, he is, N. N. felland is about to die Toaliwa, he was deprived of (Kin. ku baviroa).
(from thirst), to be dried up (with thirst), he To an a, v. rec.; ku toana sura = ku fanana, to
but he nearly dies. take each other's shape, to resemble each other ;
did not die,

Tokana, v. rec. ku atana, to divorce; ku = hence mtoana alietoaa muenziwe.

Toazana, v. rec. ku toazana sura or kimo, to
okana na mkewe, to part with his wife (kulla
take the shape of the face or the stature
mtu ameshika kaziyakwe) watu waliotang- ;

(length) of the body from each other; i.e., ku

amana pamoja ku simamia nianeno, wamoto-
fanana or kua sura rnoja or kimo kimoja, to
kana kulla mmoja amekuenda ndiayakwe.
resemble, or to be of the same shape or stature
ToKliA, v., to come or appear to one, to make
(to resemble one another in countenance
and
one's appearance ; malaika ame-m-tokea mtu,
stature).
an angel appeared to a ma n mtu ametokea
mituni, akaonekana ni watu uweuni mana Toazi, s. (pi. ma—), (1) cymbals (St.) (2) ndulli,
;
;

adaka tbila rokhoyangu malaika Israeli (Azrael)

huyu anatokea na mambo maovu sana, yata- j
 ; ; ;
; ; ; ;;

TO ( 375 ) TO
ni toazi atoai roklio, the anrjel Israeli is the yuna utdfu wa this mato, man is blind; vid.
taker of the spirit, he wants to take away my mbdni.
spirit. Tofuka, v. n., to be spoiled { = pofuka) ;
mtu
Toba, s. (Arab. <Ly), (1) repentance ; cfr. Luke iii. ametofuka mato, mbdni or kiini cha mato
kimepotea, he is spoiled as to the eyes, i.e., he
8 ; cfr. ,
conversus fuit a peccatis ad Deum,
is blind, because the pupil of the eye has
poenitentiam ob delictum ostendit ; cfr. also perished.
,
bonus, purus fuit ; (2) a key-ring (R.). Tofu&a, v. a. ; ku-m-tofuga jito, i.e., ku-m-pelekea

Tobia {or tubia), kijiti matoni kua ku teza ? ? (R.).

v. n., to repent toward God
ku tubia Mungu. Tohaka, s., circumcision ; cfr. kumbi.
Toboa, v. a., to break through, to break a hole in Tohara, s. {pi. za) {sing, utohara, wa), cleanliness,
a ivall. purity mtu huyu si mkd, yuna tohara za muili,
Tobtob, choke-full. za nguo. za mbd, this man is not unclean, he
Todo, s. (la, pi. ma ) {vid. ondokea) —
todo la ;
is clean with reference to body, the cloth, die.

manamuali = laanza ku ondokea todo ngema. ;

(mbooyakwe itohara = imetahiriwa), nguozakwe
ToiSa, v. a. ( Kipemba ) = ku tangania mtuzi na za tohara) (yu tohara muiliwakwe) ;
cfr.
wali pamoja, to mix boiled rice with mtuzi
{gravy). mundus, purus fuit
; / ,
mundities, lotio

Toel£a, v. a. (
Kimwita ) ;
ame-toelea Avali kua membrorum quorundam modo lege praescripto ;

mtuzi or samli or borobda ;

mtuzi ni kitoeo or ku tohara, to purify by ablutions, toperform the
kitoeleo eha ku toelea or toea ( Kipemba ) wali Muhammedan ablutions (St.) {cfr. pamba, v. a.)
i.e., mtuzi is the mixture which is added to the aone tohara, may the angel see purity ivlien he
rice, and eaten with it. The natives take it out comes to the graves.

of one pot or pan and put it into the plate in Toja, v. a., to scratch, to make small incisions in
ivliich the rice is, and in which the mixing takes the skin of a man or animal, to let blood in cases
place. of sickness, to scarify, to cup (ku toja kua
Toel^za, v. c.; mtuzi umetoeleza wali (ume- uembe, damu ipate toka kua marathi), to tattoo.
tosba batta ku kwiska saua). Tojana, v. rec., to cup each other. The natives
TofizA, v. a. rokhoyako ya-ku-toeza kaya au use a goat's or sheep's horn in cupping. The
Kisulutini = waza wapi-yate maazoyako ya- horn has at the end a small opening through
aza Avapi ? where dost thou think or intend which the cupper draws the blood toward the
to stay, in the capital or at Kisulutini ? cup ; having done this, he closes it with wax, so
Tofauti, s. dispute, difference (St.). that the vacuum may receive the blood.
Tofia, v. a. (= ku tia katika), to put into, to Tojo, s. (la), incision, scarification ; ku fania tojo
touch; e.g., ku
janda (kiddle) mottoni or
tofia la uzuri, to scarify the body for ornament, as
majini, to touch, to handle fire or ivater ame- the Wanika females do, who tattoo their breasts
tofia asali akaramba, he touched honey and and bellies.

licked it; ame-m-tdfia haya mbelle za Avatu, he Toi, s., a kind of wild goat (St.).

put him to the blush before the people {by the Toka, v. n., to or away ku toka
go or come out,
refusal of his reguest) = ame-m-tia usso katika damu, ku toka harri, to sweat ku toka
to bleed
haya, usso ku inama kua liaya ;
ku tofia kiddle moshi, to smoke, but ku tdamoshi, to spout ; e.g.,
or gnongo maji (ku oama), to put the finger or niamgumi anatoa rnoslii, the ivhale spouts.
gnongo -ropes into ivater, but ku gussa or tola TokIcza, v. c., to ooze out, to project, to make
kidole, to touch slightly upon. appear ; ku tokeza kua pili, to break through
TofiSka, v.p. the other end, to present an opening, at the
Tofio, s. ; meno ya tdfio, pointed teeth, or teeth other end.
sharpened to a point ; cfr. Kiniassa, mano ya TokeziSa {or toshezea), v. obj.; Muignizimgu
vibiisi. ana-m-tokezea, God appeared to him.
Tofua {or pofua or povua), v. a., to make bad, Tokea ( = a avia or awilia), v. obj., to come out to,

to hurt, mar, spoil, pervert a thing to one; to appear to one.

mana ame-ni-tofua jitokua kijiti or fumo, nami Tokana, to go forth from one another, to
sasa natofuka, the my eye with a
boy Inert divorce, to be set free, to separate.
splinter or lance, and now I am disfigured Toka, s. (ya, pi. za) {Kiung. chokaa), lime. Tice
in my eye; ku haribu or pofua mbdni \va jito Suahili prepare a good kind of lime from the
jito linakua pofu kana mbasi isiokua na kitu. magebali {vid.) mid shells. Tokayazidiku asha
Hence kitofu, mtu huyu ni kitofu, hana mato, tombako ;
tombako ikiwa rnbaya ivatu Avanatia
 ; ;; ; ; . ;

TO ( 376 ) TO
toka ku zidi ukali, tombako ipate waslia, but (kua nguvu za motto), to become boiled or cooked
tambu na popo inapunguza (zizimua) ukali wa by boiling; maji yavia ni muanzo wa ku pata
tombako toka yawasha mono. When the to-
;
motto, the water boils = begins to get hot, to boil,

bacco gets weak the natives add lime to it, to but maji yatokota = yamekua makali, the icater
renew its acrimony, whereas tambu and popo has become intensely hot, so that it bubbles and
wealeen it, lime spoils the teeth. is about to run over the pot; ku furika, to

Toko (or joko or pojo) (Kin. poTzo), s., aland of boil over maji yatokota, yatoa pofu ju laken ;

grain of a plant, like the vetch ; mixed with maji yavia, yalia bassi, liaya-tassa-pata sana.
rice and boiled, it affords a relisliable food. TolIda, v. (vid. toa, v. a.), to put out for, to offer
to.
Tokoa, v. a.; ku tokoa puesa or ka = ku fua kua

konso or mti uliotongoa nla, to catch the puesa,.

Tolewa, to be put out, to be dismissed.
Tom, s., garlic ? vid. thorn.
(cuttlefish) and mussel by thrusting at them with
a pointed pole. Toma, v. a. ( Kiung clioma), (1) to put into, o
hit (= ku tia) e.g., ku toma motto niumba
Tokomesha, v. c., to make go out of sight. ;

( = teketeza), to put fire into a house, to set it

Tokom^a, v. n., to get out of one's sight, to see no
on fire; (2) to brand; ku-m-toma muifi muko-
more land, to vanish out of one's sight = ku nowakwe, to brand a thief's hand; (3) to pierce
enda mbelle or selemea, e.g., baliari inatokomea
or thrust at one ( = dunga); ku-m-toma fumo, or
or inakuenda upeo wa mato liatta Bukini, baliari
kua uma or kijiti clia nta, to stab one with a
inakuenda iendako, maliali usipoona tena, baliari
spear, to thrust at one with a fork or pointed
ni nrefu or ndefu, the sea runs everywhere to
ptiecc of wood; (4) to prick; kifua eba-ni-toma,
Madagascar, here is all sea, nothing but water shoma.
the chest pricks me ; cfr.
as far us you can see ; ametokomea mbellezao ku tomea dau
;
Tom£a, v. (Kiung. chomea), (1)
Luke xxiv. 31.
kua jembeu na kalafati to point by
; (2)
Tokoni, s., the pelvis (St.). plastering over and putting small stones in to
Tokono, the hips. make ivorkfirm.
Tokora (or ku chokora), v. a., to make loose, to Tomel£a, v. ku tomelea kanda lililollwa ni
loosen, break or moulder, stir up (or pick
to pania likafania tundu, ku tia tangule na ku
with a knife ) anything that has become compact, shona batta kua saua, tundu isionekaui tena,
solid, and hard; e.g., ku tokora (kua kijiti or to sew up the hole of a bag eaten by mice; ku
janda) unga ulioganda kinuni or pipani, to make tomelea or tililia makuti, fo^wtmakuti (vid.)
loose (with a pointed piece of wood or with the into the roof, where the water runs through, to
finger) flour which has become hard in the mortar secure the roof.
or barrel; ku tokora niassi, to remove (fly tilling) TomIjka, v. a.; ku tonieka kissu kiunoni, to put
the grass only superficially (ju ju) so that it the knife into the girdle near the loins (after
soon grows again (cfr. sosa in Kiniassa) ; (2) the native fashion).
ku-m-tokora mtu, provoke one ? ku tokora toka
to Tom£ka, v. n.; niumba imetomeka kua motto,
to scrapeup lime; cfr. chokora and chakura. the house has been set on fire tange (vid.)
Tok5sa, v. a., to taunt, scoff at, to bite, to nip and imetomeka.
thereby provoke one and give occasion fur Tomesha, v. c., to set on, e.g., fire (ku tomesba
gu««rreZZm(/ = ku-m-biskia mtu, ku-mu-anza mbelle motto) ;
ku tomeslia mboa, to set a dog on one.
kua kondo pasipo sebabu, ku tukana bulle. Tomba, v. a. (said of man and animal), to cover,
Tokossa, v. a., (1) to cause a thing to boil well to cohabit or lie with; na mke ametomboa ni
(until it says ko, ko, ko), to make seething hot murnewe ;
cfr. sogoa.
ametokossa maji, to let the water boil thoroughly Tombana, v. rec., to cohabit or lie with each
ku tokossa mukate kua samli, ku pata ku iwa other (mume na mke) cfr. jami, v. n., bariki, ;

sana = ku kanga mukate sanakua samli, to boil, for the first time.
to cook by boiling (2) ku tokossa maneno, to Tombaku, s. (ya, pi. za), tobacco, much sought for —
understand or know a language thoroughly ; by the East Africans for snuffing and smoking.
mtu huyu yuwatokossa maneno ya Kigalla = The best kind is procured from Usambara and
yuwajua Kigalla kama Mgalla, yuwajua iote pia Kikuyu. In those countries it is cultivated
kama ku vialiwa kuko (Ugallani), he has a abundantly.
profound or thorough knowledge of the Galla Toubo (or tombokoko), s., a quail.
language like a Galla himself ; he knows it all, Tom£o, s., (1) tomeo za kanda (ni tangule utome-
as if he were born there (in the Galla country). leazo kandani, the tangule which thou puttest
TokossiSka, v. n., to be well boded, to be done. into the bag) (2) chombo cha ku tomea, a ;

Tokota (or jjSuka), to seethe, to boil thoroughly branding-iron or cautery.

 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ;

TO ( 377 ) TO
Tomo, s. (la , ) pi. ma —
tomo la juma (or mafi ya ;
yatonea niumbani, meza, waraka, doc., the water
juma), iron dross; ku bisha or ku via tomo drops into the house, trickles upon the table,
mbili, tatu, die., to brand one two or three times letter, &c.

lit., two or three brands or stigmas ; toma, TONtiKA, (tonekUsa, toneiceuSa, ton ana).
cfr.
v. a.
Tonissha, v. c., to cause to drop, trickle, run,

To mo a, v. a.; ku tomoa uzi wa kuma ya raanai to strike against, to touch a sore place; ante
muali kua nguvu, mbo ingie or yafunue, or, in ni-tonesha kionda kuaku-ni-kaniaga (gulaugu)

short words, ku tomoa kishincla, ku-m-bikiri he has caused my wound to run by treating
manamuali, to break the hymen of a virgin, to upon my foot.
have the first coitus with her. ToneshSa, v. ku-m-toneshea tone la samli on
TomolUja, v.; mtu mungine ame-m-tomolea mtuzi walini muakwe, he has put a drop of
kishinda manamuali, another man has rent ghee or broth into his boiled rice (to make it
hymen at the request of the legiti-
the virgin's more relishable).
mate husband, who could not do it himself Tonesi-i£ka, v.; kionda kina tonesheka muigniewe

sebabu ya ku toa simika mbooyakwe. akilala, the ivound or sore dripped whilst he
Tomol£wa, v. n. mke ametomolewa kishinda slept.

ni mumewe. Toxfeno, s.; tonesbo la kionda, kime toneshoa ni

Tomoko, s. (pi. ma ). — mtu, dropping of a ivound which was struck or
touched by somebody.
Tomondo, s., a hippopotamus (St.).
Tomue, s. (la, pi. ma ) (=tomo); (1) mafi ya Tonga, v. a. (Kiung., chonga), to cut, to hew,
—
juma, iron dross; (2) tomue la, or tubui or carve, to timber teso (vid.) ya ku tongea mti ;

jubui ya msliipi = jive lililo fungoa katika ku tonga n'ta, to point.

msbipi, upate sama, a small stone which is tied Tongania, s., abettor, instigator (— saliti), ku
to the fishing-hook, to sink it.
tongania, v. a.
Tuna, v. n. to drop, drip, trickle, to fall in Tongea, v. ; ame-ni-tongea kua maneno mabaya
(1)
drops; (2) ku tona godoro, to sew through a kua wali (= ame-ni-tilia fitina kua wali), he
mattress here and there, to confine the stuffing has maligned me to the governor ku tongea,
lit., to hew or strike one with bad words, i.e.,
(St.) ;
ku tona hina,
(3) to lay and bind on
a plaster of henna until the part is dyed red to slander or backbite one, to cause enmity
(St.) tona tona. tongea neno la muhiana lita-m-tongea, lita-m-
;

patia hasara (vid. muhiana) to bring upon, to

Ton do (ya, pi. za), a small round fruit (like ;

popo) which yields a good kind of oil. It is

prove the cause of; ndio ilio-m-tongea, her

pounded in a mortar, and then exposed to the gold rings have cut out for her this misfortune,

sun several days, and then pressed ; vid. mtondo or have brought it upon her ; ku tongea miomo
(R.), to pout.
(callophyllum inopbyllum).
Tongeka, v. mti umetongeka sasa, the tree is
Ton do, s., a kind of snail, the shells of which the
now squared, shaped, the tree is capable of
natives drive (by beating) into a cocoa-tree from
being cut into boards.
the superstitious motive of securing the tree
TonoelIcza ku-m-tongelciza mtu kua maneno ya
against damage, and that the nuts will not be ;

uGtina ku(tongeza watu kua ku teta ku-m-

spoiled (ku tuliza nazi) ; (2) a shell used as ; ;

tongeldza udiriri, to cause mischief or trouble

inkstand (R.).
to another.
Tondo goa, adv., the day before the day before
Tonge, s. (ya, pi. — za) ;
tonge ya wali, a morsel,
yesterday, tangu majuzini.
bit, sop, a handful of boiled rice, taken and
Tondoa, v. a., to cause, produce sores, wounds;
pressed with the hand, before it is put into the
uki-m-lisha samaki (puesa), iita-m-tondoa muili
mouth, in conformity with the native dinner-rule,
= uta-m-tumbuka muili, if thou feedest him with
“ku kua mukono na ku
firinga tonge za wali
fish, thou shalt cause him many sores (vionda
kanoani.” Jrom pmnba,
Tonge is different
tia
vionda).
which refers to udongo, clay, &c.; pumba ya
Tondoka, v. n.; muili umetondoka, umefania udongo, clod of clay ndo, umenie tonge moja,
vidonda donda umetumbuka ;
vid. kidonda, a come and form for thyself a handful of boiled
sore. rice; cfr. menia.
Tondoa, v. a. ; cfr. dondoa, to pick up. Tongo, s. (pi. — za) wa) tongo za
(sing, utongo, ;

To.ndomoa, v. a. tondomoa mafu (R.). jito (utongo wa

a white matter running
jito),

Tone, s. (la, pi. ma — ),

drop ; tone la maji, a drop from the closed eye; muigni tongo ni muigni jito
of water. moja lililotota or potea ; muigni matongo ya
TonTa, v. obj., to drop into or upon; runjr mato, one who has one eye or both eyes closed up
 ;; ; . ; . ; ; ; ; ;;

TO ( 378 ) TO
with running matter ,
who sees nothing or hut tdling the ground a little, which serves as a sign
httle, who is clim-sightecl muigni tongo, a
(2) that the tiller has occupied the place for the plan-
one-eyed person kulla neno kua tongo- (or tation; ametopoa ku lima kidogo, amepiga jangei
tungo ?) -zakwe, or kissachakwe, every word sasa ni alama ya kua sliambalakwe, ameweka
according to its meaning ( vid tungo) (
vicl kisa alarna kua ku anza ku lima. Having tilled a
or kissa, cause reason) , ;
cliamba cha jito, a little of the ground occupied, he stops till lie finds
white film over the eye. it convenient to till the whole ; for the present he
Tongoa, v. a., to cut right through, hut obliquely, is content with a little tilling calculated to sup-

not horizontally ku-m-kata vipande viwili kua port his rightful claim to the piece of ground he
upanga katikati, taken ku kata kua lianamu ku has occupied for a plantation.
;

kata kua derba moja; (2) ku tongoa nta, ku Topoka, v. n. , to be dissolved, taken off; kiapo
fania nta, to point, to make pointed, sharp. kimetopoka ;
summu imetopoka = imetoka,
Toxgoza, v.c., to incite, to rouse, to instigate mtu amepoa, the poison is gone off, or has
ku tongoza mke ndiani, to call a woman aside been taken off, has lost its power, the man
and promise her goods, if she will satisfy recovered.

one's earned desires ; to seduce her; tongoka. Topoliswa, v., to be dissolved, to lose its power
Tono, a hind offish.
s.,
or virtue summu ya nioka imetopolewa kua

Tononoka (or totonoka), v. n., to recover one's daua the serpent' s poison
,
lost its power by a
strength; mtuamepata kitu, anatononoka nafsini medicine (given as an antidote).
muakwe. Toposa (pi. ma — ) ku anda toposa.
;

Toofika (or rather thoofika), to become weak; Tora, s. (la , pi.

)
ma — = fumo dogo (in
Kigunia),
tlioofiska, v. c., to weaken; cfr. thaifu. a small spear, a lance; ku-m-piga tora, to stab
Tope tope, s., a custard apple (St.). one with a lance.

Tope, s. (pi., za) (the sing, utope is not used), mud, Tora (or jora), v. a., (1) to carve, make incisions

tope za nti; tope niembamba, or rojo in the body for ornament (vid. tando za usso tora
mire, clirt;

rojo la tope lililotangamanana maji, a watery kama Wagnindo wafaniavio) (ku tora or jora

pool, marsh, fen, which is deep, and in which

usso) ; (2) to write (ku tora kertasi).

people will sink and perish; ewe kijana, tunza

Torasi (Beb. dorasi) ; cfr. serdado.
Toria, s., fruit of the mtoria tree.
akili wema, hapa ni mahali pa rojo rojo, tope

niembamba, utasisimia ndani, utasama. The Toroka, v. n., (1) to escape, run away from a
plural form, “matope,” “ much mud," is cdso master, from home, business, dee.; mtuma anai

used (kaskazi matope). toroka ; (2) to slack, relax; upote wa uta una-
Top£a (= boniea), v. n.; ku topea (or boniea) toroka = unalegea, haukazani tena, the bow-string
mire or mud; uki-
topeni, to sink into the slackens, gives way, does no more take or draw
kaniaga papo, gulako litatopea ndani = lita mtoro (vid.), a runaway or runagate, a robber.
sama; janda ckatopea katika muili ufa hu ;
Tosa, v. a., vid. ku toa, v. a.

unatopea (ku ngia ndani Sana); lijamu zina T6sa, s. (la, pi. ma — ),
the fruit nearly ripe (karibu

topea katika skingoyako (Sp.). na ku iwa) ;

e.g., tosa la embe, maembe liaya

Top£za, v. c., to cause to sink into mud or mire; n-matosa ;

embe linakua niekundu
tosa, linakua

nti itatopeza (or bonieza) maguyakwe, nai ndani, laken lialitassa ku bopa, ku boniea, bado

atatopea (or boniea), the ground will make him ngurnu; laken bada siku tano titakua bifu, the

sink into the mud; ku topeza or bonieza vianda mango is become red inside, but it is still hard,

katika muili, to make impressions with the after five clays it will become ripe.

fingers on the body, to impress it with the Tosa (optoza), s. (ya, pi. za), a pipe for smoking

fingers, to cause the fingers to sink into it; tozaya ku futia tombako,t/ie bowl ofa tobacco-pipe.
(2) to he too heavy for one (St.) ? It is made of clay, and must be distinguished
Topi, s. (ya) (topi ya maturuki, Turkish cap), a from kiko (uicZ.bori, s.) tosaya ku futia tombako
large red cap without tassel. signifies in general “ tobacco-pipe, ” and corre-
Topoa, v. a. (cfr. tofuga, v. a.), (1) to hurt, give sponds with the Arabic sbibuk, whilst the kiko is
pain; ku-m-tota mti katika jito, ku-mu-umisa, to the liooka or slnslie mtu huyu yuna ptia kanatoza ;

give one pain by throwing a piece of wood into this man has a nose like the bowl of a tobacco-
the eye, which is often lost by this means kuani pipe — an expression of great contempt; cfr.
ku-ni-topoa jitolangu? why dost thou hurt my eye ? kiko.

(2) to unloose, dissolve, take off, e.g., a charm, Tosha, v. n., to suffice, to be sufficient, to be enough
oath; ku topoa kiapo, take off the power of an
to for kertasi hi ina-ku-tosha siku kumi, this paper
oath or charm; (3) to claim a plantation, cOc., by will suffice thee for the period often days; mimi
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
; .

TO f 379 ) TU
na-m-tosha Mzungu ku fania kaziyakwe pia, I am moja, to sink or perish in the water at a
sufficient for all the business of the European certain mahali alipototea or samia
place;
to-isha, to finish wholly = to be enough? gani where did he sink ? resp., ametotea
?

Tosh£a, v. obj., to be sufficient or enough for one; bendari ya Mwita, he sank in the harbour of
kertasi hi ina-in-toshea kaziyakwe. Mombas kitotio.
ToskGka, v. n., it is enough. Tot£sha, v. c., to cause to lose one's eyes ku
TosheziSa {or tokez£a), v. obj. kuna mashika totdslia mato = to blind one.
{or masika), Muignizimgu ana-m-tokezea or Toto, adj. {Kijumfu)-, kitoto, a little; mtoto
toskezea. mdogo, a little child.
Toshel£a, v. obj. = toshea. Totofu, s., a poisonous fish (Sp.).
ToSHfiWA, V. Totoma, v. n. (= fnnguruma, v.n.), to walk at
TosheliSza, v. c., to cause to be sufficient, to random; tumekimbia kua ku totoma or fungu,
satisfy mimi pekeyangu na-m-tosheleza kazi- ruma mituni, we fled, running at random through
yakwe pia = mimi na-m-tosha ku fania or isha the forest (ku pita mitu pasipo ndia) without
kaziyakwe pia (ku zuilia kula li-ja-lo) ; mtuzi knowing and leaping over stumps and
the road,
hu watosheleza wali hu (wali hu hatta uishe) shrubs nu totomea mitu fungumana, to run at
- this broth will do for this boiled rice, i.e., the random through a dense forest.
quantity of broth is equal or in proportion to Totonoka, v. n., to improve, to recover from sick-
the quantity of rice. ness.
Toshelezi5a, v.; watu wawili wa-ku-toshelezea TotOua, v. a. ( = tokora or jokora); totora meno,
shogulizjiko (= wa-ku-ishia kazizako), two men
ku ya-toa taka kua msuaki, to clean the teeth, to
will be able to finish thy work for thee. rid them of dirt by means of a tooth-brush ; cfr.
Tossa, v. c. {vid. ku tota, to sink), to cause to sink msuaki, to prick, to stoke ku-ji-totora kua kissu.
or drown in water; jombo ni kisito, hutosse Toweka, v. n., to vanish {cfr. tueka) in Kiamu ;

vitu or sbehena, the vessel is heavy, let us sink to die.

things, or the load, cargo, i.e., throw some of the

Tozi, s. (la, pi. na — ),
a tear; vid. toa (1) ma- ;

tozi mitvilizi, tears which run down by drops (2)

cargo overboard to lighten the vessel.
ku bubujika matozi, to burst into tears.
Tossa, v. a. =
ku ata or ku toa ku kata, to omit, to
fail; ametossa kuja, or ametoa, or ameata kuja-*
J
'

Tu {or (R.) du), particle, only, nothing, even, only,

just Baniani tu atoa, si uze Jabiri, the Baniani
hakuja, he omitted or failed coming, he came
not ku tossa kuja, or ku toa kuja; sebabu nini ?
only takes it, do not sell it to Jabiri. The par-
ticle tu must always follow the word which it
resp., ku tossa kuja ni sebabu yee hawezi, ndiposa
asije ametoa rohonimuakwe or moyonimuakwe qualifies.
;

akasema, mimi sitakuja = ametoa bidii (rohoni- Tu {or tuu), s. (ya, pi. za), anus; tu ya kunitia =
muakwe) ya kuja or ku enenda na kuamba ange- tundu ya mkiiiidu (tu za watu) ;
foramen ani or
toa or angeshika bidii moyonimuakwe, ange- podicis, rectum.

kuja, laken ametoa, i.e., hakushika or hakufania Tu, we are or were; vid. Gram.
bidii akilinimuakwe, ku enenda ; i.e., he put out Tua, s. ( = fedeha or aibu), disgrace, stain, blemish
of his heart the desire or zeal to come or to go; jambo la aibu. Muanguana asie kombo na tua,
if he had taken diligence into his heart, he would a title of Mohammed ; vid. kombo.
have come, but he put out, removed, an endeavour Tua, v. a., to despise; hapana mtu awezai ku-m-
or purpose in his mind, to go {when lie was tua, nobody can put a disgrace upon him;
called) (ku ondosha maazo moyoni, to remove the
Tua, s. (ya), a spell, fate destiny ; e.g. sura kuba , ,

thought out of one’s heart or mind, not to think

(ya Koruani) ya ku-nni-ombea Muignizimgu tua ;

about, not to will, to refuse). ya Muignizimgu ina-ku-pata ngema or mbaya;

Tota, v.n. (= ku sama majini), to sink, to perish; ku pigua tua tuayako (ya Muhammedi) ina taka- ;

ku tota mato = mato yamesama ndani, yame- baliwa.

potea, haoni tena, the eyes sink in {from any Tua, v. a. (= ku sbusba tini; ku tua msigo kitoani,
cause), they perished; hence, the man lost his toput down a load from the head, to rest, to en-
sight, he sees no more, is blind ku tota baharini camp, to halt ku tua tanga mlingotini, to take
= kuffa majini. down the sad from the mast mimi natua ruzigo-
Tossa, v. n., to blind ku-m-tossa matoyakwe = wangu na-m-tua mzigowakwe.
;

ku-m-fania kipofuperhaps to be derived with Tuana, v. rec., to help each other, to settle.
;

more accuracy from ku toa, ku tosa, to put Tueia, v. obj., to exonerate; e.g., ku-m-tulia
out, to remove. msigo ;
tulilia, tulisa, tulisia mato ; cfr. tulia,

ToTfLi, v. {Kiung. chochea) = samia mahali pa- v. n.

 ; ; ; . ; ; ; ;

TU ( 380 ) TTT

Tuliwa, V. p. wooden mortar until it be reduced to powder or

Tua, v. n. = ku ku Kama, to go down, to
sliuka, flour ;” cfr. ponda.
sink, to set, to rest; m’ezi watna (una-tua Tuakgia, v. obj., to clean corn for somebody, or
= umekwisha tua), the moon set; jua latiia, with somebody.
the sun is down, the sun sets linakutua, the Tuatua, v. a.; ku tuatua kitoa kiumajo, to rub an
sun is about to set; limekwislia sliuka; jua aching head with the hand under cqjplication of
latiia, the sun sets. This explanation is better butter.
than “jua latoa,” pro “ la atoa” ni mtana, the Tubai (or tubu), v.n. (= ku kubali, ku fuata, ku
sun is abandoned by the mtana nashinda leo kirri), to correct oneself, to mend, to groiv or
;

kiitua, I passed the day from sunrise till sunset; get better ewe baba, usi-ni-pige nnatiibai or
ameshinda or ameketi mtana kutua, he sat the nnatubu, taata maovu, sitafania tena, tafuata
ivhole day long, lit., he passed the time or sat nenolako, 0 father, do not beat me, I will grow
until the day took up the night or met with the better, I ivill abandon wickedness, I will do it

night; arnekua na mato nsiku kuja, he was no more, I will follow thy word. bonus ,

vigilant, watched, did not sleep the whole night,

fuit, rather
lit., till the night feared and fled before the coming
Tubia, v. obj., to repent of (ku juta), to im-
day kesko kii tua, after to-morrow = ku pita
prove of; ku tubia Mungu, to repent toward
kesho, to pass or to take away the day of
God ?
to-morrow kesho kupite.
Tubiwa, v. n., to be bettered.
Tua, s. (la, pi. ma — ) ;
tua la mti ( cfr
kitua), the Tubisha, v. c.; baba ame-m-tubisba raana, the
shade of a tree; cfr. mtua, a shrub. father has caused his son to correct himself, to
Tua, v. a. (= pound by rubbing,
sugua), to rub or grow better.
e g., ku tua daua maweni (ku tua mafumba ya Tubika, v. n.
unga), to rub or grind medicine on stones (ku
Tubu, s. (cfr. Arab, later coctus), tile,
tua liwa, vid.'p, ku tua pilpili, to grind pepper or ,

mandano. brick.

Tuama, v. n., to settle, to become pure from mud Tubua, v. a. (= ku ambua ngovi ya magu), to rub
ate, maji yatuiime kwanza, yawe suafi, taka siketi off, skin off by rubbing, e.g., kiatujangu
to peel the

tini, fumbi lishuke tini, yamefurungoa ni gnombe, kina-n-tubiia gulringu, my shoe has rubbed the

let the water settle, be clear, let the dirt go down, skin off my foot ; cfr. ku kopoa.
it has been stirred up by cattle. Tubuka, v.; ngovi ya maguyangu sasa ina-
= ku suguiina, ku singana fid. tubuka.
Tuana, v. rec.

singa), to rub each other = ku shikana muili, Tubulia, v., to rub off for one; mtu huyu
to seize each other's body, to wrestle, to try
ame-m-kauiaga manangu aka-m-tubulia ngovi
their mutual strength. Tuana, to settle (St.).
ya gulakwe, this man has trodden upon my
son, and has rubbed off (for jam) the skin of his
Tuamadi; mtuamadi wa maneno? yame tuamadi?
foot.
(R.).
Tuanga, v. a., to clean corn from the husk by
Tubui, s. (ya, pi. — za) (cfr. tomue) ;
tiibui ya
rusasi or jiwe ku funga na mshipi ku tupia
pounding it in a wooden mortar (cfr. ponda,
mballi, upate ku enda mballi, na ku sama, apiece
v. a.) (= ku ondoa magofi ya nde), to bruise corn
of lead or stone which is tied to the fishing-hook,
in a mortar (e.g., mtama, mahindi, &c.) until the
so as to be able to throw' it far and cause it
husk goes off from it, in order that it can be
to sink.
afterwards ground in the The corn being mill.
Tu£a, v. (vul. tua, v. n .) jua lime-ni-tuea ndiani,
still in its husk, is put into a wooden mortar and ;

the sun set to me on the road, i.e., the sun set

pounded, after having been mixed up ivith a
when I was on the way.
little water, to soften the husk (mtama upate kn

oama na ku ondoa magovi), to unliusk by pound- Tueka, v. a. down, e.g., a load), to

(lit., to let

ing, opp. to ku ponda mtelle, unhusked and hoist, to ku tueka tanga ju ya

raise; e.g.,

soaked; (2) when the business of ku tuanga is mlingoti, to hoist the sail on the mast ku ji-

over, then comes the ku puaya or ku takassa tueka mzigo, i.e., ku inua mzigo nti, ku ji-
fumbi la kitu kilijo tuangoa kua jeupc, to clean tiieka kitoani, to put a load upon one’s head;

from dust that which has been pounded (3) at niuni ametueka mbawa = ameruka, opp., ku
last “ ku fania unga,” to make flour in the mill. kunda mbawa ku keti.
Tuanga is*different from the verb “ku ponda,” TuEKfiA, v.; baba ame-m-tuekea mana mzigo
which signifies “ to pulverize, to p>ound something kitoani, the father put a load upon his son's
(e.g., bisari, pilpili, makopa, etc. )
in an iron or head.
 ; ; . . ;; .; ; ; ;; ; —

TU ( 381 ) TU
Tueza, v. a., to bring low, to humble one, to cause Tufika, v.n. (= amekua mtufu or mtupu) ;
asie"
one to become humble; Mungu ametueza watu kua na kitu kabisa.
kua nda, kua ugonjoa, &c., God humbled the Tufua, v. a., to spoil, make useless ; e.g., ku tufua
people by hunger, by sickness, &c. na watu nguo, to spoil a cloth.
wametuezoa sana ni Mungu; (2) to despise, to Tufuka, v. n., to be spoiled, useless, without form
hold in contempt. or beauty, dirty, worn out; kitu hiki kime-
J i-tueza, v. rejl., to humble oneself (=ku ji- tufuka = kimekiia kibaya; nguo imetufuka
rudisha kidogo, ku-ji-tia majonsi, ku konda beina uzuri tena, ina taka ; cfr. mtufu.
muili, watu wapate horuma wa-mu-ombee kua, Tugu, s., a small round mat for intercepting the
wali, to humble oneself and appear very sorrow- flour in native mills; (2) a fish.
ful, to move people to compassion and to inter- Tdhumu, v. a., to accuse one of, to suspect of, to
cede with the governor or judge in favour of a
criminal).
lay to one's charge; cfr.
^ ,
suspectus fuit.

Tuesha, v. a., to pay an evening visit, or to pay Tuhuika, v. n., to live (cfr. bei) (cfr. ).

one's respects to a master in the evening opp

( Tui, s. (la, pi. ma), the oily juice or milk which is
ku amkla, to salute or pay one’s respects in the obtained by straining or squeezing out the rasped
morning). The term
refers (1) to slaves ivlio cocoa-nut tui la nazi ni kitu cha nazi iliokunoa
visit their masters in the evening
husband who
(2) to a kua mbuzi iliotiwa kifumbuni ku tujoa lilelito —
calls upon his several wives
kalo ni tui. The liquid which is got by the first
living in separate houses. He generally eats
straining is tui la kassimele (vid.) = tui la
with one and chats with her, and then he goes
kwanza, yasitassa tiwa maji.
to another, whose turn itmay be to sleep with Tui, s. (wa), a leopard (yuna marakarako meupc
him ( cfr ngono). Mtuma amekuenda ku yuwaguya kuku siku zote), but tui ki-
or meusi,
tuesha (kua) Banawakwe ;
tueslia, to say mango or mpel’u anagiiya watu, he is large
“ good night;" hnyu kaku-m-tiiesha ratu = (Kiung. cbui).
kaku-mu-aga majira ya usiku.
Tuiga, s., a giraffe, a camelopard (St.).
Tu£ta, v. n. (= ku shusha pumzi), to breathe, to Tuika, v. n. ?
draw or fetch breath, to strive for breath, to
Tuili, v. n., to be long, late; cfr. Arab.
pant mtu akilala yuwatueta moyoni or rokoni
mtu hakuffa, yuwatueta tueta, to be nigh unto longus fuit, diu duravit, distulit, prolongavit;

death; ile rokho i harikari mauti, laken atueta Muignizimgu a-ku-jalie omri tuili, may God
ku tueta, to pant; cfr. grant thee long life.
ku sota.
Tuilisha (or tuiliza), v. c., to belate, delay one =
Tufali, s. ( Arab
J* ) (la, pi. ma) tufali la —
ku-m-kawisha, to prolong. ;

udongo lililofinangoa lililowekoa juani, a brick Tuja, v. a. (Kiung. chuja), to filter, strain; ku
dried in the sun (not burnt with fire). tuja maji yalio na taka, to filter dirty water ku
Tufani (or tufanu) (Arab. ),
s. (ya), a tuja nazi kua ndifu, or kua kifumbu, ku pata tui
storm, a gale of wind = mderuba ya pepo, hurri- to filter a ground nazi by means of a ndifu (vid.)

cane; pepo kuba ya ku hasiri or limiza viombo. or kifumbu (vid.), to get the milky ivater (tui)
Tufani contains mungurumu or ngurumu, umeme with ivhich the natives cook their rice, dec.

Tujoa, pass., to be filtered.

and mvua; ,
omnia oceupans pluvia, vel
Tujika, v. n., to be strained, cleaned, to be clean,
aquae fluxus submergens, diluvium.
to prove well shaken and strained moyo ulio-
Tufiliti, s., liberation; cfr. ulTi ,
effugium, like- tujika = moyo suafi, a clean heart maovu or
invasit, effecit ut evaderet, libe-
taka zimeondoka ;
mtu yuna moyo sualihi, or
ratio ;
nia sualihi kua Mungu or kua watu ;
Mungu
ravit cfr. also ali ,
liberavit. atuje taka za moyowetu.
;
(J

Tuffe, s. (ya, pi. za), ball; ku teza tuffe, to drive a Tujua, v. a., to make thin, waterish, insipid; ame
ball, to play at tennis, cricket, ball; tuffe ni ki- tujua ujiwangu.
tamba kilijo patoa (fungoa) kua mia ya gnongo, Tujuka, v. n.; uji hu una tujuka, umefania maji,
ndaui ina mawe or mtanga ku pata tuffe = ku is too watery.
funga na ku skona tuffe. The natives put a Tuka, s. (ya, pi. za), support, stay (za niumba)

stone or sand into rags and sew them up or tie tuka za shuli, the supporting pillars of a veran
them as a ball with gnongo. The boys are fond dah or balcony tuka za ku tegemeza shuli, ilio
of this play. 11 a kipa kidogo.
Tufu, adj. kitu kitufu = kisijo fa, kibaya, kisijo Tuka, v. n., (1) to become meagre, lean; mtu huyu
pendeza, useless, bad, spoiled, corrupt. anatuka = anakonda muili, si mema tena, bana
 ; ;. ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TU ( 382 ) TU
sura kana mbelle, surayakwe heifei tena, this ni uduru, to find sudden occasion (ku patua
man pined away, languished, his body has be- shikiia).
come meagre, liis frame is not as formerly, he is Ttjkiza, v. c., to make one angry, to irritate {
=
miserable; (2) to be miserable, contemptible ku ku tuslia), to displease (tukiza, to project,
tuka ribava, anatuka, liana kitu or mall tena, St.?).
amekua meupe {Kin. ku zuka), he has no strength Ji-tukiza, v. ref., to grow angry; amejitukiza
of body or property, and is therefore miserable, kua kaziyakwe ilioharibika, kulla akifania ya-
despicable mtu liuyu anatuka, this man is bad liaribika, he grew angry at his work which
or contemptible (anaiba in Kiniassa). was spoiled; ivhatever he makes is spoiled,
TukIa, v. obj. merkabu ule una-ni-tukia ;
kaina fails.
firaski ;
tukia, to meet with {cfr. tekesa) ;
tu- Tukiana, v. rec., to be angry with one another.
kiwa ;
leo nafiliwa, bassi natukiwa ni neno ni- Tukizana, v. rec. (= kasirikana, to grow angry
silo-li-jua, something which happened to me with one another, to make each other angry, or
unawares ninatukiwa or tokewa ni neno la one with the other.
Hence tuklo, pi., matuklo, an acci- Tukua {Kiung. ckukiia), v. a., to carry, bear ; e.g.,
gkafula.
a thing which happens.
dent, mzigo, niimba, &c., ku-m-tukua kitoa, to carry
Ji-tuka (=kutuka), to startle, start bacli, shrink off one's head (= ku-inu-ua), to bear up, to be
bach; e.g., akiona nioka; kuji-tuka = ku fania peaceable, to be disposed to be on good terms with
kituko, to startle. others tukua upeleka kua Buana Abdalla, take
Tukisa, make startle, but tiikiza or chu
v. cl, to this toMr. Abdalla.
kiza, to make angry kionda kina-m-tukisa TukuAna, v. rec., to bear each other, to agree, to
(niama mbofu), the wound made him miser- be compatible watu hawa wanatukuana kua
able ? kali ngema, kua mapenzi, hawatetani, these
Ku ji-tuka, e.g.,ukuta wajituka, the wall bends men agree well with each other in love, they do
or slopes, comes down. Prov.: Muigni ku not quarrel, to be inclined to peace and con-
umua ni nioka akiona ugnongo ni ku ji tuka, cord ; said of the language, e.g., a u-ord
fig.,
meno ya-ji-tuka, the teeth become bad or miser- like kadima ya tukua mambo mangi ina niaana
able, e.g., by eating rice intermixed with sand, lcethe wa ketbe; sivio na laken hai-tukuani, not
Sc. (ku tulda = pakia ?). it does not agree.
TukAna, v. a. (= ku-m-taja jina baya), to use Tukitka, v. n., portable, bearable, to be carried
abusive language against one, to despise, mzigo ku hautukuki, this load is not portable,
slight, to abuse, insult; e.g., to say, kumaninaor cannot be carried.
kumanioko, thou nakedness of thy mother (nina, Tukuka, v. n. (kiia mtukufu), to be exalted (tu-
nioko, mother)',anatukanua hatta akitukanika, kufu), to grow great; felani anatukuka, he
he ivas abused till he had enough of it, or until came up in point of wealth, he became great.
it was more than sufficient. Tukuza, v. a., to exalt, to make great.
Tukanitva, v.p. cfr. fedehewa, nasiiwa, kashi- TukuAna, name of a
; s., fish of ordinary size
fiwa, tuliwa (tua, v. a.). (R ).
;
TuKANiliA, V. n. Tukufu, adj., exalted, great; sauti tulcufu, a loud
TukAnisha, v. c., to cause to abuse, to despise; voice ; vid. tukuka, v. n., he became great.
e.g., ame-m-tukanisba babai kua kazi mbaya Tukuka, v. n., to be or become disgraceful,
alio-m-fania, to speak evil of; cfr. 2 Pet. ii. 2. shameless mtu liuyu ametukiika, liana liaya,
Ji-tukanjsha kua watu, to cause oneself to be rntofu wa liaya, ni mtuku, amekossa jua haya,
despised, to render oneself contemptible with ame-ji-ifia or amejibaribu, amejitahayarislia
the people, e.g., by going naked, dec. mbelle za watu, e.g., mlafi (alielafuka rolio, alie

Tukaniwa, v.p. (= fedehewa, nassiiwa, kaslii- na ya ujoko or ya ulafi) ametutuka, liahe-

rolio

fiwa). sabiwi kua mtu tena, a drunkard is no more

Tukanana, v. rec., to abuse or despise each counted to be a man, as he has no shame before
other. men.
Tukano, s. (la, pi. ma — ), filthy words, insulting TukuiJa, v. a. {vid. tukua, v. a.), to carry for
language, contempt. or to one; e.g., msigowakwe ku-m-tukulia or
Tukia ( Kiung cliukia), v. a,., to provoke one to thania maovu, to suspect one of evil, to take
anger, to put one out of humour, to offend one after, to inherit from ; cfr. tnalia, ondolea.
kitu liiki kina-n-tnkia Sana, provoking, trying. Tukukiana, v. rec., to forbear one another, Eph.
Tukiwa, v. n., to be offended, provoked, vexed iv. 2.

( in Kir., tzukirua, to grow angry)', ku tukiwa Tukuliwa, to be carried; tukuliwa ni watu, dec.;
 . ) = ; ;; ; ;;

TU ( 383 ) TU
mtu mashutumu, to suspect one; Tulia, v. (vid. ku tua) ( = ku saga), to grind,; jiwe
ku-m-tukulia
ku tukuliwa mashutumu, to be suspected. la ku tulia daua, a stone for grinding medicine.
Tukulika, v.; mzigowangu hautukuliki, my load Tulia, v. n., to be quiet, calm; to be not petu- (2)
is not portable, cannot be carried. lant, not wanton, to amend from a bad life;
Tukuza, v. c., to cause one to carry ame-ni- mana liuyu yuwatulia, this boy is quiet, is not
tukuza mzigowakwe, ame-ni-pa mirni ku tukua, petulant, but stays at home and obeys the orders
nai ainekuenda na mikono mitupu, he gave m.e of his superiors; tulia! be quiet! don't make
the load to carry and he went empty-handed a noise ! cfr. tua, v. a., to exonerate.
ku-m-tukuza = ku-m-pagaza mizigo, to make Tulika, v. n., to be tranquil or serene.
one carry. Tulilia, v. obj., to settle down for one; maneno
Tukusha, v. a. ( = aibisha, tahayarisha) arae-m- ;
liaya yana-n-tulilia sasa = yana-n-pendeza ;

fania mtuku kua neno ofu alilofania, to disgrace ku-ji-tulilia, to console oneself, to calm oneself;
one to render disgraceful by misdemeanour
,
yame-ku-tulilia ? have you understood it?
mana ame-m-tukusha babai kua watu, baba ame- resp., yame-ni-tulilia, yes, I have.
kua mtuku, the son made his father disreputable Tuliliwa.
with the people ; cfr. tuka, v. n.
Tuliliana, v. rec., to come to an agreement.
Tukussa, v. c. ( vid tukiita) = ku sukasuka, to shake, Tuliza, v. c., to cause to be quiet, calm; ku tuliza
move; e.g.,ku tukussa mti tundo zipate pukutika moyo, to quiet, to console the heart.

nti, to shake a tree, in order that the fruit may Tulizia, v. obj., to calm for one; ku-m-tulizia
fall on the ground; (2) ku tukussa nti kua fitina, robo, to calm, to calm his mind for him.
toshake the land by rebellion, to rebel. Tulizanana, v. rec., to comfort one another.
Tukuta, v. n., to be restless, not to be quiet, not Tuluku (or taliki), v. a., to repudiate; ku-m-
to remain at one place, to be giddy, fickle, to tuluku mtumke = ku tokana na mtumke, to di-
be petulant ( like children), vorce a wife ; cfr.
wanton, to bear dimisit repudio uxorem.
oneself high; manahuyuyuwatukuta =
yuwa- Tuluthi (vid. thulutki) (= fungu la tatu), the third
zunguka, batulii mahali pamoja, ni mtukutu, part (stretching the fingers from the thumb to the
this boy is restless, runs about is wanton; ku
end of the fore-finger) ; cfr. JflS una pars, vel
,

tukuta = tetema nti ya Kiloa yalitukuta.

,

;
t
portio ex tribus.
is said, that when an earthquake was felt at

Kiloa, the /Sultan Said Majid desired the Tu.ua, v. a. (cfr. servum effecit, in servitutem ,

reading of liitima besides which he gave

;
redegit et obsequio subjecit) (Kin. ku liuma)
90 dollars to the poor and fed them. tuma, to make by industry (/un.kutzu-
(1) profit
Tukutia (tukudia, R.); gnombc ku ni tukutia (ku ma); to send; ku tuma mali,
(2) to employ,
funga vidaya) (R.). to barter kind of property for an-
one
Tukutia, v. obj.; kua ku-m-tukutia, in spite of other kind, by which profit is obtained, e.g., a
(= kanisba) (lit., by being wanton to him). native takes cloth to the Wanika or Wakamba
Ku tukutiza ( obscene ;
tukutiska, to shake, country in order to obtain bullocks, which he
to loabblc, Luke
48 (R.). vi. then sells to advantage on the coast; ame-m-
Tukutika, mti umetukutika, the tree
v. n.; tuma mtu kazi, he used or employed him for
shook (or umetukuta), to stir or to be stirring, work = ame-m-tuma ku fania kazi; ame-m-
moving in move once more before
sleep, or to tuma Unguja, he employed him to go to Zan-
dying ; vid. gnambayuna jina litukutikalo, zibar = he sent him to Zanzibar = ame-m-tumia
he has a glorious name. ku nenda Unguja; ametiimoa ni sultani Mwita,
Tun, s., longitude; Arab. longitudines lie was used by the king for Mornbas = he was

—
,

locorum in geographia. employed to go he was sent to Mombas; ku-m-

Tui-ania, v. a. ( Kigunia ) ( ku-m-bisha or fania tuma kazi or mahali = ku fania kazi, or ku nenda
ubishi), to befool one, to play the fool with one
makalikuyu yuwatuma dunia, this man cares for
this ivorld, but another yuwatuma akhera, i.e.
ku tezea watu maneno ya msaha.
Tulaniana, v. rec. (= ku bisbana kua msaha). cares for the world to come tumolakwe la

Tule, s.; tide wa mtangani wa poani, akingia akhera, his care is for the other world.
kionda, ni masbaka, yuna magu 6 (kana n'zi) ;
Tumia, v. obj., to make use of a person or thing
agandamana na kionda damu ku toka, an insect muigni mtuma amem-tumia ku nenda Mwita;
on the coast, which is very troublesome to persons ametumia kissujangu, he used my knife, to
who have ivouncls or sores on their feet. use, to make one's business,to make profit
Tule, adj., low; muigni deraja tule, a person of by, deriv., matumizi and utumizi.
low degree, James i. 8. Tumika, v., to be used, to serve, to do service;
 ; ; ; ;; ; ; ; ; ;;

TU ( 384 ) TU
fetha inatumika kua shoguli = inafa kua kazi, used in fishing (tumbi ya ku fulia samaki).
money is serviceable in business; 'Amuri za They also plait baskets of the leaves of the cocoa
Saidi zitumike humu Mwita (or kapa tulipo) tree (tumbi ya rnnazi) ;
(tundu, tumbi, skupi,
kama zituraikavio liuko Unguja, the command- pagaja, various kinds of baskets).
ments of Saidi are useful here at Mombas, as Tumbika, v. a., vid. tumba, v. n.
they are useful there at Zanzibar. Tumbiri (or tumbili), s. (wa), a small kind of
Tumikana, to be used, consumed, worked up; monkey, a baboon.
kibao kina tumikana. Tumbo, s. (pi. —
za) (sing, utiimbo), bowels, gut,
Tumikia, of use or serviceable to
v. obj., to be belly, viscera, ivomb, entrails,
intestines. The
one, to serve one; ku-m-fanizia kaziyakwe tumbo dogo (small and tumbo ku or kiiba
belly)

mtnmishi huyu ana-ni-tumikia wema kazi- (the large belly) constitute the matumbo ya mtu

zangu. or niama. Matumbo ni tumbo pia (dogo na

Tumikiwa, v.p. kuba) zilizo ndani. The small and great intestines
Tdmisha, v. c., to employ ku tumislia watu. taken together are called matumbo tumbo ku ;

Tumilia, v.; ku-ji-tumilia, to use, spend, ivaste. lina rnafi mapefu mangi, taken tumbo dogo lina

Tumiliwa, v. n., to be ministered. mafi maembamba; tumbo, the belly in its external
appearance matumbo means more the inside,
Tumai (or tumaini), v. n.
(
quievif, acquie-
the intestines; gnombe liana tumbo kuba, na
,

vit, confisus, fretus fait), to hope, trust, rely in tlianni kakuskiba tumbo la ku enenda, diar-
;
one (ku amini kua); na-m-tumaini mtu kuyu, / rhoea; tumbo la ku hara damu, dysentery;
trust, I rely in this man, to be confident roko-
ndugu wa tumbo muja, born from one mother,
yaugu yatumai, I hope. consequently brother or sister; tumbo la taffi.
Tcmaika (or tumainika), to be trusted, reliable.
Leo ulanie mukate wa tumbo la taffi = mukate
Tumainisha, v. c ., to make confident, to make to
ulio na shebiki ya tumbo la taffi. To-day make
hope.
bread in the shape of the intestine of the fish
Tumania, v. obj., to confide in, to hope in. taffi (asie na mamba). Ni maandazi ya Kisuakili
Tumba, 'v. n., to lie, to sit (especially without cfr. maandazi.
design ) mtu kuyu anatumka burre = anaketi Tumbu (or tumbuu), s. (ya, pi. —
za) (1) tumbu
;
;

buvre ; nioka anatumka or anasanga mlangoni

za mia = nsimba (vid. usimba, pi. nsimboa) (2) ;

kimba cka niama or kiwimba cka mti kina- (ku fulia tumbu), the catch or staple of a lock, or
tumba; tungu ya makindi inatumba, to lie round
for a bolt.
about in great number or abundance, or plenty
Tumbua, v. a.; ku tumbiia tundu kua kissu or
vicl. dumba (?)
kigumba, to perforate, to malce a hole with a
Tumbika, v. a. (ku tungu), to lay in heaps, to
knife or with an iron arrow-head (but ku sua or
heap up, to pile up.
sulia kua kekee, to bore through with a borer)
—
Tumba, s. (la, pi. ma ) tumba la juo, the case ;
to disembowel (St.).
covering of a book; ku tia juo tumbani, trunk-like
Tumbuka, v. n. (1) to make a hole, to punch, ubao
plaiting of mia kitumba, a little bag.
;

ume tumbuka tundu kinu kimetumbuka tundu

Tumba, s. ; tumba la mezi ( = anga la mezi), the
;

(utie komoe, vid.) (2) to burst out, ipu lime- ;

halo which is round the disk of the moon, which

tumbuka, linatoka wasaha or wusaka, the boil
is, as it were, the case or shade of the moon
burst, the matter came out; akiwa anatumbuka
(vid. muali wa mezi) tumba la usso la-m ;
tumbuka, Luke xvi. 20.
gnagnanika kua ku paka mafuta, the skin of his
Tumbukia, v. obj., to fall into, to get into ; fig.
face shines with ghee.
Tumba, s. (ya ,pl. za) —
tumba ya ua, the bud of
;
ametumbukia kizimani, he fell into a well, i.e.,
he got into a scrape, difficulty (St.).
a flower which is not yet open.
Tumba mmoja, cfr. joli. Tumbukiza, v. c., to cause to fall into, to throw
into ; to get a person into a scrape.
Tumbako, s., tobacco ku vuta tumbako, to smoke;
tumbako ya ku nuka (or ku nusa (St.) ), to take Tumbuika, v. n. mfiazi yuwatumbuika kua utvingu,
snuff. kua ku ugua, matumbo ya-mu-uma Sana, a woman
Tumbasi, s., an abscess (St.). in labour ivas soothed in her pain, for her bowels
Tumbawe, s. (la, pi. — ma), loral-rock ; matumbawe pained her much.
ni mawe maoioro ya poani ya ku oja toka, soft Tumbuiza, v. c., to soothe watu wana-m-
stones on the coast, which are burnt for lime. tumbuiza mfiazi kua nirnbo, watu wa n'de
The tumbawe is also used for a mill-stone (jiwe wasisikie kite cka mfiazi, or kilio cka mfiazi
laku sagia unga). kisisikilikane nde mfiazi ametumbiiizoa the
; ;

Tumbi, s. (ya, pi. —

za), a basket made o/mia, and people soothed a woman in labour by singing
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;; ;; ; : — ;

TU ( 38s ) TU
songs lest the people (who are without ) hear sunna, to fast in general or usually, ku saumu ;

her groaning ; the wailing of a woman in sermone, coitu

cfr. ^Co, abstinuit cibo, potu, ;

labour should not be heard outside the house ;

jejunavit.
cfr. utumbuizo.
Tumu, taste, tasting (St.).
Tumbuisho (or utumbuisho). Tuna, v. a. (Kiung., cliuna), to flay, strip off the
Tumbulia, v. (vid. tumbua) ;
ku-m-tumbulia mato, skin; niama ya matuni is that portion of meat
to stare at one with open eyes. Mimi nime-ku- which is given to the man who flayed a slaugh-
ambia, fania kaziyako, naive wa-n-lumbulia mato tered animal (cfr. kinamisi) ; (2) to swell, to get
bassi, I told thee, do thy business, but thou starest cross (St.?); (3) v. a., to lick out with the
only atme with open eyes. fingers (Kiel., ku gomba).
Tumburiza, v.; ku tumburiza mato (cfr. gnariza, Tunika, v. n., to be flayed, to lose the skin.
kodola), to open wide the eyes.
Tumburizia (or tumburishia) mtu liuyu yuwa-
Tunda, s. (la, pi. ma — ), fruit in general; tunda
; la mti, la nti, die., fruit of the tree, of the
n-tumburizia mato ku-ni-angalia bassi ; cfr. ground, &c. matunda mema matano katika
tumbulia mato. ulimengu. The Muhammedans say, there are
Tumburujika,?;. n., to corrupt, rot, putrefy samaki five good fruits in the world, viz. (1) la peponi,
lii haifei, amelegea, ameoza ndani, amelalatangu (2) la elfagiri, (3) la magribi, (4) la isha, (5) la
jana, this fish is useless, it is rotten, because it mottoni or juani, viz. la dobori, and la el-aseri

has lain since yesterday mtu liuyu ametumburu- consequently three fruits during the cool season,
jika mato, ameka siku tatu tangu kuffa kuakwe, and, two fruits growing during the hot season.
this man emits water and a bad smell from the This mystical representation refers to the five

eyes because he has lain three days since he died

,
prayer-times of the Muhammedans.
mato yana tumburujika. Tunda, v. a. (= ku angua), to pluck fruit off the
'Iujibuu, s., staple; vid. tumbu. tree and cast it down to the ground = to get

Tumbuza, v. a.; mtu liuyu amepenia liapa mituni, down fruit from a tree, e. g., ku tunda
akatumbuza kua pili or nde ya pili, this man (or angua) madafu, makanja, mapera, ritoria

entered the forest here (vid. penia), and came maembe, &c.
out on the other side (or at the outside of the
Tundia, v. obj.; ngoe ya] ku tundia, or upembo
opposite direction ); ku-tumbuza kua pili = tum- wa ku tundia, or angulia maembe, a hook with
bua, v. a.; cfr. St., to disembowel. which to pick down fruit from ; vid. upembo ;

vid. ji-tundia.
Tume, s., a messenger, but mtumua or mtuma, a
Tundika, v. n., to hang up, to be suspended.
slave (utiimua or ultima, slavery ) vid. ku ;

tvima, v. a. Tundama, v. n. = kua mangi, to be accumulated,

to be much; maji yatundame kwanza, yawe
Tuma, v. n. ; (1) to use, (2) to send.
Tu.uia, v. a., to iise, to employ, to spend. mangi, kisba uteke, let the water first trickle and
Tujiika, v. n., to serve, to be employed; tumilia,
accumulate, then draw it. Hence tundama, to

pass, tumiliwa tumikia, to serve one, to obey. drip slowly (maji yalize kwanza) and collect at
;

the bottom ofa pit or well; (maji yalizayo

Tume, s., fear, danger mtu buyu ana tume or
yanatundama, yanaketi pamoja katika skimo)
afania tume, muigni tume sana, akisikia mti
(cfr. tuama).
waanguka yuwatezama sana, this man has great
fear; ivhen he hears a tree fall, he looks about Tundo (ya ,pl. — za) (Kinika), fruit = tunda (la,

anxiously mabali pa tume or miafa or basara, pi. — ma) in Kisuah.

a dangerous place. Tundu, s. (ya, pi. za) (or matundu), hole, a cage ,

Tumo, s. (la—) (vid. tuma, v. n. and v. a., to use ) a nest; ku sua or subua tundu kua kekee, to
hence tumo, the use acquisition, gain busi- bore a hole with the borer; tundu la usso, la
of, ,

ness, industry. Duruma ni tumo langu or mabali moyo? tundu ya pua, a nostril tundu la niuni,
a bird's nest; cfr. kitundu.
pa tumo langu, the Duruma tribe is the place
for my mtu yule, tumolakwe Tundua, v. n.
business or trade muana buyu anatundua (hatta

la akhera laken mtu buyu yuwa tuma dunia, anatundua), to behave silently (to lead a retired
that man makes his business for the world to life).

come, but this man cares for the present world. Tundua, v. n., to be taciturn, to be entirely silent

Tumi; (Arab. pf°), fast, fasting

(ya), s. mezi mtu buyu yuwatundua hasemi r.a watu — yuna
wa tumu or Ramatbani, the month of fast the — maazo gani ? this man is taciturn, he does not
Muhammeclan Lent ku funga t’umu ( Kimrima ) speak with people ; what thoughts has he? Die
= ku funga Ramathani (Kanwita) ku funga I

natives dislike such behaviour, from a belief

 ; ; ; ; ;
; ; ; ; ;

TU ( 386 ) TU
that a silent fellow meditates mischief (to he Tunga, s., a round open basket (St.).
crippled, stunted ,
not to attain maturity ; Reb. Tungalia, v. obj., to look into, Rev. iii. 4.

writes dundua, vid. Tungama, v. n., to thicken, to concrete (ku tulia

Tundualia, v. ohj.; ku-ni-tundualia liapa mlan- maliali pamoja) ;
damu inatungama
e.g., (vid.
gonipangu sipendi, I do not like that man to tunga, No. 7), inafania madonge (vid.), to be

stand about silent at my door. steady; niuki watungama (vid. niuki), that

Tunduia, v. a. wait for, to watch, to

(otea), to which sits above ? (B,.).

ivaylay one, to spy; na-m-tunduia liatta ni-mu-one Tungamana, v. n., to agree (= kua maliali

Warabai wa-ji- tunduia nazizao, hut the Wadigo pamoja, ku lekea, ku kutana, ku oana) mane-
put them under prohibition (It ); (vid. ku funga noyao or masliauiriyao yanatungamana, yana-
kata) ku-m-tunduia, fr. Luke vi. 7.
;
kwislia ku lekea, yanakua pamoja, their words
or counsels agree.
Tunduizi wa maneno, a scout, a listener, a spy.
Tungamanisha, v. c., to cause to agree; wali
Tunga, This verb has various modifications
v. a.
ametnngamanisha watu masbauiri mamoja, the
of meaning, but the fundamental notion seems to
governor united the people in adopting one
be “ to put together, to drive together, to join,
plan.
unite, to put together in order ” (1) ku tunga .

(or junga) gnombe, to drive the cattle together, to Tungesa (?), to adjust, dispose ??

send them pasture (ku peleka katika niassi or

to
Tungelesa ?
malishoni) ku tunga ku salli, to impel, to urge
;
Tungia, v. obj.; mama ame-ni-tungia aka-ni-tukulia
to prayer ku tunga mtu; (2) ku tunga niama mimba (cfr. tunga, v. a.) (vid. mimba) (tumbo)
iliotindoakuagnongo, apate tukua, after slaughter- niugue ya ku tungia samaki (vid. Kisimbo), to
ing of meat together in order to
to tie the pieces ,
string fish, to string on a line or wire.
carry it. The natives tie their portions of meat Tungika, v. a. (= cfr. angika, v. a.), to hang up,
with ropes, and carry them in the hand; ku suspend, to depend upon, to hang from; ku tun-
tunga visbasi via saraaki, to put together strings gika ngao, to hang up a shield ku tungika ben-
of fish, expose them for sale (five fish tied to
to dera; muende mukatungike bendera kuenu !

a string are usually sold for a pishi of corn Tungiiua, v. obj. ugue wa ku tungikia kifumbu,
ivhen small the kisbasi contains eight for a
fi-sh, a rope with which to hang up the filtration-
qjishi) (3) ku tunga usbanga = ku tia katika basket.
niugue, to put beads into strings, to string beads, Tungikua, v. p., to be suspended.
ten or twelve or fifteen strings (each string con- Tungiza, v. a. (vid. ku tungulia)
ku tungiza sbu- ;

taining ten smaller strings) of white beads are baka marra moja, to look out or peep out of the
usually sold for £ dollar at Mombas ; ushanga bu window, and withdraw immediately ; nioka yu-
unatungika vizuri (Kir., ku liunga) ; (4) ku tunga watungiza kitoa pangoni tungiza, not to bore ;

(= ku tangania pamoja) wikuba mkadi na rehani entirely; maji yakitungizua ni uwangua, ivhen
kua sindano na ugue wa mkindu (5) ku tunga ;
the water withdraws from the wangaa vid.
wali = ku tia wali sahinini ku weka kando ku wangua.
peleka niumbani katika karamu, to put boiled
Tungu (Kiung. ebungu), s. (wa), (1) a kind of small
rice into a plate in order to send it home (to
rain; (2) tungu
ants, very troublesome before the
one’s family ) ku tunga mai,
from a feast (6)
;
(ya, pi. za), heap, pile;tungu mbili, two heaps
muanzo wa ku fania mai ndani ya matumbo, to (tungu ya mawe) =
(3) tungu ya maziwa
;
begin to form eggs in the ovary kuku yuwa.
kitoma kikuba cha maziwa, a large calabash of
tunga mai mtumke yuwaanza ku tunga mimba
;
milk which is sold in the market of Mombas
damu inatungannina pamoja ku faniza mana, the
(4) tungu la mkia wata, a kind of fish having a
woman begins to become pregnant, the blood join-
saw-like tail of nothing but bones saw-fish ?. —
ing together, to form a child; (7) ku tunga nimbo
(tungu la, pi. ma —
) (cfr.
siafu); tungu uf'undo arc
( = ku bunni nimbo), to make, to compose songs
very large ants. The tungu la mkia is used as
to make verses ku tunga jiio yadaka skehe, to
a rasp.
compose a book requires great learning; neno
lililo tungoa ni watu, a matter composed by men;
Tungu tungu, s., a little animal.

(8) ku tunga unga kua utoo, to winnow

Tungua, v. a., to cause to sink, to cast down; e.g.,
(to sift )

flour with a sieve (cfr. tenga, s .) tenga za mtello ku tungua (Kipemba) madafu = ku angua (Kim-
;

ziwe ju, zitengeke kando, to sift the flour in wiia) madafu, to cut off cocoa-nuts and throw
order to make the coarse parts to come up and them down from the tree; ame-m-tungua rolio
move to the side of the sieve; (9) ku tunga, to kua babavi kali, lie made his spirit sink or dis-
suppurate (St.). turbed by serious news (e.g., that his brother was
 ; ) = ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

TU ( 387 )
TU
dead ) ku-m-tungua mtumke matumbo kua mbo fore instigated the fish to devour him). The
;

nrefu, iliofika hatta palipona ufiazi (womb), to fish itself did not know it, but the evil spirit
hurt the woman's belly, dec. ku tungua, v. a., to ivhich, in the idea of the natives, resides in the
take down = ku toa kitu ju = ku angua ku-m- ;
deep, induced it to eat the man. Kitunusi means
tungua mtu to degrade, to disparage a person. properly “a whirlpool."
Tunukia, present one with, to make a
—
Tungo (la, pi. ma ) neno hill ni tafute kua tungo
;

present
v. obj., to

tunu ya ku tunukia mesgidi, to make

to;
gani hatta ni-li-pate hatujui tungozakwe neno ;

hili temptation (R.) ? a present to a mosque; ku-m-tunukiakitujema;

(

Tunguka, v. n., to sink, to be cast down, to be ame-ni-tunukia kofia = ame-ni-pa kofia adia,
perturbated, disturbed, fallen down; roho ina- he has made me a present of a cap = ame-ni-
m-tungiika ( = ina-m-gnoka, ku fania teshwishi pa tunu kofia tunu.

or kofu), Ids spiritis cast down, disturbed,

Tunukiwa, v.p., to be presented.
the spirit were plucked out by bad Tunu (or tiiunu), v. n., to turn or twirl ? (R.)
is, as it ,

news jiwe linatunguka = linapassuka, lina- Tunu, s. (ya, pi. za), a rarity, a choice gift, a pre-
anza ku angiika, the stone will fall. sent tunu ya mua, a present of sugar-cane
Tungulia (Kiung. chungulia), v.; (1) ku-m-tun- tunkisi (Erh.), a rarity, a token of affection;
gulia madafu ( Kipemba ) = ku-mu-angulia watu wanaona tunu leo, the people have seen to-
(Kimwita), to throw down cocoa-nuts for one; day a rarity e.g., a female ventriloquist from ,

(2) ku-m-tungulia kua mato, to throw or cast tunu ya mesgidi Uriiamezi (14 Jan. 1868, R.) ;

down upon one the eyes = to throw

for, or (kitu cka pambo, kitu kizuri).
down the eyes upon one, to see him, to stoop Tunulizi, s. ? (R.).
down to see a thing (ku tungulia kua ku Tunza, s. (la ,pl. ma )
care. —
inama), to stoop down and peep into a thing ; Tunza, v. a. ( = ku linda) (1) to guard, to keep, to
ametungulia ku zimu, punde amesindu-kana, take care of; ku tunza akili, to guard one's mind
akili imerudi, amefufuka tena fulani ana- or understanding, to take heed, to beivare, to
;

ugua ku tungulia ku zimu, to be moribund, look upon; siku-m-tunza sana, I have not looked
to be sick unto death, to be dangerously ill (3) upon him well or aright (vid. angazia) (2) v. n.; ;

to look after the labourers or workmen ( vul ku t’unza wasaha; wasaha watunza, wafura or
hesa hesa) uffa wa tungulilia, a peep-hole.
;
wakusanika makali pamoja; wasaha wa-ni-tunza
Tungulilia ufa wa tungulilia cfr. mtunduizi.
;
sana maguni, or ipu latunza, wasaha kua mgi =
;

Tunguja, s. (la, pi. ma), the love-apple, a fndt (of lafuta ndani, hatta kua telle, the boil gives much
a red colour) which they put into the mtuzi (vul.) pain, from the swelling which lasts until sup-
cfr. kibe cfr. tunguza in Kinika.
;
puration has taken place ; to fester, suppurate,
Tungumanji, s. ( = kiipu utungu kitokacho wakati draw together.
wa barri) (cfr. ldwe, pi. wiwe), exanthema ? heat Tupa, v. a., to throw away, cast, fling, dart; ku
pimple. tupoa, to be cast; fig., to transgress ; e.g., hatti

Tunguri, s. In Kisegua it means a small kind of ku tupa mato or nathari, to cast the eyes, to cast

calabash (kitoma kidogo), ivhich the charmers a glance ku tupa kua kombeo, to sling.
;

use. The man ivlio mentioned this term to me, Tupia, v. obj., to throw before or
to throw at, to

said that he had himself heard a sound issuing pelt with, to deprive one defraud of; wa- of, to

from the calabash. If this be true, the charmer ni-tupia ntiyangu kua ku penda ku la ku-m- ;

must have been a ventriloquist tunguri is called tupia mukono, to nod, to make a sign farasi
kibanduo in Kimrima. At a later period I saw mzoefu wa ku tupia, a horse used to run quickly,
the calabash myself, but 1 did not hear any Tupilia, v. obj.
sound issuing from it. Tupiliwa.
Tunika, v. n., to be flayed; vid. tuna. Tupiwa.
Tunkua. ;
ku kuea ni tunkua (cfr. pungua) (mtun- Ku tupa mkia (gnoinbe), to wag the tail.

kua) (R.) ? Tupa (or dupa ?), a file.

Tunkua, v. a. ( ku penda nafsinimuakwe, ku Tupa (Erh. tuba), s. (ya, pi. —
za, or mattipa), (1) a

tamani roho), to lust after, to long for natiinuka bottle; tupa ya ku mafuta or marashi, a
tilia

mtu huyu, nadaka ku fania rafiki nai, I have an bottle for oil or scents (2) tupa ya mfiazi ina-
affection for this man, I wish to make friendship passuka or inatumbuka, inavundika, ku toka
with him, fond of, to be in love with;
to be maji, ku legeza uke (kuma),. mana apate teleza,
kitunusi ametunuka mtu huyu, na tewa ame-m-la, the bladder (as it were, the bottle) of a parturient
the evil spirit Kitunusi had a propensity toward woman bursts up, to carry off the water, to make
this man (he desired to destroy him, and there- way in the vagina, that the child can slip
c c 2
 . ; ; ; ; ; ; ;;

TU ( 3§8 ) TU
through; mke anavunda tupa, atavia sasa, uke Tussa (or tuza), v. a. and v. n. This verb has
unalegea, niji unafuata. various meanings. (1) tussa, to get off; e.g.,
Turu, adj., naked hare, empty
,
iirongo utupu, « dau latussa, boat gets off; (2) to flow, to
the
hare lie; Mkamba ni mtupu tupu, liana nguo, the trickle down, to be thin or watery kionda cha
Mkamha naked, has no cloth (asiekua na
is tussa, daua heisbiki kabisa, the wound flows,
nguo); amekimbia na mikono mitupu, he fled therefore the medicine will not stick to it; uji
with empty hands (liakua na kitu kabisa) Mkam- ;
watussa, the gruel (vid. uji) is watery, not thick
ba huyu yu tupu Wakamba hawa wa tupu; Wa- ;
unakua maji or umefania maji matupu, it became
kaniba wenda tupu Wakamba ni watu wendao ;
water, became quite watery; maji jatusse niasbi/.i
tupu intu alie tupu, a naked man ( seldom mtu
; ya jungu, yapate oama, let the water flow into the
mtupu); mtupu is = nieskini; chakula liiki ni soot of the pot, to soften ku fania wino, to it;

ki tupu (liakina kitoweo); waume watupu means make ink; ewe niana usugue masbizi ya jungu
brothers; watu walio tupu sidaki ku ona tupu ; na maji, utusse wino, na sasa wino unatussa;
ya watoto hawa ya-ni-sigitisha ku enda tupu ; mtuzi utusse or utuze, or ulegeze wali, or wali
luikukua watoto hawa sikupendi; kijana kitupu, upate Iegea, ndiposa ukafanioa mtuzi ndiosebabu ;

a naked hoy; tupu tupu {intern, form). ukafanioa mtuz', or ndipo ukafanioa mtuzi, the
Tukki (wa ,
pi. Maturki), a Turk, pi. Turks. broth is to render the dry boiled rice more fluid
Turuiiani, s. (ya) tupime kwanza samli na kitoma-
;
this is the reason for which broth is made, viz.,
chakvve, punde tutoe turuhani, i.e., tuangalie to convey some fluid substance to the boiled rice
uziiowa kitoma pekeyakwe, let us first weigh the ivliicli is not relishable without moisture. There
butter and its calabash, afterwards let us make must be gliee, or meat broth, or fish, or herbs, dec.
the subtraction, i.e., afterwards let vs weigh Mtuzi unatuza, after the meat has been taken off
the calabash separately ; vid. dorokhani, s., ku and the broth alone remains. Mtuzi ulikua nie-
toa torokhani, to equipoise. ma, mbona unatuza ukama (or kana) maji ya
Turupuka ( or purctma), v. n. (ponioka), to mtungini; (3) to get well after sickness; (4) to
escape from a trap or noose, to slip out, to escape give presents; watu watezao ni ku tussa wa tussa ;

ku turupuka mukononi = ku teleza mukononi, to tussa ;

tunateza ngoma liatta kuna kucha, bassi
slip out of one' s hand ; e.g., kuku; ku turupuka tuteze tuzoyetu tuna tuzua; (5) ku tuza damn,
ugueni or tanzi, to slip out of the rope or of the torun down with blood, to bleed very much (6)
knot of a rope (e.g., a bird which has been caught)', ku tuza moyo, to calm or compose oneself (7) to
vid. sumbika, v. n. waste, to decay, to die aioay, to become im-
Turupusha, v. c. poverished; kiwambaza kunatuza kua mvua ki-

Turupushia, v. obj. k&fania viuundu nundu.

Tusabi (or tesbihi), s., a string of beads used by Tussa, tusika, turusika (vid. matozi) ;
tutusika
the Muliammedans for counting their prayers j = pumsika, to rest ?
a rosary ; vid. tesbihi.
Tutusha, v. c., to despise ?
Tusha, v. c. ( cfr tuka, v. n., to become lean, miser-
able, contemptible), to render or make contempt- Tussi, s. (la ,pl. 111 a— )
(cfr. jinenza orjeneza) ;
tuss

la ku tukulia meiti, a bier on which a dead person

ible; (2) ku tusha roho,. to pick up heart so
that becomes quiet. is carried to the grave; (2) tussi or tuzi (ya, pi.
it

= ku jiharibu) ku ji-tukanisha, za), the frame on which the bridegroom is carried

Ji-tusha, v.refl. ( ;

at the time of ongoya (vid. ongova) tuzi ni wa

ku ji-tukiza kua watu, to spoil oneself, to render ;

oneself contemptible with the people, to show watu waongoyao.

one’s weak points, to show one's deficiencies, Tusso (or tuzo), s. (ya, pi. za ), (1) a reward —
to commit or expose oneself; niana huyu alikua for play (vid. tussa or tuza); (2) tuzo katika
mema, nizuri alipotoka maliazi, lakeu sasa dau (soil, ku safiri kuenda Unguja), majira ya
a me ji tusha, ameluiribu surayakwe kua ku jipo- kussi, is the time of getting off on a dhow to

tda muiliwakwe kua wanda, 11 a mambo man- Zanzibar watu wana tuza (cfr. tua), the peo-
gine ya uziiri sasa ana tuka, hapenddzi watu
;
ple get off; sijui tuzo ya ku- 111 -tuza liatta aki-
sana tena, this boy was pretty when lie was furalii nalsiyakwe (lb).

born, but he ruined himself, he has

has ku-m-tabayarisba), to put one to
TusuA, v. a. ( =
spoiled his countenance by disordering his by refusing one's
the blush, to disgrace one, e.g.,
flesh with antimony and other cosmetics now — petition; vid. susua.
he is contemptible, miserable, and no longer
Tusuka, v. n. (susuka) (= tahayari), to be
pleases people.
and ashamed, confounded, disgraced; Mzungu
Tusi tusi, s.; vid. utusitusi, cfr. gubari ufuru-
haku-ni-pakitu, mimi natusuka, lam disgraced
furu.
 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

TU ( 389 ) UA
(
an expression which scoundrels and beggars TuTu.Mo.y (or tutumua), v. n. mana huyu amc-
often use in the presence of the Mzungu = tutumoa ni matumbo alipokula maembe mangi,
European). this boy got rumbling of the bowels in conse-

Tusuira (tuswira, St.), a picture. quence of having eaten too many mangoes.

Tuta, s. (la, pi. matitta), a heap of earth a raised

Tutumta, v.
,

bed for planting sweet potatoes in (St.). Tutu Mika, v. n. mukonowangu leo unatutumika
= fura, to put into, to drive in, e.g., to thread
Tuti, s. ; mti wa tuti,mulberry (St.).
a needle, to press in in boring.
Ku Tutisa v.a. kitu, to give one a thing after
Tutumka tutumuka), v. n., to be driven up,
(or
the other.
blown up, up matumbo yatutumka
to sivell
Tutu (tudu, R.), s. (ya, pi. — za), a wart; kitu
( =
yafura) kuakushiba mno cfr. ku wimba ;

kidogo kiraeajo muilini, kitokajo kana pele, laken wimbiwa.

ni kigumu kana sugu (
callosity ), pimples or
Tutumuka (and tutumika) = ku fura.
pustules like pele (itch), pana tutu (dutu) liapa
Tutumsha (ortutumusha), v. c. ku tutiimsha
kama mimba, here is a jutting out like in
matiimbo =
ku furisha or futuza matumbo
pregnancy.
kasidi, to cause the belly to enlarge, sivell on
Tutu, s., vid. msombo. purpose (e.g., by children at play, who enlarge
Tutu ! leave it alone ! don't touch 1 used to little the belly on purpose) ;
matumbo yame-ni-
children meddling with what they had better tutumsa.
leave alone (St.). Ji-tutumsha, v. ref.; ku ji-tutumslia kua ma-
Tutua, v. a.; ku-m-tia tutiio, asbike tammaa, to neno, to boast, to brag (
= ku jifutua, ku jisifu,

give one a promise, to raise his desire, to make ku ji-tia kibiiri or usafihi).
a false show, to deceive; ku-m-tia kishindo, to Tutumua (or ku dutumua both forms are used),
;

amuse one with a promise, eg., to marry a v.a. usishike kua utelezi tutumua ki-tutumuslie !

female, who rejoices, but finds herself afterwards Sana, mtu atukuaye mzigo pekeye, yuwainulia
disappointed ; cfr. ku-m-sliaua, dangania. tu, hadutunmi ku-ji-tutumua, to gather oneself ;

Tutuka, v. n. mtiiuike ametutuka, liasliuka, up for an effort (St.), to throb (?)

the woman has been deceived, the matrimonial
Tutumusha, v. a. leo tuna tutunnishua ni wa-
promise not having been performed (2) tu-
toro, hatujui kuamba Wasegiia
ni = Kimw.
tuka, or tutumka, tutusika, to rise in little
fukuzua (R.), to chase, drive away.
swellings, to come out in a rash (St.).
Tutuo, s. ;
una tutiio we we = roklio n&ogo, faint-
Tutuka, v. n., to throb.
heartedness, dissatisfaction, haste, greediness
Tutusha, v. a., to despise.
(R.).
Tutuziica, to rest (?)
Tutuziko, s. (rokhoni muangu naona tukuziko),
Tutuma, v. n. (
= ku nguruma, v. n.), to rumble,
throbbing of the heart ?
bounce, rattle, e.g., majango yatutuma matumboni,
Tuuka, v. n to happcn = ku angukia (Phil. i. 12),
the intestines rattle in the belly matumbo ya-m- . ,

(Sp.).
tutiima, his bowels rumble, to make a noise of
bubbling, to boil up (St.); (2) Radi yatutuma leo, Tuza ;
ku tuza damn, to run doivn with blood, to

radi yatutuma liapa leo (vid. radi), there is

bleed excessively.

rolling thunder here to-day. Tuzania, v. n. (Kiamu), to come to an agreement.

IT

U, thou art; wewe u kipumba, thou art a block- an enclosure around a house or yard, a fence
head. viawa niassi, wa miti, wa makuti, ku siba watu
U'a, s. (la, (1) flower, blossom; maua ya
pi. maua), (cfr. ugo) ;
11 a wa mabua, a fence with mtama
mituni, flowers of the forest; ua la muembe, stalks; ua wa makuti, an enclosure fenced with
bloom, blossom of the mango-tree ua la mti lito- plaited cocoa-nut leaves; cfr. uga (pi. niugo),
kalo tundo, laken lialitassa kua wazi (blossom), hedge.
likiDassuka ni ua wazi (flower ) via la rofenesi, ;
U'a, v. a., to kill, to murder ku ua makali, to
the blossom of the bread-tree ; the natives have the
blunt or dull the edge or point.
superstitious idea, that if they put the blossom of
this tree into a box, they will have much good Uana, v. rcc., to kill each other Kimrirna and (

luck (ku pata rehema) (2) ua (wa, pi. niua),

;
Kiqiemba ku wdna = pigana).
 ; ; )

XTA ( 390 ) XJB

Uawa, v. n.j to be hilled (

rapidly uttered, ku Uashi, s., the business of building ; cfr. muashi.
wawa). Uashi, s. ; uasbi wa niumba, the building or con-
Ulia, v. obj.; ame-mu-ulia nduguye, he hilled his struction of a house ( with stones) {cfr. uj^nsi)
brother for him or in his absence, in his {vid. waka) cfr. ubunsi (wa), masonry. ;

favour or in spite of him tu-mu-ulie mballi, Uassi, s. (wa), a falling off, desertion, abandoning
let us Mil him out of the way ku-mu-ulia one’s party, apostasy, rebellion; wali amefania
makali ya kissu fimbo ulio nayo ndio uuliayo
;
uassi kua sultani — ameassi kuakwe, baendi
nioka. kuakwe, ba-m-fuati tena, the governor raised a
Uliwa, v.p. rebellion against the king, he does not follow him
Uliana, v. rec.; wameuliana nduguzao (watu). any longer, he has left his party {vid. ku assi) i

8 C—
Uadui, s., enmity, hostility; hostis;
mtuma amefania uassi kua ku assi kuao, theslave
cfr. ,

has deserted his home, there where he teas, or

,
liostilitas.
where his companions are; cfr. ,
rebellis,
Uafu, s., side { vid ubafu
. and mbafu, s .) ;
cfr. ki-
inobediens fuit.
wambaza.
Uatu, s. ; vid. simda.
Uahai)i,s. {cfr. ahadi) (wa), covenant, agreement;
Uaupe, s. (wa), whiteness.
ku pana uabadi, to mahe a covenant, an agree-
Uausi, s. (wa), blackness.
ment.
Uawa; vid. ua, v. a., to kill, to be killed.
Native song: Uayo, s. (wa, pi. niayo), footsteps; vid. wayo, the
Uabadi wa mana sai (= muunguana, free man sole of the foot, a footprint.
baati Ubabi ubabi wa ku lia (E.) ?
;

yakwe kalima ( = neno), UbabQa, s. (wa); ubaboa wa mtoto, a soft food for
jawabu linga-m-songa, afumiHa besbima children, a child's pap — uji mzito, thick pap
kaenda muendo ngisi ngisi (ubaboa or ubabua).
akienda akirudi niuma Ubadi, s. (wa), lean-to {a house) ? Erh.; vid., ub;iti.
matikiti na matango ndio maponea nda (ku pona
Ubadu, s. {Erh. ?); cfr. ubatu wa sifuri.
nda)
Ubafu, s. (ubavu) {pi. mbafu), rib, chest; mbaviini,
akiangenda tesi na omo atarudia ngamani.
at or in its side; ubafu liu nlio lalia ni mema
I.e., does not forsake his word;
a free man (R.) ;
ku keti kua ubafu or kua upande, to recline
though his circumstances may become complicated, {like the Jeivs) ;
nalalia ubafu gani leo ?
yet he sticks to honour ; he does not walk like the
Ubahili, s., avarice; vid. babili or mbabili.
fish ngisi, which goes and comes back {or goes side-
Ubainifu {or ubeinifu), s. (wa) ubainifu wa ku
he eats jioor things and pumpkins, to
;
ivays ) ;
beini or tambua neno, proof, evidence, argument
allay his hunger {i.e., at the time of famine he
uses poor food, yielding to the circumstances — cfr. beini, v. a.

though he has sailed to a far country, yet he Ubale, s. (?)

returns to his own land in spite of the famine, Ubaleghi, s., puberty ; cfr. balelie and balegbi.

because a free man does not flee). Ubambo (wa, pi. mbambo) (sa) (1) = mfupa mu- ;

Uaili (uwaili), s.; ni-ku-fanie jawabu lisilo wafiki embamba wa kuku katika mbawa, sbina la bawa
sberia, lisilo fuata ndia ya slieria, injustice; cfr. maungoni, the bone of the wing of a fowl {birds
injustus fuit, excessit in general) mbambo); (2) ubambo wa ku
{cfr.
declinavit a justo,
ambiangoma mbambo, za) Kinika ) =hisua-
{pi. (
justuni modum, plus justo exegit in decimis.
hili ubungo {pi. mbungo, za) wa ku ambia ngoma ;

Uajisi (= usira?).
ku tia niama ubamboni, vid. bana in Kiniassa,
Uaminifu, s. (wa), fidelity, faithfulness ; vid. arai- to fix into or between, e.g., meat into a stick slit
nifu, amini, v. n. at one end, in order to roast it (ubambo wa

Uanda, s., a court, a yard; vid. uwsinda (ininda, niama).

uanja, uwanda). Ubanga, s., the piece of wood with which the natives
Uandiko, s. (wa), a plaster (ku andika, to apply a beat the threads in making taraza.

plaster). Ubani, s. (galbanum, s.), frankincense, brought

Uangavu, s. {cfr. ku angdza) ;
unngavu wa mato, from India. It is different from udi (wa Bara-
illumination of the eyes. wa, coining from Barawa) which is a tree (ubani
UAro, s. (wa, pi. niapo), an oath; cfr. apa, kiapo. vibanzi via m'ti) ubani ni mafukiso ubani is a
; ;

Uauabu, s. (wa), n.p., Arabia; ku nenda Uarabuni, gum, but udi pieces of wood of cm odoriferous
to go to Arabia. kind.
 ; ; . — ;
; ; ;

UB ( 391 ) UC
Ubao, s. (Dr. St. ivrites ubaa) (wa), board, plank, Ubinja, s. and hbinja), a whistle;
(or uwijfjA, vid.,

pi. mbao (rabau) (za) ;

ubao una denge (mabao) ku piga ubinja or mbinja (mbinda, St.) or uwinja,
bao la ku andikia, a writing board. to whistle.

IJbaridi (uburuda = upepo). Ubishi, s. (wa) a joke, imper-

(cfr. bisba, bisbana),

Ubasasi, s. c/r.basasi (bazazi) bargain ? ku fania want of good manners

tinence, refractor iness,

ubasasi, to make a bargain (?).

ku-m-fanizia or ku-m-tezea mzalia, to joke upon

[Tbasi, s. ? n’da-u-shindana ubasi ? (R.). one.